92 15 4134 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/89a98c839edd317cb567c16c3db21a7b.pdf bbca0ed2b058e748e9fc60e2d9445201 PDF Text Text �J~~S - COLLEGE u tin 1960-1961 �L D 00 -, kl J a I &o a /" --- ES COLLEGE u tin 1960-1961 FALL AND SPRING SEMESTERS-1960-61 Vol. IX �College Calendar SUMMER SESSION - 1960 Wednesday, June 15 to Friday, June 17 Registration Monday, June 20 Classes begin Monday, July 4 Independence Day Friday, August 12 Summer School ends FIRST SEMESTER - 1960 Monday, September 12 to Friday, September 16 Orientation for Freshmen Wednesday, September 14 Registration for Upperclassmen Thursday, September 15 Registration for Freshmen Monday, September 19 Classes begin at 8:00 a.m. Saturday, October 15 Homecoming, Wilkes vs. Ursinus Saturday, October 29 Final date to remove incompletes Wednesday, November 2 Mid-semester reports Monday, November 7 to Friday, November 11 Registration Wednesday, November 23 Thanksgiving recess begins at noon Monday, November 28 Thanksgiving recess ends at 8:00 a.m. Saturday, December 17 Christmas recess begins at noon Tuesday, January 3, 1961 Christmas recess ends at 8:00 a.m. Saturday, January 14 Classes end Monday, January 16 to Tuesday, January 24 Examination period College Calendar SECOND SEMESTER-1961 Friday, January 27 All-College Registration Monday, January 30 Classes begin at 8 :00 a.m. Saturday, March 11 Final date to remove incompletes Wednesday, March 15 Mid-semester reports Monday, March 20 to Friday, March 24 Registration Tuesday, March 28 Easter recess begins at 5 :00 p.m. Tuesday, April 4 Easter recess ends at 8:00 a.m. Sunday, May 7 Parents Day Saturday, May 20 Classes end Monday, May 22 to Wednesday, May 31 Examination period Saturday, June 3 Alumni Day Sunday, June 4 Baccalaureate Monday, June 5 Commencement SUMMER SESSION Wednesday, June 14 to Friday, June 16 Registration Monday, June 19 Classes begin Tuesday, July 4 Independence Day Friday, August 11 Summer School ends 1961 �An Educated Man seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; 1s aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; Higher education is the area wherein men of conviction are brought together in their search for know ledge. knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; In college the teacher works with the student, challenging him to extend the limits of his mind. He encourages him to think courageously and truthfully and to create with all his resources so that he may act with independent judgment. cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; In a college community freedom of inquiry and responsibility are essential. Education at Wilkes In the world community the right of the individual to differ safeguards the freedom of all men. As student and teacher engage in the experience of creative thinking, the heritage of learning becomes the responsibility of everyone. participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the Faculty as a guide to learning. �Contents College Calendar . 2 Education at Wilkes 4 An Educated Man . 5 10 Admissions Expenses Policies and Objectives of the College 13 . Financial Assistance 17 Registration . 23 . . Counseling 27 Educational Resources 29 Student Activities 31 Athletics 34 Student Regulations 35 Curricula . 39 . . . Faculty Requirements 42 Graduation 47 Advanced Study . 50 College and Community. 51 Degree Programs 55 Terminal Programs 82 Description of Courses 87 Board of Trustees . 152 . Officers of Administration 154 Assistants in Administration 155 Faculty . . 156 Map of College Campus . . Facing Page 164 Index . . . . . . . . . . 165 Admissions Expenses Financial Assistance Registration �Wilk~es College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. From its inception the college has been dedicated to twin goals-a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With ~esponsibility came ,a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the Faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. �Admissions True education demands a love of learning and a spirit of sacrifice and service. Education is not a right or privilege but an opportunity that carries with it obligations prescribed by the College and responsibilities shared with the student. This concept has guided the faculty and trustees in developing the philosophy and procedures of the Admissions Committee, making it possible for students of ability, determination, and soundness of character to study at Wilkes. Here the students will find an atmosphere of competitive learning in the world of ideas. His desire to undertake study at Wilkes places him among the ready men for whom education is an experience in excellence. He will be charged with the responsibility for fulfilling that trust. The careful selection of able and committed students is deemed essential to the attainment of high standards and warm personal relationships between students and faculty. Admission Requirements ADMISSIONS - Page 11 school transcript and the record of performance during the high school years. ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE The Admissions Committee is comprised of the Director of Admissions, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, and three faculty members. This committee acts upon special cases referred to it by the Director of Admissions. Admissions Procedure APPLICATIONS FOR ADMISSION To assist students seeking admission, the College has adopted procedures designed to simplify admissions. Applications for admission may be obtained from the Director of Admissions and should be returned to him with a $5.00 registration fee. Upon receipt of the application, the Director of Admissions will write to the student concerning his high school transcript and recommendations. HIGH SCHOOL RECORD ADMISSION TESTS Candidates applying for admission to Wilkes should be high school graduates and should offer at least fifteen units of work representing the equivalent of the usual four-year high school or preparatory school course. For entrance into certain departments, specific courses in high school are necessary. An example would be four years of Mathematics for those interested m studying the physical sciences, engineering, or mathematics. Admission tests are given in Stark Hall at 9:00 A.M. on two Saturdays of each month from October through May. Information on the testing dates may be obtained from the Director of Admissions. ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS PERSONAL INTERVIEWS All candidates for admission to the freshman class will be required to take entrance examinations to determine the applicant's readiness for college work. The Admissions Committee considers these test results in relation to the applicant's high Although a personal interview with each student is not required, the Admissions Officer reserves the right to request an interview with a candidate for admission. Students and their families are cordially invited to visit the College at their convenience. It is advisable to write for an appointment so that the Deans may arrange to meet with them. Students may substitute College Board Examinations when it is more convenient to take these tests than to make a special trip to Wilkes-Barre. �Page 12 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN ACCEPTANCE OF ADMISSION AND DEPOSIT The Admissions Committee meets each week and acts upon all completed applications. Notification of admission is sent immediately and students are required to forward a .$50.00 tuition deposit by June 1 in order to guarantee their entry into the College. This deposit will be applied toward the tuition charges for the first semester. The College accepts a limited number of applications for the February class. Procedures are similar to those followed in the fall semester. TRANSFER STUDENTS Candidates from other institutions wishing to enter with advanced standing shall follow the regular procedure for admission. The student should request the college or university he is attending to forward to Wilkes a transcript and an official statement of his honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser wilJ counsel him concerning his new schedule. Acceptable credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation. Faculty policy prohibits the Admissions Committee from considering for admission any student who has been placed on academic probation or who has been dropped from any other college or university. ADVANCED COURSE STANDING Freshmen who are equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination, or upon approval by the department or departments concerned. Although the student will not receive credit for the courses that he has omitted, he will be spared the necessity of repeating work that he has previously covered outside of college. Expenses TUITION AND FEES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College for a student carrying the normal load for his course is $325.00 per semest~r. .\ student who registers for fewer than fifteen hours of work will pay either $22.00 for each semester hour or the regular tuition fee, whichever amount is lower. A student activities fee of $22.00 will be charged to those students taking fewer than 15 or more than 9 semester hours or to any special student wishing to participate in activities. A student who elects a heavier schedule than is normal for his course will be charged $22.00 for each additional hour of credit beyond the normal load. The cost of individual instruction in music is $50.00 for a series of fifteen half-hour lessons. For a fifteen-week series of one-hour lessons on string and wind instruments in groups consisting of no fewer than three and of no more than five students the fee will be $44.00. In the sciences and the secretarial studies nominal fees are charged for laboratory work. There are no fees for library or the Town and Gown concert series. EVENING SCHOOL Students registered in the Evening School will be charged . 22.00 per semester hour. A fee of $22.00 is charged for those wishing to participate in student activities. Students may arrange with the Finance Office for deferred payments. A service fee of $1.00 for each course is charged. Further information regarding the content of the courses, requirements for undergraduate and graduate degrees, and requirements for teacher certification may be secured from the Office of Admissions. SUMMER SCHOOL Students registering for courses in the eight-week Summer School session will be charged $22.00 per semester hour of study. �Page 14 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN EXPENSES - Page 15 CHEMISTRY BREAKAGE REFUNDS Students taking chemistry laboratory courses are required to deposit $10.00 to cover possible charges for broken, lost, or damaged equipment. The unexpended balance of this fee is refundable. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: INSURANCE COVERAGE The College makes available both accident and accident and health insurance to students through the American Casualty Company, Reading, Pennsylvania. Each student will be required to purchase an accident policy at a cost of $8.00, and dormitory students also are required to accept a health insurance policy costing $17.00. This health insurance is also available to commuting students but is optional with them. Both policies provide protection for the full College term and premiums are payable in full with the first semester charges. There are four fully accredited hospitals in the vicinity of the campus, and a college physician is available for emergency treatment. During the first six weeks of a term one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs for the term. Refund of dormitory charges will not be allowed except under exceptional conditions. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. Living Quarters and Board PAYMENTS Payments or plans for financing must be completed with the Finance Office in Parrish Hall before registration. DEFERRED PAYMENTS Students wishing to defer their payments shall consult and complete arrangements with the Comptroller prior to registration. The local banks now have excellent plans for financing a college education, but the College will arrange for deferred payments when necessary. Under the College plan $100.00 will be paid prior to registration and supplementary payments are to be made as follows: One-fourth One-fourth One-fourth One-fourth on on on on or or or or about October 15 or February 15 about November 15 or March 15 about December 15 or April 15 about January 15 or May 15 A service charge of $5. 00 per term will be added for deferred payments. DORMITORIES Residence for boarding students is provided in a number of large mansions that have been given to, or purchased by, the College in recent years. At present there are six men's and six women's dormitories, each of which accommodates from eighteen to twenty-three students and a faculty proctor. Every effort is made to maintain a homelike atmosphere. Students and their families are invited to 1inspect these homes. Each room includes a bureau, desk, chair, and a bed. Students will supply their own blankets, towels, and linen. All out-of-town students must reside in the College dormitories on campus. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. The charge for room and board is $375.00 per student per semester. All dormitory students must purchase accident and health and accident insurance at a cost of $25.00. Information regarding dormitories can be obtained from the Office of Admissions. �Financial Assistance Page 16 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN ESTIMATE OF EXPENSES Items of personal expense vary according to each student's habits and circumstances. Below is an estimate of certain basic expenses for the college year: Tuition and General Expenses Commuting Students Dormitory Students . . . . $650 $ 650 100 100 8 25 Total ......................... . $758 $1525 Tuition .......................... Room and Board .............. .... Books, Supplies, Fees* ........ ... .. Insurance ......................... 750 Books, stationery, and supplies may be purchased at the College Book Store, Harding House. The book store is operated on a cash basis. To provide assistance for those who need financial help, the College receives substantial gifts from friends. These gifts provide ·cholarship aid to those who are already making every effort to help themselves. In accepting any form of aid from the College the student accepts an obligation-which is also the obligation of every other conscientious student-to: I. Maintain a good scholastic record. 2. Exert a constructive influence in the College and the community. 3. Participate in a campus activity of his own choice. In planning to meet any difference between his own resources and the cost of education the student should consider a combination of work, loans, and scholarships. COLLEGE COMMONS The Commons serves as a dining hall for the resident students. It also provides cafeteria service for commuting students. Scholarships Scholarships and grants are available to students with good records of achievement and performance in high school or college who cannot fully finance the cost of their college education and who can demonstrate seriousness of purpose and effort. A few honor scholarships are awarded without regard to need to students of outstanding achievement in appreciation of their contribution to the intellectual life of the group. The amount of each grant will be determined by the Committee on Scholarships. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS I. Students must be admitted to the College before their applications for scholarships will be considered. 2. No scholarship will be granted until the student has made every reasonable effort to finance as large a portion as possible of the costs of this education. • The amount is higher or lower depending upon the student's curriculum. �FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 19 Page 18 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN 3. Every applicant for scholarship aid shall submit confidential information pertaining to his financial needs and his record of achievement. 4. No student may simultaneously hold more than one scholarship. 5. Scholarships will be forfeited if the student, at any time, carries fewer hours than are normal for the course. 6. No scholarship is awarded for more than one year, but scholarships will be renewed upon request, provided this request is supported by a good academic record, by evidence of continued need, and by constructive participation in the program of the College. 7. The amount of the grant is confidential, and any breach of this confidence shall terminate the scholarship. loans the applicant must be a full-time student. Application forms may be received at the College. The federal fund is of particular advantage to prospective teachers, as one-half the sum to be repaid annually will be cancelled for each year of teaching. The College also administers a rotating fund for student loans. In accepting these rotating funds the student must recognize an obligation for annual repayment to the College. SPECIAL LOAN FUND The Florence and Joseph A. Goldman Loan Fund has been created by the donors to assist Juniors and Seniors whose education may be interrupted by unexpected difficulties. The loan bears no interest and is to be repaid by the student at the earliest practical time so that other students may also receive needed assistance from this rotating loan fund. INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT 1. To establish eligibility for a scholarship, the student must first apply for admission to the College and must be accepted. Application for admission should be made prior to March 1. Employment 2. Students requiring aid shall indicate their need on the application for admission to the College. 3. Students indicating such need shall receive an application for scholarship aid with their notification of admission to the College. This completed application should be submitted to the Director of Admissions before April 1. College makes strict demands on a student's time. The student who finds it necessary to seek full-time employment during a semester is advised to work a year and then apply for admission. ' The College cautions the student to limit off-campus work, especially during the freshman year, when working may result in academic failure. 4. The applicant is responsible for the submission of personal references from three teachers or other members of the community. These references should be mailed directly to the Director of Admissions prior to April 1. However, part-time jobs in offices, stores, and industry are available for students wishing to earn part of their expenses. For such jobs the student shall register with the College Placement Office. PART-TIME Elvf PLOYMENT CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT Loans The College participates m the National Defense Student Loan Program. In order to be eligible to receive these federal The College also offers part-time employment at standard rates in the dining room, offices, laboratories, library, or on the maintenance staff. The holder of these jobs will meet all obligations of his assignments or forfeit all help from the College. �Founders of Scholarships Page 21 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Each year some 700 friends contribute to the scholarship fund of the College on an annual basis. Other friends have created scholarships which bear the names of the donors or of persons whom they have memorialized by means of a scholarship. JOHN WELLES HOLLENBACK SCHOLARSHIP. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. ADOLPH HERSKOWITZ MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND. For a period of years Mr. Ernest Herskowitz is giving funds that will assist a worthy student to gain an education. THE RICHARD H. ROYER SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. WILLIAM B. SCHAEFFER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. MR. HARLAND W. HOISINGTON gives an annual scholarship to assist students of high scholastic ability. MR. ANDREW J. SORDONI has endowed a scholarship which will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. MRS. LEWIS H. TAYLOR left a bequest to the College to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who otherwise could not gain a college education. DICKSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These halftuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. THE WILLIAM H. CONYNGHAM MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. JESSIE STURDEVANT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. THE JOHN LLOYD EVANS MEMORIAL scholarship was created by Rulison Evans in memory of his father, a life-long lover of music, conductor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Sheldon Choral Society and the Wilkes-Barre Mixed Choral Society. The scholarship of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or music education who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his chosen field of study. THE W. S. CARPENTER MEMORIAL FUND was established in 1956 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus, or other equipment for use in the science department. THE BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL WOMEN'S CLUB of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. THETA DELTA RHO, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. �Registration Page 22 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN THE NATIONAL COUNCIL OF JEWISH WOMEN-THE WILKES-BARRE SECTION-gives a scholarship annually to a young woman in the field of Education or Sociology. This young woman-a junior or senior-must be a resident of Wyoming Valley. COST OF EDUCATION SCHOLARSHIPS A number of local firms make annual gifts to the scholarship fund so that the College may provide needed assistance to able and ambitious students. These grants amount to one-half tuition plus a small amount to cover a portion of the difference between the tuition charges and the cost of education. In . announcing the donors of these scholarships, the College also . wishes to acknowledge its appreciation to the donors. Frank E. Baldwin C~. Barre Footwear Co. Central Slipper Co., Inc. Custom Products Eastern Pennsylvania Supply Co. First-Second National Bank & Trust Co. of W illus-Barre Fowler,Dick and Walker Fowler & Williams Franconi Auto Parts Franklin Federal Savings & Loan Assn. General Roofing Co. Glen Alden Corp. C. F. Goeringer Construction Co., Inc. Harry F. Goeringer & Sons George W. Guckelberger Kanaar Corp. Lester Pontiac Melody Shoe Corp. Miners National Ba.nk Frank E. Parkhurst, Inc. Penna. Power & Light Co. Pioneer Manufacturing Co. Planters Nut & Chocolate Co. ]. B. Post Co. Triangle Shoe Stores Northeastern Pennsylvania National Bank & Trust Co. Wilkes-Barre Iron & Wire Works Wyoming National Bank of Wilkes-Barre Walben, Inc. Every student is expected to register term on dates specified in the College senting himself for registration after registration will pay a late registration at the beginning of each calendar. A student prethe time designated for fee of $5.00. �Student Li£e at the College Counseling Educational Resources Student Activities Athletics Student Regulations �Counseling Studying at Wilkes The spirit of the College is the integrity of its mission, the intellectual climate that enriches the student as a person. The spirit of the College derives from the ideals of the Faculty and the quality of its instruction; from its library, its laboratories and equipment. The College believes that no attention can be too great which intensifies a student's thinking or deepens his interest or develops his techniques and skills. It believes that a good student commits himself to the disciplines of his work. To learn, to master, and to understand he must accept the responsibilities that he shares with others. The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions; most of all he must learn to assume responsibility for all he does. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the high school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. Several days at the beginning of the term are therefore set aside to assist freshmen in planning their academic program. During the first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about the College, the curriculum, and the student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet for one hour a week to discuss informally their personal, academic, and vocational objectives. Representatives of the Faculty discuss with them: I. Methods of intelligent self-directed study. 2. Standards of value in personal conduct and in relationships with others. 3. Values of the College extra-curricular program. 4. The value of college experiences in developing a philosophy of life. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. STUDENT ADVISEMENT Students sometimes need guidance in resolving personal, social, and academic difficulties. Since a student's physical and mental �Page 28 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN health affect his studies and his grades, he is encouraged throughout his college career to consult with his classroom instructors, his faculty adviser, the Deans, or the Department Chairmen concerning his scholastic progress. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with difficulties of a personal or environmental nature. Students may apply directly to the Consultation Service for appointments or may arrange for consultation through the Deans• Office. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. Educational Resources THE LIBRARY Kirby Hall, the gift of Allen P. Kirby, houses the College library. Students and faculty use the resources of its periodical and reference rooms and depend on the more than 50,000 volumes and some 400 current periodicals and journals for research and reading assignments. Shelved on open stacks, the books are easily accessible and may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Reserve books for particular courses circulate for the time period specified by the , instructor. The library is open Monday through Thursday from 8:00 A.M. to 9:30 P.M. and on Friday from 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.; on Saturday from 1:00 P.M. to 4:00 P.M. During vacation periods the hours are 9:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.; during examination periods from 8:00 A.M. to 4:00 P.M. The services of the two community libraries, the Osterhout Free Library in Wilkes-Barre and the Hoyt Library in Kingston, are also available to students. SCIENCE FACILITIES Stark Hall, named in honor of Admiral Harold R. Stark and completed in 1958, houses the science departments of the college. These facilities include 5 physics laboratories completely equipped for studies in all fields of the physical sciences; 5 chemical laboratories equipped for instruction and research in all fields of chemistry; 5 biology laboratories completely equipped for instruction and research in the biological sciences. In addition to the completely equipped class laboratories in each department, there are thirteen faculty offices equipped for research, two photographic dark rooms, animal rooms, greenhouse facilities, and student research rooms available for undergraduate studies. �Page 30 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN RESEARCH Research in the sciences has included such varied work as allergy research sponsored by the National Institutes of Health, Education and Welfare; immunochemical research sponsored by the Pennsylvania Heart Association; basic research on plant development sponsored by the National Science Foundation; and basic research in protozoology sponsored by the National Science Foundation. Student Activities The student activities of the College broaden a student's interests begun in the classroom. The Faculty encourages a program of extra-curricular activities that contribute to the educational development of the student who chooses to participate. Student activities are designed to appeal to a wide variety of tastes and talents; as such they enjoy the support of the College community. The student activities include Athletics, Dramatics, the College Band; Debating, Choral Club, Collegians Male Chorus, Women's Chorus, Madrigal Singers. There are four class organizations. In addition, special departmental clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs are developed for students in cooperation with the Faculty. All women students are members of Theta Delta Rho, headed by its own executive committee, which plans and arranges social activities. The Faculty discourages the formation of campus organizations that are not open to all students, and groups that are exclusive do not exist. All student groups work in cooperation with faculty advisers and the Deans. STUDENT c;ovERNMENT Government of student affairs rests in a Council composed of annually elected members representing the classes and other student groups. The Council serves as a coordinating agency; it appropriates funds from the Student Activities budget to all student groups; it supervises the College social calendar; it arranges the program for Homecoming; it establishes social regulations and conduct; and it serves in an advisory capacity to the Director of Student Activities and the Administrative Council. INTER-DORMITORY COUNCIL The Inter-Dormitory Council, made up of elected representatives from the men's and women's residence halls, plans and �Page 32 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN coordinates dormitory social functions and develops and administers dormitory policy. ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. Each student is required to attend assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: Freshman and sophomore year-four cu ts. Junior year-eight cut&. Senior year-fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. Publications The students publish the Beacon, a weekly newspaper; the Manuscript, a literary magazine, issued in the Spring; and the A mnicola, the College annual. There are opportunities for students on the editorial, art, and business staffs. Graduated amounts, in the form of tuition stipends, are available to students in the upper classes who hold editorial and managerial positions on the student publications. Students eligible for these grants should make written application to the faculty director of the publication before April I. Page 33 - STUDENT ACTIVITIES Tuition Stipends for the Staffs of the Amnicola and Beacon Based on Years of Service POSITION YEARS OF SERVICE 4 3 2 Editors-in-Chief ...... $650.00 $485.00 $430.00 Business Managers ... } Special Editors ...... 485.00 325.00 215.00 �Athletics Athletics are an integral part of the activity program and as such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration and approved by the Board of Trustees. The College maintains intercollegiate schedules in eight varsity sports: football, baseball, basketball, soccer, golf, tennis, swimming, and wrestling. Men who take part in intercollegiate sports satisfy the requirements for physical education for the duration of that sport. A program of intramural sports and physical education stresses physical standards and cooperative team spirit and recreation. Every man has a chance to participate in basketball, touch football, volleyball, softball, and bowling. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, basketball, softball and swimming. ATHLETIC POLICY Intercollegiate athletics are introduced for the benefit of the student body and in consequence athletes receive the same consideration in admissions and in the awarding of scholarships that is given to other students. Wilkes enters into intercollegiate competition with other colleges of the Middle Atlantic Conference adhering to similar policies of admission and maintaining comparable scholastic standards. The College is a member of the Middle Atlantic Collegiate Athletic Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic Association, and the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference. Student Regulations It is recognized that courtesy and consideration are the basis of good relations between individuals. Informal and friendly associations between students and faculty are a tradition on campus. Although these relations are flexible, certain precedents have been established in the best interests of the individual and the College. A few are mentioned here: 1. The possession and use of liquor on campus are forbidden, and none will be served at college affairs. 2. Smoking is not permitted in classrooms or hallways, in the library, or on the first floor of the Commons. Facilities are available in various buildings for students who may wish to smoke during their free periods. 3. The College provides several parking lots for student automobiles. Since facilities are limited, dormitory and commuting students are required to purchase at the Finance Office a permit which entitles them to park their cars in the areas reserved for their use. Cars which do not display appropriate parking sticker will be towed away at the student's expense. Freshmen and sophomore dormitory students are not permitted to maintain cars on campus. 4. Although participation in at least one student act1v1ty is encouraged, each student is responsible for planning and utilizing his time effectively. 5. The Faculty cooperates with students who miss classes because of illness, or as representatives of the College, or for special religious observances; in such cases, the student shall present his instructors with a note from the Deans explaining his absence. In all instances the student is expected to make up the work that is missed. �Page 36 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY The students in a great measure determine the influences of the College. The Faculty counts upon their cooperation in establishing the highest possible standards of intellect and morals. The Academic Program of the College Because students benefit from a program and policies to which they subscribe, the College may request students to withdraw when their influence and behavior are deemed detrimental to the best interests of the student body. Curricula Faculty Requirements Graduation Advanced Study College and Community �Curricula Learning at Wilkes Education leads men to seek answers to problems of significance and to inquire into ideas and beliefs of eternal relevance. There is no better expression of man's purpose than his sense of belonging to a uni verse ruled by truth. Thought has roots in the world of human experience. Creative thinkers set the standards and the high aims of education. One may not reach these standards in his lifetime; that they are recognized and sought after is the measure of one's creative interests. The student can strive for technical and professional competence, but the inner resources of the mind and spirit must nourish and enrich his achievement. The Faculty can teach the student facts, but his contribution to a free society depends upon the continual expansion of his knowledge and upon its relevance to human experience. Education is the process of connecting and relating, of testing and retesting, of discovery and rediscovery. The Faculty encourages the student to cultivate learning that he may grow in wisdom. In this way the mind in its journeyings finds constant surprise and delight at rediscovering itself. DEGREE PROGRAMS Wilkes is a liberal arts college that offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural ,ciences. The College also confers the degree of Bachelor of Science in chemistry, medical technology, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, art, business, music, and nursing education. FXGINEERING AND PHYSJCS Qualified students may enter the two-year engineering curriculum. Upon the successful completion of the physics and engineering program the student may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his field. It is possible that before 1961 the physics program will be extended to include the full four years of study required for the Bachelor 's degree. TERMINAL PROGRAMS tudents may earn terminal Certificates in the two-year secretarial and pre-dental curricula, in addition to the three-year pre-dental program. GRADUATE PROGRAMS IN EDUCATION Wilkes is cooperating with two universities, Bucknell and Temple, to bring to the area graduate programs in education. The Bucknell University program leads to the degree of Master of Science in Education and satisfies the requirements of the Commonwealth in guidance and administration. Courses are offered in the evening. The Temple University program leads to the degree of Master of Science in General Education and is accepted by the Commonwealth for permanent certification of classroom teachers. Candidates may register at the College. Under the cooperative program existing between Wilkes and the two universities, all credits are guaranteed by the universities. �Page 40 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN CURRICULA - Page 41 Details of these graduate programs may be obtained by writing to the Director of Admissions. EVENING DIVISION The evening division offers educational opportunities to adults who cannot attend day classes. Students may register for courses in the Evening Division and earn credits toward an undergraduate degree. Students will confer with the Director of the Evening Division to arrange a course of study to meet their needs, abilities, and special requirements. During the semester students will consult with the Assistant Director of Evening Classes concerning their program. When the student completes thirty hours, his record is reviewed by the Admissions Committee. At this time the Committee recommends that a student continue to work for a degree, or be placed on probation, or withdraw from the Evening Division. Students who do not desire a degree are admitted to all classe~ which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. High school training is desirable but not necessary, provided the student is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. The courses offered in the Evening Division are designed for special value to the following groups: I. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses, and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields. . 5. Indivi~uals_ "":ishing to broaden their knowledge or to mnca e their skill m certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. Day School students will be allowed to take courses in the Evening Division only after having received written permission from the Deans. SUMMER SCHOOL The ~acuity ~ffers se~ected courses during an eight week summer sess10n, which begms in the third week of June. 1\ student from another college who wishes to take summer w_ork at ~il~es secure the approval of the proper officer of his own mst1tut10n 1£ he expects to receive credit for such work. :nus~ �Faculty Requirements GRADES The primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the student of his achievement. Marks also aid in evaluating students for purposes of recommendation. Grade reports are sent to students and parents at the end of each term. Mid-term reports are sent if the work is unsatisfactory. Five numerical grades and a subscript E for English usage are given for academic work. Grade Interpretation 4 ............ . .. . .... . .. Superior 3 ..... . ................. Very good FACULTY REQUIREMENTS - Page 4~ COURSE CREDITS Each course at the College is assigned a specific 11-umber of credits. For example, English 101 is a $ credit cou,r:5_e and English 151 is a 4 credit course. Usually, credits assigned to the course are determined by the number of hours that ~he class meets per week. POINT AVERAGES The student is given a number grade for every course in which he is enrolled. To calculate the number of points earned in a course, multiply the grade in each course by the number of credit hours for the course. To compute the point average, total these points for all courses and divide by the total number of credit hours. Below is an example illustrating the method used to compute point averages. 2 ........ .. ............ . Good I ..... . ...... . .......... Passing 0 ....................... Failing An E subscript is given with the grade for the course when the written or oral English of the student is below standard. If the student at the end of any term is judged deficient by two or more instructors of subjects other than English, he must complete satisfactorily an additional course in English composition. This cour e shall be taken during the term immediately following, if possible, but under any circumstance it must be taken during the following year. No student is eligible for graduation unless he is deemed competent in the use of the English language. Inc. means that a student receives an incomplete grade. Incompletes will be granted to students who because of illness or reasons beyond their control have been unable to satisfy specific course assignments. All unfinished work must be completed before the sixth week of the following term. If an incomplete is not removed within this period, the grade will be changed to a zero. Co1113l' Credit H rs. Carried Grade Bio. 100 ................. . 3 Eng. 101 .................. 3 fr. 101 ................... ,>9. Hist. 101 ................. 3 .Mus. 100 .................. 3 Total credit hrs. carried. . . 15 4 Points Credit Hrs. Passed 12 3 3 9 3 2 I 0 6 3 3 3 0 0 Total credit hrs. passed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Total points earned ....................... 30 Averagt ...... 30 + 15 == 2.0 ~ otice that the student has accumulated 12 credits toward graduation. The zero grade in music means that the student must repeat that course. Averages are cumulative; the work of each semester will be aclde<l to the total. Graduation from the College requires that a student maintain a 1.85 over-all average and a 2.0 over-all average in his major field. �Page 44 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN FACULTY REQUIREMENTS - Page 45 CLASS STANDING WITHDRAWALS Marks and averages determine whether or not a student is receiving sufficient benefit to remain in college. The Faculty requires that the student earn the following averages to advance from class to class: Class Average Sophomore ......................................... 1.4 Junior ............................................. 1.7 Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.85 PROBATION A student who does not meet these requirements and who wishes to remain in college must petition the Deans' Probation and Evaluation Committee and convince them that he merits another opportunity. All petitions must be submitted by July 20. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence i deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. Students may change their courses during the first two weeks ol a semester, provided they secure the approval of their faculty adviser and the Dean. A student who withdraws from a course alter the first two weeks but who continues other courses will receive a zero unless the Dean, faculty adviser, and instructor agree that the student be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. o student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic reasons will be permitted to register in the Evening Division without the written consent of the Deans and then will be allowed to register only as a nonmatriculating student. Students who withdraw from the Evening Division or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening Division and to the instructors concerned, in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. CHANGE OF PROGRAM Students who wish to transfer from one department to another shall obtain the approval of the Department Chairmen. The student shall satisfy the curriculum requirements of the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer. STUDENT LOAD Students shall ordinarily be limited to the normal load for the course of their choice. In the Liberal Arts this will be 16 hours with Physical Education; in the Sciences it will sometimes be 17 or 18 hours. Any student wishing to carry an overload must obtain the approval of his adviser and of the Dean. The maximum load for students with a 3.0 average shall be 18 hours, and 20 hours the absolute maximum for all students. Credits in excess of the normal load are charged at the usual rate per credit, unless it can be shown that a student is compelled to take an overload because of the rotation of courses within a department. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Students desiring to study at another college during the summer must petition the Graduation Committee for approval. The student must earn a grade of 2 or higher in order for the work to be credited toward graduation. In some cases it may be necesary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. DEAN'S LIST The Faculty gives recognition for high quality work. Candidates for the De~n•s List, published at the end of each term, must obtain a point average of 3.5 or higher. �Page 46 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN Requirements for Graduation HONORS The granting of Honors at Commencement is based upon the academic record made by the student during his last two years at the College. Requirements for Honors are as follows: for cum Laude, a cumulative average of 3.5; magna cum laude, 3.60; summa cum laude, 3.80. All candidates for degrees and certificates must be present at Commencement. If circumstances prevent their attendance, students must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. The Faculty has approved the following requirements which the student must satisfy in order to be eligible for graduation: 1. He must complete all subjects required for the degree as stated in the Bulletin in force at the time of his admission to the program. Transfer students must complete the last 30 credits in residence at the College. 2. He must earn a grade of 1 or better in each required subject. 3. He must obtain a cumulative average of 1.85 for all courses. 1. He must o_btain a cumulative average of 2.0 for all subjects within his major. 0 5. He must satisfy all requirements pertaining to the orientation and assembly programs and physical education. 6. He must show competency in speaking and writing English. Students enrolled in terminal programs must complete all course requirements and must earn a cumulative average of 1. 7 for all courses. Engineering and physics students will receive certificates upon completion of 60 credits of required work plus P. E. 101, 10'2, 103, 104, 105, 106, provided they attain a cumulative average of I. 7 for all courses. No student shall graduate until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. �Awards AW ARDS - Page 49 At Commencement a number of awards are presented to outstanding students in selected fields. The Deans also give two special awards for highest academic achievement. THE OUTSTANDING GRADUATE OF THE YEAR AWARD is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate con iclered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. SENIOR AWARDS THE DEAN'S SCHOLARSHIP A WARDS are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. THE ANNETTE EVANS AWARD in the humanities and social sciences is granted each year to the man or woman in the graduating class who has demonstrated outstanding scholarship in one or both of these areas, and has manifested intellectual curiosity and creative imagination. THE CHEMISTRY AWARD is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. THE ENGINEERING AWARD is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. THE WALL STREET JOURNAL AWARD is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. THE PENNSYLVANIA INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS A WARD is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. THEW. F. DOBSON AWARD IN ACCOUNTING is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. THE L. J. VAN LAEYS AWARD IN JOURNALISM is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. Undergraduate Awards THE MRS. JAMES McKANE A WARDS of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. T/JE LINDA MORRIS AWARD is given by Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Morris in memory of their daughter, Linda, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through rhe first three years at Wilkes College. THE JOHN WILKES., INC .., ANNUAL FORENSIC AWARD is made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstrated out ·tanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. THE WILKES FACULTY WOMEN'S AWARD is given to the ·ophomore woman 'who has ranked first in her class during her fre hman year. �Advanced Study College and Community PREPARATION FOR PROFESSIONS The College was founded to serve the community and has received a large measure of its ever-growing support from outtanding leaders in the community. It has recognized for many years that its growth was related to the economic and social redevelopment of the community and, therefore, it has sought to participate in every effort for community betterment. In consequence, a pattern of cooperation has developed in which t~e College and the Community work with one another for then mutual benefit. Students planning to go to graduate school should consult as early as possible with their department chairman. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed so that students may meet the entrance requirements of graduate and professional school. Liberal arts preparation provides an excellent background for work in professional schools, such as those of Business Administration, Education, Library, Law or Theology. Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ALUMNI OFFICE The Alumni Office keeps records of the addresses of all living graduates and alumni of the College. It edits the Alumnus and acts as liaison for the College with alumni and interprets to the alumni chapters the changes and needs of the institution. GRADUATE PLACEMENT The Placement Office assists seniors in finding permanent employment in a position suitable to their talents and training. It also extends such assistance to any graduate of the College. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING PROGRAM Because Wilkes serves an area which has been undergoing drastic economic readjustments, it is deemed essential that every effort be made to encourage cooperative planning and action. To e tablish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requirements of the particular company. Where several firms are confronted with common problems, special classes are organized to include representation of several companies. The program designed for members of labor unions is tailored to the particular needs of the group. Broad topics in economics are presented to provide a basis for the discussion of ideas, laws, and practices. All classes are conducted on the College campus where the academic climate induces and stimulates free intellectual inquiry. It has been demonstrated that in this atmosphere the members participate more freely in the discussion and con ideration of significant problems. As an integral part of the three-pronged Labor-Management Training Program, union and management personnel sometimes meet together in an effort to develop that mutual understanding that is essential to constructive action. �Page 52 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN INSTITUTE OF MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT The Institute of Municipal Government, developed from the activities of the Political Science department, offers an educational program for public officials. By providing training, the Institute informs locally elected or appointed public leaders of modern practices in government. The Institute does not campaign or enter politics. The Institute does cooperate with municipal leagues and associations engaged in consultation and research on the local governmental level. The Institute publishes a monthly Newsletter containing timely articles related to the responsibilities of local officials interested in the rehabilitation of the region. The Institute has offered courses to magistrates, borough and township secretaries, police, councilmen and commissioners, health officers, and school directors. During the past five years over one hundred merit awards have been presented to outstanding local officials for service to their communities. Programs and Courses of the College Degree Programs The basic requirements for degree programs are outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may be chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to meet the requirements for graduation within each major program as conditions may require. MATHEMATICS FOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS Wilkes College, under the sponsorship of the National Science Foundation, has offered for high school teachers classroom instruction intended to increase the competence of teachers in the subject matter of mathematics and the natural sciences. Particular emphasis is on topics in the new mathematics and science of the twentieth century. WILKES-BARRE PHILHARMONIC ORCHESTRA The Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the a:gis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. The professional leadership, as well as a number of the members, comes from the department of music of the College. FINE ARTS FIESTA The College participates with area-wide cultural groups in the Wyoming Valley Fine Arts Fiesta, a program of music, drama, and the arts presented on the public square each spring. Terminal Programs Description of Courses �Degree Programs BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The liberal arts program is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. DIVISIONS Humanities Social Sciences Sciences Art English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students who expect to take the Bachelor's degree in art, biology, mathematics or music choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified in the section headed "Description of Courses" in the catalogue. A major may also be taken in social science. The social-science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours �Page 56 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 57 in each of the other three. Social science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than art, biology, mathematics, and music Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take twenty hours in. education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for t~e prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. For that reason, a student preparing to teach social studies in t~e public schools wal receive credit toward the social science major for all required courses in economics, history, pol itical science, and sociology. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN CREDITS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS HUMANITIES M.ajor Subject Social Sciences Major Humanities Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English ....... .... .. Foreign Language ... Mathematics ....... .. Music ........ .... Philosophy-Religion . . . 38 40 32 24 24 28* 34 47 24 15 15 15 15 15 15 31 45 37 Sciences 6 6 6 45 14 30 6 14 6 38 SOCIAL S CIEN CES Major Subject Majo,, Humanities Economics .. . . . ... . .. History . .. Political Science . 24 Sociology .... . . .. 24 24 24 Social Science . ....... 36 ••••• ♦ ••• 37 37 37 37 37 Social Sciences Sciences 15 15 15 15 6 6 l5 6 6 6 f<t'ee Elective 39 39 39 39 27 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 O I Tit/, Numher Composition ........... .. .. Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech . . .. . . Eng 131 Foreign Language 2 • • • • • • • • • • Hist. of W. Civilization . . . .. . Hist 102 Al tern ates: Introduction to Music .... . . Mus 100} Physical Science1 ..• • •• • . • . Phys 100 Phys. Ed .... .. .. . ..... . .. . . P .E. 102 Pers . Hyg .. . . . ........ ..... P.E. 106 Cr. 3 2 3 3 3 0 I 15 16 Free Elective 29 35 Second Semester Tit/, Numher Biological Science' . .. ....... Bio 100 Composition ... ..... . ....... Eng 101 Foreign Language2 . . . . . . . . . . Hit. of W. Civilization .. . .. . Hist 101 Alternates: Introduction to Music ..... . Mus 100} Physical Science .. .... . .... Phys 100 Phvs . Ed ...... . .... . ....... P .E . 101 Pers. Hyg ... . .. . .. . .... .. . . P.E. 105 Orientation SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. World Literature . ... . ....... Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 2 . • • • • • • • • • 3 .\I tern ates: Fundamentals of Math .... . Math 101] History of Religions . ... .. . Rel 100 r 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 .. . • • Phil 100 J Alternates :4 Intro. to Economics ... . ... Ee 1001 Intro. co Education .. ... . .. Ed 101 Intro. to Political Science .. P .S. General Psychology ........ Psy 100 Intro. to Sociology . .. . .... Soc 100 Elective ..... . ... . ... .. . . . Phys. Ed . ....... . ..... . .. .. P.E. 103 0 Title Numher Cr . World Literature ....... . . Eng 152 4 Foreign Language2 • • • • • • • 3 Al tern ates: Algebra or Trig ..... . .. Math 107-109} Hist. of Religions .. ... . Rel 100 3 Intro. to Philosophy 3 ••• Phil 100 Al tern ates :4 Intro. to Economics ... . Ee 1001 Intro. to Education . . . . Ed 101 Intro. to Political Science . ... ... . .. . . ... P.S . 100 6 General Psychology .... Psy 100 Elective . ......... . ... . Phys. Ed . . ... . . . .. . ..... P.E. 104 0 IOOJ 6 16 j 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours S CI EN CES SENIOR YEAR Major Subject Biology ........ . ... . Psychology .......... Majo1' H11manities 31 24 32 37 Social Sciences 15 15 Scrences Free Elective 31 15 9 35 *Does not include Math. 105. If a student is required to take Math. 105, it will count as a free elective. Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours 1 Students may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bio. 100 or Phys. 100. level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Except for foreign language majors, language requirement is through 104 course, or an equivalent course prescribed by his adviser. Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. 1 During the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the alternates, with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the scheduling of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a major, one or more of the alternates may be delaved, with the approval of the adviser, until the junior year. :! The �Page 58 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 59 BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Art Major in Biology FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title First Semester Number Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 Basic Art ........... ....... Art 101 Composition .... ..... . ..... Eng 101 History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 Physical Science .. .......... Phy 100 Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 101 Pers. Hyg ............. ..... P.E. 105 Orientation Number Cr. Basic Art ................. Art 102 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 History of W. Civilization ... Hist 102 3 Title Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . .. . ... ...... .... . P.E. 106 3 0 1 Orientation 114 2 3 3 3 0 103 Number Cr. Applied Art ................ Art 104 3 Composition and Color ...... Art 115 2 Title 3 3 3 Language1 . . . • . . • . . • Foreign Electives in Humanities...... Social Science or Psy. . . . . . . . . Phys. Ed ..... .............. P.E. 104 Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates .. ......... Bio Inorganic Quantitative Anal..Chem World Literature ..... . ...... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Phvs.Ed ......... ........ . P.E. Cr. 201} 211 3 Number 215 131 2 4 151 6 2 Number Cr. Illustration or .............. Art 202) Title Advertising Design or ....... Art Fine Art ................... Art World Literature ............ Eng Electives in Humanities, .... . Social Science or Psy ........ . Studio II .... ............. . . 212 216 152 1 3 9 3 3 0 15 Title Number Cr. 204) 214 Illustration or .............. Art Adv. Advanced Design or .... Art Fine Art ................... Art Electives .. ................ . Studio IV ................. . Number Cr. 202 4 230 4 152 4 102 3 104 0 Embryology ................ Bio Organic Chem ............... Chem World Literature ............ Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 15 15 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Number Cr. Histology .................. Bio 221 4 Organic Chem .... .... ....... Chem 231 5 1 Foreign Language •••••••• •• 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 111 4 Title Nnmber Genetics ................... Bio Foreign Language1 • . • • • • • . • • Introductory Physics ........ Phys Intro. to Political Science . . .. P.S. Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc Cr. 222 112 100 100 3 3 4 3 3 16 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester 15 1 O 16 SENIOR YEAR Cr. 4 4 Title Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Seventh Semester 203} 213 217 4 121 151 101 103 Title 17 Number 102 106 17 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Fifth Semester 201 0 JUNIOR YEAR Title 109 6 3 3 Fourth Semester Cr. Number 14 14 Illustration or .............. Art Adv. Advanced Design or .... Art Fine Art .................... Art Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Studio III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 102 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Applied Art . ............... Art 103 3 Illustration or .............. Art Advertising Design or ...... . Art Fine Art . . ................. Art Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng World Literature ..... .... ... Eng Electives in Humanities, .... . Social Science or Psy.. . . . . . . . Studio I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Number Cr. 102 4 General Zoology ............ Bio Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ..... .... Chem Composition ................ Eng Trigonometry ............... Math Phys. Ed ... ....... ......... P.E. Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Title 16 16 16 Compasition and Color ...... Art Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . • Electives in Humanities...... Social Science or Psy. . . . . . . . . Phys. Ed ................... P .E. Second Semester Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 Gen. Inorganic Chem ........ Chem 101 4 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............. Math 107 3 Phy . Ed ................... P .E. 101 0 Per. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Title Title Physiology ................. Bio Introduction to Economics ... Ee Foreign Language 1 • • • • • • . • • • Botany, Bio. 111 or Bacteriology, Bio. 211 2 • • • • • • Electives3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 231 100 4 3 3 3-4 3-4 Title Number Cr. 232 3 Ecology ................... Bio History of Biology .......... Bio Foreign Language1 • • • • • • • • • . Botany, Bio. 112 or Bacteriology, Bio. 212 1 • • • • • . Electives 3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 262 1 3 3-4 6-7 16-18 level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. The student must take a foreign language through 104 or an equivalent course prescribed by his adviser. 2 The student must take a full year course in botany or bacteriology in the senior year. :1 Electives must be selected from the humanities or social sciences. 1 The The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student, through 104 course or an equivalent prescribed by his adviser. Cr. 16-18 218 15 Number �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 61 Page 60 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Mathematics Students planning to major in mathematics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the college mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry. However, since not all students are prepared for this course, the program may be started with the course in College Algebra and Trigonometry. Students doing the latter should plan to finish Differential Equations and Infinite Series by the end of the fourth semester. This may be accomplished in several ways: 1. Math. 107 and Math. 109 may be taken in the summer session preceding the freshman year. 2. After completion of Math. 105 and Math. 122 in the freshman year, Math. 125 may be taken in the summer session between the freshman and sophomore years. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ....... ......... Eng 102 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . • • •.. •• . {Math 122} M at h emattcs · . . . . . . . . . . . . . . {Math 125} Mat h emattcs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Math 4-5 Math 122 105 Phys. Ed ... ..... . .......... P .E. 101 o Elective .•........ ....... .. . Pers. Hyg .................. P.E . 105 1 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 Orientation Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Biological Science ...... . .... Bio 100 3 ComPosition ................ Eng 101 3 Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mu ic Theory ............... Mus 101 5 1 Applied Music . . . • • • • . • • • • • 1 Phvs. Ed ................... P .E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .... ..... .... .. ... P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Composition . ..... ..... .... Eng 102 3 3 Foreign Language .......... . 5 Music Theory ...... ........ Mus 102 1 Applied Music 1 ••.••••• • • . . . 3 Physical Science ............ Pht ~~ 0 Phys. Ed ................... P . . Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 16 16 Titu First Semester 14-1 5 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ... ..... . Ee ........ Eng 152 100} 3 World Literature .... Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 Foreign Language1 ••••••••.. World Literature ............ Eng 151 Differential Equations 4 and Infinite Series ......... Math 240 Foreign Language1 . . . • . . .. .. 3 Calculus II .... . ............ Math 126 4 General Physics I .. ..... ... Phys 150 General Psychology .. ...... . Psy 100 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 SOPHOMORE YEAR Number Cr. Tit/, 3 Foreign Language .......... . 5 Music Theory ............. . Mus 103 1 1 Applied ~usic ••• : . _. ••••••• Electives 10 Humanmes, 6 Soc. Science or Psych .... . Phys. Ed ...... ............. P.E. 103 0 Number Cr. Title 3 Foreign Language ........ . . . 5 Music Theory .... .. ... .. ... Mus 104 1 Applied Music 1 • • . . • . . . . • . . . Electives in Humanities, 6 Soc. Science or Psych .. .. . Phys. Ed .... .. ............. P.E. 104 0 15 15 Third Semester 15 17 Fifth Semester JUNIOR Title Number Cr. History of W. Civilization . . . Hist 101 3 Mathematics Elective2 • • • • • • • 3 General Physics II ......... Phys 151 4 Intro . to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective . ........ ........... 3-6 YEAR Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. History of W. Civilization ... Hist 102 3 Mathematics Elective 2 ..•. . • • 3 Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 100 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. 100 3 Elective.................... 3-4 16-19 Seventh Semester SENIOR Number Cr. Title Mathematics Elective2 •••• ••• 3 Intro. to Music ..... .... .... Mus 100 3 9-12 Elective ................... . 15-18 lS-16 YEAR Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Mathematics Elective2 • . . . . . . 3 Elective....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Number Cr. Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 History of Music ....... ..... Mus 109 3 Applied ~usic 1 . . . •• • : • • • • • • • 1 Electives 10 Humamttes, oc. Science or Psych. . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 History of Music ............ Mus 110 3 Applied Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych.. . . . . 3 17 15 Tit/, SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Number Cr. Title 2 Applied Mus!c 1 ••••••••••••• 2 Instrumentanon ............ Mus 21S 2 Analysis ................... Mus 217 9 Electives .................. . Cr. Title Number 2 Applied Music 1 ••••••••••••. 2 Orchestration ............... Mus 216 3 Counterpoint ............... Mus 218 9 Electives ...... ....... .. .. . . IS 16 15 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. The student must take a foreign language through 104 or an equivalent course prescribed by his adviser. 2 Math 100, 101, 102, 115, 118 will not count toward a major. 1 Fourth Semester Third Semester 1 Private instruction. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 63 Page 62 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY Seventh Semester The chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-four credits. These credits include forty-five in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, fifteen to twenty-one in the social sciences and psychology, twenty-one to thirty-three in the hwnanities, and the language requirement. Students planning to major in Chemistry or Physics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the college mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry. However, since not all students are prepared for this course, the program may be started with the course in College Alg<:bra and Trigonometry. Students doing the latter should plan to finish Differential Equations and Infinite Series by the end of the fourth semester. This may be accomplished in several ways: 1. Math. 107 and Math. 109 may be taken in the summer session preceding the freshman year. 2. After completion of Math. 105 and Math. 122 in the freshman year, Math. 125 may be taken in the summer session between the freshman and sophomore years. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem . . .... Chem 101 4 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 • . .............. {Math 122}4-5 Mathematics Math 105 Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Basic Physical Problems ...... Phys 101 1 Phys. Ed ...... . ............ P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation 16-17 Third Semester 125} 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. !nor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 4 Hise. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 General Physics II ......... Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Title N11mber Cr. Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 Differential Equations and Infinite Series ......... Math 240 General Physics III .......... Phys 152 4 Elective (optional). . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 15 15-18 Fifth Semester JUNIOR YEAR Tit/, Number Cr. Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 241 4 Foreign Language 1 .••.•••••. 101 or 103 3 Elec. Measurements ......... Phys 251 3 Elective.................... 3 18 Sixth Semester Title Nrimber Cr. Physical Chemistry .......... Chert 242 4 Foreign Language 1 • • . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 Stoichiometry .......... Ch. Eng. 106 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 18 18 I The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. See page 98. Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser as follows: Humanities: Nine to eighteen credits may be chosen from the following: Eng. 131, 153, 154; Phil. 101, 102; Mus. 100; Rel. 101. Social Sciences and Psychology: 1 1 ine to fifteen credits may be chosen from the following: Soc. 100, 107, 205; P. S. 100, 203; Ee. 100, 101, 102; His. 107, 108; Ed. 101, 201, 207; Psy. 100. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS Wilkes College offers the first two years of work leading toward a major in physics or in engineering physics. The need for men with this type of education is emphasized by the many new problems which have arisen with the application of nuclear energy. The curriculum offers a firm grounding in the fundamentals, without which further study cannot be continued profitably. The course in physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Trtle Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 En ineering Problems ........ Engi 100 2 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Elementary German 1 .... . . . . . Ger 101 3 • 2 fathemattcs .............. fMath \Math 122}4-5 105 Phvs. Ed ....... .. ....... ... P .E. 101 0 Pe;.Hvg ....... ......... .. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem .. .... Chem 102 6 Elementary German 1 . . . • . . . . • Ger 102 3 Mathematics2 •••••••••••••• {~:~~ m} General Physics I .......... Phys 150 Phys. Ed .................. P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .......... .. .... .. P.E. 106 17-18 4 4 1 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Engineering Drawing ........ Engi 105 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 General Physics II .......... Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed ...... ... .... .. .... P.E. 101 0 Title Number Cr. Engineering Drawing ........ Engi 106 2 Amer. Hisrory since 1865 .... Hist 108 3 2 Mathematics • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Math 240 4 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 3-6 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... M.E. 212 General Physics III . . . ... . .. Phys 152 4 0 Phys. Ed .......... ..... . ... P.E. 104 17 16-19 l 18 Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Inorg. Quan. Analysis ....... Chem 122 5 West. World Literature ...... Eng. 152 4 Chemical Literature ......... Chem 262 1 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . 3 Chemistry Elective . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Chem. & Qua!. Anal. ... Chem 102 Composition ................ Eng 102 . M at h emat1cs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . {Math Math 122 General ,Physics I .......... Phys 150 Phys. Ed ... . ............... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 SENIOR YEAR Tit!, Number Cr. ualirarive Organ. Anal. .... Chem 233 3 H1 cory of Chemistry ........ Chem 261 1 \\'er World Literature ...... Eng. 151 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . • . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 }211 Jntermediate or scientific German rcay be substituted when the student is qualified. 2 ee paragraph on Mathematics under Bachelor of Science in Chemistry. �Page 64 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 65 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Number Cr. General Zoology ...... .... . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ..... Chem 101 4 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 College Algebra .. . ....... .. Math 107 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg . ............ ... . . P.E. 105 1 Title The commerce and finance curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the humanities, sciences, and social sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop ound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program farulty advisers assist each student in the choice of his major and elective studies. Second Semester Title Number C,, General Zoology .... ....... Bio 102 4 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. ... Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Plane Trigonometry ......... Math 109 3 Phys. Ed .................. P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .......... .... .... P.E. 106 I 16 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title Nmnber Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis .. Chem 121 4 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Hist. ofW. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Foreign Language 1 • . • • • • • • • • 3 Analytic Geometry ......... Math 122 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Title Number Cr Microtechnique ............. Bio 204 Organic Chemistry ...... . ... Chem 330 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 Foreign Language 1 . . • • • . . . • • General Psychology ......... Psy 100 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 16 Fifth Semester The commerce and finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. These groups are: Group I, Accounting; Group II, Business Administration; Group III, Retailing; Group IV, ecretarial Studies. Fourth Semester GROUP REQUIREMENTS Group I 15 Subjects Accounting Cr. fajor ............ 36 Commerce and Finance 1 ........ 21 Electives .......... 9 JUNIOR YEAR Title N11mber Cr. Bacteriology ........ .. ..... Bio 211 4 World Literature . . .... ... .. Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 1 •.•••..• •. 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 111 4 Elective in the Social Sciences. 3 Sixth Semester Title Number Cr Bacteriology ..... ...... ... . Bio 212 4 World Literature ........... Eng 152 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 112 4 Sociology ..... ........ ... .. Soc 100 3 18 Seventh Semester Title Clinical Chemistry .......... 13 Weeks Microbiology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Weeks Urinalysis .................. 4 Weeks Eighth Semester Title Haematology and Blood Bank 12 Weeks Histology .................. 6 Weeks Serology ................... 7 Weeks 25 Weeks 2 30-33 15 15 12 38-39 28 cience ............ 28 6 6 6 ial Sciences . . . . . 6 33 33-48 .. 24-27 15 2 2 2 2 Total ............. 135 129 129 127-128 The level of the course wil I depend upon the achievement of the student. The student must take a foreign language through 104 or an equivalent course prescribed by hi adviser. To be taken at an approved school of medical technology. l 6 28 Total academic hours during first three years-104 Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 I Cr. 24 Group IV Secretarial Studies Cr. 23 28 Physical Education 25 Weeks Retailing Cr. 24-39 Group III ........ Humanities SENIOR YEAR 2 Group II Business Administration Does not include major courses. �Page 66 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 67 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Business Administration FRESHMAN YEAR 1 First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR1 Second Semester Till, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys . Ed ................... P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation 16 Title Number Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 Composition ................ Eng 102 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 Phys. Ed .... .. ..... ....... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 0 l 16 Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .. .... Acct 101 3 3 urvey of Business ........... B:A. 100 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 0 Phys. Ed ............... . ... P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Number Cr. Title Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. 100 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed ...... .... .. ... .... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 16 16 Tit!, SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Second Semester First Semester Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 Fout'th Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct 111 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 World Literature . ........... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .... Eng 131 2 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Title Number Cr Advanced Accounting ........ Acct 112 Business Law ..... ......... . B.A. 232 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 World Literature .. .......... Eng 152 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102} Mathematics of Finance ...... Math 115 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 18 16 Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Title Number Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Alternates; Fundamentals of Math ...... Math 102\ Mathematics of Finance .... Math llSf 3 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 15 16 Title JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Cost Accounting ............. Acct 201 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 233 3 Money and Banking ......... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 2 Free Elective •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 Title Number Cr. Advanced Cost Accounting ... Acct 202 3 Accounting Systems .. ..... .. Acct 220} C.P.A. Problems ............ Acct 242 Business Law ............... B.A. 234 Intro. to Philosophy ......... Phil 100} History of Religions ......... Rel 100 Economic Statistics .......... Ee 232 3 Free Elective.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 18 18 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Number Cr. Money and Banking . ........ Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective in Social Science .... . 3 6 Free Electives ............. . Tit!, Number Cr. Al tern ates: Theory of Money .......... Ee 202} 226 3 Economic Geography ..... Ee C. & F. Elective ......... . Economic Statistics .......... Ee 232 3 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 100} History of Religions ....... Rel 100 3 Marketing ................ . B.A. 222 3 Free Elective .............. . 3 18 15 Tit!, SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Tax Accounting . ............ Acct 221 3 Auditing Principles .......... Acct 231 3 Bus. Cor. and Reports ....... . B.A. 209 3 Corporation Finance ......... B.A. 225 3 Intro. to Music .............. Mus 100 3 Free Elective2 • • . • • • . . . • • . • . 3 Title Number Cr, Auditing Practice ............ Acct 232 3 Theory of Money ............ Ee 202} Public Finance .............. Ee 236 3 Economic Geography . ....... Ee 226 3 Accounting Internship ...... Acct 252 6 18 15 1 SENIOR YEAR Tit/, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ....... . B.A. 209 3 Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 1 • • 12 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 18 It is suggested that all students take Typewriting (S.S. 107) during one semester of the freshman year. 2 Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P. A. examinations should elect humanity subjects. Eighth Semester Seventh Semester 1 See 2 See footnote preceding page. footnote next page. Title Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 2 •• Free Elective .............. . Cr. 12 3 15 �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 69 Page 68 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN Students who major m business administration will select their electives from the following: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Maj or in Retailing BANKING .AND FIN.ANCEl Titl, Number Credits and Collections ........... B.A. Real Estate ..................... B.A. Corporation Finance ............. B.A. Investments ........... ...... .... B.A. 218 220 225 226 Numhtr Theory of Money ................ Ee 202 Public Finance . . . ............... Ee 236 Mathematics of Finance I .. ...... Math 115 ECONOMICSl Title Number Government and Business . ...... . Ee Collective Bargaining ............ Ee International Trade .............. Ee Economic Geography ............ Ee Comparative Economic Systems ... Ee Business Cycles ........ ... ...... . Ee 212 223 225 226 229 230 Titls Numbtr Public Finance ...... ........... . Ee 236 Economic Economic Consumer Economic History ............... Ee Analysis .............. Ee Economics ............ Ee Investigation .......... Ee 238 241 245 246 Tit ls Number 235 236 237 238 239 240 Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Titu Elementary Accounting . ..... Acct 101 3 B1olog1cal Science ........... Bio 100 3 Survev of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Composition . ............... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 0 Phys. Ed. ................. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 Orientation 16 Title Numb,, Life Insurance ................... B..A. Labor Problems ................. Ee Applied Psychology ............. Psy Psychological Tests ........ . .. .. Psy 241 223 206 212 Number Title Principles of Accounting ..... Acct Composition ............... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Physical Science ............. Phys Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. Phys . Ed ................... P .E. Pers. Hyg . . ................ P.E. 102 102 102 100 100 102 106 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 16 SOPHOMORE YE.AR Fourth Semester Third Semester MANAGEMENT .AND INDUSTRIAL REL.ATIONSl Industrial Management .......... B.A. Personnel Management ........... B.A. Production Management ......... B.A. Office Management .............. B.A. Sales Management .............. B.A. Property Insurance ............... B.A. FRESHMAN YE.AR1 Titl, Tit/, Number Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Elecnve in Retailing ... ... . . 3 0 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 103 Tit ls 232 102 152 102 Cr. 3 3 4 3 104 0 Number Business Law ............... B.A. Principles of Economics ...... Ee World Literature ............ Eng Fundamentals of Math ....... Math Elective in Retailing ....... . Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 3 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR MARKETING1 Titls Numb,r Salesmanship ................... . B.A. 114 Advertising .................... . B.A. 216 Transportation .................. B.A. 217 Marketing . ..................... B.A. 222 Title Numbtr Sales Management ............... B..A. 239 Property Insurance ............... B..A. 240 International Trade .............. Ee 225 Consumer Economics ............ Ee 245 Principles of Retailing ........... Ret 101 Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Electives in Social Science.... 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. &Fin............... 9 Number Cr. Title Intro. to Music ............. Mus Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil History of Religions ....... Rel Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin............... Free Elective................ Marketing ............... .. B.A. 100 3 100} 100 3 222 6 3 3 18 17 SENIOR YE.AR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ....... B.A. 209 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin... . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elec. in Com. & Fin. or Soc. Sc................... 3 15 1 At least six courses in one of these groups are required of students concentrating in thi field. 1 See footnote page 66. Tit/, Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin .............. . Free Electives .............. . Number Cr. 6 9 15 �Pa~e 70. - WILKES -COLLEGE BULLETIN DEGREE .PROGRAMS-- - ·Page 71 HACHELOR .~ OF,. SCIENCE · IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY 'EDUCATION The program outlined below is designed to prepare students for certification in most states. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. Major in Secretarial Studies FRESHMAN YEAR First .Semester . tudents preparing to teach in secondary schools must major in one ,of the following teaching fields: English, Foreign Language, Mathematics, Science or Social Studies. Second Semester Title Number Cr. Survey of Business .......... B.A. 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Phys. Education ............ P .E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .......... .. .. .... P.E. 101 1 Elective ............. . ... .. . 3-4 Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition .. . ............ Eng 102 3 Hist. ofW. Civilization .. .... Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102 2 Phys. Education . .... .... ... P.E. 102 O Pers. Hyg . .. ............... P.E. 106 1 Elective.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 16-17 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting . ..... Acct 101 3 Advances Exposition ........ Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Intro. to Music .......... ... Mus 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 103 0 Title Numb,r Cr. Principles of Accounting . .... Acct 102 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. 100 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 102 4 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 15 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Titu Number Cr. Principle of Economics ....... Ee 101 3 World Literature ...........• Eng 151 4 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. 109 4 Electives .................. . 6 Tit!, Numb,r Cr. Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. 110 4 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 17 17 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester N11mber Cr. Title Number Cr. Composition ................ Eng 101 3 C~mposition .. .. ............ Eng 102 3 1ence .................... . 3-5 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Mathematics ............ . .. . Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 3-5 Elective ................... . Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Elective ................ . .. . Phys. Ed ........ ......... . P.E. 102 0 0 Phvs. Ed .................. P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 Pei . Hyg .................. P .E. 105 1 Orientation 13-17 10-13 Third Semester Fourth Semester Fifth Semester First Semester Title Eighth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ...... . B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Machines ..... S.S. 205 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Title Numb,r Cr. Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 Alternates: Medical Stenography ...... S.S. 200 Speech Reporting ......... S.S. 203 Free Electives ............. . 15-16 15 The candidate for a degree with a major in medical stenography should consult with her adviser before planning a program of study. The following science courses are required: Chem. 101, Bio. 251-252, to provide the necessary background for work in a medical office. SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Intro. to Education .......... Ed 101 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Electives .................. . Electives .................. . Phys. pd .... ....... .... ... . P.E. 104 0 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 O Titu 15-16 15-16 Fifth Semester JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Title N11mber Cr. Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 ..... Hist 107 3 Electives .................. . Electives .................. . 15-18 Seventh Semester SENIOR Titu Number Cr. Intro. to Philosophy ........ ·Phil 100 3 Principles & Methods of Sec. Ed ................... Ed 204 3 Child Psychology ........... Psy. 207 3 Electives .................. . 15-18 YEAR Eighth Semester Titl1 Number Cr. Sec. School Curriculum ...... Ed 205 3 Student Teaching ........... Ed 207 8 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 Elective . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 3 15-17 15 Minimum requirement for this degree--129 credits. Requirements for each major: ENGLISH Bio 100; Ee 100; Eng 105, 201, 12 additional credits, Hist 101, 102; Lang 12 credits (in one language); Math 101, 102; Phys 100; Electives 15 credits.* FOREIGN LANGUAGE Bio 100; Ee 100; Eng 105, 201; Hist 101, 102; Math 101, 102,· Lang 24 credits beyond 102 (in one language); Phys 100; Electives 9 to 15 credits.* MATHEMATICS Bio 100; Chem 101, 104; Ee 100; Hist 101, 102; Phys 111, 112; Electives 6 credits.* Math 122, 125, 126, 240, 15 additional credits in 200-level courses. CJENCE Bro 101, 102; Ee 100; Chem 101, 102; Math 122 plus 3 credits; Phys 111, 112 or 150, 151, 152; (either Bio 111, 112,201,202; or Chem 121, 230, Math 125, 126); Electives 17 to 23 credits of which at least 8 must be in sciences other than Psychology.* OCIAL STUDIES Bio 100; Ee 101, 102, 226; Hist 101, 102, 12 additional credits; Math 101, 102; Phys 100; P.S. 6 credits; Soc 6 credits; Electives 15 credits.* •No more than 3 credits may be in Education. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 73 Page 72 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Titl, Number Cr. Composition ............... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 Physical Science ............ Phys 100 3 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. 100 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title NtJmber Cr. Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 Biological Science . .......... Bio 100 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Phys. Ed ....... ... ......... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg . . ..... ...... .... . P.E. 106 I 16 16 The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. The program that is outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, economics, commercial law, business English, commercial arithmetic, and in the social studies if both sociology and political science are elected. Students pref erring to be certified in salesmanship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Second Semester Title Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. World Literature ........... Eng 151 4 Child Psychology ........... Psy 207 3 Intro. to Education ......... Ed 101 3 U.S. History to 1865 ........ Hist 107 3 Elective other than Education 3 Phys. Ed .... ....... ........ P.E. 103 O Title Number Cr. WorldLiterature ........... Eng 152 ~ Human Behavior ........... Psy 208 3 Intro. to Philosophy ... ..... Phil 100 3 U .S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 3 Elective other than Education 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 16 16 Nttmber Cr. Survey of Business .......... B.A. 100 3 Business Mathematics ....... B.A. 107 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 Phys.Ed ................... P.E. 101 0 Per. Hyg ............. ..... P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 Intro. to Music ............. Mus. 100 3 Physical Science ............ Phys 100 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100) or ~ 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. lOOJ Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg . . .............. . . P.E. 106 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fifth Semester JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Basic Art .. ·................ Art 101 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Educational Psychology . .... Ed 201 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .... Eng 131 2 Elective other than Education 3 Title Nmnber Cr Economic Geography . .. .... Ee 226 3 Basic Art . . ... ... ..... ..... Art 102 3 Fundamentals of Math .. ..... Math 102 3 Elective other than Education 6 17 lS Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Principles ofEconomics ...... Econ 101 3 Intro. to Education ......... Ed 101 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 .... Hist 107 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 or Elective Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Principles of Economics ...... Econ 102 3 U. S. Hist. since 1865 ....... Hist 108 3 General Psychology . ........ Psy 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 102 4 or Elective Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Seventh Semester SENIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Student Teaching ........... Ed 208 4 Teaching of Reading .. .. . ... Ed 231 2 Tchg. Elem. Social Studies ... Ed 236 2 Principles of Elem. Ed ....... Ed 237 2 Curriculum of Elem. Sch ..... Ed 238 2 Art in Elem. School. ........ Ed 241 2 Music in Elem. School. ... .. Ed 242 2 16 Eighth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr Student Teaching .. .. .. ..... Ed 209 Visual Education ........... Ed 212 Teaching of Arithmetic ...... Ed 232 Tchg. Elem. Sch. Science .... . Ed 239 Hlth. and P.E. in El. Sch ..... Ed 243 lS Sixth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting .. ... Acct 111 3 or Elective Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Educational Psychology ... . . Ed 201 3 English Elective . ....... Eng 151 or 153 4-3 Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 or Elective Title Number Cr. Advanced Accounting ...... Acct 112 3 or Elective Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 English Elective ........ Eng 152 or 1S4 4-3 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. 110 4 or Elective 17-16 17-16 �Page 7 4 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 75 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Tit/, SOPHOMORE YEAR Eighth Semester Number Cr. Bus. Corres. and Reports . .... B.A. 209 , 3 Bus. Education and Methods of Instruction in S.S ....... S.S. 243 3 Intro. to Philosophy . .. . .... Phil 100 3 Office Procedures and Machines ...... ...... S.S. 205 4 Elective.................... 3 Tit/, Number Cr. Visual Education ........... Ed 212 1 Sec. School Curriculum ...... Ed 205 3 Student Teaching ........... Ed 207 8 Elective .. ... ... . .. . ........ 3 15 16 Provisional College Certificates will be issued by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to graduates of the course in business education. Certification will be offered in business subjects only as the following requirements are met: Bookkeeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 semester hours Commercial Law .................................. 6 semester hours Commercial Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Office Practice .... . ................... : . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Shorthand ................................. ·. . . . . . . 9 semester hours Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Business English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester hours plus twelve (12) semester hours in English Certificates are valid for teaching only those business subjects which are written on the certificate. Fourth Semester Third Semester Cr. 151 4 N11mber Title World Literature ........... Eng Music Theory .............. Mus Music History .. ... .. ....... Mus App Major Instrument ...... ..... Mus Intro. to Education ... ...... Ed Band, Orchestra, Chorus . .... Phvs. Ed ................... P .E. 103 109 5 3 1 3 101 ½ 0 103 Cr. Number Title World Literature .. .. .. .. ... Eng Music Theory . . .... ..... . .. Mus Music History, .. ........... Mus App Major Instrument . ......... . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . General Psychology ......... Psy Phys. Ed ... .... .... .... . ... P .E. 152 104 llO 4 5 3 1 ½ 100 104 3 0 16½ 16½ JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Educational Psychology . ... . Ed 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist. to 1865 ... Hist 107 3 Mus Woodwind Class Methods .. .. Ed 105 Mus . Conducting (Instrumental) ... Ed 109 Mus Violin Class and Methods. . . . Ed lll App Major Instrument ........ , . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 2 1 ½ Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist Mus Brass Class Methods. . . . . . . . Ed Mus Conducting (Choral) . . . . . . . . Ed Mus Violin Class and Methods .... Ed App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus. .. . .. . Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 3 106 2 llO 2 ll2 2 1 ½ 6 3 16½ 16½ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements neces• sary to obtain a teacher certificate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states: The curriculum will also enable the student to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subjects. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Second Semester Cr. Number Biological Science ..... . ..... Bio Composition ............... Eng Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng Music Theory .............. Mus Clarinet Class and Mus Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed Brass Class and Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed App Major Instrument ........... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . Phys . Ed . .. . .. .. .... .. . .... P .E. Pers. Hyg .... ....... .. .... . P.E . Orientation 100 101 131 101 3 3 2 5 ) 101 2 103 1 ½ 101 105 0 1 17½ Title Nttmber Composition ............... Eng Music Theory .............. Mus Clarinet Class and Mus Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed Brass Class and Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed App Major Instrument .. ......... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . Physical Science . . .......... Phys Elective .................. . Phys. Ed . ........... . . ... .. P.E. Pers . Hyg .................. P.E. Cr. 102 3 102 S ) 102 , • 104 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Prrnciples of Secondary .... .. Ed Education or Principles of Elementary ..... Ed Education Instrumentation .... ..... ... Mus Mus Voice Class and Methods . . . . . Ed String Instrument Class and Mus Methods ................. Ed Observation and Practice · Mus Teaching ........... .... .. Ed App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . Cr. 204) l 237f 3 215 2 107 2 ll3 2 203 4 100 3 102 0 I 3 18½ Number Visual Education . .. ........ Ed Orchestration . .... ......... Mus .. , Mus Voice Class and 'Methods··. ·; . . Ed Strinj Ins_trument Class Mus an Methods . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. Ed Observation and Practice Mus Treaching. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed . App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . Elective.................... Cr. 1 212 216 2 108 2 ll4 2 204 4 1 ½ 3 1 ½ 14½ 12 Title 15½ �Page 76 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 77 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION The program in nursing education is designed for the preparation of instruc• tors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration.1 Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-four, of which at least sixty-four must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from forty to sixty and will be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. Wilkes College is cooperating with Lebanon Valley College and Albright College in offering a degree in Nursing Education to registered nurses in the areas of Lebanon and Reading. Academic credits earned at Lebanon Valley College or at Albright College may be credited toward the B.S. degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College. To satisfy the residence requirements for graduation from Wilkes, the candidate may take one-half of the work at Lebanon Valley College or Albright College and the other one-half on the campus at Wilkes. Students participating in this cooperative program should seek assistance from the chairman of the Nursing Education department at Wilkes in planning their curriculum. Title Number Cr. Composition ................ Eng 101 3 2 Hist. of West. Civ. . • ••••.•• Hist 101 3 Foundations of Nursing ...... N .E. 101 2 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Sociology . ................ . Soc 100 3 Title Number Cr. Biological Science ...... .. ... Bio 100 3 Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 2 Hist. of West. Civ. •••••• ••• Hist 102 3 Community Resources ....... N.E. 104 2 Supervision and Admin .... .. N .E. 106 2 17 16 SENIOR YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. EducationatMeasurements ... Ed 202 2 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 I World Literature . ........... Eng 151 4 Prin. and Meth. in N.E ...... N.E. 107 2 Electi ves 3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6-7 15-16 1 2 3 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Basic Arc . ................. Art 101 3 Composition .. ..... ........ Eng 101 3 Hise. of West. Civ.......... Hist 101 3 Fund. of Mach ............. Math 101 3 Phys. Science ............... Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hygiene .............. P.E. 105 I Title Number Cr. Basic Art ........... .. ... . . Art 102 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Bio. Science ................ Bio 100 3 Hist of West. Civ .......... Hist 102 3 Fund. of Math ............. Math 102 3 Phys. Ed .................. P .E. 102 0 Pers. Hygiene .............. P.E. 106 I Orientation 16 Title Number Cr. Guidance ................... Ed 214 2 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Trends in Nursing Ed ........ N.E. 102 2 Field Experience ............ N.E. 112 4 Electives 3 . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5-6 Third Semester Hist. of Art ................ Art Intro. co Ed ....... . ........ Ed World Lit ................. Eng Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. Phys. Ed .................. P .E. Fourth Semester To enable graduates of approved schools of nursing to obtain the necessary preparation, the College offers a program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education. A minimum of sixty-four college credits is needed to fulfill the requirements for the degree. Hist. 107 and 108 may be substituted for Hist. 101 and 102. Electives may be selected from academic subjects (Economics, English, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology) or Nursing Education courses with approval of the adviser. 4 3 0 Title Number Cr. Arpiied Art .. ........ ...... Art 104 3 Hist. of Art .. .... .......... Art 112 3 World Lit ................. Eng 152 4 General Psych .............. Psych 100 3 Intro. to Soc ...... .. ....... Soc 100 3 Phys. Ed .................. P.E. 104 0 16 16 3 3 111 101 151 100 103 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Number Cr. Fine Arcs .................. Art 215 4 Graphic Art ...... .. ....... Art 241 2 Intro. to Econ .............. Econ 100 3 Title NtJmber Cr. Fine Arts ... .. .. .. ........ . Art 216 4 Graphic Art . .............. Art 242 2 U.S. Hist .................. Hist 108 3 Child Psych .... . ........... Psy 207 3 Elective• ...... .. ... . ..... . 3 Tit/, Ed Psych .................. Ed U.S. and Pa. Hist ........... Hist 201 107 3 3 15 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Tit/, 15-16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Number Cr. Applied Art ................ Art 103 3 Second Semester Third Semester FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Tit!, JUNIOR YEAR First Semester BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION This program is designed to prepare students for certification as public school teachers in the field of art. It has been approved by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, but students wishing to teach art in other states should determine the requirements of the state in which they wish to teach so that specific requirements of that state may be satisfied through the choice of additional courses. Number Am of Presentation ... . .... Art 243 Prin. and Meth. of Secondary Ed .... .. .... Ed 204 Fund. of Speech ............ En~ 131 Intro. to Pbilosophy ........ Phil 100 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 Elective* ................. . c,. 3 3 2 3 3 3 Eighth Semester Title N11mber Cr. Student Teaching ........... Ed 210 8 Visual Ed .................. Ed 212 1 Teaching of Art ...... . ..... Ed 221 3 Elective* . .. ..... ... .. . ... . 3 17 • ine hours of electives must be taken in three different fields. 1.5 �Page 78 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DEGREE PROGRAMS _ Page 79 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State University, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it appeals to those genuinely interested in mathematics, the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields · research appeals most to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find . satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, andJroduction. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications an equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branc~es of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. . Students planning to major in Engineering should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the college mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry. However, since' not all students are prepared for this course, the program may be started with the course in College Algebra and Trigonometry. Students doing the latter should plan to finish Differential Equations and Infinite Series by the end of the fourth semester. This may be accomplished in several ways: . 1. ;Math. 107 and Math. 109 may be taken in ·the summer session preceding the Freshman year. 2. After completion of Math. 105 and Math. 122 in the. Freshman year, Math. 125 may be taken in the summer session between the Freshman and Sophomore years. FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) First Semester Title Number Cr. Gen~ral ~norganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Engmeenng and Orientation Problems ... . . ..... ... . . . . Engi 100 2 Engineering Drawing and De5. ~~metry ... . ... . . .. .. Engi 105 3 Composmon ........ . ...... . Eng 101 3 Mathematics .............. {MMathh 122} 4_5 at 105 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 o Pe~s. Hy15 ..... . ... . ..... . .. P.E. 105 1 Orientation 17-18 Second Semester Title N1,mber Cr. Alternates :1 Inor. Chem. & Qua]. Anal.. .Chem 102} Ge~eral Inorganic Chem .... Chem 104 4-6 Drawm~ ~ Des. Geometry . .. Engi 106 2 Compos1t1on .. .. .... . .. .. . . Eng 102 3 Mathematics .. ............ {MMathh 125} 4 . at 122 ~~neral Physics I ........... Phys 150 4 p ys. Ed .. · ···· · · · ··· ...... P.E. 102 o ers. Hyg ... .. ...... .. . . ... P.E. 106 l 18-20 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic t th t d f ' Therefore, the .first two years in me:hanf u y _o a~ronautical engineering. for the advanced work offered by several . en&t1?eermg prepare the student umvers1 1es. c:l CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of che . 1 . d !n which materials undergo a physical or a chemical h ica m u~try mdude paper, textiles, gasoline other etroleum rid ange. uch materials ~lectrochemical products, paints, 'rubber, tlastics cer~. uc~, coke, gas, dyes, icals, solvents, and many others The chem. I ' . ics,. rugs, h.eavy chemd · t • · ICa engmeer 1s one skilled in the me::fr~~l~o::/;~~~:~eJ~t~:~?c~i°::t:~~:me;~ of~ndu~trjal pl~nts in which engaged_ in. research or in the development. of a epro~:;cafo;nhgu1:eer may ~e the application of th f d . , e 1s expert m lie all chemical en i: u? amenta1 u~1t-manufacturing processes which under- f a thorough knowl!d;:r~1g~~:i:imp~en~ of thJ chemical e_ngineer includes understanding of such fundamental~• [~~~ _anl mathe~at1cs and a sound engineering as will make him 1a , mechamcal, and electrical engineer. a competent evelopment, control or sales f£ SOPHOMORE YEAR 2 Third Semester Title Number Cr. ln?r ..Quant. Analysis ....... . Chem 121 4 Pnnc1ples of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. .. .. Eng 1'34 3 Calculus II . ...... . ... . ..... Math 126 4 General Physics .... ....... .. Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed . .... . ........ . .. . . P.E . 103 0 18 1 Fomth Semester Title Nttmher Cr. Stoichiometry ... .. . .... ... .. Ch E 106 3 Mathematics .. .. .. .... . .. ... Math 240 4 Mechan~cs I, Statics . ..... . . . M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ... . .. M.E. 212 General Physics ........ ... . . Phys 152 ~ Phys. Ed . ....... . .......... P.E . 104 0 17 Chemical engine.ers will register for Chem. 102 ( students will register for Chem. l04 (four hours) six hours). All other engineering 2 For freshman year see above. · �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 81 Page 80 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN CIVIL ENGINEERING INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The ~ivil engin_eer deal~ wit_h problems in structural, highway, railroad, hyd~au~ic, a_nd sanita~ engmeenng, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes m the design, construction and maintenance of bridges tunnels ?ams, and _the stru~ural members of buildings. His services are indi~pensabl; m the design of nver, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development ~nd co1:1trol of water r~sources ; in _the treatment and disposal of sewage and mdustnal waste; and m the location and construction of all transportation facilities. SOPHOMORE YEARl Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Plane Surveying . . . . ......... C.E. 103 3 Princi pies of Economics . . . . .. Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. .. .. Eng 134 3 Calculus II . ... ..... ... . . .. . Math 126 4 General Physics II . ......... P hys 151 4 Phys. Ed ... .. .............. P .E. 103 0 Titl, Number Route Surveying . . ... .. ... . .. C.E. M athematics .. .. . . .. . ...... Math Mechanics I, Statics .. ....... M .E. Mechanics II, Dynamics . . . . .. M .E. General Physics III . . . ..... .. Phys Phys. Ed .. . . .. . . . ......... . P .E . Cr. 104 4 240 4 211 212 3 3 152 4 104 0 17 18 The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to m~et cost an_d pr?duction req~iremen~s. Prepar~t~on ':'ith a background in science, engmeermg, economics, business admm1strat1on, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability b~t also economic and ~umanistic interests, as well as character and personality. He must work with others and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machines an~ ma~eri~ls. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those pnmanly mterested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Numb,r Cr. Plane Surveying . . ........ . .. C.E. 103 3 Principles of Economics ... . . . Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .. . . . Eng 134 3 Calculus II . .... . . . ..... . . .. Math 126 4 General Physics II .. . .. .. ... Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed .... ...... .... . . . . . P .E . 103 0 17 Title Number Cr. 102 3 240 4 211 3 212 3 152 4 104 0 Title Principles of Economics . .. .. . Ee Mathem atics . ... ..... . . . ... Math Mechanics I, Statics ..... ... . M.E. Mechanics II, Dynamics .. ... M.E. General Physics III .......... Phys Phys. Ed . .. ............ . ... P .E . 17 17 To?ay nea~ly eve:}' ac~ivity of civilized life depends upon electricity. The electric~l engm~er is tramed to design, ~onstruct, and operate all electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the distribution of cl~ctricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric ra1lw~ys, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used m the home. The commun!c~tions fiel1, includi1:g telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of_ prmt and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Deve_lopment of electronic tubes, transistors, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. Tit!, Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Principles of Economics . . .... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . .. .. Eng 134 3 Calculus II ................ . Math 126 4 General Physics II .. .... . . .. Phys 151 4 General Psychology ... .... . . Psy 100 3 Phys. Ed .......... . ........ P.E. 103 0 Number Cr. 240 4 206 3 Mathematics .. .. . . . .. . . . . .. Math Kinematics . ... .. ... .. ... . ... M.E. Mechanics I, Statics .. . . .... . M .E. Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... . M.E. General Physics III . . .. . ..... Phys Phys . Ed .... . .... .... . . . ... P.E. 211 3 212 152 104 3 4 0 17 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the po~er field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Fourth Semester T bird Semester Tit!, Nttmber Cr. 3 Plane Surveying ... . . . .. .. ... C.E. 103 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng 134 4 Calculus II . . ....... . ....... Math 126 4 General Physics II .......... Phys 1S1 0 Phys. Ed ... ........ . ..... . . P.E . 103 17 1 For freshman year see page 79. 1 For freshman year see page 79. Tit!, Number Cr. 240 4 206 3 211 3 212 3 152 4 104 0 M athematics ............... Math Kinematics . . . . .. . . .. ...... . M .E. Mechanics I, Statics .. .. ..... M.E . Mechanics II, Dynamics . . . . .. M.E. General Physics III . .. . . . .... Phys Phys. Ed . .. . .. ... . . . ....... P.E. 17 �DfGREE PROGRAMS - Page 83- Terminal Programs PRE-DENTAL (Two years) MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY The Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists has established definite standards for qualification as a medical technologist. The minimum requirements to meet these standards are a two-year college program and twelve months of technical training in an approved school of medical technology. The following curriculum meets the pre-technical training requirements demanded by the Registry. Since requirements for admission to approved schools of medical technology vary, the student is urged to make inquiries concerning technical training during the Freshman year. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Titk Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............ Math 107 3 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 0 Orientation Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ......... Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Elective ................... . 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 16 17 Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Bacteriology ................ Bio 211 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. .................... Chem 121 4 Electives 1 . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • 7-8 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 O FRESHMAN YEAR Tit!, Number Cr. Bacteriology ................ Bio 212 4 Organic Chem •.............. Chem 230 4 Electives 1 • . . • . . . . • • . • • • • • • • 7-8 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 15-16 1 At least one elective each semester must be in the humanities or socia,1 sciences. 15-16 Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............ Math 107 3 Phys. Ed ...... . ............ P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number C,. General Zoology ............ Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition . . ............. Eng 102 3 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 3 Phys. Ed ............ . ... . .. P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 15 16 Title SOPHOMORE YEAR Titk The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in chemistry and biology. SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester T bird Semester Title Number Cr. Histology .................. Bio 221 3 Inorganic Quantitative Anal..Chem 121 4 Introductory Physics ... . .... Phys 111 4 Alternates: World Literature .......... Eng 151 4 Hist. of West. Civ ......... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed ........ . .. . ....... P .E. 103 0 Title Number Cr. Embryology ........ . ....... Bio 202 3 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 Introductory Physics . .. ..... Phys 112 4 Alternates: World Literature .......... Eng 152 4 Hist. of West. Civ ......... Hist 102 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 14-15 14-15 �Page 84 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 85 PRE-DENTAL SECRETARIAL COURSE (Three years) FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ........... Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ..... Chem 101 4 Composition ........... .... Eng 101 3 College .Algebra ............ Math 107 3 Phys. Ed ......... .. .... ... . P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Second Semester Title Numbtr Cr. General Zoology ........... Bio 102 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative .Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg . .. .......... ..... P.E. 106 l 16 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Titu Number Cr. Basic .Art . ................. .Art 101 3 Comp . .Anatomy of the Vert .. Bio 201 4 Inorg. Quantitative .Anal.. ... Chem 121 4 World Literature ........... Eng 151 4 Phys. Ed ........... .. . .... . P.E. 103 0 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Basic .Art .................. .Arc 102 3 Embryology ................ Bio 202 4 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 World Literature ........... Eng 152 4 Phys. Ed ..... ....... . .... .. P.E .104 0 15 15 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Titl, Number C,. Bacteriology ............... Bio 211 4 Histology .................. Bio 221 3 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 Introductory Physics ....... . Phys 111 4 16 Sixth Semester Title N11mh1r Cr. Bacteriology ............... Bio 212 4 Genetics ................... Bio 222 3 Chemistry Elective. . . . . . . . . . 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 112 4 14 The two-year intensive secretarial program has ~ threefol~ purp~s~:. to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of busmess act1v1t1es; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this program may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of ience in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tit!, Number Cr. urvey of Business .......... . B.A. 100 3 Composition . ............... Eng 101 3 Hit. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 horthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phvs. Ed ......... .. .. ...... P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg . ... ......... ..... P.E. 106 I 14 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Business Mathematics .. . .... B.A. 107 3 Business Law .. ............. B..A. 231 3 Inrermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ..... S.S. 205 4 Elective.................... 3 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 103 0 Title Number Cr. Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 Intro. to Economics ... .. .... Econ 100 3 Advanced Stenogra.ehy ....... S.S. 110 4 Secretarial .Accountmg ....... S.S. 120 3 Elective.................... 3 Phys. Ed .................... P.E. 104 0 17 16 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. �Description of Courses ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Curtis, P. Werner; Instructors Baron, Krohn, Strassman, Capin. Acer. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Acer. 102. PRINCIPLES OF AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; .financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 101. Acer. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 102. Acer. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 111. Acer. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three credits P. WERNER Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 or approval of instructor. Acer. 202. ADVANCED CosT AccouNTING--Three credits P. WERNER Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201 or approval of instructor. �Page 88 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN SYSTEMS- Three credits MR. CAPIN A study of the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and loan associations, and other specialized businesses, with special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 201. AccT. 220. ACCOUNTING I-Three credits MR. CURTIS The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions; methods of effecting tax savings. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of instructor. AccT. 221. TAXES THE STAFF AccT. 222. TAXES II-Three credits Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. PRINCIPLES-Three credits MR. CAPIN Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records and balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. AccT. 231. AUDITING PRACTICE- Three credits MR. CAPIN Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 231. Acer. 232. AUDITING THE STAFF PROBLEMS- Three credits Advanced corporation problems including consolidations, mergers, and holding companies. Class two hours a week. Laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. AccT. 242. ADVANCED credits This course provides a minimum of 240 hours of accounting in the office of a Certified Public Accountant. 1 AccT. 252. AccouNTING INTERNSHIP-Six 1 Or the equivalent. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 89 ART Assistant Professor O'Toole, chairman; Assistant Professor Colson. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Art is intended ( 1) for the student who seeks an intelligent understanding of the visual arts as part of his general education; and (2) for the talented student who wishes to acquire the technical skills necessary for successful art expression. The courses in the curriculum enable the student who is essentially an observer of art to experience as fully as possible the creative activity of the artist. They give the student with a special aptitude for art a thorough knowledge of the language of art, and an adequate training in the mechanics and techniques that he needs to achieve full creative expression. The Art Education Curriculum is outlined on p. 77. ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 103-104. APPLIED ART-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums: pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 105-106. INTRODUCTION TO LETTERING Three credits each semester MR. O'ToOLE Analysis of basic letter forms. The origin and development of the alphabet. Study of the first three one-stroke alphabets and Gothic. The basic strokes, upper and lower cases. Grouping letters into words. Simple spacing and layout. Second group of alphabets to include: thick and thin, the scripts, one-stroke Roman and italics. Combining all the one-stroke alphabets in varying weights and sizes. ART 107-108. LETTERING AND LAYOUT-Three credits each semester MR. O'TOOLE The designed or built-up letter. Basic strokes, upper and lower cases of Gothic, Roman, italic, and script letters. Combining designed letter- �Page 90 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 91 ing with one-stroke lettering in layout. The use of color in lettering and backgrounds. Prerequisite: Art 105-106. TYPOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. O'TooLE Complete study of type faces and their design and differences. Designing wi~ ty~e, ~pe ornaments and rules .. Relationships of form, structure, size, direction, texture, color and weight. The use of type in advertising, book-jackets, brochures. ~rerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ART 109. ART 110. HAND LETTERING FOR REPRODUCTION-Three credits MR. O'TooLE Brush lettering, pen lettering, combining hand lettering with type. The uses of photostats. Use of ruling pen, bow compass, and other mechanical aids. The hand-lettered book-jacket and posters. The paste-up and use of reproduction proofs for line cuts. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. MR. COLSON ART-Three hours. History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. ART 111. HISTORY OF ART-Three hours. MR. COLSON History of art from the Renaissance to the present day. ART 112. HISTORY OF ART 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three credits each semester MR. O'TOOLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half-tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing ( double spread) . Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be_ given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING duction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101-10 2, 10 3-104, or equivalent. ART 215-216. FINE ART-Three or four credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART-Three or four credits each semester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. IV-Two or three credits each semester MR. O'ToOLE Individual instruction in the field of art in which the student wishes to excel. Each student will be given problems according to his needs and abilities. With each problem the student will receive individual instruction and criticism. ART 219-220-221-222. STUDIO I, II, III, DESIGN-Tht'ee credits each semester MR. O'Toou The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of repro- ART 241-242. GRAPHIC ART-Two credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Preparation and methods of designing in print making, linoleum, wood cut, etching, engraving, serigraph. �Page 92 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN ART 243. ARTS OF PRESENTATION-Three credits The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and proce~ses of designing for reproduction. Various methods of repro• duction; lme processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, lettering, layout, posters, bookjackets, the advertisement. BIOLOGY Professor Reif, chairman; Associate Professor Cohen; Associate Professor Michelini; Assistant Professor Namisniak; Instructor Freeman. Bio. 100. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE-Three credits THE STAFF Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. Bio. 101-102. GENERAL ZOOLOGY-Nine credits MR. REIF General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 101 has class four hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15.00 each course. BIO. 111-112. GENERAL BOTANY-Three credits each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. I~ ~ncludes the study of ~e fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15 each course. 'DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 93 embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, sixhoursaweek. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio.102. Bro. 202. EMBRYOLOGY-Four credits MR. MICHELINI Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 201, or permission of instructor. MR. MICHELINI Bro. 204. M1cROTECHNIQUE-Two credits Biological technique is a laboratory course involving the preparation of tissues and organs for study. This course is given in conjunction with the laboratory portion of Embryology, Bio. 202, for those students who do not take Embryology. Laboratory, six hours a week. Bro. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Four credits each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Bio. 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. Bio. 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 211. THE STAFF Bro. 221. HISTOLOGY-Four credits Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Material is restricted to vertebrate tissues. Class two hours a week; laboratory six hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 202 or permission of instructor. Bio. 113. BOTANICAL TAXONOMY-Four credits MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. Fee: $15. BIO. 222. GENETICS-Three credits MR. MICHELINI Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal characters and the variation of those characters in plants and animals. The laboratory work concerns primarily studies of inheritance in the fruit fly. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 221 or permission of instructor. BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATESFour credits MR. MICHELINI Comp~ra~ive Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological charactenstics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and Bro. 231. PHYSIOLOGY-Four credits MR. MICHELINI Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical activities characteristic of all living organisms. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 95 Page 94 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 222, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and annuities; stocks and bonds ; graphs and their use in business. MR. REIF Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms, singly and collectively, and their environments, including the biotic and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 231 or permission of instructor. B.A. 114. SALESMANSHIP 1-Three credits BIO. 232. ECOLOGY-Three credits MR. HOOVER The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS--Three credits Bio. 262. HISTORY OF BIOLOGY-One credit MRS. THE STAFF A study of the history of biology is designed as a correlating effort in the field of biology through an historical approach. It is limited to senior students majoring in biology. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. B.A. 216. AovERTISING--Three credits PROJECT-One credit THE STAFF Credit for this may be given only in the eighth semester. Work may Bio. 271. RESEARCH begin after satisfactory completion of the fourth semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar, R. Werner; Instructors Bacon, Capin, Casper, Chmiola, Johns, Krohn, Cappellini, Roberts, Bernstein. B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BUSINESS-Three credits THE STAFF This course is designed as an introduction to the field of business and must be taken by commerce and finance students during the first semester of the freshman year. Emphasis is placed upon examining ~he various vocational opportunities in modern business and upon studying the necessary educational and other requisites for such jobs. Attempts are made to plan in advance with each student a tentative course program. Each student is required to make an individual study of some vocational objective. This course can be taken for credit by Freshmen only. B.A. 107. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS-Three credits MR. HOOVER Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractioris, decimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and turnover; depreciation and distribution of overhead; payroll problems including social security and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments involving interest; bank ROBERTS THE STAFF A survey of the different departments of advertisi?g work, !~eluding copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a social force. B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three credits THE STAFF Problems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 B.A. 218. CREDIT AND CoLLECTIONs-Three credits MR. HoTSON The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, Acct. 102. B.A. 220. REAL ESTATE-Three credits THE STAFF The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 222. MARKETING-Three credits THE STAFF Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure and organization, and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. 1 Credit will not be given if credit for Ret. 207 has been received. �Page 96 - WILKES . COLLEGE BULLETIN 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three credits MR. CHIANG A study of t_he economic principles underlying the capital structure of mo~ern busme_ss ~nterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of bus1~ess organ~zat10~, cor_r~rate securities, and financial policies involved rn promot_10n, d1spos1t1on of net earnings, working capital and short-te:m _financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTs-'-Three credits MR. CHIANG Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; _financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and age~c1es, st~c~ exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW- INTRODUCTION AND CONTRACTS Three credits MR. CASPER, MR. CAPPELLINI, MR. KROHN The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction to the structure and functioning of the Federal and State Courts as agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the law of Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examination of the essential elements of a contract under both the common law and the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of contract rights, discharge of contracts and remedies for their breach. Prerequisite: Ee 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-AGENCY AND SALES-Three credits MR. CASPER, MR. CAPPELLINI, MR. KROHN A general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation, the rights and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons and the termin_ation of the agency. A study of the law of sales of good;, the transfer of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the duties and liabilities of the parties'. remedies for bre~ch, security interests in goods. A comparison of the umform sales act with the sales article of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three credits MR. KROHN The frinciples o~ la~ governing partnerships and corporations, with emphasis on the historical development of business enterprises. The B.A. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 97 law with respect to the formation, operation, internal relationships and dissolution of partnerships and corporations with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Rights and duties of the partnership and corporate enterprise with respect to the government, the owners, and the public. Advantages and disadvantages of these forms of business activity. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three credits MR. KROHN The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus rights of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagormortgagee relationship. Business crimes ( crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, tangible and intangible. Prerequisite: B.A. 231, 232, Acct. 102. MR. BACON B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three credits A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. MR. BACON B.A. 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three credits Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. BACON A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. MR. BACON B.A. 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three credits The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of o~ce records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; �Page 98 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 99 office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. BACON The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force ; sales research and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: B.A. 114 or equivalent. B .A. 240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three credits MR. FARRAR This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. B.A. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three credits MR.FARRAR This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 244. TIME AND MOTION STUDY-Three credits MR. JOHNS The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. B.A. 245. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. (APIN Economic and historical aspects of traffic management; evaluation of comparative aspects of competitive modes of transportation, development of managerial ability; use of rates and tariff. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professors Bone, Salley; Instructors Bohning, Freeman. LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: 1. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. (HEM. 101. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits THE STAFF An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. (HEM. 102. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS Six credits MR. BoHNING, Miss BONE, MR. SALLEY The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits MR. BOHNING, MISS BONE, MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. (HEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS- Four credits MR. SALLEY Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 102. (HEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Five credits MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits MR. BASTRESS, MR. BoHNING An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The prepara- �Page 100 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 101 tion and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. CHEMISTRY-Five credits MR. BASTRESS A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. CHEM. 231. ORGANIC CHEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS-Three credits A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. BASTRESS CHEMISTRY-Four credits each semester MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121, Math. 126, Phys. 152. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. SALLEY A study of advanced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, kinetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concerning the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 242. CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. SALLEY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL credit MR. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 271-272. RESEARCH PROJECT-One to three credits each semester THE STAFF Fee: $5 per credit. Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. CHEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL MR. BASTRESS credit The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry c1edits. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY-One (HEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One MR. BASTRESS CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121 and 230. CHEMISTRY-Three credits each semester MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar, R. Werner; Instructors Bacon, Hotson, Bernstein, Williamson. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete twenty-four hours of work in economics beyond Ee. 101 and 102. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry include Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, 241. THE STAFF Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO EcoNOMICs-Three credits An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. THE STAFF Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF EcoNOMICs-Three credits An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. THE STAFF Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three credits This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. 1 O1. S929 �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 103 Page 102 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN Ee. 201. MONEY AND Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL TRADE-Three credits BANKING--Three credits MR. CHIANG, MR. R. WERNER A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 202. THEORY OF MR. ELLIOT Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. MONEY-Three credits MR. CHIANG, MR. R. WERNER An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Ee. 201. MR. ROSENBERG CREDIT-Two credits This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 226. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. ELLIOT A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and analyzes the world distribution of resources, industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course in world resources and related fields. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Ee. 204. CONSUMER Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BusINESs-Three credits MR. FARRAR A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P.S. 101, Ee. 102. MOVEMENT-Three credits STAFF A study of the evolving labor movement and its ideology. The course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor movements. This course views the present position of American labor in regard to political and social institutions and to the rest of the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 222. THE AMERICAN LABOR Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY-NORTH AMERICA-Three credits MR. ELLIOT A study of the economic regions of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the western hemisphere. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS- Three credits MR. FARRAR The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 230. BUSINESS CYCLES-Three credits MR. FARRAR A historical analysis of maJor business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward busmess cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 231. APPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Three credits MR. R. WERNER BARGAINING-Three credits An introduction to labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 223. COLLECTIVE MR. ROSENBERG A course in statistical methods and their application to business. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, Chi-square test; test of significance for small samples, analysis of variance. 3 hours lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 105 Page 104 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN 232. EcoNOMIC STATISTICS-Three credits MR. ROSENBERG A continuation of Economics 2 31. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. Ee. Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three credits MR. ROSENBERG, MR. R. WERNER Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P.S. 101. Ee. 238. ECONOMIC HISTORY-Three credits MR. R. WERNER, MR. HOTSON An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-Three credits MR. HOTSON, MR. FARRAR, MR. CHIANG This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distrib~tion. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governmg costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 245. CONSUMER EcoNOMICs- Three credits MR. ELLIOT, MR. R. WERNER The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. 246. ECONOMICS INVESTIGATION-Three credits THE STAFF Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: (1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibli- Ee. ographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Associate Professors Jessee, Gasbarro, Smith; Assistant Professor Colson; Instructors Chwalek, Pinkowski, Roderick. THE STAFF Eo. 101. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION-Three credits A broad, general introduction to the field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American public education. Study of the educational structure, the teacher, the pupils, the materials of instruction, the school plant, the financing of education, the profession of teaching, the participation of the public, contemporary issues and trends in public education. Eo. 201. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits MR. HAMMER Practical application of basic psychological principles; study of human growth and development; the nature and measurement of intelligence; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; the nature and general principles of learning; the measurement and facilitation of learning; guidance of the individual; effective methods of study; special aspects of learning; the psychology of teaching methods; and simple statistical concepts. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ED. 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two credits Miss JESSEE A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use; study of methods of treating scores; principles and purposes of measurement; practice in the construction of objective tests; supervised administration, scoring, and interpretation of tests; some aspects of evaluation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101,201. ED. 204. PRINOPLES AND METHODS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION- Three credits THE STAFF The historical development of the secondary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. �Page 106 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN ED. CURRICULUM- Three credits THE STAFF Developments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life, vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricular activities; treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units; study methods; tests and marking; a survey of secondary school curriculum and its continuing development. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. 205. SECONDARY ED. 207. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL Eight credits Miss SMITH Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. ~h~~ observe several teachers .. ~radually they assume classroom respons1b1l1ty and teach under superv1s10n. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Ed. 204. Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes permission of the instructor. ' ED. 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (OBSERVATION-Four credits MISS SMITH Students are assigned to area schools where they observe various teachers and participate as aides in the classroom. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. ED. 209. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (TEACHING)-Eight credits Miss SMITH Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assun_1e classroo~ responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. . Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the mstructor. ART-Eight credits MISS SMITH Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe in both elementary and secondary school class~ooms, and _teach .. ?pportunities are provided for them to participate rn school-wide act1v1t1es. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. . Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the mstructor. ED. 210. STUDENT TEACHING IN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 107 ency to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. Eo. 212. VISUAL EDUCATION- One credit Eo. 214. GUIDANCE- Two credits MR. CHWALEK A general survey of the principles and problem~ of gu~dance, and an introduction to activities and techniques used m a gmdance program in the public school. Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors' certificates. Prerequisite: Ed. 101,201. ED. 215. INTRODUCTION TO OCCUPATIONS AND OCCUPATIONAL RESEARCH-Two Credits MR. CHWALEK A study of individual and social factors affecting oc~pational choi_ces; methods of making vocational choices; types of oc~upational p~epara~10n; means of entry into occupations; problems of adjustment to JOb, leisure time, and unemployment. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. Eo. 221. THE TEACHING OF ART-Three credits MR. COLSON Study of contemporary practices in the teaching of art in. elementary and secondary schools; study of the psychology of the creative process; adaption of various art media to the school curriculum; study of the organization of the art curricula. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. READING- Two credits Miss RODERICK Analysis of the reading task; consideratio_n of the r~lationsh}p of m~turation to reading ; problems and methods m developmg readmg read~ness; methods and techniques of teaching reading; th~ place of e_xpenences; development of reading interests; types of readmg; evaluation of reading growth; remedial procedures in reading. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 231. THE TEACHING OF En. ACTIVITIES-Three credits THE STAFF Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendED. 211. EXTRACURRICULAR Miss JESSEE A study of the materials and techniques of visual ed_ucation; . principles and plans for the use of audio-visual or sensory aids; the mcorporation of visual instruction in the work for the classroom. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. 232. THE TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC- Two credits MISS RODERICK Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of ~lementary arithmetic; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and teachmg �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 109 Page 108 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN techniques for developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction in concepts of quantitative relationships. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. En. 236. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STUDIES-Two credits Miss RODERICK Study of social situations pertinent to elementary school children; relation of school and home activities to the community; the study of methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create understanding. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. En. 237. PRINCIPLES OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Two The historical development of the elementary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles of elementary education; other factors in the development of the elementary school; promising practices in the elementary school; methodology and guidance; characteristics of the elementary school child; discipline and control; mental and physical hygiene; records and reports; a survey of principles and techniques in the elementary school. THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two credits The development of the elementary society that supports it; the emerging ment to individual needs; relation of content and method; utilizing the arts, tion, etc., in the elementary curriculum. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. En. 239. MR. GASBARRO Study of methods for developing appreciation for and enjoyment of music through performance and listening; developing the rhythm band; rote singing; program music for children; discovery of talent; writing and interpretation of scales; training in group leadership in singing. Prerequisite: Ed. 101,201. ED. 243. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY ScHOOL-Two credits Miss RonERICK This course considers the health of the elementary school child including wholesome health ideas, attitudes and habits. The prospective teacher learns the fundamentals of first aid, care of the sick and attention to child health problems. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 290. WORKSHOP IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION- Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. 238. ED. 242. Music IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits credits Miss RODERICK ED. developing units of work; basic principles; selection and manipulation of various media; the development of creative expression and appreciation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. Miss RODERICK curriculum; its relation elementary curriculum; objectives to children's music, science, physical TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SCIENCE-Two to the adjustneeds; educa- credits Miss RODERICK Basic elements of the sciences suitable for elementary school use; materials for demonstration; methods of presentation; consideration of the integration of science in the elementary curriculum; aims and objectives of science teaching; development of a spirit of inquiry. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. En. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits MR. COLSON Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary art; methods, aims, objectives; methods and techniques for One to three credits THE STAFF Experienced teachers are afforded an opportunity to study together and to develop projects of particular interest to them. In addition to working individually, students meet to consider current problems m elementary education. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ED. 291. WORKSHOP IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF READING INSTRUCTION Two credits THE STAFF Experienced elementary school teachers study the characteristics of an effective developmental reading program, evaluation and diagnosis, methods of individualization and remediation. Practical applications are made in local school classrooms. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ED. 292. WORKSHOP IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF MATHEMATICS INSTRUCTION-Two credits THE STAFF Experienced elementary school teachers study the characteristics of an effective developmental mathematics program, evaluation and diagnosis, methods of individualization and remediation. Practical applications are made in local school classrooms. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 111 Page 110 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN Civil Engineering ENGINEERING Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and Thomas; Instructor May. PROBLEMS-Two credits THE STAFF Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. ENGi. 100. ENGINEERING DRAWING--Two credits THE STAFF A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. ENGi. 101. BASIC ENGL 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY 1.- T hree credits MR. HELTZEL, MR. THOMAS This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Use and care of instruments. Technical sketching; orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections. Applications of the principles of descriptive geometry. Practicum, seven hours a week. C.E. 103. PLANE SuRVEYING--Three credits Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice ~f plane and topographic surveying. Fiel~ exer~ises, inc~uding the adjustment and use of surveying equipment mcludrng transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grad~ng, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mappmg from field not~s with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. C. E. 104. RouTE SURVEYING--Four credits 106. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY II. -Two credits MR. HELTZEL Continuation of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of engineering space problems. Application of standard drawing conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engi. 105. MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, rever:e, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cr~ss se~tions, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade cross1?g, nght-of-~ay, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: CE. 103. Mechanical Engineering M. E. 206. KINEMATICS-Three credits ENGi. MR. THOMAS MR. MAY Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, ve~ocity ~nd ~cceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of ~rnemat1C pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: rnstant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Engi. 106, Math. 122, Phys. 150. M.E. 211. Chemical Engineering CH. E. 106. STOICHIOMETRY-Three credits MR. SALLEY A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 121; Phys. 151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. MECHANICS I. STATICS-Three credits MR. MAY Study of force systems in equilibrium: caten~ry; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. M.E. 212. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three credits MR. MAY Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. �Page 112 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN ENGLISH Professors Davies, Chairman; Professor Kruger; Associate Professors Bennett and Chapman; Assistant Professor Groh; Instructors Budd, Bush, Fiester, Gutin, Miller, Roberts, Tyburski. Students who major in English are required to complete the following program of English studies: Freshman and Sophomore Years: 101, 102, 131,151,152 (16hours);JuniorandSeniorYears: 215 (3hours);201 or 205 (3 hours); one course from the group 105, 106, 121, 123, 124 (3 hours); four elective courses in literature (12 hours); one elective course in English that can be any course offered by the department ( 3 hours) . (If 201 is taken, 205 may be taken as one of the four elective courses in literature.) Majors in English, especially students who wish to take graduate work in English, are strongly advised to take as many courses in foreign languages (preferably French and German) as possible beyond the minimum of twelve hours. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. As a result of the test some students may be exempted from taking Eng. 101; such students must take Eng. 102 and 105. Students who show a deficiency may be required to take an extra hour of drill to supplement their work in Eng. 101. Any student in Eng. 101 or 102 may be required to take this extra work should his instructor think it necessary. Composition ENG. 101. COMPOSITION-Three credits THE STAFF Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. ENG. 102. COMPOSITION-Three credits THE STAFF Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. 101. ENG. 105. ADVANCED EXPOSITION-Three credits THE STAFF A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 113 106. SHORT STORY--:-T hree' Cf edits MR. KRUGER, MR. Rizzo A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for the short story. Prerequisite: Eng. 102 and permission of instructor. ENG. f ournalism E G. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Three credits MR. BUSH A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. 123. PUBLICITY WRITING- Three credits MR. BUSH Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent developments in fields of public opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opinion polls. Special attention is given to trade journals and house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 124. FEATURE WRITING-Three credits MR. BUSH Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the feature field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. Language and Literature 151. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DAVIES, MR. CHAPMAN, MR. BENNETT, MR. GuTIN Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DAVIES, MR. CHAPMAN, MR. BENNETT, MR. GUTIN Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. ENG. �Page 114 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN ENG. 153. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. GUTIN Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 154. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. GUTIN Survey of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 155 AND 156. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three credits each semester MR. KRUGER, MR. GuTIN A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 205. CHAUCER-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 211. EARLY ENGLISH DRAMA-Three credits MR. DAVIES, MR. GROH Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA-Three credits MR. DAVIES, MR. GROH Study of the drama from 1660 to the present. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. BENNETT ENG. 215. SHAKESPEARE-Three credits Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 115 ENG. 216. SEVENTEENTH CENTURY-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 221. AGE OF POPE-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. DAVIES ENG. 237. EARLY ENGLISH NOVEL-Three credits English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. DAVIES ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH NovEL-Three credits The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eng.152. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MovEMENT-Three credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three. credits MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three credits MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, .art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. �Page 116 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 117 ENG. 287. AMERICAN· DRAMA-Three credits MR. GROH The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. FR. 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Three credits MISS DWORSKI Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Speech FR. 106. FRENCH CONVERSATION-Three credits SPEECH- Two credits THE STAFF A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH MISS DWORSKI Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 107. FRENCH COMPOSITION-Three credits MISS DWORSKI Similar to Eng. 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE-Three credits each semester MISS DWORSKI Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Associate Professor Dworski. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond Fr. 102. THE STAFF FRENCH-Three credits Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FR. 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Continuation of Fr. 101. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected readings of modern French prose. Prerequisite: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE 104. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to French civilization; practice m oral and written French. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. FR. A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 203. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three credits Miss DwoRsKI Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three credits Miss DwoRsKI Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three credits MISS DWORSKI Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 119 Page 118 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Three credits each semester DRAMA-Three creatts Miss DwoRSKI The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GOETHE-Three credits Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures GER. 203. and individual reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours beyond Ger. 102. MR. DISQUE GER. 204. ScHILLER-T hree 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and GER. credits Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. speaking the language. 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three credits THE STAFF Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: Ger. 101 or equivalent. GER. GERMAN-Three credits THE STAFF Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three credits THE STAFF _Continuation of <?er. 103. ~apid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking GER. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN DRAMA-Three credits MR. DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY-Three credits MR. DISQUE The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. In· dividual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. 105. SCIENTIFIC GERMAN-Three credits Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. GER. credits MR. DISQUE Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. GER. 106. GERMAN CONVERSATION-Three Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. 107. GERMAN COMPOSITION-Three credits MR. DISQUE Idiomatic_ ~sage in modern German. To develop the ability to write GER. free compositions. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Spanish MR. DISQUE A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Sp. 102. THE STAFF SPANISH-Three credits Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and SP. 101. ELEMENTARY speaking the language. SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three credits Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. THE STAFF �DESCRIPTION OF ·COURSES - Page 12 l Page 120 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN THE STAFF 103. INTERMEDIATE SPAN1~tt-Three credits Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected readings from modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. SP. THE STAFF 104. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three credits Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three credits Miss DwoRSKI Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NovEL-Three credits Miss DwoRSKI The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. MISS DWORSKI SPANISH-Three credits The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. 105. COMMEROAL MISS DWORSKI 106. SPANISH CONVERSATION-Three credits Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. MISS DWORSKJ 107. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Three credits Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. GENERAL SCIENCE BIO. 100. See page 92. GEOLOGY-Two credits MR. REIF General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust. and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. GEOL. 100. GENERAL PHYS. 100. CULTURE-Three credits Miss DwoRSKI The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. See page 135. SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN SP. 201-202. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE Three credits each semester Miss DWORSKI A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. 203. LITERATURE-Three credits Miss Dwor.sKJ Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH HISTORY Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professor Mui: Assistant Professor Kaslas; Instructors Connolly, Hehn, Hughes, and Ritchie. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take Hist. 101, 102, 107, and 108; Hist. 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. Hisr. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION THE STAFF Three credits each semester. A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 123 Page 122 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN 107. AMERICAN ANO PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 Three credits MR. THATCHER A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. HIST. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865- Three credits MR. THATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. HIST. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three credits MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three credits each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. HIST. 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER- Three credits MR. THATCHER HIST, 242. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three credits MR. MUI Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 243. THE BRITISH EMPIRE AND COMMONWEALTH OF NATIONS-Three credits MR. Mm A study of the evolution of the British Commonwealth of Nations the expansion of British rule in India, and the growth of the British dependent empire, with emphasis on the imperial and foreign policies of Great Britain after the American Revolution. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three credits MR.KASLAS A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY- Three credits MR.KASLAS Against ~ background of the internal and international developments of the leadmg powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. A study of the westward movement in American history. MATHEMATICS Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 107. 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. HIST. 235. SOVIET RussIA AND THE FAR EAST- Three credits MR. Mm A study of the historical conditions under which the Communist state was established in Russia and portions of the Far East. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. ~ssociate Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Professor Kostenbauder; Assistant Professor Wasileski; Instructors B. May, Morgan, Salsburg, West. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 60. MATH. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit THE STAFF . Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. Three hours a week. MATH. 100. SAME AS PHYS. 101-See page 135. �Page 124 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 125 MATHEMATICS-Three credits THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in technigues. Students taking Math. 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Math. 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three credits THE STAFF A continuation of Math. 101. MATH. 105. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY-Five credits THE STAFF A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Prerequisite Math. 99 or its equivalent. ALGEBRA-Three credits THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, bino• mial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 107. COLLEGE 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY-Three credits THE STAFF Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric eguations. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. THE STAFF I-Four credits Limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 122. MATH. 125. CALCULUS THE STAFF II-Four credits Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, partial derivatives, multiple integrals. MATH. 126. CALCULUS Prerequisite: Math. 125. MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Building of a program in secondary mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Prerequisite: Math. 125. MR. RICHARDS ALGEBRA-Tht'ee credits Sets, mappings, operations, relations, groups, integral domains, fields; particular illustration of the foregoing by an axiomatic development of the real and complex number systems. Prerequisite: Math. 125, or permission of instructor. MATH. 213. HIGHER FINANCE-Three credits THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MR. RICHARDS ALGEBRA-Three credits Vector spaces, linear independence, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equations. Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. STATISTICS-Three credits THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MR. W ASILESKI GEOMETRY-Three credits Similar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, triangles, Ptolemy' 5 theorem, circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, medians, orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascal's theorem, theorem of Pappus. Prerequisite: plane geometry. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF 1v1ATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO GEOMETRY-Four credits THE STA~•F Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and Math. 109. MATH. 214. LINEAR MATH. 220. COLLEGE MATH. 122. ANALYTIC MATH. 228. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Probability, frequency functions, empirical distributions of one variable, moment generating functions, binomial and Poisson distributions, normal distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary sampling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. �Page 126 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 127 MATH. 229. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS II-Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Correlation and regression, theoretical distributions of more than one variable, normal surface, goodness of fit, chi-square distribution, testing hypotheses, estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, small samples, student's t-distribution, testing for randomness. Prerequisite: Math. 228. 235. VECTOR ANALYSIS- Three credits MR. KosTENBAUDER Vector algebra, differentiation of vectors, divergence and rurl, the operator del, curvilinear coordrnates, vector fields, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. struments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO Music- Three hours MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND INFINITE SERIES-Four credits THE STAFF THE STAFF First order equations, linear equations, applications, solution by successive approximation, systems of differential equations, infinite series, power series solution of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF Music- Five credits each co11rse I- Three credits MR. KosTENBAUDER Introduction to the theory of functions of real variables. The emphasis in this course and the following one is on proof, by the delta-epsilon technique, of theorems concerning sequences and other functions of one Vd ! table. Some time is spent on functions of more than one variable. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 252. ADVANCED CALCULUS An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through th e use of a considerable number of illustrations. II- Three credits MR. DETROY, MR. WEED The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main prmciples: (1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. ( 2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. MR. KOSTENBAUDER A continuation of Math. 251. Prerequisite: Math. 251. MUSIC Associate Professor Detroy, chairman; Assistant Professor Gasbarro; Instructors Balshaw, Friedmann, A. Liva, F. Liva, Waller, Chapline, Weed. Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 61. APPLIED MUSIC Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of diffirulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band in- The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours ; solfeggio, two hours; harmon y, one hour. The third and fourth semesters are divided between ear t raining, one hour; solfeggio. one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these t our courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prereguisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Mus. 109. HISTORY OF Music-Three credits MR. DETROY A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Mus. 110. HISTORY OF Music-Three credits A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with MR. DETROY J. S. Bach and tracing �Page 128 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 129 musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Music 111-112. PIANO CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credits each semester MR. CHAPLINE Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Music 113-114. PIANO CLASS 3 AND 4- Two credits each semester MR. CHAPLINE Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Music 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND ARRANGING--Two credits MR. GASBARRO Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. ANALYSIS-Two credits MR. DETROY The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 217. COUNTERPOINT-Three credits MR.DETROY A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 102. Mus. 218. Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND-One-half credit each semester MR. WEED The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORUS- One-half credit each semester MR. DETROY The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. Music 131-132-133-134. ORCHESTRA- One-half credit each semester Music Education 1 Mus. ED. 101-102. CLARINET CLASS AND semester MR. GASBARRO Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. WEED A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 103-104. BRASS CLASS AND Mus. En. 105. MR. GASBARRO credits The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. MUSIC 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Two WOODWIND CLASS METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. MR. LIVA Participation in the Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate rn the orchestra should consult with the Director. METHODS-Two credits per GASBARRO A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. En. 106. BRASS CLASS METHODS-Two credits MR. WEED A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. Mus. 1 There is an instrument rental fee of $10.00 per semester for music education students. �Page 1JO - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 131 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits pe, semester MR. CHAPLINE A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL MUSIC MATERIALS-Two credits per semester THE STAFF Mus. ED. The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. 111-112. VIOLIN CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits pet semester MR. FRIEDMANN A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT CLASS METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. FRIEDMANN A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Mus. ED. Mus. En. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credits THE STAFF The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 202. HIGH SCHOOL Music METHODS- Two credits THE STAFF The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 203-204. OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE TEACHING--Four credits per semester THE STAFF A course in the observation and practice teaching of vocal or instrumental music in the elementary or high schools. Fee: $10.00 each semester. NURSING EDUCATION Associate Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Jackson, Conboy, Dieffenbach, Klein, Miller, Seeherman, Speicher. Enrollment in all of the following courses, with the exceptions of N.E. 101 and 104 is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF NuRSING--Two credits MISS JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with emyhasis up?n the religious, social, and educational factors that have stimulated its development. N.E. 102. TRENDS IN NURSING-Two credits Miss JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. MISS JESSEE N.E. 104. COMMUNITY RESOURCES-Two credits A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health and social welfare of the citizens of the commu01Ly. N.E. 106. SUPERVISION AND ADMINISTRATION-Two credits MISS JESSEE A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. N.E. 107. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN NURSING EDUCATION Two credits MISS JESSEE This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. Prerequisite: Ed. Psychology. N.E. 112. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SUPERVISION OR TEACHING Four credits MISS JESSEE Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of adviser. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 133 Page 132 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN N ..E. 113 & 114. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NuRSING--Two credits each semester Miss CONBOY Advance~ study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursrng care of medical and surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. NuRSING--Two credits MRS. SEEHERMAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied to expert care of the obstetric patient. N.E. 115. OBSTETRIC 116. PEDIATRIC NURSING-Two credits DR. KLEIN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. N.E. N.E. 117. PSYCHIATRIC NuRSING--Two credits MR. SPEICHER or DR. JANJIGIAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. N.E. 118. PUBLIC HEALTH NuRSING--Two credits MISS JACKSON ~n introduction to the field of public health nursing, including historical development, organization, functions, and trends. through such typical problems as: the nature and origin of life, the relation of mind and body, freedom of the will, the theories of right and wrong, arguments for the existence of God. MR. VUJICA LOGIC- Three credits Elementary principles and techniques of clear and sound thinking. General rules of inductive and deductive reasoning; recognition of fallacies; the nature of scientific knowledge, its methods, its aims, its presuppositions. PHIL. 103. MR. PARMENTER ETHICS-Three credits A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. An inquiry into what men ought to do. A survey of representative ethical theories with the emphasis on their application to currently controversial issues in the social, economic, and political fields. PHIL. 105. RELIGION-Three credits MR. VUJICA An examination of various problems that arise when religion is made the object of philosophic reflection. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; arguments for God's existence; the problem of evil; the argument for immortality. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF MR. PARMENTER AESTHETICS-Three credits Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of value in literature, painting, music, and other forms of arts; the me~ni~g of aesthetic_ ju~gments and processes of appreciation. An exammat10n of the ob1ect1ve qualities of those things which are found to be aesthetically effective. PHIL. 205. N.E. 119. PUBLIC SCHOOL NuRSING--Two credits Miss JACKSON A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. N. E. 120. PROBLEMS OF SCHOOL NURSING-Two credits MISS JACKSON The identification and discussion of the problems involved in the administration of school health programs. PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION Professor Vujica, chairman; Assistant Professor Parmenter; Instructors Schindler and Friedlander. A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion. Phil. 100 and Rel. 100 will not count toward the major. Prerequisites are determined by the Chairman on an individual basis. PHIL. 206. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHIEs-Three credits MR. PARMENTER Social and political institutions as seen by such classical cri~ics as Pl~to, Aristotle, Hobbes, Hume, Burke, Bentham and others. Special attent10n to analysis of the problems of censorship, relation of church and state, prejudice, aims and methods of democratic institutions. HISTORY-Three credits MR. Vu JICA A study of the various interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Vico, Rousseau, Kant, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Sp~ngler, Schweitzer, Toynbee, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meanrng of historical events. PHIL. 207. PHILOSOPHIES OF PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHIES- Three Philosophy PHILOSOPHY-Three credits THE STAFF . An introduction to the nature and function of philosophy, and its relations to some of the other fields of human interest. The approach is PHIL. 100. INTRODUCTION TO credits MR. VUJICA The most important men and movements in philosophy from the renaissance through the end of the nineteenth century. Continental Rationalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz) ; British Empiricism (Locke, �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 135 Page 134 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN Berkeley, Hume); Kant's Criticism and Hegel's Idealism. Post-Kantian and Post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern science on philosophical speculation PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY THOUGHT-Three credits MR. p ARMENTER Major trends and problems in 20th century philosophy, as treated by such thinkers as Peirce, James, Bergson, Dewey, Russell, Wittgenstein, Maritain and others. Consideration of Neo-Positivism and Existentialism; special attention to problems of knowledge and value. Religion THE STAFF REL. 100. MAN'S RELIGION-Three credits Nature and origin of religion. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals of the great historical and living faiths. A comparison of the more important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT-Three credits MR. VUJICA The course aims at giving the student an insight into the books of the Old Testament and the range and depth of the religious heritage received from Israel. The biblical message is studied in its dynamic context of the culture, geography and history of the ancient Near East. REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three credits MR. FRIEDLANDER A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Emphasis is centered around the prohetic and post-exilic periods of Hebrew history. The gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course is a continuation of Rel. 201. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT-Three credits MR. VUJICA An examination of the form and content of the books of the New Testament as literary products and as records of the faith that gave rise to the Christian Church. The teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 THE STAFF This course is designed to promote physical well being and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL EDUCATION This course is a continuation of P.E. 101 and 102. THE STAFF P.E. 105-106. PERSONAL HYGIENE-One credit each semester THE STAFF A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. PHYSICS Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel, Thomas; Instructor Krutchkoff. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL SCIENCE-Three credits MR. KRUTCHKOFF A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration and discussion three hours a week. Assistant Professor Reese, chairman; Instructor Zoolkowski. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular PHYS. 101. BASIC PHYSICAL PROBLEMS-One credit THE STAFF An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both 1 Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 137 Page 136 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN math~matical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum 3 hours a week. PHYS. 111-112. INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS-Four credits THE STAFF An _introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more_ important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections of Physics. Labo~atory wor~ to ~mphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity magnetis:U and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laborato~. Fee: $15, each semester. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. PHYS. 150. GENERAL PHYSICS I-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109. PHYS. 151. GENERAL PHYSICS II-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Phys. 150. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. PHYS. 152. GENERAL PHYSICS III-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Phys. 150 and 151. Electricity and modern physics. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. PHYS. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three credits MR. THOMAS Precision measur~ment_ of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 152, Math. 126. POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Assistant Professor Kaslas; Instructors Hibbard, Welsh, and Hehn. A major in political science consists of twenty-four hours. All courses except P .S. 100 are acceptable toward the major. P.S. 100. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE-Three credits THE STAFF This course is a broad, comprehensive introduction to political science. All the subdivisions of political science are presented simply and clearly and the interrelationships of these subdivisions are shown. These commonly recognized fields of political science are covered: Political theory, American government, comparative governments, public administration, political parties, pressure groups, public opinion, propaganda, international politics, international law, legal systems. P.S. 200. AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT STAFF A Study of the National Government of the United States presenting the historical background for each major policy area, the broad outlines of existing programs, the interest groups and organizations most immediately concerned, the values that are in conflict, and the interrelations between process and policy. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. MR. HIBBARD P.S. 201. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly United States governmental structure and relationships with special emphasis on change in the Constitution, the three branches of government, the Federal System, and the powers of the National Government. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. MR. MAILEY P.S. 202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly the relations between the individual and his government with special emphasis on liberty against government, protection of civil rights, citizenship and its privileges. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three credits MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P.S. 100 and Soc. 100. �Page 138 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 139 P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. HIBBARD A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT- Three credits MR. MAILEY A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION- Three credits MR. HIBBARD A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION- Three credits MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen 's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAW-Three credits MR. KASLAS A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. Desideratum: United States and European history. P.S. 222. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Three credits MR. KASLAS A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. P.S. 223. CABINET SYSTEMS OF GovERNMENT-Three credits MR. KASLAS A study of the European versions of democratic government beginning with Great Britain and considering the variations from the British system of government found on the continent. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 224. SOVIET SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR.KASLAS A course dealing with the structure and functions of the Soviet Government emphasizing the contrasts and similarities in form with governments of the West. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. PSYCHOLOGY Assistant Professor R. Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Gaito; Instructors Kanner and Krasno. A major in psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is accepted. The Department requires that psychology majors take one year of a laboratory science; they may elect biology, chemistry, or physics and subtitute this for either Biology 100 or Physics 100. Students planning to take graduate work in psychology should study either French or German in order to meet graduate school requirements. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Students who desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department of Public Instruction as psychological examiners or public school psychologists should carefully plan their programs under the direction of their faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and to �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 141 Page 140 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. vidual tests which meas1.1re these functions are studied. This course is a prerequisite for Psy. 251 and Psy. 255. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PsY. 203-204. semester EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits each THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions to individual differences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 206. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY- Three credits THE STAFF The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 207. CHILD THE STAFF PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY- Three credits A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100 and one other course in psychology. PsY. 255. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY- Three credits TH E STAFF A survey of the clinical method in psychology with consideration of diagnostic and treatment techniques and the role of the professional psychologist in various settings. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 212. THE STAFF PsY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY- Three credits A general survey of the principal fo rms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of department. PsY. 271- 272 . R ESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY- Three credits each semester. THE STAFF An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. ( Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. BEHAVIOR-Three credits THE STAFF Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. A major in Retailing consists of 24 credits in retailing courses which include Ret. 101, 102,207,212,214,224. TEsTs-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of the functions measured by psychological tests with emphasis on intelligence and personality. A variety of the group and indi- MR. FLOWER RETAILING-Three credits A basic course that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of retail institutions; problems of store policy, store location, store organ- PsY. 208. HUMAN PsY. 212. PSYCHOLOGICAL RETAILING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructor Flower. RET. 101. PRINCIPLES OF �Page 142 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 143 ization, and personnel practices. The relationship of the retailer to the manufacturer, to the consumer, to the government, to the community, and to competitors is analyzed. RET. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three credits THE STAFF Basic principles of successful retail store organization; study of the organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating divisions; planned observation in employment, training, receiving, marking, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. RET. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION- Three credits MR. FLOWER Study of basic principles of retail advertising and sales promotion. Special emphasis is placed on the preparation of copy for various types of retail establishments as well as on the analyses of current advertisements. Elements of the advertisement: headline, copy, layout, type, illustrations, and selection of media are analyzed. SELLING 1-Three credits MR. FLOWER Techniques of retail selling including practical sales demonstrations. Analysis of the needs of customers; the handling of difficult situations; the techniques of increase sales; and building permanent business. RELATIONS- Three credits THE STAFF Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment procedure; wage plans and incentives; employee training; employee evaluation; employee stabilization; employee participation; legislation affecting labor problems in retailing. RET. 219. RETAIL PERSONAL RET, 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE Two credits THE STAFF Importance of small business; factors in business success; justification of new businesses; financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; small business and the future. RET. 224. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING Three credits THE STAFF Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. RET. 207. RETAIL MERCHANDISE-Three credits THE STAFF Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic materials. RET. 210. ELEMENTS OF RET. 212. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISING CONTROL-Three credits MR. BUYING-Three credits THE STAFF Buying as a career; types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of customer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade relations. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. 1 Credit will not be given if credit for B.A. 214 has been received. Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Gera, Hoover, Jenkins. Students majoring in secretarial studies are required to take a sequence of twenty-four credits outside the Department of Secretarial Studies. It is advisable to decide upon this sequence not later than the sophomore year. The remainder of the electives may be divided between commerce and finance and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Two credits shorthand, two credits typewriting each semester FLOWER The principles, techniques, and problems encountered in merchandising; purchase planning, markup, markdown, inventories and their control, turnover, retail method of inventory, and the types and limitation of stock control systems. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. RET. 214. RETAIL SECRETARIAL STUDIES MR.HOOVER Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand, Simplified; development of skill in typewriting, and ability tL apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. S.S. 105. SHORTHAND 1-Two credits MR. JENKINS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription ; completion of basic theory. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. 1 Credit will be given only to students who have not previousry taken S.S.101-102. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 145 Page 144 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN MR. JENKINS 106. SHOR THAND 1- Two credits Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, ,with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S.S. 105 or equivalent. S.S.' S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING 1-Two credits each semester MR. JENKINS Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from shorthand notes during second semester. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. Fee: $10 each course. S.S. 109-110'. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY Three credits Jhorthand, one credit typewriting each semester MR. GERA Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in shorthand, typewriting, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms ; preparation of telegrams, manuscnpts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S.S. 102. S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND 2-Two credits each semester MR. jENKTNS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand, typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S.S. 106. S.S. 115. ADV AN CED TYPEWRITING 2- Two credits MR. JENKIN'j Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; transcription from shorthand notes; development of desirable 1 See footnote preceding page. 2 Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken S.S. 109-110. work habits and attitudes. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: S.S. 108. S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL AccouNTING-Three credits MR. HOOVER Fundamental principles of accounting and their application to the keeping of books and records in business and professional offices. S.S. 120 may not be used for credit toward the accounting requirement for Business Education majors. S.S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. GERA Study of accepted procedures in typical medical offices, clinics, and hospitals; application of stenographic skills to medical dictation; transcription of case histories taken from hospital records; specialized dictation in several branches of medicine. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two credits MR. GERA, MR. HOOVER Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: satisfactory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four credits MR. GERA, MR. HOOVER Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures in typical business and professional offices; study of personal and technical requirements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commercial forms; operation and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 243. BUSINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF !NTRUCTION IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES-Three credits THE STAFF Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building as applied to shorthand and typewriting; techniques of instruction in typewriting and shorthand, standards, tests, and measurement in the secretarial studies; content, objectives, and methods of instruction in office practice. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 147 Page 146 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Professor Symmons, chairman; Instructors Bloomburg, L. Mui, Yarnal. A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Soc. 100 is prerequisite to all the courses in sociology, it is not accepted toward a major in sociology. P.S. 204 and Phil. 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the Department in consultation with the Chairman. A major in sociology should ordinarily include the following three courses: Soc. 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the Department Chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. SOCIOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological problems. Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three credits MR. SYMMONS The development of marriage and the family in ethnological and historical perspective. Family disorganization and problems of adjust• ment to modern conditions. Psychological aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital success or failure. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 or permission of the instructor. Soc. crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 245. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK-Three credits MR. YARNAL A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 255. PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences; social interaction; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 260. CULTURE, SOCIETY, AND PERSONALITY-Three credits MR. SYMMONS A study of the influences on personality that derive from group and cultural sources. Comparative study of personality formation under different cultural conditions. Analysis of social factors related to personality disorganization and reorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 255 or Soc. 265. Soc. 265. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three credits MRs. MUI An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. INTRODUCTION TO SocIAL INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY-Three credits MR. SYMMONS Soc. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Ee. 100, or permission of the instructor. 215. SOCIOLOGY OF URBAN LIFE-Three credits THE STAFF The development of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 230 SOCIAL PROBLEMS-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY-Three credits MRs. Mm Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Human origins and evolution; the modern races; culture: its development, nature and characteristics, contemporary non-literature societies and their institutions. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 270. PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF THE WORLD-Three credits MR. SYMMONS A survey of the non-Western cultures of the world with an emphasis on one of the following areas: The Middle East, The Far East, South-East Asia, Africa, Australasia, Latin America. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 275. GROUP RELATIONS IN THE MoDERN WoRLoThree credits MR. SYMMONS A theoretical analysis of inter-group tensions and processes of adjustment with special reference to modern racial, national, and religious conflicts. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. �Page 148 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 149 Soc. 280. MODERN SOCIOLOGY AND ITS HISTORICAL BACKGROUND- Three credits MR. SYMMONS !he aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or m one o~ the related fields, with a historical background necessary for ~nderst~nd1~g. of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its d1stmct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. SAFETY EDUCATION Instructor Hilbert. Courses in Safety Education are offered for teachers desirous of obtaini_ng certification in Safety Education. Undergraduates will receive no credit for these courses unless they receive approval from the Head of the Education Department and the Dean of Men. SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLs-Three credits . D;iver and. ~e~~strian responsibilities, sound driving practices; soc1~ty s r~spons1b~l1t1es~ '_Vhat makes the automobile go; driver and pedest~i~n attitudes; CI_ty_ dr1V1~g; open-road driving; adjusting driving to cond1tio~s;_ road trammg; b1eycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of dnvmg school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS-Three credits SAFETY IN THE . The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integra~10n of . safety m_ateria! with the social studies program; techniques of mstruct10n; cons1derat1on of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three credits THE Inspec_tion and :esting .programs in the secondary schools; broadening of . techniques of mstruct1on; practical means of developing the safety attitude; _a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The cou_rse will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY CA TION-Three credits Enu- . A disc~ssion of th~ p~oblems, p~oced~res, princi pies and techniques mvolved m the orga01zat1on, admm1strat1on and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school admi?istrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. 5. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Three credits Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that tha.t interest is always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. SAFETY SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Ams IN SAFETY EDUCATIONThree credits Discussion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other sensory aids; standards for appraising and their relationship to the curriculum; guiding principles and techniques; minimum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. �Board of Trustees Administration Faculty �Committee Appointments Board of Trustees Chairman ARNAUD C. MARTS, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary JAMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer ADMIRAL HAROLD MRS. p AUL BEDFORD R. JOSEPH J. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK, Chairman EuGE ES. KOCYAN, M.D. Vice Chairman FARLEY, President FRANK BURNSIDE Miss MARY R. KooNs MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JOSEPH F. LESTER A L. CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. REUBEN DARTE H. FRANK A. ENGLISH REV. CHARLES S. RousH Miss ANNETTE EvANs JOSEPH J. SAVITZ EUGENE s. FARLEY ELLSWORTH PARKHURST ANDREW J. SORDONI HoN. JoHN S. FINE JULIUS LONG STERN HARRY F. GOERINGER MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER GEORGE \t\T. DREW J. SORDONI GucKELBERGER AARON WEISS p. HARRIS THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. ANDREW J. SoRDONI Buildings and Grounds THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. F. Chairman FRANK BURNSIDE AARON WEISS LEVY SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. ARNAUD C. MARTS, JAMES ARNAUD C. MARTS, Miss MARY KooNs JAMES p. HARRIS WILLIAM Development Executive Committee STARK, GEORGE Instruction w. HoN. JoHN CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Chairman GucKELBERGER, Chairman S. FINE REUBEN H. LEVY FRANK BURNSIDE ARNAUD C. MARTS ~IRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT F. ELLSWORTH l\1Rs. FRANCK G. DARTE ANDREW AMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. J. p ARKHURST SoRDONI JULIUS LONG STERN 1\11 s ANNETTE Ev ANS TERM OF OFFICE REv. CHARLES S. RousH Expiring June, 1960 HARRY F. GoERINGER, REUBEN H. LEVY Finance Miss ANNETTE EVANS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. JAMES EUGENE S. FARLEY THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. P. HARRIS, Chairman GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER HoN. JoHN S. FINE JOSEPH J. SAVITZ RElJBEN H. LEVY GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK A SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Expiring June, 1961 MRS. CHARLES WILLIAM L. E. CLIFT CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JAMES p. JOSEPH F. LESTER ARNAUD C. MARTS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST AARON WEISS MRS. PAUL BEDFORD MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Chairman CONYNGHAM Miss ANNETTE Ev ANS .JOSEPH F. LESTER 'DREW J. SoRDONI CHARLES H. MINER, JR. J LIUS LONG STERN AARON WEISS ominations REV. CHARLES Library S. RousH, Chairman GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER JAME Expiring June, 1962 L. WILLIAM Miss MARY R. KooNs JULIUS LONG STERN HARRIS Scholarships JosEPH p. J. Miss ANNETTE EvA s, Chairman JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs HARRIS KocYAN, M.D. CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Miss MARY R. KooNs FRANK BURNSIDE REv. CHARLES S. RousH HARRY F. GOERINGER ANDREW J. SoRDONI JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER Ex Officio on all Committees-ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK AND EUGENE S. FARLEY �Officers of Administration EUGENE s. FARLEY B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) JOHN P. WHITBY B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers) M.A. (Columbia) GEORGE F. RALSTON , B.A. (North Carolina) M.A. (Columbia) BERYL COLE B.A. (Whittier) FRANCES M. SEARS B.A. (Barnard) M.A. (N.Y.U.) STANLEY H. WASILESKI B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) MARGARETE. CONNOLLY B.S. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) ] OHN ] • CHWALEK B.A. (East Tennessee State) M.A. (Columbia) RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. B.S. (Wilkes) ROBERT B. MORRIS B.S. (Wilkes) WILLIAM A. ZDANCEWICZ B.S. (Wilkes) NADA VUJICA B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) M.A. (Marywood) GEORGE F. ERMEL B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Syracuse) JAMES EIDAM B.S. (Wilkes) ROBERT KERR M .D. (Virginia) B. FRANKLIN GRIFFITH M.D. (Hahnemann) President Assistants in Administration MARY K. BEACHAM .................. Secretary to the President JANET DAVIES ....... . ............. . Secretary to the Registrar Director of Admissions and Registrar PHYLLIS F. Mo D ....................... Admissions Secretary Dean of Men MOLLIE BACK ................ Secretary to the Dean of Women SHIRLEE BACHMAN .........•... . Secretary to the Dean of Men PHYLLIS WRIGHT .. Secretary to the Director of Evening Division Dean of Women MILDRED MARINI ........ Secretary to the Director of Placement Director of College Consultation MARIE OPSITOS ........ Secretary to the Director of Development Director of Evening Division JOHANNA BOROWSKI ................ . Secretary to Admin. Asst. Comptroller SANDRA DIETRICH ...................... . Office Machine Clerk KATHLEEN O'DONNELL ....... Secretary to the Alumni Secretary RuTH V. BISHOP .................................. Recorder, ETHEL M. Nuss ........................... Assistant Recorder Director of Guidance and Placement CATHERINE KARMILOWICZ ..... . Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper JoAN THOMAS ...................................... Cashier Director of Development and Alumni Secretary Administrative Assistant to the President Publicity Associate ProfessorLibrarian Assistant ProfessorLibrarian Instructor-Librarian JULE CooK .................... Accounts Payable Bookkeeper JoAN OSTROWSKI ........................ . Payroll Bookkeeper RUTH T. HERBERT ......... . Assistant in the Office of Publicity MILDRED GITTINS .................. . Manager of the Bookstore WILLIAM JERVIS ...... Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds BEVERLY Guss ..................... Secretary to the Librarian LOLA K. PULLING, Head Resident, Sterling Hall ANNA E. CABORE, Head Resident, McClintock Hall College Physician College Physician JANET L. LANGDON, Head Resident, Catlin Hall DAMARIS M. STURDEVANT, Head Resident, Weiss Hall MARGARET BARBER, Head Resident, Chapman Hall �Faculty Name Department EUGENE S. FARLEY B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Chemistry CHARLES B. REIF B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) HAROLD W. THATCHER B.A., M.A., (Columbia) Ph.D. (Chicago) Biology History SAMUEL A. RosENBERG Economics B.A., M.B.A. (Boston University) Ph.D. (North Carolina) HUGO V. MAILEY Political B.A. (West Chester State Science Teachers) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) EUGENE L. HAMMER Education B.S. (Wheaton) M.A. (Northwestern) Ed. D. (Columbia) J. J. DAVIES B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) KONSTANTIN SYMMONS B.A., M.A. (Warsaw) Ph.D. (Columbia) VORIS B. HALL B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) STANKO M. VUJICA B.S. (Zagreb) M.A. (Innsbruck) Ph.D. (Zagreb) AnNAH G. KosTENBAUDER B.A. (Rochester) M.A., Ph.D. (Syracuse) ARTHUR N. KRUGER B.A. (Alabama) Ph.D. (Louisiana State) Rum W. JESSEE Position B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Ed. D. (Pennsylvania) Administration President ALFRED W. BASTRESS B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) FRANK FACULTY - Page 157 KOSSUTH M. WILLIAMSON B.A. (Alabama) M.A., Ph.D. (Harvard) Professor ELWOOD DISQUE B.A. (Dickinson) HoH-CHEUNG Mm B.A. (Lingnan) M.A., Ph.D. (Columbia) Professor Professor SYLVIA DWORSKI Professor B.A. (Connecticut College) M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) Professor Professor Sociology Professor Physics and Professor Engineering 1 Mathematics English Professor Professor Professor Economics New York Foundation Visiting Professor German Associate Professor Associate Professor History Modern Foreign Languages Music MICHELINI B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Biology ADA Vu JICA B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) M.A. (Marywood) Library FRANCIS]. Philosophy Professor JOHN G. DETROY · B.M. (Eastman School of Music) M.M. (Rochester) SHELDON G. COHEN Biological B.A. (Ohio State) Research M.D. (New York) ROBERT L. CHAPMAN English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Michigan) THOMAS R. RICHARDS Mathematics B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.S. (Bucknell) Professor English Nursing Education PAUL E. BENNEIT B.A. (University of Akron) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) English CATHERINE H. BONE B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Chemistry STANLEY H. WASILESKI B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) Mathematics EDWARD N. HELTZEL B.S. (Gettysburg) M.S. (Bucknell) Engineering Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor �FACULTY - Page 159 Page 158 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN CATHAL B. O'TooLE, N.A. National Academy of Design Art Assistant Professor WILLIAM R. GASBARRO B.A. (Juilliard) M.A. (Columbia) Music Education Assistant Professo'r WELTON G. FARRAR B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) Economics Assistant Professor JAMES R. p ARMENTER B.A. (Kent State University) Philosophy Assistant Professor GEORGE F. ELLIOT Economics B.A. (Montclair State Teachers) M.A. (Clark) Assistant Professor EDITH D. NAMISNIAK B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Michigan) Biology Assistant Professor FRANCIS J. SALLEY B.S. (St. Joseph's) M.S. (Pennsylvania) Chemistry Assistant Professor Library Assistant Professor Education English Assistant Professor GEORGE F. ERMEL B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Syracuse) FRANCES SMITH B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Assistant Professor JOHN J. CHWALEK B.A. (East Tennessee State) M.A. (Columbia) JOSEPH H. KANNER B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) T. LEONARD CONNOLLY B.A. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) Sociology Instructor Psychology Instructor History Instructor Secretarial Studies Instructor Sociology Instructor English Instructor English Instructor Business Admin. Instructor English Instructor Business Admin. Instructor Economics Instructor ALFRED s. GROH B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT C. RILEY B.A. (Bucknell) Psychology Assistant Professor BRONIS J. KASLAS History Assistant Professor ROBERT E. WERNER B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S. (Wisconsin) Economics Assistant Professor E. SHELDON CURTIS B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) Accounting Assistant Professor CROMWELL E. THOMAS B.S. (Washington and Lee) Engineering Assistant Professor PAUL R. WERNER B.S. (Susquehanna) M.A. (New York) Accounting Assistant Professor You-KENG CHIANG B.A. (Central) M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago) Economics Ass£stant Professor LLB. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) JOHN G. REESE Physical B.S .• M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Education Assistant Professor CHESTER E. COLSON B.S. (Massachusetts School of Art) M.A. (Columbia) Art Education Assistant Professor JOHN GAITO B.A. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (Temple) Psychology Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Assistant Professor ARTHUR J. HOOVER B.S. (Wilkes) M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) LORNA HOLBROOK MUI B.A., M.A. (Columbia) RUTH T. ROBERTS B.A. (Goucher) BENJAMIN F. FIESTER B.A. (Wilkes) THEODORE L. KROHN B.A. (Wilkes) LL.B. (Dickinson) ROBERT J. MILLER B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) ALLENE. BACON, JR. B.S. (Tempie) JoHN H. HoTsoN B.A. (Colorado College) M.A. (Pennsylvania) �Page 160 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN FACULTY - Page 161 RICHARD G. KRUTCHKOFF B.A., M.A. (Columbia) Physics Instructor CALVIN D. FREEMAN B.S. (Calvin) M.S. (Pennsylvania) Biology and Chemistry MARTIN G. FRIEDMANN B.S., M.S. (.Julliard) English Instructor Instructor DIRK R. BUDD B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Columbia) Music Instructor Music Instructor LARRY WEED B.M. (Oklahoma City) M.M. (Rochester) GEORGE GERA B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers) M.A. (Columbia) Secretarial Studies and Business Admin. JAMES EIDAM . B.S. (Wilkes) Library Instructor Instructor \fARITA 200LKOSKI Physical Education Instructor BETTY B. MAY B.S., M.E. (Purdue) Mathematics Instructor Library Instructor E. RUSSELL MAY B.S., M.S., M.E. (Purdue) Engineering Instructor S. PINKOWSKI B.S. (Wilkes) FRANCIS B.S. (East Stroudsburg State) FREDERICK .J. KROHLE B.A. (Wilkes) Part-Time Faculty Education Instructor JESSIE H. RODERICK B.S. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) Elementary Education Instructor ] OSEPH SALSBURG Mathematics Instructor B.A. (Bucknell) CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, F.A.G.O. Quilmant Organ School Music Instructor FERDINAND LIVA Conservatory of Naples .Juilliard School of Music Music Instructor CLAYTON BLOOMBURG B.A. (Bucknell) Sociology Instructor Business Admin. Instructor ROBERT CAPIN B.S. (Wilkes) Accounting RICHARD CHAPLINE B.S., M.S. (J uilliard) Music Instructor CHARLES L. CASPER Ph.B. (Yale) LL.B. (Harvard) FREDERICK FLOWER Retailing Instructor CATHERINE F. CONBOY B.A., M.A. (Columbia) Nursing Education Instructor • TEVIN L. DIEFENBACH B.S. (Wilkes) Nursing Education Instructor THEODORE EVANS Political Science Instructor Philosophy Instructor Political Science Instructor Safety Education Instructor B.S. (Grove City) M. Litt. (Pittsburgh) STANLEY S. GuTIN B.A. (Maryland) M.A. (Pennsylvania) PAUL HEHN B.A. (Oregon) M.A. (Columbia) Ph.D. (New York) HERBERT BERNSTEIN B.B.A., M.B.A. (Western Reserve) ] AMES ] . BOHNI~G B.S. (Valparaiso) M.S. (New York) English Instructor Instructor A.B., LL.B. (Pennsylvania) History Instructor Economics Instructor Chemistry Instructor ALBERT FRIEDLANDER Ph.B. (Chicago) B.H.L. (Hebrew Union) JOHN H. HIBBARD · B.A. (Pennsylvania) LL.B. (Dickinson) DONALD G. HILBERT B.S. (West Chester State Teachers) M.A. (New York) �Page 162 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN THOMAS H. JENKINS Secretarial B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers) Studies M.A. (New York) Instructor Business Admin. Instructor JoHN G. KoNSAVAGE B.S. (Wilkes) Business Admin. Instructor ISIDORE KRASNO B.S., M.S. (Rutgers) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Psychology Instructor ANNE C. LIVA Juilliard School of Music Music Instructor ABRAM P. MORGAN B.S. (East Stroudsburg State Teachers) M.S. (Bucknell) Mathematics Instructor GEORGE B. RITCHIE B.A. (Haverford) LLB. (Pennsylvania) History Instructor CARL SCHINDLER STM (Lutheran Theological Seminary) Religion Instructor CYRIL J. SPEICHER B.S. (Wilkes) ursing Education English Instructor Instructor ROBERT A. WEST B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) Mathematics Instructor HARRY F. WELSH B.S. (Wilkes) Political Science Instructor J. WARREN YARNAL · B.A. (Juniata) M.S.W. (Pittsburgh) Sociology Instructor JoHN BusH B.S. (Wilkes) English Instructor MARY A. THOM B.A. (Middlebury) M.A. (Wisconsin) Library Instructor JOYCE MILLER Nursing Education Instructor WILLIAM JOHNS B.S. (Wilkes) CASIMIR TYBURSKI B.A. (Delaware) M.A. (Chicago) �Faculty Committees The following are the faculty Committee assignments made for the academic year 1959-1960: BERYL COLE GEORGE F. RALSTON WELTON G. FARRAR JoHN J. CHWALEK ROBERT C. RILEY RoBERT E. WERNER, Key to Campus Buildings Chairman ELWOOD DISQUE Hon-CHEUNG MUI ROBERT L. CHAPMAN ROBERT RILEY CROMWELL E. THOMAS NADA VUJICA Athletic Committee Chairman JORN J. CHWALEK GEORGE F. RALSTON JoHN G. REESE RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. Calendar Committee Chairman HUGO V. MAILEY, MAP Program Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman JoHN P. WHITBY Eva.luation Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANCIS J. MICHELINI RO-BERT RILEY c. B. C. Fi D. Je E. H 1 F. 0 G. F H. C I. J. K. c. ROBERT RILEY SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG KONSTANTIN SYMMONS HAROLD THATCHER STANLEY H. ASILESKI w Scholarship Committee Chairman JoHN P. WHITBY, J. JoHN CHWALEK BERYL COLE ROBERT B. MORRIS GEORGE F. RALSTON OF WILKES-BARRE, ~I : II~ 1~ \;; PENNSYLVANIA WlA " _ _ _ _ __,\ CJ SOUTH w. BASTRESS BERYL COLE ELWOOD DISQUE ALFRED GROH CHARLES B. REIF JoHN P. WHITBY ® I~~~~ OTHER BUILDINGS COLLEGE SUOLDINGS FRANKLIN Ill ~R,EET ~ ~ z ® 0 ·-·- @ JI\~ J ~ •• ·••Kt••·- I [fill ~ r~ i1: - - BERYL COLE WILLIAM R. GASBARRO J. ARTHUR HooVER JoHN H. HoTsON RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR- Ex Officio on all Committees-EUGENE S. fARLE~ RIVER --- ----- ~ ~ SUSQUEHANNA Faculty-Trustee Committee on Academic Freedom To be elected by the Faculty and the Trustees ~ ' ~ 21 rJ c____t-c_~I 11~11 _ Student Activities and Planning Graduation Committee GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman GEORGE F. RALSTON, chairman s. A. WILKES COLLEGE CAMPUS J. J. FRANK DAVIES VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER HUGO V. MAILEY FRANCIS J. MICHELINI BENJAMIN F. FIESTER ALFRED 21. 157 South Franklin 22. Pickering Hall 23. Hollenback Hall 24. Gies Hall 25. College Commons 26. 0 badiah Gore Hall 27. Gymnasium 28. Guidance Center 29. 180 South River c. Committee on Academic Freedom To be elected by the Faculty HAROLD THATCHER, Kirby Hall-Library Chase Hall-Administration Chase Theater Warner Hall Ashley Hall Stark Hall Butler Hall 8. Barre Hall 9. President's House 10. Conyngham Hall Library Committee Admissions Committee J oHN P. WHITBY, Chairman W eckesser Hall Weiss Hall George Catlin Hall Sterling Hall McClintock Hall Isaac Chapman Hall Charles Parrish Hall 18. Conyngham Annex-Art 19. Sturdevant Hall 20. Harding Hall 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. RIVER ~ COM MON --= - -- c=::::7 ~ c:=;:, <:::J c=:=:7 c==;, c:, i �Faculty Committees The following are the Faculty Committee assignments made for the academic year 1959-1960: Admissions Committee JoHN P. WHITBY, Chairman BERYL COLE GEORGE F. RALSTON WELTON G. FARRAR JOHN J. CHWALEK ROBERT C. RILEY Committee on Academic Freedom Library Committee ROBERT E. WERNER, Chairman ELWOOD DISQUE HoH-CHEUNG Mm ROBERT L. CHAPMAN ROBERT C. RILEY CROMWELL E. THOMAS NADA VUJICA To be elected by the Faculty Program Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman Athletic Committee FRANK J. HAROLD THATCHER, Chairman VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER HUGO V. MAILEY JOHN J. CHWALEK GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. Calendar Committee HuGo V. MAILEY, Chairman BENJAMIN F. FIESTER JOHN P. WHITBY Evaluation Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY s. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 1. Kirby Hall-Library Chase Hall-Administration Chase Theater Warner Hall Ashley Hall Stark Hall Butler Hall Barre Hall President's House 10. Conyngham Hall 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. W eckesser Hall Weiss Hall George Catlin Hall Sterling Hall McClintock Hall Isaac Chapman Hall Charles Parrish Hall Conyngham Annex-Art Sturdevant Hall Harding Hall MAP KONSTANTIN SYMMONS HAROLD THATCHER STANLEY H. WASILESKI JOHN J. CHWALEK BERYL COLE ROBERT B. MORRIS GEORGE F. RALSTON BERYL COLE WILLIAM R. GASBARRO ARTHUR J. HoovER JoHN H. HoTsoN RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. Ex Officio on all Committees-EUGENE S. FARLEY Faculty-Trustee Committee on Academic Freedom To be elected by the Faculty and the Trustees A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. Hotel terlin t. Stephen's First Baptist Je,,·ish Com Hi torical S Osterhout L , First Presby Central Y. Christian Sc Ohav Zedek Temple Isra WILKES COLLEGE CAMPUS WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA t~ Iw w w w D COLLEGE BUILDINGS ® ci OTHER BUILDINGS t(/) er SOUTH STREET FRANKLIN I- V) z 0 I- Scholarship Committee JoHN P. WHITBY, Chairman 157 South Franklin Pickering Hall Hollenback Hall Gies Hall College Commons 0 badiah Gore Hall Gymnasium Guidance Center 180 South River OF FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. K. J. DAVIES Graduation Committee GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman Student Activities and Planning GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ALFRED w. BASTRESS BERYL COLE ELWOOD DISQUE ALFRED GROH CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY Key to Campus Buildings LI.I • Y: 0: <( ~ ICl) LIJ ~ -·-·-·-, I I- ® a.. I: 4: I I- [ill] a: 0 z I PARKING j i i ~ I Iw If) ~ IJ-el ~ ~ IlJ.J w Q'. I- (/) ~@fa ~ ~ m111_1 1 i ==~=c===7c::::;:7C:, RIVER COM MON I r :J 0 (/) I- (/) w ~ �Faculty Committees The following are the Faculty Committee assignments made for the academic year 1959-1960: Admissions Committee Library Committee JoHN P. WHITBY, Chairman BERYL COLE GEORGE F. RALSTON WELTONG. FARRAR RoBERT E. WERNER, Chairman ELWOOD DISQUE HoH-CHEUNG Mm ROBERT L. CHAPMAN ROBERT C. RILEY CROMWELL E. THOMAS NADA VUJICA JOHN J. CHWALEK ROBERT C. RILEY Committee on Academic Freedom To be elected by the Faculty Program Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman Athletic Committee FRANK ] . ] . DAVIES HAROLD THATCHER, Chairman VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER HUGO V. MAILEY JOHN J. CHWALEK GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. Calendar Committee HuGo V. MAILEY, Chairman FRANCIS Kirby Hall-Library Chase Hall-Administration Chase Theater Warner Hall Ashley Hall Stark Hall Butler Hall Barre Hall President's House Conyngham Hall WILKES 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. W eckesser Hall Weiss Hall George Catlin Hall Sterling Hall McClintock Hall Isaac Chapman Hall Charles Parrish Hall Conyngham Annex-Art Sturdevant Hall Harding Hall HAROLD THATCHER Evaluation Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman Scholarship Committee JoHN P. WHITBY, Chairman IV) A. Hotel terlin B. t. tephen's C. Fir t Baptist D. Jewi h Corot E. Hi torical S F. Osterhout Li G. Fir t Presbyt H. Central Y. I. Chri tian Sd J. Ohav Zedek K. Temple Isra< PENNSYLVANIA 1- w a:w 157 South Franklin Pickering Hall Hollenback Hall Gies Hall College Commons Obadiah Gore Hall Gymnasium Guidance Center 180 South River COLLEGE CAMPUS WILKES-BARRE, I- 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. OF J. MICHELINI STANLEY H. WASILESKI w w ~ CJ COLLEGE BUILDINGS OTHER BUILDINGS ® cl 1- '-==========================================J ~ ~=============================================~ rr===============================:::;-;::===========:--~ z SOUTH FRANKLIN 0 • ] OHN ] . CHWALEK BERYL COLE ROBERT B. MORRIS GEORGE F. RALSTON Graduation Committee GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman Student Activities and Planning GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ALFRED V./. BASTRESS BERYL COLE ELWOOD DISQUE ALFRED s. GROH CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY I. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. MAP ROBERT C. RILEY SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG KONSTANTIN SYMMONS BENJAMIN F. FIESTER JOHN P. WHITBY EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY Key to Campus Buildings BERYL COLE WILLIAM R. GASBARRO ARTHUR J. HOOVER JOHN H. HoTsoN RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. Ex Officio on all Committees-EUGENE S. FARLEY Faculty-Trustee Committee on Academic Freedom To be elected by the Faculty and the Trustees :J® J IV) ~ ··-·-·-· I l- ® a.. L 4: ---~,I ~ 0 z PARK.ING I r :::> 0 V) I- V) UJ ~ RIVER COM MON �Faculty Committees The following are the Faculty Committee assignments made Key to Campus Buildings for the academic year 1959-1960: Library Committee Admissions Committee JoHN P. WHITBY, Chairman BERYL CoLE GEORGE F. RALSTON WELTON G. FARRAR JOHN J. CHWALEK ROBERT C. RILEY RoBERT E. WERNER, ELWOOD DISQUE HoH-CHEUNG MUI RoBERT L. CHAPMAN ROBERT RILEY CROMWELL E. THOMAS Kirby Hall-Library Chase Hall-Administration Chase Theater Warner Hall Ashley Hall Stark Hall Butler Hall Barre Hall President's House Conyngham Hall 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. W eckesser Hall Weiss Hall George Catlin Hall Sterling Hall McClintock Hall Isaac Chapman Hall Charles Parrish Hall Conyngham Annex-Art Sturdevant Hall Harding Hall ADA VUJICA Athletic Committee Chairman JOHN J. CHWALEK GEORGE F. RALSTON JoHN G. REESE RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. Calendar Committee V. MAILEY, Chairman HUGO MAP Program Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman P. WHITBY Evaluation Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ROBERT RILEY c. WILKES FRANK J. J. DAVIES VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER HUGO MAILEY FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY SAMUEL A. RosENBERG KONSTANTIN SYMMONS HAROLD THATCHER STANLEY H. WASILESKI w. BASTRESS BERYL COLE ELWOOD DISQUE ALFRED GROH CHARLES B. REIF JoHN P. WHITBY s. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. Hotel terling t. tephen's Episco Fir t Baptist Churcl Je, •i h Community Hi torical Society Osterhout Library Fir t Presbyterian I Central Y. LC.A Chri tian Science ( Ohav Zedek Temple Israel COLLEGE WILKES-BARRE, CAMPUS PENN SYLVAN IA v. I t- Scholarship Committee JoHN P. WHITBY, Chairman J. JOHN CHWALEK BERYL COLE ROBERT B. MORRIS GEORGE F. RALSTON Student Activities and Planning Graduation Committee GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman GEORGE F. RALSTON, chairman ALFRED 157 South Frankl' p·1ck ering Hall m Hollenback Hall Gies Hall College Commons Obadiah Gore Hall Gymnasium Guidance Center 180 South River OF BENJAMIN F. FIESTER JoHN 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. c. Committee on Academic Freedom To be elected by the Faculty HAROLD THATCHER, Chairman 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. ::) I- V) UJ ~ ---·-·-·, I 0 V') PARK.ING\ i i \ i BERYL COLE WILLIAM R. GASBARRO ARTHUR HoovER JoHN H. HoTsoN 'R.ussELL R. PicroN, JR, J. Ex Officio on all Committees-EUGENE S. FARLEY Faculty-Trustee Committee on Academic Freedom To be elected by the Faculty and the Trustees RIVER _--.....:::::::: s us QUEHANNA - _ - - = :: RI VE R - COM MON --~~==:==::::==:=~:::::::======--~ _ --====---= �Committees :ulty Committee assignments made 160: Key to Campus Buildings Library Committee RoBERT E. WERNER, Chairman ELWOOD DISQUE HOH-CHEUNG MUI ROBERT L. CHAPMAN ROBERT C. RILEY CROMWELL E. THOMAS NADA VUJICA 1. Kirby Hall-Library 2. Chase Hall-Administration 3. Chase Theater 4. Warner Hall 5. Ashley Hall 6. Stark Hall 7. Butler Hall 8. Barre Hall 9. President's House 10. Conyngham Hall MAP Program Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman FRANK J. WILKES J. DAVIES FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG KONSTANTIN SYMMONS HAROLD THATCHER STANLEY H. WASILESKI an Scholarship Committee JoHN P. WHITBY, Chairman JOHN J. CHWALEK BERYL COLE ROBERT B. MORRIS GEORGE F. RALSTON Student Activities and Planning GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman v-Trustee Committee 1cademic Freedom y the Faculty and the Trustees A. B. Hotel Sterling . St. Stephen's Episcopal Church C. First Baptist Church D. Jewish comm~nity Center E. Historical Society F. Osterhout Library G. First Presbyterian Church H. Central Y. M. C. A. I. Christian Science Church J. Ohav Zedek K. Temple Israel PENN SYLVAN IA ® t- u.I I- 21. 157 South Franklin 22. Pickering Hall 23. Hollenback Hall 24. Gies Hall 25. College Commons 26. Obadiah Gore Hall 27. Gymnasium 28. Guidance Center 29. 180 South River OF ~ CJ COLLEGE BUILDINGS OTHER BUILDINGS uJ ~ ~~=======================:=::)(/)~~===================~===~ =-==-====-=========:-:::-~======;--:===:=--;:::===~1-r.=ll=========H=~SOUTH STREET FRANKLIN 1! z 0 Ia.. ® I: 4: 'lC I It <{ r -------·!I PARK.ING j i I- a: [@ I 0 z ~ i F IJ-tl \ (/) w 3 ; ===" i RIVER - COM MON --~ SUSQUEHANNA RIVER ---= u.1 w a: I- I/) i~§~ ~ I- I BERYL COLE WILLIAM R. GASBARRO ARTHUR J. HOOVER JoHN H. HoTsoN RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. :ommittees-EUGENE S. FARLEY W eckesser Hall Weiss Hall George Catlin Hall Sterling Hall McClintock Hall Isaac Chapman Hall Charles Parrish Hall Conyngham Annex-Art Sturdevant Hall Harding Hall COLLEGE CAMPUS WILKES-BARRE, VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER HUGO V. MAILEY 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. ,, 1 c==:, c==:, tll _I = = = 7 c:=:;, ,:;::, :r: I- :) 0 (/) �Index Tb for tl Adm JOHN BERY GEOJ WEL' JOHl\ Rom Com Ac Toh Athl, HAR< JOHl\ GEOI JOHN Russ Cale: HUG< BEN ~ jOHl'i Eva.ii GEOl EuGE FRAN Rom Grad GEOl ALFR BERY ELWC ALFB CHAF JOHl'i Map of \ccounting Degree Program . . . . . . . . De cription of Courses . . . \ctivitic, Student . . . . . . . . .\dministrative Officers . . . \ssistants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . \dmis ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . Requirements . . . . . . . . . . \drnnced Course Standing. \dvanced Study . . . . . . . . . . ,\lumni Office . . . . . . . . . . . . ~nthropology ............ 66 87 31 154 155 I0 10 11 12 50 50 146 \rt College Campus Degree Program . . . . . . . . 58 Description of Courses . . . 89 \rt Education . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 .\ sembly Committee . . . . . . 32 .\ssi tance, Financial . . . . . . I 7 Employment . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . I 7 Tuition Stipends . . . . . . . 33 \thletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 .\ttendance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 \wards . . .. . ........... 48, 49 Biology Degree Program . . . . . . . . Description of Courses . . . Books tore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Administration Degree Program . . . . . . . . Description of Courses . . Business Education . . . . . . . 59 92 16 67 94 73 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Change of Program . . . . . . . 45 Chemistry Degree Program . . . . . . . . 62 Description of Courses . . 98 Class Standing . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 College and Community . . . 51 College Commons . . . . . . . . . 16 Commerce and Finance . . . 65 Consultation Service . . . . . . 28 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Course Credits . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Curricula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Dean's List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Degree, Bachelor of Arts . 55-57 Degree, Bachelor of Science ............. 62 Dormitories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Economics, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . IO I Education Elementary . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Secondary . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Description of Courses ... 105 Graduate Programs in . . . 39 Educational Resources . . . . 29 Employment .... . ........ 19 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Engineering, Program Requirements . . . . . . . 78 Degree Programs, Common Freshman Year . . . . . 79 �INDEX - Page 167 Page 166 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN Aeronautical . . . . . . . . . 79 Chemical . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Civil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Industrial . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Mechanical ... . ...... 81 Description of Courses .. llO English, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Evening School . . . . . . 13, 40, 45 Expenses ............... 13, 16 Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Committees . . . . . . . . . . . . I 64 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . 42 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 French, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Freshman Orientation . . . . . 27 General Science . . . . . . . . . . I 2 I German, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Graduate Placement . . . . . . 50 Graduate Programs in Education . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Graduation, Requirements for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 History, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Honors.................. 46 Insurance, Accident and Sickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inter-Dormitory Council . . 14 31 Journalism, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Liberal Arts Requirements for Majors. Selection of a Major. . . . . Library.................. Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 55 29 18 Map of College Campus Facing Page 161 Marketing (see Retailing) . 69 Mathematics Degree Program . . . . . . . . 60 Description of Courses . . 123 Medical Technology, Degree Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Medical Technology, Terminal Program . . . . 82 Music Degree Program . . . . . . . . 61 Description of Courses .. 126 Music Education Degree Program . . . . . . . . 7·1 Description of Courses .. 129 Nursing Education Degree Program . . . . . . . . 76 Description of Courses .. 131 Philosophy, Description of Courses ............. 132 Physical Education and Hygiene ............. 134 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Physics, Two-Year Program 63 Description of Courses .. 135 Point Averages . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Political Science, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Pre-Dental, Two-Year Program 83 ·1 hree-Year Program . . . . 84 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 P ·chology, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 taff Stipends . . . . . . . . . . 33 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Religion, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Re earch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Retailing Degree Program . . . . . . . . 69 Description of Courses .. 141 'afety Education, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Scien e Facilities . . . . . . . . . 29 Secretarial Studie Degree Program . . . . . . . . 70 Description of Courses. . . 143 'ecretarial Studies, Terminal Program . . . . 85 Sociology and Anthropology, Description of Courses . 146 Spanish, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Student Activities . . . . . . . . . 31 Student Advisement . . . . . . . 27 Student Government . . . . . . 31 Student Load . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Student Regulations . . . . . . 35 Student Responsibility . . . . 36 Summer School .. ..... .. 13, 41 Teacher Certification . . . . . . Terminal Programs Medical Technology . . . . Pre-Dental (Two-Year) . Pre-Dental (Three-Year) . Secretarial . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transfer of Summer Credits Transfer Students . . . . . . . . Trustees Board of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Committees ............ Tuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Payment of . . . . . . . . . . . . Refund of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 82 83 84 85 45 12 152 153 13 14 15 Wilkes College . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Accreditment . . . . . . . . . . 50 Withdrawals .... . ...... 15, 45 �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1960-1961 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-1961 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/29418423fc0acbcddf023140364080d5.pdf 93f21062e0c3626ea647090ef661629e PDF Text Text 1959-1960 �I 959-1960 FALL AND SPRING SEMESTERS- 1959-60 Vol. VIII �Contents Marks of An Educated Man ... 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and College Calendar without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. Board of Trustees 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures under- standing. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it con.fines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 7 Officers of Administration 8 Assistants in Administration Faculty . Faculty Committees In Perspective . General Information 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives , Student Welfare . 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress iequires intellectual vigor, moral couragt:, and physical stamina. Student Activities constructivdy in the social, economic, and political life of the community. 6 Committees, Board of Trustees 5. He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates 5 Types of Aid . Preparation for Professions and Vocations Degree Programs Terminal Programs . Course Descriptions . Evening Division Community Lecture Series . Index 9 10 16 18 22 32 36 39 46 52 80 86 150 151 152 �COLLEGE CALENDAR COLLEGE CALENDAR SUMMER, 1959 Wed., June 17 to Fri., June 19 .. Registration Mon., June 22 ............... Classes begin Fri., Aug. 14 ................ Summer School ends FALL, 1959 Mon., Sept. 14 to Fri., Sept. 18 .. Freshmen Orientation Fri., Sept. 18, 9 a.m. to 12 n .... Freshmen Registration Thurs., Sept. 17, 9 a.m. to 2 p.m .. Upperclassmen Registration Mon., Sept. 21 ............... Classes begin at 8 a.m. Sun., Oct. 11 ................ Reception-Parents of Freshmen Sat., Oct. 24 ................. Homecoming, Lycoming College Sat., Oct. 31 ................. Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Nov. 4 ............... Mid-Semester Reports Mon., Nov. 9 to Fri., Nov. 13 ... Registration Wed., Nov. 25 .............. Thanksgiving recess begins at noon Mon., Nov. 30 ............... Thanksgiving recess ends at 8 a.m. Sat., Dec. 19 ................ Christmas recess begins at 5 p.m. Mon., Jan. 4 ................ Christmas recess ends at 8 a.m. Sat., Jan. 16 ................. Classes end Mon., Jan. 18 to Tues., Jan. 26 .. Examination period SPRING, 1960 Fri., Jan. 29 ................. AU-College Registration Mon., Feb. 1 ................ Classes begin at 8 a.m. Sat., Mar. 12 ................ Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Mar. 16 ............... Mid-Semester Reports Mon., Mar. 21 to Fri., Mar. 25 .. Registration Tues., Apr. 12 ............... Easter recess begins at 5 p.m. Tues., Apr. 19 ............... Easter recess ends at 8 a.m. Sun., May 1 ................. Parents Day Sat., May 21 ................ Classes end Mon., May 23 to Wed., June 1 .. Examination period Sat., June 4 ................. Alumni Day Sun., June 5 ................. Baccalaureate Mon., June 6 ................ Commencement SUMMER, 1960 Wed., June 15 to Fri., June 17 .. Registration Mon., June 20 ............... Classes begin Mon., July 4 ................ Independence Day Fri., Aug. 12 ................ Summer School ends 5 �BOARD OF TRUSTEES Board of Trustees COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS Chairman ARNAUD C. MARTS, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary JAMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, MRs. PAUL BEDFORD Miss MARY R. KooNs FRANK BURNSIDE MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JOSEPH f. LESTER REUBEN H. LEVY WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Miss ANNETTE EVANS EUGENE S. FARLEY THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST REV. CHARLES ROUSH JOSEPH SAVITZ ANDREW J. SORDONI s. J. 7 Instruction: Library: CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Chairman JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT Miss MARY MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE R. KooNs CHARLES H. MINER, JR. SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Miss ANNETTE EvANS REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH Finance: Nominations: HON. JOHN S. FTNE HARRY F. GoERINGER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Juuus LONG STERN GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK, GEORGE W . GUCKELBERGER JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WAI.KER AARON WEISS GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER Chairman JAMES P. HARRIS ANDREW J. REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH, Chairman GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER )AMES P. HARRIS REUBEN H. LEVY TERM OF OFFICE Chairman M.D. Miss ANNETTE EVANS, FRANK BURNSIDE SORDONI JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Expiring f une, 1959 JULIUS LONG STERN R. MRs. PAUL BEDFORD Miss MARY FRANK BURNSIDE HARRY F. GOERINGER JOSEPH KOCYAN, M.D. GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK REV. CHARLES ROUSH ANDREW J. SORDONI KooNs s. J. MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER Buildings and Grounds: HARRY F. GOERINGER, Chairman HON, JOHN S. FINE Expiring f une, 1960 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JAMES P. HARRIS JOSEPH F. LESTER ARNAUD C. MARTS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST JULIUS LONG STERN AARON WEISS Expiring f une, 1961 SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, Miss ANNETTE EVANS EUGENE S. FARLEY M.D. HON. JOHN S. FINE GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER REUBEN H. LEVY CHARLES H. MINER, JR. THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. JOSEPH J. SAVITZ ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Scholarships: GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER, L. Chairman CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE REUBEN H. LEVY ARNAUD WILLIAM C. MARTS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST ANDREW J. SORDONI JULIUS LONG STERN Miss ANNETTE EVANS MISS MARY R. KOONS JOSEPH F. LESTER CHARLES H. MINER, JR. AARON WEISS Development: ARNAUD C. MARTS, FRANK BURNSIDE Chairman JAMES R. HARRIS THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. ANDREW]. SORDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD AARON WEISS R. STARK Ex Officio on All Committees-MR. GILBERTS. McCLINTOCK �ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instruction B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State), Ph.D. (Yale) JOHN P. WHITBY, Director of Admissions and Registrar B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (Columbia) GEORGE F. RALSTON, Dean of Men B.A. (North Carolina), M.A. (Columbia) GERTRUDE A. DOANE, Dean of Women B.1.I. (Emerson) STANLEY H. WASILESKI, Director of Evening Classes B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) MARGARETE. CONNOLLY, Comptroller B.S. (Pennsylvania), M.A. (New York) JOHN J. CHWALEK, Director of Guidance and Placement B.A. (East Tennessee State), M.A. (Columbia) RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR., Alumni Secretary B.S. (Wilkes) WILLIAM A. ZDANCEWICZ, Publicity B.S. (Wilkes) NADA Vu JICA, Librarian B.A., M.A. (Zagreb), M.A. (Marywood) GEORGE F. ERMEL, Cataloguing Librarian A.B. (Wilkes) M.S. (Syracuse) ALICE D. SCHAPPERT, Reference and Circulation Librarian A.B. (Wilkes) M.S. (Carnegie) SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, College Physician M.D. (Virginia) JOHN H. DOANE, College Physician M.D. (Medico Chirurgical) GLADYS B. DAVIS, Head Resident, Sterling Hall ANNA E. CABORE, Resident, McClintock HaU MARY J. CRAWFORD, Resident, W eckesser Hall JANET 1. LANGDON, Resident, Catlin Hall DAMARIS M. STURDEVANT, Resident, Weiss Hall FRANCES M. SEARS, College Consuttution Staff A.B. (Barnard) M.A. (N.Y.U.) KATHRYNE. DOMINGUEZ, College Consultation Staff A.B. (Temple) A.M., Ph.D. (Columbia) 9 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION RuTH V. BISHOP ..................................... Recorder MARY K. BEACHAM .. : ................. . Secretary to the President JANET DAVIES .......................... Secretary to the Registrar DOROTHY D. ScHLINGMAN .................. 0 ffice Machine Clerk ETHEL M. Nuss ............................. Assistant Recorder PHYLLIS WRIGHT ............................ Registration Clerk PHYLLIS M. FERA ........................ . Admissions Secretary CATHERINE KARMILOWICZ ......... Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper ROSALIE FALCHEK .................................... Cashier HELEN A. MORGAN ................. Accotmts Payable Bookkeeper JOAN OSTROWSKI ........................... Payroll Bookkeeper ELIZABETH B. LLOYD ................... Secretary to Dean of Men MARY F. JILLSON ................... Secretary to Dean of Women MILDRED MARINI ............. Secretary to the Director of Placement MARIE OPSITOS ............... Secretary to Director of Development KATHLEEN O'DONNELL ............. Secretary to Alumni Secretary RUTH T. HERBERT .................... . Assistant Public Relations MILDRED GITTINS ....................... Manager of the Bookstore WILLIAM JERVIS ........... Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds �FACULTY Faculty EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instruction and Professor of Chemistry B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) CHARLES B. REIF, Professor of Biology B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) HAROLD W. THATCHER, Professor of History A.B., M.A. (Columbia), Ph.D. (Chicago) SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, Professor of Economics A.B., M.B.A. (Boston University), Ph.D. (North Carolina) HUGO V. MAILEY, Professor of Political Science B.A. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Eu GENE L. HAMMER, Professor of Education B.S. (Wheaton), M.A. (Northwestern), Ed.D. (Columbia) FRANK J. J. DAVIES, Professor of English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) KONSTANTIN SYMMONS, Professor of Sociology B.A., M.A. (Warsaw), Ph.D. (Columbia) VORIS B. HALL, Professor of Physics and Engineering B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) A.M. (Columbia) STANKO M. VUJICA, Professor of Philosophy and Religion B.A. (Zagreb), M.A. (Innsbruck), Ph.D. (Zagreb) ELWOOD DISQUE, Associate Professor of German A.B. (Dickinson) HOH-CHEUNG MUI, Associate Professor of History A.B. (Lingnan), A.M., Ph.D. (Columbia) SYLVIA DWORSKI, Associate Professor of Modern Languages B.A. ( Connecticut College), M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) JOHN G. DETROY, Associate Professor of Music B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.M. (Rochester) ARTHUR N. KRUGER, Associate Professor of English A.B. (Alabama), Ph.D. (Louisiana State) SHELDON G. COHEN, Associate Professor of Biological Research B.A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) RUTH W. JESSEE, Associate Professor of Nursing Education B.S., A.M. (Columbia) Ed.D. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT L. CHAPMAN, Associate Professor of English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Michigan) THOMAS R. RICHARDS, Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.S. (Bucknell) ADNAH G. KOSTENBAUDER, Associate Professor of Mathematics B.A. (Rochester) M.A., Ph.D. (Syracuse) CATHERINE H. BONE, Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) STANLEY H. W ASILESKI, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) EDWARD N. HELTZEL, Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S. (Gettysburg), M.S. (Bucknell) CATHAL B. O'TooLE, Assistant Professor of Art National Academy of Design WELTON G. FARRAR, Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Montclair State Teachers), M.A. (Clark) FRANCIS J. SALLEY, Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S. (St. Joseph's), M.S. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT E. MORAN, Assistant Professor of Mwic Education B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.Mus.Ed. (Northwestern) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI, Assistant Professor of Biology B.S. (Seton Hall), M.S. (Delaware), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFREDS. GROH, Assistant Professor of English B.A. (Syracuse), M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT C. RILEY, Assistant Professor of Psychology A.B. (Bucknell) BRONIS J. KASLAS, Assistant Professor of History 1.1.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) ROBERT E. WERNER, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S. (Wisconsin) E. SHELDON CURTIS, Assistant Professor of Accounting B.S.C. (Washington and lee) ROBERT L. TENER, Assistant Professor of English B.A. (Akron), M.A. (Western Reserve) CROMWELL E. THOMAS, Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S. (Washington and Lee) 11 �12 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY PAUL R. WERNER, Assistant Professor of Accounting B.S. (Susquehanna), M.A. (New York) You-KENG CHIANG, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Central), M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago) JOI-ING. REESE, Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.S. (Pennsylvania State) CHESTER E. COLSON, Assistant Professor of Art Education B.S. (Massachusetts School of Art), M.A. (Columbia) JOHN GAITO, Assistant Professor of Psychology A.B. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (Temple), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) WILLIAM R. GASBARRO, Assistant Professor of Music Education B.A. (Juilliard), M.A. (Columbia) JAMES R. PARMENTER, Assistant Professor of Philosophy A.B. (Kent State University) PHYLLIS I. CLARK, Instructor in Music B.A. (Moravian), M.Mus. (Michigan) EDITH S. NAMISNIAK, Instructor in Biology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Michigan) JOHN J. CHWALEK, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (East Tennessee State), M.A. (Columbia) JOSEPH H. KANNER, Instmctor in Psychology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (New School for Social Research) T. LEONARD CONNOLLY, Instructor in History A.B. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (New York) ARTHUR J. HOOVER, Instructor in Commerce and Finance B.S. (Wilkes) LORNA HOLBROOK Mm, Instructor in Sociology A.B., A.M. (Columbia) RUTH T. ROBERTS, Instructor in English B.A. (Goucher) BENJAMIN F. FIESTER, Instructor in English A.B. (Wilkes) THEODORE L KROHN, Instructor in Accounting and Business A.B. (Wilkes) LLB. (Dickinson) ROBERT J. MILLER, Instructor in English A.B. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) HELEN B, BUBECK, Instructor in Physical Education B.S. (East Stroudsburg State) ALLENE. BACON, JR., Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Temple) JOHN H. HOTSON, Instructor in Economics B.A. (Colorado College), M.A. (Pennsylvania) RONALD D. MICH.MAN, Instructor in Retailing B.S., M.S. (New York) PHILIP L Rizzo, Instructor in English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) RICHARD G. KRUTCHKOFF, Instructor in Physics A.B., A.M. (Columbia) CALVIN D. FRE~MAN, Instructor in Biology and Chemistry B.S. (Calvm) M.S. (Pennsylvania) MARTING. FRIEDMANN, Instructor in Music B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) GEORGE GERA, Instructor in Secretarial Studies B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers) M.A. (Columbia) BETTY B. MAY, Instructor in Mathematics B.S., M.E. (Purdue) E. RUSSEL MAY, Instructor in Engineering B.S., M.S., M.E. (Purdue) ]AMES S. PALERMO, Instrt1ctor in Economics A.B. (Franklin and Marshall), LLB. (Pennsylvania) FRANCIS S. PINKOSKSI, Instmctor in Education B.S. (Wilkes) H. RODERICK, Instructor in Elementary Education B.S. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) }ESSIE PART-TIME FACULTY CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, Instructor in Music F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) IRVING BARON, Instructor in Accounting B.S. (NewYork) C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) CLAYTON BLOOMBURG, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (Bucknell) MARY R. E. BROWN, Assistant in English ROBERT S. CAPIN, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) CHARLES L. CASPER, Instructor in Business Administration Ph.B. (Yale), LL.B. (Harvard) 13 �WILKES COLLEGE 14 FACULTY JOSEPH J. CHMIOLA, Instructor in Business Administration A.B. (Wilkes) CARL SCHINDLER, Instructor in Religion S.T.M. (Lutheran Theological Seminary) CATHERJNE F. CONBOY, Instructor in Nursing Education B.A., M.A. (Columbia) HELEN F. McHENRY SHEEDER, Instructor in Music B.Mus. (New England Conservatory) NEVIN L. DIEFFENBACH, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S. (Wilkes) CYRIL J. SPEICHER, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S. (Wilkes) THEODORE EVANS, Instructor in Political Science A.B., LL.B. (Pennsylvania) ALLAN J. STRASSMAN, Instructor in Accounting B.S. (Wilkes), C.P.A. (Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) ALBERT FRIEDLANDER, Instructor in Philosophy Ph.B. (Chicago), B.H.L. (Hebrew Union) CASIMIR TYBURSKI, Instructor in English B.A. (Delaware), Foreign Study HENRY E. HESS, Instructor in Insurance C.L.U. (American College Life Underwriters) MARGERY WALLER, Instrttctor in Music B.Mus. (Syracuse), S.S.M. (Union Theological) H. HIBBARD, Instructor in Political Science B.A. (Pennsylvania), LL.B. (Dickinson) JOHN ROBERT A. WEST, Instructor in Mathematics A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Columbia) DONALD G. HILBERT, Instructor in Safety Education B.S. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A. (New York) HARRY F. WELSH, Instructor in Political Science B.S. (Wilkes) MAURICE L. HOWELLS, I nstmctor in Economics B.S. (Wilkes) J. WARREN YARNAL, Instmctor in Sociology THOMAS H. JENKINS, Instructor in Secretarial Studies B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (New York) WILLIAM JOHNS, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) JOHN G. KoNSAVAGE, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) ISIDORE KRASNO, Instructor in Psychology B.S., M.S. (Rutgers), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ANNE C. LIVA, Instructor in Music Juilliard School of Music MURRAY MACKSON, Instructor in Business Administration B.A. (Pennsylvania State), LL.B. (Dickinson) THOMAS J. MORAN, Instructor in English B.S. (Wilkes), A.M. (Columbia) ABRAM P. MORGAN, Instructor in Mathematics B.S. (East Stroudsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) MARlTA S. RILEY, Instructor in Nursing Education A.B. (Wilkes) GEORGE B. RITCHIE, Instructor in History B.A. (Haverford), LL.B. (Pennsylvania) B.A. (Juniata), M.S.W. (Pittsburgh) 15 �16 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY COMMITTEES 1959-1960 Admissions Graduation JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman GERTRUDE A. DOANE GEORGE F. RALSTON GEORGE F. RALSTON, ALFRED W. BASTRESS ELWOOD J. DISQUE GERTRUDE A. DOANE ALFRED S. GROH Athletics RussELL R. PICTON, JR., JOHN J. CHWALEK GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE Chairman Chairman CHARLES Calendar HUGO V. MAILEY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS JOHN P. WHITBY Curriculum ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Secretary FRANK DAVIES VORIS B. HALL EUGENE 1. HAMMER HUGO V. MAILEY FRANCIS MICHELINI THOMAS R. RICHARDS PHILLIP 1. RIZZO SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG HAROLD THATCHER STANLEY H. WASILESKI B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY, ex officio Library THOMAS R. RICHARDS, Chairman ALFRED BASTR ESS, ex officio ROBERT 1. CHAPMAN CHARLES B. REIF ROBERT C. RILEY CROMWELL E. THOMAS NADA VUJICA ROBERT E. WERNER w. J. J. Scholarships J. JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman JOHN J. CHWALEK GERTRUDE A. DOANE GEORGE F. RALSTON w. Student Activities and Planning Evaluation GEORGE ELLIOT, Chairman EUGENE 1. HAMMER FRANCIS MICHELINI ROBERT RILEY J. Ex Officio on All GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ROBERT D. BHAERMAN GERTRUDE A. DOANE GEORGE F. ELLIOT ARTHUR HOOVER ROBERT E. MORAN RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. Committees - J. DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY �IN PERSPECTIVE In Perspective Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Buckn~ll U~iversity, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. In September 1933 the .first classes were offered in rented quarters with a student body of 196; a local faculty and administration of .five persons were assisted by commuting members of the Bucknell faculty. During its .first few years, it was looked upo~ ~s an_ extension of Bucknell University and was governed by the admm1strat10n an~ board of the University. By 1937 it was apparent, however, that 1t could better serve the community if it was governed and supported locally, and was free to develop a program suited to the peculiar needs of the Wyoming Valley. Recognizing the desirability of greater_ aut~nomy and increased local responsibility, the Board of Bucknell Um~e~s~ty authorized the creation of a local Board carrying full respons1b1hty for the maintenance and development of the Junior College. On January 13, 1938 with President Arnaud Marts of the University presiding, the newl; elected board of nineteen members h:ld its first m~eting a~d elected as its .first chairman, Gilbert S. McClmtock whose mterests m young people and cultural affairs had long established him as an outstanding leader of the community. Although a large measure of the responsibility for the Junior College was transferred to a local Board of Trustees in 1938, nine years were to elapse before the financial responsibility and property were to be transferred from Bucknell to the newly incorporated Wilkes College. During these intervening years, that were interru~ted World War it was understood by the Boards of both the Urnvers1ty and the Junior College that complete autonomy would be granted when the College was given sufficient endowment to assure its independent development. By the spring of 1947 three buildings on South River Street had been given by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark, Mrs. John N. Conyngham, and Mr. and Mrs. Allen P. Kirby, and th_e endowment had been started by gifts of $500,000. With these tangible assets the local Board sought an independent charter and on June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college dedicated to twin goals-a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. Although a new institution was born of the University that ha~ sustained it for fourteen years, its character had already been established during the years in which its trustees and faculty had worked to achieve an independent status for it. ?Y :I, 19 From its beginning the College had been non-denominational in character even though its parent, Bucknell University, was affiliated with the Baptist church. It was inevitable, however, that the new college should be non-sectarian for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. As this decision grew from the relation of the college to the community, so did other decisions emerge from the efforts of the College to serve the community. One or two years of experience showed that high standards could not be maintained nor could intellectual inquiry be encouraged without the selection of able students and the refusal of those who were deficient in ability, ambition, or intellectual drive. The intermingling of these two groups was detrimental to both, and in consequence, a policy of selective admissions was adopted in 1937./ Another policy emerged from the growing conviction that group differences and antagonisms are dangerous in a world that grows smaller as communications are speeded up, and ideological conflicts grow more intense. To break through the psychological barriers that separate individuals and groups, it was decided to discourage the formation of campus organizations that were not open to all students. In consequence, clubs and activities at the College are open to all students, and groups that are exclusive do not exist. Other activities have taken their place and the students have cultivated unity of spirit and purpose in the midst of diversity. The desire of the College to encourage respect for and understanding of others inevitably led to the conclusion that the College must welcome students from other areas and other states. In consequence, a dormitory system has been developed and students now come from many states and countries, and the number of these students increases with each expansion of our dormitories. In a day when many institutions wish to enlarge the student body, the faculty and trustees of Wilkes have decided to keep enrollment within limits that will assure the warmest possible relationship between students and faculty. This self-imposed limitation has been adopted because it is believed that education is not a one-way street with the teacher offering and the student accepting knowledge, but is, on the contrary, a mutual quest for understanding and insight in which students and teachers both participate. To maintain this relationship, it is hoped to limit the day enrollment to about 1200 selected students. The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the com- �20 WILKES COLLEGE munity all benefit from cooperative effort, and it is expected that this cooperative relationship will be expanded as modern trends establish the need for trained intelligence, extended planning, and cooperative action. Education is no longer isolated from the mundane affairs of life. It is a part of our life and is essential to the further development of our economic, political and social institutions. Only through conviction and dedication can these goals be gained, and the faculty has been chosen because of its convictions, and has been held by its dedication to the purposes of the College. Its members come from many universities and from different nations. They represent diverse points of view but are united by their faith that the creative mind must be free, and by their desire to create at Wilkes an atmosphere that will release and nurture the intellectual and spiritual resources of the individual. Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a quickened interest in the welfare of students and a pressing desire to build an institution that would awaken and cultivate the talents of its students. Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. �GENERAL INFORMATION 23 CURRICULA The College offers programs leading to the Bachelor's degree in liberal arts, biology, chemistry, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, business, music, and nursing education, in addition to two years of work in physics and engineering. A student who successfully completes the physics or the engineering program may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his .field. TERMINAL PROGRAMS Terminal programs in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, laboratory and medical technology, and pre-dental work are open to the student who desires only two years of college. EXTENSION CLASSES General Information Bucknell University gives extension courses in education on the Wilkes campus. Graduate credit earned in these courses may be applied toward the degree of Master of Science in Education and State certification in guidance and administration. A person desirous of taking the degree of Master of Science in Education at Bucknell University may earn eighteen of the required thirty hours in Wilkes-Barre but must earn the remaining twelve in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS The College wishes to simplify admission procedures so that applications may be received and acted upon with a minimum of difficulty for the student seeking admission. To this end the following plan has been adopted: 1. Applications for admission, accompanied by a $5.00 fee, may be submitted to the Director of Admission by mail or in person. Upon receipt of the application, the Director of Admissions will write for the high school transcript and wiU -obtain references from those persons who are listed on the application form. 2. Admission tests are given in Stark Hall at 9:00 a.m. on two Satur- days of each month from October through May. Information on the testing dates may be obtained from the Director of Admissions. Students may substitute Co11ege Board Examinations when it is more convenient to take these tests than to make a special trip to Wilkes-Barre. �24 WILKES COLLEGE 3. Personal interviews will be scheduled by the Director of Admissions for students whose records, references, and tests indicate that they can benefit from the work offered by the College. ADVANCED STANDING A student who wishes to transfer to the College from another institution should follow the regular procedure for admission. He should request the college or university from which he desires to tra?sf r to 7 forward to the College a transcript and a letter of honorable d1sm1ssal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. The transferred credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation at the end of his first term at the College. A student who has no credits to transfer but who is equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination. Although he will not receive_ credit for ~he courses that he has omitted, he will be spared the necessity of repeating work that he has previously covered outside of college. MARKS Five numerical grades and a for academic work. These are: Grade 4 3 special mark for English usage are given Interpretation Superior Very Good 2 Good 1 Passing O Failing -E English usage is unsatisfactory Averages are computed by multiplying the grade earned in a subject by the number of credits. The totals thus obtained for each subject are added and the total for all subjects is divided by the total number of credits taken by the student. This quotient shall be called the point average. The subscript -E will be given by instructors of subjects other than English whenever the written or oral English of the student is below standard. If the student at the end of any term is judged deficient by two or more instructors, he must complete satisfactorily an additional course in English composition. This course shall be taken during the term immediately following, if possible, but under any circumstance it must be taken during the following year. USE OF MARKS Although the primary purpose of any marking system is to inform GENERAL INFORMATION 25 th~ student of his_ achievement, m~r~s are also used by the College as gmdes to counsellmg and for administrative purposes. The faculty :ounsellor, before discussing future plans, must be informed concernmg the student's ability, stability, interests, and achievement for it is these factors that suggest the possibilities for development of the student. Marks and averages also indicate something of the values gained from College. It is generally admitted that superior and good grades indicate that a student is benefiting from his studies; it is similarly accepted that a student who makes a poor record is gaining little from College. Marks and averages are therefore used to determine whether or not the student is receiving sufficient benefit to remain in College. For the guidance of both students and faculty, the following averages are required for advancement from class to class. To be admitted to these classes the following averages are required: Class Sophomore ............... . Junior ................... . Senior ................... . Average 1.4 1.7 1.85 Any student failing to meet these requirements will withdraw from the College unless he appears before the probation and evaluation committee and convinces them that he merits another opportunity. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION To be_ eligible for gradu~tion all requirements of the College and of the curriculum must be satisfied. These requirements are: 1. The completion of all subjects required for the degree. 2. A grade of 1 or better in each required subject. 3. An average of 1.85 for all courses. 4. An average of 2.0 for all subjects within the student's major. 5. Satisfaction of all requirements pertaining to the orientation and assembly programs and physical education. 6. Satisfaction of all requirements in English usage. 7. Transfer students must complete a minimum of 30 credits m residence at the College. TERMINAL CERTIFICATES Students taking terminal courses must complete all course requirements and must average 1. 7 credit points for all courses. Two-YEAR ENGINEERING AND PHYSICS CERTIFICATES Certificates in engineering and physics will be awarded to students who have: �26 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION 1. Completed 60 credits of required work and P. E. 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106. 2. Attained an average of 1. 7 for all courses. PROBATION Any student not attaining the grade necessary to advance him to the next class will be put on probation for one semester. If, at the end of that period, he has not attained the minimum average for admission to his class, he will be dropped from college. WITHDRAWALS A student may withdraw from any course during the .first two weeks of a semester without penalty. A student who withdraws from one or more courses after the first two weeks but who continues other courses will receive an "O" unless the Dean, faculty adviser and instructor agree that the student be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. TAKING OF DEGREES In order to receive his degree or certificate, a candidate must be present at commencement. If circumstances prevent his attendance, he must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. COUNSELING Each student will be assigned a faculty adviser at the beginning of his freshman year and will be expected to confer with this adviser concerning the schedule and other educational problems. REGISTRATION Every student is expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. Late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no registrations will be accepted. A student who registers after the registration dates will pay an additional charge of $2.00. STUDENT LOAD Students shall ordinarily be limited to the normal load for the course of their choice. In the Liberal Arts this will be 16 hours with Pfr sical Education; in the Sciences it will sometimes be 17 or 18 hours, and in Engineering it will vary from 17 to 19 hours. Any student wishing to carry an overload must obtain the approval of the Dean and his advisor. The maximum load for students with a 2.0 average shall be 18 hours, and 20 hours the absolute maximum for all students. Credits in excess of the normal load are charged at the usual rate per 27 credit, unless it can be shown that a student is compelled to take an overload because of the rotation of courses within a department. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. Each student is required to attend weekly assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: Freshman and sophomore year Junior year - eight cuts. Senior year - fifteen cuts. four cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. FACULTY Inasmuch as the values to be derived from a college are less dependent upon its material resources than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in its students, the College has carefully selected its faculty for their training, experience, and personalities. A cosmopolitan group, Wilkes teachers bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective and an academic preparation that fits them to provide the intensive training essential to their various fields. LIBRARY Kirby Hall, the College library, houses approximately 40,000 volumes. The library is staffed by three professional librarians and a number of student employees. Shelved on open stacks to encourage students and faculty members to make full use of them, the books, with the exception of those reserved for reference and as supplementary reading matter for particular courses, may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Also available to members of the College community are some four hundred current periodicals. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Approximately forty per cent of the graduates of Wilkes have entered graduate or professional schools. It is recommended that the student who wishes to extend his education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in his senior year. Such examinations are �28 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION generally required by graduate and professional schools, and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS 1. A student who desires to study at another college during the summer must have his summer schedule approved by the Graduation Committee prior to enrollment in the other college if his summer work is to be credited toward graduation from Wilkes College. 2. When credits for the work taken in the summer at another college are requested at Wilkes, it will be necessary for this work to be evaluated. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. 3. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the catalogue at the rate of $325.00 a semester for tuition. In music, the sciences and the secretarial studies, additional fees are charged for laboratory work and individual instruction. In the event a student takes fewer courses than are required in any given semester, he will pay $22 per semester hour or $325.00, whichever is less. If a student elects a heavier schedule than is required, he will be charged $ 22 for each additional hour of credit. The tuition of $ 325 also includes a charge for maintaining student activities. ADDITIONAL FEES Accident Insurance per school year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Laboratory fee for Bio. 101, 102, 111, 112, 113, 201, 202, 211, 212, 223, $ 7.00 A student registering for individual instruction in music will be charged for five lessons whether the lessons are taken or not. A student dropping his study after the fifth lesson will be charged for the full term. Students registering for individual music instruction after the third week of the semester will be charged on a pro rata basis. Rental of practice room ........ . .. .. ... .. . . ..... . Use of diction laboratory ............... . ........ . Chem. 101, 102, 104, 121, 122, 230, 231, 233, 241, 242,251,252,271,272 C.E. 103,104 Phys. 111, 112, 150, 151, 152, 251. ... . ..... .. ..... · Laboratory fee for S.S. 99, 101, 102, 107, 108, 109, 110, 115, 205. . . . . . . Fee for Ed. 207, 209, 210, Mus. Ed. 203-204 ........ . Chemistry Breakage Deposit ( any balance refunded) ....................... . 10.00 Music-individual instruction .. .... .... . ... . ... . ..... . 50.00 15.00 5.00 5.00 Music-group instruction: Fifteen-week series of one-hour lessons in violin, viola, or cello in groups consisting of not less than three or more than five students .... . ............ . ...... . 44.00 Music Education Laboratory Fee: Rental of school instruments used in the Music Education Course for a .fifteen-week period and the use of practice rooms ................................ . 10.00 Charges for part-time students, students in the Evening School, and for semester hours beyond the normal load prescribed in regular courses: Semester hour of study .......................... . 22.00 Student activity fee for those taking less than .fifteen or more than nine semester hours, or for any special student wishing to participate in activities ........ . 22.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.00 Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Dormitory charges Board and Room Per Semester. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bills for board and room in college dormitories are due before the opening of the semester. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. 241,242,251,252 29 Accident and sickness group insurance policy, required of all dormitory students, payable in full with first semester charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350.00 25.00 10.00 20.00 Special Charges: Fee to accompany application for admission .... . ..... . . . Change of schedule per credit hour ...... .. ..... . . . ... . Special Examination ..... . ............ ... .. ..... .. . Transcript (no charge for the first copy) .......... . . . . . 5.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 �30 WILKES COLLEGE late Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduation fee ( four-year students) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convocation fee (two-year students) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . College park lot fee (per semester) Day students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dormitory students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to changing price 2.00 20.00 12.50 3.00 10.00 levels. PAYMENTS Tuition: Regular Payments: One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) is to be paid at the time of registration and the balance within two weeks. Deferred Payments:* In the event the full sum cannot be paid at the beginning of the term, arrangements for deferred payment during the term may be made with the comptroller. Under this plan of deferred payments, One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) is to be paid at the time of registration and at the same time an agreement for the payment of the balance in four equal installments must be signed. These supplementary payments are to be made as follows: One-fourth on October 1 or February 10 One-fourth on November 1 or March 10 One-fourth on December 1 or April IO One-fourth on January 2 or May 10 Dormitories: Full payment of Three Hundred and Fifty Dollars ($350.00) is due at the time of registration. WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS Refund of tuition will be made to students who withdraw voluntarily from the College while in good standing under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term, one-half the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. Tuition for unfinished courses will be refunded to all students ordered to active duty under the Selective Service Act or by the Organized Reserve Corps. Refund of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not be made except under special conditions. No courses may be dropped after the second week, except with approval of the student's faculty adviser and the Dean. *A service charge of $5.00 per term will be added for deferred payment of tuition. �STUDENT WELFARE 33 Student Welfare UREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely, scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service provided not only for seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes .first-hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, which is under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are included in the collection as are some six hundred catalogues and bulletins from more than .five hundred American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional level. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, several days at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with freshmen. This program ranges from individual conferences to lectures on the meaning of a college education. During this .first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty advisers and arrange schedules under their guidance. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet once a week with representatives of the faculty. They discuss informally, some of the problems of college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with personal problems. Students who desire such help may apply directly to the Consultation Service staff for appointments. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. COUNSELING The College considers counseling one of the most effective ways in which to encourage the development of its students. It considers each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives at the time of his application so that, as far as possible, it can plan its academic program to enable him to realize those objectives. Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of those who are concerned with his progress with information about his abilities, interests, and aptitudes. He has opportunities throughout his college career to consult with his faculty adviser concerning his scholastic progress or social and personal problems with which he needs hdp. The Deans cooperate with faculty advisers in providing students with information and guidance wherever possible, and the College urges students to avail themselves of their services. The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover bis own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. New students or those who are unacquainted with this resource may be referred to the Service by the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, or any other interested faculty member. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring groups and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. Some idea of the services that are available may be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in drafting, mathematics, and engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters are studying life insurance problems and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music, and a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare them �34 WILKES COLLEGE for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in economics, selling, and advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained economically in their industrial plants. The Economics Department of Wilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. PLACEMENT OFFICE AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT The College maintains a placement office in Hollenback Hall, South Franklin Street. One purpose of the office is to help undergraduates to find part-time employment. More than one-third of the students earn part of their expenses, and the office has been particularly helpful to this large group. Students desiring such part-time work should communicate with the Director as early in the school year as possible. Another important service rendered by the Placement Office is that of assisting the graduating student to find permanent employment in a position suitable to his talents and training. Students who desire this service should see the Director early in the senior year. The Office will, moreover, be pleased to extend such assistance to any graduate of the College. SPECIAL SERVICES Accident and Sickness Insurance. Accident and sickness group insurance is required of all dormitory students, but is optional with day students. The plans are described in material mailed to all applicants upon admission to the College. The accident policy provides reimbursement for expenses arising out of any accident in which the student is involved during the entire college year. Reimbursement is made up to $500.00 for each accident. The sickness policy provides additional reimbursement for all expenses attendant upon any illness to which the student becomes subject during the college year. Under this coverage there is reimbursement up to $200.00 for each illness. Broad in scope, the plan covers all the student's illnesses and accidents, regardless of how or where they may occur. Benefits under the plan are paid in addition to benefits to which the student is entitled under any personal policy or membership in any hospital association. The fee for accident and sickness coverage is $25.00 payable at the time of registration. It is underwritten by the Mutual Benefit Health and Accident Association of Omaha and is under the supervision of Howell & Jones, Inc., Wilkes-Barre. Accident Insurance. Accident insurance must be carried by all sh1• dents to protect them from unnecessary loss during the school year. To STUDENT WELFARE 35 provide thi~ coverage at a minimum the College has arranged for group coverage with the Mutual Benefit Health and Accident Association of Omaha. The fee of $7 .00 provides protection for the full period of the College term and is payable at the beginning of the term. Day students who wish to obtain both health and accident insurance may buy this more comprehensive coverage at the same rate paid by boarding students. Lockers. The College provides a number of conveniently located lockers for students who wish to safeguard their personal belongings. A student may rent one of the lockers at the rate of $1.00 a year, one quarter of which will be refunded when he surrenders his key. The fee is payable at registration. �STUDENT ACTIVITIES Student Activities The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be realized through academic work alone. Each student is encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. INTER-DORMITORY COUNCIL The Inter-Dormitory Council is the planning and co-ordinating group for dormitory residents. The Council is made up of elected representatives from the various housing units. It plans the social schedule for the dormitories, assists with administration, and the general functioning of resident hall life. 37 CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets once each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history and presents several programs before the College community and the general public each semester. The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. ORCHESTRA The Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the aegis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. Membership in the orchestra is open to talented instrumentalists in the student body. MADRIGAL SINGERS This small group specializes in the madrigal works of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century European composers. Its Christmas program is one of the most attractive features of the Town & Gown Concert Series at the College. ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. PUB LI CATIO NS Amnicola, a yearbook; the Beacon, a newspaper; and Manuscript, a literary magazine, are published by the students. Those interested in writing, photography, art and advertising have an opportunity to join the staffs. DEBATING DRAMATICS Students interested in drama present several one-act plays and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre: acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band, organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at athletic events and gives concerts throughout the year. The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is provided for each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. Debating has proved particularly popular with students preparing for the law or interested in public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs, developed cooperatively by students and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may be easily adapted to current interests. ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, baseball, basketball, soccer, and wrestling. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for physical education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every �38 WILKES COLLEGE man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, touch football, volleyball, and bowling are some of the sports available. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, basketball, softball, and swimming. ATHLETIC CODE Athletics are an integral part of the activity program at Wilkes College, and as such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration, and approved by the Board of Trustees. In arranging the extra-curricular program, whether it be athletics, dramatics, debating, or the yearbook, each student is responsible for determining how much participation is desirable for him. Whenever participation in activities detracts from the scholastic achievement of the student, it also tends to detract from development of those individual qualities to which the activity should contribute. It is believed, therefore, that at Wilkes College a balance must be maintained between scholastic and extra-curricular activities so that scholarship will not be impaired by excessive participation in student activities. In the athletic phase of the extra-curricular program at Wilkes College a particular problem is posed because the college maintains athletic relations with other colleges. The experiences of other colleges have demonstrated beyond any doubt that there can be neither fair competition nor good sportsmanship in intercollegiate contests if relations are not confined to colleges adhering to similar policies. The emphasis upon intellectual development at Wilkes College makes it infeasible to emphasize athletics. It is the belief of the administration and faculty that high scholastic standards cannot be attained when too much emphasis is placed upon any one phase of an extra-curricular activity. Therefore, the college gives no scholarships for the sole purpose of encouraging athletes to attend Wilkes College. Athletes will receive the same consideration in admissions, in the classroom, and in the awarding of scholarships that is given to other students. Should the winner of the scholarship wish to participate in any student activity, he is free to do so. In no instance will the continuance of his scholarship depend upon such participation. High scholarship and good influences will entitle any scholarship recipient to the retention of his award. In arranging for intercollegiate competition, Wilkes College seeks to establish permanent ties with colleges adhering to the same policies of admission, maintaining similar scholastic standards, and offering assistance on the same basis. Types of Aid Wilkes College seeks to make a college education available to all students of ability and determination without regard for their financial circumstance. To provide assistance for those who need :financial help, the College receives substantial gifts from friends. The purpose of their gifts is not to do for a student anything he can do for himself. Their gifts are intended to give needed help to those who are already making every effort to help themselves. These gifts have enabled the College to establish scholarship and loan funds which are available to students who demonstrate seriousness of purpose, capability, and a willingness to exert every effort for the advancement of their own education. In accepting any form of aid from the College the student also accepts an obligation-which is also the obligation of every other conscientious student-to: 1. Maintain a good scholastic record. 2. Exert a constructive influence in the College and the community. 3. Participate in an activity of his own choice. In planning to meet any difference between his own resource£ and the cost of education the student should consider a combination of work, loans, and scholarships, and should consult with the College personnel regarding his problems and his aspirations. SCHOLARSHIPS Scholarships are the basis of the student aid program. It is not intended, however, that scholarships shall cover the full cost of education. They are designed to bridge the gap between need and demand or to permit greater participation in the program of the College. The type of scholarship available to a student will vary with his needs and interests, and the student who needs assistance should apply for the type of grant that best suits his own situation. Grants In Aid: Grants are available to students with good records of achievement and rerformance in high school or college who cannot fully finance the cost of their college education and who can demonstrate seriottsness of purpose and effort. Work Scholarships: The College also offers a number of work scholarships. The holder of these scholarships will meet all obligations of his assignments or forfeit all help from the College. Honor Scholarships: A few scholarships are awarded to students of outstanding achievement as a means of stressing appreciation of their contribution to the �40 WILKES COLLEGE TYPES OF AID intellectual life of their group. The amount of each grant will be determined by need. Publication Scholarships: Scholarships are offered to students in the upper classes who hold responsible and demanding positions on the student publications. These scholarships are awarded as follows: AMNICOLA Years of Service Position Editor in Chief Business Mgr. Assistant Editor Picture Editor ! 4 3 2 Full Tuition Three-quarters Tuition One-half Tuition Two-thirds Tuition One-third Tuition Three-quarters Tuition BEACON apply for admission to the College and must be accepted. Application for admission should be made prior to March 1. 2. Students requiring aid shall indicate their need on the application for admission to the College. 3. Students indicating such need shall receive an application for scholarship aid with their notification of admission to the College. t The student seeking scholarship aid shall then establish his need for assistance by providing on the application the information that is requested. This application should be submitted to the Director of Admissions before April 1. 5. The applicant is responsible for the submission of personal references from three teachers or other members of the community. These references should be mailed directly to the Director of Admissions prior to April 1. Years of Service Position 4 3 2 LOANS Full Tuition Three-quarters Tuition Two-thirds Tuition Friends of the College and the Federal Government have created a substantial fund from which students may borrow for the financing of their education. Three-quarters Tuition One-half Tuition One-third Tuition These are rotating funds and in accepting them the student must recognize an obligation for early repayment to the College so that other students may borrow from this same fund in later years. REQUIREMENTS FOR RECEIVING AND RETAINING SCHOLARSHIPS The federal fund is of particular advantage to prospective teachers as a portion of the loan will be cancelled for each year of teaching. Editor in Chief Business Mgr. News Editor Sports Editor Feature Editor } 1. Students must be admitted to the College before their applications for scholarships will be considered. 2. No scholarship will be granted until the student has made every reasonable effort to finance as large a portion, as possible, of the costs of this education. 3. Every applicant for scholarship aid shall submit confidential information pertaining to his financial needs and his record of achievement. 4. No student may simultaneously hold more than one scholarship. 5. Scholarships will be forfeited, if the student, at any time, carries fewer hours than are normal for the course. 6. Scholarships are awarded for one year only, but will be renewed upon request, provided this request is supported by a good academic record, by evidence of continued need, and by constructive participation in the program of the College. 7. The amount of the grant is confidential, and any breach of this confidence shall terminate the scholarship. INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT 1. To establish eligibility for a scholarship, the student must first 41 WORK The College Placement Office is frequently requested to recommend students for part-time jobs in offices, stores, and industry. Students wishing such employment shall register with the Placement Office. FOUNDERS OF SCHOLARSHIPS Each year some 700 friends contribute to the scholarship fund of the College on an annual basis. Other friends have created scholarships which bear the names of the donors or of persons whom they have memorialized by means of a scholarship. Adolph Herskowitz Memorial Scholarship Fund. For a period of years Mr. Ernest Herskowitz is giving funds that will assist a worthy student to gain an education. William B. Schaeffer Memorial Scholarships. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni has endowed a scholarship which will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. �42 WILKES COLLEGE TYPES OF AID Mrs. Lewis H. Taylor left a bequest to the College for the assistance of worthy students. In appreciation of this gift the Board of Trustees has set aside the income from the bequest to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who without assistance could not gain a college education. Dickson Memorial Scholarships. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. The William H. Conyngham Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Jessie Sturdevant Memorial Scholarship awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. John Welles Hollenback Scholarship. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. The Richard H. Royer Scholarship is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. Mr. Harland W. Hoisington has given an annual scholarship to assist students of high scholastic ability. The John Lloyd Evans Memorial scholarship was created by Rulison Evans in memory of his father, a life-long lover of music, conductor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Sheldon Choral Society and the Wilkes-Barre Mixed Choral Society. The scholarship of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or music education who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his chosen field of study. The W. S. Carpenter Memorial Fund was established in 1956 0y W. S. Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus or other equipment for use in the science department. 43 The Business and Professional Women's Club of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the dub in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. Theta Delta Rho, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. The National Council of Jewish Women-the Wilkes-Barre Section-gives a scholarship annually to a young woman in the field of Education or Sociology. This young woman-a junior or senior-must be a resident of Wyoming Valley. COST OF EDUCATION SCHOLARSHIPS A number of local firms make annual gifts to the scholarship fund so that the College may be able to provide needed assistance to able and ambitious students. These grants amount to one-half tuition plus a small amount to cover some of the difference between the tuition changes and the cost of education. Jn announcing the donors of these scholarships, the College also wishes to acknowledge its appreciation to the donors. FRANKE. BALDWIN COMPANY MELODY SHOE CORPORATION BARRE FOOTWEAR COMPANY MINERS NATIONAL BANK CENTRAL SLIPPER COMPANY, INC. FRANKE. PARKHURST, INC. CUSTOM PRODUCTS PENNA. POWER & LIGHT Co. EASTERN PENNSYLVANIA SUPPLY COMPANY PIONEER MANUFACTURING Co. PLANTERS NuT & FIRST NATIONAL BANK FOWLER, DICK AND WALKER CHOCOLATE COMPANY ]. B. POST COMPANY FoWLER & WILLIAMS PRESTIGE SHOE CORPORATION FRANCONI AUTO PARTS SECOND NATIONAL BANK FRANKLIN FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN TRIANGLE SHOE STORES GENERAL ROOFING COMP ANY WILKES-BARRE DEPOSIT & GLEN ALDEN CORPORATION SAVINGS BANK C. F. GOERINGER WILKES-BARRE IRON & CONSTRUCTION Co., INC. WIRE WORKS HARRY F. GOERINGER & SONS GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER WYOMING NATIONAL BANK OF WILKES-BARRE KANAAR CORPORATION WALBEN, INC. LESTER PONTIAC �44 WILKES COLLEGE AWARDS Each year a number of awards are given for outstanding scholarship in selected fields. The Engineering Award is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. The W. F. Dobson Award in Accounting is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. The L. J. Van Laeys Award in f ournalism is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. The Wall Street f ournal Award is granted to a graduate in commerce and .finance for high scholarship in his .field of concentration. The Outstanding Graduate of the Year Award is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. The Mrs. fames Mc Kane Awards of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. The Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Award is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. The Chemistry Award is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. The Deans' Scholarship Awards are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. The Wilkes Faculty Women's Award is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. The f ohn Wilkes, Inc., Annual Forensic Award is made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. The Linda Morris Award is given by Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Morris in memory of their daughter, Linda, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through the .first three years at Wilkes College. The Annette Evans Award in the humanities and social sciences is granted each year to the man or woman in the graduating class who has demonstrated outstanding scholarship in one or both of these areas, and has manifested intellectual curiosity and creative imagination. ~eGLtNTOCK HALL 1951 �PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in all .fields, but they alone are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and .finally atomic research have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much superior to uneducated men as the living are to the d~ad." The c~aracter of a man's world has always been determined by h1s understandmg of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the .field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background in the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The liberal arts and science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist who enrolls ~or the Bachelor of Arts course may major in one of the social studies and choose electives in English, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In engineering and in commerce and .finance the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal arts program are required and the choice o~ ele~tives is left to the individual preference. Students find the engrneerrng course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization_ eve~ thou$h t~ey do n?t make engineering their life work. The curncula m engmeenng and m commerce and finance will also prepare those who plan to teach these subjects. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the various programs of the commerce and finance curricula. The commerce and finance curricula cover business principles and practices; they also include electives in liberal arts. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for a 47 business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. CHEMISTRY A steady demand for chemists and chemical engineers comes from industry, government ( including the Armed Forces), and education. The variation in kinds of employment is extreme. In industry, the chemist may be in basic or development research; in pilot plant work, production, administration, sales, or personnel. Advanced study is encouraged by the chemical industry; while teaching positions require the B.S. or doctorate degrees. ENGINEERING The .first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to other engineering schools. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the first two years of work in such additional types of engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. JOURNALISM A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism require a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow the old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be found applicable to the broad demands made upon the newspaper reporter and editor, although English composition is fundamental. The Bachelor of Arts degree with an English major is the most popular choice of journalism students, but the science and other courses also prove useful, since the newspaper reports all phases of human activity. The increasing interests of the United States in other countries make a knowledge of foreign languages particularly desirable in preparation for responsible positions as foreign correspondents. Journalism students may gain practical experience by working on the staff of one of the student publications: the Beacon, Amnicola, or Manuscript. I.Aw Preparation for the practice of law is based on the fund amental liberal arts: English, history, political science, economics, sociology, natural science, languages, and mathematics. Most law schools do not specify a required major in undergraduate work. �48 WILKES COLLEGE PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS 49 LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to complete a four-year college course before beginning their specialized library training. Foreign languages, English, science, history, economics, sociology, or education constitute appropriate major fields. Many library schools also require a knowledge of two foreign languages. Proficiency in typewriting is desirable. MUSIC The aim of the Wilkes music curricula is two-fold: to interest the many in music as an avocation that may lead them to participate actively in musical organizations and to assist the few who have special talents along the road to professional careers as teachers or performers. Although students who concentrate in music may commence their study of applied music at Wilkes, high quality pre-college training is very desirable. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Music Education fully equips students to obtain certificates to teach music in the public schools of Pennsylvania. The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music represents the fulfillment of the fundamental purpose of the liberal arts program, "an education for living." liberal arts course, with a major or electives in religion and philosophy, is appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses p repared to assume administrative, supervisory, and instructional duties has for years far exceeded the supply of trained personnel. In consequence, schools of nursing and hospitals are constantly seeking qualified nurses. To enable graduates of approved schools of nursing to obtain the necessary preparation, the College offers a program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education. A minimum of sixty-four college credits is needed to fulfill the requirements for the degree. Extension courses in Nursing Education may be arranged by writing to the Chairman of the Department of Nursing Education. High School graduates desiring college experience before entering a school of nursing may receive guidance in the selection of a program suited to meet their individual needs. The College maintains a cooperative relationship with local hospital 1;chools of nursing and provides instruction in the physical, biological and social sciences. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY For those who wish to prepare for positions as medical technologists and as technicians in research and industrial laboratories, a program for registration by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists is strongly advised. This program calls for a minimum of two years of college work, including certain prescribed courses, and a technical training period of at least twelve months in an approved school of medical technology. A student who meets these pre-technical and technical training requirements is eligible to take the examination given by the Registry for certification as a registered medical technologist. MEDICINE Wilkes offers a pre-medical course that is adapted to the requirements of the various medical schools. The latter have, in recent years, restricted their enrollment, and most of them scrutinize closely the qualifications of applicants. Medical aspirants should determine as soon as possible, though consultation with the Deans and their advisers, exactly what demands they must meet. MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The pre-theological student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the PHYSICS The Erst two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized or understood. The tools of communications, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine ( to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the application of the fundamental laws of physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of psychology in many diversified fields. Since then the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a sound foundation in psychology, biology, sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, and industry. �50 WILKES COLLEGE SOCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously in recent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard distribution of charity as a matter of political patronage. Governmental agencies, municipal, county, state, and federal, are realizing the necessity for a professional approach to the problems of unemployment, poverty, and crime. Wilkes offers a pre-social-work program. Sociology, supplemented by work in psychology, biology, and aIIied fields, provides a valuable background. SPEAKING AND DRAMATICS The CoIIege offers preliminary work in speech. Courses in speech and dramatics and practical experience in debating and play production afford opportunity for development in this .field. TEACHING A teacher's training depends upon the kind of teaching contemplated. For coIIege and university work the best institutions require advanced degrees; their faculty members ordinarily take graduate work in the field in which they concentrated as undergraduates. Prospective teachers of English, history, sociology, take the Arts degree; students who expect to teach in the schools of science take the Bachelor of Science degree or degrees in such specialized .fields as engineering. Certification for public-school teaching is usuaIIy based on the following requirements: the coIIege degree, specialized courses in education, and a measure of specialization in teaching subjects. Wilkes College is authorized by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare elementary- and secondary-school teachers in most .fields of instruction. p ART-TIME STUDY Promotion or advancement is often made possible by additional training. It is sometimes practicable for employed persons to continue their education without giving up their positions. In its desire to be of the widest possible service to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes part-time and special students. (See Evening Division, page 150.) Anyone interested in a career not included in this list of the major professions and vocations should consult the Director of Admissions. �DEGREE PROGRAMS 53 BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The liberal arts program is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM Degree Programs The basic requirements for degree programs are outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may be chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to meet the requirements for graduation within each major program as conditions may require. A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. DIVISIONS Humanities Art English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Social Sciences Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Sciences Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students who expect to take the Bachelor's degree in art, biology, mathematics or music choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified in the section headed "Description of Courses" in the catalogue. A major may also be taken in social science. The social-science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take twenty hours in education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. For that reason, a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. �54 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN CREDITS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than art, biology, mathematics, and music HUMANITIES Mdjor Subject FRESHMAN YEAR Social Sciences Major Humanities Art ................ English ............. Foreign Language .... Mathematics ......... Music .............. Philosophy-Religion ... 38 40 24 28* 47 24 32 24 31 34 45 37 15 15 15 15 15 15 Sciences Free Elective 6 6 6 14 6 6 29 35 45 30 14 38 First Semester Second Semester Title Number Biological Science 1 . . • • . • . . . • Bio 100 Composition ................ Eng 101 Foreign Language2 • • . • • . . . . • Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 Alternates: Introduction to Music ...... Mus 100} Physical Science ........... Phys 100 Phys. Ed ...... ... . ........ . P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 Orientation SOCIAL SOENCES Major Subject Major Humanities Economics ........... History Political Science ...... . Sociology ........... Social Science ........ ••••••••• ♦ ••• 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 Biology ...... .••...•. Psychology .......... Major Humanities 31 24 32 37 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 1 Titl, Number Co~osition ............... Eng 102 Fun amentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 Foreign Language2 • • • • • • •• •• Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 Al tern ates: Introduction to Music ...... Mus 100} Physical Science1 •••••••••• Phys 100 Phys. Ed .... ..... ....... .. . P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .. ..... .. . . ... . ... P.E. 106 Social Sciences 15 15 15 15 1.5 Sciences Pree Elective 6 6 6 6 6 39 39 39 39 27 Social Sciences 1.5 15 Sciences 31 9 Free Elective 1.5 35 Cr. 3 2 3 3 3 1 15 16 SCIENCES Major Subject 55 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Foreign Language2 • • . • • • • • • • 3 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math ..... Math 101) History of Religions ....... Rel 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 . • • • • Phil 101 4 Alternates : Intro. to Economics ....... Ee 1001 Intro. to Education . ....... Ed 101 Intro. to Political Science . . P.S. General Psychology ........ Psy 100 6 Intro. to Sociology ........ Soc 100 Elective ................. . Phys. Ed . . ... .... .. .. ...... P.E. 103 lOIJ lOOJ Title Number Cr. World Literature ......... Eng 152 '4 Foreign Language2 . • • • • • • 3 Alternates: Algebra or Trig ........ Math 107-109} Hist. of Religions ...... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 ••• Phil 101 Alternates: 4 Intro. to Economics ... . Ee 100! Intro. to Education .... Ed 101 Intro. to Political Science ............... P.S. 100 6 General Psychology .... Psy 100 Elective .. ............ . Phys. Ed ................ P.E. 104 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours 1 Students may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bio. 100 or Phys. 100. level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Except for foreign language majors, language requirement is through 104 course, or an equivalent course prescribed by his adviser. 3 Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. 4 During the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the alternates, with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the scheduling of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a major, one or more of the alternates may be delaved, with the approval of the adviser, until the junior year. 2 The *Does not include Math. 105. If a student is required to take Math. 10,, it will count as a free elective. �56 DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Art Major in Biology FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Basic Art .. ... ..... .... .... Art 101 3 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 3 Physical Science .. .......... Phy 100 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 101 rers. Hyg ..... ... .. . ....... P.E . 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Basic Art .. ......... . ..... Art 102 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ... ....... .. ... Eng 102 3 History of W. Civilization . .. Hist 102 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys . Ed ................... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . . .. .. ..... . ...... P.E. 106 16 16 First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 Gen. Inorganic Chem ........ Chem 101 4 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............. Math 107 3 Phys. Ed ......... ... ... ... . P .E. 101 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ......... Chem 102 6 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Trigonometry ..... . ......... Math 109 3 Phys. Ed ... ......... .. . . ... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . . .. .... .......... P.E. 106 1 16 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates .... ....... Bio 201 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal..Chem 121 4 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed ............ ... ... P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. Embryology ....... ... ...... Bio 202 4 Organic Chem ............... Chem 230 4 World Literature . ........... Eng 152 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Phys. Ed .. ..... .. . .... .. ... P.E. 104 15 15 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied Art ... ...... . ...... Art 103 3 Composition and Color ...... Art 114 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives in Humanities . .. . .. 3 Social Science or Psy . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ... .... . ........... P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. Applied Art ... . . .. ..... .. .. Art 104 3 Composition and Color ...... Art 115 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives in Humanities.. . . . . 3 Social Science or Psy. . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 14 14 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Illustration or .......... . .. . Art 201} Advertising Design or . ...... Art 211 3 Fine Art .................. . Art 215 Fundamentals of Speech . . ... . Eng 131 2 World Literature .......... .. Eng 151 4 Electives in Humanities, .... . Social Science or Psy. . . . . . . . . 6 Studio I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Title Number Cr. Illustration or .............. Art 202) Advertising Design or ....... Art 212 3 Fine Art ... .......... ...... Art 216 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Electives in Humanities, .... . Social Science or Psy.. . . . . . . . 6 Studio II.... ..... ........ .. 2 15 17 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Nrtmber Cr. Illustration or .............. Art 203) Adv. Advanced Design or .... Art 213 3 Fine Art .................. .. Art 217 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Studio III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Number Cr. Title Illustration or ...... ... . .... Art 2J4) Adv. Advanced Design or ... . Art 214 Fine Art ................... Art 218 Electives .................. . 9 Studio IV ................. . 3 15 15 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Histology .................. Bio 231 4 Organic Chem ............... Chem 231 5 1 Foreign Language • • • • . • • • • • 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 111 4 Title Number Cr. Genetics ................... Bio 222 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 112 4 Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. 100 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 16 16 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Physiology ................. Bio 231 4 Introduction to Economics . .. Ee 100 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . • . . . . . 3 Botany, Bio. 111 or Bacteriology, Bio. 2ll2. . . . . . 3-4 Electives 3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3-4 Title Number Cr. Ecology ......... ... ....... Bio 232 3 History of Biology .......... Bio 262 1 Foreign Language1 . . . • . . . . . . 3 Botany, Bio. 112 or Bacteriology, Bio. 212 1 • • • . • . 3-4 Electives 3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6-7 16-18 16-18 level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. The student must take a foreign language through 104 or an equivalent course prescribed by his adviser. 2 The student must take a full year course in botany or bacteriology in the senior year. 3 Electives must be selected from the humanities or social sciences. 1 The 1 57 WILKES COLLEGE The level of the course will depend upon the achie,·ement of the student, through 104 course or an equivalent prescribed by his adviser. �58 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Mathematics Students planning to major in mathematics should take courses in high school that will prepare them to start their college p~ogram with_ the cour~e in Analytic Geometry. Unfortunately, all students w1ll not qualify for this course, and, in consequence, it will be necessary for them to start with a more elementary course in College Algebra and Trigonometry, Math. 105. This deficiency can be made up by: 1. Taking Math. 105 in the summer session preceding the Freshman year, or 2. Starting the Freshman year with Math. 105, taking Analytic Geometry, Math. 122, in the second semester, and then completing the first course in Calculus, Math. 125, in the summer between the BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music FRESHMAN YE.AR First Semester Title N11mber Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory ............... Mus 101 5 Applied Music 1 . . . • . . • . . . . • . l Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg .... . ............. P.E. 105 l Orientation Freshman and Sophomore years. FRESHMAN YE.AR Second Semester Title Nnmber Cr. Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ... ...... ...... . Eng 102 3 Composition ........ ........ Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . • . . . . 3 Mathematics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 5 Mathematics .............. . 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 Elective .... .... ......... . . . 3 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Phys. Ed .. ................. P.E. 102 Orientation Pers. Hyg . ... ........... ... P.E. 106 Third Semester Title Number Cr. Foreign Language . ......... . 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 103 5 Applied Music 1 • . • • . . . . . . • • • l Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych .... . 6 Phys. Ed ....... .... ... . .... P.E. 103 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100} World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . • . . . 3 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 General Physics I ......... . Phys 150 4 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Phys. Eel ................... P.E. 104 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 17 JUNIOR Title Number Cr. History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 3 Mathematics Electi ve 2 • • • • • • • 3 General Physics II ......... Phys 151 4 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 16-19 15 YE.AR Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. History of W. Civilization ... Hist 102 3 Mathematics Electi ,·e 2 • • • • • • • 3 Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. lCO 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 15-16 Seventh Semester SENIOR YE.AR Eighth Semester Titlt Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Mathematics Elective2 • • • • . • . 3 Mathematics Elective2 • • • • • . . 3 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Elective ................... . 12 Elective ................... . 9-12 15-18 1 2 Fo11rth Semester Title Number Cr. Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 104 5 1 Applied Music . • • • . . • • • . . . . 1 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych.. . . . 6 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 15 15 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 History of Music ............ Mus 109 3 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . • . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych. . . . . . 3 Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 History of Music ............ Mus llO 3 Applied Music.............. 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych. . . . . . 3 17 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Applied Music 1 ••.•••••••••• 2 Instrumentation ............ Mus 215 2 Analysis ................... Mus 217 2 Electives .................. . 9 15 15 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student, through 104 course or an equivalent prescribed by his adviser. Math 100, 101, 102, 115, 118 will not count toward a major. 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fifth Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Foreign Language .......... . 3 Music Theory .. ............ Mus 102 5 Applied Music 1 . . • • • . • • . . . • • 1 Physical Science ............ Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 16 First Semester 14- 15 59 1 Private instruction. Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied Music 1 ••••••••••••• 2 Orchestration ............... Mus 216 2 Counterpoint ............... Mus 218 3 Electives .................. . 9 16 �60 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS 61 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY Seventh Semester The chemistry curriculum is/lanned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science an to contribute to the broad general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-four credits. These credits include forty-five in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, .fifteen to twenty-one in the social sciences and psychology, twenty-one to thirty-three in the humanities, and the language requirement. First Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ... . . . Chem 101 4 Engineering Problems ...... . . Engi 100 2 Composition ..... . .... . .. ... Eng 101 3 Elementary German 1 . ... .. . . . Ger 101 3 Mathematics 2 • • . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Phys. Ed .... . . .... . ........ P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg . ......... . ... .. .. P.E. 105 1 Orientation 18 Third Semester 15 Fifth Semester 15-18 JUNIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Organic Chemistry ... .. .. ... Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 241 4 Foreign Language 1 .. • .• • .••• 101 or 103 3 Elec. Measurements ... . ..... Phys 251 3 Elective.................. . . 3 18 Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 242 4 Foreign Language 1 •••••••.•. 102 or 104 3 Stoichiometry .......... Ch. Eng. 106 3 Elective . . . ................. 8 18 FRESHMAN YEAR Title Number Cr. !nor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. .. Chem 102 6 Composition ... .... ..... . ... Eng 102 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics I . ..... . ... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . . ... ...... ... ... . P.E. 106 15- 16 2 Wilkes College offers the .first two years of work leading toward a major in physics or in engineering physics. The need for men with this type of education is emphasized by the many new problems which have arisen with the application of nuclear energy. The curriculum offers a firm grounding in the fundamentals, without which further study cannot be continued profitably. The course in physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research. Second Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. !nor. Quantitative Analysis .. . Chem 121 4 Hist. of W. Civilization . ... . . Hist 101 3 Organic Chemistry .. ........ Chem 230 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 General Physics II . . .. . ... . Phys 151 4 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Physics III ......... . Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed . ............. ... .. P.E. 103 Elective (optional).......... 0-3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 5 4 l 3 3 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS Starting the Freshman year with Math. 105, taking Analytic Geometry, Math. 122, in the second semester, and then completing the first course in Calculus, Math. 125, in the summer between the Freshman and Sophomore years. FRESHMAN YEAR Cr. The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. See page 98. Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser as follows: Humanities: Nine to eighteen credits may be chosen from the following: Eng. 131, 153, 154; Phil. 101, 102; Mus. 100; Rel. 101. Social Sciences and Psychology: Nine to fifteen credits may be chosen from the following: Soc. 100, 107, 205; P. S. 100, 203; Ee. 100, 101, 102; His. 107, 108; Ed. 101, 201, 207; Psy. 100. year, or First Semester Numher Inorg . Quan. Analysis .. .. ... Chem 122 West. World Literature .... . . Eng. 152 Chemical Literature .. . . .. . .. Chem 262 Foreign Language 1 . • • • . • . . • • Chemistry Elective. . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1. Taking Math. 105 in the summer session preceding the Freshman Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition .... . ... .. .. .... Eng 101 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 5 Intro. to Political Science . . .. P.S. 100 3 Phys. Ed .... . ...... .... . ... P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg ..... ... .. .... ... . P.E. 105 1 Orientation Eighth Semester Title 18 Students planning to major in Chemistry or Physics should take courses in high school that will prepare them to start their college program with the course in Analytic Geometry. Unfortunately, all students will not qualify for this course, and, in consequence, it will be necessary for them to start with a more elementary course in College Algebra and Trigonometry, Math. 105. This deficiency can be made up by: 2. SENIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Qualitative Organ. Anal. . . . . Chem 233 3 History of Chemistry ....... . Chem 261 1 West. World Literature ...... Eng. 151 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Second Semester Title Numher Cr. General Inorganic Chem . . . . . . Chem 102 6 Elementary German 1 ..... . . . . Ger 102 3 Mathematics 2 . • . . • . • . . . • . • • 4 General Physics I .......... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed . . . . ....... ....... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg ... ... . ....... . ... P.E. 106 I 18 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title Numher Cr. Engineering Drawing ........ Engi 105 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Mathematics 2 . • • . • • . • . • • • • • 4 General Physics II ..... . .. .. Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed ..... .............. P.E . 101 17 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Engineering Drawing ...... . . Engi 106 2 Amer. History since 1865 . ... Hist 108 3 Mathematics 2 . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mechanics I, Statics . ...... .. M.E. }211 _ 6 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... M.E. 212 General Physics III ......... Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed ........ ..... ...... P.E. 104 16-19 18 1 2 Intermediate or scientific German may be substituted when the student is qualified. See paragraph on Mathematics under Bachelor of Science in Chemistry. �62 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE FRESHMAN YEAR First Senieste1· Number Cr. General Zoology ...... . ... . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . . . . .Chem 101 4 Composition ..... . . ... .. . .. Eng 101 3 College Algebra . . ....... ... Math 107 3 Phys. Ed . . . ... . ... . . . . . . . . . P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg ....... . . .. . . . . .. . P.E . 105 1 Title Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology . . ......... Bio 102 4 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. . . . Chem 102 6 Composition .. .... .. . .. .. . . Eng 102 3 Plane Trigonometry .. . . .. ... Math 109 3 Phys. Ed .. . .. . .. .. ...... . . P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg ..... ...... . . . ... . . P.E. 106 16 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title N umber Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis .. Chem 121 4 Fundamentals of Speech . . . . . . Eng 131 2 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... His t 101 3 Foreign Language1 . . . . . • . . . . 3 Analytic Geometry ...... .. . Math 122 4 Phys. Ed .. .. .. ............. P.E . 103 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Microtechnique ... ... . . . .... Bio 204 2 Organic Chemistry ....... . . . Chem 30 4 Hist. of W. Civilization .. ... Hist 102 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 General Psychology ....... . . Psy 100 3 Phys. Ed .. .... .. . . . ... . . ... P.E . 104 16 Fifth Semester 15 JUNIOR YEAR N umber Cr. Bacteriology . . ... ... ... . . .. Bio 211 4 World Literature ... ... .. ... Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 1 . • . . • . . . • . 3 Introductory Physics . . . . . . .. Phys 111 4 Elective in the Social Sciences . 3 Title Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology . ... .. . . ..... .. Bio 212 4 World Literature . . . . .... . .. Eng 152 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . • . . . . . J Introductory Physics . . .. .... Phys 112 4 Sociology .... ... ...... . . . . . Soc 100 3 18 18 SENIOR YEAR 2 Seventh Semester Title Oinical Chemistry . . . . ... ... 13 Weeks Microbiology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Weeks Urinalysis .... .. .. .... .. ... . 4 Weeks Eighth Semester Title Haematology and Blood Bank 12 Weeks Histology ...... ... .. . . . .. . . 6 Weeks Serology .. . ..... . ..... . . .. . 7 Weeks 25 Weeks The commerce and finance curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the humanities, ~ciences, and social sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. The commerce and finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. These groups are: Group I, Accounting; Group II, Business Administration; Group III, Retailing; Group IV, Secretarial Studies. GROUP R EQUIRE MENTS Group I Subjects Accounting Cr. Major .... . ... . ... 30 Commerce and Finance 1 ........ 2 Retailing Group IV Secretarial Studies Cr. 24-39 Cr. 24 Cr. 23 Group III 6 30-33 15 Electives ...... . .. . 9 15 12 38-39 Humanities . ....... 28 28 28 28 Science ............ 6 6 6 6 Social Sciences .. .. . 33 33-48 24-27 15 Physical Education .. 2 2 2 2 Total .... . ........ 129 129 129 127-128 25 Weeks The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student, through 104 course or an equivalent prescribed by his adviser. To be taken at an approved school of medical technology. Group II Business A dm inistration 21 Total academic hours during first three years-104 Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Sciences ................. . ........... 48 Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 63 1 Dots not include major courses. �64 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting1 Major in Business Administration FRESHMAN YEAR 2 First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR 1 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .. .... Acct 101 3 Principles of Accounting . . . . . Acct 102 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Composition ... . ............ Eng 102 3 Biological Science . . ... . ..... Bio 100 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. . . . Hist 102 3 Composition . .......... . . .. . Eng 101 3 Intro. to Political Science . .. . P .S. 100 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... . Hist 101 3 Physical Science . . .......... . Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed .. ...... . .. . . .. . . .. P.E. 101 Phys . Ed . . ... ... . . . . . .. ... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . .. . . . .. ..... . . ... P.E. 105 1 Pers. Hyg . .. . . . ... .. . . . . . .. P.E. 106 Orientation 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting .. ... Acct 111 3 Business Law ... ..... . ... . .. B.A. 231 3 Principies of Economics ..... . Ee 101 3 World Literature . ... . . . ..... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math .. . ... . Math 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. . .. Eng 131 2 Phys. Ed .. ... . .... . . . ...... P.E. 103 Title First Semester Second Semester Title N 11mber Cr. Elementary Accounting .. . .. . Acct 101 3 Survey of Business .. ... ... .. . B.A. 100 3 Biological Science ... .. .. . . .. Bio 100 3 Composition . ...... . . .. .. . . . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . .... . Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed .................. . P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg ...... . . . ....... . . P.E . 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting . .. . . Acct 102 3 Composition .......... ... .. Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . ... Hist 102 3 Intro. to Poli ti cal Science .... P.S. 100 3 Physical Science . .... .. .. .. . . Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed .......... . ....... . P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . .... . ... . ..... . . . P.E. 106 l 16 16 Fourth Semester Title Number Advanced Accounting ........ Acct 112 Business Law . ...... . .. ... .. B.A. 232 Principles of Economics .. ... . Ee 102 World Literature ... . . . .. . ... Eng 152 Fundamentals of Math . . . . .. . Math 102} Mathematics of Finance .... .. Math 11S Phys . Ed . .. .. . ........... . . P.E. 104 SOPHOMORE Y EAR Cr. 3 3 3 4 3 18 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title N umber Cr. Business Law ..... . . . . ... . .. B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics .... .. Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. .. . . Eng 131 2 World Literature . ...... ..... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math . ...... Math 101 3 Phys. Ed .................. . P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. Business Law .......... . . .. . B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics .. . ... Ee 102 3 World Literature .. . ... .... .. Eng 152 4 Alternates : Fundamentals of Math ... . .. Math 102\ Mathematics of Finance .... Math 115 f 3 Intro. to Music ... .. ... . . .. . Mus 100 3 Phys. Ed . . . ..... . .... . ... . . P.E. 104 15 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Cost Accounting .... . ... . .... Acct 201 3 Business Law .. ......... . . . . B.A. 233 3 Money and Banking . . . ...... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Intro. to Sociology .. ..... . .. Soc 100 3 Free Elective2 •• • • • • • • • • •••• • 3 Title Number Advanced Cost Accounting . .. Acct 202 Accounting Systems . .... . .. . Acct 220} C.P.A. Problems . ........... Acct 242 Business Law ... . ... . .. . .... B.A. 234 Intro. to Philosophy ... . . .. . . Phil 101} History of Religions . .. . . . . .. Rel 101 Economic Statistics ..... . ... . Ee 232 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Title Number Cr. Tax Accounting .. . . . . . . . ... . Acct 221 3 Auditing Principles . .. .. . .. . . Acct 231 3 Bus. Car. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Corporation Finance . ....... . B.A. 225 3 Intro. to Music ...... . .. .. .. . Mus 100 3 Free Elective3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 18 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester JUNIOR YEAR fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Money and Banking . ... . . . .. Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .. . . Ee 231 3 Intro. to Sociology . ....... . . Soc 100 3 Elective in Social Science.. . . . 3 Free Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Eighth Semester Number Cr. Auditing Practice ........ . .. . Acct 232 3 Theory of Money ....... . .. . . Ee 202} Public Finance . .. . ...... . . . . Ee 236 3 Economic Geography . .. . .... Ee 226 3 Title 3 3 3 3 3 15 Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ....... . B.A. 209 3 Bus. Adm. and Ee . Electives 1 .• 12 Free Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 18 Practical experience in accounting is required for all students during the summer following the junior year or during the senior year. 2 It is suggested that all students take Typewriting (S.S. 107) during one semester of the freshman year. Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P. A. examinations should elect humanity subjects. Cr. SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester 9 Title Number Alternates: Theory of Money .. . . ...... Ee 202} Economic Geography ... . . Ee 226 C. & F. Elective .. .. .. ... . Economic Statistics .... . ... .. Ee 232 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ..... . . Phil 101} History of Religions ...... . Rel 101 Marketing . ... . . . .. .. . . .. . . B.A. 222 Free Elective .... ... .. .. .. . . 18 1 3 65 t See footnote next page. Title Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 1 •• Free Elective .. ... ... ...... . Cr. ]2 3 15 �67 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS Students who major m business administration will select their electives from the following: BAGIELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE 66 Major in Retailing BANKING AND FINANCEl Titl, Number Credits and Collections . . . . ... . ... B.A. 218 Real Estate . . . ..... .. . . . . .. . ... . B.A. 220 Corporation Finance . . ... . ....... B.A. 225 Investments ... .. .. . . .... . .. ..... B.A. 226 T itle Number Theory of Money ..... .. .. ... . . . . Ee 202 Public Finance . . . ............. . . Ee 236 Mathematics of Finance I . ... .. .. Math 115 ECONOMJCSl Title N11mber Government and Business . . .. .. .. Ee 212 Collective Bargaining .. .. .. ...... Ee 223 International Trade . . . .. ... ... .. . Ee 225 Economic Geography . .... . . . . .. . Ee 226 Comparative Economic Systems .. . Ee 229 Business Cycles .. .. .... . ......... Ee 230 Title Number Public Finance .... . ..... .. ...... Ee 236 Economic History . . . ..... . ...... Ee 238 Economic Analysis .. . ........... Ee 241 Consumer Economics ...... . . .... Ee 245 Economic Investigation . .. ... . ... Ee 246 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS 1 Titl, Number Industrial Management .. . . . .... . B.A. 235 Personnel Management ........... B.A. 236 Production Management . ........ B.A. 237 Office Management ............. . B.A. 238 Sales Management .... . .... . .... B.A. 239 Property Insurance . .... . ....... . . B.A. 240 Title Numb,r Life Insurance .. . . . ....... . ... ... B.A. 241 Labor Problems .... . .......... .. Ee 223 Applied Psychology . .. ... ....... Psy 206 Psychological Tests . ... . . . . ..... Psy 212 FRESHMAN YEAR1 Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ... ... Acct 101 3 Biological Science . .... .. . . . . Bio 100 3 Survey of Business . ..... .. ... B.A. 100 3 Composition .... . .......... . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . .. . . Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed . .. . . .. . . . . . ... .. . P .E . 101 Pers. Hyg .. . . . ... . . . .. . .. . . P.E . 105 1 Orientation 16 Number Title Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 Composition . .. . . . ...... . .. Eng 102 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... . Hist 102 Physical Science ....... . .. . .. Phys 100 Intro . to Political Science .. .. P .S. 100 Phys . Ed . .. . . . ... . .... . ... . P.E . 102 Pers. Hyg ... . . ........ ... .. P.E. 106 c,. 3 3 3 3 3 1 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title N11mber Cr. Business Law .. . . ...... . .. . . B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics . .. . .. Ee 101 3 World Literature .. .......... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Elective in Retailing .. .. ... . 3 Phys. Ed . .... .. . . ..... . ... . P.E. 103 T it!, Number Cr. Business Law . . . ........ . .. . B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ... . .. Ee 102 3 World Literature ......... ... Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102 3 Elective in Retailing . .... .. . 3 Phys. Ed ..... . ....... ..... . P .E . 104 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR MARKETING1 Title Number Salesmanship ..... . .. .. ....... . .. B.A. 114 Advertising .... . ............. . .. B.A. 216 Transportation ... . ..... . ...... .. B.A. 217 Marketing ...... ... .... . . .. ... . . B.A. 22Z Title Numb,r Sales Management ... . ........ .. . B.A. 239 Property Insurance ............... B.A. 240 International Trade ....... .. ..... Ee 225 Consumer Economics . . .. .... . ... Ee 245 Principles of Retailing ... .. ...... Ret 101 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech ..... . Eng 131 2 Electives in Social Science . . . . 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin . . .... . . ..... . . 9 T itle Number Cr. Intro. to Music .... ... ..... . Mus 100 3 Alternates : Intro. to Philosophy .... . . . Phil 101} 3 History of Religions .. .... . Rel 101 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin. . . . . .. .. . .. .. . 6 Free Elective . .. . ... . . . . .. .. . 3 Marketing . .......... . .... . B.A. 222 3 17 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports . ... . .. B.A. 209 3 Intro. to Sociology . . . .... . .. Soc 100 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin...... .. .. . .... 6 Elec. in Com. & Fin. or Soc. Sc. .. .. .. . . . . . ... . .. . 3 15 1 At least six courses in this group are required of students concentrating in this field. Title Number Electives in Retailing or Com . & Fin. .. ...... . ..... Free Electives... . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 6 9 15 �69 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION Major in Secretarial Studies The program outlined below is designed to prepare students for certification in most states. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. 68 FRESHMAN YEAR Students preparing to teach in secondary schools must major in one of the following teaching fields: English, Foreign Language, Mathematics, Science or Social Studies. First Semester Second Semester Tit/, Number Cr . Survey of Business . .. .. .. . .. B.A. 100 3 Composition ......... . ..... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . .. . . . Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math . . . .... Math 101 3 Phys. Education .... . ..... .. P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg ..... .. . . . . ... . . .. P.E. 101 1 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Title Number Cr. Biological Science .. . ....... . Bio 100 3 Composition ..... .. .... .. . . Eng 102 3 Hist . of W. Civilization . .... . Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math ... .... Math 102 2 Phys. Education .. .. .. .. . ... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg ... ........ . .. . ... P.E. 106 1 Elective ....... . ... . ..... .. . 3 16-17 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting . ... . . Acct 101 3 Advances Exposition .. . . ... . Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. . . . . Eng 131 2 Intro. to Music .... ......... Mus 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed .... ... .... ....... . P.E . 103 Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting . . ... Acct 102 3 Intro. to Political Science ... . P.S. 100 3 Physical Science . ... . . . .. .. .. Phys 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . S.S. 102 4 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ... .. . . . ..... . . . . .. P.E. 104 15 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Principle of Economics . .. . .. . Ee 101 3 World Literature . . ........ .. Eng 151 4 Advanced Stenography .. .... S.S. 109 4 Electives .. .. ..... .. . ... . .. . 6 Number Cr. Principles of Economics . . . .. . Ee 102 3 World Literature . . .. .. ... . . . Eng 152 4 Advanced Stenography . . . .. . S.S. llO 4 6 Electives . .. . . . .. ... . . . .. . . . 17 17 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports .. .. ... B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Machines ..... S.S. 205 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Title Number Cr. Office Management . . . .. . . . .. B.A. 238 3 Alternates: Medical Stenography . . .. .. S.S. 200 3 Speech Reporting ... .. .... S.S . 203 3 Free Electives . . . . . . . . . . 9 15-16 15 The candidate for a degree with a major in medical stenography should consult with her adviser before planning a program of study. The following science courses are required: Chem. 101, Bio. 251-252, to provide the necessary background for work in a medical office. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Composition .. . . . ..... . . . ... Eng 101 3 Composition .... .. ... .. .. .. . Eng 102 3 Science. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Mathematics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 3 Intro. to Political Science .. . . P.S. 100 3 Elective.... . .... . . . .... . ... Elective.......... .. ..... . .. 3 Phys. Ed . .. . . . ............ P.E. 102 Phys . Ed .. ..... . ... .. . .. .. P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg . . . ..... . .. .. ... . . P.E . 106 1 Pers. Hyg .. ... .. ..... . ... . . P.E. 105 1 Orientation 14-16 16-17 T bird Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Title N umber Cr. Intro. to Education ......... . Ed 101 3 World Literature . . . . . .. . .. .. Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Speech . ... .. Eng 131 2 General Psychology ... . . .. .. Psy 100 3 World Literature . . ..... . .. .. Eng 151 4 Electives . . ... .. . .. . .. . ... . . Electives .... . . . ...... ... . . . Phys. Ed .. ... .. .. . ......... P.E . 104 Phys. Ed . . .... .. .. ... ... ... P .E. 103 15-16 15-16 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester JUNIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology. : ... Ed 201 3 U.S. History since 1865 . ... .. Hist 108 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 ..... Hist 107 3 Electives .. .. . ... . .. . ... .. . . Electives . . ... .. . .. . ... . .. . . 15-18 15-18 Seventh Semester Title SENIOR YEAR Number Cr. Title Intro. to Philosophy . .. . .... Phil Principles & Methods of Sec. Ed .............. . .. .. Ed Child Psychology .. . ... .... . Psy. Electives ... .. .. ... .. ... . .. . Eighth Semester 101 3 204 207 3 3 Nttmber Cr. Sec. School Curriculum ..... . Ed 205 3 Student Teaching . . ..... .... Ed 207 8 Visual Education ........ .. .. Ed 212 I Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 15-17 15 Minimum requirement for this degree--129 credits. Requirements for each major: Bio 100; Ee 100; Eng 105, 201, 12 additional credits, Hist 101, 102; Lang 12 credits (in one language); Math 101, 102; Phys 100; Electives 15 credits.* FOREIGN LANGUAGE Bio 100; Ee 100; Eng 105, 201; Hist 101, 102; M ath 101, 102; Lang 24 credits beyond 102 (in one language); Phys 100; Electives 9 to 15 credits.* MATHEMATICS Bio 100; Chem 101, 104; Ee 100; Hist 101, 102; Phys 111, 112; Electives 6 credits.* Math 122, 125, 126, 240, 15 additional credits in 200-level courses. SCIENCE Bio 101, 102; Ee 100; Chem 101, 102; Math 122 plus 3 credits; Phys 111, 112; (either Bio 111, 112, 201, 202; or Chem 121, 230, Math 125, 126); Electives 17 to 23 credits of which at least 8 must be in sciences other than Psychology.* SOCIAL STUDIES Bio 100; Ee 101, 102, 226; Hist 101, 102, 12 additional credits; Math 101, 102; Phys 100; P.S. 6 credits; Soc 6 credits ; Electives 15 credits. * *No more than 3 credits may be in Education. ENGLISH �70 WILKES COLLEGE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION Second Semester Title N umber Cr. Composition ... . .... .. .. . .. Eng 101 3 Hist . of W. Civilization . . . . . Hist 101 3 Physical Science . ........ ... Phys 100 3 Intro. to Music ....... .... .. Mus 100 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Phys. Ed .. . . . .... ... ...... . P.E. 101 Pers . Hyg .. . ........ . ... . . . P.E . 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Composition . . ... . ......... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 Biological Science .. .... . . . .. Bio 100 3 General Psychology . .. . . . ... Psy 100 3 Intro. to Sociology . ... . ..... Soc 100 3 Phys. Ed . . .... . . .... .. . .... P.E. 102 Pers . Hyg ..... .. .. . ... . . .. . P.E. 106 16 16 Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. World Literature ...... . . . . . Eng 151 4 Child Psychology ........... Psy 207 3 Intro . to Education . . .... . .. Ed 101 3 U.S. History to 1865 ...... . . Hist 107 3 Elective other than Education 3 Phys. Ed .......... . ....... . P.E. 103 Title N umber Cr. World Literature ..... .. . . .. Eng 152 4 Human Behavior ... . ....... Psy 208 3 Intro. to Philosophy .. . .... . Phil 101 3 U.S . History since 1865 . ... . . Hist 108 3 Elective other than Education 3 Phys. Ed . .. . . .. .... . ..... .. P.E. 104 16 16 Fifth Semester The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. The program that is outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, economics, commercial law, business English, commercial arithmetic, and in the social studies if both sociology and political science are elected. Students pref erring to be certified in salesmanship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title N11mber Cr. Survey of Business . ......... B.A. 100 3 Business Mathematics . . .. .. . B.A. 107 3 Biological Science ....... . .. . Bio 100 3 Composition ... . .. . ... . .. . . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 Phys . Ed .. ................. P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg ........... . ...... P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Composition ... . ... ..... ... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hise 102 3 Intro . to Music . . ... ... . . ... Mus. 100 3 Ph ysical Science ............ Phys 100 3 Intro. to Sociology ..... . ... . Soc 100) or ~ 3 Intro . to Political Science . . .. P.S. 1ooj Phys. Ed ... ... .. .. . ........ P.E. 102 Pers . Hyg .. .. ........ . ..... P.E . 106 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics .. . .. . ... Ee 100 3 Basic Art . .. . .. . . . .. .. . .... Art 101 3 Fundamentals of Math .... . .. Math 101 3 Educational Psychology . .. . . Ed 201 3 Fundamentals of Speech ... .. Eng 131 2 Elective other than Education 3 Title Number Cr. Economic Geography .... . .. Ee 226 3 Basic Art .. . ...... . .. .... . . Art 102 3 Fundamentals of Math .... . .. Math 102 3 Elective other than Education 6 17 15 Seventh Semester 71 DEGREE PROGRAMS SENIOR YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .... . . Acct 101 3 Principles of Economics . ... . . Econ 101 3 Intro. to Education .. ... ... . Ed 101 3 U.S. - Pa. History to 1865 .... Hist 107 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 or Elective Phys. Ed . ... . . . ....... . . . .. P .E. 103 Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting . ... . Acct 102 3 Principles of Economics . . . . . . Econ 102 3 U. S. Hist . since 1865 . . .. .. . Hist 108 3 General Psychology ... ...... Psy 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . S.S. 102 4 or Elective Phys. Ed ................... P.E . 104 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N umber Cr. Student Teaching .. . . . . .. .. . Ed 208 4 Teaching of Reading . .. .... . Ed 231 2 Tchg. Elem. Social Studies .. . Ed 236 2 Principles of Elem. Ed . .. ... . Ed 237 2 Curriculum of Elem. Sch . .. . . Ed 238 2 Art in Elem. School . .. . .. .. . Ed 241 2 Music in Elem. School ...... Ed 242 2 Title Number Cr. Student Teaching . . ...... . . . Ed 209 8 Visual Education . .. . .. . .. . . Ed 212 1 Teaching of Arithmetic ... .. . Ed 232 2 Tchg. Elem. Sch. Science . ... . Ed 239 2 Hlth. and P.E. in El. Sch . . ... Ed 243 2 Title Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting .. . . . Acct 111 3 or Elective Business Law . . . .. . . . . . .... . B.A. 231 3 Educational Psychology . ... . Ed 201 3 English Elective . . .... . . Eng 151 or 153 4-3 Intermediate Stenography . . .. S.S. 109 4 or Elective Title Number Cr. Advanced Accounting .. .... Acct 112 3 or Elective Business Law ..... .... ...... B.A. 232 3 Office Management . ... ... . .. B.A. 238 3 English Elective . ... .... Eng 152 or 154 4-3 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. 110 4 or Elective 16 15 17-16 17-16 �72 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Corres. and Reports .... . B.A. 209 3 Bus. Education and Methods of Instruction in S.S ....... S.S. 243 3 Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 Office Procedures and Machines ...... ... ... S.S . 205 4 Elective. . ... .. . ... .. .... . . . 3 16 73 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Visual Education ... ........ Ed 212 1 Sec. School Curriculum ...... Ed 205 3 Student Teaching . . . ..... .. . Ed 207 8 Elective.................... 3 The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certificate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also enable the student to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subjects. FRESHMAN YEAR 15 Provisional College Certificates will be issued by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to graduates of the course in business education. Certification will be offered in business subjects only as the following requirements are met: Bookkeeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 semester hours Commercial law ..... . ............................ 6 semester hours Commercial Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 semester hours Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Business English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester hours plus twelve ( 12) semester hours in English Certificates are valid for teaching only those business subjects which are written on the certificate. First Semester Title Number Biological Science . . . ... ..... Bio 100 Composition ....... ... . . ... Eng 101 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 Music Theory .............. Mus 101 Clarinet Class and Band Mus } Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 101 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 103 App Major Instrument .. ...... . .. Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . Phys. Ed ... . .. ..... . .. . . . .. P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg ... .. .. ........ . .. P.E. 105 Orientation Second Semester Cr. 3 3 2 5 2 1 ½ 1 Title Nttmher Composition .... .... ....... Eng 102 Music Theory ... ... ........ Mus 102 Clarinet Class and Band Mus } Methods or. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 102 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 104 App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . .. . Physical Science ............ Phys 100 Elective .................. . Phys . Ed .... ......... ... ... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg ...... ....... .. . .. P.E. 17 ½ Cr. 3 5 2 1 ½ 3 3 I 18½ SOPHOMORE YEAR Third SemeJ·ter Fourth Semester Title N11mber Cr. World Literature ........... Eng 151 4 Music Theory .............. Mus 103 5 Music History ... . .......... Mus 109 3 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Iotro. to Education ....... .. Ed 101 3 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Phys. Ed . .................. P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. World Literature . . . . . .. ... . Eng 152 4 Music Theory . ............. Mus 104 5 Music History .............. Mus ll0 3 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus..... ½ General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Phys. Ed . . ... .. ........ ... . P.E. 104 16½ 16½ JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology .. . .. Ed 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist. to 1865 ... Hist 107 3 Mus Woodwind Class Methods. . . . Ed 105 2 Mus Conducting (Instrumental). . . Ed 109 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods .. .. Ed lll 2 App Major Instrument . ..... . .... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ... . . . Hist 108 3 Mus Brass Class Methods . . . . . . . . Ed 106 2 Mus Conducting (Choral) . . . . . . . . Ed ll0 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods. . . . Ed 112 2 App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus I Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 16½ 16½ �74 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS 75 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Numh,r Cr. Principles of Secondary .... . . Ed 204l Education or 3 Principles of Elementary ..... Ed 237f Education Instrumentation . .... . . ... .. Mus 215 2 Mus Voice Class and Methods . .... Ed 107 2 String Instrument Class and Mus Methods ................. Ed 113 2 Observation and Practice Mus Teaching ............ . .... Ed 203 4 App Major Instrument . ......... . Mus I Band, Orchestra, Chorus ..... ½ Eighth Semester Title Numher Cr. Visual Education ........... Ed 212 I Orchestration .............. Mus 216 2 Mus Voice Class and Methods .. . . Ed 108 2 Strinf Instrument Class Mus an Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 114 2 Observation and Practice Mus Treaching ................ Ed 204 4 App Major Instrument ........... Mus I Band, Orchestra, Chorus ..... ½ Elective .................... 3 14½ 15½ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION The program in nursing education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration.1 Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-four, of which at least sixty-four must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from forty to sixty and will be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. JUNIOR YEAR First Semester BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION This program is designed to prepare students for certification as public school teachers in the field of art. It has been approved by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, but students wishing to_ teac~ art in ot~er states should determine the requirements of the state m w~1ch they wish to teach so that specific requirements of that state may be satisfied through the choice of additional courses. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Numher Cr. Basic Art . ............... .. Art 101 3 Composition ... : ........... E~g 101 3 Hist. of West. C1v .......... Hist 101 3 Fund. of Math .. .......... . Math 101 3 Phys. Science ............... Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed .. . .... . ... ... ..... P.E. IOI Pers. Hygiene .............. P.E. 105 I Orientation 16 Title Numher Cr. Basic Art .................. Art 102 3 Composition ............... E~g 102 3 Bio. Science ................ B,o 100 3 Hist of West. Civ.. . . . .... Hist 102 3 Fund. of Math ............. Math 102 3 Phys. Ed .................. P.E. 102 Pers. Hygiene .............. P.E. 106 1 T bird Semester Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. Applied Art ................ Art 103 3 Hist. of Art . .............. . Art Ill 3 Intro. to Ed ................ Ed 101 3 World Lit ................. Eng 151 4 Intro. to Political Science .. .. P .S. 100 3 Phys. Ed .. .... .. . ......... P .E. 103 Tille Numher Cr. Applied Art . ............... Art 104 3 Hist. of Art ......... . ...... :\rt 112 3 World Lit ... .............. Eng 152 4 General Psych .............. Psych 100 3 Intro. to Soc ..... ...... .... Soc 100 3 Phys. Ed .................. P.E. 104 16 16 Second Semester Tille Numher Cr. Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of West. Civ . .......... Hist 101 3 Foundations of Nursing ...... N.E. 101 2 Physical Science ............ . Phys 100 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Sociology .................. Soc 100 3 Tille Numher Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Hist. of West. Civ ... ........ Hist 102 3 Community Resources ....... N.E. 104 2 Supervision and Admin ...... N.E. 106 2 17 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Numher Cr. Fine Arts . ................. Art 215 4 Graphic Art ... ... ......... Art 241 2 Intro. to Econ ...... .. ...... Econ 100 3 Ed Psvch .................. Ed 201 3 U.S. a~d Pa. Hist ........... Hist 107 3 Title N11mher Cr. Fine Arts .................. Art 216 4 Graphic Art ............... Art 242 2 U.S. Hist ......... ......... Hist 108 3 Child Psych ................ Psy 207 3 Elective* ................. . 3 15 15 SENIOR YEAR Thi-rd Semester Tille Numher Cr. Educational Measurements ... Ed 202 2 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 I World Literature . .... . ...... Eng 151 4 Prin. and Meth. in N.E ...... N.E. 107 2 E1ectives 3 • •••• ••••••••••••• 6-7 15-16 1 2 3 Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. Guidance ................... Ed 214 2 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Trends in Nursing Ed ........ N.E. 102 2 Field Experience ..... ....... N.E. 112 4 Electives 3 . • • • • • • • • • • • . . • • • • 5-6 15-16 For exception see page 49. Hist. 107 and 108 may be substituted for Hist. 101 and 102. Electives may be selected from academic subjects (Economics, English, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology) or Nursing Education courses with approval of the adviser. SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title N11mher Cr. Arts of Presentation .. .. .... Art 243 3 Prin. and Math. of Secondary Ed .......... Ed 204 3 Fund. of Speech ......... .. . Eng 131 2 Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Elective*... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Numher Cr. Student Teaching . .......... Ed 210 8 Visual Ed .................. Ed 212 1 Teaching of Art ............ Ed 221 3 Elective*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 17 15 *Nine hours of electives must be taken in three different fields. Minimum Requirements in Semester Hours. �76 WILKES COLLEGE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may trans£ er to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interested in mathematics and the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. Students planning to major in Engineering should take courses in high school that will prepare them to start their college program with the course in Analytic Geometry. Unfortunately, all students will not qualify for this course, and, in consequence, it will be necessary for them to start with a more elementary course in College Algebra and Trigonometry, Math. 105. This deficiency can be made up by: 1. T aking Math. 105 in the summer session preceding the Freshman year, or 2. Starting the Freshman year with Math. 105, taking Analytic Geometry, Math. 122, in the second semester, and then completing the first course in Calculus, Math. 125, in the summer between the Freshman and Sophomore years. 77 DEGRE E PROGRAMS FRESHMAN YEAR ( COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) Second Semester First Semester Cr. General Inorganic Chem .... .. Chem 101 4 Engineering and Orientation Problems . ..... . ... . .... .. Engi 100 2 Engineering Drawing and Des. Geometry .... . . .. . .... Engi 105 3 Composition ... ... .. . .. .. . .. Eng 101 3 Mathematics .............. . 4- 5 Phys. Ed ... . .. . . . .. ..... . .. P.E . 101 Pers. Hyg .... . . .. .. . ...... . P.E. 105 1 Orientation 17- 18 N 11mber Title N11mber Cr. Alternates: 1 !nor. Chem. & Qua!. Anal.. . Chem 102}4-6 General Inorganic Chem .... Chem 104 Drawing & Des. Geometry .. . Engi 106 2 Composition .... . .. . . .. .. .. Eng 102 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics (Mech.) . . ... Phys 150 4 Phys . Ed . .... . ............. P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . .......... .. ..... P.E. 106 1 T i.tie 18- 20 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of aeronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The d1emical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control or sales engineer. SOPHOMORE YEAR 2 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. lnor. Quant. Analysis .... .. .. Chem 121 4 Intro. to Economics . . ...... . Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. . ... Eng 134 3 Mathematics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics ............. Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed . .. .. . .. ....... .. . . P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. Stoichiometry ... . . . ... .. .. .. Ch E 106 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mechanics I, Statics . ....... . M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics .... .. M.E. 212 3 General Physics . ............ Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed . ..... . . ...... ..... P.E. 104 18 17 1 2 Chemical engineers will register for Chem. 102 ( six hours). All other engineering students will register for Chem. 104 (four hours). For freshman year see above. �78 WILKES COLLEGE CIVIL ENGINEERING The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in the treatment and disposal of sewage and industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportation facilities. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 T hfrd Semester Fou1'th Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Plane Surveying . . . ...... .... C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics .. .. ..... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics II .......... Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed ... ....... .. ....... P.E. 103 Title Nttmber Cr. Route Surveying ............. C.E. 104 4 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... . M.E. 212 3 General Physics III . ... ...... Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed . ...... . ........... P .E. 104 17 18 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Today nearly every activity of civilized life depends upon electricity. The electrical engineer is trained to design, construct, and operate all electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control tbe distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. The communications field, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, transistors, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Plane Surveying ............ . C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics .......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Mathematics ... . .... . .. . .. . 4 General Physics II .. . ... . . .. Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. Mathematics ..... . .... .... . 4 Kinematics .............. . ... M.E. 206 3 Mechanics I, Statics . . ....... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Physics III .......... Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 17 1 79 DEGREE PROGRAMS 17 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effect.s thereon of person.nel; a?-d design control to meet cost an_d pr?duction req~.uremen_ts. Prepar_at~on ~1th a background in science, engineering, economics, ~usmes~ aam1.n1stration, management, and history is necessary. The successful indust~1al engineer n:iu~t possess not only technical skill and ability b~t also economic and ~umamshc interests, as well as character and personality. He must work wi~h oth:rs and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit .of a com:°1on goal. The. industn~ engineer deals with people as well as with machines an~ ma~en~ls. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those pnmanly mterested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics ..... . Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics II .. .. ... ... Phys 151 4 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Phys. Ed . ..... . . ..... . .. ... P.E. 103 Title Nttmber Cr. Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 Mathematics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mechanics I, Statics . .. .. .... M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ... . . M.E. 212 3 General Physics III .......... Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 104 17 17 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, co~structio~, in_stallation, and operation of machinery necessary [?r the econom1Cal application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from wh~tever source derived. The generation of power, whether by stea1:1, hydr? or 1~ternal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical ~ngmeer m the po~er field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machme tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity b~ ?roadly ~~ained in t~e ~undamental sciences and in economics and human1ties. Ability and skill m the application of the basic scienc~s are no~ sufficient. He must ~ave an und~rstanding of the influence of his profess10n upon our way of hfe and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title N ttmber Cr. Plane Surveying . .. . . .. ...... C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics ........ .. Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Mathematics . . . . . ......... . 4 General Physics II .. . . . . . ... Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed ..... ..... .... ... .. P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. Mathematics .............. . 4 Kinematics ................. M.E. 206 3 Mechanics I, Statics ... . ..... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Physics III. ......... Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed ....... .. . . ........ P.E. 104 17 17 For freshman year see page 77. 1 For freshman year see page 77. . \I, l1 .I �81 TERMINAL PROGRAMS MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY The Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists has established definite standards for qualification as a medical technologist. The minimum requirements to meet these standards are a two-year college program and twelve months of technical training in an approved school of medical technology. The following curriculum meets the pre-technical training requirements demanded by the Registry. Since requirements for admission to approved schools of medical technology vary, the student is urged to make inquiries concerning technical training during the Freshman year. FRESHMAN YEAR Terminal Programs First Semester Second Semester Title N umber Cr. General Zoology .. ... .. . .... Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ... . .. Chem 101 4 Composition .. .. . ......... . Eng 101 3 College Algebra . ... .. ... ... Math 107 3 Phys . Ed . . .. ...... . ... .. . .. P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg ...... . .. . . . .... .. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. General Zoology ... ..... ... . Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. .. . . .. .. . Chem 102 6 Composition . .... . . ........ Eng 102 3 Elective.. . . . .. .. .. . ........ 3 Phys. Ed . ........ .. . . . ... .. P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .. .. . .. . .. ... . .... P.E. 106 1 16 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology . . .. . ... . ....... Bio 211 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. ........ . ...... . . . .. Chem 121 4 Electives 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Phys. Ed ..... .... . ......... P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. Bacteriology . .. . .. .. ........ Bio 212 4 Organic Chem . ..... . ... . . . . . Chem 230 4 Electives 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Phys. Ed . .... . .... . .. . ..... P.E. 104 15- 16 15- 16 1 At least one elective each semester must be in the humanities or social sciences. �82 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL PROGRAMS 83 PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Two years) (Three years) The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fol.filling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in chemistry and biology. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Titl, Number Cr. General Zoology ........... . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . . .... Chem 101 4 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............ Math 107 3 Phys. Ed .. ...... . ... ... . ... P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg .. . .. . ........ .. . . P.E. 105 1 Orientation Second Semester Titl, Number Cr. General Zoology ....... . .... Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition ...... ......... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry . .. .. . ........ Math 109 3 Phys . Ed .... ....... . ....... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg ... . ... . .. . ... ... . P.E. 106 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester 14- 15 Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ...... . .... Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry .. . ........... Math 109 3 Phys. Ed . .. . .. ... . .. . ... . .. P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . . ...... .. ..... .. . P.E. 106 1 16 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR 15 Titl, Number Cr. Histology .................. Bio 241 3 Inorganic Quantitative Anal.. Chem 121 4 Introductory Physics .... ... . Phys 111 4 Alternates: World Literature .......... Eng 151 4 Hist. of West. Civ ........ . Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed .. ... .. ..... . . .. . . . P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. General Zoology . .. .. ... .. . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem .. . . . Chem 101 4 Composition .... . ........ .. Eng 101 3 College Algebra .. .......... Math 107 3 Phys. Ed ... . ... .. . . . . .. ... . P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg . ......... . ... . ... P.E. 105 1 Orientation Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Histology . .......... . .... . . Bio 242 3 Organic Chemistry ...... . ... Chem 230 4 Introductory Physics . ... .. .. Phys 112 4 Alternates: World Literature ..... . .... Eng 152 4 Hist. of West. Civ . ........ Hist 102 3 Phys. Ed ... .. .. . .. ...... . . . P.E. 104 14-15 Third Semester Title N umber Cr. Basic Art . . . . ..... .. ....... Art 101 3 Comp. Anatomy of the Vert . . Bio 201 4 Inorg. Quantitative Anal. . . .. Chem 121 4 World Literature ..... . . . .. . Eng 151 4 Phys. Ed ........ ... . .. . .. .. P.E. 103 Fourth Semester Title N 11mber Cr. Basic Art . . .. . . ............ Art 102 3 Embryology . ............... Bio 202 4 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 World Literature ... . ....... Eng 152 4 Phys. Ed ....... . ..... ...... P.E .104 15 15 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology ...... ... . . .... Bio 211 4 Histology . ................. Bio 241 3 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 Introductory Physics . .. .. . . . Phys 111 4 16 Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology . . .. ........... Bio 212 4 Histology .. ................ Bio 242 3 Chemistry Elective ......... . 3 Introduccory Physics ..... . .. Phys 112 4 14 �84 WILKES COLLEGE SECRETARIAL COURSE The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this program may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. FRESHMAN YE.AR First Semester Title Second Semester Number Survey of Business .. .. .... . .. B.A. Composition . . .. . ......... .. Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ..... . Hist Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. Phys. Ed . ......... . ........ P.E . Pers. Hyg ... . ........... . .. P.E. 100 101 101 101 101 105 Cr. 3 3 3 4 1 Title Number Biological Science . . ... .. .... Bio Composition ..... ... ... . . .. Eng Fundamentals of Speech . . . ... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ... . .. Hist Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. Phys. Ed . ..... . .... . .. . .... P.E. Pers. Hyg ..... .. . .. . . .. .. .. P.E. 100 102 131 102 102 102 106 14 Cr. 3 3 2 3 4 16 SOPHOMORE YE.AR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Business Mathematics .... .. . B.A. Business Law .. . . .. . ....... . B.A. Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. Office Pro. and Machines . . ... S.S. Elective . . . ..... . ........... Phys. Ed ... .... . ... . . ...... P.E. 107 231 109 205 Cr. 3 3 4 4 3 103 17 Title Number Office Management . . .. .. . .. . B.A. Intro. to Economics ....... .. Econ Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. Secretarial Accounting .. . ... . S.S. Elective.. . .... . .. . .... . .... Phys. Ed ..... . . . ............ P.E. 238 100 Cr. 3 3 ll0 4 120 3 3 104 16 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 87 ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Curtis, P. Werner; Instructors Baron, Krohn, Strassman, Copin. ACCOVNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of .financial data; technique of recording; preparation of .financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. ACCT. 101. ELEMENTARY AccovNTING--Three credits THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; .financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 101. Accr. 102. PRINCIPLES OF Description of Courses AccovNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 102. ACCT. 111. INTERMEDIATE ACCT. 112. ADVANCED AcCOVNTING--Three credits THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 111. Accr. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 or approval of instructor. AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Accr. 202. ADVANCED COST Prerequisite: Acct. 201 or approval of instructor. �88 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES AccT. 220. ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS-Three credits MR. STRASSMAN A study of the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and loan associations, and other specialized businesses, with special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 201. Accr. 221. TAXES I-Three credits MR. CURTIS The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions; methods of effecting tax savings. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of instructor. AccT. 222. TAXES II-Three credits THE STAFF Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. ACCT. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES-Three credits MR. STRASSMAN Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records and balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. AccT. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Three credits 89 MR. STRASSMAN Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 2 31. Accr. 242. ADVANCED PROBLEMS-Three credits MR. CURTIS Advanced corporation problems including consolidations, mergers, and holding companies. Class two hours a week. Laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. ART Assistant Professor O'Toole, chairman; Assistant Professor Colson. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Art is intended (1) for the student who seeks an intelligent understanding of the visual arts as part of his general education; and ( 2) for the talented student who wishes to acquire the technical skills necessary for successful art expression. The courses in the curriculum enable the student who is essentially an observer of art to experience as fully as possible the creative activity of the artist. They give the student with a special aptitude for art a thorough knowledge of the language of art, and an adequate training in the mechanics and techniques that he needs to achieve full creative expression. The Art Education Curriculum is outlined on p. 7 5. ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 103-104. APPLIED ART- Three credits each semester MR. O'TOOLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in .fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums: pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 105-106. INTRODUCTION TO LETTERING Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Analysis of basic letter forms. The origin and development of the alphabet. Study of the first three one-stroke alphabets and Gothic. The basic strokes, upper and lower cases. Grouping letters into words. Simple spacing and layout. Second group of alphabets to include: thick and thin, the scripts, one-stroke Roman and italics. Combining all the one-stroke alphabets in varying weights and sizes. ART 107-108. LETTERING AND LAYOUT- Three credits each semester MR. O'TOOLE The designed or built-up letter. Basic strokes, upper and lower cases of Gothic, Roman, italic, and script letters. Combining designed lettering with one-stroke lettering in layout. The use of color in lettering and backgrounds. Prerequisite: Art 105-106. �90 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ART 109. TYPOGRAPHY-Three C1'edits MR. O'TooLE . C?mple~e study of type faces and their design and differences. Designmg wi~h ty~e, type ornaments and rules. Relationships of form, structure, s12e, d,rectton, texture, color and weight. The use of type in advertising, book-jackets, brochures. Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of ~rerequisite: mstructor. ART 110. HAND LETTERING FOR REPRODUCTION-Three credits MR. O'Toou Brush lettering, pen lettering, combining hand lettering with type. The us~s of _photostats. Use of ruling pen, bow compass, and other mechantcal aids. The hand-lettered book-jacket and posters. The paste-up and use of reproduction proofs for line cuts. Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of ~rerequisite: instructor. duction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ADVANCED ADVERTISING DESIGN- Three credits each semester MR. O'ToOLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 213-214. Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART 111. HISTORY OF ART- Three ho11rs. MR. COLSON History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. ART 215-216. FINE ART-Three or fo11r credits each semester MR. OTOOLE ART 112. HISTORY OF ART-Three hours. MR. COLSON History of art from the Renaissance to the present day. ART 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three credits each semester MR. O'Toou Every P_Ossible use_of illustration will be explored in this course from spot dra~mgs to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration. l1n~ medmms; half-ton~ illustration_s, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazme 11lustrat10ns; design of two pages facing (double spread). Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three credits each semester MR. O'Toou . Editor~al illustra~ion, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawi_ng, stylize~ draw1?g. !he book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be_ given m each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to fintsh by the student. Class, two hours; studio, two hours Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three credits each semester Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture ~tudy, line, tone and color. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART-Three or four credits each .remester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE Prereguisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or eguivalent. I, II, III, IV-Two or three credits each semester MR. O'ToOLE: Individual instruction in the .field of art in which the student wishes to excel. Each student will be given problems according to his neecfsJ and abilities. With each problem the student will receive individual inr struction and criticism. ART 219-220-221-222. STUDIO MR. O'Toou The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of repro- ART- Two credits each semester MR. O'TOOLE Preparation and methods of designing in print making, linoleum, wood rnt, etching, engraving, serigraph. ART 241-242. GRAPHIC �92 WILKES COLLEGE ART 243. ARTS OF PRESENTATION-Three credits The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and proce~ses of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; lrne processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, lettering, layout, posters, bookjackets, the advertisement. BIOLOGY Professor Reif, chairman; Associate Professor Cohen; Assistant Professor Michelini; Instructors Freeman and Namisniak. BIO. 100. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE-Three credits THE STAFF Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. BIO. 101-102. GENERAL ZOOLOGY-Nine credits MR. REIF . General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It cons!ders the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 101 has class four hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15.00 each course. BIO. 111-112. GENERAL BOTANY-Three credits each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK ~eneral Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. I~ ~ncludes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphaS1Z1ng the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15 each course. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 93 embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. BIO. 202. EMBRYOLOGY-Four credits MR. MICHELINI Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 201, or permission of instructor. MR. MICHELINI BIO. 204. MICROTECHNIQUE-Two credits Biological technique is a laboratory course involving the preparation of tissues and organs for study. This course is given in conjunction with the laboratory portion of Embryology, Bio. 202, for those students who do not take Embryology. Laboratory, six hours a week. BIO. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Four credits each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Bio. 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. Bio. 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 211. THE STAFF BIO. 221. HISTOLOGY-Four credits Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Material is restricted to vertebrate tissues. Class two hours a week; laboratory six hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 202 or permission of instructor. BIO. 113. BOTANICAL TAXONOMY-Four credits MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; .field work, six hours a week. Fee: $15. BIO. 222. GENETICS-Three credits MR. MICHELINI Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal characters and the variation of those characters in plants and animals. The laboratory work concerns primarily studies of inheritance in the fruit fly. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 221 or permission of instructor. BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATESFour credits MR. MICHELINI Comp~ra_tive Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological charactenstics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and BIO. 231. PHYSIOLOGY-Four credits MR. MICHELINI Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical activities characteristic of all living organisms. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours �94 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 222, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and annuities; stocks and bonds ; graphs and their use in business. MR. REIF BIO. 232. ECOLOGY-Three credits Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms, singly and collectively, and their environments, including the biotic and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 231 or permission of instructor. STAFF B.A. 114. SALESMANSHIP 1-Three credits The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. 262. HISTORY OF BIOLOGY-One credit THE STAFF A study of the history of biology is designed as a correlating effort in the field of biology through an historical approach. It is limited to senior students majoring in biology. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. B10. Bio. 271. RESEARCH PROJECT-One credit ' THE STAFF Credit for this may be given only in the eighth semester. Work may begin after satisfactory completion of the fourth semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar, R. Werner; Instructors Bacon, Capin, Casper, Chmiola, Johns, Krohn, Mackson, Roberts. B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BusINEss-Three credits THE STAFF This course is designed as an introduction to the field of business and must be taken by commerce and finance students during the first semester of the freshman year. Emphasis is placed upon examining the various vocational opportunities in modern business and upon studying the necessary educational and other requisites for such jobs. Attempts are made to plan in advance with each student a tentative course program. Each student is required to make an individual study of some vocational objective. This course can be taken for credit by Freshmen only. B.A. 107. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS-Three credits THE STAFF Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions, decimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and turnover; depreciation and distribution of overhead; payroll problems including social security and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments involving interest; bank 95 B.A. 209. BusINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS-Three credits THE STAFF Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. THE STAFF B.A. 216. ADVERTISING--Three credits A survey of the different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a social force. MR. ROSENBERG B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three credits Problems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 THE STAFF B.A. 218. CREDIT AND COLLECTIONS-Three credits The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, Acct. 102. THE STAFF B.A. 220. REAL ESTATE-Three credits The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. THE STAFF B.A. 222. MARKETING--Three credits Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure and organization, and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. 1 Credit will not be given if credit for Ret. 207 has been received. �96 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 97 B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three credits MR. CHIANG A study of t_he economic_ principles underlying the capital structure of mo~ern busrne_ss ~nterpnse. Consideration given to alternate types of busi~ess organ~zatio~, corp?rate securities, and .financial policies involved rn promot_10n, disposit10n of net earnings, working capital and short-te~m _.financrng, mergers, expansion, .financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. law with respect to the formation, operation, internal relationships and dissolution of partnerships and corporations with particular refere nee to their dependency upon the law of agency. Rights and duties of the partnership and corporate enterprise with respect to the government, the owners, and the public. Advantages and disadvantages of these forms of business activity. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three credits MR. CHIANG Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; _financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and age~cies, st~c~ exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and sellrng secunties, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. LAW-PROPERTY- Three credits MR. KROHN The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus rights of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagormortgagee relationship. Business crimes ( crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, tangible and intangible. Prerequisite: B.A. 231, 232, Acct. 102. B.A. 234. BUSINESS B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-INTRODUCTION AND CONTRACTS Three credits MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON, MR. KROHN The foundation for all subjects in the .field of business law. The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction to the structure and functioning of the Federal and State Courts as agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the law of Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examination of the essential elements of a contract under both the common law and the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of contract rights, discharge of contracts and remedies for their breach. Prerequisite: Ee 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-AGENCY AND SALES-Three credits MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON, MR. KROHN A general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation the ri'?hts_ and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons, and th; termrn_at10n of ~he agency. A study of the law of sales of goods, the transfer of title and risk of loss; warranties in sales, the duties and liabilities of the parties'. remedies for bre~ch, security interests in goods. A comparison r.f the umform sales act with the sales article of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three credits MR. KROHN The .principles o~ laV.: governing partnerships and corporations, with emphasis on the historical development of business enterprises. The B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. BACON A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the .fields of management, such as production control, personnel, .financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. BACON Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. BACON A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. BACON The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of o~ce records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; B.A. 238. OFFICE �98 WILKES COLLEGE office arrangement and worki compensation of office worke~f of standards. ' DESCRIPTION OF COURSES d. . ~~: ;ions; employmfent, training, and easurement O work and setting Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Thre d. . e ere tis MR. BACON The relation of the sales dep t II of sales organizations; selectiona\~~n~ to a other ~epartments; types :r;r~:et::~al~::~~ce; •>:I~s r_es:ar~ ~~~g;,,~~:r::~;:~~• d:~~r.::::!: 1 distribution. 99 policies, preparat10n of sales budgets; costs of Prerequisite: B.A. 114 or equivalent. B.A. _240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three credits M F Th · R. ARRAR . is course is a study of the fundamentals of fire casualty and . msurance. , , marme Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. B.A. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three credits M F This course is t d f h . . R. ARRAR surance from thea: u _t e p~mciples, practices, and uses of life inindustry. vera viewpomt of the product, cost, market, and ~i° 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. CHEM. 101. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits THE STAFF An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. CHEM. 102. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS Six credits Miss BONE, MR. SALLEY The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 244. TIME AND MOTION STUDY Th d. ree ct'e tts MR. JOHNS The principles and techniques of time and motion three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. study. Class, B.A. 245. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT-Th d" . ree ere tis THE STAFF co!f~;?; :~:e~:•t~;i~;;;~;i~\:;~~~!,c ::;a~:!:;~~~ti~:~u::~:7o;'. men o managenal ability; use of rates and tariff. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress chairman; Assistant Professors Instructor Freeman. ' Bone, Salley; LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French . . for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as foll is_ required 1 A d . ows. . tes:.tu ent prepared m a language may take a reading-knowledge CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits MISS BONE, MR. BASTRESS A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 1O1. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Four credits MR. SALLEY Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit.required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 102. CHEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Five credits MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits MR. BASTRESS An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The prepara- �100 WILKES COLLEGE tion and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week: laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. CHEMISTRY-Five credits MR. BASTRESS A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. CHEM. 231. ORGANIC CHEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS-Three credits MR. BASTRESS A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. BASTRESS Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. CHEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four credits each semester MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121, Math. 126, Phys. 152. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. SALLEY A stud~ of adv~nced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, kinetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concerning the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 242. CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. SALLEY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL 101 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CHEMISTRY-Three credits each semester MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121 and 230. CHEMISTRY-One credit MR. BASTRESS The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF LITERATURE-One credit MR. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL CHEM. 271-272. RESEARCH PROJECT-One to three credits each semester Fee: $5 per credit. THE STAFF ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar, R. Werner; Instructors Bacon and Hotson. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete twenty-four hours of work in economics beyond Ee. 101 and 102. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry include Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, 241. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO EcoNOMICs-Three credits THE STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF EcoNOMics-Three credits THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. Ee. 102. PRINOPLES OF EcoNOMICs-Three credits THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. 101. �102 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 201. MONEY AND BANKING-Three credits MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOTT, MR. WERNER A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: Ee. 103 102. Ee. 202. THEORY OF MONEY-Three credits Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL TRADE- Three credits THE STAFF Theory and practice of international trade with speci~l referenc~ to contemporary problems and policies. The topics co~ered include tanffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in ~nterna_t10nal paym_e~ts. . A study will be made of geographic, economte, soC1al,. ~nd politteal influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT, MR. WERNER An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Ee. 201. Ee. 204. CONSUMER CREDIT-Two credits MR. ROSENBERG This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three credits THE STAFF A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P.S. 101, Ee. 102. MOVEMENT-Three credits STAFF A study of the evolving labor movement and its ideology. The course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor movements. This course views the present position of American labor in regard to political and social institutions and to the rest of the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 222. THE AMERICAN LABOR Ee. 223. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING-Three credits MR. R. WERNER An introduction to labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. GEOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. ELLIOT A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and analyzes the world dis~ribution of resourc~s, industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course m world resources and related .fields. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Ee. 226. ECONOMIC Ee 227 ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY- NORTH . . AMERICA-Three credits MR. ELLIOT A study of the economic regions of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the western hemisphere. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. SYSTEMS-Three credits THE STAFF The institutions of planned economy of th~ l!.S.S:R. and tho~e ~f the contemporary experiment in evolutio~ary SOC1alism m G:eat _Bn~am_ are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC Ee. 230. BUSINESS CYCLEs-Three credits MR. CHIA~G A historical analysis of major business cycles. Conte?1porary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee 231 APPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Three credits . . MR. ROSENBERG A course in statistical methods and their application to b~sin~ss .. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency dist:ibut10n and measures of central tendency, .fitting the normal curve, Chi-square test; test of significance for small samples, analysis of variance. 3 hours lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. �104 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 232. ECONOMIC STATISTICS-Three credits MR. ROSENBERG A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. 105 Ee. Ee. 236. PUBLIC MR. ROSENBERG, MR. WERNER Fundamental. principl_es of public finance; government expenditures; re:7e~ue; fina~c1~l pol1e1es and administration; taxation; principles of sh1ftmg and mc1dence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P.S. 101. 238. ECONOMIC HISTORY-Three credits MR. ELLIOT, MR. CHIANG An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. MR. CHIANG . T~is ~ourse is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and d1stnb~tton. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governrng costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 245. CONSUMER ECONOMICS-Three credits Professor Hammer, chairman; Associate Professor Jessee, Assistant Professors Moran, Colson; Instructors Chwalek, Pinkoski, Roderick. En. 101. INTRODUCTION TO FINANCE-Three credits Ee. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-Three credits EDUCATION MR. CHIANG The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; pro_blems of the individual consumer as affected by income, consumer hab1ts, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trend~ of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumpt10n_ of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. THE STAFF PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits MR. HAMMER Practical application of basic psychological principles; study of human growth and development; the nature and measurement of intelligence; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; the nature and general principles of learning; the measurement and facilitation of learning; guidance of the individual; effective methods of study; special aspects of learning; the psychology of teaching methods; and simple statistical concepts. Prerequisite: Psy. 100 and Ed. 101. En. 201. EDUCATIONAL ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ED. 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two credits Miss JESSEE A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use; study of methods of treating scores; principles and purposes of measurement; practice in the construction of objective tests; supervised administration, scoring, and interpretation of tests; some aspects of evaluation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 204. 246. ECONOMICS INVESTIGATION-Three credits THE STAFF Each student conducts an investigation in the .field of his major interest ~n~ constructs a final rep?~t. Class instruction will consist of: ( 1) the prrnc1ples of scholarly cnt1c1sm, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good fo.r;m as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Ee. EDUCATION-Three credits A broad, general introduction to the .field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American public education. Study of the educational structure; the teacher, his preparation and qualifications; the pupils, their individual differences and provisions therefor; the materials of instruction; the school plant; the .financing of education; the profession of teaching; the participation of the public; contemporary issues and trends in public education. PRINOPLES AND METHODS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION- Three credits MR. HAMMER The historical development of the secondary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ED. 205. THE STAFF Developments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life, vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricular activities; treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units; study methods; tests and marking; a survey of secondary school cur- riculum and its continuing development. Prerequisite: Ed. IOI, 201. TRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES-Th ree ere ~ Eo. 211. Ex Eight credits THE STAFF Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They observe several teachers. _Gradually they asswne classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. of Prerequisite: the instructor. Ed. 204, Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission THE STAFF ;x guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 2 0l. En. 212. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL 1 s d"t f xtracurricuJar activities in the educaConsideration of the place e tracurricular activities; the tendtion of the child; the orgamzaho\of riculwn ·, their place in the ency to bring them mto the sc oo cur V Eo. 207. 107 SECONDARY CURRICULUM-Three credits EDUCATION-One credit ISUAL . THE STAFF f visual education; prtn- . of theformaterials ~r sensory aids; the incor. AI study d plans the use anfd o auted~h:~~:I roc1p es an of visual . . t·ion m . the work for the classroom. poration mstruc Prerequisite: Ed. l0l, 2 0l. 14 GUIDANCE-Two credits . En. 2 . . . d MR. CHWALEK 1 nd roblems of guidance, an A general survey of the prmdc1pt ehs a_ uef used in a guidance pro. d · t activities an ec nrq . .d an m tntro uct1on o . d f or the Pennsylvania gut ance gra in the public school. , ..fiReqmre t En. 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (OBSERVATION-Four credits THE STAFF Students are assigned to area schools where they observe various teach- ers and participate as aides in the classroom. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. En. 215. lNTRonucnoN To Occcud~ATI ONS AND OCCUPATIONAL MR. CHWALEK RESEARCH-Two re ,ts . . . . . . . I factors affecting occupat10nal choICes, A study of mdmdua! and socia. . es of occu ationa! preparation; methods making choteesb?P means ofof entry into vocat10naJ occupat10ns; pro ems of adjuftment to job, leisure En. 209. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (TEACHING)-Eight credits teachers' and counselors cert! ca es. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 2 0I. THE STAFF Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They asswne classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences Fee: $20.with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the instructor. time, and unemployment. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 2 0L T TEAC HING OF ART-Three credits ·MR.1 COLSON t . . . . the teaching of art m e emen ary Study of contemporary ~ractt;~ '~sychology of the creative process; and secondary schools; adaption of vanous artstu m~~.tao to ;he school curriculum; study of the En 221 HE organization of the art curncula. E TEACHING OF READING-Two credits En. 231. _TH . . Miss RODERICK onsideration of the relationship of m~- En. 210. STUDENT TEACHING IN ART-Eight credits THE STAFF Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe in both elementary and secondary school classrooms, and teach. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Analys1s of dthe task' . · greading . problems ancd me th Ods in developing reading f read1· tn , f h. reading· the place o expertness; methods and tecfhniqd~es ences; development o rea mg m t~::~ttfypes ., . of o r~ading; evaluation of reading growth; remedial procedures m readmo. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 2 0L Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the instructor. En. 232. turahon to rea THE TEACHING OF ~ A RITHMETIC-T wo creditsMiss RODERICK . o~jectives; f education in theand fieldteaching of eleStudy anthmet1e, o~ the p_ri~ciples _pract;r methods mentary metho dand s, aims, �108 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES techniq~es for developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction m concepts of quantitative relationships. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. developing units of work; basic principles; selecti?n and man~pulation of various media; the development of creative expression and appreciation. ED. 236. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STUDIES-Two credit, Miss Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. RODERICK S~dy of social situations pertinent to elementary school children; relation of school and home activities to the community; the study of methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create understanding. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. En. 109 237. PRINCIPLES OF ELEMENTARY Enuc.UION-Two credit, En. 242. Music IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits MR. R. MORAN Study of methods for developing appreciation for and enjoyment of music through performance and listening; developing the rhythm band; rote singing; program music for children; discovery of talent; writing and interpretation of scales; training in group leadership in singing. Prerequisite: Ed. 101,201. MISS RODERICK The historical development of the elementary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles of elementary educat10n; other factors m the development of the elementary school; prom. tsmg pr~ct'.ces m the elementary school; methodology and guidance; characteristics of the elementary school child; discipline and control; mental and physical hygiene; records and reports; a survey of principles .and techniques in the elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 243. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits Miss RODERICK This course considers the health of the elementary school child including wholesome health ideas, attitudes and habits. The prospective teacher learns the fundamentals of first aid, care of the sick and attention to child health problems. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. En. 290. WORKSHOP IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION- En. 238. THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two credits Miss RODERICK ~he development of the elementary curriculum; its relation to the sooety th_at su_pports it; the emerging elementary curriculum; adjustment to mdmdual needs; relation of objectives to children's needs; ~ontent a~d method; utilizing the arts, music, science, physical education, etc., m the elementary curriculum. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. One to three credits THE STAFF Experienced teachers are afforded an opportunity to study together and to develop projects of particular interest to them. In addition to working individually, students meet to consider current problems in elementary education. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ED. ED. 239. TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SOENCE-Two credit, Miss RODERICK Basic elements of the sciences suitable for elementary school use; materials for demonstration; methods of presentation; consideration of the integration of science in the elementary curriculum; aims and objectives of science teaching; development of a spirit of inquiry. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. 291. WORKSHOP IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF READING INSTRUCTION Two credits THE STAFF Experienced elementary school teachers study the characteristics of an effective developmental reading program, evaluation and diagnosis, methods of individualization and remediation. Practical applications are made in local school classrooms. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ED. 292. WORKSHOP IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF MATHEMATICS En. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits MR. COLSON Study of the principles and practices of education in the Jield of elementary art; methods, aims, objectives; methods and techniques for INSTRUCTION-Two credits THE STAFF Experienced elementary school teachers study the characteristics of an effective developmental mathematics program, evaluation and diagnosis, methods of individualization and remediation. Practical applications are made in local school classrooms. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. �110 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENGINEERING Civil Engineering Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and Thomas· Instructor May. ' ENGi. 100. ENGINEERING PROBLEMS-Two credits THE STAFF Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. ENGi. 101. BASIC L- MR. HELTZEL, MR. THOMAS This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Use and care of instruments. Technical sketching; orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections. Applications of the principles of descriptive geometry. Practicum, seven hours a week. ENGi. 106. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY -Two credits II. MR. HELTZEL Continuation of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of engineering space problems. Application of standard drawing conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engi. 105. Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory a~d practice ~f plane and topographic surveying. Fie!~ exer~ises, inc!udmg the adjustment and use of surveying equipment mcludmg transit, !evels, com~ass and tape for surveys of area, topogra~hy, profile, grad~ng, excavatmg and the location of details. Interpretation of and mappmg from field not~s with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $15. 104. ROUTE SURVEYING--Four credits MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, rever~e, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cr~ss se~tions, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossi?g, nght-of-~ay, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determme true beanng and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $15. C. E. Prerequisite: C.E. 103. Mechanical Engineering M. E. 206. KINEMATICS-Three credits MR. SALLEY A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 121 ; Phys. 151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. MR. MAY Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, ve~ocity ~nd ~cceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of ~mematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: mstant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Engi ..106, Math. 122, Phys. 150. M.E. 211. MECHANICS Chemical Engineering CH. E. 106. STOICHIOMETRY-Three credits MR. THOMAS THE STAFF ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY T hree credits SURVEYING--Three credits Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. DRAWING--Two credits A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. ENGi. 105. C.E. 103. PLANE 111 I. STATICS-Three credits MR. MAY Study of force systems in equilibrium: caten~ry; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. II. DYNAMICS-Three credits MR. MAY Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. M.E. 212. MECHANICS �112 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 113 ENGLISH Professor_ Davies, chairman; Associate Professors Chapman and Kruger; Ass,stant Professors Groh and Tener; Instructors Fiester, Miller, Moran, Rizzo, Roberts, and Tyburski. STORY-Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. Rizzo A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for the short story. ENG. 106. SHORT Prerequisite: Eng. 102 and permission of instructor. Students who major in English are required to complete the following program of English studies: Freshman and Sophomore Years: IOI, 102, 131, 151, 152 (16 hours); Junior and Senior Years: 215 (3 hours); 201 or 205 (3 hours); one course from the group 105 106 121 123 124 _( 3 hours)_; /our elective courses in literature (' 12 hours) ' ' ; ne' 0 elective ment ( 3 course hours)m . English that can be any course offered by the depart- /ournalism (If 20! is taken, 205 may be taken as one of the four elective courses in literature.) credits MR. MORAN A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics incl~de: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law ~f libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. _ Majo_rs in English, especially students who wish to take graduate work m English, are strongly advised to take as many courses in foreign languages (preferably French and German) as possible beyond the minimum of twelve hours. Students make comparative study of and report on representative papers of U. S., both dailies and cou~try weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. As a result of the test some students may be exempted from taking Eng. 101; such students must take Eng. 102 and 105. Students who show a de~ciency may be required to take an extra hour of drill to supplement the,r work m Eng. !OJ. Any student in Eng. IOI or 102 may be required to take th1s extra work should his instructor think it necessary. ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Three ENG. 123. PUBLICITY WRITING-Three ENG. 124. FEATURE Composition ENG. IOI. COMPOSITION-Three credit, THE STAFF Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. ENG. 102. COMPosrrroN-Three credit, ENG. 105. ADVANCED ExPOSITION-Three credit, THE STAFF _ A study _of the ~arious expository types. Readings. Intensive practice the wntmg of informative articles. in Prerequisite: may be waived. Eng. IOI and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement MR. MORAN WRITING-Three credits MR.MORAN Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analy~is of the fe~ture field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subJects_ and th~u treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular b10graph1es and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. Language and Literature THE STAFF Principles of paper. exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research Prerequisite: Eng. 101. credits Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent devel~pme~t~ in fields of public opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opm10n_ polls. Special attention is given to trade jour~als and house organs covermg the industrial, merchandising, and profess10nal fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 151. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DA VIES, MR. CHAPMAN, MR. TENER Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DAVIES, MR. CHAPMAN, MR. TENER Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. �114 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENG. 153. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. Rizzo Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 154. AMERICAN 115 LITERATURE-Three credits CENTURY-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 216. SEVENTEENTH ENG. 221. AGE OF MR. KRUGER, MR. Rizzo Survey of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. LITERATURE-Three credits each semester MR. KRUGER, MR. Rizzo A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 155 AND 156. CONTEMPORARY POPE-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. JOHNSON-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 222. AGE OF NOVEL-Three credits MR. DAVIES English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 237. EARLY ENGLISH ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE-Three credits MR. TENER Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 205. CHAUCER-Three credits MR. TENER Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 211. EARLY ENGLISH DRAMA-Three credits NovEL-Three credits MR. DAVIES The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH MOVEMENT-Three credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MR. DAVIES, MR. GROH Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA-Three credits MR. DAVIES, MR. GROH Study of the drama from 1660 to the present. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. SHAKESPEARE-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 215. MOVEMENT-Three credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC BROWNING-Three credits MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND ENG. 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three credits MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. �116 WILKES COLLEGE ENG. 287. AMERICAN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DRAMA-Three credits The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Speech SPEECH-Two credits THE STAFF A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH Similar to Eng. 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. ENG. Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Associate Professor Dworski. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond Fr. 102. THE STAFF Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. FRENCH-Three credits Continuation of Fr. 1 O1. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF THE STAFF 104. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to French civilization; practice m oral and written French. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. LITERATURE-Three credits each Miss DWORSKI semester A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary ge_nres, and_ outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 203. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three credits Miss DwoRsKI Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three credits MISS DWORSKI Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected readings of modern French prose. Prerequisite: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. FR. COMPOSITION-Three credits Miss DwoRSKI Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 107. FRENCH FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES FR. 102. ELEMENTARY CONVERSATION-Three credits Miss DwoRSKI Intensive practice in the spoken language, with _emphasis o.n idiom~tic usage. Use of records and the microphone to acqmre fluency m speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 106. FRENCH ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF FRENCH-Three credits FRENCH-Three credits MISS DwoRsKI Intensive practice in translating. A cou:se de~igned_ for students w_ho wish to be able to read material in French m their particular fields of mterest. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. FR. 105. TECHNICAL MR. GROH, MR. Rizzo FR. 101. ELEMENTARY 117 Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTUR~ Three credits MISS DWORSKI Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. �118 FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH 119 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE DRAMA-Three credits GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Miss Three credits each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning DwoRSKl The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GOETHE-Three credits Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 203. German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours beyond Ger. 102. 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. · GER. GERMAN- Three credits THE STAFF Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: Ger. 101 or equivalent. SCHILLER-Three credits Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GER. 204. GER. 102. ELEMENTARY 103. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN- Three credits THE STAFF Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. GER. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN DRAMA- Three credits MR. DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY- Three credits MR. DISQUE GERMAN- Three credits THE STAFF _Continuation of ~er. 103. ~apid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. GER. 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN- Three credits Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. GER. 105. SCIENTIFIC The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE 106. GERMAN CONVERSATION-Three credits MR. DISQUE Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. GER. 107. GERMAN COMPOSITION-Three credits MR. DISQUE Idiomatic_ ~sage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Spanish A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Sp. 102. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH- Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. SP. GER. SPANISH- Three credits Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. SP. 102. ELEMENTARY THE STAFF �120 WILKES COLLEGE 121 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES THE STAFF SPANISH-Three credits Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected readings from modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE THE STAFF SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three credits Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three credits Miss DwoRSKI Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NovEL-Three credits MISS DWORSKI The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. MISS OWORSKI SPANISH-Three credits The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. 105. COMMERCIAL CONVERSATION-Three credits Miss DWORSKJ Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. 106. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Three credits Miss DwoRSKJ Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. 107. SPANISH CULTURE-Three credits Miss DWORSKJ The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. GENERAL SCIENCE BIO. 100. See page 92. GEOLOGY- Two credits MR. REIF General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. GEOL. 100. GENERAL PHYS. 100. See page 136. SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN SP. 201-202. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE Three credits each semester Miss DWORSKI A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. HISTORY Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professor Mui; Assistant Professor Kaslas; Instructors Connolly and Ritchie. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take Hist. 101, 102, 107, and 108; Hist. 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH LITERATURE-Three credits Miss DWORSKI Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. THE STAFF Three credits each semester. A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. �122 WILKES COLLEGE HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 Three credits MR. THATCHER A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865-Three credits MR. THATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three credits MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three credits each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. HIST. 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER-Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. HIST. 235. SOVIET RussIA AND THE FAR EAST-Three credits MR. MUI A study of the historical conditions under which the Communist state was established in Russia and portions of the Far East. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 123 HIST. 242. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three credits MR. MUI Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the Americ~n and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 243. THE BRITISH EMPIRE AND COMMONWEALTH OF NATIONS-Three credits MR. Mm A study of the evolution of the British Commonwealth of Nations the expansion of British rule in India, and the growth of the British dependent empire, with emphasis on the imperial and foreign policies of Great Britain after the American Revolution. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY- Three credits MR. KASLAS A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 256. EUROPE IN THE TwENTIETH CENTURY-Three credits MR. KASLAS Against ~ background of the internal and international developments of the leadmg powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. MATHEMATICS Associate Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Associate Professor Kostenbauder; Assistant Professor Wasileski; Instructors B. May, Morgan, West. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 58. MATH. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit THE STAFF Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. Three hours a week. MATH. 100. SAME AS PHYS. 101-See page 136. �WILKES COLLEGE 124 MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three credits THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Math. 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Math. 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three credits THE STAFF A continuation of Math. 101. MATH. 105. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND 125 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES TRIGONOMETRY-Five credits THE STAFF A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Prerequisite Math. 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF ALGEBRA-Three credits Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions . Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 107. COLLEGE THE STAFF TRIGONOMETRY-Three credits Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 109. PLANE THE STAFF FINANCE-Three credits Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF I-Four credits Limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 122. MATH. 125. CALCULUS THE STAFF II-Four credits Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, partial derivatives, multiple integrals. MATH. 126. CALCULUS Prerequisite: Math. 125. MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS W ASILESKI Building of a program in secondary mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Prerequisite: Math. 12 5. Three credits MR. MR. RICHARDS ALGEBRA- Three credits Sets, mappings, relations, development of real number system from Peano's axioms, polynomials, the complex number field, groups. Prerequisite: Math. 125, or permission of instructor. MATH. 213. HIGHER MR. RICHARDS ALGEBRA-Three credits Vector spaces, linear independence, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equations. Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF MATH. 214. LINEAR STATISTICS-Three credits THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. GEOMETRY-Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Similar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, triangles, Ptolemy's theorem, circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, medians, orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascal's theorem, theorem of Pappus. Prerequisite: plane geometry. MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO THE STAFF GEOMETRY-Four credits Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and Math. 109. MATH. 220. COLLEGE MATH. 122. ANALYTIC MATH. 228. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-Three credits W ASILESKI Probability, frequency functions, empirical distributions of one variable, moment generating functions, binomial and Poisson distributions, normal distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary sampling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MR. �MATH. 229. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS II- Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Correlation and regression, theoretical distributions of more than one variable, normal surface, goodness of fit, chi-square distribution, testing hypotheses, estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, small samples, student's t-distribution, testing for randomness. Prerequisite: Math. 228. ANALYSIS-Three credits THE STAFF Vector algebra, differentiation of vectors, divergence and curl, the operator del, curvilinear coordinates, vector fields, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 235. VECTOR THE STAFF SERIES- Four credits First order equations, linear equations, applications, solution by successive approximation, systems of differential equations, infinite series, power series solution of differential eL1uations. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MR. RICHARDS I- Three credits Introduction to the theory of functions of real variables. The emphasis in this course and the following one is on proof, by the delta-epsilon technique, of theorems concerning sequences and other functions of one variable. Some time is spent on functions of more than one variable. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS II-Three credits MR. RICHARDS A continuation of Math. 251. Prerequisite: Math. 2 51. MUSIC Associate Professor Detroy, chairman; Assistant Professors Gasbarro and Moran; Instructors Balshaw, Clark, Friedmann, A. Liva, Sheeder and Waller. Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 59. APPLIED MUSIC1 Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band in1 For fees see pages 28, 29. struments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO Music- Three hours THE STAFF MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND INFINITE MATH. 252. ADVANCED CALCULUS 127 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 126 An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Music- Five credits each course MR. D ETROY, MISS CLARK The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: ( 1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. ( 2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Mus. 109. HISTORY OF Music-Three credits MR. DETROY A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Mus. 110. HISTORY OF Music-Three credits A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with MR. DETROY J. S. Bach and tracing �WILKES COLLEGE 128 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the .final weeks of study. Music 111-112. PIANO CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credits each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Music 113~114. PIANO CLASS 3 AND 4-Two credits each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Mus. 121-122-123-124. Music 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern sympho..1ic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. ANALYSIS-Two credits MR. DETROY The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 217. COUNTERPOINT-Three credits A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 102. Mus. 218. MR. MORAN CHORUS-One-half credit each semester MR. DETROY The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. Music 131-132-133-134. ARRANGING--Two credits BAND-One-half credit each semester The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. Mus. 125-126-127-128. 129 ORCHESTRA-One-half credit each semester MR. LIVA Participation in the Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. credits MR. GASBARRO The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Music 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Two Music Education En. 101-102. CLARINET CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. GASBARRO Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 103-104. BRASS CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. MORAN A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. Mus. Mus. En. 105. WOODWIND CLASS METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. GASBARRO A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. Mus. En. 106. BRASS CLASS METHODS-Two credits MR.MORAN A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. �WILKES COLLEGE 130 Mus. ED. 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits per semester THE STAFF A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL Music MATERIALS-Two credits per semester MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 111-112. VIOLIN CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. FRIEDMANN A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT CLASS METHODS-Two credits MR. FRIEDMANN per semester A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an. introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Mus. ED. 203-204. OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE credits per semester METHODS-Two credits MR. MORAN The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 202. HIGH SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credits MR. MORAN The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. TEACHING--Four THE STAFF A course in the observation and practice teaching of vocal or instrumental music in the elementary or high schools. Fee: $10.00 each semester. NURSING EDUCATION Associate Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Jackson, Conboy, Dieffenbach, Klein, M. Riley, Seeherman and Speicher. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE AND WILKES COLLEGE Lebanon Valley College and Wilkes College have entered into a cooperative program whereby nurses working in the vicinity of Annville and Lebanon may earn a degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College by taking their academic credits on the campus at Lebanon Valley College and their professional credits at Wilkes, either in extension at the Hospital or in residence at Wilkes-Barre. The usual residence requirements for a degree in Nursing Education may be satisfied by taking one-half the work on the campus at Lebanon Valley College and the other one-half at Wilkes College. Enrollment in all of the following courses, with the exceptions of N.E. 101 and 104 is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF NuRSING--Two credits MISS JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social and educational factors that have stimulated its development. N.E. 102. TRENDS IN NURSING Mus. En. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Music 131 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES EDUCATION-Two credits Miss JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. N.E. 104. COMMUNITY RESOURCES-Two credits MISS JESSEE A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health, and social welfare of the citizens of the commun1t y. N.E. 106. SUPERVISION AND ADMINISTRATION-Two credits MISS JESSEE A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. �132 PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION N.E. 107. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN NURSING EDUCATION Two credits Miss JESSEE This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. N.E. 112. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SUPERVISION OR TEACHING Four credits Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of advisor. N.E. A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion. The courses may be selected from these two fields as desired by the student. Phil. 101 and Rel 101 will not count for credit toward a major. Philosophy PHILOSOPHY-Three credits MR. VuJICA An introduction to the main problems of philosophy: the nature of the universe; the origin of life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; the sources, nature and validity of knowledge. The main types of philosophy, such as Materialism, Idealism, Realism, Pragmatism are also discussed. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO 113 & 114. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NuRSING--Two credits each semester MISS CONBOY 115. OBSTETRIC NuRSING--Two credits Professor Vujica, chairman, Assistant Professor Parmenter; Instructor Friedlander and Schindler. Miss JESSEE Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical and surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. N.E. MRS. SEEHERMAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied to expert care of the obstetric patient. PHIL. 102. LoGIC-Three credits MR. VUJICA The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of clear and effective thinking by the study of the nature and rules of both deductive and inductive reasoning as well as the principles of scientific methodology. PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL N.E. 133 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 116. PEDIATRIC NURSING--Two credits ETHICS-Three credits DR. KLEIN MR. PARMENTER Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. Formalism, Utilitarianism, Self-realizationism and other great ethical systems are discussed. The application of moral principles to social, economic and political life. 117. PSYCHIATRIC NURSING--Two credits THE STAFF Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. N.E. 118. PUBLIC HEALTH NuRsING--Two credits Miss JACKSON An introduction to the field of public health nursing, including historical development, organization, functions, and trends. N.E. 119. PUBLIC SCHOOL NuRSING--Two credits Miss JACKSON A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. N.E. N. E. 120. PROBLEMS OF SCHOOL NuRSING--Two credits RELIGION-Three credits MR. VUJICA A philosophic scrutiny of the phenomenon religion. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; examination of arguments for God's existence; the interpretation of good and evil in the world; the argument for immortality. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF AESTHETICS-Three credits THE STAFF Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of beauty in arts; the meaning of beauty judgments and the processes of appreciation. An investigation of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be beautiful. PHIL. 205. PHIL. 206. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHIES-Three credits MISS JACKSON MR. PARMENTER The identification and discussion of the problems involved in the administration of school health programs. A discussion of fundamental principles underlying social and political institutions. The theories of Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, �134 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Hume, Burke, Hegel, Bentham, Mill and others will be examined. Special attention to the contemporary scene. 135 gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course is a continuation of Rel. 201. PHIL. 207. PHILOSOPHIES OF HISTORY-Three credits MR. VUJICA An examination of the principal interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Rousseau, Nietzsche, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Wundt, Spengler, Toynbee, Schweitzer, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning and purpose of historical events. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT-Three credits MR. VUJICA A study of the types of literature found in the New Testament. Problems of language and authorship. The religious teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY-Three credits MR. VUJICA The most important systems of philosophy from the renaissance through the end of the nineteenth century. Seventeenth century rationalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz). Eighteenth century empiricism (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's criticism and Hegel's idealism. PostKantian and post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern science on philosophical speculation. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Assistant Professor Reese, chairman; Instructor Bubeck. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY THOUGHT-Three credits MR. PARMENTER The principal trends in twentieth century philosophies. The contributions of Bergson, James, Dewey, Santayana, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other recent and contemporary philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. Religion REL. 101. MAN'S RELIGIONS-Three credits THE STAFF Nature and origin of religion. Significant founders and leaders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals. A comparison of the most important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT-Three credits THE STAFF A study of the religious thought and practice of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the writings of the Old Testament. Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James, and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three credits THE STAFF A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Emphasis is placed upon the Prophetic and Post-Exilic periods of Hebrew history. The The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 THE STAFF This course is designed to promote physical coordination and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL EDUCATION THE STAFF This course is a continuation of P.E. 101 and 102. P.E. 105-106. PERSONAL HYGIENE-One credit each semester THE STAFF A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better 1 Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. �136 137 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. 152. GENERAL PHYSICS III-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Phys. 150 and 151. Electricity and modern physics. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. PHYSICS PHYS. Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel, Thomas; Instructor Krutchkoff. MR. KRUTCHKOFF 100. PHYSICAL SCIENCE-Three credits A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. PHYS. 101. BASIC PHYSICAL PROBLEMS-One credit PHYS. THE STAFF An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum 3 hours a week. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three credits MR. THOMAS Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 152, Math. 126. POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Assistant Professor Kaslas; Instructors Hibbard and Welsh. A major in political science consists of twenty-four hours. All courses except P.S. 100 are acceptable toward the major. P.S. 100. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE-Three credits THE STAFF PHYS. 111-112. INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS-Four credits THE STAFF An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory. Fee: $15 each semester. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. 150. GENERAL PHYSICS I-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109. PHYS. 151. GENERAL PHYSICS II-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Phys. 150. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. PHYS. This course is a broad, comprehensive introduction to political science. All the subdivisions of political science are presented simply and clearly and the interrelationships of these subdivisions are shown. These commonly recognized fields of political science are covered: Political theory, American government, comparative governments, public administration, political parties, pressure groups, public opinion, propaganda, international politics, international law, legal systems. P.S. 200. AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT-Three credits THE STAFF A study of the National Government of the United States emphasizing the constitutional and legal foundations, the structure and agencies of the government, the consequent growth of public administration and the scope and diversity of national government programs and functions. Prequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW-Three credits each semester MR. MAILEY AND MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. �P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three credits MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P.S. 100 and Soc. 100. P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. HIBBARD A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three credits MR. MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three credits 139 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 138 MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAW-Three credits MR. KAsLAS A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. Desideratum: United States and European history. P.S. 222. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Three credits MR. KASLAS A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. P.S. 223. CABINET SYSTEMS OF GovERNMENT- Three credits MR. KASLAS A study of the European versions of democratic government beginning with Great Britain and considering the variations from the British system of government found on the continent. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 224. SOVIET SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. KASLAS A course dealing with the structure and functions of the Soviet Government emphasizing the contrasts and similarities in form with governments of the West. Prerequisite: P.S. 100 PSYCHOLOGY Assistant Professor R. Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Gaito; Instructors Kanner and Krasno. A major in psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is accepted. The Department requires that psychology majors take one year of a laboratory science; they may elect biology, chemistry, or physics and substitute this for either Biology 100 or Physics 100. Students planning to take graduate work in psychology should study either French or German in order to meet graduate school requirements. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the �140 WILKES COLLEGE application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields toda.y, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Students who desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department of Public Instruction as psychological examiners or public school psychologists should carefuUy plan their programs under the direction of their faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and to his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100. 203-204. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits each semester THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also mcluded is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. ( Offered in alternate years.) PsY. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 206. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions to individual differences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 207. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 141 native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three credits THE STAFF Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 212. PSYCHOLOGICAL TEsTs-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of the functions measured by psychological tests with emphasis on intelligence and personality. A variety of the group and individual tests which measure these functions are studied. This course is a prerequisite for Psy. 251 and Psy. 255. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougaU, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100 arid one other course in psychology. PsY. 255. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of the clinical method in psychology with consideration of diagnostic and treatment techniques and the role of the professional psychologist in various settings. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 212. PsY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of department. �142 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF . ~n opportunity to conduct individual research projects under superV1S1on. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. trade names. Identification, testing of .fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic materials. PsY. 271-272. RESEARCH IN RETAILING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructor Michman. 143 CONTROL-Three credits The principles, techniques, and problems encountered in merchandising; purchase planning, markup, markdown, inventories and their control, turnover, retail method of inventory, and the types and limitation of stock control systems. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. RET. 212. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISING THE STAFF BuYING--Three credits Buying as a career; types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of customer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade relations. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. RET. 214. RETAIL A major in Retailing consists of 24 credits in retailing courses which includeRet. 101,102,207,212,214,224. RETAILING--Three credits MR. MICHMAN A basic course that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of retail institutions; problems of store policy, store location, store organization, and personnel practices. The relationship of the retailer to the manufacturer, to the consumer, to the government, to the community, and to competitors is analyzed. RET. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RET. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three credits THE STAFF Basic principles of successful retail store organization; study of the organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating divisions; planned observation in employment, training, receiving, marking, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. RET. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION- Three credits MR. MICHMAN Study of basic principles of retail advertising and sales promotion. Special_ emphas_is is placed on the preparation of copy for various types of retail establishments as well as on the analyses of current advertiseme~ts. Elements of_ the advertisement: headline, copy, layout, type, illustrat10ns, and select10n of media are analyzed. THE STAFF RELATIONS-Three credits Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment procedure; wage plans and incentives; employee training; employee evaluation; employee stabilization; employee participation; legislation affecting labor problems in retailing. RET. 219. RETAIL PERSONAL RET. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE Two credits THE STAFF Importance of small business; factors in business success; justification of new businesses; financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; pro.fit; records; small business and the future. RET. 224. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING Three credits THE STAFF Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. SECRETARIAL STUDIES SELLING 1-Three credits MR. MICHMAN Techniques of retail selling including practical sales demonstrations. Analysis of the needs of customers; the handling of difficult situations; the techniques of increase sales; and building permanent business. RET. 207. RETAIL MERCHANDISE-Three credits THE STAFF Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to .finished fabric; textile terminology, RET. 210. ELEMENTS OF 1 Credit will not be given if credit for B.A. 214 has been received. Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Gera, Hoover, Jenkins. Students majoring in secretarial studies are required to take a sequence of twenty-four credits outside the Department of Secretarial Studies. It is advisable to decide upon this sequence not later than the sophomore year. The remainder of the electives may be divided between commerce and finance and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. �144 WILKES COLLEGE S.S. 101-102. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING S.S. 113-114. Two credits shorthand, two credits typewriting each semester MR.HOOVER Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand, Simplified; development of skill in typewriting, and ability tL apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. S.S. 105. SHORTHAND 1-Two credits MR. JENKINS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. S.S. 106. SHORTHAND1-Two credits MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S.S. 105 or equivalent. S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING1-Two credits each semester MR. JENKINS Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from shorthand notes during second semester. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. Fee: $1 0 each course. S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY Three credits Jhorthand, one credit typewriting each semester MR. GERA Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in shorthand, typewriting, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S.S. 102. 1 Credit will be given only to students who have not previousry taken S.S.101-102. ADVANCED 145 SHORTHAND 2-Two credits each semester MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand, typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S.S. 106. S.S. 115. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING2-Two credits MR. JENKINS Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; transcription from shorthand notes; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: S.S. 108. AccouNTING-Three credits MR. HOOVER Fundamental principles of accounting and their application to the keeping of books and records in business and professional offices. S.S. 120 may not be used for credit toward the accounting requirement for Business Education majors. S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL STENOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. GERA Study of accepted procedures in typical medical offices, clinics, and hospitals; application of stenographic skills to medical dictation; transcription of case histories taken from hospital records; specialized dictation in several branches of medicine. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 200. MEDICAL S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two credits MR. GERA, MR. HoovER Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: satisfactory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four credits MR. GERA, MR. HOOVER Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures in typical business and professional offices; study of personal and technical requirements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commer2 Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken S.S. 109-110. �146 cial forms; operation and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Soc. 215. SOCIOLOGY OF URBAN S.S. 243. Soc. 230 SOCIAL BUSINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF INTRUCTION IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES-Three credits THE STAFF Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building as applied to shorthand and typewriting; techniques of instruction in typewriting and shorthand, standards, tests, and measurement in the secretarial studies; content, objectives, and methods of instruction in office practice. SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Professor Symmons, chairman; Instructors Bloomburg, L. Mui, Yarnal. A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Soc. 100 is prerequisite to all the courses in sociology, it is not accepted toward a major in sociology. P.S. 204 and Phil. 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the Department in consultation with the Chairman. A major in sociology should ordinarily include the following three courses: Soc. 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the Department Chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological problems. Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY- Three credits THE STAFF The development of modern cities; e~ects o_f urban life upon s?c_:ial organization and personality patterns; maJor soCial problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. PROBLEMS- Three credits THE STAFF A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an exam- . ination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY- Three credits MRS. MUI Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 245. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK-Three credits MR. YARNAL A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies ~nd methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and reqmrements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 255. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A general survey of the field of social psychology. S~cia~ factor~ in human nature; psychology of individual differences; soCial interaction; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 260. CULTURE, SOCIETY, AND PERSONALITY-Three credits A study of the influences on personality that_ derive fr~m group a1_1d cultural sources. Comparative study of personality format10n under d~fferent cultural conditions. Analysis of social factors related to personality disorganization ar:id reorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 255 or Soc. 265. Soc. 265. INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRY- Three credits LIFE- Three credits MR. SYMMONS MR. SYMMONS The development of marriage and the family ,in ethnological and historical perspective. Family disorganization and oroblems of adjust• ment to modern conditions. Psychological aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital success or failure. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 or permission of the instructor. Soc. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF 147 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE ANTHROPOLOGY- Three credits MRS. MUI MR. SYMMONS An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Ee. 100, or permission of the instructor. A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Fossil man and modern races; origin and development of culture. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. �148 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Soc. 270. PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF THE WORLD-Three credits MR. SYMMONS A survey of the non-Western cultures of the world with an emphasis on one of the following areas: The Middle East, The Far East, South-East Asia, Africa, Australasia, Latin America. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. Soc. 275. GROUP RELATIONS IN THE MoDERN WoRLDThree credits MR. SYMMONS A theoretical analysis of inter-group tensions and processes of adjustment with special reference to modern racial, national, and religious conflicts. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 280. Mo.DERN SOCIOLOGY AND ITS HISTORICAL BACKGROUNDThree credits MR. SYMMONS The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related .fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. SAFETY EDUCATION Instructor Hilbert. Courses in Safety Education are offered for teachers desirous of obtaining certification in Safety Education. Undergraduates will receive no credit for these courses unless they receive approval from the Head of the Education Department and the Dean of Men. SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three credits Driver ~nd pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS-Three credits The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of SAFETY 149 SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three credits Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY EDU- CATION-Three credits A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. SAFETY 5. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Three credits Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest is always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Ams IN SAFETY EDUCATIONThree credits Discussion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other sensory aids; standards for appraising and their relationship to the curriculum; guiding principles and techniques; minimum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. �The Evening Division To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields. 5·. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon such a student's completion of thirty semester hours, his high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at his request, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. No student, however, may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this regulation must be approved by the Deans. Whenever a student's record of achievement indicates that he is not obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study, the College may request that he withdraw from the Evening Division. TRAINING PROGRAM - LECTURE SERIES 151 MANAGEMENT TRAINING PROGRAM To fill a need in the community, Wilkes College offers a program for the development of managerial skills among foremen and others who aspire to become part of the management group. The needs of each company are analyzed and, in consultation with officials, foremen and others in the company, a program is arranged to meet the general and specific requirements of the personnel in the company. The program is arranged in periods of 16 weeks in which the participants meet once a week at the College during the day or evening for a two hour session. Special Community Lecture Series As a community college, Wilkes feels obligated to provide opportunities for adults to continue their education. Ir therefore offers, in the Evening Division, an introductory program in adult education, from which it believes positive good will result. Community members who register for one of the lecture courses in the series meet one evening a week throughout the ten or fifteen weeks the course is in session. They do not receive regular college credit. Given each semester, the lectures cost considerably less than the regular undergraduate courses at the College. The present program includes series in current events and art for business and professional persons. Further information concerning the program may be secured from the Director of Admissions. �INDEX Index Accounting, Four-year Program ........ ·•······································-·· ······ ················ ···· 64 Description of Courses............................ .......................................................... 87 Accreditment, Wilkes College.... .............................................................................. 23 Adminstration, Officers of................ ........................................................................ 8 Admission, Requirements for........ ................. ......... ................................................ 23 Advanced Standing .... ........ ............... ..... ... ........................... .................................... 24 Aid, Types of...... ........................................................................................................ 39 Anthropology ................. ... ........ .................................................................... ............ 146 Art, Art Education, Four-year Programs ............ ................................................ 56, 75 Description of Courses...................................................................................... 88 Assen1bly Committee .................................................................................... ............ 36 Athletics .... ........ .................... .................... ....................................... ......................... 37 Attendance ...... ...... ........ ........... ........ .. ... .... .............. ................................. .. ..... .......... 27 Awards .................................... ................................................ ................ .... .............. 44 Band .................................................................. ........ ...................... ........................ 36, 128 Bachelor of Arts, General Requirements for............ ................ ..... ...... .. ............... 53 Four-year Programs .. ... ........ ........... ... ............ ........ .............. .. ....... ....... ............ 55 Bachelor of Science, Art Education .................................... .... ................ ................ 75 Business Education................................................................ ... .... ........ ............. 71 Chemistry .. .................... .. .. ...... .. .......... .............. ...................... ............ ... ... .. .. ...... 60 Commerce and Finance General Requirements ............................................................................ 63 Four-year Programs .... ......................... .. ..................... ........ .... ..... ... ...... .... 64 Education Four-year Program, Elementary.............................................................. 70 Four-year Program, Secondary........................ ................. ................. ........ 69 Engineering Programs-Common Freshman Year.... ...... ..... ..................... .. ........... ... 76 Aeronautical ... ......... ........ ................ ................ .............................. .... 77 Chemical ........ ............................... ................... .. .. .............................. 77 Civil .................................................................................................. 78 Electrical .... ............ .......... .. ............... ......... ........ .... ...... ........ ......... .. . 78 Industrial .......................................................................................... 79 Mechanical .... .. .......... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... ................................... ......... 79 Medical Technology..... ................. ... ............................................ .................... 62 Music Education .... .......................................................................................... 73 Natural Sciences, Four- and Two-year Programs ................................................ 60, 61 Nursing Education ............................................................................................ 74 Biology, Four-year Program... ............. ...................................................................... 57 Description of Courses.... .... .......................................................... ............. ....... 92 Business Adminstration, Four-year Program................................ .................... .. .... 65 Description of Courses........ ............................ .................................. ................ 94 Business Education ........................... ....................................................................... 71 Careers Library .................... .. .. ... ..... .... ... ....... ........ ............. ......... .......... ............ .... .... 32 Chemistry, Four-year Program.................................................................... .............. 60 Description of Courses ...... ................................ ................................................ 98 Choral Club ............................ ........ ................. ..................................................... 37, 128 Clubs .................................................................................................. .... .................... 37 Commerce and Finance........ .... .................................................................................. 63 Community Lecture Series ........... ............................. .............................................. 151 Community Programs .................... ........ ........ .......................................................... 33 Consultation Service .... ........ .................................................................................... 33 Counseling .............................................................................................................. 26, 32 153 Curricula ........ ...... .................................................................................................. ... . 23 Debating .... ....................................................... ............................. ........ ...... ............. . 37 Degrees, Taking of ............................ ....................... ..... ............................ .... ........... . 26 Description of Courses ................. ..... ...................... .................... .............. ............... . 86 Dramatics ........ ........ ........................ ...................................................... ................... . 36 Economics, Courses in...... ....................... .............. .... .... ..... ... .... ...... ..... ....... .... .... .... 101 Education Courses in (see also B.S. in Education) ............................ ................ 105 Employm;nt, Student ........................................................................................... 34, 41 Engineering, Courses in (see also B.S. in Engineering).......... ...................... .... 110 English, Courses in.................... .................... ................ .................. ...... ............... ..... 112 Evening Division ........... ......... .................................... ............ .................................. 150 Extension Classes ........ ....... ..... .. ..... ....... ..... ....... .......................................... .. ............ 23 Faculty ..... ................................................................ ................... ............................. lO Faculty Committees ................. .......... ..... ........ ....... .... ... ...... ..... .... ... .... .. .................... 16 Fees .................................................................... .................... .... .......... .. ..................... 28 Fees, Payment of. ............................... ............ ..... ......................... .......... .................... 30 French, Courses in .................... .................... .. .............. ................ .... ................ ........ 116 General Information .... ........ .... .... ........ .......... ...... .... ........ .... ........ ............ .... .... .... .... 22 General Science.... ........ .................. ...... ................ ........... ..... .... ............... ..... ................ 121 German, Courses in ........ .......... .. ............................... -.......... .................. .......... ...... 118 Grades ........................................................................................................................ 24 Graduation, Requirements for.... ......................... ........... ........ .................................. 25 History, Courses in .................................................................................................... 121 Hygiene, Course in........ .............................. ...... ........ .............................. ...... ............ l35 ~~~~:a~f:~:~~i;~~ ~:~ . ~~~~~~~~::: : : : : : : : : : : : : ::: :::: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :: 1~: Laboratory and Medical Technology, Program in ............................................. 62, 81 Liberal Arts, Requirements for Majors .............................................................. .... 54 Liberal Arts, Selection of Major................. ............... ................ .... .......... ................ 53 Library ........................................................................................................................ 27 Lockers .................................................................................................................. 35 Madrigal Singers ...................................................................................................... 37 Majors, Requirements for (see Individual Subjects) Marketing (see Retailing) ........................................................................................ 142 Math;~:::f;~i::~~-~~~r;:s~~.~~~::: ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 1 Medical Technology, Program in ...................... .......................................... ......... 62, ~!~! Musirie!~;;rae:~n~!~::·::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 126 Music Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Music Education) ......... ..... ...... 129 Non-credit Program (see Community Lecture Series) Nursing Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Nursing Education) ............ .... 131 Orchestra ............................................................................................................... 37, 128 Orientation Program .... .... ............ ............ ... ..... .... ............ .... .................... ............... . 33 Part-time Study ........... ........ ................................ ..... .... ............ .............................. •··· 50 Philosophy, Courses in ........................... ................... ............................................... . 133 Physical Education and Hygiene, Courses in .................... ..................................... . 135 Physics, Two-year Program ....................................................................................... . 61 Description of Courses .... ................ ................................................. ................ . 136 Placement Service ..................................................................................................... . 34 Point Average ........................................................................................................... . 24 Political Science, Courses in ................ ... ... .......... .................................. ................... . 137 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program ......................... ...... ............. ....................... . 82 Three-year Program ................ ........................ ............................................... . 83 �154 WILKES COLLEGE -- ·- ·---- - -·7 i ~ I .. - __ __j _ 0 0 . ---~J01-0 ;:r ~, ~=:=;=:f,~fi.1.c~~~ ffi > i: -:~ . --. . ;;;;~~ [~=~=-- .-·-·-·-·~d1~ -.. .~ _ . . - JI c-- - _ ~---~:a11 1-: ~1~-►-<-',~--'_ (/) w ~ _J :c IS -_ , .._-!.--- , _ - lr \.·1 I ' .tl.l.S ; ! , , H.Ln 3 �.c: ~ ::s .c: .. ~ ~ ~ 26 Probation 46 Professions and Vocations, Preparation 25 Promotion, Minimum Requirements 139 Psychology, Courses 37 Publications, Student 30 Refunds 26 Registration 134 Religion, Courses 67 Retailing, Four-year Program ................... .. .... ............ ...................... . Description of Courses .......... ...... .................... .......................................... ....... . 142 148 Safety, Courses 39 Scholarships 68 Secretarial Studies, Four-year 84 Two-year Program 143 Description of Courses ... Social Science, Major 53 146 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses 119 Spanish, Courses Student Activities 36 34 Student Employment 36 Student Government 32 Student Welfare 28 Summer-school Credits 111 Surveying 69 Teacher Certification, 70 Business Music ............ ............ .................... . 73 Nursing 74 Teaching (see B.S. in Education, Art Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses ........ ......................... .................. ................................... ................ 80 ·Transfer of Credits.... ............................... ........... ........ .............................................. 27 Trustees, Board of.................................................................................................... 6 ·Tuition ............ ................ .................................................................................. .... .... 28 Wilkes College, In Perspective ............................................................. ..... ............ 18 Withdrawals ....... .. ....... ....... ............................. .... ................................................ .... 26, 30 ~ ~ I -5 ~ ~ :; 8-5 >u .0 ·[:;::,?:-~~~Q) w O ~;.~ ] ·~ ~ ~ -~ t; ~ ~ ~ '>.:E ·.:; ..¥ ~ 0 ... ..0 • V) Q) ... .c:a.u"io ::s :;;>- c:1.!! g- ~ .c:"'O"" -~ _g 0: "io .!!! N ..!!! ,.. '-°t;>O. v, t; ·3: t; ! t; 1: ·;: IQ E ...: ... a,·-"' ... a,.c:.C: v,u:...,::cou:uuOt- I ~ ·- -·-·_,._.J i ..~ I " ~ . ·-·_j. Q) · - ---, (0 Q) 0 aiuciu.iu:cix..:...;~ a: w ~~ -] filf0 ~ a:> Q) V C: .,, z ·5 ! z C> I 01 .!: = <{ IQ ::, ~-;; = ·5= ~ Cl o::C E Cl> E oc,E U .:! ::I:=m IQ::C o ... IQ~::C..¥ ~::c IQ 01 ~ = >01'-C:..OIQa,"i"' g_·~ ~::c gi:.s ~ :;~ E~= ::l= IQ E IQ IQ ~·= 1/) ~ a ~ ~ 0 u ffi > ii: ·-·-~[ ~1'~ -~ ·- . ci;~~a:~880~ c,;o~<'irti-.iao-or..: .-NC"4NNNNNN --;;"io - =- ~ IQ-;; _::t:::C -;; ::I:::c .!:_::c ~ -·· <( ( >< ~ C: .c: C: • w wi ?; jg ·- ·- -· ~ ,. .J ~ LLO ~ ~ ~~ J~~~vi~~oJ ~~iD---1:~ ~~·-·-· -~-·-~~1~ ~~·;~~a~~~ u~ ~ ~ ~ a~-~,s ~ O~NM-.iao-or..:co ~ ............... ,... ............... i--....- -~:- - ~~ • -··--·-· x~C__ C: 1 5oL· ··· .... ~~r --~·/ ~ ·c"' ·e .,, ~... IQ ::c Gi >-::c IQ ::c Cl) IQ ...... Q) ~e: e: E..!!!~~ ~] IQ.C: IQ IQ ~66~~.i;~~o: ~ C'i rti ..; ari -o r..: co c,; (/) 0 (/) L., 0 Z ~ ~ Q ~ ~ ~ p:.l ~ ~Uo:l l' ~ s ·c._ .. :·;i -i..,~~\ ' . _1· ~ r ~. , , I ,. ·1 I di -~ te <{ ~ ~ ~ -· "'. ·-· . . .- :i:,·· ~ l .-' :I: ==;; m~=;;==;;=-:: ::c .= ::c ::c C: IQ I 0 I!- ... .. Q) :l J i ,i.r ~o_JIDOU ::, ~ I , o 0 VI I- <ll gia:"' gi1:6 a: gi Cl) w rni ~o..i!t!3 0 • w a: w :::I .. ~ ~t~·~-~-t\S. . ~ - ---·· -- .. IQ.~~ ~ <( ·- ·- ·--·-·-·- ·- e ... -.:-;;..¥E::e ~ e:~J::c ~ ~~~ i w a::: -- II :J: (/) w :!C _) ~ - . ~ - J si11 ~ ·-: '--•·--•"· ·~ ·-· I I~ . -•~ t.', __ .• i: I : ~ .: ~~ d ~ ~:i i � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1959-1960 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1959-1960 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/4f624f12b79d09c365732ac9559b96d5.pdf 0212866a79de8ece9b66b90e7016d2b0 PDF Text Text 1958-1959 �1958-1959 FALL AND SPRING E fESTERS - 1958-59 Vol. VII �Contents Marks of An Educated Man ... 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures under• standing. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great , t• tainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5. He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehend the forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He know that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participate constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. College Calendar 5 Board of Trustees 6 Committees, Board of Trustees 7 Officers of Administration 8 A isrants in Administration Faculty . . . Faculty Committees History of the College General Information rudenr Welfare . tudent Activities holarships and Awards Preparation for Professions and Vocations Degree Programs Terminal Programs Course Descriptions . Evening Division Community Lecture Series Index . . . 9 10 16 18 22 32 36 39 46 52 79 85 150 151 152 �COLLEGE CALENDAR COLLEGE CALENDAR SUMMER, 1958 ~ ed., June 11 to Fri., June 13. Registration fon., June 16 .............. Classes begin Fri., July 4 ...............•. Independence Day Fri., Aug. 8 ................ Summer School ends FALL, 1958 Tuts., Sept. 9 to Fri., Sept. 12 .. Freshmen Orientation Wed., Sept. 10, 9 a.m. to 12 n .. Freshmen Registration Thurs., Sept. 11, 9 a.m. to 2 p.m. Upperclassmen Registration .Mon., Sept. 15 .............. Classes begin at 8: 00 a.m. un., Oct. 5 ................ Reception-Parents of Freshmen lt., Oct. 18 ................ Homecoming lt., Oct. 25 ................ Final date to remove incompletes Mon., Nov. 3 ............... Mid-Semester Reports Thurs., Nov. 6 to Fri., Nov. 14. Registration Wed., Nov. 26 ............. Thanksgiving recess begins at noon Mon., Dec. 1 ............... Thanksgiving recess ends at 8:00 a.m. at., Dec. 13 ............... Christmas recess begins at 5 :00 p.m . .Mon., Jan. 5 ............... Christmas recess ends at 8:00 a.m. at., Jan. 17 ............... Classes end Mon., Jan. 19 to Tues., Jan. 27. Examination period SPRING, 1959 Fri., Jan. 30 ............... All-College Registration Mon., Feb. 2 ............... Classes begin at 8:00 a.m. at., Mar. 14 ............... Final date to remove incompletes fon., Mar. 23 .............. Mid-Semester Report Tues., Mar. 24 .............. Easter recess begins at 5 :00 p.m. Wed., Apr. 1 ............... Easter recess ends at 8:00 a.m. Wed., Apr. 1 to Fri. Apr. 10 ... Registration un., May 3 ................ Parents Day lt., May 23 ............... Classes end fon., May 25 to Wed., June 3. Examination period at., June 6 ................ Alumni Day un., June 7 ............... Baccalaureate ion., June 8 ............... Commencement SUMMER, 1959 Wed., June 17 to Fri., June 19. Registration Mon., June 22 .............. Classes begin Fri., Aug. 14 ............... Summer School ends �BOARD OF TRUSTEES Board of Trustees Chairman ARNAUD C. MARTS, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary JAMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, MRS. PAUL BEDFORD FRANK BURNSIDE FRANCIS 0. CASE MRS . CHARLES E. CLIFT WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. MISS ANNETTE EVANS EUGENE S. FARLEY HON. JOHN S. FINE HARRY F. GoERJNGER COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS Imtruction: Library: H. MINER, JR., Chairman (HARLES FRANK BURNSIDE MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs JOSEPH F. LESTER REUBEN H. LEVY R1:v. J. KOCYAN, Chairman M.D. MISS MARY R. KOONS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. CHARLES S. RousH Finance: Nominations: GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK, REV. CHARLES Chairman TERM OF OFFICE Expiring fune, 1958 Juuus LONG STERN GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER J. Mrss ANNETTE EVANS W. GUCKELBERGER JAMES P. HARRIS REUBEN H. LEVY A DREW J. SORDONI MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER AARON WEISS Miss ANNETTE EVANS, JOSEPH MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH ANDREW SORDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK JULIUS LONG STERN 7 GEORGE S. ROUSH, Chairman W. GEORGE JAM ES P. HARRIS J. JOSEPH GUCKBLBBRGER KOCYAN, M.D. .ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK FRANCIS 0. CASE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Miss ANNETTE EVANS EUGENE S. FARLEY HON. JOHN S. FINE GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER REUBEN H. LEVY CHARLES H. MINER, JR. THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Expiring fune, 1959 MRS. PAUL BEDFORD MISS MARY R. KOONS FRANK BURNSIDE GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK HARRY F. GOERlNGER REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH JOSEPH KOCYAN, M.D. ANDREW J. SORDONI MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER J. Expiring f une, 1960 MRs. CHARLES E. Cun WILLIAM 1. CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JAMES P. HARRIS Buildings and Grounds: GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER, Chairman fR,\NCis 0. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST JULIUS LONG STERN AARON WEISS HARRY F. GOERINGER, WILLIAM CASE HON. JOHN S. FINE REVDEN H. LEVY ARNAUD C. MARTS F. ELr.swoRTH PARKHURST ANDREW J. SORDONI 1. Chairman CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Miss ANNETTE EVANS Miss MARY R. KooNs JOSEPH F. LESTER CHARLES H. MINER, JR. AARON WEISS Juuus LONG STERN Development: C. MARTS, Chairman R. HARRIS THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. ARNAUD JOSEPH F. LESTER ARNAUD C. MARTS Scholarships: JAMES Ex Officio ANDREW J. SORDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK on All Committees-MR. GILBERTS. McCI.INTOCK �ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instruction B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State), Ph.D. (Yale) JOHN P. WHITBY, Director of Admissions and Registrar B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (Columbia) GEORGE F. RALSTON, Dean of Men B.A. (North Carolina), M.A. (Columbia) GERTRUDE A. DOANE, Dean of Women B.L.1. (Emerson) STANLEY H. WASILESKI, Director of Evening Classes B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) MARGARETE. CONNOLLY, Comptroller B.S. (Pennsylvania), M.A. (New York) JoHN J. CHWALEK, Director of Guidance and Placement B.A. (East Tennessee State), M .A. (Columbia) RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR., Alumni Secretary B.S. (Wilkes) EDNA M. STEVENS, Director of Public Relations B.A. (Brown) NADA Vu JICA, Librarian B.A., M.A. (Zagreb), M.A. (Marywood) GEORGE F. ERMEL, Cataloguing Librarian A.B. (Wilkes) M.S. (Syracuse) ALICE D. SCHAPPERT, Reference and Circulation Librarian A.B. (Wilkes) M.S. (Carnegie) SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, College Physician M.D. (Virginia) JOHN H. DOANE, College Physician M.D. (Medico Chirurgical) GLADYS B. DAVIS, Head Resident, Sterling Hall ANNA E. CABORE, Resident, McC!intock Hatt MARY J. CRAWFORD, Resident, Weckesser Hatt JANET L. LANGDON, Resident, Catlin Hall FRANCES M. SEARS, College Consultation Staff A.B. (Barnard) KATHRYNE. DOMINGUEZ, College Consultation Staff A.B. (Temple) A.M., Ph.D. (Columbia) 9 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION RUTH V. BJSHOP ........ . ......... . .................. Recorder MARY K. BEACHAM ............. . . . ..... Secretary to the President JANET DAVIES .............. . . . ......... Secretary to the Registrar DOROTHY DAVIES ..... . ............. . .. . ... 0 lfice Machine Clerk ETHEL M. Nuss .................. . ... .... . .. Assistant Recorder PHYLLJS WRIGHT . ..... . . .. .............. . . .. Registration Clerk ELAINE WEINSTEIN ........................ Admissions Secretary CATHERINE KARMILOWICZ . .. . .... . AccotJnts Receivable Bookkeeper ROSALIE FALCHEK . .. . ... . ....... .... ... . . . ... . .. . .... Cashier HELEN A. MORGAN ... . . . .......... . Accounts Payable Bookkeeper JOAN OSTROWSKI ........ . .................. Payroll Bookkeeper ELIZABETH H. BRETZ . . .. ...... ..... . ... Secretary to Dean of Men MARY F. JILLSON .... . . .. .. . . .. ..... Secretary to Dean of Women fILDRED MARINI ............. Secretary to the Director of Placement fARIE OPSITOS .............. . Secretary to Director of Development KATHLEEN O'DONNELL ........ . .. . . Secretary to Alumni Secretary WILLIAM 1AROA J. SCHLINGMAN . . ...... . .... . .. .. ..... Assistant Library B. Rlzzo . .. . .. . . . .......... . ... .. . . . . Assistant Library Rum T. HERBERT . . . . ..... ... . . ... . .. . Assistant Public Relations MILDRED GITTINS ...... . ... . .... . .... . .. Manager of the Bookstore WILLIAM JERVIS . . ........ . Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds �FACULTY Faculty EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instruction and Professor of Chemi1try B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) CHARLES B. REIF, Professor of Biology B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) HAROLD W. THATCHER, Professor of History A.B., M.A. (Columbia), Ph.D. (Chicago) SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, Professor of Economics A.B., M.B.A. (Boston University), Ph.D. (North Carolina) HUGO V. MAILEY, Professor of Political Science B.A. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) EUGENE L. HAMMER, Professor of Education B.S. (Wheaton), M.A. (Northwestern), Ed.D. (Columbia) J. DAVIES, Professor of English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) FRANK J. KONSTANTIN SYMMONS, Professor of Sociology B.A., M.A. (Warsaw), Ph.D. (Columbia) Vorus B. HALL, Professor of Physics and Engineering B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) A.M. (Columbia) STANKO M. VUJICA, Professor of Philosophy and Religion B.A. (Zagreb), M.A. (Innsbruck), Ph.D. (Zagreb) ELWOOD DISQUE, Associate Professor of German A.B. (Dickinson) HOH-CHEUNG Mm, Associate Professor of History A.B. (Lingnan), A.M., Ph.D. (Columbia) SYLVIA DwoRSKI, Associate Professor of Modern Languages B.A. (Connecticut College), M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) ROBERT L. CHAPMAN, Associate Professor of English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Michigan) THOMAS R. RICHARDS, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.S. (Bucknell) CATHERINE H. BONE, Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) · STANLEY H. WASILESKI, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) EDWARD N. HELTZEL, Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S. (Gettysburg), M.S. (Bucknell) CATHAL B. O'TOOLE, Assistant Professor of Art National Academy of Design WELTON G. FARRAR, Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Montclair State Teachers), M.A. (Clark) FRANCIS J. SALLEY, Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S. (St. Joseph's), M.S. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT E. MORAN, Assistant Professor of Music Education B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.Mus.Ed. (Northwestern) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI, Assistant Professor of Biology B.S. (Seton Hall), M.S. (Delaware), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFREDS. GROH, Assistant Professor of English B.A. (Syracuse), M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT C. RILEY, Assistant Professor of Psychology A.B. (Bucknell) BRONIS J. KASLAS, Assistant Professor of History 1.1.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) ROBERT E. WERNER, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S. (Wisconsin) JOHN G. DETR0Y, Associate Professor of Music B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.M. (Rochester) E. SHELDON CURTIS, Assistant Professor of Accounting B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) ARTHUR N. KRUGER, Associate Professor of English A.B. (Alabama), Ph.D. (Louisiana State) ROBERT L. TENER, Assistant Professor of English B.A. (Akron), M.A. (Western Reserve) SHELDON G. COHEN, Associate Professor of Biological Research B.A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) CROMWELL E. THOMAS, Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S. (Washington and Lee) RUTH W. JESSEE, Associate Professor of Nursing Education B.S., A.M. (Columbia) Ed.D. (Pennsylvania) PAUL R. WERNER, Assistant Professor of Accounting B.S. (Susquehanna), M.A. (New York) 11 �12 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY You-KENG CHIANG, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Central), M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago) EDNA C. CRAIG, Instructor in Business Education B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) PHYLLIS I. CLARK, Instructor in Music B.A. (Moravian), M.Mus. (Michigan) JOHN H. HoTSON, Instructor in Economics B.A. ( Colorado College), M.A. (Pennsylvania) EDITH S. NAMISNIAK, Instructor in Biology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Michigan) RONALD D. MICHMAN, Instmctor in Retailing B.S., M.S. (New York) JOHN J. CHWALEK, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (East Tennessee State), M.A. (Columbia) RussELL H. MILLER, Instructor in Mathematics B.S. (Columbia) JOSEPH H. KANNER, Instructor in Psychology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (New School for Social Research) PHILIP L. Rizzo, Instructor in English B.A., M.A. (Pennsylvania) JOSEPH B. SLAMON, JR., Instructor in Accottnting B.S. (Wilkes), C.P.A. (Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) BERNARD J. ZAWISA, Instructor in Art Education B.A. (Wesleyan) M.F.A. (Iowa) T. LEONARD CONNOLLY, Instructor in History A.B. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (New York) PART-TIME FACULTY BENJAMIN F. FIESTER, Instructor in English A.B. (Wilkes) (LIFFORD E. BALSHAW, Instructor in Music F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) IRVING BARON, Instructor in Accounting B.S. (New York) C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) (LAYTON BLOOMBURG, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (Bucknell) MARY R. E. BROWN, Assistant in English ROBERT S. CAPIN, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) RITA M. CARLIN, Instructor in Spanish B.A. (Misericordia), M.A. (Fordham) (HARLES L. CASPER, Instructor in Business Administration Ph.B. (Yale) , LLB. (Harvard) THEODORE L. KROHN, Instructor in Accounting and Business A.B. (Wilkes) L.L.B. (Dickinson) BERNICE LEAGUS, Instructor in Biology B.S. (Bucknell) M.S. (Pennsylvania State) ROBERT J. MILLER, Instructor in English A.B. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) HELEN B. BUBECK, Instructor in Physical Education B.S. (East Stroudsburg State) ALLENE. BACON, JR., Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Temple) ROBERT D. BHAERMAN, Instructor in Education B.S. (Wilkes), M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) JOSEPH J. CHMIOLA, Instructor in Business Administration A.B. (Wilkes) LAWRENCE DITORO, Instructor in Physics B.S. (Alabama), D.D.S. (Temple) BERNARD EDELSTEIN, Insructor in Sociology A.B., M.S.W. (Pennsylvania) THEODORE EVANS, Instructor in Political Science A.B., 11.B. (Pennsylvania) ALBERT FRIEDLANDER, Instructor in Philosophy Ph.B. (Chicago), B.H.L. (Hebrew Union) ERNEST GOTTSCHALK, Instructor in Economics B.S., M.B.A. (Michigan) ARTHUR J. HoovER, Instructor in Commerce and Finance B.S. (Wilkes) FERDINAND LIVA, Instructor in Music Conservatory of Naples, Juilliard School of Music LORNA HOLBROOK MUI, Instructor in Sociology A.B., A.M. (Columbia) JOHN G. REESE, Instructor in Physical Education B.S. (Pennsylvania State) RUTH T. ROBERTS, Instructor in English B.A. (Goucher) 13 �14 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY Instructor in Politi~al ~cience B.A. (Pennsylvania), LL.B. (D1ekmson) MARITA S. RILEY, G. HILBERT, Instructor in Safety Education B.S. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A. (New York) GEORGE G. ISAACS, Instructor in Music A.B. (Randolph-Macon) SIDNEY JOHN H. HIBBARD, Instructor in Nursing Education A.B. (Wilkes) DONALD B. RITCHIE, Instmctor in History B.A. (Haverford), 11.B. (Pennsylvania) WILBUR Instructor in Nursing Education B.S. (Misericordia) MINERVA JACKSON, EDWARD R. JANJIGIAN, L. RUBIN, Instructor in Retailing TONY SCARANTINO, Instructor in Economics B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor in Religion S.T.M. (Lutheran Theological Seminary) Instructor in Nursing Education Ph.B. (Chicago), M.D. (Boston) CARL SCHINDLER, Instructor in Secretarial Studies B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (New York) GORDON R. SCHLIER, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) RUTH M. KLEIN, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S., M.D. (Michigan) HELEN F. McHENRY SHEEDER, A. KOHN, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) CYRIL G. KONSAVAGE, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) J. STRASSMAN, Instructor in Accounting B.S. (Wilkes), C.P.A. (Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) CASIMIR TYBURSKI, Instructor in English B.A. (Delaware), Foreign Study THOMAS H. JENKINS, WILLIAM JOHNS, JOSEPH LEWIS JOHN Instructor in Psychology B.S., M.S. (Rutgers), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ISIDORE KRASNO, VIRGINIA E. LEONARDI, Assistant in Mathematics C. LIVA, Instructor in Music Juilliard School of Music Instructor in Business Education B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) G. SEEHERMAN, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor in Music B.Mus. (New England Conservatory) ALLAN Instructor in Mwic B.Mus. (Syracuse), S.S.M. (Union Theological) MARGERY WALLER, ANNE Instructor in English B.S. (New York), M.A. (Bu~nell), M.A. (Middlebury), Fulbright Exchange Professorsh1p--Italy, 1954-55 MURRAY MACKSON, Instructor in Business Administration B.A. (Pennsylvania State), Ll.B. (Dickinson) E. RUSSELL MAY, Instructor in Engineering Problems B.S., M.S. (Purdue) JOSEPH L. WEITZ, J. MORAN, Instructor in English B.S. (Wilkes), A.M. (Columbia) ABRAM P. MORGAN, Instructor in Mathematics B.S. (East Stroudsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) WILLIAM MORGAN, Instructor in Retailing B.S. (North Carolina State) Instmctor in Geology Ph.D. (Yale) CHARLOTTE V. LORD, THOMAS J. SPEICHER, Instructor in N11rsing Education B.S. (Wilkes) ROBERT A. WEST, Instructor in Mathematics A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Columbia) F. WELSH, Inst,-uctor in Political Science B.S. (Wilkes) HARRY JOHN J. WILLIAMS, Instructor in Civil Engineering B.A., M.A. (Bucknell) D. WILLIAMS, Visiting Lecturer in History A.B. (Williams), M.A. (Pennsylvania) RICHMOND Instructor in Sociology B.A. (Juniata), M.S.W. (Pittsburgh) ]. WARREN YARNAL, J. YENCHA, Inst1'11ctor in Nursing Education B.S. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (Bucknell) MARJORIE 15 �16 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY COMMITTEES 1958-1959 Admissions Graduation JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman GERTRUDE A. DOANE GEORGE F. RALSTON GEORGE F. RALSTON, ALFRED W. BASTRESS ELwooD DISQUE GERTRUDE A. DOANE ALFRED S. GROH J. Athletics RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR., JOHN CHWALEK GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE J. Chairman CHARLES B. REIF Calendar HUGO V. MAILEY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS JOHN P. WHITBY CurricultJm ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Secretary FRANK J. J. DAVIES VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER HUGO V. MAILEY FRANCIS MICHELINI THOMAS R. RICHARDS PHILLIP L. RIZZO SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG HAROLD W. THATCHER STANLEY H. WASILESKI J. Evaluation GEORGE ELLIOT, Chairman EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ROBERT RILEY Chairman JOHN P. WHITBY, ex officio Library HAROLD W. THATCHER, Chairman ALFRED BASTRESS, ex officio FRANK J. DAVIES EUGENE L. HAMMER CHARLES B. REIF THOMAS R. RICHARDS NADA VUJICA ROBERT E. WERNER BERNARD J. ZAWISA w. J. Scholarships JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman JOHN CHWALEK GERTRUDE A. DOANE GEORGE F. RALSTON J. Shtdent Activities and Planning GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ROBERT D. BHAERMAN GERTRUDE A. DOANE GEORGE F. ELLIOT AR THUR HOOVER ROBERT E. MORAN RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. Ex Officio on All Committees - J. DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY �HISTORY 19 A History of the College T o PROVIDE opportunities for education comparabl~ to ~hos~ offered by other communities of the nation, Bucknell Univers1t!, in 1933, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named 1t Bucknell University Junior College. Prior to that year, :X7i~kes-Barre an~ t~e Wyoming Valley comprised the largest community m Pennsylva111a, 1f not in the United States, lacking a local college. For several years the Junior College was mainta~ned o~ an ex~rimental basis while the interest of students in advancmg their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were mad~. . . . While these plans were under cons1derat1on, Bucknell _D~1vers1ty adopted a policy in relation to the Juni?r ~ollege t~at s1g01ficantly affected its development. In 1938, the U01vers1ty promised th~ College complete autonomy when its foundations were firmly established but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as such support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four_ years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses enablmg students to .finish their junior and senior years in Wilkes-Barre, and the_ College Trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirement~ of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. Early in World War II, from February, 1913, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. Although the war deterred the growth of the College for a time, the impetus to education resulting from war experiences acce!crated its development in the years immediately following the cessat10n of hostilities. RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 15 5 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citi- zens to enable the College to move trom rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Slark were the first donors, and John N. Conyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Arnaud C. Marts of Bucknell on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allan Kirby's gift of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named I aac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution; Zebulon Butler Hall, in honor of the Amencan patriot; and Gies Hall, in memory of Paul Gies, beloved professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946 by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Mrs. Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, construction of which was completed in 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Pickering Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; ..terling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling; and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. To provide adequate housing facilities for out-of-area women students, Mr. Gilbert S. McClintock, chairman of the Board of Trustees, give h,s South River Street home to the College in 1951. Now called McClintock Hall, the building, together with the other four College re 1dcnces, permits the accommodat10n of approximately one hundred boarding students. The gracious old Sturdevant house on South Franklin Street was purchased in the summer of 1952. Its rooms have been converted into offices and classrooms for the departments of Education and Psychology. In the following year, Miss Anna Hollenback bequeathed the College her home on South Franklin Street. It is now used for offices for the Veterans Admmistration and the College's Guidance and Place- �20 WILKES COLLEG E ment Bureau. These offices were formerly located in Ashley Hall, which has now been converted into a men's residence to accommodate the increase in out-of-town students. Since 1953 six additional properties have been acquired by gift and purchase. Of these properties David Roberts Warner Hall is used as a dormitory for men, and Harding House is reserved for the book store and a student lounge. The other properties have been reserved for parking areas or are temporarily used for class purposes. In September 1957, the Harold R. Stark Hall was opened for use by the science departments. This building of approximately 50,000 square feet has been given by a group of anonymous friends and will provide students with the most modern facilities of study in the fields of biology, chemistry, and physics. Fortunately, endowment has kept pact with the expanding facilitie · of the College so that the tuition of each student is supplemented by further income from endowment. Annual gifts from friends and alumni also add to the funds spent for the education of each student. �GENERAL INFORMATION 23 CURRICULA The College offers programs leading to the Bachelor's degree in liberal arts, biology, chemistry, commerce and .finance, and elementary, secondary, business, music, and nursing education, in addition to two years of work in physics and engineering. A student who successfully completes the physics or the engineering program may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his .field. TERMINAL PROGRAMS Terminal programs in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, laboratory and medical technology, and pre-dental work are open to the student who desires only two years of college. EXTENSION CLASSES General Information Bucknell University gives extension courses in education on the Wilkes campus. Graduate credit earned in these courses may be applied toward the degree of Master of Science in Education and State certification in guidance and administration. A person desirous of taking the degree of Master of Science in Education at Bucknell University may earn eighteen of the required thirty hours in Wilkes-Barre but must earn the remaining twelve in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of l ew York. ADMISSIONS An applicant for admission to the College should write to the Director of Admissions to request a personal interview and a set of application forms. Upon completing the forms, he should return them, together with a $5.00 fee, to the admissions office. Although it is desirable that the interview with the Director of Admissions or the appropriate Dean should take place at the College, other arrangements may be made in instances in which a trip to WilkesBarre would seriously inconvenience the student applying for admission. Admissions tests will ordinarily be scheduled during the interview. An applicant who has taken the tests given by the College Entrance Examination Board may be excused from the examination administered by the College. Upon receipt of an applica6on, the Director of Admissions will obtain an official transcript from the secondary school or college formerly attended by the applicant. The Committee on Admissions will then consider the full record of the student and will notify him of its action as early as possible. �14 GENERAL INFORMATION WILKES COLLEGE ADVANCED ST.ANDING A student who wishes to transfer to the College from another insti• tution should follow the regular procedure for admission. He should request the college or university from which he desires to transfer to forward to the College a transcript and a letter of honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. The transferred credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the stu• dent following a final evaluation at the end of his first term at the College. A student who has no credits to transfer but who is equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination. Although he will not receive credit for the courses that he has omitted, he will be spared the necessity of repeating work that he has previously covered outside of college. MARKS Five numerical grades are given by the College for academic work. These grades are: Interpretation Grade Superior 4 Very Good 3 Good 2 Passing 1 Failing 0 Averages are computed by multiplying the grade earned in a subject by the number of credits. The totals thus obtained for each subject are added and the total for all subjects is divided by the total number of credits taken by the student. This quotient shall be called the point average. 25 both students and farulty, the following averages are required for adran~ement from class to class. To be admitted to these classes the following averages are required: Class Average Sophomore .... . .......... . Junior ................... . Senior • • • • • • • ♦ • o o o o I• o t • • o 1.4 1.7 1.85 Any student failing to meet these requirements will withdraw from th~ College unl~ss he appears before the probation and evaluation committee and convmces them that he merits another opportunity. RlQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION To be_ eligible for gradu~tion all requirements of the College and of the curriculum must be satisfied. These requirements are: 1. The completion of all subjects required for the degree. 2. A grade of 1 or better in each required subject. 3. An average of 1.85 for all courses. 4. An_ aver~ge of 2.0 for all subjects within the student's major. 5. Satisfact10n of all requirements pertaining to the orientation and assembly programs and physical education. 6. Tr~nsfer students must complete a minimum of 30 credits at Wtlkes. TFRMINAL CERTIFICATES tudents taking terminal courses must complete all course requirements and must average 1. 7 credit points for all courses. USE OF MARKS Although the primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the student of his achievement, marks are also used by the College a guides to counselling and for administrative purposes. The faculty counsellor, before discussing future plans, must be in• formed concerning the student's ability, stability, interests, and achieve• ment for it is these factors that suggest the possibilities for development of the student. Marks and averages also indicate something of the values gained from College. It is generally admitted that superior and good grades indicate that a student is benefiting from his studies; it is similarly accepted that a student who makes a poor record is gaining little from College. Mark and averages are therefore used to determine whether or not the student is receiving sufficient benefit to remain in College. For the guidance of Two-YEAR ENGINEERING AND PHYSICS CERTIFICATES Certificates in engineering and physics will be awarded to students who have: 1. Completed 60 credits of required work and P. E. 101 102 103 104, 105, 106. ' ' ' 2. Attained an average of 1.7 for all courses. PROBATION Any stude?t not attaining the grade necessary to advance him to the next class wiII be put on probation for one semester If t th d f h ·d • , a e en o t. at per10 , h~ has not attained the minimum average for admission to his class, he will be dropped from coIIege. �26 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION 27 WITHDRAWALS A student may withdraw from any course duri~g the first two weeks of a semester without penalty. A student who withdraws from one or more courses after the first two weeks but who continues other courses will receive an "O" unless the Dean, faculty adviser and instructor agree that the student be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. TAKING OF DEGREES In order to receive his degree or certificate, a candidate must be present at commencement. If circumstances prevent his attendance, he must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. COUNSELING Each student will be assigned a faculty adviser ~t the_ begi~ning of his freshman year and will be expected to confer w1th this adviser con· cerning the schedule and other educational problems. R EGISTRATION Every student is expected to register at the begi~ning_ of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. Late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning classes; thereaft:r no registrations will be accep:e_d. A student who registers after the reg1stra• tion dates will pay an addit10nal charge of $2.00. ot STUDENT LOAD Students shall ordinarily be limited to the normal load fo~ the cm~r e of their choice. In the Liberal Arts this will be 16 hours with PhysiC;11 Education; in the Sciences it will sometimes be 17 or 18 hour~, ~nd m Engineering it will vary from 17 to 19 hours. Any student w1shmg t_o carry an overload must obtain the approval of the Dean and his advisor. The maximum load for students with a 2.0 average sha11 be 18 hour, and 20 hours the absolute maximum for all students. Credits in excess of the normal load are charged at the usual rate per credit unless it can be shown that a student is compelled to take an overl~ad because of the rotation of courses within a department. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. Each student is required to attend weekly assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year : Freshman and sophomore year Junior year - eight cuts. en ior year - fifteen cuts. four cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. FACULTY Inasmuch as the values to be derived from a college are less dependent upon its material resources than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in its students, the College has carefully selected its faculty for their training, experience, and personalities. A cosmopolitan group, Wilkes teachers bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective and an academic preparation that fits them to provide the intensive training essential to their various fields. LIBRARY Kirby Hall, the College library, houses approximately 40,000 volumes. The library is staffed by three professional librarians and a number of student employees. Shelved on open stacks to encourage students and faculty members to make fu11 use of them, the books, with the exception of those reserved for reference and as supplementary reading matter for particular courses, may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Also available to members of the College community are some four hundred current periodicals. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Approximately forty per cent of the graduates of Wilkes have entered graduate or professional schools. It is recommended that the student who wishes to extend his education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in his senior year. Such examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools, and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS 1. A student who desires to study at another college during the summer must have his summer schedule approved by the appropriate Dean prior to enrollment in the other college if his summer work is to be credited toward graduation from Wilkes College. �28 GENERAL INFORMATION WILKES COLLEGE 29 2. When credits for the work taken in the summer at another college are requested at Wilkes, it will be necessary for this work to be evaluated. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. 3. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. A student registering for individual instruction in music will be charged for five lessons whether the lessons are taken or not. A student dropping his study after the fifth lesson will be charged for the full term. Students registering for individual music instruction after the third week of the semester will be charged on a pro rata basis. Rental of practice room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . Use of diction laboratory ........................ . 5.00 5.00 EXPENSES .Music-group instruction: Fifteen-week series of one-hour lessons in violin viola or cello in groups consisting of not less than three o; more than five students ........................ . 40.00 Music Education Laboratory Fee: Rental of school instruments used in the Music Education Course for a fifteen-week period and the use of practice rooms ................................ . 10.00 The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the catalogue at the rate of $300.00 a semester for tuition. In music, the sciences and the secretarial studies, additional fees are charged for laboratory work and individual instruction. In the event a student takes fewer courses than are required in any given semester, he will pay $20 per semester hour or $300, whichever is less. If a student elects a heavier schedule th.in is required, he will be charged $20 for each additional hour of credit. The tuition of $300 also includes a charge for maintaining student activities. ADDITIONAL FEES Accident Insurance per school year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7.00 Laboratory fee for Bio. 101, 102, 111, 112, 113, 201, 202, 211, 212, 223, 241,242,251,252 Chem. 101, 102, 104, 121, 122, 230, 231, 233, 241, 242,251,252,271,272 Charges for part-time students, students in the Evening School, and for semester hours beyond the normal load prescribed in regular courses: Semester hour of study .......................... . 20.00 Student activity fee for those taking less than fifteen or more than nine semester hours, or for any special student wishing to participate in activities ........ . 20.00 C.E. 103,104 Phys. 111, 112, 150, 151, 152, 251............ . .... 15.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Laboratory fee for S.S. 99, 101, 102, 107, 108, 109, 110, 115, 205 ...... . 10.00 Dormitory charges Fee for Ed. 207, 209, 210, Mus. Ed. 203-204 ........ . 20.00 Chemistry Breakage Deposit ( any balance refunded) ....................... . 10.00 Board and Room Per Semester ................... . Bills for board and room in college dormitories are due before the opening of the semester. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. 35.00 Accident and sickness group insurance policy, required of all dormitory students, payable in full with .first semester charges ............................ . Music-individual instruction: Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in piano, organ, or wind instrument ...................... . Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in violin, viola, or cello with Mr. Liva .................... . Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with Mr. Isaacs ............................. . Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in piano with Mrs. Liva ............................... . 50.00 50.00 50.00 350.00 25.00 Special Charges: Fee to accompany application for admission ............ . Change of schedule per credit hour ................... . Special Examination .............................. . Transcript (no charge for the .first copy) .............. . 5.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 �30 WILKES COLLEGE Late Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduation fee ( four-year students) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convocation fee (two-year students) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 20.00 12.50 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to changing price levels. PAYMENTS A $50.00 deposit or 50% of the total charge for tuition and fees, whichever is less, is required at the time of registration. The balance of the charges for the semester is payable on receipt of an itemized bill. No students may take an examination until satisfactory arrangements have been made with the Comptroller for the payment of all bills. No student may take a final examination until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS Refund of tuition will be made to students who withdraw voluntanl; from the College while in good standing under the following conditions. During the first six weeks of a term, one-half the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. Tuition for unfinished courses will be refunded to all students ordered to active duty under the Selective Service Act or by the Organized Reserve Corps. Refund of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not be made except under special conditions. No courses may be dropped after the second week. except with ap• proval of the student's faculty adviser and the Dean. �STUDENT W ELFARE 33 Student Welfare LlREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely, scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service provided not only for seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first-hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, which is under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and gueries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are included in the collection as are some six hundred catalogues and bulletins from more than five hundred American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional level. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. COUNSELING The College considers counseling one of the most effective ways in which to encourage the development of its students. It considers each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives at the time of his application so that, as far as possible, it can plan its academic program to enable him to realize those objectives. Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of those who are concerned with his progress with information about his abilities, interests, and aptitudes. He has opportunities throughout his col1ege career to consult with his faculty adviser concerning his scholastic progress or social and personal problems with which he needs help. The Deans cooperate with faculty advisers in providing students with information and guidance wherever possible, and the College urges students to avail themselves of their services. The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, ereral days at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with freshmen. This program ranges from individual conferences to lectures on the meaning of a college education. During this first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty advisers and arrange schedules under their guidance. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet once a week with representatives of the faculty. They discuss informally, some of the problems of college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with personal problems. Students who desire such help may apply directly to the Consultation Service staff for appointments. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. New students or those who are unacquainted with this resource may be referred to the Service by the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, or any other interested faculty member. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring groups and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. Some idea of the services that are available may be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in drafting, mathematics, and engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters are studying life insurance problems and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music, and a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare them �34 WILKES COLLEGE STUDENT WELFARE for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in economics, selling, and advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained economically in their industrial plants. The Economics Department of Wilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. PLACEMENT OFFICE AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT The College maintains a placement office in Hollenback Hall, South Franklin Street. One purpose of the office is to help undergraduates to find part-time employment. More than one-third of the students earn part of their expenses, and the office has been particularly helpful to this large group. Students desiring such part-time work should communicate with the Director as early in the school year as possible. Another important service rendered by the Placement Office is that of assisting the graduating student to find permanent employment in a position suitable to his talents and training. Students who desire this service should see the Director early in the senior year. The Office will, moreover, be pleased to extend such assistance to any graduate of the College. SPECIAL SERVICES Accident and Sickness Insurance. Accident and sickness group insurance is required of all dormitory students, but is optional with day students. The plans are described in material mailed to all applicants upon admission to the College. The accident policy provides reimbursement for expenses arising out of any accident in which the student is involved during the entire college year. Reimbursement is made up to $500.00 for each accident. The sickness policy provides additional reimbursement for all expenses attendant upon any illness to which the student becomes subject during the college year. Under this coverage there is reimbursement up to $200.00 for each illness. Broad in scope, the plan covers all the student's illnesses and accidents, regardless of how or where they may occur. Benefits under the plan are paid in addition to benefits to which the student is entitled under any personal policy or membership in any hospital association. The fee for accident and sickness coverage is $25.00 payable at the time of registration. It is underwritten by the Mutual Benefit Health and Accident Association of Omaha and is under the supervision of Howell & Jones, Inc., Wilkes-Barre. Accident Insurance. Accident insurance must be carried by all students to protect them from unnecessary loss during the school year. To 35 provide this coverage at a minimum the College has arranged for group coverage with the Mutual Benefit Health and Accident Association of Omaha. The fee of $7 .00 provides protection for the full period of the College term and is payable at the beginning of the term. Day students who wish to obtain both health and accident insurance may buy this more comprehensive coverage at the same rate paid by boJrding students. Lockers. The College provides a number of conveniently located lockers for students who wish to safeguard their personal belongings. A student may rent one of the lockers at the rate of $1.00 a year, one quarter of which will be refunded when he surrenders his key. The fee is payable at registration. �STUDENT ACTIVITIES Student Activities The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be realized through academic ~?rk alo_ne. Each student is encouraged to participate in at least one act1v1ty during the year. 37 The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its tudcnt officers and management. ORCHESTRA The Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the aegis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. Membership in the orchestra is open to talented instrumentalists in the student body. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a c~-~~dinatif:g agency, to e~tablish social _standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, super~ising, and executing ·the program of student activities. MADRIGAL SINGERS This small group specializes in the madrigal works of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century European composers. Its Christmas program is one of the most attractive features of the Town & Gown Concert Series at the College. ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. DRAMATICS Students interested in drama present several one-act plays and two major productions each year. The students are_ gi_ven trainin~ in the arts of the theatre: acting, make-up, scenery-bmldmg, costummg, an~ stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band, organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at athletic events and gives concerts throughout the year. The College owns instruments which are used _by mu~icians _who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A umform 1s provided for each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with me_mbership open t_o all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal exp~ncnce and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets once each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history and presents several programs before the College community and the general public each semester. PUBLICATIONS Amnicola, a yearbook; the Beacon, a newspaper; and Manuscript, a literary magazine, are published by the students. Those interested in writing, photography, art and advertising have an opportunity to join the staffs. DEBATING Debating has proved particularly popular with students preparing for the law or interested in public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic .fields. These clubs, developed cooperatively by students and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may be easily adapted to currenr interests. ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, baseball, basketball, soccer, and wrestling. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for physical education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, touch football, volleyball, and bowling are some of the sports available. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, basketball, softball, and swimming. ATHLETIC CODE Athletics are an integral part of the activity program at Wilkes College, and as such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration, and approved by the Board of Trustees. �38 WILKES COLLEGE In arranging the extra-curricular program, wheth~r it be a:hletics, dramatics, debating, or the yearbook, each student is responsible for determining how much participation is desirable for him. Whenever participation in activities detracts from the scholastic achievem_ent_ the student, it also tends to detract from development of those 10d1V1dual qualities to which the activity should contribute. It is believed, therefore, that at Wilkes College a balance must be maintained between scholastic and extra-curricular activities so that scholarship will not be impaired by excessive participation in student activities. In the athletic phase of the extra-curricular program ~t \X:ilkes Co~lege a particular problem is posed because the college mamtarns athletic relations with other colleges. The experiences of other colleges ha, c demonstrated beyond any doubt that there can be neither fair competition nor good sportsmanship in intercollegiate contests if relations are not confined to colleges adhering to similar policies. The emphasis upon intellectual development ~t Wilkes Coll~g_e ma~c. it infeasible to emphasize athletics. It is the belief of the admmistrat1on and faculty that high scholastic standards cannot be attained whe? too much emphasis is placed upon any one phase of an extra-cumcuhr activity. Therefore, the college gives no s~holarships for the sole pu_rpose of encouraging athletes to attend Wilkes College. Athletes w~ll receive the same consideration in admissions, in the classroom, and in the awarding of scholarships that is given to other students. Should the winner of the scholarship wish to participate in any student activity, he is free to do so. In no instance will the continuance of his scholarship depend upon such participation. High scholarship and good influences will entitle any scholarship recipient to the retention of his award. In arranging for intercollegiate competition, Wilkes College seeks to establish permanent ties with colleges adhering to the same Rolicies. of admission, maintaining similar scholastic standards, and offerrng assistance on the same basis. o! Scholarships and A wards GUIDING PRINCIPLES Alth_o~gh Wilkes College was established to bring educational opportunities to the young people of northeastern Pennsylvania it has becon:1~ clear with t?e passing of the years that many of o~r most prom1s1ng student~ still requ~re financial assistance if they are to develop those talents that l1e latent within them. To. assist these able and ambitious students, friends of Wilkes College contribute each year to a substantial scholarship fund that enables the College to more adequately serve those for whom it was created. Because these funds are given by generous men and women who are desirous of helping young people in their efforts toward sel/improvement and self-development, it is essential that worthy and able students be carefully selected and that the purpose for which these funds have been given be clearly understood. W~th the intention of assuring this understanding, the following principles have been adopted: 1. Awards shall be limited to students who have demonstrated ability, ambition, and need, plus a desire to attend Wilkes College. 2. No application for scholarships shall be considered before the student has been admitted to the College. 3. Every applic_ant for ~cholarship aid shall be expected to submit confidential mformat10n pertaining to his financial needs and his record of achievement. 4. No scholarship shall be granted until the student has demonstrated a sincere desire to gain an education and has made every reasonable effort to finance as large a portion as possible of the costs of this education. ' ' 5. It is anticipated that the family will cooperate with the student and the College by offering the maximum of encouragement and support. When su_ch home support is lacking, the College will seek to dev~lop with the student a plan whereby his education may be contmued through work, loans and scholarships. 6. No stude~t ma! simultaneously hold more than one scholarship. 7. Scholarships will be forfeited if the student, at any time, carries fewer hours than are normal for the course. INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT 1. To establish eligibility for a scholarship, the student must first ap~ly for admi~si~n to the College and must be accepted. Application for admusion should be made prior to March J. �40 WILKES CO LLEG E SCHOLARSHIPS AND AW ARDS 2. Students requiring aid shall indicate their need on the application for admission to the College. 3. Students indicating such need shall receive an application for scholarship aid with their notification of admission to the College. 4. The student seeking scholarship aid shall then establish his need for assistance by providing on the application the information that is requested. This application should be mbmitted to the Director of Admissions before April 1. 5. The applicant is responsible for the submission of personal rf erences from three teachers or other members of the commumty. These references should be mailed directly to the Director of Admissions prior to April 1. TYPES OF SCHOLARSHIPS Competitive sch olarships are offered each year to studen~s from the first quarter of their high school class who make outstandmg records on the scholarship examinations given at the Co~l~ge on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competit10n ri:ust_apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the exammat10n. LEADERSHIP SCHOLARSHIPS Leadership Scholarships shall be award~d _to sel~cted big~ school graduates who have demonstrated. leade_rs~~P m theu academic work, the arts, or in student and community activities. As these awards are made in expectation that the qualities of leadership manifested in high school will be demonstrated in t~e College, the scholarships will be awarded for one year only, but will be renewe_d annually if the student's performance in College measures up to his promise in high school. Music and art scholarships are available to a limited number of stu• dents who possess marked aptitude for either music or art. PUBLICATION S Scholarships are offered to students holding responsible and d~manding positions on the student publications. These scholarships are awarded as follows : AMNICOLA Y cars of Service Position Editor in Chief Business Mgr. Assistant Editor Picture Editor ! 4 3 2 Full Tuition Three-quarters Tuition Two-thirds Tuition Three-quarters Tuition One-half Tuition One-third Tuition BEACON Years of Service Position Editor in Chief Business Mgr. ews Editor ports Editor Feature Editor 41 } 4 3 2 Full Tuition Three-quarters Tuition Two-thirds Tuition Three-quarters Tuition One-half Tuition One-third Tuition Name Scholarships have been created by frie~ds of the College for sistance of able and worthy students. Adolph Herskowitz Memorial Scholarship Fund. For a period of years Mr. Ernest Herskowitz is giving funds that will assist a worthy student to gain an education. William B. Schaeffer Memorial Scholarships. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni has endowed a scholarship which will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. Mrs. Lewis H. Taylor left a bequest to the College for the assistance of worthy students. In appreciation of this gift the Board of Trustees has set aside the income from the bequest to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who without assistance could not gain a college education. Dickson Memorial Scholarships. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. The William H. Conyngham Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Jessie Sturdevant Memorial Scholarship awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. John Welles Hollenback Scholarship. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollen- �42 WILKES COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS 43 back, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. _1n announcing the ~onors of these scholarships, the College also wishes to acknowledge 1ts appreciation to the donors. The Richard H. Royer Scholarship is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. BARRE FOOTWEAR COMPANY Mr. Harland W. Hoisington has given an annual scholarship to FRANKE. BALDWIN COMPANY CENTRAL SLIPPER COMPANY, INC. EASTERN PENNSYLVANIA UPPLY COMPANY The John Lloyd Evans Memorial scholarship was created by Rulison Evans in memory of his father, a life-long lover of music, conductor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Sheldon Choral Society and the Wilkes-Barre Mixed Choral Society. The scholarship of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or music education who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his chosen field of study. FIRST NATIONAL BANK The Business and Professional Women's Club of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. Theta Delta Rho, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. COST OF EDUCATION SCHOLARSHIPS A number of local firms make annual gifts to the scholarship fund so that the College may be able to provide needed assistance to able :i.nd ambitious students. These grants amount to one-half tuition plus a small amount to cover some of the difference between the tuition changes and the cost of education. FRANKE. PARKHURST, INC. CUSTOM PRODUCTS assist students of high scholastic ability. The W. S. Carpenter Memorial Fund was established in 1956 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing res~a~ch projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, prov1dmg scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus or other equipment for use in the science department. MELODY SHOE CORPORATION MINERS NATIONAL BANK PENNA. POWER & LIGHT Co. PIONEER MANUFACTURING Co. PLANTERS NuT & CHOCOLATE COMPANY B. POST COMPANY J. foWLER, DICK AND WALKER foWLER & WILLIAMS F PRESTIGE SHOE CORPORATION SECOND NATIONAL BANK RANCONI AUTO PARTS FRANKLIN FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN TRIANGLE SHOE STORES GENERAL ROOFING COMP ANY GLEN ALDEN CORPORATION WILKES-BARRE DEPOSIT & SAVINGS BANK C. F. GOERINGER WILKES-BARRE IRON & WIRE WORKS CONSTRUCTION Co., INc. HARRY F. GOERINGER & SONS GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER WYOMING NATIONAL BANK OF WILKES-BARRE KANAAR CORPORATION LESTER PONTIAC WALBEN, INC. AWARDS _Ea~h year a number of awards are given for outstanding scholarship 10 selected fields. T~e E~gineering Award is given by the faculty of the Department of Engmeenng to the student whose achievement in the two yea · . course 1s . most outstandmg. . - r engmeermg The W. F. Dobson Award i_n Accounting is given to the graduate who has made the most outstandmg record in accounting during h · f years at the College. is our The L. /. Van Laeys Award in f ournalism is given to the raduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. g The Wall Stre~t Journal Au:ard is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. The Outstanding Graduate of the Year Award is given by the Wilk College Alu~ni Association to the graduate considered by a speci~I faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. The Mrs. fames 1:fcl_(ane Awards of $25 each are made to the man and woman m_ the Juntor class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. �44 WILKES COLLEGE The Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Award is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. The Chemistry Award is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. The Deans' Scholarship Awards are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. The Wilkes Faculty Women's Award is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. The /ohn Wilkes, Inc., Annual Forensic Award is made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. The Linda Morris Award is given by Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Morris in memory of their daughter, Linda, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through the first three years at Wilkes College. MeCLINTOCK HALL 1951 �PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in all fields, but they alone are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as _tech• nical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally atomic research have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much superior to uneducated men as the living are _to the d~ad." The c~aracter of a man's world has always been determmed by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a backwound in. th.e hum~nities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Spec1al1zed tram. ing should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education f?r life, and specific training for various vocations. The general educat10n develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses re• quired for selected occupations and professions. The liberal arts and science courses may be adapted to specific voca• tions by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist who ~molls ~or the Bachelor of Arts course may major in one of the soe1al studies and choose electives in English, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In engineering and in commerce and finance the course of stu?y is, by contrast, primarily technological, alth?ugh cours~s fr~m the liberal arts program are required and the choice of_ ele~t1ves 1s left to the individual preference. Students find the engmeerrng course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization. eve°: thou~h t~ey do n?t make engineering their life work. The curricula m engmeenng and m commerce and finance will also prepare those who plan to teach tl,ese subjects. 47 business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. (HE MISTRY A steady demand for chemists and chemical engineers comes from industry, government (including the Armed Forces), and education. The variation in kinds of employment is extreme. In industry, the chemist may be in basic or development research; in pilot plant work, production, administration, sales, or personnel. Advanced study is encouraged by the chemical industry; while teaching positions require the B.S. or doctorate degrees. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to other engineering schools. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the first two years of work in such additional types of engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. JOURNALISM A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism require a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow the old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be found applicable to the broad demands made upon the newspaper reporter and editor, although English composition is fundamental. The Bachelor of Arts degree with an English major is the most popular choice of journalism students, but the science and other courses also prove useful, since the newspaper reports all phases of human activity. The increasing interests of the United States in other countries make a knowledge of foreign languages particularly desirable in preparation for responsible positions as foreign correspondents. Journalism students may gain practical experience by working on the staff of one of the student publications: the Beacon, Amnicola, or M(lnt/JCt'ipt. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the various programs of the commerce and finance curricula. The commerce and finance curricula cover business principles and practices; they also include electives in liberal arts. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for a LAW Preparation for the practice of law is based on the fundamental liberal arts: English, history, political science, economics, sociology, natural science, languages, and mathematics. Most law schools do not specify a reguired major in undergraduate work. �48 WILKES COLLEGE PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to complet: ~ four-yea~ college course before beginning their specialize~ librar~ trarnmg. Forei$n langu~ges, English, science, history, econo~ics, soc10logy, or educ~tion constitute appropriate major .fields. Many ~ibrar~ schools ~l~o r:qmr~ a knowledge of two foreign languages. Proficiency m typewntmg is desirable. Music The aim of the Wilkes music curricula is two-fold: to interest the many in music as an avocation that may_ lead them to participate ~ctively in musical organizations and to assist the few who have speoal talents along the road to professional careers as teachers or perf?rmers. Although students who concent~ate in m_usic may commen~e _the1~ study of applied music at Wilkes, high quality pre-college tramrng is very desirable. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in ~us_ic Education fully equips students to obtain certificates to teach musJC_m the public schools of Pennsylvania. The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music represents the fulfillm:nt of th_e _fun~amental purpose of the liberal arts program, "an education for living. MEDICINE Wilkes offers a pre-medical course that is adapted _to the requirement· of the various medical schools. The latter have, m recent years, re• stricted their enrollment, and most of them scrutinize closely the qualifications of applicants. Medical aspirants should det~rmin: as soon a· possible, though consultation with the Deans and theu advisers, exactly what demands they must meet. MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required ot prospective ministers. The pre-theol?gic~l .st_u dent should learn the requirements of his de~orninati?n and its ~ivm!ty sc~~ols. In ge~eral, the liberal arts course, with a maJor or electives m religion and philosophy, is appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses prepared to assume administrative, supervis_ory, and instructional duties has for years far exceeded the supply of trained personnel. In consequence, schools of nursing and hospitals are constantly seeking qualified nurses. To enable Waduates of approved schools of nursing to obtain the necessary preparat10_n, th~ Colleg~ offers a ~rogram leading to the degree of Bachelo~ o~ Science m Nursing Educat1?n. A minimum of sixty-four college credits is needed to fulfill the requirements for the degree. 49 Extensi~n courses in Nursing Education may be arranged by writing to the Chal!man of the Department of Nursing Education. High School graduates desiring college experience before entering a school of nursing may receive guidance in the selection of a proo-ram suited to meet their individual needs. b The College maintains a cooperative relationship with local hospital ,chools of nursing and provides instruction in the physical, biological and social sciences. PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized or understood. The tools of communications electronics transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engine;ring, manu~ facturing, and medicine (to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the application of the fundamental laws of physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of psychology in many diversified fields. Since then the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a sound foundation in psychology, biology, sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, and industry. OCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously in recent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard distribution of charity as a matter of political patronage. Governmental a"encies, municipal, county, state, and federal, are realizing the necessity for a professional approach to the problems of unemployment, poverty. and crime. Wilkes offers a pre-social-work program. Sociology, supplemented by work in psychology, biology, and allied fields, provides a valuable background. SPEAKING AND DRAMATICS The College offers preliminary work in speech. Courses in speech and �50 WILKES COLLEGE dramatics and practical experience in debating and play production afford opportunity for development in this field. TEACHING A teacher's training depends upon the kind of teaching contemplated. For college and university work the best institutions require advanced degrees; their faculty members ordinarily take graduate work in the field in which they concentrated as undergraduates. Prospective teachers of English, history, sociology, take the Arts degree; students who expect to teach in the schools of science take the Bachelor of Science degree or degrees in such specialized fields as engineering. Certification for public-school teaching is usually based on the following requirements: the college degree, specialized courses in education, and a measure of specialization in teaching subjects. Wilkes College is authorized by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare elementary- and secondary-school teachers in most fields of instruction. PART-TIME STUDY Promotion or advancement is often made possible by additional train• ing. It is sometimes practicable for employed persons to continue their education without giving up their positions. In its desire to be of the widest possible service to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes part-time and special students. (See Evening Division, page 150.) Anyone interested in a career not included in this list of the major professions and vocations should consult the Director of Admissions. CHEMIS-r'A, and ·EN �DEGREE PROGRAMS 53 BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The liberal arts program is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM Degree Programs A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. DIVISIONS The basic requirements for degree pr~grams ar~ outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may ?e chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to m~~t the reqmrer:nents for graduation within each major program as conditions may requue. Humanities Social Sciences Sciences Art English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students who expect to take the Bachelor's degree in art, biology, mathematics or music choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified in the section headed "Description of Courses" in the catalogue. A major may also be taken in social science. The social -science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. tudents preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take twenty hours in education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. For that reason, a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN CREDITS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than art, biology, mathematics, and music 54 FRESHMAN Y EAR HUMANITIES Major Subject Art ................. English ............. Foreign Language . . . . Mathematics ......... Music .............. Philosophy-Religion ... Major Humanities 36 40 24 28* 47 24 32 24 31 34 45 37 Social Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 15 Fm Sciences ElectitJe 6 6 30 35 45 30 14 38 6 14 6 6 First Semester Second Semester fitl, Number Cr. Biological Science1 • • • • • •••• • Bio 100 3 Compasition . .. ... . . . . . . . .. . Eng 101 3 2 Foreign Language •••• ••••••• 101 or 103 3 H1 t. of \V. Civilization .. .. .. Hist 101 3 Alternates: Introduction to Music .. . ... Mus 100} 3 Physical Science . .......... Phys 100 Phy . Ed . ...... . ........... P .E. 101 1 Pers.Hyg . .. .. ....... .. . . . . P .E. Orientation 105 SOCIAL SCIENCES Major Subject Economics ........... History ............. Political Science . ...... Sociology ........... Social Science ........ Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 Biology ...... :• •..... Psychology .......... Major Humanities 31 24 32 37 . 1 Title N umber Composition . ... . . . . . .. .. .. Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech . ... . . Eng 131 Foreign Language 2 •• •• .••• . • • 102 or 104 Hist. of W. Civilization .. .. . . Hist 102 Alternates : Introduction to Music ... ... Mus Phy sical Science1 .. • . . . . . •. Phys 100 Phy s. Ed ....... . ........ . .. P .E. 102 Pers. H yg . .. .. ... . .... . .... P.E . 106 SociaJ Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 Sciences 6 6 6 6 6 Free Elec//tJt 39 39 39 39 27 Social Sciences Sciences 15 31 15 9 Free Electit·e 15 35 Cr. 3 2 3 3 100} 3 1 l 16 17 SCIENCES Major Subject 55 SOPHOMORE Y EAR Third Semester Tttl, Fourth Semester Number World Literature ... .... .. . .. Eng Cr. 151 4 Foreign Language2 • • •••. • ••• • 103 or 200 3 Alternates : Fundamentals of Math . ... . Math 101} H1 tory of Religions . ..... . Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 •• • •• Phil 101 Alternates :4 Intro. co Economics ...... . Ee Intro. to Education ..... . . . Ed American Federal Govt ..... P .S. 6 General Psychology .... .. .. Psy 100 Intro. to Sociology ... .. .. . Soc 100 Elective .. . . ....... . . . ... . p I S EJ ........ . ....... . P .E . 103 1 !~) Title Number World Literature ... ... .. . Eng 152 Foreign Language2 . •. • • • • 104 or 200 Alternates : Al gebra or Trig . ..... . . Math 107- 109} Hist. of Relig ions . .. ... Rel 101 Intro. co Philosophy3 ... Phil 101 Alternates :4 Intro. to Economics . .. . Ee 100 Intro. to Education . . .. Ed 101 Intro. to Political Science .. ......... . .. . P .S. 100 General Psychology .... Psy 100 Elective . .. ........... . Phys. Ed . ........ ... .... P .E . 104 17 Cr. 4 3 3 6 1 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours 1 ~tudents may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bio. 100 or Phys. 100. l The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. l Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. 1 During *Does not include Math. 105. If a student is required to take Math. 105, it will count as a free elective. the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the alternates, with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the scheduling of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a major, one or more of the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the junior year. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Art Major in Biology FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR 56 First Semester First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Basic Art . . ..... ........... Art 101 3 Composition . . .. . .. . ... .. . . Eng 101 3 History of W. Civilization ... H ist 101 3 Physical Science . . .. . . . ..... Phy 100 3 Foreign Language .. . ....... . 101 or 103 3 Phys . Ed ... . .. .......... .. . P .E . 101 1 Pers. Hyg .. . .. ... .. ..... ... P .E. 105 1 Orientation T itle Number Cr. Basic Art . . .. . .. . .. ... . . .. Art 102 Biological Science ........ .. . Bio 100 Composition .......... . .... Eng 102 History of W. Civilization . .. Hist 102 Foreign Language .... . .. ... . 102 or 104 Phys. Ed ............. .... .. P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . . .. . .. . .. . . .. ... . P.E. 106 17 17 Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ....... . ... . Bio 101 5 Gen. Inorganic Chem . . ... . . . Chem 101 4 Composition ............... . Eng 101 3 College Algebra . . ...... . ... . Math 107 3 Phys. Ed .... .. ............ . P .E . 101 l Pers. Hyg . .... .. . .. ... . . .. . P .E . 105 1 0rienracioo T itle Number Cr. General Zoology .... . ... . . . . Bio 102 4 Inorg anic Chem . and Qualitative Anal. . ... . . . . . Chem 102 6 Composition . . . . .. .. ... ..... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry . . .. . . ... . .. . . . M ath 109 3 Phys. Ed . ..... .. .. . ........ P. E. 102 1 Pers . H yg . .... .. ... . . . . .. .. P.E. 106 1 17 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Title Number Cr. Applied Art . . . ............. Art 103 3 Composition and Color ... .. . Art 114 2 1 Foreign Language •. . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities...... 3 Social Science or Psy......... 3 Phys. Ed .. ... . .... ...... ... P.E . 103 1 Title Number Cr. Applied Art .............. .. Art 104 3 Composition and Color . .. ... Art 115 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . • . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities . ... .. 3 Social Science or Psy.. . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed .............. .. . . . P.E. 104 1 15 15 Fourth Semester N11mber Cr. Comparative Anatomy of che Vertebrates . .. . . . ..... Bio Inorganic Quantitative Anal. .Chem World Literature . ........... E ng Hise. of W. Civilization . ... . . Hist Phys. Ed .. ............ . .. . . P .E. 4 4 4 3 1 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Illustration or . . ... ..... . ... Art 201} Advertising Design or ..... .. Art 211 3 Fine Art .. .......... . .. . .. . Art 215 Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng 131 2 World Literature .. . .... . .... Eng 151 4 Electives in Humanities, . . . . . Social Science or Psy.. . . . . . . . 6 Studio I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Title Number &. Illustration or . .... . ... ... .. Art 202} Advertising Design or . . ... . . Art 212 Fine Art ................... Art 216 World Literature . ......... . . Eng 152 Electives in Humanities, . . . . . Social Science or Psy ........ . Studio II . . ..... . . . . ... . ... . 17 15 Sixth Semester Titl, Number Cr. Histology . .. . . ... . . ... .. ... Bio 241 3 Organic Chem ............... Chern 231 5 Foreign Language 1 . . . •• ••... 101 or 103 3 Introductory Physics . .. . .... Phys 111 4 Title N umber Cr. Histology .. ..... . . . . . . . . . . . Bio 242 3 Foreig n Language 1 .. . • • . • . . . 102 or 104 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 112 4 Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Intro. to Sociology ..... ... .. Soc 100 3 15 16 SENIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester 201 121 151 101 103 Title N umber Cr. Embryology . . .... . . ... .. .. . Bio 202 4 Organ ic Chem . ...... ........ Chem 230 4 World Literature . . . . . . ...... Eng 152 4 Hist. of W . Civili zation ...... H ist 102 3 Phys. Ed .... . .. . .......... . P .E. 104 1 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester 57 Title Number Cr. Illustration or . . ....... . .... Art 203} Adv. Advanced Design or . ... Art 213 3 Fine Art .. ... . . . . . ... ....... Art 217 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Studio III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Numbtr Cr. Illustration or . ... .. . ... ... . Art 204} Adv. Advanced Design or . ... Art 214 Fine Art . . .. ............ . . . Art 218 Electives . .. . . . .......... . . . Studio IV . ................ . 15 15 Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Physiology ................. Bio 251 3 Seminar .. ....... . .......... Bio 291 1 Introduction to Economics . . . Ee 100 3 Foreign Language1 . .. • •••••• 103 or 200 3 Electi ves 2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6-7 Title Number Cr. Physiology ...... . . . . ....... Bio 252 3 History of Biology . ......... Bio 292 1 Foreign Language 1 . •.• . • . . . . 104 or 200 3 E1ectives 2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 9-10 16-17 16-17 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. 2 One elective is to be selected from the humanities or social sciences. Botany or 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Bacteriology electives may be chosen in senior year. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Mathematics Major in Music 58 Students planning to major in mathematics should take courses in high school that will prepare them to start their college program with the cour e in Analytic Geometry. Unfortunately, all students will not qualify for this course, and, in consequence, it will be necessary for them to start with a more elementary course in College Algebra and Trigonometry, Math. 105. This deficiency can be made up by: 1. Taking Math. 105 in the summer session preceding the Freshman year, or 2. Starting the Freshman year with Math. 105, taking Analytic Geometry, Math. 122, in the second semester, and then completing the first course in Calculus, Math. 125, in the summer between the Freshman and Sophomore years. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Title Number Cr . Biological Science .. .... .. .. . Bio 100 3 Composition ......... . ..... . Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . .. . .. .. 101 or 103 3 Mathematics. . . . . . . 4- 5 Ph ys. Ed . . ............ . .... P .E . 101 1 Pers. Hyg ... . ....... .. .. ... P.E . 105 1 Orientation N umber Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100} 3 Principles of Economics ... ... Ee 101 World Literature . ... ...... .. Eng 151 4 Foreign Language1 . . . . • .• . •. 103 or 200 3 M at hematics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Psychology .. ...... . Psy 100 3 Phys. Ed .. . ..... .. . .. ... . . . P .E. 103 1 Tit le N umber Cr. Composition .. . .... .. . . . . .. Eng 102 3 Foreign Language . .. . .. . ... . 3 Music Theory ... . ... ..... . . Mus 102 5 1 Applied Music .••. . • • • . . . . • 1 Physical Science .. . ..... . ... Phys 100 3 Phys . E d . .. . .. . .. .. .. . . . .. . P.E. 102 1 Pers. H yg . ..... . .. .. ...... . P.E. 106 1 17 17 Third Semester Fourth Semester Tir/, N umber Cr. Foreign Language . ... ..... . . 3 Music Theory .. .. .......... Mus 103 5 Applied Music 1 .. .•.• . • . . ..• 1 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych . ... . 6 Php. Eu.. .. . .............. P.E . 103 1 Title Number Cr. Foreign Lang uage .... ..... . . 3 Music Theory ....... . . ... .. Mus 104 5 1 Appl ied Music .• . . . • . . . . • . . 1 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych . ... . 6 Phys . Ed .. . .. . ....... . . . ... P .E . 104 1 16 16 17 Tit le Number Cr. World Literature ... .. .. . .. .. Eng 152 4 Foreig n Lang uage1 . . . . . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Mathem atics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics I ....... ... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed ...... .. .. . ........ P.E. 104 1 16 JUNIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 3 Mathematics Electi ve2 • • • • • • • 3 General Physics II . ... .. . . . Phys 151 4 Intro. to Sociology .... .. . .. . Soc 100 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 N 11mb~r Cr. B1ological Science . . .... . . .. . Bio 100 3 Compom10n ... . ... . . ... . .. . Eng 101 3 Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . 3 1us1c Theory ... . ... ... .. . .. Mus 101 5 Applied Music 1 . . . . . . . . . . • • • 1 Phi s. Ed .... . ........ . .... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . . ... . ... .. . . .. ... P. E . 105 1 ic1J t.1t ion Fourth Semester 18 Fifth Semester Second Semester Tttl, SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. Composition . . . . . .. . . . . . ... . Eng 102 Fund amentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 Foreign Language 1 .. . . . . • . . . 102 or 104 Mathematics . .. . .... .. . .. . . Elective .............. .. ... . Phys. E d ...... . .. . .... . .... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . . . .. .. .. . . .. . .. .. P.E. 106 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester 15-16 Third Semester .59 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N 11mber Cr. Fundamentals of Speech .. . . . . Eng 131 2 World Literature ... ... . .. . .. Eng 151 4 Htst. of W Civilization . .. . . Hist 101 3 H,srory of Music .. .... .. . . . . Mu s 109 3 Applied Music 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives m Humanities, oc. Science or Psych . . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. World Literature .. ... .... . . . Eng 152 4 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . . . Hist 102 3 History of Music . .. ... .. . .. . Mus 110 3 Applied Music . . . . . ....... .. 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych.. . . . . 3 17 15 Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. H istory of W. Civilization ... Hist 102 3 M athem atics Electi ve . . . . . . . . 3 Intro . to Philosophy .. . . . . . . Phil 101 3 Intro . to Political Science .... P.S. 100 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester 15 16 Tir!t N umber Cr. Applied Music 1 ••••.• . •. .• •• 2 In 1rumencation ... . .... . ... Mus 215 2 Analrsis .. ... . .. .. . .... .. .. Mus 217 2 Elmi1·cs ... ..... . .. . . ...... 9 Title Nttmber Cr. Mathematics Elective2 • ••••• • 3 Intro. to Music .. .. . ........ Mus 100 3 9- 12 Elective ....... . .... . .... . . . T itle Number Cr M athematics Elective2 •• • •• • • 3 Elective . . .. . . . . ........ ... . 12 Title N 1;mbet Cr. Appl ied Music 1 • • • • • • . • • . . . . 2 Orchestration .... ..... . .. ... Mus 216 2 Counterpoint .. . . . . ...... .. . Mus 218 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 16 15-18 15 16- 19 Seventh Semester SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. 2 Math 100,101, 102,115, 118willnotcounttowardamajor. 1 I Private instruction . �Seventh Semester BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY The chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the broad general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-four credits. These credits include forty-five in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, fifteen to twenty-one in the social sciences and psychology, twenty-one to thirty-three in the humanities, and the language requirement. Students planning to major in Chemistry or Physics should take courses in high school that will prepare them to start their college program with the course in Analytic Geometry. Unfortunately, all students will not qualify for this course, and, in consequence, it will be necessary for them to start with a more elementary course in College Algebra and Trigonometry, Math. 105. 18 18 The !_eve! of the course will d~pend upon_ the achievement of the student. See page 92. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS . Wil~es ~Hege ?ffor~ the firs_t two years of work leading toward a major •~ physics or m _engmeermg phys1Cs. The need for men with this type of education _is ~mphas1zed by the many new problems which have arisen with the appltcat10n of nu.clear ener~w The curriculum offers a firm grounding in the fundamenta~s, w1t~out which further study cannot be continued profitably. The course m physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research. FRESHMAN YEAR 19 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester _, Title N11mh1r Cr. Title Number Cr. Inor . Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 4 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mathematics. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics III .......... Phys 152 4 General Physics II ......... Phys 151 4 Elective (optional).......... 0-3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 1 Phys. Ed . ... .... . .. . . .... .. P .E. 104 1 Fifth Semester JUNIOR Title Number Cr. Organic Chemistry .. ...... .. Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 241 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . • •••.. 101 or '103 3 Elec. Measurements ......... Phys 251 3 Elective.... ................ 3 18 ~ij YEAR Sixth Semester · Title Numhtr C,. Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 242 4 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . • . 102 or 104 } Stoichiometry .......... Ch. Eng. 106 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 18 Second Semester First Semester Tttl, Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Engmeering Problems ........ Engi 100 2 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Elementary Germani ......... Ger 101 3 hthematics 2 • • • . • • • • • • • • • • 4-5 Ph)S Ed ................... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 0nencarion Tit!, Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 102 6 Elementary Germani ......... Ger 102 3 Mathematics 2 . • . . • • • • • • • • • • 4 General Physics I .......... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed ... .. .. ... .. ...... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg ................ .. P.E. 106 1 19 19 Third Semester M Eighth Semester Tit!, Numbtr Cr. Inorg . Quan. Analysis ....... Chem 122 5 West. World Literature ...... Eng. 152 4 Chemical Literature ......... Chem 262 1 Foreign Langua~ei . . . . . . . . . . 3 Chemistry Elective. . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives are ~o. be se!ected ~1th the advice and consent of the faculty adviser as follows: Humam~res: _Nme to e1g~teen credits are to be chos_en fr~m the following: Eng. l?_l, 153, 154, Phil_. 101, 102, Mus. 100; Rel. 101. Socral Soences and Psychology: , me to fifteen credits are _to be chosen from the following: Soc. 100, 107, 205; P. S. 100, 203; Ee. 101, 102; His. 107, 108; Ed. 101, 201, 207; Psy. 100. Title Numh,r Cr Inor. Chem. & Qua!. Anal.. .. Chem 102 6 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics I .......... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed ...... . .... ........ P.E. 102 l Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 16- 17 SENIOR YEAR Tit!, Numher Cr. Qoal1tative Organ. Anal. .... Chem 233 3 History of Chemistry ........ Chem 261 1 ,\est. World Literature ...... Eng. 151 4 Fore1~n Language 1 . . • . . . • . • • 3 E!ect1Ves................... 7 1 This deficiency can be made up by: 1. Taking Math. 105 in the summer session preceding the Freshman year, or 2. Starting the Freshman year with Math. 105, taking Analytic Geom• etry, Math. 122, in the second semester, and then completing the first course in Calculus, Math. 12 5, in the summer between the Freshman and Sophomore years. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem .. .... Chem 101 4 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 5 Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Phys. Ed ............ ... .... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .......... .. ...... P.E. 105 1 Orientation 61 DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 60 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Engineering Drawing ........ Engi 105 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ... . .. Eng 134 3 2 lachematics • • . • • • • • • • • • • • 4 General Physics II .......... Phys 151 4 PhJs. Ed ................... P.E. 101 1 Tit/, Numbtr Cr. Engineering Dra:wing ........ Engi 106 2 Amer. History srnce 1865 . ... Hist 108 3 2 Mathemacics • • • • • . • • • • • . . • 4 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M .E. }211 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... M.E. 212 3-6 General Physics III ......... Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 1 18 17-20 !Intermediate or scientific Ge~man may be substituted when the student is qualified. • ee paragraph on Mathemat1Cs under Bachelor of Science in Chemistry. �62 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE lN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accountingl The commerce and finance curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the humanities, sciences, and social sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal. social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. The commerce and finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. These groups are: Group l. Accounting; Group II, Business Administration; Group III, Retailing; Group IV, Secretarial Studies. FRESHMAN YEAR 2 First Semester T,tl, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting . ..... Acee 101 3 Sun·er of Business ..... . . . ... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science .. .... . ... . Bio 100 3 Composiuon . . . ... . ..... . ... Eng 101 3 Hm. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed ... . ............ .. P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg ..... . . ...... . .... P.E. 105 1 Orientation Subjects Major Group II Group Ill Accounting Business Administration Gro11pW Secretari,J Retailing Cr. 30 Cr. 24-39 Cr. 24 Studies Cr. 23 .... . .. .. ... Commerce and Finance 1 . ... ... . 21 6 30-33 15 Electives ... . . ... .. 9 15 12 38-39 .... .. .. 28 28 28 28 Science ... . ....... . 6 6 6 6 Social Sciences . ... . 33 33-48 24-27 15 Humanities Physical Education . . 6 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 6 133 6 133 17 Fourth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Advanced Accounting . .... . .. Acct 112 3 Business Law .. . . ... . ..... . . B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics .. .... Ee 102 3 World Literature . ... . .. .... . Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102} Mathematics of Finance .. . ... Math 115 3 Phys. Ed . ............. .. ... P.E. 104 1 19 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Co t Accounting . ... . ... . .... Acct 201 3 Busine s Law . .... ... . . . . . . . B.A. 233 3 loney and Banking ......... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics . . . . Ee 231 3 lncro . to ociology .. . .. . .. . . Soc 100 3 Free Elective2• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 17 Sixth Semester Td/11 Number Cr. 202 3 Advanced Cost Accounting .. . Acct Accounting Systems . .... .. . . Acct C.P.A . Problems .... . . . ... . . Acct Business Law .. ... ..... . ... . B.A. In tro . co Philosophy .... .. . .. Phil History of Re ligions .... . .. . . Rel Economic Statistics ...... .. .. Ee Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220} 3 242 234 3 101} 3 101 232 3 18 6 131-132 Tttl, Number 231 209 225 100 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 1 2 3 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Aud iring Principles .. . .. . . . . . Acee Bu . Car. and Reports ........ B.A. Corporation Finance . . . . . .. .. B.A. Intro. to Music ...... . ....... Mus Free Elective3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Does not include major courses. 17 Third Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting ... .. Acct 111 3 Business Law ..... . ..... . ... B.A. 231 3 Pr10ciples of Economics . . .... Ee 101 3 World Literature .. ....... . . . Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math . . .. . .. Math 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. ... Eng 131 2 Ph}s. Ed . ... . . . . . . ....... . P.E. 103 1 Tax Accounting . . . ... . ..... . Acee 221 1 Second Semester Title Nrrmh,r Cr. Principles of Accounting . .. .. Acct 102 3 Composition .. . . . .... . .. .. . . Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . ... Hist 102 3 Intro . to Political Science .... P.S . 100 3 Physical Science ... . . ... . . . . . Phys 100 3 Phys . Ed . ....... . ... . .. . . . P.E. 102 l Pers. Hyg . ... . .. .... .. .. ... P.E. 106 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR GROUP REQUCREMENTS Group I 63 Eighth Semester Title Number Auditing Practice . .. . . . ...... Acct 232 Theory of Money . . ... .. .. . . . Ee 202} Public Fin ance .... .. .. . ..... Ee 236 Economic Geography ........ Ee 226 Cr . 3 3 3 9 Pra:tical e~pe:ience in acco1;1nting is required for all students during the summer following the 1un10r year or durrng the senior year. It is suggested that all students take Typewriting (S.S. 107) during one semester of the freshman year. s Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P. A. examinations should elect humanity subjects. �WILKES COLLEGE 64 DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Business Administration Students who major in business administration will select their electives from the following: FRESHMAN YEAR1 BANKING AND FINANCEl Second Semester First Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........... B:A. 100 3 Biological Science ... . ....... B10 100 3 Composition ........ . ....... E~g 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed ... . .... .. .... .. .. . P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .......... ... ..... P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Principles of Accounting ..... Acct Composition ............... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. Physical Science ............. Phys Phys. Ed ............... . ... P.E. Pers. Hyg .. . ............... P.E. 102 1D2 102 100 100 102 106 Tlfl, Number Credits and Collections ........... B.A. 218 Real Estate .................. B.A. 220 Corporation Finance ............. B.A. 225 JJ~estments ..................... B.A. 226 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 l 1 T11/, Number Government and Business ........ Ee 212 Collective Bargaining ............ Ee 223 lnternmonal Trade .............. Ee 225 Economic Geography ............ Ee 226 Comparative Economic Systems ... Ee 229 Business Cycles .................. Ee 230 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature . . . ......... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math .. . .... Math 101 3 Phys. Ed ....... ... ......... P.E. 103 1 Num~er Title Cr Business Law . . ............. B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature . ........... Eng 152 4 Al cerna ces: Fundamentals of Math ...... Math 102\ Mathematics of Finance .... Math ll Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 Phys. Ed . .. ........... . . . .. P.E. 104 Title Numbn- Public Finance .................. Ee Economic History ............... Ee Economic Analysis .............. Ee Consumer Economics .. . ......... Ee Economic Investigation ........ . . Ee 236 238 241 245 246 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONSl Number Industrial Management .......... B.A. 235 Personnel Management ........... B.A. 236 Produrnon Management ......... B.A. 237 Office Management .............. B.A. 238 ales Management .............. B.A. 239 Property Insurance ............... B.A. 240 Ttll, s; 17 16 Title Numh,r Theory of Money ................ Ee 202 Public Finance .. . ............... Ee 236 Mathematics of Finance I. ....... Math 115 ECONOMICS 1 17 17 Title 65 Title Numb,r Life Insurance ................... B.A. 241 Labor Problems ................. Ee 223 Applied Psychology ... . .. . ...... Psy 206 Psychological Tests ......... .. .. Psy 212 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Number Cr. 201 Money and Banking ......... Ee 3 231 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 3 Intro. to Sociology .. . ....... Soc 100 3 3 Elective in Social Science .... . 6 Free Electives ............. . Tit!, MARKETING1 Number Cr Title Al tern ates: Theory of Money .......... Ee Economic Geography ..... Ee C. & F. Elective ......... . Economic Statistics .......... Ee Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil History of Religions ....... Rel Marketing ................. BA. Free Elective .............. . T,1/1 Numhe, alesmanship .................... B.A. 114 ,\d\erusing ..................... B.A. 216 Tran portation .................. B.A. 217 larketing ...................... B.A. 222 202) 226 232 101' Title Numbtr Sales Management ............... B.A. 239 Property Insurance ............... B.A. 240 International Trade .............. Ee 22} Consumer Economics ............ Ee 24} Principles of Retailing ........... Rec 101 101; ~22 15 18 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Titl, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 1 •• 12 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Titl, Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 1 •. Free Elective .............. . Cr 12 3 18 1 See footnote next page. 1 At least six courses in this group are required of students concentrating in this field. �66 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Secretarial Studies Major in Retailing FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR 1 First Semester First Semester Second Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting . . . .. . Acct 101 3 Biological Science . . .. . . .. . .. Bio 100 3 Survey of Business . . ..... . . . . B.A. 100 3 Composition ..... . .. . ... . ... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . ... . . H ist 101 3 Phys. Ed ..... . ... . ........ P. E . 101 1 Pers. Hyg .. ...... . ... . ..... P.E. 105 1 Orientation 17 67 DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE Tit!, Numb,r Cr Principles of Accounting . .... Acee 102 } Composition ... .... .. .... . . Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . .. . . . Hist 102 3 Physical Science . ..... . . . .. . . Phys 100 3 Intro. to Political Science . . .. P.S. 100 3 Phys. Ed .. .... . .......... . . P.E. 102 I Pers . H yg ... . . .. ........ . .. P.E . 106 I Second Semester Trtl, Numb,r Cr. umy of Business .......... B.A. 100 3 Compos1tton ..... . ...... . .. Eng 101 3 H1 c.of\V. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math . . . . ... Math 101 3 Phys l:.ducation . . . .. . . .... . P.E. 101 1 Per .J-Iyg ...... .... .. ... .. . P.E. 101 1 Ee tlVe.. ......... 3-4 Tit!, Number Cr. Biological Science .. . .. . ..... Bio 100 3 Composition ... . ........... Eng 102 3 Hist. ofW. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math .. . .. . . Math 102 2 Phys. Education . .. ... .. . ... P .E . 102 1 Pers . Hyg ... .. . .... . ... .. .. P .E. 106 1 Elective ... .. ......... .. . . .. 3 17-18 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law .. . ... . ....... . B.A . 231 3 Principles of Economics . . . ... Ee 101 3 World Literature . .. . . ...... . Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math . .. ... . M ath 101 3 Elective in Retailing. . . . . . . . 3 Phys . E d .... . . .... .. .... . .. P .E . 103 1 Titla Number Cr Busi ness Law . . ..... .. .. . ... B.A. 232 3 Prine i ples of Economics . ..... Ee 102 3 World Literature .. . .. .. ... . . Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math .. . . . . . Math 102 3 Elect ive in Retai ling . 3 Phys . Ed . ..... . ............ P.E. 104 Fourth Semester Tttl, Number Cr . Elementary Accounting .. . ... Acct 101 3 Adunces Exposition . . ...... Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech ... . . . Eng 131 2 Intro. to Music . . . . .. ..... . . Mus 100 3 hornand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 Ph} . EJ ...... ...... ... . ... P.E . 103 1 Number Cr . Title Principles of Accounting . . ... Acct 102 3 American Federal Government P .S. 101 3 Physical Science . ... ......... Phys 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . S.S. 102 4 Free Elective ... ...... .. .. . . 3 1 Phys . Ed .. . ... .. . .. ... . . . .. P.E. 104 16 17 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Titk Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .. . . Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . . . .. E ng 131 2 Electives in Social Science . . . . 3 Electives in Retai ling or Com . & F in.. .... . .... 9 Title Nttmber Cr Intro. to Music ... . . . ... . . .. Mus 100 3 Alterna tes : Intro. to Philosophy . .. .... Phil 101} H istory of Relig ions ...... . Rel 101 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin .. ... . . . ...... . Free E lective . . . ..... . . . .... . M ar keting . . . ...... . . . . . ... B.A. 222 Eighth Semester 15 151 109 Elccmes.. . ... . .. ....... . .. 6 17 17 4 4 SENIOR YEAR Trtu SENIOR YEAR Titls N umber Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports . ..... . B.A . 209 3 Intro. to Sociology . . . . .. ... . Soc 100 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin... .. . ......... 6 Elec. in Com. & Fin . or Soc. Sc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 \\ orld Literature .... . .. .... . Eng Advanced Stenography ...... S.S . Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics . . .... Ee 102 3 World Literature ... . ... . .... Eng 152 4 Ad vanced Stenography ...... S.S. llO 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Seventh Semester 17 Seventh Semester Sixth Semester T,tl, Numbtr Cr. Pn ciple of Economics ..... . . Ee 101 3 Title Number Cr Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin .. .... ... . . . . . . Free Electives ... .. .. . . . . . .. . 15 Eighth Semester Number Cr. Bu . Cor. and Reports ..... . . B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Machines . .... S.S . 205 4 Elecnve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Title Number Cr. Office Management ... . .. . ... D.A. 238 3 Al tern ates : Medica l Stenography .. . ... S.S. 200 3 Speech Reporting ... . . . . .. S.S. 203 3 Free Electives .. ... .. ..... . . 9 15-16 15 The candidate for a degree with a major in medical stenography should consult with her adviser before planning a program of study. The following cience courses are required: Chem. 101, Bio. 251-252, to provide the necesry background for work in a medical office. �68 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION The program outlined below is designed to prepa~~ s~dents for certi.fi~ation in most states. Students are expected to fam1liar1ze themselves with specific state requirements. Students preparing to teach in secondary schools must major in one of the followin teaching fields: English, Foreign Language, Mathematics, Science or Social Studies. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Number Cr. Title Titls Composition . . . . .... .. .. . . .. Eng 101 3 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Mathematics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Intro. to Political Science .... P.S . 100 3 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Phys . Ed .......... . . .. .... P .E . 101 1 Pers. Hyg ... ... ... . ... .... . P.E. 105 1 Orientation 17-18 Second Semester Number Cr Composition ....... . . . . . . ... Eng 102 3 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Intro. to Sociology ........ . . Soc 100 3 Electi ve.... . ... . ... .... ... . } Phys. Ed. . ... . . . . . ..... ... P .E. 102 I Pers . Hyg .. ....... . . .. . . . . . P.E. 106 I First Seme1ter T;t!e Number Cr. Composition._. ... _. . . _. . ... ... Eng 101 3 H1 c. of W. C1V1hzac10n .. . .. Hist 101 3 Phi s1cal Science . .... . . .. . .. Phys 100 3 lnrro. co Music . . .. ... . . ... . Mus 100 3 Intro . co Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Phy. Ed .. .... . . .. .... .. .. P.E. 101 1 Per. Hyg .... ... . . .... . . ... P.E. 105 1 Orientation 16-17 16-17 Third Semester Title Number Cr. C<?mposition .: ._ . _. .. _. . .. ... . Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. C1vilizat1on ... . . Hist 102 3 Biological Science .... . .. . . . . Bio 100 3 Genera l Psychology .. . . ..... Psy 100 3 Intro. co Sociology . .. . ... . .. Soc 100 3 Phys. Ed ...... ... .. .. . ..... P.E. 102 I Pers. Hyg .. . . ....... . . . . .. . P.E. 106 l 17 Electives ... .. .... . . .. .. . . . . 15-18 Eighth Semester Titls Number Cr. Intro. to Philosophy . .. .... . Phil 101 3 Principles & Methods of Sec. Ed ....... . .. ... .. . ... Ed 204 3 Electives .. . .. .... . .. . ... . . . Title Number Cr. Sec. School Curriculum ..... . Ed 205 Student Teaching .... .. . . ... Ed 207 Visual Education .. . .. ...... . Ed 212 Elective .. ...... .... ..... . . 15-17 15 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. World Literature ..... . .... . Eng 152 4 Human Beh~vior ........ . . . Psy 208 3 Intro . co Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 U.S. History since 1865 . .. . . . Hist 108 3 Elective other than Education 3 Phys. Ed .... ... .... ... ..... P.E. 104 1 17 Fifth Semester lS-1 SENIOR YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Title N 11mber Cr. \\'orld Literature ... ... . .... Eng 151 4 Chtld Psychology ...... . . . . . Psy 207 3 Intro. to Education ..... . ... Ed 101 3 U . History co 1865 .. ..... . Hist 107 3 Elective orher than Education 3 Php. Ed ... . ... ..... .. .. .. . P.E. 103 1 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Titls Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology .... . Ed 201 3 U.S. History since 1865 .. ... . Hist 108 3 Seventh Semester Second Semester 15-17 Fifth Semester 3 FRESHMAN YEAR 17 Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Nmnber Cr. Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics . . . . . .... Ee 100 Intro. to Education .. ... .. .. . Ed 101 3 World Literature ... . ... . .... Eng 152 Fundamentals of Speech . . ... . Eng 131 2 General Psychology . . . .. . . .. Psy 100 World Literature .......... .. Eng 151 4 Electives .... . . .. ... . . . .... . Electives .. . . . . . ... . . . . . .. . . Phys. Ed ..... . ........ . .... P.E . 103 1 Phys. Ed . ..... . . . . . .. . .... . P.E. 104 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 ..... Hist 107 Electives . ..... .. ... .. .. . .. . 69 17 JUNIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ... . .. . . . Ee 100 3 B ic Art ..... . .. .. . . . . . .. . Art 101 3 Fundamentals of Math ... .. .. Math 101 3 Educational Psychology . .... Ed 201 3 Fundamentals of Speech ... . . Eng 131 2 Elective ocher than Education 3 Sixth Semester Title Nr,mber Cr. Economic Geography . .. . . . . Ee 226 3 Basic Art . . . .. . .... . .... ... Art 102 3 Fundamentals of Math . . .. . .. Math 102 3 Elective ocher than Education 6 17 Minimum requirement for this degree-129 credits. Requirements for each ma;or: ENGLISH Bio 100; Eco 100; Eng 105, 201 , 12 additional credits; Hist 101. 102; Lan 12 credits (in one language); Math 101, 102; Phy 100; Electives 15 credits.* FOREIGN LANGUAGE Bio 100; Eco 100; Eng 105, 201; Hist 101, 102; Math 101, 102; Lang 24 credits beyond 102 (in one language); Phy 100; Electives 9 to 15 credits.• MATHEMATICS Bio 100; Chem 101, 104; Eco 100; Hist 101, 102; Phy 111, 112; Electives 6 credits.* Math 122, 125, 126, 240, 15 additional credits in 200-level cour . SCIENCE Bio 101, 102; Eco 100; Chem 101, 102; Math 122 plus 3 credits; Phy 111,112; (either Bio 111, 112, 201, 202; or Chem 121, 230, Math 125, 126); Electives 17 to 23 credits of which at least 8 must be in sciences other than Psychology.* SocIAL STUDIES Bio 100; Eco 101, 102, 226; Hist 101, 102, 12 additional credits; Math 101, 102; Phy 100; P S 6 credits; Soc 6 credits; Electives 15 credits.* *No more than 3 credits may be in Education. Seventh Semester 15 SENIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. tudent Teaching .... ....... Ed 208 4 Teaching of Reading ... . .... Ed 231 2 Tchg. Elem. Social Studies ... Ed 236 2 Principles ofElem. Ed .. . .... Ed 237 2 Curriculum of Elem. Sch ... . . Ed 238 2 Art in Elem. School ... . ..... Ed 241 2 fusic in Elem . School . . .. .. Ed 242 2 16 Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Student Teaching .. . . .... . . . Ed 209 8 Visual Education .. .. .. .. .. . Ed 212 1 Teaching of Arithmetic .. .. . . Ed 232 2 Tchg. Elem. Sch. Science . ... . Ed 239 2 Hlth. andP .E . in El. Sch .. ... Ed 243 2 15 �70 WILKES COLLEGE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION SENIOR YEAR The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. The program that is outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, economics, commercial law, business English, com• mercial arithmetic, and in the social studies if both sociology and political science are elected. Students pref erring to be certified in salesmanship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Numbor Cr. Title Survey of Business . .. ....... B.A. 100 3 Business Mathematics ... .... B.A. 107 3 Biological Science . .... . ..... Bio 100 3 Composition .. . . .. .. .. .. .. . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W . Civilization .... . Hist 101 3 1 Phys. Ed .. ... ..... .. . . . .. . . P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg . .. . .. . . . .. . ..... . P .E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Composition . . .... ... . ... . . Eng 102 Hist . ofW . Civilization .... . Hist 102 Intro. to Music . .......... . . Mus. 100 Physical Science .. ... . .. .. .. Phys 100 Intro. to Sociology .. ... . .. .. Soc 1001 or Intro . to Political Science . . . . P.S. 100, Phys. Ed . . . . .. . . .. . . . .... . . P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .. ..... . .......... P.E. 106 17 Cr 3 3 3 3 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title N11mber Cr Principles of Accounting . . ... Acct 102 3 or Elective Principles of Economics ...... Econ 102 U.S. Hist. since 1865 . ..... . Hist 108 General Psychology . .. ..... . Psy 100 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 102 or Elective Phys. Ed .... . .. .. . ...... ... P.E. 104 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Eighth Semester ::,eventh Semester Title Number Cr. Number Cr. 3 Visual Education . . .... .. ... Ed 212 1 Bus. Corres. and Reports ... . . B.A. 209 Sec. School Curriculum .. . . .. Ed 205 3 Bu • Education and Methods 3 . Student Teaching . . ... ... ... Ed 207 8 of Instruction in S.S ....... S.S . 243 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Intro. to Philosophy . . . .. . .. Phil 101 Office Procedures and bchines ...... . ..... S.S. 205 4 or Elective Elecnve .. . ............ . ... . 3 T1tl1 16 15 Provisional College Certificates will be issued by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to graduates of the course in business educat~on. Cer~ification will be offered in business subjects only as the followmg requuements are met: Bookkeeping ..................................... 12 semester hours Commercial Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours ommercial Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours horthand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 semester hours Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Business English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester hours plus twelve (12) semester hours in English Certificates are valid for teaching only those business subjects which are written on the certificate. Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .. .... Acct 101 3 or Elective Principles of Economics ...... Econ 101 3 Intro. co Education ......... Ed 101 3 U.S. - Pa. History to 1865 .... Hist 107 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . S.S. 101 4 or Elective Phys. Ed . . .. .. .. ...... . .... P.E. 103 71 DEGREE PROGRAMS Sixth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct '·· 111 3 or Elective · !if.•~ 11 Business Law ........... . ... B.A. 231 3 Educational Psychology ... . . Ed 201 3 English Elective . . .. . .. . Eng· 151 or 153 4-3 Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 or Elective Title Number Cr Advanced Accounting ... .. . Acct 112 3 or Elective Business Law ... . .......... . B.A. 232 Office Management ... . ... . . . B.A. 238 3 English Elective ... . . . .. Eng 152 or 154 4-3 Advanced Stenography . . . . . . S.S. 110 4 or Elective 17-16 17-16 �SENIOR YE.AR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certificate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also enable the student to becom a proficient performer through the study of applied music subjects. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title N ttmbcr Cr. Composition ........ . . .. . . . E ng 101 3 2 Fundamentals of Speech . .... En g 131 Music Theory . . .. ..... .. ... Mus 101 5 Clarinet Class and Band M us Methods or. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 101 2 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 103 App 1 Major Instrument .. .. ....... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . .. . .. .. . .. .. . 3 1 Phys . Ed ................. .. P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .. ... . .. ....... .. . P .E . 105 Orientation 18½ l Title Number C, Composition .. . . . ..... . .... Eng 102 Music Theory . .. .. ...... . . . Mus 102 Clarinet Class and Band Mus Methods or .... . .. .. . . .. . Ed 102~ Brass Class and Band Mus Methods .. . . . . . . .. . .... .. Ed 104) App Major Instrument .. ...... .. . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . Physical Science . . .......... Phys 100 Elective . ....... . ... . ..... . Phys. Ed . ....... .. ......... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .. . .. . . . . . ...... . . P.E . 19½ SOPHOMORE YEAR Seventh Semester Tit!, N umber Cr. World Literature ....... .. . . Eng 151 4 Music Theory .... . .. ... .... Mus 103 5 Music History ....... . .. . . .. Mus 109 3 App Major Instrument . .. . . . . . ... Mus 1 Intro. to Education ...... . . . Ed 101 3 Band, Orchestr a, Chorus. . . . . ½ Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 1 T itle Numbtr C, World Literature . . .... . . . .. Eng 152 4 Music Theory . ...... . .. .... Mus 104 S Music History .... . . ... . .... Mus llO 3 App Major Instrument .... .... . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . .. . General Psychology ... . .. . .. Psy 100 Phys. Ed .. ..... . .. ... ... ... P.E. 104 I ½ 3 Number Cr. Principles of Secondary ... ... Ed 204l Education or 3 Pnnciples of Elementary ... .. Ed 237f Education In trumentation ..... . ..... . Mus 215 2 Mus Voice Class and Methods ..... Ed 107 2 mng Instrument Class and Mus • fcchods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 113 2 Observation and Practice Mus Tmhing . ..... . . . .. . ..... Ed 203 4 App iaior Instrument .. . ...... . . Mus I Band, Orchestra, Chorus . .... ½ Title Number Cr. Visual Education ... . . . ..... Ed 212 1 Orchestration ... . ... . .. . .. . Mus 216 2 Mus Voice Class and Methods . .. . Ed 108 2 Strinf Instrument Class Mus an Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 114 2 Observation and Practice Mus Treaching . .. . ........ .. .. Ed 204 4 App Major Instrument . . .. . ... ... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus . .... ½ Elective ...... . . . . ....... . .. 3 14 ½ 15½ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION The program in nursing education is designed for the preparation of instructors head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration.1 Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-four, of which at least sixty-four must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from forty to sixty and will be determmed by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Number Cr. C.Ompo icion .... .. .......... Eng 101 3 Ht.of West. Civ .... . . . .. . . Hi st 101 3 Founfoions of Nursing ...... N .E. 101 2 Phys al Science .... .... ..... Phys 100 3 Gtne:al Psychology .. .... ... Psy 100 3 Sociology ........... ... .... Soc 100 3 T itle Number Cr. Biological Science . . ......... Bio 100 3 Educational Psychology . . .. . Ed 201 3 Composition .... . .... . . .... . Eng 102 3 Hi st . of West .Civ . ..... . .... H ist 102 3 Community Nursing . . . . ... .. N .E. 104 2 Supervision and Admin . ..... N .E . 106 2 17 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fif th Semester Title N11mber Cr. Educational Psychology . . .. . Ed 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist . to 1865 .. . Hist 107 3 M us Woodwind Class Methods . . .. Ed 105 2 Mus Conducting (Instrumental) . . . Ed 109 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods . . . . Ed 111 2 App Major Instrument . . ........ . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Second Semester Tttu 17½ 17 ½ Eighth Semester T1tl, Fourth Semester Third Semester 73 DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 72 SENIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Third Semester T itle Numh,r Cr U.S. History since 1865 . . . . .. Hist 108 Mus Brass Class Methods . . . . . . . . Ed 106 Mus Conducting (Choral) ... . . .. . Ed 110 Mus Violin Class and Methods . . . . Ed ll2 Number Cr. Educational Measurements ... Ed 202 2 \ 1sual Education . .. ..... .. . . Ed 212 1 \\orld Literature ... . ... ..... Eng 151 4 Pnn. and Meth. in N.E .. . .. . N.E. 107 2 Elernves 3 . . . • . . • • • • • • • • • • . 6-7 Title Number Cr. Guidance .. . ................ Ed 214 2 Fundamentals of Speech . .. . . . Eng 131 2 Trends in Nurs ing Ed .. . .. . .. N.E. 102 2 Field Experience . . ......... . N .E. 112 4 Electives 3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5-6 15- 16 15-16 App Major Instrument . ..... . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus. .. .. Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fourth Semester Ti1u I ½ 6 For exception see page 48. Hist. 107 and 108 may be substituted for Hist. 101 and 102. s Electives may be selected from academic subjects (Economics, English, Political Science, P ychology, Sociology) or Nursing Education courses with approval of the adviser. 1 2 �DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 74 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION This program is designed to prepare students for certification as public school teachers in the field of art. It has been approved by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, but students wishing to teach· art in other states should determine the requirements of the state in which they wish to teach so that specific requirements of that state may be satisfied through the choice of additional courses. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Pirrt Setnester Tit!, Number Cr. Basic Art .................. Art 101 3 Composition . .. . ... ..... .. . Eng 101 3 Hist. of West. Civ .......... Hist 101 3 Fund. of Math. .... . . . .... Math 101 3 Phys. Science ............... Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed . . ...... .. . ........ P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hygiene . .... ......... P.E. 105 1 Orientation Tit!, Number Basic Art .................. Art 102 Composition ............... Eng 102 Bio. Science ....... .. ...... . Bio 100 Hist. of West. Civ .......... Hist 102 Fund. of Math ............. Math 102 Phys. Ed .. .. . . ... . ... ... .. P.E. 102 Pers. Hygiene ... ... .. ...... P.E. 106 Cr 3 3 3 3 3 l l 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Al'plied Art ...... .. ........ Art 103 3 Hist. of Art ... ...... . ..... . Art 111 3 Intro. to Ed ................ Ed 101 3 World Lit ................. Eng 151 4 Intro . to Political Science .. .. P .S. 100 3 Phys. Ed .. . . .. . . .. . ....... P .E. 103 1 Title Numher C, Applied Art ... ... .. . .. .... . Art 104 Hist. of Art .. . ..... . .... . .. Art 112 World Lit. .... ........... . Eng 152 General Psych .............. Psych 100 Intro. to Soc ..... .. ... .. .. . Soc 100 Phys. Ed ..... .. .. . ...... .. P.E. 104 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Fine Arts . .. ..... . .. ... . ... Art 215 4 Graphic Art . . ... ........ . . Art 241 2 Intro. co Econ . ... . .. ..... .. Econ 100 3 Ed. Psych ... . ... . ..... ..... Ed 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist .. ... ... ... Hist 107 3 Title Numher Fine Arts .. . .... .. ......... Art 216 Graphic Art ........ ... ... . Art 242 U.S. Hist .................. ffst 108 Child Psych .. ............. . Psy 207 Elective*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr 3 3 3 15 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Arts of Presentation . . .. . ... Art 243 3 Prin . and Math . of Secondary Ed ... ....... Ed 204 3 Fund . ofSpeech ............ Eng 131 2 Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Elective* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Number C, Student Teaching ........... Ed 210 Visual Ed .... ... ..... ...... Ed 212 Teaching of Arc . . . . . . . .... Ed 221 Elective* ................. . 17 IS *Nine hours of electives must be taken in three different fields. Minimum Requirements in Semester Hours. 75 \'\'ilkcs College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students ha:ve transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic Unirersity, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehig~, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the va t range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the _student shoul_d consid~r his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but 1t should appeal to those genuinely interested in mathematics and the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: ~e earch a~peals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested m development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always need_ed. to sell applications and e3uipment. As his experience broadens and hrs Judgment matures, the engmeer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical or mechanical engineering. ' tudents pl~nning to major in Engine~ring should take courses in high ~hool th~t will prepare them to start their college program with the course m Analytic ~eometry. Unf~rtu1;1ately, all students will not qualify for this course, and, rn consequence, 1t will be necessary for them to start with a more elementary course in College Algebra and Trigonometry, Math. 105. This deficiency can be made up by: 1. Taking Math. 105 in the summer session preceding the Freshman year, or 2. Starting the Fresh1;11an year with Math. 105, taking Analytic Geometry, Math. 122, m the second semester, and then completing the first course in Calculus, Math. 125, in the summer between the Freshman and Sophomore years. �76 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS FRESHMAN YEAR CIVIL ENGINEERING ( COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem .. .... Chem 101 4 Engineering and Orientation Problems . . . . .. . ......... . Engi 100 2 Engineering Drawing and Des. Geometry ... .... . . . ... Engi 10.5 3 Composition .... .. .... . . . .. . Eng 101 3 Mathematics . .. .. .. ....... . 4- .5 Phys . Ed .. ... .. . . . . .. .. . . . . P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg . . . .. ..... .... . ... P.E. 10.5 1 Orientation 18- 19 u. Numh,r Tit!, Alternates: 1 Inor. Chem. & Qua!. Anal. .. Chem 102}+-6 General Inorganic Chem .... Chem 104 Drawing & Des. Geometry ... Engi 106 2 Composition . ....... . . . . ... Eng 102 3 Mathematics .. . ...... . ... . . General Physics (Mech.) ..... Phys 150 Phys. Ed . .... ... ...... . ... . P.E . 102 Pers. Hyg . . . ... . .... . ..... . P.E. 106 19-21 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of aeronautical engineenng. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. The ~ivil engin_eer deal~ wit_h problems in structural, highway, railroad, h}'d~au_ltc, a_nd samtarf engmeenng,. and also wi_th surveying and geodesy. He spec1altzcs m the design, construct10n ~n1 maintenance of bridges, tunnels, ?ams, and _the stru~tural members of bmldrngs. His services are indispensable m the design of river, canal, an~ harbor improvements; in the development ~nd co~trol of water r~sources; m _the treatment and disposal of sewage and industrial waste; and rn the location and construction of all transportation facilities. SOPHOMORE Y EARl Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR 2 Fourth Semester Numb,r Cr. Inor. Quant. Analysis .. . . . ... Chem 121 4 Intro . to Economics .. ... .... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 M athematics.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics ........ . .. . . Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 1 19 1 2 Titlt Title Number Route Surveying . ... .. .. . . .. . C.E. M athematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanics I , Statics ... . ..... M.E. Mechanics II, Dynamics .... .. M .E. General Physics III ... .. . .... Phys Phys. Ed . .................. P.E. 18 Cr. 4 4 3 3 4 I 104 211 212 152 104 19 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer include a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control or sales engineer. Third Semester Fourth Semester Trtl, Number Cr. Plane Surveying ........... .. C.E. 103 3 Intro to Economics .. .. . . . .. Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng 134 3 1achcmarics .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics II .......... Phys 1.51 4 Ph}' . Ed . ............ . ..... P.E . 103 1 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Title 77 Numb,, Cr Stoichiometry . . . . . . . . ... . ... Ch E M athemat ics ............. . . Mechanics I , Statics .... ... .. M.E. Mechanics II, Dynamics . .... M.E. General Physics .. ... ... . .. .. Phys Phys. Ed .... . ....... . .. .. .. P.E. 106 To?ay nea~ly eve!Y ac~ivity of civilized life depends upon electricity. The electnc~J engm~er is tramed to design, ~onstruct, and operate all electrical gener~t.mg equi_p~ent. He must supervise and control the distribution of el 7ctrmty for ~nvmg the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railw~ys, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used m the home. The commun_ic~tions fiel1, includi~g telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, tele'.ype, transmiss10n of_ prmt and p~ctures, _off~rs numerous opportunities. De, e_lopment of electromc tubes, transistors, orcuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Number Cr. M athem atics .............. . 4 Kinem atics . .... .... ..... . ... M.E . 206 3 Mechanics I, Statics . . ....... M .E . 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics . .. . .. M.E. 212 3 General Physics III . . . . ...... Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed .... .... . . . .. . ..... P.E. 104 1 18 18 211 212 152 104 18 Chemical engineers will register for Chem . 102 (six hours). All other engineering students will register for Chem. 104 (four hours). For freshman year see above . Fourth Semester Trtl, Number Cr. Plane Surveying ...... ... ... . C.E . 103 3 Intro. co Economics . .. ... . . .. Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . ... .. Eng 134 3 lathemat1cs ............ . . . 4 Gener,11 Phys ics II .......... Phys 151 4 Phy . Ed . ............. . . . .. P.E. 103 1 1 For freshman year see page 76. Title �78 WILKES COLLEGE INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in science, engineering, economics, business administration, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but also economic and humanistic interests, as well as character and personality. He must work with others and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics ..... . Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ... . . . Eng 134 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics II . .. .. ..... Phys 151 4 General Psychology ........ . Psy 100 3 Phys. Ed . ..... . .. .. . .... .. . P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr Principles of Economics ... . .. Ee 102 3 Mathematics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mechanics I, Statics . . ... . .. . M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... M.E. 212 3 General Physics III . . . . ... . . . Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed .. ..... .. . ... ... .. . P.E. 104 1 18 18 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installa• tion, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the a.pplication of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an under• standing of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Fourth Semester Third Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Plane Surveying . ... ......... C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics ...... . ... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . . ... Eng 134 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics II .. .. ...... Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed ...... ............ . P.E. 103 1 18 1 For freshman year see page 76. Tit!, Numb,r Mathematics ... ... . . .. . . . . . Kinematics . . .... . . . ........ M.E. 206 Mechanics I, Statics ........ . M.E. 211 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 General Physics III ..... .. ... Phys 152 Phys . Ed . .. ....... . ..... . .. P.E. 104 Cr, 4 3 J 3 4 1 Terminal Programs �80 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL PROGRAMS MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY PRE-DENT.Al The Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists has established definite standards for qualification as a medical technologist. The minimum requirements to meet these standards are a two-year college program and twelve months of technical training in an approved school of medical technology. The following curriculum meets the pre-technical training requirements demanded by the Registry. Since requirements for admission to approved schools of medical technology vary, the student is urged to make inquiries concerning technical training during the Freshman year. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Second Semester Number Cr . General Zoology .... ... . . . . . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem .. .. . . Chem 101 4 Composition .. . ... . .. . .... . Eng 101 3 College Algebra ...... . .. . . . Math 107 Phys. Ed . .. .. .............. P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg .. . . . . . ... . .. .. ... P.E. 105 Orientation 3 1 1 Titl, Numb,r General Zoology . .... . .. . ... Bio 102 Inorganic Chem . and Qualitative Anal. . . .. .. ... Chem 102 Elective .... .. . .. . . . .... . . . . Composition . ... . ..... .... . Eng 102 Phys. Ed ..... . ........ . .. . . P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg ........ . .. .. .. . .. P.E. 106 Cr. 4 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester N11mber Cr. Bacteriology ..... . . . .. . . . ... Bio 211 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. ... . .... . . .. ........ Chem 121 4 Electives 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Phys . Ed . .................. P.E . 103 1 Title Number Cr. Bacteriology .. ..... ... .. . ... Bio 212 4 Organic Chem . . . .... ........ Chem 230 4 Electi ves1 .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Phys. Ed ............ . ..... . P.E. 104 l 16- 17 1 (Two years) The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum i, les, condensed and permits a more complete preparation in chemistry and biology. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tttl, Numh,r Cr. General Zoology . ... ... . ... . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem .. .. . . Chem 101 4 Composition . . .. . ... ...... . Eng 101 3 C..ollel!e Algebra._. . ... ...... Math 107 3 Phv . Ed .. . ........... . . .. . P.E. 101 1 Per Hyg . ....... . ..... .. .. P.E . 105 1 Orientation Tit!, N11mb1r Cr. General Zoology ......... . .. Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem . and Qualitative Analysis ... . Chem 102 6 Composition ... .. .... ... . .. Eng 102 3 Trigonometry . ... . ... .. .. .. M ach 109 3 Phys. Ed .. ... . .. . .... . .. . .. P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg .... .. . . . . . .. . . ... P.E. 106 1 16 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester 17 Title 81 At least one elective each semester must be in the humanities or social sciences. 16-17 Fourth Semester Trtl, Numb" Cr. Histology ......... . ........ Bio 241 3 Inorganic Quantitative Anal.. Chem 121 4 Introductory Physics ..... ... Phys 111 4 Alternates · World Literature .. ..... . . . Eng 151 4 Hist. of West. Civ ...... ... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed .. . . ............... P .E . 103 I 15- 16 Titl, N11mb,r Cr. Histology . . ... . .. . .... .. .. . Bio 242 3 Organi c Chemistry . .. . , . . ... Chem 230 4 Int rorl uc cory Physics .. ..... . Phys 112 4 Al tern ates: World Literature . .... ... .. Eng 152 4 His t . of West. Civ . . ... . . . . Hist 102 3 Phys . Ed . . . ................ P.E. 104 1 15- 16 �82 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL PROGRAMS PRE-DENTAL SECRETARIAL COURSE (Three years) FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology .... .. . . . . . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem .. ... Chem 101 4 Composition .. ... .. ........ Eng 101 3 College Algebra ... . . .. ..... Math 107 3 Phys . Ed . .......... . ... . ... P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hy g . . ... ... ...... .... P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. General Zoology . ... . .. . .. . Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .. . •. Chem 102 Composition .. .. . .. .. . . . . . . Eng 102 Trigonometry ..... . ........ Math 109 Phys. Ed . .. . ..... . .. . ...... P.E. 102 Pers . Hyg .......... . .. . .. .. P.E. 106 18 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Basic Art ..... . ........ . ... Art 101 3 Comp. Anatomy of the Vert .. Bio 201 4 Inorg. Quantitative Anal. .. . . Chem 121 4 World Literature . .. . .. .. .. . Eng 151 4 Phys. Ed ..... . .... ........ . P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Basic Art .. ...... ........ .. Art 102 3 Embryology . . . . . . . .. . . ..... Bio 202 4 Organic Chemistry .. ........ Chem 230 4 World Literature . . . . ..... .. Eng 152 4 Phys . Ed .. . ... . ........ . ... P.E .104 1 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this program may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of cicnce in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tttk Number Cr . urvey of Business ....... . . .. B.A. 100 3 Composition . .... .... . .. .... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . ... Hist 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S . 101 4 Phys. Ed... . . . .. . .. . P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . ................. P.E . 105 1 Title Number Cr Bacteriology .. .. . .. . ..... . . B~o 212 4 Histology . . .. . ... . ......... Bio 242 3 Chemistry Elective ........ . . Chem 3 Introductory Physics . . . ..... Phys 112 4 16 14 Title Number Biological Science . . .. . . . .. . . Bio Composition . . ... . . .. ... . .. Eng Fundamentals of Speech .... . . Eng Hist. of W . Civilization . .. .. . Hist Shorthand and Typewriting .. . S.S . Phys. Ed . . ... . ............. P.E. Pers.Hyg . ...... . ...... ... . P.E . 15 100 102 131 102 102 102 106 Cr. 3 3 2 3 4 1 1 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Numhcr Cr. Business Mathematics .... ... B.A. 107 3 Business Law ...... . . .. . . ... B.A. 231 3 lnrermediate Stenography . .. . S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines . . . . . S.S. 205 4 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tit!, Number Cr. Bacteriology . ............ . . Bio 211 4 Histology .. ............. ... Bio 241 3 Organic Chemistry ...... . ... Chem 231 5 Introductory Physics ...... . . Phys 111 4 83 Phys. Ed........ .. .. P.E. 3 103 1 18 Title Number C,. Office Management . .. . . . . ... B.A. 238 3 Intro. to Economics ....... . . Econ 100 3 Advanced StenograJ?hY . . ..... S.S. ll0 4 Secretarial Accountmg . . ..... S.S. 120 3 Electi ve. .. . . . ... . . .... . ... . 3 Phys. Ed ... ... . . ...... ... .. . P .E . 104 1 17 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may subtitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. �Description of Courses �86 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Curtis, P. Werner; Instructors Baron, Kohn, Krohn, Slamon, Strassman. AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING-Three credits THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING-Three credits THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 101. ACCT. 102. AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 102. ACCT. 112. ADVANCED ACCOUNTING-Three credits THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 111. AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost ar,d process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 or approval of instructor. AccT. 202. ADVANCED CosT AccouNTING-Three credits THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201 or approval of instructor. 87 Acer. 220. ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS-Three credits MR. SLAMON A st ud~ o_f the accounting m~t~ods of banks, utilities, building and l~an ass~ciat10ns, and other specialized businesses, with special attention given to mternal control, ease of recording, and forms. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 201. MR. cURTIS ACCT. 221. TAXES I-Three credits The preparation of ~ederal income tax returns for individuals based on current_ law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and excluswn fr~m income; gains and losses from sales and exchan es; allowable deduct10ns; methods of effecting tax savings. Class, two hfurs a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of instructor. ACCT. 222. TAXES II-Three credits T HE sTAFF Tax accounting for i~stallment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; .fiduciaries and corporations· miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class two hours a weeklaboratory, two hours a week. ' Prerequisite: Acct. 221. ACCT. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES-Three credits MR. SLAMON Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records an_d balance shee~ and_ income accounts; study of the procedures a _ plJCable under vanous circumstances. Class, two hours a week- laboratoty two hours a week. ' ' Prerequisite: Acct. 202. ACCT. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Three credits MR. SLAMON Advanced ~ppl~cation of auditing principles to actual practice; proble~s of classification and i~terpretation of accounts; study of methods of mternal control; preparat10n of reports to clients. Class two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. ' Prerequisite: Acct. 231. Acer. 242. ADVANCED PROBLEMS-Three credits MR. CURTIS Advan_ced corporation problems including consolidations mergers and holdrng companies. Class two hours a week. Laboratory 'two hour~ aw~k ' Prerequisite: Acct. 112. ART Assistant Professor O'Toole, chairman; Instructor Zawisa. . The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Art is intended ( 1) for the student who seeks an intelligent understanding �of the visual arts as part of his general education; and (2) for the talented student who wishes to acquire the technical skills necessary for successful art expression. The courses in the curriculum enable the student who is essentially an observer of art to experience as fully as possible the creative activity of the artist. They give the student with a special aptitude for. art a thorough knowledge of the language of art, and an adequate training in the mechanics and techniques that he needs to achieve full creative expression. The Art Education Curriculum is outlined on p. 74. TYPOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. O'TooLE . C?mple~e study of type faces and their design and differences. Des1gnmg w1:h tyRe, t"f Pe ornaments and rules. Relationships of form, structure, size, d1rect1on, texture, color and weight. The use of type in advertising, book-jackets, brochures. ART 109. ~rerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ART 110. HAND LETTERING FOR REPRODUCTION-Three credits MR. O'TooLE ART-Three credits each semester MR. O'TOOLE Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy, the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art. advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the variou\ black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums: pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 103-104. APPLIED ART 105-106. INTRODUCTION TO LETTERING Three credits each semester MR. ZAWISA Analysis of basic letter forms. The origin and development of the alphabet. Study of the first three one-stroke alphabets and Gothic. The basic strokes, upper and lower cases. Grouping letters into words. Simple spacing and layout. Second group of alphabets to include: thick and thin, the scripts, one-stroke Roman and italics. Combining all the one-stroke alphabets in varying weights and sizes. ART 89 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 88 107-108. LETTERING AND LAYOUT-Three credits each semester MR. ZAWI A The designed or built-up letter. Basic strokes, upper and lower cases of Gothic, Roman, italic, and script letters. Combining designed lettering with one-stroke lettering in layout. The use of color in lettering and backgrounds. Prerequisite: Art 105-106. Brush lettering, pen lettering, combining hand lettering with type. The us~s of fhotostats. Use of ruling pen, bow compass, and other mechamcal aids. The hand-lettered book-jacket and posters. The paste-up and use of reproduction proofs for line cuts. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ART-Three hours. MR. ZAWISA History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. ART 111. HISTORY OF ART-Three hours. MR. History of art from the Renaissance to the present day. ART 112. HISTORY OF ART 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three ZAWISA credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration lin~ mediums; half-tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of vanous types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing (double spread). Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three credits each semester MR. O'TOOLE . Editor!al illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous draw•_ng, stylize~ drawi?g. !he book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be_ given m each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of repro- �90 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES duction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ADVANCED ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three credits each semester MR. O'TOOLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 213-214. Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART 215-216. FINE ART-Three or four credits each semester MR. O'T0OLI' Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART- Three or four credits each semester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART 219-220-221-222. STUDIO I, II, III, IV-Two or three credits each semester MR. O'T0OLE Individual instruction in the field of art in which the student wishes to excel. Each student will be given problems according to hi!. needs and abilities. With each problem the student will receive individual instruction and criticism. ART 241-242. GRAPHIC ART-Two credits each semester Preparation and methods of designing in print making, linoleum, wood cut, etching, engraving, serigraph. 91 ART 243. ARTS OF PRESENTATION-Three credits The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, lettering, layout, posters, bookjackets, the advertisement. BIOLOGY Professor Reif, chairman; Associate Professor Cohen; Assistant Professor Michelini; Instructors Leagus and Namisniak. Bro. 100. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE-Three credits MR. REIF Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who t:tke no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. BIO. 101-102. GENERAL ZOOLOGY-Nine credits MR. REIF General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 101 has class four hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15 .00 each course. B10. 111-112. GENERAL BOTANY-Three credits each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15 each course. B10, 113. BOTANICAL TAXONOMY-Fo1-1r credits MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Bro. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES- Four credits MR. MICHELINI Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and �92 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. Bio. 202. EMBRYOLOGY-Four credits 93 hours a week. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: through Bio. 242, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: for Bio. 252 is Bio. 251. MR. MICHELINI BIO. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY- One credit each semester STAFF This seminar is designed as a correlating study of the .field of biology_ for senior stu~ents. Each student prepares a paper on a biological topic for presentat10n to and discussion by the group. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite· Bio. 201, or permission of instructor. BIO. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY- Four credits each semester BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MRS. NAMISNIAK Bio. 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. Bio. 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 211. Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar, R. Werner; Instructors Bacon, Capin, Casper, Chmiola, Johns, Kohn, Krohn, Mackson, Roberts. B.A. 100. BUSINESS-Three credits THE STAFF This course is designed as an introduction to the field of business and must be taken by commerce and finance students during the first semest~r of the _freshman yea~ . . E1:'1phasis is placed upon examining ~he various vocational op~ortu01t1es rn modern business and upon studymg the necessary educational and other requisites for such jobs. Attempts are made to plan in advance with each student a tentative course prog~am. Ea~h s~dent i~ required to make an individual study of some vocat10nal ob1ect1ve. Th1s course can be taken for credit by Freshmen only. MR. REU: BIO. 223. ENTOMOLOGY-Four credits SURVEY OF Entomology is the study of insects through the collection and identification of specimens. Life histories of insects are studied as well as their economic relationships, and their significance in industry and medicine. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field work, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 101, or permission of instructor. B.A. BIO. 241-242. HISTOLOGY AND ORGANOLOGY-Three credits each semester MR. MICHELINI 107. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS-Three credits THE STAFF Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Credit is given only upon completion of both semesters work which must be taken in sequence. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prereqrisite: through Bio. 202, or permission of instructor. Fee: $15 each course. ~eview of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions, ?ecimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and ~urnov_er; dep_reciation_ and distribution of overhead; payroll problems mcludmg sooal secunty and other deductions; sales and p~operty taxes; credit_ and credit instruments involving interest; bank discounts; compound mterest and present value; insurance and annuities; stocks and bonds; graphs and their use in business. BIO. 251-252. PHYSIOLOGY- Three credits each semester B.A. 114. SALESMANSHIP 1-Three credits MR. MICHELINI Physiology is a study of the functioning of the various cells, tissues, and organs of the animal body. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three STAFF The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and deme; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. i Credit will not be given if credit for Ret. 207 has been received. �94 WILKES COLLEGE B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND DESCRIPTION OF COURSES REPORTS- Three credits THE STAFF Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ADVERTISING-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of the different departments of advertisi?g work, ~~eluding copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertrsrng as a social force. B.A. 216. B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three credits MR. RosENBERG Problems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 B.A. 218. CREDIT AND COLLECTIONS-Three credits THE STAFF The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, Acct. 102. ESTATE- Three credits THE STAFF The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three credits MR. CHIJ\NG Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods .ind age_ncies, st~c~ exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and sellmg securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW- Prerequisite: Ee 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW- B.A. 220. REAL B.A. 222. MARKETING-Three credits THE STAFF Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure and organization, and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and _storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. FINANCE- Three credits MR. CH.A 'G A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to ~lterna~e. ty~es of business organization, corporate securities, and financial polJC1es involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, worki?g capital and short- term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readJustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 225. CORPORATION INTRODUCTION AND CONTRACTS Three credits MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON, MR. KROHN The foundation for all subjects in the field of business Jaw. The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction to the structure and functioning of the Federal and State Courts as agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the law of Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examination of the essential elements of a contract under both the common law and the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of contract rights, discharge of contracts . nd remedies for their breach. AGENCY AND SALES-Three credits MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON, MR. KROHN A general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation the rights and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons and th~ termin_ation of ~he agency. A study of the law of sales of good;, the transfer of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the duties and liabilities of the parties'. remedies for bre~ch, security interests in goods. A comparison of the untform sales act with the sales article of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW- PARTN ERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three credits MR. KROHN The ~rinciples o~ la~ governing partnerships and corporations, with tmpha_s1s on the historical development of business enterprises. The l~w w1t~ respect to the ~ormation, operation, internal relationships and d1ssol~t10n of partnerships and corporations with particular reference to their ~ependency upon the law of agency. Rights and duties of the partnership and corporate _enterprise with respect to the government, the owners, and the public. Advantag es and disadvanta oes of these forms of business activity. b Prerequisite: B.A. 231. �96 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MR. KROHN B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW- PROPERTY-Three credits The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus rights of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagormortgagee relationship. Business crimes ( crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, tangible and intangible. Prerequisite: B.A. 231, 232, Acct. 102. 97 ment of the sales force; sales research and m k . . . of price and brand policies· . ar et analysis; determmation distribution. ' preparatwn of sales budgets; costs of Prerequisite: B.A. 114 or equivalent. B.A. .240. PROPERTY INSURANCE- Th ree ered.1ts MR FARR This course is a study of the fundamental · AR insurance. s of .fire, casualty, and marine Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. . MR. BACON B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT- Three credits A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. MR. BACO,' B.A. 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three credits Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. BACON A study of the production problems that confront executives; develop• ing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of rela· tive risks. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. MR. BACON "' B.A. 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three credits The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of office records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR. BACON B.A. 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Three credits The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and manage• LIFE INSURANCE-Three ered1ts " MR FAR This course is a study of the rinci le . . RAR surance from the overall . P. Pf S, practices, and uses of life in. viewpoint o the prod uc t , cost, market, and industry. B.A. .241. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 244. . TIME AND MOTION STUDY Thr d" Th . ee ere tts MR. JOHNS eh prmciples and techniques of time and motion th ree ours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. study. Class, B.A. E 245. . TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT-Thr ee ered"its THE STAFF ·conom1c and historical aspects of traffi comparative aspects of compet·t · d c management; evaluation of i ive mo es of tra t · d ment of managerial ability; use of rates and tariff nspor atton, evelopPrerequisite: approval of instructor. . CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress chairman; Assistant Instructor Leagus. ' Professors Bone, Salley; LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS A reading knowledge of scientific Ger . b man_ or of French is required 1 A d en may e satisfied as follows· · stu ent prepared in a 1 · test. anguage may take a reading-knowledge for this degree. The requirem t 2. A student who has taken two ears o school must complete scientific ~erma~-:o~e ~f G:man in high or more of French he m st ' . e as t en two years or advanced French. u complete six hours of intermediate 3. Students beginning either Ian ua ter hours. Those beginning !er!e must coi_nplete twelve semesin the twelve hours. an must include German 105 �98 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE CHEM . 101. G ENERAL I N ORGANIC CH EMISTRY- Four credits CHEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS- Three credits MR. BASTRESS THE STAFF An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. 99 A course . designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure org~nrc compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 2 31. CHEMISTRY- Three credits CHEM. 102. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS Six credits Miss BoNE, MR. SALLEY CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and prac• tice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Special topics in organic chemistry including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. ' Prerequisite: Chem. 2 31. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. CHEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY- Four CHEM. 104 . GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Four credits Miss BoNE, MR. BASTRESS A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: 15. credits each semester MR. SALLEY CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. SALLEY CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS- Four credits MR. SALLEY Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 102. A stud~ of adv~nced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, kinetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concerning the tl1ree phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 24 2. CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Three credits MR. ANALYSIS- Five credits MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 121 . MR. BASTRES credits An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The prepara· tion and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. MR. BASTRES Five credits A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. SALLEY ~ cours~ desig~ed to introduce the student to the modern theories of morgamc chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY- Three credits each semester MR. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four CHEM. 231. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY- BASTRESS An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121, Math. 126, Phys. 152. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL Prerequisite: Chem. 101. CHEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE MR. BASTRESS The applicati?n of 0e~ical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemICal constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Cla~s, tw~ hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121 and 230. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY-One credit MR. BASTRESS , The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. (HE.M. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 100 credit MR. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 271-272. RESEARCH PROJECT-One to three credits each semester THE STAFF Fee: $5 per credit. ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar, R. Werner; Instructors Bacon, Gothschalk, Hotson and Scarantino. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete twenty-four hours of work in economics beyond Ee. 101 and 102. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry include Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, 241. ECONOMICS-Three credits THE STAFF An introductory course in principles of economi~s de:igned for stu· dents who plan to take only one se1:1ester_ of work rn this field. T~eoretical aspects of capital value, nat10nal mcome, money and banking, and international trade are included. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO EcoNOMICs-Three credits THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic econom_ic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free en~erpnse economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad ~eld of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of whtch the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF EcoNOMICs-Three credits THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is b~sed upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on such umts as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF Prerequisite: Ee. 101. Ee. 201. MoNEY AND BANKING--Three credits MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOTT, MR. WERNER A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operati?n and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commemal and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. 101 Ee. 202. THEORY OF MoNEY-T hree credits MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT, MR. WERNER An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to conte~porary economics; ~urrency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Ee. 201. Ee. 204. CONSUMER CREDIT-Two credits MR. ROSENBERG This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three credits THE STAFF _A studf of the. relationshit _of government to economic enterprises w1~h. special attent10n to conditions in the United States; the regulatory act1V1ties of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and ~esults of gov~rnmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P.S. 101, Ee. 102. Ee. 222. THE AMERICAN LABOR MOVEMENT- Three credits STAFF A st~dy of the evolving labor movement and its ideology. The course ~eals with_ the d~velopment of American labor ideology and psychology m com~~mon with o~her labor ~ovements. This course views the present position of American labor m regard to political and social institutions and to the rest of the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 223. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING--Three credits MR. R. WERNER . An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues 1~ the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, history, growth an? _Pre~ent .Position of organized labor, union policies, gov:rn~ental parti~1pa~10n _rn labor relations, collective bargaining, invest1gat10n and arbitration m labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL TRADE-Three credits THE STAFF Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs quotas, !oreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. study will ~e mad~ of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on mternat10nal trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. A �WILKES COLLEGE 102 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES GEOGRAPHY-Three credits . -~R. ELLIOT A t d of the relation of geography to the economte act1V1ty of man. This sc~uise describes and analyzes the world dis~ribution of resourc~s, ·mdus t nes, · an d population . It is designed as an mtroductory course rn world resources and related fields. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Ee. 226. ECONOMIC E C 227 ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY-N 0 RTH . . AMERICA-Three credits MR. ELLIOT A stud of the economic regions of the North Amer~can continent, with specLI emphasis on the role of the United States m the western hemisphere. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. SYSTEMS-Three credits THE STAFF The i.nstitutions of planned economy of th~ ~.S.S:R. and tho~e ~f the contem orary experiment in evolutionary socialism m G:eat _Bn~am_ are studied~ Constant objective comparisons are made with mstltuttons which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee 229 COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three credits MR. ROSENBERG, MR. WERNER Fundamental principles of public .finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; .fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P.S. 101. Ee. 238. ECONOMIC HISTORY-Three credits MR. ELLIOT, MR. CHIANG An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-Three credits MR. CHIANG ered t'ts . A historical analysis of maJor business cycles. Conte~porary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward busmess cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. E 231 C. APPLIED GENERAL . STATISTICS-Three credits MR. ROSENBERG A course in statistical methods and their application to b~sin~ss .. A · · t a t'10n of statistical data , frequency d1stnbutton collection an d mterpre . and measures of central tendency, fitting the no:mal cur~e, Chi-square · ·5. canee for small samples , analysis of variance. 3 hours test; test o f signi lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. 232. EcoNOMlC STATISTICS-Three credits _M~. RosEN~ERG A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include tt~eseries analysis, construction of index ?umbers, methods. of. correlat10n analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. Ee. MR. CHIANG This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 245. CONSUMER EcoNOMics-Three credits Ee. 230. BUSINESS CYCLES-Th ree 103 MR. CHIANG The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 246. ECONOMICS INVESTIGATION-Three credits THE STAFF Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: ( 1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Associate Professor Jessee, Assistant Professor Moran, Instructors Bhaerman, Chwalek, Craig, Zawisa. ED. 100. AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION-One credit THE STAFF A short course designed to acquaint students with the essential facts �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 104 about American public education. School system organization; the development and significance of education in a democracy; current problems, possible solutions and promising practices are presented and analyzed for the non-professional. EDUCATION-Three credits THE STAFF A broad, general introduction to the field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American publi~ education .. Stu~y of the educational structure; the teacher, his preparation and qualifications; the pupils, their individual differences and provisi~ns therefor; _the materials of instruction; the school plant; the financmg of education; the profession of teaching; the participation of the public; contemporary issues and trends in public education. Students taking Ed. 101 will not receive credit for Ed. 100. ED. 101. INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits MR. HAMMER Practical application of basic psychological principles; stu~y of ?uman growth and development; the nature and measurement of mtel~1g~nce; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; the nature and general ~nnc1ples of learning; the measurement and facilitation of learning; guidance of the individual· effective methods of study; special aspects of learning; the psychology' of teaching methods; and simple statistical concepts. ED. 201. EDUCATIONAL Prerequisite: Psy. 100 and Ed. 101. 105 Eo, 205. SECONDARY CURRICULUM-Three credits MR. HAMMER Developments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum· consideration of college preparation, preparation for life, vocationai needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricular activities; treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units; study methods; tests and marking; a survey of secondary school curriculum and its continuing development. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 207. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL Eight credits THE STAFF Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. ~h~~ observe several teachers .. ~radually they assume classroom respons1bil1ty and teach under superv1S1on. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Ed. 204. Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes permission of the instructor. ' ED, 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (OBSERVATION-Four credits THE STAFF Students are assigned to area schools where they observe various teachers and participate as aides in the classroom. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ED. 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two credits Miss JESSEE A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use; study of methods of treating scores; principles and purposes of measurement; practice in the construction of objective tests; supervised ad~inistration, scoring, and interpretation of tests; some aspects of evaluation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101,201. ED. 204. ED. 209. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (TEACHING)-Eight credits THE STAFF Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assun:ie classroo~ responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences w1th cooperatmg teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the instructor. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION- Three credits Mr,. HAMMER The historical development of the secondary school; a philosophic~! background from which are drawn basic principles; other factors 10 the development of the secondary school; prom~sing prac~ice~ in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; mot1vat1on; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. En. ART-Eight credits THE STAFF Stude?t~ are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe in both elementary and secondary school class~ooms, and _teach .. ?pportunities are provided for them to participate m school-wide activ1t1es. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. . Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the mstructor. 210. STUDENT TEACHING IN �106 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Eo. 211. ExTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES-Three credits MR. HAMMER Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency to bring them into the school curriculwn; their place in the guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. 107 ~echniq~es ~or developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction tn concepts of quantitative relationships. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 236. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STUDIES-Two credits MR. BHAERMAN Eo. 212. VISUAL EDUCATION-One credit THE STAFF A study of the materials and techniques of visual education; prin• ciples and plans for the use of audio-visual or sensory aids; the incorporation of visual instruction in the work for the classroom. Prerequisite: Ed. 101 , 201. St~dy of social situations pertinent to elementary school children. relation of school _and hom_e activities to the community; the study of meth~ds and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create understandmg. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. GUIDANCE- T wo credits MR. CHWALEK A general survey of the principles and problems of guidance, and an introduction to activities and techniques used in a guidance program in the public school. Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors' certificates. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. Eo. 237. ED. 214. ED. 215. INTRODUCTION TO OCCUPATIONS AND OCCUPATIONAL RESEARCH-Two Credits MR. CHWALEK A study of individual and social factors affecting occupational choices; methods of making vocational choices; types of occupational preparation; means of entry into occupations; problems of adjustment to job, leisure time, and unemployment. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 221. THE TEACHING OF ART-Three credits MR. ZAWISA Study of contemporary practices in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools; study of the psychology of the creative process; adaption of various art media to the school curriculum; study of the organization of the art curricula. 231. THE TEACHING OF READING-Two credits MR. BHAERMAN Analysis of the reading task; consideration of the relationship of maturation to reading ; problems and methods in developing reading readiness; methods and techniques of teaching reading; the place of experiences; development of reading interests; types of reading; evaluation of reading growth; remedial procedures in reading. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. ED. 232. THE TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC-Two credits MR. BHAERMAN Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary arithmetic; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and teaching PRINCTPLES OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Two credits MR. BHAERMAN The historical deve!opment of the elementary school; a philosophical ba~kground from which are drawn basic principles of elementary edu~~t10n; oth~r fac_tors in the development of the elementary school; prom1Stng practices m the elementary school· methodology and gu·d . h t · · f h ' 1 ance, c arac enst1cs o t e elementary school child; discipline and cont l · mental an_d phy~ical hygiene; records and reports; a survey of princi;~; and techniques m the elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. 101,201. ED. 238. THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two credits MR. BHAERMAN ~h~ development o_f the elementary curriculum; its relation to the sooetJ th_at ~upports 1t; the em_erging elementary curriculum; adjustment to mdmdual needs; relat10n of objectives to children's d . c_ontent a~d method; utilizing the arts, science, physical t10n, etc., m the elementary curriculum. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. music, ED. 239. TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL . ;J:c:~ SCIENCE-Two credits MR. BHAERMAN Ba~1c elements of the sciences suitable for elementary school . mat~nals fo~ demonstration; methods of presentation; consideratio:s:f ~he _mtegrati?n of scie~ce in the elementary curriculum; aims and obJect1ves of science teachmg; development of a spirit of inquiry. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits MR.2AWISA Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary art; methods, aims, objectives; methods and techniques for �108 WILKES COLLEGE developing units of work; basic principles; selection and manipulation of various media; the development of creative expression and appreciation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 242. MUSIC IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits MR. R. MORAN Study of methods for developing appreciation for and enjoyment of music through performance and listening; developing the rhythm band; rote singing; program music for children; discovery of talent; writing and interpretation of scales; training in group leadership in singing. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 243. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits MR. BHAERMAN This course considers the health of the elementary school child including wholesome health ideas, attitudes and habits. The prospective teacher learns the fundamentals of first aid, care of the sick and attention to child health problems. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 290. WORKSHOP IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION- One to three credits THE STAFF Experienced teachers are afforded an opportunity to study together and to develop projects of particular interest to them. In addition to working individually, students meet to consider current problems in elementary education. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ED. 291. WORKSHOP IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF READING INSTRUCTION Two credits THE STAFF Experienced elementary school teachers study the characteristics of an effective developmental reading program, evaluation and diagnosis, methods of individualization and remediation. Practical applications are made in local school classrooms. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ED. 292. WORKSHOP IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF MATHEMATICS INSTRUCTION-Two credits THE STAFF Experienced elementary school teachers study the characteristics of an effective developmental mathematics program, evaluation and diag• nosis, methods of individualization and remediation. Practical applications are made in local school classrooms. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 109 ENGINEERING Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and Thomas; Instructors May and J. Williams. 100. ENGINEERING PROBLEMS-Two credits THE STAFF Lectures and discussions to ac_quaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engmeer. An introduction to the proper method o~ attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instructi~n in the use of the sl~de rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. ENGi. ENGi. 101. BASIC DRAWING-Two credits THE STAFF A basic course cove~ing the e!ements of projection drawing necessary for student_s of c~em1str~. It m_cludes use of instruments, sketching, orthographIC and 1sometnc drawmg and dimensioning. Practicum six hours a week. ' 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY J _ Three credits MR. BEL TZEL, MR. THO~AS T?is and th~ following c?urse bear the same relation to the engineering prof~ss10n as the sub1ect of English bears to our daily life. Use and car~ o~ mstrum~nts. :rech?ical sketching; orthographic and auxiliary pr?Je~t10n drawrn~ "".1th dimensions and sections. Applications of the principles of descriptive geometry. Practicum, seven hours a week. ENGi. 106. ENGINEERI~G DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY JI. -Two credits MR. HELTZEL Con~inua~ion of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of e?gmeermg space problems. Application of standard drawing conventions ~o the execution of detail and assembly drawing; tracings and reproduct10n processes. Practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engi. 1O5. ENGi. Chemical Engineering CH. E. 106. STOICHIOMETRY-Three credits MR. SALLEY A. problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to _the calcu~ation of heat and material balances as they are_ encounter~d In the vanous chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combust10n products, gas producers, furnace and kiln roducts. Class, three hours a week. P Prerequisite: Chem.121;Phys.151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. �110 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 111 Civil Engineering C.E. 103. PLANE SURVEYING-Three credits ENGLISH MR. THOMAS Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveyjng. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equjpment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grad~ng, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapprng from field not~s with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. C. E. 104. ROUTE SURVEYING-Four credits MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, com_pound, rever:e, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cr~ss se~trnns, mass dta· grams and earth work computations, grade cross1?g, rtght-of-":'ay, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true beanng and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicwn, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: C.E. 103 . Mechanical Engineering M. E. 206. KINEMATICS-Three credits MR. THOMAS, MR. HELTZEL Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, ve~ocity ~nd ~c· celeration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kmemattC pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers. geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. I. STATICS-Three credits II. DYNAMICS-Three credits Majors in English, especially students who wish to take graduate work to take as many courses in foreign languages (preferably French and German) as possible beyond the minimum of twelve hours. m English, are strongly advised AU entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. As a result of the test some students may be exempted from taking Eng. 101; such students must take Eng. 102 and 105. Students who show a deficiency may be required to take an extra hour of drill to supplement lhc.ir work in Eng. 101. Any student in Eng. 101 or 102 may be required to take this extra work should his instructor think it necessary. Composition THE STAFF MR. HALL Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. MECHANICS (If 201 is taken, 205 may be taken as one of the four elective courses m literature.) Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hour_ a week. M.E. 212. Students who major in English are required to complete the following program of English studies: Freshman and Sophomore Years: IOI, 102, 131, 151, 152 (16 hours); Junior and Senior Years: 215 (3 hours); 201 01· 205 (3 hours); one course from the group 105, 106, 121, 123, 124 (3 hours); fou,· elective courses in literature (12 hours); one elective course in English that can be any course offered by the department ( 3 hours) . [NG. 101. COMPOSITION-Three credits Prerequisite: Engi. 106, Math. 122, Phys. 150. M.E. 211. MECHANICS Professor Davies, chairman; Associate Professor Chapman and Kruger; Assistant Professors Groh and Tener; Instructors Fiester, Lord, Miller, Moran, Rizzo, Roberts, and Tyburski. MR. HALL Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. ENG. 102. COMPOSITION-Three credits THE STAFF Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. 101. FNG. 105. ADVANCED EXPOSITION- Three credits THE STAFF A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice n the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. �WILKES COLLEGE 112 STORY-Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR, Rizzo A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for the short story. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 106. SHORT fournaliJm WRITING-Three credits MR. MORAN A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics incl~de: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 113 LITERATURE-Three credits MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 153. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG, 154. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits each semester MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG, 155 AND 156. CONTEMPORARY ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE- Three credits MR. TENER ENG. 123. PUBLICITY WRITING-Three credits MR. MORAN Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent developments in fields of public opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opinion_ poIJs. Special attention is given to trade journals and house organs covenng the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. WRITING-Three credits MR.MORAN Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the feahue field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 124. FEATURE Language and Literature ENG. 151. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG, 205. CHAUCER-Three credits MR. TENER Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG, 211. EARLY ENGLISH DRAMA-Three credits MR. DAVIES, MR, GROH . Study of the dram~ as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; readmg of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. DAVIES, MR. CHAPMAN, MR. TENER Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DAVIES, MR. CHAPMAN, MR. TENER Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA-Three credits MR. DAVIES, MR. GROH Study of the drama from 1660 to the present. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2. SHAKESPEARE-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN . Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied m class. ENG, 215. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 114 CENTURY- Three credits MR. CHAPMAN A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton. ENG. 216. S EVENTEENTH 115 DRAMA- Three credits MR. GROH The development ~f our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2. ENG. 287. AMERICAN Prerequisite : Eng. 152. PoPE-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN A study of the poetry an d non-fict ional prose of this period, inclu_ding the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. ENG. 221. AG E OF Prerequisite: Eng. 152. JOHNSON-Three credits MR. CHAPMA' A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. ENG. 222. AGE OF Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Novn-Three credits MR. DAVIVi English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Speech SPEECH-Two credits THE STAFF A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF E G. l 34. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH Si~ilar to Eng. 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. ENG. 237. EARLY ENGLISH MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Associate Professor Dworski; Instructor Carlin. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2. NOVEL-Three credits MR. DAVIES The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH Prerequisite: Eng. 152. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond Fr. 102. credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three THE STAFF Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and peaking the language. writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers con- ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC MovEMENT- temporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three credits MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning. ENG. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. FR. 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Continuation of Fr. 101. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected readtng of modern French prose. Prerequisite: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. MR. DAVIES PROSE-Three credits Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Hux• ley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 260. VICTORIAN FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three credits FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to French civilization· practice m oral and written French. ' Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the eqmvalent. �116 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Three credits Miss DwoRsKJ Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 10 3 or the equivalent. FR. Miss DW0RSKJ 106. FRENCH CONVERSATION-Three credits Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the microphone to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. 117 FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH DRAMA- Th ree ered.tts Miss DwoRsKJ The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. COMPOSITION-Three credits MISS DWORSKI Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 107. FRENCH German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours beyond Ger. 102. GER. 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three credits THE STAFF Inkt~oduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing and spea mg the language. ' GER. 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three credits THE STAFF Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy rose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. P Prerequisite: Ger. 101 or equivalent. LITERATURE-Three credits each semester MISS DWORSKJ A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Emphasts o? d!flicult ~rammatical construction and idioms. Readin of prose; practJCe m speakmg and writing German. g Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. FR. 203. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY GER. 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three credr'ts Three credits Miss Dw0RSKJ Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. of Ger. 103. Rapid reading of G erman wous 1 represent·Continuation f . . ative o German hfe and history; practice in writing and speak· German. mg FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three credits Miss DwoRsKJ Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. GER. 105. SCIENTIFIC GERMAN-Three creditJ FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three credits Mrss DwoRsKI Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three cred1'ts . . . HE sTAFF HE sTAFF T T Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GER. 106. GERMAN CONVERSATION-Three credits MR D GER. 107. GERMAN COMPOSITION-Three credits MR D E h · · . ISQUE ·mp as~s. la1d on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequ1S1te: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Id' . . ISQUE JOmattC_ ~sage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. �WILKES COLLEGE 118 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE MR. DISQUE SP. Three credits each semester . . A survey of the literature of the important periods from the begmnmg 103. INTERMEDIATE SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE MR. DISQUE 203 _ GOETHE-Three credits Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. SCHILLER- Three credits Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GER. 204_ GER. 205. N INETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN DRAMA-Three credits MR. DISQUI Tef The German drama of the nineteenth century from_ Ludwig to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary an cu . tural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. 206 MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY-Three credits G ER. . MR. OISQUl The modern German short story from naturalism to the_ present£ I~dividual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history o t e period. . Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Sp. 102. THE ered1't s . . . STAFF Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, wntmg, and speaking the language. SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Th ree 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three credits Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. SP. THE STAFF SPANISH-Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. 105. COMMERCIAL SPANISH-Three credits Miss DWORSKI The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. 106. SPANISH CONVERSATION-Three credits MISS DWORSKJ Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Th1-ee credits Miss DwoRsra Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. CULTURE-Three credits MISS DWORSKI The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. Spanish THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected readings from modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. GER. SPANI:stt-Three credits 119 201-202. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE Three credits each semester Miss DWORSKI A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH LITERATURE-Three credits Miss DwoRSKl Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. �120 WILKES COLLEGE SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three credits Mrss DWORSKI Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. NOVEL-Three credits Miss DwoRSKJ The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 205. 121 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 Three credits MR. THATCHER A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865-Three credits MR. THATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. GENERAL SCIENCE BIO. 100. HIST. See page 91. GEOLOGY-Two credits MR. REIF General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the est~blishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. GEOL. 100. GENERAL PHYS. 100. See page 13 5. HISTORY Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professor Mui; Assistant Pr~f~ssor Kaslas; Instructors Connolly and Ritchie; Visiting Lecturer Williams. A_ major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are m co~rses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take Hist. 101, 102, 107, and 108; Hist. 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION THE STAFF Three credits each semester. A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends ~nd_ on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Du.: attention ts given to _the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three credits MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three credits each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. HIST. 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER-Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. 235. SOVIET RUSSIA AND THE FAR EAST-Three credits MR. MUI A study of the historical conditions under which the Communist state was established in Russia and portions of the Far East. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. �122 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 242. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZ.ABETH I Three credits MR. Mu Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwea~ths. The development of the national church, the Purita? revol~, the mfl~ences o~ _the American and the French revolutions, the mdustrial r~volut_10n, pol1t1cal and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and l1beral1sm. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. 123 HIST. HIST. 243. THE BRITISH EMPIRE AND COMMONWEALTH OF NATIONS-Three credits MR. Mm A study of the evolution of the British Commonwealth of Nati??s, the expansion of British rule in India, a~d th~ growth of. the Br~t~sh dependent empire, with emphas~s on the imperial and foreign pol1C1es of Great Britain after the American Revolut10n. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three credits MR. KASLAS A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 256. EUROPE IN THE TwENTIETH CENTURY-Three credits MR. KASLAS Against a background of the internal and inte~n~tional developments of the leading powers, the class will study the ongms and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. MATH. 101. FUND.AMENT.ALS OF MATHEMATICS- Three credits THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Math. 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Math. 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUND.AMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three credits A continuation of Math. 101. THE STAFF MATH. 105. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY- Five credits A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Prerequisite Math. 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three credits THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY-Three credits THE STAFF Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE-Three credits THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATHEMATICS MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three credits THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures Assistant Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Assistant Professor Wasileski; Instructors Miller, Morgan, West; Assistant Leonardi. The major in mathemtaics is outlined on page 58. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit THE STAH Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equa• tions. Three hours a week. M.ATH. MATH. 100. S.AME .AS PHYS. 101-See page 135. of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. GEOMETRY-Four credits THE STAFF Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. MATH. 122. ANALYTIC Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and Math. 109. �125 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 124 . THE STAFF I-Four ere d tts . . Limits derivatives and differentials, indefinite and defi~ite_ integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. MATH .. 229. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS II-Three credits MATH. 125. CALCULUS Prerequisite: Math. 122. . THE STAFF II-Four ered tts . . Differentiation and integration of transcendental_ funct~on~, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, partial denvatives, mulMATH. 126. CALCULUS tiple integrals. Prerequisite: Math. 125. MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS . MR. W ASILESKl Th ree ere dtts Buildin of a program in secondary mat~ematics, ma~erial~ of instruction, ~ids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testi?g, informal practice in teaching a~ithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and loganthms. Prerequisite: Math. 125. ALGEBRA-Three credits MR. RICHARDS Sets, mappings, relations, development of real number system from Peano's axioms, polynomials, the complex number field, groups. Prerequisite: Math. 125, or permission of instructor. MATH. 213. HIGHER d ·1 MR. RICHARD ere ts . . Vector spaces, linear independen~e, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equatwns. Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. MATH. 214. LINEAR ALGEBRA-Th ree GEOMETRY-Three credits . M~. WASILESKI Similar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, tna~gles, Ptolemy's theorem circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, medians, orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascal's theorem, theorem MR. W ASILESKI Correlation and regression, theoretical distributions of more than one variable, normal surface, goodness of fit, chi-square distribution, testing hypotheses, estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, small samples, student's t-distribution, testing for randomness. Prerequisite: Math. 228. ANALYSIS-Three credits THE STAFF Vector algebra, differentiation of vectors, divergence and curl, the operator del, curvilinear coordinates, vector fields, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 235. VECTOR MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND INFINITE SERIES-Four credits THE STAFF First order equations, linear equations, applications, solution by successive approximation, systems of differential equations, infinite series, power series solution of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS I-Three credits MR. RICHARDS Introduction to the theory of functions of real variables. The emphasis in this course and the following one is on proof, by the delta-epsilon technigue, of theorems concerning sequences and other functions of one variable. Some time is spent on functions of more than one variable. Prerequisite: Math. 126. CALCULUS-Three credits A continuation of Math. 251. Prerequisite: Math. 251. MATH. 252. ADVANCED MR. RICHARDS MATH. 220. COLLEGE of Pappus. Prerequisite: plane geometry. M AT H · 228 · MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-Three credits MR. WASILES~I Probability, frequency functions, e~piri~al distrib~tions ~f ~ne :arible moment generating functions, brnom1al and Poisson_ d1stnbut10ns, ~or~al distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary sampling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MUSIC Associate Professor Detroy, chairman; Assistant Professor Moran; Instructors Balshaw, Clark, Isaacs, A. Liva, F. Liva, Sheeder and Waller. Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 59. APPLIED MUSIC1 Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band in1 For fees see page 28. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRI PTION OF COURSES struments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. 126 Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO Musrc- Three hours MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF Music- Five credits each course MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main prin ciples: (1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accord· ance with the method now employed in many of our leading school of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Mus. 109. MR. DETROY Music-Three credits A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. HISTORY OF Mus. 110. HISTORY OF Music-Three credits A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with MR. DETROY J. S. Bach and tracing 127 Musrc 111-112. PIANO CLASS 1 AND 2- Tw o credits each semester Mrss CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suit~ble grours acco:ding to proficiency. This course is required for all music educat10n ma1ors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Musrc 113-114 . PIANO C LASS 3 AND 4-Two ct'edits each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND- One-half credit each semester MR. MORAN ~he band ~ff ers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORUS- One-half credit each semester DETROY The chor~s offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. . All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. MR. MUSIC 131-132-133-134. ORCHESTRA-One-half credit each semester MR. LIVA Participation in_ the ~yoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student ~xpenence m . t?e complete range of symphonic literature. Students desmng to partmpate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. Musrc 215. INSTRUMENTATION- Two credits MR. DETR0Y AND MR. MORA:K Th~ i?st~uments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and l1m1tat1ons. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. �WILKES COLLEGE 128 MUSIC 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ARRANGING-Two credits MR. MORAN Scoring for the large orchestra or th_e mo d ern sympho.1ic band. · The MR. DETROY .AND student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. ANALYSIS-Two credits . MR. DETROY . The technique of composition as disclosed by melod1cd _harmomc,_ a;d structural analysis of music in varied styles and from iverse peno s. . ·te.. Mu s• 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examPrereqms1 ination. Mus. 217. Mus. 218. COUNTERPOINT-Three ere dits ..MR.DETROY A study of the sixteenth century art of contrap~ntal wntmg as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegnen. Prerequisite: Mus. 10 2 . Music Education Mus. ED. 101 102 CLARINET CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits per · · MR. MORAN semester f h · th Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet or t ose m e public school music course. No prerequisite. credits per Eo. 103. 10 4. BRAss CLASS AND METHODS-TwoMR. MoRA • semester . • · th b s A course, usua11y 1·n trumpet, for students not maJonng m e ras field. No prerequisite. Mus. M us. E D. Mus. Eo. 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND METHODS- Two credits per semester THE STAFF A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL Music MATERIALS-Two credits per semester MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Mus. Eo. 111-112. VIOLIN CLASS AND METHODS- Two credits per semester MR. LIVA A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT CLASS METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. LIVA A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. 105 WOODWIND CLASS METHODS-Two credits per semester • MR. MORAN A class conducted as an introduction to th~ teaching of ~uch 7~t winds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations o class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. e ED 10 6 BRASS CLASS METHODS-Two credits MR. MORAN . . h. fb A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teac _mg o rass ·nstruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these mstrument:. M 129 Mus. En. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credits MR.MORAN The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. us. ~he instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, ban• tone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 10 4 . fus. En. 202. HIGH SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credits MR. MORAN The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. �WILKES COLLEGE 130 Mus. ED. 203-204. OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE TEACHING-Fom credits per semester THE STAFF A course in the observation and practice teaching of vocal or instrumental music in the elementary or high schools. Fee: $10.00 each semester. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES N.E. 107. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN NURSING EDUCATION Two credits Miss JESSEE !his course de_als with t~e selection and organization of teaching matenals and learnmg expenences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. NURSING EDUCATION Assistant Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Jackson, Janjigan, Klein, M. Riley, Seeherman and Yencha. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM N.E. 112. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SUPERVISION OR TEACHING Four credits Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of advisor. Miss JESSEE LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE AND WILKES COLLEGE Lebanon Valley College and ~ilke_s Colle~~ ~ave entere~ into a cooperative program whereby nurses working_ m the vmn~ty of Annville and ~ebano_n may earn a degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College by ta½mg their academic credits on the campus at Lebanon Valley Coll~ge an1 the1~ professional credits at Wilkes, either in extension at the Hospital or rn residence at Wilkes-Barre. The usual residence requirements for a degree in Nursing Education may be satisfied by taking one-half the work on the campus at Lebanon Valley Colle e and the other one-half at Wilkes College. Enrollment in all of the following courses, with the exceptions of N.E. 101 and 104 is limited to graduate nurses. credits Miss JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with em_rhasis up?n the religious, social and educational factors that have stimulated its development. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF NuRsING--Two credits Miss JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. N.E. 102. TRENDS IN NURSING EDUCATION-Two 104. CoMMUNlTY RESOURCES-Two credits Miss JESSEE A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health, and social welfare of the citizens of tl.e commun1Ly. N.E. credits Mrss JESSEE A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the _devel?pment of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. N.E. credits each semester Miss YENCHA Advance~ study of nursin~ principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical and surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. N.E. 113 & 114. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NURSING-Two 115. OBSTETRIC NURSING-Two credits MRS. SEEHERMAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied to expert care of the obstetric patient. N.I:. 116. PEDIATRIC NURSING-Two credits DR. KLEIN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. N.E. 117. PSYCHIATRIC NURSING-Two N.E. 118. PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING-Two N.E. 119. PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING-Two credits DR. JANJIGIAN A~v_anced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. credits Mrss JACKSON ~n introduction to the field of public health nursing, including histoncal development, organization, functions, and trends. credits MISS JACKSON A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. N.E. 106. SUPERVISION AND ADMINISTRATION-Two . E. 120. PROBLEMS OF SCHOOL NURSING-Two credits MISS JACKSON The identification and discussion of the problems involved in the administration of school health programs. �132 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Friedlander and Schindler. A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion. The courses may be selected from these two fields as desired by the student. Hume, Burke, Hegel, Bentham, Mill and others will be examined. Special attention to the contemporary scene. PHIL. 207. PHILOSOPHIES OF HISTORY-Three credit.I PHIL, 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY-Three credits PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO LoGic-Three credits MR. VUJICA The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of clear and effective thinking by the study of the nature and rules of both deductive and inductive reasoning as well as the principles of scientific methodology. PHIL. 102. ETHICS-Three credits MR. VUJICA A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. Formalism, Utilitarianism, Self-realizationism and other great ethical systems are discussed. The application of moral principles to social, economic and political life. PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL RELIGION- Three credits MR. Vu;rcA A philosophic scrutiny of the phenomenon religion. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; examination of arguments for God's existence; the interpretation of good and evil in the world; the argument for immortality. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF AESTHETICS-Three credits THE STAFF Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of beauty in arts; the meaning of beauty judgments and the processes of appreciation. An investigation of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be beautiful. PHIL. 205 . PHIL. 206. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHIES-Three credits MR. VUJICA A discussion of fundamental principles underlying social and political institutions. The theories of Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, MR. VUJICA An examination of the principal interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Rousseau, Nietzsche, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Wundt, Spengler, Toynbee, Schweitzer, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning and purpose of historical events. Philosophy PHILOSOPHY-Three credits MR. VUJICA An introduction to the main problems of philosophy: the nature of the universe; the origin of life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; the sources, nature and validity of knowledge. The main types of philosophy, such as Materialism, Idealism, Realism, Prag• matism are also discussed. 133 MR. VUJICA The most important systems of philosophy from the renaissance through the end of the nineteenth century. Seventeenth century rationalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz). Eighteenth century empiricism (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's criticism and Hegel's idealism. PostKantian and post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern science on philosophical speculation. PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY THOUGHT-Three credits MR. VUJICA The principal trends in twentieth century philosophies. The contributions of Bergson, James, Dewey, Santayana, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other recent and contemporary philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. Religion REL. 101. MAN's RELIGIONS-Three credits MR. VUJICA Nature and origin of religion. Significant founders and leaders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rihzals. A comparison of the most important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT-Three credits THE STAFF A study of the religious thought and practice of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the writings of the Old Testament. Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James, and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three credits THE STAFF A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Emphasis is placed upon the Prophetic and Post-Exilic periods of Hebrew history. The �134 WILKES COLLEGE gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course is a continuation of Rel. 201. REL, 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEw TESTAMENT-Three credits MR. VUJICA A study of the types of literature found in the New Testament. Problems of language and authorship. The religious teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 135 understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. PHYSICS Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel, Thomas; Instructors Ditoro and May. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL SCIENCE-Three credits PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Instructor Reese, chairman; Instructor Bubeck. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 One credit each semester THE STAFF This course is designed to promote physical coordination and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL EDUCATION-One credit each semester THE SrAH This course is a continuation of P.E. 101 and 102. P.E. 105-106. PERSONAL HYGIENE-One credit each semester THE STAFF A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better 1 Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. MR. THOMAS A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. 101. BASIC PHYSICAL PROBLEMS-One C1'edit THE STAFF An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum 3 hours a week. PHYS. 111-112. INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS-Four credits THE STAFF An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory. Fee: $15 each semester. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. PHYS. 150. GENERAL PHYSICS I-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109. PHYS. 151. GENERAL PHYSICS II-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Phys. 150. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. �136 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES III-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Phys. 150 and 151. Electricity and modern physics. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. PHYS. 152. GENERAL PHYSICS credits MR. THOMAS Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, ~esi~tan~e thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circmts and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 152, Math. 126. PHYS. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three POLITICAL changing constitutional position of the states arc particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three credits MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and Soc. 100. SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Instructor Hibbard. A major in political science consists of twenty-four hours. All courses except P.S. 100 are acceptable toward the major. P.S. 100. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL 137 SCIENCE-Three credits P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. HIBBARD A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. THE STAFF This course is a broad, comprehensive introduction to political s~ience. It will serve both as a starting point for more advance~ study m political science and also as a source of ~asic political informabon_f~r. the student who will only take one course m this field. All the. subd1v1s~ons of political science are presented simply and clearly and the mterrelat'.onships of these subdivisions are shown. ,:~ese commonly r~cogmzed fields of political science are covered: Polt_t1Cal th:o~, -'\merICan _g~vernment, comparative governments, public admm1strat1~n, pol~tical parties, pressure groups, public opinion, propaganda, international politics, international law, legal systems. P.S. 200. AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT-Three credits THE STAFF A study of the National Government of the United States empha~izing the constitutional and legal foundations, the structure and agencies of the government, the consequent growth of public administration_ and the scope and diversity of national government programs and functions. Prequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW-Three credits each semester MR. MAILEY AND MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three credits MR.MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the .field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a .field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three credits MR, MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 138 P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAw-Three credits MR. KAsLAS A study of the development of th~ body. of cust?ms an~ rules whi_ch states have developed to govern their rela.t10ns, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. . Desideratum: United States and European history. P.S. 222. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Three credits MR. KASLAS A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. . Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geog- raphy. P.S. 223. CABINET SYSTEMS OF GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. KASLAS A study of the European versions of democratic governmen~ ?eginning with Great Britain and considering the variations from the Bntish system of government found on the continent. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 224. SOVIET SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR.KASLAS A course dealing with the structure and functions of the ~oviet Government emphasizing the contrasts and similarities in form with governments of the West. Prerequisite: P.S. 223. PSYCHOLOGY Assistant Professor R. Riley, chairman; Instructors Kanner and Krasno. A major in psychology consi~ts of ~enty-four. hours. Psychology 1oo is not accepted toward a maJor; Sociology 25 5 is accepted. The Department requires that psychology m~jors take 01:e year of a laboratory science; they may elect biology, ~hemistry, or phys1Cs an~ substitute this for either Biology 100 or Physics 100. Students planning to take graduate work in psychology should study either French or German in order to meet graduate school requirements. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level'. as well as for_ those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology m colleges or rn the 139 application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many .fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Students who desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department of Public Instruction as psychological examiners or public school psychologists should carefully plan their programs under the direction of their faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and to his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. (0Hered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100. 203-204. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY- Three credits each semester THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. ( Offered in alternate years.) PsY. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 206. APPLIED PsYCHOLOGY-Th,-ee credits THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions to individual differences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 207. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF The course is designed to present a general view of the development ind growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and �140 WILKES COLLEGE native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. THE STAFF BEHAVIOR-Three credits Human adjustment and maladjustment to lif~ situatio~s with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PsY. 271-272. RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits 141 THE STAFF An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. PsY. 208. HUMAN TEsTs-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of the functions measured by psychological tests :Wit~1 emphasis on intelligence and personality. A variety o~ the gr~up and 1~d1vidual tests which measure these functions are studied. This course 1s a prerequisite for Psy. 251 and Psy. 255. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 212. PSYCHOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL THE STAFF PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100 and one other course in psychology. PsY. 2S4. SYSTEMATIC RETAILING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Michman, Morgan, Rubin. A major in Retailing consists of 24 credits in retailing courses which include Ret. 101,102,207,212,214,224. RET. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING-Three credits MR. MICHMAN A basic course that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of retail institutions; problems of store policy, store location, store organization, and personnel practices. The relationship of the retailer to the manufacturer, to the consumer, to the government, to the community, and to competitors is analyzed. RET. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three credits THE STAFF Basic principles of successful retail store organization; study of the organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating divisions; planned observation in employment, training, receiving, marking, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. RET. 201. COLOR AND DESIGN-Two credits MR. OTOOLE Ages of civilization and development of industrial age. Periods, style symbols, classicism, modern design. Components of composition; problems of function; proportion, balance, rhythm, color, light, texture. Fundamentals of interior decoration. Color and design in apparel. Studio, four hours each week. PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of the clinical method in psychology with consid~ration of diagnostic and treatment techniques and the role of the professional psychologist in various settings. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 212. RET. PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormaliti~s, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered rn alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of department. Three credits MR. MlCHMAN Study of basic principles of retail advertising and sales promotion. Special emphasis is placed on the preparation of copy for various types of retail establishments as well as on the analyses of current advertisements. Elements of the advertisement: headline, copy, layout, type, illustrations, and selection of media are analyzed. PsY. 255. CLINICAL PsY. 257. ARNORMAL 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION- �142 WILKES COLLEGE MR. MICHMAN SELLING-Three credits Techniques of retail selling including practical sales demonstrations. Analysis of the needs of customers; the handling of difficult situations; the techniques of increase sales; and building permanent business. RET. 207. RETAIL MERCHANDISE-Three credits MR. MORGAN Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic materials. 1-43 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES RET. 224. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING Three credits THE STAFF Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. RET. 210. ELEMENTS OF CONTROL-Three credits The principles, techniques, and problems encountered in merchandising; purchase planning, markup, markdown, inventories and their control, turnover, retail method of inventory, and the types and limitation of stock control systems. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. RET. 212. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISING THE STAFF BuYING--Three credits Buying as a career; types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of customer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade rela· tions. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. RET. 214. RETAIL THE STAFF FASHION-Three credits Fashion as a social force. How the fashion world works. Fashions in Paris, England, United States. Apparel, millinery, shoes, accessories; fashion shows. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. RET. 217. FUNDAMENTALS OF RELATIONS-Three credits THE STAFF Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment procedure; wage plans and incentives; employee training; employee evaluation; employee stabilization; employee participation; legislation affecting labor proolems in retailing. RET. 219. RETAIL PERSONAL SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Craig, Hoover, Jenkins. Students majoring in secretarial studies are required to take a sequence of twenty-four credits outside the Department of Secretarial Studies. It is advisable to decide upon this sequence not later than the sophomore year. The remainder of the electives may be divided between commerce and finance and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. S.S. 99. PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING-No Credit THE STAFF Development of skill in typewriting; development of an understanding of good style and form in typewritten material; application of typing skill to the wrmng of business letters and term papers. Laboratory fee required. Four hours a week. Fee: $10. .S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Two credits shorthand, two credits typewriting each semester MRS. CRAIG, MR. HOOVER Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand, Simplified; development of skill in typewriting, and ability tL apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. S.S. 105. SHORTHAND1-Two credits S.S. 106. SHORTHAND1-Two credits RET. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE Two credits THE STAFF Importance of small business; factors in business success; justification of new businesses; financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; small business and the future. MR. JENKINS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S.S. 105 or equivalent. �144 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES TYPEWRITING 1 -Two credits each semester MR. JENKINS Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from shorthand notes during second semester. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. Fee: $10 each course. S.S. 107-108. S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY Three credits shorthand, one credit typewriting each semester MRS. CRAIG Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in shorthand, typewriting, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S.S. 102. S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND 2-Two credits each semester MR. J ENKIN~ Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand, typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S.S. 106. S.S. 115. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 2-Two credits MR. JENKINS Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; transcription from shorthand notes; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: S.S. 108. S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL ACCOUNTING-Three credits MR. HOOVER Fundamental principles of accounting and their application to the keeping of books and records in business and professional offices. S.S. 120 may not be used for credit toward the accounting requirement for Business Education majors. 1 2 Credit will be given only to students who have not previousry taken S.S.101.102. Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken S.S. 109-110. S.S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three credits 145 MRS. CRAIG Study of accepted procedures in typical medical offices, clinics, and hospitals; application of stenographic skills to medical dictation; transcription of case histories taken from hospital records; specialized dictation in several branches of medicine. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two credits MRS. CRAIG, MR. HOOVER Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: satisfactory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four credits MRS. CRAIG, MR. HOOVER Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures in typical business and professional offices; study of personal and technical requirements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commercial forms; operation and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 243. BUSINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF JNTRUCTION IN STUDIES-Three credits MRS. CRAIG Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building as applied to shorthand and typewriting; techniques of instruction in typewriting and shorthand, standards, tests, and measurement in the secretarial studies; content, objectives, and methods of instruction in office practice. SECRETARIAL SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Professor Symmons, chairman; Instructors Bloomburg, Edelstein, L. Mui, Yarnal. A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Soc. 100 is prerequisite to all the courses in sociology, it is not accepted toward a major in sociology. P.S. 204 and Phil. 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the Department in consultation with the Chairman. A major in sociology should ordinarily include the following three courses: Soc. 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the Department Chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SOCIOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological problems. Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO FAMILY- Three credits MR. SYMMONS The development of marriage and the family in ethnological _and historical perspective. Family disorganization and ,oroblen:is of adjustment to modern conditions. Psychological aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital success or failure. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 or permission of the instructor. Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE EDUCATION-Three credits MR. SYMMONS A study of the structure and function of formal education ~s a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education and other basic institutions. Human relations within the school. The school and the community. Contemporary educational problems and their social backgrounds. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 204. SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three credits MRs. MUI An analysis of the formal and informal social ~rganiz~tion of .the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Soc, 245. 147 WORK-Three credits MR. YARNAL A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 255. FIELDS OF SOCIAL INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits MR. SYMMONS A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences; social interaction; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 260. CULTURE, SOCIETY, AND PERSONALITY-Three credits MR.SYMMONS A study of the influences on personality that derive from group and cultural sources. Comparative study of personality formation under different cultural conditions. Analysis of social factors related to personality disorganization and reorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 255 or Soc. 265. Soc. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Ee. 100, or permission of the instructor. LIFE-Three credits THE STAFF The development of modern cities; e~ects o_f urban life upon s?:ial organization and personality patterns; maJor social problems of the Cttles Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 215. SOCIOLOGY OF URBAN PROBLEMS-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 230 SOCIAL Soc. 265. ANTHROPOLOGY-Three credits MR.SYMMONS A general survey of the .field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Fossil man and modern races; origin and development of culture. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 270. PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF THE WORLD-Three credits MR. SYMMONS A survey of the non-Western cultures of the world with an emphasis on one of the following areas: The Middle East, The Far East, South-East Asia, Africa, Australasia, Latin America. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. CRIMINOLOGY- Three credits MRS. MUI Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 235. INTRODUCTION TO 280. MODERN SOCIOLOGY AND ITS HISTORICAL BACKGROUND- Three credits MR. SYMMONS The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. �148 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SAFETY EDUCATION Instructor Hilbert. Courses in Safety Education are offered for teachers desirous of obtaining certification in Safety Education. Undergraduates will receive no credit for these courses unless they receive approval from the Head of the Education Department and the Dean of Men. SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECOND· ARY ScHOOLS-Three credits Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; so· ciety's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SCHOOLS-Three credits The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. ELEMENTARY SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SCHOOLS-Three credits Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SECONDARY SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY CATlON-Three credits Enu- A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. 5. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Three credits Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and SAFETY 149 ~ethods of ~ealing with it. . It may be assumed that man is interested in his own b_odtly safety; but 1t must not be assumed that that interest is alway~ active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest !hat lies d?rmant; or i~ cover~d up by bad habits of attention, emotion nd maladJ~stment to life; or 1s not sufficient to safeguard the individual because he 1_s of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge or has not been properly tramed. ' SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Ams IN SAFETY EDUCATION- Three credits Discus~ion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other s~nsory _aids~ ~tanda~ds _for appraising and their relationship to the curnculum, gui~mg prmc1ples and techniques; minimum equipment and sources; housmg and distribution. �TRAINING PROGRAM - LECTURE SERIES The Evening Division To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new .field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the pro f essional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business .fields. S,. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain .fields for their personal satisfaction and im provement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon such a student's completion of thirty semester hours, his high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at his request, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. No student, however, may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each stu• dent registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to regder for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this regulation must be ap• proved by the Deans. Whenever a student's record of achievement indicates that he is not obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study, the College may request that he withdraw from the Evening Division. 151 MANAGEMENT TRAINING PROGRAM To fill a need in the comm 1·t W"lk C 1 the_ deve1opment of manager~a~ [kills a~~ngo~~f;;!er:n~P:~t:::i:~r 0 aspue to 6ecome part of the management group. The needs of each compan d . officials foremen and th . y ahre ana1yze and, rn consultation with • o ers rn t e compan · meet the general and spec·fi. . Y, a program 1s arranged to 1 c requirements of the personnel in the a?Y· The program is arranged in periods of 16 weeks in which th com1C1pants meet once a week at the College during the da . efpartwo hour session. Y or evening or a f Special Community Lecture Series A~ a community college, Wilkes feels obligated to pr~v1de opportunities for adults to continue their educanon. Ir therefore offers in the Even · n· .. · d ' mg 1v1s1on an inrbro . ucrory pr_o gram in adult education, from which it el1eves posmve good will result. C . l _ o~murnty _m embers who register for one of the eccure courses m the series meet one evening a week throughout the ten or fifteen weeks the co . . ·, · Th urse 1s m scss1on . ey do not receive regular college credit. I Given each semester, the lectures cost considerably essll than the regular undergraduate courses at the Co ege. lhe present program includes series in current evems an arr for busmess and professional persons. Furrher information concerning the program may be secured from the Director of Admissions. �INDEX Index 63 ~ri~~~~f:J~;1t:2: : : : t ~1 ::::::/:::i~:::: :: ::: Advanced Standing ............ .................... ··· ·············· ........................... .. ······ Anthropology ······································· ······· .......................................... ........ :::::::: .. Art Art Education, Four-year Programs ....... ................................ ·······...... 145 s6, 74 87 t;:~ ••·•·••·• • : :...•· • ••ii ••••. •••• •.••••••••••• )~:.•····· ~A:tht~e~n:dia!nicre~~~ .~ ... ~ ..·. ·.t.~.'.. ········ ························ l3:9 ···············•"' ~:a;~~. . : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :: : :: : : : : : : :::: : : : : : ... . . ...... . . . . . ... . . . ... .. 36, l~~ Bachelor of Arts, General Requirements for ...................................... .................. Four-year Programs •··········:·..... ............................................. ..... ...................... ~~ Bachelor of Science, Art Education ..... .............................................. ................ .... 70 ~~:~~s~:.~~~.~.~~~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.·.·.·.:::·.:::::·.·.·.:·.: ·.: . .·.: :·. 60 Commerce and Finance General Requirements ......... ···· ··· .... ........................................................ Four-year Programs .................... •........ •••···· .................... ········ ···.. ........... .. 62 63 Education SO General Requirements ...... .. .... .... ....................... ····· ..... .. ... .... .... .. ............ . 69 ;~~::~::: :::::aa::,' s!~~:J:r~?:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 68 Engineering .. ................ Programs-Common Freshman Year.. ...... ··· .............. ·· .. ··.. Aeronautical ........................ .. .. ... ····· ....... ....................... .................... Chemical .......................................... .. ............................... ................. Civil ....................... ................ .......... ····· ····································· ... Electrical .... ......... ........................................ ................. ........ Industrial ..................................... . .......... ............................ ........ Mechanical ......... ... .......... .......................... ... ..................... Music Education ...................... .................................. .................................... Natural Sciences, Four- and Two-year Programs .... ............................... ............. Nursing Education ..................... .. .. ............................ ... ................................... 76 76 76 77 77 78 78 72 61 73 57 P~~~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: :::::::::::::::::: i~ 60, BioloE':s~f;~J:aif Buildings ...... .. .. ....................................... ... .... .................................... .... ............ ........ Business Adminstration, Four-year Program .... .................................. .. ............ ...... Description of Courses.................................... .................... .............................. Business Education ............... ..... · ......................................... ·· ·······..... · ... · · Business Law .......... ............... ... ................. .. .............. ......... .................. ............. ....... Careers Library ................ .. ·.... ·····.. .. ........ ....... ·.............. ...... ....... ·.. ···· ........ ·... ·... ...... · 64 93 70 95 32 60 iti~~~ii:f:~~t~~;,~·~ ti /.<: : : ;~{(})\ ~~::::t;~~c!~::n~~~.i~~··:::::::::::::::::::::::::::: :·.·_-_-_-.· ·_-_-· · . · · · · · · ·_-_-_-.·.·_-.·_-_-.: ·:.:·:.·: ::.·.·.·::.-.· . 1;~ Community Programs .................................... ........ ..... ..................... ............... ...... . 153 Consultation Service ........................................................... .. ....... ...................... ...... 33 Counseling .. .. ... ...... ....................... .... .......... ....... ................................... .............. .... 26, 32 Curricula ............... .. ......................................... ..... ................ ..... ................................ 23 Debating .......... .......... .............................. ..... ... .......... ........... .... ....... .. .. .. .................... 37 Degrees, Taking 0£............ ... .... ............... .......................................................... ........ 26 Description of Courses .... ................ .. ....................... ..... ........ .................. .................. 85 Dramatics ......... ............... ........ ....... ........ .. ...................... ... ....... ............................ .... 36 Economics, Courses in ............................ ............... .. .............................................. .. 100 Education, Courses in ( see also B.S. in Education) .. ......... ............. ................... . 103 Employment, Student ......... ... ........ ........................ ............ ........................ ............ .. 34 Engineering, Courses in (see also B.S. in Engineering) ................ .. ................. . 109 English, Courses in ........... .... ... .................................. ... ............. ........ ................. ....... 111 Evening Division .......................................... ................................. .............. .......... .. 150 Extension Cl asses ................................................ .. .............................. .... .. .............. .. 23 Faculty .......... .............................................. ..................... ....................................... . 10 Faculty Committees ......................................................................... ... ..................... . 16 Fees ................... .... ................... ...................... .............................. .. ......................... .. 28 Fees, Payment 0£. ...... ................................. .... ........... ...................................... .......... . 30 French, Courses in ...... ..... ......................... ................ .................... .......................... .. 115 General Information ................................... ... .......... .................... .... .. .. ................... . 22 General Science.. ........................................ ...... .. .. .. ........ ..................................... ...... .. 120 German, Courses in ............................ .......................................... ........ .................... 117 Grades ......... .. ................ ............................ ............. .... ............................... ... .............. 24 Graduation, Requirements for ...... ......... ..... .... .................... ..................................... 25 History, Courses in ............................... ..... ... .. ................................. .. ........................ 120 Hygiene, Course in........................ ........ .... ............................ .... ............ ..... ............... 134 Insurance, Accident and Sickness............ ............................................. ... .... .. .......... 34 Journalism, Courses in .......................................... ................................ .... ...... .. ........ 112 Laboratory and Medical Technology, Program in.................... .. .......................... 80 Liberal Arts, Requirements for Majors ................................. ......................... .... .... 54 Liberal Arts, Selection of Major... .... ........... ................................ .. ... ................. ...... 53 Library ............ .... .. ...................................................................................... ................ 27 Lockers ....... ..... ...... ....................... ... .... ... .... .... .. ...... ............... .................................... 35 1fadrigal Singers .............. ..... .. ................ ..................................... ................ .......... .. 37 Majors, Requirements for (see Individual Subjects) Marketing (see Retailing) ...................... .... ................... .. .................................... .. 141 Mathematics, Four-year Program........................... ...................... .... ............ ........... 58 Description of Courses... ........................ ... .. ...................................................... 122 Medical Technology, Program in ........................... ............ ... ..... ..................... ........ 80 :Music, Four.year Program. ... ......... .................................................. ......................... 59 Description of Courses ................. ......................... .... ................................. ........ 125 Music Education, Courses in (see also B.S . in Music Education) ..... 128 Non-credit Program ( see Community Lecture Series) Nursing Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Nursing Education) ..... ........... 130 Orchestra ............................ ........ .... .......................... .......................... .. ....... .......... 37, 127 Orientation Program ....... ..... ...... .. ................ ... ........ ... .............. ..... .......................... 33 Part•time Study .............. ..................... ..... ......... ................ ....... .......... ........................ 50 Philosophy, Courses in ... .... ... ...... ... ....................... .............. ... .. ......................... .... .... 132 Physical Educatio n and Hygiene, Courses in.... ...... ................................................ 134 Physics, Two-year Program ............ .. ............................... ........................... ............ .... 61 Description of Courses ........ ........................................ ........... ........................... 135 Placement Service ..... .... ............... .................... ................................................ .. ........ 34 Point Average ..... ....................................... ..... ....... .............................. .......... ............ 24 Political Science, Courses in...... .. ....... .......... ............... ....... ................................... .... 136 �154 WILKES COLLEGE l33lf1S 81 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program ..... .............. ........... .............. .. Three-year Program ....................................................................................... . 82 Probation ................................................................................................................... . 25 Professions and Vocations, Preparation for .... .. .............................. .......... ............. . 42 Promotion, Minimum Requirements for ......... ............. .... ...... ... ........ .. ....... ....... .... . 25 138 Psychology, Courses in ............................... ......... ............ ................................ .. . Publications, Student ........ ................................ ......................... ............................... 37 Refunds ..................................................................................................................... . 30 Registration ...... ..... ....... ...... ... ..... ....... ... ..... ..... .... .. ..... ..... ........... .......... ........... ... ......... 26 Religion, Courses in........... ..................... ........................... .... ........................... ........ 133 Retailing, Four-year Program.... .... ..................................................... ..................... 66 Description of Courses. .......... ............................................ ..... .......................... 141 Safety, Courses in .... ........... ............ ·-········································••·•············ ··.. ---· ........ 148 Scholarships .......................................................................................................... 39 Secretarial Studies, Four-year Program.................. .... ...... ................... ........... 67 Two-year Program ............ ................ ... ............ .......... ................. .................... .. 83 Description of Courses... ................ .... .................... ..... ... .............. .......... ........ 143 Social Science, Major in........... ................. ..... .......... ................................................. 53 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in...... .......... ........ ........................................ 145 Spanish, Courses in. ........................... ............ .......... ................... ........... .............. . 118 Student Activities ........... ..... ......... ... .... .... ................ .... ..... ... .... .... ...... .... ...... ... ........ 36 Student Employment ...... .. ...... .......... .. ... ....... ...... ..... .... .. .. ..... .... ...... ....... ..... ... ... .... .... 34 Student Government .......... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. .... .... .... .. .......... .... ........ ... ................ ... .... . 36 Student Welfare ................. ................... ................................................ .... ................ 32 Summer-school Credits .......... .... ..... ......... ... ... .. ..... ...... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... ......... ... 27 Surveying .. .. ... ..... ........ .. ........ .. ........... ..... .... .. ...... .... .... ........ ... .... ..... .. ..... ......... .... .... .. llO Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary......... ....................................... 68 Business .. ....... ... ..... ..... .. ... .. .. ... .. .. ... .. ..... .. .. ........ ..... ... .. ... .... .. .... .......... ............... 70 Music .................................... .... .............. ............... ................................... ........ 72 Nursing ...................................................................................... :....................... 73 Teaching (see B.S. in Education, Art Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses ............................ ..... ....................................... .............................. 79 Transfer of Credits.......................... ................ .......................................................... 27 Trustees, Board 0£.................................................................................................... 6 Tuition .................... .................................... ........ ...................................................... 28 Wilkes College, History of............ .... ........ .................................. ............................ 18 Withdrawals .. ... ....... ................................................................................................ 26, 30 13)11!'1'W 1S3M z 0 ....... w w (.,) w (.,,) w 9 :-0 !X> :---,, ~ ~ A . ~~~~~~~ f~ Q. :J ~ -< .. :J a co I < .. :J" DJ =3 .,"' l3HlS NOldWv'HUON 1S3M (\ 0 8J ~ 0 z (/l 0 C --i I 'Tl ;o > fil] z ~ ;,<; z ~ r m .... A z m m G) CD ~ ;:: ;,<; f,Jl "' B j 1331!1S Hlnos ~ 1S3M iz G) .,,~ > ~ z --i G) I "'.... "' co ~ ;:: )> V> ~ "' ;v (") Q ~ m )> () 0 r r m (j) m m X �154 WILKES COLLEGE ~ ---Yll i~CIH9 JL_ I 133H1S 13)11f'Q'W 1S3M - -- ~ -- - p ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ p ~ ~ 81 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program .. ..... .......... ............ ............ ..... ... 82 Three-year Program 25 Probation Professions and Vocations, Preparation rn~ ... . .... . ... ......... . .... .. .. .... .. .. ... .. ... . ..... .. ..... . 42 25 Promotion, Minimum Requirements 138 Psychology, Courses in ............................................................. .... ............... ....... Publications, Student ............. ........................... ........... ........................ ... ....... .... ..... .. 37 30 Refunds 26 Registration 133 Religion, Courses Retailing, Four-year Program ........... ...... .... .. ............... ........ ........... ............. .... ...... .. 66 141 Description of Courses .................... .... ........ .... ............ ..... ................. ... . 148 Safety, Courses 39 Sebo larshi ps 67 Secretarial Studies, Four-year Program .................... .......................................... . Two-year Program .... ................ .......... ...... ...... .... .. ...................... .................... .. 83 143 Description of Courses ............. .. ............................ .................... .. ...... .... Social Science, Major in ......................... ....... .......... ...... ...... ...... ..................... .......... . 53 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in .. .. ................ ..................... ................ .... .. 145 Spanish, Courses in ........... ......... ................... ................................. ...... .... ................ .. 118 Student Activities ......... .. ....................................... ............ ........................ ... ......... . 36 34 Student Employment 36 Student Government 32 Student Welfare .................... .... ........................ ................................ .. .............. ... 27 Summer-school Credits 110 Surveying Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary.... ........................... ......... ....... . 68 70 Business 72 Music Nursing 73 Teaching (see B.S. in Education, Art Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses .. ...... .... ........ ........ ........ .... ...................................................... ...... .. 79 Transfer of Credits ...... ................ ...... ....... .......... ..... ........................... ................... .. .. 27 Trustees, Board of .... ........................ .... ............ ............................ .... ....... .... ......... ... . 6 28 Tuition Wilkes College, History v• ....... . .. .. .. ..... ..... ..... .. . ... .... .. . .............. . ... .... .. .. ...... ......... .. . 18 Withdrawals ........... ... . ..... .. ........................... .... ........ .... . ....... .. ...... . . . .. . , ... .. .... . ....... .....v, 30 V, 30 .g~ c.0 ~ ~' ~ ~ I IT] LY I ~ I EJ CD :: ~ 5" Q; a °' 0 s. ~ u, ~ ~ ~ ;:r co 3 :i: ~ ::l .., ;f :c g ~. ~ f ~ ~ ::E n .,, - er, ~ ~ g,~2;-99~ ~- ~ ~ ~ ~ =.!!.-::r a, o,c:r g.g>I :c ~=~~~; Cl> ~ ; a,~~ ~ ~ ~~~i~~ ~] ~-~ :)1.g ~ C9 ~ ~ - :i: ~ - 3 ; ::::c: 0 DI C o0 :r-< rl ::. 3 ~ = :; in ~ 3 3 ~ l' ~ 5' a, :, f it f ~!f~ 3 !!: &' ~ 3 3 5· -< ~ 1 ri :r 0[3] 0 z 0 A td [b EJ < "' 133 U S NOldW'Q'HUON ,, 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 z (I> 0 ...C ~ < 0LC 0 "' EJi :r m 9 W W W W :-0 ?=> =-"' 9'- W ~ W ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 < < I (t)C a.. n C (D ::::;:' C CT f:>-- 01 w w w w - .o .~ .m .~ .~ .~ .~ .w .~ .- ~ ~ O ::,- n 0 G'l :c n.,, ::r o· !!.>n 0 ~ a- ~ !;Q. ::J ~ ~ --< G'l (D -< 0 CD Q. .;~-<a.~ ..,~ '°~-§_ ~ o_ a, (D .g ?i?~ ~ 5' ~ [ 2 ~ ~ 5· 5' a..<0'° c.0 1S3M ,r:;--Q CD ::r I ~ I Cl = ;;~ ~ V. Q. ~ t 0 QJ" ~· .... I "TI "' ► :0 ~ 1; ~ z ~ m n, CE]@] 8 ~ 13H 1 S H1n o s u, .... (;) ~ ~ ~ )> ~ ?;; ~ '{> °' z u, Q n ::0 ~ .,,~ ~,.. m m -.,, ~ ~ )> .,,. ~ ~ 1s3M ~ m V) () 0 r r m (j) G'l I A z 70 cP ~ B r ~,~ Cl> ~r ~ if :i:::, ~ [ CD n~~EJ m ~. "'::, ~ :!. ::, (0 ~ ~ IO l{' I ~· ~ :i: QI I Cl ::r = 2 n ~ :r ~ ~ ~ ; [~ =. :r i f ~ ~3 f> ;~~ ~ s. a, V, ~ <O t ::, C N .;;· ~ ~ c:B ~ Cl> c· g.. 3 ~ )> ::J ::J ~ ~? [ --< ~ Q §" )> " --< . l g. m >< � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1958-1959 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1958-1959 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/fc46d6ff27a0c6fbf303bfbaa4fe08da.pdf af1987be2f44e2ac192a72b32bff1e7d PDF Text Text WJIKES COi.LEGE u etfn 1957 - 1958 �1957-1958 FALL AND SPRING SEMESTERS - 1957-58 Vol. VI �Contents Marks of An Educated Man . . . College Calendar 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understand- ing. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it con.fines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5. He cultivates inner resmrrces and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. Board of Trustees Committees, Board of Trustees Officers of Administration Assistants in Administration Faculty . Faculty Committees History of the College General Information Student Welfare . 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. Student Activities 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the Scholarships and Awards forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. Preparation for Professions and Vocations Degree Courses Terminal Courses Course Descriptions . Evening Division Community Lecture Series . Index 5 6 7 8 9 10 16 18 22 32 36 38 42 48 76 82 146 147 148 �COLLEGE CALENDAR COLLEGE CALENDAR SUMMER, 195 7 Mon., June 10 to Sat., June 15 .. Summer School registration Mon., June 17 ............... Classes begin Thurs., July 4 ............... Independence Day observance Fri., August 2 ............... Summer School ends FALL, 1957 Tues., Sept. 10 to Fri., Sept. 13 .. Freshmen Orientation Wed., Sept. 11 .............. Freshmen Registration Thurs., Sept. 12 .............. Upperclassmen Registration Mon., Sept. 16 .............. Classes begin at 8: 00 A.M. Sun., Oct. 6 ................. Reception-Parents of Freshmen Sat., Oct. 26 ................ Homecoming Sat., Oct. 26 ................ Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Oct. 30 ............... Mid-Semester Reports Mon., Nov. 4 to Fri., Nov. 8 .... Registration Wed., Nov. 27 .............. Thanksgiving recess begins at noon Mon., Dec. 2 ............... Thanksgiving recess ends at 8: 00 A.M. Sat., Dec. 21 ................ Christmas recess begins at 5 :00 P.M. Mon., Jan. 6 ................ Christmas recess ends at 8:00 A.M. Fri., Jan. 10 ................ Classes end Mon., Jan. 13 to Tues., Jan. 21 .. Examination period SPRING, 1958 Fri., Jan. 24 ................. All-College Registration Mon., Jan. 27 ............... Classes begin at 8 :00 A.M. Sat., Mar. 8 ................. Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Mar. 12 .............. Mid-Semester Report Mon., Mar. 17 to Fri., Mar. 21 .. Registration Tues., Apr. 1 ................ Easter recess begins at 5 :00 P.M. Wed., Apr. 9 ................ Easter recess ends at 8:00 A.M. Sun., May 4 ................. Parents Day Sat., May 17 ................ Classes end Mon., May 19 to Tues., May 27. Examination period Sun., June 1 ................ Baccalaureate Mon., June 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... Commencement SUMMER, 1958 Wed., June 11 to Fri., June 13 .. Registration Mon., June 16 ............... Classes begin Fri., July 4 ................. Independence Day Fri., Aug. 1 ................. Summer School ends �BOARD OF TRUSTEES COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS Board of Trustees Library: Cnstruction: Chairman ARNAUD C. MARTS, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary JAMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, CHARLES H. MINER, JR., JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. MISS MARY R. KOONS SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Miss ANNETTE EVANS FRANCIS O. CASE MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JOSEPH F. LESTER REUBEN H. LEVY REV. CHARLES CONYNGHAM Chairman MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE MISS MARY R. KOONS L. Miss ANNETTE EVANS, MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT MRS. PAUL BEDFORD WILLIAM Chairman s. ROUSH MRs. FRANCK G. DARTE THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST Finance: SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. MISS ANNETTE EVANS HON. WILLIAM M. ROSENFIELD REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK, EUGENE S. FARLEY ANDREW J. SORDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER GEORGE W. GUCKELBE.R.GER JAMES P. HARRIS JAMES P. HARRIS REUBEN H. LEVY JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, HON. JOHNS. FJNE HARRY F. GOER1NGER GEORGE W . GUCKELBERGER JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. JULIUS LONG STERN MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER AARON WEISS Nominations: REV. CHARLES s. ROUSH, Chairman Chaimian M.D. ANDREW J. SoRDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK TERM OF OFFICE JULIUS LONG STERN Expiring f une, 1957 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT WILLIAM L. JOSEPH F. LESTER ARNAUD C. MARTS CONYNGHAM MRs. FRANCK G. DARTE F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST JAMES P. HARRIS JULIUS LONG STERN AARON WEISS GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER REUBEN H. LEVY Miss ANNETTE EVANS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. HoN. JOHN S. FINE w. GucKELBERGER, HARRY F. GOERINGER, L. WILLIAM HON. JOHNS. FINE MISS ANNETTE EVANS H. LEVY Chairman CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Miss MARY R. KooNs JOSEPH F. LESTER F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST CHARLES H. MINER, JR. ANDREW J. SORDONI HON. WILLIAM JULIUS LONG STERN AARON WEISS M. ROSENFIELD THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. HoN. WILLIAM M. RosENFIELD ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Expiring f une, 1959 Development: ARNAUD C. MARTS, Chairman JAMES R. HARRIS MRS. PAUL BEDFORD GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK HARRY F. GOERINGER REV. CHARLES J. Scholarships: Chairman FRANCIS 0. CASE ARNAUD C. MARTS FRANCIS 0. CASE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. s. FARLEY GEORGE REUBEN Expiring f tme, 1958 EUGENE Buildings and Grounds: JosEPH KocYAN, M.D. MISS MARY R. KOONS s. THOMAS F. ANDREW J. SoRDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK MORGAN, JR. ROUSH ANDREW J. SORDONI MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER Ex Officio on All Committees-MR. GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK �ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) 9 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION RUTH V. BISHOP ..................................... Recorder MARY K. BEACHAM ..................... Secretary to the President ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instruction B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State), Ph.D. (Yale) JANET DAVIES .......................... Secretary to the Registrar JOHN P. WHITBY, Director of Admissions and Registrar B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (Columbia) DOROTHY DAVIES .......................... 0 ffice Machine Clerk GEORGE F. RALSTON, Dean of Men B.A. (North Carolina), M.A. (Columbia) ETHEL M. Nuss ............................. Assistant Recorder GERTRUDE A. DOANE, Dean of Women B.L.I. (Emerson) BARBARA STACKOWIAK ........................ Registration Clerk ELAINE WEINSTEIN ....................... . Admissions Secretary RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR., Alumni Secretary B.S. (Wilkes) RHONWYN DAVIES ............... . Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper MARGARETE. CONNOLLY, Comptroller B.S. (Pennsylvania), M.A. (New York) ROSALIE JABLONSKI .................... .. .............. Cashier JOHN D. CURTIS, Director of Public Relations B.S. (Wilkes) STANLEY H. WASILESKI, Director of Evening Classes B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) JOHN J. CHWALEK, Director of Guidance and Placement B.A. (East Tennessee State), M.A. (Columbia) NADA Vu JICA, Librarian B.A., M.A. (Zagreb), M.A. (Marywood) GEORGE F. ERMEL, Cataloguing Librarian A.B. (Wilkes) M.S. (Syracuse) ALICE D. SCHAPPERT, Reference and Circulation Librarian A.B. (Wilkes) M.S. (Carnegie) SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, College Physician M.D. (Virginia) GLADYS B. DAVIS, Head Resident, Sterling Hall ANNA E. CABORE, Resident, McClintock Hail FRANCES M. SEARS, College Consultation Staff A.B. (Barnard) HELEN A. MORGAN ................. Accounts Pctyable Bookkeeper JOAN OSTROWSKI .......................... . Payroll Bookkeeper ELIZABETH H. BRETZ ....................... Secretary to the Deans MILDRED MARINI ............ . Secretary to the Director of Placement MARIE OPSITOS ............... Secretary to Director of Development KATHLEEN O'DONNELL ............. Secretary to Alttmni Secretary FRANCES HOPKINS .......................... Circulation Assistant MILDRED GITTINS ....................... Manager of the Bookstore WILLIAM JERVIS ........... Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds �FACULTY Faculty SHELDON G. COHEN, Associate Professor of Biological Research B. A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) THOMAS R. RICHARDS, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.S. (Bucknell) ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instruction and Professor of Chemistry B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) CATHERINE H. Bo NE, Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) CHARLES B. REIF, Professor of Biology B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) STANLEY H. WASILESKI, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) HAROLD W. THATCHER, Professor of History A.B., M.A. (Columbia), Ph.D. (Chicago) EDWARD N. HELTZEL, Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S. (Gettysburg), M.S. (Bucknell) SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, Professor of Economics A.B., M.B.A. (Boston University), Ph.D. (North Carolina) CATHAL B. O'TooLE, Assistant Professor of Art National Academy of Design HUGO V. MAILEY, Professor of Political Science B.A. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) WELTON G. FARRAR, Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) Eu GENE L. HAMMER, Professor of Education B.S. (Wheaton), M.A. (Northwestern), Ed.D. (Columbia) GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Montclair State Teachers), M.A. (Clark) FRANK J. J. DAVIES, Professor of English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) FRANCIS J. SALLEY, Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S. (St. Joseph's), M.S. (Pennsylvania) tKONSTANTIN SYMMONS, Professor of Sociology B.A., M.A. (Warsaw), Ph.D. (Columbia) 11 ROBERT E. MORAN, Assistant Professor of Music Education B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.Mus.Ed. (Northwestern) FRANCIS L. GRAHLFS, Visiting Professor of Sociology B.A. (Hofstra) M.A. (Columbia) RUTH W. JESSEE, Assistant Professor of Nursing Education B.S., A.M. (Columbia) Ed.D. (Pennsylvania) Vorus B. HALL, Professor of Physics and Engineering B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) A.M. (Columbia) DANA H. VERRY, Assistant Professor of Commerce and Finance B.S. (Oregon State), M.S. (Idaho) ELWOOD DISQUE, Associate Professor of German A.B. (Dickinson) CHARLES M. WoRSTALL, Assistant Professor of Chemistry and Physics A.B. (NewYork),Ph.D. (Columbia) STANKO M. VUJICA, Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion B.A. (Zagreb), M.A. (Innsbruck), Ph.D. (Zagreb) HOH-CHEUNG Mm, Associate Professor of History A.B. (Lingnan), A.M., Ph.D. (Columbia) SYLVIA DwoRSKI, Associate Professor of Modern Languages B.A. (Connecticut), M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) JOHN G. DETROY, Associate Professor of Music B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.M. (Rochester) ARTHUR N. KRUGER, Associate Professor of English A.B. (Alabama), Ph.D. (Louisiana State) t On Leave of absence 1956-1957 FRANCIS J. MICHELINI, Assistant Professor of Biology B.S. ( Seton Hall), M.S. (Delaware), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) LILLIAN FoRTESS, Assistant Professor of Education A.B. (Hunter), M.A. (New York) ALFREDS. GROH, Assistant Professor of English B.A. (Syracuse), M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT C. RILEY, Assistant Professor of Psychology A.B. (Bucknell) CH'UNG-TAI Lu, Assistant Professor of Economics A.B. (Fu-Jen), M.A. (Catholic University), Ph.D. (Maryland) BRONIS J. KASLAS, Assistant Professor of History L.L.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) �12 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY ALBERT CHRISTOPHER, Assistant P1-ofessor of Business Administration B.S., M.B.A. (New York) FRANCES S. WoRSTALL, Instructor in Mathematics B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Columbia) EDWIN C. HEINLE, Assistant Professor of English A.B. (Drew) M.A. (Columbia) Brue S. STEIN, Instructor in Retailing B.S., M.S. (New York) ROBERT E. WERNER, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S. (Wisconsin) BENJAMIN F. FIESTER, Instructor in English A.B. (Wilkes) PHYLLIS I. CLARK, Instructor in Music B.A. (Moravian), M.Mus. (Michigan) THEODORE L. KROHN, Instructor in Accounting and Business A.B. (Wilkes) L.L.B. (Dickinson) CROMWELL E. THOMAS, Instructor in Engineering B.S. (Washington and Lee) BERNICE LEAGAS, Instructor in Biology B.S. (Bucknell) M.S. (Pennsylvania State) PAUL R. WERNER, Instructor in Accounting B.S. (Susquehanna), M.A. (New York) ROBERT J. MILLER, Instructor in English A.B. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) EDITH S. NAMISNIAK, Instructor in Biology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Michigan) HELEN B. BUBECK, Instructor in Physical Education B.S. (East Stroudsburg State Teachers) JOHN J. CHWALEK, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (East Tennessee State), M.A. (Columbia) PART-TIME FACULTY JOSEPH H. KANNER, Instructor in Psychology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (New School for Social Research) CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, Instructor in Music F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) JOSEPH B. SLAMON, JR., Instructor in Accounting B.S. (Wilkes), C.P.A. (Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) E. SHELDON CURTIS, Instructor in Accounting B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) T. LEONARD CONNOLLY, Instructor in History A.B. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (New York) IRVING BARON, Instructor in Accounting B.S. (New York) C.P.A. (Penna.) ARTHUR J. HOOVER, Instructor in Commerce and Finance B.S. (Wilkes) CLAYTON BLOOMBURG, Instructor in Economics and Sociology B.A. (Bucknell) CHARLES L. CASPER, Instructor in Business Administration Ph.B. (Yale), LL.B. (Harvard) THELMA A. CHRISTOPHER, Instructor in English B.A., M.A. (Albany State Teachers) FERDINAND LIVA, Instructor in Music Conservatory of Naples, Juilliard School of Music RALPH B. CONNOR, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) LORNA HOLBROOK MUI, Instructor in Sociology A.B., A.M. (Columbia) THEODORE EVANS, Instructor in Political, Science A.B., LL.B. (Pennsylvania) MARGARETT. O'BRIEN, Instructor in English A.B. (Syracuse), M.A. (McGill) NORMAN FRIEDMAN, Instructor in Business Administration JOHN G. REESE, Instructor in Physical Education B.S. (Pennsylvania State) RUTH T. ROBERTS, Instructor in English B.A. (Goucher) ROBERT L. TENER, Instructor in English B.A. (Akron), M.A. (Western Reserve) ERNEST GOTTSCHALK, Instructor in Economics B.S., M.B.A. (Michigan) SALLY E. GRAHLFS, Instructor in English B.S. (Potsdam State Teachers) JOHN A. GRIFFITHS, Instructor in Education B.A. (Pennsylvania State) 13 �14 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY JOHN GREEN, Instructor in Retail Merchandising B.S. (Villanova) THOMAS J. MORAN, Instructor in English B.S. (Wilkes), A.M. (Columbia) ANNA M. HENRY, Instructor in German A.B., M.A. (Marywood) ABRAM P. MORGAN, Instructor in Mathematics B.S. (East Stroudsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) CHARLES F. HENSLEY, Instructor in Economics B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) WILLIAM MORGAN, Instructor in Retailing B.S. (North Carolina State) JOHN H. HIBBARD, Instructor in Political Science B.A. (Pennsylvania), LL.B. (Dickinson) JOHN PITTS, Instructor in Philosophy and Religion M.A., Ph.D. (London) DONALD G. HILBERT, Instructor in Safety Education B.S. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A. (New York) ANDREW PuHAK, Instructor in Business Administration A.B. ( George Washington), LL.B. (Dickinson) HARRY R. Hiscox, Instructor in English A.B. (Wilkes) L.L.B. (New York) MARITA S. RILEY, Instructor in Nursing Education A.B. (Wilkes) WILBUR G. ISAACS, Instructor in Music A.B. (Randolph-Macon) SIDNEY L. RUBIN, Instructor in Retail Merchandising MINERVA JACKSON, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S. (Misericordia) EDWARD R. JANJIGIAN, Instructor in Nursing Education Ph.B. (Chicago), M.D. (Boston) THOMAS H. JENKINS, Instructor in Secretarial Studies B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (New York) WILLIAM JOHNS, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) JOSEPH M. KLEIN, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S., M.D. (Michigan) LEWIS A. KOHN, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) JOHN G. KoNSAVAGE, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) ANNE C. LIVA, Instructor in Music J uilliard School of Music CHARLOTTE V. LORD, Instructor in English B.S. (New York), M.A. (Bucknell), M.A. (Middlebury), Fulbright Exchange Professorship-Italy, 1954-55 SAMUEL J. LORUSSO, Instructor in Art EDWARD A. LOUGHNAN, Instructor in Spanish M.A. (Oxford) MURRAY MACKSON, Instructor in Business Administration B.A. (Pennsylvania State), LL.B. (Dickinson) TONY ScARANTINO, Instructor in Economics B.S. (Wilkes) CARL SCHINDLER, lnstmctor in Religion S.T.M. (Lutheran Theological Seminary) GORDON R. ScHLIER, Instructor in Business Ed11cation B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) RUTH G. SEEHERMAN, Instmctor in Nursing Education B.S. (Wilkes) HELEN F. McHENRY SHEEDER, Instructor in Music B.Mus. (New England Conservatory) ANTOINETTE M. SHOEMAKER, Instmctor in Economics A.B. (Wilkes) EULA SMITH, Instructor in Retail Merchandising CASIMIR TYBURSKI, Instructor in English B.A. (Delaware), Foreign Study STEWART A. WALLER, Instructor in Music B.M.E. (Cornell College) S.S.M. (Union Theological) JOSEPH L. WEITZ, Instructor in Geology Ph.D. (Yale) ROBERT A. WEST, Instructor in Mathematics A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Columbia) J. WARREN YARNAL, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (Juniata), M.S.W. (Pittsburgh) MARJORIE J. YENCHA, Instmctor in Nursing Education B.S. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (Bucknell) 15 �WILKES COLLEGE 16 FACULTY COMMITTEES 1957-1958 Admissions Library JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE EUGENE GEORGE F. RALSTON J. Athletics RussELL R. PICTON, JR., Chairman FRANK J. DAVIES THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER NADA VUJICA CHARLES E. W ORSTALL JOHN J. CHWALEK ROBERT E. MORAN GEORGE F. RALSTON Curriculum JOHN G. REESE GEORGE ELLIOTT' V. MAILEY, Chairman secretary ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Calendar HUGO L. HAMMER, Chairman GEORGE F. ERMEL WELTON G. FARRAR Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS JOHN P. WHITBY FRANK}.}. DAVIES JOHN G. DETROY ELWOOD DISQUE VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER Evaluation ELWOOD J. DISQUE GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE HUGO V. MAILEY THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG STANLEY H. W ASILESKI CHARLES M. WORST ALL ALFRED S. GROH CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY, Student Activities and Planning GEORGE F. ELLIOTT, Chairman GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS ex officio GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE Development RUSSELL R. PICTON, Chairman ARTHUR N. KRUGER J. FRANCES SALLEY ROBERT E. WERNER Ex Officio ARTHUR}. HOOVER ROBERT E. MORAN RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. ROBERT L. TENER CROMWELL E. THOMAS on All Committees - DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY �HISTORY A History of the College o PROVIDE opportunities for education comparable to those offered by other communities of the nation, Bucknell University, in 1933, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it Bucknell University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre and the Wyoming Valley comprised the largest community in Pennsylvania, if not in the United States, lacking a local college. For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experimental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were firmly established but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as such support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses enabling students to .finish their junior and senior years in Wilkes-Barre, and the College Trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. Early in World War II, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. Although the war deterred the growth of the College for a time, the impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of hostilities. T RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 15 5 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citi- 19 zens to enable the College to move trom rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the first donors, and John N. Conyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Arnaud C. Marts of Bucknell on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allan Kirby's gift of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution; Zebulon Butler Hall, in honor of the American patriot; and Gies Hall, in memory of Paul Gies, beloved professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946 by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Mrs. Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, construction of which was completed in 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Pickering Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling; and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. To provide adequate housing facilities for out-of-area women students, Mr. Gilbert S. McClintock, chairman of the Board of Trustees, gave his South River Street home to the College in 1951. Now called McClintock Hall, the building, together with the other four College residences, permits the accommodation of approximately one hundred boarding students. The gracious old Sturdevant house on South Franklin Street was purchased in the summer of 1952. Its rooms have been converted into offices and classrooms for the departments of Education and Psychology. In the following year, Miss Anna Hollenback bequeathed the College her home on South Franklin Street. It is now used for offices for the Veterans Administration and the College's Guidance and Place- �20 WILKES COLLEGE ment Bureau. These offices were formerly located in Ashley Hall, which has now been converted into a men's residenc<:: to accommodate the increase in out-of-town students. Since 195 3 six additional properties have been acquired by gift ancl purchase. Of these properties David Roberts Warner Hall is used as a dormitory for men, and Harding House is reserved for the book store and a student lounge. The other properties have been reserved for parking areas or are temporarily used for class purposes. By September 1957, the Harold R. Stark Hall, which is now under construction, will be ready for use by the science departments. This building of approximately 50,000 square feet has been given by a group of anonymous friends and will provide students with the most modern facilities of study in the fields of biology, chemistry, and physics. Fortunately, endowment has kept pact with the expanding facilities of the College so that the tuition of each student is supplemented by further income from endowment. Annual gifts from friends and alumni also add to the funds spent for the education of each student. �GENERAL INFORMATION 23 CURRICULA The College offers programs leading to the Bachelor's degree in liberal arts, biology, chemistry, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, business, music, and nursing education, in addition to two years of work in physics and engineering. A student who successfully completes the physics or the engineering program may trans£ er as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his field. TERMINAL PROGRAMS Terminal programs in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, laboratory and medical technology, and pre-dental work are open to the student who desires only two years of college. EXTENSION CLASSES General Information Bucknell University gives extension courses in education on the Wilkes campus. Graduate credit earned in these courses may be applied toward the degree of Master of Science in Education and State certification in guidance and administration. A person desirous of taking the degree of Master of Science in Education at Bucknell University may earn eighteen of the required thirty hours in Wilkes-Barre but must earn the remaining twelve in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS An applicant for admission to the College should write to the Director of Admissions to request a personal interview and a set of application forms. Upon completing the forms, he should return them, together with a $5.00 fee, to the admissions office. Although it is desirable that the interview with the Director of Admissions or the appropriate Dean should take place at the College, other arrangements may be made in instances in which a trip to WilkesBarre would seriously inconvenience the student applying for admission. Admissions tests will ordinarily be scheduled during the interview. An applicant who has taken the tests given by the College Entrance Examination Board may be excused from the examination administered by the College. Upon receipt of an application, the Director of Admissions will obtain an official transcript from the secondary school or college formerly attended by the applicant. The Committee on Admissions will then consider the full record of the student and will notify him of its action as early as possible. �25 GENERAL INFORMATION 24 WILKES COLLEGE ADVANCED STANDING A student who wishes to transfer to the College from another institution should follow the regular procedure for admission. He should request the college or university from which he desires to transfer to forward to the College a transcript and a letter of honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. The transferred credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation at the end of his first term at the College. A student who has no credits to transfer but who is equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination. Although he will not receive credit for the courses that he has omitted, he will be spared the necessity of repeating work that he has previously covered outside of college. MARKS Five numerical grades are given by the College for academic work. These grades are: Interpretation Grade Superior 4 Very Good 3 Good 2 Passing 1 Failing 0 Averages are computed by multiplying the grade earned in a subject by the number of credits. The totals thus obtained for each subject are added and the total for all subjects is divided by the total number of credits taken by the student. This quotient shall be called the point average. USE OF MARKS Although the primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the student of his achievement, marks are also used by the College as guides to counselling and for administrative purposes. The faculty counsellor, before discussing future plans, must be informed concerning the student's ability, stability, interests, and achievement for it is these factors that suggest the possibilities for development of the student. Marks and averages also indicate something of the values gained from College. It is generally admitted that superior and good grades indicate that a student is benefiting from his studies; it is similarly accepted that a student who makes a poor record is gaining little from College. Marks and averages are therefore used to determine whether or not the student is receiving sufficient benefit to remain in College. For the guidance of both students and faculty, the following averages are required for advancement from class to class. To be admitted to these classes the following averages are required: Class Sophomore .... . .......... . Junior ................... . Senior ................... . Average 1.4 1.7 1.85 Any student failing to meet these requirements will withdraw from the College unless he appears before the probation and evaluation committee and convinces them that he merits another opportunity. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION To be eligible for graduation all requirements of the College and of the curriculum must be satisfied. These requirements are: 1. The completion of all subjects required for the degree. 2. A grade of 1 or better in each required subject. 3. An average of 1.85 for all courses. 4. An average of 2.0 for all subjects within the student's major. 5. Satisfaction of all requirements pertaining to the orientation and assembly programs and physical education. TERMINAL CERTIFICATES Students taking terminal courses must complete all course requirements and must average 1.7 credit points for all courses. Two-YEAR ENGINEERING AND PHYSICS CERTIFICATES Certificates in engineering and physics will be awarded to sh1dents who have completed at least 64 hours of required work approved by the engineering faculty for entrance to other engineering schools and have earned an average of 1.7 for all courses. PROBATION Any student not attaining the grade necessary to advance him to the next class will be put on probation for one semester. If, at the end of that period, he has not attained the minimum average for admission to his class, he will be dropped from college. WITHDRAWALS A student may withdraw from any course during the .first two weeks of a semester without penalty. A student who withdraws from one or more courses after the first two weeks but who continues other courses �GENERAL INFORMATION 27 WILKES COLLEGE 26 will receive an ''F" unless the Dean, faculty adviser and instructor agree that the student be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. TAKING OF DEGREES In order to receive his ~egree or certificate, a candidate must be present at commencement. If circumstances prevent his attendance, he must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. COUNSELING . Each student will be assigned a faculty adviser at the beginning of his ~reshman year and will be expected to confer with this adviser concerning the schedule and other educational problems. REGISTRATION Every stude~t is expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. Late registrations may be accep~ed f?r two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no r~gistrations _will be accepted. A student who registers after the registration dates will pay an additional charge of $5.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $275 a semester is indicated in the program of courses. No student may carry an overload without the approval of his adviser and the Dean. Any student taking an overload must have earned at least a "B'' average during the preceding term. Each hour of work beyond that listed in the catalogue must be paid for at the hourly rate. teachers and the quality of their interest in its students, the College has carefully selected its faculty for their training, experience, and personalities. A cosmopolitan group, Wilkes teachers bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective and an academic preparation that fits them to provide the intensive training essential to their various fields. LIBRARY Kirby Hall, the College library, houses approximately 40,000 volumes. The library is staffed by three professional librarians and a number of student employees. Shelved on open stacks to encourage students and faculty members to make full use of them, the books, with the exception of those reserved for reference and as supplementary reading matter for particular courses, may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Also available to members of the College community are some four hundred current periodicals. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Approximately forty per cent of the graduates of Wilkes have entered graduate or professional schools. It is recommended that the student who wishes to extend his education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in his senior year. Such examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools, and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. ATTENDANCE TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive_ absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. 1. A student who desires to study at another college during the summer must have his summer schedule approved by the appropriate Dean prior to enrollment in the other college if his summer work is to be credited toward graduation from Wilkes College. 2. When credits for the work taken in the summer at another college are requested at Wilkes, it will be necessary for this work to be evaluated. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. 3. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. . Each student is requ_ired to attend weekly assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: Freshman and sophomore year- four cuts. Junior year - eight cuts. Senior year - fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. FACULTY Inasmuch as the values to be derived from a college are less dependent upon its material resources than upon the character of its EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the catalogue at the rate of $275.00 a semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the catalogue for each semester is not ex- �GENERAL INFORMATION WILKES COLLEGE 28 ceeded. An additional charge of $17.00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. The tuition of $275.00 includes a charge for maintaining student activities. SCHEDULE OF RATES Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the catalogue for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition ............................ .. ........ $275.00 7.00 Accident Insurance per school year ................ . Laboratory fee for Bio. 101, 102, 111, 112, 113, 201, 202, 211, 212, 223, 241,242,251,252 Chem. 101, 102, 104, 121, 122, 230, 231, 233, 241, 242,251,252,271,272 C.E. 103,104 Phys. 111, 112, 150, 151, 152, 251. .............. .. 15.00 29 Music-group instruction: Fifteen-week series of one-hour lessons in violin, viola, or cello in groups consisting of not less than three or more than five students ......... . ............. . 34.00 Music Education Laboratory Fee: Rental of school instruments used in the Music Education Course for a fifteen-week period and the use of practice rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 Charges for part-time students, students in the Evening School, and for semester hours beyond the normal load prescribed in regular courses: Semester hour of study .......................... . 17.00 Student activity fee for those taking less than fifteen or more than nine semester hours, or for any special student wishing to participate in activities ......... . 17.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 .00 Laboratory fees (see above) .. .. ... ..... .. 10.00, D.00 & 20.00 Laboratory fee for S.S. 99, 101, 102, 107, 108, 109, 110, 115, 205 ...... . 10.00 Fee for Ed. 207, 209, 210, Mus. Ed. 203-204 ........ . 20.00 Chemistry Breakage Deposit ( any balance refunded) ...... .. .. ..... ........ . 10.00 Music-individual instruction: Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in piano, organ, or wind instrument ...................... . $ 35.00 Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in violin viola 50.00 or cello with Mr. Liva ............... .' ..... ' Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with 50.00 Mr. Isaacs ............................. . Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in piano with 50.00 Mrs. Liva .. . ... . ........................ . A student registering for individual instruction in music will be charged for five lessons whether the lessons are taken or not. A student dropping his study after the fifth lesson will be charged for the full term. Students registering for individual music instruction after the third week of the semester will be charged on a pro rata basis. Rental of practice room. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use of diction laboratory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. 00 5.00 Dormitory charges Board and Room Per Semester. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bills for board and room in college dormitories are due before the opening of the semester. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. Accident and sickness group insurance policy, required of all dormitory students, payable in full with first semester charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Charges: Fee to accompany application for admission ............ . Change of schedule per credit hour ................... . Special Examination .............................. . Transcript (no charge for the first copy) .............. . Late Registration ................................. . Graduation fee ( four-year students) ....... . ......... . Convocation fee ( two-year students) ...... . ... . . ... .. . 325.00 25.00 5.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 5.00 20.00 12.50 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to changing price levels. PAYMENTS A $50.00 deposit or 50% of the total charge for tuition and fees, whichever is less, is required at the time of registration. The balance of �30 WILKES COLLEGE the charges for the semester is payable on receipt of an itemized bill. No students may take an examination until satisfactory arrangements have been made with the Comptroller for the payment of all bills. No student may take a final examination until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS Refund of tuition will be made to students who withdraw voluntarily from the College while in good standing under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term, one-half the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. Tuition for unfinished courses will be refunded to all students ordered to active duty under the Selective Service Act or by the Organized Reserve Corps. Refund of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not be made except under special conditions. No courses may be dropped after the second week, except with approval of the student's faculty adviser and the Dean. �STUDENT WELFARE Student Welfare CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely, scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service provided not only for seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first-hand information on careers. Thousands of pages ?3-lled from this raw material provide background information, which 1s under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are included in the collection as are some six hundred catalogues and bulletins from more than five hundred American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or prof essional level. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. COUNSELING The College considers counseling one of the most effective ways in which to encourage the development of its students. It considers each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives at the time of his application so that, as far as possible, it can plan its academic program to enable him to realize those objectives. Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of those who are concerned with his progress with information about his abilities, interests, and aptitudes. He has opportunities throughout his college career to consult with his faculty adviser concerning his scholastic progress or social and personal problems with which he needs help. The Deans cooperate with faculty advisers in providing students with information and guidance wherever possible, and the College urges students to avail themselves of their services. The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. 33 ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, several days at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with freshmen. This program ranges from individual conferences to lectures on the meaning of a college education. During this first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty advisers and arrange schedules under their guidance. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet once a week with representatives of the faculty. They discuss informally, some of the problems of college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with personal problems. Students who desire such help may apply directly to the Consultation Service staff for appointments. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. New students or those who are unacquainted with this resource may be ref erred to the Service by the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, or any other interested faculty member. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring groups and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. Some idea of the services that are available may be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in drafting, mathematics, and engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters are studying life insurance problems and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music, and a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare them �34 WILKES COLLEGE STUDENT WELFARE for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in economics, selling, and advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained economically in their industrial plants. The Economics Department of Wilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. provide this coverage at a minimum the College has arranged for group coverage with the Mutual Benefit Health and Accident Association of Omaha. The fee of $7 .00 provides protection for the full period of the College term and is payable at the beginning of the term. Day students who wish to obtain both health and accident insurance may buy this more comprehensive coverage at the same rate paid by boarding students. Lockers. The College provides a number of conveniently located lockers for students who wish to safeguard their personal belongings. A student may rent one of the lockers at the rate of $1.00 a year, one quarter of which will be refunded when he surrenders his key. The fee is payable at registration. PLACEMENT OFFICE AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT The College maintains a placement office in Hollenback Hall, South Franklin Street. One purpose of the office is to help undergraduates to find part-time employment. More than one-third of the students earn part of their expenses, and the office has been particularly helpful to this large group. Students desiring such part-time work should communicate with the Director as early in the school year as possible. Another important service rendered by the Placement Office is that of assisting the graduating student to find permanent employment in a position suitable to his talents and training. Students who desire this service should see the Director early in the senior year. The Office will, moreover, be pleased to extend such assistance to any graduate of the College. SPECIAL SERVICES Accident and Sickness Insurance. Accident and sickness group insurance is required of all dormitory students, but is optional with day students. The plans are described in material mailed to all applicants upon admission to the College. The accident policy provides reimbursement for expenses arising out of any accident in which the student is involved during the entire college year. Reimbursement is made up to $500.00 for each accident. The sickness policy provides additional reimbursement for all expenses attendant upon any illness to which the student becomes subject during the college year. Under this coverage there is reimbursement up to $200.00 for each illness. Broad in scope, the plan covers all the student's illnesses and accidents, regardless of how or where they may occur. Benefits under the plan are paid in addition to benefits to which the student is entitled under any personal policy or membership in any hospital association. The fee for accident and sickness coverage is $25.00 payable at the time of registration. It is underwritten by the Mutual Benefit Health and Accident Association of Omaha and is under the supervision of Howell & Jones, Inc., Wilkes-Barre. Accident Insurance. Accident insurance must be carried by all students to protect them from unnecessary loss during the school year. To 35 �STUDENT ACTIVITIES Student Activities The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be realized through academic work alone. Each student is encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. 37 The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. ORCHESTRA The Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the aegis of the College in the fall of 19 51, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. Membership in the orchestra is open to talented instrumentalists in the student body. MADRIGAL SINGERS This small group specializes in the madrigal works of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century European composers. Its Christmas program is one of the most attractive features of the Town & Gown Concert Series at the College. PUBLICATIONS Amnicola, a yearbook; the Beacon, a newspaper; and Manuscript, a literary magazine, are published by the students. Those in~ereste~ ~n writing, photography, art and advertising have an opportunity to JOtn the staffs. DEBATING DRAMATICS Students interested in drama present several one-act plays and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre: acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band, organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at athletic events and gives concerts throughout the year. The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is provided for each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets once each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history and presents several programs before the College community and the general public each semester. Debating has proved particularly popular with students preparing for the law or interested in public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, baseball, basketball, soccer, and wrestling. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for physical education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, touch football, volleyball, and bowling are some of the sports available. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, basketball, softball, and swimming. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs, developed cooperatively by students and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may he easily adapted to current interests. �SCHOLARSHIPS AND AW ARDS 39 Scholarships and Awards Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni has endowed a scholarship which will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. Scholarships are awarded each year to entering students of outstanding ability and to students of high achievement who require assistance that they may complete their college work. To retain their scholarships, winners must remain in good scholastic standing, must carry a full schedule of studies, and must conduct themselves in a manner creditable to themselves and to the College. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A scholarship student who withdraws during the term cancels his scholarship arrangements with the College. Mrs. Lewis H. Taylor left a bequest to the College for the assistance of worthy students. In appreciation of this gift the Board of Trustees has set aside the income from the bequest to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who without assistance could not gain a college education. TYPES OF SCHOLARSHIPS Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the first quarter of their high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission a week before the scholarship examinations which are offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Music and art scholarships are available to a limited number of students who possess marked aptitude for either music or art. Scholarships Amnicola Scholarships. Each year the editor-in-chief of the yearbook is offered a full-tuition scholarship valued at $480. Tuition scholarships of $100 are awarded to the business manager, assistant editor, and picture editor of the publication. Beacon Scholarships. The editor-in-chief of the College newspaper is awarded an annual full-tuition scholarship worth $480. The business manager, the news editor, and the feature editor are awarded tuition grants of $100 each. Adolph Herskowitz Memorial Scholarship Fund. For a period of years Mr. Ernest Herskowitz is giving funds that will assist a worthy student to gain an education. William B. Schaeffer Memorial Scholarships. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. Dickson Memorial Scholarships. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. The William H. Conyngham Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Jessie Sturdevant Memorial Scholarship awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. John Welles Hollenback Scholarship. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. The Richard H. Royer Scholarship is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. ~r. Harland W. Hoisington has given an annual scholarship to assist students of high scholastic ability. The W. S. Carpenter Memorial Fund was established in 1956 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus or other equipment for use in the science department. The Business and Professional Women's Club of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of �40 WILKES COLLEGE making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. Theta Delta Rho, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. AWARDS Each year a number of awards are given for outstanding scholarship in selected fields. The Engineering Award is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. The W. F. Dobson Award in Accounting is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. The L. f. Van Laeys Award in f ournalism is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. The Wall Street Tournal Award is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. The Outstanding Graduate of the Year Award is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. The Mrs. fames Mc Kane Awards of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. The Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Award is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. The Chemistry Award is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. The Deans' Scholarship Awards are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. The Wilkes Faculty Women's Award is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. The Tohn Wilkes, Inc., Annual Forensic Award is made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. PICK H �PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in all fields, but they alone are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally atomic research have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: ''Educated men are as much superior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background in the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The liberal arts and science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist who enrolls for the Bachelor of Arts course may major in one of the social studies and choose electives in English, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In engineering and in commerce and finance the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal arts program are required and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in engineering and in commerce and finance will also prepare those who plan to teach these subjects. BUSINESS .ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the various programs of the commerce and finance curricula. The commerce and finance curricula cover business principles and practices; they also include electives in liberal arts. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for a 43 business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. CHEMISTRY A steady demand for chemists and chemical engineers comes from industry, government (including the Armed Forces), and education. The variation in kinds of employment is extreme. In industry, the chemist may be in basic or development research; in pilot plant work, production, administration, sales, or personnel. Advanced study is encouraged by the chemical industry; while teaching positions require the B.S. or doctorate degrees. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to other engineering schools. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the first two years of work in such additional types of engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. JOURNALISM A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism require a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow the old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be found applicable to the broad demands made upon the newspaper reporter and editor, although English composition is fundamental. The Bachelor of Arts degree with an English major is the most popular choice of journalism students, but the science and other courses also prove useful, since the newspaper reports all phases of human activity. The increasing interests of the United States in other countries make a knowledge of foreign languages particularly desirable in preparation for responsible positions as foreign correspondents. Journalism students may gain practical experience by working on the staff of one of the student publications: the Beacon, Amnicola, or Manuscript. LAW Preparation for the practice of law is based on the fundamental liberal arts: English, history, political science, economics, sociology, natural science, languages, and mathematics. Most law schools do not specify a required major in undergraduate work. �44 PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS WILKES COLLEGE LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to complete a four-year college course before beginning their specialized library training. Foreign languages, English, science, history, economics, sociology, or education constitute appropriate major fields. Many library schools also require a knowledge of two foreign languages. Proficiency in typewriting is desirable. Music The aim of the Wilkes music curricula is two-fold: to interest the many in music as an avocation that may lead them to participate actively in musical organizations and to assist the few who have special talents along the road to professional careers as teachers or performers. Although students who concentrate in music may commence their study of applied music at Wilkes, high quality pre-college training is very desirable. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Music Education fully equips students to obtain certificates to teach music in the public schools of Pennsylvania. The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music represents the fulfillment of the fundamental purpose of the liberal arts program, "an education for living." MEDICINE Wilkes offers a pre-medical course that is adapted to the requirements of the various medical schools. The latter have, in recent years, restricted their enrollment, and most of them scrutinize closely the qualifications of applicants. Medical aspirants should determine as soon as possible, though consultation with the Deans and their advisers, exactly what demands they must meet. MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The pre-theological student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the liberal arts course, with a major or electives in religion and philosophy, is appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses prepared to assume administrative, supervisory, and instructional duties has for years far exceeded the supply of trained personnel. In consequence, schools of nursing and hospitals are constantly seeking qualified nurses. To enable graduates of approved schools of nursing to obtain the necessary preparation, the College offers a program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education. A minimum of sixty-four college credits is needed to fulfill the requirements for the degree. 45 Extension courses in Nursing Education may be arranged by writing to the Chairman of the Department of Nursing Education. High School graduates desiring college experience before entering a school of nursing may receive guidance in the selection of a program suited to meet their individual needs. The College maintains a cooperative relationship with local hospital ~chools of nursing and provides instruction in the physical, biological and social sciences. PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may trans£er to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized or understood. The tools of communications, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine ( to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the application of the fundamental laws of physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of psychology in many diversified fields. Since then the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of i. sound foundation in psychology, biology, sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in colleg teaching, clinical work, education, business, and industry. S0OAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously in recent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard distri bution of charity as a matter of political patronage. Governmental agencies, municipal, county, state, and federal, are realizing the necessity for a professional approach to the problems of unemployment, poverty, and crime. Wilkes offers a pre-social-work program. Sociology, supplemented by work in psychology, biology, and allied fields, provides a valuable background. SPEAKING AND DRAMATICS The College offers preliminary work in speech. Courses in speech and �46 WILKES COLLEGE dramatics and practical experience in debating and play production afford opportunity for development in this field. TEACHING A teacher's training depends upon the kind of teaching contemplated. For college and university work the best institutions require advanced degrees; their faculty members ordinarily take graduate work in the field in which they concentrated as undergraduates. Prospective teachers of English, history, sociology, take the Arts degree; students who expect to teach in the schools of science take the Bachelor of Science degree or degrees in such specialized fields as engineering. Certification for public-school teaching is usually based on the following requirements: the college degree, specialized courses in education, and a measure of specialization in teaching subjects. Wilkes College is authorized by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare elementary- and secondary-school teachers in most fields of instruction. PART-TIME STUDY Promotion or advancement is often made possible by additional train• ing. It is sometimes practicable for employed persons to continue their education without giving up their positions. In its desire to be of the widest possible service to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes part-time and special students. (See Evening Division, page 146.) Anyone interested in a career not included in this list of the major professions and vocations should consult the Director of Admissions. �49 DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The liberal arts program is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. Degree Programs The basic requirements for degree programs are outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may ?e chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to m~:t the reqmrei:nents for graduation within each major program as conditions may reqmre. DIVISIONS Humanities Social Sciences Sciences Art English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students who expect to take the Bachelor's degree in art, biology, mathematics or music choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified in the section headed "Description of Courses" in the catalogue. A major may also be taken in social science. The social-science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take twenty hours in education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. For that reason, a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. �51 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN CREDITS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than art, biology, mathematics, and music 50 FRESHMAN YEAR HUMANITIES Major Subject Art ................ English ............. Foreign Language .... Mathematics ......... Music .............. Philosophy-Religion ... Major Humanities 36 40 24 29 47 24 32 24 31 34 45 37 Social Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 15 Sciences 6 6 6 14 6 6 Free Elective 30 35 45 30 14 38 First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Tit/8 Biological Science 1 . . • • • • . • . • Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Foreign Language2 •••• • . • • • • • 101 or 103 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. . ... Hist 101 3 Al tern ates: Introduction to Music ...... Mus 100} Physical Science .. . .. . ..... Phys 100 3 . . . . . . P.E. 101 1 Phvs. Ed ... . . ... . Pers. Hyg ........ . . . . .. .. .. P .E. 105 1 Orientation Numb,r Cr. Title Comgosition ..... . ......... Eng 102 3 Fun amentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 2 Foreign Language ••••••••••• 102 or 104 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... . Hist 102 3 Al tern ates: Introduction to Music ...... Mus 100} Physical Science1 . . • • . . . . • . Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed . .. . ...... . .. . ..... P.E . 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ... .. ..... . . .. . .. P.E. 106 1 16 17 SOCIAL SCIENCES Major Subject Economics ........... History ............. Political Science ....... Sociology ........... Social Science ........ Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 Social Sciences Sciences 15 6 15 6 6 6 6 15 15 15 Free Elective 39 39 39 39 27 SCIENCES Major Subject Biology ............. Psychology . ......... Major Humanities 31 24 32 37 Social Sciences 15 15 Sciences 31 9 Free Elective 15 35 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. World Literature .. .......... Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 2 •••••...••• 103 or 200 3 Title Number Cr. World Literature ..... . ... Eng 152 4 Foreign Language2 . . • • • . • 104 or 200 3 Alternates: Algebra or Trig ........ Math 107-109} Hist. of Religions ...... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 ••• Phil 101 Alternates :4 Intro. to Economics ... . Ee 100} Intro. to Education .... Ed 101 American Federal Govt.P.S. 101 6 General Psychology .... Psy 100 Elective .............. . Physical Education ....... P.E. 104 Title Alternates: Fundamentals of Math ..... Math History of Religions ....... Rel Intro. to Philosophy3 ••••• Phil Alternates :4 Intro. to Economics ....... Ee Intro. to Education ........ Ed American Federal Govt ..... P.S. General Psychology ........ Psy Intro. to Sociology ........ Soc Elective ................. . Physical Education .......... P .E. 101} 101 101 3 1001 101 101 6 100 100 103 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours 1 Students may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bio. 100 or Phys. 100. level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. 3 Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. • During the third and fourth semesters. nine hours must be chosen from the alternates, with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the scheduling of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a major, one or more of the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the junior year. 2 The �52 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS 53 BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Art Major in Biology FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Basic Art .................. Art 101 3 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 3 Physical Science ............ Phy 100 3 Foreign Language ........... 101 or 103 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Basic Art ................. Art 102 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 History of W. Civilization ... Hist 102 3 Foreign Language ........... 102 or 104 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 First Semester Second Semester Tit/, Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 Gen. Inorganic Chem ........ Chem 101 4 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............. Math 107 3 Phvs.Ed ................... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Titl, N1,mber Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ......... Chem 102 6 Composition ................ Fog 102 3 Trigonometry ............... Math 109 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 18 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Third Semester Titl, Numb,, Cr. Applied Art ................ Art 103 3 Composition and Color ...... Art 114 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities. . . . . . 3 Social Science or Psy......... 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Title Numb,r Cr. Applied Art ................ Art 104 3 Composition and Color ...... Art 115 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities...... 3 Social Science or Psy.. . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 1 Title Number Cr. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates ........... Bio 201 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal..Chem 121 4 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 15 15 16 2 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester 201} Title Number Cr. Illustration or .............. Art Advertising Design or ....... Art 212 Fine Art ................... Art 216 World Literature ............ Eng 152 Electives in Humanities, .... . Social Science or Psy ........ . Studio II .................. . 16 Sixth Semester Titl, Number Cr. Histology .................. Bio 242 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 112 4 American Federal Government P.S. JOI 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 15 16 SENIOR YEAR 15 Seventh Semester Title Eighth Semester Title N11mber Cr. Illustration or .............. Art Adv. Advanced Design or .... Art 213 3 Fine Art .................... Art 217 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Studio III. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Numb,, Cr. Illustration or .............. Art 204) Adv. Advanced Design or .... Art 214 Fine Art ................... Art 218 Electives .................. . Studio IV ................. . 15 15 1 1 Number Cr. Histology .................. Bio 241 3 Organic Chem ............... Chem 231 5 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 111 4 SENIOR YEAR 203} 4 4 3 230 152 102 104 Fifth Semester Titl, 202} 17 Seventh Semester Number Cr. 202 4 Embryology ................ Bio Organic Chem ............... Chem World Literature ............ Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Physical Education .......... P.E. JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Title Nmnber Cr. Illustration or .............. Art Advertising Design or ....... Art 211 3 Fine Art ................... Art 215 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Electives in Humanities, .... . Social Science or Psy.. . . . . . . . 6 Studio I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Fourth Semester Tit!, The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Eighth Semester Number Cr. Physiology ................. Bio 251 3 Seminar .................... Bio 291 1 Introduction to Economics ... Ee 100 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 2 Electives • • . . . . • . • • • • • • • • • • 6-7 Title Number Cr. Physiology ................. Bio 252 3 History of Biology .......... Bio 292 1 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Electives 2 . . • . . • . . . . . • . . • . • . 9-10 16-17 1 2 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. One elective is to be selected from the humanities or social sciences. Botany or Bacteriology electives may be chosen in senior year. 16-17 �5-1 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music Major in Mathematics 55 FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition . ............... Eng 102 - 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 Analytic Geometry .......... Math 122 4 Elective... .. ............... 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ..... . ........... P.E. 106 1 Titl, Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory ............... Mus 101 5 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Phys. Ed ...... ..... . . . . . ... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .. ..... ... . ... . .. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory .. ............ Mus 102 5 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . • 1 Physical Science ........ .... Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . .... .. .... .. .... . P.E. 106 1 17 17 17 First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Third Semester Fo11rth Semester Title N ttmber Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100} 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Calculus I. ................. Math 125 4 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. World Literature ........... . Eng 152 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Calculus II ... .. ...... .... .. Math 126 4 General Physics I . . . ....... Phys 150 4 Physical Education ..... .. . .. P .E. 104 1 N11mbor Cr. Title Foreign Language . ......... . 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 103 5 1 1 Applied Music . • . . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych .... . 6 1 Physical Education .... ... ... P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. Foreign Language .......... . 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 104 5 1 Applied Music . . . . . • . . . . . . . 1 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych . .. . . 6 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 16 16 18 16 JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 3 Mathematics Elective2 ••••••• 3 General Physics II ......... Phys 151 4 Intro. to Sociology . ......... Soc 100 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Title Number Cr. History of W. Civilization ... Hist 102 3 Mathematics Elective...... .. 3 Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 Amer. Federal Govt ......... P.S. 101 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 16-19 15-16 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N11mber Cr. Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 History of Music ............ Mus 109 3 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych. . . . . . 3 Title Nmnber Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 History of Music ............ Mus llO 3 Applied Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych.. . . . . 3 17 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Number Mathematics Elective2 . • • • . . . Elective ... ..... ... ........ . 15-18 1 2 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Titl, Number Cr . Mathematics Elective2 ••••••• 3 Intro. to Music . . .. ......... Mus 100 3 Elective ................... . 9- 12 The leYel of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Math 100, 101, 102, 115, 118 will not count toward a major. Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Number Cr. Title 2 Applied Music 1 • • . . • • . . . • . . • 2 Instrumentation ............ Mus 215 Analysis ................... Mus 217 2 Electives .................. . 9 T;tle Nmnbur Cr. Applied Music 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 Orchestration ............... Mus 216 Counterpoint .. ............. Mus 218 3 Electives ..... ..... ...... .. . 9 15 16 Cr. 3 12 15 1 Private instruction. �57 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS The chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the broad general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-four credits. These credits include forty-five in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, fifteen to twenty-one in the social sciences and psychology, twenty-one to thirty-three in the humanities, and the language requirement. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Wilkes College offers the first two years of work leading toward a major in physics or in engineering physics. The need for men with this type of education was greatly emphasized by the many new problems which needed solution during the recent conflict. The curriculum offers a firm grounding in the fundamentals, without which further study cannot be continued profitably. The course in physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research. 56 Title N1,mber Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Basic Drawing .............. Engi 101 2 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 Basic Physical Problems ..... Phys 101 1 Phys. Ed...... . .. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. ... Chem 102 6 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry .......... Math 122 4 General Physics I .......... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed.......... . .. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 19 Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Title N1,mber Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Differential Calculus ......... Math 125 4 General Physics II ......... Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Title ' Number Cr. Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 241 4 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Elec. Measurements ......... Phys 251 3 Elective.................... 3 19 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Engineering Drawing ........ Engi 105 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus I .................. Math 125 4 General Physics II .......... Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. Engineering Drawing ........ Engi 106 2 Amer. History since 1865 .... Hist 108 3 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. }211 _6 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... M.E. 212 3 General Physics III ......... Phys 152 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 18 17-20 Title Number Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 122 5 Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 242 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 Stoichiometry ............... Chem 106 3 Elective.................... 3 18 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Qualitative Organ. Anal. .... Chem 233 3 History of Chemistry ........ Chem 261 1 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Title Number Cr. Chemical Literature ......... Chem 262 1 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . 3 Chemistry Elective. . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 18 18 1 19 Sixth Semester 18 Seventh Semester Second Semester Title Nttmber Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 102 6 Elementary German 1 ••.•....• Ger 102 3 Analytic Geometry .......... Math 122 4 General Physics I .......... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed .................. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR 16-19 JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Tttle Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Engineering Problems ........ Engi 100 2 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Elementary German 1 . • . . . . . . . Ger 101 3 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Fourth Semester Tztle Number Cr. Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 4 General Physics III ......... Phys 152 4 Elective (optional). . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 16 Fifth Semester FRESHMAN YEAR The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. See page 92. Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser as follows: Humanities: Nine to eighteen credits are to be chosen from the following: Eng. 131, 151, 152; Phil. 101, 102; Mus. 100; Rel. 101; Math. 240. Social Sciences and Psychology: Nine to fifteen credits are to be chosen from the following: Soc. 100, 107, 205; P. S. 101, 203; Ee. 101, 102; His. 107, 108; Ed. 101, 201, 207; Psy. 100. 1 Intermediate or scientific German may be substituted when the student is qualified. �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting1 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 1N COMMERCE AND FINANCE 1:'he comi:n~r.ce and finance curricula provide training for economic and bus.mess. act1v1tles surple~ented by a study of the humanities, sciences, and soc:al sciences. Its ?bJ~ct1ves are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and e~o~omic life in a comp~titive society, to aid in the development of an ap_rre~iatlon f ~r cultural p~rsmts, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop ~ound thm~mg and 1~tellectual mterests, and to provide technical instruction m preparat10n for busmess and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. The commerce and finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the indi~idual needs and pu!poses of t~e. stud~nts. These groups are: Group I, Accountmg;_ Group II, Business Admrn1strat10n; Group III, Retailing; Group IV, Secretarial Studies. GROUP REQUIREMENTS Subjects Group I Group II Group III Accounting Business Administration Retailing Group IV Secretarial Studies Cr. Cr. 24 23 Cr. Cr. Major ............ 30 24-39 Commerce and Finance 1 ........ 21 6 30-33 15 Electives .......... 9 15 12 38-39 Humanities ........ 28 28 28 28 Science ............ 6 6 6 6 Social Sciences ..... 33 33-48 24-27 15 Physical Education .. 6 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 6 133 59 DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 58 6 FRESHMAN YEAR2 Second Semester First Semester Titl, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 B10logical Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation 17 T bird Semester Fourth Semester Titls Number Cr. 3 Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct 111 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 4 World Literature ............ Eng 151 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 1 Ph ·sical Education .......... P .E. 103 2 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 Title Number Cr. Advanced Accounting ........ Acct 112 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102\ 3 Mathematics of Finance ...... Math 115f Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 l 17 19 JUNIOR YE.AR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Cost Accounting ............. Acct 201 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 233 3 Money and Banking ......... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 lnrro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Free Elective2 •• . • • . • • • . • . • . . 3 Title Number Cr. Advanced Cost Accounting ... Acct 202 3 .Accounting Systems ......... Acct 220} 3 C.P.A. Problems ............ Acct 242 Business Law ............... B.A. 234 3 Intro. to Philosophy ......... Phil 101} 3 History of Religions ......... Rel 101 Economic Statistics .......... Ee 232 3 Free Elective.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 18 18 SENIOR YE.AR 6 131-132 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester 133 Title Number Cr. 3 Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 Amer. Federal Govt .......... P.S. 101 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 1 Phys. Ed ... .. ............. P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 Title Number Cr . Tax Accounting ............. Acct 221 3 Auditing Principles .......... Acct 231 3 Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Corporation Finance ......... B. A. 225 3 Intro. to Music .............. Mus 100 3 Free Elective3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Titl, Number Cr. Auditing Practice ............ Acct 232 3 Theory of Money ............ Ee 202} 3 Public Finance .............. Ee 236 Economic Geography ........ Ee 226 3 18 9 1 Practical experience in accounting is required for all students during the summer fol- lowing the junior year or during the senior year. 2 It is suggested that all students take Typewriting (S.S. 107) during one 1 Does not include major courses. semester of the freshman year. 3 Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P. A. examinations should elect humanity subjects. �61 DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 60 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE Students who major m business administration will select their electives from the following: AND FINANCE Major in Business Administration BANKING AND FINANCE 1 FRESHMAN YEAR1 First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science .. ......... Bio 100 3 Composition ..... .... ....... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed . ................. . P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .... .............. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Numbsr Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Amer. Federal Govt .......... P.S. 101 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed . .................. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 17 Tith Title Number Credits and Collections ........... B.A. 218 Real Estate ..................... B.A. 220 Corporation Finance ............. B.A. 225 Investments ..................... B.A. 226 EC0NOMICS1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ... ... ...... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Title NNmh,r Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math ...... Math 102 \ 3 Mathematics of Finance .... Math 115 f Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 17 16 Title Number Government and Business ........ Ee 212 Collective Bargaining ............ Ee 223 International Trade .............. Ee 225 Economic Geography ............ Ee 226 Comparative Economic Systems ... Ee 229 Business Cycles .................. Ee 230 Title Numhsr Public Finance .. .............. .. Ee 236 Economic History ............... Ee 238 Economic Analysis . ............. Ee 241 Consumer Economics ............ Ee 245 Economic Investigation .......... Ee 246 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Tit/, Number Industrial Management .......... B.A. 235 Personnel Management ........... B.A. 236 Production Management ......... B.A. 237 Office Management ...... . ....... B.A. 238 ales Management .............. B.A. 239 Property Insurance ............... B.A. 240 JUNIOR YEAR 1 Title Numb,r Life Insurance ................... B.A. 241 Labor Problems ................. Ee 223 Applied Psychology ......... .... Psy 206 Hist. and Devel. of Psychometric Methods ........ Psy 216 MARKETING1 Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Numb,r Theory of Money ................ Ee 202 Public Finance .................. Ee 236 Mathematics of Finance I ........ Math 115 Title Numb,r Cr. Money and Banking ......... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective in Social Science... . . 3 Free Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Numbsr Cr. Title Alternates: Theory of Money .......... Ee 202) 226 Economic Geography .. ... Ee C. & F. Elective .. ..... .. . 232 Economic Statistics .......... Ee Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101} 3 History of Religions . . .... . Rel 101 Marketing ........ ..... .... B.A. 222 3 3 Free Elective .............. . 18 15 Tttle Nttmber Salesmanship .................... B.A. 114 Advertising ..................... B.A. 216 Transportation .................. B.A. 217 Marketing ...................... B.A. 222 Title Numbtr Sales Management ............... B.A. 239 Property Insurance ............... B.A. 240 International Trade .............. Ee 225 Consumer Economics ............ Ee 245 Principles of Retailing ........... Ret 101 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Numbsr Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 1 . . 12 Free Elective.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 18 Titl, Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 1 •. Free Elective .............. . Cr. l2 3 15 1 At 1 See footnote next page. least six courses in this group are required of students concentrating in this field. �63 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BAGIELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Retailing Major in Secretarial Studies 62 FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR1 First Semester Second Semester Tit/a Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. .... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. .. . .. .... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .. .......... . .... . P.E. 105 1 Orientation 17 Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Amer. Federal Govt .. ........ P.S. 101 3 Phys. Ed ................... P .E . 102 1 Pers. Hyg .......... ... . . ... P.E. 106 1 First Semester Second Semester Titl, Number Cr. Survey of Business .. . ....... B.A. 100 3 Composition ... ............ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . .. .. Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Phys. Education. . ...... P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg....... . ..... P.E. 101 1 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Title Number Cr. Biological Science ... . ....... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . .. ... Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math .. ..... Math 102 2 Phys. Education ........... . P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg.. .P.E. 106 1 Elective.......... ... ....... 3 17-18 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law ...... ...... ... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 World Literature ....... ..... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Elective in Retailing. . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 N1t1nber Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102 3 Elective in Retailing ....... . 3 Physical Education ......... . P .E. 104 1 17 17 Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Advances Exposition .... .... Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Intro. to Music ..... .. ...... Mus 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Nttmb,r Cr. Title Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 American Federal Government P .S. 101 3 Physical Science . ............ Phys 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . S.S. 102 4 Free Elective ... ... . ....... 3 Physical Education ...... . . . . P.E. 104 1 16 17 Tift, JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Titu Numb,r Cr. Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech . ... .. Eng 131 2 Electives in Social Science. . . . 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin............... 9 Titla Number Cr. Intro. to Music .. ... ........ Mus 100 3 Al tern ates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101} History of Religions ....... Rel 101 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin............... 6 Free Elective................ 3 Marketing ................. B.A. 222 3 17 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Titl, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ....... B.A. 209 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin............... 6 Elec. in Com. & Fin. or Soc. Sc................... 3 Tit/, Number C,. Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin .............. . 6 Free Electives .............. . 9 15 15 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Principle of Economics .. ..... Ee 101 3 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Advanced Stenography . . . S.S. 109 4 Electives ....... . ......... . . 6 Number Cr. Tille Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. ll0 4 6 Electives .. ................ . 17 17 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Bus. Car. and Reports ....... B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Machines .. .. . S.S. 205 4 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Title Numb,r Cr. Office Management . ..... ... . B.A. 238 3 Alternates: Medical Stenography . ..... S.S. 200 3 Speech Reporting .. . ...... S.S. 203 3 Free Electives. . . . . . . . 9 15-16 15 The candidate for a degree with a major in medical stenography should consult with her adviser before planning a program of study. The following science courses are required: Chem. 101, Bio. 251-252, to provide the necessary background for work in a medical office. �DEGREE PROGRAMS 65 WILKES COLLEGE 64 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION The program outlined below is designed to prepare students for certification in most states. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. Students working for the B.S. in Secondary Education are those who plan to teach in one or two of the following secondary school teaching .fields: English, history, language ( s) , mathematics, science, or social studies. They are expected to build up a concentration of at least 30 hours in one of these .fields and at least 18 hours in a supporting field. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Title Numb,r Cr. Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 101 3 Composition . .. ............. Eng 102 3 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 100 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 101 3 Elective.................... 3 100 3 Phys. Ed . ............ . ..... P.E. 102 1 101 l Pers. Hyg ............. ..... P.E. 106 1 105 1 17 17 Number Titl, Composition . ... ..... .. ... .. Eng Hist. of W. Civilization .... .. Hist Physical Science ............ Phy American Federal Government P .S. Music ..................... Mus Phvs. Ed . .................. P.E. Pers. Hyg ...... . ........... P.E. Orientation FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Science1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Phys. Ed. . . . . . . . . ..... P.E. 102 l Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 T itle Number Cr. Composition ...... ........ . . Eng 101 3 Science Elective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Mathematics Elective1 . . . . . . . 3-5 American Federal Government P .S. 101 3 Elective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Phys. Ed ........ .. ........ P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P .E. 105 1 Orientation 16-19 16 14-20 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fifth Semester Fourth Semester Third Semester Title N11mbcr Cr. Intro. to Education .......... Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ... ... ... Ee 100 3 World Literature ... ........ . Eng 152 4 General Psychology .. . ... .. . Psy 100 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 1 16-17 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 .. . .. Hist 107 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 3 Child Psychology ........... Psy 207 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 15 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 Principles & Methods of Sec. Ed ....... . ...... ..... Ed 204 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Title Number Cr. Sec. School Curriculum ...... Ed 205 3 Studen t Teaching ... . . ...... Ed 207 8 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 15 15 1 Electives shall be selected or omitted so that the total number of hours shall not exceed the maximum number of credits allowed for each term. SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Numb,r Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Intro. to Philosophy ......... Phil 101 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Elective.................... 2-3 Physical Education .... . ..... P .E. 104 1 Titlt Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Intro. to Education .......... Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. .. .. Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Elective.................... 3 Physical Education ........ .. P.E. 103 1 16-17 Sixth Semester JUNIOR YEAR Title Numb1r Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 3 Child Psychology ........... Psy 207 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Titl, Number Cr. Educational Psychology ... .. Ed 201 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 ..... Hist 107 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 Seventh Semester SENIOR Title NtJmber Cr. Student Teaching .... .... ... Ed 208 4 Teaching of Reading .. ... ... Ed 231 3 Elementary Curriculum ...... Ed 238 3 Art in the Elem. Sch ......... Ed 241 2 Music in the Elem. Sch ...... Ed 242 2 Health and P.E. in the E.S ... Ed 243 2 16 15 YE.AR Eighth Semester Title Numb,r Cr. Student Teaching ........... Ed 209 8 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 Teaching of Arithmetic .. . . .. Ed 232 2 Principles of Elem. Ed ....... Ed 237 2 Teaching of El. Sch. Sci ...... Ed 239 2 15 �66 --- - - - ----------------------SENIOR YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION Eighth Semester Seventh Semester The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. The program that is outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, economics, commercial law, business English, com• mercial arithmetic, and in the social studies if both sociology and political science are elected. Students preferring to be certified in salesmanship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester first Semester Title Number Cr. Survey of Business . . ....... . B. A. 100 3 Business Mathematics . . . .. . . B.A. 107 3 Biological Science . ... .. .. ... Bio 100 3 Composition .. .. .. .. . . . . .. . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed . . . . ....... .. ...... P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .. . ....... . ...... P.E . 10S 1 Orientation Tit/, Number Cr Composition ... . ........ .. . Eng 102 Hist. of W . Civilization ... . . Hist 102 Intro. to Music . ....... . . . .. Mus. 100 Physical Science . . . ...... . . . Phys 100 Intro. to Sociology .. . . . ..... Soc 100} or American Federal Government P.S . 101 Phys. Ed ... . .. . .. P.E . 102 Pers. Hyg ... . .. . .. .... ..... P.E. 106 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Tit!, 3 Elementary Accounting ... . . . Acct 101 or Elective 3 Principles of Economics .. . . .. Econ 101 101 3 Intro. to Education .. .. ..... Ed 3 U.S . - Pa. History to 186S .. .. Hist 107 4 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 or Elective Physical Education . . ..... .. P .E. 103 1 Numbsr Cr. Title Principles of Accounting . . ... Acct 102 3 or Elective Principles of Economics ... . . . Econ 102 3 U.S. Hist. since 186S ...... . Hist 108 3 General Psychology .. . . . .. . . Psy 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . S.S . 102 4 or Elective Physical Education .... . ... . P.E. 104 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester 67 DEGREE PROG RA M S WILK ES COLLEGE Title Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting .... . Acct 111 3 or Elective Business Law . .... . ......... B.A. 231 3 Educational Psychology . . ... Ed 201 3 English Elective . . . . ... . Eng 151 or 1S3 4-3 Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 or Elective Tit!, Numbtr Cr. Advanced Accounting . .. .. . Acct 112 3 or Elective Business Law .. ... .. ... ..... B. A. 232 Office Management .. .... .. . . B.A. 238 3 English Elective . . . . . .. . Eng 152 or 154 4-3 Advanced Stenography . ..... S.S. 110 4 or Elective 17-16 17·16 Tit!, Number Cr. Bus. Corres. and Reports ... . . B.A. 209 3 Bus. Education and Methods of Instruction in S.S . .... . . S.S. 243 3 Intro. to Philosophy . . ...... Phil 101 3 Office Procedures and Machines . .. .. .... . .. S.S. 20S 4 or Elective Elective. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. Visual Education . .. . ... . ... Ed 212 1 Sec. School Curriculum ...... Ed 20S 3 Student Teaching. . . ...... Ed 207 8 Elective .. . ... . . . .. . ..... . .. 3 16 15 Provisional College Certificates will be issued by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to graduates of the course in business education. Certification will be offered in business subjects only as the following requirements .ire met: Bookkeeping ........ . ....... .. ................ .. . 12 semester hours Commercial Law . . .. . ....... . ... . .... . ............ 6 semester hours Commercial Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 semester hours Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours rconomics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Business English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester hours plus twelve ( 12) semester hours in English Certificates are valid for teaching only those business subjects which are written on the certificate. �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION SENIOR YEAR The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certificate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also enable the student to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subjects. fRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Composition ............... Eng 101 3 2 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 Music Theory .............. Mus 101 5 Clarinet Class and Band Mus } Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 101 2 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 103 App 1 Major Instrument .. ......... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . ½ Elective .................. . 3 1 Phys. Ed . .................. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 Orientation 18½ Title N,,mber Cr. Composition ........ ..... .. Eng 102 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 102 S Clarinet Class and Band Mus Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 102 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 104 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Physical Science ............ Phys 100 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ... . . .............. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 1 Title 69 DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 68 l 19½ SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. World Literature ........... Eng 151 4 Music Theory .............. Mus 103 5 Music History .. ........ .... Mus 109 3 App Major Instrument ........... Mus 1 Intro. to Education ......... Ed 101 3 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Physical Education ......... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. World Literature ........... Eng 152 4 Music Theory .............. Mus 104 S Music History .............. Mus no 3 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Physical Education ......... P.E. 104 1 17½ 17½ Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Principles of Secondary ...... Ed 204) Education or l Principles of Elementary ..... Ed 237f 3 Education Instrumentation ............ Mus 215 2 Mus Voice Class and Methods . . . . . Ed 107 2 String Instrument Class and Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 113 2 Observation and Practice Mus Teaching. . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . Ed 203 4 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Title Number Cr. Visual Education ........... Ed 212 1 Orchestration .............. Mus 216 2 Mus Voice Class and Methods. . . . Ed 108 2 String Instrument Class Mus and Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 114 2 Observation and Practice Mus Treaching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 204 4 App Major Instrument ........... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective.................... 3 14½ 15½ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION The program in nursing education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration.1 Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-four, of which at least sixty-four must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from forty to sixty and will be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Amer. and Penna. History to 1865 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hist 107 3 Foundations of Nursing ...... N .E. 101 2 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Sociology .................. Soc 100 3 Title Nmnber Cr. .Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 American History since 1865 2 . Hist 108 3 Community Nursing ......... N.E. 104 2 Supervision and Admin ...... N.E. 106 2 17 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N1,mber Cr. Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist. to 1865 ... Hist 107 3 Mus Woodwind Class Methods .... Ed 105 2 Mus Conducting (Instrumental). . . Ed 109 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods .... Ed 111 2 App Major Instrument ........... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 Mus Brass Class Methods. . . . . . . . Ed 106 Mus Conducting (Choral). . . . . . . . Ed no Mus Violin Class and Methods ... . Ed 112 App Major Instrument . .......... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 16½ 16H SENIOR YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Educational Measurements ... Ed 202 2 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Prin. and Meth. in N.E ...... N.E. 107 2 Electives 3 . • • . • . • • . . . . • • • • • . 6-7 15-16 1 2 3 Title Number Cr. 214 2 131 2 102 2 112 4 5-6 Guidance ................... Ed Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Trends in Nursing Ed ........ N .E. Field Experience ............ N.E. Electives 3 • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • . • 15-16 For exception see page 44. Hist. 101 and 102 may be substituted for Hist. 107 and 108. Electives may be selected from academic subjects (Economics, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology) or Nursing Education courses with approval of the adviser. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION This program is designed to prepare students for certification as public school teachers in the field of art. It has been approved by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, but students wishing to teach art in other states should determine the requirements of the state in which they wish to teach so that specific requirements of that state may be satisfied through the choice of additional courses. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING 70 FRESH MAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester T itle N umber Basic Art .... . .... .. ....... Art Composit ion .. ............ . Eng Hist . of West. Civ . ........ . Hist Fund. of Math .. ...... . . . .. M ath Phys. Science . . . . ... . .. .. . .. Phys Phys. Ed . . . . . .. .. .......... P.E . Pers. Hygiene . . .... . .. . .... P.E. Orientation 101 101 101 101 100 101 105 Cr . 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 Title N umber Basic Art ... .. ............ . Art Composition .. ....... . ..... Eng Bio. Science .. . .. .......... . Bio Hist . of West. Civ . .. . ...... H ist Fund. of Math ... .... . .... . Math Phys. Ed ........ . .. . .... . . P.E. Pers . Hygiene .............. P.E . 102 102 100 102 102 102 106 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 17 17 SOPHOMOR E YEAR Fourth Semester T bird Semester Title N umber AJ?plied Art ... . ............ Art Hist. of Art . ... ....... . .. . . Art Intro.toEd . . ..... ... . ..... Ed World Lit . . .... ... ..... . .. Eng Amer. Fed. Gov ..... . ...... P.S. Phys. Ed .. ..... . .......... P.E. 103 111 101 151 101 103 Cr. 3 3 3 4 3 1 Title N umber AJ?plied Art ................ Art Hist. of Art .... . ........ . .. Art World Lit . . ... . ...... . . . . . Eng General Psych ... . . . . . ...... Psych Intro . to Soc ... ............ Soc Phys. Ed ............ . ..... P.E . 104 112 152 100 100 104 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Fine Arts ... . . . . .... . . . . . .. Art Graphic Art .. . .. .. .. . ..... Art Intro. to Econ . .. . . .. ...... . Econ Ed. Psvch . . . . .. . . .. .. . . .... Ed U.S. a~d Pa. Hist ...... . .... Hist 215 241 100 201 107 Cr. 4 2 3 3 3 Title N umber Fine Arts ... . ........ ... ... Art Graphic Art .. ...... . ... ... Art U.S . Hist .. ...... . ... . . . . .. Hist Child Psych ..... . . . ....... . Psy Elective* .. . . . .... . .. . .... . 216 242 108 207 Cr. 4 2 3 3 3 15 15 S ENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Number Cr. Title Arts of Presentation ........ Art 243 3 Prin. and Math. of Secondary Ed . . . . ...... Ed 204 3 Fund. of Speech ..... .. ..... Eng 131 2 Intro. to Philosophy .. . ..... Phi l 101 3 Intro. to Music . .. . ......... Mus 100 3 3 Elective* ... ......... . .... . Title Nttmber Student Teaching ..... . . .. .. Ed Visual Ed ... . . . .. . .. . ... . . . Ed Teaching of Art .. . ........ . Ed Elective*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 *Nine hours of electives must be t aken in three differen t fields. Minimum Requirements in Semester Hours. 210 212 221 Cr. 8 1 3 3 15 71 Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehig~, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvama State College, ,P urdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engil:"leer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the .student shoul_d consid~r his natural interests. The demands of this profession a~e exactmg, but 1t should appeal to those genuinely interested in mathematics and the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: ~esearch a_ppeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested m development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always need.ed. to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his Judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. _During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the _stud 7nt should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engmeermg and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical or mechanical engineering. ' �73 DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 72 FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. 4 General Inorganic Chem ..... . Chem 101 Engineering and Orientation Problems ................. Engi 100 2 Engineering Drawing and 3 Des. Geometry ............. Engi 105 3 Composition . ... . ........ ... Eng 101 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 1 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .... ........ . . . . . . P.E . 105 Orientation 19 Nttmber Cr. Alternates :1 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. .. Chem 102}4-6 General Inorganic Chem .... Chem 104 Drawing & Des. Geometry ... Engi 106 2 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry .......... Math 122 4 General Physics (Mech.) ... .. Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed.. . . . . . . . . . ..... P .E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 19-21 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of aeronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. CIVIL ENGINEERING The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hyd~au!ic, a_nd sanitar~ engineering,. and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes m the design, construct10n and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, ?ams, and _the stru~ural members of buildings. His services are indispensable m the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development ~nd co1:1trol of water r~sources; in _the treatment and disposal of sewage and mdustnal waste; and m the locat10n and construction of all transportation facilities. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Plane Surveying ....... . . ... . C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus I .................. Math 125 4 General Physics II . .. .. .. ... Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Title Numb,r Cr. Route Surveying . . .. .. ... .. .. C.E. 104 4 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics . ....... . M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Physics III .......... Phys 152 4 Physical Education .... ...... P .E. 104 1 18 19 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING ELECfRICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chem· icals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may bt engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control or sales engineer. To?ay nea~ly eve!y a~ivity of civ~lized life depends upon electricity. The electrical engineer 1s trarned to design, construct, and operate all electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. The communications field, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, transistors, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR2 Third Semester Fourth Semester Titu Numb,r Cr. lnor. Quant. Analysis ... ..... Chem 121 4 Intro. to Economics .... ... .. Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech .... .. Eng 134 3 Calculus I . .. ............... Math 125 4 General Physics ............. Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Tit/, Numb1r Cr. Stoichiometry .............. . Ch E 106 Calculus II ................. Math 126 Mechanics I, Statics . ........ M .E . 211 Mechanics II, Dynamics . ..... M.E. 212 General Physics ..... . ....... Phys 152 Physical Education ... ....... P .E. 104 19 18 1 Chemical engineers will register for Chem . 102 (six hours). All other engineering 2 students will register for Chem. 104 (four hours). For freshman year see above. SOPHOMORE YE.A.R 1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Numb,r Cr. Plane Surveying ............. C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics .......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus I .................. Math 125 4 General Physics II .......... Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Tit/, Nttmber C,,. Calculus II . ... ..... ........ Math 126 '4 Kinematics ................. . M.E. 206 3 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 211 ) Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Physics III .......... Phvs 152 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 1 18 18 1 For freshman year see page 72. �WILKES COLLEGE 74 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in science, engineering, economics, business aaministration, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but also economic and humanistic interests, as well as character and personality. He must work with others and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Fourth Semester Third Semester Title 101 134 125 151 3 3 4 4 100 103 3 1 Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics ... ...... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... M.E. 212 3 General Phvsics III. . . . . Phys 152 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 18 18 Number Principles of Economics ...... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Calculus I. ............ . .... Math General Physics II .......... Phys General Psychology .. ....... Psy Physical Education .......... P .E. Cr. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Fourth Semester Third Semester Title 3 4 4 103 1 18 18 Number Cr. 103 3 100 3 Plane Surveying ... ......... . C.E. Intro. to Economics .......... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Calculus I .................. Math General Physics II .......... Phys Physical Education .......... P .E. 1 134 125 151 Title Number Cr. Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 Kinematics ................. M.E. 206 3 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Phvsics III .......... Phys 152 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 1 For freshman year see page 72. Terminal Programs �77 TERMINAL PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 76 PRE-DENTAL LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY (Two years) The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical tech· nologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Oinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in chemistry and biology. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FRESHMAN YEAR Biology: Title "t-.Tumber Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . .. ... Chem 101 4 Composition ...... .. ....... Eng 101 3 College Algebra .... ... ..... Math 107 3 Phys. Ed ..... ............ . . P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg . .... .. .. ......... P.E. 105 1 Chemistry: Twelve hours of general inorganic chemistry, including laboratory work. Four hours of quantitative analysis, including laboratory work. Orientation Sufficient to give a minimum of sixty semester hours of college credit. The following courses are recommended, but not required: physics, organic chemistry, histology, embryology, physiology, and comparative anatomy. 4 6 3 3 1 1 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. 101 5 101 4 101 3 107 3 101 1 105 1 General Zoology ............ Bio General !norganic Chem ...... Chem Composition . . ....... ...... Eng College Algebra . ......... .. Math Phys. Ed ................... P.E. Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. Orientation 1 itle Number Cr. 102 4 General Zoology .. ....... ... Bio Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ......... Chem Elective.................... Composition ............... Eng Phys. Ed.... . ....... P.E. Pers. Hyg ....... . .......... P.E. 102 102 102 106 6 3 3 1 1 18 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester T bird Semester Number Cr. T itle Number Cr. Bacteriology ................ Bio 211 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. .................... Chem 121 4 Electives 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Physical Education ... . . ..... P .E. 103 1 Bacteriology ................ Bio 212 4 Organic Chem ... ............ Chem 230 4 Electives 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Physical Education ... . ...... P.E. 104 1 16-17 16-17 1 Cr. Number General Zoology . ......... . . Bio 102 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 Composition ............... Eng 102 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 Phys. Ed ... ............... . P .E. 102 Pers. Hyg .... ....... ..... . . P.E. 106 Third Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Title Title 16 Electives: Title Second Semester First Semester Twelve semester hours, of which ten hours must be in zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are histology, embryology, comparative anatomy, physiology, bacteriology, and hygiene. At least one elective each semester must be in the humanities or social sciences. Fourth Semester Cr. Number Title 3 Histology .................. Bio 241 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal..Chem 121 4 Introductory Physics ..... ... Phys 111 Alternates: 4 World Literature .......... Eng 151 3 Hist. of West. Civ ......... Hist 101 1 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 15-16 Title Numb,r Histology .................. Bio Organic Chemistry .......... Chem In trod uccory Physics ... .... . Phys Al tern ates: World Literature .......... Eng Hist. of West. Civ ......... Hist Physical Education .......... P .E. Cr. 242 230 112 3 4 4 152 102 104 4 3 1 15-16 �78 79 WILKES COLLEGE TE RMINAL PROGRAMS PRE-DENTAL SECRETARIAL COURSE (Three years) The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this program may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tit!, Number Cr. General Zoology . . . . . . . .... Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . . .. . Chem 101 4 Composition . .... . ......... Eng 101 3 College Algebra . . ... ... ... . Math 107 3 Phys. Ed . .................. P.E. 101 I Pers. Hyg . . . ... . . . ... . ..... P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. General Zoology .. . .. ..... . Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 Composition .. ..... . . . .... . Eng 102 Trigonometry . ... .. ... .... . Math 109 Phys. Ed .. ....... . .. . ...... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .. . ........ . ...... P.E. 106 17 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester T itle Number Cr. Basic Art .. . .... .. .. . ...... Art 101 3 Comp. Anatomy of the Vert . . Bio 201 4 Inorg. Quantitative Anal. .... Chem 121 4 World Literature . ... . ... ... Eng 151 4 Physical Education . ... . .. . . P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Basic Art .. .. ..... ... .. . . .. Art 102 3 Embryology . . . . . ........ . . . Bio 202 4 Organic Chemistry . ..... . ... Chem 230 4 World Literature . .... .. .. . . Eng 152 4 Physical Education . . ... .... P .E. 104 1 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tit!, N umber Cr. Bacteriology . ... . . . . . . . .... Bio 211 4 Histology . . . . . . . . ... . .. .. . . Bio 241 3 Org:mic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 111 4 Title Numb,r Cr. Bacteriology .. . . .. . ........ Bio 212 4 Histology . .. ... . . .......... Bio 242 3 Chemistry Elective .... . . ... . Chem 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 112 4 16 14 FRESHMAN YEAR First Sem ester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Survey of Business . . . .. ... . .. B.A. 100 3 Composition . . .. . .... .. ..... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . .... . Hist 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed . ....... .. ..... . ... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .. . ....... . .... . . P.E . 105 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science .... .. .... . Bio 100 3 Composition . ... .. .. .. . .. . . Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .... . Eng 131 2 Hist. of W. Civilization . . .... Hist 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed ... . ............... P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg .. .... . .. . .. . ..... P.E . 106 1 15 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title Business Mathematics .. . . . . . B.A. 107 3 Business Law .. . . ... . ... ... . B.A. 231 3 Intermediate Stenography ... . S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines . . ... S.S. 205 4 Elective . .. .. ............ .. . 3 Physical Education .. . . . ... .. P .E. 103 1 Title Numb,r Cr. Office Management ... . .. . .. . B.A. 238 3 Intro. to Economics ...... . .. Econ 100 3 Advanced Stenogral?hy ... . ... S.S. 110 4 Secretarial Accounting .. . .. . . S.S . 120 3 Elective . . .. . .. .. .. . .... ... . 3 Physical Education ... ... . .. . P .E. 104 1 18 17 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. �Description of Courses �82 AccT. 220. ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS-Three credits ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Baron, Curtis, Kohn, Krohn, Slamon, P. Werner. AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of .financial data; technique of recording; preparation of .financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. THE STAFF AccT. 102. PRINCIPLES OF AccouNTING--Three credits A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 101. AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 102. AccT. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 111. AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three credits 83 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 or approval of instructor. AccT. 202. ADVANCED CosT ACCOUNTING-Three credits THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201 or approval of instructor. MR. SLAMON A study of the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and loan associations, and other specialized businesses, with special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 201. AccT. 221. TAXES I-Three credits MR. CURTIS The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions; methods of effecting tax savings. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of instructor. AccT. 222. TAXES II-Three credits THE STAFF Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; .fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 2 21. AccT. 231. AuDITINGPRINCIPLEs-Three credits MR. SLAMON Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records and balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. AccT. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Three credits MR. SLAMON Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 2 31. AccT. 242. ADVANCED PROBLEMS-Three credits MR. CURTIS Advanced corporation problems including consolidations, mergers, and holding companies. Class two hours a week. Laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. ART Assistant Professor O'Toole, chairman; Instructor Lorusso. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Art is intended ( 1) for the student who seeks an intelligent understanding �85 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES of the visual arts as part of his general education; and (2) for the talented student who wishes to acquire the technical skills necessary for successful art expression. The courses in the curriculum enable the student who is essentially an 'observer of art to experience as fully as possible the creative activity of the artist. They give the student with a special aptitude for art a thorough knowledge of the language of art, and an adequate training in the mechanics and techniques that he needs to achieve full creative expression. The Art Education Curriculum is outlined on p. 70. TYPOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. O'TooLE Complete study of type faces and their design and differences. Designing with type, type ornaments and rules. Relationships of form, structure, size, direction, texture, color and weight. The use of type in advertising, book-jackets, brochures. 84 ART-Three credits each semester MR. O'ToOLE Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Three credits each semester MR. O'ToOLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums: pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 103-104. APPLIED ART 109. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ART llO. HAND LETTERING FOR REPRODUCTION- Three credits MR. O'TooLE Brush lettering, pen lettering, combining hand lettering with type. The uses of photostats. Use of ruling pen, bow compass, and other mechanical aids. The hand-lettered book-jacket and posters. The paste-up and use of reproduction proofs for line cuts. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ART 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half-tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing (double spread). Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE ART 105-106. INTRODUCTION TO LETTERING Three credits each semester MR. LORUSSO Analysis of basic letter forms. The origin and development of the alphabet. Study of the first three one-stroke alphabets and Gothic. The basic strokes, upper and lower cases. Grouping letters into words. Simple spacing and layout. Second group of alphabets to include: thick and thin, the scripts, one-stroke Roman and italics. Combining all the one-stroke alphabets in varying weights and sizes. ART 107-108. LETTERING AND LAYOUT-Three credits each semester MR. LORUSSO The designed or built-up letter. Basic strokes, upper and lower cases of Gothic, Roman, italic, and script letters. Combining designed lettering with one-stroke lettering in layout. The use of color in lettering and backgrounds. Prerequisite: Art 105-106. Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. �87 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 86 BIOLOGY DESIGN-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART 215-216. FINE ART-Three or four credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART-Three or four credits each semester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. IV-Two or three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Individual instruction in the field of art in which the student wishes to excel. Each student will be given problems according to his needs and abilities. With each problem the student will receive individual instruction and criticism. ART 219-220-221-222. STUDIO I, II, III, ART-Two credits each semester Preparation and methods of designing in print making, linoleum, wood cut, etching, engraving, serigraph. ART 241-242. GRAPHIC PRESENTATION-Three credits The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, lettering, layout, posters, bookjackets, the advertisement. ART 243. ARTS OF Professor Reif, chairman; Instructors Leagus, Michelini and Namisniak. THE STAFF SCIENCE-Three credits Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. BIO. 100. BIOLOGICAL MR. REIF ZOOLOGY-Nine credits General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 101 has class four hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15.00 each course. BIO. 101-102. GENERAL Bio. 111-112. GENERAL BOTANY-Three credits each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK ?eneral Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15 each course. MR. REIF TAXONOMY-Four credits Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; .field work, six hours a week. Fee: $15. BIO. 113. BOTANICAL BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATESFour credits MR. MICHELINI Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of t~e Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. EMBRYOLOGY-Four credits MR. MICHELINI Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and BIO. 202. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 201, or permission of instructor. topic for presentation to and discussion by the group. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 88 BIO. 211-212. 89 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BACTERIOLOGY-Four credits each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Bio. 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. Bio. 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 211. BIO. 223. ENTOMOLOGY-Four credits MR. REIF Entomology is the study of insects through the collection and identification of specimens. Life histories of insects are studied as well as their economic relationships, and their significance in industry and medicine. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field work, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 101, or permission of instructor. BIO. 241-242. HISTOLOGY AND each semester ORGANOLOGY-Three credits MR. MICHELINI Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Credit is given only upon completion of both semesters work which must be taken in sequ~~ce. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequmte: through Bio. 202, or permission of instructor. Fee: $15 each course. BIO. 251-252. PHYSIOLOGY- Three credits each semester MR. MICHELINI Physiology is a study of the functioning of the various cells, tissues, and organs of the animal body. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: through Bio. 242, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: for Bio. 252 is Bio. 251. BIO. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY-One credit each semester STAFF This seminar is designed as a correlating study of the field of biology for senior students. Each student prepares a paper on a biological Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Christopher, Elliot, Farrar, Instructors Casper, Connor, Mackson, Kohn, Krohn, Puhak, Wood, Johns, Lu, Roberts, R. Werner. B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BusINEss-Three credits THE STAFF This course is designed as an introduction to the field of business and must be taken by commerce and finance students during the first semester of the freshman year. Emphasis is placed upon examining the various vocational opportunities in modern business and upon studying the necessary educational and other requisites for such jobs. Attempts are made to plan in advance with each student a tentative course program. Each student is required to make an individual study of some vocational objective. This course can be taken for credit by Freshmen only. B.A. 107. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS- Three credits THE STAFF Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions, decimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and turnover; depreciation and distribution of overhead; payroll problems including social security and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments involving interest; bank discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and annuities; stocks and bonds ; graphs and their use in business. B.A. 114. SALESMANSHIP 1- Three credits STAFF The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS- Three credits THE STAFF Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. 1 Credit will not be given if credit for Ret. 207 has been received. �90 WILKES COLLEGE B.A. 216. ADVERTISING-Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES THE STAFF A survey of the different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a social force. MR. ROSENBERG Problems and policies of railroads, buses, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three credits B.A. 218. CREDIT AND COLLECTIONS-Three hours THE STAFF The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, Acct. 102. 9l and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-INTRODUCTION AND CONTRACTS Three hours MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON, MR. KROHN The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. The nature, classification and sources of law, agencies and procedure for enforcing legal rights are discussed. A brief resume of the law of Torts and Crimes, with particular reference to business problems. Examination of the essential elements of a contract, the nature and transfer of contractual rights, discharge of contracts and remedies for breach. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-AGENCY AND SALES-Three hours MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON, MR. KROHN B.A. 220. REAL ESTATE-Three hours THE STAFF The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 222. MARKETING-Three hours THE STAFF Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure and organization, and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three hours MR.LU A study of the economic principles underlying the ca:pital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short- term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three hours MR.LU Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; .financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods A general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation, the rights and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons, and the termination of the agency. A study of the law of sales of goods, the transfer of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the duties and liabilities of the parties, remedies for breach, security interests in goods. A comparison of the uniform sales act with the sales article of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three credits MR. KROHN, MR. PuHAK Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their formation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured, insurer, and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insurance contract. Prerequisite: B.A. 231, 232, Acct. 102. B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three credits MR. PUHAK Law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes ( crimes against the person, property, business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions) . Prerequisite: B.A. 231,232, Acct. 102. �92 B.A. 235. WILKES COLLEGE INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. CHRISTOPHER A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, .financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. B.A. 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. CHRISTOPHER Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. CHRISTOPHER A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three credits The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of o.&ce records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design a.nd effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR. CHRISTOPHER MR. CHRISTOPHER B.A. 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Three credits The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force; sales research and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: B.A. 114 or equivalent. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 93 B.A. 240. PROP ERTY INSURANCE- Three credits MR. C ONNOR This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. B.A. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three credits MR.FARRAR This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 244. TIME AND MOTION STUDY- Three credits MR. JOHNS The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. B.A. 245. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT-Three credits THE STAFF Economic and historical aspects of traffic management; evaluation of comparative aspects of competitive modes of transportation, development of managerial ability; use of rates and tariff. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professors Bone, Salley, and Worstall; Instructor Leagus. LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: 1. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. (HEM. 101. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Fot/1° credits THE STAFF An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. (HEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS- Three credits MR. BASTRESS A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. 94 CHEM. 102. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS Six credits Miss BONE The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and prac· tice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits Miss BoNE, MR. WoRSTALL A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Four credits MR. SALLEY Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week: laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 102. CHEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Five credits MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week; laboratory. nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. MR. BASTRESS CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The preparation and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. MR. BASTRESS 231. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Five credits A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. 95 CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Three credits MR. BASTRI:.SS Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 2 31. (HEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY- Four credits each semester MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, thre hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121, Math. 126, Phys. 152. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY--T hree credits MR. SALLEY A study of advanced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, kinetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concerning the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 242. CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Th1'ee credits MR. SALLEY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY- Three credits each semester MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121 and 2 30. CHEM. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY- One credit MR. BASTRESS The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 96 MR. BASTRESS credit An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 271-272. RESEARCH PROJECT-One to three credits each semester THE STAFF Fee: $5 per credit. ECONOMICS 97 Ee. 202. THEORY OF MoNEY-T hree credits MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT, MR. WERNER An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Ee. 201. MR. ROSENBERG Ee. 204. CONSUMER CREDIT-Two credits This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales .finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Elliot, Farrar, Lu. Instructor R. Werner. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete twenty-four hours of work in economics beyond Ee. 101 and 102. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry should include Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, 241. THE STAFF EcoNOMICs-Three credits An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO THE STAFF Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three credits An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. THE STAFF EcoNOMICs-Three credits This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. 101. Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF Ee. 201. MONEY AND BANKING--Three credits MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOTT, MR. WERNER A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. THE STAFF Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three credits A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P.S. 101, Ee. 102. STAFF Ee. 222. THE AMERICAN LABOR MovEMENT-T hree credits A study of the evolving labor movement and its ideology. The course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor movements. This course views the present position of American labor in regard to political and social institutions and to the rest of the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 1 O2. MR. R. WERNER Ee. 223. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING--Three credits An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the .field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. THE STAFF Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL TRADE-Three credits Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. �99 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 98 Ee. 226. EcoNOMIC GEOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. ELLIOT A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and analyzes the world distribution of resources, industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course in world resources and related fields. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 227. EcoNOMIC GEOGRAPHY-NORTH AMERICA-Three credits MR. ELLIOT A study of the economic regions of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the western hemisphere. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE EcoNOMIC SYSTEMs--Three credits THE STAFF The institutions of planned economy of the U .S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR.LU Ee. 230. BUSINESS CYCLES-Three credits A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Ee. 236. PuBLlC FINANCE-Three creditsMR. ROSENBERG, MR. WERNER Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P.S. 101. Ee. 238. EcoNOMIC HISTORY-Three credits MR. ELLIOT, MR. Lu An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 241. EcoNOMIC ANALYSis-Three credits MR. Lu This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. MR.LU Ee. 245. CONSUMER EcoNOMICs-Three credits The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 231. APPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS--Three credits MR. ROSENBERG A course in statistical methods and their application to business. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distributiori wd measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, Chi-square test; test of significance for small samples, analysis of variance. 3 hours lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. THE STAFF Ee. 246. EcoNOMICS INVESTIGATION-Three credits Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: ( 1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. EDUCATION MR. ROSENBERG Ee. 232. EcoNOMIC STATISTICs-Three credits A continuation of Economics 2 31. This course will include time- series analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. Professor Hammer, chairman; Assistant Professor Fortess, Instructor R. Moran. THE STAFF ED. 100. AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION-One credit A short course designed to acquaint students with the essential facts �100 about American public education. School system organization; the development and significance of education in a democracy; current problems, possible solutions and promising practices are presented and analyzed for the non-professional. En. 101. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION-Three credits MR. HAMMER A broad, general introduction to the field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American public education. Study of the educational structure; the teacher, his preparation and qualifications; the pupils, their individual differences and provisions therefor; the materials of instruction; the school plant; the financing of education; the profession of teaching ; the participation of the public contemporary issues and trends in public education. Students taking Ed. 101 will not receive credit for Ed. 100. MR. HAMMER 201. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits Practical application of basic psychological principles; study of human growth and development; the nature and measurement of intelligence; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; the nature and general principles of learning; the measurement and facilitation of learning; guidance of the individual; effective methods of study; special aspects of learning; the psychology of teaching methods; and simple statistical concepts. Prerequisite: Psy. 100 and Ed. 101. ED. ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ED. 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two credits MR. HAMMER A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use; study of methods of treating scores; principles and purposes of measurement; practice in the construction of objective tests; supervised administration, scoring, and interpretation of tests; some aspects of evaluation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 204. 101 205. SECONDARY CURRICULUM-Three credits MR. HAMMER Developments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life, vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricular activities; treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units; study methods; tests and marking; a survey of secondary school curriculum and its continuing development. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. ED. 207. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL Eight credits Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They observe several teachers. Gradually they assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the instructor. ED. 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (0BSER- VATION)-Four credits Students are assigned to area schools where they observe various teachers and participate as aides in the classroom. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. ED. 209. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (TEACHING)-Eight credits Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the instructor. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION- Three credits MR. HAMMER The historical development of the secondary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. 210. STUDENT TEACHING IN ART-Eight credits Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe in both elementary and secondary school classrooms, and teach. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the instructor. ED. �103 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ACTIVITIES-Three credits MR. HAMMER Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. techniques for developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction in concepts of quantitative relationships. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. 102 ED. 211. ExTRACURRICULAR THE STAFF EDUCATION-One credit A study of the materials and techniques of visual education; principles and plans for the use of audio-visual or sensory aids; the incorporation of visual instruction in the work for the classroom. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 212. VISUAL MR. HAMMER GUIDANCE-Two credits A general survey of the principles and problems of guidance, and an introduction to activities and techniques used in a guidance program in the public school. Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors' certificates. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 214. ED. 215. INTRODUCTION TO OCCUPATIONS AND OCCUPATIONAL RESEARCH- Two Credits MR. CHWALEK A study of individual and social factors affecting occupational choices; methods of making vocational choices; types of occupational preparation; means of entry into occupations; problems of adjustment to job, leisure time, and unemployment. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 221. THE TEACHING OF ART-Three credits Study of contemporary practices in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools; study of the psychology of the creative process; adaption of various art media to the school curriculum; study of the organization of the art curricula. MRS. FORTESS READING-Three credits Analysis of the reading task; consideration of the relationship of maturation to reading; problems and methods in developing reading readiness; methods and techniques of teaching reading; the place of experiences; development of reading interests; types of reading; evaluation of reading growth; remedial procedures in reading. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 231. THE TEACHING OF ED. 234. THE TEACHING OF LANGUAGE ARTS-Two credits MRS. FORTESS Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary English; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; attention given to handwriting, spelling, and the utilization of the library. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 235. CHILDREN'S LITERATURE AND STORY TELLING Three credits MRS. FOR TESS Designed to provide familiarity with classic and modern literature for children of elementary school age. Techniques and practices in story telling will be stressed, and particular emphasis will be placed on the use of dramatization and graphic materials. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 236. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STUDIES-Three credits MRS. FORTESS Study of social situations pertinent to elementary school children; relation of school and home activities to the community; the study of methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create understanding. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 237. PRINCIPLES OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Two credits MRS. FORTESS The historical development of the elementary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles of elementary education; other factors in the development of the elementary school; promising practices in the elementary school; methodology and guidance; characteristics of the elementary school child; discipline and control; mental and physical hygiene; records and reports; a survey of principles and techniques in the elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 238. THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL credits MRS. FORTESS Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary arithmetic; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and teaching ED. 232. THE TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC- Two Three credits MRS. FORTESS The development of the elementary curriculum; its relation to the society that supports it; the emerging elementary curriculum; adjust- �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ment to individual needs; relation of objectives to children's needs; content and method; utilizing the arts, music, science, physical education, etc., in the elementary curriculum. ED. 291. WORKSHOP IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF READING INSTRUCTION 104 Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 239. TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SCIENCE-Two ct'edits MR. HAMMER Basic elements of the sciences suitable for elementary school use; materials for demonstration; methods of presentation; consideration of the integration of science in the elementary curriculum; aims and objectives of science teaching; development of a spirit of inquiry. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits THE STAFF Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary art; methods, aims, objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; basic principles; selection and manipulation of various media; the development of creative expression and appreciation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 242. Music IN THE ELEMENTARY R. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. 243. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits THE STAFF This course considers the health of the elementary school child including wholesome health ideas, attitudes and habits. The prospective teacher learns the fundamentals of first aid, care of the sick and attention to child health problems. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 290. WORKSHOP IN ELEMENTARY ED. 292. WORKSHOP IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF MATHEMATICS INSTRUCTION-Two credits THE STAFF Experienced elementary school teachers study the characteristics of an effective developmental mathematics program, evaluation and diagnosis, methods of individualization and remediation. Practical applications are made in local school classrooms. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ENGINEERING MORAN Study of methods for developing appreciation for and enjoyment of music through performance and listening; developing the rhythm band; rote singing; program music for children; discovery of talent; writing and interpretation of scales; training in group leadership in singing. ED. Two ct'edits THE STAFF Experienced elementary school teachers study the characteristics of an effective developmental reading program, evaluation and diagnosis, methods of individualization and remediation. Practical applications are made in local school classrooms. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and W orstall; Instructor Thomas. SCHOOL-Two credits MR. 105 EDUCATION-Three credits THE STAFF Experienced teachers are afforded an opportunity to study together and to develop projects of particular interest to them. In addition to working individually, students meet to consider current problems in elementary education. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. PROBLEMS-Two credits THE STAFF Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. ENGi. 100. ENGINEERING DRAWING-Two credits THE STAFF A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. ENGi. 101. BASIC I.Three ct'edits MR. HELTZEL, MR. THOMAS This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Use and care of instruments. Technical sketching; orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections. Applications of the principles of descriptive geometry. Practicum, seven hours a week. ENGL 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY �WILKES COLLEGE 106 ENGi. 106. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY -Two credits II. MR. HELTZEL Continuation of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of engineering space problems. Application of standard drawing conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engi. 105. MR. WORSTALL A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 121; Phys. 151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. MR. THOMAS C.E. 103. PLANE SuRVEYING--Three credits Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, rever~e, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: C.E. 103. M. E. 206. KINEMATICS-Three credits MR. THOMAS, MR. HELTZEL Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. M.E. 211. MECHANICS I. STATICS-Three credits MR.HALL Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. M.E. 212. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three credits MR. HALL Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. Civil Engineering C. E. 104. ROUTE SURVEYING--Four credits Mechanical Engineering Prerequisite: Engi. 106, Math. 122, Phys. 150. Chemical Engineering CH. E. 106. STOICHIOMETRY-Three credits 107 Professor Davies, chairman; Associate Professor Kruger; Assistant Professors Groh and Heinle; Instructors Fiester, Lord, Miller, Moran, Roberts, Tener, and Tyburski. Students who major in English are required to complete the following program of English studies: Freshman and Sophomore Years: 101, 102, 131, 151, 152 (16 hours); Junior and Senior Years: 215 (3 hours); 201 or 205 (3 hours); one course from the group 105, 121, 123, 124 (3 hours) ; four elective courses in literature ( 12 hours) ; one elective course in English that can be any course offered by the department ( 3 hours) . (If 201 is taken, 205 may be taken as one of the four elective courses in literature.) Majors in English, especially students who wish to take graduate work in English, are strongly advised to take as many courses in foreign languages (preferably French and German) as possible beyond the minimum of twelve hours. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. As a result of the test some students may be exempted from taking Eng. �108 WILKES COLLEGE 101; such students must take Eng. 102 and 105. Students who show a deficiency may be required to take an extra hour of drill to supplement their work in Eng. 101. Any student in Eng. 101 or 102 may be required to take this extra work should his instructor think it necessary. Composition ENG. 101. COMPOSITION-Three credits THE STAFF Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. THE STAFF ENG. 102. COMPOSITION-Three credits Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. 101. THE STAFF ENG. 105. ADV AN CED EXPOSITION-Three credits A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. MR. KRUGER TING. 106. SHORT STORY-Three credits A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for the short story. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. f ournalism ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Three credits MR. MORAN A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel. news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. MR. MORAN ENG. 123. PUBLICITY WRITING-Three credits Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent developments in fields of: public opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opinion polls. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 109 Special attention is given to trade journals and house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional .fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 124. FEATURE WRITING- Three credits MR. MORAN Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the feature field and the magazine market. Findi11g suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. Language and Literature ENG. 151. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DAVIES, MR. HEINLE, MR. TENER Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DAVIES, MR. HEINLE, MR. TENER Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. ENG. 153. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 154. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature [ rom the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 155 AND 156. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three credits each semester MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE- Three C1'edits MR. TENER Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. �111 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE llO 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 205. CHAUCER-Three credits MR. TENER Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. ENG. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 211. EARLY ENGLISH 242. THE ROMANTIC MovEMENT-Tht'ee credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers con- ENG. DRAMA-Three credits MR. DAVIES, MR. GROH Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA-Three Ct"edits MR. DAVIES, MR. GROH Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. HEINLE 215. SHAKESPEARE-Tht'ee ct'edits Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied ENG. in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. DAVIES 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three credits Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. GROH 287. AMERICAN DRAMA-Three credits The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. ENG. MR. HEINLE 216. MILTON-Three credits Stress is placed on the poetical works of John Milton; in addition some of the poetry of Donne, Jonson and Dryden is studied. ENG. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2. Speech MR. HEINLE 221. AGE OF POPE-Three credits A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three credits MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning. ENG. ENG. Study of the drama from 1660 to the present. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. temporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON-Three credits MR. HEINLE A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. ENG. THE STAFF 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-Two credits A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. ENG. ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH Similar to Eng. 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. DAVIES 237. EARLY ENGLISH NovEL-Three credits English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. ENG. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. DAVIES 238. LATER ENGLISH NovEL-Three credits The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. ENG. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Associate Professor Dworski; Instructor Henry, Loughnan. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond Fr. 102. �112 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FR. 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH- Three credits THE STAFF Continuation of Fr. 101. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. Prerequisite: Fr. 102 ortheequivalent. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE 113 FR. 203. FR ENCH LIT ERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH C ENTURY Three credits MISS DWORSKI Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three credits Miss DwoRsKI St_udy of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY FRENCH- Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to French civilization; practice m oral and written French. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Three credits MISS DWORSKI Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. FRENCH- Three credits Miss DwoRsKI Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE FR. 105. TECHNICAL CONVERSATION-Three credits Miss DWORSKI Intensive practice in the spoken lar;iguage, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the microphone to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. DRAMA- Three credits Miss DwoRSKI The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nintteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 106. FRENCH German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours beyond Ger. 102. GER. 101. ELEMENTARY COMPOSITION-Three credits MISS DWORSKI Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 107. FRENCH LITERATURE-Three credits each semester MISS DWORSKJ A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstand ing writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH GERMAN-Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. GERMAN- Three credits THE STAFF Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: Ger. 101 or equivalent. GER. 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN- Three credits THE STAFF Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE �WILKES COLLEGE 114 THE STAFF GERMAN- Three credits Continuation of Ger. 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 1 O3 or equivalent. GER. 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three credits Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. GER. 105. SCIENTIFIC GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY- Three credits MR. DISQUE The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE Spanish A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Sp. 102. CONVERSATION-Three credits MR. DISQU E Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. GER. 106. GERMAN SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH- Three credits SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three credits MR. DISQUE 107. GERMAN COMPOSITION- Three credits Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Three credits each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GOETHE- Three credits Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 203. SCHILLER-Three credits Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN THE STAFF Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. THE STAFF Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. GER. GER. 204. ll 5 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SPANISH - Three credits THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected reading of modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH- Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice rn oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE SP. 105. COMMERCIAL SPANISH-Three credits MISS DWORSKI The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE 106. SPANISH CONVERSATION-Three credits MISS DWORSKJ Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the microphone to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. DRAMA- Three credits MR. DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Three credits MISS DWORSKl Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 108. SPANISH AMERICAN CULTURE-Three credits Miss DwoRSKl The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. HISTORY 116 SP. 201-202. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE SP. Three credits each semester Miss DWORSKI A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH LITERATURE-Three credits SP. Miss DWORSKI Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three credits Miss DWORSKI Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NOVEL-Three credits Miss DWORSKJ The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professor Kaslas, Mui; Instructors Connolly and Ritchie. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take Hist. 101, 102, 107, and 108; Hist. 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. HIST. Bm. 100. See page 87. MR. REIF General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. PHYS. 100. See page 131. THE STAFF HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 Three credits MR. THATCHER A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865-Three credits MR. THATCHEll A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. 206. THE UNlTED STAT ES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three credits MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. GENERAL SCIENCE 100. GENERAL GEOLOGY-Two credits 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION Three credits each semester. A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. HIST. GEOL. ll7 HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three credits each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. �DESCRIPTION WILKES COLLEGE 118 HIST. 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER-Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and semors. HIST. 235. SOVIET RUSSIA AND THE FAR EAST-Three credits MR. MUI A study of the historical conditions under which the Communist state was established in Russia and portions of the Far East. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 242. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three credits MR. MUI Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three credits MR. KASLAS A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY-Three credits MR. KASLAS Against a background of the internal and international development., of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. MATHEMATICS Assistant Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Assistant Professor Wasileski; Instructors Morgan, West and F. Worstall. The major in mathemtaics is outlined on page 54. OF COURSES 119 THE STAFF 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. Three hours a week. MATH. MATH. 100. SAME AS PHYS. 101-See page 131. MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS- Three credits THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Math. 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Math. 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS- Three c1'edits THE STAFF A continuation of Math. 101. MATH. 105. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY- Five credits THE STAFF A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Prerequisite Math. 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three credits Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY- Three credits Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE-Three credits Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS- Three credits THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. �12l WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES GEOMETRY-Four credits THE STAFF Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate ~yste~s, incl~ding the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight l!nes, circles, conic sections transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equati~ns, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and Math. 109. I-Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Probability, frequency functions, empirical distributions of one variable, moment generating functions, binomial and Poisson distributions, normal distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary sampling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. 120 MATH. 122. ANALYTIC MATH. 228. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS II-Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Correlation and regression, theoretical distributions of more than one variable, normal surface, goodness of fit, chi-square distribution, testing hypotheses, estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, small samples, student's t-distribution, testing for randomness. Prerequisite: Math. 228. MATH. 229. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-Four credits THE STAFF Limits derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentlation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. MATH. 125. CALCULUS Prerequisite: Math. 122. II-Four credits THE STAFF Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, in_finite s_eries, p~rtial derivatives, multiple integrals, and introduction to differential equations. MATH. 126. CALCULUS Prerequisite: Math. 125. MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN S ECONDARY SCHOOLS Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Building of a program in secondary mat~ematics, ma_terial_s of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of mterest, testrng, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Prerequisite: Math. 12 5. ALGEBRA-Three credits MR. RICHARDS Sets, mappings, relations, development of real number system from Peano's axioms, polynomials, the complex number field, groups. Prerequisite: Math. 125, or permission of instructor. MATH. 213. HIGHER ALGEBRA-Three credits MR. RICHARDS Vector spaces, linear independence, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equations. Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. MATH. 214. LINEAR GEOMETRY-Three credits MR. WASILESKI Similar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, tria~gles, Ptolemy's theorem, circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, medians, orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascal's theorem, theorem of Pappus. Prerequisite: plane geometry. ANALYSIS-Three credits THE STAFF Vector algebra, differentiation of vectors, divergence and curl, the operator del, curvilinear coordinates, vector fields, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 235. VECTOR EQUATIONS-Three credits THE STAFF First order equations, linear equations, applications, solution by successive approximation, systems of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS I-Three credits MR. RICHARDS Introduction to the theory of functions of real variables. The emphasis in this course and the following one is on proof, by the delta-epsilon technique, of theorems concerning sequences and other functions of one variable. Some time is spent on functions of more than one variable. Prerequisite: Math. 126. 252. ADVANCED CALCULUS-Three credits A continuation of Math. 251. Prerequisite: Math. 251. MATH. MR. RICHARDS MATH. 220. COLLEGE MUSIC Associate Professor Detroy, chairman; Assistant Professor Moran; Instructors Balshaw, Clark, Hawkins, Isaacs, A. Liva, F. Liva, Sheeder and Waller. �123 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 5 5. Music-Three credits MR. DETROY A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. 122 Mus. 109. HISTORY OF APPLIED MUSIC1 Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. .Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO Music-Three hours MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non• technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF MusIC-Five credits each course MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: ( 1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. ( 2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solf eggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. 1 For fees see page 28. Music-Three credits MR. DETROY A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Mus. 110. HISTORY OF Music 111-112. PIANO CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credits each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 <ir better. No prerequisite. Music 113-114. PIANO CLASS 3 AND 4--Two credits each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND--One-half credit each semester MR. MORAN The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORUS-One-half credit each semester MR. DETROY The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. Music 131-132-133-134. ORCHESTRA-One-half credit each semester MR. LIVA Participation in the Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate m the orchestra should consult with the Director. �Music 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Two Mus. ED. 106. BRASS CLASS credits MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. METHODS-Two credits ARRANGING-Two credits MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern sympho..1ic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. Mus. 217. MR. DETROY ANALYSIS-Two credits The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 218. CouNTERPOINT-Three credits MR. DETROY A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 102. Mus. ED. 101-102. CLARINET CLASS AND BAND per semester METHODS-Two credits MR. MORAN Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 103-104. BRASS CLASS AND BAND per semester METHODS-Two credits MR. MORAN A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 105. WOODWIND CLASS METHODS- Two credits per semester TI-IE STAFF A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL Music MATERIALS-Two credits per semester MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 111-112. VIOLIN CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits per semester Music Education METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. MORAN A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. Mus. ED. 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND MUSIC 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND 125 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE MR. LIVA A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to th technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT CLASS per semester METHODS-Two credits MR. LIVA A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Mus. ED. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credits MR.MORAN MR.MORAN A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. �WILKES COLLEGE 126 Mus. ED. 202. HIGH SCHOOL Mus1cMETHODs-Two DESCRIPTION OF COURSES credits N.E. 106. SUPERVISION AND MR. MORAN The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE TEACHING-Four credits per semester . THE STAFF A course in the observation and practice teaching of vocal or instrumental music in the elementary or high schools. Fee: $10.00 each semester. Mus. ED. 203-204. 127 ADMINISTRATION-Two credits Miss JESSEE A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. N.E. 107. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN NURSING EDUCATION Two credits Miss JESSEE This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. NURSING EDUCATION Assistant Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Jackson, Janjigan, Klein, M. Riley, Seeherman and Y encha. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM N.E. 112. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SUPERVISION OR TEACHING Four credits Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of advisor. Miss JESSEE LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE AND WILKES COLLEGE Lebanon Valley College and Wilkes College have entered into a cooperative program whereby nurses working in the vicin~ty of Annville and ~ebano_n may earn a degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College by ta½mg theu academic credits on the campus at Lebanon Valley Coll~ge an1 thei~ professional credits at Wilkes, either in extension at the Hospital or m residence at Wilkes-Barre. The usual residence requirements for a degree in Nursing Education may be satisfied by taking one-half the work on the campus at Lebanon Valley College and the other one-half at Wilkes College. Enrollment in all of the following courses, with the exceptions of N.E. 101 and 102, is limited to graduate nurses. NURSING-Three credits Miss JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with e~phasis up?n the religious, social and educational factors that have stimulated its development. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION-Two credits MISS JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. N.E. 102. TRENDS IN NURSING RESOURCES-Two credits MISS JESSEE A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health, and social welfare of the citizens of the community. N.E. 104. COMMUNITY N.E. 113 & 114. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NuRSING--Two credits each each semester Miss YENCHA Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical-surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. 115. OBSTETRIC NuRSING--Two credits MRS. SEEHERMAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied to expert care of the obstetric patient. N.E. N.E. 116. PEDIATRIC NURSING-Two credits DR. KLEIN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. 117. PSYCHIATRIC NuRSING--Two credits DR. JANJIGIAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. N.E. N.E. 118. PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING-Two credits Miss JACKSON An introduction to the field of public health nursing, including historical development, organization, functions, and trends. 119. PUBLIC SCHOOL NuRSING--Two credits Miss JACKSON A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. N.E. �129 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 128 PHIL. 206. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL NURSING-Two credits THE STAFF The identification and discussion of the problems involved in the administration of school health programs. PHILOSOPHIES-Three credits MR. VUJICA N.E. 120. PROBLEMS OF SCHOOL PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION . A_ di~cussion of fund~mental principles underlying social and political mst1tut1ons. The theories of Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Hume, Burke, Hegel, Bentham, Mill and others will be examined. Special attention to the contemporary scene. HISTORY-Three credits MR. VuJICA . An examinat~on of the principal interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Rousseau, Nietzsche, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Wundt, Spengler, Toynbee, Schweitzer, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning and purpose of historical events. PHIL. 207. PHILOSOPHIES OF Ac;sociate Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Pitts and Schindler. A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion. The courses may be selected from these two fields as desired by the student. PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY-Three credits MR. VUJICA Philosophy PHILOSOPHY-Three credits MR. VUJICA An introduction to the main problems of philosophy: the nature of the universe; the origin of life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; the sources, nature and validity of knowledge. The main types of philosophy, such as Materialism, Idealism, Realism, Pragmatism are also discussed. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY MR. VUJICA LOGIC-Three credits The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of clear and effective thinking by the study of the nature and rules of both deductive and inductive reasoning as well as the principles of scientific methodology. PHIL. 102. The most important systems of philosophy from the renaissance th~ough the end of the nineteenth century. Seventeenth century rationalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz) . Eighteenth century empiricism (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's criticism and Hegel's idealism. PostKantian and post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern science on philosophical speculation. ETHICS-Three credits MR. VUJICA A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. Formalism, Utilitarianism, Self-realizationism and other great ethical systems are discussed. The application of moral principles to social, economic and political life. THOUGHT- Thfee ct'edits MR. VUJICA The principal trends in twentieth century philosophies. The contributions of Bergson, James, Dewey, Santayana, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other recent and contemporary philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL RELIGION-Three credits MR. VuJICA A philosophic scrutiny of the phenomenon religion. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; examination of arguments for God's existence; the interpretation of good and evil in the world; the argument for immortality. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF THE STAFF AESTHETICS-Three credits Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of beauty in arts; the meaning of beauty judgments and the processes of appreciation. An investigation of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be beautiful. PHIL. 205. Religion RELIGIONS-Three credits MR. VUJICA Nature and origin of religion. Significant founders and leaders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs and rituals. A comparison of the most important features of the gre~t religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. REL. 101. MAN'S REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT-Three credits THE STAFF A study of the religious thought and practice of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the writings of the Old Testament. Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James, and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 130 REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three credits THE STAFF A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Emphasis is placed upon the Prophetic and Post-Exilic periods of Hebrew history. The gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course is a continuation of Rel. 201. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT-Three credits 131 understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. PHYSICS Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and Worstall; Instructor Thomas. MR. VUJICA A study of the types of literature found in the New Testament. Problems of language and authorship. The religious teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Instructor Reese, chairman; Instructor Bubeck. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 One credit each semester THE STAFF This course is designed to promote physical coordination and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL EDUCATION-One credit each semester THE STAFF This course is a continuation of P.E. 101 and 102. P.E. 105-106. PERSONAL HYGIENE-One credit each semester THE STAFF A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better 1 Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. SCIENCE-Three credits MR. WoRsTALL A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL credit THE STAFF An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum 3 hours a week. PHYS. 101. BASIC PHYSICAL PROBLEMS-One PHYSICS-Four credits MR. WoRSTALL An. introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics wave mo~ion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetisr'n, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory. Fee: $15 each semester. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. PHYS. 111-112. INTRODUCTORY METEOROLOGY-Three credits A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions accompanying weather changes. Weather predictions, air-mass analysis and .the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agriculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS. 119. I-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. PHYS. 150. GENERAL PHYSICS �WILKES COLLEGE 132 Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109. PHYS. 151. GENERAL PHYSICS II-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Phys. 150. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. PHYS. 152. GENERAL PHYSICS III-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Phys. 15 0 and 151. Electricity and modern physics. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. PHYS. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three credits MR. THOMAS Precisi on measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, pho to electromo tive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 152, Math. 126. POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Instructors Hibbard, and O 'Karma. A major in political science consists of twenty-four hours. All courses except P.S. 101 are acceptable toward the major. P.S. 101. AMERICAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT- Three credits THE STAFF A study of the national government and the institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into la:", and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact of the citizen on the government and of the government on the citizen is r~peatedly emphasized. P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW- -Three credits each semester MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 133 changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three credits MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and Soc. 100. MR. HIBBARD P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three credits A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three credits MR. MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. �WILKES COLLEGE 134 p S 221 INTERNATIONAL DESCRIPTION OF COURSES . LAW-Three ered tts MR.KASLAS . . ~ stud of the development of the body of cust?ms an~ rules wh1_ch states haJe developed to govern their relati~ns, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. . Desideratum: United States and European history. s p 222 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Th ree ere d 1"t s MR. KASLAS · A· broad, · . aims . general course w~i~h t? present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. . d g Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, an geo raphy. p s 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Th ree ere d 1't s MR. . KASLAS . · A· stud of two European governments represen t i?g · t wo d1ametricall .. . . y Y 1 . h E r h and the Russian. Smee political mstituopposed ideo ogie~, t e ng is t bl to the English the first half tions in the American system are racea e ' d half is a of the course is devoted to the En~lis~ g?vernment; th~ secon en the consideration of Russian political mstttutions. Comparisons betwe two are continually made. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. PSYCHOLOGY Assistant Professor R. Riley, chairman; Instructor Kanner. A major in psychology consists of twenty-four. hours. P;ychology f The Department requires that psychology majors takeho~e yeard o La . h · t or p ystes an su1.r laboratory science; they_may elect 6101 ~ e~g~ ryStudents planning to stitute this for eithe~ B1ologyllOO 1J5i:dy ei~her French or German take graduate work m psycho ogy s 0 ~ s . d to meet graduate school requirements. m or er . d h plan to conThe major in psychology is designed for stu ents w ~l as for those tinue the study of psychology o~ the ?radu~e /eveli:::i~eges or in the whose interests lie in the teachmg o psyc o ~~ . . k busia lication of the study to such fields as advert1S1ng, clm1Cal wor , . d 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is accepte . °: ~f' n~fs, education, and industrial_ person:e: wo'.t}~;e~~at}; ':i,':~~r that an undergraduate maJor m psyc o odgy l'fy as a psycholo· 1 ork No stu ent can qua i h O1 1 professiona psyc ogica w · . at man fields today, gist without advanced graduate study' m a gre y 135 moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Students who desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department oi Public Instruction as psychological examiners or public school psychologists should carefully plan their programs under the direction of their faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and to his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 203-204. semester EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits each THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 206. APPLIED PsYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions to individual differences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 207. CHILD PsYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF The course ts designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. �137 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 136 Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PSY. 212. RETAILING THE STAFF BEHAVIOR-Three c1'edits Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. PsY. 208. HUMAN HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS Three credits THE STAFF A study of the theory of psychological testing. The principles underlying test selection, standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course is a prerequisite for the following courses: Psy. 251, 252, and 255. Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Christopher- Instructors Green, Morgan, Rubin, Stein. ' . A major in Retailing consists of 24 credits in retailing courses which include Ret. 101,102,207,212,214,224. RETAILING-Three credits . P_oli~ies and practices of the various retail institutions; types of retail institutions an_d type~ ?f merchandise handled; store location and layout; sales and service policies; employment, training, and welfare. RET. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RET. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Prerequisite: Psy. 100. Three credits PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PsYCHOLOGY-T hree credits THE STAFF An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. c~~~R ~ND DESIGN-Two credits MR. O'ToOLE Ages of C1v_il~zat10n and development of industrial age. Periods, style symbols, .classi~ism, modern_ design. Components of composition; problems of function; . prorortion, balance, rhythm, color, light, texture. Fun~amentals of interior decoration. Color and design in apparel Studio, four hours each week. · RET. 201. THE STAFF PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC Bas!c ~rinciples of successful retail store organization; study of the organizatt?nal s_t~~ture of department stores; organization and functions of ~p_erating di_v1S1ons;. planned observation in employment, training, receiving, marking, 1ehve:y, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100 and one other courses in psychology. RET. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION- Three credits MR. GREEN THE STAFF PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits A survey of the clinical method in psychology with consideration of diagnostic and treatment techniques and the role of the professional psychologist in various settings. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 212 and one other course in psychology. PsY. 255. CLINICAL THE STAFF PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alter- PsY. 257. ARNORMAL nate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of department. PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under super- PsY. 271-272. RESEARCH IN vision. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. Stu~y ~f basic principles of retail advertising and sales promotion. Orgamzation ~nd proc~1ure of advertising department in retail stores; typde~ of_ retail advertismg; copy, headline, layout, type, advertising me ia, display; research. SELLING-Three credits Funda~entals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of ~erchandis~ ~nd the store; knowledge of the customer; selling techniq~es;_ bmldmg permanent business. Laboratory observation· actual selling m retail stores. ' RET. 207. RETAIL MERCHANDISE-Three credits MR. MORGAN Merchan1ise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing proc_ess f ~om fiber to finished fabric; textile terminolo , trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics· new dev~~ opments. ' RET. 210. ELEMENTS OF �138 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Study of natural, industrial, and synthetic materials; _properties, technologies, imitations; plastics, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, china, silverware. RET 212 PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISING . . 139 SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Verry; Instructors Hoover, Jenkins. CONTROL-Three credits Students majoring in secretarial studies are required to take a sequence of twenty-four credits outside the Department of Secretarial Studies. It is advisable to decide upon this sequence not later than the sophomore year. The remainder of the electives may be divided between commerce and .finance and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. MR. STEIN Importance of purchases; principl~s and metho?s; for~s of proc~dure, handling, storing, and warehousrng methods; rnventones_ an~ theu control; types and limitation of stock control systems; appl1cat1on of systems. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 99. PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING-No Credit THE STAFF Development of skill in typewriting; development of an understanding of good style and form in typewritten material; application of typing skill to the wrmng of business letters and term papers. Laboratory fee required. Four hours a week. Fee: $10. BUYING-Three credits THE STA:'F Buying as a career· types of organizations; functional bureaus as a1ds in buying; determina~ion of what to buy; analysis of cus~omer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labelrng; trade relations. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. RET. 214. RETAIL S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Two credits shorthand, two credits typewriting each semester MR. VERRY, MR. HOOVER FASHION-Three credits THE STAFF Fashion as a social force. How the fashion world works. Fashi?ns in Paris, England, United States. Apparel, millinery, shoes, accessones; fashion shows. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand, Simplified; development of skill in typewriting, and ability tc apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from shorthand note;, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. RELATIONS-Three credits THE STAFF Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment pr~cedure; wage plans and incentives; employ~e t~aining;_ emrloyee ev~luation; employee stabilization; employee partictpation; leg1slat10n affecting labor problems in retailing. S.S. 105. SHORTHAND 1-Two credits MR. JENKINS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. RET. 217. FUNDAMENTALS OF RET. 219. RETAIL PERSONAL S.S. 106. SHORTHAND 1-Two credits MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on .fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. RET. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE T wo ered 1't s THE STAFF Importance of small business; fa~tors in _b~siness success; j~stification of new businesses; financing; location; polmes; management, ~mployee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; small busrness and the future. Prerequisite: S.S. 105 or equivalent. R 224. ET. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING . THE STAFF Three credits Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING 1-Two credits each semester MR. JENKJNS Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from 1 Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken S.S. 101-102. �140 WILKES COLLEGE -------- h rthand notes during second semester. 1 abo ratory fee required. Four s o laboratory each wee k . Fee.. $10 each course. hours An S.S. 109-110. ANCED STENOGRAPHY v . . ' Three credits JhorttJan d I redit typewriting each semester one c MR. VERRY . l"fied with emphasis on fluency and Review of Gregg Shorthand, S1mdp 1 ' in shorthand typewriting. d 1 t of speed an accuracy , b 1 . legibility; _eve opmen. . in skill to letter writing, ta u atr_on, and transcnption; apphcat1on of typ g t· of telegrams m nuscripts · l f ms• prepara 10n ' rough drafts, commerc~: o~ Ditto master copies; training in punctuaand term papers, stene1 s an r h blems· study of correct form and tion, spelling, and oth~r Enf/5 w~:: habit;, attitudes, and traits. Lab style; development of ~sira e h week Two hours lecture, six oratory fee required. Eight hours eac . hours laboratory. Fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S.S. 10 2. S.S. 113-114. semester ADVANCED SHORTHAND 2-Two credits each MR. JENKINS s· l"fied ' with emphasis on fluency and racy in the application of 1 t f spee an accu k legibility; op~en o d E 1· h. development of desirable wor h h d deve typewntrng an ng is ' b shabits ort an . 0'ne h our 1ecture ' three hours la oratory. and' attitudes. Prerequisite: S.S. 106. Review of Gregg Shorthand, idmp id T PEWRITING2-Two credits MR. JENKINS S.S. 115. ADVANCED Y d d accuracy in typewriting; review Development of greater ~pee an . l· pplication of typing skill to d 1 · typewritten materia , a • of form an sty e m . h d ft commercial forms; preparation letter writing, tabulati~n, roug ra s, stencils and Ditto master of telegrams, manuscripts and thermdpapter:.' development of desirable . t. from short an no e , 1b copies· transcnp ion f equired Four hours a orawork habits and attitudes. Laboratory ee r . tory each week. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: S.S. lOS. AccouNTING--Three credits MR. HOOVER S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL . d their application to the I . "pies of accountmg an SS Fundamenta . b usmess . and professional offices. f• · f b k prme1 and records m keeping 120 may onot oo be sused ~or ere d.it towar d the accounting requirement or Business Education maJors. STENOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. VERRY S.S. 200. MEDICAL . t ·cal medical offices, clinics, and Study of accepted procedures rnh_YP~·us to medical dictation; tranhospitals; application of stenograp ic s i 2 Credit will be given only to stu d ents w h o have not previously taken S.S. 109-110. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 141 scription of case histories taken from hospital records ; speci.1lized dictation in several branches of med icine. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING--Two credits MR. VERRY, MR. HOOVER Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: satisfactory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Pou,- credits MR. VERRY, MR. HOOVER Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures in typical business and professional offices; study of personal and technical requirements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commercial forms; operation and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee reguired. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 243. BUSINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF INTRUCTION IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES-Three credits MR. VERRY Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building as applied to shorthand and typewriting; techniques of instruction in typewriting and shorthand, standards, tests, and measurement in the secretarial studies; content, objectives, and methods of instruction in office practice. SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Professor Symmons, chairman; Instructors Bloombur<t, L. Mui, Tarnal. A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Soc. 100 is prerequisite to all the courses in sociology, it is not accepted toward a major in sociology. P.S. 204 and Phil. 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the Department in consultation with the Chairman. A major in sociology should ordinarily include the following three courses: Soc. 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the Department Chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. The courses given by the Department of Sociology and Anthropology are divided into fi, e groups: �142 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES I Sociological Theory 143 THE STAFF Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY-Three credits A systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological problems. Ill Social Change and Social Problems Soc. 215. URBAN sOCIOLOGY- Three credits T S Th d I HE TAFF : ~ve opment of modern cities; effects of urban liie u . orgpan1zati~~ and personality patterns; major social problems rerequ1S1te: Soc. 100. · Soc. 280. HISTORY OF SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES-Three credits Soc. 230. SOCIAL PROBLEMS- Th MR. SYMMONS A historical study of the development of sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. II Social Organization Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three credits MR. SYMMONS The development of marriage and the family in ethnological and historical perspective. Family disorganization and t>roblems of adjustment to modern conditions. Practical aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital success or failure. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 or permission of the instructor. MR. SYMMONS Soc. 204. EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY-Three credits A study of the structure and function of formal education as a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education and other basic institutions-family, church, economics, and government. The pattern of human relations within the school and the relation between the school and community. The interaction of the formal and informal educational agencies. Contemporary educational problems and their sociological backgrounds. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. olt~: ;~~~:I ina~::r:?c~:r:t~J;;:::!;g 0 Prerequisite: Soc. 1 oo. d. ree ere tts t;:;:1 MR. SYMMONS pod~ary soc~al rroblems and an exam1sorgan1zat1on · Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY-Three credits Crime d th . . . THE STAFF and envir~~ment:/;:~mal. are _cons1dere~ with reference to individual cri . c ors ~n _crime causation. An analysis of theories of tifi;~;j:~tfv:~1:i;rr;:;t; statist1cslon crime; police methods ; prisons; sciennew peno ogy. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 245. Frnws OF SOCIAL WORK- Th. d' A tee ere its MR. y ARNAL meth~:::/ta:~ed::i~ ~~o~lems of _social work and of agencies and ments of the different fiepld of cop~ wl1th tkhem. The nature and requires o socia wor Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. . IV Social Psychology Soc. 255. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits M S A general 5 f h fi 1 R. YMMONs urvey o t e e d of social psycholoay. Social facto s . h uman nature· psych 1 f • d. . o r m collective beh;vior ps~:~oog mf iv1dual tfferen_ces; social interaction; O p .. ' Y persona 1ty; social pathology. rereqms1te: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 260. CuL TURE AND PE . RSONALITY- T hree credits MR. SYMMONS A con:pa~ative study of the development and functionin personality m various cultures from the point of vie f ~ ~f human ogy and social anthropology. w O socia psycholPrerequisite· Soc 255 S . . . , or oc. 2 6 5, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three credits THE STAFF An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Ee. 100, or permission of the instructor. V Anthropology Soc. 265. GEN A ERAL NTHROPOLOGY-Three credits MR S A general survey of the .field of an h I . .. YMMONS aspects. Fossil man and pr h. t . t lropo ogy stressmg its cultural e is oric cu tures; modern races and the �144 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 145 problem of their classification; nature, characteristics and elements of culture. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. WORLD-Three credits MR. SYMMONS A rapid survey of the peoples and cultures of the world in their historical relations. Distribution of races, languages, nationalities and cultures and ideological and socio-economic factors responsible for con temporary social unrest in various parts of the wodd, particularly among the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 270. PEOPLES OF THE SAFETY EDUCATION Instructor Hilbert. Courses in Safety Education are offered for teachers desirous of obtaining certification in Safety Education. Undergraduates will receive no credit for these courses unless they receive approval from the Head of the Education Department and the Dean of Men. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN CATION-Three credits SAFETY EDuA discussion of the probl d involved in the organization emds, p~otce ~res, principles and techniques . , a mm1s ration and supe · · f .d prevention programs. Designed for colle . rv1s10n o acc1. e?t trators, school safety directors and th g~ mstructo!s, school admmisfor, organizing and conducting' ch o 1 ersdmterested_ m, and responsible s oo an community safety programs. 5. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Th . d" Treats one of th • ree oe its lem by means of d:v~~o~ apr~aches to the solution of the safety prob~ethods of dealing withp:;g It :;r tderstanding of hu~a~ nature and his own bodily safety· but ·t e atsumed that man IS Interested in always active. Ways ;ill beIdimus ~ot e assumed that that interest is that lies dormant; or is covere~c~sse to arouse. and develoR the interest and maladjustment to life· or. { ~b~d hab1ts of attent10n, emotion because he is of low-grad; int:;l;~n~e 1~1:nt :o safeguard the individual properly trained. g ' c s knowledge, or has not been SAFETY r SAFETY 6. VISUAL SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECOND ARY SCHOOLS-Three credit r Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THL T hree credits The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. ELEMENTARY ScHOOLs- SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three credits Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. ANI? OTHER Ams IN SAFETY EDUCATION- T htee credits Discussion and demonstration f . 1 . . sensory aids. standards for a ?. practica ~alues m visual and other riculum. guid. . . I ppramng and their relationship to the cur' mg pr1nc1p es and techniq . · · . sources; housing and distribution. ues, mm1mum equipment and �TRAINING PROGRAM - LECTURE SERIES 147 The Evening Division To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. Tht:: courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields. 5·. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon such a student's completion of thirty semester hours, his high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at his request, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. No student, however, may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this regulation must be approved by the Deans. Whenever a student's record of achievement indicates that he is not obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study, the College may request that he withdraw from the Evening Division. MANAGEMENT TRAINING PROGRAM To fill a need in the commun· . the. development of manageria/;ki:ilkes College offers a program for aspire to become part of the among foremen and others who Th management group e needs of each com an . officials, foremen and othefs . y tahre analyzed and, in consultation with me et th e general and specific m e company ' a program is · arranged to re uirem ~a?Y· The program is arranged ets of the personnel in the comtmpants meet once a week at the s of_16 weeks in which the partwo hour session. ge during the day or evening for a ! . C~~ft Special Community Leeture Senes . As a community colle e W "lk . provide opportunities for g cl l I es fe~ls obligated to cation. It therefore ff ~ u ts to commueD.their edu. ·· 0 ers, m the Even· mtroducrory program . d I d _mg 1v1s10n, an it believes positive goodm ~llu t e ucanon, from which w1 result. Community members who . lecture courses in th . register for one of the e senes meet one · t h roughout the ten or fif evenmg a week session. They do n t _teen weeks the course is in . o receive regular college credit. Given each semester the l less than the regular •und ectures cost considerably College. ergraduate courses at the The present program incl d . . and art for business and uf es_ senes 111 current events pro ess10nal persons. Further information concernin h secured from the f gt e program may be 1recror O Admissions. n· 0 0 �INDEX Index Commercial Law ( see Business Law) Community Lecture Series ..................................................................................... 147 Community Programs .. .. .... .... .... .. .......... ... .... .... . .. .. .... ... .. .... ..... .. ........ .. ... 33 Consultation Service ........ .... ... .. . ..... ............ .. .. ...... ........ .. .... .... .......... .. ... ... ....... ... .... 33 Counseling ........... .................... ... .......... .................. .............................................. 26, 32 Curricula ...... ............... .... .... ..... .............. .. .. ...... .. .. .... ... ..... ....... ..... ... ..... ...... ......... .. ... 23 Debating ... ....................................... ......... ............................... ..................... ....... ... 37 59 82 23 8 g;::~;;io~ 23 24 Bachelor of Arts, General Requirements for .......................................... .............. Four-year Programs •··········:·············································································· Bachelor of Science, Art Education ········ ························ ········ ········· ·· ····················· Business Education ........ ••·· ··· ······························· ·········· ···················· ············· ··· 51 70 66 Commerce and Finance General Requirements ···· ····························· ·· ······················ ········· ·· ········ Four-year Programs ···· ··· ·········································· ································· 58 59 Education General Requirements ... . •··· •··············· ···· ···· ················ ··· ··· ··· ····· ···· ···· ········ 46 65 ~~~::~:: :,r::;:::: s!!::;:;~••-••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Engineering c a~~n~o~;~·~~ ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::_"::::::::: Dramatics . . .......... ...................... Economics, Courses in ........... .... ... :::::::::::::::::::::·:::·::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::·::::::::: Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Education) .......................... ......... ....... Employment, Student ..................... ................... .. ........................... ..... ........ .... ........ Engineering, Courses in (see also B.S. in Engineering). ........... .... ................... English, Courses in ....................... ................................................................... ......... Evening Division . .. ..... .. ........ ..... ...... .......... .................. ........ .............. .......... Extension Classes .. ........ ............... ............................................................................ Faculty ........................................................................... .................. ...................... Faculty Committees ... ......................... ............ ..... . .. .. .... .. . ..... .... ... ....... ............ .... Fees .......................................................................................................................... Fees, Payment of..................................................... ...... . ...... ..... .. ....... ..................... Finance Mathematics of French,' Courses in ........... :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::·:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::··::::::::::.::::::::. General Information ... ........... ......... ..................... .... .... .... ........ .... .... .... .... ........ .... .... General Science 0 History, Courses in....................... .......... ..... .................... ...... ...... . ..... ................... .... i::i::i;:, :~:i:~L~;~· fo~·································••···•························.•················· Hygiene, Course in... .. ................................ ......... ............. .. ................ .. ............ .. ...... 64 72 on Freshman Year ························ ··························· Prog~:~u~i;; ·· ·· ········ ····· ············································· •"····················· ;~ Chemical -·· ·· ··············································· ········ ············ ······ ·············· 73 Civil ·························· ··········· ·············· ············ ····· ········· ···· ········ ········ 73 Electrical .... •············································"························ · 74 Industrial ·························································································· 74 Mechanical ..... .... •. •······································ ·· ···· ···· ·· ·· ······················ ·· 68 Music Education . ·································· ······································ ············· ·····s6 57 Natural Sciences, Four- and Two-year Programs ················································ , 69 : i:i; ,~; ;}~?{f!:~~ : 149 )_i)iiii~) i)i ~1 Business Adminstration, Four-year Program................................ .................... .. .... 89 Busi~;:c~~~~;i~~ . ••································ ...········ •. . ..··.··········· •..• .. ··.· . .. . Business Law .... .... C~~rs~' .......... .. ... •. •••···· ·•········ ·· ···· ···· ········ ············································ ···· ~~ Calendar ........ •· •· ···· ···· ···· ··· ···· ····· ···· ········· ·· ····· ···· ······ ·· Careers Library ...... •••· •······················· ····························· ··· ··· ····· ········ ······················· ~ 32 56 i~!{~~£If!lI;t:II'.:ii-iii'.i~;;!;f!!/!Iii!IlJ!I!Irl\ Insurance Accident and Sickness :: 36 96 99 34 105 107 146 23 10 16 27 29 119 lll 22 116 1 ~ 117 130 34 l~ imri ;~:-~e~;;;?½~i:r•J~''-• ·- •·- ·-•· · · •·· •· · · · · · · · · -· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ~~ Labor Legislation ......... ....... .. ...... .......... .... .. .. ... ............... .... ...... .. ... ......... .. .... .... .... ... . 133 Laboratory and Medical Technology, Program in ............................. .................. 76 }~~~~~~;~,C~:.:r~:/:~ •·······························•··••·················································•···•··············· Lockers .. ..................................... ................ .............................. ............................... . Madrigal Singers .... .......... .... ...... .... .................................. ................ ...................... .. Majors, Requirements for (see Individual Subjects) Marketing .............................. ......................................... ... . ... ................................... Mathematics, Four-year Program............ .... .. ................................... ..... ........... ...... MedFca~s:f!~:~l~~~~~;:~· ·i~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.::::::: 35 37 1 90 54 ~~ l~~ Musite:C~;;roe:rot~~~~:·::~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::···:::::·:·::::::::::::::::: Music Ed.ucation, Courses in (see also B.S. in Music Education)................. 124 Non-credit Program (see Community Lecture Series) Nursing Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Nursing Education). 126 37 :!! ~~g~2:.,t~jL•••i•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Physical Education and Hygiene, Courses in ......................................................... • 130 �150 WILKES COLLEGE 57 Physics, Two-year Program .............. ..... ..................................... ........... ................... .. 131 Description of Courses ........................................... ... ..................................... . 34 Placement Service ................ .. ................................................................ .... .. ....... ...... . 24 Point Average .......................................................................................................... .. 132 Political Science, Courses in ......................................................................... . 77 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program ............ ................................. ...................... . 78 Three-year Program ......................................... .......................... .................... . 25 Probation ... .... ............... ... .... ...... .. ....... ........................................ ... .............. .............. . 42 Professions and Vocations, Preparation for .................................................... .. 25 Promotion, Minimum Requirements for ............... ................................ . 134 Psychology, Courses in ...................................................................................... . 37 Publications, Student .... .. .. ..... ... .. .... .. ... .. ...... ... .. ... .. ... .............. .. ............................. . 30 Refunds .... ................................................................................................................. . 26 Registration ........................ .. .... ..... ................... .................... ......... ..... ............... .. ..... . 129 Religion, Courses in .................................................... .. ......................................... .. 62 Retailing, Four-year Program ................... ...................................... ....... ............. .. 137 Description of Courses ............................................................ ........ ..... ............ . 144 Safety, Courses in ......................... ......................................... ... .............................. ... 38 Scholarships .... .... ........... ....................................................... .... ........................... . 63 Secretarial Studies, Four-year Program ............................................................... . 79 Two-year Program .................................................... .. ....... ........................... .. 139 Description of Courses ................................................................................. .. 49 Social Science, Major in ................... ......... ................................ ................. .............. . 142 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in ....................... ........ .............................. .. 115 Spanish, Courses in ................................................................................................. .. 111 Speech, Courses in .......... .... ..... ......... ................. .......... ............ .... .. ....................... . 97 Statistics, Applied General, Economic. ..................................... ............................. . 119 Introduction to ................................................................................................. . 36 Student Activities ......................... .. ..................................... ..... ................. . 34 Student Employment ............. .. ....... .................................... ..................................... . 36 Student Government ................ ................................................... ...... ..................... . 32 Student Welfare ...................................................................................................... . 27 Summer-school Credits ............ .......................... .. .................................................. . Surveying ........ .. ...... .... .... ........ .... ... ..... .. ...... .... .... .... .... ...... .. .... ....... ... ...... .. .. ...... .... .... 106 Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary ........ ................. ..... ........ .......... 64 Business .............................. ................................. .............. ................... ........... 66 Music ......... ............................... .................................................. .................. .... 68 Nursing .............................................................................................................. 69 Teaching (see B.S. in Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses .... .............................. ............. ....................... .. ........... ................... 75 Transfer of Credits. ... ...... .......... ..... .. ....................... .. ................................................ 27 Trustees, Board 0£........ .. ................ .......... ...... .. ... ........................................ ....... ...... 6 Tuition ............ ................ ..... ... ........ .. ........ ........ .. ...................................................... 27 Wilkes College, History of......... ............................................................................. 18 Withdrawals ................................ .......................................................... .................. 25, 30 I I I z 0 ,... C) Wzz 0::(1) / ~ ~ 0< ::l~ :j .:: ..I < .m 2 I .,,w I :n I >-:.J I cr:lll w< 2 0 ~ I I I I IL ci I I a: e= I :j =>>- ~~ 0 z<.> I oo ,... C) z I :i: U) < I I 2 I 0 ..J ~ IL ::, m ~ 0 ~ I I I I I I ~ I II I .,,"' w :::i a: ::i w :,0: a: UJ z a:: 0 ~ ::, ... I < 0 c{ ~ ,... 0 ..J :x C) a:: :c w a:: m ::, ID ~ Cl ::, tt- a.. ~ er " I ~ I < >z Iz I0 I f-i < Iu I (/) ,... ,... ~ 2 .a:: 0 :!: I 0 I~ I I .~ 0 �WILKES COLLEGE 150 :,:: a: I.I~ ~ I- ::, I- - zO u i== u . . 4( Physics, Two-year Description of Courses .. Placement Service .................. ....... . Point Average ............... .. .. . 132 Political Science, Courses in ........... . 77 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program ......................... .................. ............ .. .... .... .. 78 Three-year Program . 25 Probation 42 Professions and Vocations, Preparation 25 Promotion, Minimum Requirements 134 Psychology, Courses 37 Publications, Student 30 26 Refunds Registration 129 62 Religion, Courses Retailing, Four-year Program ................. .. 137 Description of Courses .... ....................... ......................................... . 144 Safety, Courses 38 Scholarships .. 63 Secretarial Studies, Four-year Program .......... ......... .... ........ ... ....... .. ......... .. ...... .... .. 79 Two-year Program 139 Description of Courses ............. ............ ... ............... .......................... . 49 Social Science, Major in .......................... ............. ..... ....... ..... .... ... ............ .. 142 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in ........................... .............. ................ . 115 Spanish, Courses in ................. . 111 Speech, Courses in ........ ... ... ... . 97 Statistics, Applied General, Economic ......... ...... ....... ............ ............ .. ............... . 119 Introduction to ............ ........... . 36 Student Activities ........ . ............... . ...... ......... .. .. ........ . 34 Student Employment 36 Student Government 32 Student Welfare ................................... . 27 Summer-school Credits 106 Surveying ................. .. 64 Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary .................. .. ................... ...... .. . f zz -j 0 .> E I >- :z: I ~ ~~~ ::l ::i I I Trustees, Board Tuition .......... .. Wilkes College, History 0£... ..................... ......... ................................ ....... . U) ~~ er m )-J Withdrawals ci ~ I U) <( I ::r 0 ,, I . a: IL I uj :> I ID i I 69 0 ..J -c: .... 6 27 0 ~ I UJ :>>- 68 75 27 • ., I 66 Business Music Nursing .... ........... ...... ..... .. ............................. . Teaching (see B.S. in Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses ................... . Transfer of Credits ............ .... ............. ......................... ............ .................... .......... .. .. ~) :::1!..J bJ 57 131 34 24 IL :> Ill 2 0 ::: I I I. I-· 18 (I I I I "'vi I II UJ ::;j ii: .w ::i 0 ~- .. ... ........................... .... .......... ..... ....... ........ ....... ..... 25, 30 <( I I >z ! 0 4( ~ I !< 0 I- I n ..J 4( <i. a.. ~ a: " lz 'o I~ f-! lu 'o 1~ ii" - I ~ a: IL u 0 �COLLEGE WILKES AREA INDEX I 2 CHASE HALL 3 CAFETEqlA 4 CHASE ASHLEY HALL 6 BUTLER 7 BARRE HALL HALL B LECTURE 9 LECTURE 10 BUTLER J I ADMI N I STRAT •ON ) THEATER 5 I I ASHLEY HOME 12 PRESIDENT'S HALL (LIBRAR Y ) KIRBY HALL IAI WILKES ENGINEERING HALL 13 CONYNGHAM 14 BIOLOGY 15 WECKESSER 16 STERLING HALL 17 lolcCLINTOCK HALL 18 STURDEVANT HOUSE 19 PICKERING BUI LDI NG Wlu<ES•BARRE, PA. HALL (Bl HALL \,_________ ; ___1\'---_ _ 22 GYMNASIUM ANNEX 23 HOLLENBACK H,e,LL I GUIDANCE l FRANKLIN SOUTH ~ ~ ~ SOUTH (? ~ [J RIVER cowwoN I/ E 6 @BE ~ t R I STREET ·- I ~ AUGUST 20, 1952 HALL 20 GIES HALL 21 PARKING AREA ANNEX COLLEGE OEPARTMEtl T R SUSQUEHANNA R I VER ~ ~ [iQ]]3l wQQ STREET ~ [ii um I ...., ...J: �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1957-1958 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1957-1958 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/d2429e9ae64d47d61066f1c6f70c5b94.pdf 9d1e5b95004cfde29690edd0624fef3d PDF Text Text 1956 -1957 ~~~ ~~ ~ol - . .. ~ --:~ -~ �WJIKES COLLEGE u et[n 1956-1957 For Changes in Tuition and Published qttarterly by Wilkes College, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania. Entered as second-class matter October 12, 1951, at the post office at Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, under the act of August 24, 1912, as amended by the act of August 4, 1947. Dormitory Fees See Page 148a (bottom) FALL AND SPRING SEMESTERS - 1956-57 Vol. V �Contents Marks of An Educated Man . .. l. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understand- ing. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attain- ments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." College Calendar 5 Board of Trustees 6 Committees, Board of Trustees 7 Officers of Administration 8 Assistants in Administration 9 Faculty . 10 Faculty Committees 16 History of the College 17 5. He cultivates inner resomces and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. General Information 21 Student Welfare . 31 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. Student Activities 35 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the Scholarships and Awards 37 Preparation for Professions and Vocations 41 Degree Courses 47 Terminal Courses 73 Course Descriptions . 81 forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and part1c1pates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. Evening Division 147 Community Lecture Series . 148 Index 149 �COLLEGE CALENDAR COLLEGE CALENDAR SUMMER, 1956 Mon., June 11 to Sat., June 16 .. Summer School registration Mon., June 18 ........... ... . Classes begin Wed., July 4 ... . ... . .... ... . Independence Day observance Fri., August 10 .. .. . . .. . .. .. . Summer School ends FALL, 1956 Tues., Sept. 11 to Sun., Sept. 16 .. Freshmen orientation Wed., Sept. 12 .. . . .......... Freshmen registration Thurs., Sept. 13 . . . ...... ... .. Upperclassmen registration Mon., Sept. 1 7 .... . ...... . ... Classes begin at 8: 00 A.M. Sat., Oct. 13 ...... .. .. ...... . Homecoming- Ursinus Sun., Oct. 14 . . . . . . .... . ..... Reception-parents of Freshmen Sat., Oct. 27 . . ............... Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Oct. 31 ..... . ......... Mid-Semester report Mon., Nov. 5 to Fri., Nov. 9 .... Registration Wed., Nov. 21 .. .. .... .. .... Thanksgiving recess begins at noon Mon., Nov. 26 .... . ......... Thanksgiving recess ends at 8:00 A.M. Wed., Dec. 19 ....... . ....... Christmas recess begins at 5 :00 P.M. Thurs., Jan. 3 . . .......... . .. Christmas recess ends at 8 :00 A.M. Sat., Jan. 12 ................. Classes end Mon., Jan. 14 to Tues., Jan. 22 .. Examination period SPRING, 1957 Thurs., Jan. 24 .. .... ..... . .. Winter Carnival Fri., Jan. 25 .... . . . .. ... .. ... All-college registration Mon., Jan. 28 ..... ..... .. ... Classes begin at 8:00 A.M. Sat., Mar. 9 ..... . . . . .... . ... Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Mar. 13 ............... Mid-Semester report Mon., Mar. 18 to Fri., Mar. 22 .. Registration Tues., Apr. 16 ........ . ...... Easter recess begins at 5 :00 P.M. Tues., Apr. 2 3 . ... ... ..... . . . Easter recess ends at 8: 00 A.M. Sun., May 12 ... . ............ Parents Day Sat., May 18 ................. Classes end Mon., May 20 to Tues., May 28 .. Examination period Sun., June 2 ................. Baccalaureate Mon., June 3 ..... ... .. .. . . . . Commencement SUMMER, 1957 Mon., June 10 to Sat., June 15 .. Summer School registration Mon., June 17 ............... Classes begin Thurs., July 4 ............... Independence Day observance Fri., August 2 ........... . ... Summer School ends �7 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Board of Trustees GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, ARNAUD C. MARTS, MRS. PAUL BEDFORD L. CONYNGHAM MRs. FRANCK G. DARTE M. SAMUEL Library: (nstruction: CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary Treasttrer MISS MARY MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT WILLIAM Chairman Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., JAMES P. HARRIS, COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS R. KOONS Chairman Chairman M.D. Miss ANNETTE EVANS, MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Miss MARY R. KooNs SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. CHARLES H. MINER, JR. JOSEPH F. LESTER Miss ANNETTE EVANS REUBEN H. LEVY REV. CHARLES s. ROUSH F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST DAVENPORT, M.D. HON. WILLIAM M. ROSENFIELD s. MISS ANNETTE EVANS REV. CHARLES HON. JOHNS. fTNE ANDREW J. SORDONI HARRY F. GOERINGER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER JULIUS LONG STERN JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER Nominations: Finance: ROUSH GILBERT s. MCCLINTOCK, REV. CHARLES s. ROUSH, Chairman Chairman GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER JAMES P. HARRIS JAMES P. HARRIS REUBEN H. LEVY JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, ANDREW J. M.D. SORDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. ST ARK TERM OF OFFICE JULIUS LONG STERN Expiring June, 1956 MRS. PAUL BEDFORD GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK Buildings and Grounds: HARRY F. GOERINGER REV. CHARLESS. ROUSH GEORGE JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs ANDREW J. SORDONI MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER Expiring June, 1957 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT WILLIAM L. MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JAMES ARNAUD C. MARTS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST P. HARRIS GUCKELBERGER, WILLIAM DAVENPORT, M.D. REUBEN H. LEVY MISS ANNETTE EvANS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. HON. JOHNS. FINE HON. WILLIAM GEORGE W. Chairman CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE REUBEN H. LEVY MISS ANNETTE EVANS C. MARTS MISS MARY R. KOONS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST JOSEPH F. LESTER ANDREW J. SORDONI CHARLES H. MINER, JR. JULIUS LONG STERN HON. WILLIAM Ex Officio M. 1. M. ROSENFIELD JULIUS LONG STERN Expiring Jttne, 1958 SAMUEL HARRY F. GoERINGER, HON. JOHNS. FINE ARNAUD JOSEPH F. LESTER CONYNGHAM W. Chairman Scholarships: GUCKELBERGER M. ROSENFIELD ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK on All Committees-MR. GILBERTS._MCCLINTOCK �ADMINISTRATIO:N Officers of Administration 9 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) RUTH V. BISHOP . . .... ....... . ...... .. ..... . .. ... .... Recorder ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instrttetion B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State), Ph.D. (Yale) MARY MORY ........................... Secretary to the President JOHN P. WHITBY, Director of Admissions and Registrar B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (Columbia) JANET DAVIES ...... ... ....... .. .... .. .. Secretary to the Registrar tGEORGE F. RALSTON, Dean of Men B.A. (North Carolina), M.A. (Columbia) DOROTHY DAVIES ......................... . Office Machine Clerk BARBARA STACKOWIAK ....... . ....... ........ . Registration Clerk GEORGE F. ELLIOTT, Acting Dean of Men B.A. ( Montclair State Teachers) , M.A. (Clark) JEAN MACHONIS .. . . ...... .. . . . . ..... . . .... Switchboard Operator GERTRUDE A. DOANE, Dean of Women B.L.I. (Emerson) DOLORES M. TAYLOR .... .......... Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR., Alttmni Secretary B.S. (Wilkes) ROSALIE JABLONSKI .. . . .. ... .. .. .. ..... ... . ............ Cashier MARGARETE. CONNOLLY, Comptroller B.S. (Pennsylvania), M.A. (New York) HELEN A. MORGAN ... ... .... . . ... . . Accounts Payable Bookkeeper ANNE M. WRIGHT ............ ...... ....... Secretary to the Deans JOHN D. CURTIS, Director of Public Relations B.S. (Wilkes) JOAN ZuK ..... . .... ....... .. Secretary to the Director of Placement STANLEY H. WASILESKI, Director of Evening Classes B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) MARIE OPSITOS .. ... .......... Secretary to Director of Development JOHN J. CHWALEK, Director of Guidance and Placement B.A. (East Tennessee State), M.A. (Columbia) DENAH FLEISHER .................... Secretary to Alumni Secretary NADA Vu JICA, Librarian B.A., M.A. (Zagreb), M. A. (Marywood) FRANCES HOPKINS .. . .. ........ ..... .. ... ... Cirmlation Assistant WARREN F. FRENCH, Cataloguing Librarian B.A. (New Hampshire), M.S. (Syracuse) GEORGE F. ERM EL, Circulation and Reference Librarian A.B. (Wilkes), M.S. (Syracuse) SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, College Physician M.D. (Virginia) GLADYS B. DAVIS, Head Resident, Sterling Hall ANNA E. CABORE, Resident, McClintock Hall FRANCES M. SEARS, College Consultation Staff A.B. (Barnard) tOn leave of absence 1955-1956 MILDRED GITTINS ....................... Manager of the Bookstore WILLIAM JERVIS ... . . .. .... Superintendent of Buildings ctnd Grounds �FACULTY Faculty EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instruction and Professor of Chemistry B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) CHARLES B. REIF, Professor of Biology B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) HAROLD W. THATCHER, Professor of History A.B., M.A. (Columbia), Ph.D. (Chicago) SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, Professor of Economics A.B., M.B.A. (Boston University), Ph.D. (North Carolina) HUGO V. MAILEY, Professor of Political Science B.A. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Eu GENE L. HAMMER, Professor of Education B.S. (Wheaton), M.A. (Northwestern), Ed.D. (Columbia) FRANK J. J. DAVIES, Professor of English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, Professor of Sociology B.A., M.A. (Warsaw), Ph.D. (Columbia) VORIS B. HALL, Associate Professor of Physics and Engineering B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) A.M. (Columbia) ELWOOD DISQUE, Associate Professor of German A.B. (Dickinson) STANKO M. VuJICA, Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion B.A. (Zagreb), M.A. (Innsbruck), Ph.D. (Zagreb) HOH-CHEUNG MUI, Associate Professor of History A.B. (Lingnan), A.M., Ph.D. (Columbia) SYLVIA DwoRSKI, Associate Professor of Modern LAnguages B.A. (Connecticut), M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) JOHN G. DETROY, Associate Professor of Music B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.M. (Rochester) GEORGE G. RAomN, JR., Associate Professor of English A.B., M.A., Ph.D. (Columbia) ARTHUR N. KRUGER, Associate Professor of English A.B. (Alabama), Ph.D. (Louisiana State) THOMAS R. RICHARDS, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.S. (Bucknell) 11 CATHERINE H. BONE, Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) STANLEY H. WASILESKI, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) EDWARD N. HELTZEL, Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S. (Gettysburg), M.S. (Bucknell) CATHAL B. O'TooLE, Assistant Professor of Art National Academy of Design WELTON G. FARRAR, Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Montclair State Teachers), M.A. (Clark) FRANCIS J. SALLEY, Assistant Professor of Chemist1'y B.S. (St. Joseph's), M.S. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT E. MORAN, Assistant Professor of Music Education B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.Mus.Ed. (Northwestern) RUTH W. JESSEE, Assistant Professor of Nursing Education B.S., A.M. (Columbia) t DANA H. VERRY, Assistant Professor of Commerce and Finance B.S. (Oregon State), M.S. (Idaho) CHARLES M. WoRSTALL, Assistant Professor of Chemistry and Physics A.B. (New York), Ph.D. (Columbia) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI, Assistant Professor of Biology B.S. (Seton Hall), M.S. (Delaware), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) LILLIAN FoRTEss, Assistant Professor of Education A.B. (Hunter), M.A. (New York) ALFREDS. GROH, Assistant Professor of English B.A. (Syracuse), M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT C. RILEY, Assistant Professor of Psychology A.B. (Bucknell) CH'UNG-TAI Lu, Assistant Professor of Economics A.B. (Fu-Jen), M.A. (Catholic University), Ph.D. (Maryland) PHYLLIS I. CLARK, Instructor in Music B.A. (Moravian), M.Mus. (Michigan) CROMWELL E. THOMAS, Instructor in Engi11eeri11g B.S. (Washington and Lee) tOn leave of absence 1955-1956 �12 WILKES COLLEGE PAUL R. WERNER, Instructor in Accounting B.S. (Susquehanna), M.A. (New York) EDITH S. NAMISNIAK, Instructor in Biology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Michigan) JOHN J. CHWALEK, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (East Tennessee State), M.A. (Columbia) JOSEPH H. KANNER, Instructor in Psychology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (New School for Social Research) STANLEY J. YOUNG, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Washington University), M.A. (Pennsylvania) JOSEPH B. SLAMON, JR., Instructor in Accounting B.S. (Wilkes), C.P.A. (Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) E. SHELDON CURTIS, Instructor in Accounting B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) T. LEONARD CONNOLLY, Instructor in History A.B. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (New York) ARTHUR J. HOOVER, Instructor in Secretarial Studies B.S. (Wilkes) FERDINAND LIVA, Instructor in Music Conservatory of Naples, Juilliard School of Music LORNA HOLBROOK MUI, Instructor in Sociology A.B., A.M. (Columbia) MARGARETT. O'BRIEN, Instructor in English A.B. (Syracuse), M.A. (McGill) JOHN G. REESE, Instructor in Physical Education B.S. (Pennsylvania State) RUTH T. ROBERTS, Instructor in English B.A. (Goucher) ROBERT L. TENER, Instructor in English B.A. (Akron), M.A. (Western Reserve) ROBERT E. WERNER, Instructor in Economics B.A. (Roosevelt), M.S. (Wisconsin) FRANCES S. WoRSTALL, Instructor in Mathematics B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Columbia) ERIC S. STEIN, Instructor in Retail Merchandising B.S. (New York) PART-TIME FACULTY CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, Instructor in Music F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) FACULTY CLAYTON BLOOMBURG, Instmctor in Economics and Sociology B.A. (Bucknell) CHARLES L. CASPER, Instructor in Business Administration Ph.B. (Yale), LL.B. (Harvard) RALPH B. CONNOR, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) KATHRYNE. DOMINGUEZ, Instmctor in Psychology A.B. (1emple), A.M., Ph.D. (Columbia) OSCAR FALCIONE, Instructor in Retail Merchandising A.B. (Upsala) NORMAN FRIEDMAN, Instructor in Business Administration JOHN GREEN, Instructor in Retail Merchandising B.S. (Villanova) JOHN A. GRIFFITHS, Instructor in Business Administration B.A. (Pennsylvania State) HELEN B. HAWKINS, Instructor in Mttsic A.B. (Wilkes) CHARLES F. HENSLEY, Instmctor in Economics B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) JOHN H. HIBBARD, Instructor in Political Science B.A. (Pennsylvania), LL.B. (Dickinson) DONALD G. HILBERT, Instructor in Safety Education B.S. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A. (New York) WILBUR G. ISAACS, Instructor in Music A.B. (Randolph-Macon) EDWARD R. JANJIGIAN, Instructor in Nursing Edttcation Ph.B. (Chicago), M.D. (Boston) THOMAS H. JENKINS, Instructor in Secretarial Studies B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (New York) WILLIAM JOHNS, Instructor in Business Education B.S. (Wilkes) LEWIS A. KOHN, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) JOHN G. KONSAVAGE, Instructor in Bttsiness Administration B.S. (Wilkes) CHARLOTTE V. LORD, Instructor in English B.S. (New York), M.A. (Bucknell), M.A. (Middlebury), Fulbright Exchange Professorship-Italy, 1954-55 13 �14 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY SAMUEL J. LORUSSO, Instructor in Art FACULTY COMMITTEES MURRAY MACKSON, Instructor in Business Administration B.A. (Pennsylvania State), LL.B. (Dickinson) WALTER H. MOHR, Instructor in Education B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), A.M. (Columbia) THOMAS J. MORAN, Instructor in English B.S. (Wilkes), A.M. (Columbia) ABRAM P. MORGAN, Instructor in Mathematics B.S. (East Stroudsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) HENRY D. O'KARMA, Instructor in Political Science B.A. (Pennsylvania), M.G.A. (Pennsylvania) JOHN PISANO, Instructor in Retail Merchandising B.S. (Bucknell) ANDREW PuHAK, Instructor in Business Administration A.B. (George Washington), LL.B. (Dickinson) MARITA S. RILEY, Instructor in Nursing Education A.B. (Wilkes) SIDNEY L. RUBIN, Instructor in Retail Merchandising GoRDON R. SCHLIER, Instructor in Business Education B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) RUTH G. SEEHERMAN, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S. (Wilkes) HELEN F. McHENRY SHEEDER, Instructor in Music B.Mus. (New England Conservatory) ANTOINETTE M. SHOEMAKER, Instructor in Physical Education A.B. (Wilkes) 15 1955-1956 Admissions JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE GEORGE F. RALSTON Athletics RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR., Chairman JOHN J. CHWALEK ROBERT E. MORAN JOHN G. REESE Calendar HUGO V. MAILEY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS JOHN P. WHITBY Evaluation GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS ELWOOD J. DISQUE GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE ALFRED S. GROH CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY, ex officio Library WELTON G. FARRAR, Chairman FRANK J. J. DAVIES EUGENE L. HAMMER THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER NADA VUJICA CHARLES E. WORSTALL Curriculum ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman JOHN G. DETROY SYLVIA DwoRSKI VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER HUGO V. MAILEY GEORGE G. RADDIN, JR. THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG STANLEY H. W ASILESKI CHARLES M. WORST ALL Student Activities and Planning GEORGE F. ELLIOTT, Chairman GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE ROBERT E. MORAN RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. CROMWELL E. THOMAS EULA SMITH, Instructor in Retail Merchandising CASIMIR TYBURSKI, Instrttctor in English B.A. (Delaware), Foreign Study ROBERT A. WEST, Instructor in Mathematics A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Columbia) J. WARREN YARNAL, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (Juniata), M.S.W. (Pittsburgh) MARJORIE J. YENCHA, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (Bucknell) Ex Officio on All Committees - DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY �A History of the College T o PROVIDE opportunities for education comparable to those offered by other communities of the nation, Bucknell University, in 1933, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it Bucknell University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre and the Wyoming Valley comprised the largest community in Pennsylvania, if not in the United States, lacking a local college. For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experimental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were firmly established but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as such support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses enabling students to finish their junior and senior years in Wilkes-Barre, and the College Trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. Early in World War II, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. Although the war deterred the growth of the College for a time, the impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of hostilities. RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 155 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citi- �18 WILKES COLLEGE HISTORY zens to enable the College to move trom rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the first donors, and John N. Conyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Arnaud C. Marts of Bucknell on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allan Kirby's gift of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution; Zebulon Butler Hall, in honor of the American patriot; and Gies Hall, in memory of Paul Gies, beloved professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946 by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Mrs. Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, construction of which was completed in 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Pickering Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling; and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. To provide adequate housing facilities for out-of-area women students, Mr. Gilbert S. McClintock, chairman of the Board of Trustees, gave his South River Street home to the College in 1951. Now called McClintock Hall, the building, together with the other four College residences, permits the accommodation of approximately one hundred boarding students. The gracious old Sturdevant house on South Franklin Street was purchased in the summer of 1952. Its rooms have been converted into offices and classrooms for the departments of Education and Psychology. In the following year, Miss Anna Hollenback bequeathed the College her home on South Franklin Street. It is now used for offices for the Veterans Administration and the College's Guidance and Place- ment Bureau. These offices were formerly located in Ashley Hall, which has now been converted into a men's residence to accommodate the increase in out-of-town students. Generous monetary gifts have enabled Wilkes to adapt its acquisitions and equip them completely. In the fourteen years following the promise of autonomy by Bucknell University, assets have been increased by more than $2,600,000. 19 �GeneraI Information �22 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION 23 CURRICULA ADVANCED STANDING The College offers courses leading to the Bachelor's degree in liberal arts, biology, chemistry, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, business, music, and nursing education, in addition to two years of work in physics and engineering. A student who successfully completes the physics or the engineering program may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his .field. A student who wishes to transfer to the College from another institution should follow the regular procedure for admission. He should request the college or university from which he desires to transfer to forward to the College a transcript and a letter of honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. The transferred credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a .final evaluation at the end of his first term at the College. A student who has no credits to transfer but who is equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination. Although he will not receive credit for the courses that he has omitted, he will be spared the necessity of repeating work that he has previously covered outside of college. TERMINAL PROGRAMS Terminal courses in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, laboratory and medical technology, and pre-dental work are open to the student who desires only two years of college. EXTENSION CLASSES Bucknell University gives extension courses in education on the Wilkes campus. Graduate credit earned in these courses may be applied toward the degree of Master of Science in Education and State certification in guidance and administration. A person desirous of taking the degree of Master of Science in Education at Bucknell University may earn eighteen of the required thirty hours in Wilkes-Barre but must earn the remaining twelve in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS An applicant for admission to the College should write to the Director of Admissions to request a personal interview and a set of application forms. Upon completing the forms, he should return them, together with a $5 .00 fee, to the admissions office. Although it is desirable that the interview with the Director of Admissions or the appropriate Dean should take place at the College, other arrangements may be made in instances in which a trip to WilkesBarre would seriously inconvenience the student applying for admission. Admissions tests will ordinarily be scheduled during the interview. An applicant who has taken the tests given by the College Entrance Examination Board may be excused from the examination administered by the College. Upon receipt of an application, the Director of Admissions will obtain an official transcript from the secondary school or college formerly attended by the applicant. The Committee on Admissions will then consider the full record of the student and will notify him of its action as early as possible. GRADES Grades will be given to students in the middle and at the end of each term. The mid-term grade is given to show student and faculty the quality of work being done; the final grade indicates the accomplishment of the student in the whole course. The grading system is as follows: A-Excellent B-Above average C-Average D-Below average, but passing F-Failure Inc-Incomplete-work must be made up by the end of the sixth week of the following semester or the grade will automatically become an F. WP-Withdrew Passing- given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are passing the course. WF-Withdrew Failing- given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are failing the course. The student's academic standing is determined by the quantity and quality of his work. The quantity is shown by the number of credit hours of work performed during the term. The number of credit hours applicable to each course is printed in italics following the title of the course in the catalogue. The quality of work is shown by the student's point average, which is determined in the following manner: The letter grades are given numerical values, called point values, as follows: A, 3 points; B, 2 points; C, 1 point; D and F, no points. A student with a certain grade earns the point value of the grade for each credit hour of the course. Thus, if his grade is "A" in a threehour course, he will gain 9 points; if "B'' in a four-hour course, he �24 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION will gain 8 points. His point average will be computed by dividing the total number of points gained in all his courses by the total number of credit hours. The following sample record will illustrate more fully the method: Grade in Number of Subject Credit Hours Course Points English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 C 3 A History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . 5 B 10 D 0 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 C Total ............. 18 Point Average- 26 divided by 18 -1.4 26 For advancement from class to class and for graduation, there are minimum requirements as to quantity and quality of work. These requirements are shown in the following table: REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT AND GRADUATION At the End Number of Credit Number of Point of the Hours Points Average Freshman Year .......... 30 15 .5 Sophomore Year ......... 60 42 .7 Junior Year ............. 90 81 .9 Senior Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . As specified 1.0 Norn: This system of credit hours and grades does not apply to courses in physical education. In such courses there will be only two grades, P for passing and F for failure. DEAN'S LIST The Dean's List published at the end of each term carries the name of every student whose point average is 2.25 or higher. HONORS The distribution of honors at commencement is based upon the record made by the student during his last two years at the College. Requirements for honors are as follows: for cum laude, a point average of 2.35; magna cum laude, 2.60; summa cum laude, 2.80. 25 WITHDRAWALS A student may withdraw from any single course during the first two weeks without penalty. A student who withdraws from one or more courses after the first two weeks but who continues to attend other courses will receive an "F" unless the administrative council, upon recommendation of the Dean and faculty adviser, allows "WP" or "WF." A student who withdraws from college after the first two weeks will receive a ''WF" or "WP" for each course he has taken, together with a notation from each instructor explaining the reason for his mark. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION A candidate for graduation must meet all course requirements as to both quantity and quality of work and must comply with all regulations of the College. TAKING OF DEGREES In order to receive his degree or certificate, a candidate must be present at commencement. If circumstances prevent his attendance, he must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. COUNSELING Each student will be assigned a faculty adviser at the beginning of his freshman year and will be expected to confer with this adviser concerning the schedule and other educational problems. REGISTRATION Every student is expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. Late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no registrations will be accepted. A student who registers after the registration dates will pay an additional charge of $5.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $250 a semester is indicated in the program of courses. No student may carry an overload without the approval of his adviser and the Dean. Any student taking an overload must have earned at least a "B" average during the preceding term. Each hour of work beyond that listed in the catalogue must be paid for at the hourly rate. ATTENDANCE PROBATION Any student next class will of that period, to his class, he not attaining the grade necessary to advance him to the be put on probation for one semester. If, at the end he has not attained the minimum average for admission will be dropped from college. Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. �26 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION Each student is required to attend weekly assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: Freshman and sophomore year- four cuts. Junior year - eight cuts. Senior year - fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. 2. When credits for the work taken in the summer at another college are requested at Wilkes, it will be necessary for this work to be evaluated. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. 3. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. 27 EXPENSES FACULTY Inasmuch as the values to be derived from a college are less dependent upon its material resources than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in its students, the College has carefully selected its faculty for their training, experience, and personalities. A cosmopolitan group, Wilkes teachers bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective and an academic preparation that fits them to provide the intensive training essential to their various fields. LIBRARY Kirby Hall, the College library, houses approximately 32,000 volumes. The library is staffed by three professional librarians and a number of student employees. Shelved on open stacks to encourage students and faculty members to make full use of them, the books, with the exception of those reserved for reference and as supplementary reading matter for particular courses, may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Also available to memoers of the College community are some four hundred current periodicals. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Approximately forty per cent of the graduates of Wilkes have entered graduate or professional schools. It is recommended that the student who wishes to extend his education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropnate professional examination in his senior year. Such examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools, and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS 1. A student who desires to study at another college during the summer must have his summer schedule approved by the appropriate Dean prior to enrollment in the other college if his summer work is to be credited toward graduation from Wilkes College. The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the catalogue at the rate of $250.00 a semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the catalogue for each semester is not exceeded. An additional charge of $17.00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. The tuition of $250.00 includes a charge for maintaining student activities. SCHEDULE OF RATES Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the catalogue for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $250.00 Laboratory fee for biology, chemistry, engineering, physics ................................ . Laboratory fee for Secretarial Studies 99, 101, 102, 107, 15.00 108, 109, 110, 115, 116 ................... . 10.00 Chemistry Breakage Deposit ( any balance refunded) . . ........ .. ........... . 10.00 Student Teaching fee ........................... . 20.00 Music-individual instruction: Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in piano, organ, or wind instrument ...................... . $ 35.00 Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in violin, viola, or cello with Mr. Liva .................... . 50.00 Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with Mr. Isaacs ............................. . 50.00 Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with Mrs. Hawkins .......................... . 35.00 Rental of practice room ......................... . 5.00 Use of diction laboratory .... ..... ...... . ........ . 5.00 �28 GENERAL INFORMATION WILKES COLLEGE Music-group instruction: Fifteen-week series of one-hour lessons in violin, viola, or cello in groups consisting of not less than three or more than five students ....................... . Music Education Laboratory Fee: Rental of school instruments used in the Music Education Course for a fifteen-week period and the use of practice rooms ................................ . 34.00 10.00 17.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.00 Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Dormitory charges Board and Room Per Semester .................... . Bills for board and room in college dormitories are due before the opening of the semester. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. Accident and sickness group insurance policy, required of all dormitory students, payable in full with first semester charges ............................ . Special Charges: Fee to accompany application for admission ............ . Change of schedule per credit hour ................... . Special Examination .............................. . Transcript (no charge for the first copy) .............. . Late Registration ................................. . Graduation fee ( four-year students) ................. . Convocation fee ( two-year students) ................. . the charges for the semester is payable on receipt of an itemized bill which will be forwarded during the first ten days of the semester. No students may take an examination until satisfactory arrangements have been made with the Comptroller for the payment of all bills. No student may take a final examination until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS Charges for part-time students, students in the Evening School, students in two-year courses, and for semester hours beyond the normal load prescribed in regular courses: Semester hour of study.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.00 Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Student activity fee for those taking less than fifteen or more than nine semester hours, or for any special student wishing to participate in activities ......... . 29 300.00 25.00 5.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 5.00 20.00 12.50 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to changing price levels. PAYMENTS A $50.00 deposit or 50% of the total charge for tuition and fees, whichever is less, is required at the time of registration. The balance of Refund of tuition will be made to students who withdraw voluntarily from the College while in good standing under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term, one-half the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. Tuition for unfinished courses will be refunded to all students ordered to active duty under the Selective Service Act or by the Organized Reserve Corps. Refund of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not be made except under special conditions. No courses may be dropped after the second week, except with approval of the student's faculty adviser and the Dean. �Student Welfare CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely, scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service provided not only for seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first-hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, which is under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are included in the collection as are some six hundred catalogues and bulletins from more than five hundred American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional level. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. COUNSELING The College considers counseling one of the most effective ways in which to encourage the development of its students. It considers each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives at the time of his application so that, as far as possible, it can plan its academic program to enable him to realize those objectives. Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of those who are concerned with his progress with information about his abilities, interests, and aptitudes. He has opportunities throughout his college career to consult with his faculty adviser concerning his scholastic progress or social and personal problems with which he needs help. The Deans cooperate with faculty advisers in providing students with information and guidance wherever possible, and the College urges students to avail themselves of their services. The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. �STUDENT WELFARE 32 33 WILKES COLLEGE ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, several days at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with freshmen. This program ranges from individual conferences to lectures on the meaning of a college education. During this first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty advisers and arrange schedules under their guidance. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acguainted with one another and to learn about student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet once a week with representatives of the faculty. They discuss informally, and with as little faculty participation as possible, some of the problems of college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. Students who are over the age of twenty-two or who have attended another college for at least one term may be excused from the sixweek orientation course and from freshman regulations. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with personal problems. Students who desire such help may apply directly to the Consultation Service staff for appointments. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. New students or those who are unacquainted with this resource may be referred to the Service by the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, or any other interested faculty member. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring groups and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. Some idea of the services that are available may be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in drafting, mathematics, and engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters are studying life insurance problems and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music, and a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare them for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in economics, selling, and advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained economically in their industrial plants. The Economics Department of Wilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. PLACEMENT OFFICE AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT The College maintains a placement office in Hollenback Hall, South Franklin Street. One purpose of the office is to help undergraduates to find part-time employment. More than one-third of the students earn part of their expenses, and the office has been particularly helpful to this large group. Students desiring such part-time work should communicate with the Director as early in the school year as possible. Another important service rendered by the Placement Office is that of assisting the graduating student to find permanent employment in a position suitable to his talents and training. Students who desire this service should see the Director early in the senior year. The Office will, moreover, be pleased to extend such assistance to any graduate of the College. SPEOAL SERVICES Accident and Sickness Insurance. Accident and sickness group insurance is required of all dormitory students, but is optional with day students. The plans are described in material mailed to all applicants upon admission to the College. The accident policy provides reimbursement for expenses arising out of any accident in which the student is involved during the entire college year. Reimbursement is made up to $500.00 for each accident. The sickness policy provides additional reimbursement for all expenses attendant upon any illness to which the student becomes subject during the college year. Under this coverage there is reimbursement up to $200.00 for each illness. Broad in scope, the plan covers all the student's illnesses and accidents, regardless of how or where they may occur. Benefits under the plan are paid in addition to benefits to which the student is entitled under any personal policy or membership in any hospital association. The fee for accident and sickness coverage is $25.00 payable at the time of registration. It is underwritten by the Mutual Bene.fit Health �3·1 WILKES COLLEGE and Accident Association of Omaha and is under the supervision of Howell & Jones, Inc., Wilkes-Barre. Student Activities Blue Cross. A student of the College may avail himself of Blue Cross hospitalization coverage in the Wilkes College Student Group Plan at the special rate of $1.40 a month (subject to adjustment). An application for this service may be .filed with the Comptroller at the time of registration. The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be realized through academic work alone. Each student is encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. Lockers. The College provides a number of conveniently located lockers for students who wish to safeguard their personal belongings. A student may rent one of the lockers at the rate of $1.00 a year, one quartet of which will be refunded when he surrenders his key. The fee is payable at registration. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. Its meeting room is located on the third floor of Hollenback Hall. ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. DRAMATICS Students interested in drama present several one-act plays and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre: acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band, organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at athletic events and gives concerts throughout the year. The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is provided for each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets once each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history and presents several programs before the College community and the general public each semester. �36 WILKES COLLEGE The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. Scholarships and Awards ORCHESTRA This small group specializes in the madrigal works of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century European composers. Its Christmas program is one of the most attractive features of the Town & Gown Concert Series at the College. Scholarships are awarded each year to entering students of outstanding ability and to students of high achievement who require assistance that they may complete their college work. To retain their scholarships, winners must remain in good scholastic standing, must carry a full schedule of studies, and must conduct themselves in a manner creditable to themselves and to the College. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A scholarship student who withdraws during the term cancels his scholarship arrangements with the College. PUBLICATIONS TYPES OF SCHOLARSHIPS The Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the aegis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. Membership in the orchestra is open to talented instrumentalists in the student body. MADRIGAL SINGERS Amnicola, a yearbook; the Beacon, a newspaper; and Manuscript, a literary magazine, are published by the students. Those interested in writing, photography, art and advertising have an opportunity to join the staffs. DEBATING Debating has proved particularly popular with students preparing for the law or interested in public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, baseball, basketball, soccer, and wrestling. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for physical education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, touch football, volleyball, and bowling are some of the sports available. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, basketball, and softball. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs, developed cooperatively by students and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may be easily adapted to current interests. Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the first quarter of their high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission a week before the scholarship examinations which are offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. .Music and art scholarships are available to a limited number of stuJents who possess marked aptitude for either music or art. Special Scholarships Amnicola Scholarships. Each year the e<litor-in-chief of the yearbook is offered a full-tuition scholarship valued at $480. Tuition scholarships of $100 are awarded to the business manager, assistant editor, and picture editor of the publication. Beacon Scholarships. The editor-in-chief of the College newspaper is awarded an annual full-tuition scholarship worth $480. The business manager, the news editor, and the feature editor are awarded tuition grants of $100 each. Adolph Herskowitz Memorial Scholarship Fund. For a period of years Mr. Ernest Herskowitz is giving funds that will assist a worthy student to gain an education. William B. Schaeffer Memorial Scholarships. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. �38 WILKES COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIPS AND AW ARDS Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni has endowed a scholarship which will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. Mrs. Lewis H. Taylor left a bequest to the College for the assistance of worthy students. In appreciation of this gift the Board of Trustees has set aside the income from the bequest to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who without assistance could not gain a college education. Dickson Memorial Scholarships. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. The William H. Conyngham Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Jessie Sturdevant Memorial Scholarship awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. John Welles Hollenback Scholarship. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS The Business and Professional Women's Club of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. Theta Delta Rho, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. AWARDS Each year a number of awards are given for outstanding scholarship in selected fields. The Engineering Award is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. 39 The W. F. Dobson Award in Accounting is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. The L. /. Van Laeys Award in fournalism is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. The Wall Street f ournal Award is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. The Outstanding Graduate of the Year Award is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. The Mrs. fames Mc Kane Awards of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. The Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Award is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. The Chemistry Award is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. The Deanl Scholarship Awards are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. The Wilkes Faculty Women's Award is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. �Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in all fields, but they alone are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally atomic research have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much superior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background in the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The liberal arts and science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist who enrolls for the Bachelor of Arts course may major in one of the social studies and choose electives in English, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In engineering and in commerce and finance the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal arts program are required and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in engineering and in commerce and finance will also prepare those who plan to teach these subjects. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the various programs of the commerce and finance curricula. The commerce and finance curricula cover business principles and practices; they also include electives in liberal arts. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for a �42 WILKES COLLEGE PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background .find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. CHEMISTRY A steady demand for chemists and chemical engineers comes from industry, government (including the Armed Forces), and education. The variation in kinds of employment is extreme. In industry, the chemist may be in basic or development research; in pilot plant work, production, administration, sales, or personnel. Advanced study is encouraged by the chemical industry; while teaching positions require the B.S. or doctorate degrees. ENGINEERING LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to complete a four-year college course before beginning their specialized library training. Foreign languages, English, science, history, economics, sociology, or education constitute appropriate major fields. Many library schools also require a knowledge of two foreign languages. Proficiency in typewriting is desirable. Music The aim of the Wilkes music curricula is two-fold: to interest the many in music as an avocation that may lead them to participate actively in musical organizations and to assist the few who have special talents along the road to professional careers as teachers or performers. Although students who concentrate in music may commence their study of applied music at Wilkes, high quality pre-college training is very desirable. The .first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to other engineering schools. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the .first two years of work in such additional types of engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Music Education fully equips students to obtain certificates to teach music in the public schools of Pennsylvania. The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music represents the fulfillment of the fundamental purpose of the liberal arts program, "an education for living." JOURNALISM MEDICINE A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism require a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow the old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be found applicable to the broad demands made upon the newspaper reporter and editor, although English composition is fundamental. The Bachelor of Arts degree with an English major is the most popular choice of journalism students, but the science and other courses also prove useful, since the newspaper reports all phases of human activity. The increasing interests of the United States in other countries make a knowledge of foreign languages particularly desirable in preparation for responsible positions as foreign correspondents. Journalism students may gain practical experience by working on the staff of one of the student publications: the Beacon, Amnicola, or Manuscript. LAW Preparation for the practice of law is based on the fundamental liberal arts: English, history, political science, economics, sociology, natural science, languages, and mathematics. Most law schools do not specify a required major in undergraduate work. 43 Wilkes offers a pre-medical course that is adapted to the requirements of the various medical schools. The latter have, in recent years, restricted their enrollment, and most of them scrutinize closely the qualifications of applicants. Medical aspirants should determine as soon as possible, though consultation with the Deans and their advisers, exactly what demands they must meet. MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The pre-theological student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the ~iberal arts_ course, with a major or electives in religion and philosophy, 1s appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses prepared to assume administrative, supervisory, and instructional duties has for years far exceeded the supply of trained personnel. In consequence, schools of nursing and hospitals are constantly seeking qualified nurses. To enable graduates of approved schools of nursing to obtain the necessary preparation, the College offers a program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education. A minimum of sixty-four college credits is needed to fulfill the requirements for the degree. �44 WILKES COLLEGE PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS Extension courses in Nursing Education may be arranged by writing to the Chairman of the Department of Nursing Education. High School graduates desiring college experience before entering a school of nursing may receive guidance in the selection of a program suited to meet their individual needs. The College maintains a cooperative relationship with local hospital schools of nursing and provides instruction in the physical, biological and social sciences. dramatics and practical experience in debating and play production afford opportunity for development in this field. PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized or understood. The tools of communications, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine ( to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the application of the fundamental laws of physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of psychology in many diversified fields. Since then the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a sound foundation in psychology, biology, sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, and industry. SOCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously in recent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard distribution of charity as a matter of political patronage. Governmental agencies, municipal, county, state, and federal, are realizing the necessity for a professional approach to the problems of unemployment, poverty, and crime. Wilkes offers a pre-social-work program. Sociology, supplemented by work in psychology, biology, and allied fields, provides a valuable background. SPEAKING AND DRAMATICS The College offers preliminary work in speech. Courses in speech and 45 TEACHING A teacher's training depends upon the kind of teaching contemplated. For college and university work the best institutions require advanced degrees; their faculty members ordinarily take graduate work in the field in which they concentrated as undergraduates. Prospective teachers of English, history, sociology, take the Arts degree; students who expect to teach in the schools of science take the Bachelor of Science degree or degrees in such specialized fields as engineering. Certification for public-school teaching is usually based on the following requirements: the college degree, specialized courses in education, and a measure of specialization in teaching subjects. Wilkes College is authorized by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare elementary- and secondary-school teachers in most fields of instruction. PART-TIME STUDY Promotion or advancement is often made possible by additional training. It is sometimes practicable for employed persons to continue their education without giving up their positions. In its desire to be of the widest possible service to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes part-time and special students. (See Evening Division, page 141.) Anyone interested in a career not included in this list of the major professions and vocations should consult the Director of Admissions. �Degree Courses The basic requirements for degree courses are outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may be chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to meet the requirements for graduation within each major program as conditions may require. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN SEMESTER HOURS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS PURPOSE The liberal arts course is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. 49 HU lvfANITIES Major Subject Art ........... . .... English ............. roreign Language .... Mathematics ......... Music .............. Philosophy-Religion ... Major H11manities 36 37 24 29 47 24 32 37 31 34 45 37 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 15 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 14 6 6 30 24 45 30 14 38 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 6 6 39 39 39 39 27 SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISIONS Humanities Social Sciences Sciences Art English Foreign Languages Mathematics Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology Music Major Subject Economics ........... History ............. Political Science .... . .. Sociology ........ .. . Social Science .... . ... Philosophy Religion Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 SCIENCES SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students who expect to take the Bachelor's degree in art, mathematics or music choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except biology, chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified in the section headed "Description of Courses" in the catalogue. A major may also be taken in social science. The social-science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social-science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take twenty hours in education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. For that reason, a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social-science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. Major Subject Biology ............. Psychology .......... Major Humanities 31 24 32 37 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 15 15 31 6 15 38 �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than art, biology, mathematics, and music BACHELOR OF ARTS 50 51 Major in Art FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester First Semester Tit/, Numher Cr. Biological Science1 . . • •.• • • •. Bio 100 3 Composition ........... . .... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language2 ••••••••••• 101 or 103 3 Hist . of W. Civilization .. . . . . Hist 101 3 Alternates : Introduction to Music . ..... Mus 100} Physical Science .. . .. . .... . Phys 100 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... .. . . P.E . 101 1 Pers. Hyg . ........ . ........ P.E . 105 1 Numher Cr. Composition ... . .... .. ... . . Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech . ... . . Eng 131 2 Foreign Language2 •••••••• • •• 102 or 104 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . ..... Hist 102 3 Second Semester Title Numher Cr. Basic Art ... ... . . . . . .. . . ... Art 101 3 Composition . . .... .. ... ... . Eng 101 3 History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 3 Physical Science . . . . . ... ... . Phy 100 3 Foreign Language .. . .. . ..... 101 or 103 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg . ..... . ..... . ... .. P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Basic Art . .. ... . . . . . .. . .. . Art 102 3 Biological Science . ..... .. . . . Bio 100 3 Composition . .. ... . .. ... . .. Eng 102 3 History of W. Civilization . . . Hist 102 3 Foreign Language . ...... .... 102 or 104 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .... . P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg .. . ...... . . . .. . .. . P.E . 106 1 17 17 17 16 Title Alternates: Introduction to Music ... . .. Mus Physical Science1 .. . . . . . . • • Phys Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... .. . P.E. Pers. Hyg . ................. P.E. 100} 100 3 102 106 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. World Literature .. ... . .... . . Eng 151 4 Foreign Language2 .••••..•••• 103 or 200 3 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math .... . Math 101} History of Religions ... .... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 • • ••• Phil 101 Alternates :4 Intro . to Economics . ...... Ee 100) Intro. to Education . . .... .. Ed 101 American Federal Govt .... . P.S. 101 General Psychology ........ Psy 100 6 Intro. to Sociology ... . .... Soc 100 Elective .. . ............. . . Physical Education ... .. . . ... P.E . 103 1 Titl, Numb,r Cr. World Literature . . . ...... Eng 152 4 Foreign Language2 • • •• •• • 104 or 200 3 Alternates : Algebra or Trig .... .... Math 107- 109} Hist. of Religions .. .... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 ••• Phil 101 Al tern ates :4 Intro . to Economics .... Ee 100} Intro. to Education .. . . Ed 101 6 American Federal Govt. P .S. 101 General Psychology .... Psy 100 Elective • ... .... . ...... Physical Education ....... P.E. 104 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied Art .... . . .. . .... . .. Art 103 3 Composition and Color . ..... Art 114 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities . . . . . . 3 Social Science or Psy.. . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education . . .. . ... .. P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Applied Art .. .... . . .... .... Art 104 3 Composition and Color .. . ... Art 115 2 Foreign Language1 . . . • • . . .. . 104 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities. . . .. . 3 Social Science or Psy. . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education ..... . .... P.E. 104 1 15 15 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N umber Cr. Illustration or . . ............ Art 201} Advertising Design or ... . ... Art 211 3 Fine Art . ..... . .. . . . ...... . Art 215 Fundamentals of Speech . . . . .. Eng 131 2 World Literature . ..... . .. .. . Eng 151 4 Electives in Humanities, . . . . . 6 Social Science or Psy . . . . .. .. . Studio I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Title Numher Cr. Illustration or .. ...... . . ... . Art 202} Advertising Design or .... .. . Art 212 3 Fine Art . ... . ... . . .. .... . . . Art 216 World Literature . . . ..... .... Eng 152 4 Electives in Humanities, . . . . . 6 Social Science or Psy ... . .. . . . Studio II...... . ... . ... .. . .. 2 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours Students may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bio. 100 or Phys. 100. The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. 3 Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. • During the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the alte~nates, with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event tha~ the schedulmg of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence ~f a maJ<;>r, one. or _more of the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the Junior year. 1 2 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tttle Number Cr. Illustration or . . .. . ... . .... . Art 203} Adv. Advanced Design or .... Art 213 3 Fine Art . .. . . . . ... .. ... .. ... Art 217 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Studio III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Numh,r Cr. Illustration or .. .. . . .... .. . . Art 204} Adv. Advanced Design or .. .. Art 214 3 Fine Art . ... .. . . ... ... ... . . Art 218 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Studio IV... . . ... . ... ... .. . 3 15 15 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Biology Major in Mathematics FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR 52 First Semester First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. General Zoology .... . ....... Bio 101 5 Gen. Inorganic Chem .. . .... . Chem 101 4 Composition . ..... .. ... . . .. . Eng 101 3 College Algebra ... .. . ...... . Math 107 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene .. . . .. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .... . .... . . . . .... P.E . 105 1 Number Cr. General Zoology . . .. ... . .. .. Bio 102 4 Title Title Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. .. .. . . .. . Chem Composition . .. . ... ... ...... Eng Trigonometry . .. . ..... ...... Math Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... . .. P.E. Pers . Hyg . .............. . .. P.E. 102 102 109 102 106 6 3 3 1 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Biological Science ...... . .. . . Bio 100 3 Composition ... . ....... . .... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . • . . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ..... P.E . 101 1 Pers . Hyg .......... . ..... . . P.E . 105 1 1 18 17 Third Semester Number Cr. Embryology .............. . . Bio 202 4 Organic Chem ........ . ...... Chem 230 4 World Literature .. . ...... ... Eng 152 4 His t . of W. Civilization . ..... Hist 102 3 Physical Education ... . ...... P.E . 104 1 Title Number Cr. Intro . to Economics ..... . ... Ee 100} 3 Principles of Economics ... . .. Ee 101 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Foreign Language1 . . . . . • . . . . 103 or 200 3 Calculus I .. . ..... . ......... Math 125 4 General Psychology . ........ Psy 100 3 Physical Education . ......... P .E. 103 1 Title Nnrnber Cr. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates ... . . . . .... Bio Inorganic Quantitative Anal. .Chem World Literature ....... . .... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization .. . .. . Hist Physical Education .......... P.E. 201 121 151 101 103 4 4 4 3 1 umber Cr. Composition ..... .. ... . .. .. . Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech ..... . Eng 131 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 Analytic Geometry . ... . . .. . . Math 122 Elective ... . .. ...... . .. . .... Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . .. .. . P.E. 102 Pers . Hyg .................. P.E . 106 3 2 3 4 3 1 1 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title 53 1 Fourth Semester Number Cr. 4 Title World Literature . ..... . .... . Eng 152 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . .. 104 or 200 Calculus II . ........ . . .. .... Math 126 General Physics (I) ......... Phys 150 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 3 4 4 1 16 16 18 16 JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. 3 5 3 Histology .......... . . . .. . .. Bio 241 Organic Chem .. . . . . .... . . . .. Chem 231 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . 101 or 103 Introductory Physics ....... . Phys 111 4 Title Number Histology .... .... .... . ..... Bio 242 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . • . . 102 or 104 Introductory Physics .. .. .. .. Phys 112 American Government . ..... . P.S. 100 Intro. to Sociology ..... . .. . . Soc 100 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 3 Mathematics Elective2 . ..••• • 3 General Physics (II) ..... .. . Phys 151 4 Intro. to Sociology . ...... . .. Soc 100 3 Elective .................. .. 3-6 Number Cr. History of W. Civilization .. . Hist 102 3 Mathematics Elective . .... ... 3 Intro . to Philosophy .... . . . . Phil 101 3 Amer. Federal Govt . ........ P.S. 101 3 Elective .. .. ....... . ........ 3-4 16- 19 15- 16 Title 16 15 SENIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Number Cr. Physiology ....... . ......... Bio 251 3 Seminar .. .. ........... .. . . . Bio 291 1 Introduction to Economics .. . Ee 100 3 Foreign Language1 .. . . . .. . .. 103 or 200 3 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • • • • 6-7 Physiology . ........... . .. . . Bio 252 3 History of Biology . ...... . . . Bio 242 1 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Electives 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • • • 9-10 16- 17 16- 17 Title Title Seventh Semester Number Cr. 'fit/, Eighth Semester Number Cr. Mathematics Elective2 . . • . . • • Intro . to Music ......... . . . . Mus Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Title 3 100 3 Mathematics Elective2 • • . . . • . Elective ............. . 9- 12 15- 18 1 2 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. One elective is to be selected from the humanities or social sciences. Botany or Bacteriology electives may be chosen in senior year. 1 2 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Mathematics 100, 101, 102, 115, 118 will not count toward a major. Nmnber Cr. 3 12 15 �54 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY The chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the broad general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-four credits. These credits include forty-five in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, fifteen to twenty-one in the social sciences and psychology, twenty-one to thirty-three in the humanities, and the language requirement. f-RESHMAN Y EA R First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Biological Science .... . ...... Bio 100 3 Composition . ... . .......... . Eng 101 3 Foreign Lang uage . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory ............. . . Mus 101 5 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . • . 1 Phys. Ed . and Hyg iene ...... P.E . 101 1 Pers. Hyg ..... ... ........ . . P .E . 105 1 Title Number Cr. Composition . . . . .... . ... . .. Eng 102 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory . ... . ..... ... . Mus 102 5 1 Applied Music . . . • . . . • . . . . . 1 Physical Science .. . . ... . . .. . Phys 100 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . .... . P .E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg . .. . .... . .. . ...... P .E. 106 1 17 Pirst Semester Title 17 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Foreign Language ... . . . .... . Music Theory . . ..... . .. ... . Mus 104 Applied Music 1 . •. . .. . . .. ..• Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych . ... . Physical Education . ... . . . . . . P.E. 104 16 Cr. 3 5 1 6 1 Tit/, Fundamentals of Speech . . . . .. Eng World Literature . .. . .... . . . . Eng Hist. of W. Civilization . . . . . Hist History of Music . .. . ..... .. . Mus Applied Music 1 . . . . . . . . • . . . . Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych . . . . . . 131 151 101 109 2 4 3 3 2 3 Title Number Cr. World Literature . . . . . .. . . .. . Eng Hist . of W. Civilization . .. .. Hist History of Music .. . ... . ... . . Mus Applied Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych .. . . . . 152 102 llO 4 3 3 2 3 17 4 3 4 4 1 121 101 125 151 103 15 Seventh Semester Applied Music ••••••••••••• Instrumentation .. .. . . ...... Mus Analysis . . .. .. ............. Mus Electives ..... ..... .. ... . .. . 215 217 Cr. 2 2 2 9 15 Title Tttle Number Cr. Organic Chemistry ........ . . Chem 230 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... . Hist 102 3 Integral Calculus ....... . .. . . Math 126 4 General Physics (III) ..... . .. Phys 152 4 Elective (optional)........ .. 0-3 Physical Education . . .. . ... . . P.E. 104 1 16 16-19 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Organic Chemistry . ......... Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry ... .. .. . .. Chem 241 4 Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 122 5 Physical Chemistry ..... .. . . . Chem 242 4 Foreign Language 1 • . . .• •• .•• 101 or 103 3 1 3 Elec. Measurements ... .... .. Phys 251 3 Foreign Language ••• .•. . . . . 102 or 104 Stoichiometry .. . . . .. ... .. ... Chem 106 3 Elective.... . .... . . . . . . .... . 3 Elective. .... .. . . .. . . ... . ... 3 18 Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Number 1 Tit/, Number Applied Music 1 ••.•••.•••.. • Orchestration . . ..... . ... . ... Mus Counterpoint .......... . . . .. Mus Electives . . ......... . .... . . . 216 218 Cr. 2 2 Number Cr. 18 1 18 SENIOR YEAR Qualitative Organ. Anal. .. . . Chem 233 3 History ·of Chemistry .. . . .. . . Chem 261 l 1 Foreign Language . • . • • . • . . • 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ll 3 9 16 19 Fourth Semester Fifth Semester SENIOR YEAR 1 Private instruction. Number Cr. Sixth Semester N11mber Cr. Title Number Cr. Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. . .. Chem 102 6 Composition .. . . .. ... . .. . . . . Eng 102 3 Analy tic Geometry .. . .. ... .. Math 122 4 General Physics (I) ......... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . . .. . P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg .................. P .E. 106 l SOPHOMORE YEAR Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem Hist. of W. Civilization ... .. . Hist Differential Calculus . .. . .. .. . Math General Physics (II) ........ Phys Physical Education . .. ...... . P.E. JUNIOR YEAR Title 4 3 2 5 1 1 1 Second Semester 17 Third Semester 16 Fifth Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem .. . ... Chem 101 Composition . . .. ....... . . . .. Eng 101 Basic Drawing . . . ... ... . . .. . Engi 101 Algebra and Trig . . . ... . . . ... Math 105 Basic Physical Problems .. . . . Phys 101 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. .. .. P.E. 101 Pers . Hyg . .... .. . . ...... . .. P.E. 105 SOPHOMORE Y EAR Title Number Cr. Foreign Language . . . .. .. .. . . 3 Music Theory ... .. .. . . . . . .. Mus 103 5 Applied t-.:1usic 1 . . . : ._. • • • . •.. 1 Electives 10 Hum an1t1es, Soc. Science or Psych .... . 6 Physical Education .... .. . . .. P .E . 103 1 55 Eighth Semester Title Numb,,- Cr. Chemical Literature .. ... . . . . Chem 262 1 Foreign Lang uage 1 . . • . . . . . • • 3 Chemistry Elective . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 18 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. See page 92. Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser as follows: Humanities: Nine to eighteen credits are to be chosen from the following: English 131, 151, 152; Philosophy 101, 102; Music 100; Religion 101; Mathematics 240. Social Sciences and Psychology: Nine to fifteen credits are to be chosen from the following: Sociology 100, 107, 205; Political Science 100, 101, 203; Economics 101, 102; History 107, 108; Education 101, 201, 207; Psychology 100. �56 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Wilkes College offers the first two years of work lea?ing _toward a major in physics or in engineering physics. The need for men with_ this type of edu_cation was greatly emphasized by the many new problems which need<:d so_lut1on during the recent conflict. The curriculum offers a firm g~oundmg m the fundamentals without which further study cannot be contmued profitably. The course id physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research. 1:'he com1:1~r.ce and .finance curricula provide training for economic and busmess activities supplemented by a study of the humanities, sciences, and soc~al sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and e~o1;1omic life in a comp~titive society, to aid in the development of an ap~re':1atton f ~r cultural p_ursmts, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thmkmg and mtellectual mterests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. FR ESHMAN Y EAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ... .. . Chem 101 4 Engineering Problems .. .. .. .. Engi 100 2 Composition .... ...... . . . . . . Eng 101 3 Elementary German 1 .. . . . . . • . Ger 101 3 Algebra and Trig ... . . ... .. . . Math 105 5 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ..... . P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E . 105 1 Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem . . . . . . Chem 104 6 Elementary German 1 .. .. . . . . . Ger 102 3 Analytic Geometry . .. .. .. . .. Math 122 4 General Physics . .... .. ... . .. Phys 150 4 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . . .. ... P.E. 102 I Pers . Hyg . ..... . ........... P.E . 106 I 19 19 The commerce and .finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the indi~idual needs and pu~poses of t~e _stud~nts. These groups are: Group I, Accountmg; Group II, Busmess Admm1stratton; Group III, Retail Merchandising; Group IV, Secretarial Studies. GROUP REQUIREMENTS Group I SOPHOMORE YEAR Subjects Third Semester Fourth Semester Title N umber Cr. Engineering Drawing .... .... Engi 105 3 Composition ...... ... . . ..... Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ... ... Eng 134 3 Calculus I . . ... . . . . .. ... . ... Math 125 4 General Physics ...... . ...... Phys 151 4 Physical Education . . ........ P .E . 101 1 Title Number Cr. Engineering Drawing .. . . . ... Engi 106 2 Amer . History since 1865 ... . Hist 108 3 Calculus II . . . .. . ... .. . . .. .. Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics . . . ...... M.E. }211 _ Mechanics II, Dynamics . . ... M.E. 212 3 6 General Physics . .. . . . .. . . ... Phys 152 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 18 1 57 17-20 Intermediate or scientific German may be substituted when the student is qualified. Accounting Cr. Major . . . . . . . . .... 30 Commerce and Finance 1 .... . ... 21 Electives .......... 9 Group II Business Administt'ation Cr. 24-39 Group Ill Retail Merchandising Cr. 24 Group IV Secretarial Studies Cr. 23 6 30-33 1.5 15 12 38-39 Humanities ........ 28 28 28 28 Science ... . ...... . . 6 6 6 6 Social Sciences . .... 33 33-48 24-27 15 Physical Education .. 4 4 4 4 Total ............. 131 131 131 129-130 1 Does not include major courses. �58 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting1 59 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Business Administration FRESHMAN YEAR2 FRESHMAN YEAR 1 First Semester Second Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .. .... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........ ... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science .. ....... .. Bio 100 3 Composition ... . ........ .... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 10.5 1 First Semester Tit/, Numb,, Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition . . . .. ..... .... .. Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 Amer. Federal Govt . . ........ P.S. 101 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... ... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ................. P .E. 106 1 Titl, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ..... . Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ..... ...... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg .................. P.E . 10.5 1 Title Numh,r Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition ......... .... .. Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Amer. Federal Govt ..... .... . P.S. 101 3 Physical Science .. ....... . . . . Phys 100 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 I Pers . Hyg .... ....... ....... P .E. 106 1 17 17 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct 111 3 Business Law ........... .. .. B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 World Literature ............ Eng 1.51 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Tit/, Number Cr. Advanced Accounting ........ Acct 112 3 Business Law ..... . ... ...... B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ... ... ..... . Eng 1.52 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102} Mathematics of Finance ... . .. Math 115 3 Physical Education ....... . .. P .E. 104 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Tit/., Numlm Cr. Business Law . .. . . .. . . ...... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ... . .. Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 1.51 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Physical Education ........ .. P .E. 103 1 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Cost Accounting ......... . .. . Acct 201 3 Business Law ...... . ..... ... B.A. 233 3 Money and Banking .. .. ..... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Tit!, Number Cr. Advanced Cost Accounting ... Acct 202 3 Accounting Systems ...... .. . Acct 220} C.P.A. Problems ..... ... .... Acct 242 Business Law ............... B.A. 234 Alternates: Theory of Money .......... Ee 202} Public Finance .. . .. ... .... Ee 236 Economic Geography . .... ... Ee 226 Economic Statistics .. .... .. . . Ee 232 17 Eighth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Tax Accounting ............. Acct 221 3 Auditing Principles .......... Acct 231 3 Bus. Cor. and Reports .. ... .. . B.A. 209 3 Corporation Finance ...... .. . B.A. 22.5 3 Free Elective3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Tit/, Number Cr. Auditing Practice ... . ..... .. . Acct 232 3 Intro . to Music . ... .. .... ... . Mus 100 3 Intro. to Philosophy ......... Phil 101} History of Religions . ...... .. Rel 101 Free Electives1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 15 fol- lowing the junior year or during the senior year. 2 It is suggested that all students take Personal Use Typewriting (S.S. 99) during one semester of the freshman year. 3 Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P. A. examinations should elect humanity subjects. Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 I Fifth Semester 17 JUNIOR YEAR Tit/, Number Cr. Money and Banking ........ . Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective in Social Science... . . 3 Free Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 18 Seventh Semester Fourth Semester Title Numh,r Business Law .......... . ... . B ..A.. 232 Principles of Economics .. .... Ee 102 World Literature .. ... . ... . . . Eng 152 Al tern ates: Fundamentals of Math ...... Math 102} Mathematics of Finance .... Math 115 Intro to Statistics ........ Math 118 Intro. to Music ........ ... .. Mus 100 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 16 SENIOR YEAR 1 Practical experience in accounting is required for all students during the summer Second Semester Sixth SemeJter Tit/, Numb,r Alternates: Theory of Money ... . ... . .. Ee 202} Economic Geography ..... Ee 226 C. & F. Elective ..... .. .. . Economic Statistics .......... Ee 232 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101} History of Religions ... .... Rel 101 Bus. Adm. or Ee. Elective2 .. . Free Elective .. . ... .. ... ... . 18 Seventh Semester Cr. 3 3 J 3 3 15 SENIOR YEAR Tttl, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports . . ...... B.A. 209 3 Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives.. 12 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Eighth Semester Title Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives2 • Free Elective ....... .... ... . Cr. 12 3 15 1 See note 2, page 58. 2 See page 60. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES Students who major in business administration will select their electives from the following: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BANKING AND FINANC E1 FRESHMAN YEAR 1 60 Title Number Credits and Collections .. ... . ... .. B.A. 218 Real Estate .. ..... .... .. ... . .. .. B.A. 220 Corporation Finance ... .. .... . ... B.A. 225 Investments . . . . . ... . .. .......... B.A. 226 Title Number Theory of Money . .. .. .. ... . .. ... Ee 202 Public Finance .... ... . . . .... .. .. Ee 236 Mathematics of Finance I ...... . . Math ll5 ECONOMICS 1 Title Number Government and Business . . . . .... Ee 212 Collective Bargaining ........ ... . Ee 223 International Trade .. ..... . ... . .. Ee 225 Economic Geography . ..... .. .... Ee 226 Comparative Economic Systems . .. Ee 229 Business Cycles . . .... .. ...... .. . . Ee 230 Title Number Public Finance . .. .. ... .. ..... .. . Ee 236 Economic History . ... . .. ... ..... Ee 238 Economic Analysis .. ... .. ....... Ee 241 Consumer Economics .... . . .. . .. . Ee 245 Economic Investigation . . . . .. .... Ee 246 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS1 Tit/, N umber Industrial Management .. . ... . . .. B.A. 235 Personnel M an agement . .. ... ... .. B.A. 236 Production Management .. .... ... B.A. 237 Office Management ..... .... .. .. . B.A. 238 Sales Management . ..... . .. . ... . B.A. 239 Property Insurance . ..... ..... .... B.A. 240 Title Number Life Insurance . .... .. ..... . . . .. .. B.A. 241 Labor Problems .. . .... ... .... ... Ee 223 Major in Retail Merchandising First Semester Second Semester N1,mber Cr. Elementary Accounting . . .. . . Acct 101 3 Biological Science .. . .... . .. . Bio 100 3 Survey of Business .... .. . . . .. B.A. 100 3 Composition .... .... . . . ..... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . . .. Hist 101 3 Pers. Hyg ......... . ........ P .E. 105 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... . .. P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting .. ... Acct 102 3 Composition .. . ..... ... .... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Ci vilization . ..... Hist 102 3 Physical Science . .. .... ...... Phys 100 3 Amer . Federal Govt ... ..... .. P.S. 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ... .. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg............ . ... P.E. 106 1 17 17 Title SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Business Law ...... . . ... .. . . B.A. 231 3 Princi ples of Economics . .... . Ee 101 3 World Literature .. . . ..... . .. Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math .. . .. . . Math 101 3 Elective in Retail Merchandising. . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Ni,mber Cr. Title Business Law ...... . .... . .. . B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics .... . . Ee 102 3 World Literature .. ..... .... . Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math . .. . ... Math 102 3 Elective in Retail Merchandising ......... . 3 Physical Education ........ .. P .E. 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR MARKETING 1 Title N umber Salesmanship ... . . ... .. . .. . . . . ... B.A. 114 Advertising ... . .. .. . . .. . .. ... . . . B.A. 216 Transportation .. . ... .. ... ..... . . B.A. 217 Marketing .. .. ....... . ... .. ..... B.A. 222 61 Title Number Sales Management .... .. .. . . ..... B.A. 239 Property Insurance ......... .. .. .. B.A. 240 International Trade . ..... .. ...... Ee 225 Consumer Economics .. ........ .. Ee 245 Principles of Retailing .. .... . .... R.M. 101 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tit!, N umber Cr. Applied General Statistics ... . Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. . ... Eng 131 2 Electives in Social Science. . . . 3 Electives in R.M. or Com. & Fin .. . ...... . ..... 9 T itle N ttmber Cr. Intro . to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Alternates : Intro. to Philosophy . . . . . . . Phil 101} 3 History of Religions . .. .... Rel 101 Electives in R.M. or Com. & Fin. ..... . ........ 9 Free Elective .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 17 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester T,tl, N umber Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ...... . B.A. 209 3 Intro. to Sociology .... ...... Soc 100 3 Electives in R.M. or Com . & Fin.. . ... . . . ...... 6 Elec. in Com. & Fin. or Soc. Sc. .......... . . . ..... 3 15 1 At least six courses in this group are required of students concentrating in this field. 1 See note 2, page 58. Title Electives in R .M. or Com . & Fin . ........... . Free Electives . . ........ . Number Cr. 6 9 15 �WILKES COLLEGE 62 DEGREE COURSES 63 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION Major in Secretarial Studies The program outlined below is designed to prepare students for certification in most states. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title N ttmber Cr. Survey of Business . . ...... .. . B.A. 100 3 Composition . . . .... . . ....... Eng 101 3 Hist. or W. Civilization .. . . .. Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math .. . . .. . M ath 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S . 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . ... P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg ... . . . .... . ... . . .. P .E . 105 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science .. .. . .. . . . . Bio 100 3 Composition . . .. . . ... ...... Eng 102 3 H ist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math ... . . . . Math 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. . S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . .. . P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg ... ... ... .. ... . ... P.E. 106 1 18 18 R EQUIREMENTS FOR C ERTIFICATION IN PENNSYLVANIA General The four courses listed below are required of all prospective teachers: Introduction to Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 semester hours United States and Pennsylvania History FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Elementary Accounting . . ... . Acct 101 3 Advanced Exposition . . .... .. Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Intro. to Music .. . . . ......... Mus 100 3 Advanced Stenography .... ... S.S. 109 4 Physical Education ... . ... ... P.E. 103 1 Number Cr. Title Principles of Accounting .... . Acct 102 3 American Government . ..... . P .S. 100 3 Physical Science . . . ... . ..... . Phys 100 3 Advanced Stenography . . .. . . . S.S. llO 4 Free Elective ..... .. . ... ... . 3 Physical Education ...... . . . . P .E. 104 1 Tit/, Second Semester Title ;Number Composition ... . . .... .. .. ... Eng 101 Science Elective 1 . . . . . . • . . . . • Mathematics Elective 1 . . . . . . . American Government . .. . . . . P .S. 101 Elective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... . . . P.E. 101 Pers . Hyg ....... . ......... . P .E. 105 Cr. 3 3-5 3-5 3 0-3 1 1 Title NNmber Cr. Composition . . ... .... .. . .. .. Eng 102 3 1 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Intro. to Sociology . ... . .. . .. Soc 100 3 E1ective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . . . . .. ..... . .. . ... P.E. 106 1 16-19 14-20 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Intro. to Education . .. .. ... .. Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ... .. . Eng 131 2 World Literature . . ..... .. . . . Eng 151 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Physical Education .. . . . . ... . P .E. 103 1 Title Nttmber Cr. Intro. to Economics ... ... .. . Ee 100 3 World Literature . ... . . . .... . Eng 152 4 General Psychology .. .. .. .. . Psy 100 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Physical Education . ......... P.E. 104 1 16 16-17 17 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Number Cr. Title 101 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 3 World Literature .. .... . . . . .. Eng 151 4 Alternates: Medical Stenography. . . . . . S.S. 210} 3 Speech Reporting . .. . ..... . S.S. 203 6 Electives . ... . ......... . . ... . Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics . .... . Ee 102 3 World Literature . ........... Eng 152 4 Free Electives ....... . . . ... . 9 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tttl, Number Cr. Educational Psychology .. . . . Ed 201 3 U .-Pa. History to 1865 . ... . Hist 107 3 Elewves ... . . .... . .. . ..... . 9 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 . . . ... Hist 108 3 Child Psychology . .. . .. .. .. . Psy 207 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 15 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester SENIOR YEAR Tit!, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Office Mach .. .. . S.S. 205 4 Free Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Title Number Cr. Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 Free Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 15-16 15 Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tttle Number Cr. Intro. to Philosophy .. . . . ... Phil 101 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Title Nttmber Cr. Principles & Methods of Sec. Ed .... . ...... .. . . . . .. Ed 204 3 Sec. School Curriculum . . .... Ed 205 3 Practice Teaching . ... . .... . . Ed 207 8 Visual Education . . ..... . .... Ed 212 1 15 15 1 Electives shall be selected or omitted so that the total number of hours shall not exceed the maximum number of credits allowed for each term. �64 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Title Number Cr. Composition .......... . ..... E~g 101 3 Hist. of W . Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Physical Science ....... ..... Phy 100 3 AmericanGovernment ....... P.S. 101 3 Elective .. .. ............. ... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E . 101 1 Pers. Hyg ......... . ..... ... P.E. 105 1 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION Second Semester Title Number Cr. Biological Science ...... ... .. Bio 100 Composition .:.:: . .. _. .... . . . E~g 102 Hist. of W. C1v1lizat1on ...... Hist 102 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 Elective .... ..... . .. ... .. .. . Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg ............. ..... P.E. 106 17 y hird Semester 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics .. ... .... Ee 100 3 Intro. to Education .......... Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech .... .. Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Elective ..... ..... ...... ... . 3 Physical Education .. .. ...... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Intro . to Music . . ....... .... Mus 100 3 Intro. to Philosophy ........ . Phil 101 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 16-17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Educational Psychology .. .. . Ed 201 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 .... . Hist 107 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 .... .. Hist 108 3 Child Psychology .... ..... . . Psy 207 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 15 Seventh Semester SENIOR YEAR Title Nttmber Cr. Practice Teaching ........ ... Ed 208 6 Elementary Curriculum ...... Ed 238 3 Art in the Elem. Sch . .. ... .. . Ed 241 2 Music in the Elem. Sch . ..... Ed 242 2 Health and P.E. in the E .S. .. Ed 243 2 The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. The course that is outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, economics, commercial law, business English, commercial arithmetic, and in the social studies if both sociology and political science are elected. Students preferring to be certified in salesmanship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. Fourth Semester 16 Fifth Semester 65 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Survey of Business . ......... B.A. 100 3 Business Mathematics ... ... . B.A. 107 3 Biological Science .. .. .. . ... . Bio 100 3 omposition ... . ........ .. . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg ............ ...... P .E. 105 1 3 m American Government ....... P .S. Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. Pers. Hyg .... .. ........ . ... P.E. 100 102 106 1 1 17 Eighth Semester 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. Practice Teaching ........ .. . Ed 208 6 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 Teaching of Ari th . ... .. . .... Ed 232 2 Teaching of Lang. Arts ... ... Ed 234 2 Principles of Elem. Ed .. .. . .. Ed 237 2 Teaching of El. Sch. Sci ... ... Ed 239 2 15 Second Semester Titl, Number Cr. Composition ........ . . ... .. Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. . .. Hist 102 3 Intro. to t;1usic ... . .. ..... .. Mus. 100} 0 3 Basic Art ................... Art 101 Physical Science .. .......... Phys 100 3 Intro . to Sociology .......... Soc 100} 15 REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION IN PENNSYLVANIA Third Semester Title N11mber Cr. Elementary Accounting . ..... Acct 101 3 or Elective Principles of Economics .. .. .. Econ 101 3 U.S. - Pa. History to 1865 . ... Hist 107 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 horthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 or Elective Physical Education .... .. .. . P .E. 103 1 Elementary In addition to the general requirements, a minimum of twei:ity-two seme~ter hours in elementary education is required to prepare teachers m the following fields of instruction: English Humane Treatment of Birds and AniSpelling mals Reading Safety Education Writing Health-Physical Education and Phys• Arithmetic iology Geography Music U.S. and Pa. History Art Civics Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 or Elective Principles of Economics .. . ... Econ 102 3 Intro. to Education ......... Educ 101 3 U. S. Hist . since 1865 ....... Hist 108 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 102 4 or Elective Physical Education .... .. ... P.E. 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Tit/, Numher Cr. Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct 111 3 or Elective Busine Law ... ........... . B.A . 231 3 Educational Psychology ..... Educ 201 3 En lish Elective .. . . .... Eng 151 or 153 4-3 Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 or Elective 17-16 Sixth Semester Title Numb,r Cr. Advanced Accounting .. : ... Acct 112 3 or Elective Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 English Elective . . ...... Eng 152 or 154 4-3 Advanced Stenography . .. ... S.S. 110 4 or Elective 17-16 �66 WJLKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester BACHELOR OF SOIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Corres . and Reports ..... B.A. 209 3 Bus . Education and Methods of Instruction in S.S ... . . . . S.S. 243 3 Intro . to Philosophy . ...... . Phil 101 3 Office Procedures and Machines .. .. ..... ... S.S. 205 4 or Elective Elective.. . ... .. .. .. ... . .... 3 16 67 Title Number Cr. Education ...... . ... . . . ..... Educ 212 I Sec. School Curriculum ..... . Educ 205 3 Student Teaching ........... Educ 207 8 Elective......... ...... ..... 2 The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certificate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also enable the student to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subjects. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester 14 Provisional College Certificates will be issued by the C?mmonw~alth. of Pennsylvania to graduates of the course in business educat~on. Cer~1ficat1on will be offered in business subjects only as the followrng reqmrements are met: Bookkeeping ..................................... 12 semester hours Commercial Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Commercial Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 semester hours Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Business English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester hours plus twelve (12) semester hours in English Certificates are valid for teaching only those business subjects which are written on the certificate. Second Semester Tit/, Number [Cr. Title Number Composition ............... Eng 101 ·""3 Composition ............... Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 2 Music Theory ...... . ....... Mus 102 Music Theory . ...... .... .. . Mus 101 5 Clarinet Class and Band Mus } Clarinet Class and Band Mus } Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 102 Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 101 Brass Class and Band Mus 2 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 104 Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 103 App App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Band, Physical Science ............ Phys 100 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ph ·s. Ed. and Hygiene .... .. P.E. 101 1 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 Per ·. Hyg .................. P.E . 105 1 Pers. Hyg . .. .... .... ...... . P.E. 18½ Cr. 3 5 2 1 ½ 3 3 1 1 19½ SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. World Literature ........... Eng 151 4 Music Theory .............. Mus 103 5 Music History ..... .. . . ... . . Mus 109 3 App Maior Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus... . . ½ General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Physical Education ......... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Intro . to Education .... ... .. Ed 101 3 World Literature .... .. ..... Eng 152 4 Music Theory .............. Mus 104 5 Music History .............. Mus 110 3 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Physical Education ... . .... . P.E. 104 1 17½ 17½ JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Educational Psychology ... . . Ed 1 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist. to 1865 . .. Hist 107 3 Mus Woodwind Class Methods . .. . Ed 105 2 Mus Conducting (Instrumental) ... Ed 109 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods .... Ed 111 2 App Major Instrument ... ....... . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus ..... ½ Elective .. .............. .. . 3 16½ Title Numb,r Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 3 Mus Brass Class Methods . .. ..... Ed 106 2 Mus Conducting (Choral) ........ Ed 110 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods .... Ed 112 2 App Major Instrument ........... Mus 1 J Band, Orchestra, Chorus ..... ;,,, ½ Elective ................... 6 16½ �68 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Principles of Secondary ... .. . Ed Education or Principles of Elementary .. . .. Ed Education Instrumentation . . .... .. ... . Mus Mus Voice Class and Methods . . . . . Ed String Instrument Class and Mus Methods ........... ...... Ed Observation and Practice Mus Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed App Major Instrument .. . ..... ... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Number Cr. 2041 l 237J 3 215 2 107 2 113 2 203 4 Title Third Semester C,. 212 I 216 2 Number Visual Education . .. .. . . .... Ed Orchestration . .. .. ... .. .. .. Mus Mus Voice Class and Methods . . . . Ed 108 String Instrument Class Mus and Methods ..... . .. . .. .. Ed 114 Observation and Practice Mus Treaching . . . . . .. ......... Ed 204 App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus I Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective.. . . . . . ... ....... . .. 3 1 ½ 15½ 14½ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION The course in nursing education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State regist_ration.1 Credits required for the degree ~re one hundred twenty-[our, of which at least sixty-four must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from forty to sixty and wi!l be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtarned on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE AND WILKES COLLEGE Lebanon Valley College and Wilkes College have entered into a cooperative program whereby nurses working_in the vicin~ty of Annville and ~ebano_n may earn a degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College by ta½mg their academic credits on the campus at Lebanon Valley College and their professional credits at Wilkes, either in extension at the Hospital or in residence at Wilkes-Barre. The usual residence requirements for a degree in Nursing Education may be satisfied by taking one-half the work on the campus at Lebanon Valley College and the other one-half at Wilkes College. JUNIOR YEAR Second Semester First Semester N umber Cr. Composition ... . .... . ....... Eng 101 3 Title Amer. and Penna. History to 1865 . .. . ...... . .... . ... Hist Foundat ions of Nursing . ..... N.E. Physical Science .. .. . . . . ..... Phys General Psychology .. . ... . .. Psy Sociology .. ...... ... . . .. .. . Soc 107 101 100 100 100 3 2 3 3 3 Title N umber Cr. 100 3 Biological Science ...... ... .. Bio Educational Psychology . ... . Ed Composition ........ . .. . .... Eng American History since 1865 .. Hist Community Nursing .. . . . . ... N .E. Supervision and Admin .. . . .. N.E. 201 102 108 104 106 3 3 3 Title 1 For exception see page 44. Fourth Semester Number Cr. 202 2 Educational Measurements ... Ed Visual Education .... . .. .. . . . Ed 212 1 World Literature . .. . . . . . .... Eng 151 4 Prin . and Meth. in N.E . .. . .. N .E. 107 2 Electives 2 .• •••• • •••••• . •• •• 6-7 Title Number Guidance . . .. ... . ........ .. . Ed Fundamentals of Speech . ..... Eng Trends in Nursing Ed . . ..... . N.E. Field Experience . .. . . .. ..... N.E. Electives 2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 15-16 Cr. 214 131 102 2 112 4 5-6 15- 16 Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may trans£er to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students ha:7e transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic Univers!ty, Columbia, Cornell,. Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Leh1g~, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvama State College, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern en~ineer~ng techni9.ues. In selecting his particular field, the _student shou~d cons1d~r his natural mterests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interested in mathematics and the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: ~esearch al?peals to the imaginativ~ mind; the more practical person may be rnterested rn development and_ design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of constructwn, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always need_ed. to sell applications and equipment. As his ~xperience broadens and his Judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical or mechanical engineering. ' 2 2 16 2 2 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING 2 17 69 Electives mar be selected fro_m academ~c subjects (E_conomics, Political Science, Psychology, Soc10logy) or Nursing Education courses with approval of the adviser. �70 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES 71 FR ESHMAN YEAR CIVIL ENGINEERING ( COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) First Semester Tit!, Number Cr. General Inorg anic Chem . . .... Chem 101 Engineering and Orientation Problems ............ .. .. . Engi 100 Engineering Drawing and Des. Geometry . .. . ... . .. ... Engi 105 Composition .... .. ... . .... . . Eng 101 Algebra and Trig . . .. .. ... ... Mach 105 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. .. .. . P.E. 101 Pers . Hyg ... . .. . ........ . . . P .E. 105 4 2 3 3 5 1 1 The ~ivil engi~eer deal~ wi~h problems in structural, highway, railroad, hyd~aufic, a_nd sanitarf engmeerrng, . and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes m the design, construct10n and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, ~ams, and. the stru~ural members of buildings. His services are indispensable m the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development ~nd co~trol of water r~sources; in _the treatment and disposal of sewage and mdustnal waste; and m the location and construction of all transportation facilities. Second Semester Title Number Cr. Alternaces: 1 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. .Chem 102}4-6 General Inorganic Chem .. . . Chem 104 Drawing & Des. Geometry ... Engi 106 2 Composition . . .... . . . ... .. . Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry ...... .. . . Math 122 4 General Physics (Mech.). .. . . Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P .E. 102 I Pers. Hyg . .. ....... . . .... . . P .E . 106 l SOPHOMORE YEARl Third Semester Tit!, 19 19-21 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of aeronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. Numher Cr. 103 3 100 3 134 3 125 4 151 4 103 1 Plane Surveying .... . ..... ... C.E. Intro. to Economics .. . .. . . .. Ee Fundamentals of Speech ... ... Eng Calculus I. ... . . .. . ..... . . .. Math General Physics . ... ... ... . .. Phys Physical Education . . .. ... ... P.E. Numb,,. Cr. 4 3 3 4 4 1 19 1 2 Fourth Semester Titu 4 J J 4 1 104 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING To?ay nea~ly eve_ry ac~ivity of civ~lized life depends upon electricity. The electnc~l engrn~er is trarned to design, ~onstruct, and operate all electrical generatmg equ1 pment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; Io~ electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. The commun!c~tions .fiel~, includi~g telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of_ pnnt and P!ctures, _off~rs numerous opportunities. Development of electrornc tubes, transistors, ctrcU1ts, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Titu SOPHOMORE YEAR 2 Tit!, 126 211 212 152 19 Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad iield of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer include.; a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fund amentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control or sales engineer. Inor. Quant. Analysis .. .. .... Chem 121 Incro . to Economics .... . . . . . Ee 100 Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng 134 Calculus I ........... . ... . .. M ath 125 General Physics .. . .. .. ...... Phys 151 Physical Education . . .. .. .... P.E. 103 Numb,,. Cr. 104 4 Route Surveying .... ... . .. ... C.E. Calculus II ... .. . . .. .. ... ... Math Mechanics I, Statics .. ... . .. . M.E . Mechanics II, Dynamics . .... . M .E. General Phy sics .. . ... . . ... .. Phys Physical Education . . .. .... . . P .E. 18 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit!, Number Stoichiometry .. ........ .... . Ch E Calculus II ..... .. .. . .. . .... Mat h Mechanics I, Statics . . . . .. ... M.E . Mechanics II, Dynamics .. . .. . M .E. Gene~al Phy sics : .. . .. .. ... . . Ph ys Physical Education .... .. . . . . P.E . 106 126 211 212 152 104 Cr. 3 4 3 3 4 1 Numb,r Cr. 103 3 100 3 134 3 125 4 151 4 103 l Plane Surveying . .. . . . .... .. . C.E. Intro. to Economics .... . ..... Ee Fuodamencals of Speech ... ... Eng Calculus I . . . ... . . ... . .... .. Math General Physics . . ... .. ..... . Phys Physical Education . ... . . .. .. P .E . Fourth Semester Tit!, Numh,r Calculus II .... .. ... ... . .... Math 126 Kinematics ......... . ... ... . . M.E. 206 Mechanics I, Statics . .... . ... M .E. 211 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M .E. 212 General Physics . . . ... . ..... . Phys 152 Physical Education .... . ..... P.E. 104 Cr. 4 4 3 3 4 1 18 18 18 Chemical engineers will register for Chemistry 102 ( six hours). All other engineering students will register for Chemistry 104 (four hours). For freshman year see above. 1 For freshman year see page 70. �WILKES COLLEGE 72 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in science, engineering, economics, business administration, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but also economic and humanistic interests, as well as character and personality. He must work with others and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Fourth Semester Third Semester Titl, Number Cr. Principles of Economics . .... . Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. . . .. Eng 134 3 Calculus I .................. Math 125 4 General Physics ............. Phys 151 4 General Psychology . . .. .. ... Psy 100 3 Physical Education ..... . .... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics . .. ... ... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics . . .. . M.E. 212 3 General Physics . ... . ... ..... Phys 152 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 Terminal Courses 18 18 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Plane Surveying .... ...... ... C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics ........ .. Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus I. ................. Math 125 4 General Physics . . ... . . ..... . Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 18 1 For freshman year see page 70. Title Number Cr. Calculus II . .............. .. Math 126 4 Kinematics ... .. .. . .... .. ... M .E. 206 4 Mechanics I, Statics ... ... ... M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Physics .. ... ... ... .. Phys 152 4 Physical Education ... . .... .. P.E. 104 1 18 �74 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MUSIC TI1e following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS Biology: Twelve semester hours, of which ten hours must be in zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are histology, embryology, comparative anatomy, physiology, bacteriology, and hygiene. Chemistry: Twelve hours of general inorganic chemistry, including laboratory work. Four hours of quantitative analysis, including laboratory work. A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of music. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Composition ........... . .... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 • • • . . • . . • .. 101 or 103 3 Music, Applied.............. 1 Music, Theory . . . ........... Mus 101 5 Elective.................... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . . . . . .. ..... .. . . . . P.E. 105 1 Title Nttmb,r Cr. Composition . . ............. Eng 102 3 Foreign Language1 •••••••••.. 102 or 104 3 Music, Applied . . .......... . 1 Intro. to Music .............. Mus 100 3 Music, Theory . ............. Mus 102 5 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ..... . . P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ..... ............ P.E. 106 1 17 17 Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of sixty semester hours of college credit. The fallowing courses are recommended, but not required: physics, organic chemistry, histology, embryology, physiology, and comparative anatomy. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Tit/, Numb,r General Zoology ............ Bio General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem Composition .... . .......... Eng College Algebra .... .. ...... Math Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... . . P.E. Pers. Hyg .... . ........... .. P.E . Cr. 101 101 101 107 101 105 5 4 3 3 1 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Second Semester 1 itle N1,mb1r General Zoology ........... . Bio Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. .. .. ..... Chem Elective . ..... . ... .. .... . . . . Composition ............... Eng Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. Pers. Hyg . ..... . ........... P.E. 17 Cr. 102 4 102 102 102 106 6 3 3 1 1 75 Fourth Semester Tit!, Nttmber Cr. Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Foreign Language 1 ••• • ..••••. 103 or 200 3 Music, Applied ............ . 1 Music, Theory .............. Mus 103 5 Music, History .............. Mus 109 3 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 Foreign Language 1 ••••••••••• 104 or 200 Music, Applied ............. . Music, Theory .............. Mus 104 Music, History .............. Mus 110 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Numb1r Cr. Bacteriology . .. .... .. .. . .. .. Bio 212 4 Organic Chem ........ . ...... Chem 230 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-'d Physical Education ........ .. P .E. 104 1 16- 17 16-17 1 At least one elective each semester must be in the humanities or social sciences. 1 The level of the course taken by the student 3 3 1 ~ 3 1 16 18 Title Nnmber Cr. Bacteriology . . . . . .......... . Bio 211 4 Inorganic Quantitative ,. Anal. .. .... . ........... .. Chem 121 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Physical Education ...... .... P .E. 103 1 c,. will depend upon his achievement. �76 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Two years) The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in chemistry and biology. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Titu N umber Cr. General Zoology . . . . . . .... .. Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . .. . .. Chem 101 4 Composition .. . ... . .. . . . ... Eng 101 3 College Algebra ........ ... . Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ..... . P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . ....... .. ........ P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. General Zoology . . . . ...... .. Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem . and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition .. . ..... ..... .. Eng 102 3 Trigonometry ........ .. . ... Math 109 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . . . ... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .. ... . .......... . . P.E. 106 1 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester 15- 16 (Three years) FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology . . . .. ... . . . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . .. .. Chem 101 4 Composition ...... . ... .... . Eng 101 3 College Algebra ... . ... ..... Math 107 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. . .. . P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .. . . .. .. .. .... . .. P.E. 105 1 Second Semester Title N umber Cr. General Zoology . . ......... Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition .. ...... ... ... . Eng 102 3 Trigonometry ....... .. . . ... Math 109 3 Ph ys. Ed . and Hygiene . . .... P.E . 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ......... . ....... P.E . 106 1 17 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR 16 Title N1,mber Cr. Histology ... ..... .. . . . ... .. Bio 241 3 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. . Chem 121 4 General Physics ... . . . . .. .... Phys 111 4 .Alternates : World Literature . ..... . ... Eng 151 4 Hist. of West. Civ .... . . . .. Hist 101 3 Physical Education . .. . .. . .. . P .E. 103 1 77 Title Number Cr. Histology ... .. . ...... . . . ... Bio 242 3 Organic Chemistry .... . .. . . . Chem 230 4 General Physics . ... . . .. .... . Phys 112 4 Al tern ates: World Literature .. ........ Eng 152 4 Hist. of West. Civ . ..... . .. Hist 102 3 Physical Education .. . .... . . . P.E. 104 1 15- 16 Third Semester Title Number Cr. Basic Art .. .. . .. . .. . . ...... Art 101 3 Comp. Anatomy of the Vert . . Bio 201 4 Inorg. Quantitative Anal. ... . Chem 121 4 World Literature . . . .. . ... .. Eng 151 4 Physical Education .... . . ... P.E. 103 1 Fourth Semester T itle N umber Cr. Basic Art ... . . . . . . ... . ... .. Art 102 3 Embryology ......... . . . .. . . Bio 202 4 Organic Chemistry . .... . .. . . Chem 230 4 World Literature . . ....... . . Eng 152 4 Physical Education .. . .. . ... P .E. 104 1 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Tit/, N11mber Cr. Bacteriology .... . . . . . ... . .. Bio 211 4 Histology . .. . ......... . .... Bio 241 3 Organic Chemistry . . ........ Chem 231 5 General Physics ...... . ... . . Phys 111 4 16 Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology .. . .. . . . .. .. . . . Bio 212 4 Histology ...... . . .. . . . . . . .. Bio 242 3 Chemistry Elective .. . ..... .. Chem 3 General Physics . . . . ...... . . Phys 112 4 14 �78 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES SECRETARIAL COURSE MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this curriculum may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. Medical secretaries require special training so that they may have an intelligent understanding of their part in the work of a medical office. To provide the essential background, the secretarial courses are supplemented by biology and laboratory courses in chemistry and physiology. The courses in secretarial accounting and office procedures are adapted to the needs of the students preparing for work in the offices of physicians. 79 FRESHMAN Y EAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Survey of Business . . ... . .... . B.A. Composition .... .. .. ... ..... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ... . . . Hist Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . ... . .. P.E. Pers . Hyg . ......... . ....... P.E . 100 101 101 101 101 105 Cr. 3 3 3 4 1 1 Title Number Biological Science . . .. . . . . ... Bio Composition ... .. ... .. ..... Eng Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ... . .. Hist Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .. . .. P.E. Pers . Hyg ......... . ........ P.E . 100 102 131 102 102 102 106 15 Cr. 3 3 2 3 4 Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ... . .. Chem 101 4 Composition ... ... ...... . .. Eng 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. 102 4 Secretarial Accounting . ... .. . S.S. 120 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. . .... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg.. . ...... P.E . 106 1 15 16 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title Third Semester Fourth Semester N umber Business Mathematics ....... B.A. Business Law .... . .. .. ... ... B.A. Intermediate Stenography ... . S.S. Office Pro. and Machines . .... S.S. Elective ... .. .... . .. . . .. . .. . Physical Education .... .. .. .. P .E . 107 231 109 205 103 Cr. 3 3 4 4 3 1 18 Number 1 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Second Semester Cr. Dusiness Mathematics ... . ... B.A. 107 3 Biological Science .... ... . ... Bio 100 3 Composition ....... .... ..... Eng 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... . .. P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg.. . ....... P.E. 105 1 Title Second Semester N umber Till, First Semester T itle Number Office Management ... ... ... . B.A. Intro . to Economics .. ....... Econ Advanced Stenography . . ..... S.S. Secretarial Accounting .. . . .. . S.S. Elective. . ..... .. . . . . .... .. . Physical Education ...... . .. . P.E . 238 100 110 120 104 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 1 Fourth Semester Number Physiology .. . . . .. . . .. . ..... Bio Hist. of W. Civilization . . .... Hist Advanced Stenography .. ..... S.S. Office Pro. and Machines .... . S.S. Elective..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education .. . . . ... .. P.E. 251 101 109 205 103 Cr. 4 3 4 3 3 1 18 Title Number Cr. Office Management .. .. ...... B.A. Physiology . . ... .. .... .. . . . . Bio Hist . of W. Civilization ...... Hist Medical Stenography ........ S.S. Elective.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education ... .. . . . . . P.E. 238 252 102 200 104 3 4 3 3 3 1 17 17 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. A candidate for a degree with a major in medical stenography should consult with his adviser before planning his program of study. A student who completes the two-year program and then decides to continue work toward a degree should carefully plan the last two years with his adviser. �Descript10n of Courses �82 WILKES COLLEGE ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Curtis, T. C. Richards, Slamon, Werner. AccouNTING-Three hours THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of .financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING-Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 101. AccT. 102. PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING-Three hours THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 102. AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING-Three hours THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 111. AccT. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING-Three hours THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. AccT. 201. COST Prerequisite: Accounting 112 or approval of instructor. ACCOUNTING-Three hours THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 201 or approval of instructor. AccT. 202. ADVANCED COST DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 83 SYSTEMS--Three hours MR. SL.AMON A study of the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and loan associations, and other specialized businesses, with special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 201. .ACCT. 220. ACCOUNTING TAXES I-Three hours MR. CURTIS The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions; methods of effecting tax savings. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 202 or approval of instructor. AccT. 221. TAXES II-Three hours THE STAFF Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. AccT. 222. MR. SL.AMON PRINCIPLES-Three hours Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records and balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 202. ACCT. 231. AUDITING PRACTICE-Three hours MR. SL.AMON Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 231. AccT. 232. AUDITING PROBLEMS-Three hours MR. CURTIS Advanced corporation problems including consolidations, mergers, and holding companies. Class two hours a week. Laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. AccT. 242. ADVANCED ART Assistant Professor O'Toole, chairman; Instructor Lorusso. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Art is intended ( 1) for the student who seeks an intelligent understanding �84 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES of the visual arts as part of his general education; and (2) for the talented student who wishes to acquire the technical skills necessary for successful art expression. The courses in the curriculum enable the student who is essentially an observer of art to experience as fully as possible the creative activity of the artist. They give the student with a special aptitude for art a thorough knowledge of the language of art, and an adequate training in the mechanics and techniques that he needs to achieve full creative MR. O'TooLE Complete study of type faces and their design and differences. Designing with type, type ornaments and rules. Relationships of form, structure, size, direction, texture, color and weight. The use of type in advertising, book-jackets, brochures. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ART 110. HAND LETTERING FOR REPRODUCTION-Three hours MR. O'TooLE expression. ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Three hours e.ach semester ART 109. TYPOGRAPHY-Three hours 85 MR. O'TooLE Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Brush lettering, pen lettering, combining hand lettering with type. The uses of photostats. Use of ruling pen, bow compass, and other mechanical aids. The hand-lettered book-jacket and posters. The paste-up and use of reproduction proofs for line cuts. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ARr 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three hours each semester ART 103-104. APPLIED ART-Three homs each semeseter MR. O'TooLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums: pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 105-106. INTRODUCTION TO LETTERING Three hours each semester MR. LORUSSO Analysis of basic letter forms. The origin and development of the alphabet. Study of the first three one-stroke alphabets and Gothic. The basic strokes, upper and lower cases. Grouping letters into words. Simple spacing and layout. Second group of alphabets to include: thick and thin, the scripts, one-stroke Roman and italics. Combining all the one-stroke alphabets in varying weights and sizes. ART 107-108. LETTERING AND LAYOUT-Three hours each semester MR. LORUSSO The designed or built-up letter. Basic strokes, upper and lower cases of Gothic, Roman, italic, and script letters. Combining designed lettering with one-stroke lettering in layout. The use of color in lettering and backgrounds. Prerequisite: Art 105-106. MR. O'TOOLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half-tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing ( double spread). Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three hours each semester MR. O'TOOLE Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESIGN-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ZOOLOGY-Nine hours MR. REIF General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 101 has class four hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. 86 ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or ec1uivalent. MR. O'TooLE ART--Three hours each semester Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 215-216. FINE Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART-Three hours each semester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. IV-Two or three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Individual instruction in the field of art in which the student wishes to excel. Each student will be given problems according to his needs and abilities. With each problem the student will receive individual instruction and criticism. ART 219-220-221-222. STUDIO I, II, III, 87 BIO. 101-102. GENERAL BIO. 111-112. GENERAL BOTANY-Three hours each semester MR.S. NAMISNIAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. TAXONOMY-Four hours MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. Bio. 113. BOTANICAL BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES- Four hours Miss GALLIA Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 102. EMBRYOLOGY-Four hours STAFF Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 201, or permission of instructor. BIO. 202. BIOLOGY Professor Reif, chairman; Instructors Namisniak and Gallia. SCIENCE-Three hours THE STAFF Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. BIO. 100. BIOLOGICAL Bio. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Four hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Biology 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Prerequisite: Biology 102. Biology 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 211. B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BusINEss 1-Three hours THE STAFF This course is designed as an introduction to the .field of business and must be taken by commerce and finance students during the first semester of the freshman year. Emphasis is placed upon examining the various vocational opportunities in modern business and upon studying the necessary educational and other requisites for such jobs. Attempts are made to plan in advance with each student a tentative course program. Each student is required to make an individual study of some vocational objective. 88 BIO. 223. ENTOMOLOGY-Four hours MR. REIF Entomology is the study of insects through the collection and identification of specimens. Life histories of insects are studied as well as their economic relationships, and their significance in industry and medicine. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field work, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 101, or permission of instructor. BIO. 241-242. HISTOLOGY AND ORGANOLOGY-Three hours each semester Miss GALLIA Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Credit is given only upon completion of both semesters work which must be taken in sequence. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Biology 202, or permission of instructor. BIO. 251-252. PHYSIOLOGY-Three hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Physiology is a study of the functioning of the various cells, tissues, and organs of the animal body. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Biology 242, Chemistry 230, and Physics 112, or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: for Biology 252 is Biology 251. BIO. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY-One credit each semester MR. REIF This seminar is designed as a correlating study of the field of biology for senior students. Each student prepares a paper on a biological topic for presentation to and discussion by the group. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Elliot, Farrar, Instructors Bunn, Casper, Connor, Livingstone, Slamon, Werner, Youn , Mackson, Kohn, Puhak, Wood, Johns, Lu, Bloomburg. B.A. 99. BASIC BUSINESS ENGLISH-No credit THE STAFF A course designed to aid in the writing of business letters, with stress on the fundamentals of business correspondence. Class three hours a week. 89 B.A. 107. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS-Three hours THE STAFF Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions, decimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and turnover; depreciation and distribution of overhead; payroll problems including social security and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments involving interest; bank discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and annuities; stocks and bonds ; graphs and their use in business. B.A. 114. SALESMANSHIP-Three hours MR. YOUNG The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS-Three ho11rs THE STAFF Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: English 102. B.A. 216. ADVERTISING-Three hours MR. BUNN, THE STAFF A survey of the different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a social force. B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Problems and policies of railroads, buses, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 1 Credit for this cour5e will be granted only to students who take it prior to taking Economics 101 and 102. �90 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CREDIT AND COLLECTIONS-Three hout·s THE STAFF The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Economics 102, Accounting 102. matter); the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genuineness of assent ( legal or illegal inducement to agree) . Prerequisite: Economics 102 or approval of instructor. 220. REAL EsTATE-Three hours THE STAFF The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Economics 102. A general study of the Law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and the Law of Bailment. Legal problems arising out of the sale of merchandise by manufacturers, distributors and dealers; out of the financing, processing, shipment, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of government regulations thereof. Prerequisite: Business Administration 2 31. B.A. 218. B.A. MARKETING-Three hours MR. ELLIOT Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure and organization, and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 232. 91 BUSINESS LAW-SALES, AGENCY, BAILMENT-Three hours MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON B.A. 222. FINANCE-Three hours MR. SLAMON A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 225. CORPORATION B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three hours MR. SLAMON Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 2 2 5. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-CONTRACTS-Three hours B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three hours MR. WERNER, MR. PUHAK Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their formation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured, insurer, and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insurance contract. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three hours MR. WERNER,MR.PUHAK Law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes ( crimes against the person, property, business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions) . Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. MR. YOUNG 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three hours A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. Examination of the essential elements of a valid contract and the application to typical business transactions. These essential elements are: the agreement; the subject matter (what the contract is about); the consideration (that value which is given by each party for his interest in the subject MR. YOUNG 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three hours Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Economics 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. �92 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. 93 B.A. CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professors Bone, Salley, and Worstall Prerequisite: Economics 223 or approval of instructor. LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS B.A. 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of offi.ce records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force; sales research and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: Business Administration 114 or equivalent. B.A. 240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three hours MR. CONNOR This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three hours MR. CONNOR This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. B.A. A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: 1. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. CHEM. 101. THE STAFF An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. CHEM. 102. 244. TIME AND MOTION STUDY-Three hours CHEM. 104. 245. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT-Th1'ee hours GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours Miss THE STAFF The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. B.A. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS Six hours MISS BONE The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours BONE, MR. WoRSTALL A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. THE STAFF Economic and historical aspects of traffic management; evaluation of comparative aspects of competitive modes of transportation, development of managerial ability; use of rates and tariff. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Four hours MR. SALLEY Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 102. �94 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CHEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Five hours CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 12'1. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours MR. BASTRESS An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The preparation and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 231. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Five hours MR. BASTRES-5 A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 230. CHEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS-Three hours MR. BASTRESS A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 31. 95 MR. SALLEY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY-Three hours each semester MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 and 230. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY-One hour MR. BASTRESS The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One hour MR. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 271. CHEM. RESEARCH PROJECT-One to three hours each semester 272. THE STAFF CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. BASTRESS Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. CHEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four hours each semester MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121, Mathematics 126, Physics 202. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. SALLEY A study of advanced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, kinetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concerning the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Elliot; Instructors Young and Lu. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete twenty-four hours of work in economics beyond Economics 101 and 102. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry should include Economics 202, 232, and 241. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the �96 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Economics 102. ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Economics 101. MR. ELLIOT TRADE-Three hours Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF Ee. 201. MONEY .AND BANKING-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: Economics 102. MONEY-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Economics 201. Ee. 202. THEORY OF CREDIT-Two hours MR. ROSENBERG This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. 97 Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL MR. ELLIOT GEOGRAPHY-Three hours A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and analyzes the world distribution of resources, industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course in world resources and related fields. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 226. ECONOMIC Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY-NORTH AMERICA-Three hours MR. ELLIOT A study of the economic regions of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the western hemisphere. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 204. CONSUMER BUSINESS-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: Political Science 101, Economics 102. Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT .AND SYSTEMS--Three hours The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE EcoNOMIC MR.LU BUSINESS CYCLES-Three hours A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 230. Ee. 231. Ee. 223. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING-Three hours MR. YOUNG An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, APPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG A course in statistical methods and their application to business. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution �98 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, Chi-square test; test of significance for small samples, analysis of variance. 3 hours lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. 232. EcoNOMIC STATISTICS-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG A continuation of Economics 2 31. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Economics 231. Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; .financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of gov• ernment finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Economics 102, Political Science 101. Ee. Ee. 246. ECONOMICS INVESTIGATION-Three hours EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Assistant Professor Karr; Instructor R. Moran. ED. 100. AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION-One hour THE STAFF A short course designed to acquaint students with the essential facts about American public education. School system organization; the development and significance of education in a democracy; current problems, possible solutions and promising practices are presented and analyzed for the non-professional. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSis-Three hours MR. Lu This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 101. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION-Three hours MR. HAMMER ECONOMIC Ee. 245. CONSUMER ECONOMICS-Three hours MR.LU The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. MR. ELLIOT Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: ( 1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. ED. HISTORY-Three hours MR. ELLIOT, MR. Lu An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 238. 99 A broad, general introduction to the field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American public education. Study of the educational structure; the teacher, his preparation and qualifications; the pupils, their individual differences and provisions therefor; the materials of instruction; the school plant; the financing of education; the profession of teaching; the participation of the public; contemporary issues and trends in public education. MR. HAMMER Practical application of basic psychological principles; study of human growth and development; the nature and measurement of intelligence; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; the nature and general principles of learning; the measurement and facilitation of learning; guidance of the individual; effective methods of study; special aspects of learning; the psychology of teaching methods; and simple statistical concepts. Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and Education 101. ED. 201. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ED. 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two hours MR. HAMMER A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use; study of �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES methods of treating scores; principles and purposes of measurement; practice in the construction of objective tests; supervised administration, scoring, and interpretation of tests; some aspects of evaluation. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. MR.HAMMER GUIDANCE-Two hours A general survey of the principles and problems of guidance, and an introduction to activities and techniques used in a guidance program in the public school. Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors' certificates. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. 100 ED. 204. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION- Three hottrs MR. HAMMER The historical development of the secondary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. CURRICULUM-Three hours MR. HAMMER Developments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life, vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricular activities; treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units; study methods; tests and marking; a survey of secondary school curriculum and its continuing development. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 205. SECONDARY ED. 207. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL-Eight hours En. 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Six to twelve hours MR. HAMMER, MR. KARR Students are assigned to the guidance of competent, experienced teachers. They observe several teachers. Gradually they assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. They plan lesson units and complete curriculum units. Conferences with the teachers-in-charge and professors-in-charge aid in discussion of principles and problems. Prerequisite: approval of Department Chairman. ACTIVITIES-Three hours MR. HAMMER Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance program. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 211. EXTRACURRICULAR hour THE STAFF A study of the materials and techniques of visual education; principles and plans for the use of audio-visual or sensory aids; the incorporation of visual instruction in the work for the classroom. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 212. VISUAL EDUCATION-One 101 ED. 214. THE TEACHING OF READING-Three hours MR. KARR Analysis of the reading task; consideration of the relationship of maturation to reading; problems and methods in developing reading readiness; methods and techniques of teaching reading; the place of experiences; development of reading interests; types of reading; evaluation of reading growth; remedial procedures in reading. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. En. 231. THE TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC-Two hours MR. KARR Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary arithmetic; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and teaching techniques for developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction in concepts of quantitative relationships. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 232. ED. 234. THE TEACHING OF LANGUAGE ARTS-Two hours MR. KARR Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary English; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; attention given to handwriting, spelling, and the utilization of the library. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 235. CHILDREN'S LITERATURE AND STORY TELLING MR. KARR Three hours Designed to provide familiarity with classic and modern literature for children of elementary school age. Techniques and practices in story telling will be stressed, and particular emphasis will be placed on the use of dramatization and graphic materials. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 236. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STUDIEs--Three hours MR. KARR Study of social situations pertinent to elementary school children; relation of school and home activities to the community; the study of methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create understanding. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 102 ED. 237. PRINCIPLES OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Two hours MR. KARR The historical development of the elementary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles of elementary education; other factors in the development of the elementary school; promising practices in the elementary school; methodology and guidance; characteristics of the elementary school child; discipline and control; mental and physical hygiene; records and reports; a survey of principles and techniques in the elementary school. 103 ED. 243. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two hours THE STAFF This course considers the health of the elementary school child including wholesome health ideas, attitudes and habits. The prospective teacher learns the fundamentals of first aid, care of the sick and attention to child health problems. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 290. WORKSHOP IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Three hours THE STAFF Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 238. THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Three hours MR. KARR The development of the elementary society that supports it; the emerging ment to individual needs; relation of content and method; utilizing the arts, tion, etc., in the elementary curriculum. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. curriculum; its relation to the elementary curriculum; adjustobjectives to children's needs; music, science, physical educa- ED. 239. TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Experienced teachers are afforded an opportunity to study together and to develop projects of particular interest to them. In addition to working individually, students meet to consider current problems in elementary education. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ENGINEERING SCIENCE-Two hours Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and W orstall; Instructor Thomas. MR. HAMMER Basic elements of the sciences suitable for elementary school use; materials for demonstration; methods of presentation; consideration of the integration of science in the elementary curriculum; aims and objectives of science teaching; development of a spirit of inquiry. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. THE STAFF PROBLEMS- Two hours THE STAFF Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary art; methods, aims, objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; basic principles; selection and manipulation of various media; the development of creative expression and appreciation. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. THE STAFF DRAWING--Two hours A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. ED. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY ED. 242. SCHOOL-Two hours Music IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two hours R. MORAN Study of methods for developing appreciation for and enjoyment of music through performance and listening; developing the rhythm band; rote singing; program music for children; discovery of talent; writing and interpretation of scales; training in group leadership in singing. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. MR. ENGi. 100. ENGINEERING ENGL 101. BASIC ENGL 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY I . - Three hours MR. HELTZEL, MR. THOMAS This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Use and care of instruments. Technical sketching; orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections. Applications of the principles of descriptive geometry. Practicum, seven hours a week. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 104 ENGi. 106. Mechanical Engineering ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY H. -Two hours MR. HELTZEL Continuation of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of engineering space problems. Application of standard drawing conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engi. 105. MR. WI ORSTALL A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121; Physics 151. Co-requisite: Physics 152. SURVEYING-Three hours MR. Prerequisite: Physics 150, Mathematics 125. Co-requisite: Mathematics 126. l'I. DYNAMICS-Three hours MR. HALL THOMAS MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: C.E. 103. MR. HALL Prerequisite: M.E. 2·11. Prerequisite: Engineering 105, Mathematics 105 or 107 and 109. SURVEYING-Four hours 211. MECHANICS 1. STA.TICS-Three hours Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. C.E. 104. ROUTE M.E. M.E. 212. MECHANICS Civil Engineering C.E. 103. PLANE KINEMATICS-Three hours MR. THOMAS, MR. HELTZEL Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. M.E. 206. Prerequisite: Engineering 106, Mathematics 122, Physics 150 Chemical Engineering CH.E. 106. STOICHIOMETRY-Three hours 105 ENGLISH Professor Craig, chairman; Associate Professors Davies and Raddin; Assistant Professors Donnelly and Kruger; Instructors Cappellini, Groh, Lord, Moran, and Tyburski. Students who major in English are required to complete twenty-four hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the freshman and sophomore years. The twenty-four hours shall include an advanced course in composition or journalism, Shakespeare, and three hours of work in linguistics, the History of the Languages or Chaucer and a minimum of fifteen hours in literature. It is strongly recommended that all majors in English take six hours in a foreign language beyond the minimum requirement of twelve hours. All students who wish to take graduate work in the field of English should take at least twenty-four hours in two foreign languages. Majors who wish to teach in secondary schools are advised to elect English 275. The credit for this course may be counted toward either the major or the satisfaction of requirements for certification in education. In planning his program with his faculty adviser, the student �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES should make an early decision regarding the field in which credit for this course is desired. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. Those who are exempted from taking English 101 as a result of the test will take English 102 and 105. Those students who show a deficiency are required to take an extra hour of drill to supplement their work in English 1 o1. papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: English 102. 106 Composition THE STAFF 99. REMEDIAL ENGLISH-No credit A remedial course for students whose work in English is unsatisfactory. ENG. 107 WRITING-Three hottrs MR. MORAN Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent developments in fields of: public opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opinion polls. Special attention is given to the myriad trade journals and house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 123. PUBLICITY WRITING-Three hours MR. MORAN Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the feature field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weeldy themes. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 124. FEATURE COMPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. ENG. 101. ENG. 102. COMPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: English 101. EXPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: English 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. ENG. 105. ADVANCED MR. KRUGER STORY-Three hours A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for the short story. Prerequisite: English 102. Language and Literature ENG. 151. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four Hours MR. DA VIES, MR. DONNELLY, MR. RADDIN Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: English 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 106. SHORT f ournalism WRITING-Three hours MR. MORAN A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC ENG. 152. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY, MR. R.ADDIN Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: English 151. LITERATURE-Three hours MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 153. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three hours MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 154. AMERICAN �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 156. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours each semester MR. DONNELLY, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 102. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON- Three hours MISS CRAIG A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 152. 108 ENG. 155 ENG. 201. AND 109 ENG. Mrss CRAIG 237. EARLY ENGLISH NovEL- Three hours English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: English 152. 205. CHAUCER- Three hours MISS CRAIG Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. MR. DAVIES DRAMA-Three hours Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 211. EARLY ENGLISH 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the drama in England from 1660 to the end of the Victorian period; reading of representative plays. Prerequisite: English 1 52. ENG. Miss CRAIG 215. SHAKESPEARE-Three hours Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 216. MILTON-Three hours Miss CRAIG Study of the poetical works of John Milton; lectures, discussions, written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. POPE-Three hours Miss CRAIG A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 221. AGE OF MISS CRAIG 238. LATER ENGLISH NOVEL-Three hours The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONN ELLY, MR. RADDIN Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: English 15 2-. ENG. 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 275. TEACHING OF ENGLISH IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours THE STAFF Analysis and discussion of thpse methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English literature and composition. Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for juniors and seniors. �110 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENG. 287. AMERICAN DRAMA-Three hours MR. GROH The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for readi.tg and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: English 15 2. FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours Continuation of French 101. THE STAFF Prerequisite: French 101 or the equivalent. ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-Two hours MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH The physical, mental, and social equipment requisite for effective speaking. Classroom projects, which include oral reading, gesture exercise, pantomime, and various extemporaneous speeches, are designed to improve the student's physical behavior on the platform, to train his voice, to develop vocal variety, and to build habits of clear thinking. Critical analysis of speech technique and content, the purpose being to produce not only better speakers but also better critics of speech. ENG. 132. EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING-Two hours THE STAFF Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. FR. 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours Speech 111 MR. KRUGER Continuation of English 131. Projects include speeches for various occasions, group discussions, and symposiums, with emphasis on the principles of persuasion, types of evidence, and methods of reasoning. Continued critical analysis of speech technique and content; constant practice in speaking and thinking to a definite end. Prerequisite: English 131. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. Prerequisite: French 102 or the equivalen~. FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to French civilization; practice m oral and written French. Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. FR. 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Three hours Mrss DwoRSKI Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who w1sh to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. ENG. 133. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE-Two hours MR. KRUGER The commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are discussed. Required of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: English 131, or consent of the instructor. ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three hours MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH Similar to English 131, but with an extra, hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Associate Professor Dworski; Instructor McAniff. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond French 102. FR. 106. FRENCH CONVERSATION-Three hours Mrss DwoRsKI Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the microphone to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 107. FRENCH COMPOSITION-Three hours Mrss DwoRsKJ Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE-Three hours each semester Mrss DwoRSKI A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. �112 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 113 FR. 203. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRSKI Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. GER. 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Continuation of German 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRSKJ Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three hours MISS DwoRSY-.J Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. MR. DISQUE 106. GERMAN CONVERSATION-Three hours MR. DISQUE Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. COMPOSITION-Three hours MR. DISQUE Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. GER. 107. GERMAN Prerequisite: French 201.-202 or the equivalent. FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH 105. SCIENTIFIC GERMAN-Three hours Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. GER. DRAMA-Three hours Miss DwoRsK.I The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Thf'ee hours each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. to 1932. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours beyond German 102. GER. 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. GER. 102. ELEMENTARY GER. 203. GoETHE-Three hours GERMAN-Three hours SCHILLER-Three hours Poet of German idealism. GER. 204. MR. DISQUE Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. THE STAFF Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. DISQUE Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE MR. Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. lectures and individual reports. DRAMA-Three hours MR. DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. �114 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY-Three hours MR. DISQUE The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. Spanish A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Spanish 102. SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours THE STAFF THE STAFF Miss DwoRSKI The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 106. SPANISH CONVERSATION-Three hours SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NovEL-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. GENERAL SCIENCE Miss DwoRSKI Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the mirrophone to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. SP. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Three hours Three hours each semester Miss DwoRSKI A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. lOJ. COMMERCIAL SPANISH-Three hours SP. 201-202. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected reading of modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or equivalent. SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH LITERATURE-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three hours SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN CULTURE-Three hours 115 Miss DwoRSKI Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. BIO. 100. See page 86. GEOL. 100. GENERAL GEOLOGY-Two hours MR. REIF General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. PHYS. 100. See page 130. �116 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES HISTORY HIST. 225. HlSTORY OF THE AMERICAN Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professor Mui; Instructor Kaslas, Instructor Ritchie. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take History 101, 102, 107, and 108; History 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION THE ST.A.FF Three hottrs each semester A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 Three hours MR. THATCHER A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 186')--Three hours MR. TH.ATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. 117 FRONTIER-Three hours MR. THATCHER A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED ST.ATES Three hours MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. EAST-Three hours MR. MUI A study of the historical conditions under which the Communist state was established in Russia and portions of the Far East. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 235. SOVIET RUSSIA AND THE FAR HIST. 242. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three hours MR. MUI Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY H1sr. 2,3. THE HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 1500 TO THE FRENCH Three hours MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. A study of the political, social, economic, and intellectual life of Europe from the time of its expansion in 1500 to the outbreak of the French Revolution. HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three hours each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political &ience 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. History 223 is a prerequisite for History 224. REVOLUTION-Three hot1rs Prerequisite: History 101 and 102 or consent of instructor. HIST. 254. THE FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON Three hours A study of the origin, events, and consequences of the French Revolution. The Revolution will be considered as an intellectual and social as well as a political movement in the history of France as a national state and of Europe as a civilization. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. �118 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 119 HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three hours MR. MUI A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY-Three hours MR. MUI Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three hours THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY-Three hours THE STAFF Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalen t. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE I-Three hours THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. MATHEMATICS Assistant Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Assistant Professor Wasileski; Instructors Morgan and West. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 53. MATH. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit THE STAFF Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. Three hours a week. MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three hours THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Mathematics 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Mathematics 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS- Three hours MATH. THE STAFF 105·. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY-Five hours A combination of Mathematics 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three hours THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or 1ts equivalent. 122. ANALYTIC GEOMETRY-Four hours THE STA.FF Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. MATH. MATH. 100. SAME AS PHYS. 101-See page 130. A continuation of Mathematics 101. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF Prerequisite: Mathematics 105, or both Mathematics 107 and Mathematics 109. MATH. 125. CALCULUS I-Four hours THE STAFF limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 122. MATH 126. CALCULUS II-Four hours THE STAFF Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, partial derivatives, multiple integrals, and introduction to differential equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 120 MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours MR. W ASILESKI Building of a program in secondary mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. METHODS-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Frequency distributions of one variable, moments as statistical constants, discrete frequency distributions, theoretical distributions for testing hypotheses, frequency distributions of more than one variable, random sampling, linear regression and correlation, introduction to multiple and partial correlation. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 228. STATISTICAL EQUATIONS- Three hours Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL MATH. 208. HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Beginnings in Babylon and Egypt, the Greeks, the Hindus and Moslems, awakenings in Europe, Fermat and Descartes, Newton's importance in the seventeenth century, the great expansion of the eighteenth century, the strengthening of the foundations in the nineteenth century, the trend to abstraction in this century. 213. HIGHER RICH.ARDS MUSIC ALGEBRA-Three hours MR. W ASIL ESKI Real and complex numbers, groups, rings, integral domains, fields, matrices, determinants. Associate Professor Detroy, chairman; Assistant Professor Moran; Instructors Balshaw, Clark, Hawkins, Isaacs, Liva and Sheeder. Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 54. A two-year terminal program is outlined on page 75. Prerequisite : Mathematics 12 5. MATH. 218. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE THE STAFF CALCULUS-Three hours MR. An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 251. ADVANCED Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 121 APPLIED MUSIC1 II- Three hours MR. W ASILESKI A priori probability, empirical probability, mortality tables, annuities certain, pure endowment, life annuities, whole life insurance, premiums, premium fo rmulas, reserves, reserve systems, gross premiums. Prerequisite: Mathematics 115, or permission of instructor. GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI The notable lines, points, and circles associated with the triangle; circles and systems of circles. Prerequisite: plane geometry. .MATH. 221. ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Mus. 100. 'INTRODUCTION TO Music-Three hours MR. DETROY, MR. MOR.AN GEOMETRY- Three hours MR. W ASILESKI An introduction to projective methods and their application to the point, line, and plane. Prerequisite: plane geometry. MATH. 222. SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. 1 For fees see page 27. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF Music-Five hours each course MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND-One-half hour each semester MR. MORAN The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. 122 The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: ( 1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. ( 2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Mus. 109. HISTORY OF Music-Three hours MR. DETROY A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Mus. 110. HISTORY OF Music-Three hours MR. DETROY A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Music 111-112. PIANO CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credit hours each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is reguired for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Music 113-114. PIANO CLASS 3 AND 4-Two credit hours each semester Miss CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Music 112. 123 Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORUS-One-half hour each semester MR. DETROY The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. Music 131-132-133-134. ORCHESTRA-One-half hour each semester MR. LIVA Participation in the Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. Music 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Two hours MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Music 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. MusIC 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND ARRANGING-Two hours MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern sympho..1ic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Music 215. Mus. 217. ANALYSIS-Two hours MR. DETROY The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 218. CouNTERPOINT-Three hours MR. DETROY A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Music 102. �WILKES COLLEGE 124 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mu1ic Education Mus. En. 101-102. CLARINET CLASS AND BAND Mus. En. 111-112. VIOLIN CLASS AND METHODS-Two credit hourJ per semester MR. MORAN Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 103-104. BRASS CLASS AND BAND METHons--Two credit hours per semester MR. MORAN A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. METHODS- Two credit hours per semester MR. LIVA A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT CLASS METHODS-Two credit hourJ per semester MR. MORAN A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. METHODS- Two credit hours per semester MR. LIVA A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Mus. En. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Music Mus. En. 105. WOODWIND CLASS 125 METHODS- Two credit hours MR. MORAN The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 202. HIGH SCHOOL Music METHODS- Two credit hours MR. MORAN MR. MORAN A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 106. BRASS CLASS METHODS-Two Mus. En. 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND semester credit hours METHODS-Two credit hours per THE STAFF A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL MusIC MATERIALS-Two credit hours per semester MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 203-204. OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE credit hours per semester TEACHING-Fott1 THE STAFF A course in the observation and practice teaching of vocal or instrumental music in the elementary or high schools. NURSING EDUCATION Assistant Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors M. Riley, Decker, Hoffman, Janjigian, Klein, Seeherman and Yencha. Enrollment in all of the following courses, with the exceptions of Nursing Education 101 and 102, is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING-Three hours M1ss JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social and educational factors that have stimulated its development. �WILKES COLLEGE 126 N.E. 102. TRENDS IN NURSING DESCRIPTION OF COURSES EDUCATION-Three hours MISS JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. 127 NuRSING--Two hours MISS HOFFMAN An introduction to the field of public health nursing, including historical development, organization, functions, and trends. N.E. 118. PUBLIC HEALTH 119. PUBLIC SCHOOL NuRSING--Two hours Miss DECKER A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. N.E. THE STAFF NURSING--Two hours A survey of the functions and activities of community agencies and organizations contributing to the maintenance of health, prevention of disease, care of the ill, and rehabilitation of the handicapped. N.E. 104. COMMUNITY N.E. 106. SUPERVISION AND ADMINISTRATION-Two hours PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION MISS JESSEE A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. N.E. 107. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN NURSING EDUCATION Two hours MISS JESSEE This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. N.E. 112. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SUPERVISION OR TEACHING Fottr hours Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of advisor. N.E. MISS JESSEE 113 & 114. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NuRSING--Two hours each each semester Miss YENCHA Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical-surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. N.E. 115. OBSTETRIC NuRSING--Two hours MRS. SEEHERMAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied to expert care of the obstetric patient. N.E. 116. PEDIATRIC NuRSING--Two hours THE STAFF Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. N.E. 117. PSYCHIATRIC NuRSING--Two hours DR. JANJIGIAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. Associate Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Schindler. A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion .. The courses may be selected from these two fields as desired by the student. Sociology 208 is also acceptable. Philosophy PHILOSOPHY-Three hours MR. VUJICA An introduction to the main problems of philosophy: the nature of the universe; the origin of life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; the sources, nature and validity of knowledge. The main types of philosophy, such as Materialism, Idealism, Realism, Pragmatism are also discussed. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO PHIL. 102. LOGIC-Three hout"S MR. VUJICA The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of clear and effective thinking by the study of the nature and rules of both deductive and inductive reasoning as well as the principles of scientific methodology. ETHICS-Three hours MR. VUJICA A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. Formalism, Utilitarianism, Self-realizationism and other great ethical systems are discussed. The application of moral principles to social, economic and political life. PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL RELIGION-Three hours MR. VuJICA A philosophic scrutiny of the phenomenon religion. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; examination of arguments for God's existence; the interpretation of good and evil in the world; the argument for immortality. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF �128 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHIL. 205. AESTHETICS-Three ho11rs THE STAFF REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of beauty in arts; the meaning of beauty judgments and the processes of appreciation. An investigation of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be beautiful. PHIL. 206. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHIEs-Three THE STAFF hours REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS A discussion of fundamental principles underlying social and political institutions. The theories of Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Hume, Burke, Hegel, Bentham, Mill and others will be examined. Special attention to the contemporary scene. HISTORY-Three hours Three hours THE STAFF A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Emphasis is placed upon the_ Prophetic and Post-Exilic periods of Hebrew history. The gradual nse of moral ideas is investigated. The course is a continuation of Religion 201. MR. VUJICA REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW An examination of the principal interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Rousseau, Nietzsche, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Wundt, Spengler, Toynbee, Schweitzer, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning and purpose of historical events. PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN TESTAMENT-Three hours A study of the religious thought and practice of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the writings of the Old Testament. Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James, and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. MR. VUJICA PHIL. 207. PHILOSOPHIES OF 129 TESTAMENT-Three ho11rs MR. VUJICA A study of the types of literature found in the New Testament. Problems of language and authorship. The religious teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. PHILOSOPHY-Three hout'S MR. VUJICA PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Instructor Partridge, chairman; Instructor Shoemaker. The most important systems of philosophy from the renaissance through the end of the nineteenth century. Seventeenth century rationalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz) . Eighteenth century empiricism (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's criticism and Hegel's idealism. PostKantian and post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern science on philosophical speculation. PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. THOUGHT-Three hours MR. VUJICA The principal trends in twentieth century philosophies. The contributions of Bergson, James, Dewey, Santayana, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other recent and contemporary philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. Religion REL. 101. MAN'S RELIGIONS-Three hours MR. VUJICA Nature and origin of religion. Significant founders and leaders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals. A comparison of the most important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. Th~ C?llege women al~o are given a thorough medical and physical exammat1on before entermg upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 One hour each semester THE STAFF This co~rse is designed to promote physical coordination and good h~alth habi~s and to enc~urage participation in activities that will provide relaxat10n and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. 1 Class instructio°: ~n personal ~ygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physmans from taking physical education. �131 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 130 P.E. 103-104. PHYSlCAL EDUCATION- One hour each semester THE STAFF This course is a continuation of Physical Education 101 and 102. P.E. 105-106. PERSONAL HYGIENE-One hour each semester THE STAFF A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. companying weather changes. Weather predictions, air-mass analysis and the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agriculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS. 150. GENERAL PHYSICS (!)-Four hours MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105, or Math. 107, 109. PHYS. 151. GENERAL PHYSICS (Il)-Four hours MR. HALL AND STAFF PHYSICS Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and W orstall; Instructor Thomas. MR. WoRSTALL PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL SCIENCE-Three hours A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. THE STAFF 101. BASIC PHYSICAL PROBLEMS-One hour An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum 3 hours a week. PHYS. PHYS. 111-112. INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS-Four hours MR. WoRSTALL An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. 119. METEOROLOGY-Three hours A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions ac- PHYS. Continuation of Physics 150. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 150. PHYS. 152. GENERAL PHYSICS (l'll)-Four hours MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Physics 15 0 and 151. Electricity and Modern Physics. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 150. PHYS. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three hours MR. THOMAS Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 152, Math. 126. POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Instructors Hibbard, Kaslas, and O'Karma. A major in political science consists of twenty-four hours. All courses except Political Science 100 and 101 are acceptable toward the major. P.S. 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT-Three homs MR. MAILEY This course includes a treatment of government in the United States at all levels: national, state, and local. The course is offered to students in biology, chemistry, physics, and elementary education only. Arts and commerce and finance students may take the course only with the permission of the instructor. �132 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P.S. 101. AMERICAN FEDERAL GovERNMENT-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the national government and the institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into law, and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact of the citizen on the government and of the government on the citizen is repeatedly emphasized. P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW-Three hours each semester MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three hours MR. MAILEY A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three hours MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: Political Science 101 and Sociology 100. P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. HIBBARD A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three hours 133 MR. MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAW-Three hours MR. KAsLAS A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. Desideratum: United States and European history. 222. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Three hours MR. KASLAS A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. P.S. P.S. 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Three hours MR. KASLAS A study of two European governments representing two diametrically opposed ideologies, the English and the Russian. Since political institutions in the American system are traceable to the English, the first half of the course is devoted to the English government; the second half is a consideration of Russian political institutions. Comparisons between the two are continually made. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 O1. �134 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PSYCHOLOGY Instructor R. Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Dominguez; Instructor Kanner. A major in psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 135 course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the .field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100. l00 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is accepted. The Department requires that psychology majors take one year of a laboratory science; they may elect biology, chemistry, or physics and substitute this for either Biology 100 or Physics 100. Students planning to take graduate work in psychology should study either French or German in order to meet graduate school requirements. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Students who desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department of Public Instruction as psychological examiners or public school psychologists should carefully plan their programs under the direction of their faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PSYCHOLOGY-Three hottrs THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and to his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. Not open to freshmen. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100. .PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PsY. 203-204. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each semester THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions to individual differences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 206. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 207. CHILD PsY. 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three hours Miss DOMINGUEZ Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 212. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS Three hours THE STAFF . A study of th~ theory of psychological testing. The principles underlyrng test select10n, standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course is a prerequisite for the following courses: Psychology 251, 252, and 255. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours An_ introdu':ion. to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, class1.ficat10n, and training of employees; reduction of monotony ~~d fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work cond1t10ns; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psychology 212,. �136 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 137 PsY. 252. PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours PsY. 271-272. RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours An introduction to the study of psychological factors underlying personnel procedures in business, industry, and education. Discussion of case studies in the settlement of personnel problems in the business world. The administration of the personnel program is analyzed from the point of view of the psychological effects it may have on the employee. Prerequisite: Psychology 251 or permission of instructor. An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. ( Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. THE STAFF RETAIL MERCHANDISING THE STAFF Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Bunn, Green, Berg, Morgan, Montz, Touey. A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and two other courses in psychology. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING--Three hours Policies and practices of the various retail institutions; types of retail institutions and types of merchandise handled; store location and layout; sales and service policies; employment, training, and welfare. PsY. 255-256. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each semester RJvf. 102. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY-Three hottrs R.M. A detailed study of the administration and interpretation of some of the individual tests. The student is given the opportunity for actual experience in testing in the Wilkes-Barre Public Schools. The interpretation, by the clinical method, of normal and abnormal behavior of children and adults. Historical sketch; outline of method, including examinations, classification, prognosis, and remedial measures. (Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: Psychology 207 and 212 and permission of head of department. PsY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours MISS DOMINGUEZ A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 208 and permission of head of department. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three hour.s MISS DOMINGUEZ MR. BUNN Basic principles of successful retail store organization; study of the <:>r/pnizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating divisions; planned observation in employment, training, receiving, marking, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. R.M. 201. COLOR AND DESIGN-Two hours MR. O'TooLI! Ages of civilization and development of industrial age. Periods, style symbols, classicism, modern design. Components of composition; problems of function; proportion, balance, rhythm, color, light, texture. Fundamentals of interior decoration. Color and design in apparel. Studio, four hours each week. R.M. 205. R ETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION- Three homs MR. BUNN, MR. GREEN MISS DOMINGUEZ Stu~y ~f basic principles of retail advertising an.I sales promotion. Organization and procedure of advertising department in retail stores; types of retail advertising; copy, headline, layout, tyre, advertising media, display; research. Supervision of psychological testing is offered to individuals working toward certification as psychological examiners or school psychologists in the State of Pennsylvania. Forty-five hours of testing is required for one semester hour of credit. Open to graduates who are seeking certification as psychological examiners. Prerequisite: Psychology 255-256 or equivalent. R.M. 207. RETAIL SELLING--Three hours MR. BUNN Fundamentals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of ~erchandis~ ~nd the store; knowledge of the customer; selling techniques; building permanent business. Laboratory observation; actual selling. PsY. 260. CLINICAL PRACTICUM- One to three hours a semester �WILKES COLLEGE 138 RM. 210. ELEMENTS OF DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MERCHANDISE-Three hours R.M. 222. RETAIL CREDITS AND COLLECTIONS-Two hours THE STAFF Organization of credit department; charge accounts; passing on application for credit; retail credit bureau; mercantile agencies; salescheck procedure; collection procedure and correspondence; personal .financing; contracts; installment credit; legal aspects of retail credit. MR. BERG, MR. MORGAN Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to .finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of .fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Natural, industrial, and synthetic materials; properties, technologies, imitations; plastics, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, china. R.M. 212. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISE 139 R.M. 224. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING Three hours THE STAFF Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. CONTROL-Three hours MR. BUNN Importance of purchases; principles and methods; for~s of proc~dure, handling, storing, and warehousing methods; inventones_ an~ their control; types and limitation of stock control systems; application of systems. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Verry; Instructors Curtis, Davies, Jenkins. Students majoring in secretarial studies are required to take a sequence of twenty-four credits outside the Department of Secretarial Studies. It is advisable to decide upon this sequence not later than the sophomore year. The remainder of the electives may be divided between commerce and .finance and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. BUYING--Three hours MR. MONTZ Buying as a career; types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of customer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade relations. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. R.M. 214. RETAIL R.M. FASHION-Three hours THE STAFF Fashion as a social force. How the fashion world works. Fashions in Paris, England, United States. Apparel, millinery, shoes, accessories; fashion shows. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 99. PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING--No Credit Development of skill in typewriting; development of an understanding of good style and form in typewritten material; application of typing skill to the wrmng of business letters and term papers. Laboratory fee required. Four hours a week. 217 . .FUNDAMENTALS OF RELATIONS-Three hours MR. BUNN Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment pr~cedure; wage plans and incentives; employee training; employee ev~luat1on; employee stabilization; employee participation; legislation affecting labor problems in retailing. R.M. 219. RETAIL PERSONNEL THE STAFF S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Two hours shorthand, two hours typewriting each semester MR. VERRY Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand, Simplified; development of skill in typewriting, and ability to apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. S.S. 105. SHORTHAND1 -Two R.M. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE Two hours THE STAFF Importance of small business; factors in business success; justification of new businesses; .financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; pro.fit; records; small business and the future. hours MR. JENKINS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. 1 Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial Studies 101-102. �106. SHORTHAND 1-Two hours S.S. MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application ?f shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 105 or equivalent. S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING 1-Two hottrs each semester MR. DAVIES Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying !r~m rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from shorthand notes during second semester. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY S.S. 141 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 140 Three hours shorthand, one hour typewriting each semester MR. VERRY Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in shorthand, typewrit~ng, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulati_on, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. La~oratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 102. of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; transcription from shorthand notes; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 108. MR. CURTIS S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL ACCOUNTING-Three hours Fundamental principles of accounting and their application to the keeping of books and records in business and professional offices. MR. VERRY S.S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three hottrs Study of accepted procedures in typical medical offices, clinics, and hospitals; application of stenographic skills to medical dictation; transcription of case histories taken from hospital records; specialized dictation in several branches of medicine; practice in filling out forms for insurance companies, for Veterans Administration, and for Workmen's Compensation. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours lal:: oratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two hours MR. VERRY Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: satisfactory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MAcHINEs-Fo11r ho11rs MR. VERRY S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND 2 - Two hours edch semester }.,fa. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand, typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 106. MR. DAVIES 115. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 2 -Two hours Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures in typical business and professional offices; study of personal and technical requirements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commercial forms; operation and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial Studies 101-102. 2 Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial Studies 109-110. 1 S.S. 243. BUSINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF lNTRUCTION IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES-Three hours MR. VERRY Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building as applied to shorthand and typewriting; techniques of instruction in typewriting and shorthand, standards, tests, and measurement in the secretarial studies· content objectives, and methods of instruction in office practice. ' ' �1◄2 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Assistant Professor Symonolewicz, chairman; Instructors Bloomburg, Chwalek, Connolly, Yarnal, and Young. A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociology 100 is prerequisite to all the courses in sociology, it is not accepted toward a major in sociology. P.S. 204 and Phil. 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the Department in consultation with the Chairman. A major in sociology should ordinarily include the following three courses: Sociology 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the Department Chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. The courses given by the Department of Sociology and Anthropology are divided into five groups: Soc. 143 204. EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A study of the structure and function of formal education as a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education and other basic institutions-family, church, economics, and government. The pattern of human relations within the school and the relation between the school and community. The interaction of the formal and informal educational agencies. Contemporary educational problems and their sociological backgrounds. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 208. SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ I Sociological Theory Comparative study of religious behavior and institutions. SoLial factors and conditions underlying religious movements. The evolution of religious groups and types of religious leadership. Religion and other major social institutions. Function and role of the church in society. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Religion 101, or permission of the instructor. 100. INTRODUCTION TO SocIOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological problems. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three hours MR. YOUNG An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Soc. Soc. 280. HISTORY OF SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A historical study of the development of sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. II Social Organization Soc. Soc. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Economics 100, or permission of the instructor. III Social Change and Social Problems Soc. 215. URBAN SOCIOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF The development of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 230. SOCIAL PROBLEMS-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ The development of marriage and the family in ethnological and historical perspective. Family disorganization and uroblems of adjustment to modern conditions. Practical aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital success or failure. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or permission of the instructor. 235. CRIMINOLOGY-Three hours Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisite: Sociology 230, or permission of the instructor. Soc. �144 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 245. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK-Three hours MR. YARNAL A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies ~nd methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and reqmrements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. credit for these courses unless they receive approval from the Head of the Education Department and the Dean of Men. SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; so- IV Social Psychology ciety's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedes- 255. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three ho11rs MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the field of social psychology. S~cia~ factor~ in human nature; psychology of individual differences; soC1al rnteract10n; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. trian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. Soc. 260. CULTURE AND PERSONALITY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A comparative study of the development and f~nctionin~ of human personality in various cultures from the point of view of soC1al psychology and social anthropology. Prerequisite: Sociology 255, or Sociology 265, or permission of the instructor. SAFETY 265. GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Fossil man and prehistoric cultures; ~o?ern races and the problem of their classification; nature, charactenst1cs and elements of culture. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 270. PEOPLES OF THE WORLD-Three homs MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A rapid survey of the peoples and cultures of the ':odd_ i_n their historical relations. Distribution of races, languages, nat1onal1t1es and cultures and ideological and socio-economic factors respo~sible for contemporary social unrest in various parts of the worJrl, particularly among the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. SAFETY EDUCATION Instructor Hilbert. Courses in Safety Education are offered for teachers de~irous ~f obtaining certification in Safety Education. Undergraduates will receive no MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS-Three hours The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. V Anthropology Soc. 145 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three ho11rs Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broa<lening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY EDU- CATION-Three hours A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. SAFETY 5. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Three ho11rs Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest is always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual �146 WILKES COLLEGE The Evening Division because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Ams IN SAFETY EDUCATION- Three hours Discussion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other sensory aids; standards for appraising and their_ r~lationship_ to the curriculum; guiding principles and techniques; m1mmum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and disrnssion courses offered in various business fields. 5·. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon such a student's completion of thirty semester hours, his high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at his request, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. No student, however, may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this regulation must be approved by the Deans. Whenever a student's record of achievement indicates that he is not obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study, the College may request that he withdraw from the Evening Division. �148 W ILKES COLLEG E BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION 148 a Special Con1munity Lecture Series A s a com m unity college, Wilkes feels obligated to provide opportu ni ties for adults to con.tinue .t h.e~r educarion. It therefore offers, in the Evenmg D1v1s10n, an inrroduccory program in adult education, from w hich it believes positive good w ill resul t. Commu n ity members w ho register for one of the lecture cou rses in the series m eet one evening a week throughout the ten or fifteen weeks the course . is in session. T hey do no t receive r egu br college credit. Given each scmesrer, the lectu res cost considera bl y less than rhe regu b r undergradu Jte courses at the College. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION This program is designed to prepare students for certification as public school teachers in the field of art. It has been approved by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, but students wishing to teach art in other states should deteril;1ine the _requirements of the state in which they wish to teach so that specific requirements of that state may be satisfied through the choice of additional courses. The prese:1t program includes series in current events and arc for busi ness and professional persons. Furrher inform ation concerning the program m ay be secured from the D irector of Admissions. REVISED FEES - TUITION, DORMITORY The following rates will become effective in the Fall Semester, 1956. Tuition .. .. ..................... ....... ...... ............. ...$275.00 per semester Room and Board (Dormitories).. .... 325.00 per semester (This rate scale supersedes that appearing on page 27, which was printed in advance of a necessary increase. For further information contact Finance Office, Chase Hall, Wilkes College.} �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION WILKES COLLEGE 143 b HUMANITIES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Title 3 Basic Art. . . . . . . Art 101 3 Composition. . . . . . . . .... . Eng 101 3 Hist. of West. Civ. . . . .Hist 101 3 Fund. of Math. . . . . . ... .. Math 101 Phys. Science... . . .. Phys 100 3 1 Phys. Ed... . . .. . ... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hygiene . . . .......... P.E. 105 Number Cr. Title 3 Basic Art . . . . . .. Art 102 Composition .. . . ... .... . . .. E?g 102 3 3 Bio. Science . .... ... . .... ... B10 100 Hist. of West. Civ . ......... Hist 102 3 Fund. of Math .. . . ... . ... .. Math 102 3 Phys. Ed. ... . .. . . . .... P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hygiene . .......... . . P.E. 106 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Applied Art .. . ... ... .. . ... . Art 103 3 Hist. of Art . . . . . ........... Art 111 3 Intro. to Ed . .. ... .. ....... . Ed 101 3 World Lit .... . ... ......... Eng 151 4 Amer. Fed. Gov .... . .... . .. P.S. 101 3 Phys. Ed. . . . . P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. 3 Aeplied Art ........... . .... Art 104 3 Hist. of Art . ....... . .... ... Art 112 World Lit . .. . . . .. ..... ... . Eng 152 4 General Psych .... . .. . .. .... Psych 100 3 Intro. to Soc . ........ . ... .. Soc 100 3 Phys. Ed . . ............. . . P.E. 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Fine Arts . ... .. . .. ..... .. . . Art 215 4 Graphic Art . . .. . ... ... .... Art 241 2 Intro. to Econ .... .. ........ Econ 100 3 Ed. Psvch .... . . .. .. . . ..... . Ed 201 3 U.S. a~d Pa . Hist ..... . .... Hist 107 3 Title Number Cr. 4 Fine Arts . . . . . ... . . . . Art 216 Graphic Art . . .. . .. . .. ..... A~t 242 2 U.S. Hist .... ..... ... . ..... Hist 108 3 3 Child Psych .. .. .... ... . .... Psy 207 3 Elective* . . . . . . .. . . ... . . . . . 15 15 SocIAL SCIENCES English . . .. . . . .. . 16 Art . . . ... . ... . . . 33 Mathematics . .. . .. 6 Music .... .. .. . ... 3 Philosophy . . . .3 SCIENCES 148c FREE ELECTIVES Economics .. ...... 3 Biology . . . . .. . 3 Nine hours . Education. . . . . . 21 Physics . . . . . . . .. . 3 History .... ...... 12 Psychology . . .6 Political Science . . . 3 Sociology. . . . .. 3 61 42 12 ART COURSES ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Three ho11rs each semester. Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 103-104. APPLIED ART-Three hours each semester. Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, etc. Color mediums: pastels, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, etc. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 111. HISTORY OF ART-Three hours. History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. ART 112. HISTORY OF ART-Three hours. History of art from the Renaissance to the present day. SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seve11th Semester Number Cr. Title 243 3 Arts of Presentation .. . . .. Art Prin. and Math. of .Ed 204 3 Secondary Ed . . . 2 Fund. of Speech . .... . . . .. . Eng 131 3 Intro. to Philosophy . . . . .. Phil 101 .. Mus 100 3 Intro. to Music . .... 3 Elective* .. Title Nttmber Cr. 8 Student Teaching . ......... . Ed 210 Visual Ed . .. .. . ....... . .... Ed 212 1 3 Teaching of Art . . ..... ... Ed 221 3 Elective* .. . . . .... . . . . . 17 15 *Nine hours of electives must be taken in three different fields . Minimum Requirements in Semester Hours. . . .9 ART 215-216. FINE ART-Three or fottr hours each seniester. Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE ART-Fottr boms each semester. The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of 9 �WILKES COLLEGE 148d Index the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creations of space, study of two-dimensional and three-dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. ART 241-242. GRAPHIC ART-Two hours each semester. Preparation and methods of designing in print making, linoleum, wood cut, etching, engraving, serigraph. ART 243. ARTS OF PRESENTATION-Three hours. The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, lettering, layout, posters, bookjackets, the advertisement. EDUCATION 210. STUDENT TEACHING IN ART-Eight hours Students are assigned to work with experienced public school teachers and art specialists. Integrating conferences with other staff members will be arranged. Students will observe and instruct in both elementary and secondary school class-rooms. Opportunities will be provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Prerequisite: Approval of the Department Chairman. ART-Three hours. Study of contemporary practices in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools; study of the psychology of the creative process; adaption of various art media to the school curriculum; study of the organization of the art curricula. EDUCATION 221. THE TEACHING OF i ~~~!,;~~~f;~[ : : :; : i;l Advertising Design .... ..... ... .... ............ ...... .. ........ .. ...... ... ... .. .... ... ........... .... ........ .. ...... 85 1 fr~~~~;~!;e~ P;;g~.~~·::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::·::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~i Description of Courses..................... ......... ............. .................. ............ ... ........ Assembly Committee ....................... ....... .................. .. ........... .. .. .......... .. ....... ........... 83 35 i~ttt~';; ~~i;• !! 0 5 1 1 ·;;m,~mel;i. 3. f o~·······••·•···••:••·················•·•··········· Bachelor of Science, Business Education.. ................................................. .. ........... • 65 Commerce and Finance ~;;:-~~arR;;~;::;~~~... ::::::::::::::::::: :: ::::::: ::: ::: ::::: ::::: :::::::::::: ::::: :::::::: :: ::::: Education !Ei:~=::;:~s1~i~:f,f~ >• • : ~~ ?i Engineering Programs-Common Freshman Year 69 Aeronautical ..... ....... .... .................. ·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·..·.·.·.·.·.·.::·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.:·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·. 70 Chemical .... .... ....... ....... .................. .... ........ .. ........ ...... .... .... ................ 70 Civil ........ ................ ............. ............. ............. ........ .. .................. 71 Electrical .. ............. ........ .... ...... .. .. .. ............ ... ..... .......... ..... ........ ... .... 71 Industrial 72 Mechanical··:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 72 Music Education .................... .. 67 ···· ····················· ...................... ····· ···········································" ···················································"·'·"·"·'"•·"·"· ·················· ............. ................................. em;:;;i!~~:-y;:~::~:::m. .............................. ........................... ..................... ... 55 ~;f~~~I;~f:{ ) . i /)"/i it~:: ~::r:~ �150 INDEX WILKES COLLEGE Commercial Law ( see Business Law) Community Lecture Series .... ........ ............ .... . ..... ......................................... ........... 148 Community Programs .............................................................................................. 32 Consultation Service ................................................................................................ 32 Counseling ............................................................................................................. 25, 31 Curricula ....... ......... ......... .. ....... .... ........................ .... .... ................................. ........... 22 Dean's List ................................................................................................................ 24 Debating .......................................................... ............................. ............................ 36 Degree Courses (see also Individual Subjects). ........ ....... .......... .. .. ...... ... ............. 47 Degrees, Taking of.................................................................................................... 25 Description of Courses ......... ... ................ .... ........................ .... ............... ... ...... ......... . 81 Dramatics .... ................................ ........ ...... .... .... .... ........ .................................... ........ 35 Economics, Courses in................. .... ...................... .................................................. 95 Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Education)... ..................... ......... .. ......... 99 Employment, Student ..... .......... ........................................................ ....... ... ............. 33 Engineering, Courses in (see also B.S. in Engineering).................................... 103 English, Courses in .................................................................................................... 105 Evening Division ...................................................................................................... 147 Extension Classes ........ .... .... .................. ............................ ........................................ 22 Faculty . ·················································· .................................................................. 10, 26 Faculty Committees .. .. ................ ............... .. ................... ......................... ...... :.......... 16 Fees ............................................................................................................................. 27 Fees, Payment of. ... .... ........ .... .... .. ................... ... ......................................... ... ............ 28 Finance, Mathematics of ................................................................................... 119, 120 French, Courses in..... ................... ..... ............... ........................................ ................ 110 General Information ................................................................................................ 21 General Science .................................... .. ......... ............. .. .............................. ............... 115 German, Courses in .................... ........ ............. .... .......... ........................... ............... . 112 Grades ............... ......................... ...................... .................................... ........... ...... .... . 23 Graduation, Requirements for ................................................................................. . 24 History, Courses in ................................................................................................... . 116 Honors ............. ............................ ............... ................. ....................... ... .................... . 24 Hospitalization ( see Blue Cross) Hygiene, Course in.................................................................................................... Insurance, Accident and Sickness...... .............. .... ............................ ..... ..... .... ....... .. . Insurance, Courses in ................... ...................................................... ..... .. ................. Journalism, Courses in .......... ....................... ............ .... ................. ............................ Labor Legislation ...................... ... ......... .......................... ........ .................................. Laboratory and Medical Technology, Program in................................................ Lettering and Layout. .................. ........ ............ ... .......... ... .... ............... ........... .. .. ... ... Liberal Arts, Requirements for Majors ............... .... .................... ..................... ...... Liberal Arts, Selection of Major... .. ...... ......... .... ... .... .................. ... ........ ........ ...... .... Library ...... .......... ..... ........... ............... .................. ...................................................... Lockers . .... .. ........................... ................................. .................... .............................. Madrigal Singers .......... .......... ..................... ... ......... ............................. .................... Majors, Requirements for (see Individual Subjects) Marketing ................................................................................................................ . Mathematics, Four-year Program ........................................................................... . Description of Courses ......................... .. ........ ..................... .. .. .. ..................... . Medical Stenography, Program in ........................................................................... . Medical Technology, Program in ... ..... ..... ....... ................ ...... ....... .... .......... .......... .. . Meterology ............................................................................................................... . Music, Four-year Program ....................................................................................... . Two-year Program ............ .... .. ................................... ... .... ....... ..... ................... . Description of Courses .... .. ...... ......... ................... ........................................ .. ... . 130 33 92 106 133 74 84 49 48 26 34 36 90 53 118 79 74 130 54 75 121 151 Music Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Music Education). .............. ..... 124 Non-credit Program (see Community Lecture Series) Nursing Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Nursing Education) ................ 125 Orchestra ........................ ....... ..... ............................................................................ 36, 123 Orientation Program ................................................................................................ 32 Part-time Study .... .... ........ ............ .......... .. .................................................................. 45 Philosophy, Courses in.......................... ........ ................. .......................................... 127 Physical Education and Hygiene, Courses in.......................................................... 129 Physics, Two-year Program.. ...................................................... ................................ 56 Description of Courses..... .... ..................... .. ...................................... ....... ......... 130 Placement Service ...................................................................................................... 33 Point Average ............................. .. ......... ........ .... ........................ .... .. .. .... .... .... .... .... .... 24 Political Science, Courses in.................. .................................................................... .131 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program........ ................. ..... ............................ .......... 76 Three-year Program ....... ... .. ................ .... ... ...... ... ... ..... .. .. .... ........ .... ... ....... ...... 77 Probation ........ .................. .... ............ .... .. .. .... ............ .... ................ ..... ... .. .. .... 24 Professions and Vocations, Preparation for..... ............. ............. ...................... ....... 41 Promotion, Minimum Requirements for .................................... ........ ........ ............ 24 Psychology, Courses in...... ................ .......... ............................... .... .................... 134 Publications, Student ................ .. .............. ........................ .................... ................ .... 36 Real Estate .................... ......... ........... .. .. .. .. .... ...... .. ...... .. .............. .. ... .... .... ... .. .. .. .... .... 90 Refunds ... ...... ........... ........ ........... ........................................................ ....................... 29 Registration ................ .... ....... ...... ... .... ...... .......... .... ................ ...... .. ........ ...... .. .... .... .... 25 Religion, Courses in............ ..... ................... .......................... .................................... 128 Retail Merchandising, Four-year Program. ...... ........................ .... ....... ............ .. .. .... 61 Description of Courses ..... ..... ................................ ........................................ .... 137 Safety, Courses in.. .. ......... ...... ............... ................... ..... ............ .................... .... ...... .. 145 Scholarships .......... ...... .. ............ .. ...... .................................... ................ ..... ........... 37 Secretarial Studies, Four-year Program................. ... .......................... .......... .. .... .... 62 Two-year Program ............................................................................................ 78 Description of Courses... ......................... ......................... .. .. .. .......... ...... ........ 139 Social Science, Major in.......... ... .... ................... ........................................................ 48 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in......... ................................................. ...... 142 Spanish, Courses in ............ ..................... .. ... .. .......... ........ ................. ......................... 114 Speech, Courses in..... .... ....... ....... ... .......................................................................... 110 Statistics, Applied General, Economic.............. ....... .................... .. ............... .......... 97 Introduction to .................................................................................................. 119 Student Activities ... ....... .. ............ ... ............... .................. .......................................... 35 Student Employment ................ ................................................................................ 33 Student Government .............. .. .... ............................................................................ 35 Student Welfare ........................................................................................................ 31 Summer-school Credits ............................................................................................ 26 Surveying ............ .... ........ .... .... .... .... .... .... ... ..... .... ........ ..... ... ........ ........ .... .............. .... 104 Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary.. .................. ............................ 63 Business ........ .... ........ .......... .... .. ...... .......... ........ ........ ................ ............ ........ .... 65 Music ............ .................................................................................................... 67 Nursing .............................................................................................................. 68 Teaching ( see B.S. in Education, Business Education Music Education Nursing Education) ' ' Terminal Courses . ........ ............................................................................................ 73 Transfer of Credits.. .. ......................... .. ....................... .............................................. 26 Trustees, Board of.................................................................................................... 6 Tuition .... ............................................................................................... ... 27 Wilkes College, History of...................................................................................... 17 Withdrawals ............................................................................................................ 25, 29 �FROM: CON.NECTICUT NY J ------ n------FROM'. NEW YORK NEWARK ► FROM: PITTSBURGH 11-':IAI ll YNNYH3nosns ll 3 A I ll HJ. n OS I ~ en .... "'"'...."' 'ta' I ~ J.3 31lJ.S N11>1N'Vll ~ HJ. nos !>NIOo\'H lr<i O!)N\'Cln!> J 11.-H >IOVBN3110H £i l'CnlS'<fNl'IA!> O<i (Bl 11VH 31lnJ.031 6 !>Nlll3>101d 61 ('<fl 11VH 31lnJ.031 8 J.NYA30llnJ.S 81 11\'H >IOOJ.Nl10°1'C I.I 17\'H 3SnOH J.tl31'1J.llYd30 3931100 'Yd '31lll\'B ·S3>111M !>Nlll33Nl!>N3 S3>111M 11\'H 11VH 11\'H S3>i71M 9Nl11l3J.S 91 ll3SS3>103M !;I !lNI011n8 31'COH 393770::) X3NN\' ·A31HSY 11 l<i $31!) 11YH ,:i;s1 'o,: J.Sn!lnY <ii Y31lY !>Nl>lll'<fd J.!)01018 1'1 l'CYH!>NANOO ii S,J.N301S31ld <ii X3NN\' ll31J.ne 01 31lllYB I. 11YH ll31J.ne 9 11VH A31HSY 11\'H ll3J.V3HJ. 3SYH O i; 1' \'lll3J.J_~VO £ 11YH 3SYHO <i (AllYll8111 11YH ABlll)I I ( NOIJ.\'llJ.SINIWOYI X30N I �FROM'. CON.NECTICUT NY J ------ WILLIAMSPORT PA. ~ F R O M'.NEW YORK NEWARK S:ROM'. PITTSBURGH ./ ALTOONA \_HARJ!ISBURG / ► FROM" PITTSBURGH ------- ,,__., I - u.s.jis •A TUSNeiKE U.S. ~II / --LOCATION FROM T •ROMCBALTl:~:~IN GTO" MD. WASHINGTON o .c ll-31\lll NOW J. 3 311.l S ~I' ;~11~ ~17: I ~ '¼/ i½-l "' ~ @ ~ WOO II 31\ I l:l 11 3 II I . ~i j I ' ~ ~L ~1/j /'• l'I @ ~ [$] ~ ~ . ~-I ts d NI1>1N\t l:l .;1 HJ.nos !> NIOaVH tr3 i 3:) NVOIO!>) 11 .-H >IOV8N3110H £Z l'ln l SVNl'I.I.!> \t31:lV !>Nl)ll:l\td 11\tH J.Sn!>nv ·vd '31:ll:lYS-S3>111M J.ti31'1J.l:l\td30 3!>3110 ::> !>Nll:l33Nl!>N3 S3>111M '\13~'\1 S3>171M Z3 3llOJ.::>37 6 (\ti 11\tH 3110.L::>31 8 81 11\tH )l:)QJ.N 11:) 01'1 LI !>Nl11:l3J.S 91 l:l3SS3>103M !;I ON I011n8 11\tH 31'10H l:l31J.na 01 (SJ 11\tH 61 11\tH .l.31HS\t 11 X3NN\t OZ !>N l ll3>1 0 Id 11\t H X3NN\t IZ S3 I !> J.N\tl\301:lnJ.S 3S n OH 383770:) ~ ur I nffln J.331:lJ.S ~ 'oz t: 11 HJ.nos 1 1 \tH zi;e1 I • ~ M~ ~ ][ YNNYH3nosns A!>010I8 ~I l'l\tH!>N.I.NO::> ii S,J.N30IS311d Z I 31111\tS L 11vH ll37J.ns 9 11\tH A31HS\t !; 3SVH ::> ~ 11\tH 113J.\t3HJ. \tl ll3.l~.;l\t::> i 11\tH 3S\tH::> Z ( .l.ll\tll8I1 l 11\tH .1.8111>1 I iNOIJ.\tl:lJ.S I NINO\tl X30N I I �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1956-1957 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1956-1957 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/4387552aeb8cdf0b1b2c97c2cc45e96d.pdf f46574f3f153dc1f7394a130ff3ddf83 PDF Text Text 1955-1956 �--=-------s COUEGE u etfn 1955-'1956 Published quarterly by Wilkes College, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania. Entered as second-class matter October 121 1951 1 at the post office at Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania1 under the act of August 24, 19121 as amended by the act of August 4, 1947. JANUARY, 1955 Vol. IV, No. 1 �Contents Marks of An Educated Man . . . College Calendar 5 Board of Trustees 6 Committees, Board of Trustees 7 Officers of Administration 8 Assistants in Administration 9 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understand- ing. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5·. He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 6. He has ethical stan<lards by which he lives. 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress . He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. Faculty . 10 Faculty Committees 16 History ofe th College 17 General Information 21 Student Welfare . 31 Student Activities 35 Scholarships and Awards 37 Preparation for Professions and Vocations 41 Degree Courses 47 Terminal Courses 73 Course Descriptions . 81 Evening Division 147 Community Lecture Series . 148 Index 149 �COLLEGE CALENDAR COLLEGE CALENDAR FALL, 1955 Tues., Sept. 13 to Sun., Sept. 18. Freshman orientation Wed., Sept. 14 .............. Freshman registration Thurs., Sept. 15 .............. Upperclass registration Mon., Sept. 19 ............... Classes begin at 8: 00 a.m. Fri., Oct. 28 ................. Mid-semester grades Mon., Nov. 7 to Fri., Nov. 11 ... Registration Fri., Nov. 11 ................ Armistice Day observance, 11 a.m. to 1 p.m. Sat., Nov. 19 ................ Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Nov. 23 .............. Thanksgiving recess begins at noon Mon., Nov. 28 .............. Thanksgiving recess ends at 8 :00 a.m. Sat., Dec. 1 7 ................ Christmas recess begins at noon Tues., Jan. 3 ............... Christmas recess ends at 8:00 a.m. Sat., Jan. 14 ................. Classes end Mon., Jan. 16 to Tues., Jan. 24 .. Examination period SPRING, 1956 Fri., Jan. 27 ................ All-college registration Mon., Jan. 30 ............... Classes begin at 8:00 a.m. Fri., March 9 ................ Mid-semester grades Mon., March 19 to Fri., March 23 ............ Registration Fri., March 23 .... .. .... .. ... Careers Conference Fri., March 23 ............... Final date to remove incompletes Tues., March 27 .... ......... Easter recess begins at 5:00 p.m. Tues., April 3 ............... Easter recess ends at 8 :00 a.m. Sun., May 13 . . . . . . . .. . ..... Parents Day Sat., May 19 ................ Classes end Mon., May 21 to Thur., May 31. Examination period Wed., May 30 ............... Memorial Day observance Sun., June 3 ................ Baccalaureate Mon., June 4 ................ Commencement SUMMER, 1956 Mon., June 11 to Sat., June 16 .. Mon., June 18 ............... Wed., July 4 ................ Fri., August 10 .............. Summer School registration Classes begin Independence Day observance Summer School ends �BOARD OF TRUSTEES COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS Board of Trustees GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, ARNAUD C. MARTS, JAMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer J. MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JOSEPH F. LESTER SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. HON. JOHNS. FINE M.D. KOONS REUBEN H. LEVY M. ROSENFIELD REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH HON. WILLIAM J. ANDREW HARRY F. GOERINGER w. R. KOONS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Miss ANNETTE EVANS REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH Finance: Nominations: F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST MISS ANNETTE EVANS GEORGE K0CYAN, R. MISS MARY M.D. Chairman M.D. Miss ANNETTE EVANS, JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, JOSEPH MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Chairman MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE MISS MARY CONYNGHAM CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary MRS. PAUL BEDFORD 1. Library: MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JASPER B. CARR WILLIAM f mtruction: Chairman Vice-Chairman CHARLES Hi. MINER, JR., 7 SORDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK GucKELBERGER JULIUS LONG STERN MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK, REV. CHARLES 5. ROUSH, Chairman GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER JAMES P. HARRIS REUBEN H. LEVY ANDREW J. SORDONI Chairman JASPER B. CARR w. GEORGE JAMES p. GucKELBERGER HARRIS JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.0. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Juuus LONG STERN TERM OF OFFICE Expiring Tune, 1955 JASPER B. SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Buildings and Grounds: w. GEORGE CARR GucKELBERGER REUBEN H. LEVY H. Miss ANNETTE EVANS CHARLES HON. JOHNS. FINE HON. WILLIAM M. ROSENFIELD MINER, JR. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK MRS. PAUL BEDFORD GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK HARRY F. GoERINGER RE~ CHARLEs&RousH JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. ANDREW MISS MARY R. KOONS MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT 1. CONYNGHAM JOSEPH F. LESTER ARNAUD HARRY F. GoERINGER, WILLIAM 1. Chairman CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE REUBEN H. LEVY MISS ANNETTE EVANS ARNAUD C. MARTS ELLSWORTH PARKHURST MISS MARY R . KOONS JOSEPH F. LESTER H. MINER, JR. ANDREW J. SORDONI CHARLES JULIUS LONG STERN HON. WILLIAM M. ROSENFIELD SORD0NI Expiring Ttme, 1957 WILLIAM GUCKELBERGER, HON. JOHN S. FINE F. Expiring Tune, 1956 J. W. Chairman GEORGE Scholarships: C. MARTS MRS. FRANCK G. OARTE F. JAMES P. HARRIS JULIUS LONG STERN ELLSWORTH PARKHURST Ex Officio on All Committees-MR. GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK �ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President ALFRED WILLIS BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Dean of Instruction JOHN PROBERT WHITBY, M.S. (Columbia) Director of Admissions and Registrar 9 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION RUTH V. BISHOP ................. . ...... . .. . .. . ...... Recorder JUNE STEVENS ............ . . . ..... . .. . .. Secretary to the President ELEANORE PISH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . .. Secretary to the Registrar DOROTHY DAVIES ............ . .. .. ..... . ... 0 ffice Machine Clerk ELEANOR O1-IRIN ............... . . . .. . ........ Registration Clerk GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.M. (Columbia) Dean of Men GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE Acting Dean of Women WELTON GRANT FARRAR, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Director of Development DONALD ROBERT KERSTEEN, A.B. (Bucknell) Comptroller STANLEY HENRY WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Director of Evening Classes JOHN JOSEPH CHWALEK, A.M. (Columbia) Director of Guidance and Placement ROBER: WOODROW PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) D1rector of Student Activities JEAN MACHONIS ......................... . SwiJchboard Operator MARGARET E. CONNOLLY ........... Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper Ros.ALIE JABLONSKI ................................... Cashier MURIEL CHAPMAN ................. Accounts Payable Bookkeeper ANNE M. WRIGHT ................... . ... . Secretary to the Deans JOAN ZuK ................. . Secretary to the Director of Placement MARY URBAN AS ... . ....... .. . Secretary to Director of Development FRANCES HOPKINS ................... . ...... Circulation Assistant MILDRED GITTINS ..................... . Manager of the Bookstore NADA Vu JICA, A.M. (Zagreb), A.M. in L.S. (Marywood) Librarian MRS. JAMES A. BRENNAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Cafeteria RUTH TINKHAM ROBERTS, A.B. (Goucher) Director of Publications and Publicity WILLIAM JERVIS ........... Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds SAMUEL MARSHALL DAVENPORT, M.D. (Virginia) College Physician SAMUEL ARNOLD GUTTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell University) Psychiatric Consultant GLADYS B. DAVIS Head Resident, Sterling Hall CLAIRE STERN GUTTMAN, M.S.W. (Pennsylvania) ColJege Consultation Staff �FACULTY Faculty SYLVIA DwoRSKI, PH.D. (Yale) EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President ALFRED WILLIS BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Dean of Instruction and Professor of Chemistry JOHN PROBERT WHITBY, A.M. (Columbia) Director of Admissions and Registrar Associate Professor of Modern Languages JOHN GEORGE DETROY, M.M. (Eastman School of Music) Associate Professor of Music GEORGE GATES RADDIN, PH.D. (Columbia) Associate Professor of English THOMAS ROBERT RICHARDS, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.M. (Columbia) Dean of Men GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE Acting Dean of Women MARY ELIZABETH CRAIG, PH.D. (Cornell University) Professor of English CHARLES BRADDOCK REIF, PH.D. (Minnesota) Professor of Biology HAROLD WESLEY THATCHER, PH.D. (Chicago) Professor of History SAMUEL ALBERT ROSENBERG, PH.D. (North Carolina) Professor of Economics HUGO MAILEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) Professor of Political Science EUGENE L. HAMMER, ED.D. (Columbia) Professor of Education VORIS BLAINE HALL, M.S. IN E.E. (Bucknell), A.M. (Columbia) Associate Professor of Physics and Engineering KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, M.A. (Warsaw) Assistant Professor of Sociology CATHERINE HASTIE BONE, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Assistant Professor of Chemistry STANLEY HENRY WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics JOSEPH GERARD DONNELLY, A.M. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of English EDWARD NICHOLAS HELTZEL, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Engineering ARTHUR NEWMAN KRUGER, PH.D. (Louisiana State University) Assistant Professor of English CATHAL BRENDAN O'TooLE, N.A. (National Academy of Design) Assistant Professor of Art GEORGE FRANCIS ELLIOT, A.M. (Clark) Assistant Professor of Economics FRANCIS JosEPH SALLEY, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Assistant Professor of Chemistry ROBERT EDWIN MORAN, M.Mus.ED. (Northwestern) Assistant Professor of Music Education ELWOOD JOHN DISQUE, A.B. (Dickinson) Associate Professor of German RUTH WINSLOW JESSEE, A.M. (Columbia) Assistant Professor of Nursing Education FRANK JOSEPH JOHN DAVIES, PH.D. (Yale) Associate Professor of English STANKO MIRKO VuJICA, PH.D. (Zagreb) Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion HOH-CHEUNG Mm, PH.D. (Columbia) Associate Professor of History DANA HEDRICK VERRY, M.S. ED. (Idaho) Assistant Professor of Commerce and Finance CHARLES MAHLON WoRSTALL, PH.D. (Columbia) Assistant Professor of Chemistry and Physics ROBERT WOODROW PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Director and Assistant Professor of Physical Education 11 �12 W I LKE~ CO LLEGE PHYLLIS I. CLARK, M.M. (Michigan) Instructor in Music CROMWELL EDWARDS THOMAS, B.S. IN E.E. (Washington and Lee) Instructor in Engineering PAUL RussELL WERNER, A.M. IN Bus. Ao. (New York) Instructor in Accounting ALFRED STUART GROH, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in English EDITH SuPERKO NAMISNIAK, A.M. (Michigan) Instructor in Biology JOHN JOSEPH CHWALEK, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Sociology JOSEPH H ERMANN KANN ER, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology ROBERT CHARLES RILEY, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology WARREN FRANCIS FRENCH, M.S. IN LS. (Syracuse) Cataloguing Librarian VERNE ALTON BUNN, M.LITT. (Pittsburgh) Instructor in Retail Merchandising STANLEY JOSEPH YOUNG, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Business Administration and Sociology JOSEPH B. SALMON, JR., B.S. (Wilkes), C.P.A., (Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) Instructor in Accounting EDWIN SHELDON CURTIS, B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) Instmctor in Accounting ROSE MARIE GALLIA, A.B. (Temple) Instructor in Biology and Chemistry JOHNSTON T. KARR, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Education CH'UNG-TAI Lu, PH.D. (Maryland) Instructor in Economics GEORGE FRANCIS ERMEL, M.S. in LS. (Syracuse) Circulation and Reference Librarian FACULTY PART-TIME FACULTY CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, F.A.G.O. (Guilmant Organ School) Instructor in Music CLAYTON BLOOMBURG, B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor in Sociology and Economics LEROY E. BUGBEE, A.M. (Boston) Instructor in Economics CHARLES LEWIS CASPER, LLB. (Harvard) Instructor in Business Administration THOMAS L CONNOLLY, A.M. (New York) Instructor in Sociology RALPH CONNOR, B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor in Business Administration ELIZABETH DECKER, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Nursing Education KATHRYN ELLA DOMINGUEZ, PH.D. (Columbia) Instructor in Psychology STEPHEN EMMANUEL, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Education HELEN BITLER HAWKINS, A.B. (Wilkes) Instructor in Music JOHN H. HIBBARD, LLB. (Dickinson School of Law) Instructor in Political Science DONALD G. HILBERT, A.M. (New York) Instructor in Safety Education MARY HOFFMAN, B.S. (Columbia) Instructor in Nursing Education WILBUR G. ISAACS, A.B. (Randolph-Macon) Instructor in Music ROBERT JANJIGIAN, M.D. (Boston) Instructor in Nursing Edttcation THOMAS H. JENKINS, A.M. (New York) Instmctor in Secretarial Studies WILLIAM JOHNS, B.S. (Wilkes) Instmctor in B1,1siness Education 13 �FACULTY WILKES COLLEGE 14 BR0NIS KASLAS, PH.D. (Strasbourg) Instructor in Political Science and History JOHN F. KENNY, M.A. (Columbia) Instructor in Education FERDINAND LIVA Instructor in Music ANTOINETTE MENEGUS SHOEMAKER, A.B. (Wilkes) Instructor in Physical Education and Economics R. J. W. TEMPLIN, M.A. (Bucknell) Instructor in Education CASIMIR TYBURSKI, A.B. (Delaware) Instructor in English ROBERT A. WEST, A.M. (Columbia) JOHN H. LIVINGSTONE, A.B. (Albany) Instructor in College of Life Underwriters CHARLOTTE V. LORD, A.M. (Bucknell), A.M. (Middlebury) Instructor in English SAMUEL J. LORUSSO Instructor in Art MURRAY MACKSON, A.B. (Pennsylvania State) LL.B. (Dickinson) Instructor in Business Administration MARY McANIFF, A.B. (New Rochelle) Instructor in French WALTER H. MOHR, M.A. (New York) Instructor in Education W. CURTIS MONTZ, A.B. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor in Retail Merchandising THOMAS J. MORAN, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in English ABRAM P. MORGAN, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Mathematics HENRY DAVID O'KARMA, M.G.A. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Political Science ANDREW PUHAK, A.B. (George Washington) LL.B. (Dickinson) Instructor in Business Administration MARITA SHERIDAN RILEY, A.B. (Wilkes) Instructor in Nursing Education RuTH GUTTERMAN SEEHERMAN, B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor in Nursing Education HELEN FRITZ McHENRY SHEEDER B Mus (New England Conservatory of Music) ' · · Instructor in Music Instructor in Mathematics FRANCES S. \°'v'ORSTALL, M.S. (Colum bia) Instructor in Mathematics J. WARREN YARN AL, M.S.W. (Pittsburgh) Instructor in Sociology MARJORIE J. YENCHA, B.S. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (Bucknell) Instructor in Nursing Education 1.5 �16 WILKES COLLEGE A History of the College FACULTY COMMITTEES 1955-1956 T Admissions Library JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS GEORGE F. RALSTON GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE WELTON G. FARRAR, Chairman FRANK]. J. DAVIES THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER NADA VUJICA CHARLES E. WORSTALL EUGENE L. HAMMER Athletics GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chafrman JOHN J. CHWALEK ROBERT E. MORAN ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE Calendar HUGO V. MAILEY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS WELTON G. FARRAR Evaluation GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS MARY E. CRAIG ELWOOD J. DISQUE GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY, ex officio Curriculum ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman JOHN G. DETROY JOSEPH G. DONNELLY SYLVIA DwoRsKI VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER HUGO V. MAILEY GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG STANLEY H. WASILESK.I Student Activities and Planning ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE, Chairman ROBERT E. MORAN GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE GEORGE F. RALSTON Ex Officio on All Committees - DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY o PROVIDE opportunities for edu~ation comparabl~ to t_hos: offered by other communities of the nation, Bucknell Umvers1ty, m 1933, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it Bucknell University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre and the Wyoming Valley comprised the largest community in Pennsylvania, if not in the United States, lacking a local college. For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experimental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were firmly established but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as such support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses enabling students to finish their junior and senior years in Wilkes-Barre, and the College Trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. Early in World War II, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. Although the war deterred the growth of the College for a time, the impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of hostilities. RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 15 5 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citi- �18 WILKES COLLEGE HISTORY zens to enable the College to move trom rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the first donors, and John N. Conyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Arnaud C. Marts of Bucknell on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allan Kirby's gift of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution; Zebulon Butler Hall, in honor of the American patriot; and Gies Hall, in memory of Paul Gies, beloved professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946 by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Mrs. Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, construction of which was completed in 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Pickering Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling; and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. To provide adequate housing facilities for out-of-area women students, Mr. Gilbert S. McClintock, chairman of the Board of Trustees, gave his South River Street home to the College in 1951. Now called McClintock Hall, the building, together with the other four College residences, permits the accommodation of approximately one hundred boarding students. The gracious old Sturdevant house on South Franklin Street was purchased in the summer of 1952. Its rooms have been converted into offices and classrooms for the departments of Education and Psychology. In the following year, Miss Anna Hollenback bequeathed the College her home on South Franklin Street. It is now used for offices for the Veterans Administration and the College's Guidance and Place- ment Bureau. These offices were formerly located in Ashley Hall, which has now been converted into a men's residence to accommodate the increase in out-of-town students. Generous monetary gifts have enabled Wilkes to adapt its acquisitions and equip them completely. In the fourteen years following the promise of autonomy by Bucknell University, assets have been increased by more than $2,600,000. 19 �General Information �22 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION 23 CURRICULA ADVANCED STANDING The College offers courses leading to the Bachelor's degree in liberal arts, biology, chemistry, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, business, music, and nursing education, in addition to two years of work in physics and engineering. A student who successfully completes the physics or the engineering program may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his .field. A student who wishes to transfer to the College from another institution should follow the regular procedure for admission. He should request the college or university from which he desires to transfer to forward to the College a transcript and a letter of honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. The transferred credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation at the end of his first term at the College. A student who has no credits to transfer but who is equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination. Although he will not receive credit for the courses that he has omitted, he will be spared the necessity of repeating work that he has previously covered outside of college. TERMINAL PROGRAMS Terminal courses in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, laboratory and medical technology, and pre-dental work are open to the student who desires only two years of college. EXTENSION CLASSES Bucknell University gives extension courses in education on the Wilkes campus. Graduate credit earned in these courses may be applied toward the degree of Master of Science in Education and State certification in guidance and administration. A person desirous of taking the degree of Master of Science in Education at Bucknell University may earn eighteen of the required thirty hours in Wilkes-Barre but must earn the remaining twelve in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREOITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS An applicant for admission to the College should write to the Director of Admissions to request a personal interview and a set of application forms. Upon completing the forms, he should return them, together with a $5.00 fee, to the admissions office. Although it is desirable that the interview with the Director of Admissions or the appropriate Dean should take place at the College, other arrangements may be made in instances in which a trip to WilkesBarre would seriously inconvenience the student applying for admission. Admissions tests will ordinarily be scheduled during the interview. An applicant who has taken the tests given by the College Entrance Examination Board may be excused from the examination administered by the College. Upon receipt of an application, the Director of Admissions will obtain an official transcript from the secondary school or college formerly attended by the applicant. The Committee on Admissions will then consider the full record of the student and will notify him of its action as early as possible. GRADES Grades will be given to students in the middle and at the end of each term. The mid-term grade is given to show student and faculty the quality of work being done; the final grade indicates the accomplishment of the student in the whole course. The grading system is as follows: A-Excellent B-Above average C-Average D-Below average, but passing F-Failure Inc-Incomplete-work must be made up by the end of the sixth week of the following semester or the grade will automatically become an F. WP-Withdrew Passing - given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are passing the course. WF-Withdrew Failing- given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are failing the course. The student's academic standing is determined by the quantity and quality of his work. The quantity is shown by the number of credit hours of work performed during the term. The number of credit hours applicable to each course is printed in italics following the title of the course in the catalogue. The quality of work is shown by the student's point average, which is determined in the following manner: The letter grades are given numerical values, called point valttes, as follows: A, 3 points; B, 2 points; C, 1 point; D and F, no points. A student with a certain grade earns the point value of the grade for each credit hour of the course. Thus, if his grade is "A" in a threehour course, he will gain 9 points; if "B'' in a four-hour course, he �24 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION will gain 8 points. His point average will be computed by dividing the total number of points gained in all his courses by the total number of credit hours. The following sample record will illustrate more fully the method: Grade in Number of Credit Sub;ect Points Course Hours C English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 A History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 10 B Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . S 0 D Philosophy ............. 3 4 C Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Total ............. 18 Point Average- 26 divided by 18 -1.4 26 For advancement from class to class and for graduation, there are minimum requirements as to quantity and quality of work. These requirements are shown in the following table: REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT AND GRADUATION At the End N1,1mber of Credit Number of Point of the Hours Points Average Freshman Year .......... 30 15 .S Sophomore Year ......... 60 42 .7 Junior Year ............. 90 81 .9 Senior Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . As specified 1.0 Norn: This system of credit hours and grades does not apply to courses in physical education. In such courses there will be only two grades, P for passing and F for failure. DEAN'S LIST The Dean's List published at the end of each term carries the name of every student whose point average is 2.25 or higher. HONORS The distribution of honors at commencement is based upon the record made by the student during his last two years at the College. Requirements for honors are as follows: for cum laude, a point average of 2.35; magna cum laude, 2.60; summa cum laude, 2.80. 25 WITHDRAWALS A student may withdraw from any single course during the first two weeks without penalty. A student who withdraws from one or more courses after the first two weeks but who continues to attend other courses will receive an "F" unless the administrative council, upon recommendation of the Dean and faculty adviser, allows "WP" or "WF." A student who withdraws from college after the first two weeks will receive a ''WF" or "WP" for each course he has taken, together with a notation from each instructor explaining the reason for his mark. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION A candidate for graduation must meet all course requirements as to both quantity and quality of work and must comply with all regulations of the College. TAKING OF DEGREES In order to receive his degree or certificate, a candidate must be present at commencement. If circumstances prevent his attendance, he must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. COUNSELING Each student will be assigned a faculty adviser at the beginning of his freshman year and will be expected to confer with this adviser concerning the schedule and other educational problems. REGISTRATION Every student is expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. Late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no registrations will be accepted. A student who registers after the registration dates will pay an additional charge of $5.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $250 a semester is indicated in the program of courses. No student may carry an overload without the approval of his adviser and the Dean. Any student taking an overload must have earned at least a "B" average during the preceding term. Each hour of work beyond that listed in the catalogue must be paid for at the hourly rate. ATTENDANCE PROBATION Any student not attaining the grade necessary to advance him to the next class will be put on probation for one semester. If, at the end of that period, he has not attained the minimum average for admission to his class, he will be dropped from college. Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. �GENERAL INFORMATION 27 WILKES COLLEGE 26 Each student is required to attend weekly assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: Freshman and sophomore year - four cuts. Junior year - eight cuts. Senior year - fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. FACULTY Inasmuch as the values to be derived from a college are less dependent upon its material resources than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in its students, the College has carefully selected its faculty for their training, experience, and personalities. A cosmopolitan group, Wilkes teachers bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective and an academic preparation that fits them to provide the intensive training essential to their various fields. LIBRARY Kirby Hall, the College library, houses approximately 32,000 volumes. The library is staffed by three professional librarians and a number of student employees. Shelved on open stacks to encourage students and faculty members to make full use of them, the books, with the exception of those reserved for reference and as supplementary reading matter for particuiar courses, may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Also available to memoers of the College community are some four hundred current periodicals. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Approximately forty per cent of the graduates of Wilkes have entered graduate or professional schools. It is recommended that the student who wishes to extend his education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in his senior year. Such examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools, and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS 1. A student who desires to study at another college during the summer must have his summer schedule approved by the appropriate Dean prior to enrollment in the other college if his summer work is to be credited toward graduation from Wilkes College. 2. When credits for the work taken in the summer at another college are requested at Wilkes, it will be necessary for this work to be evaluated. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. 3. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the catalogue at the rate of $250.00 a semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the catalogue for each semester is not exceeded. An additional charge of $17 .00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. The tuition of $250.00 includes a charge for maintaining student activities. SCHEDULE OF RATES Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the catalogue for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition ................. . .... - . . .... . .. . .... . $250.00 Laboratory fee for biology, chemistry, engineering, 15.00 physics ................................ . Laboratory fee for Secretarial Studies 99, 101, 102, 107, 10.00 108, 109, 110, 115, 116 . .... . ... . ... . ..... . Chemistry Breakage Deposit (any balance refunded) ...................... . . 10.00 Student Teaching fee .............. .. ........... . 20.00 Music-individual instruction: Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in piano, organ, or wind instrument . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . $ 35.00 Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in violin viola 50.00 or cello with Mr. Liva ................ '..... ' Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with 50.00 Mr. Isaacs .............. . ... .. ......... . Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with 35.00 Mrs. Hawkins . .. . ....... .. . . . . . . ....... . 5.00 Rental of practice room .... . ..... ... ...... . ..... . 5.00 Use of diction laboratory . . ............ . ......... . �28 GENERAL INFORMATION WILKES COLLEGE Music-group instruction: Fifteen-week series of one-hour lessons in violin, viola, or cello in groups consisting of not less than three or more than five students ....................... . Music Education Laboratory Fee: Rental of school instruments used in the Music Education Course for a fifteen-week period and the use of practice rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . 34.00 10.00 17.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 .00 Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Dormitory charges Board and Room Per Semester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Bills for board and room in college dormitories are due before the opening of the semester. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. Accident and sickness group insurance policy, required of all dormitory students, payable in full with first semester charges ............................ . Special Charges: Fee to accompany application for admission ............ . Change of schedule per credit hour ................... . Special Examination .............................. . Transcript (no charge for the first copy) .............. . Late Registration ................................. . Graduation fee ( four-year students) ................. . Convocation fee (two-year students) ................. . the charges for the semester is payable on receipt of an itemized bill which will be forwarded during the first ten days of the semester. No students may take an examination until satisfactory arrangements have been made with the Comptroller for the payment of all bills. No student may take a final examination until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS Charges for part-time students, students in the Evening School, students in two-year courses, and for semester hours beyond the normal load prescribed in regular courses: Semester hour of study.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.00 Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Student activity fee for those taking less than fifteen or more than nine semester hours, or for any special student wishing to participate in activities ......... . 29 300.00 2S.00 S.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 5.00 20.00 12.50 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to changing price levels. PAYMENTS A $50.00 deposit or SO% of the total charge for tuition and fees, whichever is less, is required at the time of registration. The balance of Refund of tuition will be made to students who withdraw voluntarily from the College while in good standing under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term, one-half the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. Tuition for unfinished courses will be refunded to all students ordered to active duty under the Selective Service Act or by the Organized Reserve Corps. Refund of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not be made except under special conditions. No courses may be dropped after the second week, except with approval of the student's faculty adviser and the Dean. �Student Welfare CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely, scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service provided not only for seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first-hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, which is under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are included in the collection as are some six hundred catalogues and bulletins from more than five hundred American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional level. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. COUNSELING The College considers counseling one of the most effective ways in which to encourage the development of its students. It considers each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives at the time of his application so that, as far as possible, it can plan its academic program to enable him to realize those objectives. Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of those who are concerned with his progress with information about his abilities, interests, and aptitudes. He has opportunities throughout his college career to consult with his faculty adviser concerning his scholastic progress or social and personal problems with which he needs help. The Deans cooperate with faculty advisers in providing students with information and guidance wherever possible, and the College urges students to avail themselves of their services. The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. �32 W ILKES COLLEGE ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, several days at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with freshmen. This program ranges from individual conferences to lectures on the meaning of a college education. During this first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty advisers and arrange schedules under their guidance. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet once a week with representatives of the faculty. They discuss informally, and with as little faculty participation as possible, some of the problems of college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. Students who are over the age of twenty-two or who have attended another college for at least one term may be excused from the sixweek orientation course and from freshman regulations. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with personal problems. Students who desire such help may apply directly to the Consultation Service staff for appointments. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. New students or those who are unacquainted with this resource may be referred to the Service by the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, or any other interested faculty member. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring groups and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. Some idea of the services that are available may be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in drafting, mathematics, and engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters are studying life insurance problems STUDENT WELFARE 33 and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music, and a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare them for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in economics, selling, and advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained economically in their industrial plants. The Economics Department of Wilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. PLACEMENT OFFICE AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT The College maintains a placement office in Hollenback Hall, South Franklin Street. One purpose of the office is to help undergraduates to find part-time employment. More than one-third of the students earn part of their expenses, and the office has been particularly helpful to this large group. Students desiring such part-time work should communicate with the Director as early in the school year as possible. Another important service rendered by the Placement Office is that of assisting the graduating student to find permanent employment in a position suitable to his talents and training. Students who desire this service should see the Director early in the senior year. The Office will, moreover, be pleased to extend such assistance to any graduate of the College. SPECTAL SERVICES Accident and Sickness Insurance. Accident and sickness group insurance is required of all dormitory students, but is optional with day students. The plans are described in material mailed to all applicants upon admission to the College. The accident policy provides reimbursement for expenses arising out of any accident in which the student is involved during the entire college year. Reimbursement is made up to $500.00 for each accident. The sickness policy provides additional reimbursement for all expenses attendant upon any illness to which the student becomes subject during the college year. Under this coverage there is reimbursement up to $200.00 for each illness. Broad in scope, the plan covers all the student's illnesses and accidents, regardless of how or where they may occur. Benefits under the plan are paid in addition to benefits to which the student is entitled under any personal policy or membership in any hospital association. The fee for accident and sickness coverage is $25.00 payable at the time of registration. It is underwritten by the Mutual Benefit Health �34 WILKES COLLEGE and Accident Association of Omaha and is under the supervision of Howell & Jones, Inc., Wilkes-Barre. Blue Cross. A student of the College may avail himself of Blue Cross hos~italization coverage in the Wilkes College Student Group Plan at the special_ rate o~ $1.40 a month (subject to adjustment). An application for. this. service may be filed with the Comptroller at the time of registration. Lockers. The College provides a number of conveniently located lockers for students who wish to safeguard their personal belongings. A student may_ rent _one of the lockers at the rate of $1.00 a year, one quarter of whICh will be refunded when he surrenders his key. The fee is payable at registration. Student Activities The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be realized through academic work alone. Each student is encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. Its meeting room is located on the third floor of Hollenback Hall. ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. DRAMATICS Students interested in drama present several one-act plays and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre: acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band, organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at athletic events and gives concerts throughout the year. The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is provided for each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB a The College maintains mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets once each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history and presents several programs before the College community and the general public each semester. �36 WILKES COLLEGE The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. ORCHESTRA The Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the aegis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. Membership in the orchestra is open to talented instrumentalists in the student body. MADRIGAL SINGERS This small group specializes in the madrigal works of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century European composers. Its Christmas program is one of the most attractive features of the Town & Gown Concert Series at the College. Scholarships and A wards Scholarships are awarded each year to entering students of outstanding ability and to students of high achievement who require assistance that they may complete their college work. To retain their scholarships, winners must remain in good scholastic standing, must carry a full schedule of studies, and must conduct themselves in a manner creditable to themselves and to the College. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A scholarship student who withdraws during the term cancels his scholarship arrangements with the College. TYPES OF SCHOLARSHIPS PUBLICATIONS Amnicola, a yearbook; the Beacon, a newspaper; and Manuscript, a literary magazine, are published by the students. Those interested in writing, photography, art and advertising have an opportunity to join the staffs. DEBATING Debating has proved particularly popular with students preparing for the law or interested in public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, baseball, basketball, soccer, and wrestling. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for physical education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, touch football, volleyball, and bowling are some of the sports available. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, basketball, and softball. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs, developed cooperatively by students and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may be easily adapted to current interests. Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the first quarter of their high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission a week before the scholarship examinations which are offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Music and art scholarships are available to a limited number of students who possess marked aptitude for either music or art. Special Scholarships Amnicola Scholarships. Each year the editor-in-chief of the yearbook is offered a full-tuition scholarship valued at $480. Tuition scholarships of $100 are awarded to the business manager, assistant editor, and picture editor of the publication. Beacon Scholarships. The editor-in-chief of the College newspaper is awarded an annual full-tuition scholarship worth $480. The business manager, the news editor, and the feature editor are awarded tuition grants of $100 each. Adolph Herskowitz Memorial Scholarship Fund. For a period of years Mr. Ernest Herskowitz is giving funds that will assist a worthy student to gain an education. William B. Schaeffer Memorial Scholarships. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. �38 WILKES COLLEGE Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni has endowed a scholarship which will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. Mrs. Lewis H. Taylor left a bequest to the College for the assistance of worthy students. In appreciation of this gift the Board of Trustees has set aside the income from the bequest to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who without assistance could not gain a college education. Dickson Memorial Scholarships. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. The William H. Conyngham Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Jessie Sturdevant Memorial Scholarship awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. John Welles Hollenback Scholarship. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS The Business and Professional Women's Club of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. Theta Delta Rho, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. AWARDS Each year a number of awards are given for outstanding scholarship in selected fields. The Engineering Award is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. SCHOLARSHIPS AND AW ARDS 39 The W. F. Dobson Award in Accounting is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. The L. f. Van Laeys Award in fournalism is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. The Wall Street Journal Award is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. The Outstanding Graduate of the Year Award is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. The Mrs. James McKane Awards of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. The Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Award is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. The Chemistry Award is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. The Deanl Scholarship Awards are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. The Wilkes Faculty Women's Award is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. �Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in all fields, but they alone are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally atomic research have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much superior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's.world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background in the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations_ Tl1e general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The liberal arts and science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist who enrolls for the Bachelor of Arts course may major in one of the social studies and choose electives in English, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In engineering and in commerce and finance the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal arts program are required and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in engineering and in commerce and finance will also prepare those who plan to teach these subjects. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the various programs of the commerce and finance curricula. The commerce and finance curricula cover business principles and practices; they also include electives in liberal arts. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for a �42 WILKES COLLEGE business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. CHEMISTRY A steady demand for chemists and chemical engineers comes from industry, government (including the Armed Forces), and education. The variation in kinds of employment is extreme. In industry, the chemist may be in basic or development research; in pilot plant work, production, administration, sales, or personnel. Advanced study is encouraged by the chemical industry; while teaching positions require the B.S. or doctorate degrees. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may trans£er their credits to other engineering schools. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the first two years of work in such additional types of engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS 43 LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to complete a four-year college course before beginning their specialized library training. Foreign languages, English, science, history, economics, sociology, or education constitute appropriate major fields. Many library schools also require a knowledge of two foreign languages. Proficiency in typewriting is desirable. MUSIC The aim of the Wilkes music curricula is two-fold: to interest the many in music as an avocation that may lead them to participate actively in musical organizations and to assist the few who have special talents along the road to professional careers as teachers or performers. Although students who concentrate in music may commence their study of applied music at Wilkes, high quality pre-college training is very desirable. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Music Education fully equips students to obtain certificates to teach music in the public schools of Pennsylvania. The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music represents the fulfillment of the fundamental purpose of the liberal arts program, "an education for living." MEDICINE JOURNALISM A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism require a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow the old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be found applicable to the broad demands made upon the newspaper reporter and editor, although English composition is fundamental. The Bachelor of Arts degree with an English major is the most popular choice of journalism students, but the science and other courses also prove useful, since the newspaper reports all phases of human activity. The increasing interests of the United States in other countries make a knowledge of foreign languages particularly desirable in preparation for responsible positions as foreign correspondents. Journalism students may gain practical experience by working on the staff of one of the student publications: the Beacon, Amnicola, or Manuscript. LAW Preparation for the practice of law is based on the fundamental liberal arts: English, history, political science, economics, sociology, natural science, languages, and mathematics. Most law schools do not specify a required major in undergraduate work. Wilkes offers a pre-medical course that is adapted to the requirements of the various medical schools. The latter have, in recent years, restricted their enrollment, and most of them scrutinize closely the qualifications of applicants. Medical aspirants should determine as soon as possible, though consultation with the Deans and their advisers, exactly what demands they must meet. MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The pre-theological student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the liberal arts course, with a major or electives in religion and philosophy, is appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses prepared to assume administrative, supervisory, and instructional duties has for years far exceeded the supply of trained personnel. In conseguence, schools of nursing and hospitals are constantly seeking qualified nurses. To enable graduates of approved schools of nursing to obtain the necessary preparation, the College offers a program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education. A minimum of sixty-four college credits is needed to fulfill the requirements for the degree. �45 WILKES COLLEGE PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS Extension courses in Nursing Education may be arranged by writing to the Chairman of the Department of Nursing Education. High School graduates desiring college experience before entering a school of nursing may receive guidance in the selection of a program suited to meet their individual needs. The College maintains a cooperative relationship with local hospital i.chools of nursing and provides instruction in the physical, biological and social sciences. dramatics and practical experience in debating and play production afford opportunity for development in this field. 44 PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized or understood. The tools of communications, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine (to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the application of the fundamental laws of physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of psychology in many diversified fields. Since then the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a sound foundation in psychology, biology, sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, and industry. SOCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously in recent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard distribution of charity as a matter of political patronage. Governmental agencies, municipal, county, state, and federal, are realizing the necessity for a professional approach to the problems of unemployment, poverty, and crime. Wilkes offers a pre-social-work program. Sociology, supplemented by work in psychology, biology, and allied fields, provides a valuable background. SPEAKING .AND DR.AM.ATICS The College offers preliminary work in speech. Courses in speech and TEACHING A teacher's training depends upon the kind of teaching contemplated. For college and university work tbe best institutions require advanced degrees; their faculty members ordinarily take graduate work in the field in which they concentrated as undergraduates. Prospective teachers of English, history, sociology, take tbe Arts degree; students who expect to teach in the schools of science take the Bachelor of Science degree or degrees in such specialized fields as engineering. Certification for public-school teaching is usually based on the following requirements: the college degree, specialized courses in education, and a measure of specialization in teaching subjects. Wilkes College is authorized by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare elementary- and secondary-school teachers in most :fields of instruction. PART-TIME STUDY Promotion or advancement is often made possible by additional training. It is sometimes practicable for employed persons to continue their education without giving up their positions. In its desire to be of the widest possible service to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes part-time and special students. (See Evening Division, page 141.) Anyone interested in a career not included in this list of the major professions and vocations should consult the Director of Admissions. �Degree Courses The basic requirements for degree courses are outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may be chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to meet the requirements for graduation within each major program as conditions may require. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN SEMESTER HOURS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS 48 PURPOSE The liberal arts course is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from whid1 he will select his major study. HUMANITIES iHajor H111na11itieJ Major Subject Art ................ English ............. foreign Language .... Mathematics ......... Music .............. Philosophy-Religion ... 36 37 24 29 47 24 32 37 31 34 45 37 Social Sciences Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Sciences Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology .Major Humanities Major Subject Economics ........... History Political Science ....... Sociology ........ . .. Social Science . . . . . . .. IO o O O O O • • o O o • 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 15 15 15 15 15 S'ciences Free Elective 15 14 6 6 30 24 45 30 14 38 Socia! Scicncts Sciences Free Elective 6 6 6 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 6 6 39 39 39 39 27 SCIENCES SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students who expect to take the Bachelor's degree in art, mathematics or music choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except biology, chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified in the section headed "Description of Courses" in the catalogue. A major may also be taken in social science. The social- science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social-science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take twenty hours in education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. for that reason, a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social-science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. Social Si-iences SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISIONS Humanities Art English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion 49 Major Subject Biology ............. Psychology .......... }Hajor H1mJcmities 31 24 32 37 Social Sciences 15 15 Sl-"iences Free Elective 31 6 38 15 �50 51 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than art, biology, mathematics, and music Major in Art FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester First Semester Second Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Biological Science1 .. . . . . . •.. Bio 100 3 Com position ........ ...... .. Eng 101 3 Foreign Language2 ... . . . . ... . 101 or 103 3 Hi st . of W. Civilization .. . . .. Hist 101 3 Alternates: Introduction to Music .... .. Mus 100} Physical Science . . .. .. . . ... Phys 100 3 Ph ys. Ed. and Hygiene .... ... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .... . ........ . .... P.E. 105 1 Till, Number Cr. Composition .... . . . .. .. . . .. Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Foreign Language2 • • • • • • • • • • • 102 or 104 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. . .. . Hise 102 3 Alternates: Incroduccion to Music . ..... Mus 100} Physical Science1 . . • . • • . . • . Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. .... . P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg....... . . . . . ... P .E . 106 Title N umber Cr. Basic Art ....... ... .. ... .. . Art 101 3 Composirion . . ....... . ..... Eng 101 3 History of W. Civilization . . . Hi st 101 3 Physical Science . . . . . . .. . ... Phy 100 3 Forei gn Language ........... 101 or 103 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg.. . ... . . . . P.E. 105 1 Title N ttmber Cr. Basic Art . ...... .......... Art 102 3 B10logi~a~ Science . ... . ... .. . Bio 100 3 Composmon . . . . . ........ Eng 102 3 History of W. Civilization . . . Hise 102 3 Foreign Language ........... 102 or 104 3 Phys. Ed . and Hy giene ...... P.E . 102 1 Pers. Hyg .. ................ P.E. 106 1 17 17 17 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied Art ... . ..... . ...... Art 103 3 Composition and Color . ..... Art 114 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities. . . ... 3 Social Science or Psy. . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education . ......... P.E. 103 1 Title · N umber Cr. Applied Art . .... . .. . .. ..... Art 104 3 Composition and Color .. . . .. Art 115 2 Foreign Language1 . . . • . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities ..... . 3 Social Sc ience or Psy........ . 3 Phys ical Education .. . .. ..... P .E. 104 1 15 15 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Worl<l Literature ........ . .. . Eng 151 4 Foreign Language2 • •••• • • •• •• 103 or 200 3 Altern ates: Fundamentals of Math .. . .. Math 101} History of Religions . ... . .. Rel 101 3 Intro . to Philosophy3 •• • •• Phil 101 A.I tern ates :4 Intro. to Economics . . .. . . . Ee Intro . to Education . . ... ... Ed American Federal Govt .... . P.S. ~;) 6 General Psychology ..... . . . Psy 100 Intro . to Sociology . . ..... . Soc 100 Elective ... . .. ...... . .. . . . Physical Education ... . . . .... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. World Literature . . . . ..... Eng 152 4 Foreign Language2 • • ••••• 104 or 200 3 Alternates: Algebra or Trig . . .. . ... Math 107- 109} Hist. of Relig ions . .. . .. Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 ••• Phil 101 Alternates :" Intro. to Economics . .. . Ee 100} Intro. to Education .... Ed 101 American Federal Govt. P .S. 101 6 General Psychology . . .. Psy 100 Elective, .... .. . . ..... . Physical Education ... .. . . P.E . 104 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N umber Cr. Illustration or . . . . .......... Art 201} Advertising Design or . ...... Ar t 211 3 Fine Art ... .. ........ . ..... Arc 215 Fundamentals of Speech .. . ... Eng 131 2 World Literature . . . ... . ..... Eng 151 4 Electi ves in Humanities, . . . . . 6 Social Science or Psy . . .... . . . Studio I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Title N umber Cr. Illustration or . .. .......... . Art 202} Ad vertising Design or ... . ... Art 212 3 Fine Art .... . . .. ... . ..... . . Arc 216 World Literature . .. .. . . . ... . Eng 152 4 Electives in Humanities, ..... 6 Social Science or Psy . ... .. . . . Studio II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 18 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours 1 Students may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bi o. 100 or Phys . 100. level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. 3 Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. • During the third and fourth semesters , nine hours must be chosen from the alternates, with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the scheduling of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a major, one or more of the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the junior year. 2 The 1 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Illustration or ...... .. . ..... Art Adv. Advanced Design or ... . Art Fine Art . . ... . .. . .. . . . ...... Art Electives . . . ... .. . .. ... .... . Studio III .... . ...... . ... . . . 1 Eighth Semester 9 3 Title N umber Cr. Illustration or .. .. ..... . .... Art 204} Adv . Advanced Design or . .. . Art 214 3 Fine Art ..... .... .. .. ...... Art 218 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Studio IV. ...... . .. . . ... . . . 3 15 15 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the ~tudent. �52 DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Biology Major in Mathematics FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester First Semnter Second Semester Title Numb,r Cr. Biological Science . .... .. .. . . Bio 100 3 Composition ..... . ... .... .. . Eng 101 3 Foreign Langu age 1 . . . . . . . . .. 101 or 103 3 Algebra and Trig ..... . ... ... Math 105 5 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. . .. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . . .. . ...... . . . ... . P.E. 105 1 Tit/, Numb,r C,. Composition . .. . .... . .. .. ... Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. ... . Eng 131 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . .. . . 102 or 104 3 Analytic Geometry ....... . . . Math 122 4 Elective... .. . . . . . . . . .... . .. 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .... . P.E. 102 I Pers . Hyg . ......... . ....... P.E. 106 l 16 17 Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio l• 101 5 Gen. Inorganic Chem .. . ..... Chem 101 4 Composition ..... . ......... . Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............ . Mach 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .. .. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .. ... . . ... .. . ... . P.E. 105 1 Ti1le N11mber General Zoology . . ... .. .. . .. Bio Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. . ... ... .. Chem Composition ....... .. ....... Eng Trigonometry .... . .......... Math Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. ... P.E. Pers . Hyg ... ..... . .. . . ..... P.E. Cr. 102 4 102 102 109 102 106 6 3 3 I 1 17 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title 53 WILKES COLLEGE Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates .. ......... Bio Inorganic Quantitative Anal..Chem World Literature .. . . . ....... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Physical Education .. . ... . .. . P.E. Cr. 201 121 151 101 103 4 4 4 3 1 Number Title Embryology ... .. . . . . ... .... Bio Organic Chem . . . . .. . . . ... ... Chem World Literature .... . .. . ... . Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Physical Education ...... .. . . P.E. 202 230 152 102 104 16 Tit!, Cr. 4 4 4 3 1 Fourth Semester Numh,r Cr. Intro. to Economics . ..... .. . Ee 100} Principles of Economics .... . . Ee 101 World Literature ....... . .. . . Eng 151 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . •.•. 103 or 200 Calculus I .. ..... ..... . .. . . . Math 125 General Psychology .. ....... Psy 100 Physical Education. . . .. ... P.E. 103 16 3 4 3 4 3 Title Nr.mbsr Cr. World Literature . . .. .. ...... Eng 152 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . • . . 104 or 200 3 Calculus II ....... . ..... . ... Math 126 4 General Physics (I) . .. .. .. . . Phys 150 4 Physical Education . . . .. . .. .. P.E. 104 1 1 16 18 JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semestn Sixth Semester Titu N1.:mber Cr. Hiscology .. . . . .. . . . .. . ..... Bio 241 3 Organic Chem ......... . ..... Chem 231 5 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . •• . • 101 or 103 3 IncroduccoryPhysics . . . ... .. Phys 111 4 Tirio Number Histology ... . . . . .. . ... . . ... Bio 242 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 Introductory Physics . ... .. .. Phys 112 American Government ..... .. P .S. 100 Intro. to Sociology . .... .... . Soc 100 15 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 Fifth Semester Title Sixth Semester Numb,r Cr. Number Title Cr. History of W. Civilization . .. Hist 101 3 Mathematics Elective2 • ••• ••• 3 General Physics (II) . . .. . .. . Phys 151 4 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 History of W. Civilization .. . Hist 102 3 Mathematics Elective. . .. . ... 3 Intro. to Philosophy .. ...... Phi] 101 3 Amer. Federal Govt . ... .. .. . P.S. 101 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 16- 19 15-16 16 SENIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Titu Nu1nher Cr. Physiology . . .. . .. ... ....... Bio 251 3 Seminar .. . ...... ........ .. . Bio 291 1 Introduction to Economics . .. Ee 100 3 Foreign LanguageL ... ...... . 103 or 200 3 Electives 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Tit/,e Number Cr. Physiology . ... ... . . ... . ... . Bio 252 3 History of Biology .. .. . .. . .. Bio 242 1 Foreign Language 1 . . .. . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Electives 2 . • . . • • • • • • • • . • • • • • 9-10 16-17 16-17 Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Mathematics Elective 2 • • • • • • • 3 Intro. to Music ....... . .. . .. Mus 100 3 Elective . . .......... . . .... .. 9-12 Title Mathematics Electi ve2 • • . • • . • Elective. . ... . . ......... .... 15-18 1 2 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. One elective is to be selected from the humanities or social sciences. Botany or Bacteriology electives may be chosen in senior year. 1 2 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Mathematics 100, 101, 102, 115, 118 will not count toward a major. Number C,. 3 12 15 �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY j4 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tirk Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Comrosition ................ Eng 101 3 Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory ............... Mus 101 5 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. .... P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg ............... . .. P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Composition ... . .... .. ..... Eng 102 3 Foreign Language .......... . 3 Music Theory .. . ......... . . Mus 102 5 1 1 Applied Music • . . . . • . . . . .•. Physical Science ........ . ... Phys 100 3 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title Foreign Language ....... .. . . 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 103 5 1 Applied Music 1 . • . . . • . • .•.•. Electives in Humanities, 6 Soc. Science or Psych .... . 1 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 Number Cr. Title Foreign Language ........ . 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 104 5 Applied Music 1 • • • • . • . • . . . . . 1 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych .... . 6 Physical Education .. ........ P .E. 104 1 16 16 JUNIOR Y EAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Fundamentals of Speech .... . . Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 History of Music ............ Mus 109 3 Applied Music 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych. . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 History of Music ......... ... Mus 110 3 Applied Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych.. . . . . 3 17 15 The chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the broad general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-four credits. These credits include forty-five in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, fifteen to twenty-one in the social sciences and psychology, twenty-one to thirty-three in the humanities, and the language requirement. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition . .. ......... .... Eng 101 3 Basic Drawing . . .... .. .. . ... Engi 101 2 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 Basic Physical Problems ..... Phys 101 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .. .. ............. P.E. 105 1 17 Third Semester Eighth Semester Number Cr . Applied Music 1 • • • • • • . . . . . . • 2 2 Orchestration ............... Mus 216 Counterpoint ............... Mus 218 3 Electives .................. . 9 Title 16 16-19 Fifth Semester 1 Private instruction. 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 241 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . • • 101 or 103 3 Elec. Measurements .. ....... Phys 251 3 Elective.................... 3 Title Nrm1ber Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 122 5 Physical Chemistry ....... ... Chem 242 4 Foreign Language• ......... . 102 or 104 3 Stoichiometry ............... Chem 106 3 Elective.................... 3 18 18 SENIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Qualitative Organ. Anal. .... Chem 233 3 Hiscory of Chemistry ........ Chem 261 1 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . • . . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Chemical Literature .. ....... Chem 262 1 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Chemistry Elective. . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 18 1 15 Fo11rth Semester Title Number Cr. Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Integral Calculus ........ .. .. Math 126 4 General Physics (III) ........ Phys 152 4 Elective (optional).......... 0-3 Physical Education . ......... P .E. 104 1 Seventh Semester Seventh Semester 19 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Nnmber Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Differential Calculus ......... Math 125 4 General Physics (II) ..... ... Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 SENIOR YEAR Number Cr. Title Applied Music 1 ••••••••••••• 2 Instrumentation ............ Mus 215 2 Analysis ................... Mus 217 2 9 Electives .................. . Title Number Cr. Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. .. Chem 102 6 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry ......... . Math 122 4 General Physics (I) ......... Phys 150 4 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. See page 92. Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser as follows: Humanities: Nine to eighteen credits are to be chosen from the following: English 131, 151, 152; Philosophy 101, 102; Music 100; Religion 101; Mathematics 240. Social Sciences and Psychology: Nine to fifteen credits are to be chosen from the following: Sociology 100, 107, 205; Political Science 100, 101, 203; Economics 101, 102; History 107, 108; Education 101, 201, 207; Psychology 100. �57. WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Wilkes College offers the first two years of work leading toward a major in physics or in engineering physics. The need for men with this type of education was greatly emphasized by the many new problems which needed solution during the recent conflict. The curriculum offers a firm grounding in the fundamentals, without which further study cannot be continued profitably. The course in physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research. The commerce and finance curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the humanities, sciences, and social sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. The commerce and finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. These groups are: Group I, Accounting; Group II, Business Administration; Group III, Retail Merchandising; Group IV, Secretarial Studies. 56 FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number General Inorganic Chem . . .... Chem Engineering Problems ........ Engi Composition ................ Eng Elementary German 1 ... . . . . . . Ger Algebra and Trig ............ Math Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... .. P.E. Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. Title Cr. 101 4 100 101 101 2 3 105 5 101 1 1 105 3 Number General Inorganic Chem ..... . Chem Elementary German 1 . . . . . . . . . Ger Analytic Geometry ... ....... Math General Physics ............. Phys Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. Pers . Hyg ........... .... ... P.E. Cr. 104 102 122 150 102 106 6 3 4 4 1 1 Subjects SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Tit!, N11mber Cr. 105 102 134 125 3 3 3 151 4 4 101 1 18 1 Group I 19 19 Engineering Drawing ........ Engi Composition ................ Eng Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Calculus I .. .... . .... ....... Math General Physics ......... .... Phys Physical Education .......... P.E. GROUP REQUIREMENTS Number Cr. Engineering Drawing .. .... .. Engi 106 2 Amer. History since 1865 .... Hist 108 3 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. }211 _6 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... M.E. 212 3 General Physics ............. Phys 152 4 Physical Education ...... . ... P.E. 104 1 17-20 Intermediate or scientific German may be substituted when the student is qualified. Major Accounting . Cr. ........... 30 Group II Group Ill Group IV Business Administration Retail Merchandising Secretarial Cr. 24-39 c,,. 24 Cr. 23 SttJdies Commerce and Finance 1 ........ 21 6 30-33 15 Electives .......... 9 15 12 38-39 Humanities ........ 28 28 28 28 Science ............ 6 6 6 6 Social Sciences ..... 33 33-48 24-27 15 Physical Education .. 4 4 4 4 Total ............. 131 131 131 129-130 1 Dots not include major courses. �DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting1 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Business Administration FRESHMAN YEAR 2 Tirk FRESHMAN YEAR1 Second Semester First Semester Number Elementary Accounting ...... Acct Survey of Business . ...... . .. . B.A. Biological Science . ......... . Bio Composition ................ Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ... . .. Hist Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . .. .... P.E . Pers. Hyg . ................. P.E. Cr. 101 100 100 101 101 101 105 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ... . . Acct 102 3 Composition ... ... ... . .. .. . . Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ... .. Hist 102 3 Amer . Federal Govt .......... P .S. 101 3 Physical Science ... .. . ...... . Phys 100 3 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg .................. P .E. 106 1 Tit!, Third Semester Tit!, Number Cr. 111 231 101 151 101 103 3 3 3 4 3 1 Tit!, Cr. Elementary Accounting ... . .. Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. Biological Science . ....... ... Bio Composition ................ Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ... .. .. P.E. Pers. Hyg . .. . ....... . ... . . . P.E. 100 100 101 101 101 105 Cost Accounting ............. Acct Business Law ... ... .. .. .. .. . B.A. Money and Banking ......... Ee Applied General Statistics .... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Intro. to Sociology .. . . . .... . Soc Cr. 201 233 201 231 131 100 3 3 3 3 2 3 Title 112 232 102 152 102} 115 104 221 231 209 225 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 15 Title Cr. 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 4 3 1 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law .. ...... ..... . . B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ..... . Ee Fundamentals of Speech ... . .. Eng World Literature .. .. ...... .. Eng Fundamentals of Math ... .. .. Math Physical Education ..... . .... P .E . 101 131 151 101 103 3 2 4 3 1 Title Number Business Law ..... ..... . .... B.A. Principles of Economics .. . . .. Ee World Literature .. .. .. .. . . .. Eng Alternates: Fundamentals of Math ...... Math Mathematics of Finance . ... Math Intro co Statistics .. .. . ... Math Intro. to Music ..... . . . ..... Mus Physical Education . .... ..... P .E. 202 220} 242 234 202} 236 226 232 Number Cr. 3 3 232 102 152 4 102} 11S 3 118 100 3 104 1 17 Cr . JUNIOR YEAR 3 3 3 3 3 Sixth Semester Fifth Semester 3 Tit/, Numb,r Money and Banking ......... Ee Applied General Statistics .... Ee Intro. to Sociology .... .. .. . . Soc Elective in Social Science.. . . . Free Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 231 100 Cr. Cr. 232 3 100 3 101} 3 101 6 15 Practical experience in accounting is required for all students during the summer following the junior year or during the senior year. 2 It is suggested that all students take Personal Use Typewriting (S.S. 99) during one semester of the freshman year. 3 Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P. A. examinations should elect humanity subjects. Numb,r Ti1!, Cr. 3 3 3 3 6 Alternates: Theory of Money .... . . .... Ee 202} Economic Geography .. ... Ee 226 3 C. & F. Elective ...... .. . . Economic Statistics ...... . ... Ee 232 3 Alternates: Intro. co Philosophy .... ... Phil 101} J History of Religions ... .... Rel 101 Bus. Adm. or Ee. Elective2 •• • 3 Free Elective .... .. .... .... . 3 18 15 18 Auditing Practice . ..... . ... .. Acct Intro. to Music .. .... .. ... . .. Mus Intro . to Philosophy ..... . . .. Phil History of Religions .... ... .. Rel Free Electives3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 3 17 Third Semester Eighth Semester Number Cr. 102 102 102 101 100 102 106 16 Number 17 SENIOR YEAR Tax Accounting . ........ ... . Acct Auditing Principles . . .. ..... . Acct Bus . Cor . and Reports .... .. .. B. A. Corporation Finance . . ....... B.A . Free Elective3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 3 1 1 17 Advanced Cost Accounting ... Acct Accounting Sys terns .. .... . .. Acct C.P.A. Problems ..... ..... . . Acct Business Law ....... . . . .. .. . B.A. Alternates: Theory of Money .... .. .... Ee Public Finance ... .... ..... Ee Economic Geography ........ Ee Economic Statistics . ... . ..... Ee Seventh Semester 3 Number Principles of Accounting . . ... Acct Composition ............... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Amer . Federal Govt ......... . P .S. Physical Science ............. Phys Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ... .... P .E. Pers . Hyg .. .. . ..... . . ... ... P.E. 17 Sixth Semester Nttmber 3 Title SOPHOMORE YEAR Number Advanced Accounting . . .. .... Acct Business Law . ... ........ .. . B.A. Principles of Economics ...... Ee World Literature ...... ..... . Eng Fundamentals of Math ...... . Math Mathematics of Finance ... . .. Math Physical Education .......... P.E. Fifth Semester Title Number 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Title Title Fourth Semester Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct Business Law .... ....... ... . B.A. Principles of Economics ...... Ee World Literature ....... . .... Eng Fundamentals of Math .. . . .. . Math Physical Education . .... . .. . . P.E. Second Semester First Semester 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 59 WILKES COLLEGE 58 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Tit/, Eighth Semester Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Bus. Adm. and Ee . Electives.. Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Number 12 See note 2, page 58. 2 See page 60. Bus. Adm . and Ee. Electives2 • Free Elective .............. . Cr. 12 3 3 18 1 Title 1S �60 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES Students who major m business administration will select their electives from the following: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Retail Merchandising BANKING AND fINANCEl Tit!, N11mber Cred its and Collections .. . . .. ..... B.A. 218 Real Estate .... ... ........ .. .... B.A. 220 Corporation Finance ..... . ....... B.A. 225 Investments ... . .............. . .. B.A. 226 Title Nmnbe, Theory of Money . . .. .. .... .. .. . . Ee 202 Public Finance .... . . ...... ... ... Ee 236 Mat hema tics of Finance I ........ Math 115 ECONOMICS1 Titu Number Government and Business ........ Ee 212 Collective Bargaining ........... . Ee 223 International Trade ............ . . Ee 225 Economic Geography ............ Ee 226 Comparative Economic Systems ... Ee 229 Business Cycles .................. Ee 230 Title Number Public Finance . . .. . .. ........... Ee 236 Economic History ............... Ee 238 Economic Analysis .............. Ee 241 Consumer Economics .. ...... .. .. Ee 245 Economic Investigation ..... .... . Ee 246 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS1 Titu Number Industrial Management ... .. ..... B.A. 235 Personnel Management ........... B.A. 236 Production Management ......... B.A. 237 Office Management .. . .. ..... . . .. B.A. 238 Sales Management .............. B.A. 239 Property Insurance ... . . .. . ... . .. . B.A. 240 Title Number Life Insurance .. .... ... .......... B.A. 241 Labor Problems .. . .............. Ee 223 FRESHMAN YEAR 1 First Semester Second Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Biological Science ...... .. ... Bio 100 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Composition .... .. .. . ....... Eng 101 3 Hist. of \V. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Pers. Hyg . . .... .... . .. . .. . . P.E. 105 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . . .... P.E. 101 1 Title Numbtr Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition . . .. . ... . .. ... . Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ... ... Hist 102 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Amer. Federal Govt ..... ..... P.S. 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg. .... . .... .. ... P .E . 106 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEA'R Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. BusinessLaw .. ... . .. ...... . B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ...... . Math 101 3 Elective in Retail Merchandising. . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education .. ........ P.E. 103 1 Title Numb,r Cr. Business Law . .. ...... .. .. .. B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics . .. . .. Ee 102 3 World Literature ... ..... . . .. Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math . .... . . Math 102 3 Elective in Retail Merchandising .... . ...... . 3 Physical Education .. ... . . ... P.E. 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR MARKETINGl TitlB N umber Salesmanship ........ . .... ...... . B.A. 114 Advertising .............. .. ..... B.A. 216 Transportation .................. B.A. 217 Marketing ........ . ............. B.A. 222 61 Title Nmnber Sales Management ..... ...... . .. . B.A. 239 Property Insurance ... ............ B.A . 240 International Trade ......... . ... . Ee 225 Consumer Economics ........ .. .. Ee 245 Principles of Retailing ..... . . .. . . R.M. 101 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .. . . Ee 231 3 Fundamenrals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Electives in Social Science. . . . 3 Electives in R.M. or Com. & Fin.... ........... 9 Title Nmnber Cr. Intro. to Music . .. ... . ...... Mus 100 3 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101} 3 History of Religions .... . .. Rel 101 Electives in R.M. or Com . & Fin . .. ............ 9 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 17 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ...... . B.A. 209 3 Intro . to Sociology .. ........ Soc 100 3 Electives in R .M. or Com. & Fin...... .. .. ..... 6 Elec. in Com. & Fin. or Soc. Sc.. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 15 1 At least six courses in this group are required of students concentrating in this field. 1 See note 2, page , 8. Title Electives in R.M. or Com. & Fin ....... . Free Electives ....... . Numbur Cr. 6 9 15 �6'.! WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES 63 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION Major in Secretarial Studies The program outlined below is designed to prepare students for certification in most states. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Titu Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Composition .... ... .. .... ... Eng 101 3 Hist. or W. Civilization ... ... Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S . 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg ................. . P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ..... . .......... . P.E. 106 1 18 18 REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION IN PENNSYLVANIA General The four courses listed below are required of all prospective teachers: Introduction to Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 semester hours United States and Pennsylvania History FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Tith Elementary Accounting .... .. Acct 101 3 Advanced Exposition ........ Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Intro. to Music .............. Mus 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 109 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Tit!, Number Cr. Principles of Accounting .. ... Acct 102 3 American Government ... .... P .S. 100 3 Physical Science .... .... . .... Phys 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. ll0 4 Free Elective ...... .... ..... 3 Physical Education ........ . . P.E. 104 1 16 17 Second Semester Title Number Composition ............ . ... Eng 101 Science Elective 1 . . . . • . . • . • • • Mathematics Elective 1 . . . . . • . American Government ....... P.S. 101 Elective 1 . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 Cr. 3 3-5 3-5 3 0-3 1 1 Title Number Cr. Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Science1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . 3-6 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . 3-6 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .......... ........ P.E. 106 1 14~20 16- 19 SOPHOMORE YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 World Literature ......... ... Eng 151 4 Alternates: Medical Stenography ...... S.S. 210} 3 Speech Reporting .......... S.S. 203 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Number Cr. Principles of Economics .... .. Ee 102 3 World Literature ....... . .... Eng 152 4 Free Electives ............. . 9 16 16 Tit!, Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Intro. to Education .......... Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ..... .. ..... Eng 151 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Intro . to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 World Literature ... ......... Eng 152 4 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 I 16 16-17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 ... .. Hist 107 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 .... . . Hist 108 3 Child Psychology ........... Psy 207 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Office Mach ..... S.S. 205 4 8-9 Free Electives .............. . Title Number Cr. Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 Free Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 15-16 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Intro. to Philosophy ...... . . Phil 101 3 Elecci ves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Title Number Cr. Principles & Methods of Sec. Ed ................... Ed 204 3 Sec. School Curriculum ...... Ed 205 3 Practice Teaching .... . ...... Ed 207 8 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 1 15 15 Electives shall be selected or omitted so that the total number of hours shall not exceed the maximum number of credits allowed for each term. �64 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Title Number Cr. Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist . of W. Civilization ...... Hise 101 3 Physical Science ............ Phy 100 3 American Government ....... P.S. 101 3 Elective...... .............. 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective.................... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E . 102 1 Pers . Hrg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Nrtmber Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Intro. to Education .......... Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Elective ...... ... ........... 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Intro. to Philosophy ......... Phil 101 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Elective.................... 2-3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 16-17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 ..... Hise 107 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hise 108 3 Child Psychology ........... Psy 207 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 15 Seventh Semester SENIOR YEAR The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. The course that is outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, economics, commercial law, business English, commercial arithmetic, and in the social studies if both sociology and political science are elected. Students pref erring to be certified in salesmanship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. Fourth Semester 16 Fifth Semester BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION Second Semester 17 Third Semester 6.5 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Titla Number Cr. Survey of Business .......... B.A. 100 3 Business Mathematics ....... B.A. 107 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P .E. 105 1 Second Semester Title Numb,r Cr. Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 Intro. to ;1usic ... . ........ . Mus. 100} 3 Basic Art .. ..... . ....... .... Art 101 Physical Science ............ Phys 100 3 Intro. to Sociology ......... . Soc 100} or 3 American Government .. . .... P.S. 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .. ... ....... ...... P.E. 106 1 17 Eighth Semester 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. Practice Teaching ........... Ed 208 6 Elementary Curriculum ...... Ed 238 3 Art in the Elem. Sch ......... Ed 241 2 Music in the Elem. Sch ...... Ed 242 2 Health and P.E. in the E.S ... Ed 243 2 Title Number Cr. Practice Teaching ......... .. Ed 208 6 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 Teaching of Ari th ........... Ed 232 2 Teaching of Lang. Arts ...... Ed 234 2 Principles of Elem. Ed ....... Ed 237 2 Teachmg of El. Sch. Sci ...... Ed 239 2 15 15 REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION IN PENNSYLVANIA Third Semester Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 or Elective Princi~es o\Economics ..... . E~on 101 3 U.S. - a. Hmory co 1865 .... H1sc 107 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 or Elective Physical Education ......... P .E. 103 1 Elementary In addition to the general requirements, a minimum of twenty-two semester hours in elementary education is required to prepare teachers in the following fields of instruction: English Humane Treatment of Birds and AniSpelling mals Reading Safety Education Writing Health-Physical Education and PhysArithmetic iology Geography Music U. S. and Pa. History Art Civics Fo11rth Semester Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 or Elective Principles of Economics ...... Econ 102 3 Intro. to Education ......... Educ 101 3 U.S. Hist. since 1865 ....... Hist 108 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 102 4 or Elective Physical Education . . . . . . . . . P.E. 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Intermediate Accounting .. ... Acee 111 3 or Elective BusinessLaw ............... B.A. 231 3 Educational Psychology ..... Educ 201 3 English Elective ........ Eng 151 or 153 4-3 Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 or Elective 17-16 Sixth Semester Title Numbe, Cr. Advanced Accounting . ..... Acee 112 3 or Elective Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 English Elective . ..... .. Eng 152 or 154 4-3 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. 110 4 or Elective 17-16 �66 WILKES COLLEGE 67 DEGREE COURSES SENIOR YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Corres. and Reports ..... B.A. 209 3 Bus. Education and Methods of Instruction in S.S .. ..... S.S. 243 3 Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 Office Procedures and Machines ............ S.S. 205 4 or Elective Elective ........... . ....... . 3 Title Number Cr. Education ... . .. ... ......... Educ 212 1 Sec. School Curriculum ...... Educ 205 3 Student Teaching .. .... . .... Educ 207 8 Elective .. ......... ... ... .. . 2 16 14 The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certi.6.cate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also enable the student to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subjects. FRESHMAN YEAR Provisional College Certificates will be issued by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to graduates of the course in business education. Certification will be offered in business subjects only as the following requirements are met: Bookkeeping ..................................... 12 semester hours Commercial Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Commercial Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Shorthand ........................................ 9 semester hours Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Business English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester hours plus twelve (12) semester hours in English Certificates are valid for teaching only those business subjects which are written on the certi.6.cate. First Semester Second Semester Title Number [Cr. Composition ............. .. Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 2 Music Theory ... .... . ...... Mus 101 5 Clarinet Class and Band Mus ) Methods or. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 101 2 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 103 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E . 101 1 Pers . Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Music Theory ......... ..... Mus 102 5 Clarinet Class and Band Mus ) Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 102 2 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 104 App Major Instrument ... ..... ... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . ½ Physical Science ..... . ...... Phys 100 3 Elective .................. . 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E . 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ... . ........ . .... P.E. 1 18½ 19½ SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. World Literature .... .... . .. Eng 151 4 Music Theory .. . . ........ .. Mus 103 5 Music History .............. Mus 109 3 App Major Instrument ........... Mus I Band, Orchestra, Chorus ..... ½ General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Physical Education ...... .. . P.E. 103 I Title Number Cr. Intro. to Education ......... Ed 101 3 World Literature . .... ...... Eng 152 4 Music Theory .............. Mus 104 5 Music History .............. Mus 110 3 App Major Instrument .... ...... . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus ..... ½ Physical Education ... . ..... P.E. 104 I 17½ 17½ JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology ... .. Ed 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist. to 1865 ... Hist 107 3 Mus Woodwind Class Methods .... Ed 105 2 Mus Conducting (Instrumental) ... Ed 109 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods. . . . Ed 111 2 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 3 Mus Brass Class Methods ........ Ed 106 2 Mus Conducting (Choral) ... ..... Ed 110 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods . ... Ed 112 2 App Major Instrument ... . . ... ... Mus I Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 16½ 16½ �68 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES SENIOR YEAR 69 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Principles of Secondary .. . ... Ed 2041 Education or 3 Principles of Elementary ..... Ed 237f Education Instrumentation ............ Mus 215 2 Mus Voice Cl ass and Methods .. ... Ed 107 2 String Instrument Class and Mus Methods ................. Ed 113 2 Observation and Practice Mus Teaching ................. Ed 203 4 Number Cr. Title 212 1 Visual Education .... ....... Ed Orchestration ........... ... Mus 216 1 Mus Voice Class and Methods .... Ed 108 2 StrinJ Instrument Class Mus an Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 114 2 Observation and Practice Mus Treaching ... ........... .. Ed 204 4 App 1 Major Instrument . .......... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus . .... ½ Elective .................... 3 Title Number Cr. Educational Measurements . .. Ed 202 2 Visual Education ....... ... .. Ed 212 1 World Literature ....... ... .. Eng 151 4 Prin. and Meth. in N.E. ..... N.E. 107 2 Electives2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6-7 Title Number Cr. Guidance ............. .. .... Ed 214 2 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Trends in Nursing Ed .. .. .... N .E. 102 2 Field Experience ............ N.E. 112 4 Electives 2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5-6 15-16 15- 16 Major Instrument ........... A~s Band, Orchestra, Chorus ..... 1 ½ 14½ 15½ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION The course in nursing education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration.1 Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-four, of which at least sixty-four must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from forty to sixty and will be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE AND WILKES COLLEGE Lebanon Valley College and Wilkes College have entered into a cooperative program whereby nurses working in the vicinity of Annville and Lebanon may earn a degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College by taking their academic credits on the campus at Lebanon Valley College and their professional credits at Wilkes, either in extension at the Hospital or in residence at Wilkes-Barre. The usual residence requirements for a degree in Nursing Education may be satisfied by taking one-half the work on the campus at Lebanon Valley College and the other one-half at Wilkes College. JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Amer. and Penna. History to 1865 .... . .............. Hist 107 3 Foundations of Nursing ...... N .E. 101 2 Physical Science ........... .. Phys 100 3 General Psychology ........ . Psy 100 3 Sociology .................. Soc 100 3 Title Nnmber Cr. Biological Science .... . . ..... Bio 100 3 Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 Composition . ............... Eng 102 3 American History since 1865 .. Hist 108 3 Community Nursing ..... .... N.E. 104 2 Supervision and Admin ... . . . N.E. 106 2 17 16 1 For exception see page 44. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING Wilkes College offers the .first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may trans£ er to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interested in mathematics and the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. 2 Electives may be selected from academic subjects (Economics, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology) or Nursing Education courses with approval of the adviser. �70 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES FRI!SHMAN YEAR CIVIL ENGINEERING The ~ivil engin_eer deal~ wit_h problems in structural, highway, railroad, hyd~au!ic, a_n d sarntar~ engmeermg, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes m the design, construction and maintenance of bridges tunnels ?ams, and _the stru~ural members of buildings. His services are indi~pcnsabl~ m the design of river, canal, an~ harbor improvements; in the development ~nd co?trol of water r~sources; m _the treatment and disposal of sewage and mdustnal waste; and m the location and construction of all transportation facilities. (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) First Semester Title Second Semester Number General Inorganic Chem .. .. . . Chem 101 Engineering and Orientation Problems .... . ... .. ... .. .. Engi 100 Engineering Drawing and Des . Geometry ... . ....... .. Engi 105 Composition . ........... . ... Eng 101 Algebra and Trig .. .. .... .. .. Math 105 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 Pers . Hyg.. . . . ............ P.E. 105 C,. 4 2 3 3 5 1 1 Number C,. Alternates :1 lnor. Chem. & Qua!. Anal.. .Chem 102} -o General Inorganic Chem .... Chem 104 4 Drawing & Des. Geometry ... Engi 106 2 Composition .. .. .... . .... .. Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry ....... ... Math 122 4 General Physics (Mech.). .... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 Title 19-21 19 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of aeronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Tit!, 2 Fottrth Semester Tit!, Number Inor. Quant. Analysis ..... ... Chem 121 Intro . co Economics ... . ..... Ee 100 Fundamentals of Speech . .. ... Eng 134 Calculus I. ...... . .... . . . ... Math 125 General Physics ........ .... . Phys 151 Physical Education ...... . ... P.E. 103 Cr. 4 3 3 4 4 1 19 Title 103 100 134 125 151 103 Cr. 3 3 3 4 4 1 Title N11mber Route Surveying ... . .. ....... C.E. Calculus II ................. Math Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M .E. General Physics .. .... ....... Phys Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 126 211 212 152 104 18 C,. 4 4 3 3 4 1 19 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control or sales engineer, Third Semester Fottrth Semester N umber Plane Surveying ... . ... .... . . C.E. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ... .. . Eng Calculus I ..... . . ....... . . .. Math General Physics ....... ... .. . Phys Physical Education .... . ..... P.E. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SOPHOMORE YEAR 71 NtJmbe,, Sroichiometry . .. . . .......... Ch E Calculus II ................. Math Mechanics I, Statics .... .... . M.E. Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. General Physics ............. Phys Physical Education . ...... ... P .E. 106 126 211 212 l 52 104 Cr. 3 4 3 3 4 1 Today nearly every activity of civilized life depends upon electricity. The electric~l engin~er is trained to design, construct, and operate all electrical gener~t_mg equ1_p1:1ent. He must supervise and control the distribution of electnoty for dnvmg the machinery in mills, factories and mines· fo~ electric railw~ys, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all elect~ical devices used m the home. The commun!c~tions fiel1, includi~g telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of_ prmt and p~ctures, _off~rs numerous opportunities. DeveJopment of electronic tubes, transistors, orcmts, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Third Semester Titl, Fourth Semester Number Plane Surveying ............. C.E. Intro. to Economics .......... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Calculus I . ....... .......... Math General Physics ............. Phys Physical Education .......... P.E. 18 18 1 Chemical engineers will register for Chemistry 102 (si x hours). All other engineering students will register for Chemistry 104 ( four hours). 2 For freshman year see above. 103 100 134 125 151 103 C, . 3 3 3 4 4 I 1 For freshman year see page 70. Title Number Calculus II ................. Math Kinematics .. ... ... ... ...... . M.E. Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. Mechanics II, Dynamics .... .. M.E. General Physics ............. Phys Physical Education .......... P.E. 126 206 211 212 152 104 Cr. 4 4 3 3 4 I 18 �72 WILKES COLLEGE INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in science, engineering, e onomics, business administratio~ management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but also economic and humanistic interests, as well as character and personality. He must work with others and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Titk Number Cr. Principles of Economics . . .... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus I. . . . . . .. . . . . ...... Math 125 4 General Physics . . . . ....... . . Phys 151 4 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Physical Education . . . . .... .. P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics . ..... Ee 102 3 Calculus II . .. .... . .. . .. . ... Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics . .. ... ... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics . .. . . M.E. 212 3 General Physics .. ... . . .. . ... Phys 152 4 Physical Education ... .... .. . P.E. 104 1 18 18 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEARl Third Semester Fourth Semester Title N11mber Cr. Plane Surveying . . ... .... ... . C.E . 103 3 Intro . to Economics . ... . . .. . . Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . ..... Eng 134 3 Calculus I . . ..... .. . .... . . .. Math 125 4 General Physics .. . ........ . . Phys 1S1 4 Physical Education .... . ... .. P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Calculus II .... . . . . ... . .... . Math 126 4 Kinematics . .... . ...... . ... . M.E. 206 4 Mechanics I, Statics .... ... .. M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Physics .. . . .... . ... . Phys 152 4 Physical Education .. ...... .. P .E. 104 1 18 18 1 For freshman year see page 70. Terminal Courses �74 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES L.ABORAroRY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MUSIC The following requirements for laboratory technicians or me~ical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technolog~sts of _the American Society of Oinical Pathologists. Students who complete this termmal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS Biology: Twelve semester hours, of which ten hours must be in zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are histology, embryology, comparative anatomy, physiology, bacteriology, and hygiene. Chemistry: Twelve hours of general inorganic chemistry, including laboratory work. Four hours of quantitative analysis, including laboratory work. Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of sixty semester ~ours of c~llege cre~it. The following courses are recommended, but not reqmred: physJCs, organic chemistry, histology, embryology, physiology, and comparative anatomy. A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. OrJinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of music. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Composition ..... . .. . ....... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 ••• •• • . •.•. 101 or 103 3 Music, Applied. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Music, Theory .. . ... ... . . . .. Mus 101 5 Elective . . .. ... . . . .......... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. ... .. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . ..... . . . . . .... . . . P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Composition ... .. .. ...... . . Eng 102 3 Foreign Language 1 . • . • • • • • . • . 102 or 104 3 Music, Applied . ........ .. . . 1 Intro. to Music ............. . Mus 100 3 Music, Theory . ... .......... Mus 102 5 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... . P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg ........ .. . .. ... . . P.E. 106 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Se cond Semester Title N11rnber Cr. General Zoology ... ... . ..... Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . .. ... Chem 101 4 Composition .. . . .. .. .... ... Eng 101 3 College Algebra .. .. . . . ..... Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg ..... .. .. .. ....... P.E. 105 1 1 itle Number Cr. General Zoology . . .. ..... . .. Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. .. . ..... . Chem 102 6 Elective .. .. . . . .. . ..... .. ... 3 Composition ....... .. . ..... Eng 102 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . . . .. . P.E . 102 1 Pers. Hyg .. . ... . ........... P.E . 106 1 17 18 75 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Hist. of W. Civilization .. . ... Hist 101 3 Foreign Language 1 •.• . . .•• . . • 103 or 200 3 Music, Applied . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Music, Theory . . . ...... .. ... Mus 103 5 Music, History . .. . .......... Mus 109 3 Physical Education . . ... ... .. P .E. 103 1 Title Number C,. Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Foreign Language 1 ••• • •••.••• 104 or 200 3 Music, Applied.............. 1 Music, Theory . . . ......... .. Mus 104 5 Music, History .. .......... . . Mus llO 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology . . . .. . . . ... . ... . Bio 211 4 Inorganic Quantitative I, Anal. .. ... .. . . .... . .... .. Chem 121 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Physical Education . . .... . . .. P.E . 103 1 Title Number Cr. Bacteriology ..... .. . . .. . .. . . Bio 212 4 Organic Chem .. . . . .. .... .... Chem 230 4 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Physical Education .. . .. .. .. . P.E. 104 1 16- 17 16-17 1 At least one elective each semester must be in the humanities or social sciences. 1 The level of the course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �76 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Two years) (Three years) The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in chemistry and biology. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Second Semester Number General Zoology ............ Bio General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem Composition ........ .... ... Eng College Algebra ............ Math Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. Pers. Hyg . ........... ..... . P.E. 101 101 101 107 101 105 Cr. 5 4 3 3 1 1 Title Number General Zoology ............ Bio 102 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 Composition ........... .... Eng 102 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .. .............. .. P.E. 106 16 Cr. 4 Cr. Number Histology .................. Bio Inorganic Quantitative Anal.. Chem General Physics ............. Phys Alternates: World Literature .......... Eng Hist. of West. Civ ......... Hist Physical Education .......... P .E. 241 121 111 151 101 103 3 4 4 4 3 1 15-16 Title Number Histology .... .............. Bio Organic Chemistry .......... Chem General Physics ............. Phys Alternates: World Literature .......... Eng Hist. of West. Civ ......... Hist Physical Education .......... P.E. Title Second Semester Number General Zoology ........... Bio General Inorganic Chem . .... Chem Composition ............... Eng College Algebra ............ Math Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. Pers. Hyg .................. P .E. 101 101 101 107 101 105 5 4 3 3 1 1 Title Number Cr. General Zoology ........... Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . .. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ...... . .......... P.E. 106 1 17 18 Cr. SOPHOMORE YEAR 17 Third Semester Fourth Semester Cr. Number Cr. Title Basic Art .................. Art 101 3 Comp. Anatomy of the Vert .. Bio 201 4 Inorg. Quantitative Anal. .... Chem 121 4 World Literature ........... Eng 151 4 Physical Education ......... P .E. 103 1 Number Cr. Title Basic Art .. ................ Art 102 3 Embryology .............. . . Bio 202 4 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 World Literature . .... . ..... Eng 152 4 Physical Education ......... P.E. 104 1 16 16 Fourth Semester Third Semester FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester 6 3 3 1 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Titls 77 242 230 112 3 4 4 152 102 104 4 3 1 15-16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology .... ... ........ Bio 211 4 Histology .................. Bio 241 3 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 General Physics . ........... Phys 111 4 16 Title Number Bacteriology ............... Bio 212 Histology .................. Bio 242 Chemistry Elective .......... Chem General Physics ............ Phys 112 Cr. 4 3 3 4 14 �79 TERMINAL COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 78 MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY SECRETARIAL COURSE The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this curriculum may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. Medical secretaries require special training so that they may have an intelligent understanding of their part in the work of a medical office. To provide the essential background, the secretarial courses are supplemented by biology and laboratory courses in chemistry and physiology. The courses in secretarial accounting and office procedures are adapted to the needs of the students preparing for work in the offices of physicians. FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First SemeJter Number Cr. Survey of Business ..... .. . ... B.A. 100 3 Composition . ... . ......... . . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . ..... Hist 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . .. . P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .. . . ....... .. . . ... P.E . 105 1 Number Cr. Title Biological Science .. . ... .. ... Bio 100 3 Composition ...... . .. .. .... Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . . ... Eng 131 2 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . ... Hist 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ....... . . . .... . . . P.E. 106 1 15 17 Titu Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. Business Mathematics .... .. . B.A. 107 3 Biological Science . .......... Bio 100 3 Composition ... ... . . . .. .... . Eng 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . .S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg. ...... . ... . .. .. P.E . 105 1 Titls Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ... .. . Chem 101 4 Composition .. .... . . . . . . . .. Eng 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 4 Secretarial Accounting ... . ... S.S. 12.0 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . . . . .. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg.. . . . . .......... P.E. 106 1 15 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr . Tit/, Business Mathematics .... . .. B.A. 107 3 3 Business Law . . ............. B.A. 231 Intermediate Stenography . ... S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines . . . . . S.S. 205 4 3 Elective ... . .. .. ..... . ..... . Physical Education . ... . .. . .. P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr . Office Management . .. ... . ... B.A. 238 3 Intro . to Economics . . .. .... . Econ 100 3 Advanced Stenography . . . . . . .S.S. llO 4 Secretarial Accounting ....... S.S . 120 3 Elective ... ..... . ........... 3 Physical Education .. . . . .. . .. P .E. 104 1 18 17 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. Titl, Numb,r Cr. Physiology .... .. ........... Bio 251 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Advanced Stenography . ...... S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines . ... . S.S. 205 3 Elective.................... 3 Physical Education .. . . . .. . .. P .E. 103 1 Tit/, Numb,r Cr. Office Management. . . . . . .. . . B.A. 238 } Physiology .. . . . . . .... . .... . Bio 252 4 Hist. of W. Civilization .. .. . . Hist 102 3 Medical Stenography .. . ... . . S.S. 200 3 Elective....... . ... . ..... . . . 3 Physical Education ..... .... . P.E. 104 1 18 17 A candidate for a degree with a major in medical stenography should consult with his adviser before planning his program of study. A student who completes the two-year program and then decides to continue work toward a degree should carefully plan the last two years with his adviser. �Description of Courses �83 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 82 WILKES COLLEGE ACCOUNTING Acer. 220. AccouNTING SYSTEMs--Three hours MR. SLAMON A study of the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Curtis, T. C. Richards, Slamon, Werner. loan associations, and other specialized businesses, wilh special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 201. Acer. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three hours AccT. 221. TAXES I-Three hout'S THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of .financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Acer. 102. PRINCIPLES OF AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; .financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 101. Acer. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 102. Acer. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 111. AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING-Three hours THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112 or approval of instructor. AccT. 202. ADVANCED CosT AccouNTING--Three hours MR. CURTIS The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individu~ls ba~ed on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of mclus10n and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions; methods of effecting tax savings. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 202 or approval of instructor. Acer. 222. TAXES II-Three hours THE STAFF Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. ACCT. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES-Three hours MR. SLAMON Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records and balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 202. Acer. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Three hours MR. SLAMON Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 2 31. Acer. 242. ADVANCED PROBLEMS-Three ho11rs MR. CURTIS Advanced corporation problems including consolidations, mergers, and holding companies. Class two hours a week. Laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 201 or approval of instructor. ART Assistant Professor O'Toole, chairman; Instructor Lorusso. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Art is intended ( 1) for the student who seeks an intelligent understanding �85 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES of the visual arts as part of his general education; and ( 2) for the talented student who wishes to acquire the technical skills necessary for successful art expression. The courses in the curriculum enable the student who is essentially an observer of art to experience as fully as possible the creative activity of the artist. They give the student with a special aptitude for art a thorough knowledge of the language of art, and an adequate training in the mechanics and techniques that he needs to achieve full creative expression. MR. O'TooLE 109. TYPOGRAPHY-Three hours Complete study of type faces and their design and differences. Designing with type, type ornaments and rules. Relationships of form, structure, size, direction, texture, color and weight. The use of type in advertising, book-jackets, brochures. 84 MR. O'TooLE Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 101-102. BASIC ART- Three hours each semester ART 103-104. APPLIED ART- Three hours each semeseter MR.O'TooLE ART Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ART Brush lettering, pen lettering, combining hand lettering with type. The uses of photostats. Use of ruling pen, bow compass, and other mechanical aids. The hand-lettered book-jacket and posters. The paste-up and use of reproduction proofs for line cuts. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ARf Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums: pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 105-106. INTRODUCTION TO LETTERING Three hours each semester MR. LORUSSO Analysis of basic letter forms. The origin and development of the alphabet. Study of the first three one-stroke alphabets and Gothic. The basic strokes, upper and lower cases. Grouping letters into words. Simple spacing and layout. Second group of alphabets to include: thick and thin, the scripts, one-stroke Roman and italics. Combining all the one-stroke alphabets in varying weights and sizes. ART 107-108. LETTERING AND LAYOUT-Three hours each semester MR. LORUSSO The designed or built-up letter. Basic strokes, upper and lower cases of Gothic, Roman, italic, and script letters. Combining designed lettering with one-stroke lettering in layout. The use of color in lettering and backgrounds. Prerequisite: Art 105-106. 110. HAND LETTERING FOR REPRODUCTION-Three hours MR. O'TooLE 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half-tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing ( double spread). Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION- Three hours each semester MR. O'TOOLE Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and bookjacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN- Three ho11rs each semester MR. O'TOOLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. �86 ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. 215-216. FINE ART--Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE ART- Three hours each semester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. 219-220-221-222. STUDIO I, II, III, IV-Two or three homs each semester MR. O'TooLE Individual instruction in the field of art in which the student wishes to excel. Each student will be given problems according to his needs and abilities. With each problem the student will receive individual instruction and criticism. ART BIOLOGY 100. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE-Three hours Bro. THE STAFF Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. MR. 101-102. GENERAL ZooLOGY-Nine hours REIF General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 101 has class four hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Bio. 111-112. GENERAL BOTANY-Three hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, empha- sizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, cwo hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. BIO. 113. BOTANICAL TAXONOMY-Four hours MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES- Four hours MISS GALLIA Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 102. EMBRYOLOGY-Four hottrs STAFF Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 201, or permission of instructor. BIO. 202. BIO. Professor Reif, chairman; Instructors Namisniak and Gallia. BIO. 87 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Four hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Biology 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and J:he culturing of bacteria. Prerequisite: Biology 102. Biology 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 88 viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 211. BIO. 223. ENTOMOLOGY-Four hours MR. REIF Entomology is the study of insects through the collect~on and identification of specimens. Life histories of insects are studied as well as their economic relationships, and their significance in industry a~d medicine. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field work, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 101, or permission of instructor. BIO. 241-242. HISTOLOGY AND each semester MISS GALLIA Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Credit is given only upon completion of both semesters work which must be taken in sequ~~ce. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequ1S1te: through Biology 202, or permission of instructor. BIO. 251-252. PHYSIOLOGY-Three hot✓ H each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Physiology is a study of the functioning of the :arious cells, t_issues, and organs of the animal body. Laboratory work rncludes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Biology 242, Chemistry 230, and Physics 112, or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: for Biology 252 is Biology 251. BIO. 291-292. SEMINAR IN B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BusINEss1-Three hours THE STAFF This course is designed as an introduction to the field of business and must be taken by commerce and finance students during the first semester of the freshman year. Emphasis is placed upon examining :he various vocational opportunities in modern business and upon studying the necessary educational and other requisites for such jobs. Attempts are made to plan in advance with each student a tentative course program. Each student is required to make an individual study of some vocational objective. B.A. 107. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS-Three hours ORGANOLOGY-Three hours BIOLOGY-One credit each semester MR. REIF This seminar is designed as a correlating study of the field of biology for senior students. Each student prepares a paper on a biological topic for presentation to and discussion by the group. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 89 THE STAFF Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions, ?ecimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and turnover; depreciation and distribution of overhead; payroll problems including social security and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments involving interest• bank discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and an~uities; stocks and bonds ; graphs and their use in business. B.A. 114. SALESN:ANSHIP-Three hours MR. YOUNG The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTs--Three ho11rs THE STAFF Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: English 102. B.A. 216. ADVERTISING-Three hours MR. BUNN, THE STAFF A survey of the different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a social force. BUSINESS ADMINISTR~TION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Elliot, Farrar, Instructors Bunn, Casper, Connor, Livingstone, Slamon, Werner, Young, Mackson, Kohn, Puhak, Wood, Johns, Lu, Bloomburg. 99. BASIC BUSINESS ENGL1SH-No credit THE STAFF A course designed to aid in the writing of business letters, with stress on the fundamentals of business correspondence. Class three hours a week. B.A. B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Problems and policies of railroads, buses, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 1 Credit f?r this course will be granted only to students who take it prior to taking Economics 101 and 102. �90 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 91 B.A. 218. CREDIT AND COLLECTIONS-Three hours THE STAFF The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Economics 102, Accounting 102. matter); the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genuineness of assent {legal or illegal inducement to agree). Prerequisite: Economics 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-SALES, AGENCY, BAILMENT- Three hottrs 220. REAL ESTATE-Three hours THE STAFF The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 222. MARKETING-Three hours MR. ELLIOT Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure and organization, and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three hours MR. SLAMON A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, .financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Economics B.A. 102. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three hours MR. SLAMON Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting meth?ds and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buyrng and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-CONTRACTS-Three hotJrs MR, CASPER, MR. MACKSON The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. Examination of the essential elements of a valid contract and the application to typical business transactions. These essential elements are: the agreement; the subject matter (what the contract is about); the consideration ( that value which is given by each party for his interest in the subject MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON A general study of the law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and the law of Bailment. legal problems arising out of the sale of merchandise by manufacturers, distributors and dealers; out of the financing, processing, shipment, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of government regulations thereof. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231. B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three hours MR. WERNER, MR. PUHAK Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their formation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured, insurer, and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insurance contract. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three hours MR. WERNER,MR.PUHAK law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes (crimes against the person, property, business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions). Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Economics 223 or approval of instructor. �92 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE MR. YOUNG A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Economics 223 or approval of instructor. CHEMISTRY B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three hours The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of offi.ce records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. MR. YOUNG 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Three hours The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force; sales research and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: Business Administration 114 or equivalent. 93 Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professors Bone, Salley, and Worstall LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: 1. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. B.A. CHEM. 101. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours THE STAFF An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required . CHEM. 102·. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS B.A. 24 0. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three hours MR. CONNOR This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three hours MR. CONNOR This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. THE STAFF 244. TIME AND MOTION STUDY-Three hours The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. B.A. THE STAFF 245. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT- Three hours Economic and historical aspects of traffic management; evaluation of comparative aspects of competitive modes of transportation, development of managerial ability; use of rates and tariff. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. Six hours MISS BONE The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours MISS BONE, MR. WoRSTALL A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Four hours MR. SALLEY Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week ; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 102. �94 (HEM. WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Five hours MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours MR. BASTRESS An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The preparation and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 231. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Five hours MR. BASTRESS A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 30. CHEM. CHEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS-Three hours MR. BASTRESS A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures .. Class,_ one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit requued. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 31. CHEM. CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC 95 CHEMISTRY-Three hottrs MR. SALLEY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY- Three hours each semester MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 and 230. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY-One hour MR. BASTRESS The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One hottr MR. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. CHEM. 271. CHEM. 272. RESEARCH PROJECT-One to three hours each semester THE STAFF 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. BASTRESS Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. CHEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four hours each semester MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121, Mathematics 126, Physics 202. (HEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. SALLEY A study of advanced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, ~inetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concermng the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Elliot; Instructors Young and Lu. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete twenty-four hours of work in economics beyond Economics 101 and 102. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry should include Economics 202, 232, and 241. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this .field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 96 effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. THE STAFF ECONOMICS-Three hours This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Economics 101. Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF Ee. 201. MONEY AND BANK.ING-Three hours 97 history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Economics 102. TRADE-Three hours MR. ELLIOT Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 202. THEORY OF MONEY-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Economics 201. MR. ROSENBERG CREDIT-Two hours This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. EcoNOMIC GEOGRAPHY-Three hours MR. ELLIOT A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and analyzes the world distribution of resources industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course i~ world resources and related fields. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 226. Ee. 227. EcoNOMIC GEOGRAPHY-NORTH AMERICA- Three horm MR. ELLIOT A study of the economic regions of the North American continent with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the wester~ hemisphere. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 204. CONSUMER THE STAFF Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three hours A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: Political Science 101, Economics 102. MR. YOUNG Ee. 223. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING-Three hours An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, SYSTEMS-Three hours The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC Ee. 230. BUSINESS CYCLES-Three hours MR. Lu A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 231. APPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG A course in statistical methods and their application to business. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WJLKES COLLEGE 98 and measures of central tendency, fitting the norm1l rurve, Chi-square test; test of significance for small samples, analysis of variance. 3 hours lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR. ROSENBERG 232. ECONOMIC STATISTICS-Three hours A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Ee. Ee. 246. ECONOMICS INVESTIGATION-Three hottrs 99 MR. ELLIOT Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: (1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Assistant Professor Karr; Instructor R. Moran. Prerequisite: Economics 231. Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Economics 102, Political Science 101. THE STAFF hour A short course designed to acquaint students with the essential facts about American public education. School system organization; the development and significance of education in a democracy; current problems, possible solutions and promising practices are presented and analyzed for the non-professional. ED. 100. AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION-One ED. 101. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION-Three hours MR. HAMMER 238. EcoNOMIC HISTORY-Three hours MR. ELLIOT, MR. Lu An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. MR. Lu Ee. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-Three hours This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 245. CONSUMER ECONOMICS-Three hottrs MR.LU The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income. consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerc<-1uisite: Economics 102. A broad, general introduction to the field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American public education. Study of the educational structure; the teacher, his preparation and qualifications; the pupils, their individual differences and provisions therefor; the materials of instruction; the school plant; the .financing of education; the profession of teaching; the participation of the public; contemporary issues and trends in public education. 201. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hottrs MR. HAMMER Practical application of basic psychological principles; study of human growth and development; the nature and measurement of intelligence; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; the nature and general principles of learning; the measurement and facilitation of learning; guidance of the individual; effective methods of study; special aspects of learning; the psychology of teaching methods; and simple statistical concepts. ED. Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and Education 101. ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two hours MR. HAMMER A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use; study of ED. �101 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 100 methods of treating scores; principles and purposes of measurement; practice in the construction of objective tests; supervised administration, scoring, and interpretation of tests; some aspects of evaluation. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 204. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF SECONDARY EDUCATIONThree hours MR. HAMMER The historical development of the secondary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. hours MR. HAMMER Developments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life, vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricular activities; treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units; study methods; tests and marking; a survey of secondary school curriculum and its continuing development. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. En. 205. SECONDARY CURRICULUM-Three Eo. 207. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL-Eight hours ED. 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Six to twelve hours MR. HAMMER, MR. KARR Students are assigned to the guidance of competent, experienced teachers. They observe several teachers. Gradually they assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. They plan lesson units and complete curriculum units. Conferences with the teachers-in-charge and professors-in-charge aid in discussion of principles and problems. Prerequisite: approval of Department Chairman. ACTIVITIES-Three hout'S MR. HAMMER Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance program. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. En. 211. EXTRACURRICULAR Eo. 212. VISUAL EDUCATION-One hour THE STAFF A study of the materials and techniques of visual education; principles and plans for the use of audio-visual or sensory aids; the incorporation of visual instruction in the work for the classroom. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. MR.HAMMER hours A general survey of the principles and problems of guidance, and an introduction to activities and techniques used in a guidance program in the public school. Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors' certificates. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 214. GUIDANCE-Two MR. KARR READING-Three hours Analysis of the reading task; consideration of the relationship of maturation to reading; problems and methods in developing reading readiness; methods and techniques of teaching reading; the place of experiences; development of reading interests; types of reading; evaluation of reading growth; remedial procedures in reading. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 231. THE TEACHING OF THE TE~CHING OF ARITHMETIC-Two hours MR. KARR Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary arithmetic; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and teaching techniques for developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction in concepts of quantitative relationships. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 232. ED. 234. THE TEACHING OF LANGUAGE ARTS-Two hours MR. KARR Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary English; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; attention given to handwriting, spelling, and the utilization of the library. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 235. CHILDREN'S LITERATURE AND STORY TELLING MR. KARR Three hours Designed to provide familiarity with classic and modern literature for children of elementary school age. Techniques and practices in story telling will be stressed, and particular emphasis will be placed on the use of dramatization and graphic materials. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 236. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STuDrns--Three hours MR. KARR Study of social situations pertinent to elementary school children; relation of school and home activities to the community; the study of methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create understanding. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. �102 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ED. 237. PRINCIPLES OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION T - h wo ours Th e h istonca · · 1 development of the .MR. KARR 1 background from which are d be ~mentary school; a philosophical cation; other factors in the d r;wn asic principles of elementary eduising practices in the elem::~:P::~o~~ the elementary school;. prom. characteristics of the elementar yschool , ht~~~ho~o~ogy and guidance; mental and physical hygiene· y d c i , disciplme and control; and techniques in the elemen~::yc~rhs alnd reports; a survey of principles C 00. Prerequisite: Education 101 , 20 1. ED. 238. THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Three hours MR. KARR The development of the elementa . 1 . society that supports it· th . ry ~rncu um; its relation to the ment to individual needs· :ef:erginj \e_me~tary curriculum; adjustcontent and method· t·1·'. hon o o Ject1ves to children's needs· , u i izmg t e arts music · h • ' tion, etc., in the elementary curriculum.' , science, p ys1Cal educaPrerequisite: Education 101, 201. T Eo. 239. TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SCIENCE - wo ours MR. HAMMER 1 materials for demonstration. m th d or e ~mentary .school use; the integration of science 10 . , the ol s of presentation; consideration of · · e e ementary · Jecttves of science teaching· dev 1 f curricul . . um; aims an d ob. . ' e opment o a spmt of inquiry. Prerequ1sue: Education 101, 201. ED. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-T h Stu dY of the principles and wo ours THE STAFF · f elementary art· methods . ract1.ces o education in the field of developing units of wori/~ms~ o J~ct~vels; methods and techniques for of various media· the 'd asicl pnnc1p es; selection and manipulation , eve opment of creat·ive expression . appreciation. and Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. T - h wo ED. 243. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two homs THE STAFF This course considers the health of the elementary school child including wholesome health ideas, attitudes and habits. The prospective teacher learns the fundamentals of first aid, care of the sick and attention to child health problems. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 290. WORKSHOP IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Three hours THE STAFF Experienced teachers are afforded an opportunity to study together and to develop projects of particular interest to them. In addition to working individually, students meet to consider current problems in elementary education. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ENGINEERING h B as1c · e1ements of the sciences suitable f Eo. 242. Music IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 103 Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and W orstall; Instructor Thomas. ENGi. 100. ENGINEERING PROBLEMS-Two ho1.trs THE STAFF lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. ENGi. 101. BASIC DRAWING-Two hours THE STAFF A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. ours Study of methods for develo in a . . MR. R. MORAN music through performance anllisfenkp~e~at10n ~or and enjoyment of rote singing; program music fo h ·1d g,. e~elopmg the rhythm band; and interpretation of scales· t . r. c 1. ren, discovery of talent; writing 10 group leadershi in sin in . . Education 101, ' rammg Prerequ1s1te: P g g. 20 1. ENGi. 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY I.Three hours MR. HELTZEL, MR. THOMAS This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Use and care of instruments. Technical sketching; orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections. Applications of the principles of descriptive geometry. Practicum, seven hours a week. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 105 WILKES COLLEGE 104 Mechanical Engineering ENGL 106. ENGINEERING 'DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY II. -Two hours MR. HELTZEL Continuation of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of engineering space problems. Application of standard drawing conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engi. 105. Chemical Engineering CH.E. 106. STOICHIOMETRY- Three hours A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121; Physics 151. Co-requisite: Physics 152. SURVEYING-Three hours Prerequisite: C.E. 103. Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 150, Mathematics 125. Co-requisite: Mathematics 126. M.E. 212. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three hours MR. HALL MR. THOMAS MR. THOMAS hours A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrnms and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way-, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. ROUTE SURVEYING-Four MR. HALL Prerequisite: M.E. 2'11. Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105, Mathematics 105 or 107 and 109. C.E. 104. Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 106, Mathematics 122, Physics 150 Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Civil Engineering PLANE MR. THOMAS, MR. HELTZEL M.E. 211. MECHANICS 1. STATICS-Three hours MR. WoRSTALL C.E. 103. M.E. 206. KINEMATICS-Three hours ENGLISH Professor Craig, chairman; Associate Professors Davies and Raddin; Assistant Professors Donnelly and Kruger; Instructors Cappellini, Groh, Lord, Moran, and Tyburski. Students who major in English are required to complete twenty-four hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the freshman and sophomore years. The twenty-four hours shall include an advanced cour~e in composition or journalism, Shakespeare, and three hours ~f _work m linguistics, the History of the Languages or Chaucer and a mm1mum of fifteen hours in literature. It is strongly recommended that all majors in English take six hours in a foreign language beyond the minimum requi~ement of twelve hou_rs. All students who wish to take graduate work m the field of English should take at least twenty-four hours in two foreign languages. Majors who wish to teach in secondary schools are advised to elect English 275. The credit for this course may be cou~ted ~ow~rd either the major or the satisfaction of requirements for cert1ficat1on in education. In planning his program with his faculty adviser, the student �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES should make an early decision regarding the field in which credit for this course is desired. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. Those who are exempted from taking English 101 as a result of the test will take English 102 and 105. Those students who show a deficiency are required to take an extra hour of drill to supplement their work in English 1 o1. papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite; English 102. 106 Composition ENG. 99. REMEDIAL ENGLISH-No credit COMPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. ENG. 101. COMPOSITION-Three hours MR. MORAN WRITING-Three hours Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent developments in fields of: public opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opinion polls. Special attention is given to the myriad trade journals and house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 123. PUBLICITY THE STAFF A remedial course for students whose work in English is unsatisfactory. ENG. 102. 107 THE STAFF MR. MORAN WRITING-Three hours Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the f eature field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 124. FEATURE Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: English 101. EXPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: English 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. ENG. 105. ADVANCED STORY-Three hours MR. KRUGER A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for the short story. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 106. SHORT Language and Literature ENG. 151. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four Hours MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY, MR. RADDIN Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: English 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Fottr hottrs MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY, MR. RADDIN Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: English 151. f ournalism MR. KRUGER LITERATURE-Three hours Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 153. AMERICAN WRITING-Three hottrs MR. MORAN A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC MR. KRUGER LITERATURE-Three hottrs Survey of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 154. AMERICAN �108 WILKES COLLEGE ENG. 155 AND ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 156. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours each semester MR. DONNELLY, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 102. 109 JOHNSON-Three hours MISS CRAIG A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, inclu_ding the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 222. AGE OF 237. EARLY ENGLISH NovEL-Three hours MISS CRAIG English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. LANGUAGE-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: English 152. 205. CHAUCER-Three hours Mrss CRAIG Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 211. EARLY ENGLISH DRAMA-Three hottrs MR. DAVIES Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. DRAMA-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the drama in England from 1660 to the end of the Victorian period; reading of representative plays. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH SHAKESPEARE-Three hottrs Miss CRAIG Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 215. ENG. 216. MILTON-Three hours Miss CRAIG Study of the poetical works of John Milton; lectures, discussions, written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. 221. AGE OF POPE-Three hours MISS CRAIG A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH NovEL-Three hours Miss CRAIG The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY, MR. RADDIN Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: English ENG. 260. VICTORIAN 152·. PROSE-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 275. TEACHING OF ENGLISH IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours THE STAFF Analysis and discussion of those methods of instr~ctio~ which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English literature and composition. Study of the principal phenomena in ~he_ developmen_t of the English language and grammar. Intended for Juniors and sernors. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE ENG. 287. AMERICAN DRAMA-Three hours MR. GROH The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-Two hours MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH The physical, mental, and social equipment requisite for effective speaking. Classroom projects, which include oral reading, gesture exercise, pantomime, and various extemporaneous speeches, are designed to improve the student's physical behavior on the platform, to train his voice, to develop vocal variety, and to build habits of clear thinking. Critical analysis of speech technique and content, the purpose being to produce not only better speakers but also better critics of speech. ENG. 132. EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING-Two hours FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. FR. 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours Continuation of French 101. Prerequisite: French 101 or the equivalent. Speech MR. KRUGER Continuation of English 131. Projects include speeches for various occasions, group discussions, and symposiums, with emphasis on the principles of persuasion, types of evidence, and methods of reasoning. Continued critical analysis of speech technique and content; constant practice in speaking and thinking to a definite end. Prerequisite: English 131. ENG. 133. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE-Two hours MR. KRUGER The commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are discussed. Required of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: English 131, or consent of the instructor. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three hours MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH Similar to English 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. ENG. MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Associate Professor Dworski; Instructor McAniff. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond French 102. 111 THE STAFF FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. Prerequisite: French 102 or the equivalent. FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to French civilization; practice m oral and written French. Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. Miss DwoRsKI FR. 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Three hours Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. Miss DwoRSKI FR. 106. FRENCH CONVERSATION-Three hotJrs Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and themicrophone to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. MISS DWORSKT FR. 107. FRENCH COMPOSITION-Three hours Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE-Three homs each MISS DwORSK.I semester A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. �FR. 203. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRSKJ Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three hours MISS DwORSKl Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. and Symbolism. Prerequisite: French 201.-202 or the equivalent. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH MR. 105. SCIENTIFIC GERMAN-Three hours Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. GER. DISQUE GER. 106. GERMAN FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRSKl Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, 208. THE STAFF 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours Continuation of German 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: German 10 3 or equivalent. GER. CONVERSATION- Three hours Mn . DISQUE Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 113 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 112 DRAMA-Three hours Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE COMPOSITION-Three hours Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. 107. GERMAN Miss DwoRSKl The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Three hours each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: German German 104 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE 203. GOETHE-Three hours Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. A major in German consists of twenty-four hours beyond German 102. GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and GER. 101. ELEMENTARY speaking the language. GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. GER. 102. ELEMENTARY 103. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. GER. 204. SCHILLER-Three hottrs Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN MR. DISQUE DRAMA-Three hours MR. DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. �115 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 114 CULTURE-Three hours Miss DwoRSKl The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN 206. GER. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY-Three hours MR. DISQUE The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the Spanish A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Spanish 102. THE STAFF 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and SP. 201-202. SP. period. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. Three hours each semester Mrss DwoRSKl A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. 203. SP. speaking the language. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. SP. THE STAFF SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH LITERATURE-Three hours Miss DwoRsKI Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. THE STAFF 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three hours Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected reading of modem Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or equivalent. SP. THE STAFF 104. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three hours Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written SP. Miss DwoRsKI 10;,. COMMERCIAL SPANISH-Three hours The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. MISS DWORSK.l 106. SPANISH CONVERSATION-Three hours Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the mirrophone to acquire fluency in speaking SP. Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. SP. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three hours Miss DWORSKl Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NovEL-Three ho11rs MISS DWORSKl Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 204. SP. The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. GENERAL SCIENCE BIO. 100. See page 86. 100. GENERAL GEOLOGY-Two hours MR. REIF General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. GEOL. PHYS. 100. See page 130. �117 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 116 225. HlsT. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER-Three MR. hours THATCHER HISTORY A study of the westward movement in American history. Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professor Mui; Instructor Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. Kaslas, Instructor Ritchie. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take History 101, 102, 107, and 108; History 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. THE STAFF HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION Three hours each semester A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 Three hours MR. THATCHER A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865---Three hours MR. THATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. HIST. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three hours MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Three hours MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. EAST-Three hours MR. MUI A study of the historical conditions under which the Communist state was established in Russia and portions of the Far East. H1sT. 235. SovrnT RussIA AND THE FAR Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 242. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three hours MR. MUI Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the Frend1 revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. H1sr. 253. THE HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 1500 TO THE FRENCH REVOLUTION-Three hours A study of the political, social, economic, and intellectual life of Europe from the time of its expansion in 1500 to the outbreak of the French Revolution. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. HIST. 254. THE FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three hours each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. History 223 is a prerequisite for History 224. Three hours A study of the origin, events, and consequences of the French Revolution. The Revolution will be considered as an intellectual and social as well as a political movement in the history of Franee as a national state and of Europe as a civilization. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three hours MR. MUI A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. THE STAFF MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three hours Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. HisT. 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY-Three hours MR.MUI Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. THE STAFF MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY-Three hours Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. 118 MATHEMATICS Assistant Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Assistant Professor Wasileski; Instructors Morgan and West. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 53. MATH. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit THE STAFF Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. Three hours a week. MATH. 100. SAME AS PHYS. 101-See page 130. MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three hours THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Mathematics 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Mathematics 101 or 102. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Mathematics 101. MATH. MATH. 105·. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY-Five hours THE STAFF A combination of Mathematics 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. 119 I-Three hours THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three hours THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 01 1ts equivalent. THE STAFF MATH. 122. ANALYTIC GEOMETRY-Four hours Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105, or both Mathematics 107 and Mathematics 109. THE STAFF MATH. 125. CALCULUS I-Four hours Limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 2. MATH 126. CALCULUS II-Four hours THE STAFF Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, partial derivatives, multiple integrals, and introduction to differential equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. �WILKES CO LLEG E 120 MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS JN SECONDARY SCHOOLS W ASILESKI Building of a program in secondary mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Three hours MR. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. METHODs--Three hours MR. RICHARDS Frequency distributions of one variable, moments as statistical constants, discrete frequency distributions, theoretical distributions for testing hypotheses, frequency distributions of more than one variable, random sampling, linear regression and correlation, introduction to multiple and partial correlation. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 228. STATISTICAL 240. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS- Three hours Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. MATH. 208. HISTORY OF MATHEMATics--Three hours MR. RICHARDS Beginnings in Babylon and Egypt, the Greeks, the Hindus and Moslems, awakenings in Europe, Fermat and Descartes, Newton's importance in the seventeenth century, the great expansion of the eighteenth century, the strengthening of the foundations in the nineteenth century, the trend to abstraction in this century. ALGEBRA-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI Prerequisite : Mathematics 12 5. Associate Professor Detroy, chairman; Assistant Professor Moran; Instructors Balshaw, Clark, Hawkins, Isaacs, Liva and Sheeder. Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 54. A two-year terminal program is outlined on page 75. APPLIED MUSIC1 MATH. 218. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE II-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI A priori probability, empirical probability, mortality tables, annuities certain, pure endowment, life annuities, whole life insurance, premiums, premium formulas, reserves, reserve systems, gross premiums. Prerequisite: Mathematics 115, or permission of instructor. 221. ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI The notable lines, points, and circles associated with the triangle; circles and systems of circles. Prerequisite: plane geometry. MATH. 222. SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE RICHARDS MUSIC Real and complex numbers, groups, rings, integral domains, fields, matrices, determinants. MATH. THE STAFF 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS-Three ho11rs MR. An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 213. HIGHER 121 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES GEOMETRY- Three hours MR. W ASILESKJ .An introduction to projective methods and their application to the point, line, and plane. Prerequisite: plane geometry. Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and prog ress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION To Music- Three hotJrs MR. DETRO¥, MR. MORAN An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. 1 For fees see page 27. �Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF Music-Five hours each course Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND- One-half hour each semester MR. MORAN MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: {1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third a~d fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solfegg10, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prerequ1S1te for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. MR. DETROY Music-Three hours A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Mus. 109. HISTORY OF MR. DETROY Music-Three hours A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Mus. 110. HISTORY OF Music 111-112. PIANO CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credit hours each semester Miss CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Musrc 113-114. PIANO CLASS 3 AND 123 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 122 4-Two credit hours each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Music 112. The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORus--One-half hour each semester MR. DETROY The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. Music 131-132-133-134. ORCHESTRA- One-half hour each semester MR. LIVA Participation in the Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. Music 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Two hours MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Music 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. MusIC 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND ARRANGING--Two ho11rs MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern sympho..1ic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Music 215. MR. DETROY hours The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 218. CouNTERPOINT-Three hours MR. DETROY A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Music 102. Mus. 217. ANALYSIS--Two �125 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 124 METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. LIVA A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 111-112. VIOLIN CLASS AND Music Education METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. MORAN Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 101-102. CLARINET CLASS AND BAND METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. MORAN A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass Mus. ED. 103-104. BRASS CLASS AND BAND .field. No prerequisite. credit hours per semester MR. MORAN A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. Mus. ED. 105. WOODWIND CLASS METHODS-Two METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. LIVA A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching . Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Mus. ED. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT CLASS Mus. ED. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credit hours MR. MORAN The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 202. HIGH SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credit hours MR. MORAN Mus. ED. 106. BRASS CLASS METHODS-Two credit hours MR. MORAN A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. credit hours per semester THE STAFF A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND METHODS-Two Mus. ED. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL Music MATERIALS-Two credit hours per semester MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. TEACHING-Fottf credit hours per semester THE STAFF A course in the observation and practice teaching of vocal or instrumental music in the elementary or high schools. Mus. ED. 203-204. OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE NURSING EDUCATION Assistant Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors M. Riley, Decker, Hoffman, Janjigian, Klein, Seeherman and Yencha. En!ollment in all of the following courses, with the exceptions of Nursing Education 101 and 102, is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING-Three hottrs MISS JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social and educational factors that have stimulated its development. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 126 N.E. 102. TRENDS IN NURSING EDUCATION-Three hout'S 127 hours Miss HOFFMAN An introduction to the field of public health nursing, including historical development, organization, functions, and trends. N.E. 118. PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING-Two MISS JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. NURSING-Two hours Miss DECKER A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. N.E. 119. PUBLIC SCHOOL 104. COMMUNITY NURSING-Two hours THE STAFF A survey of the functions and activities of community agenci:s and organizations contributing to the maintenance of he~lth, prevent10n of disease, care of the ill, and rehabilitation of the handicapped. N.E. N.E. 106. SUPERVISION AND ADMINISTRATION-Two hours PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION Miss JESSEE A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the _devel?pment of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. N.E. 107. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN NURSING EDUCATION Two hours Miss JESSEE This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effe~tive methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. N .E. 112. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SUPERVISION OR TEACHING Fo11r houn Miss JESSEE Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of advisor. N.E. 113 & 114. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NURSING-Two hours each each semester MISS YENCHA Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical-surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. 115. OBSTETRIC NURSING-Two hours MRS. SEEHERMAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied to expert care of the obstetric patient. N.E. N.E. 116. PEDIATRIC NURSING-Two hours THE STAFF Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. DR. JANJIGIAN .E. 11 7. PSYCHIATRIC NURSING-Two hours Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. Associate Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Schindler. A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion. The courses may be selected from these two iields as desired by the student. Sociology 208 is also acceptable. Philosophy PHILOSOPHY-Three hours MR. VUJICA An introduction to the main problems of philosophy: the nature of the universe; the origin of life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; the sources, nature and validity of knowledge. The main types of philosophy, such as Materialism, Idealism, Realism, Pragmatism are also discussed. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC-Three hours MR. VUJICA The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of clear and effective thinking by the study of the nature and rules of both deductive and inductive reasoning as well as the principles of scientific methodology. PHIL. 102. ETHICS-Three ho11rs MR. VUJICA A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. Formalism, Utilitarianism, Self-realizationism and other great ethical systems are discussed. The application of moral principles to social, economic and political life. PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL 204. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION-Th,-ee ho11rs MR. VUJICA A philosophic scrutiny of the phenomenon religion. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; examination of arguments for God's existence; the interpretation of good and evil in the world; the argument for immortality. PHIL. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 129 WILKES COLLEGE 128 THE STAFF hours Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of beauty i_n ~rts; the meaning of beauty judgments an~. the processes _of app~eoat1_on. An investigation of the objective qualities of those thmgs which are found PHIL. 205. AESTHETICS-Three to be beautiful. PHIL 206 SOCIAL AND POLITICAL . . PHILOSOPHIES-Three hours MR.V~~ A discussion of fundamental principles underlying social and political institutions. The theories of Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, ~ocke, Rous~eau, Hume, Burke, Hegel, Bentham, Mill and others will be examined. Special attention to the contemporary scene. HISTORY-Three hours MR. Vu JICA An examination of the principal interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Rousseau, Nietzsc~e, He~el, Marx, Comte, Wundt, Spengler, Toynbee, Schwe~tzer? Sorokm, Niebuhr and others on the meaning and purpose of historical events. PHIL. 207. PHILOSOPHIES OF PHIL 212 HISTORY OF MODERN · · PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY THE STAFF REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three hours THE STAFF A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Emphasis is placed upon the Prophetic and Post-Exilic periods of Hebrew history. The gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course is a continuation of Religion 201. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW MR. VUJICA The principal trends in twentieth century philosophies. The con~ributions of Bergson, James, Dewey, Santayana, Croce, Russell, ~h1tehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other rece~t _and contemporary philosophers to the problems and ideas charactenstic of the age. Religion RELIGIONS-Three hours MR. VUJICA Nature and origin of religion. Significant fo~nders and le~ders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals. A comparison of the most important fea tu res of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. TESTAMENT-Three hours MR. VUJICA A study of the types of literature found in the New Testament. Problems of language and authorship. The religious teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE MR. Vu JICA THOUGHT-Three hours TESTAMENT-Three hottrs A study of the religious thought and practice of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the writings of the Old Testament. Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James, and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. PHILOSOPHY-Three hours The most important systems of philosophy from the renaiss~nce through the end of the nineteenth century_. Seventeenth century ~a_ti?nalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz) . Eighteenth ce~t~ry ~mpmcism (Locke, Berkeley, Hume) . Kant's criticism an~ Hegel s idealism. ~os~Kantian and post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern soence on philosophical speculation. REL. 101. MAN'S REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD Instructor Partridge, chairman; Instructor Shoemaker. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 One hottr each semester THE STAFF This course is designed to promote physical coordination and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. 1 Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. �130 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL EDUCATION-One hour each semester THE STAFF This course is a continuation of Physical Education 101 and 102. P.E. 10S-106. PERSONAL HYGIENE-One hour each semester THE STAFF A study of present day health problems. The ~ourse undertakes to help students enjoy 1?~xim~m h_ealth _and happmess through bett_er understanding of nutntion, mf ection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. companying weather changes. Weather predictions, air-mass analysis and . the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agriculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS. I SO. GENERAL PHYSICS (I)-Four hours MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105, or Math. 107, 109. PHYS. 151. GENERAL PHYSICS (II)-Four hours PHYSICS MR, HALL AND STAFF Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and Worstall; Instructor Thomas. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL SCIENCE-Three hours 131 MR. WoRSTALL Continuation of Physics 150. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 150. PHYS. 152. GENERAL PHYSICS (NI)-Four hours A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the me~hods, conc~pts, a~d vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its ?utstandmg principles to the needs of the individual ~nd the c?mmun1t~; and the manner in which the continually expandmg frontiers of soence affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. hour THE STAFF An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum 3 hours a week. PHYS. 101. BASIC PHYSICAL PROBLEMS-One MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Physics 150 and 151. Electricity and Modern Physics. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 150. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three hours MR. THOMAS Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the .field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. PHYS. 2.51. Prerequisite: Physics 152, Math. 126. PHYSICS-Four hours MR. WORSTALL An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections _of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic prin~iples and to acquamt the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semes~e~: mechani~s, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. PHYS. 111-112. INTRODUCTORY PHYS. 119. METEOROLOGY-Three hours A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions ac- POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, O'Karma. chairman; Instructors Hibbard, Kaslas, and A major in political science consists of twenty-four hours. All courses except Political Science 100 and 101 are acceptable toward the major. P.S. 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT-Three hours Mit. MAILEY This course includes a treatment of government in the United States at all levels: national, state, and local. The course is offered to students in biology, chemistry, physics, and elementary education only. Arts and commerce and .finance students may take the course only with the permission of the instructor. �132 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P.S. 101. AMEilICAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT-Th1'ee hours THE STAFF A study of the national government and the institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into law, and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact of the citizen on the government and of the government on the citizen is r~peatedly emphasized. P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW- Three hours each semester MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three houn MR. MAILEY A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three ho11rs MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: Political Science 101 and Sociology 100. P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. HIBBARD A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 207. Puauc ADMINISTRATION-Three hours ~ MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. MR. MAILEY study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment pol1cy of the public service. Prerequisite: Political Science 1o1. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three homs MR. MAILEY A. course dea.ling with the role of government in the field of labor relat1ons and with the la~s affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance ~overnment in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequmte: Political Science 101. o! P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION- Three hours MR M . . AILEY A course dea!ing_ with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent yea~s wh1ch 1s generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensat~o_n, wor~~en's compensation, and social security. Prereqms1te: Pol1t1eal Science 101. P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAW-Three hours u- v . .l.VJ.l{, nJ\SLAS A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which stat<~s have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 o1. Desideratum: United States and European history. P.S. 222. INTERNATIONAL Pouncs- Three hours MR. KASLAS A broa.d? general co_urse w~1i~h aims to present many of the factors that cond1tton the foreign pol1c1es of nations. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 O1. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments and geography. ' P.S. 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Three hours P.S. 206. MuNIOPAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours 133 MR. KASLA.S A stud! of tw? European governments representing two diametrically ~ppos~d 1deolog1e~, the English and the Russian. Since political institutions m the ~merican system are traceable to the English, the first half of ~e cou!se 1s devot~d to English government; the second half is a cons1derat10~ of Russian pol1tical institutions. Comparisons between the two are contmually made. t?~ Prerequisite: Political Science 1o1. �134 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PSYCHOLOGY Instructor R. Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Dominguez; Instructor Kanner. A major in psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is accepted. The Department requires that psychology majors take one year of a laboratory science; they may elect biology, chemistry, or physics and substitute this for either Biology 100 or Physics 100. Students planning to take graduate work in psychology should study either French or German in order to meet graduate school requirements. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Students who desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department of Public Instruction as psychological examiners or public sd1ool psychologists should carefully plan their programs under the direction of their faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and to his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. Not open to freshmen. PsY. 100. GENERAL PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 203-204. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each semester THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The 135 course includes a stud~ of several of the famous experiments 1n the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. (Offered in alte t years.) ma e Prerequisite: Psychology PsY. 206. APPLIED 100. THE sTAFF PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours A survey of_significant contributions to individual differences. Meth- o:s _of ~~aluatrng and measuring these differences; their significance to :if:. md1v1dual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community Prerequisite: Psychology 100. sTAFF THE PsY. 207. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours The course is desi~ned to_ present a general view of the development an~ growt~ of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredit and ?ative ~qu1pment of the child and the manner in which this e ui ~ent 1s mod1.fied duri_ng chil1hood. Emotional development, langua!e tvelopment, and social relat10ns are considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY, 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three hours . MISS D OMINGUEZ H~man adJ~st1:1ent and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on mot1vat1on, emotional control, personality formation and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. ' Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PSY. 212. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS Three hours T HE S TAFF . A study of th~ theory of psychological testing. The principles under1 ymg t~st select10n: _standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course 1s a prerequ1S1te for the following courses: Psychology 251 252 and 255. , , Prerequisite: Psychology 1 oo. PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours An_ introdu~tion. to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, cla_ss1ficat10n, and training of employees; reduction of monotony/~d fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention· work con itions; and employee motivation and morale. ' Prerequisite: Psychology 212·. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 136 PsY. 252. PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours An introduction to the study of psychological factors underlying personnel procedures in business, industry, and education._ Discussio~ of case studies in the settlement of personnel problems rn the business world. The administration of the personnel program is analyzed from the point of view of the psychological effects it may have on the emPERSONNEL PsY. 271-272. RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and two other courses in psychology. PsY. 255-256. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each semester Miss DOMINGUEZ A detailed study of the administration and interpretation of some of the individual tests. The student is given the opportunity for actual experience in testing in the Wilkes-Barre Public Schools. The _interpretation, by the clinical method, of normal ~nd abnormal be~av10r_ of children and adults. Historical sketch; outline of method, mcludmg examinations, classification, prognosis, and remedial measures. (Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: Psychology 207 and 212 and permission of head of department. PSY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hottrs MISS DOMINGUEZ THE STAFF . ~n opportunity to conduct individual research projects under superv151on. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. ployee. Prerequisite: Psychology 2 51 or permission of instructor. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC 137 RETAIL MERCHANDISING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Bunn, Green, Berg, Morgan, Montz, Touey. RETAILING-Three hours . P_oli~ies and practices of the various retail institutions; types of retail institutions an_d type~ ~f merchandise handled; store location and layout; sales and service policies; employment, training, and welfare. R.M. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RM. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three hours MR. BUNN !3as~c ~rinciples of successful retail store organization; study of the <:>rganizabonal structure of department stores; organization and functions of ~p~rating di_visions;. planned observation in employment, training, rece1vmg, markmg, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. DESIGN-Two hours MR. O'TooLE Ages of civ_il~zation and development of industrial age. Periods, style symbols, class1:ism, modern_ design. Components of composition; problems of function; proportion, balance, rhythm, color, light, texture. Fun~amentals of interior decoration. Color and design in apparel. Studio, four hours each week. R.M. 201. COLOR AND A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnorrnaliti~s, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered m alternate years.) P;.-crequisite: Psychology 208 and permission of head of department. PsY. 260. CLINICAL PRACTICUM-One to three hours a semester Miss DOMINGUEZ Supervision of psychological te~ting is o~ered to individuals work~ng toward certification as psychologteal examiners or sc?oo~ psych?logists in the State of Pennsylvania. Forty-five hours of testing is re~mred ~or one semester hour of credit. Open to graduates who are seeking certification as psychological examiners. Prerequisite: Psychology 255-256 or equivalent. R.M. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION-Three ho11rs MR. BUNN, MR. GREEN Stu~y ~f basic principles of retail advertising anJ sales promotion. Organization and procedure of advertising department in retail stores· type~ of_ retail advertising; copy, headline, layout, type, advertisin~ media, display; research. SELLING-Three hours MR. BUNN Funda~entals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of ~erchand1s~ ~nd the store; knowledge of the customer; selling techniques; buildmg permanent business. Laboratory observation· actual selling. ' R.M. 207. RETAIL �R.M. 210. DESCR[PTlON OF COURSES WlLKES COLLEGE 138 ELEMENTS OF R.M. hours THE STAFF _Ort?nization credi_t depa_rtment; charge accounts; passing on appl1eat1on for credit; retail credit bureau; mercantile agencies; salescheck: procedure; collection procedure and correspondence; personal financing; contracts; installment credit; legal aspects of retail credit. MERCHANDISE-Three hours MR.BERG,MR.MORGAN Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textil_e terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. . . Natural, industrial, and synthetic materials; properties, technologies, imitations; plastics, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, china. R.M. 212'. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISE 222. RETAIL CREDITS AND CoLLECTIONS--Two R.M. 224. o! RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING Three hottrs THE STAFF Revie~ of f~ndame?tals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retall store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. CONTROL-Three hours MR. BUNN SECRETARIAL STUDIES Importance of purchases; principl~s and metho?s; for~s of proc~dure, handling, storing, and warehousmg methods; mventones_ an1 their control; types and limitation of stock control systems; application of systems. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Verry; Instructors Curtis, Davies, Jenkins. Students majorin'? in sec~etarial studies are required to take a sequence of twenty-four credits outside the Department of Secretarial Studies. It is advisable to ~ecide upon this sequence not later than the sophomore year. The remamder of the electives may be divided between commerce and finance and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. BUYING-Three hours MR. MONTZ Buying as a career; types of organizations; frn:ictional bureaus as aid~ in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of cus~omer demand, where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labelmg; trade relations. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. R.M. 214. RETAIL R.M. 217 . .FUNDAMENTALS OF FASHION-Three hours THE STAFF Fashion as a social force. How the fashion world works. Fashi?ns in Paris, England, United States. Apparel, millinery, shoes, accessones; fashion shows. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. RELATIONS-Three hours MR. BUNN Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment pr~cedure ; wage plans and incentives; employee training; emrloyee ev~luat1on; employee stabilization; employee participation; legislation affectmg labor problems in retailing. R.M. 219. RETAIL PERSONNEL R.M. 220 . 139 ORGANIZATlON AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE Two hout·s THE STAFF Importance of small business; fa~tors in _b~siness success; justification of new businesses; financing; locat10n; polJCies; management; ~mployee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; small busmess and the future. S.S. 99. PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING--No Credit THE STAFF . Development of skill in typewriting; development of an understand~ng of_ good style and form in typewritten material; application of typmg skill to the wrmng of business letters and term papers. Laboratory fee required. Four hours a week. S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Two hours shorthand, two ho11rs typewriting each semester MR. VERRY . De~elopment of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand, Sii:nplified;. development of skill in typewriting, and ability to apply skill to tytical office problems; training in transcription from shorthand ?ates, durmg second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spellmg. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. S.S. 105. SHORTHAND 1- Two hours MR. JENKINS . De~elopment of ~eading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand, ~implifie~, ~nd review ?f simple_English essentials that are necessary m transcription; complet10n of basic theory. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. 1 Cred!t will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial Studies 101-102. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 140 S.S. 106. SH0RTHAND1- Two hours MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours of telegrams, manuscripts and term a . . copies; transcription from shorthand P pers_, ~tenols and Ditto maste r work habits and attitudes Lab t ttes, evelopment of desirable tory each week. · ora ory ee required. Four hours laboraPrerequisite: Secretarial Studies 108 . laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 105 or equivalent. S.S.F 120. d S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING1-Two hours each semester MR. DAVIES Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from shorthand notes during second semester. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. kee;:/;:;e~!~tr~:J MR. VERRY Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in shorthand, typewriting, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 102. S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND 2 -Two SECRETARIAL . . ACCOUNTING--Th ree 1 S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY Three hours shorthand, one hour typewriting each semester MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand, typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 106. MR. DAVIES 115. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 2 -Two hours Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation !e~~rI/ I i1ours M R. CURTIS 1 i:~~~:~~ga:J~r~~:~:i:!!~ ~;:~~~ to the St d f ree ho11rs MR VERRY u Y O accepted procedures in t · l · · hospitals; application of stenogra h. yp1t11 medical ?ffices, clinics, and scription of case histories take f p ichs 1 .s to medical di~ta~ion; tran tion in several branches of nd_r~m osp1t~l records; specialized dicta. me 1cme· practJCe in fill' t f msurance companies for Vet mg ou orms for Compensation. Fiv; hours e::~n~eekmm1stration, and for Workmen's la~~oratory. · One hour lecture, four hours S.S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Th Ad . . Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S.S 203. SPEECH REPORTING--T wo h ours . . MR VERRY ppeed d!c_tation ~or speech reporting. Four hours each week . rerequ1S1te: satisfactory background 1. E 1· h .. . tion at 100 words a mi t d _n ng is ; ability to bke dictanu e an to transcribe not "dl d One hour :~cture, three hours laboratory. es rap1 y an accurately. Prerequ1Site: approval of instruaor. S.S. 205. hours each semester 141 OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES ' - F our 1I; 0 11r s Appl' f f . MR. VERRY Ka mn o skills to integrated o.ffi bl typical business and professional ffi . ce pro ems; procedures in requirements for secretaries· u cl o tcesd,. study of personal and technical . 1f , n ers an mg and use of . cia orms; operation and use of office ma . :vanous commerand vocational guidance. Laborator f _chines ~nd equipment; personal week. Two hours lecture s1· h ly bee required. Eight hours each . . , x ours a oratory. Prereqms1te: approval of instructor S.S. Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial Studies 101-102. 2 Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial Studies 109-110. 1 S.S. 243. B~SINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF INTRUCTION IN . . ECRETARIAL STUDIES-Three ho11rs MR VER Pnnc1ples of business education. b . . . . RY schools; psychology of skill-b 'Id. ' usmf.ss cumcula m secondary writing; techniques of instruc~~n as app. i~d to shorthand and typeards, tests, and measurement i typewn_tmg an~ shorthand, standtives, and methods of instructio~ ~he ffisecretana~ studies; content, objecm o ce practJCe. tf; �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY . . . Instructors Bloomburg, Assistant Professor SymonolewKz, ch airman, Chwalek Connolly, Yarnal, and Young. h S . ' . f twenty-four hours. Althoug oc1A maJ· or in sociology consists o . oc1·ology it is not accepted · · t 11 the courses m s ' d ology 100 is prer~qu1S1~e o a 4 and Phil. 206 will be accepte toward a major m soc1~logy. P.S. 20 Soc. 204. EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A study of the structure and function of formal education as a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education an I other basic institutions-family, church, economics, and government. The pattern of human relations within the school and the relation between the school and community. The interaction of the formal and informal educational agencies. Contemporary educational problems and their sociological backgrounds. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 142 toward the major in soc1olog~. . . 1 requested to plan their Students who intend to maJor m so~10 ogyt;r;he Chairman. A major . , D t t in consultat10n wi S · work m toe epar me~ . . lude the following three courses: o~1in sociology should ordmanly_ me 1 f the Department Chaud 280 With the approva o . d ology 2 5 5, 26 5, an · . me instances be substitute • man, however, other courses may m so f S ciology and AnthropolThe courses given by the Department o o ogy are divided into five groups: I Sociological Theory 143 Soc. 208. SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION-Three hottrs MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Comparative study of religious behavior and institutions. Social factors and conditions underlying religious movements. The evolution of religious groups and types of religious leadership. Religion and other major social institutions. Function and role of the church in society. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Religion 101, or permission of the instructor. THE STAFF TO SoaoLOGY-T hree hours .d. essentials for an intelligent A systematic view of soc10logy, _Prov1. mg d for specialized study of approach to questions about man m sooety an sociological problems. MR. YOUNG An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. AL THEORIES-Three hours Soc. 280. HISTORY OF SocIOLOGIC MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Economics 100, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION . ment of sociology as a science, traced A historical study of the develop . f the course is to provide the through its principal le~ders. Th~ aim of the related fields, with a hisstudent majoring in soc10logy, or mdone o d' of the current trends in d ecessary for un erstan mg b k torical bac groun n .fi . f its distinct subject matter, pro sociology as well as for clan cation o lems, and methods. m sociology or Prerequisite: So~io1ogy 100 and two other courses permission of lhe mstructor. II Social Organization Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ . d the family in ethnological and The development of ma~nadg~ an . t1'on and oroblems of adjust. F mily 1sorgan1za historical perspective. . ~ Practical aspects of marriage. Factors ment to modern cond1t1ons. . . 1 f 'tal success or failure. respons1b e or man . • f the instructor. . . Sooo . 1og;t lOO or perm1ss1on o Prerequisite: Soc. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three hours III Social Change and Social Problems Soc. 215. URBAN SoCIOLOGY-Thfee ho11rs THE STAFF The development of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 230. SOCIAL PROBLEMS-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY-Three hours Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisite: Sociology 230, or permission of the instructor. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MR. YARNAL F ELDS OF SoaAL WoRK-Th ree h ours . Soc. 245. I . roblems of social work and of agencies ~nd A survey of the marn p "th them The nature and requiremethods that have developed to cop~ wt . ments of the different fields of soCial work. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. credit for these courses unless they receive approval from the Head of the Education Department and the Dean of Men. 144 IV Social Psychology MR . SYMONOLEWICZ Soc 255 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY- Th ree hours . . . . f the field of social psychology. Social factor~ m O A general survey f . d' .d differences· social interaction; h t e· psycholoay o m iv1 ua1 , cir:~~v~ab~~:vior, psycl~ology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 260. CULTURE AND p ERSO NALITY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ d 1 ment and functioning of human A comparative study of the eve oi . t of view of social psycholpersonality in various cultures from t e porn ogy and social anthropology. . . of the 265 ' or perm1ss1on Prerequisite: Sociology 255, or Soc1·olooy b instructor. V Anthropology Soc. 265. G ENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the fie 1~ of_ anth rtdr;;~g!:~:::i~~c~:s ~:Xut~~ F ·1 n and pre 1115tonc cu1 , f aspects. oss1 ma . . t haracteristics and elements o problem of their class1ficat1on; na ure, c culture. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Soc. 270. PEOPLES OF THE WoRL~ ltures of the world in their hisA rapid survey of the peoples an cul es nationalities and cultorical relations. Distribution ?f races, ~~gfuafor~ responsible for con'd l ·cal and soc10-econom1c ac ttues an d 1 ea ogt . . t f the worJd, particularly among temporary social unrest m vanous p_ar s o the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. SAFETY EDUCATION Instructor Hilbert. . . n are offered for teachers desirous of obCourses in Sa~ety_ Educat10Ed t· Undergraduates will receive no taining certification m Safety uca ion. SAFETY 145 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECOND- ARY ScHooLs--Three ho11rs Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS-Three hours The approach to safety instruction in the elementary sd1ools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings J.nd programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS--Three ho111s Inspectio:1 and testing programs in the secondary sd1ools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY lZouCATION-Three hours A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. SAFETY 5. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Three hours Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest is always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual �WlLKES COLLEGE 146 because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Arns IN SAFETY EoucATION- T hree hours . . d h . f ractical values m visual an ot er Discussion and dernonstrat10n ?. P d their relationship to the cursensory aids; standar_ds _for app~tsmf ~n es· minimum equipment and riculum; guiding pnn~1p~es ~n tee mqu , sources; housing and d1stnbut10n. The Evening Division To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and disrnssion courses offered in various business fields. 5·. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon such a student's completion of thirty semester hours, his high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at his request, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. No student, however, may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this regulation must be approved by the Deans. Whenever a student's record of achievement indicates that he is not obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study, the College may request that he withdraw from the Evening Division. �WILKES COLLEGE 148 Index Am~::;:::•~~t;"~~;:g~ • • • • • • •. .··· ··· • • • • • • • • • • : • • • •· ·• :••·· · · ·•• ~~ Accountin~, ~our-year Program ... ········· ···" ··· ····. Special C01nmunity Lecture Series As a community college, Wilkes feels obligated to provide opportunities for adults to continue their education. It therefore offers, in the Evening Division, an introductory program in adult education, from which it believes positive good will result. Community members who register for one of the lecture courses in the series meet one evening a week throughout the ten or fifteen weeks the course is in session. They do not receive regular college credit. Given each semester, the lectures cost considerably less than the regular undergraduate courses at the College. The present program includes series in current events and art for business and professional persons. Further information concerning the program may be secured from the Director of Admissions. Admmstration, Officers of.. ... ... ····· ....... ······· ·······... ····· ·· ·... ...... ............. ... Admission, Requirements for ······ ····· ·· ···· ...... ····· ··· ······ ·.. .. ··········· ·· ··.. ······· ········ ..... Advanced Standing .............. ..::.: ............ ···· ................ ··· .................................. .... 1dvertising Design ................ ............ ........... ........ .................... ......... ... 22 8 22 23 85 ntt,hFroopur~1y0egyar P.r..o.. g.. r..a..m ......·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.· .·.·:.:::::::.::::::::::::::::::::·······•················· ·············· ..................................... ....... ................. .... 14 4 Ar Description of Courses.... ....................... ........ ... ........... ...... .......................... 51 Assembly Committee .... .. ...... ······ ...... ·... .. ............ .... ... ..................... ........ 83 Athletics . ............... ......................... ........ ........................... .... 35 Attendance ···....... .... ····.. ··.. ···· ···.. ····.. ··.. ·· .. ·.. ····.. ····.. ·· ······ ·· .. · •·· •...... .... .. .. .. ........ ... 36 Awards .. ...... .. ... ::::::······ ·· ··•·· ······· ············ ·· ··· ······· ·· ····························· ······ ·· 25 Band .. ....................... ..................... ...... .............. .... ........ ............................. 37 Bachelor of Arts, G~~~~·~l ..R~q~i·~~~~~t; .. 35, 123 Four-year Programs .... .. ... .. ... ·................... •· ...... ............ 48 Bachelor of Science, Business 50 Commerce and Finance ............. ······.... ................ .... ........ 65 f~; ................................................... Ed~.~~~i·;~ ·.... .... . . ........... ......... ... .... ......... ......... .... General Requirements Fato.u rn-year Programs ...... ::::::::::::::: ... ::::::::::::::::.............. .......... ................ ········· ............................. Educ 10 General Requirements Four-year Program, Ei°~·~·~~·t;·~:::::::::::::::::: ...... ........... ...................... . Engi:::r~:;ar Program, Secondary .................... .. :.:::::::::::::::::.::::::::::::::::·· Programs-Common Freshman Year ... ....... ..... ............ ............. Aeronautical Nato~~~~~l~Ji[t:; ;J!I,,:J:~LI 45 64 63 69 J Biology, Four-year Prog;~~::::·.:::::::--···· · ........................................... Description of Courses ·.... ·....... ....... ........ ....... ................ ........ ........ Blue Cross ............ .... .............. ... ........ ................. ......................... Buildings .. :::·.·.:·.:·.:·.:::·.·:·.·.::· .. ·····...... ........... ......... ..... ............. •······----·............. Business ~d°:instration,·· Description of Courses g ................... ................................. .. ... Business Education ............... ............. ................................. . ....... ... ............ . Business Law ... .......... .. ..................... ............... .. ... ............................. Calendar ... ·...... ··........... ·.. ·....... ·....... .·······".................. ..... .............. .......... .. .. .... Careers Lib;;~ ··::::::.·.·.·::::::::::::······ ·· .... ..... ..... .......... ................ .......... ......................... Chemistry, Four-year Progra~: ··· ····· .... ·.··--·--........................ ............... Description of Courses ······· ..................................................... .. .......... Choral Club .. . ............ ······ .................. .............. ....................... F·~·~;~;~~~·· p;~···;;·~······ ······ · ........ ·.......... .................... .... ~[:;~,~1;;EE: / : \ :/ 5578 68 52 86 34 18 59 88 65 90 5 31 55 93 :/ / 3ni �WILKES COLLEGE 150 INDEX Commercial Law ( see Business Law) .... 148 Community Lecture Series •··· ·· ......... .............. ·······.................................................. 32 Community Programs ················ ···· ·····················•····· ........................... 32 Consultation Service .. ·· ·······•·············· ············ ··· ·····.:::: ........... 25, 31 ~~~~~~1/:g ... . . . . . . ... · · ··:: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :: : :::: : : ::::·.·. . ..... . . . . ~~ .... ··················· ···..·................................................................................. .... . Dean's List ..................... .. ······· .. ·········........................... .. g:;:!~n~ ~~~~~···c;~~··~i~·~··i~d·i~id~~i··s~i~·i~~t~·j·... ·······::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 0 D egrees, T aking of .. .. ••••··· ··········· ·· · ··· ·· ··· · · ·· ·· · .... ·· D escription of Courses .... ···..... ················· ···· ·· ··· · ······ ·· ········ ···· ·· .... . . .. . . . .... . . .. ]~ 25 81 35 ~! ~:: : %ii~: ·c~·~;;~·~··1~:.-.-.·.·.·.-:.-.-.-.·.-.- ..-.-.-:~.-.-.-.-.-.·::::.·:: ..-::::::::·:::.·:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.·:.-:::::::: . ' C urses in (see also B.S. in Educat10n) •····· ·· ···· ········ ·.. ........ ............ Education, n o Student ..... ...... . ...... .. ..... ... ..... ........... .. .. ..... . ...... .... .... .. .... . ... ... . ....... . .... 103 33 Employme t, . ( lso B in Eng ineering) .... .... .... ............. ....... .... 105 ~:::~~ri~~~r~;su::~~.. .... .. ....... ..: .. : .. ..... .... ·· ·····:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::······ 147 Evening Division ................................ ····· ···· ··· ··· ....... ....... .... 22 s ~.~ ~~~ ~ Extension Classes .................... :·.:::::::::::::.:::::::::::::·.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ... ... ........... 10, 26 Faculty .... ............ ··················· ;i ~i~iI:lf\ ttt ·:ti?\ii\:>t :!l 16 General Science ............. .. ... •· ............. .. .. ·..................... ·· ........... · g~;i;i~::;~;;; i~\ i: ~ : i: : ..... . .... .. ..... . 112 ,~; Honors .... .................... .. .................................... · · ··· ·· ·························· Hospitalization ( see Blue Cross) ... .. .. . .... .............. 130 Etf.~f;jf }t\t:t:tt••••••••••••••••••••••••:•·••••••••i•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••:••••••· Laboratory and Medical T echnology, Program rn ................................... ........ :::.: Lettering and Layout. ........... .. ....... ..._. ....... ....... ............................... .. .... :::::::::::::::..... Liberal Arts, Requirements f~r Maiers ....................... .. ............ .::::::... ......... Liberal Arts, Selection of Maior ······· .. ·.......................... 1·6 ary ... .. .... .......... ... ..... ......... .. ...... ..... .................................. ~~h~d.~;~~i,; •• • •••:• •:•:• : •: ••: : ••• :•: •: •: •:: •:: :• ::::•: : : : : : : ~!! 84 49 3 4 26 34 36 Majo rs, Requirements for (see Individual Subiects) ... ................ ........... .. ..... 90 Marketing ................... .............. .................... .............. .... ..... 53 Mathematics, Four-year Program .·· .......... ······.. .... ·· ............. ...... ·........ ·.... .. ..... .. ...... 118 D escription of Cou rses . ..... ·· · .. · ····· ...... · ··· .......... ······ ······ ·...... .. ·· · 79 Medical Stenog raphy, Prog ram ~n ................................................. ::::.............. ........ 74 Medical Technology, Program m ............... ................... ... ........ .. .. .. 130 ~!'.~}!:i~~:ot:~:~•·· · · · · · . .. . . . . . . .:,ii D escription of Courses ....... ................. ... ........................ .................... ...... . 151 Music Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Music Education) .............. 124 Non-credit Program ( see Community Lecture Series) Nursing Education, Courses in {see also B.S. in Nursing Education) .... .. .......... 125 Orchestra ............ .. ........... .............. ...... .. ...... ......................... .. ...... .. .............. ...... .. .. 36, 123 Orientation Program .. ... ... .. .. ........ ............ ........ ....... ..... ... ......... .. ... ...... .. ........ .. ......... 32 Part-time Study ....... ..... . ... .... .. .. .... .... .. ....... ....... ... .. .. ............ ............ ....... ............. ... .... 45 Philosophy, Courses in ........ .................... ........ ......... .. ................. .. .. .. .. .... .. ..... ........... 127 Physical Education and Hygiene, Courses in.... ................... .......... ....... .... .. .. .. .... .... 129 Phys ics, Two-year Program ... .. .... ....... .... ......... ........ ....... .......... .... ......... .... .......... .. ..... 56 Description of Courses. .............. ... .. ............... ..... ........ .. ................. ............. ...... 130 Placement Service ... .................... ............................. ............ .... .. .. .......... ........ ... ......... 33 Point Average ..... ................ ......... .. ............. .... ............... .. .......... ...... ................ .. .... .... 24 Political Science, Courses in .... ........ .. .................... ...... ................. .. ..... .. ........... ......... .131 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program............. .... .......... ......... .......................... ...... 76 Three-year Program ...... .... . ... .... .. ...... .. ...... ...... ........................ ...... ...... .. ... ... .... 77 Probation ........ .... .. ...... ........ .... ... ..... ... .... . .............. ............. . .... .. ...... .. ......... . ... ............. 24 Professions and Vocations, Preparation for........ .. ........ ......... .. ............ ................. .. 41 Promotion, Minimum Requirements for ..................... ...... ................................ ... .. 24 Psychology, Courses in............................. .. ....................... ..... ........ .................... 134 Publications, Student .. .. ..... ....... .... .... ..... .. ..... .. .. .... ............ ...... ... .. ......... ..... ..... .......... 36 Real Estate ......... ....... .... ... ..... .. ... .. . ...... .. .... ... . ..... .. ..... ............ . ... ..... ....... .... ............ ... . 90 Refunds ..................... ..... .......... .............. .... .. .. ..... .. ... ..................... .. ... .... .. ....... ........... 29 Registration ............... ..... ... ............... ... ... ........ .......... .. .. ... .. .................. ... .. ...... .. .. ........ 25 Religion, Courses in.... . .... .. ........ ........ ........ ..... ... .. .. ........... .... ....... .. .. .... .. ...... ..... ....... 128 Retail Merchandising, Four-year Program. ............. .. ...... .. ...................................... 61 Description of Courses .. ....... .. ............... .... . ......... ..... ......... .. ... ........ .. ........ .... . ... 137 Safety, Courses in .......................... ............. ....... ............... .. .. ... ............. .. ........ ....... .... 145 Scholarships ... . ....... ......... ..... ....... ..... .. .... .. ....... ....... .............. .. ............. ..... .. ........ .. 37 Secreta rial Studies, Four-year Program........ ........ .............................. ... .. ............... 62 T wo-year Program .... .. ... ... .... . ... ... . ... .... .......... .. ... . .... .. ...... ......... ....... ... ..... ........ 78 Description of Courses ... .. ....................... ....... .. .................................. .. .. ... .. ... 139 Social Science, Major in...... .. .. .... ..... .............. .... ................ .... ............... ..... ...... ..... .. .. 48 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in ..... ... ...... ........... .. ......... ...................... ...... 142 Spanish, Courses in ............ ........ ... ............... .. .................. ... .. .... ......................... ....... 114 Speech, Courses in ........... ............ .. .. .... ... ..... .. .. ........................ .... .. ........ .. ................ 110 Statistics, Applied General, Economic................... ..... ...... ...... .. .. ...... ........ .. ........ ... . 97 Introduction to ........ ........ .... .... .... ........ ........ ........ ..... .. . .. .. ............ .. .. ........ .......... 119 Student Activities ..... ..... .... .. ... ..... ... ....... .. .. . ... ...... ..... ... ........ .. ............... .. ....... ..... ....... 35 Student Employment ..... ... ............... .. ... .................... .... ... ... .. .... ... .......... ... .............. .. 33 Student Government ... .. .. ... ... ...... ...... ..... .. .. .... ...................................... ............ ... .. .. . 35 Student Welfare . .. .. .......... ... ...... ............. .... ......... .......... ... .................. .................. .. .. 31 Summer-school Credits .. . ..... .. ...... .... .. ...... .. .. ...... .. .... ......... .... .. ..... .... .... .... .... ....... .. ... 26 Surveying ....... ...... ....... ....... . ........ .... ........ .. ...... .... .. .. ..... ....... .... .. .... .. .. .. .... ... ... ............ 104 Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary. ..... .................................. ... .. ... 63 Business .. .. ..... ... .... ... ............. ...... .. ... ........ . ...... ... .......... ... .. ..... .. ........... .. .... .... .... 65 Music ........ .... ...... ............................. ........ ........ .......................... .... ... ..... ....... .... 67 Nursing ...... ............ .... ... ... .... .. .............. .. ... ... ... ..... .. ......... ..... .. .. .............. ........ .... 68 Teaching (see B.S. in Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses ........... ...... ... ............ ..... ....... .. ... ... ......... ....... .. ........ ........ ..... ....... .... 73 Transfer of Credits ............ ... ...... ........................... ...... .. .......... .. ...... ...... .................... 26 Trustees, Board of. ....... .. ........... ....................... .. .... ... ....... .. .. .... ................ .. .......... .... 6 Tuition .... ........ ... .. ............ .. ....... .... ... ...................... ....... ..... ................ .. ........ ..... ..... .. 27 Wilkes College, History of.... .... ... ...... ............ ..................... ...... .. .. .. .................... .... 17 Withdrawals .. ...... ........ ..... ............... ........ ........ .. ........... ........ .. ...... ......... ..... ...... .. .... . 25, 29 �N.Y FROM: SYRACUSE AL'BANY NY ~ FROM: CON.NECTICUT ---------~~~~------------- ----- ------ HONESDALE WILLIAMS?ORT ~►~-------------DA TURNPll<E FROM~ITTSBURGH LOCATION "ROM'. BALTIMORE WASHINGTON FROM. WASHINGTON MD. o.c lHll\lll YNNYH3nosns NOl'll'IO::> J.33l!J. S u [JJ [tj ., ... ""' "'... ~ [9~(j ~ r2:IlJill] ~ ~ J.3 3YJ.S 11 CT ~ 0 ~B Y 3 A I Y [t II ~, 3 h ~ [j s I C/1 ~ HJ. nos ONIOIIYH •il( JONVarno J 11'1H )10Y8N3110H £Z l'IOISYNl'UO Y3l!Y ONl>l!Yd 11VH J.Sncnv J.N3.,J.YYd30 303110:) ' Yd '311YY8-$3)17IM ONIY33NrnN3 S3ll11M 61 81 11YH ll00J.N110'1'1 LI 11YH ONl1ll3J.S ,7!/H 383770~ S3>f71M 11'1'H 31'10H X3NNY X3NNY 6310 03 0Nlll3~0ld ~3SS3>4:J3M ONI01rne '13!:1'1 ZZ IZ J.NYA30llnJ.s 3SOOH 'oz t ll H .1.no s 11'1'H Z,61 I A0010l8 (Ill 11YH 3tiOJ.:>31 6 (YI 11't'H 3llOJ.:>31 8 11YH 11vH 91 l'IYHONANO:> £1 ZI 31lli't'8 L Y31J.na 9 1,YH A31HSY ~I ll3J.'t'3HJ. ., S,J.N30IS3Yd A31HSY 11 1131.1.08 01 ( NOIJ.Yll.l.SINll'IOYI • Ylll3q.,,y:, £ 11YH 3SYH O Z ( AllYY8l1 I 11't'H ABlll~ X30N I • 3SYH:) I I �INDEX I KIRBY HALL I LIBRARY) 2 CHASE HALL 3 CAFETERIA 4 CHASE 5 J I ADMINISTRATION I THEATER ASHLEY HALL e BUTLER 7 BARRE 8 LECTURE 9 LECTURE 12 PRESIDENT"s 13 CONYNGHAM 14 BIOLOGY " WECKESSER 16 HALL AREA HALL WILKES ENGINEERING STERLING HALL McCLINTOCK 18 STURDEVANT HOUSE HALL CA) 19 PICKERING HAL L ml 20 GIES ANNEX 11 ASHLEY ANhEX 22 GYMNASIUM 23 HOLLENBACK HALL (GUIDANCE> U HARDING HALL HALL '---;-;;-;:;FRANK;;-;;:;--LIN~ S T R E E - : ; - - - T_ _ ; 0_ I ~ WZ3 [i] f 3: R I V ~ RIVER E R @] :r ... ::, Q G] [J~Q ... w "' .,... 0: Q] ~, ffilJ'IB u;J _J l___ 6 8~ rrOO ~ ! SOUTH 1 AUGUST 20, 1952 PARKING AREA SO U T H ~ COLLEGE DEPARTMENT WILKES-BARRE, PA . HALL 10 BUTLER 21 COLLEGE BUILDING 17 HALL WILKES HOME HALL ~ .,... "'3: STREET COMMON SUSQUEHANNA R I VE-R :) "Q NOlONIHSlfM "YiOIU NO.l.0NIHSVM 31lOY-1111V8 NOLLV:)01 ·. wo!l~ 3>11dN!ln.1. Vd H0!ln8SJ..l.l~WOllJ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -...1111(~ >lll'tM:3N >lllOA M3N :YiOllJ----•.11 31!13 :YlOll.:I ! ______ - - - - - - - --;ro.1.rf1H~N19\-- - - - - - - --:iti3M,-A ~ ANV8.7V 3Sn:'.>VllAS :WOll.:I ---f------ -------;..N , . OllfJ ~na :,'IO!l.l 2 �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1955-1956 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1955-1956 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/701d11356ded6bdc9125eff5eaf0c56a.pdf f6baede78ab491c1394120a0c5caefa0 PDF Text Text ( ( ( ( (_ ............... ~""'"""..-, :·,~~::·=:-=-~~ li,(lal .) :, :, > .} �1952 -1953 �14 ;;./ 3 ~ ~ • t /-·t, --..-........S COLLEGE u et{n 1952-1953 Published qttarterly by Wilkes Coilege, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania. Entered as second-class matter October 12, 1951, at the post office at Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, under the act of August 24, 1912, as amended by the act of August 4, 1947. APRIL, 1952 Vol. I, No. 2 5929 �Contents Marks of An Educated Man . . . College Calendar 5 Board of Trustees 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understand- ing. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attain- ments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5. He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 6 Committees, Board of Trustees Faculty Committees History of the College General Information Student Welfare . Student Activities 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the Preparation for Professions and Vocations 10 15 17 19 27 30 32 Degree Courses Terminal Courses constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. 9 Faculty . Scholarships and Awards 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates 8 Assistants in Administration 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 7 Officers of Administration Course Descriptions . Evening Division Community Lecture Series . Index 34 39 67 75 136 137 138 �4 WILKES COLLEGE COLLEGE CALENDAR 1952 19 5 3 1953 SEPTEMBER S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 JANUARY S M T W T F S MAY S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 5 6 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 20 28 29 30 25 26 27 OCTOBER S M T W T F S 5 6 7 12 13 14 19 20 21 26 27 28 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 29 30 3 10 17 24 31 2 3 9 10 16 17 23 24 30 F S 1 4 5 6 7 8 FEBRUARY S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MARCH S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 15 16 18 19 20 21 22 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 29 30 DECEMBER S M T W T F 7 8 9 10 14 15 16 17 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 JUNE S M T W T 4 11 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 7 18 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 14 25 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 NOVEMBER S M T W T 1 2 3 S 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 28 29 30 APRIL S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 8 9 10 11 F S 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 17 18 19 20 24 25 26 27 FALL, 1952 September 8 and 9 ....... ... Faculty Seminars September 8 to 12 ........... Freshman Orientation & Registration September 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U pperclass Registration September 15 .............. Classes begin October 31 ................ Mid-semester grades October 31 . .... ........ . .. Final date to remove incompletes November 10 to November 21. Trial Registration November 26 to December 1 .. Thanksgiving Recess* December 19 to January 5 .... Christmas Recess* January 15 ................ Fall Semester ends January 19 to January 28 ..... Fall Semester Examinations JULY S M T W T 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 31 26 27 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 5 6 7 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 19 20 21 28 29 30 31 26 27 28 COLLEGE CALENDAR 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 10 11 14 15 16 17 18 21 22 23 24 25 28 29 30 31 AUGUST S M T W T 2 3 15 16 17 18 9 10 22 23 24 25 16 17 29 30 23 24 30 31 SPRING, 1953 F S F S 1 4 5 6 7 8 11 12 13 14 15 18 19 20 21 22 25 26 27 28 29 February 2 . .. . ..... ..... .. All-College Registration February 3 . . ...... ........ Classes begin March 20 ................ Mid-semester grades March 20 .... ............ Final date to remove incompletes March 27 ................. Careers Conference March 30 to April 10 ........ Trial Registration April 2 to April 7 .......... Easter Recess* May 22 .................. Spring Semester ends May 26 to June 5 ........... Spring Semester Examinations May 30 ....... .. ..... ..... Memorial Day June 7 ....... . . . ..... . ... Baccalaureate June j ................... Commencement The College is in session on the dates in bold face. SUMMER, 1953 June 15 to June 19 .......... Registration June 22 ... .. . .. . ...... ... Classes begin July 4 ... . ........... ... .. Independence Day August 12 ................ Classes end August 13 to August 15 ...... Summer Session Examinations * Begins and ends at noon. 5 �BOARD OF TRUSTEES Board of Trustees GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, FREDERICK JAMES P. HARRIS, JASPER B. E. CLIFT Library: f nstruction: Chairman Secretary Treasurer MISS MARY R. KOONS CARR MRS. CHARLES COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS J. WECKESSER, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., 7 REUBEN H. LEVY CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Chairman MISS ANNETTE EVANS, Chairman MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT MRS. EDWARD H. KENT J. MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JOSEPH SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. MISS MARY R. KOONS KocYAN, M.D. MISS ANNETTE EVANS PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. THE REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Nominations: C. MARTS MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE ARNAUD SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. Finance: MISS ANNETTE EVANS f. GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK, HARRY F. GOERINGER J. HENRY POOL HON. JOHNS. FINE REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH JAMES P. HARRIS JASPER GEORGE W. GUCKELDERGER ANDREW J. SORDONI REUBEN H. LEVY GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER MRS. EDWARD H. KENT ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK ANDREW J. SORDONI JAMES P. HARRIS JOSEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. JULIUS LONG STERN ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH, Chairman Chairman B. CARR JULIUS LONG STERN FREDERICK J. WECKESSER TERM OF OFFICE Expiring f une, 1952 JASPER B. CARR SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, Mrss ANNETTE EVANS HoN. JoHN S. Buildings and Grounds: W. GUCKELBERGER REUBEN H. LEVY CHARLES H. MINER, JR. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. ST ARK GEORGE FINE M.D. GEORGE HARRY F. GOERINGER MR.s. EDWARD H. KENT JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. MISS MARY R. KOONS GILBERT F. S. ANDREW S. J. SORDONI J. WECKESSER F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, J. ARNAUD C. MARTS JULIUS LONG STERN HENRY POOL J. S0RD0NI FREDERICK J. WECKESSER Ex Officio on All Committees-MR. GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. JAMES P. HARRIS MAR.TS JULIUS LONG STERN FREDERICK MR.s. FRANCK G. DARTE C. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. ANDREW ROUSH Expiring f une, 1954 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT Chairman J. HENRY POOL MCCLINTOCK REV. CHARLES GucKELBERGER, REUBEN H. LEVY ARNAUD Expiring f une, 1953 W. HON. JOHN S. FINE JR. �ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration 9 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President BEVERLY H. VAN HORN ............. ... . . Secretary to the President ALFRED WILLARD BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Dean of Instrnction JAN~ L. DODSON ........................ Secretary to the Registrar · HERBERT JOHN MORRIS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Director of Admissions and Registrar EMMA GRILLI ............................. 0 ffice Machine Clerk BETTY LYLE HARKER, A.M. (Northwestern)* Dean of Women MADELYN LAWSON ........................... Registration Clerk JEAN MAcHONIS .......................... Switchboard Operator GERTRUDE MARVIN WILLIAMS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Acting Dean of Women JANE WILLSEA ...................................... Recorder GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.B. (North Carolina) Dean of Men MARY ARGENIO ................... Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper DONALD ROBERT KERSTEEN, A.B. (Bucknell) Comptroller DOLORES HYDOCK .. .................................. Cashier STANLEY HENRY WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Director of Evening Classes JEAN JONES ........................ Accounts Payable Bookkeeper JOHN JOSEPH CHWALEK, A.M. (Columbia) Di-rector of Placement ANTHONY WIDEMAN ...................... Secretary to the Deans ROSALIE JABLONSKI ... ........ Secretary to the Director of Placement ROBERT WOODROW PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Director of Activities and Physical Education GLORIA FOXLOW ............... .. ....... Secretary to the Librarian CHARLES JAMES FoxLOw, A.M. (Columbia) Director of P!lblic Relations and Alumni Secretary RosE MARY TURISSINI ....................... Cirettlation Assistant SAMUEL MARSHALL DAVENPORT, M.D. (Virginia) College Physician MILDRED GITTINS ...................... Manage,- of the Bookstore SAMUEL ARNOLD GUTTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell Uni\'ersity) Psychiat,-ic Consultant MRS. JAMES A. BRENNAN .............. .. .... Director of Cafeteria JOSEPH HOOK ER MYERS, B.L.S. (McGill) Librarian WARREN FRANCIS FRENCH, B.L.S. (Syracuse) Cataloguing Librarian CLARE BEDILLION, A.M. (New York) Secretary to the Faculty GLADYS B. DAVIS Head Resident, Steding Hall CLAIRE STERN GUTTMAN, M.S.W. (Pennsylvania) Student Consultation Officer * On leave of absence for advanced srudy. WILLIAM JERVIS ........... Superintendent of B1tildings and Grounds �FACULTY Faculty EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President HERBERT JOHN MORRIS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Director of Admissions and Registrar GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.B. (North Carolina) Dean of Men KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, M.A. (Warsaw) Assistant Professor of Sociology CATHERINE HASTIE BONE, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Assistant Professor of Chemistry STANLEY HENRY WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics JOSEPH GERARD DONNELLY, A.M. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of English BETTY LYLE HARKER, A.M. (Northwestern)* Dean of Women and Instructor in Psychology CLARE BEDILLION, A.M. (New York) Assistant Professor of Secretarial Studies GERTRUDE MAR.VIN WILLIAMS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Acting Deem of Women and Assistant Professor of English EDWARD NICHOLAS HELTZEL, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Engineering MARY ELIZABETH CRAJG, PH.D. (Cornell University) Professor of English KATHRYN ELLA DOMINGUEZ, PH.D. (Columbia) Assistant Professor of Psychology CHARLES BRADDOCK REIF, PH.D. (Minnesota) Professor of Biology ARTHUR NEWMAN KRUGER, PH.D. (Louisiana State University) Assistant Professor of English HAROLD WESLEY THATCHER, PH.D. (Chicago) Professor of History ALFRED WILLARD BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Professor of Chemistry SAMUEL ArnERT ROSENBERG, PH.D. (North Carolina) Professor of Economics VERNON Guy SMITH, En.D. (Columbia) Professor of Education VORIS BLAINE HALL, M.S. IN E.E. (Bucknell), A.M. (Columbia) Associate Professor of Physics ELWOOD JOHN DISQUE, A.B. (Dickinson) Associate Professor of German FRANK JOSEPH JOHN DAVIES, PH.D. (Yale) Associate Professor of English HUGO VICTOR MAILEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) Associate Professor of Political Science THOMAS ROBERT RrcHAr,DS, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics * On leave of ab sence for advanced study. STANKO MIRKO VUJICA, PH.D. (Zagreb) Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Religion SYLVIA DWORSKI, PH.D. (Yale) Assistant Professor of Modern Languages CROMWELL EDWARDS THOMAS, B.S. IN E.E. (Washington and Lee) Instructor in Engineering PAUL RUSSELL WERNER, A.M. IN Bus. AD. (New York) Instructor in Accounting JAMES JOSEPH LAGGAN, B.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Bminess Administration ALFRED STUART GROH, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in English ROBERT WOODROW PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Physical Education JOHN PROBERT WHITBY, B.S. (Bloomsburg) Instructor in Accounting JOHN JOSEPH RILEY, B.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Business Administration and Economics JOHN WALTER BOYCE, JR., B.S. (Bucknell)* Instructor in Business Administration * On leave of absence for advanced study. 11 �12 FACULTY WILKES COLLEGE EDITH Su PERKO NAMISNIAK, A.M. (Michigan) Instmctor in Biology ELIZABETH BRENNAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Business Administration LORNA DooNE HOLBROOK, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Sociology LEROY E. BUGBEE, A.M. (Boston University) Lecturer on Current Events WELTON GRANT FARRAR, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Economics ROBERT CAPIN, B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor in Accounting JOSEPH H. KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell)* Instructor in Psychology PHYLLIS I. CLARKE, M.M. (Michigan) Instructor in Music ROBERT EDWIN MORAN, B.M. (Eastman School of Music) Instructor in Music WILLARD DAVIES, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Secretarial Studies ROBERT CHARLES RILEY, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology BERNARD DEMBERT, B.S. (Pennsylvania State)* Instructor in Accounting HELEN BAILEY BUBECK, B.S. (Stroudsburg) Instructor in Physical Education SAMUEL A. GUTTMAN, Ptt.D., M.D. (Cornell) Psychiatric Consultant and Instructor in Psychology GEORGE FRANCIS ELLIOT, A.M. (Clark) Instructor in Economics CHARLES N. HENDERSON, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Music THOMAS FRANCIS ROCK, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in H1Story JoHN H. HIBBARD, LL.B. (Dickinson) Instructor in Political Science FRANCIS JOSEPH SALLEY, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Chemistry DONALD G. HILBERT, A.M. (New York) Instructor in Sa/ ety Education JOHN GEORGE DETRO¥, JR., M.M. (Eastman School of Music) Instructor in Music WILBUR G. ISAACS, A.B. (Randolph-Macon) Instructor in Music J. ERNEST CRANE, A.M. (New York) Instructor in Education VERNE ALTON BUNN, M.L. (Pittsburgh) Instructor in Retail Merchandising RUTH WINSLOW JESSEE, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Nursing Education WALTER EDWARD MoKYCHIC, B.S. (Wilkes) Assistant in Biology PART-TIME FACULTY CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, F.A.G.O. (Guilmant Organ School) Instructor in Music W. JOSEPH BERG Instructor in Retail Merchandising JOSEPH A. BOYLE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Imtructor in Psychology * On leave of absence for advanced study. THOMAS H. JENKINS, A.M. (New York) Instructor in Secretarial Studies EDWARD JONES, A.B. (Muhlenberg) Instructor in Business Administration HOWARD KADEN, B.S. (North Carolina State) Instructor in Retail Merchandising BRONIS KASLAS, PH.D. (Strasbourg) Instructor in Political Science JOHN KELLY, A.B. (Wilkes) Instructor in Psychology JOSEPH KREDER, LL.B. (Dickinson) Instructor in Business Administration f ERDINAND LIVA Instructor in Violin, Viola, 'Cello * On leave of absence for service in the armed forces . 13 �14 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY CHARLOTTE LORD, A.M. (Bucknell) Instructor in English EDWARD McCLEARY, B.S. (Colorado) Instructor in Merchandising NEIL McDERMOTT, B.S. (Scranton) Instructor in Insurance ABRAM MORGAN, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Mathematics CATHAL O'TooLE (National Academy of Design) Instructor in Art THOMAS RICHARDS, M.S. (Columbia) Instructor in Accounting ST AN LEY RosoLOWSKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Retail Merchandising CARL SCHINDLER, S.T.M. (Lutheran Theological Seminary) Instructor in Religion MARGARET SHERIDAN, M .S. (New York) Instructor in Retail Merchandising ALLAN STERNLICK, M.B.A. (Harvard) Instructor in Retail Merchandising CASIMIR TYBURSKI, A.B. (Delaware) Instructor in English LEONARD UTZ, B.S. (Muhlenberg) Instructor in English ROBERT A. WEST, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Mathematics GUEST LECTITRERS IN JOURNALISM FACULTY COMMITTEES 1951-1952 Admissions HERBERT J. MORRIS, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS ALFRED W. BASTRESS MARY E. CRAIG ELWOOD J. DISQUE CHARLES B. REIF GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS Athletics GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman J. JAMES ROBERT LAGGAN E. MORAN ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE Calendar HuGo V. MAILEY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS WELTON G. FARRAR J. MORRIS, ex officio Library WELTON G. FARRAR, Chairman FRANK J. J. DAVIES JOSEPH H. MYERS THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER Curriculum Catalogue FRANK J. J. DAVIES, Chairman GEORGE F. ELLIOT CROMWELL E. THOMAS CHARLES J. FOXLOW, ex officio Non-Credit Courses SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, Chairman JOHN G. DETROY HUGO V. MAILEY J. JOSEPH T. MURPHY Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., TIMES-LEADER, THE EVENING NEWS KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ STANLEY H. W ASILESKI JOHN P. WHITBY RUSSEL E. ACHY, C.P.A. DONALD GRIFFITH, C.P.A. WILLIAM F. DOBSON, C.P.A. ALEXANDER E. LOEB, C.P.A. JOHN T. STAPLETON, C.P.A. HERBERT JOHN J. RILEY H ERBERT ADVISERS IN ACCOUNTING Graduation GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman GEORGE F. RALSTON ROBERT W. JOHNSON Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., RECORD HOWARD RISLEY Editor and Publisher, Dallas, Pa., POST 15 ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman CLARE BEDILLION JOSEPH G. DONNELLY SYLVIA DWORSKI VORIS B. HALL HUGO V. MAILEY THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENB ERG STANLEY H. WASILESKI GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS MORRIS CATHAL O'TooLE Student Activities JOHN ] . RILEY ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE, Chairman ARTHUR N. KRUGER GEORGE F. RALSTON GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS Ex Officio on All Committees - DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY �A History of the College T o PROVIDE opportunities for education comparable to those offered by other communities of the nation, Bucknell University, in 1933, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it Bucknell University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre and the Wyoming Valley comprised the largest community in Pennsylvania, if not in the United States, lacking a local college. For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experi- · mental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were firmly established but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as such support was of value to the new college At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses enabling students to finish their junior and senior years in Wilkes-Barre, and the College Trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. Early in World War II, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. Although the war deterred the growth of the College for a time, ~he impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of hostilities. For several years after the war, veterans were a majority, as in most colleges. Since September, 1948, however, they have been outnumbered by non-veterans, who now comprise almost the entire student body. RECORD OF GROWTH The .first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 155 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn �18 WILKES COLLEGE from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citizens to enable the College to move from rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the .first donors, and John N. Conyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Arnaud C. Marts of Bucknell on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allan Kirby's gift of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution; Zebulon Butler Hall, in honor of the American patriot; and Gies Hall, in memory of Paul Gies, former professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946 by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Mrs. Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, construction of which was completed in 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Pickering Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling; and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. To provide adequate housing facilities for out-of-area women students, Mr. Gilbert S. McClintock, chairman of the Board of Trustees, gave his South River Street home to the College in 1951. Now called McClintock Hall, the building, together with the ·other three College residences, permits the accommodation of approximately one hundred boarding students. Generous monetary gifts enabled the College to adapt and equip these properties for use as classroom buildings and dormitories. In the thirteen years following the promise of autonomy by the University, College assets have been increased by more than $2,500,000. General Information �20 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL lNFORMA TION 21 CURRICULA The College offers courses leading to degrees in liberal arts, chemistry, biology, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, commercial music and nursing education. In addition, the first two years are off~red in' physics and engineering; thereafter, the student who successfully completes these courses may transfer to some other institution as a junior. TERMINAL CURRICULA To students who desire only two years of college the College offers two-year terminal courses in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, laboratory and medical technology, and pre-dental work. EXTENSION CLASSES Extension courses in education are offered by Bucknell University for graduate credit. This credit may be applied toward the degr~e of Master of Science and will also qualify the teacher for State certification in guidance and administration. Persons seeking the degree of Master of Science from Bucknell University may take eighteen hours in Wilkes-Barre but must take the remaining hours in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania1 the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS A student applying for admission to the College is requested to arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions or the Deans and to submit his application, accompanied by a $5.00 fee, on forms provided by the College. Interviews are a part of the admissions program and may be scheduled at the College. In the event that the home of the student is some distance from the College, the Director of Admissions will arrange an interview at a time and place that are mutually convenient. During the interview, arrangements for taking admissions tests will ordinarily be made. A student who has taken College Entrance Examination Board tests may submit the results of them and be excused from the examination given by the College. Following receipt of the application, the Director of Admissions will obtain an official transcript from the high school or college formerly attended by the student. The Committee on Admissions will then consider the full record of the applicant and will notify him of its action as early as possible. Since it takes much time to assemble all reports required by the committee, it is well to allow a minimum of two weeks for action. In some instances, tardiness in the submission of transcripts may delay action for a month or more. ADVANCED STANDING A student wishing to transfer from another college will follow the usual procedure for admission. He will request the institution last attended to forward to the College a transcript and a letter of honorable dismissal. The Committee on Advanced Standing will then make a tentative evaluation, and a faculty adviser will counsel the student concerning his new schedule. Upon the student's completion of his tirst term at the College, a final evaluation will be made and the credits included on his record at Wilkes. Students who do not have credits to transfer but who are equipped to enter advanced courses in college may do so upon the passing of a placement examination. They will not receive credit for the courses omitted, but they will be saved the necessity of repeating work which they have already covered outside of college. GRADES Grades will be given to students in the middle and at the end of each term. The mid-term grade is given to show student and faculty the quality of work being done; the final grade indicates the accomplishment of the student in the whole course. The grading system is as follows: A-Excellent B-Above average C-Average D-Below average, but passing F-Failure Inc-Incomplete-work must be made up by a speci.fied date or the grade will automatically become an F. WP-Withdrew Passing- given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are passing the course. WP-Withdrew Failing- given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are failing the course. T~e stude~t' s academic standing is determined by the quantity and quality of h1s work. The quantity is shown by the number of credit hotJrs of work performed during the term. The number of credit hours applicable to each course is printed in italics following the title of the course in the catalogue. The quality of work is shown by the st udent's point average, which is determined in the following manner: The letter grades are given numerical values, called point values, as follows: A, 3 points; B, 2 points; C, 1 point; D and F, no points. st A udent with a certain grade earns the point value of the grade for each ci-edit hoM of the comse. Thus, if his grade is "A" in a three- �WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION hour course, he will gain 9 points; if " B'' in a four-hour course, he will gain 8 points. His point average will be computed by dividing the total number of points gained in all his courses by the total nwnber of credit hours. The following sample record will illustrate more fully the method: Subject Credit Hours English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Grade in Course Number of Points C B D 3 9 10 0 C 4 A 23 courses will receive an "F" unless the administrative council, upon recommendation of the Dean and faculty adviser, allows "WP" or ''WF." A student who withdraws from college after the first two weeks will receive a "WF" or "WP" for each course he has taken, together with a notation from each instructor explaining the reason for his mark. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION Candidates for graduation must meet all course requirements as to both quantity and quality of work and must comply with all regulations of the College. COUNSELING Total . ............ 18 Point Average - 26 divided by 18 - 26 1.4 For advancement from class to class and for graduation, there are minimum requirements as to quantity and quality of work. These requirements are shown in the following table: R EQUIREM EN TS FOR ADVANCEMENT AND GRADUATION FOUR-YEAR COURSES At the End Number of Credit Number of Point of the Hours Points Average Freshman Year . . . . . . . . . . 30 15 .5 Sophomore Year .... ..... 60 42 .7 Junior Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 81 .9 Senior Year .. . . ... .. .... As specified 1.0 TWO-YEAR COURSES Freshman Year . . . . . . . . . . 30 Sophomore Year . . . . . . . . . 60 21 .7 60 1.0 NOTE: This system of credit hours and grades does not apply to courses in physical education. In such courses there will be only two grades, P for passing and F for failure. PROBATION Any student not attaining the grade necessary to advance him to the next class will be put on probation for one semester. If, at the end of that period, he has not attained the minimum average for admission to his class, he will be dropped from college. WITHDRAWALS A student may withdraw from any single course during the first two weeks without penalty. A student who withdraws from one or more courses after the first two weeks but who continues to attend other Each student will be assigned a faculty adviser at the beginning of his freshman year and will be expected to confer with this adviser concerning the schedule and other educational problems. REGISTRATION Students are expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. Late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no registrations will be accepted. Students registering after the registration dates will pay an additional charge of $5.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $225 a semester is indicated in the program of courses. No student may carry an overload without the approval of his adviser and the Dean. Any student taking an overload must have earned at least a "B" average during the preceding term. Each hour of work beyond that listed in the catalogue must be paid for at the hourly rate. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. ~tudents are required to attend the weekly assemblies during each of their four years. They will, however, be allowed the following nwnber of cuts each year: Fre~hman and sophomore year Junior year - eight cuts. Senior year - fifteen cuts. three cuts. If the student fails to satisfy the requirements for any year it will be nd necessary for him to make up the excess cuts by increasing bis afitte ance during the following year. All requirements must be satised before graduation. Seats for the assembly will be assigned at registration. �24 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION 25 FACULTY Inasmuch as the values to be derived from a college are less dependent upon its material resources than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in its students, the College has carefully selected its faculty for their training, experience, and personalities. They have been granted graduate degrees by such universities and colleges as Bucknell, Chicago, Columbia, Cornell University, Dickinson, Eastman School of Music, Louisiana State University, McGill, Minnesota, New York, North Carolina, Northwestern, Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State, Syracuse, Warsaw, Yale, and Zagreb. A cosmopolitan group, Wilkes teachers have served in schools, colleges, and universities throughout the United States and Europe. They bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective and an academic preparation that fits them to provide the intensive training essential to their various fields. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Approximately forty per cent of the graduates of Wilkes have entered graduate and professional schools. It is recommended that students wishing to extend their education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in their senior year. These examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools, and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS 1. Students wishing to study at other colleges during the summer must receive approval of their summer schedules from the Dean of Men or Dean of Women prior to their enrollment in the other colleges if their summer work is to be credited toward graduation from Wilkes College. 2. When credits for the work taken in the summer at other colleges are requested at Wilkes, it will be necessary for this work to be evaluated. In some cases it may be necessary for students to take examinations before credit is granted. 3. Students from other colleges taking work at Wilkes College during the summer likewise must first receive the approval of their respective deans if they wish to receive credit for their summer work. EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the catalogue at the rate of $225.00 a semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the catalogue for each semester is not ex- ceeded. An additional charge of $15.00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. The tuition of $225 includes a charge for maintaining student activities. SCHEDULE OF RATES Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the catalogue for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition ....... ... ... .. .. . . .......... . .... Laboratory fee for biology, chemistry, engineering, physics .. . . . ........ .. ..... . ........... . Laboratory fee for Secretarial Studies 99, 101, 102, 107, 108, 109, 110, 115, 116 . . ................. . Chemistry Breakage Deposit (any balance refunded) .. ... . . .. . ... ... ....... . Student Teaching fee . ... .. ...... . .... ..... . .. . . . $ 225.00 15.00 10.00 10.00 20.00 Music-individual instruction: One half-hour lesson a week for fifteen weeks in piano, organ, or wind instrument ... .. . . . .. . . . . One half-hour lesson a week for fifteen weeks in violin, viola or 'cello .. . . . . ..... . ........... . One half-hour lesson a week for fifteen weeks in voice with Mrs. Hawkins .... . . . .. ... .. .. .. . . . One half-hour lesson a week for fifteen weeks in voice with Mr. Isaacs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . Rental of practice room per semester ...... . . ..... . Diction Laboratory-part-time voice students .. .... . Music-group instruction: One hour lesson a week for fifteen weeks in violin viola or 'cello, each group to consist of no; less than three or more than five students ....... . 35.00 45.00 35.00 50.00 5.00 5.00 30.00 Charg~s for part-time students, students in the Evenrng School, students in two-year courses, and fo~ semester hours beyond the normal load prescribed in regular courses: Semester hour of stud . Lb y. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·... 15.00 a doratory fees (see above) . .. . .. . . . . .. . . 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Stu ent Act· · th ivity fee for those taking less than 14 or more 9 _anh. semester hours, or for any part-time student Wis 10g to part1·c· t · · ·· 1pa e m acttv1ttes ....... . . . ..... . 15.00 �WILKES COLLEGE 26 Student Welfare Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 S.oo Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Dormitory charges per semester: Board and Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300.00 Bills for board and room in college dormitories are due before the opening of the semester. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. Special Charges: Application fee to accompany application for admission . . . Change of schedule per credit hour. .. . ............... . Special Examination ..... . ........................ . Transcript (No charge for the first copy) ............. . Late Trial Registration ........... . . . ............... . Late Final Registration . . .. . ......... . ............. . Graduation fee ( four-year students) ........ . ........ . Convocation fee (two-year students) .. . ... . ... . ...... . 5.00 1.00 s.oo 1.00 5.00 5.00 15.00 7.50 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to changing price levels. PAYMENTS Bills for tuition, fees, and incidentals are payable at the beginning of each semester. A $50.00 payment or 50% of the total, whichever is less, must be paid at the time of registration. No students may take a mid-term examination until satisfactory arrangements have been made with the Comptroller for the payment of all bills. No student may take a final examination until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library has taken its place on the campus because the College recognizes its responsibility for helping a student to launch his career with maximum effectiveness. The library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely, scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service provided not only for seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first-hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, which is under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are included in the collection as are some six hundred catalogues and bulletins from more than five hundred American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional level. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. WlTHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS COUNSELING Refund of tuition will be made to students who withdraw voluntarily from the College while in good standing under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term, one-half the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and ~he College considers counseling one of the most effective ways in which to encourage the development of its students. It considers each st.udent's personal, educational, and vocational objectives at the time of his application so that, as far as possible, it can plan its academic program to enable him to realize those objectives. Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of those who are ~oncerned with his progress with information about his abilities inerests, and aptitudes. He has opportunities throughout his college career to con sult wit . h h is . f acu1ty ad viser . concerning his scholastic progress or sooa · l an d personal problems with which he needs help. T withh~ ~eans cooperate with faculty advisers in providing students urge 10 ~rmation an? guidance wherever possible, and the College s stu ents to avail themselves of their services. satisfactory reasons. Tuition for unfinished courses will be refunded to all students ordered to active duty under the Selective Service Act or by the Organized Reserve Corps. Refund of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not be made except under special conditions. No courses may be dropped after the second week, except with approval of the student's faculty adviser and the Dean. �STUDENT WELFARE WILKES COLLEGE 28 The guiding principle of all Wilkes counselin~ i~ ~o encourage t~e student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the College oc~asionally causes difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, several days at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with freshmen. This program ranges from individual conferences to lectures on the meaning of a college education. During this first week, new students take aptitude~ interest, _foreign language, and English-placement tests. They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty advisers and arrange schedules un~er their guidance. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet once a week with representatives of the faculty. They discuss informally, and with as little faculty participation as possible, some. of the pro?l~~s of everyday living and college adjustment. By placing respons1b1hty upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions,. the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. 29 offered by the Department of Music, and a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare them for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in economics, selling, and advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in ~hemistry may be avail~ble_ to small industries requiring laboratory serv1Ces that cannot be mamtamed economically in their industrial plants. The Economics Department of Wilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. PLACEMENT OFFICE AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT The College, with the financial assistance of the Seligman J. Strauss Lodge of B'nai B'rith, maintains a placement office in Ashley Hall, South River Street. One purpose of the office is to help undergraduates to find part-time employment; more than one-third of the students earn some part of their expenses, and the office has been particularly helpful to this large group. Students desiring such part-time work should communicate with the Director as early in the school year as possible. Another important service rendered by the Placement Office is assisting the graduating student to find permanent employment in a position suitable to his talents and training. Students who desire this service should see the Director early in the senior year. The Office will, moreover, be pleased to extend such assistance to any graduate of the College. SPECIAL INTERESTS Many students have interests and abilities that lie outside the College curricula. The College therefore supplements its academic program with such activities as athletics, dramatics, debating, journalism, choral work, and the work of departmental clubs. All are conducted b_y students with the guidance of members of the faculty, and care 1s taken to prevent their conflicting with the time needed for study. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers non· credit programs for groups and organizations desiring spec~alized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires_ of the sponsoring groups and emphasis is placed upon practical appl1Cations rather than theory. Some idea of the services that are available may be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in drafting, mathematics, and engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters is studying life insurance problems and policies to increase thei~ understa1:ding o_f the_ services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses m mus1Cal literature have been CAREERS CONFERENCE As a further step toward assisting a student to choose a career and to find suitable employment, Wilkes College has instituted the Careers Conference. Through the conference, students are enabled to hear and to question leading industrialists and professional men, each highly successful in his sphere and each representing a well-known enterprise. The speakers address the whole group of students on matters of general interest, such as the following: how to apply for a position; how to conduct oneself in an interview; what a business firm looks for in a candidate for employment; education and the business ~orld. The conference then breaks up into smaller groups to con51der matters of specialized interest. The value of the Conference to the students is that they hear matters of vital importance to them discussed by people who speak with the aut~ority conferred by practical experience, personal distinction, and active participation in great affairs. For dates of meetings of the Careers Conference, see the calendar, page 5. �STUDENT ACTIVITIES Student Activities The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be realized through academic work alone. Each student is encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. DRAMATICS Students of the drama present several one-act plays and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre: acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for major and experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band, organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at all athletic events and gives concerts throughout the year. The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is provided for each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets once each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history and presents several programs before the College community and the general public each semester. The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. ORCHESTRA Under the aegis af the School of Music, the Wilkes-Barre Symphony Orchestra is currently being reorganized. Membership in the orchestra will be open to talented instrumentalists in the student body. 31 PUBLICATIONS Amnicola, a yearbook; the Beacon, a newspaper; and Manuscript, a literary magazine, are published by the students. Those interested in writing, photography, art and advertising have an opportunity to join the staffs. DEBATING Debating has proved particularly popular with students preparing for the law or interested in public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, baseball, basketball, golf, soccer, swimming and wrestling. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for physical education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, boxing, handball, volleyball, bowling, and table tennis are some of the sports available. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, tennis, basketball, and softball. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic .fields. These clubs, developed cooperatively by students and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may be easily adapted to changing and current interests. �SCHOLARSHIPS AND AW ARDS Scholarships and Awards Scholarships are awarded each year to entering students of outstanding ability and to students of high achievement who require assistance that they may complete their college work. To retain their scholarships, winners must remain in good scholastic standing, must carry a full schedule of studies, and must conduct themselves in a manner creditable to themselves and to the College. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A scholarship student who withdraws during the term cancels his scholarship arrangements with the College. TYPES OF SCHOLARSHIPS Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the first quarter of their high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission before April 20 and must take the examinations offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Special Scholarships Amnicola Scholarships. Each year the editor-in-chief of the yearbook is offered a full-tuition scholarship valued at $450. Tuition scholarships of $100 are awarded to the business manager, assistant editor, and picture editor of the publication. Beacon Scholarships. The editor-in-chief of the College newspaper is awarded an annual full-tuition scholarship worth $450. The business manager, the news editor, and the feature editor are awarded tuition grants of $100 each. William B. Schaeffer Memorial Scholarships. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni has contributed funds to be used in assisting students of unusual promise and proved ability. Mrs. Lewis H. Taylor left a bequest to the College for the assistance of worthy students. In appreciation of this gift the Board of Trustees has set aside the income from the bequest to be used in 33 assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who without assistance could not gain a college education. AWARDS Each year a number of awards are given for outstanding scholarship in selected fields. The W. F. Dobson Award in Accounting is given annually to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. The L. J. Van Laeys Award in f ournalism is given each year to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. The Engineering Award is given annually by Mr. Voris B. Hall, head of the Department of Engineering, to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. The Mrs. fames McKane Awards of $25 each will be made in the fall of 1952 to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. �PROFESSIONS A D VOCATIONS 35 Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in many fields, but they alone are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and .finally the atomic bomb have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote; "Educated men are as much superior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background in the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The liberal arts and science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist who enrolls for the Bachelor of Arts course may major in one of the social studies and choose electives in English composition, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In engineering and in commerce and finance the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal arts program are required and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in engineering and in commerce and finance are also adapted for those who plan to teach these subjects. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most .fields of business is offered in the various programs of the commerce and finance curricula. The commerce and finance curricula cover business principles and practices; they also include electives in liberal arts. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for a business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. (HE MISTRY Modern industries offer many opportunities to the chemist and cl1Ct~ical engineer. Today, most large industries employ both chemists and chemical engineers. In the smaller industries either may be called upon to do the work of both. The chemist usually works in the laboratories, analyzing, studying, and perfecting procedures and developing new processes, new methods and new uses. He meets the chemical engineer in the pilot plant where together they design and construct, on a small scale, the new manufacturing plant. The duties of the engineer may include design, construction, or operation of the chemical plant. M~n1.gers of industrial and chemical plants need technical training, as do salesmen for specialized products, buyers for manufacturing concerns, employees in many fields of government service and other activities. The chemical industries include coke, gas, dyes, gasoline, and other petroleum products, rubber, textiles, explosives, cement, metallurgy, plastics, nylon, paint~, ceramics, fertilizers, solvents, leather, drugs, light and heavy ~hem~cals and other substances. lastly this is an atomic age and to be an mtell1gent modern, one can scarcely gain too great an understanding of chemistry. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end. of ~he second year, students may trans£er their credits to other engr~een~g schools if they make their plans in advance. With slight mod1fica~1on of their program, students may complete the first two years of work tn su~h additional types of engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. JOURNALISM A_ n_umber of well-known graduate schools of journalism require 1 0Pr:l~m a 1:ary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow the -k~shtoned method ofAlsecuring experience on local newspapers and wor tng the·r 1 way up. most any type of college work will be found 1. b 1 rca ie to the broa~ demands made upon the newspaper reporter and Tor, a though English composition is fundamental. he Bachelor of A t d . h E 1· . . cho ice · O f Journalism . r studegree w1t b anh ng· 1sh ma1or 1s the most popular prove usef l . s ents, ut t e science and other courses also The . u_' since the newspaper reports all phases of human activity rncreasrng interest Of th U · d s · · knowled 0 f . s e nite tates tn other countries make a responsi~: f?:ergn languages particularly desirable in preparation for positrons as foreign correspondents. :~~ �36 PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS WILKES COLLEGE Journalism students may gain practical experience by working on the staff of one of the student publications: the Beacon, Amnicola, or Manusct'ipt. LAW Preparation for the practice of law is based on the fundamental liberal arts: English, history, political science, economics, sociology, natural science, languages, and mathematics. Most law schools do not specify a required major in undergraduate work. LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to complete a four-year college course before beginning their specialized library training. Foreign languages, English, science, history, economics, sociology, or education constitute appropriate major fields. Many library schools also require a knowledge of two foreign languages. Proficiency in typewriting is desirable. MUSIC The aim of the Wilkes music curricula is two-fold: to interest the many in music as an avocation that may lead them to participate actively in musical organizations and to assist the few who have special talents along the road to professional careers as teachers or performers. Although students who concentrate in music may commence their study of applied music at Wilkes, high quality pre-college training is very desirable. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Music Education fully equips students to obtain certificates to teach music in the public schools of Pennsylvania. The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music represents the fulfillment of the fundamental purpose of the liberal arts program, "an education for living." MEDICINE Wilkes offers a pre-medical course that is adapted to the requirements of the various medical schools. The latter have, in recent years, restricted their enrollment, and most of them scrutinize closely the qualifications of applicants. Medical aspirants should determine as soon as possible, though consultation with the Deans and their advisers, exactly what demands they must meet. MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The pre-theological student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the liberal arts course, with a major or electives in religion and philosophy, is appropriate. 37 NURSING The demand for nurses trained to assume administrative, supervisory, and instructional duties has for years far exceeded the supply of trained personnel. In consequence, schools of nursing and_ hospitals. are constantly seeking qualified nurses. To enable persons interested 10 such a career to obtain the necessary training, the College offers a course leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education. In this five-year program three years of hospital training are combined with at least two years of college study. Although the catalogue suggests that the two years of college training follow the undergraduate program in the hospitals, it is possible to reverse this order if such a reversal seems best for the student. PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized or understood. The tools of communications, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine (to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the application of the fundamental laws of physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of psychology in many diversified fields. Since then, the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a soun? foundation in psychology, biology, sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. O~portunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work education business and industry. · ' , ' SOCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously in re~en~ years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard distriutio~ of charity as a matter of political patronage. Governmental a?encies, municipal, county, state, and federal, are realizing the necessity for a professional approach to the problems of unemployment, ;ove~, and crime. Wilkes offers a pre-social-work program. Sociology, a;) emblented by work in psychology, biology, and allied fields, provides a ua e background. �38 WILKES COLLEGE SPEAKING AND DRAMATICS The College offers preliminary work in speech. Courses in speech and dramatics and practical experience in debating and play production afford opportunity for development in this field. TEACHING A teacher's training depends upon the kind of teaching contemplated. For college and university work the best institutions require advanced degrees; their faculty members ordinarily take graduate work in the field in which they concentrated as undergraduates. Prospective teachers of English, history, sociology, take the Arts degree; teachers in the schools of science take the Bachelor of Science degree or degrees in such specialized fields as engineering. Certification for public school teaching is usually based on the following requirements: the college degree, specialized courses in education, and some specialization in teaching subjects. Wilkes College is authorized by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare elementary and secondary teachers in most fields of high school instruction. PART-TIME STUDY Promotion or advancement is often made possible by additional training. It is sometimes practicable for employed persons to continue their education without giving up their positions. In its desire to be of the widest possible service to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes part-time and special students. (See Evening Division, page 136.) Anyone interested in some special opening not included in this list of the major professions and vocations should consult the Director of Admissions. Degree Courses The basic requirements for degree courses are outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may be chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to meet the requirements for graduation within each major program as conditions may require. �41 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 40 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN SEMESTER HOURS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The liberal arts course is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. It is expected, however, that ability in expression and interpretation will be developed. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. HUMANITIES Major Subject English ............. Foreign Language .... Mathematics ......... Music .............. Philosophy-Religion ... Humanities Social Sciences Sciences English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students wishing to major in mathematics or music must choose their major when they enter the College. The attention of students wishing to major in psychology is drawn to note 1, page 42. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except biology, chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified preceding the description of courses. A major may also be taken in social science. The social science major requires a total of 36 hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; 18 hours must be taken in one of these and at least 6 hours in each of the other three. Social science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take cwency hours in education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. Hence, a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. 38 24 29 46 24 37 31 34 45 37 15 15 15 15 15 Sciences Free Elective 6 6 24 45 31 14 38 Sciences Ft·ee Elective 6 6 11 SOCIAL SCIENCES Major Subject DIVISIONS Major Humanities Social Sciences Economics ........... History ............. Political Science ....... Sociology ........... Social Science ........ Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 Social Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 6 6 39 39 39 39 27 Sciences Free Elective SCIENCES Major Subject Psychology . . ........ Major Humanities 24 37 Social Sciences 15 6 38 �43 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 42 BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Mathematics BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than mathematics and music FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN Y EAR Second Semester First Semester Cr. Titla Numbur Cr. Biological Science 1 . . • . • • . . • . Bio 100 3 Composition .. . ..... . . . . . ... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language2 . .... . ..... 101 or 103 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. ... . Hist 101 3 Alternates : Introduction to Music . ..... Mus 100} 3 Physical Science . . .. . .... . . Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Title Nmnbur Composition . .. .. .... . .. . . . Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 Foreign Language2 ........ . . . 102 or 104 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . .. . Hist 102 Alternates: Introduction to Music ..... . Mus 100} Physical Science1 ••••• • • • •• Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ... . ... P.E. 102 3 2 3 1~\ 15 16 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number World Literature ... . .. ...... Eng 151 4 Foreign Language2 . • •• • ••• ••• 103 or 200 3 Alternates : Fundamentals of Math . . ... Math 101} History of Religions ....... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosphy 3 . . • . • • • Phil 101 Alternates :4 Intro. to Economics . . . . .. . Ee Intro . to Education . ...... . Ed American Federal Govt .. . .. P.S . General Psychology .. . . . . .. Psy 100 6 Intro. to Sociology . . . . .. . . Soc 100 Elective .. . ... . . .. . .. . .. . . Physical Education ... .. ..... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science .. . .... . ... Bio 100 3 Compasition ... .. . ...... . ... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 • .• •. . . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Algebra and Trig . . .. .... ·.... Math 105 5 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene ...... . P .E. 101 1 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR Cr. Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition .. . ..... .. ..... Eng 102 3 Fun~amentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 Analytic Geometry . .... . ... . Math 122 4 Intro . to Music .. ........ . ... Mus 100 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Wor\d Literature . . . ...... . .. Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 1 ..• . . . . • .. . 103 or 200 3 Calculus I .. ... . ..... . ... . .. Math 125 4 Gene~al Physics ............ . Phys 201 5 Physical Education .... . . . ... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. World Literature .. . ....... . . Eng 152 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . .. 104 or 200 3 Calculus II ...... . .. . ....... Math 126 4 Physical Education .......... P .E . 104 1 Electives . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--6 17 17- 18 15 16 Third Semester First Semester c,. Title Number 4 World Literature . ..... .. . Eng 152 3 Foreign Language2 ... .. . . 104 or 200 Alternates : Algebra or Trig ... .. .. . Math 107-109} Hist. of Religions ... . . . Rel 101 Intro. to Philosophy3 •• • Phil 101 Alternates :4 Intro. to Economics .. .. Ee 1001 Intro. to Education . .. . Ed 101 American Federal Govt. P.S. 101 General Psychology . ... Psy 100 Elective . .. . .. .. ...... . Physical Education . . ... . . P .E. 104 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. ~ 1st . of W_. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 1~ 1 athemat1cs Elective 3 General Psychology . . ·.: : : : : : : Psy 100 3 ln~o. to Economics E 100} 3 ~rnciples of EconOI;i~~::::: :E~ 101 tro. to Sociology ...... . . . . Soc 100 3 Tit/, N umber Cr. 3 Hist . of W. Civilization . . . . . . H is t 102 3 Mathematics Elective .. . . . .. . 3 Intro . to Philosophy . .. . ..... Phil 101 3 A.mer. Federal Govt ... . ...... P.S. 101 3-5 Electives .. . .... . . . ... . . . .. . 15 15-17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours S ENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bio. 100 or Phys . _1oo. 1 Students Majors in psychology must take one year of a laboratory course in biology, chern1strY, 2 3 4 or physics in place of Bio. 100. The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. During the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the alte~natesf with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the scheduling of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a major, one.or _more; the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the 1u01or Y · S ENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Tut, · El ect1ve2 . Elfathemat . ics ecuves . . ....... · -1 The 2 · . ........ 12 Titi, Cr. r ath_ematics Elective2 • • • • . • • • . • • • . • • • • 3 lecuves . . ... . .... . ......... . .... . .. . 12 15 15 Cr. 3 level f Iathematics o the course will d epeo d upon the achievement of the student. 101 102 115 118 ' ' • will not count toward a major. �DEGREE COURSES 45 WILKES COLLEGE 44 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN THE NATURAL SCIENCES BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music The curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science provide a thorough grounding in the scientific method, supplemented by a study of the humanities and social sciences. The three curricula in science are intended to prepare students for technical work or advanced study. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester T itle Number Cr. Composition .. . ............ Eng 102 3 3 Foreign Language .. ... . .... . 5 Music Theory .......... .... Mus 102 1 Applied Music . . ........... . 3 Physical Science ...... .... .. Phys 100 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . ..... P.E . 102 Title Number Cr. 3 Composition ......... . . . ... Eng 101 ~~::~;t:~~t~~::::::::::: 3 5 1 3 1 Mus 101 Applied Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Biological Science ..... ... .. . Bio 100 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ...... P .E. 101 GROUP I-BIOLOGY Special emphasis upon biology is recommended in preparation for the study of medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, and allied studies; the teaching of biology; industrial and medical technology; and graduate work in biology. 16 16 GROUP II-CHEMISTRY This group is for students planning to enter graduate study in chemistry, industrial chemistry, or the teaching of chemistry. SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Foreign Language ...... .... . Music Theory ........ . . . . .. Mus 103 Applied ~usic . ... ·.. _. ...... . Electives m Humanities, Soc . Science or Psych ... . . Physical Education .......... P .E . 103 c,. 3 5 1 6 1 Number Cr. Title 3 Foreign Language .......... . Music Theory ...... . . . .. ... Mus 104 5 1 Applied Music . .. .._. _. ...... . Electives in Humanmes, 6 Soc. Science or Psych .... . Physical Education . ......... P .E. 104 1 GROUP Ill-PHYSICS This group is for tudents interested in research, electronics, advanced study, or industrial physics. Only the first two years of this course are offered by Wilkes College. 16 16 LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester TitlB Number Cr. 4 World Literature ............ Eng 151 2 Applied Music ............. . 3 History of Music ... ..... ... M_us 109 3 Hist. of West. Civ . .... . . . .. . Hist 101 2 Fundamentals of Speech ... ... Eng 131 Electives in Humanities, 3 Soc. Science or Psych .. . .. Title Number World Literature . ......... . . Eng 152 Applied Music ............. . History of Music ........... M_us llO Hist. of West. Civ ....... . ... Hist 102 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych ..... c,. 4 2 3 3 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Tit le Number Cr. 2 Applied Music ............ . . Instrumentation . .. ... ...... Mus 215 3 Analysis . . .............. .. . Mus 217 2 9 Electives . . . . .......... .... . 16 Title Number Applied Music ..... . . • • • • · · · 216 Orchestration ..... • • · · · · · · · · Mus Counterpoint ..... . ......... Mus 218 Electives ................ . . . c,. 2 3 3 9 17 A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students b~gi~ning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those begmnmg German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. 1. 2- �WILKES COLLEGE 46 DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGY BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachel_or ~f Science in ~iology is i~ tended to give a thorough un_derstanding of the sC1ent_1fic meth~d with ~mphas1: on the biological and chem1eal aspects.. The prescr~be~ cumculu~ mcludes. requirements establis~ed for entra~ce mto the maJor~ty of n:-ed1cal,_ den~al, osteopathic, and medical technologic schools_; preparat~on for mdustnal biology; and bases for specific advanced zoologJCal work m schools of graduate study. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............ Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 ] itle Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 102 5 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ... .. .... Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 16 Third Semester 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates .. ..... .... Bio 201 5 Inorganic Quantitative Anal.. C~em 121 4 Hist. of West. Civ ........... Hist 101 3 General Physics . ........ .... Phys 201 5 Physical Education ....... ... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Histology . . .. . ............. Bio 241 3 Organic Chem . .. . . ......... Chem 231 5 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . • . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Alternates: General Psych .......... . . Psych 100\ Intro. to Sociology ........ Soc 100f 3 17 Title Number Cr. Histology . . ..... ... ..... .. Bio 242 3 Chemistry Elective .. .. ..... . 3 Public Speaking ............ Eng 134 3 World Literature .... . ... .... Eng 152 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 17 Fifth Semester JUNIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Orga~ic Chemimy .. .... Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry ....... Chem 241 4 Blee. Measurements · Foreign Language · ....... Phys 251 3 3 Elective .. . ...... : : : ...... . 3 Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quant. Anal. .... . ..... Chem 122 5 Physical Chem . .. ........... Chem 242 4 Foreign Language .. . ... . . 3 Electives .................. . 6 18 16 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology . . .. . ...... . ... Bio 211 5 Physiology ......... .... ... B~o 251 4 Seminar in Biology . . . . . . . . . Bio 291 1 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Elective ...... ... .......... . 3 Title Number Cr. Bacteriology . . ............ Bio 212 5 Physiology . .. ... .. . . ...... Bio 252 4 Seminar in Biology .......... B10 292 1 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . • 104 or 200 3 3 Elective . ... ............... . 16 16 1 Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Joor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 4 Composition .. ..... ... . .... Eng 102 3 Scoichiometry ............... Ch E 206 3 Differential Calculus ......... Math 125 4 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 4 General Physics ............. Phys 201 5 General Physics ............. Phys 202 5 Physical Education .. .. .. .... P.E. 103 1 Elective............. .. .. ... 2 Physical Education .... ..... . P.E. 104 1 Sixth Semester 18 Seventh Semester First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ..... . Chem 101 4 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. ... Chem 102 6 Engineering Problems ........ Engi 100 2 B~sic Drawing .............. Engi 102 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hm. of W. Civilization ... .. . Hist 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Analytic Geometry .......... Math 122 4 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 18 Title Number Cr Embryology ........ ..... . . . Bio 202 4 Organic Chem .............. Chem 230 4 Hist. of West. Civ ........... Hist 102 3 General Physics ............. Phys 201 5 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 JUNIOR YEAR The chemistry curric_ulum is planned ~o provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the broad general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisf~ the requireme?ts for t?is degree a student must complete a total of 140 cr~dits. These c:edits mus_t mcl_ude 45 in chemistry, 33 in physics and mathematics, 18 to 24 m the sooal SC1ences and psychology, 24 to 30 in the humanities, and the language requirement. Fourth Semester 18 Fifth Semester 47 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement and interests of the student. The Department of Biology also offers courses in the taxonomy of flow.: ing plants (Biology 113) and in entomology (Biology 223), both of whi are given in the summer. Seventh Semester SENIOR YEAR Number Cr. Title Title Q~alitarive Organ. Anal ~tsr~ry of Chemistry · · · · · Chem 233 3 ore1,gn Language . ·······. Chem 261 1 Elecr1ves ·········· 3 · ············ ···· ·· 11 18 Eighth Semester Number Cr. Chemical Literature ......... Chem 262 1 Foreign Language . . .... . .... Chemistry elective . . . . . . . . . . 33 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 18 Electives are to b 1s 1 cl . Viser as follows: e se ecte with the advice and consent of the faculty adHumanities · Tw l . ing: English 31 eve to e~ght~en credits are to be chosen from the follow151 152 M~he~atics 240 _' • , Philosophy 101, 102; Music 100; Religion 101; ch 0 Octal Sciences and Ps h l . sen from the f 11 0 _ye. 0 og!: Eighteen to twenty-four credits are to be 01 203; Econom~s tmg. Socio~ogy 100, 107, 205; Political Science 100, sychology l00. Ol, l0 2 ; History 107, 108; Education 101, 201, 207; i b �48 WILKES COLLEGE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION The curricula in education are designed to equip students for teaching in elementary or secondary schools. They seek to combine specialization in education and in teaching subjects with a broad general background in the humanities, the sciences, and the social sciences. To this end a program of general educationrrecedes and parallels basic training in the principles, the?ry, and philosophy o education and in the techniques and methods of teaching. It is fundamental that the prospective teacher should be intimately acquainted with his chosen subjects of instruction. The student preparing for elementary school teaching should elect a broad range of academic subjects, emphasizing the sciences, the social studies, and English. The student preparing for seco~dary school te~ching shou!d. elect a minimum of 24 semester hours in his maJor field of teaching and a mm1mum of 18 hours in at least one additional field. In these elections consideration should be given not only to the interests of the student, ~ut also to ~h_e provision of a combination of subjects which will enhance his opportunities for employment. The programs of study are planned for certification in Pennsylvania but may be modified if certification is desired in other states. The student should consult the Department of Education regarding certification requirements of a particular state. DEGREE COURSES 49 Secondary Six additional hours of work in secondary education and a minimum of eighteen semester hours in each field of certification are required. The special requirements for certification in different subjects are as follows: English, foreign language, geography, history, mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 semester hours 18 semester hours Social Studies History, 9; economics, 3; political science, 3; sociology, 3 Sciences .... . . . ............. . . .. .... . ........... 18 semester hours Biological science: botany, 6; zoology, 6; related sciences, 6 Physical science: chemistry, 6; physics, 6; related sciences, 6 Science: physical sciences: chemistry, 3 or 6; physics, 3 or 6 Biological sciences: botany, 3 or more; zoology, 3 or more General science: 18 semester hours in any or all sciences REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION IN PENNSYLVANIA General The four courses listed below are required of all prospective teachers: Introduction to Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 9 semester hours United States and Pennsylvania History Elementary In addition to the general requirements, twenty-o_ne semester _hours in elementary education are required to prepare teachers m the followmg fields of instruction: Humane Treatment of Birds and AniEnglish mals Spelling Safety Education Reading Health-Physical Education and Phys· Writing iology Arithmetic Music Geography Art U.S. and Pa. History Civics . �51 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 50 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semeste1' First Semester Title Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Title 3 3 3 3 3 1 Cr. Number Composition . .. . .. ......... Eng History of Western Civ ...... Hist Physical Science1 . . . . . . . . . . . . Phys American Government ...... . P.S. Intro. to Sociology .. . ...... . Soc Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... . . . P .E. 102 101 100 100 100 101 3 3 3 3 3 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. 3 Intro . to Education .... ... .. Ed 101 4 World Literature . . . . . . . .. Eng 151 Title Number 152 151 World Literature . ..... . . .. . Eng Intro. to Philosophy ..... .. . Phil Elect. Teaching subjects ... . . General Psychology .... . .... Psy Physical Education ........ . P .E . 9 1 Fourth Semester Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR 103 101 100 101 101 101 101 15 or 16 14 or 15 Elect. Teaching subjects . . .. . Physical Education ......... P .E. Cr. Number Basic Art . . ... . .......... . . Art Biological Science 1 . . . . . . . .. . Bio Composition . ... .... . . . .. .. Eng HistoryofWesternCiv . . . ... Hist Intro. to Music ... . .. .. .. ... Mus Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . . P .E . Coml?osition . . .... .. ...... . Eng 102 3 Physical Science2 •• . . •. . .. .• • Phys 100 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elect. Teaching subjects. . . . . 5 or 6 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... . . P .E. 102 1 Biological Science1 . . . . . . . . . . Bio 100 3 Composition .. .. .... . ...... Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 2 Elect. Teaching subjects . . . . . 5 or 6 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene ...... P.E . 101 1 Second Semester First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR 3 6 3 1 2 4 3 1 Cr. 3 4 3 3 3 1 104 NumbBr Visual Education .. ...... . . . Ed World Literature . .... . . . . .. Eng Intro . to Philosophy. . . .. .. Phil General Psychology .. . ... Psy Elective ....... ... .. .... . Physical Education . . . . . . . P .E . 3 3 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 Intro. to Education ..... .... Ed 101 Fundamentals of Speech . ... . Eng 131 World Literature ........... Eng 151 Elective .... . ..... .. .. ..... . Physical Education . . . . . . . . P .E. 103 4 100 104 Cr. Number Tttle Cr . Tirl, 112 151 101 100 17 17 16 17 JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semeste1" Title Title Cr . 201 3 107 3 9 or 10 Number Educational Psychology ..... Ed U .S.-Pa. History to 1865 ..... Hist Elect . Teaching subjects . . . Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Number Title Cr. Advanced Exposition ... . .... Eng 105 3 U.S. History since 1865 . . .... Hist 108 3 Elect . Teaching subjects . . . 9 or 10 15 or 16 N11mber Educational Psychology .. . . . Ed 101 Teach~ng of Reading . ....... Ed 231 Teachtng of English . ... ..... Ed 234 U.S.-?a. History to 1865 ..... Hist 107 Elccnve . . . . . . _........ . 15 or 16 Title Title Cr . 100 3 Number Intro. to Economics ......... Ee Elect. Teaching subjects. . . . 12 Sixth Semester Number Teaching of Arithmetic .. .... Ed 232 Teaching of Social St . . ..... . Ed 236 U.S. History since 1865 . .... Hist 108 Child Psychology . . . ... Psy 107 Elective ....... . Seventh Semester Number Principles of Sec . Ed ... . ..... Ed Sec . School Curriculum ...... Ed Practice Teaching .... .. . . . .. Ed Visual Education ... . ... . ... Ed 104 105 207 112 Cr. 3 3 8 3 17 Ed Tttl, Number Cr. 3 T ucanonal Measurements Ed 203 caching of Elementary · · · School Science Ed 3 t;inc~ples ofElem .. EX ...... Ed 139 3 ecuves . . . ······ 237 6 15 1 Biological Science 100 is not required of students taking a laboratory course in the 2 biological sciences. Physical Science 100 is n ot required of students taking a laboratory course in the physical sciences. The courses in education for the second semester of the senior year will be given 1 five periods a week during the first four and the last four weeks of the semester, 1eav n_s seven weeks free for full-time student teaching. For students who must take academic courses, part-time teaching schedules will be arranged. !or s~~!~~~es Cr . 3 3 3 3 3 15 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester 3 15 3 3 3 3 3 3 Title 15 SENIOR YEAR Se venth Semester Cr . Eighth Semester 3 Tit!, Number Cr. 9 Practice Teaching ... . . . ... . . Ed 208 3 Children"s Literature ........ Ed 235 Elementary Curriculum ...... Ed 238 3 15 1 Biol · bio1it',c~l 2 Ph·}s1cal · . Science 100 . not required . Ph)sical sciences of students taking a laboratory course in the 15 3 Th · fi vee periods courses ainweek educaf d 1':>n f or the second semester of the senior year will be given for even weeks free f urng _the first four and the last four weeks of the semester leaving courses, part-time ~er ~- -time student teaching. For students who must take ;cademic ac mg schedules will be arranged. lOO is not required of students taking a laboratory course in th e �SENIOR YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. The course that is outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, economics, commercial law, business English, commercial arithmetic, and in the social studies if both sociology and political science are elected. Students preferring to be certified in salesmanship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Title Survey of Business .... . ..... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science . . ........ . Bio 100 3 3 Composition . . .... . . . .. ... Eng 101 Hist . of W. Civilization . .. .. Hist 101 3 Introduction to Music ... . ... Mus 100} 3 or Basic Art ............ . . . . . Art 101 Phys. Ed . and Hyg iene . . . . .. P.E. 101 1 Number Cr. Title Composition ... . . . .. . ...... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . ... Hise 102 3 Mathematics of Finance ..... Math 115 3 Physical Science .......... . . Phys 100 3 Intro. to Sociology . . ...... . . Soc 100} 3 or American Government ..... . . P .S. 100 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . . .... P.E . 102 16 16 Thifd Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title .Acct 102 3 Principles of Accounting. or Elective Principles of Economics .. .. .. Econ 102 Intro. to Education ...... . .. Educ 101 U.S. Hist. since 1865 . ... ... Hist 108 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S . 102 or Elective Physical Education .. . .... .. P. E. 104 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting . .... Acct 111 3 or Elective Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Educational Psychology ... . . Educ 201 3 English Elective .. . ..... Eng 151 or 153 4-3 Intermediate Stenography ... .S.S. 109 4 or Elective 17-16 Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Titk Number Cr. Bus. Corres. and Reports . . . .. B.A. 209 3 Bus. Education and Methods of Instruction in S.S . ..... . Educ 243 3 Intro. to Philosophy . . . . . . .. Phil 100 3 Office Procedures and Machines .. . ......... S.S. 205 4 or Elective Elective .. ...... .. .... ..... . 3 Title Number C,. Prin. of Secondary Educ .. .. .. Educ 204 3 Sec. School Curriculum . ..... Educ 205 3 Practice Teaching . . ........ Educ 207 8 Elective .. .. .. . ............. 2 16 16 Provisio~al College Certificates will be issued by the Commonwealth of P~nnsylvama to waduat~s of the course in business education. Certification will be offered m business subjects only as the following requirements are met: Bookkeeping Commercial L~~ · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • • . 12 semester hours Commercial Arith~~ti~ · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • • 6 semester hours Office Practice · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • • • 3 semester hours Shorthand · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • • . . 3 semester hours Typewriting. · : ·. : : ·. ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • • • 9 semester hours Economics · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • 6 semester hours Business En · ii· 6 semester hours plus tw:l v: ( ·s~~e~t~r ·h~~;s ·i~· E~gii~h · · · · · · · · · · 2 semester hours h· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ••• i2) ~ertificates are valid for teaching only those business subJ·ects which are written on the certificate. SOPHOMORE YEAR Number Cr. Title 101 3 ... Acct Elementary Accounting. or Elective Principles of Economics . _. . . Econ 101 3 U . S. - Pa. History to 1865 . . . . Hist 107 3 General Psychology .. . ...... Psy 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriti ng . . S.S. 101 4 or Elective Physical Education .... . .. P.E. 103 1 53 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 52 Number Cr. Title 3 Advanced Accounting ...... Acct 112 or Elective Business Law ............... B.A . 232 { Office Management. .... . ... B.A. 138 4 3 English Elective . . . . . . . Eng 152 or 154 -4 Advanced Stenography .S.S. 110 or Elective �55 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 5-1 SENIOR YEAR Second Semester Number Cr. Title N11mber Cr. 102 3 Composition. . . . . . . . . . Eng Title 3 3 .. Eng 101 Physical Science ..... .. ..... Phys 100 102 s 2 131 .. Eng Music Theory . ..... .. . .... . Mus ~:r~~~~~l~ -~£ S~e~h-.· .Mus 101 s Clarinet Class and Band Mus Music Theory . .. ... ..... . . Mus 2 Methods or . ... .. ... ..... Ed Clarinet Class and Band Mus Ed 2 Brass Class and Band Methods or ...... 104 Mus Methods ... . . .. .... ...... Ed Brass Class and Band App . .. Ed 103 1 Methods ..... App Major Instrument ... ....... . Mus ½ 1 .... Mus Orchestra, Chorus . Major Instrument ....... 3 ½ Band, ... . Band, Orchestra, Chorus . Elective .......... ......... 102 1 3 P.E. .... .... ....... Phys . Ed. and Hygiene. Elective 1 101 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ..... . P .E. 18½ First Semester 10~) 101} Third Semester Title World Literature .......... . Eng General Psychology .. Psy Music Theory .............. Mus Music History .. . ......... .. Mus App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus Physical Education . . ....... P .E . 4 151 100 103 109 3 s 3 1 ½ 1 103 Title Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology . ... . Ed 201 U.S. and Pa. Hist. to 1865 . .. Hist 107 Mus Woodwind Class Methods ... . Ed 105 Mus Conducting (Instrumental) . . . Ed 109 Mus Violin Class and Methods .... Ed 111 App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . Elective ... . ........ . .... . . 3 3 2 2 2 1 ½ 3 Elective . JUNIOR YEAR Second Semester BiolTitl,• Number Cr. Com~1c_a~ Science .. .. ..... .. Bio 100 3 F d smon. .. Eng 101 3 Goun ations of N~~~~g· N E 101 cneral Psycholo ..... . . 3 Sociology ... . __ gy · · · · · · · · •Psy 100 3 · · · · ··•• .... Soc 100 3 .... . Number Cr. Title Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trends in Nursing Ed ........ N .E . 102 3 3 Ward Administration ....... N .E. 105 Physical Science ............ Phys 100 3 3 Human Behavior . . . Psy 208 IS Number Cr. .. Ed 1 ½ 14½ First Semester Sixth Semester U.S. History since 186S ..... . Hist 108 Mus Brass Class Methods ........ Ed 106 Mus Conducting (Choral) . . ... .. . Ed Mus Violin Class and Methods .... Ed App Major Instrument ..... ...... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . Elective ......... . Mus 4 !?pos~s waduaho? from an approved school of nursing and state registraino~he redits requir~d for the degree are 120, of which 60 may be earned for th!cho~l of nursing_ and 60 in the College. The number of credits allowed the tud sc ,001 of nursing program will be determined by an evaluation of 5 • e~t s record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. Fourth Semester JUNIOR YEAR 2 he;fenurses, course in nursing ~ducation is d~signed for the training of instructors, and_ supervisors of hospitals and schools of nursing. It pre- 17½ Fifth Semester 2 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION Number Cr. Title 3 Intro. to Education ....... . . Ed 101 4 World Literature . ....... .. .Eng 152 5 Music Theory .... . . . ....... Mus 104 3 Music History . ............ . Mus 110 App 1 Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus ½ Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . 1 Physical Education ...... .. . P .E. 104 Cr. Number Mus Voice Class and Methods .... Ed 108 Strinf Instrument Class Mus an Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 114 Observation and Practice Mus Treaching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 204 App Major Instrument ........... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . . . 14½ 17½ SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. Visual Education . .. . ...... . Ed 212 3 Orchestration . .. .. ........ . Mus 216 2 Title Number Cr. Principles of Secondary ...... Ed 2041 Education or l 3 Principles of Elementary . .... Ed 237 [ Education J Instrumentation ............ Mus 215 2 Mus Voice Class and Methods. . . . . Ed 107 2 String Instrument Class and Mus Methods .. ... ...... . . .. .. Ed 113 2 Observation and Practice Mus Teaching ..... ............ Ed 203 4 App Major Instrument ........... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . ½ The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certificate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also en_able the_ stude_nt to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subJects. FRESHMAN YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION 3 2 1 2 SENIOR YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Tirk Educational p Number Cr. Visu~l Educati~chology . .... Ed 201 3 ~gltsh E_leccive~ ·. · · · · · · · · • •Ed 212 3 cthods to Clinicai. . . . . . . . . 3 M Teaching ..... . ed. and Surg N ·: · ...... N.E. 107 3 or ursmg . . A urstng · · · · · N •E . 111 3 rts. · · · · · · .N.E. 113 , Number Cr. Title Educational Measurements ... Ed 202 3 3 Guidance .. ... .. . ..... .. .. . Ed 214 3 English Elective .. .. .. .... . . Med. and Surg . Nursing ..... N.E. 112 3 or Nursing Arts .. . .... . N .E. 114 3 Elective .. .......... ... .. . 15 15 16½ ... �57 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 56 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Wilkes College offers the first two years of work leading toward a major in physics or in engineering physics. The need for men with this type of education was greatly emphasized by the many new problems which need:d so_lution during the recent conflict. The curriculum offers a firm groundmg m the fundamentals, without which further study cannot be conti?-ued profitably. The course in physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research. The commerce and finance curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the humanities, sciences, and social sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. The commerce and finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. These groups are: Group I, Accounting; Group II, Business Administration; Group III, Retail Merchandising; Group IV, Secretarial Studies. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Title 4 General Inorganic Chem ... . .. Chem 101 Engineering Problems ........ Engi 100 2 3 Composition .... . . . .. .. . . . .. Eng 101 Algebra and Trig . ........ . .. Math 105 5 American Government .... .. . P .S. 100 3 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 Title Numb,r Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 104 4 Basic Drawing .............. Engi 102 3 Composition ... .. .. ... ..... Eng 102 3 Amer. Hist. since 1865 .. ... .. Hist 108 3 .Analytic Geometry ..... ..... Math 12.2 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... .. . P.E. 102 1 18 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Number Cr. Titk Fundamentals of Speech .. . ... Eng 134 3 Advanced Exposition ........ Eng 105 3 3 Elementary German 1 . . . . . • . . . Ger 101 4 Calculus I. ................. M ath 125 5 General Physics ............. Phys 201 Physical Education . . ... . .. . P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Elementary German 1 . . . . . . . . . Ger 102 3 Calculus II ...... .. . . ....... Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Physics ....... . ... .. Phys 202 5 Physical Education ....... . .. P .E. 104 1 19 Group I Subjects Fourth Semester Third Semester GROUP REQUIREMENTS 19 lntennediate or scientific German may be substituted when the student is qualified. Group III Group IV Business Administration Retail Merchandising Secretarial Studies Cr. 60 1 Cr. 36 Cr. 26 27 18 ............ Cr. 30 Commerce and Finance2 .. . ..... 39 Social Sciences ..... 12 15 18 9 Humanities ........ 31 31 28 28 Science ........... 6 6 6 6 Electives .. .. ..... . 9 15 12 39 Ph ·sical Education .. 4 4 4 4 Total .. ........... 131 131 131 130 Major ~ 1 Accounting Group II 1 Th' is figure inc!ud bo h . ., and Finance D es t maior courses and other courses offered in the Commerce - Does not . I epartment. me ude courses within the major. �59 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 58 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Business Administration BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting1 FRESHMAN YEAR 1 FRESHMAN YEAR 2 First Semester T itle Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science . . ......... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Second Semester First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition .... ........ ... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Amer. Federal Govt .......... P.S. 101 3 Physical Science . . ... . ....... Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ... ... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ....... .... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Compasition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. ..... P.E. 101 1 Title N1,mber Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 C<?mposition._. ._._. .. _. ....... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. C1vil1zat10n .. .. .. Hist 102 3 Amer. Federal Govt .......... P.S. 101 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 16 15 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. 3 Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct 111 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 4 World Literature ... ......... Eng 151 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 1 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 Title Number Cr. Advanced Accounting ........ Acct 112 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math ...... . Math 102} 3 Mathematics of Finance ...... Math 115 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Fund:imentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 J. Number Cr. Title Bu_sin~ss Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Pnnc1 pies of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math . ..... Math 102) Mathematics of Finance .... Math 115 3 Intro. to Statistics ........ Math 118 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 1 Physical Education .......... P.E . 104 16 17 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Sernester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. 3 Cost Accounting ............. Acct 201 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 233 3 Money and Banking ......... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 2 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 Title Number Cr. Advanced Cost Accounting ... Acct 202 3 Accounting Systems. . . . . Acct 220} C .P.A. Problems .. . . .Acct 242 Business Law ............... B.A. 234 Alternates: 202} Theory of Money .......... Ee 236 Public Finance ............ Ee 226 Economic Geography .. ...... Ee 232 Economic Statistics .......... Ee JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. ',..1°~ey and Banking ......... Ee 201 3 I PP ied General Statistics Ee 231 3 0 rr : ~o _Sociol_ogy . ..... : : : :soc 100 3 F ecme in Social Science 3 ree Electives ......... _· _· _· .· _· 6 Number Cr. Title Al tern ates: Theory of Money .......... Ee 202) Economic Geography ..... Ee 226 3 C. & F. Elective .......... Economic Statistics .......... Ee 232 3 Alternates: In~ro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101} 3 History of Religions ....... Rel 101 Bus. Adm. or Ee. Elective2 ... 3 Free Elective ......... 3 18 15 8 18 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Tax Accounting ............. Acct 221 3 Auditing Principles .......... Acct 231 3 Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Corporation Finance ..... .... B.A. 225 3 Free Elective3 . . . 3 Title Number Auditing Practice ............ Acct Intro. to Music .............. Mus Intro. to Philosophy ......... Phil History of Religions ......... Rel Free Electives3 . . . . . . . . • . . Cr. 232 ~ 100 101} 3 101 15 15 1 Practical experience in accounting is required for all students during the summer fol· lowing the junior year or during the senior year. 2 It is suggested that all students take Personal Use Typewriting (S.S. 99) during one semester of the freshman year. 3 Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P.A. examinations should eJecc arts subjects. SENIOR YEAR Title Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Bus. Cor dR Number Cr. B • · anand Eeporcs Fus. n.dm. El . .. _..... B . A . 209 3 ree Elective ~- . ecttves . . 12 3 1---=-- ~ ee note 2, page 58 ee Page 60. · 18 Title Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives2. Free Elective .............. . Cr. 12 3 IS �61 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 60 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Students who major m business administration will select their electives Major in Retail Merchandising from the following: FRESHMAN YEAR1 BANKING AND FINANCE Title Number T ztle Numbar Money and Banking . . .. .. .... . . .Ee 201 Theory of Money . ... . .. . ....... . Ee 202 Credits and Collections ..... . ... .. B.A. 218 Public Finance ... . . .. ... . . . ... .. Ee 236 Real Estate . . . ..... . . . .... .. .... B.A. 220 Mathematics of Finance I. ...... .Math 115 Corporation Finance . . . ....... .. . B.A. 225 Investments .... .. .... . .. . .. ... . . B.A. 226 EcoNOMICS Tit/.e Number Tit/.e Number Public Finance . . ...... . .. .. . ... .Ee 236 Economic History .. ... . .. .. . ... .Ee 238 Government and Business ... . ... . Ee 212 Economic Analysis . . . ...... ..... Ee 241 Labor Problems . . .. .. . .... . .. . . . Ee 223 History of Economic Thought .... Ee 244 International Trade ...... . . . ... . . Ee 225 Consumer Economics ..... . .. . . . .Ee 245 Economic Geography ..... . . . . .. . Ee 226 Economic Investigation . . .. .. ... .Ee 246 Comparative Economic Systems .. . Ee 229 Business Cycles . ... ... . ....... . . . Ee 230 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Title l umber Title Number Life Insurance ....... . ... . ... .. .. B.A. 241 Labor Problems .... . .. .... .. .. .. Ee 223 , Industrial Management. . .. . . .. .. B.A. 235 Applied General Statistics .. . . .. . .Ee 231 Personnel Management. .. ....... . B.A. 236 Economic Statistics . . .... . ....... Ee 232 Production Management ...... . .. B.A. 237 Sales Management . . ....... . B.A . 239 Office Management .. .. . . .. . .... . B.A. 238 Property Insurance .. .... . . . ...... B.A. 240 Second Semester First Semester Title Title Nttmber Elementary Accounting ... .. . Acct Biological Science . ... ... .... Bio Survey of Business ... .. . . ... . B.A. Composition ... . . ........ .. . Eng Hist. of W. Civilization .. .. .. Hist Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. Cr. 101 100 100 101 101 101 3 3 3 3 3 Transportation .. . . . . . . . . ..... . .. B.A. 217 Marketing .. . ... . . .... ..... ... . . B.A. 222 Consumer Economics ............ Ee 245 Principles of Retailing ..... . .... . R.M- 101 Cr. 102 102 102 100 101 102 1 3 3 3 3 3 l 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title N 11mber Title Cr. 3 3 Business Law ....... .. . . .... B.A. 231 Princfles of Economics ...... Ee 101 Worl Literature .... . . . . .. . .Eng 151 Fundamentals of Math . ... . .. Math 101 Princ~ples of Retailing ....... R.M . 101 Physical Education . . . ... .... P .E. 103 Number Cr. Business Law .. . . .. . ... .. .. . B.A. 232 Principles of Economics ... .. . Ee 102 World Literature .. . .. ... . ... Eng 152 Fundamentals of Math .. . . .. . Math 102 Retail Store Organ & Man .. .. R.M. 102 Physical Education ... ... .. . . P .E. 104 4 3 3 1 3 3 4 3 3 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title N umber Cr. 3 ~pplied General Statistics ... . Ee 231 Tttle MARKETING Title Number Tit/.e Number Sales Management .......... . ... . B.A. 239 Property Insurance ... ... .. .. . .. . . B.A . 240 Salesmanship .... . ... ... . . . ... ... B.A. 114 International Trade .. . . . . . ... .. . .Ee 225 Advertising ..... .. .. . . ... . ... . .. B.A. 216 Number Principles of Accounting .... . Acct Composition .... .. .... .. .. .Eng Hist. of W. Civilization . ... . . Hist Physical Science ..... . .. . .... Phys Amer. Federal Govt .. .. .... .. P.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . ... ... P.E. undamentals of Speech .... .. Eng Color and Design ..... .. ..... R.M . Retail Adv . & Sales Prom RM Retail Sellin ·· · · · · · El · g . · · · · · · · · · · · · .. R.M. ecnve 10 Social Science ..... 131 201 205 207 N umber Cr. Intro. to Music . ... . ..... .. .. Mus 100 3 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ... . . .. Phil 101} 3 History of Religions ....... Rel 101 Elements of Merchandise ..... R .M . 210 3 Furch. and Merch. Control ... R .M . 212 3 Retail Buying (Lab.) ... ... . .. R.M . 214 2 3 Free Elective .. . ........ . .. . 2 2 2 3 3 17 1S SE IOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tit/, Bus Co d . . r. an Reports Number BA . . . . . . . . . . 209 Display (Retail) Fundamental f F···: · · · --.. R.M . 21S Retail Perso:nol Rlh1~:m ..... R.M. 217 Intro. to ociol e auons . ... R.M . 219 Elec.10 Com &oFgy ..... . .... Soc. 100 · 10 . or Soc. Sc. Cr. 3 2 3 3 3 3 17 l ee note 2, page 58. Title Number Organization & Operation of the Small Store . R .M. 220 Retail Cred . and Coll. . ... . ... R.M. 222 Recent Trnds. & Developments in Retail. R.M. 224 Free Electives ........ . Cr . 2 2 3 9 16 �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING Major in Secretarial Studies Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interestea in mathematics, the natural sciences and their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the _stud~nt should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engmeermg and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. 62 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Ti1l, Number Cr. Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Composition ... .. ...... . .... Eng 101 3 Hist. or W. Civilization ... . . . Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math .. . . . .. Math 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . .. .... P.E . 101 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science . . . . ...... Bio 100 3 Composition ...... . .. . ..... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. .... Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math . . ..... Math 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. 102 4 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... . ... P.E. 102 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 3 Advanced Exposition .. ...... Eng 105 2 Fundamentals of Speech .. .... Eng 131 Intro. co Music . .... ... .... . . Mus 100 3 4 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 109 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Number Cr. Titls Principles of Accounting . . ... Acct 102 3 American Government . .. .... P .S. 100 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 110 4 3 Free Elective .. .. . ... ...... . Physical Education . . . ....... P.E. 104 1 16 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Number Cr. Title 101 3 Principles of Economics .. . ... Ee World Literature . . .. .. ..... . Eng 151 4 Alternates : Medical Stenography . .. ... S.S. Speech Reporting .......... S.S. 203 6 Electives . . ....... .. .... ... . . Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature .. .......... Eng 152 4 9 Free Electives .... . . . .. . ... . 210} 3 FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) 16 16 First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. 0 ~al ~organic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 E~gioeer!ng Problems ........ Engi 100 2 g1neenng Drawing E . 105 3 Com sition · · · · · · · · ngi .-\lgeka and T~ig............. EMngh 101 3 Phvs Ed d · ·: · · · · · . . . . at 105 5 , . . an Hygiene ....... P.E . 101 1 Title Number Cr . Alternates :1 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. .. Chem 102} -6 General Inorganic Chem .... Chem 104 4 Drawing & Des . Geometry ... Engi 106 3 Composi tion ............ . . . Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry .. .... .... Math 122 4 American Government ....... P .S. 100 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ...... P .E . 102 1 G t SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Number Cr. Bus. Cor . and Reports ....... . B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Office Mach ..... S.S. 205 4 8-9 Free Electives .. . ........... . Title NtJmber Cr. Office Management . ......... B.A. 238 ~ 1 Free Electives ............. . Titu 15-16 63 1S -1 18 18-20 Chemical en 10 . . . Students w e~rs will register for Chemistry 102 ( 6 hours). All other engineering I register for Chemistry 104 ( 4 hours). ·If �65 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 64 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic for the study of aeronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. To~ay near.ly eve:y ac~ivity of civ~lized life depends upon electricity. The electnc~l engm~er 1s tramed to design, construct, and operate all electrical generatmg eqmpment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. The communications field, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development or sales engineer. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title 3 Plane Surveying ... . ... .... . . C.E. 103 3 Intro . to Economics . . .. .. .. . . Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech .... . . Eng 134 4 Calculus I ...... . ... . . . ..... Math 125 5 General Ph/isics . ........... . Phys 201 1 Physical E ucation ..... . . . .. P .E. 103 Title Number Cr. Calculus II . . . . . . . Math 126 4 Kinematics . .... .. . ..... . . .. M.E. 206 4 Mechanics I, Statics . .. .... . . M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, D ynamics .... . . M.E. 212 3 General Physics .... . .. ... . .. Phys 202 5 Physical Education .. . . ...... P.E. 104 1 19 20 Fourth Semester Third Semester Tit/q N umber Cr. Stoichiometry . .. . ...... ... .. Ch E 206 3 Calculus II ... . .... . ........ Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics .... . ... . M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... . M .E. 212 3 General Physics . . . . ....... . . Phys 202 5 Physical Education ... . ...... P .E . 104 1 T it[q Number Cr. Inor. Quant. Analysis . . . . .... Chern 121 4 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . . . .. Eng 134 3 Calculus I ... . . . ............ Math 125 4 General Physics ... . . . ....... Phys 201 5 Physical Education ... .. ..... P .E. 103 1 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 19 20 CIVIL ENGINEERING The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources ; in the treatment and disposal of sewage ~nd industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportation facilities. 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester T itle Third Semester N umber Plane Survey ing .... . ........ C.E. Intro. to Economics . . . . .... . Ee Fundamentals of Speech .. .. .. Eng Calculus I .. . ............. . . M ath General Physics . .......... . . P hys Physical Education .. . ....... P .E. Cr. 103 100 3 3 134 3 125 201 103 4 5 1 19 1 For freshman year see page 63. T itle Number Route Surveying ... ... .. .. . . . C.E. Calculus II . ............ . . . . M ath Mech anics I , Statics .. . .... . . M .E. Mechanics II, Dynamics . . .. . . M .E . General P hy sics .. . .... ... ... Phys Physical Education .... . .. ... P.E. Cr. ! 104 126 2113 3 212 2 20 104 The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the met.hods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in s~ience, engineering, economics, business administration, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but also economic and humanistic mtrest~' as well as character and personality. He must work with others :~ . enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial ·ne!r deals with people as well as with machines and materials. This in t~~uai:,. 0 !fers _the first two years of work for those primarily interested m1strat1on of technical enterprises. cuf SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Se mester Fourth Semester Tit/, Eleme N umber Cr. • • . . ... Acct 101 Intro ntary E Ac coummg 3 · to conomics E 3 Fundamentals of S . . . . . . . . c 100 lculusl peech ...... Eng 134 3 4 Gen~al Pby~i·c~ · · · · · · · · · • • .. M ath 125 5 Ph}~tcal Edi : · · · · ····· ... Phy s 201 ucat10n .... . ..... P .E . 103 1 Number Cr. 3 Principles of Accounting . .... Acct 102 4 Calculus II .......... . .... . . Math 126 3 Mechanics I, Statics .. . . . .. . . M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dyn amics ... .. . M.E. 212 5 General Physics . .... .... .... Phys 202 1 Physical Education . .. ... . ... P .E. 104 19 19 i 20 ~ For fre hma n year see page 63. Title �WILKES COLLEGE 66 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installa• tion, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future . 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Plane Surveying ............. C.E. 103 3 Intro . to Economics . ...... . .. Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng 134 3 Calculus I. . . . . . ....... Math 125 4 General Physics ..... .. ...... Phys 201 S Physical Education .......... P .E . 103 1 19 1 For freshman year see page 63. Title N umber Cr. Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 K.10ematics ................. M.E . 206 4 Mech anics I, Statics . . . . ..... M .E . 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M .E . 212 3 General Physics ......... . ... Ph ys 202 5 Physical Education ......... .P .E. 104 1 20 Terminal Courses �69 TERMINAL COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 68 MUSIC LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of music. The following requirements for laboratory technicians or me~ical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technolowsts of _the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. FRESHMAN YEAR REQUIREMENTS Number Cr. Title Composition .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. Eng 101 3 Foreign Language1 • • • • • . . ••. • 101 or 103 3 1 Music, Applied . .. .. .. . . .... . Music, Theory .... .. . ... . . .. Mus 101 s 3 Elective .. .. . . . .. ..... .. ... . Phys . Ed. and Hygiene .. ... . . P.E. 101 1 Chemistry: 10 hours of general inorganic chemistry, including laboratory work. 4 hours of quantitative analysis, including laboratory work. Title Number General Zoology . .......... . Bio 101 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 Compasition ... . .... . . .. ... Eng 101 College Algebra . . .... . . . Math 107 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . . .. P.E . 101 Cr. s 4 3 3 1 Second Semester 1 itle Number General Zoology ... . ........ Bio 102 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ........ . Chem 102 Composition ....... . .. . . . .. Eng 102 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene .. . ... P .E . 102 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Thfrd Semester s Title Number Cr. F~reign Language1 . • . . . . . . ••• 103 or 200 3 Hist. of W . Civilization . .... . Hist 101 3 Music, Applied . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Music, Theory . ..... . ...... . Mus 103 S ~iusi~, History . . . ...... .. . . . Mus 109 3 Physical Education . . ... . .... P .E. 103 1 6 16 anatomy. First Semester Number Cr. Title Composition ... ... . .. . . .. .. Eng 102 3 Foreign Language1 ... . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 1 Music, Applied ... . ... . . . .. . Intro. to Music . ... ......... . Mus 100 3 Music, Theory . . . . . ... . . .... Mus 102 s Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ... . . . P.E. 102 1 16 Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of 60 semester h~urs of c~llege cre~it. The following courses are recommended, but not requtr~d: physics, organic che~istry, bacteriology, histology, embryology, physiology, and comparative FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Biology: 12 semester hours, of which 10 hours must be in zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requ~rement are his~ology, embryology, comparative anatomy, physiology, bacteriology, and hygiene. Cr. 3 N umber Cr. Title 1 Foreign Language .•. . . . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. .... Hist 102 3 1 Music, Applied .... . . .. . .. .. . Music, Theory ... .... ..... .. Mus 104 s Music, History ..... .. .. . ... . Mus 110 3 Physical Education .. . ... . . . . P .E. 104 1 16 1 15 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester 1 ,ti, Number Cr. Bacteriology ....... . .. . . . .. B~o 211 S Physiology .... . .. .. .. . ... . . B10 251 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. . Chem 121 4 Physical Education ........ . . P .E. 103 1 Elective .................... 3 Fourth Semester Titl, Numb,r Cr Bacteriology ...... . ... . .. .. Bio 212 S Physiology ..... . . .. ..... . .. Bio 252 Organic Chem . ...... . ...... Chem 230 1 Physical Education ...... .. .. P .E. 104 3 Elective .................. . . ! 17 l The level of th e course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �71 TERMINAL COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 70 PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Three years) (Two years) FRESHMAN YEAR The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in First Semester Title First Semester T itle Title Number Cr. General Zoology .. ... ....... Bio 101 GenerallnorganicChem .. .... Chem 101 College Algebra ............ Math 107 Composition ...... . .... ... . Eng 101 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 Second Semester Number Cr. General Zoology ... .. ... .. . . Bio 102 Inorganic Chem . and Qualitative An alysis .. . ... Chem 102 Composition ............... Eng 102 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene ..... . P.E. 102 5 4 3 3 1 Title Number Histology ........ ... .... .. . Bio 241 Inorganic Quantitative Anal.. Chem 121 General Physics ....... . .. ... Phys 201 Alternates: World Literature ........ .. Eng 151 Hist. of West. Civ ...... ... Hist 101 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 Cr . 3 4 5 4 3 1 16-17 Title 5 101 4 3 107 101 101 Number 102 General Zoology . . ... ...... Bio Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem Trigonometry . . ............ Math Composition ............... Eng Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ...... P .E . 3 1 Cr. 102 109 102 102 5 6 3 3 1 lB 6 3 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Title 16 T bird Semester 101 Second Semester 16 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Cr. Number General Zoology ........... Bio General Inorganic Chem ..... Chem College Algebra ............ Math Composition ............... Eng Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. chemistry and biology. FRESHMAN YEAR Title Fourth Semester Cr. Number Histology . . ..... .. .... .. ... Bio 242 Organic Chemistry .. .... .... Chem 230 General Physics ...... ..... .. Phys 202 Alternates: World Literature ....... .. . Eng 152 Hist. of West. Civ ... .. . . .. Hist 102 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 Title l Comp. Anacomy of the Vert . . Bio Inorg. Quantitative An:il. . . .. Chem World Literature ..... . ..... Eng Basic Art .................. Art Physical Education . . . . P .E. 3 4 5 4 3 1 16-17 umber 201 121 151 101 103 Cf. 5 4 4 3 1 Fourth Semester Nr,mbcr Embryology ................ Bio Organic Chemistry. . ...... Chem World Literature ........ . .. Eng Basic Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . Art Physical Education .. _ .P .E. Cr. 202 230 152 102 104 4 4 4 3 1 16 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Title Title Number Cr. ~,,tology ................ . . Bio 241 3 acter~ology. . . . . . . . . ..... Bio 211 5 O Grgan1c Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 eneral Physics . . . . . . . . ... Phys 201 5 1B Sixth Semester Nwnbcr Histology . . . . . . .... Bio 242 Bacteriology. . . . . . ..... Bio 212 Chemistry Elective .......... Chem General Physics ............ Phys 202 Cr. 3 5 3 5 16 �WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES SECRETARIAL COURSE MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this curriculm may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. Medical secretaries require · 11 i-· . . special training so that they may h ave an mte gent un de_rstan d mg of their part in the work of a medical office. To rovide the essential backgroun_d, the s~cretarial courses are supplemented b biolo and laboratory · secretana y ~l · dcourses ffi rn chemistry and physiology · The courses m accoun~mg an o _ce procedures are adapt<id to the needs of the students prepanng for work m the offices of physicians. 72 73 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Title Survey of Business . . ..... .. . . B.A. 100 3 Composition . . .. ... . ... .. ... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. .. .. Hist 101 3 4 Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. 101 1 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ....... P .E . 101 Title N umber Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ..... . ......... Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .. . .. Eng 131 2 Hist. of W. Civilization . .. .. . Hist 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . ... . P.E . 102 1 14 16 Title Number Cr . Biological Science . . . .. . . . . .. Bio 100 3 Co . . mposmon ... .. . . ..... . . .. Eng 101 3 Funcfamentals of Math . ... ... Math 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .... .. . P.E . 101 1 Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chern . . . . .. Chem 101 4 Composition . . . . . ... .. .. ... En 102 3 Shortha~d and Typewriting . . . 102 4 Secretanal Accounting ... . ... S.S. 120 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. . ... P.E. 102 1 sJ 14 15 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester SOPHOMORE Y EAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law ............ . .. B.A . 231 3 Fundamentals of Math . . .. .. . Math 101 3 Intermediate Stenography ... . S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ..... S.S. 205 4 Elective ..... .... .. . ... . 3 Physical Education .. . ...... . P .E . 103 1 Title N 11mher Cr. lncro. to Economics ........ . Econ 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. llO 4 Secretarial Accounting ... . ... S.S . 120 3 Office Management . . . .. ..... B.A . 238 3 Title N Physiolo . umher Cr. 10 4 Hist. ci;iiiz~~i~~ ... . .. ~ 3 ~dvanced Stenography. : : : : : 109 4 Elffice_ Pro. and Machines . . SS 205 3 Phect~ve .. .... .. . . . ... ··· · · 3 ys1cal Education .... ."_": :: : P.E . 103 I i 18 18 17 ::1·Ei~c·a-ti~~ : .· ." .· .· : : : : : P .E . ~he;;f 104 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may sub· stitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, _pro· vided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. off. :s.t i6~ Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. Phy~iology . . . . ... . ... .... . . Bio 252 4 H1_s t. of W. Civilization . ... Hise 102 3 Medical Stenography . ....... S.S. 200 3 0 ffic~ Management .... . ..... B.A. 238 3 E 1ecuve .. . .... ... . ... . 3 Physical Education . . .. . _": ::: P.E . 104 1 17 A candidate for a d .h . . sult with his adviser be,yee wit a_ maJo! in medical stenography should concompletes the two- ear e ~re planning his pro~ram of study. A student who degree should careLu P i°gramh and then decides to continue work toward a YP ant e last two years with his adviser. �Courses �77 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 76 AccT. 220. AccouNTING SYSTEMS-Three hours o! ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Ca pin, Dembe rt*, Laggan, Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 201. Richards, Werner, Whitby. AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three hours MR. WERNER A stud~ the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and l~an asso_c1ations, and other specialized businesses, with special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. Acer. 221. TAX AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF MR.LAGGAN,MR. WERNER Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. A s~udy of federal taxes includin~ income, estate, gift, corporate and miscellaneous; correct use of various forms; application of rates. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 202, or approval of instructor. AccT. 102. PRINCIPLES OF AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and AccT. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES-Three hours MR.LAGGAN,MR. WERNER corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records an~ balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 202. a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 101. AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccoVNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Accr. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Three hours MR. LAGGAN, Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice· prob- e;ns of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of U:ethods Prerequisite: Accounting 102. AccT. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. 1 0 internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class two hours a week; laboratory' two hours a week. , Prerequisite: Accounting 231. Prerequisite: Accounting 111. AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours * On leave of absence with the armed forces. p ROBLEMs-Three hours MR. WERNER co::;iew of all phases of accounting through a study of advanced acmg pro 6lems as taken from various C. P. A. examinations Prerequ1s1te: · · · Accounting 112, 201, 231. I 'STRUCTOR O'T OOLE, chairman THE STAFF d Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical ao comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; iaboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 201 or approval of instructor. ACCT. .242 · C ·p •A . ART a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112 or approval of instructor. AccT. 202. ADVANCED CosT AccouNTING--Three hours MR. WERNER ART BASIC A RT-Th ree Fu 101-102. d hours each semester MR. O'TooLE n amental training . th h 10 s Us and k d e an dl"mg of tools, the acquisition of the ki 1 Principles ~se~ in the pr~~entation of the graphic image. 0 color line and g, eSign, compos1tion, color; uses of line and tone d'iv1s1on, .. · 1·me, texture, tone, and color; space' form,coli1orhttone a . St u a·ies 1? nd shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, t ·o hours. g t~::it �78 ART 103-104. APPLIED WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ART-Three hours each semeseter MR. O'TooLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantas y; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums; pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums; pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. LAYOUT-Three hours MR. O'TOOL E Analysis of basic letter forms; study of one-stroke alphabets; study of built-up alphabets. Formal and informal lettering; the script letter forms, calligraphy. Complete study of type and type faces. Brush and pen lettering for reproduction. Various combinations of weights and types of letters. Show-card lettering. Ornamental lettering. The hand-lettered book jacket. The use of decorations, borders, relief lettering, shaded lettering, composing with letter forms. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 105. LETTERING AND ART 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three hours each semester MR. O'TOOLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing ( double spread). Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. A RT 211-212. ADVERTISING D ESIGN- Th ree ho11rs each semester MR . O'TooLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of r_epr?· duction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies 10 mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halff tone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete st~dy 0 type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; stud10, two hours. Prerequisite : permission of the instructor. 79 DESIGN-Three hottrs each semester MR. O'TooLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING Prerequisite: Art 101, 102, 103, 104 or equivalent. ART-Three hours each semester MR. O 'TooL E Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. Class, two hours ; studio, two hours. ART 215-216. FINE Prerequisite: Art 101, 102, 103, 104 or equivalent. ART-Three hours each semester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 217-218 . ADVANCED FIN E Prerequisite: Art 101, 102, 103, 104 or equivalent. BIOLOGY Professor Reif, chairman; Instructor Namisniak; Assistant Mokychic. Bro. lOO. BIOLOGICAL SOENCE-Three hours THE STAFF Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other cou · b. l t' b rses m 10 ogy. It presents the essential general informa1on a out plant . l s, expl ams . fun clamental laws governing the b10 •1 . s an d an1ma h ogical world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class three ours a week. , Bro. 101-102. G ENERAL ZOOLOGY-Five hours each semester Gen al z MR. REIF histor/~f b. oi°logy surv~ys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the 10 the structu ogy, explains the organization of living matter, teaches tion and thre of r~presentative animals, the methods of their classi.fica' e basic · · 1 • ecology Cl prmcip es of genet1Cs, embryology evolution and · ass , th ree hours a week; laboratory, four hours ' a week. ' �80 BIO. 113. BOTANICAL MR. TAXONOMY-Five hours REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; .field work, six hours a week. BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES-Five hours MR. REIF Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of vertebrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 102. BIO. 202. MR. EMBRYOLOGY-Four hours REIF Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 201, or permission of instructor. BIO. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Five hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Bacteriology 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Bacteriology 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 102. BIO. 223. ENTOMOLOGY MR. REIF Entomology is the study of insects through the collection and identification of specimens. Life histories of insects are studied as well as their economic relationships, and their significance in industry and medicine. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and .field work, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 101, or permission of instructor. BIO. 241 AND 242. HISTOLOGY AND semester 81 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE ORGANOLOGY-Three hotJrs each MR. REIF Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Credit is given only upon completion of both semesters work which must be taken in sequence. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: through Biology 202 or permission of instructor. Bro. 251-252. PHYSIOLOGY-Four hott1'S each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Physiology is a study of the functioning of the ~arious cells, t!ssues, and organs of the animal body. Laboratory work mcludes expenments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: through Biology 242, Chemistry 230, and Physics 202, or permission of instructor. Bro. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY-One credit each semester MR. RElF This seminar is designed as a correlating study of the .field o_f biology for senior students. Each student prepares a paper on a biological topic for presentation to and discussion by the group. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Bedillion; Instructors Brennan, Boyce*, Casper, Elliot, Farrar, Jones, Kreder, Laggan, McDermot, J. Riley, Werner, Whitby. B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BUSINESS-Three hours THE STAFF A basic course in the essentials of modern business. Studies are made of problems .pertaining to administrating and .financing the organization of enterprise; manufacturing and distribution of goods; personnel problems; governmental policies toward business. MR. RILEY The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest an<l desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 114. SALESMANSHIP-Three hours B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS-Three hours Miss BEDILLION Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: English 102. B.A. 21 6. ADVERTISING-Three hours MR. JONES A survey of the different departments of advertising work, including ~opyal, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a 0 c1 force. -;-- On leave of absence for advanced study during 1951-1952. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 83 WILKES COLLEGE 82 B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three hout"S MR. ROSENBERG Problems and policies of railroads, buses, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 218. CREDITS AND CoLLECTIONs-Three hout"S MR. ROSENBERG The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Economics 102, Accounting 102. B. A. 220. REAL ESTATE-Three hours MR. CASPER The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 222. MARKETING--Three hours MR. ELLIOT Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure, and organization and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE- Th ree hottrs MR. LAGGAN, MR. ROSENBERG A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate ty~es of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three hours MR. LAGGAN Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting meth~ds and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buyi~g and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Lao· oratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. 231. BUSINESS LAw-CoNTRACTs- Three hours MR. BoYCE The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. E:x~ina· tion of the essential elements of a valid contract and the application to B.A. typical business transactions. These essential elements are: the agreement ; the subject matter (what the contract is about); the consideration ( that value which is given by each party for his interest in the subject matter); the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genuineness of assent (legal or illegal inducement to agree) . Prerequisite: Economics 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-SALES, AGENCY, BAILMENT-Three hours MR. BOYCE A general study of the Law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and the Law of Bailment. Legal problems arising out of the sale of merchandise by manufacturers, distributors and dealers; out of the financing, processing, shipment, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of government regulations thereof. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231. B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three hours MR. BoYCE Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their f?rmation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured insurer and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insur~nce con: tract. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three hours MR. BOYCE Law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes ( crimes against the person, property, business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions). Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three hours Instructor to be announced A. stu dy of the organization and management of industry with em· P · · 1es d eveloped; problems of the interrelationship ' thhas1s f on. th e prmcip of e unctions operat.mg 1.~ t h e fi eId s of management, such as production control particul prsonnel, financmg, and the forecasting of business conditions, ar Yas they relate to industry. Prerequ· ·t . B . B !Sl e. usmess Administration 225 . .A. p .236 . · PER SONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. RILEY and n10 d em practtees . mentrtnc1ples of of personnel management· instrucontrol · th t · • . of the worker; incentives ' u ed ands . ' e rammg and education p ~ecial problems encountered. rerequ1site.· Eeonomics . 223 or approval of instructor. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 8-t MR. RILEY B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three" hours A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Economics 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. RILEY The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of office records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR. RILEY B.A. 239. SALES MANAG.:::MENT-Three hours The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force; sales research and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: Business Administration 114 or equivalent. B.A. 240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three hours MR. BoYCE This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. 85 CHEM. 102. ~NORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS MISS BONE .Stx hours The react10ns of the common metallic elements the th d f ce of 1 t 1· · ' eory an praci e _emen ary qua 1tat1ve analysis. Class, four hours a week- laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. ' Prerequisite: Chemistry 1 O1. CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Fo ur hours M ISS B ONE A continuat!on of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work_ 1?cludes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a ~rereqms1te for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week, labo_r:tory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequ1S1te: Chemistry 101. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Four hours The . . MR. SALLEY lab ory a~d pract1Ce of typ1Cal analyses. Class, two hours a weekoratory,_ ~ix hours a week. Breakage deposit required. , Prerequmte: Chemistry 102. CHEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE AN,\LYSIS-Five hours A . . MR. SALLEY continuationk of Chemistr Y 121: Cl ass, two h ours a week; laboratory, nine ho urs_ a. wee · Breakage deposit required. Prerequ1S1te: Chemistry 121. CHEM. A . 230 · 0 ~GANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours MR. BASTRESS mtroduct1on · tion nand ro . to th e_ ch e~1stry o f carbon compounds. The prepara- B.A. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three hours MR. BoYCE This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life in· surance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and laboratoryp thperhehs of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week ,. . ree ours a week · B reakage d eposit . requued. . ' Pr erequ1S1te: Chemistry 121. industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. CHEM. A 231. . ORGANIC C HEMISTRY-Five hours MR. BASTRESS continuation . t ry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds Cl ofh ChemiS Breakage d~pos·tass, t _rede hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week 1 requue · Prere · · · qu1s1te: Chemistry 230. CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professor Bone; Instructor Salley. CHEM. 101. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours MR. BASTRESS, Miss BoNE, MR. SALLEY An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required CHEM. 233 . QUA LITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS- Three hours A course designed to . . . MR. BASTRESS pure org:inic compo dgtvedpra~ice m the systematic identification of oratory' six · hours a week un s Ban mixtures . . Class, one hour a week; labPrerequisit . Ch . . reakage deposit required. e. em1stry 231. �WILKES COLLEGE 86 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CHEMISTRY-Three hours CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC 87 ECONOMICS MR. BASTRESS Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. CHEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four hours each semester MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121, Mathematics 126, Physics 202. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. SALLEY A study of chemical equilibrium, using the methods of modern thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. SALLEY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Brennan, Elliot, Farrar, Laggan, J. Riley. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete 24 hours of work in economics beyond Economics 101 and 102. The 24 hours in economics which the major must carry should include Economics 202, 232, and 241. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS-Three hours Ee. 101. PRINOPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY-One hour MR. BASTRESS The development of the science in terms of the personalities respon· sible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. hour MR. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical litereture. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Economics 101. 2 0l. MONEY AND BANKING-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG stu dy of the organization of financial institutions, their operation 1 and nfi~ence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve San}'stem. Ee. f. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 202 CHEM. THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects _of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pomted out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. CHEMISTRY-Three hottrs each semester MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical pri_n~iples and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of l1vmg matter. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 and 230. THE STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. THE M · ORY OF ONEY-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG An analysis of th h f empo e t eory o money and credit in relation to conlatio rary . economics·, currency an d ere d 1t· pro blems; governmental reguns, of foreign exchange, and central banking. p rere control ·· quisite: Economics 201 E . ·e. 204 Cot~ l'h' · SUMER CREDIT-Two hours MR. ROSENBERG ts course incl d . . . . retail cred •t 1 u es consumer credit m its various aspects. It includes t ' sa es .finance <lit . d Prere . . , ere unions, an credit bureau activities. quisite: approval of instructor. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 89 WILKES COLLEGE 88 MR. FARRAR Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three hours A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extrac- tive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: Political Science 101, Economics 102. MR. RILEY Ee. 223. LABOR PROBLEMS-Three hours An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL TRADE-Three hours MR. ELLIOT Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and develop- ments in the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. THE STAFF GEOGRAPHY-Three hours A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and analyzes the world distribution of resources, industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course in Ee. 226. EcoNOMIC world resources and related fields. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY-NORTH AMERICA-Three hours MR. ELLIOT A study of the economic regions of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the western hemisphere. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE EcoNOMIC SYSTEMS-Three hours MR. FARRftR The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain_ are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characceriscic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. CYCLES-Three hours . MR. FARRAR Ah 1stonca analysis of major business cl Co . and a critical es. d bnte~porary theories . . examination of public pol1'cycy t owar usmess cycles. Ee. 230. . BUSINESS · 1 Prerequ1S1te: approval of instructor. h ours THE STAFF A c?urse m ~tatistteal ~ethods and their application to business co~ectton and mterpretalton of statistical data, frequency distributio~ an measures of central tendency, fitting the normal cu Ch. test; test of significance for small samples 1 . f ~e, I-square lecture; 2 hours laboratory. ' ana ys1s o variance. 3 hours Ee. 231. APPLIED GENERAL STATISTics-Th ree . . . Prerequisite: approval of instructor. THE STAFF Ee. 232. EcoNOMIC STATISTICS-Three hours A. continuation of Economics 231 Th' . . . senes analysis, construction of index. n is course will include tl~eanalysis multiple and part' 1 1 . umbers, methods of correlat10n samples'. Lecture three h ia . clobrre at10n, and test of significance for . . , ours, a oratory, two hours. Prerequmte: Economics 231. Ee.F 236. hours u~ R OSENBERG d PUBLIC l FINANCE-Three . . J.Yill.., un amenta principles of publ · fi revenue· £inane· l . . lC nance; government expenditures· shifting' and in1~d pol1C1;s and administration; taxation; principles of problems of fe~~ e~ce o taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal ernment finance t rath' state, and local government; the relation of govo e economy. Frere qu1S1te: · · Economics 102, Political Science 101 Ee.A238 d EcoNoM IC H ISTORY-Three hours MR. ELLIOT MR FARRAR n a vanced . h the origin, growth' and . signi.ficance of econ course . . which . . d ea1s wit om1c mst1tutio · th · ' ns, w1 special emphasis upon those of Europe and the U 't d S nt e tates. Prerequisite: · · Economics 102. Ee.Th' 241. EcoNoM1c A NALYSis-Three hours M F . is course is desi d . R. ARRAR distribution Th d gne. to gtve coverage to the theory of value and go \:ern1ng . . costs · e etermmants of consumer d emand and the principles and on recent theoretical _outp~ts o_f producers are analyzed with some stress Prerequisite. E mv~sttgat1ons. The method is abstract and deductive. · conomtes 102. Ec.244 . HISTORY OF ECONO f:.. study of th h' . MIC THOUGHT-Three hours MR. FARRAR wr1tings of the leading e 1stoncal thinkde vel_opment o f economic doctrines. The ers m the field of economics, beginning �90 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE with the Greeks and Romans and continuing to the present. The leading economic movements and schools of thought. . Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR. ELLIOT Ee. 245. CONSUMER EeoNOMies--Three hours The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 246. EcoNOMIC INVESTIGATION-Three hours MR. ELLIOT' MR. F.ARR.AR Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: (1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and ( 3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ED. 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Three hours MR. CRANE . A ~onsideration ~f the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of mtelhgence and ~ubJect-matter _tes~s available for school use; study of meth?ds. of treating sc~res; pnnc1ples and purposes of measurement; pract1Ce m the construction of objective tests; supervised administration scoring, and interpretation of tests. ' ED. 204. PRINOPLES OF SECONDARY EDUCATION-Three hours MR. SMITH The historical deve~opment of the secondary school; a philosophical background from wh1Ch are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. ED. 205. SECONDARY CURRICULUM-Three hours MR. SMITH D~velo~ments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricul;r activities· treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units~ :~dy metho~s; test~ and marking; a survey of secondary school cur: iculum and its continuing development. iD. 2 07. STUD ENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL-Eight hours EDUCATION D. Professor Smith, chairman; Instructor Crane. MR. SMITH A broad, general introduction to the field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American public education. Study of the educational structure; the teacher, his preparation and qualifications; the pupils, their individual differences and provisions therefor; _the materials of instruction; the school plant; the financing of education; the profession of teaching; the participation of the public; and contemporary issues and trends in public education. ED. 101. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION-Three ED. 201. EDUCATIONAL PsYCHOLOGY-Three 91 hours hours MR. SMIT» Practical application of basic psychological principles; study of human growth and development; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; ~h.e nature and general principles of learning; the measurement and faohf tation of learning; guidance of the individual; effective methods ; . study; special aspects of learning; the psychology of teaching methO s, and simple statistical concepts. 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Nine S hours MR. SMITH, MR. CRANE e tuTdents are assigned to the guidance of competent experienced teach rers. hey . . .observe severa1 teach ers. Gradually they' assume classroomspons1b1hty .and t each und er supervmon. .. com They plan lesson units and . the teachers-in-charge . rofp1ete cumculum . um'ts. Co n f erences with and P essors-m-charg e a1'd in • d'1scuss1on . of pnnc1ples . . and problems. En.C211 : EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES-Three hours MR. CRANE tionons1deration of the child .of th e Pla~e ~ f extracurricular activities in the educaency to b . • the orgamzahon of extracurricular activities· the tendguidance rmg th em into the school curriculum· their pl;ce in the program. ' En.A.212. stud VISUAL EDVCATION-Three hours MR. CRANE · Y of the mater · 1 d h · · · cip1es and pl f ia s an tee niques of visual education· prin• ans or the s f di · O oration of v· . u e au o-v1sual or sensory aids· the ' incorp 1sua1 instruet·ion in . the work for the classroom. ' �92 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE MR. CRANE 214. GUIDANCE-Three hours A general survey of the principles and problems of guidance, and an introduction to activities and techniques used in a guidance program in the public school. Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors' certificates. En. MR. CRANE 231. THE TEACHING OF READING-Three hours Study of the technigues of reading instruction and the correction of reading disability; relationship between reading and maturation; determination of reading readiness; nurturing of natural reading motivation; problems of the poor reader. En. 232. THE TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC-Three hours MR. CRANE Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary arithmetic; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and teaching techniques for developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction in concepts of quantitative relationships. ED. 234. THE TEACHING OF ENGLISH-Three hours MR. CRANE Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary English; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; attention given to handwriting, spelling, and the utilization of the library. ED. ED. 235. 236. STVDIES--Three hours MR. CRANE Study of social situations pertinent to elementary school children; relation of school and home activities to the community; the study of methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create under· standing. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. En. 237. PRINOPLES OF ELEMENTARY THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL The development of the elementary society that supports it; the emerging ment to individual needs; relation of content and method; utilizing the arts, tion, etc., in the elementary curriculum. Eo. 239. MR. SMITH curriculum; its relation elementary curriculum; objectives to children's music, science, physical to the adjustneeds; educa- TEACHING OF ELEM ENTARY SCHOOL SCIENCE-Three h ours MR. SMITH Basic elements of the sciences suitable for elementary school use; materials for demonstration; methods of presentation; consideration of the integration of science in the elementary curriculum; aims and objectives of science teaching; development of a spirit of inquiry. Eo. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Three hours MR. OTOOLE Study of the principles and practices of education in the .field of element~ry art~ methods, aims, objectives; methods and techniques for develop_mg units ?f work; basic principles; selection and manipulation of va:io:1s media; the development of creative expression and appreciation. ED. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL 238. Three hours CHILDREN'S LITERATURE AND STORY TELLING Three hours MR. CRANE Designed to provide familiarity with classic and modern literature for children of elementary school age. Techniques and practices in story telling will be stressed, and particular emphasis will be placed on the use of dramatization and graphic materials. En. ED. 93 242. Music IN THE EL EMENTARY SCHOOL-Three hours MR. MORAN S~dy of methods for developing appreciation for and enjoyment of muS1C _thr_ough performance and listening; developing the rhythm band; rote _smgmg; ~rogram music for children; discovery of talent; writing and interpretation of scales; training in group leadership in singing. Add.· . itional courses offered in other departments may count toward cectification and add to a well-rounded program: Ed ucattonal · · Sociology-See Sociology. Ch'ld 1 Psychology-See Psychology. Teaching of English in Secondary Schools-See English Teaching of M ath emahcs · m · Secondary Schools-See Mathematics. · EDUCATION-Three hours MR. ENGINE ERING SMITH The historical development of the elementary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles of elementary edu· cation; other factors in the development of the elementary school; prom· ising practices in the elementary school; methodology and guidance; characteristics of the elementary school child; discipline and con_trol; mental _a nd physical hygiene ; records and reports; a survey of prinople5 and techniques in the elementary school. Associate Professor Hall ch . . A struct Th , au man, ssistant Professor Heltzel; Inors omas and Salley. E p ROBLEMS-Two hours THE STAFF • . Poses and metho~~u~Sions to ac_q uamt the student with the aims, purmethod of attack u f the engmeer. An introd~ction to the proper PO n problems, proper presentation of solutions both GI. lOO. ENGINEER! 1 ectures and di NG ' �95 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 94 WILKES COLLEGE mathematical and graphical. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. MR. HELTZEL ENGI. 102. BASIC DRAWING-Three hout'S A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing and descriptive geometry necessary for students of chemistry and physics. It includes lettering, use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing, dimensioning, and the analysis and solution of space problems involving the projection and revolution of points, lines and planes. Intersections and developments. Practicum, seven hours a week. ENGi. 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING-Three hours MR. HELTZEL This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Technical sketching and vertical freehand lettering. Use and care of instruments, orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections; isometric drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practicum, seven hours a week. and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105, Mathematics 105 or 107 and 109. A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: C.E. 103. ENGi. 106. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY Three hours MR. HELTZEL Augments Engineering 105. Application of standard conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawings. Application of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of engineering spaceproblems by the projection and revolution of points, lines, planes and solids. Intersections and developments. Practicum, seven hours a week. Mechanical Engineering M.E. 206. KINEMATICS- Four hours MR. THOMAS Ana~ytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and accelerati~n f_or rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trams involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, ~artooth outlines a~d thei~ application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two urs a week; practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 106, Mathematics 122, Physics 201. f Prerequisite: Engineering 105. Chemical Engineering CH.E. 206. STOICHIOMETRY-Three hours MR. THOMAS C.E. 104. ROUTE SURVEYING-Four hours MR. SALLEY A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln prod· ucts. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 203; Physics 201. Co-requisite: Physics 202. M.E. 211. MECHANICS I. STATICS-Three hours MR. HALL Study of force systems in equilibrium· catenary· friction; first and seco nd moments of areas, volumes masses: centroids' Class, three hours a week. ' ' · Prere · 1·_te: Physics 201, Mathematics 125. Co- qui_s requmte: Mathematics 126. M.E. L 212 · MEcHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three hours Civil Engineering C.E. 103. PLANE SURVEYING-Three hours Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment MR. HALL awsWof motio body. k n, re~t u·mear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid or -energy·, 1mpu1se-momentum. Class, three hours a week. p rerequisite: M.E. 211 �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 97 WILKES COLLEGE 96 MRS. WILLIAMS STORY-Three hours A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for ENG. 106. SHORT ENGLISH Professor Craig, chairman; Associate Professor Davies; Assistant Professors Donnelly, Kruger, and G. Williams; Instructors Groh, Lord, the short story. Prerequisite: English 102. Tyburski, and Utz. Students who major in English are required to complete twenty-four hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the freshman and sophomore years. The twenty-four hours which the major must carry in English should be so distributed as to include an advanced course in composition or journalism, three hours of work in linguistics (English 201 or 205) and a minimum of fifteen hours in literature, three of which must be reserved for English 215. It is strongly recommended that all majors in English take six hours in a foreign language beyond the minimum requirement of twelve hours. All students who wish to take graduate work in the field of English should take at least twenty-four hours in two foreign languages. Majors who wish to teach in secondary schools are advised to elect English 275. The credit for this course may be counted toward either the major or the satisfaction of requirements for certification in education. In planning his program with his faculty adviser, the student should make an early decision regarding the field in which credit for this course is desired. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. Composition 99. REMEDIAL ENGLISH-No credit THE STAFF A remedial course for students whose work in English is unsatisfactory. ENG. THE STAFF COMPOSITION-Three hours Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. ENG. 101. COMPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of ENG. 102. themes. Prerequisite: English 101. ENG. 105. ADVANCED EXPOSITION-Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS, ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING--Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 122. JOURNALISTIC WRITING--Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS This course supplements English 121. Instruction in handling important assignments: accidents, disasters, elections, conventions, meetings, crime; covering the major beats: city hall, court house, police headquarters, federal building, labor, business, sports, society; editing copy, newspaper style, writing heads; measuring readability, semantics. Visit to local and neighboring newspaper offices and printing plants. Term paper: series of articles suitable for newspaper on timely subject affecting the College or community. Prerequisite: English 12·1 . WRITING--Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent developments in fields of: ~ublic opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opinion polls. Special attention is given to the myriad trade journals and house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. W eekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 123. PUBLIOTY E MR. DONNELLY A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: English 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this require· ment may be waived. Journalism G. 12 4, FEATURE WRITING--Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS Featur · · f tur fi. lde writing or n~wspapers and magazines. Analysis of the featr~t e and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their and ment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article popular biographies . .' Prsuccess. . stor·e narratives. Weel<ly themes. 1 s, person al experiences, crequ1s1te: English 102. �98 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE hours Mrss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, term papers, quizzes, conferences, collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 151. WORLD LITERATURE-Four ENG. 15·2. WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours Mrss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: English 151. hours MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 153. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three LITERATURE-Three hours MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 154. AMERICAN ENG. 155 AND 156. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours each semester MR. DONNELLY, MRS. G. WILLIAMS, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 102. LANGUAGE-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: English 152. MISS CRAIG CHAUCER-Three hours Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 205. MR. DAVIES DRAMA-Three hours Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 211. EARLY ENGLISH DRAMA-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the drama in England from 1660 to the end of the Victorian period; reading of representative plays. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH Language and Literature ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH 99 Mrss CRAIG SHAKESPEARE-Three hours Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 215. MILTON-Three hours MISS CRAIG Study of the poetical works of John Milton; lectures, discussions, written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 216. POPE-Three hours Mrss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 221. AGE OF ENG. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON-Three hours Miss CRAIG A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 152. NovEL-Three hours MISS CRAIG English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 237. EARLY ENGLISH NovEL-Three hours Miss CRAIG The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH ENG. 2 41. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY ~tudy of the works of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. E G, 242 TH R · E OMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study contem of th e _wor ks of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers porary with them. Prereqws1te: · · English 152. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 100 ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: English 152. MR. DAVIES PROSE-Three hours Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. ENG. 260. VICTORIAN 101 DEBATE-Two hours MR. KRUGER The commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are discussed. Required of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: English 131. ENG. 133. ARGUMENTATION AND ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three hours MR. KRUGER Similar to English 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. Prerequisite: English 152. FOREIGN LANGUAGES ENG. 275. TEACHING OF ENGLISH IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours MR. UTZ Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English literature and composition. Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for juniors and seniors. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond French 102. FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRSKI MR. GROH DRAMA-Three hours The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. ENG. 287. AMERICAN Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. FR. 102. ELEMENTARY Prerequisite: English 152. FRENCH-Three hours MR. DISQUE, Mrss DWORSKI Continuation of French 1 O1. Prerequisite: French 101. Speech ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-Two hours MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH The physical, mental, and social equipment requisite for effective speaking. Classroom projects, which include oral reading, gest~re exercise, pantomime, and various extemporaneous speeches, are designed t? improve the student's physical behavior on the platform, to tr~io. his voice, to develop vocal variety, and to build habits of clear thinking. Critical analysis of speech technique and content, the purpose being to produce not only better speakers but also better critics of speech. MR. KRUGER hours Continuation of English 131. Projects include speeches for various occasions, group discussions, and symposiums, with emphasis on .tbe principles of persuasion, types of evidence, and methods of reasoning. 5t Continued critical analysis of speech technique and content; con ant practice in speaking and thinking to a definite end. ENG. 132. EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING-Two Prerequisite: English 131. Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Assistant Professor Dworski. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRSKI R~view of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. Prerequisite: French 102 or the equivalen .. FR. l04. I INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours MR. DISQUE, Miss DWORSKI ntroduction to French civilization· practice in oral and written French. ' Prerequis't . 1 e.• Frenc h 103 or the equivalent. FR. 105 · TE CHNICAL FRENCH-Three hours Mrss DwoRSKI 1 . trans1atrng. . wishntensive t b pract.ice 10 A course designed for students who tercst ~ ab~e to r~~d material in French in their particular field of inp n .e uma01ties, the social sciences, or the natural sciences. rerequ1site ·· French 103 or the equivalent. t: 59295 �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 105 WILKES COLLEGE 104 MR. DISQUE GER. 203. GoETHE-Three hours Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GER. 204. SCHILLER-Three hours Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN DRAMA-Three MR.hours DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 206. MoDERN GERMAN SHORT STORY-Three hoursMR. DISQUE The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. In· dividual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: German 201 -202 or equivalent. Spanish A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Spanish 102. MISS DWORSI<l SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. 1 SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH- Three hours Mrss DwoRSK Continuation of Spanish 101 with special emphasis on conversational approach and the natural idiom. Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. Miss DwoRsl{l SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three hours Exercises in simple oral and written composition. Intensive review of Spanish grammar. Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or equivalent. Mrss DwoRSI<l Introduction to Spanish civilization. Readings from selected Spanish Miss DwoRSKI SP. 10}. COMMEROAL. SPANISH-Th ree hours The study of Spanish as it rt . . the Spanish-speaking countries fed ~~ns Jo. econom1e relations between st on business letter writing. n e mted ates. Special emphasis Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. Miss DwoR SP. 106. . SPANISH CONVERSATION-Th ree hours Intensive practice in the s oken lan ua . . . SKI usage. P g ge. Emphasis on idiomatic Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. SP.S 107. SPANISH . .COMPOSITION-Th.tee hours Miss DwoRSKI lati~:~ss will be laid on original composition and techniques of transPrerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. SP.The 108.cultu SPANISH AMERICAN CULTURE-Th ree h ours Miss DwoRSKI al . r ' economte, and political development of South A . Prerequisit . s •h menca. e. pams 103 or equivalent. SP. 201-202. MAI N CURRENTS OF SPANISH LITERATURE MI Three hours each semester A survey of the d ss DwoRSKI 1 Middle Ages to the pr;:eenot Pt_ment of Spanish literary thought from the ime. Prerequis't . 104 or equivalent. i e.. spamsh s SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF PANISH LITERATURE- Th ree hours Study of the great th f Mrss DwoRSKI Prerequisite. S . ahu ors o the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. · pams 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 204, NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA- Thr ee h ours Representative wo ks . Miss DWORSKI reports. r 10 the field of drama; lectures and individual Prerequisite·· Spamsh . 201-202 or equivalent. SP, 205 • .I.N I ETEENTH CEN TURY SPANISH NovEL-Three hours SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three hours authors. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. ~e development of th . . Miss DwoRSKI lerequisite: Spani h e Spanish novel m the nineteenth century. s 20l-202 or equivalent. �206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three hours MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, HIST. HISTORY Professor Thatcher, chairman; Instructor Rock. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which tw~lve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take History 101, 102, 107, and 108; History 1?1 ~nd 102, ~10wever, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constltutmg a maJor. HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION THE STAFF Three hours each semester A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the moder~ world. D~e attent~on is given to the part played by America in world history, especially durmg the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. HIST. Not offered 1951-1952. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three hours Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences o~ :he American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. Not offered 1951-1952. HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 ER Three hours MR. THATCH A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. Students in education will be required to do their outside reading on th the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of e nation. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865~Three hours MR. HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three hourJ each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. History 223 is a prerequisite for History 224. 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER-Three hours MR. THATCHER A general course on the development of the English nation. The principal topics are: Britain before the Anglo-Saxons, the i:-nglo-Saxon period, the Norman Conquest, the development _of ~~glish c~mmon law, the beginnings of parliaments, towns and universities, contmental wars, the Tudor dynasty, and the Revival of Learning. 106. emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. HIST. 105 . ENGLISH HISTORY TO THE ELIZABETHAN PERIOD Three hours HIST. 107 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 106 THATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Three hours MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. 234. EAST ASIA IN MODERN TIMES--Three hours This course deals with the impact of western civilization on the diffe:ent traditions and institutions of China, Japan, and Southeast Asia, ~ 1~. e~phasis on the persistent problems arising out of the contact of civilizations and their possible solutions . (Not offered 1951-1952.) Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HisT. HIST. 2 35. SOVIET RusSIA-Three hours th This cour~e deals with the background and characteristic features of edcornmun1st state in Russia. Emphasis is placed on the political social an econom· · ' thr h ic, re1·ig10us, and intellectual traditions as they developed oug the K. M 1 . . effort ievan, ongo , Muscovite, and Impenal ages and on the thes s to ~olve some of the problems arising out of the conflict between persistent · · • influence • peane civT . trad 1·t ions an d th e mcreasmg of western Euro1 izatton. (Not offered 1951-1952.) Prere quiSite: · · History 101 and 102. �109 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 108 MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three HIST. 253. THE HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 1500 TO THE FRENCH REVOLUTION-Three hours MR. ROCK A study of the political, social, economic, and intellectual life of Europe from the time of its expansion in 1500 to the outbreak of the French Revolution. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102 or consent of instructor. HIST. 254. THE FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON MR. ROCK state and of Europe as a civilization. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. A continuation of Mathematics 1O1. MATH. 105·. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY-Five hours THE STAFF ALGEBRA-Three hours THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction binomial ~heo_rem, comp!<~~ numbers, roots of equations, permutatio~s and combmations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 107. COLLEGE 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY-Three hours THE STAFF . Tr_igonometric _functi~ns, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three hours MR. RocK A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. CENTURY-Three hours MR. RocK two World Wars. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. MATHEMATICS Assistant Professor Richards, chairman; Assistant Professor Wasileski. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 43. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit THE STAFF Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equa- MATH. tions. Three hours a week. MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF 1'.-iATHEMATICs-Three 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE I-Three hours THE STAFF Prog:essions, bino~ial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, com~ound mter~s~, equat~ons of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the hours THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background in .h . 1· . . ch . Students mathematical concepts wit out specia ization m te niques. . f taking Mathematics 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit or Mathematics 101 or 102. THE STAFF A combination of Mathematics 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. Three hours A study of the origin, events, and consequences of the French Revolution. The Revolution will be considered as an intellectual and social as well as a political movement in the history of France as a national HisT. 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH hours hours THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis correlatio~ elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under nor~al curve. ' Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 ot its equivalent. MATH. ll8. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three GEOMETRY-Four hours THE STAFF of geometric figures by m_eans of coordinate systems, including _g ner~l problem of the equation of a locus, straiaht lines circles conic. sectio ns, t rans f ormation . o ' para-' of coord.mates, polar coordinates mgetrIC equations, families of curves, introduction to solid :nalytic eometry. · · Mathematics . 105, or both Mathematics 107 and Mathem Prere t· qmsite: a ics 109. MATH. 122. ANALYTIC th;tut MATH . ·. 12 5. CALCULUS I-Four hours THE STAFF 1 diff~:it:-, ~erivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals p n iation and integration of algebraic functions applications ' rerequisite: Mathematics 122. ' · �lll DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 110 THE STAFF 126. CALCULUS II-Four hours Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, partial derivatives, multiple integrals. MATH. 221. ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN MATH Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. Building of a program in secondary mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. (Same as Education 277.) Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. MATH. 208. HISTORY OF The notable lines, points, and circles associated with the triangle; circles and systems of circles. Prerequisite: plane geometry. MATH, 222. MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours MR. WASILESKI GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESK.l SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESK.l An introduction to projective methods and their application to the point, line, and plane. Prerequisite: plane geometry. EQUATIONS-Three hours Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL THE STAFF Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATHEMATICS-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Beginnings in Babylon and Egypt, the Greeks, the Hindus and Moslems, awakenings in Europe, Fermat and Descartes, Newton's importance in the seventeenth century, the great expansion of the eighteenth century, the strengthening of the foundations in the nineteenth century, the trend to abstraction in this century. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MR. W ASILESK.l ALGEBRA-Three hours Real and complex numbers, groups, rings, integral domains, .fields, matrices, determinants. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS I-Three hours MR. An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. MATH. Prerequisite: Mathematics RICHARDS 126. MATH. 25·2. ADVANCED CALCULUS II-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Continuation of Mathematics 2 51. Prerequisite: Mathematics 2 51. MATH. 213. HIGHER Prerequisite: Mathematics MATH. 216. SOLID ANALYTIC 125. GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Study of space geometry by means of coordinate systems, including lines and planes and the relations between them, systems of planes, parametric equations of a surface, cylinders, surfaces of revoluti?n, spheres, quadric surfaces, reduction of quadric surfaces to canonical forms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. MATH. 218. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE II-Three hours MR. W ASILESI<l A priori probability, empirical probability, mortality tables, annuities certain, pure endowment, life annuities, whole life insurance, pre5 miums, premium formulas, reserves, reserve systems, gross prerniu!ll · Prerequisite: Mathematics 115, or permission of instructor. MUSIC Instructor Detroy, chairman; Instructors Balshaw, Clark, Hawkins, Henderson, Isaacs, Liva, and Moran. Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 44. A two-year terminal program is outlined on page 69. Applied Music . ln~ividual instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students 10 piano, pipe organ, voice, violin, and several band-orchestra inst~ents. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demon~tration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit 15 to be obtained for such study. terSo/dents_ who a~e not music majors may receive one credit each semescr d. 0 ~ voice or mstrumental study. No examination is necessary if e it is not desired by the student. �112 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 113 The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before rhe opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO Music 111-112. PIA.No CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credit hours each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Music-Three hours MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. .Music 113-114. PIANO CLASS 3 AND 4-Two credit hours each semester Miss CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Music 112. Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF Music-Five hours each course MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: (I) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. ( 2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one ,hour. The third and fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND-One-half hour each semester MR. MORAN The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORUS-One-half hour each semester MR. DETROY The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. . 10 There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Music 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Two hours Mus. 109. HISTORY OF Music-Three hours MR. DETROY A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civi• lization to the seventeenth century. Mus. 110. HISTORY OF Music-Three hours MR. DETROY A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and t_raci~ musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music w be emphasized in the final weeks of study. AU vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate the chorus for four years. MR. DETRO¥ AND MR. MORAN The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra their capabilities :d ~imitations. The technique of scoring for small i~strumental cominations; transposition and def manipulation. Prerequisite: Music 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. o M:uSic 216 . RCHESTRA AND BAND Scoring . for th 1 ARRANGING--Two hours MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN ch student rna e ~rge or estra or the modern symphonic band. The Yselect his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Music 215. �1[4 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MR. DETROY hours The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 217. ANALYSIS-Two hours MR. DETROY A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Music 102. Mus. 218. CouNTERPOINT-Three 11.5 mentary songs are used to develop the stude t' . train him in voice pedagogy. n s own voICe as well as to No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL M credit hours per semester M D us1c MATERIALS-Two R. ETROY AND MR MORAN Th e development of an adequate b t h . . of various kinds of school music mat ~~ tee ni~ue and ~he presentation tary and high school instrumental m e;1a.' tr~s1~g particularly elemenschool choral materials the second se;e:~:/ t e rst semester and high No prerequisite. MuJic Education Mus. En. 101-102. CLARINET CLASS AND BAND Mus. ED. 111-112. VIOLIN CLASS AND METH hours per semeste1' MR. MOR.AN Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 103-104. BRASS CLASS AND BAND METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. MORAN A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. MoRAN A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. Mus. ED. 105. WOODWIND CLASS credit hours MR. MORAN A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. Mus. En. 106. BRASS CLASS METHODS-Two Mus. ED. 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND semester METHODS-Two credit METHODS-Two credit hours per semester THE STAFF A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Ele· . ODs-Two credit hours per A class in elementary violin la in . . _MR. LivA technical problems involved in fh y 1g ~s a pract_1cal m~roduct10n to the .. e P aymg of stringed mstruments . N o prerequ1S1te. · Mus. Eo. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT C hours per semester LASS METHODS-Two credit A class in the playin of the . 1 . MR. LIVA duction to the teachingg f th ~10 a, v10loncello, and bass as an intro0 class teaching. ese mS t ruments and as a demonstratiori of Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Mus. ED. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL M hours USIC METHODS-Two credit The course involve MR. MORAN in the elementary grads a gienera~ preparation for the teachers of music and b. . es. t entails a study of th . . I o Jectives in school music. e prmc1p es, procedures, No prerequisite. fus. ED 20 . 2. H IGH SCHOOL Musi c M ETHODS-Two credit hottrs The course is planned t . MR. MORAN a pects of music in the h'ohprohv1de a preparation for teaching the various 1g sc ool. 0 prerequisite. Mus. En. 203-2 er d' 04. OBSERVATION p e it hours per semester AND RACTICE TEACHING-Pou, course · h T S mental . in t e observation an . HE TAFF music in the elementary dhprhact1ee teaching of vocal or instruor 1g schools. A �Instructor Jessee, chairman. NURSING-Three hours Miss JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social and educational factors that have stimulated its development. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF 102. TRENDS IN NURSING PHILOSOPHY-Three hours THE STAFF An introduction to the main problems of philosophy. Among the topics to be considered are the nature of the univers~; the origin ~f _life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; moral, religious, and aesthetic values; the sources and validity of knowledge. The purpose of the course is to acquaint the student with the traditional solution of these problems in order to interest him _in s~rio~s an~ ~eflectiv~ tho~ght, to coordinate his knowledge, and to aid him m gammg an mtelhgent understanding of the world and life. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO NURSING EDUCATION N.E. 117 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 116 EDUCATION-Three hours MISS JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. WARD ADMINISTRATION-Three hours Miss JESSEE Principles and methods involved in the efficient management of a hospital unit. N.E. 105. STAFF TEACHING-Three hours Organization of a program and methods of improving the effectiveness of student experience in the clinical areas. N.E. 107. METHODS IN CLINICAL STAFF NURSING-Three houfs A consideration of the methods of teaching and content of courses in medical and surgical nursing. N.E. 111. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL STAFF NURSING-Three hours Field experience in supervision and teaching of medical and surgical nursing. N.E. 112. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL Miss JESSEE ARTS-Three hours This course considers the methods of teaching and content of courses in nursing arts or principles of nursing. LOGIC-Three hours MR. VuJICA The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of clear thinking. The use and validity of reasonin~, hypothesis, induction, deduction, and other approaches to knowledge m the field of the natural and social sciences will be presented. PHIL. 102. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL ETHICS-Three hours A study of the great ethical systems such as hedonism, formalism, utilitarianism and self-realizationism. The application of moral principles to the life of the state, the family and the economic order. The nature of virtue conscience moral character and the relationship of ethics to other fi~lds of kno;ledge are discussed in this course. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION-Three hours The treatment of religious problems in philosophy; the nature, scope and validity of religious knowledge; forms and expressions of religious behavior. The aim of the course is to give the student an understanding of the basic principles of religion and the contribution of religious thought to current interpretations of life. PHIL. N.E. 113. NURSING MISS JESSEE ARTS-Three hours This course provides opportunity for observation and participation in the teaching of nursing arts. N.E. 114. NURSING PHILOSOPHY Assistant Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Schindler. A major in the combined .fields of philosophy and religion consis~ of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion. Philosophy 101 an Religion 101 are not accepted for credit toward a major. The courses may be selected from these two .fields as desired by the student. AESTHETICS-Three hours MR. VUJICA Theories of the essential character of beauty, its purpose and standards; the application of general aesthetic principles to poetry and the fine arts; the comparison of the aesthetic with other types of experience. PHIL. 205. Pmt. 211. HISTORY OF ANCIENT AND M EDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY Th,·ee hours MR. VUJICA ~he development of philosophical thought from its appearance in 1 1 t~? a to the renaissance. The permanent contributions of the Greek ;kers, particularly Plato and Aristotle to western culture. Patristic ~ scholastic philosophy. The culmination of scholasticism in the sysems of Thomas A cqumas . . and Mohamme d an and Duns Scotus. Jewish e ieval thought. Prerequ1site: · · Philosophy 101. m d' . �PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY-Three P.E. 103-104. hours PHYSICAL EDUCATION-One hour each semester THE STAFF MR. VUJICA The most important systems of philosophy from the renaissance through the end of the nineteenth century. Seventeenth century rationalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz) . Eighteenth century empiricism (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's criticism and Hegel's idealism. Post-Kantian and post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern science in philosophical speculation. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY-Three hours MR. VUJICA The principal trends in twentieth century philosophies. The contributions of Bergson, James, Dewey, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other living philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGl'E NE Director Partridge; Instructor Bubeck. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a re~ar part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exer_ose for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical a.nd a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, tennis, golf, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and phy~ical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE One hour each semester 119 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 118 THE Sr.AFF This course includes two hours of physical instruction and one hour of class instruction in personal hygiene each week. It is designed to promote physical coordination and good health habits and to encoura~e 5 participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exerci e throughout life. Three hours each week. This course is a continuation of Physical Education 101 and 102·, without the instruction in personal hygiene. PHYSICS Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professor Heltzel; Instructor Thomas. MR. THOMAS SCIENCE-Three hours A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL 119. METEOROLOGY- Three hours MR. THOMAS A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions accompanying weather changes. Weather predictions, air-mass analysis and the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agriculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS. hours MR. HALL AND STAFF "."- thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature, meeting requirements for later work in technical courses. Required of all science students and elective for other students. Mechanics, heat, and sound. ~nstruction by demonstration lecture, recitation and experimental work m the laboratory. Class four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. PHYS. 201. GENERAL PHYSICS-Five Prerequisite: Mathematics 105; or 107 and 109. hours MR. HALL AND STAFF Cl Continuation of Physics 201. Electricity, light and modern physics. ass four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201. PHYs. 202. GENERAL PHYSICS-Five PHYs. 2 51. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three hours MR. HALL · ·on measurement of electrical quantities and their application to Pre th cfiisi · t ry; me · lu des thermal electromotive force, resistance therme e1d of ch emis and tho~eters, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits · a week.e1r appl'icahon. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours �120 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES POLITICAL SCIENCE P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three hours Associate Professor Mailey, chairman; Instructors Hibbard and Kaslas. A major in political science shall consist of twenty-four hours. All courses except Political Science 100 and 101 are acceptable toward the major. In addition, History 223, 224, and 228, and Economics 212 and 2 36 are also acceptable. P.S. 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. MAILEY This course includes a treatment of government in the United States at all levels: national, state, and local. The course is offered to students in biology, chemistry, physics, and elementary education only. Arts and commerce and finance students may take the course only with the permission of the instructor. P.S. 101. AMERICAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the national government and the institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into law, and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact of the citizen on the government and of the government on the citizen is rr.peatedly emphasized. P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW-Three hours each semester MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three hours MR. MAILEY l 21 MR. HIBBARD A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a .field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years wh'ch · generally labeled social insurance: unemployment 1 1s compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 22 1. INTERNATIONAL LAw-Th,·ee hours t MR. KASLAS ~ s~dy of the development of the body of customs and rules which re A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. er:t~s developed to govern their relations, with particular considion or th e responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prere. quisite: · · p olitical Science 101. Desideratum.· U ni'ted States and European history. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three hours P.S. 2 22 MR. MAfLE'Y A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: Political Science 101 and Sociology 100. Ab · INTE RNATIONAL POLITICS-Three hours MR. KASLAS road, general c h · h · that cond ·f h o~rse w ic aims to present many of the factors 1 p ion t e foreign policies of nations Drer_eqduisite: Political Science 101. . es1 eratum. S kn raphy. · ome owledge of history, governments, and geog- �122 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE P.S. 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Three hours MR. KASLAS A study of two European governments representing two diametrically opposed ideologies, the English and the Russian. Since political institutions in the American system are traceable to the English, the first half of the course is devoted to the English government; the second half is a consideration of Russian political institutions. Comparisons between the two are continually made. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. PSYCHOLOGY Assistant Professor Dominguez, chairman; Instructors Boyle, Guttman, Harker*, Kanner*, Kelly, and R. Riley. A major in psychology consists of twenty-four hours in this field. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is accepted. The Department requires that psychology majors take one year of a laboratory science; they may elect biology, chemistry, or physics. Students planning to take graduate work in psychology must study either French or German in order to meet graduate school requirements. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Students who desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department of Public Instruction as psychological examiners or public school psychol~· gists should carefully plan their programs under the direction of thetr faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and ~o his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. Not open to freshmen. * On leave of absence for advanced study. 123 PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 203-204. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each s.emester THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 206. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY- Three hours THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions to individual differences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 207. CHILD PsYCHOLOGY-Th,-ee hours THE STAFF The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three homs Miss DOMINGUEZ Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. Psy. 21 2. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS Three hours THE STAFF stu dy of the theory of psychological testing. The principles under1 _A st ymg t: selection, standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course ts a .. and prerequ1S1te for the following courses: Psychology 251, 252, 255. Prerequisite: · · Psychology 100. �124 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hottrs An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psychology 212. PsY. 252. PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours An introduction to the study of psychological factors underlying personnel procedures in business, industry, and education. Discussion of case studies in the settlement of personnel problems in the business world. The administration of the personnel program is analyzed from the point of view of the psychological effects it may have on the employee. Prerequisite: Psychology 251 or permission of instructor. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years. Not offered 1952-1953.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and two other courses in psychology. PsY. 25S-256. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each semester Miss DOMINGUEZ A detailed study of the administration and interpretation of some of the individual tests. The student is given the opportunity for actual experience in testing in the Wilkes-Barre Public Schools. The inter· pretation, by the clinical method, of normal and abnormal behavior of children and adults. Historical sketch; outline of method, including examinations, classification, prognosis, and remedial measures. ( Offered in alternate years. Not offered 19S2-1953.) Prerequisite: Psychology 207 and 212. PsY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss DOMINGUEZ A general survey of the principal fo rms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 208. PsY. 301-302. RESEARCH IN PSYCHO LOGY-T hree hours TH E STAFF An opportunity to conduct ind ividual research projects under supervision. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. 12 5 RELIGION Assistant Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Schindler. f A majo; in the ~ombi~ed fields of philosophy and religion consists o twenty- our hours. ~hilosophy 101 and Religion 101 are not acce ted for credit t~ward a maJor. The courses may be selected from these Ptw 0 fields as desired by the student. REL. 101. HISTORY OF RELIGIONS-Three h ourJ MR V N tu d . . . . . UJICA a re a_n ~rigm of _r~ligion. Significant founders and leaders of t~e great h1stoncal_ and l1vmg religions. Sacred literatures beliefs and r!~als. A compar_1son_ of the most impo.rtant features of 'the re;t religions. The contnbut10ns of religion to the developm t d g tion of cultural values. en an preservaREL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT Th ree h ours A study o~ ~he religio~s thought and practices of the early Hebrews. Codes an~ cnttcal. analysis of the earlier writings of the Old Testament. Comparative studies are made of the Do K. translations of the Old Testament. uay, mg James, and Jewish Prerequisite: Religion 1 o1 . REL. 202. up: THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three hours s~~dy; f tte ~rophetic and Wisdom literature. Emphasis is placed e_ rofp etic and Post-Exilic periods of Hebrew history The gradual rise o m l ·cl · · . · of Religion 201. ora i eas is mvestigated. The course is a continuation Prerequisite: Religion 1 o1, Rn. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEw TESTAMENT-Thr h A stud f . ee ours lems of l y o the types of literature found in the New Testament Prob of Jesus a:J~~ge and au.thorship are disC1J.ssed. The religious te~ching~ their ow t· e Apostol1~ Ch~rch are studied against the background of p n . ~e and exammed m their significance for contemporary life rerequ1s1te: Religion 101. . RETAIL MERCHANDISING Professor Rosenb h . Cleary, O'Tool er?, c airman; Instructors Berg, Bunn, Kaden M ce, J. Riley, Rosolowski, Sheridan Sternlieb ' , . R.M . lOl. PRINCIPLE R s OF ETAILING--Three hours Policies d . MR. McCLEARY, Miss SHERIDAN, MR. STERNLIEB i . . an practices of th · · · · · nstttutions and ty e va~1ous retail mshtut10ns; types of retail sales and service ?f merchandise handled; store location and layout · po IC1es; employment, training, and welfare. ' p1~ �126 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES R.M. 127 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three hours MR. McCLEARY, MISS SHERIDAN !3asic principles of successful retail store organization; study of the organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating divisions; planned observation in employment, training, receiving, marking, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. R.M. 201. COLOR AND DESIGN-Two hours MR. O'TOOLE Ages of civilization and development of industrial age. Periods, style symbols, classicism, modern design. Components of composition; problems of function; proportion, balance, rhythm, color, light, texture. Fundamentals of interior decoration. Color and design in apparel. Studio, four hours each week. R.M. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION-Two hours MR. BUNN, Miss SHERIDAN Study of basic principles of retail advertising and sales promotion. Organization and procedure of advertising department in retail stores; types of retail advertising; copy, headline, layout, type, advertising media, display; research. SELLING--Three hours MR. BUNN, Miss SHERIDAN Fundamentals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of merchandise and the store; knowledge of the customer; selling techniques; building permanent business. Laboratory observation; actual selling. R.M. 207. RETAIL MERCHANDISE-Three hours MISS SHERIDAN Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to .finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. R.M. 210. ELEMENTS OF Natural, industrial, and synthetic materials; properties, technologies, imitations; plastics, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, china. R.M. 212-. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISE CONTROL-Three hours THE STAFF Importance of purchases; principles and methods; forms of proc:· dure, handling, storing, and warehousing methods; inventories and thei; control; types and limitation of stock control systems; application systems. ° Prerequisite: approval of instructor. R.M. 214. RETAIL BUYING--Two hours THE STAFF Buying as a career; types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of customer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade relations. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. R.M. 21.5. DISPLAY-Two hours THE STAFF Techniques of store arrangement; display of merchandise and services within the store; window display. R.M. 217 . .FUNDAMENTALS OF FASHION-Three hours THE STAFF Fashion as a social force. How the fashion world works. Fashions in Paris, England, United States. Apparel, millinery, shoes, accessories; fashion shows. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. R.M. RELATIONS-Three hours Miss SHERIDAN Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment procedure; wage plans and incentives; employee training; employee evaluation; employee stabilization; employee participation; legislation affecting labor problems in retailing. 219. RETAIL PERSONNEL MR. BUNN, MR. RILEY, R.M. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE Two hours THE STAFF Importance of small business; factors in business success; justification of n~w businesses; .financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; pro.fit; records; small business and the future. R.M. 0 222. RETAIL CREDITS AND COLLECTIONS-Two hours THE STAFF .. . r~aruzation of credit department; charge accounts; passing on application for credit; retail credit bureau· mercantile agencies· salescheck procedure; collection procedure and cor;espondence· personai financing· contracts· inst llm d" 1 . ' . ' , a ent ere 1t; egal aspects of retail credit. R.M. R 224 · ECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING . Three hours THE STAFF co:p:vriet~ of f~ndamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in a ton with r t ·1 · trends d d e at store executives. Laboratory work; reports on an evelopments. �129 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SECRETARIAL STUDIES S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY- Four hours each semester MR. JENKINS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Bedillion; Instructors Davies, Jenkins, Whitby. Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in shorthand, typewriting, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulati_on, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. La~oratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, s1x hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 102. 128 Students majoring in secretarial studies are required to take a sequence of twenty-four credits outside the Department of Secretarial Studies. It is advisable to decide upon this sequence not later than the sophomore year. The remainder of the electives may be divided between commerce and finance and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. S.S. 99. PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING--No Credit THE STAFF Development of skill in typewriting; development of an understanding of good style and form in typewritten material; application of typing skill to the writing of business letters and term papers. Laboratory fee required. Four hours a week. S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Four hours each semester Miss BEDILLION Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand, Simplified; development of skill in typewriting, and ability to apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. S.S. 105. SHORTHAND-Two hours MR. JENKINS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory in Gregg Shorthand, Simplified. S.S. 106. SHORTHAND-Two hours MR. J ENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application ?f shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING--Two hours each semester MR. DAVIES Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription frorn shorthand notes during second semester. Laboratory fee required. four hours laboratory each week. S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND-Two hours each semester MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of ~eed and accuracy in the application of shorthand, typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 106. S.S. 115-116. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING--Two hours each semester MR. DAVIES Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; transcription from shorthand notes; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. Prerequisite : Secretarial Studies 108. S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL AccouNTING--Three bout's MR. WHITBY . Fu_ndamental principles of accounting and their application to the keeping of books and records in business and professional offices. .S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three hours Miss BEDILLION h S~dy of accepted procedures in typical medical offices, clinics, and o~pt~als; application of stenographic skills to medical dictation; transcnpt1on . ta ken from hospital . records; speoa . 1·ize d d.ictatio . of case h"1stones . n in several branches of medicine· practice in filling out forms for insurance . ' Com c?mpan1es, for Veterans Administration, and for Workmen's labo petnsation. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours ra ory. Prer · · equtSite: approval of instructor. ... �130 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two hours MISS BEDILLION Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: satisfactory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instruaor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four hours Soc. 280. SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY THEORIES-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A historical study of the development of sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Miss BEDILLION Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures in typical business and professional offices; study of personal and technical requirements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commercial forms; operation and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. HISTORY OF SOCIOLOGICAL 131 Prerequisite: Sociology 278 or permission of the instructor. II Social Organization Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ The development of marriage and the family in ethnological and historical perspective. Family disorganization and problems of adjustment to modern conditions. Practical aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital success or failure. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or permission of the instructor. Assistant Professor Symonolewicz, chairman; Instructor Holbrook. A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociology 100 is a prerequisite for all the courses in sociology, it is not accepted toward a major in sociology. A major in sociology must include the four following courses: Sociology 25 5, 265, 278, and 280. Political Science 204 may also be accepted toward the major in sociology. The courses given by the Department of Sociology and Anthropology are divided into five groups: I Sociological Theory Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to questions about man in society and for specialized study of socir logical problems. Soc. 278. ADVANCED GENERAL SOCIOLOGY-Three hours Soc. 204. EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ . A study of the structure and function of formal education as a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education and other basic institutions-family, church, economics, and government. The pattern of human relations within the school and the relation be~een the school and community. The interaction of the formal and mf~rmal_ educational agencies. Contemporary educational problems and th e1C soc10logical backgrounds. Prerequisite: Sociology 1 oo. Soc. 208. SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ t Comparative study of religious behavior and institutions. Social facrot1 1~nd conditions underlying religious movements. The evolution of ; ~ ous ~roups and types of religious leadership. Religion and other a1or social institutions. Function and role of the church in society. Prere · · . qu1S1te: Sociology 100 and Religion 101 ' or permission of the instructor. MISS HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ An analytical study of the structural elements of society in terms of the:.r functional relationship to social organization and social cha1:ge. The course is designed to enable the student to apply these analytteal tools to the relation of society to the person, the analysis of groups, the study of major institutions, and the understanding of social change. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc 212 So A · CIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three hours Mrss HOLBROOK n analysis of th f 1 d . f . . . work pl e orma an in ormal social orgamzat10n of the tion and~htaucl of the_ relationship between modern industrial organizae community. . Prerequisite· So . I instructor. · cio ogy 100 and Economics 100, or permission of the �132 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 133 III Social Change and Social Problems Soc. 215. URBAN Soc. SOCIOLOGY-Three hours MISS HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ The development of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisites: Sociology 100. Soc. 230. SOCIAL 260. CULTURE AND PERSONALITY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A comparative study of the development and functioning of human personality in various cultures from the point of view of social psychology and social anthropology. Prerequisite: Sociology 255. PROBLEMS-Three hours V Anthropology Miss HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY-Three hou1·s Miss HOLBROOK Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisite: Sociology 230 or Sociology 278, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 245. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK-Three hours A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 275. RACE AND CULTURE CONTACTS-Three houn MISS HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A study of the processes leading to acculturation of racial and ethnic groups in American society and of the economic, social and psychological forces responsible for group antagonism. The course is designed to acquaint the student with the problem of prejudice and discrimination against minority groups in a democratic society. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. IV Social Psychology 255. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factor~ j~ human nature; psychology of individual differences; social interactwn. collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. Soc. 265. GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Fossil man and prehistoric cultures; modern races and the problem of their classification; nature, characteristics and elements of culture. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 270. PEOPLES OF THE WORLD-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A rapid survey of the peoples and cultures of the world in their historical relations. Distribution of races, languages, nationalities and cultures and ideological and socio-economic factors responsible for contemporary social unrest in various parts of the world, particularly among the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. �134 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 135 SAFEIT Instructor Hilbert. SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Ams IN SAFETY EDUCATION- Three hours SAFETY 1. DRNER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS-Three ho11rs The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN TH.E SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hottrs Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY EDU- CATION-Three hours A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of acci?e.ot prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school adm1~ 1strators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs SAFETY S. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION- Three hottrJ Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature a~d methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested 1.0 his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest 15 always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the iote~est that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, e~?t10~ and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the indmdua because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. Discussion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other sensory aids; standards for appraising and their relationship to the curriculum; guiding principles and techniques; minimum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. �The Evening Division SPECIAL COMMUNITY LECTURE SERIES 137 To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: I. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and disrnssion courses offered in various business fields. 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon such a student's completion of thirty semester hours, his high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at his request, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. No student, however, may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have .first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is q_uali fied to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register fo~ evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this regulation must be ap· proved by the Deans. Whenever a student's record of achievement indicates that he is not obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study, the College ma}' request that he withdraw from the Evening Division. Special Community Lecture Series As a community college, Wilkes feels obligated to provide opportunities for adults to continue their education. It therefore offers, in the Evening Division, an introductory program in adult education, from which it believes positive good will result. Community members who register for one of the lecture courses in the series meet one evening a week throughout the ten weeks the course is in session. They do not receive regular college credit. Given each semester, the lectures cost considerably less than the regular undergraduate courses at the College. The fee charged each person enrolled in one of the courses is $10 a semester. The present program includes lecture courses in current events, contemporary literature, and selected topics on modern psychiatry. Further information concerning the program may be secured from the Director of Admissions. �It DEX 139 Index Accounting, Four-year Program Descriptions of Courses ·····-··················· Accreditment of Wilkes College ..................... Administration ········•····················-···················· Admission Requirements Advanced Standing ·····-······· ...................... . Advertising Design .............................................................................................. ······························ Anthropology ............ . Art ·····-·······-·········································· Athletics ··············-······························ Attendance ................................ . Awards ............................................................................................................................................................ Band ....................................••···-·········· .. ············................... _........ - •····· ··-·· .... ~. · · Bachelor of Arts, General Requirements ............ .......... ................................... ...... F'our-year Programs ····················-- - - -····· •························································· Bachelor of Science, Four-year Programs .............................................................. . Biology, Four-year Program . .. ................................ ...................... ........ ... Descriptions of Courses .............................. .......................................... .................. ......... Board of Trustees ..... -................................._...................................................... · Buildings ..................... ••··•·········• ····-· ···········-······································ ····························· Business Administration, Four-year Program ................................................ Descriptions of Courses ............. ,.......................... . .... .................. Business Education ......................................................................................................... ..... Business Law ........................................................................... ..... ........ .. -····· ..... • ···· ·· · ·· · College Calendar ................. .. ...................................................... Careers Conference ...................................... ··············-·············-····················································· Careers Library ................................................. ·············································..... Chemistry, Four-year Program . ............................... . Descriptions of Courses ............................................................... ............................. ·· Choral Club ............................................................... ······················································ Clubs ·····-················································ · ···························-········ · ··· ··············•···. Color and Design ............................................................. ·· ······· ·· ·· ···· ····· · ·· ·· ······· · Commerce and Finance ...................................... . C-ommercial Law (See Business Law) Community Lecture Series ........................................................................ . Community Programs ........ . Counseling .... ..................... ................................... ..... •··················· Curricula .............·-················-· .. ·················································-····················· Debating ··········-··· ................... - .............. .. ... . Degree Courses (See also Individua l Subjects) ... ............................. ···· Descriptions of Courses Economics .................................................................................... ··· ························ Education .................................................... ·-·······-·· ..... ...... .................................... . Program for B. S. (Secondary) .... . Program for B. S. (Elementary) ................................ • Descriptions of Courses ....................................... Employment, Student ...... ················- .................... 58 76 20 8 20 21 78 133 77 31 23 33 30 40 42 45 46 79 6 18 59 81 52 82 5 29 27 47 84 30 31 l26 57 137 28 27 20 31 39 75 87 48 50 51 90 29 Engineering .................................................................................................................. 63 Programs-Common Freshman Year .................................... . 63 -Aeronautical ................................................................................... . 64 -Chemical ........................................................................................ . 64 -Civil ......................... . 64 -Electrical .............................................................................................. ···-· 65 65 -Industrial ... ······················-······························································· -Mechanical .................... . 66 Description of Courses .............................. ........................................................................ 93 English .... . .. -······· ····· ····· · · ·· · ·· · ····································-····· ·· ·················•···•· ········•······················· .. 96 Evening Division ................................ ................................................................................. .. 136 Extension Classes ......... ............................. .. ................................... . 20 Faculty ..............-...····-············ ............................ . 10 Faculty Committees ... 15 Fees _ _ _ .................................. 25 Finance, Mathematics of .. 109, 110 F'rench -·········-······························ 101 General Information ............................ 19 German ..... -................................................................ 103 Grades ·····-····•·····························-···· 21 Graduation, Requirements for 23 History .......... ·-··································-··········· 106 History of Wilkes College ...... . 17 Hygiene ........................................................ ................ ....................... .................. ......... 118 Insurance .......................... -...................................... 84 Journalism .............. ....... ............. ......................... 97 Labor Problems ............................................................. .................................................... 88, 121 Laboratory and Medical T echnology .. ...... .......................... 68 Lettering and Layout ................. ....................... . 78 Liberal Arts, Requirements for Majors ........ ..... ... ........ . 41 :Major in Liberal Arts, Selection of ....................................... . 40 .fajors, Requirements for (See Individual Subjects) :Marketing ···········-············•-·.. ··············································································· .......................... 82 1athematics, Four-year ProgTam .. ....................................... ............................ 43 Descriptions of Courses ... ....... ....... ............ 108 .1. ledical Stenography ........ ... .. 73 1iedical Technology ..... .......... .... .. .... .. .. ..................... ........ ...... 68 ;,.te.orology ................. ........... ........ ........... .............. ....................... .... . ...................... 119 • usic, Four-year Prog ram ....... ...........................·-········ ........... ....................... 44 Two-year Program .. .... . .... .............. .................... 69 111 1 ?escriptions of Courses ........... ........................... ...... ......................... • USiDc Education, Four-year Program .............................................. ........ 54 , escriptions of Courses ···········-······ ....... ................................... .............. 114 ·, on-?redit Program (Lecture Series) ................................................. 137 • ur 1ng Ed • · Des . ;cation, Two-year Progra m .............................................. ..................... 55 Orchest:;P ions of Courses ····················· ....... ··············· ·············································· ... 116 Orient t· :..·•···················································-·······•·••········· .. ····························•······································... 30 Payme::◊~ ~::!ram . . . ... . . . ..... . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . ..... 28 26 �J-10 WILKES COLLEGE Addendum ;t~~:::ih~d~~~ti~~·· ;~d. .i ;~·i~~~···::·.: :. . . . . . . ·. :. . .: : : : : ·: : : :::: : : : : : : : :~:~: : : : : : : ~~: Physics, Program for First and Second Years ..................................... ............. Descriptions of Courses ·····-···················· .. ···-·· ................. -................................ Placement Service .......................-....... _.......................................................... . . Political Science .............................-............................ -.................. ................................................... Preparation for Professions a nd Vocations ............................. . ... ...................... Probation ···········-··· ..········-···············.. ········ .................. _.......................... .. . • ....... Pre-Dental Courses, Two-.year Program ..................................................................... Three-year Program ................... -·-·•·· ··.. .................................................... Psychology .............. -·······-·················· .. ········..································ ..... _........ .. . - - - Publkations, Student ········-·································.. .. ................................................... Real Estate _ _ _ ............................. ...................... ............................................ Refunds ··················································-·······" ................................. •· ..... ••· ·· •· -················· Registration ........................................ ............................................. .................................................. ... Religion ........................................................................................................................................................ .. Retail Merchandising, Four-year Program .................. ........................................... - Descriptions of Courses ............................... .. ...................... .............................. Safety, Courses in ··············-·······-································ ................................................................... Scholarships ....................................................... ·-·······-· .. ··· ......................... .. ... . .. .. ..... ... Secretarial Studies, F-0ur-year Program ..................................................................... Two-year Program ............................................................................................................ ..... Descriptions of Courses ..................... ................................................. ...... Social Science, Major in .............. ..... ........... ............... ..... .. 56 119 29 120 34 22 70 71 122 31 82 26 23 125 61 125 134 32 62 72 128 40 Description of methods course required f or the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education (see page 53): Enuc. 243. BUSINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF INSTRUCTION IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES Principles of Business Education ; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill building; techniques of instruction in type• writing and shorthand; standards, tests, and measurement in the secretarial studies; content, objectives, and methods of instruction in office practice. i::Ii~:~::;~{~~~:~;;~ • • • • • • • • · • • • • ·• • • • • • • • • • • • :• • •· · • ·• ~ l Statistics, Ap:i>lied General, Economic ............................................................. Introduction to ..................................... .................................................................................... .. Student Activities ......... ........................... ........... ....................................... Student Employment .................................................................. ........................ · Student Government ........... -......................................... -............................................... Student Welfare ................................ ................. ....... ·-.. .. ..... .... ...... .... . . . Summer School Credits .................................... ............................ ......................... Surveying ...................................................................................... -.... ............................. Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secon dary ................... ................... Business .......................................................-............. -.... ...................... .............................. ... Music .. ............................................-........................................................... Teaching ( See Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses ....·-······................................................... .................. .. Tran sf er of Credits .. ..... ......... .. ... ... ... ....... . .. . .. ....... .... ..... . .. .. ........ •· ·· Tuition .................................................. _._. ................................. Withdrawals ......... ............ ............ .......... ....... ~: 1 :~ 30 27 24 94 48 52 54 67 21 24 26 ... �FROM: Ny --- FROM: BUFFALO -------- N.Y SYRACUSE AL' BANY FROM: CON,NECTICUT ---- ----- WAVERLY ) U,S.-6 FROM. ERIE U.S. 09 PA·IIS WILLIAMSPORT PA. f>H!LADELPHIA CAMDE N FROM: ~ATLANTC CITV BA. l TIMORE W,.., S O U T H F R A N K L HIN N ~ " AF~li : 0 HALL ~i i � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin 1952-1953 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1952-1953 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/6bdf2173bb4cd51d785279b6fbd34b85.pdf 9b7611ddf735ee681571f052c96e0506 PDF Text Text WILKES COLLEGE CATALOGUE ISSUE-1950-1951 ~ f ~ >~-~cc~ J l 9 4 1 L.. ~_..._ .. .J ~ ,.J r :!l ~ ANNOUNCEMENTS- 1951-1952 WILKES-BARRE PENNSYLVANIA �WILKES COLLEGE CATALOGUE ISSUE-1950-1951 ANNOUNCEMENTS-1951-1952 WILKES-BARRE PENNSYLVANIA �Marks of An Educated Man . . . 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understanding. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses visron, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5. He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. �1951 s M JUNE T w T 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 28 I F M T w T M s s 1 2 1 2 8 9 8 9 15 16 15 16 22 23 22 23 29 30 29 30 l SEPTEMBER s JULY F T 3 10 17 24 31 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 121 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 28 30 s 2 9 16 23 30 T OCTOBER T w T M I AUGUST T w T Contents F s ~ s 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 9 10 11 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 17 18 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 w F M s s F NOVEMBER T w T F M s 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 5 6 7 8 9 10 4 13 12 9 10 11 8 15 16 17 19 20 11 12 13 14 22 23 24 15 16 17 18 18 19 20 21 27 25 26 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 31 DECEMBER T w T F s M s 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 FEBRUARY T w T F M M T 1 8 s M F s 1 7 8 W T JUNE MAY APRIL b s MARCH T w T s F 1 2 5 6 3 4 5 7 8 9 2 3 4 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 14 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 15 13 12 21 22 17 18 19 10 11 21 22 23 16 17 18 19 20 28 29 23 24 25 26 27 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 28 29 24 25 26 27 31 30 31 s F s l sMTWTF 2 3 9 10 1t 1~ 4 5 6 7 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 111 12 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 18 25 26 27 28 29 30 ~ ~1~ 6 7 ; 10 8 17 15 13 14 15 16 24 22 20 21 22 23 27 28 29 30 31 129 M T W T F S 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 l i 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 2 30 ----------------------~---AUGUST JULY I TWTF sMTWTF S s 2 8 1 2 3 4 1 9 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 : \ 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 23 13 14 15 22 23 24 25 26 117 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 27 28 29 30 31 51 I 24 30 _____;'----------..:...---__...--------31 6 Board of Trustees 8 Officers of Administration 10 Assistants in Administration 11 Faculty . 12 Faculty Committees 18 A History of the College 19 General Information 21 Student Welfare . 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 1952 JANUARY M T w T College Calendar 25 26 27 28 29 . 29 Preparation for Professions and Vo canons . 33 Student Activities 38 College Cu.rricula 40 Bachelor of Arts Requirements • • • • I , Bachelor f s · · · · · · · · o oence Requirements (Biolog)'. Chemistry, . . Physics) Bach e1or of Sciern;e rn · C ommerce and F"mance Requuements . Bach el or of Sc1ence · · Engineering . rn R equ1rements . 42 Terminal Courses Degree i M · . · · · · · · · · · · n usIC Education (Freshman and S h Description of Courses . op om ore years) 47 52 59 63 65 71 Ed ucatwn · Courses The Evening o·1v1s1on ·· Lecture Courses Index 87 133 134 135 �6 WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - - - - - -~C:1ALENDAR _ _ _ _ __ COLLEGE CALENDAR 1951-1952 SPRING, 1951 February 1, 2, 3 Thursday, Friday, Saturday .. Freshman Orientation period February 7, Wednesday ...... Classes begin at 8 A.M. March 22, Thursday ........ Easter vacation begins at 5 P.M. March 27, Tuesday ......... Classes resume at 8 A.M. April 4, Wednesday ........ Mid-Semester grades due April 7, Saturday ........... Incompletes must be satisfied by this date. April 16, Monday .......... Trial registration to April 28 May 25, Friday ............ Classes end at 5 P.M. May 26, Saturday .......... Final examinations begin May 30, Wednesday ........ Decoration Day; no classes June 7, Thursday ........... Final examinations end at 5 P.M. June 9, Saturday ........... Founders Day June 9, Saturday ........... Graduation SUMMER, 1951 June 13, 14, 15 Wednesday, Thursday, Friday ................. Registration for summer school June 18, Monday ........... Classes begin at 8 A.M. July 4, Wednesday ......... Independence Day; no classes August 7, Tuesday .......... Final examinations begin August 11, Saturday ........ Final examinations end at 5 P.M. FALL 1951 September 10, Monday ....... Freshman Orientation and Registration September 12, Wednesday .... Transfer Students Registration September 13, 14 Thursday, Friday .......... Registration for Upperclassmen September 17, Monday ....... Classes begin at 8 A.M. November 7, Wednesday ..... Mid-Semester grades due November 12, Monday ....... Armistice Day; no classes November 14, Wednesday .... Registration to November 28 November 17, Saturday ...... Incompletes must be satisfied by this date November 17, Saturday ...... Homecoming November 21, Wednesday .... Thanksgiving vacation begins at 5 P.M. November 26, Monday ....... Classes resume at 8 A.M. December 19, Wednesday ..... Christmas vacation begins at 5 P.M. _ _ _ __!_7 January 3, Thursda .. . Y · · · · · • • Classes resume at 8 A M . . J anuary 18 F riday ' · · · · · · · · · • • Classes end at 5 p M J anuary 19, Saturday F' . · · anuary 31 Th d ......... mal exammations begin J , urs ay. F" . . . . . . . . . ma1exammattons end at 5 P.M. SPRING 1952 January 31, February 1, 2 Thursday, Friday Saturda F February 4, 5 ' y. . reshman Orientation period Monday, Tuesday . . . . . February 6 W d d · · · · · · · Final Reg1strat10n , e nes ay Cl b . Apr'l asses egrn at 8 A M 1 2 , W ed nesday . . . . . . . M.d · · 1 April 5, Saturday ... : : : : : : : · · I -Semester grades due April 10, Thursday. . . . . . . Encompletes _must be satisfied by this date April 14 M d . . . . . aster Vacation begins at 5 p M , on ay Cl . . · · · · · · · · · · · asses begin at 8 A.M. May 23, Frida Registration to April 26 May 24, Satur~~ ............ C!asses end at 5 p .M. May 30 Frid y .......... .Final examinations begin June 5, Thurs~~~:::::: · · · · · -~ecoration ?a~; no classes June 7, Saturday ...... mal Exammattons end at 5 P.M. June B, Sunda · · · · · · · · · · · .Founders Day June 9 M dy · · · · · · · · · · · · .Baccalaureate Service , on ay · · · · · · · · · · · •G ra duatton . SUMMER 1952 June 11, 12, 13 Wed., Thurs., Fri... . . . . June 16, Monda . . .... Registration for summer school July 4 F 'd y · · · · · · · · · · Classes begin at 8 AM , fl ay.... · . August 6, Wednesd~~ ........ ~~dependence Day; no classes August 9, Saturday ...· : .· .· : . . . ~nal exam~nat!ons begin ... Fma1 exammattons end at 5 P.M. �BOARD OF TRUSTEES Board of Trustees COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS lnstmctzon: GILBERT S. Library: Chairman MCCLINTOCK, FREDERICK J. WECKESSER, Vice-Chairman MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE, Chairman Miss ANNETTE EvANs , C'1Jarrman . MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT CHARLES JAMES H. P. MINER, JR., HARRIS, Secretary SAMUEL Treasurer B. CARR SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. THE REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH CHARLES PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. Finance: Nominatiom: F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. FREDERICK]. WECKESSER, C. EDWARD GRIFFITH W. GUCKELBERGER Chairman, THE REV, CHARLES S. ROUSH GEORGE ANDREW J. SORD0NI JAMES P. HARRIS B. CARR GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK REUBEN H. LEVY JAMES P. HARRIS JULIUS LONG STERN ANDREW J. SORD0NI JOSEPH] . KOCYAN, M.D. GUCKELBERGER MRS. EDWARD H. KENT THE REV, CHARLES S. ROUSH, Chairman J. HENRY POOL HoN. JoHN S. FINE H. MINER, JR. MARTS Miss ANNETTE EVANS HARRY F. GOERINGER M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs CHARLES H. MINER, JR. ARNAUD MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE W. JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, REUBEN H. LEVY MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT GEORGE MRS. EDWARD H. KENT M. DAVENPORT, M.D. MISS ANNETTE EVANS Miss MARY R. KooNs JASPER 9 JASPER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. ST ARK JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. Juuus LONG STERN TERM OF OFFICE Buildings and Grounds: Expiring June, 1951 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT HON. JOHNS. FINE J. HENRY POOL REUBEN JULIUS LONG STERN ARN AUD MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE EDWARD GRIFFITH JAMES P. HARRIS ARNAUD C. F. MARTS GEORGE B. CARR SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, Miss ANNETTE EVANS M.D. w. REUBEN H. LEVY C. MARTS F. GoERINGER MRS. EDWARD H. KENT HARRY J. KocYAN, M.D. J. SORDONI Juuus LONG STERN FREDERICK ]. WECKESSER CHARLES H. MINER, JR. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Expiring June, 1953 MISS MARY R. KOONS , \. H. LEVY ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. ANDREW GucKELBERGER HON. JOHNS. FINE JosEPH Chairman ]. HENRY POOL Expiring lune, 1952 JASPER EDWARD GRIFFITH, PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. GILBERT S. McCLINTOCK CHARLES S. ROUSH ANDREW J. FREDERICK SoRDONI J. WECKESSER Ex Offi c10 · on All Committees-MR. GILBERTS · M C C LINTOCK �ADMINISTRATION 11 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR EUGENE S. FARLEY, PH.D, (Pennsylvania) President ALFRED W. BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Dean of Instruction HERBERT J. MoRRIS, A.M. (Pennsyl~ania) Director of Admissions and Registrar CELINE PoPIELARZ ............. . ....... . Assistant to the Registrar JACQUELINE BEDNER ......... . .. .... ... . Secretary to the Registrar EMMA GRILLI ..... .. ... . .... ......... .. . ... 0 ffice Machine Clerk JEAN MAcHONIS ......... .... ... ...... ... . . Switchboard Operator MADELYN LAwsoN ...................... . ... . Registration Clerk IRENE THOMAS ...................... . ..... .. ....... . Recorder R AM (Northwestern) BETTY L. HARKE , · · Dean of Women GEORGE F. RALSTON, A.B . (North Carolina) Dean of Men J. MoRAN, B.S. (Bucknell) . Director of Public Relations and Alumni THOMAS OFFICE OF THE COMPTROLLER JANE L. DODSON .... ... .. .. ......... . Secretary to the Comptroller DOLORES HENCZEL ......... .......... ................. Cashier JEAN JONES .. ..... . ................ Accounts Payable Bookkeeper MARY POPPLE . .... .............. Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper DONALD R. KERSTEEN, A.B. (Bucknell) Comptroller STANLEY H. WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT RUTH TRETHAWAY ..................... . Secretary to the President Director of Evening Classes OFFICE OF THE DEANS JOHN J. CHWALEK, A.M. (Columbia) Director of Guidance and Placement SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. (Virginia) JUNE E. STEVENS ................................... . Secretary ANNA HAVIR ....... .. .. . .. . .. . ..... ..... . Secretary to the Deans College Physician GUIDANCE CENTER SAMUEL A. GUTTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell) BEVERLY Psychiatric Consultant H. VAN HORN . . .... . Secretary to the Director of Guidance JOSEPH H. MYERS, B.L.S. (McGill) BOOKSTORE Librarian KATHLEEN M. MACDONALD, B.L.S. (Marywood) Reference Librarian · WAR.REN FRENCH, B.L.S. (Syracuse) Cataloguing Librarian NADA VuJICA, A.M. (Zagreb) MILDRED GITTENS .. .... ... ... .. ..... ... Manager of the Bookstore CAFETERIA MRS. JAMES A. BRENNAN ....... ....... ... . . . Director of Cafeteria Assistant in Library CLARE BEDILLION, A.M. (New York) Secretary to the Facttlty GLADYS B. DAVIS . Head Resident, Sterling Hall MAINTENANCE WILLIAM JERVIS .. ... ..... Superintendent of Buildinf!,S and Grounds �FACULTY Faculty EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President HERBERT JOHN MORRIS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Director of Admissions and Assistant Professor of Business Administration GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.B. (North Carolina) Dean of Men and Instructor in Biology BETTY L. HARKER, A.M. (Northwestern) Dean of Women and Instructor in Psychology MARY ELIZABETH CRAIG, PH.D. (Cornell) Professor of English CHARLES BRADDOCK REIF, PH.D. (Minnesota) Professor of Biology HAROLD W. THATCHER, PH.D. (Chicago) Professor of History ALFRED W. BASTRESS, PH:D. (Yale) Professor of Chemistry SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, PH.D. (North Carolina) Professor of Economics Vorus BLAINE HALL, M.S. in E.E. (Bucknell), A.M. (Columbia) Associate Professor of Physics ELWOOD JOHN DISQUE, A.B. (Dickinson) Associate Professor of German FRANK J. J. DAVIES, PH.D. (Yale) Associate Professor of English THOMAS R. RICHARDS, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, M.A. (Warsaw) Assistant Professor of Sociology JOSEPH'?· DONNELLY, A.M. (Bucknell) Awstant Professor of English GERTRU~E MARVIN WILLIAMS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) A p ss1sta12t rof essor of English CLARE BEDILLION . , A ·M . (New y ork ) Awstant Professor of Secretarial St11die.1 MILDRED. E· HULL ' A ·M · (P ennsylvania) Assistant Professor of Math emattcs . EDWARD _M. WILLIAMS, A.M. (Columbia) Amstant Professor of English EDw ARD •NICHOLAS HELTZEL , M •S. (B uc-k ne11 ) A ss1stant Professor of Engmeermg • . KATHRYNE. DOMINGUEZ PH D (Col b" A · ' · · um ia) mstant Professor of Psychology THADDEUS . MITANA, PH ·D . (C racow) Ass/Stant Professo,· of Mod em Languages HUGO V : MAILE Y, PhD · • (Pennsylvania) Asststant Professor of Pot,·,·teal Sc1ence . ARTHUR .N · KR UGER, p H.D. (Louisiana) Assistant Professor of English STANKo_M. VUJICA, PH.D. (Zagreb) Amstant Professor of Philosophy and Religion DONALD. E. COBLEIGH , AM . · · (W"1sconsm) A ssutant Professor of Music SYLVIA J?WORSKr, PH.D. (Yale) Assistant Professor of French HoH-CH_EUNG Mm, Ph.D. (Columbia) Amstant Professor of History CATHERINE H. BONE, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Assistant Professor of Chemistry CROMWE~L E. ~HOMAS, M.S. (Bucknell) Imtwctor m Engineering STANLEY H. WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics ]OHN S. ~EMON, PH.D. (Cornell) Assistant Professor of Education 13 �14 FACULTY WILKES COLLEGE PAUL R. WERNER, M.S. (New York) Instructor in Accounting ROBERT MORAN, B.M. (Eastman) Instructor in Music EDWIN R. CREASY, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Mathematics ROBERT C. RILEY, A.B. (Bucknell) lnstmctor in Psychology JAMES J. LAGGAN, M.A. (Pennsy_lv~nia)_ Instructor in Business Admm1strat10n WADE J. BRIGHTBILL, M.A. (Pittsburgh) Instmctor in Retail Merchandising ALFRED S. GROH, A.B. (Syracuse) Instmctor in English HELEN BUBECK, B.S. (Stroudsburg) lnstmctor in Physical Education ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Director of Physical Education GEORGE ELLIOTT, M.A. (Clark) Instructor in Economics CHARLES L. TAYLOR, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Instmctor in Physics CHARLES J. Foxww, M.A. (Columbia) Instructor in English JOHN P. WHITBY, B.S. (Bloomsburg) Instyuctor in Accounting HowARD HALPIN, M.S. (Lehigh) JOHN J. RILEY, B.S. (Bucknell). . . Insfructor in Business Admznzstratton JOHN W. BOYCE, JR., B.S. (Bu~k~ell). Instructor in Business Admzmstratton EDITH S. NAMISNIAK, M.S. (Michigan) Instructor in Biology LORNA D. HOLBROOK, M.A. (Columbia) Instmctor in Sociology WELTON G. FARRAR, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instmctor in Economics and Political Science JOHN J. CHWALEK, M.A. (Columbia) Instructor in Sociology JOHN A. COONEY, B.S. (Bucknell~~ Instmctor in Retail Merchandmng MADELINE M. DAGUE, M.S. (Wyoming) Instructor in Biolon MARK I. DAVIDOFF, A.B. (Bucknell) Instmctor in Spanish JOSEPH H. KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology * On leave of absence for advanced study. Instructor in Chemistry THOMAS F. ROCK, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in History FRANCIS J. SALLEY, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Chemistry PART TIME FACULTY ROBERT F. BAc_HMAN,_ A.B. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor m Retail Merchandising CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, F.A.G.O. (Guilmant Organ School) Instructor in Music JOSEPH A. BOYLE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Psychology THEODORE AL~RED EVANS, L.L.B . .(Pennsylvania) Instructor m English SAMUEL A_. G~TTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell) Psych1atr1c Consultant and Instructor in Psychology CHARLES N. HENDERSON, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Music JOHN H. HIBBARD, L.1.B. (Dickinson) In st ructor in Political Science 15 �16 WILKES COLLEGE WILBUR G. ISAACS, A.B. (Randolph-Macon) Instructor in Music THOMAS H. JENKINS, M.A. (New York) Instructor in Secretarial Studies FACULTY GUIDANCE CENTER JOHN 1: CHWALEK, M.A. (Columbia) Director of Guidance BRONIUS KAZLAUSKAS, PH.D. (Strassbourg) Instructor in Political Science JOSEPH KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell) Psychometrist FERDINAND LIVA, Instructor in Violin, Viola, Cello PETER L. PELA, M.A. (Pennsylvania) Vocational Counselor ROYE. MORGAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Radio Workshop JOHN KELLY, A.B. (Wilkes) Vocational Cotmselor CATHAL O'TooLE (National Academy of Design) Instructor in Retail Merchandising LEROY L. LANDAU, LLB. (Virgirna) Instructor in Business Administration CASIMIR TYBURSKI, A.B. (Delaware) Instructor in English RADIO WORKSHOP Roy E._MORGAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Radio Workshop LEONARD UTZ, B.S. (Muhlenberg) Instructor in English GUEST LECTURERS IN JOURNALISM ELIZABETH BRENNAN, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Business Administration ROBERT W. JOHNSON Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., RECORD JEAN WILSON, A.B. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor of Secretarial Studies JOSEPH T. MURPHY MARGARET SHERIDAN, M.S. (New York) Instructor in Retail Merchandising PHYLLIS I. CLARKE, M.M. (Michigan) Instmctor in Music BERNARD DEMBERT, B.S. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor in Accounting ROBERT CASPER Instmctor in Business Administration STEPHEN EMANUEL, M.S. (Bucknell) Instmctor in Visual Education VICTOR BAIZ, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Education -;J;7;t_;ng Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., TIMES-LEADER EVENING THOMAS E. HEFFERNAN Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., SUNDAY INDEPENDENT HOWARD RISLEY Editor and Publisher, Dallas, Pa., POST ]OJ-I C. BUSH Sports Editor, Wik t B es- arre, Pa., SUNDAY INDEPENDENT ADVISERS IN ACCOUNTING ~ILSSEL E. ACHY, C.P.A. w LIA F M . DOBSON C p A DONALD GRIFFITH' C.p .A . ALEXANDER E. LOEB c p A OHN T. STAPLETON, C.P.A. ' .. '1 · · · 17 �18 WILKES COLLEGE_ _. _ _ _ _ _ __ FACTJLTY COMMITTEES A History of the College 1950-1951 ry-,o PROVIDE opportunities for education comparable to those offered Admissions Library HERBERT J. MORRIS, Chairman WELTON G. FARRAR, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS FRANK J. J. DAVIES LORNA D. HOLBROOK JOSEPH H. MYERS THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER BETTY 1. HARKER GEORGE f. RALSTON Athletics GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ROBERTW. PARTRIDGE JAMES J. LAGGAN THOMAS J. MORAN Non-Credit Courses SAMUEL A · ROS ENBERG ' Chairman DONALD E. COBLEIGH HERBERT J. MORRIS CATHAL O'TooLE JOHN J. RILEY KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ STANLEY H. WASILESKI JOHN WHITBY Graduation G EORGE F . RALS TON ' Chairman MARYE. CRAIG ELWOOD DISQUE BETTY 1. HARKER CHARLES B. REIF . HERBERT J. MORRIS, ex officio Curriwlum ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman JOSEPH G. DONNELLY SYLVIA DwoRSKI VORIS B. HALL BETTY 1. HARKER HUGO V. MAILEY HOH-CHEUNG MUI THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG CHARLES 1. TAYLOR Student Activities ROBERT W · PAR TRIDGE ' Chairman MARK DAVIDOFF BETTY 1. HARKER JOSEPH H. KANNER ARTHUR N. KRUGER GEORGE F. RALSTON GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS ..lby other communities of the nation, Bucknell University, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre Wyoming Valley were the largest community in Pennsylvania, the United States, lacking a local college. in 1933, Bucknell and the if not in For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experimental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were .firmly established, but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as this support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses in Wilkes-Barre enabling students to finish their Junior and Senior years at Wilkes-Barre. At the same time, the College trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. World War II deterred the growth of the College for a period of years, but the impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of hostilities. Early in the war, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. For several years following the war, veterans Were a majority, as in most colleges. Since September, 1948, however, they have been outnumbered by non-veterans, and their numbers will continue to diminish during the next two or three years. During the years in which the College offered only two years of study, gra~u_ates transferred to more than I 00 four-year colleges and universities; in two-thirds of these colleges they made records superior to �20 WILKES COLLEGE those earned at Bucknell University Junior College. At present, only two classes have been graduated, but a surprising number of graduates have entered graduate and professional schools. Present reports show that more than 37 percent of the graduates are continuing their studies beyond the baccalaureate degree. RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 155 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citizens to enable the College to move from rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the first donors, and John N. Coyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Marts on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allen Kirby's gift, of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall, provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution, Zebulon Butler Hall in honor of the American patriot, and Gies Hall, named in memory of Paul Gies, former professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946, by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South Streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, the construction of which is planned for 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Picke_ring Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; and in December, Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling, and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. Monetary gifts paralleled these other gifts and purchases, and per· th mitted the equipping, adaptation, and erection of new buildings. In e eleven years following the promise of autonomy by the University, assets have been increased by more than 2,000,000. General Information �WILKES COLLEGE 22 GENERAL INFORMATION CURRICULA The College offers courses leading to degrees in Liberal Arts, Chemistry, Biology, and Commerce and Finance. In addition, the first two years are offered in Physics and Engineering; thereafter, the student who successfully completes these courses may transfer to some other institution as a Junior. TERMINAL CURRICULA To students who desire only two years of college or who are unable to make arrangements for a four-year college course, the College offers two-year terminal courses in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, radio production, and laboratory-technician training. EXTENSION CLASSES Extension courses from Bucknell University are offered for both undergraduate and graduate credit. Selected courses have been offered in the evening during the past ten years, and now courses are being offered through which students may obtain a special training or credit toward a degree. Persons seeking a Master's degree from Bucknell University may take six hours in Wilkes-Barre, but must take the remaining hours in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, and by the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Liberal Arts and Science Programs are also approved by the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS Students applying for admission to the College are requested to arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions or the Deans, and to submit their application, accompanied by a 5.00 fee, on forms provided by the College. Interviews are a part of the admissions program and may be scheduled at the College. In the event the home of the student is some dista?ce from the College, the Director of Admissions will arrange an inter~1ew at a time and place that are mutually convenient. During the interview, arrangements for taking admissions tests will ordinarily be made. Ho~ever, a student who has taken "College Board Examinations" may subaut these results in place of the examination ordinarily given by the Colleg_e. Following receipt of the application the Director of Admissions wil~ obtain an official transcript from the high school or college f?rmerly attended by the student. Upon receipt of this record the Comr~11ttee Admissions will consider the full record of the applicant and will nott Y the applicant as early as possible. It takes much time, however, to as- ?F 23 se?1ble all reports required b th . . . ~mimum of two weeks for a!tione c~:m1t~e: and it ~s well to allow a m the submission of transcript ' a d ~ug 1? some mstances slowness s may e ay action for a month or more ADVANCED STANDING . Students wishing to transfer from h . procedures for admission Th ·11 ot er colleges will follow the usual to forward a transcript ;nd er r~quest the institution last attended mittee on advanced standing ~i11 ;~e~ ~onorable di~missal. The coma f ~culty adviser will counsel the stud ake a te~tat1v~ evaluation, and This schedule will be based h ent concerning his new schedule. upon t e work · 1 upon the educational objective of th t d prev10us y completed and pletion of the first term a fi 1 le s ~ ent _at Wilkes. Upon the com. d , na eva uat1on will b d me1u ed on the record at Wilkes. e ma e and the credits :1 Students who are equipped to enter ad . d~ so upon the passing of a laceme van~ed ~curses m college may ce1ve credit for the courses th~t examrnat10n. They will not renecessity of repeating work h. ~re: tpped, but they will be saved the college. A record of th. w icd t ey have already covered outside of transcript so that the repo~st mprocbe ure shl all be entered on the student's ay e comp ete. t GRADES Grades will be given to stud . each term. ents at mid-semester and at the end of A five-point grading system is used . . ber of the work The sign .fi f m which letters designate the cali. 1 cance o each letter is given below A- Exce11 ent · B-Above Average C-Average D-Below Average, but passing F-Failure Inc-Incomplete: Work must be made u b . or the incomplete will a to t· 11 Pb y a specified date WP-Withdrew . . u ma ica y ecome an F. draw f Passmg: Will be given to students who with WF-Withd:~: ;a~~~rs~ w~en the~r grade is Dor higher. draw f g. Will be given to students who withT rom a course when their grade is F 0 translate letter grade · t . · merical values are given rn oA numerical averages the following nuA, B, C, D, or F. r eac 'J semester hour of credit receiving an 1: A B . . .. . .. . C . . .. . .... . ..... . ......... ... . ..... 3 . . . ..... 2 .. .. .. . . .. . l D .......... ·········· _._._._. _. .......... . F ... . ..... 0 0 �24 WILKES COLLEGE . rades and points is used to determine eligibility for Of This system g . n in the following manner: _ advancement and graduat10 h h subJ·ect will gam three "A" · a t ree our A student earning an m . . t A "C" in a three hour f total of nme pom s. points for eac~ hour o~ a h hour or a total of three. His ~verage subject will gam one pomd~ ~~~ eac the total number of points gamed by would be computed by ivi mg ·t of work taken. the number o f ere d is GRADUATION REQU IREMENTS FOR CLASS ADVANCEMENT AND FOUR-YEAR COURSES Point Average Credits Class .5 30 Sophomore .7 60 Junior .9 90 Senior 1. As specified Graduation TWO-YEAR COURSES .7 30 Sophomore 1. 60 Graduation . des does not apply to Physical The above system of cred~ts antf~e only two marks, "P" for passEducation. In these courses t ere w ing and "F" for failure. PROBATION . . d necessary to advance him to the Any student not attammg the g_ra ef semester. If, at the end robabon or one d . . b next class shall e put on P . d the minimum average for a miss10n f that eriod, he has not attame ;o his c1fss, he shall be dropped from college. WITHDRAWALS sin le course during the first two A student may withdraw from any h g ·thdraws from one or more . alty A student w O wt d ther weeks without pen . k b t who continues to atten o courses after the first tv.:?F,;'eenlsessuthe administrative councWPil,~?on · an u d f or courses w1·11 receive lty adviser al1ows .. recommendation of the Dean an acu ' ·u "WF " f the first two weeks wt A ~tudent who withdraws f romhcollegehaet~:as taken together with a .. ,, "WP" for eac course ' . rk receive a WF or . t explaining the reason for his ma . notation from each mstruc or GENERAL INFORMATION 25 REGISTRATION Students are expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no registrations will be accepted. Students registering after the "registration dates" will pay an additional charge of $S.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $225 per semester is indicated in the program of courses. Any student taking a load beyond that which is recommended must maintain at least a "B" average and must pay for each additional hour at the usual hourly rate. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is taken for granted and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Satisfaction of the requirements for attendance at assemblies is also expected. Failure to meet these requirements may lead to the withholding of all credit. FACULTY The value to be derived from a college is less dependent upon material equipment than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in the students. The faculty of the College have been carefully selected for their training, experience and personalities. They have been granted degrees by forty colleges and universities in the United States, Canada, and Europe: Alabama, Boston University, Bryn Mawr, Bucknell, Chicago, Columbia, Comenius, Cornell, Cracow, Delaware, Dickinson, Duke, Harvard, Hunter, Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota, New England Conservatory of Music, New Rochelle, New York, North Carolina, Northwestern, Peabody Conservatory of Music, Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State, Pittsburgh, Stanford, Syracuse, Tennessee State, Warsaw, Washington and lee, Western Reserve, Wisconsin, Wyoming, Yale, Zagreb. A cosmopolitan group, they have taught in schools and universities throughout the United States and Europe, and their travels have taken them to all parts of the world. They bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective, and they bring an academic preparation that fields.fits them to give the intensive training essential to their various . ts to REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION . meet all course requ1remen . bothf Candidates for graduation must 1 with all regulations o . an d quarty of work and must comp y 1 quantity TRANSFER the College. . . of bis COUNSELING . f ul adviser at the beginning rnEach student will be assigned a ac ty f with this adviser conce d will be expected to con er ~:;s:::;h:::~::nd all educational problems. When the College offered only two years of study, graduates transferred to more than one hundred colleges. Now that four years of colJege work are offered on this campus, transfer is still possible but no necessary except for degrees in Physics, Engineering, and Music Eonger ducation. OF CREDITS �26 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION 27 Approximately forty percent of the Wilkes graduates have entered graduate and professional schools. It is recommended that students wishing to extend their education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in their Senior year. Th~.,e examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. Music-group instruction: ?n~ hour lesson a week er violin viola or , 11 P semester of fifteen weeks ' ce o each gro . less than three or m 'h up to consist of nor ore t an five students..... . in EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the bulletin at the rate of $225.00 per semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the bulletin for each semester is not exceeded. An additional charge of $15.00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. 15.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study ....... . . . laboratory fees (see above)... . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • 15.00 D . . ......... 10.00, 15.00 & 20 00 ormi ory charges per semester: . Board and Room Bills for board ~~~~- ~~il~ 275.00 before the opening of th ge dorm1tones are due is required to reserve a ro::~ester. A deposit of $50.00 SCHEDULE OF RATES Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the bulletin for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Laboratory fee for Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, Physics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 Chemistry Breakage Deposit (any balance refunded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 Student Teaching fee-Bucknell University Extension.. 20.00 Diction Laboratory-part-time voice students ..... • i~ ·· ···· ·: · ·. ····•... Special Charges: 15.00 108, 109, 110, 115, 116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rental of practice room per semester ............ • ;~d $225.00 Laboratory fee for Secretarial Studies 99, 101, 102, 107, Music-individual instruction: One lession a week per semester of .fifteen weeks in piano, organ, or wind instrument ............. . One lesson a week per semester of .fifteen weeks in violin, viola or 'cello .... . .................. . One lesson a week per semester of fifteen weeks in voice with Mrs. Hawkins ...... .. ............ . One lesson a week per semester of fifteen weeks in voice with Mr. Isaacs . . ....... . ............. . 30.00 Charges for part-time students and f . . .. normal load as prescribed . I or semester hours beyond the m regu ar courses· Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . Laboratory fees (see above) ...... · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • 15.00 Student Activity fee fo th k' ....... . 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 than 9 semester ho r ose tfa mg less than 14 or more . h' urs, or or any part t· wis mg to participate . . .. - ime student rn activities ........ . ....... 35.00 45.00 Application fee to accom an . . Change of sched I P d ! appl1Cat1on for admission S . . ~ e per ere 1t hour. . . . . ··· 5.00 pecial Exammat10n · · · · · · · · · · · · •. . 1o Tran · ( ·········• · O script No charge for the ii ·t· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5.00 Late Trial Registration. rs copy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Lated Final Registration.· .· .· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5.00 Gra uation f (f ··············• Conv . ee our-year students).. . .. 5.00 ocat10n fee (two-year students) . ... . :.. . . . . . . . . 15.00 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to ch... ·..... ·. 7.50 pA.Y"" angmg pnce levels. ••1 ENTS Bills fo t · . r uitron, fees and in .d $so' 00 a c1 entals are payable at the beginnin esj,hmust_ ~e paid at the. tim~ ~r;;g\otr 5t?% of the total, whichever e tuit10 f q.i • ra 10n. athleti n o .,;,225 rncludes the cost of N cs and dramatics to which no d . . . such student activities as o students ma t k . a miss10n is charged. rangem Y a e a mid-term exam· • . all b ·11 ents have been made with th C , rnation until satisfactory arligati~ s. No student may take a finatexaon:pt:~ller fo! the payment of ns to the College have been satisfied_m10a wn until all iinancial obof I each semester. A 35,00 so.oo s.oo 5.00 f �28 WILKES COLLEGE Student Welfare AND REFUNDS · WITHDRAWALS d t ho withdraw voluntarily .. ·11 be made to stu en s w d. . Refund of tmt1onh .lwi · ood stan d.mg un der the following con 1t1ons: . 1 from the College w e m g half the tuition will be . k of a term oned During the first six we~ s . hd ~al is made for adequate an refunded upon request if the wit ra GUIDANCE CENTER The Guidance Center of the College, which was set up in April, 194.5, offers its services to veterans seeking entitlement under the Vocational Rehabilitation Act and "G. I. Bill." A staff of experienced Vocational Counselors and a Testing Department, headed by a clinical psychologist, are on hand five days a week to help veterans and students explore their backgrounds, capacities, interests, and general qualifications for the purpose of developing or forwarding a vocational plan. satisfactory reasons. ·11 b efunded to all students £i · h d o rses wt e r Tuition for u~ ms e c ; th Selective Service Act or by the ordered to active duty un er e Organized Reserve Corps . . h rges) will not be made R f d of room and board ( dormitory c a e un · 1 ditions. except under speoa con h d week except with apb d ed after t e secon , No courses mday / F:~~ity Adviser and the Dean. proval of the stu en s CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library has taken its place on the campus because the College recognizes its responsibility for helping a student to launch his career with maximum effectiveness. The library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service which is provided not only for Seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, and are under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are a feature. In the library there are some 600 catalogs and bulletins from more than .500 American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional bel. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. COUNSELING . Counseling at Wilkes College is considered to be one of the most nportant ways in which we are able to help in the development and 0 ~r wth of the student. Each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives are considered at the time of application, so that, insofar as ~ossible, the academic program can be planned to enable him to realize these objectives. 11 �STUDENT WELFARE WILKES COLLEGE 30 h student participates in a testing proUpon entering the Coll_ege,_ eac rovide all of us who are concerned is to. P b t h1·s abilities interests and g ram ' the purpose of. which h . f rmation a ou ' h with his progress wit m o facult advisement, each student as aptitudes. Through ~ program ~f with ; member of the faculty for the a continual opportunity to col ns~ t gress and any social or personal f discussing scho astic pro purpose o. . h th tudent needs help. . es t with faculty advisers m Problem with whic d Women coopera e .bl The Deans o f M en an . d . dance wherever possi e. .. f h 1 d t ·th information an gm Providing the stu ent wi ail themse1ves o f these opportunitiesd or e· P· Students are urge d O av . a career is a realistic an pressing Realizing that the problem of cho~~~l~ e has instituted a Careers Library' one for most college students, the h. makes available to the student located in the Guida?ce Cent_er, wb~~t hundreds of occupations, proa wealth of current information a d graduate schools. tu f essional sc h oo 1s, an r is to encourage the s . . 1 of all our counse mg . t h·m The gu!ding pn?op e b"lities and potentialities, and to assis t dent to discover his own a i . . . mak.mg sou nd , independent deosions. m f PHYSICAL EDUCATION . . d . football basketball, h d les are mamtame m ' .l. Intercollegiate sports :c e u olf and swimming. Colleges wit 1m wrestling, baseball, tennis, soccer, g 't in these sports. Men may sub· d · cent states are me · f th meet the state an d m a )~ for h sical education courses i ey stitute an intercollegiate sport P y of intramural sports and · ments · A program · Basket.departmenta1 require opportunity to partiopate. physical education gives every m~~ ~:wlin swimming, and table tennis . ball, boxing, handball, voll~y ba ' Ph ic!i' Education requirements are ys are some Of the sports available. waived for veterans. . des folk and modern . ogram for women me1u d ft d The physical e uca~10n pr . field hockey, basketball, an so dancing, bowling, swimming, tennis, ball. ORIENTATION PROGRAM . d k of the secondary school to the The transition from ~he di~ecte ·o;o~f the College occasionally caus~: independent and more mtens_ive v. _. n earl adjustment, several da) difficulty. To assist students m makm~da for lscussions with Freshme;at the beginning of the fterm ~~ed~~~;~:l \onferences to lectures o~e~t: This program ranges rom ~ . this first week, new stu meaning of a college education. During nd English placement test~ take aptitude, interest, foreign ldanhguage, ~th the1· r faculty advisers an · 1 an opes wi h new They also discuss their Pan~ .d This week also gives t e d to arrange schedules under their gui ance. .nted with one another an students the opportuni~y _t? become acquai learn about student activities. 31 During the first term the Freshman class is divided into small sections which meet once a week with a representative of the faculty. These groups discuss informally, and with as little faculty participation as possible, some of the problems of every day living and college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. SPECIAL INTERESTS Many students have interests and abilities that lie outside the .field of studies. Activities supplementing the academic program provide opportunities for the expression and development of interests and talents in such recreational and semi-professional fields as athletics, dramatics, debating, journalism, and choral work. Special clubs include Economics, Pre-Medical, Engineering, Debating, French, German, Spanish, International Relations, Psychology, Sociology, Cue 'n' Curtain, lettermen's, Literary, etc. All are conducted by students with the guidance of a member of the faculty, and care is taken to prevent their conflicting with the time needed for study. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring group, and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. The character and extent of such work may be determined by means of a job analysis, thus assuring the practicability of the work. Some idea of the services that are available can be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in Drafting, Mathematics, and Engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters is studying Life Insurance problems and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music. Also, a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in Economics, Selling and Advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in Chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained eco;?1ically in their industrial plants. The Economics department of ilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. �WILKES COLLEGE 32 SCHOLARSHIPS A number of scholarships are available through the interest and generosity of friends of the College. They are awarded to students who rank in the upper quarter of their high school classes and who receive the highest grades in competitive examinations. Scholarship winners must remain in good standing in order to retain the scholarship. The Deans will review the records of all scholarship holders at the end of the academic year. The William Hillard Conyngham Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her husband, formerly a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the upper quarter of the high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission before April 20, and must take the examinations offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A student who withdraws during the term cancels any scholarship arrangements. The holder of a scholarship must take the full course that is scheduled in the catalog in order to receive the funds that have been appropriated to his account. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT More than one-third of the students earn some part of their College expenses. Students desiring work should apply to the Director of Placement. A number of part-time jobs are available. Requests for student help are frequently received from local business offices and referred to the placement office. PLACEMENT SERVICE A placement office for students and graduates is located in the Guidance Center. All students interested in obtaining employment are requested to register in this office. Employers seeking students for part· time employment are requested to make inquiries at this office. . Graduates of the College, or those in their last year who seek immediate employment upon graduation, are invited to register. The Seligman J. Strauss Lodge of B' nai B' rith is sponsoring this office by contributing to its maintenance. �WILKES COLLEGE 32 SCHOLARSHIPS A number of scholarships are available through the interest and generosity of friends of the College. They are awarded to students who rank in the upper quarter of their high school classes and who receive the highest grades in competitive examinations. Scholarship winners must remain in good standing in order to retain the scholarship. The Deans will review the records of all scholarship holders at the end of the academic year. The William Hillard Conyngham Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her husband, formerly a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the upper quarter of the high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission before April 20, and must take the examinations offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A student who withdraws during the term cancels any scholarship arrangements. The holder of a scholarship must take the full course that is scheduled in the catalog in order to receive the funds that have been appropriated to his account. STUDENT IMPLOYMENT More than one-third of the students earn some part of their College expenses. Students desiring work should apply to the Director of Placement. A number of part-time jobs are available. Requests for student help are frequently received from local business offices and referred to the placement office. PLACEMENT SERVICE A placement office for students and graduates is located in the Guidance Center. All students interested in obtaining employment are requested to register in this office. Employers seeking students for parttime employment are requested to make inquiries at this office. . Graduates of the College, or those in their last year who seek immediate employment upon graduation, are invited to register. The Seligman J. Strauss Lodge of B'nai B'rith is sponsoring this office by contributing to its maintenance. �Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in many iields, but they are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally the atomic bomb have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world, and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. >-~ 0 t ~ ~ 0 Cl "- i 0 ~ ,-J ...; < ;i: ~ ..J ;/J t/'; ~ ~ ~ ~ Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much nperior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by bis understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background of the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offurs two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The Liberal Arts and Science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist may enroll for the Bachelor of Arts course; he may major in one of the Social Studies and choose electives in English composition, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In Engineering, and in Commerce and Finance, the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the Liberal Arts program are required, and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the Engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization, even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in Engineering and in Commerce and Finance are also adapted for those who plan to teach these subjects. BusINr:ss ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most .fields of business is offered in the two programs of the Commerce and Finance curriculum. The General Co~rse is for those desiring a broad business background, and the Secretarial Course is for secretarial positions. �Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in many .fields, but they are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally the atomic bomb have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world, and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much s•tperior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the .field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background of the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. ...I < :i: The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The Liberal Arts and Science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist may enroll for the Bachelor of Arts course; he may major in one of the Social Studies and choose electives in English composition, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In Engineering, and in Commerce and Finance, the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal Arts program are required, and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the Engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization, even though they do not tnake engineering their life work. The curricula in Engineering and in Commerce and Finance are also adapted for those who plan to teach these subjects. Busn,rnss AnMr ISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the two programs of the Commerce and Finance curriculum. The General Co~rse is for those desiring a broad business background, and the Secretarial Course is for secretarial positions. �WILKES COLLEGE 34 PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS The Commerce and Finance curriculum covers business principles and practices; it also includes Liberal Arts electives. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. to fit in with the broad demand d editor, although English com ~a e _u~on the newspaper reporter and ~rts degree with an English ma·;/~n is undamental. The Bachelor of ism students, but the science a~d :hthe most popular choice of journalthe newspaper reports all phases o~ her courses_ ~lso prove useful, since tere~ts of the United States in oth uman a~1V1ty. The increasing infor~1?n languages particularly desir:~l~o~ntnes ma~e a knowledge of pos1t10ns as foreign correspondents. n preparat10n for responsible pis CHEMISTRY Modem industries offer many opportunities to the chemist and chemical engineer. Today, most large industries employ both chemists and chemical engineers. In the smaller industries either may be called upon to do the work of both. The chemist usually works in the laboratories, analysing, studying, and perfecting procedures and developing new processes, new methods and new uses. He meets the chemical engineer in the pilot plant where together they design and construct, on a small scale, the new manufacturing plant. The duties of the engineer may include design, construction, or operation of the chemical plant. Managers of industrial and chemical plants need technical training, as do salesmen for specialized products, buyers for manufacturing concerns, employees in many fields of government service and other activities. The chemical industries include coke, gas, dyes, gasoline, and other petroleum products, rubber, textiles, explosives, cement, metallurgy, plastics, nylon, paints, ceramics, fertilizers, solvents, leather, drugs, light and heavy chemicals and other substances. Last, this is an atomic age and to be an intelligent modem, one can scarcely gain too great an understanding of chemistry. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to other engineering schools if they make their plans in advance. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the first two years of work in such additional types of Engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. Two years of the engineering curriculum afford a foundation fo~ a wide range of occupations. Students desiring such technological tram· ing should consult the Registrar or the Engineering faculty when plan- Journalism students ma ai . staff of one of the stud~n1 pn bf~ct1~al experience by working on the Manuscript · u icatwns: the Beacon, Amn1co · la, or LAW Preparation for the practice of l . ;r~s: English, History, Political S:i:n~eb~ed on t_he fundamental liberal c1enc~, Languages, and Mathematics conomICs, Sociology, Natural a reqmred major in undergraduate wo.rk. ost law schools do not specify M LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to c t f~~\ be~inning their special 1ibrar;mrr:~~e- a four-yea~ college course g ts ' Science, History Economics S . l mg. Foreign languages appropriate major fields. 'Man 1·b ' oc10 ogy, or Education constitut~ of two foreign languages anJ ;r r~~ scho~ls also require a knowledge o e1ency rn typewriting is desirable. Music · curricul · The .aim of th e music · mu_s1c ~s an avocation which m:rn is two-f~ld: to interest the man orga01zat10ns or to a greater pl y lea~ to active participation in musi~ music d eaSure m heari th ' ~econ , to assist the few who h . ng e master works of profess10nal careers as teachers fave special talents along the road to rn rnusic or per armers Stud t h . may commence their stud : en s w o concentrate !:~lity pre-college training is very ~e:fr:rr11ed music at Wilkes. High andors ~ust expend their greatest effort e, howeve~. Although music gree ~~~1:d, tl:e s~hedule is so arranged s t~ft~:;sic, both theoretical purpo f ma1or rn music represents the fulfill achelor of Arts dese o the Liberal Arts program ,, cl me?t of the fundamental ' an e ucat10n for living" in ning their programs. MEDICINE JOURNALISM W·lk 1 es offers a p d. of the va . re-me ical course that is ada t d A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism reguir\a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow t : old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be faun 35 . stricted th:~ous medical schools. The latter h!.., e _to the reguirements cations of rr en:ollment, and most of them sc t. e: rn recent years, re Possible th Jplicants. Medical aspirants sho~~°:ize clo~ely the gualifie emands they must meet. etermme as soon as. �36 WILKES COLLEGE - - ~ -P_R~O _F_E_s_sr_o_N__S~ A=-N~D~V~O~C=-A~T~I~O~N~S~- -MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the Liberal Arts course, with major or electives in Religion and Bible, is appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses with college training has increased with the progress of medical science and the wide adoption of highly skilled scientific techniques. A number of hospitals and universities now offer three years of training with a Bachelor of Science degree to student nurses who have completed two years of college. For those who wish to make a life work of nursing, and who aspire to administrative positions in the major hospitals, this course is recommended. Demand for extended training has been further accelerated by the recent expansion of health services in Federal Agencies and by increased governmental support to medical programs. PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of Physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized nor understood. The tools of communication, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine (to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the employment of the fundamental laws of Physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of Psychology in many diversified fields. Since then, the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal Arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a sound foundation in Psychology, Biology, Sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, industry and personnel. SOCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously i~ r~cent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard di 5tr1· - ~ 37 bution of h ·t . c an Y as a matter of ·· tuni~ipa!, county, state, a;~11J:~;rJatronagei· _Governmental pro ess1onal approach to th are rea izmg the necespoverty, and crime. Wilkes off e .pro 1ems of unemployment supplemented by work in Ps ers a pre~soCial work program. Sociolo ' a valuable background ychology, B10logy, and allied fields P 'dgy, . , rov1 es :~;n~~e:, SPEAKING AND DRAM b ATICS The College offers prel1"m • . D . mary work 1 s h o ramattc~, practical experience in deba~n peec . Courses in Speech and pportun1ty for development in this field. g and play production afford TEACHING Fo A teacher's training depends u on the . . d r college _and university work Pthe b ;1?d ?f t~achmg contemplated . egrees; the1r faculty members ord. mstttut10ns require advanced ~n w~ich they concentrated as un~nan ~ take graduate work in the field ;gl1_sb, History, Sociology, take th:Jr: ~ates. Prospective teachers of o_ /Cience take the Bachelor of &· r sd egree; teachers in the schools cia tze~ fields as engineering. ience egree or degrees in such spe. Certification for public s h 1 . mg . c oo teachrng · ll regu1rements: the coll d ts usua y based on the f 11 and ege egree sp · 1· d o ows~me specialization in te h. ' e~ia tze courses in Educatio authorized by the Stat D ac mg subjects. Bucknell Un· . ~' d e epartment f p b . 1vers1ty 1s ::~o~;e;: t;ache~s in ~ost of the usuaf fiel~s ~~ trstruction ~o prepare w ·1k C ork rn Wilkes-Barre for th b ii gh school Instruction I es allege students. e ene t of school teachers and .t5 GENERAL OPPORTUNITIES Promotion or adv . . ancement ts often mad "bl tin~e th t~ sodmetm_1es practicable for studen: po~1 e by additional train6 e1r e ucat10n without ivin ~ w o are employed to conp;r~;- the widest possible servi~e to g;p th~1r positions. In its desire to tme and special students. yomrng Valley, Wilkes welcomes Anyone interest d 10 · of the · e some special open · . Adm. ?1aJor professions and vocations h tngldnot tnduded in this list 1ss1ons. s ou consult the n· 1rector of ing It . �STUDENT ACTIVITIES 39 Student Activities P UB LICATIONS The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be developed through academic work alone. All students are encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. DRAMATICS Students of the drama present several one-act plays, and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre, acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for major and experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band is organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at all athletic events, and gives concerts throughout the year. . The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is distributed to each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets three times each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history. Several programs are presented each semester before the College community and the general public. The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. COLLEGE ORCHESTRA All sl:udents interested in forming an orchestra should consult. wi~h the director of the School of Music. The College is eager to assist 10 the development of instrumental music and an orchestral society will be organized as soon as student interest and abilities are discovered on the campus. A . l . mmco a, an annual yearbook . the B !cr1pt, a literary magazine are ubl . h cl ;aeon, a newspaper; and M anum writing, photography art a~d ~ e . f the students. Those interested the staffs. ' a verbsmg have an opportunity to join DEBATING Debating has proved particular! o I . for the law, or interested . bl.Y P pu _ar w1th students preparing · m pu 1c speaking A b Iegiate debates are arranged each year. · num er of intercolATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedul . . basketball, golf, soccer, swimm: a:~tamta1~ed in football, baseball, state and in adjacent states ar gt . hwrestlmg. Colleges within the · e me m t ese sports M an mtercollegiate sport for Ph sical Ed . : en may substitute mental requirements. y ucabon if they meet departA program of intra-mural sports and h . . . man an opportunity to partici at B P ysical :ducation gives every ball, bowl 'ng, swimming a:d e~ bl asketba_ll, boxmg, handball, volleyavailable. ' a e tennis are some of the sports T~e athle~ic P:ogram for women includes da . bowlmg; sw1mmmg; tennis· field h ck . b ncmg, folk and modern; ' o ey, asketball; and softball. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisf . . . . professional, and artistic .fields Thy m11v1dual mterest in academic by students and faculty, are ke. t ~se ~ u~s, d~veloped cooperative!; be easily adapted to chang · dp qu1te . ex1ble m order that they may mg an current mterests. �College Curricula The curricula include courses leading to the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees, and a number of shorter programs requiring only two or three years of college training. The degree courses include four-year programs in the Liberal Arts, Biology, Chemistry, Commerce and Finance, Education, and two-year programs in Physics, Engineering, and Music Education. Students completing these two-year programs satisfactorily may transfer credits for their first two years of work to selected colleges offering degrees in these three fields of study. The two- and three-year programs lead to no degree but do give professional, semi-professional, and technical training required in a number of occupations. Among the occupations which may require two or three years of college background are dentistry, chiropractic, osteopathy, medical technology, laboratory technology, secretarial work for business and medicine, music, and radio. Special programs may be arranged for persons wishing to select courses that will satisfy individual interests or needs. Degree Courses The basic requirements for de r ing pages. All courses that areg 1~:t~~urses are ~utlined o~ the followchosen to satisfy the interests of th adre requued. Electives may be m t f . e stu ents and t0 t h . en _s or graduation within each . mee t e requ1rerequu; . maJor program as conditions may �WILKES COLLEGE 42 DEGREE COURSES 43 BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The Liberal Arts course is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. It is expected, however, that ability in expression and interpretation will be developed. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. DIVISIONS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN SEMESTER HOURS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS HUMANITIES Major Subject English ..... . . Foreign Languag~ · : : .· : Mathematics Music ......· .· .· : .· : .· : : Philosophy-Religion .. . Social Sciences Sciences English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology 24 24 29 46 24 Social Sciences 37 31 34 45 37 Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 Free Elective 6 39 45 6 11 6 6 33' 14 39 SOCIAL SCIENCES Major Subject Humanities Majo r Humanities Economics History . . : .· : _" .· : _- : .. _- _Political Science Sociology . . . . .· .· .· .· ." ." .· Social Science ... ... .. Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 6 6 39 39 3~~ 39 27 SCIENCES SELECTION OF A MAJOR Major Subject To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is_desirable that a ma1or be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that 1t _be elected before the beginning of the Junior year. Students wishing to maJor in Biology, Mathematics, or Music must choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except Chemistry, Education, and Physics. The requirements for each major are specified preceding the description of courses. A major may also be taken in Social Science. The Social Science major requires a total of 36 hours in Economics, History, Political Scier:ce, and Sociology. Eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social Science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to _take twen~}' hours in Education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for t e prospective teacher of Social Studies to satisfy all of the above requiremen~f Hence, a student preparing to teach Social Studies in the public schools w~o 1 receive credit toward the Social Science major for all required courses Economics, History, Political Science, and Sociology. i Biology ...... . . Psychology ....... . Major Humanities 39 24 37 37 Social SCJences Sciences 9 13 15 26 6 38 Free Elective �44 WILKES COLLEGE - DEGREE - - - -- COURSES 45 BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all Majors other than Mathematics, and Music Major in Mathematics FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Number Biological Science ...... .. ... Bio 100 Composition ......... ... . .. . Eng 101 Foreign Language 1 . •• . . • • • • • • 101 or 103 Alternates: Hist. of W . Civilization .... Hist 101 } Amer. Hist. to 1865 . ... .... Hist 107 Alternates: Introduction to Music . .. .. . Mus 100} Physical Science .... . . . ... . Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ... . . P.E. 101 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 1 T itle Number Composition ..... ... ....... Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech ... . .. Eng 131 Foreign Language 1 .•• . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization ... . Hist 1021_ Amer. Hist. since 1865 ..... Hist 108J Alternates: Introduction to Music . . . ... Mus 100} Physical Science ..... . .... . Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ..... P.E. 102 First Semester 3 3 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester T itle Fourth Semester N umber Cr . 4 3 3 m) 6 T itle Number World Literature .. .. . .... Eng 152 Foreign Language 1 . . . • • . . 104 or 200 Alternates: Algebra or Trig .. . ..... Math 107- 109} Hist . of Religions ...... Rel 101 Intro. to Philosophy2 • •• Phil 101 Alternates 3 : Intro. to Economics . . .. Ee 100] Intro . to Education .... Ed 101 American Federal Govt . P .S. 101 General Psychology .... Psy 100 Elective ..... . .. .. .... . Physical Education ....... P .E. 104 Cr. 4 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title N . umher Cr. W or l d Ltterature Foreign Lan ua ·1· · · ··· ·· ··. Eng 151 4 Differential .103 or 200 3 General Ph sics · · · · · · · · · Math 125 4 Physical ·· Phys 201 s uca t10n . . ........ P.E. 103 1 Ea1!u~~~ ········ El :·········· .. . · · · · · · · S-6 17- 18 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester 6 Title Altern ates : Number Cr. fi st. of W. Civilization . .. . Hist 101} ff 107 3 G athematics Elecci ve . . . . . . . . 1st eneral Psycholo .. ... .. . 3 Intro t E /sY· · · • • •.... EPsy 100 3 p . · o conom1es rmciples of Econo~i~~ ... .. .Ee 100} 3 rnrro ro S . · · · • •. c 101 . oc101ogy . .. ... ... . Soc 100 3 M mer. H1St. to 1865 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours Cr. 3 3 3 3 3-S 15-17 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title ~athern · tie . a tics EJecti ve2 CtJ ves . .. ... _... · ··· 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. 3 During the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the adtl~nat~f with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the sche u ing of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a maj?r, one or _mr°r~ar. the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the Junio Y Sixth Semester Title Number Alternates : s Hi c. or W. Civilization ff Amer. Hist. since 1865 .. . -H~st 102} Mathematics Elective . . . . . . ist 108 Intro. to Philosophy. __. ____ Phil Amer_. Federal Gove.. . . . . . p S 101 Electives .... . ..... _ · · · · · · 101 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours 2 Fourth Semester Title . Number C Wodd Literature r. Foreign Lan ua ~1· · · · • • • · • · · Eng 152 4 Integral CalZulu~ · · · · · · · · · · .104 or 200 3 Physical Educati~~ · · · ······ .Math 126 4 Electi ves · · · · · · · · · · P.E. 103 1 17 3 1 17 Second Semester Titls . . Numher Cr. Composmon . . . . ..... __ E 3 Fun~amentals of Speech .... Eng 102 2 Foreign Languagei · · · · · · ng 131 Analytic Geometr · · · · · · · · · · .102 or 104 3 Intro. co Musi y. · ···· ·· · . Math 122 4 Ph Ed c. · · · · · ···· · ··. Mus 100 3 ys. • and Hygiene ..... . . P.E. 102 1 15 IS 16 World Literature . .... . ..... . Eng 151 Foreign Language 1 .••.. . . . . • . 103 or 200 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math .. .. . Math 101} History of Religions ..... .. Rel 101 Intro. to Philosphy 2 • . •• . •• Phil 101 Alternates :3 Intro . to Economics ..... . . Ee Intro . to Education . .. ... .. Ed American Federal Govt . .... P .S . General Psychology .. . .... . Psy 100 Intro. to Sociology ...... . . Soc 100 Elective ............... . Physical Education ......... . P .E. 103 Title B" l . Numher Cr. JO ogical Science B. Composition · · · · · · · · · · · 10 100 3 Foreign Lan ·u·; · ·1 • • • · · • • • · • · Eng 101 3 Algebra andgTr _ge · · · · · · · · · · .101 or 103 3 Ph Ed tg. · · · · · · · · · · · Math 105 5 ys . . and Hygiene .. . .. .. P.E. 101 1 Cr. 3 2 3 Cr. ... .. ... . . 3 .. 12 Eighth Semester Title Mathematics E1ective2 Electives ..... . ... . . __· _. . __ Cr. 3 .. .. .. . . . .. 12 IS :--!he level 2 Ma f o the course will de end . thematics 101 115 118 ·11p upon the achievement of the student , ' w1 not count toward a major. . 15 �DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEG_E_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ----- 46 47 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music The curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science provide a thorough grounding in the scientific method, supplemented by a study of the Humanities and Social Sciences. The three curricula in science are intended to prepare students for technical work or advanced study. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester umber Cr. Title 3 Composition .... • • · · · · · · · · · Eng lOl 3 Foreign Language . . . . . 100 5 Music Theory . . • · · · · · · · · · · · Mus 1 Applied Musi_c .. • • · · · · · · · . Bio 100 3 Biological Science .. • • • · · · · 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. · .P.E . lOO Number Cr. Title 3 Composition .. . . • • · · · · · · · · Eng 102 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 102 3 5 Music Theory . . • •· ··· · ·· · · .Mus 1 Applied Music . ... • • · · · · · · · 3 Physical Science . . • •• ··· · ·.Phys lOO l Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. · . P.E. lO0 16 16 GROUP I-BIOLOGY Special emphasis upon Biology is recommended in preparation for the study of medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, and allied studies; the teaching of Biology; industrial and medical technology; and graduate work in Biology. GROUP II-CHEMISTRY SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester '11111ber Title Nmnber Cr. Title 3 Fore!gn Language . . . . .... . .. Mus 103 5 Music Theory ... , • · · · · · · · · · 1 Applied Music .. • • •. ·: · · · · Electives in Human1t1es, 6 Soc. Science or Psych. • 1 Physical Education . • • · · · . P.E. 103 Fore!gn Language . .. • • · · · · · · Mu s 104 Music Theory .. . • • · · · · · · · · · Applied Music . .. • •. •: · · · · · · · Electives in Huma111ues, Soc. Science or Psych .• • • · Physical Education . • • • · · · · · · P .E . 104 Cr 3 5 This group is for students planning to enter graduate study in Chemistry, industrial Chemistry, or the teaching of Chemistry. GROUP III-PHYSICS l 6 1 This gr up is for students interested in research, electronics, advanced study, or industrial Physics. Only the first two years of this course are offered by Wilkes College. 16 16 LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS JUNIOR YEAR A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: Fifth Semester Sixth Semester , umber Cr. Title 4 World Literature . . •••·· ·· · · .Eng 151 2 Applied Music ... • .. Mus 109} 3 History of Music Mus 209 Title N111nber C, · World Literature .. .. ••• •••· .Eng 152 Applied Music ._.•••··· ·· · ·· · Mus uo) Hisrory of Music . . • • • · • · · · · Mus ; 3 Alternates : } Hist. of West Civ .... . . Hise 101 Amer. Hist. ro 1865 . . . . . Hise 107 Fundamentals of SJJ<:e~h · · · · · · Eng 131 Electives in Humanmes, Soc. Science or Psych.• Alternates : . Hist 1021 Hist. of West. Civ . . • • • · · · . > 3 Amer . Hist. from 1865. • • · .HiS t lOS , Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych .. • · · 3 2 i 210 3 15 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title History o f Mu sic Number .... M us 109} Mu s 209 Applied Mus!c . • • • · · · · · · · · · · Mus 215 Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Analysis ... • · · · · · · · · · · · · · Mus Electives .. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Cr. 3 2 3 2 6 16 Title Hisrory of Music · · Cr umb" } . Mus 110 3 fos 210 '.; Applied M_usic . • •, · · · · · · fos 216 Orchestrat!on. • • • • · · · · · · · · · · Mus 21S Counterpomt . .. • • · · · · · · · · · · Elect ives ... . • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · 3 3 6 17 I. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. A student beginning either language in college must complete 12 semester hours. 2. �48 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGY_ . 49 . . r e of Bachelor of Science m with Biology is i~The curriculum leading tod the ddlne the scientific method empham tended to give a thorough u". etan ct g The prescribed curriculum mcludes. on the biological and chemtca aspe s._ t the majority of medical, dental, requirements established for e~trar:ce ~:~ls· preparation for industrial biolosteopathic, andfor medica~fitechdno og1~ ~~ologfcal work in schools of graduate ogy; and bases spec1 c a vance study. Second Semes/e,· First Semester c~. FRESHMAN YEAR b Numher Title Bio 101 Cr. N ttm er ] itle B' 102 General Zoology · · · · · · · · · · : : Chem 101 5 General Zoology . • • · · · · · · · · 10 General Inorganic Chem . . . . Eng 101 4 Inorg anic Chem . and Chem 102 3 Composition · · · · . Math 107 Quali~a_tive Anal. . . : : : :Eng 3 College Algebra . . . P .E. 101 102 Composmon · Math 109 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene 1 Trigonometry · · · .· · · · : : : : : : p .E . 102 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ,5 6 3 3 1 16 Title Third Semester 18 SOPHOMORE Y EAR C Title Number 201 121 101 201 103 r. Comparative Anatomy of B' the Vertebrate~ .. . . A . ·1·. c~~m Inorganic Quant~cat1ve na . . Hist Hise. of WeS t : Civ . · · ·· · ·:: : :Phys General Physics: · · · · · · · · p .E. Physical Education . . ....... . 5 4 3 5 1 Fo urth SemesterNumber Bio Embry_ology · · · · · · · · · · · · · Chem Organic Chem. · . . · · · · · · Hist Hist. of West_. Cn . .. . . . ..... Ph •s General Physics : • • • · · · · · · · · · p Physical Education . • • · · · · · · · · · J 202 Cr4 230 4 102 201 3 l04 5 l 18 Fifth Semester 17 JUNIOR YEAR N umber Cr. T itle Bio 241 3 Histology · · · · · · · · · · · · · Chem 231 4 Organic Chem . · · · ·: :Eng 151 4 Wor Id Literature · · · · · · · · · .. . 101 or 103 3 Foreign Lan guage! .... .. . Alternates: .Psych lOOt 3 General Psych· · . Soc 100J Intro. to Sociology• · · · · · · Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Histology .. • · · : · · · . . . . Bio 242 3 Chemistry Elect1ve . . . . . . . . . n 134 3 Public Seeaking · · · · .. .in g 152 3 Wodd Liter a cure. . . . . . . . . . or 104 4 Foreign Language! . . 3 10{ 17 Seventh Semester Title Bacteriology • · · · Physiology . · · Seminar in B10logy . . Foreign Language! . Elective .. ·· SENIOR Number Cr. Bio 211 5 . ... Bio 251 4 ... . Bio 291 1 · : : : 103 or 200 3 3 16 YEAR Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. 5 Bio 252 212 Bacteriology • · · · · · · · · · · Bio 4 Physiolo~y • ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Bio 292 l Seminar m B10logy · · · · · · .·104 or 200 3 Foreign Language! .. 3 Elective . . • • · · · · · · ]6 16 tudent. . terests of the s . achievements an d m • The level of the mum wdl depen d u Ponff the courses in the Taxonomy of fFlower· which department Biolog~ ingThe Plants (Biologyof113) an a_lsoEo m n t~~ology (Biology 223)' both o are given in the summer. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY The Chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the of the student. of the science and to contribute to the broad general education fundamentals Graduates Chemistry enter school. industry immediately upon graduation or may continue in their studies inmay graduate To satisfy the r"<Juirements for this degree a student must complete a total of 140 credits. These credits must include 48 in Chemistry, 33 in Physics and Mathematics, 18 to 24 in the Socia] Sciences and Psychology, 24 to 30 in Humanities, and the language reguirements. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Title Numher Cr. General Inorganic Chem . . . ... Chem 101 4 Title Number Cr. Engineering Problems . . . .... . Engi 100 2 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. ... Chem 102 6 Composition .. .. .. . . ... . .. . . Eng 101 3 Basic Drawing . ... .. ..... ... Engi 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . ... .. Hist 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . ... Hist 102 3 Algebra and Trig . . . . .. . ..... Mach 105 5 Analytic Geo merry .. .. .. .. .. Math 122 4 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . .... . P.E. 101 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . ... P.E. 102 1 18 l'hi,J Semes/er SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis .. . Chem 121 4 Title Number Cr. Composition . . ... . .. . ... .. . Eng 102 3 Scoichiometry .. .. . . .. . . .... . Ch E 206 2 Differential Calculus . . ... . . . . Math 125 4 Organic Chemistry . . .. . ..... Chem 230 4 General Physics . . . .... ...... Phys 201 5 Integral Calculus . .. .. ... .. . . Math 126 4 Physical Education . . .... . . .. P.E . 103 1 General Physics . . . . . . . . .. .. . Phys 202 5 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . .. .. P.E. 104 l 17 Fifth Semester 18 ]UNIOR YEAR Title N umber Cr. Sixth Semester ~rga~ic Chemistry ... . . ..... . Chem 231 5 Title Number Cr . hys1cal Chemistry ... .. . . . .. Chem 241 4 Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 122 5 Electrical Measurements . .. . . . Phys 251 3 Physical Chemistry . . ... . .. .. Chem 242 4 Elective ... ... .. .. .. . . . .. .. . 6 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 18 Seventh Semester Tute N umber Qualitative Organic Anal. .. . Chem 233 Cr. st 3 ~ o~y of Chemistry ........ Chem 261 t.l e~istry Elective . ... . .... . l ect1ve .... . . . . . ... . 2 11 or 12 17 Orl8 18 Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Chemical Literature ... .. ... . Chem 262 1 Chemistry Elective . . . . .... .. Chem 4 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 or 13 l 7 or 18 \ iser as follows: . Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty ad- in H,,,,,4nities: Twelve to eighteen credits are to be chosen from the followa ernatics 240. ilthEnghsh 131, 15 I, 152; Philosophy 101, 102; Music IOO; Religion 101; SJciaf S0 · E" h · foJi e11ces: 1g teen to twenty-four credits are to be chosen from the O1 . l °~mg: Sociology I 00, 10 7, 20 5; Po] itical Science I 00, IO I, 20 3; Economics ' 02; History 107, 108; Education 101, 201, 207. �so WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES 51 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION . Secondary This course in Education is intended to prepare students for teaching in the Secondary Schools. The required course will enable the student to obtain certification in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. As the requirements vary from state to state, it will be necessary for students wishing to teach in other states to satisfy the special requirements of the state by electing the required subjects. To attain proficiency in the subject which the student wishes to teach, it will be necessary to elect a minimum of 24 hours in that subject. In addition, the student should take a minimum of 18 hours in at least one additional field. By following this plan each student can meet the minimum requirements for teaching in at least two fields. Careful consideration should be given to the combination of teaching subjects that are of greatest interest to the student and which, at the same time, will give the !::est opportunity for employment. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS . Wd~es Co_llege offers the first two . m Physics or m Engineerin Ph . years of work leadmg toward a m . tio~ was greatly emphasize~ by~~~s~;;e need for men wit~ this type of ed~~~~ junng the rece~t conflict. The curric~i°ew problems whteh needed solution undamenta~s, without which further st ~m offers a firm grounding in the The course 1fl Physics prepares the stude:t o;:~~:~ be conti?ued profitably. try, teachmg, or research. f FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Nttmber Cr. en~ral Inorganic Chem Engmeering Problems . .. . . -~he~ 101 4 Composition · · · · · · · · ng1 100 2 Alge~ra and _-_-·····. Eng 101 3 American Government ...... PMSath 105 5 Ph ys. Ed . and Hygiene· · · · · · · p ·E· 100 3 · · · · · · · · . 101 1 G T~ig.·.· .· _- FRESHMAN YEAR 18 First Semester Second Semester Title N umber Cr Biological Science* .. . .... . . . Bio 100 3 Composition ...... . . .. . .... Eng 101 3 American-Pa. H istory to 1865. Hist 107 3 Elec.-Teach. Sub. or Soc. Sci ... 5 or 6 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . . . .. . P .E. 101 1 Title N umber Cr. Composition. . ... . .... Eng 102 3 American Hist. since 1865 . . .. Hist 108 3 Physical Science* ......... .. Phys 100 3 5 or 6 Elec.-Teach . Sub. or Soc. Sci . . . Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ..... P .E. 102 1 16 15 or 16 T bird Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr . World Literature . . . . . ..... .. Eng 151 4 General Psych ology .. .. ... . . Psy 100 3 Electives-Teaching Subjects .. . 9 Phys ical Education .... .. .... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Intro . to Education . . . . ..... Ed 101 3 World Literature .... .. ...... Eng 152 Intro . to Philosophy ...... . . Phil 101 6 Electives-Teaching Subjects .. . Physical Educ ation ... . ...... P.E . 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR Title N umber Cr. Educational Psychology .. ... Ed 2.01 3 Education al Electives. . . . . . . . 4 Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng 131 2 Advanced Exposinon ... .. . . . Eng 105 3 Teaching Sub . and Electives . . . 18 Title Number Cr. Practice Teaching ....... . .. . Ed 207 3 Educational Electives .... •••· 19 Teaching Sub. and Electives .. j 30 30 During the first three years one of the following courses is required: Art !Ol , Music 100, or Religion 101. Physics 100. ·1365 · · · · · · 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR · in · B'10Iogy wt·11 not ta ke B10 · 1ogy 100; maJors · m · * Maiors Second Semester Title G Number Cr. eneral Inorganic Chem Ch Basic Drawin · · · · · · em 104 4 Composition _g · · · · · · · · · · · · · .Eng1 102 3 Amer. Hist. si~~~ ·t~g l02 3 Analytic Geometr . . . . . . . tst 108 3 Phys Ed a d H y_. .. .... · .. Math 122 . . n yg1ene ..... .. P.E. 102 14 · 1 Science will not take a Ph ys1ca SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title F d Nttmber Cr. un amentals of Speech Advanced E xposmon · • · · · ··. E Eng 134 3 E~ementary Germ 1 · · · · · • · · ng 105 3 Differential Calcu] .. .. ... . . Ger 101 3 General Ph · us · · · · · · · • •Math 125 4 . ys1cs ... .. Ph Phys1cal Ed • · · · · · · · · ys 201 5 ucanon .. .. ..... . P.E. 103 1 -- 19 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. El emen tary German 1 Integral Calculus . .. .. .. . . Ger 102 3 Mechanics I, Stati~s· · · · · · · · · · Math 126 4 Mechanics II D ·: · · · · · · .M.E. 211 3 General Physic/namics . · · · · •M.E . 212 3 Physical Ed : .. · · · · · · · · · · Phys 202 5 ucat10n ... . . . . . . . P.E . 104 1 19 11 t . n ermed1ate or scientific G erman may be substituted when the st d . . u ent 1s qualified. �WILKES COLLEGE 52 DEGREE COURSES 53 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR GROUP MAJORS The Commerce and Finance Curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the Humanities, Sciences, and Social Sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. The Commerce and Finance Curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. To insure a well-balanced program, faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. GROUP I-ACCOUNTING Special emphasis is placed on Accounting in preparation for a career in private or public accounting. Related courses in Economics and Business Administration provide a broad business background for students in Accounting. GROUP II-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION This group is designed for students who desire a broad business background with special work in Banking and Finance, Management and Industrial Relations, or Marketing. GROUP III-RETAIL MERCHANDISING A broad background of business is recommended for students intereste? in Retail Merchandising. Emphasis is placed on specialized courses in Retail Merchandising which are offered in cooperation with retail establishments. GROUP IV-SECRETARIAL STUDIES This group prepares students for secretarial positions. It offers training to students who desire a broad cultural and business background as well as specialization in Secretarial Studies. f Courses in all groups are arranged so that the student will devote ab~ut h.ilk of his work to Commerce and Finance courses. The remainder of his wor will be in the Social Sciences, Science, and Humanities. Accounting Courses in Major ....... ~;· Cou~ses in Commerce and Fma~ce Department (outside major) ..... 39 Courses in Social Sciences ~~ucation, History, Po: ht1eal Science and Sociology . . .' . . . 12 Courses in Humanities 31 Courses in Science ··· 6 Free Electives 9 Physical Educati~~ ..· .· .· .· .· .· 4 Total Courses (in semester hours) 1 131 1I 1II Business Retail Administration Merchandising Cr. Cr. 36 601 27 IV Secretarial Studies Cr. 27 18 IS 18 31 9 28 6 28 IS 6 12 6 4 39 4 4 131 131 131 T!iis figure includes both ma·or . Frnance Department. J courses and other courses offered . th C 10 e ommerce and �WILKES COLLEGE 54 DEGREE COURSES 55 MAJOR IN ACCOUNTING1 MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION FRESHMAN YEAR Number Cr . Title . Acct 101 Elementary A~counung ..... . B.A. 100 3 Survey of Bu~iness · · · · · · · · · · · Bio 100 3 3 Biologic.a~ Science · · · ····:::: Eng 101 3 Compos1t1on . . • • · · · · · · · · w. FR ESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester ~i!~ Al::fs~~~f Civilization · · · · 101} Amer. Hist . to 1~65 . · · · · · · · E 107 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ... . . . P . . 101 3 1 First Semester Number Cr. Title . Acct 102 3 Principl~s. of Accounting· · · _·_- Eng 102 3 Composmon . • • · · · · · · · · · · W AlHte!ntatoef Civilization .... H~st is . . . . 865 Hist Amer. Hist. since 1 .. .. ·P .S. Amer . Fede~al Govt .......... Phys Physical Science · · ·: · · · · · · · · · p E . Ph ys. Ed. and H ygiene . .. . . .. . Title N umber Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business .. .. . ..... . B.A. 100 3 Biological Science .. . . . ...... Bio 100 3 Co mposition . .. ....... . ..... Eng 101 3 Al tern ates: Hist. of W. Ci vilization .... Hist 101 } 3 Amer. Hist . to 1865 . . ... . . . Hist 107 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. ..... P.E. 101 1 102} 3 108 101 100 102 16 16 Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title . Acct 111 3 Intermediate Accounting · · · : :B.A. 231 3 Business Law · · · · · · ·.- · · · · · Ee 101 3 Principles of Economics .. . ... En 151 4 World Literature .···· · · ·· · ·· Mfth 101 3 Fundamentals o~ Math . . ..... p E . 103 . 1 Physical Education. • · · · · · · · · · Number Cr. Title . Acct 112 3 Advanced Accouncrng . · · · · · · · B.A. 232 3 Business Law· · · · · · ·.- · · · · · · ·Ee 102 3 Principles of Economics .... . . En 152 4 world Literature · · · · · · · · · · · · Mfrh 102 \ Fundamentals of ~ath ....... Math 115J 3 Mathematics of ~mance .. . . . . p E. 104 Ph ys ical Education . . . . . . . . . . . 17 17 Title Number Cr. Business Law . . ............. B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Worl d Literature . . ........ . . Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Physical Education ... . ...... P .E. 103 1 Sixth Semester Number Cr. Title . Acct 201 3 Cost Accountmg . · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A . 233 3 Business Law · · · : · · · · · · · · · · · Ee 201 3 Money and Banking· .- · .' · · · · · Ee 231 3 A lied General Statistics . . . . 131 Figdamental~ of Speech . . . . . 100 2 3 Intro . to Soc10logy • • · · · · · · · · ·~if Number Cr. T itle . Acct 202 3 Advanced Cost Accountmg ... Acct 220 3 Accounting SyS t ems . · · · · · · · · · B.A. 234 3 Business Law· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Alternates : Ee 202} 3 Theory of Money .......... Ee 236 Public Finance . . • · · · · · · · · · Ee 226 3 Economic Geo~raphy · ·······Ee 232 3 Economic Statistics ... . . . ... . 18 Eighth Semester Number Cr. Acct 221 3 Tax Accoun!rn~ · · · · · · · · · · · · · Acct 231 Auditing Principles · · · · · · · · · · B.A . 209 3 3 Bus . Cor. and ~eports. · · · · · · · B.A. 225 3 Corporation Fm ance ........ . 3 Elective . . •····· ··· ··· · · ·· ·· Num Acct Audit ing Prac.t ice . · · · · · · · · · : : Mus Intro . to Mus ic . . • ••· · ····· Phil Intro . to Ph ilo_so.phy · ······:: Rel H istory of Re ltg1 ons . .... : : . . Electives. • ••····· · ··· ··· Title b 17 Fifth Sem ester Title Number Cr. M:on~y and Banking .. . ... . .. Ee 201 3 Applied General Sta tistics .. .. Ee 231 3 Intro : to Sociology . . .... . ... Soc 100 3 Elective in Social Science. . . . . 3 E!ecti ves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3 100 3 101} 3 101 6 15 15 1 . the sumrn . requtre . d for all students during . in Accounting is P ractical exper~ence d · g the Senior year. lowing the Junior year or unn er fol · Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Altern a tes : Theory of Money .. . ....... Ee 202} Economic Geography .... . Ee 226 3 C. & F. Elective .... . . . .. . Economic Statistics . .. . ...... Ee 232 3 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy . . . ... . Phil 101} 3 History of Religions . . ..... Rel 101 Bus. Adm . or Ee. Elective . .. . 3 Elective ... . .. ....... ...... . 3 Cr. er 232 Fourth Semester JUNIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR T itle 3 1 Title N mnber Cr. Business Law ..... . .. . ...... B.A. 232 3 Pri nciples of Economics .. . .. . Ee 102 3 World Literature ... . ........ Eng 152 4 Al tern ates : Fundamentals of Math . . .... M ach 102} Mathematics of Finance .... Math 115 3 Intro. to Music .. . .... .. .. . . Mus 100 3 Physical Education .......... P.E . 104 1 16 17 Seventh Semester 3 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Cr. 3 3 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR y hird Semester Second Semester Title Number Principles of Accounting .... . Acct 102 Composition ........... .. .. Eng 102 Alternates: H ist. of W. Civilization .. . . Hist 102} Amer. Hist . since 1865 ..... Hist 108 Amer. Federal Govt .......... P.S. 101 Physical Science ...... . .... .. Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. . ... P .E . 102 18 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Bus . A. Car · and Reporrs. . . . . . . . BA 3 Bu . . 209 E{ . dm. and Ee . Electives.. 12 Ctive ........ .. . _ 3 Eighth Semester Title Bus. Adm. and Ee . Electi ves .. Elective ... . ....... ... ..... . Cr. 12 3 18 15 �WILKES COLLEGE 56 DEGREE COURSES . . . Administration (Group II) in_the Bachelor Students who maJor m Busmessd p·mance may select their electives from the . C ce an of Science course m ommer following: Number 218 220 225 226 B.A. Credits and Collectt0ns. · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Real Est~te · · ·. · · · · · · · · · · ... . .. .. B.A. Corporation Fmance · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Investments. • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Titles . Title Ee Government and Busmess . .... .. . E Labor Problems· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · E~ International Trade · · · · · · · · · · · · · · E Economic Geography_. . .. . . . ... . . Ee Comparative Economic Systems . . . Ec Business Cycles• · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · c Title . 212 223 225 226 229 230 Number 201 · · · · · · . .Ee E 202 . ..... Ec 236 . Money and Bankmg Theory of Money . . . Public Finance · · ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Jach 115 Mathematics of Fmance 1 . . ... . . . Number Industrial Managemen t · · · · · · · · · · B.A. B.A . 235 236 Personnel Management.·· ·· ·· · ·· · B.A. 237 Production Management .... .. . . . B.A. 238 Office Management · · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. 240 Property Insurance . . • • · · · · · · · · · · · Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .... .. Acct 101 3 Biological Science .. .. .. . . ... Bio 100 3 Survey of Business ....... .... B.A. 100 3 Composition .. . ...... . . .. . .. Eng 101 3 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization . ... Hist 101} 3 Am. Hist. to 1865 .... ... .. Hist 107 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . ... P.E . 101 1 Number E 236 Public Finan_ce .. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Ec 238 Economic HtS t orr · · · · · · .. . . . . . .. E~ 241 5 Economic Analy is : · · · · · · · · · · · · · E 244 History of Econo~1c Thought . ... E~ 245 Consumer Econo~ic~ · · · · · · · · · · · · Ee 246 Economic Invesngatton . . ... ... . . Title MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Title FRESHMAN YEAR N umber B.A. Life Insurance . •·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·· Ee Labor Problems • · · · ·. · ·: · · ······· Ee Applied _Gener~! ~tattSttcs · · · · · · : :Ee Economic Stat1sucs .. • • · · · · · · · · Title 241 223 231 232 Number 114 216 B.A. Salesmanship .···· · ······ · ······· B.A. Advertising :····· · · · · · ··· ··· ···· B.A. Transportatton · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Marketing .• ••· ··· · · · · · ··· ·· ···· _ 217 222 Title Number Cr. 102 3 102 3 Principles of Accounting .... . Acct Composition . . .. ...... . . . .. Eng AI tern ates : Hist. of W. Civilization . .. . Hist Amer. Hist. since 1865 . . . . . Hist Physical Science . . . . .. . .... . . Phys Amer. Federal Govt .. . .. . ... . P.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . . . . .. P.E. 102} 108 100 101 102 3 3 3 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law . . . . . .. B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics .... . . Ee 101 3 World Literature . .. .. . . ..... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math . .. . .. . Math 101 3 Principles of Retailing . . ..... R.M. 101 3 Physical Education ... .. ... . . P.E. 103 1 Fourth Semester Title Number Business Law . .. .. ... . .. . . .. B.A. 232 Principles of Economics .. . ... Ee 102 World Literature ... . ... . ... . Eng 152 Fundamentals of Math . . . . ... Math 102 Retail Store Organ & Man . . . . R.M. 102 Physical Education . ... .... . . P.E. 104 17 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 1 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester MARKETING Title Second Semester Title ECONOMICS Number MAJOR IN RETAIL MERCHANDISING First Semester BANK.ING AND FINANCE 57 Number Title B.A. Sales Management. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Properer Insurance.·· ·· · ·· · ···:: :Ee Intern acional Trad~ • · · · · · · · · · · Ee Consumer Econo~1cs . • · · · · · · · · · · R.M. Principles of Retailing .... . ..... . 239 240 225 245 101 Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech ..... . Eng 131 2 Color and Design .. .. . ... .... R.M. 201 2 Retail Adv. & Sales Prom .. . . . R.M. 205 2 Retail Selling .... . ... . . . . . .. R.M. 207 3 Title 3 Elective in Social Science. . . . . Sixth Semester Number Intro. to Music .... . . .. . ..... Mus 100 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy . . . .. .. Phil 101} History of Religions .. . . ... Rel 101 Elements of Merchandise . ... . R.M. 210 Furch. and Merch. Control. . . R.M . 212 Retail Buying ( Lab. ) . .. ..... . R.M. 214 Elective . ... . . ...... .. .. .. . . Title 15 Cr. 3 3 3 3 2 3 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Title Seventh Semester Number Cr. g~s. Cor. and Reports . .... .. . B.A. 209 3 1 F s~l ay ( Retail) .... . . .. ..... R.M . 215 2 R.Un amentals of Fashion .. . . . R.M. 217 3 1 etaiJ Personnel Relations ... . R.M. 219 ntro ·. to Soc·101ogy . . . . . . . . . . Soc. 100 tie c. In Com . & Fin . or Soc. Sc. 3 3 3 17 Title N 11mber Organization & Operation of the Small Store . R.M. 220 Retail Cred . and Coll. . ..... .. R.M . 222 Recent Trnds . &Developments in Retail . R.M. 224 Electives. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 2 2 3 9 16 �WILKES COLLEGE 58 DEGREE COURSES 59 MAJOR IN SECRETARIAL STIJDIES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING Wilkes College offers the first two years of the Engineering curriculum. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the Junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed, their work at such representative colleges as: Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interested in Mathematics, the Natural Sciences and their application. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. A. 100 33 Survey ~f _BuSmess · · · · · · · · · · · ~~ 101 Title . Composmon . . . • • · · · · · · · · · · · g Alternates: . H' t Hist or W. Civilization.•·· !s · . l865 Hist Amer. Hist. to ...... . : Math Fundamentals of Mach_.·.. . . . Shorthand and Ty~wntmg . . Phys. Ed. and Hygiene.. . .... . . ·t·t 101} 107 101 101 101 3 3 4 1 Title Number . Science . Bio Biological . .... ..... .E Composition .. . • · · ·· · · · · · ·· ng Alternates: . H' Hist. of W. Civilization . •·· !st Amer. Hist. since 1865 . . . . -~:~h Fundamentals of Mach_.·. . . . . . Shorthand and Ty~wntmg .. Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . . • • · · · · ·i·i 100 102 102} 108 102 102 102 Cr. 33 3 3 4 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr . Title · Acct 101 3 Elementary Acco_u~ttng . . . .. . En 105 3 Advanced Exposmon · · · · · · · · E g 131 2 Fundamentals_ of Speech .... . . M°!s 100 3 Intro. tO Music . . . . . . . .. ... . . S 109 4 Advanced Steno~raphy ..... . E 103 1 ·i· Physical Educauon. • • · · · · · · · · · Title Number Principles of Accounting .. . .. ~~~t Ame~ican q-overnmenc . ... . : : Ph vs Physical Science. . . . . . . . . . . S S Advanced Stenography · · · · · · · · · Elect!ve. • · · · ·: · · · · · · · · · · · ·P.E. Physical Educat10n · · · · · · · · · · ~~ 100 110 104 The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: Research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needai to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. Cr. 3 3 3 4 3 1 During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception that Chemical Engineering students must take two additional hours more Chemistry in the second term. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between Chemical Engineering and one of the other branches of Engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue Civil, Industrial, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering. 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Number Cr. 101 3 Princi pies of Economics .. ... . ~c Title World Literature . . •· ···· · ·· · ng Alternates: Ss Medical Stenography· · ··· · · · · Speech Reporting.••·· · ·· · .S.S. Electives.. .. · .... .. 151 4 210} 3 203 Number . Ee 102 Principle_s of Economics . . . . . . En 152 world L1terature .. • · · · · · · · · · g Electives .. •••····· Title Cr. 3 4 9 FRESHMAN YEAR 6 (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) 16 16 First Semester Title SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Number Cr. it 3 Bus. Cor . and Reports.· sBA ·s · 209 205 4 Office Proc. & Office Mac . . . . . . . 8-9 T . /,e h ·· · · Title Number Office Management . ... B.A. 238 Electives . . .. • · ··· ···· ··· ···· Cr. 1i Electives .. ••·· ··· ···· · ···· ·· 15-16 16 . d Liberal , b d' 'd d between Commerce and Finance a\ tudent. Electives shoulct. e iv~ ~ t ts and vocational objectives of eac s Arts courses according to t e m eres Number General Inorganic Chem .. .... Chem 101 Eng~neering Problems .. . ..... Engi 100 Engmeering Drawing . .. . . . .. Engi 105 Compo · · .. .. .. .. . .. . .. .. E ng 101 br:s1t10n tlge ta and Trig . . .. .. .. .. .. Math 105 hys. Ed . and Hygiene .... . .. P.E. 101 --1 Cr. 4 2 3 3 5 1 18 Second Semester Titk Number Cr . Alternates: 1 Inor. Chem. & QuaJ. Anal.. . Chem 102} -6 General Inorganic Chem .. .. Chem 104 4 Drawing & Des . Geometry . .. Eogi 106 3 Ad vanced Exposition . . . . . . . . Eng 105 3 Analytic Geometry .. .. .. .. .. Math 122 4 American Government .. .. .. . P.S. 100 3 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . . .. . . P.E. 102 1 18-20 Chemical st engineers will register for Chemistry 102 ( 6 hours) . All other Engineering udents will register for Chemistry 104 ( 4 hours). �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical Engineering is basic for the study of Aeronautical Engineering. Therefore, the first two years in Mechanical Engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Today nearly every activity of . T electric~! engineer is trained to i!ed life depends upon electricity. The generatmg equipment H g ' ~onstruct, and operate all l t . I I •. . . · e must supervis d . e ec nca e ectnc1ty for dnvmg the mach. . . e an control the distribution of raildw~ys,hchemical processing, ~::~rnmg rgli~•. factordiesf, and mines; for electric use rn t e tome. ' mg, an or all electrical devices 60 J~:~ CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical Engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all Chemical Engineering. The training of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics, and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of Chemical, Mechanical, and Electrical Engineering as will make him a competent development or sales engineer. The communications field · 1 d. ;letype, transmission of pri~t ;fc~u!elegn;f/• telephone, radio, radar, eveliment of electronic tubes, circuit es, o ~rs numerous opportunities. esses o ers opportunities in many fields osf ::Je:~~tment for commercial proc- i:~J SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title N11mber Cr. ane Surveying .......... .. . CE 103 3 Intro. to Economics E. · F~n<lamentals of S ·~~h · .. . . . c 100 3 Differential Calculrs ..... · ~ 134 3 4 General Physics · ········ th 125 5 Physical Ed · · · · · · · · · · · · Phys 201 ucanon ........ P.E. 103 1 Pl SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quant. Analysis . ... .... Chem 121 4 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Differential Calculus ... ...... Math 125 4 General Physics .... .. ....... Phys 201 5 Physical Education .. . . . ..... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Stoichiometry ....... . ....... Ch E 206 3 Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics .... . .... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics .. . ... M.E . 212 3 General Physics ............. Phys 202 5 Physical Education ....... . . P .E. 104 1 te SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester 19 20 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of Industrial or Mana . metho?s of manufacture and roduct~m_ent Engmeering has to do with the ~f tetgn control to meet and prod~ ~~e effect~ thereon of personnel. and m ac ground in science, engineerin ~ 10n requueme1;1ts. Preparation 'with anagement, and history is necessar gTh conomICs, ~usmess administration ~ot only possess technical skill and\b-r/ s~c~essful mdustrial engineer must Hve economic and humanistic interests! I y; it is of equal importance that he coe must work with others and enlist 'than.d character and personality as well mmon goal Th · d eu co-operation · th . · chine d . . e rn us trial engineer deals w. th l m e pursuit of a r· s .an materials. This curriculm ff 1 peop e as well as with map imanly interested in the administra~o ers fihrs~ two years work for those n o tee nical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. PlaneSurveying .... ....... .. C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .. ... Eng 134 3 Differential Calculus ......... Math 125 4 General Physics . .......... .. Phys 201 5 Ph ysical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 i; cosf CIVIL ENGINEERING The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in the treatment and disposal of sewage ~od industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportat10n facilities. Fourth Semester Title N11mber Cr. I ntegral Calculus Kinematics · · · · · · · · · · · · Math 126 4 4 Mechanics ·st·a·ti~s- . · · · · · · · · M.E . 206 3 Mechanics II D · : · · · · · · · M.E . 211 3 General Ph s'ic/namics. · · · · . M.E. 212 5 Physical Ed · · · · · · · · · · · · · Phys 202 ucanon .......... P.E. 104 1 19 19 20 61 Title Number Route Surveying ............. C.E. 104 Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 211 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 General Physics ......... . ... Phys 202 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 Cr. 4 4 3 3 5 l T hfrd Semester Title Elernent N11mber Cr. Intro. toarEy Acco~nting ...... Acct 101 3 Fu_ndarnentals conom1cs E 3 of ... .. ... . c 100 Differential C 1 ~peech ...... Eng 134 3 General Ph .a cu us · · · · · · • • . Math 125 4 Physical EJ51cs: ........... . Phys 201 5 ucanon .......... P.E. 103 1 19 Fourth Semester Title p • . N11mber Cr. rmc1ples of Accountin 3 Integral Calculus g · · · · · Acct 102 Mechanics I, Stati~s· ......... MMaEth 126 4 3 M h · ······· 211 ec an1cs II,. Dynamics .... : : M:E. 212 3 G eneral Physics · 5 Physical Ed : . · · · · · · · · · · · Phys 202 ucat10n .......... P.E. 104 1 19 �62 WILKES COLLEGE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence and result of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Plane Surveying ... .. ........ C.E. Intro. to Economics .......... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Differential Calculus ......... Math General Physics . .. ......... . Phys Physical Education .......... P.E . 103 100 134 125 201 103 Cr. 3 3 3 4 5 1 19 Title Number Integral Calculus ............ Math Kinematics .. . .. . ........... M.E . Mechanics I, Statics . ........ M.E . Mechanics II, Dynamics .... . . M.E. General Physics ...... .. ..... Phys Physical Education .... ...... P.E. 126 206 211 212 202 104 Cr. 4 4 3 3 5 1 20 Terminal Courses �WILKES COLLEGE 64 LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. REQUIREMENTS Biology: 12 semester hours, of which 10 hours must be in Zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are Histology, Embryology, Comparative Anatomy, Physiology, Bacteriology, and Hygiene. Chemistry: 10 hours of General Inorganic Chemistry, including laboratory work. 4 hours of Quantitative Analysis, including laboratory work. Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of 60 semester hours of college credit. The following courses are recommended, but not required: Physics, Organic Chemistry, Bacteriology, Histology, Embryology, Physiology, and Comparative Anatomy. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology. . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition. . . . . ......... Eng 101 3 College Algebra . . . . . . .Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene.. . .P.E. 101 1 1 itlc General Zoology. Inorganic Chem. and Qualitati,e Anal. .. Composition .. . .. . Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . Number Cr Bio 102 5 Chem 102 Eng 102 P.E. 102 6 3 1 15 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester 1 ale Number Bacteriology . . . . . .... Bio 211 Histology. . . . . .. . ........ Bio 241 Physiology. . ............. Bio 251 Inorganic QuantiratiYe Anal.. Chem 121 Physical Education. . .... P .E. 103 Cr. 5 3 4 4 1 Fourth Semester Title Number Bacteriology ..... .. ........ Bio 212 Histologv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bio 242 Physiology ................. Bio 252 Organic Chem.. . . . . . ...... Chem 230 Physical Education ......... P.E. 104 Cr 5 3 4 4 1 17 17 �WILKES COLLEGE 64 LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. REQUIREMENTS Biology: 12 semester hours, of which 10 hours must be in Zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are Histology, Embryology, Comparative Anatomy, Physiology, Bacteriology, and Hygiene. Chemistry: 10 hours of General Inorganic Chemistry, including laboratory work. 4 hours of Quantitative Analysis, including laboratory work. Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of 60 semester hours of college credit. The following courses are recommended, but not required: Physics, Organic Chemistry, Bacteriology, Histology, Embryology, Physiology, and Comparative Anatomy. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semesler First Semester Tttle Number General Zoolog y .... .. .. . ... Bio 101 General Inorganic Chem ... . .. Chem 101 Composition .. . . .... Eng 101 College Algebra . . . . . . . .Math 107 Phys. Ed. and Hyg iene .. . . . P.E . 101 Cr . 5 4 3 3 1 J itle N umber General Zoology . . . ... Bio 102 Inorganic Chem. and .Chem 102 Qu alitative An al. . Eng 102 Composition ... Phys. Ed . and Hyg iene . .. . . P.E. 102 Cr 5 6 3 1 15 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Number 211 . ... . . . Bio Bacteriology ......... . ... Bio 241 Histology Physiology . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . Bio 251 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. . Chem 121 Physical Education ...... . ... P.E. 103 J i1le Fo11rth Semester c,. 5 3 4 4 - l 17 Number Cr. Title . . .. Bio 212 5 Bacteriology . Bio 242 3 Histology . .... . . . .. 252 4 Physiology . . ... . .. .. .. . . . Bio . . . . . . Chem 230 41 Organic Chem . . . . ..... P.E . )04 Physical Education 17 - �TERMINAL COURSES 65 ~ MUSIC I \ A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of Music. ~ -·~ \'~--"' \ ·~,. \. \ ~~-- - - .. \ FRESHMAN YEAR . \ First Semester \ ...... -.\ Title \ N11mber Composition ....... . ..... . . .Eng 101 Foreign Language1 . •••. .. . . . . 101 or 103 Music, Applied .. . ... . ... . .. . Music, Theory ........ .. .... Mus 101 Elective ......... .. ........ . Phys. Ed . and Hy giene . . .... . P.E. 101 ;. ~ E Cr. 3 3 l 5 3 :::: l 0 16 p:: Second Semester Title N 11mber Composition ....... . .. . .... Eng 102 Foreign Language 1 ••• . . . . . • . . 102 or 104 Music, Applied .... . . . ..... . Intro . to Music .. . .. ......... Mus 100 Music, Theory .. . ._. .. . ...... Mus 102 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .. ... P.E. 102 ~ Cr. 3 3 l 3 5 l 16 '! SOPHOMORE ;:::: Title .... < G z: ~ YEAR Third Semester N 11mber Cr. Foreign Lang uage1 . . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Music Applied . . ....... . ... l Music, Theory ............ .. Mus 103 5 Alternates: Music, History .... . ....... Mus Music, History . . ....... .. . Mus 109} 3 Physical Education ...... . ... P.E . 209 103 l -16 Fourth Semes/er Title N r,mber Cr. Foreign Language 1 . . . . ... . . 104 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Ci vilization . .. Hist 102 3 Music, Applied ........... . .. l Music Theory ..... .. ...... .. Mus 104 5 Al tern ates: Mu sic, History . . .... . ..... Mus Music, History .... . ... .. . . Mus 210 3 Physical Education .. . .... . .. P.E. 104 llO} 16 1 The level of the course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �TERMINAL COURSES 65 MUSIC A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of Music. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Number Cr. Composition .............. . . Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . • . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Music, Applied.............. 1 Music, Theory .............. Mus 101 5 Elective.................... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 16 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition ... . ........... Eng 102 1 Fore1gn Language . . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 3 Music, Applied ............ . Intro. to Music .. . ........... Mus 100 l 3 Music, Theory .............. Mus 102 5 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title < ,., z Number Cr. Foreign Language 1 • • • • . . • . . • . 103 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Music Applied .... 1 Music, Theory .... . .. Mus 103 5 Alternates: Music, Hisrory ... . . . . . . Mus Music, Historv ... . . . . Mus 109} 3 Physical Educadon . . . ... . ... P.E. 209 103 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Foreign Language 1 • • • . . . . . . • • 104 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Music, Applied .............. 1 Music Theory ............... Mus 104 5 Al rernates : Music, Hisrory ......... ... Mus Music, Hisrory .. 3 ... Mus 210 Ph ysica1 Education ... . .. P.E. 104 no} 16 16 1 The level of the course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �66 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Two years) (Three years) The following Pre-Dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of Dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in Chemistry and Biology. Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 College Algebra . .. ....... .. Math 107 3 Composition .... . ... .... ... Eng 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... .. P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. General Zoology .... . ....... Bio 102 5 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .. ... . Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry ... . ........ .. Math 109 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . .... . P.E. 102 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title 3 Histology . .. . ....... . ... ... Bio 241 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. .Chem 121 5 General Physics ... . . . ... .. .. Phys 201 Alternates : 4 World Li teracure ...... ... . Eng 151 3 Hist . of West. Civ ......... Hist 101 1 Physical Education ... .. ..... P .E. 103 16-17 Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem Ch Composition . . . . . . em 101 4 Algebra and Eng 101 3 · g. · · · · ·· ·· ... Math 105 5 El ect1ve ...... . 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygi~~~ --::::: :P.E. 101 1 Title Number lnor. C~e'.11 . & Qua!. Anal. ... Chem 102 C~ Cornpo~ition. . . . . . . . . . . . . En 102 Analytic Geometry ··Mg h 3 Elective. . . . . . . · · · · · · · · · · at 122 4 Phys . Ed. and Hygi~~~:: : : : : : P.E. 102 16 17 Nt1mher Cr. Title 3 242 Bio Histology ... ....... ······. . .Chem 230 4 Organic Chemistry . General Physics . .. .......... Phys 202 5 Alternates: 4 World Literature ...... . ... Eng 152 Hist . of West. Civ ......... Hist 101 3 1 Physical Education ... .. ..... P.E . 104 16--17 i SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Nt1mber ~~~era! Zo~lqg_y ........ : . . . Bio 101 Cr. G . Quant1tat1ve Analysis .. . Chem 121 5 ene~al Physics . . . Ph s 201 4 Physical Education. . :p 103 i Title Number Cr . General Zoology . Organic Chemisrr°y · · · · · · · · · · ~~o 102 5 General Ph · · · · · · · · · · · · em 230 4 Ph . ysics. . . . . . . . . . . . Phys 202 5 ysical Education . ..... ... : p .E. 104 1 15 15 18 16 T bird Semester FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester T~i · ·· · · ·· · · · · ·· FRESHMAN YEAR 67 .J. JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N b A um er Cr. 0 mp._ nato~y of the Vert . .. Bio 201 5 rgamc1·Chemistry · · · · · · · · · • •Chem 231 World 5 Alternat~!~rature ....... . .... Eng 151 4 . Title Number Cr. Histology and Organology B.10 202 5 World Literature .. .. __ . __ ··· E Alternates: · · · ng 152 4 Hi5t. of W. Civilization H" 102} A~er • Hist. since 1865 . : : : : H~!~ 108 3 Elecnve ....... . ··· ···· · · · ·· 3- 5 Co ~iS t . of~- Civilization .... Hist 101} mer. Hist. co 1865 .. ...... Hist 107 3 17 15-17 �WILKES COLLEGE · ~ - - - - - - - 68 TERMINAL COURSES 69 RADIO PRODUCTION SECRETARIAL COURSE . will an inevitable demand_ for me~ As the influence of radio mcrea~e~, soand specialized technical skills. This essed of broad trammg . d · roduction and program~~1r;0::~ !i:spretend to devel~f~~fa~~sy :i;~ b~o~dcasting in combination . b t ·t does help to create mrng u i d t' n d h h . h ~ourses in general e uca 10 . . . in the college an t e t~c w1~ urses in general e~ucat~on will bi g~~Penof a local broadcasting stat10n. nicalo courses wi·11 be given m the wor s The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this curriculum may be counted toward the Bachelor of Science Degree in Commerce and Finance when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. The flexibility of the program leading to this degree permits students to elect a 24-hour sequence either in commerce and finan ce or in another field of study, according to the interests and objectives of each student. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Title . Bio 100 3 Biologic_a\ Science• · · · : : : : : : : Eng 101 3 Composmon • · · · · · · · ·h Eng 131 2 Fundamentals of Speec ..... . Alternates: c· T tion .. .. Hist Hist. of W · JV! tza Hist Amer. Hist<?ry to 1865 . . . .. Mus Intro. to Mus_1c ... .... .... . .. Rad Intro. to Radio .... _. .. . .. ... . P.E. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... . 101} 107 100 100 101 3 3 3 1 Number Title _ . ___ . Eng 102 Composmon · · ·. · · · · · · · .... Eng 133 Oral Incerpretat10n . • · · · · Alternates : c· T tion ... Hist Hist. of W . ~v1 iza . Hist Amer. Hist. smce 1865 ..... Ph s Physical Scie:ice · · · · · · · · · · · · · Intro . to Soc10l?gY · · · · · .. ... Rad Radio Announcmg ·... . ... . . .. p E Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... . . so[ 102} 108 100 100 102 102 Cr. 3 2 3 3 3 3 1 18 18 First Semester Title Number Cr. Survey of Business ....... .... B.A. 100 3 Composition ...... . .. Eng 101 3 Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist . to 1865 ..... .. Hist 107 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Economic Geography . .. ..... Econ 226 3 ComJ::tition . . ............ . Eng 102 3 Fun amentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization ... . Hist 102} 3 Amer. Hist . since 1865 .. . .. Hist 108 Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. .... P.E . 102 1 14 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Title . Ee 100 3 Intro. to _Economics. · ··· · · ::: Eng 151 4 World Literature .· · ······ p 100 3 General Ps}'. chology. · · · · · ·:: :R?'d 201 3 Radio Wrmng · · · · · · p. · b Rad 203 3 Con. Rm. Tech . l!', Pro . ro .. p E. 103 1 Physical Educanon. . . . . . . . . . . d· 17 Number Cr. Title 4 World Literature . • · · · · · · · · · -~nl 152 3 101 Amer . Federal Govt ....... .. . . Altern~tes : Ed & Broad ... Rad Radio News . : Rad Radio Advems1~g .. : ..... . Rad Radio Act ing & D1rectmg ... . Electi ve. • • · · · ·: · · · · · · · · · · · · P.E . Physical Education .. . ...... . 202} 204 206 3 3 104 l 17 Third Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law .. ............. B.A. 231 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ... .. S.S. 205 4 Electi ve .... . ... . . ... .. .. .. . 3 Physical Education .. .. . .... . P .E. 103 1 Fo,,rth Semester Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Econ 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 110 Secretarial Accounting ....... S.S. 120 4 3 Office Managament ....... ... S.S. 206 4 Elective ................... . 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 18 18 . Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may subSbtute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, pro'/,ded they demonstrate adeguate skill. Placement examinations will be given t e first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. �70 WILKES COLLEGE MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY Medical secretaries require special training so that they may have an intelligent understanding of their part in the work of a medical office. To provide the essential background, the secretarial courses are supplemented by Biology and laboratory courses in Chemis try and Physiology. The courses in Secretarial Accounting and Office Procedures are adapted to the needs of the students preparing for work in the offices of physicians. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Numher Cr. Biological Science ..... . . ... . Bio 100 3 Composition ... . .......... . . Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of M ath .... . . . Math 101 3 Shorthand and Ty pe writing ... S.S. 101 4 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . .. .. . . P.E. 101 1 Title Numher Cr. General Inorganic Chem . ..... Chem 101 4 Compositi on .. . ....... .. .. . Eng 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting. S.S. 102 4 Secretarial Accounting .. . . . .. S.S . 120 4 Phys. Ed. and H ygiene . . . .... P.E. 102 1 14 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Courses Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. Physiology ............. . .. . Bio 251 4 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civil ization ... . Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist. to 1865 . .... . . . Hist 107 Advanced Stenography . . . . . . . S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ... . . S.S. 205 3 Elective ...... . ... . . . .... ... 3 Physical Education . .. . . . . ... P.E. 103 1 T itle N umher Cr. Physiology . . . . . . . . .. . .. ... . Bio 252 4 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization .. .. Hist 102( Amer. Hist. since 1865 . .. . . Hist 108] 3 Medical Stenography ... . .... S.S. 201 3 Office Man agement . . . . . . . . B.A. 238 4 Elective .......... . . . .. . ... . 3 Physical Education .... . ... . . P .E . 104 1 18 18 A candidate for a degree with a major in Medical Stenography should consult with his adviser before planning his program of study. A student who completes the two-year program and then decides to continue work toward a degree, should carefully plan the last two years with his adviser. �72 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 73 ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg; Instructors Cooney, Dembert, Laggan, Werner, Whitby. AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Acer. 102. PRINCIPLES OF AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, rnd branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 101. THE STAFF AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three hours Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of Balance Sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 102. Accr. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 111. THE STAFF AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three hours Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, rwo hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112. AccT. 202. ADVANCED Cosr AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standa rd costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 201. Acer. 220. AccouNTING SYSTEMS-Th A st d f h ree hours MR W u ~ o_ t e accounting method ... . ERNER I~an ass~c1at10ns, and other s ecialize~ ~£ ?anks, ut1!1ties, building and given to mterna1 control ease ~f d. usinesses, with special attention Prer · · ' recor mg, and forms equ1s1tes: Accounting 112, 201. . AccT. 221. TAx AccouNTING-Th h ree ours A study of Federal taxes in l d' . MR. LAGGAN, MR. WERNER and miscellaneous· correct cfu m'? mcome, estate, gift, corporate ' use o various form . 1· . P rerequisites: Accounting 112. s, app 1cat10n of rates. Acer. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES-TlDree h ours Methods used in verifyin l . and Balance Sheet and I g, ana yzmg, bl ncome accounts· p ica e under various circumstanc Cl ' two hours a week. es. ass, r Prerequisite: MR._LAGGAN, MR. WERNER and mterpreting tl:e records t d f s u y o the procedures aptwo hours a week; laboratory, ccountihg 202. Acer. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Th h ree ours Advanced application of d. . . . MR. LAGGAN, MR. WERNER lems of classification and . atu itmg _prmc1ples to actual practice· probf • m erpretation of a • o internal control; preparation of re ~counts; study of methods week; laboratory, two hours a wee!orts to clients. Class, two hours a Prerequisite: Accounting 2 31. . Acer. 242. C. P.A. PROBLEMS-Three hours Review of all phases of ace t· MR. WERNER counting problems as taken froomun In$ through a study of advanced acvar10us C p A . . p rerequisites. Accou t. · · · exammat10ns. · n mg 1 12, 201, 231. ART lnstmctor: Mr. O'Toole. ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Th ree hours Fundamental training in the h d1. MR. O'TooLE ~k~lls and knowledge used in t:n mg of t?ols, the acquisition of the rmciples of drawing design come pr~t~entabon of the graphic image colo 1· ' , pos1 10n cola . f • · . . 1·me t ' t r, uses o lme and tone , d · r• me and color tone · St u d'1es m IV1s1on, form, light and shade 1· h ex ure, tone, and color; space two hours. ' ig t- ark. Class two hours, studio d �74 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 75 ART 103-104. APPLIED ART- Three hours MR. O'TooLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums; pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums; pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 105. LETTERING AND LAYOUT- One hour MR. O'TooLE Analysis of basic letter forms; study of one-stroke alphabets; study of built-up alphabets. Formal and informal lettering; the script letter forms, caligraphy. Complete study of type and type faces. Brush and pen lettering for reproduction. Various com1:inations of weights and types of letters. Show card lettering. Ornamental lettering. The hand lettered book jacket. The use of decorations, borders, relief lettering, shaded lettering, composing with letter forms. Studio three hours. ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING DESIGN-Th. h 1ee ottrs Advertising and editorial 1a out· m MR. O 'TooLE montage; photographs and tex/ '. oddern_ ~ayout; the use of phototype and illustrations Th d uresdm a vertismg; color in backgrounds · e a vance stude t ·11 b , th at will meet the professional t d d n _w1 e required to do work s an ar s requ1red b d .. Cl ass two hours, studio two hours. y a vertismg agencies. Prerequisites: Art 101 102 103 104 . ' ' , or equivalent. ART 215-216. • FINE ART-Th ree h ours Having completed th b . MR. O'TooLE e asJC course the t · · · an d composition during th· '. rammg 1l1 drawing design IS course will be . t "fi d ' I e, study of the light-dark rinc· 1 . m ens1 e . Study of still and opaques, balance domi!:anc ip;, 1J1ght and shade; transparencies study, line, tone and c~lor. Cla :, oh ow thro~gh, contrast, texture p ss wo ours stud 10 tw h rerequis~tes: Art 101 102 ' o ours. ' , 10 3, 104 or equivalent. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE ART T' h n Th ART 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three hours MR. O'TooLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing ( double spread) . Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Admission by permission of the instructor. ART. 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three hours MR. O'TooLE Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Admission by permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three hours MR. O'TooLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Admission by permission of the instructor. -a~ ~n e complete design, picture structure Th . . of perspective. Further study of th . : e various kmds and uses of the past an~ present Ad de pa1?t1~g, design and art movements studies · Th e creation of space ·studyvance f t d. 1~ various painting mediums 0 d · ' wo imens 1 d . · esign. Study of tensions of 1· f wna an three dimensional textures. Class two hours stud1~est, ohrms, lights and darks, colors and . . , 10 wo ours. Prerequ1Sites: Art 101 102 103 104 . ' , , or equivalent. BIOLOGY Professor Reif; Instructors Dague and N . . k , am1sn1a . Two choices are open to the student of Biol a Bachelor of Science or a B h I f ogy. He may take either ~e!~ct~d is largely determin:~ ~ or t~ Arts cou_rse. The_ course that is 10d1V1dual. y e professional objective of the The curriculum leading to tl d intended for persons wh d 1_e egree Bachelor of Arts in Biology is . . o es1re a broad 1·b l b spenal1zation in Biology Th . i era ackground with a ~noice of cultural subject; and e_ p~es~ribe; curriculum permits a wide in the field of Natural Histo ,sth es1gne for those who wish to write th • ry, ose who wi h t ose whose aim is teaching at th 11 s o enter museum work graduate work in the Nat l S . e co ege level, and those who pla~ · • ura CJences The · lO Biology are listed on page 48. . re9u1rements for a major Bro. 100. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE-Tl . Dree h ours B. T 101ogical Science is a s . HE STAFF no other courses in Biology url~ey course mtended for students who take . presents the essential general information �76 WILKES COLLEGE -------~ DESCRIPTION OF _ COURSES _____ ________ ?? about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. BIO. 101-102. GENERAL ZOOLOGY-Five hours each semester MR. REIF General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of Biology, explains the organization of living matter, teaches the structure of representative animals, the methods of their classification, and the basic principles of Genetics, Embryology, Evolution, and Ecology. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. BIO. 112. GENERAL BOTANY-Five hours MRS. NAMISNIAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of Biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. BIO. 113. BOTANICAL TAXONOMY-Five hours MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES-Five hours MR. REIF Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of vertebrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. BIO. 202. EMBRYOLOGY- Five hours Mrss DAGUE Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Bro. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Five hottrs each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Bacteriology 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Bacteriology 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. BIO. 22 3. ENTOMOLOGY Entomology is the study of . h MR. REIF cation of specimens L1'f h. m~ects t. rough the collection and identiii. • e 1stones of rnsects d. d econom1c relationships and th . . 'fi are stu 1e as well as their Class, two hours a we~k- lab e1: s1gn1 dcance in industry and medicine , ora ory an field work, six hours a week.. BIO. 241 AND 242 H . ISTOLOGY AND ORGANOLOGY Th h ree ours Histology is the study of normal t. MR. REIF to form organs and organ systems ~ss~~s ~nd_ the arrangement of tissues of both semesters work which m.ust r~/t is g1v~n only upon completion hours a week; laboratory tw h taken m sequence. Class, two , o ours a week. Three hours each semester. Bio. 251-252. p HYSIOLOGY-Four hours each Physiology is a study of th f . • semester Mrss DAGUE e unctionmg of th · an d organs of the animal b0 d L b e vanous cells, tissues · 1vmg · living forms Cl Y·tw ah oratory wo rk me · 1ud es experiments' mvo a week. . ass, o ours a week; laboratory, four hours Bro. 261. GENETICS-Five hours Genetics presents the . . . Miss DAGUE . pnnc1p1es of mh ·t f an d vanations of those cha t . en ance o normal characters rac ers 1n plants a d . k . wor rncludes experiments and roblem n . an1ma1s. Laboratory urements of genetic variations PCl s on the kmds, causes, and meashours a week. · ass, two hours a week; laboratory, six Bro. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY O . ne credit each semester Seminar in Biology is d . MR. REIF Biology for senior studen~s1g;edhas a ;orrelating study of the field of ological topic for presentatio~ toa; /~~ ent_ prepares a paper on a bihour a week. n 1scuss10n by the group. Class, one BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg; Assistant Profe . tors Bachman, Brennan, Brightbill ;sors Morris, Bedillion; Instrucla~gan, landau, Riley Thomas W ' oyWce, Casper, Cooney, Farrar ' , erner, hitby. ' B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BUSINESS- Th . l Ab . 1ee 1Jo1trs T S as1c course in the essent' 1 f HE TAFF of problems pertaining to ad 1~ ~ o ~odern business. Studies are made of . m101strat10g and fi · h I enterprise; manufacturing and d ·st .b t· nanc10g t e organization ems; governmental policies tow db1 n_ u ton of goods; personnel probar usmess. �78 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ----------- ------------4 SALESMANSHIP-Three hours MR.. RILEY B.A. 1i . . . behind all buying; creation of mterest art ofpresentation sell mg;. the of mot1 ve. . meeting objections; types of cusandThe desire; serv1Ces, tomers. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS-Three hours Miss BEDILLION Fundamental principles of business wntrng . . wi'th emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: English 102. 6 ADVERTISING-Three hours . d' MR. BACHMAN B.A. 21 . mg f h d ·ff ent departments o f advertising work ' .mclu . A survey o t e engraving, ' er . copy, art, display, trade-marks, and media; advert,smg as a social force. B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three hours MR. LAGGAN, MR. ROSENBERG A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite; Economics 102. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three hours MR. LAGGAN Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. TATION-Three hours . MR · ROSENBERG B.A. 217. TRANSPOR. . ads busses, inland waterways, and ~tr and po!toes ofecon?mic ratlro . '.imp ortance of transportation; Stg· andProblems ocean transportation; nificance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Economics 102. C CTIONs-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG B.A. 218. CREDITS AND OLLE. . ation analysis of risks; collection The fundamentals of credit; lff~'esti~ ; the organization of credit plans and policies. Special attention given o and collection offices. . 102 Prerequisites: Economics 102, Accounting . MR. CASPER B. A. 220. REAL ESTATE~Three hours . ess including consideration The fundamentals of the real est~te busm le , purchase development, of titles, mortgages, leases, advertmng, sa ' ' and management of real property. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-CONTRACTS-Three hours The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. Examination of the essential elements of a valid contract and the application to typical business transactions. These essential elements are: the agreement; the subject matter (what the contract is about); the consideration (that value which is given by each party for his interest in the subject matter); the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genuineness of assent (legal or illegal inducement to agree) . Prerequisite: Economics 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-SALES, AGENcY, BAILMENT-Three hour, Three hours MR. BOYCE A general study of the law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and the Law of Bailment. Legal problems arising out of the sale of merchandise by manufacturers, distributors and dealers; out of the financing, processing, shipment, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of government regulations thereof. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231. B.A. 222. MARKETING-Three hours MR. COONEY, MR. ELLIOTT · g ' trade . system and functions o f mark e tPrinoples rn . Evolution of the marketing f .competition · t and the nature o · e structure, and organ1za_ IOn . trans ortation, finance, and storag . of distribution, assemblrng, gratng, . ~ study of the marketing of a Each student is required to ma e a specia selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 79 B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS MR. BOYCE Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their formation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured, insurer, and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insurance con· tract. Prerequisites: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. �80 WILKES COLLEGE - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three ho:.m MR. BOYCE law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes ( crimes against the person, property, business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions) . Prerequisites: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. Prerequisite: Business Administration 114 o . 1 r equ1va ent. B.A. 240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three h . MR. ours BOYCE . h,s course IS a stu,jy of the fundamentals of fire' casualty, and mar1·ne Insurance. Instructor to be announced A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. 236. of price and brand policies· • distribution. ' preparation of sales budgets; costs of T · B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three hours 81 -- Prerequisite: Business Administration 132 or approval of instructor. M B.A. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three hours Th1s course 1s a study of th · · . . R. BOYCE surance from the over 11 . e P:mc1~1es, practices, and uses of life inindustry. a viewpoint o the product, cost, market, and Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three hottrs MR. RILEY Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Economics 223. CHEMISTRY* Professor Bastress; Assistant Professor Halpin. Bone; Instructors Salley, B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. RILEY A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing risks. operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Poto· hours MR.RILEY The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of office records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions: employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Six hours each week. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. B.A. 239. SALES MA AGEMENT- Three hours . . Miss BONE, MR. SALLEY, MR. HALPIN An. mtroductmn to the fundamental laws and theori . ;;,em,stry. [he chemistry of selected non-metallic elemen~s o~k:;rf:",c ours a wee ; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage dep~sit req,uir;~~ Prerequisite: Economics 223. B.A. 238. CHEM. 101. GENERAL lNORGAN1c CHEMISTRY-Pou, hou,·, MR. RILE\ The relation of the sales department to all other departments ; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and mana~ement of the sales force; sales research and market analysis ; determinatwn CHEM. 102. IN C . ORGANIC Srx hours HEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYs·s MI · Th e reactions . ss BONE, MR. HALPIN of the common metallic el tice of elementary Qualitative Analysis 0:me~ts, t1;: theory and pracoratory, si~ ~ours a week. Breakage dep;sit re~~ir:Jr ours a week; labPrerequ1s1te: Chemistry 101, CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Pou, hours A continuation . . of Chemistry 101 The ch Miss MR. HALPIN . t BONE, f oratory work includes some Q 1't ~. em1s ry o the metals. labas a prerequisite for further ~~~;i::; Analysis. Will not be accepted Week; laboratory three ho k B y courses. C~ass, three hours a p rerequ1s1te: . . Chemistry , urs 1 o1,a wee . reakage deposit required. --- s,n:· tudents wishin~ to stuJy Chemist e a maior in Chemistry is difficult h 11 ~ !r:ang~eli~c\:~eL _bBachleAlor of Science in Chemistry, era rts program. �82 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 83 CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATNE ANALYSIS-Four hoursHALPIN MR. SALLEY, MR. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN ADVANCED PHYSICAL CiiEMISTRY-Three hour, /P . f t ical analyses. Cl ass, two . hours a week; Theory a~d practice o . Breakage deposit reqmred. laboratory, six hours a wee Prerequi:;ite: Chemistry 102. CHEM. 122 · SALLEY A study of chemical equilibrium, using the methods MR. of modern thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANA LYSIS-Five hours MR. SALLEY CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three hours . . n of Chemistry 121. Class, tw o hours a week; laboratory, A hours contmuat1ok nine a wee . B realrage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMIS_TR y hours MR · BASTRESS -:-fFour carbon compounds. The prepara: An introduction to the chemistry_ . Class three hours a week, . f the aliphatJC senes. , . d tion and properties o a week . Breakage deposit require . laboratory, three hours Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CH . MR. BASTRESS EM. 231. ORGANIC CHEMIST RY-Five. hours . l ttention to cyclJC h •t ?30 with spec1a a k A continuation d s. Class, ofthree hoursry a - we~k-' laboratory, six hours a wee . compoun . Cd em1s Breakage deposit require . Prerequisite: Chemistry 230. CHEM. 2 33 · Q . ! UALITATNE ORGANIC A NALYSis-Three hours MR. BASTRESS • ML&~N A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of Inorganic Chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class,required. two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 and 231. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY- One hour MR. BASTRESS The of the science in terms of the personalities responsible fordevelopment the development. · Prerequisite: Completion of twenty Chemistry credits. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One hour . Practice in the systematic identificat1~~a~A course designed to give . Class one hour a week, . ounds and mixtures. '. pure org~nIC comp k Breakage deposit reqmred. oratory six hours a wee . MR. literature. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical Prerequisite: Completion of twenty Chemistry credits. Prer;quisite: Chemistry 231. ECONOMICS CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRYR.re e hours. MTh BASTRESS Professor Rosenberg; Instructors Brennan, Cooney, Elliott, Farrar, Laggan, Riley. Special top1Cs . m . Organic Chemis try, including theones . of orgamc reactions. . Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. CHEM. 241-2 42 . ter semes PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four h ours each MR. SALLEY . and the ele- t ry . op · l et~:e f Physical ChemiSlaboratory, three An introduction to t~e prCml hours a week; ments of thermo dyn amics · ·ass, uired .hours a week. Breakage deposit reMq them. atics 126, Physics 202. . . Ch em1s · try 121 , a Prerequ1s1tes: Students who major in Economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete 24 hours of work in Economics beyond Economics 101 and 102. The 24 hours in Economics which the major must carry should include Economics 202, 232, and 241. Ee_ IOO. INTRODUCTION To ECONOMICS-Three hours THEfor STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed students who plan to take ONLY ONE semester of work in this field. 11,eoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and bank- 1ng, and international trade are included . �84 WILKES COLLEGE -------~ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 101. PRINOPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of Economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of. his environment. gov~r~ental participation in labor relati . . vestJgat1on and arbitration in lab d. ons, collect~ve bargaming, inPrerequisite: Economics 102. or isputes, and social security. Ee. 225. lNTERNATJONAL TRADE THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Economics 1 O1. Ee. 201. MONEY AND BANKlNG--Three hours MR. ROSENBERG A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Ee. 202. THEORY OF MONEY-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales .finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisites: Approval of instructor. Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three hours MR. FARRAR A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with pecial attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisites: Political Science 101, Economics 102. Ee. 223. LABOR PROBLEMS-Three hours MR. RILEY An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, h?~rs, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union pol1oes, ours Ee. 226. EcoNOMic GEOGRAPHY Th h A stu dy of the relation of - h ree ours TH E STAFF This course describes and a gleograph y to the economic activity of man. · d ustnes, • and population na m It yzes . d t . e world distn·bu t·10n of resources ld . is wor resources and related .fields. es1gned as an intro d uctory course in' Prerequisite: ECQnomics 102. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 204. CONSUMER CREDIT-Two hours h Jee Theory and practice of . t . MR. COONEY, MR. ELLIOTT contemporary problems andmpe{?~tton1htrade_ with special reference to quotas, foreign exchange o ~l~1bes: ~ toJ?1cs covered include tariffs d , equi 1 num 10 mt t· , stu Y will be made of h. . erna 10na1 payments. A fl . geograp JC economic so · 1 d •. uences on mternational trade R '. f ' cia ' an pol1t1eal inm en ts m . th e United States. . ev1ew o current pol"Kies . an d d evelopPrerequisite: Economics 102 Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Economics 201. Th. - Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY N A ORTH MERICA-Three hours M R. .BRIGHTBILL MR C A study of th . . ' · OONEY,. MR. ELLIOTT .h e econom1e regions of the N th A wit . special emphasis on the role of h U . or me~1can continent, hem1sphere. t e nited States m the Wes tern Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 229 COMPARAT E CONOMJC SYSTEMs-Thr h The mstitutions of planned ee ours MR. FARRAR con temporary experiment in eveconomy of the. US S·R· an d th ose of the t" · · 1 studied. Constant objective JO~ary socialism in Great Britain are whi ch are ch aracteristic of a cap ·t pansons are made w1"th institutions . . . . 1 a11snc economy p rerequ1s1te: . . Approval of Instru t . .. . IVE c:;: c or. Ee. 230. BusINEss CYCLES-Th h . ree ours A historical analysis of m . b . MR. FARRAR .. 1 a;or usmess cycles Co t a cntica examination of p bl•1 . · n emporary theories p u c po1icy toward b · rerequisite: Approval of Instructor usiness eye1es. Ee. 231. A . and PPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Th h A course in statistical tneth 0 d d . ree ours THE STAFF coll ection · and interpretat · · to b usiness. A f s an. .their appl"ICa trnn and ion statistical data f d. . measures of central tendency fitt" h , requency 1str1bution test; test of significance for small' sam1~g t e nor1:3al curve, Chi-square Prerequisite. Appro 1 f I p es, analysis of variance. · va o nstructor. ° �86 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 87 232. ECONOMIC STATISTICS-Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Economics 2 31. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Prerequisite: Economics 2 31. Ee. Ee. EcoN I OMIC NVESTIGATION - Th ree hours E h MR. ELLIOTT MR FARRAR ac student conducts an investi ation i ' . terest and constructs a final re t n th~ field_ of his major inthe principles of scholarly Pt?~. (ass instruction will consist of· (1) en ICism 2) compilat. d . ograph ies, and (3) details of ood 10n an use of biblinotes, and bibliography. g orm as to content, table, body, foot- [1 . f Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisites: Economics 102, Political Science 101. 238. ECONOMIC HISTORY-Three hours MR. ELLIOTT, MR. FARRAR An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 246. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. EDUCATION Assistant Profe s ssor emon; Instructors Balz, Boyle, Emanuel Ee. Ee. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-Three hours Certification Requirements for Secondary School Teachers Pennsylvania Teaching Subjects: (a) Academic subjects· 18 . tions in Science a~d semester hours rn each subject. ExcepEducation office. Social Studies will be explained in the (b) ~ommercial subjects: A total of Jects with specific requirements as MR. FARRAR This course is intended to coordinate the work of the special courses pursued in the general field of Economics and business. A more penetrating analysis of economic forces that can be undertaken in the elementary Economics courses. Prerequis:te: Economics 102 . . . m commercial sub- Bookkeeping and Accountin Semester hours Commercial and Econom • 12 Commercial Law ICS eography · · · · · · · · · • 6 Commercial Math~~a-tic~ · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 6 Office Practice ················· 3 Shorthand · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · •. . 3 Typewriting · .' : .· : : · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • . 9 Salesmanship .... _· _· _· .' .' · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · - . . 6 Junior Business Training · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 3 Economics ·············· 3 Retail Sellin~ · : .' .' : : . _.... · · · · · " · · · · · · 6 Business English. (a) T · j · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · -- 12 Not less than tw~ semes:; :~;;m:ster h_ours in E~glish. (b) 5 resp'.)ndence. m Busmess English or Cor- J ··············••. 244. HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT-Three hours MR. FARRAR A study of the historical development of economic doctrines. The writings of the leading thinkers in the field of Economics, beginning with the Greeks and Romans and continuing to the present. The leading economic movements and schools of thought. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. Ee. Ee. 245. CONSUMER ECONOMICS-Three homs MR. COONEY, MR. ELLIOTT, MR. ROSENBERG The place of the consumer in tre economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. J~l~;~~s Cd ucation . Courses: Education 101 201 207 a d .· h H' ' , ' n six ours fro ives. istory 220 is required for all t'fi m an approved list of elecT o th cer 1 cates e teacher's certificate ma b dd : the teaching of Occupational Iyf e a . ed Guidance Certification forn ormat10n whi h · . c requires srx semester t" �88 WILKES COLLEGE - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 21 . 6'. and Economics · certificate , in addi. · 223) hours (Education 214, Education 1 Sciences. This IS . twelve semester hours m Soc1a . hon to for teachers o f O ccupational Information. required 89 En. 101. lNTRonucrroN To EnucATION-Three hour, New fersey B · R quirements · 6h Engl IS asIC . Stu d.ies, 12 hours.' Science, ours. .e h, 12 hours·. ' Social . f l8 semester hours or t hours and a mmor o A ma1·or of 30 semes er h , h i·n prescribed fields. For pref ster ours eac two minors o 12 se~e d artment of Education. A broad, general introduction to the Jie!d of Education, the various branches of the service, preparation demanded by each branch, the outstanding problems in the Jield at the present time, teaching as a profession, place of teaching as a profession in the social order, the preparation and persona] qua!ilications requited of the successful teacher. Teaching subjects: scribed fields, consult t e ep ·n take at least two hours t h m New Jersey w1 . Students planning_ to eac d ractice teaching. For other reqmre. B. l a course m method, an p . . m io they ogy, should consuIt their advisor m Education. ments En. 201. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hom-s MR. SEMON A psychological study of the natuce of the learner and the nature of the !earning process. A consideration of such problems as the importance of the interaction of the chi!d"s and the teacher·, personalities, the edu. cationa] importance of individual differences, motivation in education, transfer of training, and a psychological evaluation of methods of teaching. New York Prereguisite; Education IO 1, Psychology 100. Teaching Subjects: Mathematics, 15 hours; Engl_it• f . 1 ":::!~a:;:::ges ( or Physical Science, 1~ ho~r~, om 30 hours.* languages, Social Studies, Ciences, Education Courses age History Biological any Classical two) , ( 1 8 5emester hours required) : • "pies of Educa- History, Philosophy, problems or prmo_ ........... 3 to 6 hours tl ·on .......... • · · · · · · · · · · · · ." · · 3 to 6 hours .. h00 l methods and materials ........... . Secondary sc Ps chology for Adolescent development and/or y ......... 3 to 6 hours · · · · · teachmg · · · · ·. · • • · · · · · · 2 to 6 hours teachers · · · · · · · · · · · · .· · d· · ·ractice Observation and supervise p ·tten examination in the f · language a wn . h To teach must a modem oreign. passe d ' m . addition to satisfyrng t e language be satisfactorily above requirements. Other States . tates other than Pennsylvama · should Students expect to teach rn sw1"th the Education Department as to confer earlywho in their college course specific state requirements. En. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS-Three hours A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use. A study of the usual methods of treating scores. Supervised administration, scoring and interpretation of standardized tests in public schools. Practice in the construction of objective tests. Prerequisite: Education 201. En. 207. PRACTICE TEACHING-Eight hours Students observe several teachers and teach in co-operation with and under the supervision of experts. Co-operative planning, teaching, and evaluation of results are emphasized. Large group, sma]J group, and individual conferences provide opportunity for discussion of principles and problems. Prerequisite: Education 201. En. 211. EXTRAcuruucuLAR ACTIVITIES-Two hours Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency gram. to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance pro. Prerequisite: Education 101 and 201. * �90 _ _ __ _ WILKES COLLEGE _ _ __ ~~::::::..==--:__ DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 91 MR. EMANUEL TION-Two hours . . l ED 212. VISUAL EDUCA . f . 1 education· prmc1p es . . 1 d t hn1ques o v1sua ' . A study of the matena s _an e~ . he incorporation of visual mstrucand lans for the use of visual ai s, t k f the classroom. tion m the wor o . 201 * and Psychology 100. Prerequisite: Education 101, ' ENGL 106. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY Three hours MR. HELTZEL Augments Engineering 105. Application of standard conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawings. Application of the principles of Descriptive Geometry to the solution of engineering spaceproblems by the projection and revolution of points, lines, planes and solids. Intersections and developments. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105. ~ MR. BAIZ CE Three hours d ED. 214. GUIDAN . d bl ms of guidance, an an f h · c1ples an pro e · A general survey o t e prm . sed in a guidance program m introduction to activiti~s ant te~::i~~~:s;lvania guidance teachers' and a public school: Required or Chemical Engineering counselors' certificates.. 202 and Psychology 100. Prerequisite: Education 201, ' C.E. 206. STOICHIOMETRY-Three hours A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. ENGINEERING Associate Professor Hall ·, Assistant Pro f essor Heltzel; Instructors Thomas and Halpin. p OBLEMS-Two hours THE STAFF ENGL 100. ENGINEERI~G R int the student with the aims, purLectures and discuss10ns to ac_qua An introduction to the proper oses and methods of the engineer. res"'ntation of solutions, both Pmethod of attack upon problems, prop_er P·n . .the use of the slide rule h · l Instruction i · z mathematical and grap ica_. Gra hs Lecture one hour, practtcu11 necessary to Problem solution. P · three hours a week. MR. HELTZEL D AWING-Three hours d d R . he elements of projection drawing an ~; A basic course covermg t d t f Chemistry and Physics. s O scriptive geometry necesfsary . for stu ntsensketching orthograph'ic an d iso· 1 O • .use . mstrume , analysis' and so u t·,on .of spaced includes etterrng, . and the 1 metric drawing, d1mens1orn~g, . and revolution of points, Imes an problems involvi_ng the proJe~t1o~ents. Practicum, seven hours a we1:k. planes. Intersections and deve op ENGi. 102. BASIC MR. HELTZEL 0 AWING-Three hours . ENGi. 105. ENGINEERING R same relation to the engm:erThis and the followin~ cou;s~ be;.rhtt:ars to our daily lif~. Techmcal ing profession as the subject o d ;ft~:ing. Use and care of rnstrument~ sketching and vertical freehan . e t· drawing with dimensions an d proJec orthographic an aux iliary . . ion d reproduction processe s. Pracsections; isometric drawing; tracings an ticum, seven hours a week. * Education . course may be taken with it. 201 instead of preceding this MR. HALPIN Prerequisite: Chemistry 203; Physics 201. Co-requisite: Physics 202. Civil Engineering C.E. 103. PLANE SURVEYING-Three hours MR. THOMAS Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from .field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105, Mathematics 105; or 107 and 109. C.E. 104. ROUTE SURVEYING-Four hours MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class two hours a week: Practicum six hours a week. Prerequisite: CE. 103. Mechanical Engineering M.E. 206. KiNEMATICS-Fo11r homs MR. THOMAS Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and ac- �92 WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES celeration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class two hours a week: Practimm six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 106, Mathematics 122, Physics 201. M.E. 211. MECHANICS I. STATICS-Three hottrs MR. HALL Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses ; centroids. Class, three hours --------ENG. 101. COMPOSITION-Th . . M.E. 212. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three hours MR. HALL Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. ENGLISH Professor Craig; Associate Professo,: Davies; Assistant Professors Donnelly, Kruger, E. Williams, and G. Williams; Instructors Evans, Foxlow, Groh, Tyburski, and Utz. Students who major in English are required to complete twenty-four hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the Freshman and Sophomore years. The twenty-four hours which the major must carry in English shou1J be so distributed as to include an advanced course in Composition or Journalism, three hours of work in Linguistics (English 201, 203, or 205) and a minimum of fifteen hours in Literature, three of which must be reserved for English 215. It is strongly recommended that all majors in English take six hours in a foreign language beyond the minimum requirement of twelve hours. All students who wish to take graduate work in the field of English should take at least twenty-four hours in two foreign languages. Majors who wish to teach in secondary schools are advised to elect English 275. The credit for this course may be counted toward either the major or the satisfaction of requirements for certification in Education. In planning his program with his faculty adviser, the student should make an early decision regarding the field in which credit for this course is desired. All entering Freshmen are required to take a placement test in English . Composition ENG. 99. REMEDIAL E GUSH- No credit THE STAFF A remedial course for students whose work in English is unsatisfactory. h ours 93 Prmoples of exposition· coll t 1 d. . THE STAFF ' a era rea ing; wnting of themes. ENG. 102. COMPOSITION Th h . . - ree ours P~mc1ples of exposition cont·n d· reading; writing of themes. Prerequisite: English 101. a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201, Mathematics 125. Co-requisite: Mathematics 126. ree -- ENG. 105. An 1 . THE STAFF ue 'narrat10n and description; collateral VANCED EXPOSITION-Tl h Dree ours MRs. . . W1LLIAMs , M R. D ONNELLY T ypes of exposition• Th d • · e e 1tonal t · etc. Collateral reading; themes. ' in erv1ew, informal argument, Prerequisite: English 101 placement test. or exceptionally high rating in the English SHORT STORY Th h ree ours A writing course Tra· . . MRs. WILLIAMS · rnmg m the J • the short story. se ectton and use of materials for Prerequisite: English 105. ENG. 106. fournalism ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Th h A b . , ree ours M W eginner s course ·n g th . RS. ILLIAMS 1 d ·· a errng and ·· eiirntron of news, writing leads an ':n:mg news. Topics include: news sources; a brief survey of th h~ butldmg the story, law of libel the c e 1story of Ame · · ' urrent status of freedom of the . ncan Journalism and papers address the class and ans pr~ss. Editors of local and nearby s wer questions tudents make comparative stud of . pape~s of U. S., both dailies and y and reRort on representative pract1ee in writing with weekl cou~try week11es. There is constant p rerequ1s1te: . . English ' y news ass1gnments · 102 _ ENG. 122. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Th h Th·1s course supplements E . h ree ours 1 MRs . WILLIAMS portant assignments· accidentngd1~ 121. Instruction in handling imtng · · s, 1sasters elect' 0 . s, cnme; covering the ma,· b . ' 1 ns, convent10ns meetor eats· City h 11 , quarters, federal building lab b ·. a ' court house, police headnewspaper style, writing head:r,m usm~ss, sports, _s?ciety; editing copy, Visit to local and neighb . , easurmg readabt11ty, sema.ntics. T onng newspaper ffi d . ;rm_ paper: series of articles suitable f o ces an prrnting plants. a ectmg the College or community. or newspaper on timely subject Prerequisite: English 121. • �94 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENG. 123. PUBLIC RELATIONS-Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS Recent development in fields of: public opinion, propaganda, public relations. Use of public opinion polls by editorial and advertising offices of newspapers; the Continuing Study of Newspaper Reading by the Advertising Research Foundation. Recognizing propaganda, use of rumor, pictures, well known devices. Study of pressure groups and lobbies, government publicity, national publicity campaigns, press releases. Special attention is given to the 2,300 trade journals and 6,000 house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. 95 ENG. 211. E E ARLY NGLISH DRAMA Th h Study of the drama as a l't ree ours MR. DAVIES . 1erarytype d ·th' times to 1642; reading of 1 b an ~ s istory from the earliest dramatists exclusive of Sb kp ays y pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan . . a espeare. Prerequisite: English 152 _ ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA Th h St d f h ree ours MR D . ud yo t_ e drama in England from 1660 to th d f h .. A~IEs perio ; re~~mg of representative plays. e en o t e Victorian Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 124. FEATURE WRITING-Three hottrs MRS. WILLIAMS Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the feature field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes . Prerequisite: English 102. Language and Literature ENG. 151. WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours Mrss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, term papers, quizzes, conferences, collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 101 and 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY, MR. E. WILLIAMS Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: English 151. ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE-Three hours MR. DONNELL y Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 203. ANGLO-SAXON-Three houn MR. DAVIES Study of the language and literature of Old English; reading of representative selections. Prerequisite: English 15 2 and consent of instructor. ENG. 205. CHAUCER-Three hours MISS CRAIG Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 215. SHAKESPEARE Th h ree ours . Intensive study of selected la s. r. Mrss CRAIG 10 class. P Y ' w itten reports on others not studied Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 216. MILTON-Three hours Miss CRAIG ~tudy of the poetical works of John Mrss CRAIG written reports. Milton; lectures, discussions, Prerequisite: English 152 . ENG. 221, AGE OF POPE Th h ree ours M A study of the poetry and n ii t' R. E. WILLIAMS the work of leading essayists,o~io c ::~!fsros~ o! this period, inclu_ding Prerequisite: English 152. g P , d1ansts, and letter wnters. ENG. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON Th h ree ours MR. E, WILLIAMS A study of the poetr and . the work of leading /ssayist:o~tct10~1 pro~: of 1740-1798, including Prerequisite: English 152. ' ograp ers, iarists, and letter writers. ENG. 237. E E ARLY NGLISH NOVEL Th h English prose fiction of th . t - h ree ours Miss CRAIG 0 f th e six eent and se t h . e novel to the dose of th . h ven eent centunes· rise .. e eig teenth century. ' P rerequ1S1te: English 152. ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH NovEL Th h Th . ree ours Mr C e ma1or novelists of the nineteenth a d . ss RAIG Prerequisite: English 152 _ n early twentieth centuries. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT Th Study of the works of d ree hours MR. DONNELLY wrt't ers contemporary with wthor sworth ' Coleridge, S co tt, an d rhe prose p em. rerequisite: English 152. ,vr ... �WILKES COLLEGE 96 MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING--Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. PROSE-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in Science, Philosophy, Art, Religion, and Society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 260. VICTORIAN ENG. 269. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours MRS. G. WILLIAMS, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 152. MR. UTZ 275. TEACHING OF ENGLISH-Three hours Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English Literature and Composition: Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for seniors majoring in English. ENG. ENG. 283. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three hours MR. E. WILLIAMS Survey of American Literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 284. AMERICAN LITERATURE- Three hours MR. E. WILLIAMS Survey of American Literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 287. AMERICAN DRAMA-Three hours MR. GROH The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. �WILKES COLLEGE 96 MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC BROWNING--Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND Prerequisite: English 152. 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in Science, Philosophy, Art, Religion, and Society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. ENG. 269. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours MRS. G. WILLIAMS, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 152. MR. UTZ ENGLISH-Three hours Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English Literature and Composition: Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for seniors majoring in English. ENG. 275. TEACHING OF MR. E. WILLIAMS hours Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. ENG. 283. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three Prerequisite: English 152. MR. E. WILLIAMS LITERATURE- Three hours Survey of American Literature from the Civil War to the present time. ENG. 284. AMERICAN Prerequisite: English 15 2. MR. GROH DRAMA-Three hours The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. ENG. 287. AMERICAN Prerequisite: English 152. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 97 ~ Speech ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-Two hours MR. KRUGER, MR. EvANs, MR. FoxLOw The physical, mental, and social equipment requisite for effective speaking. Classroom projects, which include oral reading, gesture exercise, pantomime, and various extemporaneous speeches, are designed to improve the student's physical behavior on the platform, to train his voice, to develop vocal variety, and to build habits of dear thinking. Critical analysis of speech technique and content, the purpose being to produce not only better speakecs but also better critics of speech. 132. ExTEMPORANEous SPEAKING---Two hours MR. KRUGER Continuation of English 131. Projects include speeches for vacious occasions, group discussions, and symposiums, with emphasis on the prfociples of persuasion, types of evidence, and methods of reasonfog. Continued critical analysis of speech technique and content; constant practice in speakiug and thinking to a de.finite end. ENG. Prerequisite: English 131. ENG. 133. ORAL INTERPRETATION-Two hours MR. KRUGER The principles and methods of oral interpretation of common prose and poetic forms are studied, with frequent practice in class; emphasis throughout is upon the sensitive understanding and appreciation of the selections read. Prerequisite: English 131 and 132. ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three hours MR. KRUGER Similar to English 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. 233. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE- Two hours MR. KRUGER The commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are discussed. ReENG . quired of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: English 131. FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque; Assistant Professors Dworski, Mitana, Vujica; Instructor Davidoff. F.L. 99. FuNDAMENTALS OF CoMPARATNE GRAMMAR-No cred;, THE STAFF A course designed to explain as briefly and as simply as possible the principles of grammar which cause difficulty for English-speaking per- ... �98 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 99 . . ua e· dThis course may be required of all sons studymg a foreign Jang . g_ma students who demonstrate their equacy in grammar. One hour. FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE-Three hours each . semester Miss DwoRsKI French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours. FR 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Thre~:._ouDrsWORSKI Miss McANIFF . MR. DISQUE, ;,uSS ' .. Introduction to F renc h grammar-' practice in reading, wntmg, and speaking the language. F NCH-Three hours FR. 102. ELEMENTARY RE H. DWORSKI Miss McANIFF MR. DISQUE, J.V.USS , Continuation of French 101. Prerequisite: French 101. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three MR. hours DISQUE, Miss DWORSKI Review of grammar,. prac fee 1 in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. . ' Prerequ151 . ·te •. F r ench 102 or the egmvalen~- hours FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE F RE NCH-Three MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRSKI Intro d uc t10n . to French civilization; practice in oral and written French. · 1 Prerequisite: French 103 or the equiva en __ DwoRSKl FR 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Th ree hours d . d forMISS students who . . . I ting A course eSJgne f . Intensive P ractICe IO trans a . . French in their particular field. o IO· wish to be able to read material m_ l S . or the Natural Sciences. terest in the Humanities, the Socia _oences, . ·t . French 103 or the equivalent. Prerequm e · Miss DwoRSKl TION-Three hours . FR. 106. FRENCH CONVERSA 'th emphasis on idiomat1c . · · the spoken language, wi .. f day Intensive practICe m . d aling with activities o every_ usage Use and of therecords commonedst to acquire fluency in speakmg life. an t~xpre~::~p~o:e e mi French. · l t . . French 104 o r the eqmva en . PrereqwSite: SKI Miss applied DwoR to FR 107 FRENCH COMPOSITION -Three hours . d French . . of grammar an d l'd•IOma t·JC usage m mo ern ' Stud .. compo~tion exercises and free comp0S1t1on. Pre.requisite: French 104 or the equivalent. A survey of the evolution of French Literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on genera! ideas, Lterary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of a nwnber of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 203. FRENCH CLASSIC DRAMA-Three hours Miss DwoRsICJ Study of selected works of Corneille, Moliere, and Racine. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 204. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three honrs MISs DwoRsK1 Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century, other than the dramatists. Three hours. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRsKI Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau . Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DWORSKI of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, andStudy Symbolism. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 207. THE NINETEENTH CENTURY FRENCH NOVEL-Three hours DwoRsKI The development of the French novel in the nineteenthMiss century, with special emphasis on Hugo, Stendhal, Balzac, Flaubert, and Zola . Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH DRAMA-Three hours Mrss Thecentury development of modern drama from the latter half of DwoRsKI the nineteenth to the present. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 209. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH PROSE-Three hours Mrss DwoRsKI Study of selected works from representative contemporary writers. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. �100 WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - - - ~ T I O N OF COURSES 101 German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours. GER. 203. GOETHE-Three hours GER. 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VuJICA Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. GER. 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VUJICA Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VUJICA Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: German I 02 or equivalent. R~ad~n~ and interpretation of selected MR. DISQUE and md1v1dua1 reports. works of Goethe. lectures Prerequisite: German 201-202 or . 1 equ1va ent. GER. 204. SCHILLER-Three hours Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: German 201 202 . 1 or equ1va ent. MR. DISQUE GER, 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN D RAMA-Three hours The German drama of h . MR. DISQUE to G erh art Hauptmann. lectures t e nmeteenth century from ludw1·g T1'eck tural history of the times. and reports on the literary and cu1Prerequisite: German 201 202 . 1 or equ1va ent. GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY GER. 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VUJICA Continuation of German 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. h Th ours The modern Germa short sto f . MR. DISQUE dividua1 reports; lectures on tl ry ~om nl atural1~m to the present. Inperiod. 1e cu tura and literary history of the Prerequisite: German 201 202 o . 1 r equ1va ent. - ree Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. GER. 105. SCIENTIFIC GERMAN-Three hours Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GER. 106. GERMAN CONVERSATION-Three hours MR. DISQUE A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours. Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: German I 04 or equivalent. GER. 107. GERMAN COMPOSITION-Three hours MR. DISQUE Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Three hours each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. Spanish SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH y1 h - nree ours A stu dy of basic elements of MR. . DAVIDOFF, MR . M ITANA Introduction to the reading of s. glamSmar: with extensive oral exercises. imp e panish prose. SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH Th h ree 011rs C t. . of 101 with MR. DAVIDOFF, MR . J.Vll H-TANA on muation . d specrn 1 emphasis O • an the natural idiom. n conversational approach Prerequisite: Spanish IOI or equivalent. SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH T'' h - Dree ottrs Exerc1ses · m · simple oral and written MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA of Spanish grammar. composition. Intensive review Prerequisite: Spanish I 02 or equivalent. �102 WILKES COLLEGE._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ OF COURSES - - - - - -DESCRIPTION - 103 S NISH-Three hours SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE PA MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NOVEL-Three hour, Introduction to t h e s tud Y of Spanish civilization. Readings from . selected Spanish authors. . Prerequ1s1 . ·te.. Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 105. COMMERCIAL SPANISH MR. MITANA The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. -Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA SP. 206. CONTEMPORARY SPANrSH LITERATURE-Three honrs . . ertains to economic t . · re1a t'ons between study of Span,sh as_ it an Pd the United States. Special emphas,s theThe Spanish-speakin~ _countnes on business letter wntrng. . Prerequisite: Spams • h l03 or equivalent. SP. 106. SPANISH CONVERSA TON I - MR. Reading and discussion of representative works in prose andMITANA poetry of modern Spanish writers. The signilicance of the generation of 1898. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA HISTORY Intensive practICe . rn . the spoken language. Emphasis on idiomatic usage. . · 4 uivalent. Prerequisite: Spamsh 10 or eq SP. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITI ON-Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA Stress will . be l ai.d on original compos1t10n . . and techniques of trans· l t . . • h l04 or equ1va en . 15 Professor Thatcher; Assistant Professor Mui; Instructor Rock. A major in History shall consist of twenty-four hours, of which twelve shall be in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in History are requireil to take both History I O1 and 102 and History IO 7 and 108; History 101 and 102, however, may not be counted toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. lation. Prerequ1S1te: Span , MR DAVIDOFF CULTURE- Three ,;ours . SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN .. d l nt of South America. The cultural, economic, . . an d political eve opme Prerequisite: Spams · h 104 or eqmvalent. SP 201-202. MAIN CURRENTS OF SPANISH LITERATURE MR. MITANA . Three hour, each semester . h literary thought from the A SUrvey of the development of Sparns . Middle Ages to the present time. . . . S · h 104 or eqmvalent. PrereqwSite: panIS LITERATURE-Three hours SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH MR. M!TANA f the sixteenth and seventeen th centuries Study of the great authtrs of Cervantes, and Lope de Vega. . with emphasis on the wor s o . . HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION Three hours each semester THE STAFF A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from Egypt and Mesopotamia to the present time. The development of government. social life, religion, scientiJic thought, literature and philosophy, and commerce and industry will be traced in general outline. HIST. I 05. ENGLISH HISTORY TO THE ELIZABETHAN PERIOD Three h orm MR. Mm A genera] course on the development of the English nation. The principal topics are: Britain before the Anglo-Saxons, the Anglo-Saxon period, the Norman Conquest, the development of English common law, the beginnings of parliaments, towns and universitiei, continental wars, the Tudor dynasty, and the Revival of learning. . h 201-202 or eqmvalent. Prerequ1S1te: SpanIS SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three hours MR. MITAN~ Representative works in the field of drama; lectures an d ind1v1dua reports. · I t Prerequisite: . . Spams . h 201-202 or equ1va en . H1sr. 106. E GLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three homs MR. Mm Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. �104 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 105 HIST. 107. AMERICAN-p ENNA.- HISTORY TO 1865-Three hours MR. THATCHER HIST. A general survey exten d'mg from the period of discovery and explora- tion to the end of the Civil Wn . d t do their outside reading on Students in Education will bed r_equ17 t. o to the development of the the history of Pennsylvania an its re a 10n nation. 234. EAST ASIA IN MODERN TIMES-Three hours This course deals with the impact of western civilization on the different traditions and institutions of China, Japan, and Southeast Asia, with emphasis on the persistent problems arising out of the contact of civilizations and their possible solutions. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 235. SOVIET HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865-Three hours T MR. HATCHER A general survey covering th e peno . d f rom 1865 to the present. HIST. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY MR. THATCHER n~h~rs . 'od since the Spanish-American War, An intensive of theofe;1 emphasizing the study emergence t e U rn°ted States as t ay world power and the economic . an d soci'al problems of the present cen ur . Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. RUSSIA-Three hours MR. Mu1 This course deals with the background and characteristic features of the communist state in Russia. Emphasis is placed on the political, social and economic, religious, and intellectual traditions as they developed through the Kievan, Mongol, Muscovite, and Imperial ages and on the efforts to solve some of the pcoblems arising out of the conBict between these civilization. persistent traditions and the increasing influence of western Eucopean Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 1500 TO THE FRENCH REVOLUTION-Three hoz,rs MR. ROCK A study of the political, social, economic, and inteilectual life of Europe Revolution. ram the time of its expansion in 1500 to the outbreak of the French HIST. 253. THE HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY MR THATCHER Three hours each semester · . . f h American Constitution and the growth of the constitut10na ong~ns ? tlesystem with special attention to the role of Athestudy American of the Supreme Court. . d . and Political &ience 101. Restncte Hrs_tory 107, 10\23 is a prerequisite for History 224. to Prerequisite: Juniors and Sen10rs. History Prerequisites: History 101 and 102 or consent of instructor. HisT. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three RocK A study of the political, social, and cultural development MR. of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. HIST. hours 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY-Three ho111"s 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN fRONTIER-Tt:7 ~::~CHER MR. ROCK A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the dass will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. UNITED STATES HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE F OREIGN POLICY OF THE MR. THATCHER Four hours . . to A study of the evolution of the several poli_cies that give direct10n t he relations of the United States with other nations.. . ted Prerequisite. . . . H.ts tory 107 ' 108 ' and Polit1ca . . l Soence 101 . Restnc to Juniors and Seniors. MATHEMATICS Assistant Professors Richards, Hull, and Wasileski; Instructor Creasy. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 45. GEOMETRY-No credit Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. Two hours per week. MATH. 98. SOLID THE STAFF �106 WILKES COLLEGE - MATH. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit Three hours THE STAFF This is a course designed for those wishing a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Mathematics 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Mathematics 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS- Three hours THE STAFF MATH. 105. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY- Five hours THE STAFF MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three hours THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY- Three hours THE STAFF Trogonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE I-Three hours THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, nominal and effective rates, equations of value, force of interest, amount and present value of simple annuity, deferred annuities, annuities due, perpetuities, general annuities certain, bonds, price of bond bought between interest dates, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three hours MATH. 122. ANA 107 G EOMETRY-Fottr hours T S St d f HE TAFF the uefe:al geo7:ietric figures by ~eans of coordinate systems, including LYTIC :;{s:ctio!s~ tra::r::m:~: ;q:;'::,~; :,~~~u;~ :~•;~:!d:~:;;,,ci;~::'. 0 MATH. 101. FuNDAME:r-..1ALS OF MATHEM ATICS-Three hours A combination of Mathematics 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. ----- THE STAFF Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. A continuation of Mathematics 101. ~ESCRIPTION o_ F _C ~ s THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. 0 1 0 quat1ons, famd1es of curves, rntroduction to Solid Analytic G eometry. pt~erequisite: Mathematics 105, or both Mathematics 107 and Mathe - ~~10~ MATH. 125. DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS-Pou , . T • . . . r tJOU,s HE STAFF L1m1ts, ~~nvattves, differentials, applications, theorem of mean value Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 2. · MATH. 126. INTEGRAL CALCULUS-Four hours THE STAFF Int~gr~tion, fundamental theorem, applications, ferentiation, multiple integrals. series, partial difPrerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. MATH. 127. THE TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS hree hours Buildin of a . MR. W ASILESKI struction !ids . ~rog~~m m s~condary mathematics, materials of int. '. rn. eac mg, maintenance of interest testing informal tee m teaching a:ithmetic, algebra, plane and solid ,geometry tp:ac ngonometry, and loganthms. , Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. MATH. 208. HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS-Th h M B . . . ree ours R. RICHARDS Alg ebgmnrngst ~bn ~abylon and Egypt, Greek Geometry, Arithmetic and e ra, con n utrnns of the R M C . ' Hindus and the "A b. " ~mans, aya, h1nese and Japanese, the . rn . th e Middle . raA IC notation, ma t1cs k · the· Arabs as custodians of Matheges, awa ·enmgs rn Europe, Vieta and the Renaissance, Fermat and Descartes, Newton's importance in the seventeenth centur~, French mathematicians of the eighteenth centur the reat expansion and the strengthening of the foundati'on . thy, . g s m e nrneteenth cen tury, th. e_ tren d to abstraction in this century. Prerequ1s1te: Mathematics 126. MATH. 213. THEORY OF EQUATIONS- Th. h R tee ottrs Miss HULL ootstoptes. an_d graphs of equations, determinants and matrices , miscellaneous Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. �108 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 109 GEOMETRY-Three hours Mrss Huu Study of space Geometry by means of coordinate systems, including lines and planes and the relations be~een them, systems of pla?es, parametric equations of a surface, cylinders, . surfaces of revoluti_on, spheres, quadric surfaces, reduction of quadnc surfaces to canonical forms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. MATH. 216. Soun ANALYTIC MATH. 218. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE II-Three hours GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI The notable lines, points, and circles associated with the triangle; circles and systems of circles. Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. MATH. 222. SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE An introduction to projective methods and their application to the point, line, and plane. Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. METHODS-Three hours Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. EQUATIONS-Three hottrs Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL THE STAFF I-Three hours MR. An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS Continuation of Mathematics 251. Prerequisite: Mathematics 251. Applied Music . Individual instruction is offered at al! levels of difficulty to students in Piano, Pipe Organ, Voice, Violin, and several Band-Orchestra In. struments. A s_eries of lifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstrat10n (examination) before the Music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not Music majors may receive one credit each semester for Voice or Instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. II-Three hours The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in Music wil! be evaluated at the end of the Sophomore year by the Music faculty. The student wil! be advised before the opening of the follow. mg semester Music major. if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the MR. CREASY Frequency distributions of one variable, m?men~s ~s st~tistical constants, discrete frequency distributions, theoretical d1stnbut10~s for testing hypotheses, frequency distributions of ~ore. than on~ vanable, ~andom sampling, linear regression and correlat10n, introduction to multiple and partial correlation. MATH. 252. ADVANCED CALCULUS Liberal_Arts students wishing to major in Music wil! fol!ow the pro• gram 65. outlmed on page 46. A rwo-year terminal program is outlined on page GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI MATH. 228 . STATISTICAL Assistant Professor CobJeigh; Instructors Balshaw Henderson Isaacs Liva, McHenry, and Moran. ' ' ' MR. CREASY A priori probability, empirical prob~~ility, mortal~ty t~bles, annuities, certain, pure endowment, life annu1t1es, whole life insurance,. premiums, premium formulas, reserves, reserve systems, ·gross premmms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 115, or permission of instructor. MATH. 221. ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN MUSIC Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC-Three hours MR. COBLEIGH, MR. MORAN An ele~enta'.y course in _the art of enjoying and listening to Music. Non-techn,cal, 1t covers bnefly the entire range of Music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Mus. 101-102•103-104. Musrc THEORY-Five hours each course MR. RICHARDS MR. RICHARDS COBLEIGH, MR. MORAN The study of Music Theory is centered upon three main principles: (I) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The concentration of al] Theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading Music schools. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES T h subJ. ect matter of the first two semesters of Theory is divided e lf io two hours· harmony, one between ear training, two hours; so egg Theory a;e divided into The third and fourth semesters o :~:~~aining, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The choice of subject material will be determined as far as possible by the interests of those electing the course. Announcement of the topic will be made on or about May 15, for the first semester of the next academic year. All students interested are asked to consult with the Chairman of the Music Department. Offered in alternate years. Offered in 1950-51. 110 f Th re is no prerequisite for Theory 101. . . Stued ents may be admitted to the other courses by exammat1on. Mus. 109. Music HISTORY- Three hours MR. ° MR . CoBLEIGH 1· . S h 1 . t th century The rise of Nationa istic c oo s. Music in the nmde ;en ch opera. Offered in alternate years. Offered Italian, German, an ren . in 1949-50. Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND-One-half hour a semes t er Prerequisite: Music 100. CoBLEIGH . .. d his music related to the social, economic pol1t_1c~l, The ·composer an d f h 'od A survey of musical acttv1ty and religious backgroun t e pen · G' ·n 1949-50 from 1500 to 1800. Offered in alternate years. iven l . • Mus. 110. Music HISTORY-Three ere dits 111 MR . MORAN . half credit a semester for a coral of two St~dents ;nay receive on~ll students desiring credit for participation credits for rour semesters. . in the Band should consult with the Band director. Mus. 125 -126-127-128. CHORUS-One -half hour a semester MR . CoBLEIGH Mus. 210. Music HISTORY- Three hours MR. COBLEIGH A detailed study of one of the topics listed under Music 209. Announcement of topics will be made on or about December 15, for the second semester of the academic year. All interested should consult with the Chairman of the Music Department before that date. Offered in alternate years. Offered in 19 50- 51. Prerequisite: Music 100. Mus. 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Three hours MR. MORAN The in.struments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Music 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Mus. 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND ARRANGINc---Three hours MR. MORAN . one -half credit a semester for a coral• ·of cwo s d ts may receive · c~ en c for pamopanon credits for iour semesters. All students desiring credit . in the Chorus should consult with the Chorus director. Mus. 209. Music HISTORY-Three hours A detailed study of one of the following topics: (a) The Symphony (b) Wagnerian Opera ( c) Music since 1900 ( d) The Concerto (e) Vocal Music ( f) Beethoven (g) Bach (h) Brahms ( i) The Symphonic Tone Poem MR. CoBLEIGH Scoring for the large orchestra of the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Music 215. Mus. 217. ANALYSIS- Two houn MR. COBLEIGH The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of Music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 218. COUNTERPOINT-Three honrs A study of the various species of countrapunral writing which form the basis of the composers from Bach to the present. Use of texts in the application of melody to the vocal line. �112 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHILOSOPHY 113 PHIL. 211. HISTORY OF ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY Three hours Assistant Professors Mitana and Vujica. A major in the combined fields of Philos?~hy and _Religion consists of twenty-four hours in Philosophy and Rel1g1on. Phi!osophy 101 and Religion 101 are not accepted for credit toward a maJor. The courses may be selected from these two fields as is desired by the student. MR. VUJICA ~he developme~t of philosophical thought from its appearance in Ionia to the Renaissance. The permanent contributions of the Greek thinkers, particularly Plato and Aristotle, to Western culture. Patristic and scholastic philosophy. The culmination of scholasticism in the systems of Thomas Acquinas and Dun~ Scotus. Jewish and Mohammedan medieval thought. Prerequisite: Philosophy 1O1. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY-Three hours THE STAFF An introduction to the main problems of Philosophy. !1-~ong _the topics to be considered are the nature of the univers~; the ongm ~f _life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; moral, religious, and aesthetic values; the sources and validity of knowl~~ge. The p~rpose of the course is to acquaint the student with the tradit10nal_ solut10n of these problems in order to interest him in s~rio~s an~ ~efl.ectiv~ tho~ght, to coordinate his know ledge, and to aid him m gaming an mtell1gent understanding of the world and life. MR. MrTANA The objective of the course is to familiarize the stu~~nt with the _elementary principles of dear thinking. The use and validity of reasonm?, hypothesis, induction, deduction, and _other approaches to knowledge m the field of the Natural and Social Sciences will be presented. PHIL. 102. LOGIC-Three hours PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL ETHICS-Three hours A study of the great ethical systems such as I:ed?nism, Formalis?1, Utilitarianism and Self-Realizationism. The applicat10n ~f moral principles to the life of the state, the family and the economic ~rder.. The nature of virtue, conscience, moral character a~d th_e relat10nsh1p of ethics to other fields of knowledge are discussed m this course. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION-Three hours The tmttment of religious problems in Philosophy; t~e nature, _s~ope and validity of religious knowledge; forms and expressions of rel1g1?us behavior. The aim of the course is to give the stude~t a? understa~~mg of the basic principles of Religion and the contnbut10n of rehg1ous thought to current interpretations of life. PHIL. 205. AESTHETIC-Three hours MR. MITANA Theories of the essential character of beauty, its purpose and standards· the application of general aesthetic principles to poetry an? th e fine 'arts; the comparison of the aesthetic with other types of expenence. PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY-Three hottrs MR. VUJICA The most important systems of Philosophy from the Renaissance t~rou~h the end of the Nineteenth Century. Seventeenth Century Ra~1~nal1sm (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz). Eighteenth Century Empir1osm. (Locke, Berkeley, Hume) Kant's Criticism and Hegel's Idealism. P~st-Ka_ntian_ and Post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern sCience m philosophical speculation. Prere uisite: Philosophy 101. PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY- Three hours MR. VUJICA .Th~ principal trends in Twentieth Century philosophies. The contnbut10ns of Bergson, James, Dewey, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other living philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for ~ach student are included in the program of Physical Education. PhysICal Education is required of both men and women during the Freshman and Sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in Physical Education so far as possible, is done out of doors and includes soccer, football, t~nnis, and golf. ~~e indoor work during the winter includes a large number of competitive games. Th_e C?llege women al_so are given a thorough medical and physical exammat10n before entermg upon the program of Physical Education. During the spring and fall, the work for women consists of outdoor athletics; during the winter, activities such as dancing basketball and natural gymnastics are carried on. ' ' �114 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 115 P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE One hour each semester THE STAFF This course includes two hours of physical instruction and one hour of class instruction in personal Hygiene each week. It is designed to promote physical coordination, good heal~h habits, ~nd to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Three hours each week. P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL PHYS. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASVREMENTs---Three hours Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of Chemistry: includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. EDUCATION-One hour each semester POLITICAL SCIENCE THE STAFF This course is a continuation of Physical Education 101 and 102, without the instruction in personal Hygiene. Assistant Professor Mailey; Instructors Hibbard, and Kazlas. A major in Political Science shall consist of twenty-four hours. AU co~rses except_ ~oliticaf Science 100 and 101 are acceptable toward the ma1or. In addition, History 223, 224, and 228, and Economics 212 and 236 are also acceptable. PHYSICS Associate Professor Hall; Assistant Professor Heltzel; Instructor Taylor. SCIENCE-Three hours MR. TAYLOR A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods,_ concepts'. vocabulary, and applications of some of the more outstand~ng pnnoples of Physics to the needs of the individual and the ~ommunitf; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of soence affect our future way of life. lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL PHYS. 119. METEROLOGY-Three ho,,rs MR. TAYLOR A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions a~companying weather changes. Weath~r predictions, air-mass _analysis and the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agnculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS, 201. GENERAL MR. HALL PHYSICS-Five hours MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of N~ture, meetin? requirements for later work in technical courses. Required of all Science students and elective for other students. Mechanics, Heat, and Sound. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation and experimental work in the laboratory. Class four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105; or 107 and 109. PHYSICS-Five hours MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Physics 201. Electricity, light and Modern Physics. Class four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201. P.S. 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT-Three hour, MR. MAu.EY This course includes a treatment of government in the United States at all levels: national, state, and local. The course is offered to the natural science students only. Bachelor of Arts and Commerce and Finance students may take the course only with the perm1ss10n of the instructor. P.S. 101. AMERICAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT-Three hottrs THE STAFF A study of the National Government and the Institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into law, and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact the CitJzenemphasized. on the government and of the government on the citizen isofrepeatedly P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW-Three hours each semester MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. PHYS. 202. GENERAL P.S. 203. Pour1cs AND POLITICAL PARTIES---Three hours MR. MAILEY . A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. �116 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 117 P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three hours MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: Political Science 101 and Sociology 100. P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three homs MR. HIBBARD ministration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. MR. MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three ho11rs MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increas_ing importance of government in a .field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three hottrs MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAw-Three hours A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 0 1. MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and ad- P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three hours MR. KAZLAS Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. A broad oencral course covering the structure, powers, and function of state g;v~rnments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours P.S. 222. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Three hof.lrs MR. KAzLAS A study of the development of the body of customs and rules wh~ch states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. Desideratum: United States and European History. P.S. 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Three hours MR. KAZLAS A stud! of tw? European '?overnments representing two diametrically ~ppos:d 1dealog1e:, the English and the Russian. Since political institutions m the ~mencan system are traceable to the English, the first half of tl~e cou~se 1s devoted to the English Government; the second half is a consideration of Russian political institutions. Comparisons l-etween the two are continually made. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 O1. PSYCHOLOGY Assistant Professor Dominguez; Instructors Boyle, Guttman, Harker, Kanner, and Riley. _A major in Psychology consists of a minimum of twenty-four hours in this _field. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 25 5 1s acceptable. The department_ requi_res t~at Psychology majors substitute one year o~ a l~borat~ry soence m B10Iogy, Chemistry, or Physics in place of B10log1cal Sc1en~e. Students planning to take graduate work in Psychology ?1ust take either French or German to meet future graduate school requuements. The major in Psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of Psychology on a graduate level, or whose interest lies in the teaching of Psycholo?~ in co!l~ge, or in the application of Psychology to such fields as advertising, cl m1cal work, business, or educational or indu~tria! personnel. The student is cautioned that an undergraduate ma;or In Psychology does not qu~lify him for professional psychological work. A?vanced graduate study 1s always required before the individual can qu~l1fy_ as a ps?chologist. In a great many fields today, the Ph.D. degree 1s berng reqmred for qualification. Students ~ho wish ~o become certified by the Pennsylvania Department of P~bl1c Instruction as psychological examiners or as public school psychologists should plan their program carefully under the direction of their faculty adviser so that necessary courses may be taken. Courses numbered above 250 are open to Seniors only. �118 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours 119 THE STAFF PsY. 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three hours An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individu_als and ~o his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. Not open to Freshmen. Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF PSY. 212 . HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only supe~ficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects_ as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Recommended for prospective majors. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. THE STAFF n~~n TuE~FF A study of the theory of psychological testing. The principles underlying test selection, standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course is a prerequisite for the following courses: Psychology 251, 252, and 255. Prerequisite: Psychology PSY. 203. INTRODUCTION TO EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Three hours THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of Psychology. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 204. ADVANCED EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A more advanced lecture and laboratory course, including practi~e with the older as well as with the more recent methods employed rn psychological research. Prerequisite: Psychology 203. PSY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss HARKER An introduction to the industrial application of Psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony ~1:1d fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work cond1t1ons; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psychology 212. PsY. 252. PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY- Three hours 251 or permission of instructor. THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions _to individua~ ~iff~rences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psychology Mrss HARKER An introduction to the study of psychological factors underlying personnel procedures in business, industry, and education. Discussion of case studies in the settlement of personnel problems in the business world. The administration of the personnel program is analyzed from the point of view of the psychological effects it may have on the employee. Prerequisite: Psychology PsY. 206. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours 100. 100. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent Psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. Prerequisite: Psychology 100, 201, and one additional course. PsY. 255-256. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY- Three hours each semester PsY. 207. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss HARKER The course is designed to present a general view of the devel~pment and growth of the child. It is concerned primar!ly wi:h the _hered~ty a:~ native equipment of the child and t~e manner m whICh this equipme _ is modified during childhood. Emot10nal development, language <level opment, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. Miss DOMINGUEZ A detailed study of the administration and interpretation of some of the individual tests. The student is given the opportunity for actual experience in testing in the Wilkes-Barre Public Schools. The interpretation, by the clinical method, of normal and abnormal behavior of children and adults. His torical sketch; outline of method, including examinations, classification, prognosis, and remedial measures. Prerequisite: Psychology 207 and 212 . �120 WILKES COLLEGE PsY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours DESCRIPTION OF COURSES THE STAFF A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. Prerequisite: Psychology 201 and 208. Open to Seniors only. PsY. 301-302. RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. Prerequisite: Permission of head of department and open to Psychology majors only. RADIO Instructor Morgan and Staff: Hal Berg and Thomas Bigler. RA. 100. INTRODUCTION TO RADIO-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND ST,\FF An orientation course covering the history, development, organization and control of broadcasting. Including the international system, soci~l and economic influences, as well as the administration, programming, and operation of the individual station. RA. 102. RADIO ANNOUNCING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A laboratory-studio course in basic microph?ne techniques,. stressing practical experience in the procedures and routm~s of a~nou?cmg. ~lso developing an understanding of the announcer s qualtficat10ns, skills, and work. Prerequisite: Radio 100. RA. 201. RADIO WRITING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF An intensive study of the basic principles of good radio continuity writing, providing class instruction in the writing of all ~inds _of copy: commercial announcements, program continuity, dramatlC scripts, etc. Individual exercises and assignments. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 202. RADIO NEWS EDITING AND BROADCASTING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A course in the editing, building, writing, and presentation of th~ news program. Information about news source_s and t_he history ~n _ development of news broadcasting. Students -:ill be given ample P portunities for actual preparation and presentat10n of newscasts. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 203. 121 CONTROL ROOM TECHNIQUES AND PRODUCTION PROBLEMS Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A course designed to acquaint the student with the technical aspects of control room operation, such as handling of console and turntables, proper care and cueing of records and transcriptions. Also a study of various production problems, embracing a knowledge of studio production signals, handling of remote broadcasts, et cetera. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 204. RADIO ADVERTISING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A study of Radio Advertising and its relation to other media. Organization of the sales staff, and the selling and servicing of commercial accounts. Problems of time buying, audience measurement, marketing statistics as they relate to local, regional, and national accounts. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 206. RADIO ACTING AND DIRECTING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A workshop course affording opportunity for student participation in radio broadcasts and all types of radio dramatics. Also including experience in the techniques of radio production, tracing the development of a program from the idea stage to the presentation, emphasizing script reading, rehearsal techniques, sound effects, music, et cetera. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RELIGION Assistant Professor Vujica. A major in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consists of twenty-four hours in Philosophy and Religion. Philosophy 101 and Religion 101 are not accepted for credit toward a major. The courses may be selected from these two fields as is desired by the student. REL. 101. HISTORY OF RELIGIONS-Three hours MR. VUJICA Nature and origin of Religion. Significant founders and leaders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals. A comparison of the most important features of the great religions. The contributions of Religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT-Three hours A study of the religious thought and practices of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the earlier writings of the Old Testament. �122 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. Prerequisite: Religion 101. REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three hours A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Empha~is is placed upon the Prophetic and Post-Exili~ periods of Hebr~w h1sto~y. ~he gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course 1s a contmuat10n of Religion 20 l. Prerequisite: Religion 101. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT-Three hours A study of the types of literature found in the New T_es_tament. P~oblems of language and authorship are discu~sed. ~he religious teachmgs of Jesus and the Apostolic Church a~e s_tud.1ed agamst the background_ of their own time and examined in then s1gn1ficance for contemporary life. Prerequisite: Religion 101. RETAIL MERCHANDISING Professor Rosenberg; Instructors O'Toole, Riley, and Sheridan. Bachman, Brightbill, Cooney, R.M. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING-Three hours MR. BRIGHTBILL, MR. COONEY, MISS SHERIDAN Policies and practices of the various retail institutions;_ types of retai! institutions and types of merchandise han~le_d; store location and layout, sales and service policies; employment, tramrng, and welfare. R.M. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three hours MR. BRIGHTBILL, MR. COONEY, Miss SHERIDAN Basic principles of successful retail store organization; study of. the organizational structure of department s:ores; organization and fun~t:ons of operating divisions; planned observation in e~ployment, trai~m~~ receiving, marking, delivery, wrapp_ing, phone, mad order and adJuS ment departments. Field trips to retail stores. RM 201 COLOR AND DESIGN-Two hours MR. OTOOLE · · . · d t le Ages of civilization and development of industrial age. P:r.10 :' symbols classicism modern design. Components of composition, P . · ht , texture. !ems of, function; ' proport10n, balance, r h yt h m, c~1or,_ 1ig Fundamentals of interior decoration. Color and design m appare1· :tb- 123 R.M. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION-Two hours Miss SHERIDAN Study of basic principles of Retail Advertising and Sales Promotion. Organization and procedure of advertising department in retail stores; types of retail advertising; copy, headline, layout, type, advertising media, display; research. R.M. 207. RETAIL SELLING-Three hottrs MR. BRIGHTBILL, MR. COONEY, MR. RILEY, Miss SHERIDAN Fundamentals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of merchandise and the store; knowledge of the customer; selling techniques; building permanent business. Laboratory observation; actual selling. R.M. 210. ELEMENTS OF MERCHANDISE-Three hours MR. COONEY, Miss SHERIDAN Merchandise informatibn; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Natural, industrial, and synthetic materials; properties, technologies, imitations; plastics, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, china. R.M. 212. PURCHASES AND MERCHA DISE CONTROL-Three homs THE STAFF Importance of purchases; principles and methods; forms of procedure, handling, storing, and warehousing methods; inventories and their control; types and limi tation of stock control systems; application of systems. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R.M. 214. RETAIL BUYING-Two homs THE STAFF Buying as a career; types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of customer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade relations. laboratory work required. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R.M. 215. DISPLAY-Two homs THE STAFF Techniques of store arrangement; display of merchandise and services. within the store; window display. �124 WILKES COLLEGE ----DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 125 RM 217. l'UNDAMENTALS OF FASHION-Th ree h ours . THE STAFF . . . How the fashion world works. Fashions as a social. force. in Fashion Paris, England, United States. Appare, 1 millinery , shoes, accessories; fashion shows. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R PERSONNEL RELATIONS-Three hours R.M. 219.MR ETAIL BRIGHTBILL, MR. C 00 NEY' MR ' RILEY ' MISS SHERIDAN . . . . b l ·s· employment procedure; wage Retail personnel pol1C1es; JO a~a. ysi_ , m lo ee evaluation; employee plans and mcentives; empl~y~e t:ai~1fg,_ ~at1onyaffecting labor problems stabilization; employee participation, eg1s in retailing. S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Four hours each semester Miss BEDILLION Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand; development of skill in Typewriting, and ability to apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from Shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. S.S. 105-106. SHORTHAND-Two hours each semester MR. ]ENKlNS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on mastering fundamental principles, during the first semester; dictation and transcription, including principles of English during the second semester. Four hours each week. All laboratory. R.M. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STTORES HE TAFF Two hours · 'fi · S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING-Two hottrs each semester MRs. WILSON . . factors in1·business success; Just1 cation Importance of small busmess, . . . management· employee b • fi ancing· locat10n· po Kies, ' d of new usmesses; n. , . pro , fit·, records; small business an relations; sales promotion; turnover, the future. Development of skill in Typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from Shorthand notes during second semester. laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. RM 222 RETAIL CREDITS AND COLLECTIONS-T wo h ours THE . STAFF . . . d. d tment· charge accounts; passmg on apOrganization o( ere i_t ep;_r b ' . mercantile agencies; salescheck plication for cred~t; retail ~e it ~rea~;espondence; personal financing; rocedure· collection proce ure an co . d' contracts; :ms t allment credit·' legal aspects of retail ere it. P R.M. 224. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETA!~~ STAFF Three hours · R . ff ndamentals- trends m . reta1·1·mg,. st u dy of developments m ev1ew o with u retail. store , execu t.ives. Laboratory work; reports on cooperation trends and developments. S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY-Four hours each semester Mrss BEDILLION Review of Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in Shorthand, Typewriting, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 102. SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg; A ss1stan . t Professor Bedillion; Jenkins, Whitby, Wilson. ss Instructors dMRS. dWILSON d velopment of an un erstan Development of skill m Tfpewntm'?, e material. application of typing of good style and form m_ typewritten term' a ers. Laboratory ing skill to the writing of busrness letters and PP fee required. Four hours a week. • • 99 PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING. N 0 Ct·edit S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND-Two hours each semester . . . . . o-· MR.legibility; JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on fluency and development of speed and accuracy in the application of Shorthand, Typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 106. S.S. 115-116. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING-Two hours each semester MR.s. WILSON Development of greater speed and accuracy in Typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to �126 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercia_l forms; Rreparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto n_iaster copies; transcription from Shorthand notes; d_evelopment of desuable work habits and attitudes. laboratory fee requ1red. Four hours laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 108. S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL AccOUNTING--Three hours 127 A major in Sociology must include the four following courses: Sociology 255, 265, 278, and 280. Political Science 204 may also be accepted toward the major in Sociology. The courses given by the Department of Sociology and Anthropology are divided into seven groups: MR. WHITBY fundamental principles of Accounting and thei~ application to the keeping of books and records in business and profess10nal offices. S.S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three ho11rs Miss BEDILLION Study of accepted procedures in typical medical _office~, cli_nics, and hospitals; application of stenographic skil!s to medical d1~ta~10n; t_ranscription of case histories taken from hospital r~cordsi specialized dictation in several branches of medicine; practice m fillmg out forms for insurance companies, for Veterans Administration, and for Workmen's Compensation. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two hours Miss BEDILLION Speed dictation for speech reporting. _Four h?urs ea_c~ week. . Prerequisite: satisfactory background 1_n English; a?il1ty to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transrnbe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four hours Miss BEDILLION Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures_ in typical business and professional offices;. study of personal _and technical requirements for secretaries; understandm~ and use of ~artous commercial forms ; operation and use of office machmes ~nd equipment; personal and vocational guidance. laboratory fee regutred. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. I Sociological Theory Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO SoaoLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A systematic view of Sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to problems. questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological Soc. 278. ADVANCED GENERAL SoooLOGY-Three hours Mrss HOLBROOK An analytical study of the structural elements of society in terms of their functional relationship to social organization and social change. The course is d"5igned to_ enable the student to apply these analytical tools to the relatmn of society to the person, the analysis of groups, the study of maJor 1nstitut1ons, and the understanding of social change. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. "' Soc. 280. HISTORY OF Soc10LoGICAL THEORIES-Three hou-, MR. SYMONOLEWicz A historical study of the development of sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a histoncal background necessary for understanding of the current trends in Soao!ogy as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, prob. lems, and methods. Prerequisite: Sociology 278. II Population and H11man Ecology Soc. 215. URBAN SOCIOLOGY-Three ho11rs Miss HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Tb~ d~velopment of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organ12ation and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Sociology l 00. Assistant Professor Symonolewicz, Instructors Chwalek, and Holbrook. A major in Sociology consists of twenty-four hours .. Although_Soci; ology 100 is a prerequisite for all the courses 10 Sociology, 1t 1s no accepted toward a major in Sociology. III Social Organization Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEwrcz . Tb~ development of marriage and the family in ethnological and h,stoncal perspective. Family disorganization and problems of adjust- �128 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 129 ment to modern conditions. Practical aspects of marriage. responsible for marital success or failure. Factors Soc. 27S. RACE AND CULTURE Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 204. EDUCATIONAL Miss HOLBROOK, MR. SY.MONOLEWICZ SOCIOLOGY- Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A study of the structure and function of formal education as a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education and other basic mstitutions- f amily, church, economics, and government. The pattern of human relations within the school and the relation between the school and community. The interaction of the formal and informal educational agencies. Contemporary educational problems and their sociological backgrounds. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 208. SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Comparative study of religious behavior and institutions. Soci~l factors and conditions underlying religious movements. The evolut10n of religious groups and types of religious leadership. Religion and other major social institutions. Function and role of the church in society. Prerequisites: Sociology 100, Psychology 100, and Religion 101. Soc. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three hottrs CONTACTS-Three hours Mrss HOLBROOK An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Prerequisites: Sociology 100, Psychology 100, and Economics 100. A study of the processes leading to acculturation of racial and ethnic groups in American society and of the economic, social and psychological forces responsible for group antagonism. The course is designed to acquaint the student with the problem of prejudice and discrimination against minority groups in a democratic society. Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. V Social Work Note: All the courses offered in this division are pre-professional, i.e. they do not carry any graduate credit. They are introductory in character and were designed especially to meet the needs of those students who are planning to do some work in the field before enrolling in one of the recognized graduate schools of social work. Soc. 24S. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK- Three hours A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 246. SOCIAL CASE WORK-Three hours An introduction to the principles and problems of social case work. A discussion of methods of interviewing and recording. Prerequisite: Sociology 24S. IV Social Change and Social Disorganization Soc. 230. SOCIAL 248. INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNITY RECREATION-Three hours An analysis of the concepts of recreation as an area of community service; a review of the various types of recreational services and an examination of the planning for coordination and expansion of these services. A practical and theoretical course for persons planning to enter the .field of recreation. Soc. PROBLEMS-Three hours MISS HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Prerequisites: Sociology 24S and Sociology 21S. Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY- Th ree hottrs Mrss HOLBROOK Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods ; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisites: Sociology 230 or Sociology 278. VI Social Psychology Soc. 25S. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY- T hree hottrs MR . SYMONOL EWICZ A general survey of the field of Social Psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences ; social interaction ; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. �130 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 131 Soc. 260. CULTURE AND PERSONALITY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A comparative study of the development and functioning of human personality in various cultures from the point of view of Social Psychology and Social Anthropology. Prerequisite: Sociology 2 5 S. Vil Anthropology Soc. 265. GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY-Three hotJrs MR. SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Fossil man and prehistoric cultures; modern races and the problem of their classification; nature, characteristics and elements of culture. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 270. PEOPLES OF THE WORLD-Three hours MR, SYMONOLEWICZ A rapid survey of the peoples and cultures of the world in their historical relations. Distribution of races, languages, nationalities and cultures and ideological and socio-economic factors responsible for contemporary social unrest in various parts of the world, particularly among the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. SAFETY SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS-Three hours The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniq-q.es of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATIONS AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY EDU- CATION-Three hours A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. S. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Three hottrs Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest is always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. SAFETY �132 WILKES COLLEGE SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Three hours Ams IN The Evening Division SAFETY EDUCATION- Discussion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other sensory aids; standards for appraising and their relationship to the curriculum; guiding principles and techniques; minimum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. To meet the needs of ambitious men and women, who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields . 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon comple6on of thirty semester hours, the student's high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at the request of the student, and he may then be <egistered as a degree candidate. However, no student may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is gua!i. fied to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishEs to regisc.::r. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this must be approved by th, Deans. ATTENDA CE Attendance at evening classes may be discontinued whenever the record of achievement indicates that the person is nor obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study. �134 WILKES COLLEGE Index lecture Courses In its role as a community college, Wilkes believes that positive good will result from the continuing education of adults. Toward that end, an introductory program in adult education is being offered in the Evening Division . These non-credit courses will meet one night each week for ten weeks during the semester. The charge for these non-credit courses is considerably less than that of the regular undergraduate courses. Each person will pay $10 per course per semester. Courses to be offered during the regular college year of 1951-52 will be announced during the summer. Further information about this Non-Credit Program may be obtained by contacting the Director of Admissions. Accounting Accreditment Admission Requirements 52, 54, 72 ...................................................................................... ·····•· .... 22 22 23 60 11 Advanced Standing .................. ··································································· Aeronautical Engineering ............................. -................................................... . Assistants in Administration Athletics Attendance 39 Band ..... -......................................... -....................... Biology ················•· .. ·······.......................................................... 25 ......................................... 38 ........... 47, 75 Conspectus of Course ....................................................... -..................... 48 Board of Trustees ............. ················································································· 8 Buildings ················•···•····························· ·············································-··························· 20 Business Administration . .. . .. .... 33 53, 77 Conspectus of Course ......................................................................................... 55 Calendar, College ................... . ................ ........................... 6 Careers Library ............................................................................................ -......... .......................... 29 Chemica I Engineering . .. . ..... ........ . . .... .......... . . . .......... ... . .... ... . 60, 9 I Conspectus of Course ...................... ................................................................... ............. 60 Chemistry ..... . ............. .......... ....................................................................... 34, 49, 81 Choral Club ............................ ........ . ······················································ ..... .... .... 38 Civil Engineering ....................... ........ ...... .. .. ... ........ . .. . ......... 60, 91 Clubs ................................................................................................................. ...................... ............. 39 Commerce and Finance ....... Conspectus of Course 52 Accounting .....-........................... ....................................................................................... 54 Business Administration ............................................... -.............-.......-.............. 55 Retail Merchandising ... ............................................... .................. 57 Secretarial Studies .. ......................................................................... 58 Community Prngrams . .... .... ..... . 31 Counseling ............................... ...................... ···-··················································24, 29 Curricula ..................................................... .................................. ...................................................22, 40 Debating .......................... ······················································-······················································ 39 Degree Courses ························································ ··························· ·········································· 41 Requirements for A. B. Degree ........................ ....... .................. 42 Requirements for B. S. Degree ..... ................. .. .. .... ... ..... 4 Description cf Com·ses .. . .. .. 711 Dramatics ......... ····-- ·-·····-··· ·······---. Economics ..... · ..........-.............................................................-..... 38 Edu cation ············-·-------------------·······-················--·-····· 83 ElectricalingEngineering ...................................................................................................................... 87 Enginee1 . 61 English ............... ···························-··· ······································-· 34, 59, 90 92 Evening Division ............................................................................................................. 133 Expenses ...... ...............•................ ·················-············································ ·· 26 ~xtension Classes ................................................................................................................... _.. 22 Facult.v ·····.· ............. ·······················-································ ......... ............. ................ 12, 25 �136 W ILKES COLLEGE IND EX F a cult y Committees ................ ........... ·· ···· ······· 18 F'ees .......................................................... ····································-········ ····•···· ··························· 26 French ................................................. 98 General Information ............ ········•·········..·····- ············································· ············· ······•······ 21 General Opportunities .................... ................................................................... 37 German .............................................. . 100 Grades ·········································-········ ··············•·••·································••··············-·-····· ·········· ... 23 Graduation Requir ements 24 Guidance Center ·····-·······-········· 29 History ............................................. . . ················· 42, 103 History of t he College .... 19 Industrial Engineering .... . .. ·• ······································· ······················· ···························· 61 Journalism .................................... ········ ......... 34, 93 Laboratory Technology .. .. . 64 Law ······- - - - ·····················-·· 35 Lecture Courses ................... .. 134 Liberal Arts Requirements ... ........ ........ 4.2 Library Work ......... ···········-······ .. .. .... ................ ................... ....... .... 35 Majors ·····-················-················-······················································································•···················-··43, 53 Marks of An Educated Man .. .................................................... ...................... ................ 3 Mathematics ................................................................................................................ ......... 45, 105 Mechanical Engineering ......... ......................... . .. ....... .... ............ ... ... 62, 91 Medical Stenography ........... ············-· ...................... ............. 70 Medical Technology ·····-·············· .................................................................................... 64 Medicine ·······················-·················· ................................................ ......................................... 35 Meterology .................................. .............................................................................................. 114 Ministry ......................................... ·····························································-················ ·····-··· ..... .... 36 Music ..................... ........................ ... .............. ....................... ............... ..... 35, 46, 65, 109 Musical Organizations .... ·········-·······-······-·• .. ·······-·················· .......................... 38 Nursing ··························-·······-····· .. ·······-···•···•·· 36 Officers of Administration ...................... ................... ...... ..... 10 Orchestra ··············-························· ·-············· ·····- .. . ..... . ......... . 38 Orientation Program ....................................... .. ............... ... ...... . .. .... ............... -............ .... 30 Payments ·······················-··············································································· ·····················••·•················-·· 27 Philosophy ...................... ........ ..... .. ................................... ....... . ...... ...................... ............... 112 Physical Education ....... ............ .................. ............. ...... ·-····· ...... .......... 30, 113 Physics ..................... ··················:.:·•····. ............................... ...... . . .. ... ............... -······ ... 36, 114 Conspectus of Course ............................... ..... . .. ............. . . . ...... ............................. 51 Placement Service .................. ·········-··········· ················-··· .......... .............................. ······-····· 32 Political Science .... ...... . ...... ..... .. ...... .. ................ ...... ..... 115 Probation ·····-·············-····· .. ··········· ··········---------- ················ ... ········· ----~---····· .. ·········· 24 Pre-Dental Course Two-Year ..... . 66 Three-Year .. . 67 Preparation for Professions and Vocations 33 Psychology ....... . 36, 117 Publications, Student 39 Radio Production .... 68, 120 Refunds .................................... . 28 Registration ........................ Religion ..... Retail Merchandising . Safety ................. . Scholarships ........................ Secretarial Course ...... Sociology .. .... .. .................... .. Spanish ..... ........................ 137 25 121 52, 57 , 1.22 131 .. ...... ................ ............ 32 . ..... ................... 52, 58, 70, 124 ...... ......... ......... 126 101 Special Interests ···········-··········· .. ...... ........ . ............................ 31 Speech ················· .... . ····· ·····•··· ········· •········· ..... ········ ······· .. ··-· 37, 97 Student Activities ............................... .. . .................. ..... 38 Student Employment ............ ................ .. .............................. ... ...... ....... .. 32 Student Government ·····-·····································. ................................... .... ....... ...... 38 Student W elfare ..................................................... ..... ............................................. 29 Surveying ( See Civil Engi11 eering) ........ CO, !L Teacher Certification Requirements Pennsylva nia ........................ . 87 New J ersey ..................... . 88 New York ... ................ . ·············· .. . 88 Other States ..................... .................. ...... ....... ........ ......... .. 88 Teaching ...... .... ................................... .... .. ··········- ....... .. ............. ..... ...... 37 Terminal Courses ..... . ...... . .......... 63 Tuition ................................ .............................. ............. ..... .................................................. 26 Withdrawals ····-··········· ···-·············•········································ ·-········· · ······················-·············· 24 �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin 1951-1952 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1951-1952 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/83ec78f9614e5debdb9d2b04dada5ccc.pdf 9b7611ddf735ee681571f052c96e0506 PDF Text Text WILKES COLLEGE CATALOGUE ISSUE-1950-1951 ~ f ~ >~-~cc~ J l 9 4 1 L.. ~_..._ .. .J ~ ,.J r :!l ~ ANNOUNCEMENTS- 1951-1952 WILKES-BARRE PENNSYLVANIA �WILKES COLLEGE CATALOGUE ISSUE-1950-1951 ANNOUNCEMENTS-1951-1952 WILKES-BARRE PENNSYLVANIA �Marks of An Educated Man . . . 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understanding. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses visron, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5. He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. �1951 s M JUNE T w T 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 28 I F M T w T M s s 1 2 1 2 8 9 8 9 15 16 15 16 22 23 22 23 29 30 29 30 l SEPTEMBER s JULY F T 3 10 17 24 31 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 121 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 28 30 s 2 9 16 23 30 T OCTOBER T w T M I AUGUST T w T Contents F s ~ s 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 9 10 11 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 17 18 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 w F M s s F NOVEMBER T w T F M s 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 5 6 7 8 9 10 4 13 12 9 10 11 8 15 16 17 19 20 11 12 13 14 22 23 24 15 16 17 18 18 19 20 21 27 25 26 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 31 DECEMBER T w T F s M s 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 FEBRUARY T w T F M M T 1 8 s M F s 1 7 8 W T JUNE MAY APRIL b s MARCH T w T s F 1 2 5 6 3 4 5 7 8 9 2 3 4 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 14 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 15 13 12 21 22 17 18 19 10 11 21 22 23 16 17 18 19 20 28 29 23 24 25 26 27 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 28 29 24 25 26 27 31 30 31 s F s l sMTWTF 2 3 9 10 1t 1~ 4 5 6 7 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 111 12 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 18 25 26 27 28 29 30 ~ ~1~ 6 7 ; 10 8 17 15 13 14 15 16 24 22 20 21 22 23 27 28 29 30 31 129 M T W T F S 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 l i 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 2 30 ----------------------~---AUGUST JULY I TWTF sMTWTF S s 2 8 1 2 3 4 1 9 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 : \ 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 23 13 14 15 22 23 24 25 26 117 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 27 28 29 30 31 51 I 24 30 _____;'----------..:...---__...--------31 6 Board of Trustees 8 Officers of Administration 10 Assistants in Administration 11 Faculty . 12 Faculty Committees 18 A History of the College 19 General Information 21 Student Welfare . 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 1952 JANUARY M T w T College Calendar 25 26 27 28 29 . 29 Preparation for Professions and Vo canons . 33 Student Activities 38 College Cu.rricula 40 Bachelor of Arts Requirements • • • • I , Bachelor f s · · · · · · · · o oence Requirements (Biolog)'. Chemistry, . . Physics) Bach e1or of Sciern;e rn · C ommerce and F"mance Requuements . Bach el or of Sc1ence · · Engineering . rn R equ1rements . 42 Terminal Courses Degree i M · . · · · · · · · · · · n usIC Education (Freshman and S h Description of Courses . op om ore years) 47 52 59 63 65 71 Ed ucatwn · Courses The Evening o·1v1s1on ·· Lecture Courses Index 87 133 134 135 �6 WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - - - - - -~C:1ALENDAR _ _ _ _ __ COLLEGE CALENDAR 1951-1952 SPRING, 1951 February 1, 2, 3 Thursday, Friday, Saturday .. Freshman Orientation period February 7, Wednesday ...... Classes begin at 8 A.M. March 22, Thursday ........ Easter vacation begins at 5 P.M. March 27, Tuesday ......... Classes resume at 8 A.M. April 4, Wednesday ........ Mid-Semester grades due April 7, Saturday ........... Incompletes must be satisfied by this date. April 16, Monday .......... Trial registration to April 28 May 25, Friday ............ Classes end at 5 P.M. May 26, Saturday .......... Final examinations begin May 30, Wednesday ........ Decoration Day; no classes June 7, Thursday ........... Final examinations end at 5 P.M. June 9, Saturday ........... Founders Day June 9, Saturday ........... Graduation SUMMER, 1951 June 13, 14, 15 Wednesday, Thursday, Friday ................. Registration for summer school June 18, Monday ........... Classes begin at 8 A.M. July 4, Wednesday ......... Independence Day; no classes August 7, Tuesday .......... Final examinations begin August 11, Saturday ........ Final examinations end at 5 P.M. FALL 1951 September 10, Monday ....... Freshman Orientation and Registration September 12, Wednesday .... Transfer Students Registration September 13, 14 Thursday, Friday .......... Registration for Upperclassmen September 17, Monday ....... Classes begin at 8 A.M. November 7, Wednesday ..... Mid-Semester grades due November 12, Monday ....... Armistice Day; no classes November 14, Wednesday .... Registration to November 28 November 17, Saturday ...... Incompletes must be satisfied by this date November 17, Saturday ...... Homecoming November 21, Wednesday .... Thanksgiving vacation begins at 5 P.M. November 26, Monday ....... Classes resume at 8 A.M. December 19, Wednesday ..... Christmas vacation begins at 5 P.M. _ _ _ __!_7 January 3, Thursda .. . Y · · · · · • • Classes resume at 8 A M . . J anuary 18 F riday ' · · · · · · · · · • • Classes end at 5 p M J anuary 19, Saturday F' . · · anuary 31 Th d ......... mal exammations begin J , urs ay. F" . . . . . . . . . ma1exammattons end at 5 P.M. SPRING 1952 January 31, February 1, 2 Thursday, Friday Saturda F February 4, 5 ' y. . reshman Orientation period Monday, Tuesday . . . . . February 6 W d d · · · · · · · Final Reg1strat10n , e nes ay Cl b . Apr'l asses egrn at 8 A M 1 2 , W ed nesday . . . . . . . M.d · · 1 April 5, Saturday ... : : : : : : : · · I -Semester grades due April 10, Thursday. . . . . . . Encompletes _must be satisfied by this date April 14 M d . . . . . aster Vacation begins at 5 p M , on ay Cl . . · · · · · · · · · · · asses begin at 8 A.M. May 23, Frida Registration to April 26 May 24, Satur~~ ............ C!asses end at 5 p .M. May 30 Frid y .......... .Final examinations begin June 5, Thurs~~~:::::: · · · · · -~ecoration ?a~; no classes June 7, Saturday ...... mal Exammattons end at 5 P.M. June B, Sunda · · · · · · · · · · · .Founders Day June 9 M dy · · · · · · · · · · · · .Baccalaureate Service , on ay · · · · · · · · · · · •G ra duatton . SUMMER 1952 June 11, 12, 13 Wed., Thurs., Fri... . . . . June 16, Monda . . .... Registration for summer school July 4 F 'd y · · · · · · · · · · Classes begin at 8 AM , fl ay.... · . August 6, Wednesd~~ ........ ~~dependence Day; no classes August 9, Saturday ...· : .· .· : . . . ~nal exam~nat!ons begin ... Fma1 exammattons end at 5 P.M. �BOARD OF TRUSTEES Board of Trustees COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS lnstmctzon: GILBERT S. Library: Chairman MCCLINTOCK, FREDERICK J. WECKESSER, Vice-Chairman MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE, Chairman Miss ANNETTE EvANs , C'1Jarrman . MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT CHARLES JAMES H. P. MINER, JR., HARRIS, Secretary SAMUEL Treasurer B. CARR SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. THE REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH CHARLES PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. Finance: Nominatiom: F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. FREDERICK]. WECKESSER, C. EDWARD GRIFFITH W. GUCKELBERGER Chairman, THE REV, CHARLES S. ROUSH GEORGE ANDREW J. SORD0NI JAMES P. HARRIS B. CARR GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK REUBEN H. LEVY JAMES P. HARRIS JULIUS LONG STERN ANDREW J. SORD0NI JOSEPH] . KOCYAN, M.D. GUCKELBERGER MRS. EDWARD H. KENT THE REV, CHARLES S. ROUSH, Chairman J. HENRY POOL HoN. JoHN S. FINE H. MINER, JR. MARTS Miss ANNETTE EVANS HARRY F. GOERINGER M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs CHARLES H. MINER, JR. ARNAUD MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE W. JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, REUBEN H. LEVY MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT GEORGE MRS. EDWARD H. KENT M. DAVENPORT, M.D. MISS ANNETTE EVANS Miss MARY R. KooNs JASPER 9 JASPER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. ST ARK JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. Juuus LONG STERN TERM OF OFFICE Buildings and Grounds: Expiring June, 1951 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT HON. JOHNS. FINE J. HENRY POOL REUBEN JULIUS LONG STERN ARN AUD MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE EDWARD GRIFFITH JAMES P. HARRIS ARNAUD C. F. MARTS GEORGE B. CARR SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, Miss ANNETTE EVANS M.D. w. REUBEN H. LEVY C. MARTS F. GoERINGER MRS. EDWARD H. KENT HARRY J. KocYAN, M.D. J. SORDONI Juuus LONG STERN FREDERICK ]. WECKESSER CHARLES H. MINER, JR. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Expiring June, 1953 MISS MARY R. KOONS , \. H. LEVY ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. ANDREW GucKELBERGER HON. JOHNS. FINE JosEPH Chairman ]. HENRY POOL Expiring lune, 1952 JASPER EDWARD GRIFFITH, PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. GILBERT S. McCLINTOCK CHARLES S. ROUSH ANDREW J. FREDERICK SoRDONI J. WECKESSER Ex Offi c10 · on All Committees-MR. GILBERTS · M C C LINTOCK �ADMINISTRATION 11 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR EUGENE S. FARLEY, PH.D, (Pennsylvania) President ALFRED W. BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Dean of Instruction HERBERT J. MoRRIS, A.M. (Pennsyl~ania) Director of Admissions and Registrar CELINE PoPIELARZ ............. . ....... . Assistant to the Registrar JACQUELINE BEDNER ......... . .. .... ... . Secretary to the Registrar EMMA GRILLI ..... .. ... . .... ......... .. . ... 0 ffice Machine Clerk JEAN MAcHONIS ......... .... ... ...... ... . . Switchboard Operator MADELYN LAwsoN ...................... . ... . Registration Clerk IRENE THOMAS ...................... . ..... .. ....... . Recorder R AM (Northwestern) BETTY L. HARKE , · · Dean of Women GEORGE F. RALSTON, A.B . (North Carolina) Dean of Men J. MoRAN, B.S. (Bucknell) . Director of Public Relations and Alumni THOMAS OFFICE OF THE COMPTROLLER JANE L. DODSON .... ... .. .. ......... . Secretary to the Comptroller DOLORES HENCZEL ......... .......... ................. Cashier JEAN JONES .. ..... . ................ Accounts Payable Bookkeeper MARY POPPLE . .... .............. Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper DONALD R. KERSTEEN, A.B. (Bucknell) Comptroller STANLEY H. WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT RUTH TRETHAWAY ..................... . Secretary to the President Director of Evening Classes OFFICE OF THE DEANS JOHN J. CHWALEK, A.M. (Columbia) Director of Guidance and Placement SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. (Virginia) JUNE E. STEVENS ................................... . Secretary ANNA HAVIR ....... .. .. . .. . .. . ..... ..... . Secretary to the Deans College Physician GUIDANCE CENTER SAMUEL A. GUTTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell) BEVERLY Psychiatric Consultant H. VAN HORN . . .... . Secretary to the Director of Guidance JOSEPH H. MYERS, B.L.S. (McGill) BOOKSTORE Librarian KATHLEEN M. MACDONALD, B.L.S. (Marywood) Reference Librarian · WAR.REN FRENCH, B.L.S. (Syracuse) Cataloguing Librarian NADA VuJICA, A.M. (Zagreb) MILDRED GITTENS .. .... ... ... .. ..... ... Manager of the Bookstore CAFETERIA MRS. JAMES A. BRENNAN ....... ....... ... . . . Director of Cafeteria Assistant in Library CLARE BEDILLION, A.M. (New York) Secretary to the Facttlty GLADYS B. DAVIS . Head Resident, Sterling Hall MAINTENANCE WILLIAM JERVIS .. ... ..... Superintendent of Buildinf!,S and Grounds �FACULTY Faculty EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President HERBERT JOHN MORRIS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Director of Admissions and Assistant Professor of Business Administration GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.B. (North Carolina) Dean of Men and Instructor in Biology BETTY L. HARKER, A.M. (Northwestern) Dean of Women and Instructor in Psychology MARY ELIZABETH CRAIG, PH.D. (Cornell) Professor of English CHARLES BRADDOCK REIF, PH.D. (Minnesota) Professor of Biology HAROLD W. THATCHER, PH.D. (Chicago) Professor of History ALFRED W. BASTRESS, PH:D. (Yale) Professor of Chemistry SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, PH.D. (North Carolina) Professor of Economics Vorus BLAINE HALL, M.S. in E.E. (Bucknell), A.M. (Columbia) Associate Professor of Physics ELWOOD JOHN DISQUE, A.B. (Dickinson) Associate Professor of German FRANK J. J. DAVIES, PH.D. (Yale) Associate Professor of English THOMAS R. RICHARDS, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, M.A. (Warsaw) Assistant Professor of Sociology JOSEPH'?· DONNELLY, A.M. (Bucknell) Awstant Professor of English GERTRU~E MARVIN WILLIAMS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) A p ss1sta12t rof essor of English CLARE BEDILLION . , A ·M . (New y ork ) Awstant Professor of Secretarial St11die.1 MILDRED. E· HULL ' A ·M · (P ennsylvania) Assistant Professor of Math emattcs . EDWARD _M. WILLIAMS, A.M. (Columbia) Amstant Professor of English EDw ARD •NICHOLAS HELTZEL , M •S. (B uc-k ne11 ) A ss1stant Professor of Engmeermg • . KATHRYNE. DOMINGUEZ PH D (Col b" A · ' · · um ia) mstant Professor of Psychology THADDEUS . MITANA, PH ·D . (C racow) Ass/Stant Professo,· of Mod em Languages HUGO V : MAILE Y, PhD · • (Pennsylvania) Asststant Professor of Pot,·,·teal Sc1ence . ARTHUR .N · KR UGER, p H.D. (Louisiana) Assistant Professor of English STANKo_M. VUJICA, PH.D. (Zagreb) Amstant Professor of Philosophy and Religion DONALD. E. COBLEIGH , AM . · · (W"1sconsm) A ssutant Professor of Music SYLVIA J?WORSKr, PH.D. (Yale) Assistant Professor of French HoH-CH_EUNG Mm, Ph.D. (Columbia) Amstant Professor of History CATHERINE H. BONE, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Assistant Professor of Chemistry CROMWE~L E. ~HOMAS, M.S. (Bucknell) Imtwctor m Engineering STANLEY H. WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics ]OHN S. ~EMON, PH.D. (Cornell) Assistant Professor of Education 13 �14 FACULTY WILKES COLLEGE PAUL R. WERNER, M.S. (New York) Instructor in Accounting ROBERT MORAN, B.M. (Eastman) Instructor in Music EDWIN R. CREASY, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Mathematics ROBERT C. RILEY, A.B. (Bucknell) lnstmctor in Psychology JAMES J. LAGGAN, M.A. (Pennsy_lv~nia)_ Instructor in Business Admm1strat10n WADE J. BRIGHTBILL, M.A. (Pittsburgh) Instmctor in Retail Merchandising ALFRED S. GROH, A.B. (Syracuse) Instmctor in English HELEN BUBECK, B.S. (Stroudsburg) lnstmctor in Physical Education ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Director of Physical Education GEORGE ELLIOTT, M.A. (Clark) Instructor in Economics CHARLES L. TAYLOR, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Instmctor in Physics CHARLES J. Foxww, M.A. (Columbia) Instructor in English JOHN P. WHITBY, B.S. (Bloomsburg) Instyuctor in Accounting HowARD HALPIN, M.S. (Lehigh) JOHN J. RILEY, B.S. (Bucknell). . . Insfructor in Business Admznzstratton JOHN W. BOYCE, JR., B.S. (Bu~k~ell). Instructor in Business Admzmstratton EDITH S. NAMISNIAK, M.S. (Michigan) Instructor in Biology LORNA D. HOLBROOK, M.A. (Columbia) Instmctor in Sociology WELTON G. FARRAR, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instmctor in Economics and Political Science JOHN J. CHWALEK, M.A. (Columbia) Instructor in Sociology JOHN A. COONEY, B.S. (Bucknell~~ Instmctor in Retail Merchandmng MADELINE M. DAGUE, M.S. (Wyoming) Instructor in Biolon MARK I. DAVIDOFF, A.B. (Bucknell) Instmctor in Spanish JOSEPH H. KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology * On leave of absence for advanced study. Instructor in Chemistry THOMAS F. ROCK, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in History FRANCIS J. SALLEY, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Chemistry PART TIME FACULTY ROBERT F. BAc_HMAN,_ A.B. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor m Retail Merchandising CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, F.A.G.O. (Guilmant Organ School) Instructor in Music JOSEPH A. BOYLE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Psychology THEODORE AL~RED EVANS, L.L.B . .(Pennsylvania) Instructor m English SAMUEL A_. G~TTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell) Psych1atr1c Consultant and Instructor in Psychology CHARLES N. HENDERSON, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Music JOHN H. HIBBARD, L.1.B. (Dickinson) In st ructor in Political Science 15 �16 WILKES COLLEGE WILBUR G. ISAACS, A.B. (Randolph-Macon) Instructor in Music THOMAS H. JENKINS, M.A. (New York) Instructor in Secretarial Studies FACULTY GUIDANCE CENTER JOHN 1: CHWALEK, M.A. (Columbia) Director of Guidance BRONIUS KAZLAUSKAS, PH.D. (Strassbourg) Instructor in Political Science JOSEPH KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell) Psychometrist FERDINAND LIVA, Instructor in Violin, Viola, Cello PETER L. PELA, M.A. (Pennsylvania) Vocational Counselor ROYE. MORGAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Radio Workshop JOHN KELLY, A.B. (Wilkes) Vocational Cotmselor CATHAL O'TooLE (National Academy of Design) Instructor in Retail Merchandising LEROY L. LANDAU, LLB. (Virgirna) Instructor in Business Administration CASIMIR TYBURSKI, A.B. (Delaware) Instructor in English RADIO WORKSHOP Roy E._MORGAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Radio Workshop LEONARD UTZ, B.S. (Muhlenberg) Instructor in English GUEST LECTURERS IN JOURNALISM ELIZABETH BRENNAN, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Business Administration ROBERT W. JOHNSON Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., RECORD JEAN WILSON, A.B. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor of Secretarial Studies JOSEPH T. MURPHY MARGARET SHERIDAN, M.S. (New York) Instructor in Retail Merchandising PHYLLIS I. CLARKE, M.M. (Michigan) Instmctor in Music BERNARD DEMBERT, B.S. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor in Accounting ROBERT CASPER Instmctor in Business Administration STEPHEN EMANUEL, M.S. (Bucknell) Instmctor in Visual Education VICTOR BAIZ, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Education -;J;7;t_;ng Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., TIMES-LEADER EVENING THOMAS E. HEFFERNAN Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., SUNDAY INDEPENDENT HOWARD RISLEY Editor and Publisher, Dallas, Pa., POST ]OJ-I C. BUSH Sports Editor, Wik t B es- arre, Pa., SUNDAY INDEPENDENT ADVISERS IN ACCOUNTING ~ILSSEL E. ACHY, C.P.A. w LIA F M . DOBSON C p A DONALD GRIFFITH' C.p .A . ALEXANDER E. LOEB c p A OHN T. STAPLETON, C.P.A. ' .. '1 · · · 17 �18 WILKES COLLEGE_ _. _ _ _ _ _ __ FACTJLTY COMMITTEES A History of the College 1950-1951 ry-,o PROVIDE opportunities for education comparable to those offered Admissions Library HERBERT J. MORRIS, Chairman WELTON G. FARRAR, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS FRANK J. J. DAVIES LORNA D. HOLBROOK JOSEPH H. MYERS THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER BETTY 1. HARKER GEORGE f. RALSTON Athletics GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ROBERTW. PARTRIDGE JAMES J. LAGGAN THOMAS J. MORAN Non-Credit Courses SAMUEL A · ROS ENBERG ' Chairman DONALD E. COBLEIGH HERBERT J. MORRIS CATHAL O'TooLE JOHN J. RILEY KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ STANLEY H. WASILESKI JOHN WHITBY Graduation G EORGE F . RALS TON ' Chairman MARYE. CRAIG ELWOOD DISQUE BETTY 1. HARKER CHARLES B. REIF . HERBERT J. MORRIS, ex officio Curriwlum ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman JOSEPH G. DONNELLY SYLVIA DwoRSKI VORIS B. HALL BETTY 1. HARKER HUGO V. MAILEY HOH-CHEUNG MUI THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG CHARLES 1. TAYLOR Student Activities ROBERT W · PAR TRIDGE ' Chairman MARK DAVIDOFF BETTY 1. HARKER JOSEPH H. KANNER ARTHUR N. KRUGER GEORGE F. RALSTON GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS ..lby other communities of the nation, Bucknell University, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre Wyoming Valley were the largest community in Pennsylvania, the United States, lacking a local college. in 1933, Bucknell and the if not in For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experimental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were .firmly established, but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as this support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses in Wilkes-Barre enabling students to finish their Junior and Senior years at Wilkes-Barre. At the same time, the College trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. World War II deterred the growth of the College for a period of years, but the impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of hostilities. Early in the war, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. For several years following the war, veterans Were a majority, as in most colleges. Since September, 1948, however, they have been outnumbered by non-veterans, and their numbers will continue to diminish during the next two or three years. During the years in which the College offered only two years of study, gra~u_ates transferred to more than I 00 four-year colleges and universities; in two-thirds of these colleges they made records superior to �20 WILKES COLLEGE those earned at Bucknell University Junior College. At present, only two classes have been graduated, but a surprising number of graduates have entered graduate and professional schools. Present reports show that more than 37 percent of the graduates are continuing their studies beyond the baccalaureate degree. RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 155 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citizens to enable the College to move from rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the first donors, and John N. Coyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Marts on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allen Kirby's gift, of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall, provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution, Zebulon Butler Hall in honor of the American patriot, and Gies Hall, named in memory of Paul Gies, former professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946, by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South Streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, the construction of which is planned for 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Picke_ring Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; and in December, Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling, and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. Monetary gifts paralleled these other gifts and purchases, and per· th mitted the equipping, adaptation, and erection of new buildings. In e eleven years following the promise of autonomy by the University, assets have been increased by more than 2,000,000. General Information �WILKES COLLEGE 22 GENERAL INFORMATION CURRICULA The College offers courses leading to degrees in Liberal Arts, Chemistry, Biology, and Commerce and Finance. In addition, the first two years are offered in Physics and Engineering; thereafter, the student who successfully completes these courses may transfer to some other institution as a Junior. TERMINAL CURRICULA To students who desire only two years of college or who are unable to make arrangements for a four-year college course, the College offers two-year terminal courses in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, radio production, and laboratory-technician training. EXTENSION CLASSES Extension courses from Bucknell University are offered for both undergraduate and graduate credit. Selected courses have been offered in the evening during the past ten years, and now courses are being offered through which students may obtain a special training or credit toward a degree. Persons seeking a Master's degree from Bucknell University may take six hours in Wilkes-Barre, but must take the remaining hours in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, and by the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Liberal Arts and Science Programs are also approved by the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS Students applying for admission to the College are requested to arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions or the Deans, and to submit their application, accompanied by a 5.00 fee, on forms provided by the College. Interviews are a part of the admissions program and may be scheduled at the College. In the event the home of the student is some dista?ce from the College, the Director of Admissions will arrange an inter~1ew at a time and place that are mutually convenient. During the interview, arrangements for taking admissions tests will ordinarily be made. Ho~ever, a student who has taken "College Board Examinations" may subaut these results in place of the examination ordinarily given by the Colleg_e. Following receipt of the application the Director of Admissions wil~ obtain an official transcript from the high school or college f?rmerly attended by the student. Upon receipt of this record the Comr~11ttee Admissions will consider the full record of the applicant and will nott Y the applicant as early as possible. It takes much time, however, to as- ?F 23 se?1ble all reports required b th . . . ~mimum of two weeks for a!tione c~:m1t~e: and it ~s well to allow a m the submission of transcript ' a d ~ug 1? some mstances slowness s may e ay action for a month or more ADVANCED STANDING . Students wishing to transfer from h . procedures for admission Th ·11 ot er colleges will follow the usual to forward a transcript ;nd er r~quest the institution last attended mittee on advanced standing ~i11 ;~e~ ~onorable di~missal. The coma f ~culty adviser will counsel the stud ake a te~tat1v~ evaluation, and This schedule will be based h ent concerning his new schedule. upon t e work · 1 upon the educational objective of th t d prev10us y completed and pletion of the first term a fi 1 le s ~ ent _at Wilkes. Upon the com. d , na eva uat1on will b d me1u ed on the record at Wilkes. e ma e and the credits :1 Students who are equipped to enter ad . d~ so upon the passing of a laceme van~ed ~curses m college may ce1ve credit for the courses th~t examrnat10n. They will not renecessity of repeating work h. ~re: tpped, but they will be saved the college. A record of th. w icd t ey have already covered outside of transcript so that the repo~st mprocbe ure shl all be entered on the student's ay e comp ete. t GRADES Grades will be given to stud . each term. ents at mid-semester and at the end of A five-point grading system is used . . ber of the work The sign .fi f m which letters designate the cali. 1 cance o each letter is given below A- Exce11 ent · B-Above Average C-Average D-Below Average, but passing F-Failure Inc-Incomplete: Work must be made u b . or the incomplete will a to t· 11 Pb y a specified date WP-Withdrew . . u ma ica y ecome an F. draw f Passmg: Will be given to students who with WF-Withd:~: ;a~~~rs~ w~en the~r grade is Dor higher. draw f g. Will be given to students who withT rom a course when their grade is F 0 translate letter grade · t . · merical values are given rn oA numerical averages the following nuA, B, C, D, or F. r eac 'J semester hour of credit receiving an 1: A B . . .. . .. . C . . .. . .... . ..... . ......... ... . ..... 3 . . . ..... 2 .. .. .. . . .. . l D .......... ·········· _._._._. _. .......... . F ... . ..... 0 0 �24 WILKES COLLEGE . rades and points is used to determine eligibility for Of This system g . n in the following manner: _ advancement and graduat10 h h subJ·ect will gam three "A" · a t ree our A student earning an m . . t A "C" in a three hour f total of nme pom s. points for eac~ hour o~ a h hour or a total of three. His ~verage subject will gam one pomd~ ~~~ eac the total number of points gamed by would be computed by ivi mg ·t of work taken. the number o f ere d is GRADUATION REQU IREMENTS FOR CLASS ADVANCEMENT AND FOUR-YEAR COURSES Point Average Credits Class .5 30 Sophomore .7 60 Junior .9 90 Senior 1. As specified Graduation TWO-YEAR COURSES .7 30 Sophomore 1. 60 Graduation . des does not apply to Physical The above system of cred~ts antf~e only two marks, "P" for passEducation. In these courses t ere w ing and "F" for failure. PROBATION . . d necessary to advance him to the Any student not attammg the g_ra ef semester. If, at the end robabon or one d . . b next class shall e put on P . d the minimum average for a miss10n f that eriod, he has not attame ;o his c1fss, he shall be dropped from college. WITHDRAWALS sin le course during the first two A student may withdraw from any h g ·thdraws from one or more . alty A student w O wt d ther weeks without pen . k b t who continues to atten o courses after the first tv.:?F,;'eenlsessuthe administrative councWPil,~?on · an u d f or courses w1·11 receive lty adviser al1ows .. recommendation of the Dean an acu ' ·u "WF " f the first two weeks wt A ~tudent who withdraws f romhcollegehaet~:as taken together with a .. ,, "WP" for eac course ' . rk receive a WF or . t explaining the reason for his ma . notation from each mstruc or GENERAL INFORMATION 25 REGISTRATION Students are expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no registrations will be accepted. Students registering after the "registration dates" will pay an additional charge of $S.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $225 per semester is indicated in the program of courses. Any student taking a load beyond that which is recommended must maintain at least a "B" average and must pay for each additional hour at the usual hourly rate. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is taken for granted and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Satisfaction of the requirements for attendance at assemblies is also expected. Failure to meet these requirements may lead to the withholding of all credit. FACULTY The value to be derived from a college is less dependent upon material equipment than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in the students. The faculty of the College have been carefully selected for their training, experience and personalities. They have been granted degrees by forty colleges and universities in the United States, Canada, and Europe: Alabama, Boston University, Bryn Mawr, Bucknell, Chicago, Columbia, Comenius, Cornell, Cracow, Delaware, Dickinson, Duke, Harvard, Hunter, Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota, New England Conservatory of Music, New Rochelle, New York, North Carolina, Northwestern, Peabody Conservatory of Music, Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State, Pittsburgh, Stanford, Syracuse, Tennessee State, Warsaw, Washington and lee, Western Reserve, Wisconsin, Wyoming, Yale, Zagreb. A cosmopolitan group, they have taught in schools and universities throughout the United States and Europe, and their travels have taken them to all parts of the world. They bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective, and they bring an academic preparation that fields.fits them to give the intensive training essential to their various . ts to REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION . meet all course requ1remen . bothf Candidates for graduation must 1 with all regulations o . an d quarty of work and must comp y 1 quantity TRANSFER the College. . . of bis COUNSELING . f ul adviser at the beginning rnEach student will be assigned a ac ty f with this adviser conce d will be expected to con er ~:;s:::;h:::~::nd all educational problems. When the College offered only two years of study, graduates transferred to more than one hundred colleges. Now that four years of colJege work are offered on this campus, transfer is still possible but no necessary except for degrees in Physics, Engineering, and Music Eonger ducation. OF CREDITS �26 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION 27 Approximately forty percent of the Wilkes graduates have entered graduate and professional schools. It is recommended that students wishing to extend their education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in their Senior year. Th~.,e examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. Music-group instruction: ?n~ hour lesson a week er violin viola or , 11 P semester of fifteen weeks ' ce o each gro . less than three or m 'h up to consist of nor ore t an five students..... . in EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the bulletin at the rate of $225.00 per semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the bulletin for each semester is not exceeded. An additional charge of $15.00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. 15.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study ....... . . . laboratory fees (see above)... . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • 15.00 D . . ......... 10.00, 15.00 & 20 00 ormi ory charges per semester: . Board and Room Bills for board ~~~~- ~~il~ 275.00 before the opening of th ge dorm1tones are due is required to reserve a ro::~ester. A deposit of $50.00 SCHEDULE OF RATES Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the bulletin for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Laboratory fee for Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, Physics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 Chemistry Breakage Deposit (any balance refunded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 Student Teaching fee-Bucknell University Extension.. 20.00 Diction Laboratory-part-time voice students ..... • i~ ·· ···· ·: · ·. ····•... Special Charges: 15.00 108, 109, 110, 115, 116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rental of practice room per semester ............ • ;~d $225.00 Laboratory fee for Secretarial Studies 99, 101, 102, 107, Music-individual instruction: One lession a week per semester of .fifteen weeks in piano, organ, or wind instrument ............. . One lesson a week per semester of .fifteen weeks in violin, viola or 'cello .... . .................. . One lesson a week per semester of fifteen weeks in voice with Mrs. Hawkins ...... .. ............ . One lesson a week per semester of fifteen weeks in voice with Mr. Isaacs . . ....... . ............. . 30.00 Charges for part-time students and f . . .. normal load as prescribed . I or semester hours beyond the m regu ar courses· Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . Laboratory fees (see above) ...... · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • 15.00 Student Activity fee fo th k' ....... . 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 than 9 semester ho r ose tfa mg less than 14 or more . h' urs, or or any part t· wis mg to participate . . .. - ime student rn activities ........ . ....... 35.00 45.00 Application fee to accom an . . Change of sched I P d ! appl1Cat1on for admission S . . ~ e per ere 1t hour. . . . . ··· 5.00 pecial Exammat10n · · · · · · · · · · · · •. . 1o Tran · ( ·········• · O script No charge for the ii ·t· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5.00 Late Trial Registration. rs copy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Lated Final Registration.· .· .· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5.00 Gra uation f (f ··············• Conv . ee our-year students).. . .. 5.00 ocat10n fee (two-year students) . ... . :.. . . . . . . . . 15.00 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to ch... ·..... ·. 7.50 pA.Y"" angmg pnce levels. ••1 ENTS Bills fo t · . r uitron, fees and in .d $so' 00 a c1 entals are payable at the beginnin esj,hmust_ ~e paid at the. tim~ ~r;;g\otr 5t?% of the total, whichever e tuit10 f q.i • ra 10n. athleti n o .,;,225 rncludes the cost of N cs and dramatics to which no d . . . such student activities as o students ma t k . a miss10n is charged. rangem Y a e a mid-term exam· • . all b ·11 ents have been made with th C , rnation until satisfactory arligati~ s. No student may take a finatexaon:pt:~ller fo! the payment of ns to the College have been satisfied_m10a wn until all iinancial obof I each semester. A 35,00 so.oo s.oo 5.00 f �28 WILKES COLLEGE Student Welfare AND REFUNDS · WITHDRAWALS d t ho withdraw voluntarily .. ·11 be made to stu en s w d. . Refund of tmt1onh .lwi · ood stan d.mg un der the following con 1t1ons: . 1 from the College w e m g half the tuition will be . k of a term oned During the first six we~ s . hd ~al is made for adequate an refunded upon request if the wit ra GUIDANCE CENTER The Guidance Center of the College, which was set up in April, 194.5, offers its services to veterans seeking entitlement under the Vocational Rehabilitation Act and "G. I. Bill." A staff of experienced Vocational Counselors and a Testing Department, headed by a clinical psychologist, are on hand five days a week to help veterans and students explore their backgrounds, capacities, interests, and general qualifications for the purpose of developing or forwarding a vocational plan. satisfactory reasons. ·11 b efunded to all students £i · h d o rses wt e r Tuition for u~ ms e c ; th Selective Service Act or by the ordered to active duty un er e Organized Reserve Corps . . h rges) will not be made R f d of room and board ( dormitory c a e un · 1 ditions. except under speoa con h d week except with apb d ed after t e secon , No courses mday / F:~~ity Adviser and the Dean. proval of the stu en s CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library has taken its place on the campus because the College recognizes its responsibility for helping a student to launch his career with maximum effectiveness. The library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service which is provided not only for Seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, and are under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are a feature. In the library there are some 600 catalogs and bulletins from more than .500 American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional bel. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. COUNSELING . Counseling at Wilkes College is considered to be one of the most nportant ways in which we are able to help in the development and 0 ~r wth of the student. Each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives are considered at the time of application, so that, insofar as ~ossible, the academic program can be planned to enable him to realize these objectives. 11 �STUDENT WELFARE WILKES COLLEGE 30 h student participates in a testing proUpon entering the Coll_ege,_ eac rovide all of us who are concerned is to. P b t h1·s abilities interests and g ram ' the purpose of. which h . f rmation a ou ' h with his progress wit m o facult advisement, each student as aptitudes. Through ~ program ~f with ; member of the faculty for the a continual opportunity to col ns~ t gress and any social or personal f discussing scho astic pro purpose o. . h th tudent needs help. . es t with faculty advisers m Problem with whic d Women coopera e .bl The Deans o f M en an . d . dance wherever possi e. .. f h 1 d t ·th information an gm Providing the stu ent wi ail themse1ves o f these opportunitiesd or e· P· Students are urge d O av . a career is a realistic an pressing Realizing that the problem of cho~~~l~ e has instituted a Careers Library' one for most college students, the h. makes available to the student located in the Guida?ce Cent_er, wb~~t hundreds of occupations, proa wealth of current information a d graduate schools. tu f essional sc h oo 1s, an r is to encourage the s . . 1 of all our counse mg . t h·m The gu!ding pn?op e b"lities and potentialities, and to assis t dent to discover his own a i . . . mak.mg sou nd , independent deosions. m f PHYSICAL EDUCATION . . d . football basketball, h d les are mamtame m ' .l. Intercollegiate sports :c e u olf and swimming. Colleges wit 1m wrestling, baseball, tennis, soccer, g 't in these sports. Men may sub· d · cent states are me · f th meet the state an d m a )~ for h sical education courses i ey stitute an intercollegiate sport P y of intramural sports and · ments · A program · Basket.departmenta1 require opportunity to partiopate. physical education gives every m~~ ~:wlin swimming, and table tennis . ball, boxing, handball, voll~y ba ' Ph ic!i' Education requirements are ys are some Of the sports available. waived for veterans. . des folk and modern . ogram for women me1u d ft d The physical e uca~10n pr . field hockey, basketball, an so dancing, bowling, swimming, tennis, ball. ORIENTATION PROGRAM . d k of the secondary school to the The transition from ~he di~ecte ·o;o~f the College occasionally caus~: independent and more mtens_ive v. _. n earl adjustment, several da) difficulty. To assist students m makm~da for lscussions with Freshme;at the beginning of the fterm ~~ed~~~;~:l \onferences to lectures o~e~t: This program ranges rom ~ . this first week, new stu meaning of a college education. During nd English placement test~ take aptitude, interest, foreign ldanhguage, ~th the1· r faculty advisers an · 1 an opes wi h new They also discuss their Pan~ .d This week also gives t e d to arrange schedules under their gui ance. .nted with one another an students the opportuni~y _t? become acquai learn about student activities. 31 During the first term the Freshman class is divided into small sections which meet once a week with a representative of the faculty. These groups discuss informally, and with as little faculty participation as possible, some of the problems of every day living and college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. SPECIAL INTERESTS Many students have interests and abilities that lie outside the .field of studies. Activities supplementing the academic program provide opportunities for the expression and development of interests and talents in such recreational and semi-professional fields as athletics, dramatics, debating, journalism, and choral work. Special clubs include Economics, Pre-Medical, Engineering, Debating, French, German, Spanish, International Relations, Psychology, Sociology, Cue 'n' Curtain, lettermen's, Literary, etc. All are conducted by students with the guidance of a member of the faculty, and care is taken to prevent their conflicting with the time needed for study. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring group, and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. The character and extent of such work may be determined by means of a job analysis, thus assuring the practicability of the work. Some idea of the services that are available can be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in Drafting, Mathematics, and Engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters is studying Life Insurance problems and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music. Also, a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in Economics, Selling and Advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in Chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained eco;?1ically in their industrial plants. The Economics department of ilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. �WILKES COLLEGE 32 SCHOLARSHIPS A number of scholarships are available through the interest and generosity of friends of the College. They are awarded to students who rank in the upper quarter of their high school classes and who receive the highest grades in competitive examinations. Scholarship winners must remain in good standing in order to retain the scholarship. The Deans will review the records of all scholarship holders at the end of the academic year. The William Hillard Conyngham Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her husband, formerly a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the upper quarter of the high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission before April 20, and must take the examinations offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A student who withdraws during the term cancels any scholarship arrangements. The holder of a scholarship must take the full course that is scheduled in the catalog in order to receive the funds that have been appropriated to his account. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT More than one-third of the students earn some part of their College expenses. Students desiring work should apply to the Director of Placement. A number of part-time jobs are available. Requests for student help are frequently received from local business offices and referred to the placement office. PLACEMENT SERVICE A placement office for students and graduates is located in the Guidance Center. All students interested in obtaining employment are requested to register in this office. Employers seeking students for part· time employment are requested to make inquiries at this office. . Graduates of the College, or those in their last year who seek immediate employment upon graduation, are invited to register. The Seligman J. Strauss Lodge of B' nai B' rith is sponsoring this office by contributing to its maintenance. �WILKES COLLEGE 32 SCHOLARSHIPS A number of scholarships are available through the interest and generosity of friends of the College. They are awarded to students who rank in the upper quarter of their high school classes and who receive the highest grades in competitive examinations. Scholarship winners must remain in good standing in order to retain the scholarship. The Deans will review the records of all scholarship holders at the end of the academic year. The William Hillard Conyngham Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her husband, formerly a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the upper quarter of the high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission before April 20, and must take the examinations offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A student who withdraws during the term cancels any scholarship arrangements. The holder of a scholarship must take the full course that is scheduled in the catalog in order to receive the funds that have been appropriated to his account. STUDENT IMPLOYMENT More than one-third of the students earn some part of their College expenses. Students desiring work should apply to the Director of Placement. A number of part-time jobs are available. Requests for student help are frequently received from local business offices and referred to the placement office. PLACEMENT SERVICE A placement office for students and graduates is located in the Guidance Center. All students interested in obtaining employment are requested to register in this office. Employers seeking students for parttime employment are requested to make inquiries at this office. . Graduates of the College, or those in their last year who seek immediate employment upon graduation, are invited to register. The Seligman J. Strauss Lodge of B'nai B'rith is sponsoring this office by contributing to its maintenance. �Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in many iields, but they are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally the atomic bomb have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world, and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. >-~ 0 t ~ ~ 0 Cl "- i 0 ~ ,-J ...; < ;i: ~ ..J ;/J t/'; ~ ~ ~ ~ Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much nperior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by bis understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background of the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offurs two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The Liberal Arts and Science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist may enroll for the Bachelor of Arts course; he may major in one of the Social Studies and choose electives in English composition, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In Engineering, and in Commerce and Finance, the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the Liberal Arts program are required, and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the Engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization, even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in Engineering and in Commerce and Finance are also adapted for those who plan to teach these subjects. BusINr:ss ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most .fields of business is offered in the two programs of the Commerce and Finance curriculum. The General Co~rse is for those desiring a broad business background, and the Secretarial Course is for secretarial positions. �Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in many .fields, but they are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally the atomic bomb have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world, and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much s•tperior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the .field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background of the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. ...I < :i: The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The Liberal Arts and Science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist may enroll for the Bachelor of Arts course; he may major in one of the Social Studies and choose electives in English composition, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In Engineering, and in Commerce and Finance, the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal Arts program are required, and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the Engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization, even though they do not tnake engineering their life work. The curricula in Engineering and in Commerce and Finance are also adapted for those who plan to teach these subjects. Busn,rnss AnMr ISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the two programs of the Commerce and Finance curriculum. The General Co~rse is for those desiring a broad business background, and the Secretarial Course is for secretarial positions. �WILKES COLLEGE 34 PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS The Commerce and Finance curriculum covers business principles and practices; it also includes Liberal Arts electives. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. to fit in with the broad demand d editor, although English com ~a e _u~on the newspaper reporter and ~rts degree with an English ma·;/~n is undamental. The Bachelor of ism students, but the science a~d :hthe most popular choice of journalthe newspaper reports all phases o~ her courses_ ~lso prove useful, since tere~ts of the United States in oth uman a~1V1ty. The increasing infor~1?n languages particularly desir:~l~o~ntnes ma~e a knowledge of pos1t10ns as foreign correspondents. n preparat10n for responsible pis CHEMISTRY Modem industries offer many opportunities to the chemist and chemical engineer. Today, most large industries employ both chemists and chemical engineers. In the smaller industries either may be called upon to do the work of both. The chemist usually works in the laboratories, analysing, studying, and perfecting procedures and developing new processes, new methods and new uses. He meets the chemical engineer in the pilot plant where together they design and construct, on a small scale, the new manufacturing plant. The duties of the engineer may include design, construction, or operation of the chemical plant. Managers of industrial and chemical plants need technical training, as do salesmen for specialized products, buyers for manufacturing concerns, employees in many fields of government service and other activities. The chemical industries include coke, gas, dyes, gasoline, and other petroleum products, rubber, textiles, explosives, cement, metallurgy, plastics, nylon, paints, ceramics, fertilizers, solvents, leather, drugs, light and heavy chemicals and other substances. Last, this is an atomic age and to be an intelligent modem, one can scarcely gain too great an understanding of chemistry. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to other engineering schools if they make their plans in advance. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the first two years of work in such additional types of Engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. Two years of the engineering curriculum afford a foundation fo~ a wide range of occupations. Students desiring such technological tram· ing should consult the Registrar or the Engineering faculty when plan- Journalism students ma ai . staff of one of the stud~n1 pn bf~ct1~al experience by working on the Manuscript · u icatwns: the Beacon, Amn1co · la, or LAW Preparation for the practice of l . ;r~s: English, History, Political S:i:n~eb~ed on t_he fundamental liberal c1enc~, Languages, and Mathematics conomICs, Sociology, Natural a reqmred major in undergraduate wo.rk. ost law schools do not specify M LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to c t f~~\ be~inning their special 1ibrar;mrr:~~e- a four-yea~ college course g ts ' Science, History Economics S . l mg. Foreign languages appropriate major fields. 'Man 1·b ' oc10 ogy, or Education constitut~ of two foreign languages anJ ;r r~~ scho~ls also require a knowledge o e1ency rn typewriting is desirable. Music · curricul · The .aim of th e music · mu_s1c ~s an avocation which m:rn is two-f~ld: to interest the man orga01zat10ns or to a greater pl y lea~ to active participation in musi~ music d eaSure m heari th ' ~econ , to assist the few who h . ng e master works of profess10nal careers as teachers fave special talents along the road to rn rnusic or per armers Stud t h . may commence their stud : en s w o concentrate !:~lity pre-college training is very ~e:fr:rr11ed music at Wilkes. High andors ~ust expend their greatest effort e, howeve~. Although music gree ~~~1:d, tl:e s~hedule is so arranged s t~ft~:;sic, both theoretical purpo f ma1or rn music represents the fulfill achelor of Arts dese o the Liberal Arts program ,, cl me?t of the fundamental ' an e ucat10n for living" in ning their programs. MEDICINE JOURNALISM W·lk 1 es offers a p d. of the va . re-me ical course that is ada t d A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism reguir\a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow t : old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be faun 35 . stricted th:~ous medical schools. The latter h!.., e _to the reguirements cations of rr en:ollment, and most of them sc t. e: rn recent years, re Possible th Jplicants. Medical aspirants sho~~°:ize clo~ely the gualifie emands they must meet. etermme as soon as. �36 WILKES COLLEGE - - ~ -P_R~O _F_E_s_sr_o_N__S~ A=-N~D~V~O~C=-A~T~I~O~N~S~- -MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the Liberal Arts course, with major or electives in Religion and Bible, is appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses with college training has increased with the progress of medical science and the wide adoption of highly skilled scientific techniques. A number of hospitals and universities now offer three years of training with a Bachelor of Science degree to student nurses who have completed two years of college. For those who wish to make a life work of nursing, and who aspire to administrative positions in the major hospitals, this course is recommended. Demand for extended training has been further accelerated by the recent expansion of health services in Federal Agencies and by increased governmental support to medical programs. PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of Physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized nor understood. The tools of communication, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine (to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the employment of the fundamental laws of Physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of Psychology in many diversified fields. Since then, the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal Arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a sound foundation in Psychology, Biology, Sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, industry and personnel. SOCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously i~ r~cent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard di 5tr1· - ~ 37 bution of h ·t . c an Y as a matter of ·· tuni~ipa!, county, state, a;~11J:~;rJatronagei· _Governmental pro ess1onal approach to th are rea izmg the necespoverty, and crime. Wilkes off e .pro 1ems of unemployment supplemented by work in Ps ers a pre~soCial work program. Sociolo ' a valuable background ychology, B10logy, and allied fields P 'dgy, . , rov1 es :~;n~~e:, SPEAKING AND DRAM b ATICS The College offers prel1"m • . D . mary work 1 s h o ramattc~, practical experience in deba~n peec . Courses in Speech and pportun1ty for development in this field. g and play production afford TEACHING Fo A teacher's training depends u on the . . d r college _and university work Pthe b ;1?d ?f t~achmg contemplated . egrees; the1r faculty members ord. mstttut10ns require advanced ~n w~ich they concentrated as un~nan ~ take graduate work in the field ;gl1_sb, History, Sociology, take th:Jr: ~ates. Prospective teachers of o_ /Cience take the Bachelor of &· r sd egree; teachers in the schools cia tze~ fields as engineering. ience egree or degrees in such spe. Certification for public s h 1 . mg . c oo teachrng · ll regu1rements: the coll d ts usua y based on the f 11 and ege egree sp · 1· d o ows~me specialization in te h. ' e~ia tze courses in Educatio authorized by the Stat D ac mg subjects. Bucknell Un· . ~' d e epartment f p b . 1vers1ty 1s ::~o~;e;: t;ache~s in ~ost of the usuaf fiel~s ~~ trstruction ~o prepare w ·1k C ork rn Wilkes-Barre for th b ii gh school Instruction I es allege students. e ene t of school teachers and .t5 GENERAL OPPORTUNITIES Promotion or adv . . ancement ts often mad "bl tin~e th t~ sodmetm_1es practicable for studen: po~1 e by additional train6 e1r e ucat10n without ivin ~ w o are employed to conp;r~;- the widest possible servi~e to g;p th~1r positions. In its desire to tme and special students. yomrng Valley, Wilkes welcomes Anyone interest d 10 · of the · e some special open · . Adm. ?1aJor professions and vocations h tngldnot tnduded in this list 1ss1ons. s ou consult the n· 1rector of ing It . �STUDENT ACTIVITIES 39 Student Activities P UB LICATIONS The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be developed through academic work alone. All students are encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. DRAMATICS Students of the drama present several one-act plays, and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre, acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for major and experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band is organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at all athletic events, and gives concerts throughout the year. . The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is distributed to each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets three times each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history. Several programs are presented each semester before the College community and the general public. The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. COLLEGE ORCHESTRA All sl:udents interested in forming an orchestra should consult. wi~h the director of the School of Music. The College is eager to assist 10 the development of instrumental music and an orchestral society will be organized as soon as student interest and abilities are discovered on the campus. A . l . mmco a, an annual yearbook . the B !cr1pt, a literary magazine are ubl . h cl ;aeon, a newspaper; and M anum writing, photography art a~d ~ e . f the students. Those interested the staffs. ' a verbsmg have an opportunity to join DEBATING Debating has proved particular! o I . for the law, or interested . bl.Y P pu _ar w1th students preparing · m pu 1c speaking A b Iegiate debates are arranged each year. · num er of intercolATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedul . . basketball, golf, soccer, swimm: a:~tamta1~ed in football, baseball, state and in adjacent states ar gt . hwrestlmg. Colleges within the · e me m t ese sports M an mtercollegiate sport for Ph sical Ed . : en may substitute mental requirements. y ucabon if they meet departA program of intra-mural sports and h . . . man an opportunity to partici at B P ysical :ducation gives every ball, bowl 'ng, swimming a:d e~ bl asketba_ll, boxmg, handball, volleyavailable. ' a e tennis are some of the sports T~e athle~ic P:ogram for women includes da . bowlmg; sw1mmmg; tennis· field h ck . b ncmg, folk and modern; ' o ey, asketball; and softball. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisf . . . . professional, and artistic .fields Thy m11v1dual mterest in academic by students and faculty, are ke. t ~se ~ u~s, d~veloped cooperative!; be easily adapted to chang · dp qu1te . ex1ble m order that they may mg an current mterests. �College Curricula The curricula include courses leading to the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees, and a number of shorter programs requiring only two or three years of college training. The degree courses include four-year programs in the Liberal Arts, Biology, Chemistry, Commerce and Finance, Education, and two-year programs in Physics, Engineering, and Music Education. Students completing these two-year programs satisfactorily may transfer credits for their first two years of work to selected colleges offering degrees in these three fields of study. The two- and three-year programs lead to no degree but do give professional, semi-professional, and technical training required in a number of occupations. Among the occupations which may require two or three years of college background are dentistry, chiropractic, osteopathy, medical technology, laboratory technology, secretarial work for business and medicine, music, and radio. Special programs may be arranged for persons wishing to select courses that will satisfy individual interests or needs. Degree Courses The basic requirements for de r ing pages. All courses that areg 1~:t~~urses are ~utlined o~ the followchosen to satisfy the interests of th adre requued. Electives may be m t f . e stu ents and t0 t h . en _s or graduation within each . mee t e requ1rerequu; . maJor program as conditions may �WILKES COLLEGE 42 DEGREE COURSES 43 BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The Liberal Arts course is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. It is expected, however, that ability in expression and interpretation will be developed. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. DIVISIONS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN SEMESTER HOURS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS HUMANITIES Major Subject English ..... . . Foreign Languag~ · : : .· : Mathematics Music ......· .· .· : .· : .· : : Philosophy-Religion .. . Social Sciences Sciences English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology 24 24 29 46 24 Social Sciences 37 31 34 45 37 Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 Free Elective 6 39 45 6 11 6 6 33' 14 39 SOCIAL SCIENCES Major Subject Humanities Majo r Humanities Economics History . . : .· : _" .· : _- : .. _- _Political Science Sociology . . . . .· .· .· .· ." ." .· Social Science ... ... .. Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 6 6 39 39 3~~ 39 27 SCIENCES SELECTION OF A MAJOR Major Subject To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is_desirable that a ma1or be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that 1t _be elected before the beginning of the Junior year. Students wishing to maJor in Biology, Mathematics, or Music must choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except Chemistry, Education, and Physics. The requirements for each major are specified preceding the description of courses. A major may also be taken in Social Science. The Social Science major requires a total of 36 hours in Economics, History, Political Scier:ce, and Sociology. Eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social Science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to _take twen~}' hours in Education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for t e prospective teacher of Social Studies to satisfy all of the above requiremen~f Hence, a student preparing to teach Social Studies in the public schools w~o 1 receive credit toward the Social Science major for all required courses Economics, History, Political Science, and Sociology. i Biology ...... . . Psychology ....... . Major Humanities 39 24 37 37 Social SCJences Sciences 9 13 15 26 6 38 Free Elective �44 WILKES COLLEGE - DEGREE - - - -- COURSES 45 BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all Majors other than Mathematics, and Music Major in Mathematics FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Number Biological Science ...... .. ... Bio 100 Composition ......... ... . .. . Eng 101 Foreign Language 1 . •• . . • • • • • • 101 or 103 Alternates: Hist. of W . Civilization .... Hist 101 } Amer. Hist. to 1865 . ... .... Hist 107 Alternates: Introduction to Music . .. .. . Mus 100} Physical Science .... . . . ... . Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ... . . P.E. 101 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 1 T itle Number Composition ..... ... ....... Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech ... . .. Eng 131 Foreign Language 1 .•• . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization ... . Hist 1021_ Amer. Hist. since 1865 ..... Hist 108J Alternates: Introduction to Music . . . ... Mus 100} Physical Science ..... . .... . Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ..... P.E. 102 First Semester 3 3 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester T itle Fourth Semester N umber Cr . 4 3 3 m) 6 T itle Number World Literature .. .. . .... Eng 152 Foreign Language 1 . . . • • . . 104 or 200 Alternates: Algebra or Trig .. . ..... Math 107- 109} Hist . of Religions ...... Rel 101 Intro. to Philosophy2 • •• Phil 101 Alternates 3 : Intro. to Economics . . .. Ee 100] Intro . to Education .... Ed 101 American Federal Govt . P .S. 101 General Psychology .... Psy 100 Elective ..... . .. .. .... . Physical Education ....... P .E. 104 Cr. 4 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title N . umher Cr. W or l d Ltterature Foreign Lan ua ·1· · · ··· ·· ··. Eng 151 4 Differential .103 or 200 3 General Ph sics · · · · · · · · · Math 125 4 Physical ·· Phys 201 s uca t10n . . ........ P.E. 103 1 Ea1!u~~~ ········ El :·········· .. . · · · · · · · S-6 17- 18 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester 6 Title Altern ates : Number Cr. fi st. of W. Civilization . .. . Hist 101} ff 107 3 G athematics Elecci ve . . . . . . . . 1st eneral Psycholo .. ... .. . 3 Intro t E /sY· · · • • •.... EPsy 100 3 p . · o conom1es rmciples of Econo~i~~ ... .. .Ee 100} 3 rnrro ro S . · · · • •. c 101 . oc101ogy . .. ... ... . Soc 100 3 M mer. H1St. to 1865 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours Cr. 3 3 3 3 3-S 15-17 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title ~athern · tie . a tics EJecti ve2 CtJ ves . .. ... _... · ··· 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. 3 During the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the adtl~nat~f with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the sche u ing of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a maj?r, one or _mr°r~ar. the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the Junio Y Sixth Semester Title Number Alternates : s Hi c. or W. Civilization ff Amer. Hist. since 1865 .. . -H~st 102} Mathematics Elective . . . . . . ist 108 Intro. to Philosophy. __. ____ Phil Amer_. Federal Gove.. . . . . . p S 101 Electives .... . ..... _ · · · · · · 101 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours 2 Fourth Semester Title . Number C Wodd Literature r. Foreign Lan ua ~1· · · · • • • · • · · Eng 152 4 Integral CalZulu~ · · · · · · · · · · .104 or 200 3 Physical Educati~~ · · · ······ .Math 126 4 Electi ves · · · · · · · · · · P.E. 103 1 17 3 1 17 Second Semester Titls . . Numher Cr. Composmon . . . . ..... __ E 3 Fun~amentals of Speech .... Eng 102 2 Foreign Languagei · · · · · · ng 131 Analytic Geometr · · · · · · · · · · .102 or 104 3 Intro. co Musi y. · ···· ·· · . Math 122 4 Ph Ed c. · · · · · ···· · ··. Mus 100 3 ys. • and Hygiene ..... . . P.E. 102 1 15 IS 16 World Literature . .... . ..... . Eng 151 Foreign Language 1 .••.. . . . . • . 103 or 200 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math .. .. . Math 101} History of Religions ..... .. Rel 101 Intro. to Philosphy 2 • . •• . •• Phil 101 Alternates :3 Intro . to Economics ..... . . Ee Intro . to Education . .. ... .. Ed American Federal Govt . .... P .S . General Psychology .. . .... . Psy 100 Intro. to Sociology ...... . . Soc 100 Elective ............... . Physical Education ......... . P .E. 103 Title B" l . Numher Cr. JO ogical Science B. Composition · · · · · · · · · · · 10 100 3 Foreign Lan ·u·; · ·1 • • • · · • • • · • · Eng 101 3 Algebra andgTr _ge · · · · · · · · · · .101 or 103 3 Ph Ed tg. · · · · · · · · · · · Math 105 5 ys . . and Hygiene .. . .. .. P.E. 101 1 Cr. 3 2 3 Cr. ... .. ... . . 3 .. 12 Eighth Semester Title Mathematics E1ective2 Electives ..... . ... . . __· _. . __ Cr. 3 .. .. .. . . . .. 12 IS :--!he level 2 Ma f o the course will de end . thematics 101 115 118 ·11p upon the achievement of the student , ' w1 not count toward a major. . 15 �DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEG_E_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ----- 46 47 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music The curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science provide a thorough grounding in the scientific method, supplemented by a study of the Humanities and Social Sciences. The three curricula in science are intended to prepare students for technical work or advanced study. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester umber Cr. Title 3 Composition .... • • · · · · · · · · · Eng lOl 3 Foreign Language . . . . . 100 5 Music Theory . . • · · · · · · · · · · · Mus 1 Applied Musi_c .. • • · · · · · · · . Bio 100 3 Biological Science .. • • • · · · · 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. · .P.E . lOO Number Cr. Title 3 Composition .. . . • • · · · · · · · · Eng 102 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 102 3 5 Music Theory . . • •· ··· · ·· · · .Mus 1 Applied Music . ... • • · · · · · · · 3 Physical Science . . • •• ··· · ·.Phys lOO l Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. · . P.E. lO0 16 16 GROUP I-BIOLOGY Special emphasis upon Biology is recommended in preparation for the study of medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, and allied studies; the teaching of Biology; industrial and medical technology; and graduate work in Biology. GROUP II-CHEMISTRY SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester '11111ber Title Nmnber Cr. Title 3 Fore!gn Language . . . . .... . .. Mus 103 5 Music Theory ... , • · · · · · · · · · 1 Applied Music .. • • •. ·: · · · · Electives in Human1t1es, 6 Soc. Science or Psych. • 1 Physical Education . • • · · · . P.E. 103 Fore!gn Language . .. • • · · · · · · Mu s 104 Music Theory .. . • • · · · · · · · · · Applied Music . .. • •. •: · · · · · · · Electives in Huma111ues, Soc. Science or Psych .• • • · Physical Education . • • • · · · · · · P .E . 104 Cr 3 5 This group is for students planning to enter graduate study in Chemistry, industrial Chemistry, or the teaching of Chemistry. GROUP III-PHYSICS l 6 1 This gr up is for students interested in research, electronics, advanced study, or industrial Physics. Only the first two years of this course are offered by Wilkes College. 16 16 LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS JUNIOR YEAR A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: Fifth Semester Sixth Semester , umber Cr. Title 4 World Literature . . •••·· ·· · · .Eng 151 2 Applied Music ... • .. Mus 109} 3 History of Music Mus 209 Title N111nber C, · World Literature .. .. ••• •••· .Eng 152 Applied Music ._.•••··· ·· · ·· · Mus uo) Hisrory of Music . . • • • · • · · · · Mus ; 3 Alternates : } Hist. of West Civ .... . . Hise 101 Amer. Hist. ro 1865 . . . . . Hise 107 Fundamentals of SJJ<:e~h · · · · · · Eng 131 Electives in Humanmes, Soc. Science or Psych.• Alternates : . Hist 1021 Hist. of West. Civ . . • • • · · · . > 3 Amer . Hist. from 1865. • • · .HiS t lOS , Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych .. • · · 3 2 i 210 3 15 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title History o f Mu sic Number .... M us 109} Mu s 209 Applied Mus!c . • • • · · · · · · · · · · Mus 215 Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Analysis ... • · · · · · · · · · · · · · Mus Electives .. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Cr. 3 2 3 2 6 16 Title Hisrory of Music · · Cr umb" } . Mus 110 3 fos 210 '.; Applied M_usic . • •, · · · · · · fos 216 Orchestrat!on. • • • • · · · · · · · · · · Mus 21S Counterpomt . .. • • · · · · · · · · · · Elect ives ... . • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · 3 3 6 17 I. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. A student beginning either language in college must complete 12 semester hours. 2. �48 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGY_ . 49 . . r e of Bachelor of Science m with Biology is i~The curriculum leading tod the ddlne the scientific method empham tended to give a thorough u". etan ct g The prescribed curriculum mcludes. on the biological and chemtca aspe s._ t the majority of medical, dental, requirements established for e~trar:ce ~:~ls· preparation for industrial biolosteopathic, andfor medica~fitechdno og1~ ~~ologfcal work in schools of graduate ogy; and bases spec1 c a vance study. Second Semes/e,· First Semester c~. FRESHMAN YEAR b Numher Title Bio 101 Cr. N ttm er ] itle B' 102 General Zoology · · · · · · · · · · : : Chem 101 5 General Zoology . • • · · · · · · · · 10 General Inorganic Chem . . . . Eng 101 4 Inorg anic Chem . and Chem 102 3 Composition · · · · . Math 107 Quali~a_tive Anal. . . : : : :Eng 3 College Algebra . . . P .E. 101 102 Composmon · Math 109 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene 1 Trigonometry · · · .· · · · : : : : : : p .E . 102 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ,5 6 3 3 1 16 Title Third Semester 18 SOPHOMORE Y EAR C Title Number 201 121 101 201 103 r. Comparative Anatomy of B' the Vertebrate~ .. . . A . ·1·. c~~m Inorganic Quant~cat1ve na . . Hist Hise. of WeS t : Civ . · · ·· · ·:: : :Phys General Physics: · · · · · · · · p .E. Physical Education . . ....... . 5 4 3 5 1 Fo urth SemesterNumber Bio Embry_ology · · · · · · · · · · · · · Chem Organic Chem. · . . · · · · · · Hist Hist. of West_. Cn . .. . . . ..... Ph •s General Physics : • • • · · · · · · · · · p Physical Education . • • · · · · · · · · · J 202 Cr4 230 4 102 201 3 l04 5 l 18 Fifth Semester 17 JUNIOR YEAR N umber Cr. T itle Bio 241 3 Histology · · · · · · · · · · · · · Chem 231 4 Organic Chem . · · · ·: :Eng 151 4 Wor Id Literature · · · · · · · · · .. . 101 or 103 3 Foreign Lan guage! .... .. . Alternates: .Psych lOOt 3 General Psych· · . Soc 100J Intro. to Sociology• · · · · · · Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Histology .. • · · : · · · . . . . Bio 242 3 Chemistry Elect1ve . . . . . . . . . n 134 3 Public Seeaking · · · · .. .in g 152 3 Wodd Liter a cure. . . . . . . . . . or 104 4 Foreign Language! . . 3 10{ 17 Seventh Semester Title Bacteriology • · · · Physiology . · · Seminar in B10logy . . Foreign Language! . Elective .. ·· SENIOR Number Cr. Bio 211 5 . ... Bio 251 4 ... . Bio 291 1 · : : : 103 or 200 3 3 16 YEAR Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. 5 Bio 252 212 Bacteriology • · · · · · · · · · · Bio 4 Physiolo~y • ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Bio 292 l Seminar m B10logy · · · · · · .·104 or 200 3 Foreign Language! .. 3 Elective . . • • · · · · · · ]6 16 tudent. . terests of the s . achievements an d m • The level of the mum wdl depen d u Ponff the courses in the Taxonomy of fFlower· which department Biolog~ ingThe Plants (Biologyof113) an a_lsoEo m n t~~ology (Biology 223)' both o are given in the summer. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY The Chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the of the student. of the science and to contribute to the broad general education fundamentals Graduates Chemistry enter school. industry immediately upon graduation or may continue in their studies inmay graduate To satisfy the r"<Juirements for this degree a student must complete a total of 140 credits. These credits must include 48 in Chemistry, 33 in Physics and Mathematics, 18 to 24 in the Socia] Sciences and Psychology, 24 to 30 in Humanities, and the language reguirements. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Title Numher Cr. General Inorganic Chem . . . ... Chem 101 4 Title Number Cr. Engineering Problems . . . .... . Engi 100 2 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. ... Chem 102 6 Composition .. .. .. . . ... . .. . . Eng 101 3 Basic Drawing . ... .. ..... ... Engi 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . ... .. Hist 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . ... Hist 102 3 Algebra and Trig . . . . .. . ..... Mach 105 5 Analytic Geo merry .. .. .. .. .. Math 122 4 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . .... . P.E. 101 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . ... P.E. 102 1 18 l'hi,J Semes/er SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis .. . Chem 121 4 Title Number Cr. Composition . . ... . .. . ... .. . Eng 102 3 Scoichiometry .. .. . . .. . . .... . Ch E 206 2 Differential Calculus . . ... . . . . Math 125 4 Organic Chemistry . . .. . ..... Chem 230 4 General Physics . . . .... ...... Phys 201 5 Integral Calculus . .. .. ... .. . . Math 126 4 Physical Education . . .... . . .. P.E . 103 1 General Physics . . . . . . . . .. .. . Phys 202 5 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . .. .. P.E. 104 l 17 Fifth Semester 18 ]UNIOR YEAR Title N umber Cr. Sixth Semester ~rga~ic Chemistry ... . . ..... . Chem 231 5 Title Number Cr . hys1cal Chemistry ... .. . . . .. Chem 241 4 Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 122 5 Electrical Measurements . .. . . . Phys 251 3 Physical Chemistry . . ... . .. .. Chem 242 4 Elective ... ... .. .. .. . . . .. .. . 6 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 18 Seventh Semester Tute N umber Qualitative Organic Anal. .. . Chem 233 Cr. st 3 ~ o~y of Chemistry ........ Chem 261 t.l e~istry Elective . ... . .... . l ect1ve .... . . . . . ... . 2 11 or 12 17 Orl8 18 Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Chemical Literature ... .. ... . Chem 262 1 Chemistry Elective . . . . .... .. Chem 4 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 or 13 l 7 or 18 \ iser as follows: . Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty ad- in H,,,,,4nities: Twelve to eighteen credits are to be chosen from the followa ernatics 240. ilthEnghsh 131, 15 I, 152; Philosophy 101, 102; Music IOO; Religion 101; SJciaf S0 · E" h · foJi e11ces: 1g teen to twenty-four credits are to be chosen from the O1 . l °~mg: Sociology I 00, 10 7, 20 5; Po] itical Science I 00, IO I, 20 3; Economics ' 02; History 107, 108; Education 101, 201, 207. �so WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES 51 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION . Secondary This course in Education is intended to prepare students for teaching in the Secondary Schools. The required course will enable the student to obtain certification in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. As the requirements vary from state to state, it will be necessary for students wishing to teach in other states to satisfy the special requirements of the state by electing the required subjects. To attain proficiency in the subject which the student wishes to teach, it will be necessary to elect a minimum of 24 hours in that subject. In addition, the student should take a minimum of 18 hours in at least one additional field. By following this plan each student can meet the minimum requirements for teaching in at least two fields. Careful consideration should be given to the combination of teaching subjects that are of greatest interest to the student and which, at the same time, will give the !::est opportunity for employment. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS . Wd~es Co_llege offers the first two . m Physics or m Engineerin Ph . years of work leadmg toward a m . tio~ was greatly emphasize~ by~~~s~;;e need for men wit~ this type of ed~~~~ junng the rece~t conflict. The curric~i°ew problems whteh needed solution undamenta~s, without which further st ~m offers a firm grounding in the The course 1fl Physics prepares the stude:t o;:~~:~ be conti?ued profitably. try, teachmg, or research. f FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Nttmber Cr. en~ral Inorganic Chem Engmeering Problems . .. . . -~he~ 101 4 Composition · · · · · · · · ng1 100 2 Alge~ra and _-_-·····. Eng 101 3 American Government ...... PMSath 105 5 Ph ys. Ed . and Hygiene· · · · · · · p ·E· 100 3 · · · · · · · · . 101 1 G T~ig.·.· .· _- FRESHMAN YEAR 18 First Semester Second Semester Title N umber Cr Biological Science* .. . .... . . . Bio 100 3 Composition ...... . . .. . .... Eng 101 3 American-Pa. H istory to 1865. Hist 107 3 Elec.-Teach. Sub. or Soc. Sci ... 5 or 6 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . . . .. . P .E. 101 1 Title N umber Cr. Composition. . ... . .... Eng 102 3 American Hist. since 1865 . . .. Hist 108 3 Physical Science* ......... .. Phys 100 3 5 or 6 Elec.-Teach . Sub. or Soc. Sci . . . Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ..... P .E. 102 1 16 15 or 16 T bird Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr . World Literature . . . . . ..... .. Eng 151 4 General Psych ology .. .. ... . . Psy 100 3 Electives-Teaching Subjects .. . 9 Phys ical Education .... .. .... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Intro . to Education . . . . ..... Ed 101 3 World Literature .... .. ...... Eng 152 Intro . to Philosophy ...... . . Phil 101 6 Electives-Teaching Subjects .. . Physical Educ ation ... . ...... P.E . 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR Title N umber Cr. Educational Psychology .. ... Ed 2.01 3 Education al Electives. . . . . . . . 4 Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng 131 2 Advanced Exposinon ... .. . . . Eng 105 3 Teaching Sub . and Electives . . . 18 Title Number Cr. Practice Teaching ....... . .. . Ed 207 3 Educational Electives .... •••· 19 Teaching Sub. and Electives .. j 30 30 During the first three years one of the following courses is required: Art !Ol , Music 100, or Religion 101. Physics 100. ·1365 · · · · · · 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR · in · B'10Iogy wt·11 not ta ke B10 · 1ogy 100; maJors · m · * Maiors Second Semester Title G Number Cr. eneral Inorganic Chem Ch Basic Drawin · · · · · · em 104 4 Composition _g · · · · · · · · · · · · · .Eng1 102 3 Amer. Hist. si~~~ ·t~g l02 3 Analytic Geometr . . . . . . . tst 108 3 Phys Ed a d H y_. .. .... · .. Math 122 . . n yg1ene ..... .. P.E. 102 14 · 1 Science will not take a Ph ys1ca SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title F d Nttmber Cr. un amentals of Speech Advanced E xposmon · • · · · ··. E Eng 134 3 E~ementary Germ 1 · · · · · • · · ng 105 3 Differential Calcu] .. .. ... . . Ger 101 3 General Ph · us · · · · · · · • •Math 125 4 . ys1cs ... .. Ph Phys1cal Ed • · · · · · · · · ys 201 5 ucanon .. .. ..... . P.E. 103 1 -- 19 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. El emen tary German 1 Integral Calculus . .. .. .. . . Ger 102 3 Mechanics I, Stati~s· · · · · · · · · · Math 126 4 Mechanics II D ·: · · · · · · .M.E. 211 3 General Physic/namics . · · · · •M.E . 212 3 Physical Ed : .. · · · · · · · · · · Phys 202 5 ucat10n ... . . . . . . . P.E . 104 1 19 11 t . n ermed1ate or scientific G erman may be substituted when the st d . . u ent 1s qualified. �WILKES COLLEGE 52 DEGREE COURSES 53 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR GROUP MAJORS The Commerce and Finance Curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the Humanities, Sciences, and Social Sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. The Commerce and Finance Curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. To insure a well-balanced program, faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. GROUP I-ACCOUNTING Special emphasis is placed on Accounting in preparation for a career in private or public accounting. Related courses in Economics and Business Administration provide a broad business background for students in Accounting. GROUP II-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION This group is designed for students who desire a broad business background with special work in Banking and Finance, Management and Industrial Relations, or Marketing. GROUP III-RETAIL MERCHANDISING A broad background of business is recommended for students intereste? in Retail Merchandising. Emphasis is placed on specialized courses in Retail Merchandising which are offered in cooperation with retail establishments. GROUP IV-SECRETARIAL STUDIES This group prepares students for secretarial positions. It offers training to students who desire a broad cultural and business background as well as specialization in Secretarial Studies. f Courses in all groups are arranged so that the student will devote ab~ut h.ilk of his work to Commerce and Finance courses. The remainder of his wor will be in the Social Sciences, Science, and Humanities. Accounting Courses in Major ....... ~;· Cou~ses in Commerce and Fma~ce Department (outside major) ..... 39 Courses in Social Sciences ~~ucation, History, Po: ht1eal Science and Sociology . . .' . . . 12 Courses in Humanities 31 Courses in Science ··· 6 Free Electives 9 Physical Educati~~ ..· .· .· .· .· .· 4 Total Courses (in semester hours) 1 131 1I 1II Business Retail Administration Merchandising Cr. Cr. 36 601 27 IV Secretarial Studies Cr. 27 18 IS 18 31 9 28 6 28 IS 6 12 6 4 39 4 4 131 131 131 T!iis figure includes both ma·or . Frnance Department. J courses and other courses offered . th C 10 e ommerce and �WILKES COLLEGE 54 DEGREE COURSES 55 MAJOR IN ACCOUNTING1 MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION FRESHMAN YEAR Number Cr . Title . Acct 101 Elementary A~counung ..... . B.A. 100 3 Survey of Bu~iness · · · · · · · · · · · Bio 100 3 3 Biologic.a~ Science · · · ····:::: Eng 101 3 Compos1t1on . . • • · · · · · · · · w. FR ESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester ~i!~ Al::fs~~~f Civilization · · · · 101} Amer. Hist . to 1~65 . · · · · · · · E 107 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ... . . . P . . 101 3 1 First Semester Number Cr. Title . Acct 102 3 Principl~s. of Accounting· · · _·_- Eng 102 3 Composmon . • • · · · · · · · · · · W AlHte!ntatoef Civilization .... H~st is . . . . 865 Hist Amer. Hist. since 1 .. .. ·P .S. Amer . Fede~al Govt .......... Phys Physical Science · · ·: · · · · · · · · · p E . Ph ys. Ed. and H ygiene . .. . . .. . Title N umber Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business .. .. . ..... . B.A. 100 3 Biological Science .. . . . ...... Bio 100 3 Co mposition . .. ....... . ..... Eng 101 3 Al tern ates: Hist. of W. Ci vilization .... Hist 101 } 3 Amer. Hist . to 1865 . . ... . . . Hist 107 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. ..... P.E. 101 1 102} 3 108 101 100 102 16 16 Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title . Acct 111 3 Intermediate Accounting · · · : :B.A. 231 3 Business Law · · · · · · ·.- · · · · · Ee 101 3 Principles of Economics .. . ... En 151 4 World Literature .···· · · ·· · ·· Mfth 101 3 Fundamentals o~ Math . . ..... p E . 103 . 1 Physical Education. • · · · · · · · · · Number Cr. Title . Acct 112 3 Advanced Accouncrng . · · · · · · · B.A. 232 3 Business Law· · · · · · ·.- · · · · · · ·Ee 102 3 Principles of Economics .... . . En 152 4 world Literature · · · · · · · · · · · · Mfrh 102 \ Fundamentals of ~ath ....... Math 115J 3 Mathematics of ~mance .. . . . . p E. 104 Ph ys ical Education . . . . . . . . . . . 17 17 Title Number Cr. Business Law . . ............. B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Worl d Literature . . ........ . . Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Physical Education ... . ...... P .E. 103 1 Sixth Semester Number Cr. Title . Acct 201 3 Cost Accountmg . · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A . 233 3 Business Law · · · : · · · · · · · · · · · Ee 201 3 Money and Banking· .- · .' · · · · · Ee 231 3 A lied General Statistics . . . . 131 Figdamental~ of Speech . . . . . 100 2 3 Intro . to Soc10logy • • · · · · · · · · ·~if Number Cr. T itle . Acct 202 3 Advanced Cost Accountmg ... Acct 220 3 Accounting SyS t ems . · · · · · · · · · B.A. 234 3 Business Law· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Alternates : Ee 202} 3 Theory of Money .......... Ee 236 Public Finance . . • · · · · · · · · · Ee 226 3 Economic Geo~raphy · ·······Ee 232 3 Economic Statistics ... . . . ... . 18 Eighth Semester Number Cr. Acct 221 3 Tax Accoun!rn~ · · · · · · · · · · · · · Acct 231 Auditing Principles · · · · · · · · · · B.A . 209 3 3 Bus . Cor. and ~eports. · · · · · · · B.A. 225 3 Corporation Fm ance ........ . 3 Elective . . •····· ··· ··· · · ·· ·· Num Acct Audit ing Prac.t ice . · · · · · · · · · : : Mus Intro . to Mus ic . . • ••· · ····· Phil Intro . to Ph ilo_so.phy · ······:: Rel H istory of Re ltg1 ons . .... : : . . Electives. • ••····· · ··· ··· Title b 17 Fifth Sem ester Title Number Cr. M:on~y and Banking .. . ... . .. Ee 201 3 Applied General Sta tistics .. .. Ee 231 3 Intro : to Sociology . . .... . ... Soc 100 3 Elective in Social Science. . . . . 3 E!ecti ves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3 100 3 101} 3 101 6 15 15 1 . the sumrn . requtre . d for all students during . in Accounting is P ractical exper~ence d · g the Senior year. lowing the Junior year or unn er fol · Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Altern a tes : Theory of Money .. . ....... Ee 202} Economic Geography .... . Ee 226 3 C. & F. Elective .... . . . .. . Economic Statistics . .. . ...... Ee 232 3 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy . . . ... . Phil 101} 3 History of Religions . . ..... Rel 101 Bus. Adm . or Ee. Elective . .. . 3 Elective ... . .. ....... ...... . 3 Cr. er 232 Fourth Semester JUNIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR T itle 3 1 Title N mnber Cr. Business Law ..... . .. . ...... B.A. 232 3 Pri nciples of Economics .. . .. . Ee 102 3 World Literature ... . ........ Eng 152 4 Al tern ates : Fundamentals of Math . . .... M ach 102} Mathematics of Finance .... Math 115 3 Intro. to Music .. . .... .. .. . . Mus 100 3 Physical Education .......... P.E . 104 1 16 17 Seventh Semester 3 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Cr. 3 3 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR y hird Semester Second Semester Title Number Principles of Accounting .... . Acct 102 Composition ........... .. .. Eng 102 Alternates: H ist. of W. Civilization .. . . Hist 102} Amer. Hist . since 1865 ..... Hist 108 Amer. Federal Govt .......... P.S. 101 Physical Science ...... . .... .. Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. . ... P .E . 102 18 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Bus . A. Car · and Reporrs. . . . . . . . BA 3 Bu . . 209 E{ . dm. and Ee . Electives.. 12 Ctive ........ .. . _ 3 Eighth Semester Title Bus. Adm. and Ee . Electi ves .. Elective ... . ....... ... ..... . Cr. 12 3 18 15 �WILKES COLLEGE 56 DEGREE COURSES . . . Administration (Group II) in_the Bachelor Students who maJor m Busmessd p·mance may select their electives from the . C ce an of Science course m ommer following: Number 218 220 225 226 B.A. Credits and Collectt0ns. · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Real Est~te · · ·. · · · · · · · · · · ... . .. .. B.A. Corporation Fmance · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Investments. • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Titles . Title Ee Government and Busmess . .... .. . E Labor Problems· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · E~ International Trade · · · · · · · · · · · · · · E Economic Geography_. . .. . . . ... . . Ee Comparative Economic Systems . . . Ec Business Cycles• · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · c Title . 212 223 225 226 229 230 Number 201 · · · · · · . .Ee E 202 . ..... Ec 236 . Money and Bankmg Theory of Money . . . Public Finance · · ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Jach 115 Mathematics of Fmance 1 . . ... . . . Number Industrial Managemen t · · · · · · · · · · B.A. B.A . 235 236 Personnel Management.·· ·· ·· · ·· · B.A. 237 Production Management .... .. . . . B.A. 238 Office Management · · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. 240 Property Insurance . . • • · · · · · · · · · · · Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .... .. Acct 101 3 Biological Science .. .. .. . . ... Bio 100 3 Survey of Business ....... .... B.A. 100 3 Composition .. . ...... . . .. . .. Eng 101 3 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization . ... Hist 101} 3 Am. Hist. to 1865 .... ... .. Hist 107 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . ... P.E . 101 1 Number E 236 Public Finan_ce .. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Ec 238 Economic HtS t orr · · · · · · .. . . . . . .. E~ 241 5 Economic Analy is : · · · · · · · · · · · · · E 244 History of Econo~1c Thought . ... E~ 245 Consumer Econo~ic~ · · · · · · · · · · · · Ee 246 Economic Invesngatton . . ... ... . . Title MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Title FRESHMAN YEAR N umber B.A. Life Insurance . •·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·· Ee Labor Problems • · · · ·. · ·: · · ······· Ee Applied _Gener~! ~tattSttcs · · · · · · : :Ee Economic Stat1sucs .. • • · · · · · · · · Title 241 223 231 232 Number 114 216 B.A. Salesmanship .···· · ······ · ······· B.A. Advertising :····· · · · · · ··· ··· ···· B.A. Transportatton · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Marketing .• ••· ··· · · · · · ··· ·· ···· _ 217 222 Title Number Cr. 102 3 102 3 Principles of Accounting .... . Acct Composition . . .. ...... . . . .. Eng AI tern ates : Hist. of W. Civilization . .. . Hist Amer. Hist. since 1865 . . . . . Hist Physical Science . . . . .. . .... . . Phys Amer. Federal Govt .. . .. . ... . P.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . . . . .. P.E. 102} 108 100 101 102 3 3 3 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law . . . . . .. B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics .... . . Ee 101 3 World Literature . .. .. . . ..... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math . .. . .. . Math 101 3 Principles of Retailing . . ..... R.M. 101 3 Physical Education ... .. ... . . P.E. 103 1 Fourth Semester Title Number Business Law . .. .. ... . .. . . .. B.A. 232 Principles of Economics .. . ... Ee 102 World Literature ... . ... . ... . Eng 152 Fundamentals of Math . . . . ... Math 102 Retail Store Organ & Man . . . . R.M. 102 Physical Education . ... .... . . P.E. 104 17 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 1 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester MARKETING Title Second Semester Title ECONOMICS Number MAJOR IN RETAIL MERCHANDISING First Semester BANK.ING AND FINANCE 57 Number Title B.A. Sales Management. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Properer Insurance.·· ·· · ·· · ···:: :Ee Intern acional Trad~ • · · · · · · · · · · Ee Consumer Econo~1cs . • · · · · · · · · · · R.M. Principles of Retailing .... . ..... . 239 240 225 245 101 Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech ..... . Eng 131 2 Color and Design .. .. . ... .... R.M. 201 2 Retail Adv. & Sales Prom .. . . . R.M. 205 2 Retail Selling .... . ... . . . . . .. R.M. 207 3 Title 3 Elective in Social Science. . . . . Sixth Semester Number Intro. to Music .... . . .. . ..... Mus 100 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy . . . .. .. Phil 101} History of Religions .. . . ... Rel 101 Elements of Merchandise . ... . R.M. 210 Furch. and Merch. Control. . . R.M . 212 Retail Buying ( Lab. ) . .. ..... . R.M. 214 Elective . ... . . ...... .. .. .. . . Title 15 Cr. 3 3 3 3 2 3 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Title Seventh Semester Number Cr. g~s. Cor. and Reports . .... .. . B.A. 209 3 1 F s~l ay ( Retail) .... . . .. ..... R.M . 215 2 R.Un amentals of Fashion .. . . . R.M. 217 3 1 etaiJ Personnel Relations ... . R.M. 219 ntro ·. to Soc·101ogy . . . . . . . . . . Soc. 100 tie c. In Com . & Fin . or Soc. Sc. 3 3 3 17 Title N 11mber Organization & Operation of the Small Store . R.M. 220 Retail Cred . and Coll. . ..... .. R.M . 222 Recent Trnds . &Developments in Retail . R.M. 224 Electives. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 2 2 3 9 16 �WILKES COLLEGE 58 DEGREE COURSES 59 MAJOR IN SECRETARIAL STIJDIES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING Wilkes College offers the first two years of the Engineering curriculum. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the Junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed, their work at such representative colleges as: Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interested in Mathematics, the Natural Sciences and their application. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. A. 100 33 Survey ~f _BuSmess · · · · · · · · · · · ~~ 101 Title . Composmon . . . • • · · · · · · · · · · · g Alternates: . H' t Hist or W. Civilization.•·· !s · . l865 Hist Amer. Hist. to ...... . : Math Fundamentals of Mach_.·.. . . . Shorthand and Ty~wntmg . . Phys. Ed. and Hygiene.. . .... . . ·t·t 101} 107 101 101 101 3 3 4 1 Title Number . Science . Bio Biological . .... ..... .E Composition .. . • · · ·· · · · · · ·· ng Alternates: . H' Hist. of W. Civilization . •·· !st Amer. Hist. since 1865 . . . . -~:~h Fundamentals of Mach_.·. . . . . . Shorthand and Ty~wntmg .. Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . . • • · · · · ·i·i 100 102 102} 108 102 102 102 Cr. 33 3 3 4 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr . Title · Acct 101 3 Elementary Acco_u~ttng . . . .. . En 105 3 Advanced Exposmon · · · · · · · · E g 131 2 Fundamentals_ of Speech .... . . M°!s 100 3 Intro. tO Music . . . . . . . .. ... . . S 109 4 Advanced Steno~raphy ..... . E 103 1 ·i· Physical Educauon. • • · · · · · · · · · Title Number Principles of Accounting .. . .. ~~~t Ame~ican q-overnmenc . ... . : : Ph vs Physical Science. . . . . . . . . . . S S Advanced Stenography · · · · · · · · · Elect!ve. • · · · ·: · · · · · · · · · · · ·P.E. Physical Educat10n · · · · · · · · · · ~~ 100 110 104 The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: Research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needai to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. Cr. 3 3 3 4 3 1 During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception that Chemical Engineering students must take two additional hours more Chemistry in the second term. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between Chemical Engineering and one of the other branches of Engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue Civil, Industrial, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering. 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Number Cr. 101 3 Princi pies of Economics .. ... . ~c Title World Literature . . •· ···· · ·· · ng Alternates: Ss Medical Stenography· · ··· · · · · Speech Reporting.••·· · ·· · .S.S. Electives.. .. · .... .. 151 4 210} 3 203 Number . Ee 102 Principle_s of Economics . . . . . . En 152 world L1terature .. • · · · · · · · · · g Electives .. •••····· Title Cr. 3 4 9 FRESHMAN YEAR 6 (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) 16 16 First Semester Title SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Number Cr. it 3 Bus. Cor . and Reports.· sBA ·s · 209 205 4 Office Proc. & Office Mac . . . . . . . 8-9 T . /,e h ·· · · Title Number Office Management . ... B.A. 238 Electives . . .. • · ··· ···· ··· ···· Cr. 1i Electives .. ••·· ··· ···· · ···· ·· 15-16 16 . d Liberal , b d' 'd d between Commerce and Finance a\ tudent. Electives shoulct. e iv~ ~ t ts and vocational objectives of eac s Arts courses according to t e m eres Number General Inorganic Chem .. .... Chem 101 Eng~neering Problems .. . ..... Engi 100 Engmeering Drawing . .. . . . .. Engi 105 Compo · · .. .. .. .. . .. . .. .. E ng 101 br:s1t10n tlge ta and Trig . . .. .. .. .. .. Math 105 hys. Ed . and Hygiene .... . .. P.E. 101 --1 Cr. 4 2 3 3 5 1 18 Second Semester Titk Number Cr . Alternates: 1 Inor. Chem. & QuaJ. Anal.. . Chem 102} -6 General Inorganic Chem .. .. Chem 104 4 Drawing & Des . Geometry . .. Eogi 106 3 Ad vanced Exposition . . . . . . . . Eng 105 3 Analytic Geometry .. .. .. .. .. Math 122 4 American Government .. .. .. . P.S. 100 3 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . . .. . . P.E. 102 1 18-20 Chemical st engineers will register for Chemistry 102 ( 6 hours) . All other Engineering udents will register for Chemistry 104 ( 4 hours). �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical Engineering is basic for the study of Aeronautical Engineering. Therefore, the first two years in Mechanical Engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Today nearly every activity of . T electric~! engineer is trained to i!ed life depends upon electricity. The generatmg equipment H g ' ~onstruct, and operate all l t . I I •. . . · e must supervis d . e ec nca e ectnc1ty for dnvmg the mach. . . e an control the distribution of raildw~ys,hchemical processing, ~::~rnmg rgli~•. factordiesf, and mines; for electric use rn t e tome. ' mg, an or all electrical devices 60 J~:~ CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical Engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all Chemical Engineering. The training of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics, and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of Chemical, Mechanical, and Electrical Engineering as will make him a competent development or sales engineer. The communications field · 1 d. ;letype, transmission of pri~t ;fc~u!elegn;f/• telephone, radio, radar, eveliment of electronic tubes, circuit es, o ~rs numerous opportunities. esses o ers opportunities in many fields osf ::Je:~~tment for commercial proc- i:~J SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title N11mber Cr. ane Surveying .......... .. . CE 103 3 Intro. to Economics E. · F~n<lamentals of S ·~~h · .. . . . c 100 3 Differential Calculrs ..... · ~ 134 3 4 General Physics · ········ th 125 5 Physical Ed · · · · · · · · · · · · Phys 201 ucanon ........ P.E. 103 1 Pl SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quant. Analysis . ... .... Chem 121 4 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Differential Calculus ... ...... Math 125 4 General Physics .... .. ....... Phys 201 5 Physical Education .. . . . ..... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Stoichiometry ....... . ....... Ch E 206 3 Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics .... . .... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics .. . ... M.E . 212 3 General Physics ............. Phys 202 5 Physical Education ....... . . P .E. 104 1 te SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester 19 20 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of Industrial or Mana . metho?s of manufacture and roduct~m_ent Engmeering has to do with the ~f tetgn control to meet and prod~ ~~e effect~ thereon of personnel. and m ac ground in science, engineerin ~ 10n requueme1;1ts. Preparation 'with anagement, and history is necessar gTh conomICs, ~usmess administration ~ot only possess technical skill and\b-r/ s~c~essful mdustrial engineer must Hve economic and humanistic interests! I y; it is of equal importance that he coe must work with others and enlist 'than.d character and personality as well mmon goal Th · d eu co-operation · th . · chine d . . e rn us trial engineer deals w. th l m e pursuit of a r· s .an materials. This curriculm ff 1 peop e as well as with map imanly interested in the administra~o ers fihrs~ two years work for those n o tee nical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. PlaneSurveying .... ....... .. C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .. ... Eng 134 3 Differential Calculus ......... Math 125 4 General Physics . .......... .. Phys 201 5 Ph ysical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 i; cosf CIVIL ENGINEERING The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in the treatment and disposal of sewage ~od industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportat10n facilities. Fourth Semester Title N11mber Cr. I ntegral Calculus Kinematics · · · · · · · · · · · · Math 126 4 4 Mechanics ·st·a·ti~s- . · · · · · · · · M.E . 206 3 Mechanics II D · : · · · · · · · M.E . 211 3 General Ph s'ic/namics. · · · · . M.E. 212 5 Physical Ed · · · · · · · · · · · · · Phys 202 ucanon .......... P.E. 104 1 19 19 20 61 Title Number Route Surveying ............. C.E. 104 Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 211 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 General Physics ......... . ... Phys 202 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 Cr. 4 4 3 3 5 l T hfrd Semester Title Elernent N11mber Cr. Intro. toarEy Acco~nting ...... Acct 101 3 Fu_ndarnentals conom1cs E 3 of ... .. ... . c 100 Differential C 1 ~peech ...... Eng 134 3 General Ph .a cu us · · · · · · • • . Math 125 4 Physical EJ51cs: ........... . Phys 201 5 ucanon .......... P.E. 103 1 19 Fourth Semester Title p • . N11mber Cr. rmc1ples of Accountin 3 Integral Calculus g · · · · · Acct 102 Mechanics I, Stati~s· ......... MMaEth 126 4 3 M h · ······· 211 ec an1cs II,. Dynamics .... : : M:E. 212 3 G eneral Physics · 5 Physical Ed : . · · · · · · · · · · · Phys 202 ucat10n .......... P.E. 104 1 19 �62 WILKES COLLEGE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence and result of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Plane Surveying ... .. ........ C.E. Intro. to Economics .......... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Differential Calculus ......... Math General Physics . .. ......... . Phys Physical Education .......... P.E . 103 100 134 125 201 103 Cr. 3 3 3 4 5 1 19 Title Number Integral Calculus ............ Math Kinematics .. . .. . ........... M.E . Mechanics I, Statics . ........ M.E . Mechanics II, Dynamics .... . . M.E. General Physics ...... .. ..... Phys Physical Education .... ...... P.E. 126 206 211 212 202 104 Cr. 4 4 3 3 5 1 20 Terminal Courses �WILKES COLLEGE 64 LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. REQUIREMENTS Biology: 12 semester hours, of which 10 hours must be in Zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are Histology, Embryology, Comparative Anatomy, Physiology, Bacteriology, and Hygiene. Chemistry: 10 hours of General Inorganic Chemistry, including laboratory work. 4 hours of Quantitative Analysis, including laboratory work. Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of 60 semester hours of college credit. The following courses are recommended, but not required: Physics, Organic Chemistry, Bacteriology, Histology, Embryology, Physiology, and Comparative Anatomy. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology. . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition. . . . . ......... Eng 101 3 College Algebra . . . . . . .Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene.. . .P.E. 101 1 1 itlc General Zoology. Inorganic Chem. and Qualitati,e Anal. .. Composition .. . .. . Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . Number Cr Bio 102 5 Chem 102 Eng 102 P.E. 102 6 3 1 15 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester 1 ale Number Bacteriology . . . . . .... Bio 211 Histology. . . . . .. . ........ Bio 241 Physiology. . ............. Bio 251 Inorganic QuantiratiYe Anal.. Chem 121 Physical Education. . .... P .E. 103 Cr. 5 3 4 4 1 Fourth Semester Title Number Bacteriology ..... .. ........ Bio 212 Histologv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bio 242 Physiology ................. Bio 252 Organic Chem.. . . . . . ...... Chem 230 Physical Education ......... P.E. 104 Cr 5 3 4 4 1 17 17 �WILKES COLLEGE 64 LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. REQUIREMENTS Biology: 12 semester hours, of which 10 hours must be in Zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are Histology, Embryology, Comparative Anatomy, Physiology, Bacteriology, and Hygiene. Chemistry: 10 hours of General Inorganic Chemistry, including laboratory work. 4 hours of Quantitative Analysis, including laboratory work. Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of 60 semester hours of college credit. The following courses are recommended, but not required: Physics, Organic Chemistry, Bacteriology, Histology, Embryology, Physiology, and Comparative Anatomy. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semesler First Semester Tttle Number General Zoolog y .... .. .. . ... Bio 101 General Inorganic Chem ... . .. Chem 101 Composition .. . . .... Eng 101 College Algebra . . . . . . . .Math 107 Phys. Ed. and Hyg iene .. . . . P.E . 101 Cr . 5 4 3 3 1 J itle N umber General Zoology . . . ... Bio 102 Inorganic Chem. and .Chem 102 Qu alitative An al. . Eng 102 Composition ... Phys. Ed . and Hyg iene . .. . . P.E. 102 Cr 5 6 3 1 15 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Number 211 . ... . . . Bio Bacteriology ......... . ... Bio 241 Histology Physiology . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . Bio 251 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. . Chem 121 Physical Education ...... . ... P.E. 103 J i1le Fo11rth Semester c,. 5 3 4 4 - l 17 Number Cr. Title . . .. Bio 212 5 Bacteriology . Bio 242 3 Histology . .... . . . .. 252 4 Physiology . . ... . .. .. .. . . . Bio . . . . . . Chem 230 41 Organic Chem . . . . ..... P.E . )04 Physical Education 17 - �TERMINAL COURSES 65 ~ MUSIC I \ A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of Music. ~ -·~ \'~--"' \ ·~,. \. \ ~~-- - - .. \ FRESHMAN YEAR . \ First Semester \ ...... -.\ Title \ N11mber Composition ....... . ..... . . .Eng 101 Foreign Language1 . •••. .. . . . . 101 or 103 Music, Applied .. . ... . ... . .. . Music, Theory ........ .. .... Mus 101 Elective ......... .. ........ . Phys. Ed . and Hy giene . . .... . P.E. 101 ;. ~ E Cr. 3 3 l 5 3 :::: l 0 16 p:: Second Semester Title N 11mber Composition ....... . .. . .... Eng 102 Foreign Language 1 ••• . . . . . • . . 102 or 104 Music, Applied .... . . . ..... . Intro . to Music .. . .. ......... Mus 100 Music, Theory .. . ._. .. . ...... Mus 102 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .. ... P.E. 102 ~ Cr. 3 3 l 3 5 l 16 '! SOPHOMORE ;:::: Title .... < G z: ~ YEAR Third Semester N 11mber Cr. Foreign Lang uage1 . . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Music Applied . . ....... . ... l Music, Theory ............ .. Mus 103 5 Alternates: Music, History .... . ....... Mus Music, History . . ....... .. . Mus 109} 3 Physical Education ...... . ... P.E . 209 103 l -16 Fourth Semes/er Title N r,mber Cr. Foreign Language 1 . . . . ... . . 104 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Ci vilization . .. Hist 102 3 Music, Applied ........... . .. l Music Theory ..... .. ...... .. Mus 104 5 Al tern ates: Mu sic, History . . .... . ..... Mus Music, History .... . ... .. . . Mus 210 3 Physical Education .. . .... . .. P.E. 104 llO} 16 1 The level of the course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �TERMINAL COURSES 65 MUSIC A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of Music. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Number Cr. Composition .............. . . Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . • . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Music, Applied.............. 1 Music, Theory .............. Mus 101 5 Elective.................... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 16 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition ... . ........... Eng 102 1 Fore1gn Language . . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 3 Music, Applied ............ . Intro. to Music .. . ........... Mus 100 l 3 Music, Theory .............. Mus 102 5 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title < ,., z Number Cr. Foreign Language 1 • • • • . . • . . • . 103 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Music Applied .... 1 Music, Theory .... . .. Mus 103 5 Alternates: Music, Hisrory ... . . . . . . Mus Music, Historv ... . . . . Mus 109} 3 Physical Educadon . . . ... . ... P.E. 209 103 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Foreign Language 1 • • • . . . . . . • • 104 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Music, Applied .............. 1 Music Theory ............... Mus 104 5 Al rernates : Music, Hisrory ......... ... Mus Music, Hisrory .. 3 ... Mus 210 Ph ysica1 Education ... . .. P.E. 104 no} 16 16 1 The level of the course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �66 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Two years) (Three years) The following Pre-Dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of Dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in Chemistry and Biology. Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 College Algebra . .. ....... .. Math 107 3 Composition .... . ... .... ... Eng 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... .. P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. General Zoology .... . ....... Bio 102 5 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .. ... . Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry ... . ........ .. Math 109 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . .... . P.E. 102 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title 3 Histology . .. . ....... . ... ... Bio 241 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. .Chem 121 5 General Physics ... . . . ... .. .. Phys 201 Alternates : 4 World Li teracure ...... ... . Eng 151 3 Hist . of West. Civ ......... Hist 101 1 Physical Education ... .. ..... P .E. 103 16-17 Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem Ch Composition . . . . . . em 101 4 Algebra and Eng 101 3 · g. · · · · ·· ·· ... Math 105 5 El ect1ve ...... . 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygi~~~ --::::: :P.E. 101 1 Title Number lnor. C~e'.11 . & Qua!. Anal. ... Chem 102 C~ Cornpo~ition. . . . . . . . . . . . . En 102 Analytic Geometry ··Mg h 3 Elective. . . . . . . · · · · · · · · · · at 122 4 Phys . Ed. and Hygi~~~:: : : : : : P.E. 102 16 17 Nt1mher Cr. Title 3 242 Bio Histology ... ....... ······. . .Chem 230 4 Organic Chemistry . General Physics . .. .......... Phys 202 5 Alternates: 4 World Literature ...... . ... Eng 152 Hist . of West. Civ ......... Hist 101 3 1 Physical Education ... .. ..... P.E . 104 16--17 i SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Nt1mber ~~~era! Zo~lqg_y ........ : . . . Bio 101 Cr. G . Quant1tat1ve Analysis .. . Chem 121 5 ene~al Physics . . . Ph s 201 4 Physical Education. . :p 103 i Title Number Cr . General Zoology . Organic Chemisrr°y · · · · · · · · · · ~~o 102 5 General Ph · · · · · · · · · · · · em 230 4 Ph . ysics. . . . . . . . . . . . Phys 202 5 ysical Education . ..... ... : p .E. 104 1 15 15 18 16 T bird Semester FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester T~i · ·· · · ·· · · · · ·· FRESHMAN YEAR 67 .J. JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N b A um er Cr. 0 mp._ nato~y of the Vert . .. Bio 201 5 rgamc1·Chemistry · · · · · · · · · • •Chem 231 World 5 Alternat~!~rature ....... . .... Eng 151 4 . Title Number Cr. Histology and Organology B.10 202 5 World Literature .. .. __ . __ ··· E Alternates: · · · ng 152 4 Hi5t. of W. Civilization H" 102} A~er • Hist. since 1865 . : : : : H~!~ 108 3 Elecnve ....... . ··· ···· · · · ·· 3- 5 Co ~iS t . of~- Civilization .... Hist 101} mer. Hist. co 1865 .. ...... Hist 107 3 17 15-17 �WILKES COLLEGE · ~ - - - - - - - 68 TERMINAL COURSES 69 RADIO PRODUCTION SECRETARIAL COURSE . will an inevitable demand_ for me~ As the influence of radio mcrea~e~, soand specialized technical skills. This essed of broad trammg . d · roduction and program~~1r;0::~ !i:spretend to devel~f~~fa~~sy :i;~ b~o~dcasting in combination . b t ·t does help to create mrng u i d t' n d h h . h ~ourses in general e uca 10 . . . in the college an t e t~c w1~ urses in general e~ucat~on will bi g~~Penof a local broadcasting stat10n. nicalo courses wi·11 be given m the wor s The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this curriculum may be counted toward the Bachelor of Science Degree in Commerce and Finance when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. The flexibility of the program leading to this degree permits students to elect a 24-hour sequence either in commerce and finan ce or in another field of study, according to the interests and objectives of each student. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Title . Bio 100 3 Biologic_a\ Science• · · · : : : : : : : Eng 101 3 Composmon • · · · · · · · ·h Eng 131 2 Fundamentals of Speec ..... . Alternates: c· T tion .. .. Hist Hist. of W · JV! tza Hist Amer. Hist<?ry to 1865 . . . .. Mus Intro. to Mus_1c ... .... .... . .. Rad Intro. to Radio .... _. .. . .. ... . P.E. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... . 101} 107 100 100 101 3 3 3 1 Number Title _ . ___ . Eng 102 Composmon · · ·. · · · · · · · .... Eng 133 Oral Incerpretat10n . • · · · · Alternates : c· T tion ... Hist Hist. of W . ~v1 iza . Hist Amer. Hist. smce 1865 ..... Ph s Physical Scie:ice · · · · · · · · · · · · · Intro . to Soc10l?gY · · · · · .. ... Rad Radio Announcmg ·... . ... . . .. p E Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... . . so[ 102} 108 100 100 102 102 Cr. 3 2 3 3 3 3 1 18 18 First Semester Title Number Cr. Survey of Business ....... .... B.A. 100 3 Composition ...... . .. Eng 101 3 Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist . to 1865 ..... .. Hist 107 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Economic Geography . .. ..... Econ 226 3 ComJ::tition . . ............ . Eng 102 3 Fun amentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization ... . Hist 102} 3 Amer. Hist . since 1865 .. . .. Hist 108 Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. .... P.E . 102 1 14 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Title . Ee 100 3 Intro. to _Economics. · ··· · · ::: Eng 151 4 World Literature .· · ······ p 100 3 General Ps}'. chology. · · · · · ·:: :R?'d 201 3 Radio Wrmng · · · · · · p. · b Rad 203 3 Con. Rm. Tech . l!', Pro . ro .. p E. 103 1 Physical Educanon. . . . . . . . . . . d· 17 Number Cr. Title 4 World Literature . • · · · · · · · · · -~nl 152 3 101 Amer . Federal Govt ....... .. . . Altern~tes : Ed & Broad ... Rad Radio News . : Rad Radio Advems1~g .. : ..... . Rad Radio Act ing & D1rectmg ... . Electi ve. • • · · · ·: · · · · · · · · · · · · P.E . Physical Education .. . ...... . 202} 204 206 3 3 104 l 17 Third Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law .. ............. B.A. 231 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ... .. S.S. 205 4 Electi ve .... . ... . . ... .. .. .. . 3 Physical Education .. .. . .... . P .E. 103 1 Fo,,rth Semester Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Econ 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 110 Secretarial Accounting ....... S.S. 120 4 3 Office Managament ....... ... S.S. 206 4 Elective ................... . 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 18 18 . Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may subSbtute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, pro'/,ded they demonstrate adeguate skill. Placement examinations will be given t e first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. �70 WILKES COLLEGE MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY Medical secretaries require special training so that they may have an intelligent understanding of their part in the work of a medical office. To provide the essential background, the secretarial courses are supplemented by Biology and laboratory courses in Chemis try and Physiology. The courses in Secretarial Accounting and Office Procedures are adapted to the needs of the students preparing for work in the offices of physicians. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Numher Cr. Biological Science ..... . . ... . Bio 100 3 Composition ... . .......... . . Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of M ath .... . . . Math 101 3 Shorthand and Ty pe writing ... S.S. 101 4 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . .. .. . . P.E. 101 1 Title Numher Cr. General Inorganic Chem . ..... Chem 101 4 Compositi on .. . ....... .. .. . Eng 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting. S.S. 102 4 Secretarial Accounting .. . . . .. S.S . 120 4 Phys. Ed. and H ygiene . . . .... P.E. 102 1 14 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Courses Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. Physiology ............. . .. . Bio 251 4 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civil ization ... . Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist. to 1865 . .... . . . Hist 107 Advanced Stenography . . . . . . . S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ... . . S.S. 205 3 Elective ...... . ... . . . .... ... 3 Physical Education . .. . . . . ... P.E. 103 1 T itle N umher Cr. Physiology . . . . . . . . .. . .. ... . Bio 252 4 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization .. .. Hist 102( Amer. Hist. since 1865 . .. . . Hist 108] 3 Medical Stenography ... . .... S.S. 201 3 Office Man agement . . . . . . . . B.A. 238 4 Elective .......... . . . .. . ... . 3 Physical Education .... . ... . . P .E . 104 1 18 18 A candidate for a degree with a major in Medical Stenography should consult with his adviser before planning his program of study. A student who completes the two-year program and then decides to continue work toward a degree, should carefully plan the last two years with his adviser. �72 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 73 ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg; Instructors Cooney, Dembert, Laggan, Werner, Whitby. AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Acer. 102. PRINCIPLES OF AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, rnd branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 101. THE STAFF AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three hours Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of Balance Sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 102. Accr. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 111. THE STAFF AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three hours Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, rwo hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112. AccT. 202. ADVANCED Cosr AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standa rd costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 201. Acer. 220. AccouNTING SYSTEMS-Th A st d f h ree hours MR W u ~ o_ t e accounting method ... . ERNER I~an ass~c1at10ns, and other s ecialize~ ~£ ?anks, ut1!1ties, building and given to mterna1 control ease ~f d. usinesses, with special attention Prer · · ' recor mg, and forms equ1s1tes: Accounting 112, 201. . AccT. 221. TAx AccouNTING-Th h ree ours A study of Federal taxes in l d' . MR. LAGGAN, MR. WERNER and miscellaneous· correct cfu m'? mcome, estate, gift, corporate ' use o various form . 1· . P rerequisites: Accounting 112. s, app 1cat10n of rates. Acer. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES-TlDree h ours Methods used in verifyin l . and Balance Sheet and I g, ana yzmg, bl ncome accounts· p ica e under various circumstanc Cl ' two hours a week. es. ass, r Prerequisite: MR._LAGGAN, MR. WERNER and mterpreting tl:e records t d f s u y o the procedures aptwo hours a week; laboratory, ccountihg 202. Acer. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Th h ree ours Advanced application of d. . . . MR. LAGGAN, MR. WERNER lems of classification and . atu itmg _prmc1ples to actual practice· probf • m erpretation of a • o internal control; preparation of re ~counts; study of methods week; laboratory, two hours a wee!orts to clients. Class, two hours a Prerequisite: Accounting 2 31. . Acer. 242. C. P.A. PROBLEMS-Three hours Review of all phases of ace t· MR. WERNER counting problems as taken froomun In$ through a study of advanced acvar10us C p A . . p rerequisites. Accou t. · · · exammat10ns. · n mg 1 12, 201, 231. ART lnstmctor: Mr. O'Toole. ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Th ree hours Fundamental training in the h d1. MR. O'TooLE ~k~lls and knowledge used in t:n mg of t?ols, the acquisition of the rmciples of drawing design come pr~t~entabon of the graphic image colo 1· ' , pos1 10n cola . f • · . . 1·me t ' t r, uses o lme and tone , d · r• me and color tone · St u d'1es m IV1s1on, form, light and shade 1· h ex ure, tone, and color; space two hours. ' ig t- ark. Class two hours, studio d �74 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 75 ART 103-104. APPLIED ART- Three hours MR. O'TooLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums; pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums; pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 105. LETTERING AND LAYOUT- One hour MR. O'TooLE Analysis of basic letter forms; study of one-stroke alphabets; study of built-up alphabets. Formal and informal lettering; the script letter forms, caligraphy. Complete study of type and type faces. Brush and pen lettering for reproduction. Various com1:inations of weights and types of letters. Show card lettering. Ornamental lettering. The hand lettered book jacket. The use of decorations, borders, relief lettering, shaded lettering, composing with letter forms. Studio three hours. ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING DESIGN-Th. h 1ee ottrs Advertising and editorial 1a out· m MR. O 'TooLE montage; photographs and tex/ '. oddern_ ~ayout; the use of phototype and illustrations Th d uresdm a vertismg; color in backgrounds · e a vance stude t ·11 b , th at will meet the professional t d d n _w1 e required to do work s an ar s requ1red b d .. Cl ass two hours, studio two hours. y a vertismg agencies. Prerequisites: Art 101 102 103 104 . ' ' , or equivalent. ART 215-216. • FINE ART-Th ree h ours Having completed th b . MR. O'TooLE e asJC course the t · · · an d composition during th· '. rammg 1l1 drawing design IS course will be . t "fi d ' I e, study of the light-dark rinc· 1 . m ens1 e . Study of still and opaques, balance domi!:anc ip;, 1J1ght and shade; transparencies study, line, tone and c~lor. Cla :, oh ow thro~gh, contrast, texture p ss wo ours stud 10 tw h rerequis~tes: Art 101 102 ' o ours. ' , 10 3, 104 or equivalent. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE ART T' h n Th ART 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three hours MR. O'TooLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing ( double spread) . Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Admission by permission of the instructor. ART. 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three hours MR. O'TooLE Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Admission by permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three hours MR. O'TooLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Admission by permission of the instructor. -a~ ~n e complete design, picture structure Th . . of perspective. Further study of th . : e various kmds and uses of the past an~ present Ad de pa1?t1~g, design and art movements studies · Th e creation of space ·studyvance f t d. 1~ various painting mediums 0 d · ' wo imens 1 d . · esign. Study of tensions of 1· f wna an three dimensional textures. Class two hours stud1~est, ohrms, lights and darks, colors and . . , 10 wo ours. Prerequ1Sites: Art 101 102 103 104 . ' , , or equivalent. BIOLOGY Professor Reif; Instructors Dague and N . . k , am1sn1a . Two choices are open to the student of Biol a Bachelor of Science or a B h I f ogy. He may take either ~e!~ct~d is largely determin:~ ~ or t~ Arts cou_rse. The_ course that is 10d1V1dual. y e professional objective of the The curriculum leading to tl d intended for persons wh d 1_e egree Bachelor of Arts in Biology is . . o es1re a broad 1·b l b spenal1zation in Biology Th . i era ackground with a ~noice of cultural subject; and e_ p~es~ribe; curriculum permits a wide in the field of Natural Histo ,sth es1gne for those who wish to write th • ry, ose who wi h t ose whose aim is teaching at th 11 s o enter museum work graduate work in the Nat l S . e co ege level, and those who pla~ · • ura CJences The · lO Biology are listed on page 48. . re9u1rements for a major Bro. 100. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE-Tl . Dree h ours B. T 101ogical Science is a s . HE STAFF no other courses in Biology url~ey course mtended for students who take . presents the essential general information �76 WILKES COLLEGE -------~ DESCRIPTION OF _ COURSES _____ ________ ?? about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. BIO. 101-102. GENERAL ZOOLOGY-Five hours each semester MR. REIF General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of Biology, explains the organization of living matter, teaches the structure of representative animals, the methods of their classification, and the basic principles of Genetics, Embryology, Evolution, and Ecology. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. BIO. 112. GENERAL BOTANY-Five hours MRS. NAMISNIAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of Biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. BIO. 113. BOTANICAL TAXONOMY-Five hours MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES-Five hours MR. REIF Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of vertebrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. BIO. 202. EMBRYOLOGY- Five hours Mrss DAGUE Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Bro. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Five hottrs each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Bacteriology 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Bacteriology 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. BIO. 22 3. ENTOMOLOGY Entomology is the study of . h MR. REIF cation of specimens L1'f h. m~ects t. rough the collection and identiii. • e 1stones of rnsects d. d econom1c relationships and th . . 'fi are stu 1e as well as their Class, two hours a we~k- lab e1: s1gn1 dcance in industry and medicine , ora ory an field work, six hours a week.. BIO. 241 AND 242 H . ISTOLOGY AND ORGANOLOGY Th h ree ours Histology is the study of normal t. MR. REIF to form organs and organ systems ~ss~~s ~nd_ the arrangement of tissues of both semesters work which m.ust r~/t is g1v~n only upon completion hours a week; laboratory tw h taken m sequence. Class, two , o ours a week. Three hours each semester. Bio. 251-252. p HYSIOLOGY-Four hours each Physiology is a study of th f . • semester Mrss DAGUE e unctionmg of th · an d organs of the animal b0 d L b e vanous cells, tissues · 1vmg · living forms Cl Y·tw ah oratory wo rk me · 1ud es experiments' mvo a week. . ass, o ours a week; laboratory, four hours Bro. 261. GENETICS-Five hours Genetics presents the . . . Miss DAGUE . pnnc1p1es of mh ·t f an d vanations of those cha t . en ance o normal characters rac ers 1n plants a d . k . wor rncludes experiments and roblem n . an1ma1s. Laboratory urements of genetic variations PCl s on the kmds, causes, and meashours a week. · ass, two hours a week; laboratory, six Bro. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY O . ne credit each semester Seminar in Biology is d . MR. REIF Biology for senior studen~s1g;edhas a ;orrelating study of the field of ological topic for presentatio~ toa; /~~ ent_ prepares a paper on a bihour a week. n 1scuss10n by the group. Class, one BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg; Assistant Profe . tors Bachman, Brennan, Brightbill ;sors Morris, Bedillion; Instrucla~gan, landau, Riley Thomas W ' oyWce, Casper, Cooney, Farrar ' , erner, hitby. ' B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BUSINESS- Th . l Ab . 1ee 1Jo1trs T S as1c course in the essent' 1 f HE TAFF of problems pertaining to ad 1~ ~ o ~odern business. Studies are made of . m101strat10g and fi · h I enterprise; manufacturing and d ·st .b t· nanc10g t e organization ems; governmental policies tow db1 n_ u ton of goods; personnel probar usmess. �78 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ----------- ------------4 SALESMANSHIP-Three hours MR.. RILEY B.A. 1i . . . behind all buying; creation of mterest art ofpresentation sell mg;. the of mot1 ve. . meeting objections; types of cusandThe desire; serv1Ces, tomers. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS-Three hours Miss BEDILLION Fundamental principles of business wntrng . . wi'th emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: English 102. 6 ADVERTISING-Three hours . d' MR. BACHMAN B.A. 21 . mg f h d ·ff ent departments o f advertising work ' .mclu . A survey o t e engraving, ' er . copy, art, display, trade-marks, and media; advert,smg as a social force. B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three hours MR. LAGGAN, MR. ROSENBERG A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite; Economics 102. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three hours MR. LAGGAN Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. TATION-Three hours . MR · ROSENBERG B.A. 217. TRANSPOR. . ads busses, inland waterways, and ~tr and po!toes ofecon?mic ratlro . '.imp ortance of transportation; Stg· andProblems ocean transportation; nificance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Economics 102. C CTIONs-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG B.A. 218. CREDITS AND OLLE. . ation analysis of risks; collection The fundamentals of credit; lff~'esti~ ; the organization of credit plans and policies. Special attention given o and collection offices. . 102 Prerequisites: Economics 102, Accounting . MR. CASPER B. A. 220. REAL ESTATE~Three hours . ess including consideration The fundamentals of the real est~te busm le , purchase development, of titles, mortgages, leases, advertmng, sa ' ' and management of real property. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-CONTRACTS-Three hours The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. Examination of the essential elements of a valid contract and the application to typical business transactions. These essential elements are: the agreement; the subject matter (what the contract is about); the consideration (that value which is given by each party for his interest in the subject matter); the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genuineness of assent (legal or illegal inducement to agree) . Prerequisite: Economics 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-SALES, AGENcY, BAILMENT-Three hour, Three hours MR. BOYCE A general study of the law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and the Law of Bailment. Legal problems arising out of the sale of merchandise by manufacturers, distributors and dealers; out of the financing, processing, shipment, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of government regulations thereof. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231. B.A. 222. MARKETING-Three hours MR. COONEY, MR. ELLIOTT · g ' trade . system and functions o f mark e tPrinoples rn . Evolution of the marketing f .competition · t and the nature o · e structure, and organ1za_ IOn . trans ortation, finance, and storag . of distribution, assemblrng, gratng, . ~ study of the marketing of a Each student is required to ma e a specia selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 79 B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS MR. BOYCE Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their formation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured, insurer, and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insurance con· tract. Prerequisites: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. �80 WILKES COLLEGE - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three ho:.m MR. BOYCE law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes ( crimes against the person, property, business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions) . Prerequisites: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. Prerequisite: Business Administration 114 o . 1 r equ1va ent. B.A. 240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three h . MR. ours BOYCE . h,s course IS a stu,jy of the fundamentals of fire' casualty, and mar1·ne Insurance. Instructor to be announced A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. 236. of price and brand policies· • distribution. ' preparation of sales budgets; costs of T · B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three hours 81 -- Prerequisite: Business Administration 132 or approval of instructor. M B.A. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three hours Th1s course 1s a study of th · · . . R. BOYCE surance from the over 11 . e P:mc1~1es, practices, and uses of life inindustry. a viewpoint o the product, cost, market, and Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three hottrs MR. RILEY Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Economics 223. CHEMISTRY* Professor Bastress; Assistant Professor Halpin. Bone; Instructors Salley, B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. RILEY A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing risks. operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Poto· hours MR.RILEY The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of office records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions: employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Six hours each week. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. B.A. 239. SALES MA AGEMENT- Three hours . . Miss BONE, MR. SALLEY, MR. HALPIN An. mtroductmn to the fundamental laws and theori . ;;,em,stry. [he chemistry of selected non-metallic elemen~s o~k:;rf:",c ours a wee ; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage dep~sit req,uir;~~ Prerequisite: Economics 223. B.A. 238. CHEM. 101. GENERAL lNORGAN1c CHEMISTRY-Pou, hou,·, MR. RILE\ The relation of the sales department to all other departments ; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and mana~ement of the sales force; sales research and market analysis ; determinatwn CHEM. 102. IN C . ORGANIC Srx hours HEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYs·s MI · Th e reactions . ss BONE, MR. HALPIN of the common metallic el tice of elementary Qualitative Analysis 0:me~ts, t1;: theory and pracoratory, si~ ~ours a week. Breakage dep;sit re~~ir:Jr ours a week; labPrerequ1s1te: Chemistry 101, CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Pou, hours A continuation . . of Chemistry 101 The ch Miss MR. HALPIN . t BONE, f oratory work includes some Q 1't ~. em1s ry o the metals. labas a prerequisite for further ~~~;i::; Analysis. Will not be accepted Week; laboratory three ho k B y courses. C~ass, three hours a p rerequ1s1te: . . Chemistry , urs 1 o1,a wee . reakage deposit required. --- s,n:· tudents wishin~ to stuJy Chemist e a maior in Chemistry is difficult h 11 ~ !r:ang~eli~c\:~eL _bBachleAlor of Science in Chemistry, era rts program. �82 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 83 CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATNE ANALYSIS-Four hoursHALPIN MR. SALLEY, MR. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN ADVANCED PHYSICAL CiiEMISTRY-Three hour, /P . f t ical analyses. Cl ass, two . hours a week; Theory a~d practice o . Breakage deposit reqmred. laboratory, six hours a wee Prerequi:;ite: Chemistry 102. CHEM. 122 · SALLEY A study of chemical equilibrium, using the methods MR. of modern thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANA LYSIS-Five hours MR. SALLEY CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three hours . . n of Chemistry 121. Class, tw o hours a week; laboratory, A hours contmuat1ok nine a wee . B realrage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMIS_TR y hours MR · BASTRESS -:-fFour carbon compounds. The prepara: An introduction to the chemistry_ . Class three hours a week, . f the aliphatJC senes. , . d tion and properties o a week . Breakage deposit require . laboratory, three hours Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CH . MR. BASTRESS EM. 231. ORGANIC CHEMIST RY-Five. hours . l ttention to cyclJC h •t ?30 with spec1a a k A continuation d s. Class, ofthree hoursry a - we~k-' laboratory, six hours a wee . compoun . Cd em1s Breakage deposit require . Prerequisite: Chemistry 230. CHEM. 2 33 · Q . ! UALITATNE ORGANIC A NALYSis-Three hours MR. BASTRESS • ML&~N A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of Inorganic Chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class,required. two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 and 231. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY- One hour MR. BASTRESS The of the science in terms of the personalities responsible fordevelopment the development. · Prerequisite: Completion of twenty Chemistry credits. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One hour . Practice in the systematic identificat1~~a~A course designed to give . Class one hour a week, . ounds and mixtures. '. pure org~nIC comp k Breakage deposit reqmred. oratory six hours a wee . MR. literature. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical Prerequisite: Completion of twenty Chemistry credits. Prer;quisite: Chemistry 231. ECONOMICS CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRYR.re e hours. MTh BASTRESS Professor Rosenberg; Instructors Brennan, Cooney, Elliott, Farrar, Laggan, Riley. Special top1Cs . m . Organic Chemis try, including theones . of orgamc reactions. . Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. CHEM. 241-2 42 . ter semes PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four h ours each MR. SALLEY . and the ele- t ry . op · l et~:e f Physical ChemiSlaboratory, three An introduction to t~e prCml hours a week; ments of thermo dyn amics · ·ass, uired .hours a week. Breakage deposit reMq them. atics 126, Physics 202. . . Ch em1s · try 121 , a Prerequ1s1tes: Students who major in Economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete 24 hours of work in Economics beyond Economics 101 and 102. The 24 hours in Economics which the major must carry should include Economics 202, 232, and 241. Ee_ IOO. INTRODUCTION To ECONOMICS-Three hours THEfor STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed students who plan to take ONLY ONE semester of work in this field. 11,eoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and bank- 1ng, and international trade are included . �84 WILKES COLLEGE -------~ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 101. PRINOPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of Economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of. his environment. gov~r~ental participation in labor relati . . vestJgat1on and arbitration in lab d. ons, collect~ve bargaming, inPrerequisite: Economics 102. or isputes, and social security. Ee. 225. lNTERNATJONAL TRADE THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Economics 1 O1. Ee. 201. MONEY AND BANKlNG--Three hours MR. ROSENBERG A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Ee. 202. THEORY OF MONEY-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales .finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisites: Approval of instructor. Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three hours MR. FARRAR A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with pecial attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisites: Political Science 101, Economics 102. Ee. 223. LABOR PROBLEMS-Three hours MR. RILEY An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, h?~rs, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union pol1oes, ours Ee. 226. EcoNOMic GEOGRAPHY Th h A stu dy of the relation of - h ree ours TH E STAFF This course describes and a gleograph y to the economic activity of man. · d ustnes, • and population na m It yzes . d t . e world distn·bu t·10n of resources ld . is wor resources and related .fields. es1gned as an intro d uctory course in' Prerequisite: ECQnomics 102. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 204. CONSUMER CREDIT-Two hours h Jee Theory and practice of . t . MR. COONEY, MR. ELLIOTT contemporary problems andmpe{?~tton1htrade_ with special reference to quotas, foreign exchange o ~l~1bes: ~ toJ?1cs covered include tariffs d , equi 1 num 10 mt t· , stu Y will be made of h. . erna 10na1 payments. A fl . geograp JC economic so · 1 d •. uences on mternational trade R '. f ' cia ' an pol1t1eal inm en ts m . th e United States. . ev1ew o current pol"Kies . an d d evelopPrerequisite: Economics 102 Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Economics 201. Th. - Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY N A ORTH MERICA-Three hours M R. .BRIGHTBILL MR C A study of th . . ' · OONEY,. MR. ELLIOTT .h e econom1e regions of the N th A wit . special emphasis on the role of h U . or me~1can continent, hem1sphere. t e nited States m the Wes tern Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 229 COMPARAT E CONOMJC SYSTEMs-Thr h The mstitutions of planned ee ours MR. FARRAR con temporary experiment in eveconomy of the. US S·R· an d th ose of the t" · · 1 studied. Constant objective JO~ary socialism in Great Britain are whi ch are ch aracteristic of a cap ·t pansons are made w1"th institutions . . . . 1 a11snc economy p rerequ1s1te: . . Approval of Instru t . .. . IVE c:;: c or. Ee. 230. BusINEss CYCLES-Th h . ree ours A historical analysis of m . b . MR. FARRAR .. 1 a;or usmess cycles Co t a cntica examination of p bl•1 . · n emporary theories p u c po1icy toward b · rerequisite: Approval of Instructor usiness eye1es. Ee. 231. A . and PPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Th h A course in statistical tneth 0 d d . ree ours THE STAFF coll ection · and interpretat · · to b usiness. A f s an. .their appl"ICa trnn and ion statistical data f d. . measures of central tendency fitt" h , requency 1str1bution test; test of significance for small' sam1~g t e nor1:3al curve, Chi-square Prerequisite. Appro 1 f I p es, analysis of variance. · va o nstructor. ° �86 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 87 232. ECONOMIC STATISTICS-Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Economics 2 31. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Prerequisite: Economics 2 31. Ee. Ee. EcoN I OMIC NVESTIGATION - Th ree hours E h MR. ELLIOTT MR FARRAR ac student conducts an investi ation i ' . terest and constructs a final re t n th~ field_ of his major inthe principles of scholarly Pt?~. (ass instruction will consist of· (1) en ICism 2) compilat. d . ograph ies, and (3) details of ood 10n an use of biblinotes, and bibliography. g orm as to content, table, body, foot- [1 . f Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisites: Economics 102, Political Science 101. 238. ECONOMIC HISTORY-Three hours MR. ELLIOTT, MR. FARRAR An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 246. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. EDUCATION Assistant Profe s ssor emon; Instructors Balz, Boyle, Emanuel Ee. Ee. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-Three hours Certification Requirements for Secondary School Teachers Pennsylvania Teaching Subjects: (a) Academic subjects· 18 . tions in Science a~d semester hours rn each subject. ExcepEducation office. Social Studies will be explained in the (b) ~ommercial subjects: A total of Jects with specific requirements as MR. FARRAR This course is intended to coordinate the work of the special courses pursued in the general field of Economics and business. A more penetrating analysis of economic forces that can be undertaken in the elementary Economics courses. Prerequis:te: Economics 102 . . . m commercial sub- Bookkeeping and Accountin Semester hours Commercial and Econom • 12 Commercial Law ICS eography · · · · · · · · · • 6 Commercial Math~~a-tic~ · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 6 Office Practice ················· 3 Shorthand · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · •. . 3 Typewriting · .' : .· : : · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • . 9 Salesmanship .... _· _· _· .' .' · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · - . . 6 Junior Business Training · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 3 Economics ·············· 3 Retail Sellin~ · : .' .' : : . _.... · · · · · " · · · · · · 6 Business English. (a) T · j · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · -- 12 Not less than tw~ semes:; :~;;m:ster h_ours in E~glish. (b) 5 resp'.)ndence. m Busmess English or Cor- J ··············••. 244. HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT-Three hours MR. FARRAR A study of the historical development of economic doctrines. The writings of the leading thinkers in the field of Economics, beginning with the Greeks and Romans and continuing to the present. The leading economic movements and schools of thought. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. Ee. Ee. 245. CONSUMER ECONOMICS-Three homs MR. COONEY, MR. ELLIOTT, MR. ROSENBERG The place of the consumer in tre economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. J~l~;~~s Cd ucation . Courses: Education 101 201 207 a d .· h H' ' , ' n six ours fro ives. istory 220 is required for all t'fi m an approved list of elecT o th cer 1 cates e teacher's certificate ma b dd : the teaching of Occupational Iyf e a . ed Guidance Certification forn ormat10n whi h · . c requires srx semester t" �88 WILKES COLLEGE - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 21 . 6'. and Economics · certificate , in addi. · 223) hours (Education 214, Education 1 Sciences. This IS . twelve semester hours m Soc1a . hon to for teachers o f O ccupational Information. required 89 En. 101. lNTRonucrroN To EnucATION-Three hour, New fersey B · R quirements · 6h Engl IS asIC . Stu d.ies, 12 hours.' Science, ours. .e h, 12 hours·. ' Social . f l8 semester hours or t hours and a mmor o A ma1·or of 30 semes er h , h i·n prescribed fields. For pref ster ours eac two minors o 12 se~e d artment of Education. A broad, general introduction to the Jie!d of Education, the various branches of the service, preparation demanded by each branch, the outstanding problems in the Jield at the present time, teaching as a profession, place of teaching as a profession in the social order, the preparation and persona] qua!ilications requited of the successful teacher. Teaching subjects: scribed fields, consult t e ep ·n take at least two hours t h m New Jersey w1 . Students planning_ to eac d ractice teaching. For other reqmre. B. l a course m method, an p . . m io they ogy, should consuIt their advisor m Education. ments En. 201. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hom-s MR. SEMON A psychological study of the natuce of the learner and the nature of the !earning process. A consideration of such problems as the importance of the interaction of the chi!d"s and the teacher·, personalities, the edu. cationa] importance of individual differences, motivation in education, transfer of training, and a psychological evaluation of methods of teaching. New York Prereguisite; Education IO 1, Psychology 100. Teaching Subjects: Mathematics, 15 hours; Engl_it• f . 1 ":::!~a:;:::ges ( or Physical Science, 1~ ho~r~, om 30 hours.* languages, Social Studies, Ciences, Education Courses age History Biological any Classical two) , ( 1 8 5emester hours required) : • "pies of Educa- History, Philosophy, problems or prmo_ ........... 3 to 6 hours tl ·on .......... • · · · · · · · · · · · · ." · · 3 to 6 hours .. h00 l methods and materials ........... . Secondary sc Ps chology for Adolescent development and/or y ......... 3 to 6 hours · · · · · teachmg · · · · ·. · • • · · · · · · 2 to 6 hours teachers · · · · · · · · · · · · .· · d· · ·ractice Observation and supervise p ·tten examination in the f · language a wn . h To teach must a modem oreign. passe d ' m . addition to satisfyrng t e language be satisfactorily above requirements. Other States . tates other than Pennsylvama · should Students expect to teach rn sw1"th the Education Department as to confer earlywho in their college course specific state requirements. En. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS-Three hours A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use. A study of the usual methods of treating scores. Supervised administration, scoring and interpretation of standardized tests in public schools. Practice in the construction of objective tests. Prerequisite: Education 201. En. 207. PRACTICE TEACHING-Eight hours Students observe several teachers and teach in co-operation with and under the supervision of experts. Co-operative planning, teaching, and evaluation of results are emphasized. Large group, sma]J group, and individual conferences provide opportunity for discussion of principles and problems. Prerequisite: Education 201. En. 211. EXTRAcuruucuLAR ACTIVITIES-Two hours Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency gram. to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance pro. Prerequisite: Education 101 and 201. * �90 _ _ __ _ WILKES COLLEGE _ _ __ ~~::::::..==--:__ DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 91 MR. EMANUEL TION-Two hours . . l ED 212. VISUAL EDUCA . f . 1 education· prmc1p es . . 1 d t hn1ques o v1sua ' . A study of the matena s _an e~ . he incorporation of visual mstrucand lans for the use of visual ai s, t k f the classroom. tion m the wor o . 201 * and Psychology 100. Prerequisite: Education 101, ' ENGL 106. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY Three hours MR. HELTZEL Augments Engineering 105. Application of standard conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawings. Application of the principles of Descriptive Geometry to the solution of engineering spaceproblems by the projection and revolution of points, lines, planes and solids. Intersections and developments. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105. ~ MR. BAIZ CE Three hours d ED. 214. GUIDAN . d bl ms of guidance, an an f h · c1ples an pro e · A general survey o t e prm . sed in a guidance program m introduction to activiti~s ant te~::i~~~:s;lvania guidance teachers' and a public school: Required or Chemical Engineering counselors' certificates.. 202 and Psychology 100. Prerequisite: Education 201, ' C.E. 206. STOICHIOMETRY-Three hours A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. ENGINEERING Associate Professor Hall ·, Assistant Pro f essor Heltzel; Instructors Thomas and Halpin. p OBLEMS-Two hours THE STAFF ENGL 100. ENGINEERI~G R int the student with the aims, purLectures and discuss10ns to ac_qua An introduction to the proper oses and methods of the engineer. res"'ntation of solutions, both Pmethod of attack upon problems, prop_er P·n . .the use of the slide rule h · l Instruction i · z mathematical and grap ica_. Gra hs Lecture one hour, practtcu11 necessary to Problem solution. P · three hours a week. MR. HELTZEL D AWING-Three hours d d R . he elements of projection drawing an ~; A basic course covermg t d t f Chemistry and Physics. s O scriptive geometry necesfsary . for stu ntsensketching orthograph'ic an d iso· 1 O • .use . mstrume , analysis' and so u t·,on .of spaced includes etterrng, . and the 1 metric drawing, d1mens1orn~g, . and revolution of points, Imes an problems involvi_ng the proJe~t1o~ents. Practicum, seven hours a we1:k. planes. Intersections and deve op ENGi. 102. BASIC MR. HELTZEL 0 AWING-Three hours . ENGi. 105. ENGINEERING R same relation to the engm:erThis and the followin~ cou;s~ be;.rhtt:ars to our daily lif~. Techmcal ing profession as the subject o d ;ft~:ing. Use and care of rnstrument~ sketching and vertical freehan . e t· drawing with dimensions an d proJec orthographic an aux iliary . . ion d reproduction processe s. Pracsections; isometric drawing; tracings an ticum, seven hours a week. * Education . course may be taken with it. 201 instead of preceding this MR. HALPIN Prerequisite: Chemistry 203; Physics 201. Co-requisite: Physics 202. Civil Engineering C.E. 103. PLANE SURVEYING-Three hours MR. THOMAS Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from .field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105, Mathematics 105; or 107 and 109. C.E. 104. ROUTE SURVEYING-Four hours MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class two hours a week: Practicum six hours a week. Prerequisite: CE. 103. Mechanical Engineering M.E. 206. KiNEMATICS-Fo11r homs MR. THOMAS Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and ac- �92 WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES celeration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class two hours a week: Practimm six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 106, Mathematics 122, Physics 201. M.E. 211. MECHANICS I. STATICS-Three hottrs MR. HALL Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses ; centroids. Class, three hours --------ENG. 101. COMPOSITION-Th . . M.E. 212. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three hours MR. HALL Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. ENGLISH Professor Craig; Associate Professo,: Davies; Assistant Professors Donnelly, Kruger, E. Williams, and G. Williams; Instructors Evans, Foxlow, Groh, Tyburski, and Utz. Students who major in English are required to complete twenty-four hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the Freshman and Sophomore years. The twenty-four hours which the major must carry in English shou1J be so distributed as to include an advanced course in Composition or Journalism, three hours of work in Linguistics (English 201, 203, or 205) and a minimum of fifteen hours in Literature, three of which must be reserved for English 215. It is strongly recommended that all majors in English take six hours in a foreign language beyond the minimum requirement of twelve hours. All students who wish to take graduate work in the field of English should take at least twenty-four hours in two foreign languages. Majors who wish to teach in secondary schools are advised to elect English 275. The credit for this course may be counted toward either the major or the satisfaction of requirements for certification in Education. In planning his program with his faculty adviser, the student should make an early decision regarding the field in which credit for this course is desired. All entering Freshmen are required to take a placement test in English . Composition ENG. 99. REMEDIAL E GUSH- No credit THE STAFF A remedial course for students whose work in English is unsatisfactory. h ours 93 Prmoples of exposition· coll t 1 d. . THE STAFF ' a era rea ing; wnting of themes. ENG. 102. COMPOSITION Th h . . - ree ours P~mc1ples of exposition cont·n d· reading; writing of themes. Prerequisite: English 101. a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201, Mathematics 125. Co-requisite: Mathematics 126. ree -- ENG. 105. An 1 . THE STAFF ue 'narrat10n and description; collateral VANCED EXPOSITION-Tl h Dree ours MRs. . . W1LLIAMs , M R. D ONNELLY T ypes of exposition• Th d • · e e 1tonal t · etc. Collateral reading; themes. ' in erv1ew, informal argument, Prerequisite: English 101 placement test. or exceptionally high rating in the English SHORT STORY Th h ree ours A writing course Tra· . . MRs. WILLIAMS · rnmg m the J • the short story. se ectton and use of materials for Prerequisite: English 105. ENG. 106. fournalism ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Th h A b . , ree ours M W eginner s course ·n g th . RS. ILLIAMS 1 d ·· a errng and ·· eiirntron of news, writing leads an ':n:mg news. Topics include: news sources; a brief survey of th h~ butldmg the story, law of libel the c e 1story of Ame · · ' urrent status of freedom of the . ncan Journalism and papers address the class and ans pr~ss. Editors of local and nearby s wer questions tudents make comparative stud of . pape~s of U. S., both dailies and y and reRort on representative pract1ee in writing with weekl cou~try week11es. There is constant p rerequ1s1te: . . English ' y news ass1gnments · 102 _ ENG. 122. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Th h Th·1s course supplements E . h ree ours 1 MRs . WILLIAMS portant assignments· accidentngd1~ 121. Instruction in handling imtng · · s, 1sasters elect' 0 . s, cnme; covering the ma,· b . ' 1 ns, convent10ns meetor eats· City h 11 , quarters, federal building lab b ·. a ' court house, police headnewspaper style, writing head:r,m usm~ss, sports, _s?ciety; editing copy, Visit to local and neighb . , easurmg readabt11ty, sema.ntics. T onng newspaper ffi d . ;rm_ paper: series of articles suitable f o ces an prrnting plants. a ectmg the College or community. or newspaper on timely subject Prerequisite: English 121. • �94 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENG. 123. PUBLIC RELATIONS-Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS Recent development in fields of: public opinion, propaganda, public relations. Use of public opinion polls by editorial and advertising offices of newspapers; the Continuing Study of Newspaper Reading by the Advertising Research Foundation. Recognizing propaganda, use of rumor, pictures, well known devices. Study of pressure groups and lobbies, government publicity, national publicity campaigns, press releases. Special attention is given to the 2,300 trade journals and 6,000 house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. 95 ENG. 211. E E ARLY NGLISH DRAMA Th h Study of the drama as a l't ree ours MR. DAVIES . 1erarytype d ·th' times to 1642; reading of 1 b an ~ s istory from the earliest dramatists exclusive of Sb kp ays y pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan . . a espeare. Prerequisite: English 152 _ ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA Th h St d f h ree ours MR D . ud yo t_ e drama in England from 1660 to th d f h .. A~IEs perio ; re~~mg of representative plays. e en o t e Victorian Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 124. FEATURE WRITING-Three hottrs MRS. WILLIAMS Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the feature field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes . Prerequisite: English 102. Language and Literature ENG. 151. WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours Mrss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, term papers, quizzes, conferences, collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 101 and 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY, MR. E. WILLIAMS Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: English 151. ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE-Three hours MR. DONNELL y Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 203. ANGLO-SAXON-Three houn MR. DAVIES Study of the language and literature of Old English; reading of representative selections. Prerequisite: English 15 2 and consent of instructor. ENG. 205. CHAUCER-Three hours MISS CRAIG Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 215. SHAKESPEARE Th h ree ours . Intensive study of selected la s. r. Mrss CRAIG 10 class. P Y ' w itten reports on others not studied Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 216. MILTON-Three hours Miss CRAIG ~tudy of the poetical works of John Mrss CRAIG written reports. Milton; lectures, discussions, Prerequisite: English 152 . ENG. 221, AGE OF POPE Th h ree ours M A study of the poetry and n ii t' R. E. WILLIAMS the work of leading essayists,o~io c ::~!fsros~ o! this period, inclu_ding Prerequisite: English 152. g P , d1ansts, and letter wnters. ENG. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON Th h ree ours MR. E, WILLIAMS A study of the poetr and . the work of leading /ssayist:o~tct10~1 pro~: of 1740-1798, including Prerequisite: English 152. ' ograp ers, iarists, and letter writers. ENG. 237. E E ARLY NGLISH NOVEL Th h English prose fiction of th . t - h ree ours Miss CRAIG 0 f th e six eent and se t h . e novel to the dose of th . h ven eent centunes· rise .. e eig teenth century. ' P rerequ1S1te: English 152. ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH NovEL Th h Th . ree ours Mr C e ma1or novelists of the nineteenth a d . ss RAIG Prerequisite: English 152 _ n early twentieth centuries. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT Th Study of the works of d ree hours MR. DONNELLY wrt't ers contemporary with wthor sworth ' Coleridge, S co tt, an d rhe prose p em. rerequisite: English 152. ,vr ... �WILKES COLLEGE 96 MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING--Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. PROSE-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in Science, Philosophy, Art, Religion, and Society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 260. VICTORIAN ENG. 269. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours MRS. G. WILLIAMS, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 152. MR. UTZ 275. TEACHING OF ENGLISH-Three hours Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English Literature and Composition: Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for seniors majoring in English. ENG. ENG. 283. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three hours MR. E. WILLIAMS Survey of American Literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 284. AMERICAN LITERATURE- Three hours MR. E. WILLIAMS Survey of American Literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 287. AMERICAN DRAMA-Three hours MR. GROH The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. �WILKES COLLEGE 96 MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC BROWNING--Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND Prerequisite: English 152. 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in Science, Philosophy, Art, Religion, and Society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. ENG. 269. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours MRS. G. WILLIAMS, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 152. MR. UTZ ENGLISH-Three hours Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English Literature and Composition: Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for seniors majoring in English. ENG. 275. TEACHING OF MR. E. WILLIAMS hours Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. ENG. 283. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three Prerequisite: English 152. MR. E. WILLIAMS LITERATURE- Three hours Survey of American Literature from the Civil War to the present time. ENG. 284. AMERICAN Prerequisite: English 15 2. MR. GROH DRAMA-Three hours The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. ENG. 287. AMERICAN Prerequisite: English 152. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 97 ~ Speech ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-Two hours MR. KRUGER, MR. EvANs, MR. FoxLOw The physical, mental, and social equipment requisite for effective speaking. Classroom projects, which include oral reading, gesture exercise, pantomime, and various extemporaneous speeches, are designed to improve the student's physical behavior on the platform, to train his voice, to develop vocal variety, and to build habits of dear thinking. Critical analysis of speech technique and content, the purpose being to produce not only better speakecs but also better critics of speech. 132. ExTEMPORANEous SPEAKING---Two hours MR. KRUGER Continuation of English 131. Projects include speeches for vacious occasions, group discussions, and symposiums, with emphasis on the prfociples of persuasion, types of evidence, and methods of reasonfog. Continued critical analysis of speech technique and content; constant practice in speakiug and thinking to a de.finite end. ENG. Prerequisite: English 131. ENG. 133. ORAL INTERPRETATION-Two hours MR. KRUGER The principles and methods of oral interpretation of common prose and poetic forms are studied, with frequent practice in class; emphasis throughout is upon the sensitive understanding and appreciation of the selections read. Prerequisite: English 131 and 132. ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three hours MR. KRUGER Similar to English 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. 233. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE- Two hours MR. KRUGER The commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are discussed. ReENG . quired of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: English 131. FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque; Assistant Professors Dworski, Mitana, Vujica; Instructor Davidoff. F.L. 99. FuNDAMENTALS OF CoMPARATNE GRAMMAR-No cred;, THE STAFF A course designed to explain as briefly and as simply as possible the principles of grammar which cause difficulty for English-speaking per- ... �98 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 99 . . ua e· dThis course may be required of all sons studymg a foreign Jang . g_ma students who demonstrate their equacy in grammar. One hour. FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE-Three hours each . semester Miss DwoRsKI French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours. FR 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Thre~:._ouDrsWORSKI Miss McANIFF . MR. DISQUE, ;,uSS ' .. Introduction to F renc h grammar-' practice in reading, wntmg, and speaking the language. F NCH-Three hours FR. 102. ELEMENTARY RE H. DWORSKI Miss McANIFF MR. DISQUE, J.V.USS , Continuation of French 101. Prerequisite: French 101. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three MR. hours DISQUE, Miss DWORSKI Review of grammar,. prac fee 1 in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. . ' Prerequ151 . ·te •. F r ench 102 or the egmvalen~- hours FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE F RE NCH-Three MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRSKI Intro d uc t10n . to French civilization; practice in oral and written French. · 1 Prerequisite: French 103 or the equiva en __ DwoRSKl FR 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Th ree hours d . d forMISS students who . . . I ting A course eSJgne f . Intensive P ractICe IO trans a . . French in their particular field. o IO· wish to be able to read material m_ l S . or the Natural Sciences. terest in the Humanities, the Socia _oences, . ·t . French 103 or the equivalent. Prerequm e · Miss DwoRSKl TION-Three hours . FR. 106. FRENCH CONVERSA 'th emphasis on idiomat1c . · · the spoken language, wi .. f day Intensive practICe m . d aling with activities o every_ usage Use and of therecords commonedst to acquire fluency in speakmg life. an t~xpre~::~p~o:e e mi French. · l t . . French 104 o r the eqmva en . PrereqwSite: SKI Miss applied DwoR to FR 107 FRENCH COMPOSITION -Three hours . d French . . of grammar an d l'd•IOma t·JC usage m mo ern ' Stud .. compo~tion exercises and free comp0S1t1on. Pre.requisite: French 104 or the equivalent. A survey of the evolution of French Literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on genera! ideas, Lterary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of a nwnber of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 203. FRENCH CLASSIC DRAMA-Three hours Miss DwoRsICJ Study of selected works of Corneille, Moliere, and Racine. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 204. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three honrs MISs DwoRsK1 Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century, other than the dramatists. Three hours. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRsKI Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau . Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DWORSKI of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, andStudy Symbolism. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 207. THE NINETEENTH CENTURY FRENCH NOVEL-Three hours DwoRsKI The development of the French novel in the nineteenthMiss century, with special emphasis on Hugo, Stendhal, Balzac, Flaubert, and Zola . Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH DRAMA-Three hours Mrss Thecentury development of modern drama from the latter half of DwoRsKI the nineteenth to the present. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 209. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH PROSE-Three hours Mrss DwoRsKI Study of selected works from representative contemporary writers. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. �100 WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - - - ~ T I O N OF COURSES 101 German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours. GER. 203. GOETHE-Three hours GER. 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VuJICA Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. GER. 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VUJICA Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VUJICA Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: German I 02 or equivalent. R~ad~n~ and interpretation of selected MR. DISQUE and md1v1dua1 reports. works of Goethe. lectures Prerequisite: German 201-202 or . 1 equ1va ent. GER. 204. SCHILLER-Three hours Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: German 201 202 . 1 or equ1va ent. MR. DISQUE GER, 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN D RAMA-Three hours The German drama of h . MR. DISQUE to G erh art Hauptmann. lectures t e nmeteenth century from ludw1·g T1'eck tural history of the times. and reports on the literary and cu1Prerequisite: German 201 202 . 1 or equ1va ent. GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY GER. 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VUJICA Continuation of German 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. h Th ours The modern Germa short sto f . MR. DISQUE dividua1 reports; lectures on tl ry ~om nl atural1~m to the present. Inperiod. 1e cu tura and literary history of the Prerequisite: German 201 202 o . 1 r equ1va ent. - ree Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. GER. 105. SCIENTIFIC GERMAN-Three hours Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GER. 106. GERMAN CONVERSATION-Three hours MR. DISQUE A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours. Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: German I 04 or equivalent. GER. 107. GERMAN COMPOSITION-Three hours MR. DISQUE Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Three hours each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. Spanish SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH y1 h - nree ours A stu dy of basic elements of MR. . DAVIDOFF, MR . M ITANA Introduction to the reading of s. glamSmar: with extensive oral exercises. imp e panish prose. SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH Th h ree 011rs C t. . of 101 with MR. DAVIDOFF, MR . J.Vll H-TANA on muation . d specrn 1 emphasis O • an the natural idiom. n conversational approach Prerequisite: Spanish IOI or equivalent. SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH T'' h - Dree ottrs Exerc1ses · m · simple oral and written MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA of Spanish grammar. composition. Intensive review Prerequisite: Spanish I 02 or equivalent. �102 WILKES COLLEGE._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ OF COURSES - - - - - -DESCRIPTION - 103 S NISH-Three hours SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE PA MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NOVEL-Three hour, Introduction to t h e s tud Y of Spanish civilization. Readings from . selected Spanish authors. . Prerequ1s1 . ·te.. Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 105. COMMERCIAL SPANISH MR. MITANA The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. -Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA SP. 206. CONTEMPORARY SPANrSH LITERATURE-Three honrs . . ertains to economic t . · re1a t'ons between study of Span,sh as_ it an Pd the United States. Special emphas,s theThe Spanish-speakin~ _countnes on business letter wntrng. . Prerequisite: Spams • h l03 or equivalent. SP. 106. SPANISH CONVERSA TON I - MR. Reading and discussion of representative works in prose andMITANA poetry of modern Spanish writers. The signilicance of the generation of 1898. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA HISTORY Intensive practICe . rn . the spoken language. Emphasis on idiomatic usage. . · 4 uivalent. Prerequisite: Spamsh 10 or eq SP. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITI ON-Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA Stress will . be l ai.d on original compos1t10n . . and techniques of trans· l t . . • h l04 or equ1va en . 15 Professor Thatcher; Assistant Professor Mui; Instructor Rock. A major in History shall consist of twenty-four hours, of which twelve shall be in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in History are requireil to take both History I O1 and 102 and History IO 7 and 108; History 101 and 102, however, may not be counted toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. lation. Prerequ1S1te: Span , MR DAVIDOFF CULTURE- Three ,;ours . SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN .. d l nt of South America. The cultural, economic, . . an d political eve opme Prerequisite: Spams · h 104 or eqmvalent. SP 201-202. MAIN CURRENTS OF SPANISH LITERATURE MR. MITANA . Three hour, each semester . h literary thought from the A SUrvey of the development of Sparns . Middle Ages to the present time. . . . S · h 104 or eqmvalent. PrereqwSite: panIS LITERATURE-Three hours SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH MR. M!TANA f the sixteenth and seventeen th centuries Study of the great authtrs of Cervantes, and Lope de Vega. . with emphasis on the wor s o . . HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION Three hours each semester THE STAFF A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from Egypt and Mesopotamia to the present time. The development of government. social life, religion, scientiJic thought, literature and philosophy, and commerce and industry will be traced in general outline. HIST. I 05. ENGLISH HISTORY TO THE ELIZABETHAN PERIOD Three h orm MR. Mm A genera] course on the development of the English nation. The principal topics are: Britain before the Anglo-Saxons, the Anglo-Saxon period, the Norman Conquest, the development of English common law, the beginnings of parliaments, towns and universitiei, continental wars, the Tudor dynasty, and the Revival of learning. . h 201-202 or eqmvalent. Prerequ1S1te: SpanIS SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three hours MR. MITAN~ Representative works in the field of drama; lectures an d ind1v1dua reports. · I t Prerequisite: . . Spams . h 201-202 or equ1va en . H1sr. 106. E GLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three homs MR. Mm Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. �104 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 105 HIST. 107. AMERICAN-p ENNA.- HISTORY TO 1865-Three hours MR. THATCHER HIST. A general survey exten d'mg from the period of discovery and explora- tion to the end of the Civil Wn . d t do their outside reading on Students in Education will bed r_equ17 t. o to the development of the the history of Pennsylvania an its re a 10n nation. 234. EAST ASIA IN MODERN TIMES-Three hours This course deals with the impact of western civilization on the different traditions and institutions of China, Japan, and Southeast Asia, with emphasis on the persistent problems arising out of the contact of civilizations and their possible solutions. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 235. SOVIET HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865-Three hours T MR. HATCHER A general survey covering th e peno . d f rom 1865 to the present. HIST. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY MR. THATCHER n~h~rs . 'od since the Spanish-American War, An intensive of theofe;1 emphasizing the study emergence t e U rn°ted States as t ay world power and the economic . an d soci'al problems of the present cen ur . Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. RUSSIA-Three hours MR. Mu1 This course deals with the background and characteristic features of the communist state in Russia. Emphasis is placed on the political, social and economic, religious, and intellectual traditions as they developed through the Kievan, Mongol, Muscovite, and Imperial ages and on the efforts to solve some of the pcoblems arising out of the conBict between these civilization. persistent traditions and the increasing influence of western Eucopean Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 1500 TO THE FRENCH REVOLUTION-Three hoz,rs MR. ROCK A study of the political, social, economic, and inteilectual life of Europe Revolution. ram the time of its expansion in 1500 to the outbreak of the French HIST. 253. THE HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY MR THATCHER Three hours each semester · . . f h American Constitution and the growth of the constitut10na ong~ns ? tlesystem with special attention to the role of Athestudy American of the Supreme Court. . d . and Political &ience 101. Restncte Hrs_tory 107, 10\23 is a prerequisite for History 224. to Prerequisite: Juniors and Sen10rs. History Prerequisites: History 101 and 102 or consent of instructor. HisT. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three RocK A study of the political, social, and cultural development MR. of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. HIST. hours 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY-Three ho111"s 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN fRONTIER-Tt:7 ~::~CHER MR. ROCK A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the dass will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. UNITED STATES HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE F OREIGN POLICY OF THE MR. THATCHER Four hours . . to A study of the evolution of the several poli_cies that give direct10n t he relations of the United States with other nations.. . ted Prerequisite. . . . H.ts tory 107 ' 108 ' and Polit1ca . . l Soence 101 . Restnc to Juniors and Seniors. MATHEMATICS Assistant Professors Richards, Hull, and Wasileski; Instructor Creasy. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 45. GEOMETRY-No credit Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. Two hours per week. MATH. 98. SOLID THE STAFF �106 WILKES COLLEGE - MATH. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit Three hours THE STAFF This is a course designed for those wishing a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Mathematics 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Mathematics 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS- Three hours THE STAFF MATH. 105. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY- Five hours THE STAFF MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three hours THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY- Three hours THE STAFF Trogonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE I-Three hours THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, nominal and effective rates, equations of value, force of interest, amount and present value of simple annuity, deferred annuities, annuities due, perpetuities, general annuities certain, bonds, price of bond bought between interest dates, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three hours MATH. 122. ANA 107 G EOMETRY-Fottr hours T S St d f HE TAFF the uefe:al geo7:ietric figures by ~eans of coordinate systems, including LYTIC :;{s:ctio!s~ tra::r::m:~: ;q:;'::,~; :,~~~u;~ :~•;~:!d:~:;;,,ci;~::'. 0 MATH. 101. FuNDAME:r-..1ALS OF MATHEM ATICS-Three hours A combination of Mathematics 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. ----- THE STAFF Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. A continuation of Mathematics 101. ~ESCRIPTION o_ F _C ~ s THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. 0 1 0 quat1ons, famd1es of curves, rntroduction to Solid Analytic G eometry. pt~erequisite: Mathematics 105, or both Mathematics 107 and Mathe - ~~10~ MATH. 125. DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS-Pou , . T • . . . r tJOU,s HE STAFF L1m1ts, ~~nvattves, differentials, applications, theorem of mean value Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 2. · MATH. 126. INTEGRAL CALCULUS-Four hours THE STAFF Int~gr~tion, fundamental theorem, applications, ferentiation, multiple integrals. series, partial difPrerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. MATH. 127. THE TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS hree hours Buildin of a . MR. W ASILESKI struction !ids . ~rog~~m m s~condary mathematics, materials of int. '. rn. eac mg, maintenance of interest testing informal tee m teaching a:ithmetic, algebra, plane and solid ,geometry tp:ac ngonometry, and loganthms. , Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. MATH. 208. HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS-Th h M B . . . ree ours R. RICHARDS Alg ebgmnrngst ~bn ~abylon and Egypt, Greek Geometry, Arithmetic and e ra, con n utrnns of the R M C . ' Hindus and the "A b. " ~mans, aya, h1nese and Japanese, the . rn . th e Middle . raA IC notation, ma t1cs k · the· Arabs as custodians of Matheges, awa ·enmgs rn Europe, Vieta and the Renaissance, Fermat and Descartes, Newton's importance in the seventeenth centur~, French mathematicians of the eighteenth centur the reat expansion and the strengthening of the foundati'on . thy, . g s m e nrneteenth cen tury, th. e_ tren d to abstraction in this century. Prerequ1s1te: Mathematics 126. MATH. 213. THEORY OF EQUATIONS- Th. h R tee ottrs Miss HULL ootstoptes. an_d graphs of equations, determinants and matrices , miscellaneous Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. �108 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 109 GEOMETRY-Three hours Mrss Huu Study of space Geometry by means of coordinate systems, including lines and planes and the relations be~een them, systems of pla?es, parametric equations of a surface, cylinders, . surfaces of revoluti_on, spheres, quadric surfaces, reduction of quadnc surfaces to canonical forms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. MATH. 216. Soun ANALYTIC MATH. 218. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE II-Three hours GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI The notable lines, points, and circles associated with the triangle; circles and systems of circles. Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. MATH. 222. SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE An introduction to projective methods and their application to the point, line, and plane. Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. METHODS-Three hours Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. EQUATIONS-Three hottrs Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL THE STAFF I-Three hours MR. An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS Continuation of Mathematics 251. Prerequisite: Mathematics 251. Applied Music . Individual instruction is offered at al! levels of difficulty to students in Piano, Pipe Organ, Voice, Violin, and several Band-Orchestra In. struments. A s_eries of lifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstrat10n (examination) before the Music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not Music majors may receive one credit each semester for Voice or Instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. II-Three hours The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in Music wil! be evaluated at the end of the Sophomore year by the Music faculty. The student wil! be advised before the opening of the follow. mg semester Music major. if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the MR. CREASY Frequency distributions of one variable, m?men~s ~s st~tistical constants, discrete frequency distributions, theoretical d1stnbut10~s for testing hypotheses, frequency distributions of ~ore. than on~ vanable, ~andom sampling, linear regression and correlat10n, introduction to multiple and partial correlation. MATH. 252. ADVANCED CALCULUS Liberal_Arts students wishing to major in Music wil! fol!ow the pro• gram 65. outlmed on page 46. A rwo-year terminal program is outlined on page GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI MATH. 228 . STATISTICAL Assistant Professor CobJeigh; Instructors Balshaw Henderson Isaacs Liva, McHenry, and Moran. ' ' ' MR. CREASY A priori probability, empirical prob~~ility, mortal~ty t~bles, annuities, certain, pure endowment, life annu1t1es, whole life insurance,. premiums, premium formulas, reserves, reserve systems, ·gross premmms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 115, or permission of instructor. MATH. 221. ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN MUSIC Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC-Three hours MR. COBLEIGH, MR. MORAN An ele~enta'.y course in _the art of enjoying and listening to Music. Non-techn,cal, 1t covers bnefly the entire range of Music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Mus. 101-102•103-104. Musrc THEORY-Five hours each course MR. RICHARDS MR. RICHARDS COBLEIGH, MR. MORAN The study of Music Theory is centered upon three main principles: (I) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The concentration of al] Theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading Music schools. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES T h subJ. ect matter of the first two semesters of Theory is divided e lf io two hours· harmony, one between ear training, two hours; so egg Theory a;e divided into The third and fourth semesters o :~:~~aining, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The choice of subject material will be determined as far as possible by the interests of those electing the course. Announcement of the topic will be made on or about May 15, for the first semester of the next academic year. All students interested are asked to consult with the Chairman of the Music Department. Offered in alternate years. Offered in 1950-51. 110 f Th re is no prerequisite for Theory 101. . . Stued ents may be admitted to the other courses by exammat1on. Mus. 109. Music HISTORY- Three hours MR. ° MR . CoBLEIGH 1· . S h 1 . t th century The rise of Nationa istic c oo s. Music in the nmde ;en ch opera. Offered in alternate years. Offered Italian, German, an ren . in 1949-50. Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND-One-half hour a semes t er Prerequisite: Music 100. CoBLEIGH . .. d his music related to the social, economic pol1t_1c~l, The ·composer an d f h 'od A survey of musical acttv1ty and religious backgroun t e pen · G' ·n 1949-50 from 1500 to 1800. Offered in alternate years. iven l . • Mus. 110. Music HISTORY-Three ere dits 111 MR . MORAN . half credit a semester for a coral of two St~dents ;nay receive on~ll students desiring credit for participation credits for rour semesters. . in the Band should consult with the Band director. Mus. 125 -126-127-128. CHORUS-One -half hour a semester MR . CoBLEIGH Mus. 210. Music HISTORY- Three hours MR. COBLEIGH A detailed study of one of the topics listed under Music 209. Announcement of topics will be made on or about December 15, for the second semester of the academic year. All interested should consult with the Chairman of the Music Department before that date. Offered in alternate years. Offered in 19 50- 51. Prerequisite: Music 100. Mus. 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Three hours MR. MORAN The in.struments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Music 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Mus. 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND ARRANGINc---Three hours MR. MORAN . one -half credit a semester for a coral• ·of cwo s d ts may receive · c~ en c for pamopanon credits for iour semesters. All students desiring credit . in the Chorus should consult with the Chorus director. Mus. 209. Music HISTORY-Three hours A detailed study of one of the following topics: (a) The Symphony (b) Wagnerian Opera ( c) Music since 1900 ( d) The Concerto (e) Vocal Music ( f) Beethoven (g) Bach (h) Brahms ( i) The Symphonic Tone Poem MR. CoBLEIGH Scoring for the large orchestra of the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Music 215. Mus. 217. ANALYSIS- Two houn MR. COBLEIGH The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of Music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 218. COUNTERPOINT-Three honrs A study of the various species of countrapunral writing which form the basis of the composers from Bach to the present. Use of texts in the application of melody to the vocal line. �112 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHILOSOPHY 113 PHIL. 211. HISTORY OF ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY Three hours Assistant Professors Mitana and Vujica. A major in the combined fields of Philos?~hy and _Religion consists of twenty-four hours in Philosophy and Rel1g1on. Phi!osophy 101 and Religion 101 are not accepted for credit toward a maJor. The courses may be selected from these two fields as is desired by the student. MR. VUJICA ~he developme~t of philosophical thought from its appearance in Ionia to the Renaissance. The permanent contributions of the Greek thinkers, particularly Plato and Aristotle, to Western culture. Patristic and scholastic philosophy. The culmination of scholasticism in the systems of Thomas Acquinas and Dun~ Scotus. Jewish and Mohammedan medieval thought. Prerequisite: Philosophy 1O1. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY-Three hours THE STAFF An introduction to the main problems of Philosophy. !1-~ong _the topics to be considered are the nature of the univers~; the ongm ~f _life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; moral, religious, and aesthetic values; the sources and validity of knowl~~ge. The p~rpose of the course is to acquaint the student with the tradit10nal_ solut10n of these problems in order to interest him in s~rio~s an~ ~efl.ectiv~ tho~ght, to coordinate his know ledge, and to aid him m gaming an mtell1gent understanding of the world and life. MR. MrTANA The objective of the course is to familiarize the stu~~nt with the _elementary principles of dear thinking. The use and validity of reasonm?, hypothesis, induction, deduction, and _other approaches to knowledge m the field of the Natural and Social Sciences will be presented. PHIL. 102. LOGIC-Three hours PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL ETHICS-Three hours A study of the great ethical systems such as I:ed?nism, Formalis?1, Utilitarianism and Self-Realizationism. The applicat10n ~f moral principles to the life of the state, the family and the economic ~rder.. The nature of virtue, conscience, moral character a~d th_e relat10nsh1p of ethics to other fields of knowledge are discussed m this course. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION-Three hours The tmttment of religious problems in Philosophy; t~e nature, _s~ope and validity of religious knowledge; forms and expressions of rel1g1?us behavior. The aim of the course is to give the stude~t a? understa~~mg of the basic principles of Religion and the contnbut10n of rehg1ous thought to current interpretations of life. PHIL. 205. AESTHETIC-Three hours MR. MITANA Theories of the essential character of beauty, its purpose and standards· the application of general aesthetic principles to poetry an? th e fine 'arts; the comparison of the aesthetic with other types of expenence. PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY-Three hottrs MR. VUJICA The most important systems of Philosophy from the Renaissance t~rou~h the end of the Nineteenth Century. Seventeenth Century Ra~1~nal1sm (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz). Eighteenth Century Empir1osm. (Locke, Berkeley, Hume) Kant's Criticism and Hegel's Idealism. P~st-Ka_ntian_ and Post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern sCience m philosophical speculation. Prere uisite: Philosophy 101. PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY- Three hours MR. VUJICA .Th~ principal trends in Twentieth Century philosophies. The contnbut10ns of Bergson, James, Dewey, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other living philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for ~ach student are included in the program of Physical Education. PhysICal Education is required of both men and women during the Freshman and Sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in Physical Education so far as possible, is done out of doors and includes soccer, football, t~nnis, and golf. ~~e indoor work during the winter includes a large number of competitive games. Th_e C?llege women al_so are given a thorough medical and physical exammat10n before entermg upon the program of Physical Education. During the spring and fall, the work for women consists of outdoor athletics; during the winter, activities such as dancing basketball and natural gymnastics are carried on. ' ' �114 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 115 P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE One hour each semester THE STAFF This course includes two hours of physical instruction and one hour of class instruction in personal Hygiene each week. It is designed to promote physical coordination, good heal~h habits, ~nd to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Three hours each week. P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL PHYS. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASVREMENTs---Three hours Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of Chemistry: includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. EDUCATION-One hour each semester POLITICAL SCIENCE THE STAFF This course is a continuation of Physical Education 101 and 102, without the instruction in personal Hygiene. Assistant Professor Mailey; Instructors Hibbard, and Kazlas. A major in Political Science shall consist of twenty-four hours. AU co~rses except_ ~oliticaf Science 100 and 101 are acceptable toward the ma1or. In addition, History 223, 224, and 228, and Economics 212 and 236 are also acceptable. PHYSICS Associate Professor Hall; Assistant Professor Heltzel; Instructor Taylor. SCIENCE-Three hours MR. TAYLOR A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods,_ concepts'. vocabulary, and applications of some of the more outstand~ng pnnoples of Physics to the needs of the individual and the ~ommunitf; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of soence affect our future way of life. lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL PHYS. 119. METEROLOGY-Three ho,,rs MR. TAYLOR A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions a~companying weather changes. Weath~r predictions, air-mass _analysis and the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agnculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS, 201. GENERAL MR. HALL PHYSICS-Five hours MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of N~ture, meetin? requirements for later work in technical courses. Required of all Science students and elective for other students. Mechanics, Heat, and Sound. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation and experimental work in the laboratory. Class four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105; or 107 and 109. PHYSICS-Five hours MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Physics 201. Electricity, light and Modern Physics. Class four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201. P.S. 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT-Three hour, MR. MAu.EY This course includes a treatment of government in the United States at all levels: national, state, and local. The course is offered to the natural science students only. Bachelor of Arts and Commerce and Finance students may take the course only with the perm1ss10n of the instructor. P.S. 101. AMERICAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT-Three hottrs THE STAFF A study of the National Government and the Institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into law, and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact the CitJzenemphasized. on the government and of the government on the citizen isofrepeatedly P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW-Three hours each semester MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. PHYS. 202. GENERAL P.S. 203. Pour1cs AND POLITICAL PARTIES---Three hours MR. MAILEY . A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. �116 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 117 P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three hours MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: Political Science 101 and Sociology 100. P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three homs MR. HIBBARD ministration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. MR. MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three ho11rs MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increas_ing importance of government in a .field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three hottrs MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAw-Three hours A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 0 1. MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and ad- P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three hours MR. KAZLAS Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. A broad oencral course covering the structure, powers, and function of state g;v~rnments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours P.S. 222. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Three hof.lrs MR. KAzLAS A study of the development of the body of customs and rules wh~ch states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. Desideratum: United States and European History. P.S. 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Three hours MR. KAZLAS A stud! of tw? European '?overnments representing two diametrically ~ppos:d 1dealog1e:, the English and the Russian. Since political institutions m the ~mencan system are traceable to the English, the first half of tl~e cou~se 1s devoted to the English Government; the second half is a consideration of Russian political institutions. Comparisons l-etween the two are continually made. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 O1. PSYCHOLOGY Assistant Professor Dominguez; Instructors Boyle, Guttman, Harker, Kanner, and Riley. _A major in Psychology consists of a minimum of twenty-four hours in this _field. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 25 5 1s acceptable. The department_ requi_res t~at Psychology majors substitute one year o~ a l~borat~ry soence m B10Iogy, Chemistry, or Physics in place of B10log1cal Sc1en~e. Students planning to take graduate work in Psychology ?1ust take either French or German to meet future graduate school requuements. The major in Psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of Psychology on a graduate level, or whose interest lies in the teaching of Psycholo?~ in co!l~ge, or in the application of Psychology to such fields as advertising, cl m1cal work, business, or educational or indu~tria! personnel. The student is cautioned that an undergraduate ma;or In Psychology does not qu~lify him for professional psychological work. A?vanced graduate study 1s always required before the individual can qu~l1fy_ as a ps?chologist. In a great many fields today, the Ph.D. degree 1s berng reqmred for qualification. Students ~ho wish ~o become certified by the Pennsylvania Department of P~bl1c Instruction as psychological examiners or as public school psychologists should plan their program carefully under the direction of their faculty adviser so that necessary courses may be taken. Courses numbered above 250 are open to Seniors only. �118 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours 119 THE STAFF PsY. 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three hours An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individu_als and ~o his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. Not open to Freshmen. Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF PSY. 212 . HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only supe~ficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects_ as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Recommended for prospective majors. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. THE STAFF n~~n TuE~FF A study of the theory of psychological testing. The principles underlying test selection, standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course is a prerequisite for the following courses: Psychology 251, 252, and 255. Prerequisite: Psychology PSY. 203. INTRODUCTION TO EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Three hours THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of Psychology. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 204. ADVANCED EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A more advanced lecture and laboratory course, including practi~e with the older as well as with the more recent methods employed rn psychological research. Prerequisite: Psychology 203. PSY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss HARKER An introduction to the industrial application of Psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony ~1:1d fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work cond1t1ons; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psychology 212. PsY. 252. PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY- Three hours 251 or permission of instructor. THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions _to individua~ ~iff~rences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psychology Mrss HARKER An introduction to the study of psychological factors underlying personnel procedures in business, industry, and education. Discussion of case studies in the settlement of personnel problems in the business world. The administration of the personnel program is analyzed from the point of view of the psychological effects it may have on the employee. Prerequisite: Psychology PsY. 206. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours 100. 100. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent Psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. Prerequisite: Psychology 100, 201, and one additional course. PsY. 255-256. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY- Three hours each semester PsY. 207. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss HARKER The course is designed to present a general view of the devel~pment and growth of the child. It is concerned primar!ly wi:h the _hered~ty a:~ native equipment of the child and t~e manner m whICh this equipme _ is modified during childhood. Emot10nal development, language <level opment, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. Miss DOMINGUEZ A detailed study of the administration and interpretation of some of the individual tests. The student is given the opportunity for actual experience in testing in the Wilkes-Barre Public Schools. The interpretation, by the clinical method, of normal and abnormal behavior of children and adults. His torical sketch; outline of method, including examinations, classification, prognosis, and remedial measures. Prerequisite: Psychology 207 and 212 . �120 WILKES COLLEGE PsY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours DESCRIPTION OF COURSES THE STAFF A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. Prerequisite: Psychology 201 and 208. Open to Seniors only. PsY. 301-302. RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. Prerequisite: Permission of head of department and open to Psychology majors only. RADIO Instructor Morgan and Staff: Hal Berg and Thomas Bigler. RA. 100. INTRODUCTION TO RADIO-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND ST,\FF An orientation course covering the history, development, organization and control of broadcasting. Including the international system, soci~l and economic influences, as well as the administration, programming, and operation of the individual station. RA. 102. RADIO ANNOUNCING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A laboratory-studio course in basic microph?ne techniques,. stressing practical experience in the procedures and routm~s of a~nou?cmg. ~lso developing an understanding of the announcer s qualtficat10ns, skills, and work. Prerequisite: Radio 100. RA. 201. RADIO WRITING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF An intensive study of the basic principles of good radio continuity writing, providing class instruction in the writing of all ~inds _of copy: commercial announcements, program continuity, dramatlC scripts, etc. Individual exercises and assignments. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 202. RADIO NEWS EDITING AND BROADCASTING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A course in the editing, building, writing, and presentation of th~ news program. Information about news source_s and t_he history ~n _ development of news broadcasting. Students -:ill be given ample P portunities for actual preparation and presentat10n of newscasts. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 203. 121 CONTROL ROOM TECHNIQUES AND PRODUCTION PROBLEMS Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A course designed to acquaint the student with the technical aspects of control room operation, such as handling of console and turntables, proper care and cueing of records and transcriptions. Also a study of various production problems, embracing a knowledge of studio production signals, handling of remote broadcasts, et cetera. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 204. RADIO ADVERTISING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A study of Radio Advertising and its relation to other media. Organization of the sales staff, and the selling and servicing of commercial accounts. Problems of time buying, audience measurement, marketing statistics as they relate to local, regional, and national accounts. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 206. RADIO ACTING AND DIRECTING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A workshop course affording opportunity for student participation in radio broadcasts and all types of radio dramatics. Also including experience in the techniques of radio production, tracing the development of a program from the idea stage to the presentation, emphasizing script reading, rehearsal techniques, sound effects, music, et cetera. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RELIGION Assistant Professor Vujica. A major in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consists of twenty-four hours in Philosophy and Religion. Philosophy 101 and Religion 101 are not accepted for credit toward a major. The courses may be selected from these two fields as is desired by the student. REL. 101. HISTORY OF RELIGIONS-Three hours MR. VUJICA Nature and origin of Religion. Significant founders and leaders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals. A comparison of the most important features of the great religions. The contributions of Religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT-Three hours A study of the religious thought and practices of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the earlier writings of the Old Testament. �122 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. Prerequisite: Religion 101. REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three hours A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Empha~is is placed upon the Prophetic and Post-Exili~ periods of Hebr~w h1sto~y. ~he gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course 1s a contmuat10n of Religion 20 l. Prerequisite: Religion 101. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT-Three hours A study of the types of literature found in the New T_es_tament. P~oblems of language and authorship are discu~sed. ~he religious teachmgs of Jesus and the Apostolic Church a~e s_tud.1ed agamst the background_ of their own time and examined in then s1gn1ficance for contemporary life. Prerequisite: Religion 101. RETAIL MERCHANDISING Professor Rosenberg; Instructors O'Toole, Riley, and Sheridan. Bachman, Brightbill, Cooney, R.M. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING-Three hours MR. BRIGHTBILL, MR. COONEY, MISS SHERIDAN Policies and practices of the various retail institutions;_ types of retai! institutions and types of merchandise han~le_d; store location and layout, sales and service policies; employment, tramrng, and welfare. R.M. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three hours MR. BRIGHTBILL, MR. COONEY, Miss SHERIDAN Basic principles of successful retail store organization; study of. the organizational structure of department s:ores; organization and fun~t:ons of operating divisions; planned observation in e~ployment, trai~m~~ receiving, marking, delivery, wrapp_ing, phone, mad order and adJuS ment departments. Field trips to retail stores. RM 201 COLOR AND DESIGN-Two hours MR. OTOOLE · · . · d t le Ages of civilization and development of industrial age. P:r.10 :' symbols classicism modern design. Components of composition, P . · ht , texture. !ems of, function; ' proport10n, balance, r h yt h m, c~1or,_ 1ig Fundamentals of interior decoration. Color and design m appare1· :tb- 123 R.M. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION-Two hours Miss SHERIDAN Study of basic principles of Retail Advertising and Sales Promotion. Organization and procedure of advertising department in retail stores; types of retail advertising; copy, headline, layout, type, advertising media, display; research. R.M. 207. RETAIL SELLING-Three hottrs MR. BRIGHTBILL, MR. COONEY, MR. RILEY, Miss SHERIDAN Fundamentals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of merchandise and the store; knowledge of the customer; selling techniques; building permanent business. Laboratory observation; actual selling. R.M. 210. ELEMENTS OF MERCHANDISE-Three hours MR. COONEY, Miss SHERIDAN Merchandise informatibn; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Natural, industrial, and synthetic materials; properties, technologies, imitations; plastics, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, china. R.M. 212. PURCHASES AND MERCHA DISE CONTROL-Three homs THE STAFF Importance of purchases; principles and methods; forms of procedure, handling, storing, and warehousing methods; inventories and their control; types and limi tation of stock control systems; application of systems. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R.M. 214. RETAIL BUYING-Two homs THE STAFF Buying as a career; types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of customer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade relations. laboratory work required. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R.M. 215. DISPLAY-Two homs THE STAFF Techniques of store arrangement; display of merchandise and services. within the store; window display. �124 WILKES COLLEGE ----DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 125 RM 217. l'UNDAMENTALS OF FASHION-Th ree h ours . THE STAFF . . . How the fashion world works. Fashions as a social. force. in Fashion Paris, England, United States. Appare, 1 millinery , shoes, accessories; fashion shows. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R PERSONNEL RELATIONS-Three hours R.M. 219.MR ETAIL BRIGHTBILL, MR. C 00 NEY' MR ' RILEY ' MISS SHERIDAN . . . . b l ·s· employment procedure; wage Retail personnel pol1C1es; JO a~a. ysi_ , m lo ee evaluation; employee plans and mcentives; empl~y~e t:ai~1fg,_ ~at1onyaffecting labor problems stabilization; employee participation, eg1s in retailing. S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Four hours each semester Miss BEDILLION Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand; development of skill in Typewriting, and ability to apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from Shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. S.S. 105-106. SHORTHAND-Two hours each semester MR. ]ENKlNS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on mastering fundamental principles, during the first semester; dictation and transcription, including principles of English during the second semester. Four hours each week. All laboratory. R.M. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STTORES HE TAFF Two hours · 'fi · S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING-Two hottrs each semester MRs. WILSON . . factors in1·business success; Just1 cation Importance of small busmess, . . . management· employee b • fi ancing· locat10n· po Kies, ' d of new usmesses; n. , . pro , fit·, records; small business an relations; sales promotion; turnover, the future. Development of skill in Typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from Shorthand notes during second semester. laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. RM 222 RETAIL CREDITS AND COLLECTIONS-T wo h ours THE . STAFF . . . d. d tment· charge accounts; passmg on apOrganization o( ere i_t ep;_r b ' . mercantile agencies; salescheck plication for cred~t; retail ~e it ~rea~;espondence; personal financing; rocedure· collection proce ure an co . d' contracts; :ms t allment credit·' legal aspects of retail ere it. P R.M. 224. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETA!~~ STAFF Three hours · R . ff ndamentals- trends m . reta1·1·mg,. st u dy of developments m ev1ew o with u retail. store , execu t.ives. Laboratory work; reports on cooperation trends and developments. S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY-Four hours each semester Mrss BEDILLION Review of Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in Shorthand, Typewriting, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 102. SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg; A ss1stan . t Professor Bedillion; Jenkins, Whitby, Wilson. ss Instructors dMRS. dWILSON d velopment of an un erstan Development of skill m Tfpewntm'?, e material. application of typing of good style and form m_ typewritten term' a ers. Laboratory ing skill to the writing of busrness letters and PP fee required. Four hours a week. • • 99 PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING. N 0 Ct·edit S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND-Two hours each semester . . . . . o-· MR.legibility; JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on fluency and development of speed and accuracy in the application of Shorthand, Typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 106. S.S. 115-116. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING-Two hours each semester MR.s. WILSON Development of greater speed and accuracy in Typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to �126 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercia_l forms; Rreparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto n_iaster copies; transcription from Shorthand notes; d_evelopment of desuable work habits and attitudes. laboratory fee requ1red. Four hours laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 108. S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL AccOUNTING--Three hours 127 A major in Sociology must include the four following courses: Sociology 255, 265, 278, and 280. Political Science 204 may also be accepted toward the major in Sociology. The courses given by the Department of Sociology and Anthropology are divided into seven groups: MR. WHITBY fundamental principles of Accounting and thei~ application to the keeping of books and records in business and profess10nal offices. S.S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three ho11rs Miss BEDILLION Study of accepted procedures in typical medical _office~, cli_nics, and hospitals; application of stenographic skil!s to medical d1~ta~10n; t_ranscription of case histories taken from hospital r~cordsi specialized dictation in several branches of medicine; practice m fillmg out forms for insurance companies, for Veterans Administration, and for Workmen's Compensation. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two hours Miss BEDILLION Speed dictation for speech reporting. _Four h?urs ea_c~ week. . Prerequisite: satisfactory background 1_n English; a?il1ty to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transrnbe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four hours Miss BEDILLION Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures_ in typical business and professional offices;. study of personal _and technical requirements for secretaries; understandm~ and use of ~artous commercial forms ; operation and use of office machmes ~nd equipment; personal and vocational guidance. laboratory fee regutred. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. I Sociological Theory Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO SoaoLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A systematic view of Sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to problems. questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological Soc. 278. ADVANCED GENERAL SoooLOGY-Three hours Mrss HOLBROOK An analytical study of the structural elements of society in terms of their functional relationship to social organization and social change. The course is d"5igned to_ enable the student to apply these analytical tools to the relatmn of society to the person, the analysis of groups, the study of maJor 1nstitut1ons, and the understanding of social change. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. "' Soc. 280. HISTORY OF Soc10LoGICAL THEORIES-Three hou-, MR. SYMONOLEWicz A historical study of the development of sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a histoncal background necessary for understanding of the current trends in Soao!ogy as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, prob. lems, and methods. Prerequisite: Sociology 278. II Population and H11man Ecology Soc. 215. URBAN SOCIOLOGY-Three ho11rs Miss HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Tb~ d~velopment of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organ12ation and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Sociology l 00. Assistant Professor Symonolewicz, Instructors Chwalek, and Holbrook. A major in Sociology consists of twenty-four hours .. Although_Soci; ology 100 is a prerequisite for all the courses 10 Sociology, 1t 1s no accepted toward a major in Sociology. III Social Organization Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEwrcz . Tb~ development of marriage and the family in ethnological and h,stoncal perspective. Family disorganization and problems of adjust- �128 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 129 ment to modern conditions. Practical aspects of marriage. responsible for marital success or failure. Factors Soc. 27S. RACE AND CULTURE Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 204. EDUCATIONAL Miss HOLBROOK, MR. SY.MONOLEWICZ SOCIOLOGY- Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A study of the structure and function of formal education as a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education and other basic mstitutions- f amily, church, economics, and government. The pattern of human relations within the school and the relation between the school and community. The interaction of the formal and informal educational agencies. Contemporary educational problems and their sociological backgrounds. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 208. SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Comparative study of religious behavior and institutions. Soci~l factors and conditions underlying religious movements. The evolut10n of religious groups and types of religious leadership. Religion and other major social institutions. Function and role of the church in society. Prerequisites: Sociology 100, Psychology 100, and Religion 101. Soc. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three hottrs CONTACTS-Three hours Mrss HOLBROOK An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Prerequisites: Sociology 100, Psychology 100, and Economics 100. A study of the processes leading to acculturation of racial and ethnic groups in American society and of the economic, social and psychological forces responsible for group antagonism. The course is designed to acquaint the student with the problem of prejudice and discrimination against minority groups in a democratic society. Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. V Social Work Note: All the courses offered in this division are pre-professional, i.e. they do not carry any graduate credit. They are introductory in character and were designed especially to meet the needs of those students who are planning to do some work in the field before enrolling in one of the recognized graduate schools of social work. Soc. 24S. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK- Three hours A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 246. SOCIAL CASE WORK-Three hours An introduction to the principles and problems of social case work. A discussion of methods of interviewing and recording. Prerequisite: Sociology 24S. IV Social Change and Social Disorganization Soc. 230. SOCIAL 248. INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNITY RECREATION-Three hours An analysis of the concepts of recreation as an area of community service; a review of the various types of recreational services and an examination of the planning for coordination and expansion of these services. A practical and theoretical course for persons planning to enter the .field of recreation. Soc. PROBLEMS-Three hours MISS HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Prerequisites: Sociology 24S and Sociology 21S. Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY- Th ree hottrs Mrss HOLBROOK Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods ; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisites: Sociology 230 or Sociology 278. VI Social Psychology Soc. 25S. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY- T hree hottrs MR . SYMONOL EWICZ A general survey of the field of Social Psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences ; social interaction ; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. �130 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 131 Soc. 260. CULTURE AND PERSONALITY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A comparative study of the development and functioning of human personality in various cultures from the point of view of Social Psychology and Social Anthropology. Prerequisite: Sociology 2 5 S. Vil Anthropology Soc. 265. GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY-Three hotJrs MR. SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Fossil man and prehistoric cultures; modern races and the problem of their classification; nature, characteristics and elements of culture. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 270. PEOPLES OF THE WORLD-Three hours MR, SYMONOLEWICZ A rapid survey of the peoples and cultures of the world in their historical relations. Distribution of races, languages, nationalities and cultures and ideological and socio-economic factors responsible for contemporary social unrest in various parts of the world, particularly among the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. SAFETY SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS-Three hours The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniq-q.es of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATIONS AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY EDU- CATION-Three hours A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. S. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Three hottrs Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest is always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. SAFETY �132 WILKES COLLEGE SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Three hours Ams IN The Evening Division SAFETY EDUCATION- Discussion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other sensory aids; standards for appraising and their relationship to the curriculum; guiding principles and techniques; minimum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. To meet the needs of ambitious men and women, who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields . 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon comple6on of thirty semester hours, the student's high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at the request of the student, and he may then be <egistered as a degree candidate. However, no student may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is gua!i. fied to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishEs to regisc.::r. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this must be approved by th, Deans. ATTENDA CE Attendance at evening classes may be discontinued whenever the record of achievement indicates that the person is nor obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study. �134 WILKES COLLEGE Index lecture Courses In its role as a community college, Wilkes believes that positive good will result from the continuing education of adults. Toward that end, an introductory program in adult education is being offered in the Evening Division . These non-credit courses will meet one night each week for ten weeks during the semester. The charge for these non-credit courses is considerably less than that of the regular undergraduate courses. Each person will pay $10 per course per semester. Courses to be offered during the regular college year of 1951-52 will be announced during the summer. Further information about this Non-Credit Program may be obtained by contacting the Director of Admissions. Accounting Accreditment Admission Requirements 52, 54, 72 ...................................................................................... ·····•· .... 22 22 23 60 11 Advanced Standing .................. ··································································· Aeronautical Engineering ............................. -................................................... . Assistants in Administration Athletics Attendance 39 Band ..... -......................................... -....................... Biology ················•· .. ·······.......................................................... 25 ......................................... 38 ........... 47, 75 Conspectus of Course ....................................................... -..................... 48 Board of Trustees ............. ················································································· 8 Buildings ················•···•····························· ·············································-··························· 20 Business Administration . .. . .. .... 33 53, 77 Conspectus of Course ......................................................................................... 55 Calendar, College ................... . ................ ........................... 6 Careers Library ............................................................................................ -......... .......................... 29 Chemica I Engineering . .. . ..... ........ . . .... .......... . . . .......... ... . .... ... . 60, 9 I Conspectus of Course ...................... ................................................................... ............. 60 Chemistry ..... . ............. .......... ....................................................................... 34, 49, 81 Choral Club ............................ ........ . ······················································ ..... .... .... 38 Civil Engineering ....................... ........ ...... .. .. ... ........ . .. . ......... 60, 91 Clubs ................................................................................................................. ...................... ............. 39 Commerce and Finance ....... Conspectus of Course 52 Accounting .....-........................... ....................................................................................... 54 Business Administration ............................................... -.............-.......-.............. 55 Retail Merchandising ... ............................................... .................. 57 Secretarial Studies .. ......................................................................... 58 Community Prngrams . .... .... ..... . 31 Counseling ............................... ...................... ···-··················································24, 29 Curricula ..................................................... .................................. ...................................................22, 40 Debating .......................... ······················································-······················································ 39 Degree Courses ························································ ··························· ·········································· 41 Requirements for A. B. Degree ........................ ....... .................. 42 Requirements for B. S. Degree ..... ................. .. .. .... ... ..... 4 Description cf Com·ses .. . .. .. 711 Dramatics ......... ····-- ·-·····-··· ·······---. Economics ..... · ..........-.............................................................-..... 38 Edu cation ············-·-------------------·······-················--·-····· 83 ElectricalingEngineering ...................................................................................................................... 87 Enginee1 . 61 English ............... ···························-··· ······································-· 34, 59, 90 92 Evening Division ............................................................................................................. 133 Expenses ...... ...............•................ ·················-············································ ·· 26 ~xtension Classes ................................................................................................................... _.. 22 Facult.v ·····.· ............. ·······················-································ ......... ............. ................ 12, 25 �136 W ILKES COLLEGE IND EX F a cult y Committees ................ ........... ·· ···· ······· 18 F'ees .......................................................... ····································-········ ····•···· ··························· 26 French ................................................. 98 General Information ............ ········•·········..·····- ············································· ············· ······•······ 21 General Opportunities .................... ................................................................... 37 German .............................................. . 100 Grades ·········································-········ ··············•·••·································••··············-·-····· ·········· ... 23 Graduation Requir ements 24 Guidance Center ·····-·······-········· 29 History ............................................. . . ················· 42, 103 History of t he College .... 19 Industrial Engineering .... . .. ·• ······································· ······················· ···························· 61 Journalism .................................... ········ ......... 34, 93 Laboratory Technology .. .. . 64 Law ······- - - - ·····················-·· 35 Lecture Courses ................... .. 134 Liberal Arts Requirements ... ........ ........ 4.2 Library Work ......... ···········-······ .. .. .... ................ ................... ....... .... 35 Majors ·····-················-················-······················································································•···················-··43, 53 Marks of An Educated Man .. .................................................... ...................... ................ 3 Mathematics ................................................................................................................ ......... 45, 105 Mechanical Engineering ......... ......................... . .. ....... .... ............ ... ... 62, 91 Medical Stenography ........... ············-· ...................... ............. 70 Medical Technology ·····-·············· .................................................................................... 64 Medicine ·······················-·················· ................................................ ......................................... 35 Meterology .................................. .............................................................................................. 114 Ministry ......................................... ·····························································-················ ·····-··· ..... .... 36 Music ..................... ........................ ... .............. ....................... ............... ..... 35, 46, 65, 109 Musical Organizations .... ·········-·······-······-·• .. ·······-·················· .......................... 38 Nursing ··························-·······-····· .. ·······-···•···•·· 36 Officers of Administration ...................... ................... ...... ..... 10 Orchestra ··············-························· ·-············· ·····- .. . ..... . ......... . 38 Orientation Program ....................................... .. ............... ... ...... . .. .... ............... -............ .... 30 Payments ·······················-··············································································· ·····················••·•················-·· 27 Philosophy ...................... ........ ..... .. ................................... ....... . ...... ...................... ............... 112 Physical Education ....... ............ .................. ............. ...... ·-····· ...... .......... 30, 113 Physics ..................... ··················:.:·•····. ............................... ...... . . .. ... ............... -······ ... 36, 114 Conspectus of Course ............................... ..... . .. ............. . . . ...... ............................. 51 Placement Service .................. ·········-··········· ················-··· .......... .............................. ······-····· 32 Political Science .... ...... . ...... ..... .. ...... .. ................ ...... ..... 115 Probation ·····-·············-····· .. ··········· ··········---------- ················ ... ········· ----~---····· .. ·········· 24 Pre-Dental Course Two-Year ..... . 66 Three-Year .. . 67 Preparation for Professions and Vocations 33 Psychology ....... . 36, 117 Publications, Student 39 Radio Production .... 68, 120 Refunds .................................... . 28 Registration ........................ Religion ..... Retail Merchandising . Safety ................. . Scholarships ........................ Secretarial Course ...... Sociology .. .... .. .................... .. Spanish ..... ........................ 137 25 121 52, 57 , 1.22 131 .. ...... ................ ............ 32 . ..... ................... 52, 58, 70, 124 ...... ......... ......... 126 101 Special Interests ···········-··········· .. ...... ........ . ............................ 31 Speech ················· .... . ····· ·····•··· ········· •········· ..... ········ ······· .. ··-· 37, 97 Student Activities ............................... .. . .................. ..... 38 Student Employment ............ ................ .. .............................. ... ...... ....... .. 32 Student Government ·····-·····································. ................................... .... ....... ...... 38 Student W elfare ..................................................... ..... ............................................. 29 Surveying ( See Civil Engi11 eering) ........ CO, !L Teacher Certification Requirements Pennsylva nia ........................ . 87 New J ersey ..................... . 88 New York ... ................ . ·············· .. . 88 Other States ..................... .................. ...... ....... ........ ......... .. 88 Teaching ...... .... ................................... .... .. ··········- ....... .. ............. ..... ...... 37 Terminal Courses ..... . ...... . .......... 63 Tuition ................................ .............................. ............. ..... .................................................. 26 Withdrawals ····-··········· ···-·············•········································ ·-········· · ······················-·············· 24 �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin 1950-1951 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1950-1951 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/f52f62c6f2b2903ae57d943d2de19145.pdf f2d975935d512c8a2b6f7f76a6bc2de6 PDF Text Text WILKES COLLEGE CATALOGUE ISSUE-1949-1950 ,...,..,..~ > > ) > .) < < ( ( _....,,,.,,.._ ANNOUNCEMENTS - 1950-1951 WILKES-BARRE PENNSYLVANIA �Marks of An Educated Man . . . 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understand- ing. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5 He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. 7 · He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8 · He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates cons~ructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. �1950 w T M s 4 5 6 7 11 12 13 14 18 19 20 21 25 26 27 28 F 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 2 11 \ 9 24 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 M T w T 3 10 17 24 31 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 s F T s F 1 2 1 7 8 9 6 7 8 6 14 15 16 13 14 15 13 21 22 23 20 20 21 22 28 29 30 27 28 29 27 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 23 18 19 20 21 22 25 26 27 28 29 30 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 T F s 3 10 17 24 31 4 11 18 25 12 19 5 26 NOVEMBER sMTWTF 1 8 15 22 29 w T M s OCTOBER SEPTEMBER s s s T w T M Contents AUGUST JULY JUNE s s 4 5 6 71 11 12 13 14 \ 5 18 19 20 21 12 25 26 27 28 19 26 MTWTF 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 1 2 3 8 9 10 15 16 17 22 23 24 29 30 s 4 11 18 25 DECEMBER sMTWTF S 1 2 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1951 FEBRUARY JANUARY S!1-i MARCH T TWTF s 1 s MTW F S sMTwTF 1 8 15 22 29 8 3 18 17 24 31 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 5 6 7 15 16 17 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 14 22 23 24 18 19 20 21 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 20 21 28 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 ______ __!.I\______ _...;._____ ___ 1 2 3 4 5 6 APRIL S, 1 8 15 22 29 M T w T F s 8 M 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 27 28 30 1 2 9 16 23 30 MAY T w 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 JUNE T 3 10 17 24 31 s MTwTF· 1 2 s 4 5 34567 8 6 11 12 10 11 12 13 14 15 ~3 18 19 17 18 19 20 2218 ;~ 30 25 26 24 25 26 27 F --------------------AUGUST JULY sMTWTF s 1234567 sMTwTF s4 123 l158 169 1017 1118 1219 1320 1421 I 125 136 147 158 169 1017 1112~ 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 a l 30 31 2s 21 2s 29 s o ~ I29 College Calendar 6 Board of Trustees 8 Officers of Administration 10 Assistants in Administratio n • 11 Faculty 12 Faculty Committees 17 A History of the College . 19 General Information 21 Student Welfare 29 Preparation for Professions and Vocations 33 Srudent Activities 38 College Curricula 40 Bachelor of Arts Requirements . Bachelor of s · · · · · · · · · · · oence Requirements (Biology, Chemistry Ph . ) Bachelor of S . . ' ys1es c1ence in Commerce and F"mance R equ1rements . B 42 · m. Engineering . Req wrements . Dachelor. of sc1ence . . . egree in M . Ed . Ter . us1e ucation (Freshman and Sophomore Years) minal Courses . Desaiption° f Courses Education C . . . . ourses m Extension The E . vening Division 'on.Cred·it Program Index 48 52 59 63 65 73 129 135 136 137 �6 WILKES COLLEGE CALENDAR COLLEGE CALENDAR 1950-51 SPRING, 1950 January 30, Monday ........ Freshman Orientation Week begins February 6, Monday ... ..... Classes begin at 8 A.M. March 20, Monday ......... Week of mid-semester examinations March 25, Saturday ......... Removal of Conditions and Incompletes April 5, Wednesday ....... Easter vacation begins at 5 P.M. April 11, Tuesday .......... Classes resume at 8 A.M. Trial Registration to April 19 May 24, Wednesday ........ Classes end at 5 P.M. except for Mathematics and Science courses May 27, Saturday ........... Classes end for Mathematics and Science courses May 30, Monday ........... Final examinations begin and continue through June 8 June 3, Saturday .......... Founders Day June 12, Monday ........... Graduation SUMMER, 1950 June 15, 16, 17 Thursday, Friday, Saturday .. Registration for summer school June 19, Monday ........... Classes begin at 8 A.M. July 4, Tuesday ............ Independence Day; no classes August 8, Tuesday .......... Final examinations begin August 12, Saturday ......... Final examinations end at 5 P.M. FALL, 1950 September 11, Monday ...... Freshman Orientation Week begins . September 13, Wednesday ... Freshman and Transfer Students Regis· tration September 14, 15 Thursday, Friday ......... Registration for Upperclassmen September 18, Monday ...... Classes begin at 8 A.M. November 8, Wednesday .... Mid-Semester grades due November 11, Saturday ...... Armistice Day; no classes November 15, Wednesday ... Trial registration to November 29. d te November 18, Saturday ... ... Incompletes must be satisfied by th15 a · November 18, Saturday ...... Homecoming . p _M. November 22, Wednesday ... Thanksgiving vacation begins at 5 · ovember 27, Monday ...... Classes resume at 8 A.M. December 19, Tuesday. Ch . . January 3, Wednesda . . . . . nstmas vacation begins at 5 P.M. Y· · · · · · Classes resume at 8 A .Jv 11. 1 . . .. J anuary 8, Monda January 9 Tu d y · · · · · · · · · F~nal registration (A-M) ay ......... Fmal registration {N-Z) January 19', Fn~dsay... · · · · · · · CI asses end at 5 p M J anuary 20, Saturday. . . . . . . Final . . . . January 31, Wednesda . ;· exam_rnat_LOns begin . y ...... I rnal examrnations end at 5 P.M. SPRING, 1951 February 1, 2, 3 Thursday, Friday Saturda F . February 7, Wedn~sda y · · reshman ?nc:ntation period March 22 Th d y ...... Classes begrn at 8 A.M. , urs ay.. E . March 26 M d . . . . . . aster vacation begins at 5 p M , on ay Cl • . April 4 W d d . . . . . . . . . asses resume at 8 A M , e nes ay M.d · · April 7, Saturday . . . . . . . . i -Semester grades due April 16, Monda;.·.·.· : .· .· .· ... In:ompl~tes ~ust be satisfied by this date. May 25, Frida . . . .. Tnal reg1strat10n to April 28 May 26, Satur~ay .· .· : : : : : : .. C!asses end_ at~ P.M. May 30, Wednesda . . . . Final ex_amrnations begin June 7, Thursda y ...... ~ecoration Day; no classes June 9, Saturd/ ........... Final examinations end at 5 P.M. June 9, Saturd/ · · · · · · · · · ··Founders Day Y · · · · · · · · · · •Graduation SUMMER, 1951 June 13, 14, 15 Wednesday Th urs day, Fri.day ... , June 18, Mond~ ............ Registration for summer school July 4 \\7 d Y · · · · · · · · · ·•Classes begin at 8 AM ' e nesday · · August 7, T uesda ......... !~dependence Day; no classes Au!?Ust 11 S t yd .......... Fmal examinations begin , a ur ay..... F" . . . . . inaI exammatwns end at 5 P.M. �BOARD OF TRUSTEES 9 Board of Trustees COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, Chairman Instruction: FREDERICK J. WECKESSER, Vice-Chairman MRS. FRANCK G · DARTE , CHARLES H. MINER, JR., JAMES MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT Secretary R. KooNs Miss MARY MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT REUBEN H. LEVY MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE ARNAUD M. DAVENPORT, M .D. C. (HARLES F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. HON. JOHNS. FINE EDWARD GRIFFITH THE REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER ANDREW J. SoRD0NI J. KocYAN, M.D. KOCYAN, M.D. R. KOONS PETI:R P. MAYOCK, M.D. CHARLES H. MINER, JR. PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. J. HENRY POOL JosEPH MINER, JR. S. ROUSH ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK MARTS J. MISS MARY THE REV. CHARLES MISS ANNETTE EVANS MRS. EDWARD H. KENT H. BowARD H. KENT JOSEPH Miss ANNETTE EVANS Ch atrman . Mrss ANNETTE EVANS , MRs. SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. P. HARRIS, Treasurer JASPER B. CARR SAMUEL Library: Ch a1nnan . Finance: Nominations: FREDERICK]. W ECKESSER THE REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH ' Chairman ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER }AMES P. HARRIS JULIUS LONG STERN REUBEN H. LEVY A NDREW ' Chairman }ASPER GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER JAMES P. HARRIS J. SORDONI JOSEPH}. KOCYAN, Juuus LONG STERN TERM OF OFFICE B. CARR M.D. Expiring /une, 1950 Buildings and Grounds: MRS. EDWARD H. KENT CHARLES S. ROUSH JOSEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. ANDREW J. SORDONI EDWARD GRIFFITH, FREDERICK J. WECKESSER HoN. JOHNS. FINE Miss MARY R. KOONS GILBERTS. McCLINTOCK Expiring June, 1951 REUBEN H. ARNAUD C. Chairman LEVY MARTS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST JR J. HENRY POOL ' . M.D. MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT PETER P. MAYOCK, MRs. FRANCK G. DARTE F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR· ANDREW J. SORDONI EDWARD GRIFFITH J. Juuus LONG STERN HENRY POOL JULIUS LONG STERN P. HARRIS ARNAUD C. MARTS JAMES FREDERICK JASPER B. CARR M. DAVENPORT, M .D. Miss ANNETTE Ev ANS HON. JOHNS. FINE WECKESSER Ex OfficioonAIICo · . mm,ttees-MR. Expiring /une, 1952 SAMUEL J. GEORGE w. REUBEN CHARLES GucKELBERGER H. LEVY H. MINER, JR- s ADMIRAL HAROLD R. Tft RK GILBERT S · M CC LINTOCK �ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration 11 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR EUGENE S. FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President HERBERT J. MORRIS, A.~. (Pennsyl~ania_) Director of Admissrons and Regrstrat BETTY L. HARKER, A.M. (Northwestern) Dean of Women LOUISE C. BRENNAN ...... . .............. Assistant to the Registrar EMMA GRILLI . ...... ... . .. .............. ... 0 ffice Machine Clerk JEAN MACHONIS .... ... ................... . Switchboard Operator MADELYN LAWSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration Clerk ]RENE SHEPLOCK .................... . ........ .... ... Recorder JACQUELINE BEDN ER . ... ............ . .. . Secretary to the Registrar OFFICE OF THE COMPTROLLER GEORGE F. RALSTON, A.B. (North Carolina) Dean of Men STANLEY H. WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Director of Evening Classes JANE L. DODSON ................ .... . Secretary to the Comptroller DOLORES HENCZEL .................................... Cashier JEAN JONES ..... ....... ......... . .. Accounts Payable Bookkeeper MARY POPPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper JOHN J. CHWALEK, B.S. (Tennessee State) Director of Guidance and Placement DONALD R. KERSTEEN, A.B. (Bucknell) Comptroller SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. (Virginia) College Physician OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT JUNE E. STEVENS ....................... Secretary to the President OFFICE OF THE DEANS ANNA H.... VJR.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . secretary t o th e D eans JOSEPH H. MYERS, B.L.S. (McGill) Librarian GUIDANCE CENTER CELINE POPIELARZ . . . . . . . . . . . . Suretary to the Director of Guidance MARY F.. HARVEY, B.L.S. (Drexe~) . Circulation and Reference Lib,.arran BOOKSTORE NADA VuJICA, A.M. (Zagreb) Assistant in Library CLARE BEDILLION, A.M. (New York) Secretary to the Faculty fILDRED GITTENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager CAFETERIA :..ills. }AMEs A. BR ENNAN. THOMAS J. MoRAN, B.S. (Bucknell) f the Alumni Director of Public Relations and Secretary o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.1rector of cf · a eterta MAINTENANCE \X11LLIAM GLADYS B. DAVIS Head Resident. W eckesser Hall of the Bookstore J ERVIS . . . . • . • . . . Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds �FACULTY Faculty EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President HERBERT JoHN MORRIS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Director of Admissions and Assistant Professor of Business Administration GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.B. (North Carolina) Dean of Men and Instructor in Biology BETTY L. HARKER, A.M. (Northwestern) Dean of Women and Instructor in Psychology MARY ELIZABETH CRAIG, PH.D. (Cornell) Professor of English CHARLES BRADDOCK REIF, PH.D. (Minnesota) Professor of Biology HAROLD W. THATCHER, PH.D. (Chicago) Professor of History ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Ptt.D. (Yale) Professor of Chemistry SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, M.B.A. (Boston U.) Professor of Economics VoRIS BLAINE HALL, M.S. in E.E. (Bucknell), A.M. (Columbia) Associate Professor of Physics ELWOOD JOHN DISQUE, A.B. (Dickinson) Associate Professor of German FRANK}. J. DAVIES, PH.D. (Yale) Associate Professor of English THOMAS R. RICHARDS, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, M.S. (Warsaw) Assistant Professor of Sociology CATHERINE H. BONE, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Assistant Professor of Chemistry STANLEY H. W ASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics JOSEPH~- DONNELLY, A.M. (Bucknell) Amstant Professor of English GERTRUDE . . MARVIN WILLIAMS , A •M . (Pennsyl vania) A mstant Professor of English CLARE B_EDILLION, A.M. (New York) Asmtant Professor of Secretarial Studies MILDRED_E. HULL, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Asmtant Professor of Mathematics bowARD ~- WILLIAMS, A.M. (Columbia) Amstant Professor of English EDWARD _NICHOLAS HELTZEL, M.S. (Bucknell) Asmtant Professor of Eng~neering KATHRY~ E. DOMINGUEZ, A.M. (Columbia) Amstant Professor of Psychology · THADDE~S M!TANA, PH.D. (Cracow) Amstant Professor of Modern Languages A~RANAT, M.S. (New School) Assistant Professor of Economics LEON Hucov : M AILEY, Ph .D. (Pennsylvania) Asmlant Professor of Political Science ARTHUR .N · KRUGER, PH.D. (Louisiana) .. Asststant Professor of English A . · V uJICA, PH.D. (Zagreb) TA KOM ssrstant Professor of Philosophy and Religion Do, ALD E A . . cOBLEIGH, .j. A.M. (Wisconsin) JS/Stant Professor of Music Yl'IAD A _WORSKI,PH.D. (Yale) sszstant Professor of French lfoH C ~ts~UNG Mm, Ph.D. (Columbia) 1stant p. f 10 essor of History CR EL E l nstmctor L . THOMAS B s (W . . .' · · ashmgton and Lee) 0 { p 111 AUL R \V7 Engmeering . WERNER M lnrtructor . ' .S. (New York) ll1 Accounting 13 �FACULTY WILKES COLLEGE 14 EDWIN R. CREASY, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Mathematics JAMES J. LAGGAN, B.S. (Pennsylvania) JOHN A. Coo~EY, B.S. (Bucknell)* Instructor m Retail Merchandising MADELINE M. DAGUE , M .s. (Wyommg . ) Instructor in Biology Instructor in Business Administration EDWARD J. MANLEY, B.S. MARK I. DAVID?FF, A.B. (Bucknell) (Bloomsburg) Instructor in Accounting ALFREDS. GROH, A.B. (Syracuse) Instmctor in English IRVIN M. GOTTLIEB, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Chemistry ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in History CHARLES L. TAYLOR, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor rn Spanish JOSEPH H. KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology ROBERT MORAN, B.M. (Eastman) Instructor in Music ROBERT C. RILEY, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology PETER L. FELA, M.A. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Sociology Instructor in Physics PART TIME FACTJLTY LAWRENCE DITOR0, B.S. (/\,labama) Instru ctor in Engineering JOSEPH M. MARKOWITZ, B.S. (Bucknell) Instrttctor in Chemistry JoHN P. WHITBY, B.S. (Bloomsburg) Instructor in Accom1ti11g JOHN J. WILLIAMS, A.M. (Bucknell) Instructor in Engineering JOHN J. RILEY, B.S. (Bucknell) Instmctor in Business Administration JOHN W. BOYCE, JR., B.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Business Administratio11 EDITH S. NAMISNIAK, M.S. (Michigan) ROBERT I F· BAc:8MAN, A .B. (Pennsylvania State) nSlructor rn Retail Merchandising CLIFFORD E• BALSHA I . w, F ·A •G .0. (Guilmant Organ School) nstructor m Music JOSEPH A· B0YLE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) 1nstructor in Psychology CLAIRE M. CONWAY, A.M. (Bucknell) Instructor in English D It.VIES, M.S. (Bucknell) Instri'tct or m · Secreta,-ial Studies WILLA.RI) lfiEoooR A / E LFRED EVANS, 1.1.B. (Pennsylvania) nstructor in English • EWTON J. FRIEDMAN . ' Instruct Instm ctor in Biology AB (W . . es tern Reserve) or m Religion S.-.MUEt A LORNA D. HOLBROOK, A.B. (Columbia) In structor in Soci ology WELTON G. FARRAR, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Economics and Political Science JOHN J. CHWALEK, B.S. (Tennessee State) Instructor in Sociology . GUTTMAN p D lnstructo . p • H. ·, M.D. (Cornell) rm sycholo1,v RUtl-{ E ,GRUN lnrtrttc/ . ~ AB 01 111 ~ n ltave f · · (Bryn Mawr) English o absenc e f or a<lvanctJ study. 15 �FACULTY 17 WILKES COLLEGE 16 GUIDANCE CENTER DERSON A.B. (Bucknell) CHARLES N · HEN . ' Instru ctor in Mrmc JOHN J. CHWAKEK, B.S. (Tennessee State) Director of Guidance JOHN H. HIBBARD, L.~ ..B. (D~ckinson) Instructor in Political S c1ence KATHRYNE. DOMINGUEZ, A.M. (Columbia) Clinical Psychologist WILBUR G. ISAACS, A.~ . (Randolph-Macon) Instructor in Mustc PAUL R. MEHM, B.S. (Latayette) Vocational Counselor THOMASH. JENKINS, M.~- (Ne~York) Instructor in Secretarial Stud ies BRONIUS KAZLAUSKAS, (Stra~sbourg) Instructor in Political Science FERDINAND LIVA, . Instructor in Violin, Viola, Cello MARY McANIFF, A.B. (New Rochelle) Instructor in French England Conservatory of B.Mus. (New HELEN FRITZ McHENRY, Music) . Instructor in Music JAMES McLAUGHLIN, .. Instructor in MerchandtStng RoY E. MORGAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Radio Workshop MARYL MuNTs, M.A. (Chicag?). . . Business Administration Instructor tn 'TooLE (National Academy of Design) CATHAL O d" . Instructor in Retail Merchan wng F ROKOSZ L.L.B. (Pennsylvani~) LEON · ' Ad · · t a/10 n Instructo r in Business mt111S r (Virginia) . L · LANDAU, LLB. LEROY · · d · · tratton Instructor in Bttsmess A minis . 1 Seminary) T M (Lutheran Toeologtca CARL JULIUS ScHIND_LER, H. . Instructor in Philosophy CHARLES STRMEN, (Comenius) Instructor in Slovak A ·.B· (Delaware) CASIMIR TYBURSKI, Instmctor in English JULIUS ZEKAN, M.D. (Comenius) Instructor in Slovak JOSEPH KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell) Psychometrist PETER L. FELA, M.A. (Pennsylvania) Vocational Counselor RADIO WORKSHOP Roy E. MORGAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Radio W orksbop GUEST LECTURERS IN JOURNALISM ROBERT W. JOHNSON Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., RECORD T. MURPHY Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., TIMES-LEADER EVENING NEWS JOSEPH E. HEFFERNAN Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., SUNDAY INDEPENDENT T HOMAS RISLEY Editor and Publisher, Dallas, Pa., POST JOHN C. BUSH Sports Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., SUNDAY INDEPENDENT H OWARD ADVISERS IN ACCOUNTING ~SSEL E. ACHY, C.P.A. DONALD GRIFFITH, C.P.A. F. DOBSON, C.P.A. ALEXANDER E. LOEB, C.P.A. JOHN T. STAPLETON, C.P.A. lLLIAM FACUL1Y COMMITTEES Ad · · mmtS!rative Council tucE ES F D · ARLEY, Chairman o, ALD K Berry ERSTEEN, Secretary li L. HARKER l:R.BERT J M GFoR. · ORRIS GE F. RALSTON Pre-Medical CHARLES B. REIF, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS CATHERINE H. BONE VORIS B. HALL. GEORGE F. RALSTON �WILKES COLLEGE 18 Radio Education JoHN A. THOMASJ. MoRAN, HALL, Chairman BETTY L. HARKER ROBERT PARTRIDGE GEORGE F. RALSTON STANLEY H. W ASILESKl GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS ROY E. MORGAN GEORGE F. RALSTON Noncredit Courses SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, Chairman DONALD E. COBLEIGH Curriculum THOMAS R. RICHARDS, Chairman EDWARD M. WILLIAMS, Secretary KATHRYNE. DOMINGUEZ VorosB. HALL BETTY L. HARKER ARTHUR N. KRUGER HUGO V. MAILEY JOSEPH M. MARKOWITZ Service HUGO v. MAILEY, Chairman LEON AGRANAT JOHN J. HIBBARD KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ HAROLD W. THATCHER Library Admissions Chairman BETTY L. HARKER GEORGE F. RALSTON Medical Technicians BETTY JOHN J. RILEY KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ Law School or Government W. THATCHER HERBERT J. MoRRIS, THADDEUS MITANA HERBERT J. MoRRIS BowARD M. WILLIAMS THADDEUS MlTANA GEORGE F. RALSTON SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ HAROLD Chairman DON ALD E. CoBLEIGH L. HARKER, Chairman CATHERINE H. BoN E MADELINE M. DAGUE THOMAS R. RICHARDS, · an Ch a1rm ALFRED W. BASTRESS MARYE. HARVEY ARTHURN. KRUGER JOS EPH M. MARKOWITZ JOSEPH H. MYERS HAROLD W. THATCHER EDWARD M. WILLIAMS ( with six students) CHARLES L. TAYLOR Athletics Graduation GEORGE F. RALSTON, G EORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman MARY E. CRAIG WELTON G. FARRAR BETTY L. HARKER HAROLD W. THATCHER HERBERT J. MoRRIS, ex officio J. Chairman J AMES L AGGAN THOMAS MoRAN HERB ERT MoRRIS ROB ERT W. PARTRIDGE CROMWELL E. THOMAS J. J· I I A History of the College l""J'"10 PROVIDE opportunities for education comparable to those offered J.by other communities of the nation, Bucknell University, in 1933, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it Bucknell University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre and the Wyoming Valley were the largest community in Pennsylvania, if not in the United States, lacking a local college. For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experimental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were firmly established, but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as this support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Und~r this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses in Wilkes-Barre enabling students to finish their Junior and Senior years at Wilkes-Barre. At the same ~ime, the College trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied te requ~rements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes ollege m June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. World War II deterred the growth of the College for a period of yers, but the impetus to education resulting from war experiences ac~~ ~~te?_i~s development in the years immediately following the cessation conti~tilities. Early ~n the war, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a th s·gent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with at eth t ~ College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered regu: otel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the werear college classes. For several years following the war veterans · as in most colleges. Since September, 1948 ' however they ha ma·Jonty, ~~ ' ' continue to d_en_o_utnumbered by non-veterans, and their numbers will D . unimsh during the next two or three years. unng the years m . which the College offered only two years of study graduate s transf \'ersities· . erre d to more than 100 four-year colleges and uni-' , in two -th.ir ds o f t h ese colleges they made records superior to �WILKES COLLEGE 20 those earned at Bucknell University Junior College. At present, only two classes have been graduated, but a surprising number of graduates have entered graduate and professional schools. Present reports show that more than 37 percent of the graduates are continuing their studies beyond the baccalaureate degree. RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enroll· ment of 155 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citizens to enable the College to move from rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the first donors, and John N. Coyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Marts on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allen Kirby's gift, of the former residence of his par· ents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall, provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barr< Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution, Zebulon Butler Hall in honor of the American 01 patriot, and Gies Hall, named in memory of Paul Gies, former profess of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall. was deeded to the College in 1946, by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Roccena Wolfe. thIo 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at e corner of South Franklin and South Streets, and later in the same yea< a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a the construction of which is planned for 1950. . In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy_ p,~e:,; ing Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees tn the spnng, ,n of December, Sterling Hall was left to the College through a 1,equ;\.i Colonel Walter C Sterling, and the President's residence was (th< with funds contributed specifically for that purpase by a fnen College. d per· Monetary gifts paralleled these other gifts and purch_as~, :in In t,11e 35 -et mitted the equipping, adaptation, and erection of new buil_dtng~-. 1 eleven years following the promise of autonomy by the Vn1vers ~• gyro"""'""' Pr ° have been increased by more than $2,000,000. \VILKES COLLEGE Rn111fk'd 1933 (Ji.1rlt:'red /!)47 �:,. ::x: t ~ :::: ~ .I) z::.: /. :~ - < General Information �General Information ..; < �GENERAL INFORMATION 23 WILKES COLLEGE 22 CURRICULA The College offers courses leading to degrees in Liberal Arts, Chemistry, Biology, and Commerce and Finance. In addition, the fust two years are offered in Physics and Engineering; thereafter, the student who successfully completes these courses may transfer to some other institution as a Junior. TERMINAL CURRICULA To students who desire only two years of college or who are unable to make arrangements for a four-year college course, the College offers two-year terminal courses in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, radio production, and laboratory-technician training. EXTENSION CLASSES Extension courses from Bucknell University are offered for both undergraduate and graduate credit. Selected courses have been offered in the evening during the past ten years, and now courses are being offered through which students may obtain a special training or credit toward a degree. Persons seeking a Master's degree from Bucknell University may take six hours in Wilkes-Barre, but must take the remaining hours in residence at Lewisburg. se~?le all reports required b the . . ~rummum of two weeks for a~ion ~~t:m1tte~ and it is well to allow a in the submission of transcripts , d olugh i~ some instances slowness may e ay action fo h ADVANCED STANDING r a mont or more. Students wishing to transfer f procedures for admission Th,, ro?111 other colleges will follow the usual · -Y wi request th · · to f orward a transcript and l e mshtution last attended ·tt a etter of hon bl d. . m1 ee on advanced standing ·11 h ora e ism1ssal. The com f 1 · Wt t en mak · a ~cu ty adviser will counsel the stude e a ten_tahve evaluation, and This schedule will be base d upon the nt concernmg k . his new schedu1e. upo? the educational objective of the st :or. previ_ously completed and plet1on of the .first term a final 1 ~ ent at Wilkes. Upon the com ·me1uded on the record at, Wilkes eva uatwn w1·11 be made and the creditsStudents who are equi ed t. d~ so upon the passin [fa o enter advan~ed courses in colle e ma ce1ve credit for the g placement examination. They w·11 g y . courses that are ski d b 1 not renecess1 ty of repeating work which th ppe , ut they will be saved the college_. A record of this proceduree\htive already covered outside of transcript so that the report may be s 1a be entered on the student's compete. GR.,\DES Grades each term. will be given to students at mid-semester and at the end of AcCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, and by the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Liberal Arts and Science Programs are also approved by the University of the State of New York. .ADMISSIONS Students applying for admission to the College are requested to arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions or the Deans, and to submit their application, accompanied by a 5.00 fee, on forms provided by the College. Interviews are a part of the admissions program and may be sch,edul: t at the College. In the event the home of the student is some diS l~ from the College, the Director of Admissions will arrange an intef'-'.'e~ at a time and place that are mutually convenient. During the intervie\\, arrangements for taking admissions tests will ordinarily be made. ever, a student who has taken " College Board Examinations'" m•Y s~l ':. \\'I 11 these results in place of the examination ordinarily given by the51.Co5 ec_ Following receipt of the application the Director of Adrnis 0 erl}' 0 obtain an official transcript from the high school or college : , attended by the student. Upon receipt of this record the Co~~ otif Admissions will consider the full record of the applicant ao<l v;i ~o a5 the applicant as early as possible. It takes much time, however, !l;\ t b A five-point gra d.mg system is used in h · er of the work. The significance of eachwl tch l~tte:s designate the caliA- Excellent etter 15 given below. B-Above Average C-Average D-BelowA F F ·1 verage, but passing - a1 ure Inc- Incomp Iete: Work must be made b or the incomplete will t . up y a specified date au omattcally beco F WP-W-thd i rew Passing· Will b . me an . draw f · e given to students h ·h WF . rom a course when th . . w o wit - W ithdrew Failing · Will b e~r grade is Dor higher. draw from a co . h e ~iven to students who withTo translate 1 urse w en their grade is F. rnerical etter grades into mun · l A, B, C ; 1uesFare g iven for each sev::;:. haveragefs the. following nu, , or ottr o credit recei· vmg · an A B . . .. . . .. .. ..... . ... . 3 ...... 2 C .. . .. D F 1 0 ....... 0 �GENER.AL INFORMATION WILKES COLLEGE 24 . ts is used to determine eligibility for . t m of graJes and pom Th 1s sys e . . the following manner: advancement and ~raduat1~~ t~ . a three hour subject will gain three A student earning an A m f . • ts A in a three hour f total o nme pom · points for each 11our o~ a hh or a total of three. His average subject will gain one poind: f-~~ eac the o~:al number of points gained by would be computed by 1v1 ,ng d ·ts of work taken. the number o f ere I GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR CLASS ADVANCEMENT AND FOUR-YEAR COURSES ··c· Credits Class Sophomore Junior Senior Graduation 30 60 90 As specified TWO-YEAR COURSES Sophomore Graduation 30 60* Point Average .5 .7 .9 1. .7 1. PROBATION ar to advance him to the Any student not attaining the g_radef necess ?emester. If at the end 11 b t on probation or one ' d . . next class sha e pu . d th ·nimum average for a m1ss1on of that eriod, he has not attame e m1 to his cl~s, he shall be dropped from college. WITHDRAWALS . 1 course during the first t'<\ o A student may withdraw from any ~mg \hdraws from one or more weeks without penalty. A stud;t; tow:~ continues to attend other courses after the first two wee ls uth adm1·nistrative council, upon . • "F" un ess e "wP" or courses will receive an d faculty adviser, allows recommendation of the Dean an "WF." f r the first two weeks will A student who withdraws from college ah t:as taken together with a . "WF" "WP" for each course e ' . rk receive a or . • the reason for his ma · notation from each instructor exp1aming REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION uirements to both Candidates for graduation must med all co~rs:;t:q all regulations of quant1·ty an d quality of work and must comp y 25 REGISTRATION Students are required to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. Failure to comply with this regulation necessitates an additional charge. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $225 per semester is indicated in the program of courses. Any student taking a load beyond that which is recommended must maintain at least a "B" average and must pay for each additional hour at the usual hourly rate. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is taken for granted and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Satisfaction of the requirements for attendance at assemblies is also expected. Failure to meet these requirements may lead to the withholding of all credit. FACULTY The value to be derived from a college is less dependent upon material equipment than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in the students. The faculty of the College have been carefully selected for their training, experience and personalities. They have been granted degrees by forty colleges and universities in the United States, Canada, and Europe: Alabama, Boston University, Bryn Mawr, Bucknell, Chicago, Columbia, Comenius, Cornell, Cracow, Delaware, Dickinson, Duke, Harvard, Hunter, Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota, New England Conservatory of Music, New Rochelle, New York, North Carolina, Northwestern, Peabody Conservatory of Music, Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State, Pittsburgh, Stanford, Syracuse, Tennessee State, Warsaw, Washington and lee, Western Reserve, Wisconsin, Wyoming, Ya_le, ~Web. A cosmopolitan group, they have taught in schools and universities throughout the United States and Europe, and their travels hat taken them to all parts of the world. They bring to the College a 6~eadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their t~ Jects in large perspective, and they bring an academic preparation fie~~tt · them to give the intensive training essential to their various the College. lllANSFER OF CREDITS . . g of hi COUNSELING . . 1 d . er at the beg1nnin nEach student will be assigned a facu ty a /1s 'th this adviser concer Freshman year and will be expected to con er w1 ing his schedule and all educational problems. th fe~et~ e College offered only two years of study, graduates translege kmore than one hundred colleges. Now that four years of collonge;or are offered on this campus, transfer is still possible but no Educati:~~essary except for degrees in Physics, Engineering, and Music * Plus Physical Education. �GENERAL INFORMATION WILKES COLLEGE 26 Approximately forty percent of the Wilkes graduates have entered graduate and professional schools. It is recommended that students wishing to extend their education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in their Senior year. Th~!-ie examinations are generally required by graduate and protessional schools and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the bulletin at the rate of $225.00 per semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the bulletin for each semester is not exceeded. An additional charge of $15.00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. Music-group instruction: ?ne_ hour lesson a week er 10 v10lin, viola or ,cello ~ac~emester of fifte~n weeks less than three or mo 'h figroup to consist of not re t an ve students......... . Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the bulletin for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $225.00 Laboratory fee for Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, Physics. . .................... . ............. . 15.00 Laboratory fee for Secretarial Studies 99, 101, 102, 107, 108, 109, 11 0, 115, 116 . . . .. .. . .. .. . ... .. . 10.00 Chemistry Breakage Deposit ( any balance refunded) ... ... . . . .. . . .. . .... . . . . 10.00 Student Teaching fee- Bttcknell University Extension . . Music- individual instruction: One lession a week per semester of fifteen weeks in piano, organ, or wind instrument ...... .. .... • • One lesson a week per semester of fifteen weeks in violin, viola or 'cello .. .. ........ . .. . .... • • · · One lesson a week per semester of .fifteen weeks in voice with Mrs. Hawkins .. .. . . .. ... . ... • • · · · · One lesson a week per semester of fifteen weeks in voice with Mr. Isaacs . . . . . . . . . ........ • • · · · · · Rental of practice room per semester ..... • • · · · · · · Diction Laboratory-part-time voice students· · · · · · 20.00 35.ou 30.00 Charges for part-time students and f normal load as prescribed . 1 or semester hours beyond the m regu ar courses: Semester hour of study ........... . Laboratory fees (see above) .... .. . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 15.00 Student Activity fee for th t ki .... . . . 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 than 9 semester ho oseaf ng less than 14 or more . h' urs, or or any part t· d w1s mg to participate i f .. - ime stu ent n ac 1v1hes ......... . ..... . 15.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study .............. . laboratory fees (see above) ············ 15.00 . ... · · · · · · · · · · 10.00, 1 S.00 & 20.00 . SCHEDULE OF RATES 27 Dormitory charges per semester: Board and Room Bills for board ~~d ~~~ before the opening of t{:1 10 college dormitories are due is required to reserve a r:osemester. A deposit of $50.00 m. · ·: ·· ···· ······· ······ ••-. 275.00 Special Charges: Application fee to accom an . . Change of sched 1 p ! appl1Cat1on for admission · · · S . u e per credit hour 5.00 peCial Examination · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · •• 1.00 tanscript (No charg~. f~r· fi~~t- ~~. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S.00 te Tnal Registrat1·on py) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 1 00 late p·mal Regist1·at1·on. ··········· ······ ··· ····· 5 ·00 Grad · ··· · Co uat1~n fee (four-year· · ·stud~n·t~) . . .. .. . .. . .. .. . . .. 5.00 Ch nvocation fee (two-year students) : : : : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.00 arges are sub·ect t d' .............. 7.50 J o a Justment to conform to ch angmg . pnce . levels. p ih~ WMENTS 45,00 50.00 5.00 5.00 Bills for tu. . of each semester ition , fees ' an d mo · ·d entals are payable at the b . . The t . . · egmnmg u1tion of $22 . athletics a d the cost of ~ o t dn dramatics 5to includes which no ad . . . such student activities as ra s u ents may t k . m1ss10n is charged. ngerne t a e a rrud-term · · all bills n~ have been made with th etmrnabon until satisfactory arligation· o student may take a .fi o11:ptr~ller for the payment of s to the College have been s;:sfi:~~mmat1on until all .financial ob- t �WILKES COLLEGE __ 28 Student Welfare W ITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS . t . t dents who withdraw voluntanly Refund of tuition will be made od_s u der the following conditions: h"l in good stan mg un . from the Co11ege w 1 e f one half the tuition will be . fi · eeks o a term, Dunng the rst six w .f h ·thdrawal is made for adequate and refunded upon request i t e w1 satisfactory reason~·u be refunded to all men called Tuition for unfinished cours:s w1 . f the College by the Selective Service Act. . b d rofm nd of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not e ma e Re u d .. except under special con it1ons. . dropped after the second week, except with apNo courses may be . proval of the Dean, Registrar, or President. GUIDANCE CENTER The Guidance Center of the College, which was set up in April, 1945, offers its services to veterans seeking entitlement under the Vocational Rehabilitation Act and "G. I. Bill." A staff of experienced Vocational Counselors and a Testing Department, headed by a clinical psychologist, are on hand .five days a week to !ielp veterans and students explore their backgrounds, capacities, interests, and general qualifications for the purpose of developing or forwarding a vocational plan. CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library has taken its place on the campus because the College recognizes its responsibility for helping a student to launch his career with maximum effectiveness. The library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service which is provided not only for Seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, and are under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, emp_Ioyee magazines, and professional periodicals are a feature. In the library there are some 600 catalogs and bulletins from more than 500 American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional level. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather 'th th e way to a career. Long before graduation a student should h Wt ave availed himself of this service. COUNSELING imCounseling at Wilkes College is considered to be one of the most gr!o~ant ways in which we are able to help in the development and ~ion""~ 0.f t?e student. Each student's personal, educational, and vocaas ; 0 ?{cttves are considered at the time of application, so that, insofar reali; ssihle, the academic program can be planned to enable him to e t ese objectives. �STUDENT WELFARE 31 WILKES COLLEGE 30 During the first term the Freshman 1 . . . . which meet once a week 'th c ass is ?1v1ded mto small sections groups discuss informally awn1d ~threprel~enl taftive of the faculty. These . , w1 as itt e acult t· . . s1ble, some of the problems of eve d 11. . Ypar 1C1pat10n as posBy placing responsibility upon th rytu;Y ;mg and ~ollege adjustment. these discussions the College e e s endt or planning and conducting ' ncourages ear th·1nk · · ·• . and breadth of view. . mg, m1tiat1ve, poise, Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of us who are concerned with his progress with information about his abilities, interests and aptitudes. Through a program of faculty advisement, each student has a continual opportunity to consult with a member of the faculty for the purpose of discussing scholastic progress and any social or personal problem with which the student needs help. The Deans of Men and Women cooperate with faculty advisers in providing the student with information and guidance wherever possible. Students are urged to avail themselves of these opportunities for help. Realizing that the problem of choosing a career is a realistic and pressing one for most college students, the College has instituted a Careers Library, located in the Guidance Center, which makes available to the student a wealth of current information about hundreds of occupations, pro- SPEOAL INTERESTS Many students have interest d b ·1 · . . studies. Activities supplement: anth a 1 itles t_hat lie outside the field of tunities for the expression an/~eve~oac:demIC P!ogram provide opporsud1 recreational and semi-prof . fi ~nt of mtere_sts and talents in bating, journalism, and choral ::~;a S e ~s as athl:tics, dramatics, dePre-Medical, Engineering D b t· . Fpeoal clubs mdude Economics, · , e a mg rench Germ s ·h national Relations, Psycholog Soci;lo ' , , an, . panis , InterLiterary, etc. All are conduct[d b st /Y, Cu~ n Curtam, Lettermen's, her of the faculty and car . t / u ents with the guidance of a memtime needed for s~dy. e is a en to prevent their conflicting with the r fessional schools, and graduate schools. The guiding principle of all our counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities, and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. PHYSICAL EDUCATION COMMUNITY PROGRAMS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, basketball, wrestling, baseball, tennis, soccer, golf, and swimming. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for physical education courses if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, boxing, handball, volley ball, bowling, swimming, and table tennis are some of the sports available. Physical Education requirements are In addition its regular cl asses, th~ C?llege occasionally offers noncredit programsto for ing. All such P groups and orga01zat10ns desiring specialized trainto th e nee ds an d desires of the sponsoring grou rograms and e are adapted . . rather than theor~: mphas1s is placed upon practical applications ° waived for veterans. The physical education program for women includes folk and modern dancing, bowling, swimming, tennis, field hockey, basketball, and softball. th The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to ~ independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally co.us~ difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, several da} at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with Freshrnei• 0 This program ranges from individual conferences to lectures stu~ t ,' meaning of a college education. During this first week, new ent take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English placement tes They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty _advisers •~arrange schedules under their guidance. This week also gives tbe to students the opportunity to become acquainted with one another an ORIENTATION PROGRAM ~ ~ ~ learn about student activities. character. and exten t f such work may be determined b of The a 'ob idea ~f th:~:l::i~~s t~hust assurin?l the practicability of the worf ~~:; s . a are ava1 able can be · d f ervICes that already ha b ff game rom a statement of . ve een o ered. 0 uring the war ·1 . gineering were offer5!'cie~a courses m Drafting, Mathematics, and EnCurrently a ro o pre~are ~ersons for work in defense lants ~d policies ~o ~fc;:a:.°'):rn,nter~ 15 studying Life Insurance pr[blem; ver a period of e1~ un erstandmg of the services the sell offered by the D years, special courses in musical literature hav~ bee. offere.d for chiropracto epartmentf of Music . Al so, a re f resher course has beenn examination given by t~e ;~: e:~ter; Pennsyl_vania to prepare for the As the Coll ar of MedICal Examiners ~ffer similar ,:~;s:?an~s its faculty and facilities, it will be able to dope~ that technical con?m1cs, S~lling and Advertising; and it is n:rnt~1esll requiring lab:~:tcoersym C~em1sthry may be available to small inKa y · services t at can t b · · Wilkes C their industrial plants The E no ~ mdamtamed ecoo ege is engaged . . . conom1cs epartment of m research proJects on a community basis. t. {t �WILKES COLLEGE 32 Preparation for Professions and Vocations COMPETITIVE SCHOLARSHIPS A number of scholarships are available through the interest and · ds of the College • They are awarded to students who generos1·ty o f f nen . nk in the upper quarter of their high school classes and who receive ra . . the highest grades in competitive examinations. . Scholarship winners must maintain at least an average of 7 5 m order to retain the scholarship. The Deans wil~ review the records of all scholarship holders at the end of the academic year. The William Hillard Conyngham Scholarship is awarded ~nnually b Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her husband, f_ormerly a ~nend_ and n~ighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader m business and community life. . . All competitors must apply for admission to the College to be eligible for the Scholarship. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, bu~ they are ac· cepted for the final balance of each term. A student who withdraws during the term cancels any scholarship arrangements. The holder of a scholarship must take the full course chat is sche~ulei in the catalog in order co receive the funds that have been appropriate to his account. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT cc;::!e~ More than one-third of the students earn some part ~f their expenses. Students desiring work should apply to the Directr of tudent ment. A number of part-time jobs are ava1~able. Requests o~esrred to help are frequently received from local business offices and re the placement office. . th d · located in e A placement office for students and _gra ua~e~ is o ment are Guidance Center. All students interested m obta1~ing e~p\Y for part· requested to register in this office. Empl~yers_ s_eeking ~tuo:Ces time employment are requested to make inqumes at this . k irn· Graduates of the College, or those in their last year_ who see · ·nvited to register. mediate employment upon gra duatwn, are i . h. office , · B' · h · onsonng t is The Seligman J. Strauss Lodge of B na1 nt is sp by contributing to its maintenance. PLACEMENT SERVICE Training and skill are required in many fields, but they are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally the atomic bomb have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world, and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much snperior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background of the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. . The Liberal Arts and Science courses may be adapted to specific vocations _by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist may enroll for the Bachelor of Arts course; he may major in one of the Social Studies and choose ~le~ives in English composition, literature, and other subjects useful 10 his future work. b In Engineeri_ng, ~nd in Comm~rce and Finance, the course of study is, contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the Liberal . ~~ _program are required, and the choice of electives is left to the in ividu~l preference. Students find the Engineering course a useful ::aratio_n fo~ our mechanized civilization, even though they do not e engmeermg their life work. The curricula in Engineering and in C0 rnrnerce d psub· an mance are a1so adapted for those who plan to teach these Jects. 1 BusINEsS An MINISTRATION training app ricable to most fields of business is offered in the two progra Course~s f of the Commerce and Finance curriculum. The General tarial ~s or :hose desiring a broad business background, and the Secreurse is for secretarial positions. �35 PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS WILKES COLLEGE 34 The Commerce and Finance curriculum covers business principles and practices; it also includes Liberal Arts electives. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this broad cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities dosed to those lacking such training. CHEMISTRY Modern industries offer many opportunities to the chemist and chemical engineer. Today, most large industries employ both chemists and chemical engineers. In the smaller industries either may be called upon to do the work of both. The chemist usually works in the laboratories, analysing, studying, and perfecting procedures and developing new processes, new methods and new uses. He meets the chemical engineer in the pilot plant where together they des~gn and construct, on a small scale, the new manufacturing plant. The duties of the engineer may include design, construction, or operation of the chemical plant. Man· agers of industrial and chemical plants need technical training, as do salesmen for specialized products, buyers for manufacturing concerns, employees in many fields of government service and other activities. The chemical industries include coke, gas, dyes, gasoline, and other petroleum products, rubber, textiles, explosives, cement, metallurgy, plastics, nylon, paints, ceramics, fertilizers, solvents, leather, drugs, light and heavy chemicals and other substances. Last, this is an atomic age and to be an intelligent modern, one can scarcely gain too great an understanding of chemistry. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to othet engineering schools if they make their plans in advance. With sltght modification of their program, students may complete the first two ye_•~ of work in such additional types of Engineering as aeronautical, muung and metallurgical, and administrative. Two years of the engineering currirulum afford a foundation fo< wide range of oa:upations. Students desiring such technological to•n· ing should consult the Registrar or the Engineering faculty when plan· ning their programs. Journalism students may ain racti . staff of one of the stude!t P bl . ~ expenence by working on the Manuscript. u ications: th e Beacon, Amnicola, or LAW Preparation for the practice I is . b ased on the fundamental liberal arts: English History Pol ·t· of 1 Sa:" . , , 1 ica oence Econo . S . 1 oence, Languages and Math . , mies, oc10 ogy, Natural S . d , ematics Most law sch 1 d a require major in undergraduate w~rk. oo s o not specify LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally ex ected before beginning their spt. 1 I "bt o compl~te_ a four-year college course English, Science History Ecoc1na ~ rasry ~rammg. Foreign languages . , , omics ooology Ed . , appropnate major fields M l"b ' , or ucat1on constitute of two foreign langua~es Pl r~~ scho~ls also require a knowledge ro oency m typewriting is desirable. ::x Musrc · o f the music curriculum is tw f I in The _aim . mu~1c as an avocation wh·ch o- o_ d: to interest the many orga_nizations or to a great:r fay lea~ to act~ve participation in music music; second, to assist the f p easure m hearing the master works of professional careers as teachew who hafve special talents along the road to m . ers or per orme rs_- stud ents who concentrate 10 _us1c may commence their qu~lity pre-college trainin i stud~ o~ applied music at Wilkes. High maiors must expend th . g s very esirable, however. Although mus1·c and applied, . e1r .greatest effo rts upon music, . both theoretical the schedule gree with a m . is so arranged that the Bach 1 Purpose of th:i-;u:,~~~t:epresents fulfillment of f ;!d:,~n: program, an education for living" t1'.~ 1Enrc1NE al ~~r · W·lk i es offers a . course that is ad the va · pre-medical d stricted funous medical schools. The 1 tt :pte _to the requirements cations o eir en~ollment, and most of t a er a~e,_ m recent years, repossible !:!j'Phcants. Medical aspir.:~rr:~c:;;~n;e closdy the qua!ifiemands they must m t o etermme as soon as ee. 0f . equire a A number of well-known graduate schools of journ ism r the preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also folio"' ,nJ old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspape';0 ..,J working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be JOURNALISM to fit in with the broad demands made editor, although English composition i;~on ~he newspaper reporter and Arts degree with an English m . . th un amental. The Bachelor of ism students, but the science :Jodr itsh e most popular choice of journaln o er courses also p f 1 . rove. use u ., smce the newspaper reports all phas es o f h uman act· ·ty Th terests . other count · ivi ·k e mcreasmg in. of the United States m foreign languages particularly d . bl . nes ma e a knowledge of .. esira e m prep f f positions as foreign correspondents. ara ion or responsible �PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS WILKES COLLEGE 36 MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the Liberal Arts course, with major or electives in Religion and Bible, is appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses with college training has increased with the progress of medical science and the wide adoption of highly skilled scientific techniques. A number of hospitals and universities now offer three years of training with a Bachelor of Science degree to student nurses who have completed two years of college. For those who wish to make a life work of nursing, and who aspire to administrative positions in the major hospitals, this course is recommended. Demand for extended training has been further accelerated by the recent expansion of health services in Federal Agencies and by increased governmental support to medical programs. 37 bution of charity as a matter of 1· . a~encies, municipal, county, state /~ i;i~l patronage. __Governmental s1ty for a professional approach' t: the era~l are reahzmg the necespoverty, and crime. Wilkes offers a re se ~ro ems of unemployment, supplemented by work in Ps chol P -. oCial work program. Sociology, a valuable background. y ogy, Biology, and allied fields, provides SPEAKING AND DRAMATICS The College offers prelimina k. Dramatics, practical experience~ wdorb I~ Speech. Courses in Speech and . f m e atmg and play P d t· ff opportumty or development in this field. ro uc ion a ord TEACHING A teacher's training depends u on th . For college and universi wor/the e ki?d ?f t~aching contemplated. ?egrees; their faculty me!bers ord" ~est i~sbtuhons require advanced m which they concentrated tar y ta e graduate work in the field English, History, Sociolo ;sk u~h ergraduates. Prospective teachers of of science take the Bach![' a ; Sc~ Arts degree; teachers in the schools cialized fields as engineeri:;. o ience degree or degrees in such spe- PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may trans£ er to other colleges to complete their course. The program at_ Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of Physics to everyday life i:; becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized nor understood. The tools of communication, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine (to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the employment of the fundamental laws of Physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of Psychology in many diversified .fields. Since then, the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. 0 Liberal Arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting ~ a sound foundation in Psychology, Biology, Sociology, and related fiel s. provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, industry and personnel. sly in re· The demand for trained social workers has grown enormou d districent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazar SOCIAL WORK . Certification for public school teachin . g is_ u~ually based on the followand some specialization in teacf ee, sp~~1ahzed courses in Education authorized by the Stat D mg su Jects. Bucknell University i~ secondary teachers in e_rt~ment of Public Instruction to prepare and offers work in Wilk ; e tual fields of high school instruction Wilkes College students. es- arre or the benefit of school teachers and mg requirements: the college de r i:ost GENERAL OPPORTUNITIES . Prom ofion or advancement is often d . ~g. It is sometimes practicable fo : ; e possible by additional traintue their education without ivinr s ent~ who_ ~re employed to cone of the widest possibl _g g up their positions. In its desire to part time and special stulesetrvICe to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes n s. A of thnyone intereste d in some sp . 1 . Ad ~ ~ajor professions and vo~~~:o ope~mulgdnot included in this list O m1ss1ons. ns s consult the Director of �STUDENT ACTIVITIES 39 Student Activities PUBLICATIONS The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be developed through academic work alone. All students are encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. DRAMATICS Students of the drama present several one-act plays, and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre, acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for major and experimental productions. BAND The College band is organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at all athletic events, and gives concerts through- COLLEGE out the year. The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is distributed to each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open t? all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal exp~nenc; O and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required f members. The chorus meets three times each week for the study choral literature covering various periods of music history. ~eve~d programs are presented each semester before the College community a the general public. 1·ts The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects student officers and management. J 1'th All students interested in forming an orchestra should consult .~ in the director of the School of Music. The College is eager ~o ass~ be the development of instrumental music and an orchestr~l socie:i VI the organized as soon as student interest and abilities are d1scovere on COLLEGE ORCHESTRA campus. 1,mnic~la, an annual yearbook; the Beacon, a newspaper; and Manu~mpt'. ~ literary magazine are published by the students. Those interested m wntmg, photography, art and advertising have an opportunity to join the staffs. DEBATING Debating has proved pa_rticularly popular with students preparing for_ the law, or interested m public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football baseball basketball'. gol~, soccer, swimming and wrestling. Colleges ~ithin th; stat~ and m a~Jacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for Physical Education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intra-mural sports and physical education gives every ~an an opportunity to participate. Basketball, boxing, handball, volleyb l~, bowlmg, sw1mmmg, and table tennis are some of the sports available. Th_e athle~ic P:ogram f~r women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling; sw1mmmg; tenms; field hockey; basketball; and softball. CLUBS Spec~al dubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic professional · fi eId s. Th ese clubs, developed cooperatively' b , and art·1st 1c by st~dents and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may e easily adapted to changing and current interests. �College Curricula The curricula include courses leading to the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees, and a number of shorter programs requiring only two or three years of college training. The degree courses include four-year programs in the Liberal Arts, Biology, Chemistry, and Commerce and Finance, and two-year programs in Physics, Engineering, and Music Education. Students completing these two-year programs satisfactorily may transfer credits for their first two years of work to selected colleges offering degrees in these three fields of study. The two- and three-year programs lead to no degree but do give professional, semi-professional, and technical training required in a number of occupations. Among the occupations which may require two or three years of college background are dentistry, chiropractic, osteopathy, medical technology, laboratory technology, secretarial work for business and medicine, music, and radio. Special programs may be arranged for persons wishing to select courses that will satisfy individual interests or needs. �College Curricula The curricula include courses leading to the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees, and a number of shorter programs requiring only two or three years of college training. The degree courses include four-year programs in the Liberal Arts, Biology, Chemistry, and Commerce and Finance, and two-year programs in Physics, Engineering, and Music Education. Students completing these two-year programs satisfactorily may transfer credits for their first two years of work to selected colleges offering degrees in these three fields of study. The two- and three-year programs lead to no degree but do give professional, semi-professional, and technical training required in a number of occupations. Among the occupations which may require two or three years of college background are dentistry, chiropractic, osteopathy, medical technology, laboratory technology, secretarial work for business and medicine, music, and radio. Special programs may be arranged for persons wishing to select courses that will satisfy individual interests or needs. �1 . i ---:·",_l\',\ I I' / _j..-----r : / ~ .. I\-.. '~.::... ,,_ ·I ... , - f' I '\\RUN \lALL - MllN'S DORMITORY tJ ~ n 0 (t) (t) C H Vl (t) Vl -------- �Degree Courses �43 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 42 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN SEMESTER HOURS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The Liberal Arts course is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. It is expected, however, that ability in expression and interpretation will be developed. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. HUMANITIES Major Subject English .... .. .. . .. . Foreign Language .. . . Mathematics . ....... . Music ...... . ...... . Philosophy-Religion .. Humanities Social Sciences Sciences English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology 24 24 24 46 24 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 37 15 31 39 45 15 6 6 15 11 44 36 15 37 15 6 6 38 Social Scien ces Sciences Free Elective 38 8 SOCIAL SCIENCES Major Subject DIVISIONS Major Humanities Economics .......... . History .. . .. . ...... . Political Science .... . . Sociology ..... . . . . . . Social Science ... . ... . Major Httmanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 15 6 6 6 6 38 38 38 38 15 6 26 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 9 13 15• 6 15 15 15 SCIENCES ALtjor Subject SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is_ de· sirable that a ma1or be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it _be elected before the beginning of the Junior year. Students wishing to maior in Biology, Mathematics, or Music must choose their major when they enter the College. 5t A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except C~emi ry~ Education, and Physics. The requirements for each major are specified pre ceding the description of courses. . A major may also be taken in Social Science. The Social Scie~ce maJO~ requires a total of 36 hours in Economics, History, Political Scie~c\ 0~r t Sociology. Eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and a~ leaS sr t t\\.0 in each of the other three. Social Science courses required m the rs years shall not count toward this major. •enty Students preparing to teach in the public schools are requ(red to the hours in_ Education to obt~in certi_fication .. It is therefore impossi rernent . prospective teacher of Sooal Studies to satisfy all of the above_ re9Ji 0 ols "'•ill Hence, a student preparing to teach Social Studies in the pub~ic s urses in receive credit toward the Social Science major for all required co Economics, History, Political Science, and Sociology. -ttf fa~ ~!;~~~logy ·:::::::::: Major Humanities 39 24 37 37 24 36 �BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all Majors other than Biology, Mathematics, and Music Major in Biology FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN Y EAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Title Nar. and Des. Writing ....... Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Foreign Language1 ••• .. . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 Alternates: Hist . of W. Civilization . .. . Hist 102} Amer. Hist. since 1865 ..... Hist 108 Alternates : Introduction to Music ...... Mus 100} Physical Science . . .. . ...... Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ..... P.E. 102 15 Number Cr. Title Biological Science ........ . .. Bio 100 3 3 Compasition . ...... . .. . .. . . . Eng 101 Foreign Language1 . . . . . • . . • . . 101 or 103 3 Alternates: Hist. of W . Civ ilization .. . . Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist. to 1865 .. . . ... . Hist 107 Alternates: Introduction to Music . ..... Mus 100} Physical Science .... . ...... Phys 100 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. . .. . . P .E. 101 3 1 First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Title Comlosition . .... .......... . Eng lOl 3 Fun _amentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Foreign Languaget .. ..... . ... lOl or 103 3 Alternates: Hist. of ~- Civilization .... Hist 101 } Amer. Hist. to 1865 . ... . . .. Hist 107 3 College Algebra . .... ... . . . . . Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ... . ... p .E. 101 1 Title Numb•r N d " ~ ar._an Des. Writing ..... .. Eng 102 3 Folre1gn Language' . ...... . .. . 102 or 104 A ternates: 3 Hist. of~- Civilization . . .. Hist 102} 3 Amer. Hist. since 1865 ... . . Hist 108 Alternates: Intro. to Economics E Amer. Federal Govt:: : : : : : · p cs 3 Intro. to Sociology · s~· Elective.... ·· · ····· 100 Phy,. Ed. 102 / 16 15 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Cr. Title Number Title Number Cr. 4 World Literature .. ....... Eng 152 3 World Literature ...... . . . . .. Eng 151 4 Foreign Laoguage 1 • . • • • •• 104 or 200 Foreign Language 1 . .. . . . . • • •• 103 or 200 3 Alternates: Algebra or Trig ........ Math 107- 109} Alternates: Fundamentals of Math . .... Math 101} Hist. of Religions ... .. . Rel 101 History of Religions . . ..... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy2 • •• Phil 101 Intro. to Philosphy2 • • • • ••• Phil 101 Alternates 3 : Al tern ates :3 Intro. to Economics . . .. Ee 1001 Intro. to Education .... Ed 101 Intro . to Economics . .. .. . . Ee 1001 Intro. to Education ........ Ed 101 American Federal Govt. P .S. 101 American Federal Govt . .. . . P .S. 101 6 General Psychology .... Psy 100 General Psychology . ... . . .. Psy 100 Elective . . . . . .... . ... . . Intro. to Sociology . . . . ... . Soc 100 Physical Education . ...... P.E. 104 Elective .. . .... . ....... . . . Ph ysical Education .... . . . ... P .E. 103 1 17 17 Third Semester Fourth Semeste,- Titl, Number General Zoology . . . ..... ... . Bio 101 C~ ~neral Inorganic Chem ..... . Chem 101 4 For::~t!x~sitfon .. . .... . Eng 105 3 Physical Ed gu ~e · · · · · · · · · · .103 or 200 3 ucat1on . ... . . .... p .E. 103 1 Title Number General Zoology .. . .... . .. .. Bio 102 Cr loor·. CheLm. & Qual. Anal.. . .. Chem 102 F oreigo aoguagel ....... . . . . 104 or 200 6 3 Gene:al Psychology ....... .. . Ps 100 Physical Education .... . . . .. . p 104 16 18 SENIOR Y EAR i Sixth Semester Tit!. Numb,r Cr. World Li~!~:% of Vert . . • ... Bio 201 5 ~ tr 0 : to Philos~p-hy. · · · · · · · · .Epn~ 151 4 · · · · · · • • . htl 101 3 1cctives. . . . .... 3-4 . Title Number Histology and Organology B" 202 Cr5. World Literature · · · Eio Electives .... . ... ·. :: :::: :: : :: ng 152 : 15-16 15 Comp A. SENIOR YEAR Tirl, Seventh Semester Eighth Semester ~e_tics..... . Number Cr. s:.~1ology. . · · · · · · · · • • . . . . Bio 261 5 El i~ar in Bi~i~ .. . · · · · · · · · · Bio 251 4 ettives. . . . gy .. . .. ..... Bio 291 l 6 E bTit/,1 Numb,r Cr. 9' ogy · · · · · · · · · · · • . . . . Bio 262 5 Se y~io o~y · ·. · · · · · · · · · • • • • . . Bio 252 4 m10ar 10 B10logy B" 2 Electives ...........· ·.... · · · .· .... · · · · 10 92 61 16 16 .. . .. ... . . •· The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Philosophy is required in either the third •or four semester. . . f rn the a1te rnJt f. Dunng the third and fourth semesters, nme hours must be chose n ro hedulinf ~f 3 with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event tha~ the sc or rnore o any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a rnaJ?r, ~neJunior )e11r the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adv iser, until t e .t JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours 5 Fifth Semester Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours 2 ~g<;} and a,;g,;~~- ::::: :P.E. 16 1 45 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 44 ;;-- p: 1 he level of l?l115t be taken the course will de outside the fields ofpe~d upon the achievement of the student Electives science. • �46 BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Mathematics First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Titl, Number Cr. 3 Nar. and Des. Writing .. •••· .Eng 2 3 Fundamentals of Speech . · ··· .Eng · L anguage1 . • • • · · · · · · · 102orl04 3 Foreign Analytic Geometry ••··· · ··· .Ma th 122 4 Intro . to Music .. . ........... Mus 100 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .····· .P.E. 102 1 ~Oi Titl, Number Cr. 3 . . a.l Science · 100 B1olog1c_ ........... Bio En 101 3 Composition .. • • ·1· · · · · · · · • · : 10 or 103 3 Foreign Language · · · · · · · · · · Alternates : M h Algebra and Trig. or ....... Ma\ 107 S-6 College ~lgebra and . • • · · · · M~~h 109 Plane Tngonome~ry ........ p E 101 1 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene .••···· · · __ f lOS1 17 16 Third Semester Fourth Semester .I Number Cr. T tt 1 152 4 World Literature ... •• · ····· .Eng 200 3 . L anguage1 .. . ........ 104 Foreign M or h 126 4 Integral Calculu~ · · · · · · · · · · · · p 103 1 Physical Education . • • • · · · · · · · · S--6 Electives .. . • • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · 17-18 .I Number Cr. T ' World"Literature .. • • · · · · · · · · Eng 1 51 43 200 . L. aoguag ei . . . . . . . . . .. 103or Foreign Math 125 4 Differential C:3-lculus · · · · · · · · · Ph s 201 S General Physics : ..... . ...... p 103 1 Physical Education • • · · · · · · · · · · _ 17 Sixth Semester Number Cr. Tit!, Alternates : . . Hist . of W. Civilization .•• .H~ st 101} 3 Amer. Hist. to 1865 .. • • · · · ,H 1st 107 3 Mathematics Elective .•••···· 3 100 General Psychology • • · · · · · · · · Psy 100} 3 Intro. to Economics .•.. • • •··· .Ee 101 Principles of Economics ... . .. Ee 3 lotto. to Sociology .. • • · · · · · .Soc 100 N umber Cr Tit!, Alternates : . ff 3 Hist. or W. Civilization .•• · !st 102} 10B Amer. Hist. since 1865 • · · · · Hi st 3 Mathematic~ Elective • · · · · · · · Phil 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy · · · · · · · · · p .S. 101 3 3-5 Amer. Federal Govt .. ••···· · · Electives . ..... ••• · ········· - 15-17 15 SENIOR. YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Titu Cr. Math_ematics Elective• • · · · · · · : :::: : : : : : 1~ Electives .... ••········ · · ·· ·· _ Tit!, . . .... . Mathematics Elecuve · · • · · · · · · .... . Electives ... • ••··············· IS . veroent of the student. 1 The level of the course will depend upon the ach1e Title Number Cr . Foreign Language ........... 103 or 200 3 .Alternates: Mathematics ..... 107, 109, 115 or 116) History of Religions ....... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101 Alternates : Intro . to Economics ... . ... . Ee Intro. to Education ........ Ed 101 A.mer. Federal Govt ....... . P .S. 101 3 General Psychology ....... Psy 100 Intro. to Sociology ........ Soc 100 Music, Applied .............. 1 Music, Theory .............. Mus 101 5 Physical Education .......... P .E . 103 1 16 100) JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR f r l c,. 3 12 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Nar. and Des. Writing ..... .. Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Foreign Language• . . ...... . .. 102 or 104 3 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist 102} Amer. Hist. since 1865 ..... Hist 108 3 Alternates : Intro. to Music .. . ...... . .. Mus 100} Physical Science . . .. .. .... . Phys 100 3 Music, Applied .... . ......... 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ..... P .E. 102 1 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR Titls Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition . ... .. .. .. ...... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . • . 101 ro 103 3 .Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist. to 1865 ....... Hist 107 .Alternates: Intro. to Music ............ Mus 100} Physical Science ........... Phys 100 3 Music, Applied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E . 101 1 15- 16 Third Semester 47 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE Pifth Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Foreign Language• ........... 104 or 200 3 Alternates : Mathematics . .... 107, 109,115 or 116} History of Religions ...... . Rel 101 3 Intro . to Philosophy ....... Phil 101 Alternates: Intro . to Economics ........ Ee Intro. to Education ........ Ed 101 Amer. Federal Govt ........ P.S. 101 3 General Psychology ........ Psy 100 Intro . to Sociology ........ Soc 100 Music, Applied ....... . ..... 1 Music, Theory .............. Mus 102 5 Physical Education .......... P.E . 104 1 16 JUNIOR YEAR 100) Sixth Semester Title :rid N umber Cr. Title Number Cr. Literature ............ Eng 151 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 4 ternates: Alternates: Intro. to Economics ........ Ee Intro. to Economics ........ Ee Amer. Federal Gov t ....... . P.S. 101 Amer. Federal Govt .. . ..... P.S. 101 General Psychology ........ Psy 100 3 General Psychology ........ Psy 100 3 iuIntro. . Ato Socio! . ogy. . . . . . . . oc 100 Intro. to Sociology ........ Soc 100 Mu:!c, Thphed .............. 2 Music, Applied .............. 2 ic, eory M Music, Theory .............. Mus 104 5 Electi ve · · · · · · • • • . . . . . us 103 5 . ········ ... 3 Elective ................ . ... 3 17 17 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Ttt!e Number Cr. Title Number Cr. 1usic, A~ lied 2 Music, Af>plied . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1us1c H p · · · · · · · · • • • .. , •story .............. Mus Mus ic, H m ory .............. Mus 110} 109} 3 Mus 210 3 u ic, lnscru . Mus 209 iusic An I ~ entauon ...... Mus 215 3 Music, Orchestration .... .. .. Mus 216 3 Elecri~es a ysis . · · • • • ....... Mus 217 2 Electi ves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 . ' . . .. . . . 6 15 ~ 16 he level of th e course will depend upon the achievement of the student. 100) s 100) �49' DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 48 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGY BACHELOR OF SCIENCE The curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science provide a thorough grounding in the scientific method, supplemented by a study of the Humanities and Social Sciences. The three curricula in science are intended to prepare students for technical work or advanced study. The curriculum leading to the d . tended to give a thorough understa 1-ree ~atelo~ of_ Science in Biology is inon the biological and chemical n ;g o t e sc1ent_1fic method with emphasis requirements established for en~:f:ce\nYhe prescr~be~ curriculum includes: osteopathic, and medical technologic sch ol ~he maJor~ty of medical, dental, ogy; and bases for specific advanced z ~o s! plreparatt_on for industrial biol00 og1Ca work m schools of graduate study. GROUP I-BIOLOGY Special emphasis upon Biology is recommended in preparation for the study of medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, and allied studies; the teaching of Biology; industrial and medical technology; and graduate work in Biology. GROUP II-CHEMISTRY FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tit!, Numbsr Cr. general _!~organic Chem . . .... Chem 101 4 ~mpos1t1on . .. ..... ..... .. . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . .... . Hist 101 Algebra and Trig .. ......... . Math 105 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 ~ Tirl, Numh,, Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. . .. Chem 102 C,.6 102 N:i-r. and Des . .\\:r.iting . ..... . En HAtst. o~ W. Cmltzation ...... Rift 102 3 Phnalyuc Ed Geometry d : · · · · · · · · · M ath 122 4 ys . . an Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 16 17 This group is for students planning to enter graduate study in Chemistry, industrial Chemistry, or the teaching of Chemistry. GROUP Ill-PHYSICS This group is for students interested in research, electronics, advanced study, or industrial Physics. Only the first two years of this course are offered by Wilkes College. SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth SemeJter Title Number General Zo~logy .......... .. Bio 101 Cr. tor.ldQu~nt1tat1ve Analysis ... Chem 121 4 5 or Literature E Foreign Lan ua ·1· · · • · · · • · · · ng 151 4 Phys· I ~e · · · · · · .. · • , 101 or 103 3 ica ucat1on .... ...... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. General · Zoology Ch . · · · · · · · · · · .. B'10 102 5 0 rganic em1stry . . . . . . . . . . . Chem 230 4 World Literatur Foreign Lan e ·1· · · · · · · · · · · Eng 152 4 Ph · 1 Ed gua~e · · · · · · · · · · . 102 orl04 3 ysica ucat10n .. . . .... .. P.E. 104 1 17 17 El LANGUAGE REQUIREM EN TS A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: 1. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French, JUNIOR YEAR Fifth SemeJter Sixth Semester Number Cr. Orga~ic ~~to~y of the Vert ... Bio 201 5 Foreign La em1stry .......... Chem 231 4 General Pbng~aget · · · · · · · · · · .103 or 200 3 ysics .. · .. ····•• .. Phys 201 5 Titk Number G~neral Botany .. ..... ...... Bio 112 C~ H1st<;>logy and Organology ... Bio 202 5 Fore1gn Languagel .•......... 104 or 200 General Physics ............. Phys 202 CompT:tle A 17 3. A student beginning either language in college must complete 12 semester hours. ~ SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Titk Alternates· Number Cr. Baer'!riology · · . p G<inecics · · · · · · · · · • • - .. Bio 5 hy~iology. · · · · · · · · · · · • • • ... Bio 261 251 4 Pros• · · · · · · · · El -.mtnar in Biolo· · · · · · · · · · B'~o 291 1 ecc1ves __ . . . . . . gy • • - .... Bio 6-7 ---- Titl, Number Cr. Alternates: Bacteriology. . . B' Embr olo · · · · · · · · · · · ~o Ph · l y gy .. · · · · · · · · · · · .B10 262 5 p ysio _o gy · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • .. Bio 252 4 rosemmar in Biology ....... Bio 292 1 Fundamentals of Speech E Electives . · · · · · · ng 131 2 . . . . . ... .......... 4-6 211} lTh 16-17 212} -- e level of the cou 16-18 d rse will depend upon the achiev · ingThe Pl epartment of B. 1 1 ements and interests of the student. re . ants (Biolo 10 ogy a_ so offers courses in the Taxonom given in th e summer. gy 113) and rn Entomology (B"101ogy 223), both Y ofofFlowerwhich �DEGREE COURSES 51 WILKES COLLEGE 50 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY The Chemistry Department offers a four-year curriculum leading to a Bachelor of Science in Chemistry. To satisfy the requirements for this degree a student must complete a total of 140 credits. These credits must include 48 in Chemistry, 33 in Physics and Mathematics, 18 to 24 in the Social Sciences and Psychology, and 24 to 30 in Humanities. The Chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the broad general education Wilkes College offers the first tw . in Physics or in Engineerin Ph s· ?d:ears of work leading toward a major tio~ was greatly emphasize~ by~~~s~an e ~eed for men wit~ this type of educadunng the recent conflict The . Y ew p~oblems which needed solution 1 0 fundamentals, without which fu~::ic~u~ ers a firm g~ounding in the The course in Physics prepares the student orc~nndot be teaching, conti~medorprofitably. m ustry, research. f FRESHMAN YEAR of Graduates the student.in Chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Cr. Title Number Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. .... Chem 102 Basic Drawing ...... . . .. ... . Engi 102 Hist. of W. Civilization . . .... Hist 102 Analytic Geometry .......... Math 122 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 Title N umber Cr. General Inorgan ic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Engineering Problems .... . ... Engi 100 1 Compasition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... H ist 101 3 Algebra and Tri g . ........... Math 105 5 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 First Semester Title Gen~ral ~norganic Chem ... . . _Chem Engmee~1~g Problems ....... . Engi Composmon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eng .A.lge~ra and Trig ... ... . .... :Math American Government .. . .... P.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P .E. 6 3 3 4 1 17 ~ 17 18 4 1 3 5 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. T itle N umber Cr . Stoichiometry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ch E 206 2 4 !nor . Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 Organic Chemistry ......... . Chem 230 4 Advanced E xpasit ion . . ..... .Eng 105 3 Integral Calculus . . .......... Math 126 4 4 Differential Calculus ......... Math 125 General Physics .... . .. .. ... . Phys 202 5 5 General Phys ics ..... . .. . .... Phys 201 Elective. ... . ...... . ........ 2 1 Physical Education ....... . .. P .E. 103 Physical Education . . ........ P .E. 104 1 17 Fifth Semester JUNIOR Title Number Cr. Organic Chemistry . . ......... Chem 231 4 Physical Chemistry .... .. .... Chem 241 4 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 3 18 YEAR Sixth Semester Title N umber Cr. !nor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 122 54 Physical Chemistry . . . . . . . . . Chem 242 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 18 18 Seventh Semester SENIOR Title Number Cr. Qualitative Organic Anal.. ... Chem 233 3 History of Chemistry ........ Chem 261 1 Chemistry Elec tive .......... Chem 2 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 100 101 105 100 101 Title Number Cr. Ge~eral Ino_rganic Chem ... . .. Chem 104 4 Basic Drawmg · · · · · · · · · · · - - . E ngt. 102 3 N ar. and_Des . Writing . ...... En 102 3 Amer. ~1st. since 1865 . ... . .. Hift l08 3 Analytic Geometry . ... . .. . .. Math 122 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. .. .. . P.E. 102 Cr. 17 Third Semester Electrical Measurements . . .. . . Phys 251 Second Semester Number YEAR Eighth Semester Title Number 262 Cr. Chemical Literature . . . ..... Chem 13 Chemistry Elective ......... -Chem Elective . ... . ........... - . . • ~ 12 18 The language requirement for the Bachelor of Science degree must be satisfied. lty ad· Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the facu viser as follows: f 0 11 ~·Humanities: Twelve to eighteen credits are to be ch~sen fromelt~e. i°o1; ing: English 131, 15,1, 152; Philosophy 101, 102; Music 100; R igion Mathe~atic~ 240. . . froril the Social Sciences: Eighteen to twenty-four credits are to be chos~nE 00rnic following: Sociology 100, 107, 205; Political Science 100, 101, 203, co 101, 102; History 107, 108; Education 101,201, 207. Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Fundamentals of Speech ... ... Eng 134 3 ~fvanced Expasit1on . . . . . . .. Eng 105 3 _ementary- Germani . . ... ... . Ger 101 3 DG1fferent1al Calculus . Math 125 4 eneral Ph · ········ 5 Physical Edys1cs ; . . .......... Phys 201 ucatton ..... . .•... p .E. 103 1 Number Cr. Title Elementary Germani .... .. . . . Ger 102 3 lntegral _Calculus .. . .. _.. __ _.Math 126 4 Mechan~cs I, Statics . ... . . ... M.E. 211 3 Mechamcs II, Dynamics ...... M.E 212 3 Gene~al Physics . ... . . . . _. . .. Ph 5· 202 5 Physical Education .. . ....... P.l. 104 1 19 19 1 Inte ' rmed'1ate or scientific G erman may be substituted when the student is qualified. �DEGREE COURSES 53 WILKES COLLEGE 52 REQUIREMENTS FOR GROUP MAJORS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE II The Commerce and Finance Department provides training for economic and business activities combined with a well-rounded education. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. The Commerce and Finance Department offers four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. To insure a wellbalanced program, faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. GROUP 1-AccoUNTING Special emphasis is placed on Accounting in preparation for a career in private or public Accounting. Related courses in Economics and Business Administration provide a broad business background for students in Accounting. Accounting Cr. Courses in Major ... .. . . 30 Courses in Commerce and Finance Department (outside major) ..... 39 Courses in Social Sciences ~~ucation, History, Po~ lit1cal Science, and Sociology ... .. .... . . 12 Courses in Humanities .. . 31 Courses in Science ...... 6 Free Electives ... ..... . 9 Physical Education ... ... 4 Total Courses ( in semester hours) GROUP II-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION This group is designed for students who desire a broad business background with special work in Banking and Finance, Management and Industrial Rela· tions, or Marketing. GROUP III-RETAIL MERCHANDISING A broad background of business is recommended for students intereste~ in Retail Merchandising. Emphasis is placed on specialized courses in Retail Merchandising which are offered in cooperation with retail establishments. GROUP IV-SECRETARIAL STUDIES This group prepares students for secretarial positions. It offers training to students who desire a broad cultural and business background as well as specialization in Secretarial Studies. Courses in all groups are arranged so that the student will devote a~ut of his work to Commerce and Finance courses. The remainder of his wor will be in the Social Sciences, Science, and Humanities. ball 1 This 131 III Business Retail Administratio n Merchandising IV Secretarial Studies Cr. Cr. 60 1 36 27 27 18 18 28 9 28 6 15 6 12 39 4 4 4 131 131 I 31 15 31 6 Cr. figure includes both ma Jor · courses and other courses offered in the Commerce and Finance Department. �DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 54 MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MAJOR IN ACCOUNTING 1 FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Number Elementary Accounting ... . . Acct Siirvey of Business .......... . B.A. Biological Science ..... . . .... Bio Composition ... ..... ........ Eng Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization .. . . Hist Amer. Hist. to 1865 . . ... .. . Hist Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ..... P.E. 101 100 100 101 Cr. Number Principles of Accounting ..... Acct Nar. and Des. Writing ....... Eng Alternates: Hist. of W. Civiliz ation . . . . Hise Amer. Hist. since 1865 ..... Hist Amer. Federal Govt .. .. . .... . P.S . Physical Science .......... . .. Phys Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . ... . . . P.E. 3 3 3 3 101} 3 107 101 1 Second Semester First Sernester Second Semester Title 102 102 Title Number Cr. Title 3 Elementary Accoun cing . . . .. . Acee 101 3 Survey of Business .. .... ... .. B.A. 100 3 Biological Science .. . ... . .... Bio 100 3 Composition ...... . . . . .. . . . . Eng 101 Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization .. . . Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist. to 1865 ...... . . Hist 107 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene ... .... P.E. 101 1 Cr. 3 3 102} 3 108 101 3 100 3 102 1 16 Number Principles of Accounting . . . . . Acct Nar . and Des. Writing . .. .. .. Eng Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist Amer. Hist. since 1865 ... . . Hist Amer. Federal Gove ... .. .. ... P.S. Physical Science . . .. . . ... . ... Phys Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. .... P.E. 102 102 102} 108 101 100 102 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 l 16 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Titk Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting ... .. Acct 111 3 3 Business Law . ... .... . . .... . B.A. 231 Titu SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Number Cr. Advanced Accounting . . ...... Acct 112 Business Law ...... .. ... . .. . B.A. 232 Principles of Economics . . .... Ee 102 World Literature ............ Eng 152 Fundamentals of Math . ... . . . Math 102\ Intro. of Statistics . .......... Math 118 f Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 3 Principles of Economics . .... . Ee 101 4 World Literature ........ . ... Eng 151 Alternates : Fundamentals of Math .. ... Math 101} 3 Mathematics of Finance I .. Math 115 1 Physical Education .. ..... ... P .E. 103 Number Cr . 3 Bu_sio~ss Law .. .. . . ... .. . .. . B.A. 231 101 3 Prmciples of Economics . . .. . . Ee Fundame_ntals of Speech ... . .. Eng 131 2 Vj orld Literature . . .. .. ...... Eng 151 4 n 1tern ates: 3 4 3 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semeste1' Titu Titls N umbsr Cr. Cost Accounting . . .. . . .... ... Acct 201 3 Business Law .. .. . . ..... .... B.A. Money and Banking ... . . . . .. Ee Applied General Statistics .. .. Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Intro. to Sociology ...... . . .. Soc 233 201 231 131 100 Number Tax Accounting .... .... ..... Acct 121 Auditing Principles ... . ... .. . Acct 231 Bus. Car. and Reports ........ B.A . 209 Corporation Finance ......... B.A. 225 Elective .... . .... . .......... Number 202 120 Fundamen~als of Math ... . . Math 101} PhM~thematics of Finance I .. Math 11 5 3 ysical Education ...... . . . . p .E. 103 16 17 Cr 3 234 Sixth Semester Fifth Semester 202\ 3 236( 216 232 JUNIOR YEAR ~ 3 3 Eighth Semester Cr. Title N b Money and Bankin um er 3 Appli d G g · · · ···· . . Ee 201 3 In e eo~ral Statistics . . . . Ee 231 tro: to iSoc1olog Elecuve S . Y· ; •• . ..... Soc 100 3 3 Electives n oc1a 1Science . . .. . 6 ·· ····· · ·· Number Tit!, Cr. 226 3 Econom\c Geography .. .. ... . Ee 232 3 Economic Statistics . .. . . ..... Ee Alternates: ln~ro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101} 3 History of Religions . . ... .. Rel 101 3 Bus. Adm . or Ee. Elective 3 Elective .. . .. ... . . . .. . . . : : : : 15 18 . u111brr Cr. Titk 232 3 Auditing Practice . .. ........ . Acct 100 3 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 15 Intro. to Music .... . . .... . ... M~s 101} Intro. to Philosophy .. ... .... Phil 101 History of Religions .. ... .... Rel Electives .. . ... ...... .. • • •··· 15 P,actical expedence in Accounting is requlled for all students during the sun>"'" fol• 1 Cr. i Seventh Semester Titu Number 3 Bu_sin~ss Law . .. . ..... .. .... B.A. 232 102 3 Prmc1ples of Economics . .... . Ee World Literature ... . . ..... .. Eng 152 4 Alternates: Fundamentals of Mach .... . . Math 102} Intro. to Statistics ........ . Math 118 3 Intro: to Music . . . . . . .. ..... Mus 100 3 Physical Education ..... . .... P.E. 104 1 17 SENIOR YEAR Title Sixth SemeJter Advanced Cost Accountin g ... Acct Accounting Systems .. . . ...... Acct Business Law . .. . .. . . . ..... . B.A. Alternates: Theory of Money . .. ....... Ee Public Finance .... . .. . .... Ee Economic Geography ........ Ee Economic Statistics .. .. ..... . Ee 3 3 3 2 3 Fourth Semesler Third Semester 3 3 lowing the Junior year or during the Senior year. SENIOR YEAR Tttl, Eighth Semester Seventh Semeste .. ' B s. Cor d Number Cr. Bus. Ad~ a~leporcs .. .. .. .. B.A. 209 3 Elective .·.. Ee. Electives.. ... ... 12 3 18 Title Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives . . El . ecuve ... . . . .. . . . ... .. . .. . Cr. 12 3 15 �DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 56 MAJOR IN RETAIL MERCHANDISING . . . Administration ( Group II) in the Bachelor Students who ~aior m Busmess d f' ce may select their electives from the of Science course m Commerce an man following: BAN K!NG AND FINANC E Titles N umber t~: ii~ Credits and Collections . . . . ...... . Real Est3:te . · ·. · · · · · · · · · · · ... .... B.A. 225 Corporat10n Fmance .. ....... . ... B.A. 226 In vestments . . . • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Title N umber 201 Money and Banking . . • • • • · · · · · · ·Ee Theory of Money .. . . . . . . ...... . . Ee 202 236 Public Finance . . • · · · · · · · ·······. Ee Mathematics of Finance I ........ Math 115 57 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Title Elementary Accounting .. . . . . Acct 101 3 Biological Science ...... . .. . . Bio 100 3 Survey of Business .... . ... . .. B.A. 100 3 Composition ..... . ..... . .. . . Eng 101 3 Alternates : Hist . of W. Civilization . . . . Hist 101} 3 Am. Hist. to 1865 . . .. . .. .. Hist 107 1 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. .. .. . P.E. 101 Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ... .. Acct 102 3 Nar. and Des . Writing ....... Eng 102 3 Alternates: Hist. ofW. Civilization .. . . Hist 102} 3 Amer. Hist. since 1865 . . .. . Hist 108 Physical Science . ........ . ... Phys 100 3 Amer. Federal Govt ... ... . . . . P.S. 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. ..... P.E. 102 1 16 16 ECONOMICS N umber Title · Ee 212 dB Government an usmess . .... . .. E 223 Labor P~oblems • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · E~ 225 International Trade .. . ........ . .. E 226 Economic Geography_. .......... . Ee 229 Comparative Economic Systems ... Ec 230 Business Cycles • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · c Title N 11mber . F ~nan~e . 236 Pu bl ic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... Ee Ee 2 8 Econom~c H1stor}'. ............... Ee 2~1 Economic Analysts .............. E 244 History of Economic Thought . . . . c · Ee 245 Consumer E cono~1c~ . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Economic Invesu gauon • • ·······. Ee MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Number Title A 235 Industrial M anagement .......... : · A· 236 Personnel Management ........... B.A. 237 Production Management . . .. .. ... B.A. 240 Property Insurance . .. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · N umber T itle 241 Life Insurance . . • • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · 223 Labor Problems . • • · ·. · ·: · · · · · · · · · c 231 Applied General Statistics• • · · · · · · Ee 232 Economic Statistics .. • • • · · · · · · · · ·Ee tA. SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title Business Law .. . . ...... .. ... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ..... . Ee 101 3 World Literature .... . . . .... . Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Mach ...... . Math 101 3 Principles of Retailing .. . .... R .M. 101 3 Physical Education . . ........ P .E. 103 1 Tit!, Number Cr. Business Law ... .... . . .... . . B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics .... .. Ee 102 3 World Literature . .. . .. .. .... Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math . .. . .. . Mach 102 3 Retail Store Organ & Man .... R.M . 102 3 Physical Education . .. ....... P .E. 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester MARKETING Number Title _ . _.B.A. 114 Salesm~n_ship . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. 216 Advertismg : · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · :B.A. 217 Transp~rtauon . · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·:: .B.A. 222 Marketmg .. • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Number Title . B.A. 239 Sales Management ··· · ·········· B.A. 240 PropertY: Insurance . • • · · · · · · · · · · · : Ee 225 International Trad~ • · · · · · · · · · · · · Ee 245 Consumer Econo~1~s • · · · · · · · · · · · R.M. 101 Principles of Reta1lmg. • • · · · · · · · · Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 ~ndamentals of Speech . ..... Eng 131 2 lo'. and Design ...... . ..... R .M . 201 2 Retail Adv. & Sales Prom ... . . R.M . 205 2 ~tai~ Se\ling .... . ......... . R.M . 207 3 ecttve 10 Social Science . . . . . 3 Tit!, Number Cr. Intro . to Music . . ............ Mus 100 3 Al cernates: Intro . to Philosophy . ...... Phil 101} 3 History of Religions ....... Rel 101 Elements of Merchandise . . .. . R .M . 210 3 Purch. and Merch. Control ... R.M. 212 3 Retail Buying (Lab .) .. . . .. ... R .M. 214 2 Elective . ... . ... ..... . ..... . 3 15 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title B Co N umber Cr. r. and Reports BA 209 3 D~s. 1 pla • (R . ··· · ·· ·· · · Funda~ e1ail) . · .. • ........ R .M . 215 2 Retail Penta 5 of Fashion ..... R .M. 217 3 ersonnel Rel . R M 21 In tro to S . atwns .... . . 9 3 F..lec ..in Cooc101og_y . . ........ Soc. 100 3 m. & Fm . or Soc. Sc . 3 T itle Number Cr. Organizat ion & Operation of theSmallStore.R .M . 220 2 Retail Cred. and Coll.. . .. . ... R.M. 222 2 Recent Trnds . & Developments in Retail. R .M. 224 3 E lectives .... . . ............ . . 9 17 16 �DEGREE COURSES 59 WILKES COLLEGE 58 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING MAJOR IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. Biological Science . . • · · · · · · · · Bio lOO 3 Nar. and Des. Writing .. •• •• .Eng 102 3 Alternates: . } Hist. of W. Civilization .... H~st 102 3 Amer. Hist. since 1865 . • • • •Hi St 1 3 Fundamentals of Math . . • • · · · Math 1 Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .····· .P.E. 102 1 Title N umber Cr. Survey of Business .. • • • · · · · · · B.A. lOO 3 · · .... • • • · · · · · · · · · Eng 101 3 Composmon Alternates: ff } Hist. or W. Civilization.• •· ~st 101 Amer. Hist. to 1865 .. . .. .. . Hist 107 101 Fundamentals of Math .. .. . .. Math Shorthand and T ypewriting ... S.S. 101 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .·· · ·· .P.E . 101 g~ 3 3 4 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .... . . Acct 101 3 Advanced Exposition . .. ••·· .Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech • · · · · ·Eng 131 2 3 · . . ... . ... . . .. Mus 100 Intro. to M us1c. 10 9 4 Advanced Stenography• ····· .S.S. 1 Physical Education . . • • · · · · · · p .E. 103 Number Cr. Title Principles of Accounting . .... Acct 102 3 American Government ... - • • •P .S. 100 3 Physical Science .. - • • • · · · · · · · Phys 100 34 Advanced Stenography •· · ··· .S.S. 110 3 Elective . . . . . • •: · · · · · · · · · · · · E 104 l Physical Educauon . . • • · · · · · · p · · 17 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Number Cr. Title 101 3 Principles of Economics .. • • • · Ee World Literature . . • • • • · · · · · · Eng 151 4 Alternates: Medical Stenography •· ··· · .S.S. 210} 3 Speech Reporting.•• •· · ··· .S.S. 203 6 Electives ..... •• •· · ·· · · ··· · · · Number Cr. Title 102 3 Principles of Economics .... . . Ee 152 4 World Literature . . . . . • • • · · · · Eng 9 Electives ... . • • • · · · · · · · · ·, · · · · ( COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Car . and Reports .. ...... B.A. ~ Offic~ Proc. & Office Mach .. •• •S.S. 2 5 _ 8 9 Elecuves . . ... • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · 2g9 FRESHMAN YEAR 16 16 Seventh Semester Wilkes College offers the first two years of the Engineering curriculwn. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the Junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed, their work at such representative colleges as: Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Colwnbia, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interestea in Mathematics, the Natural Sciences and their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various .fields: Research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may _be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception that Chemical Engineering students must take two additional hours more Chemistry in the second term. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between Chemical Engineering and one of the other branches of Engineering. The curricula change further at the middle of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue Civil, Industrial, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering. Title Office Management . . • • · · · · · · Electives . . ... •• · ··········· · Number S.S. 206 er. 4 lZ 16 15-16 d Liberal C d Finance an dent, Electives should be divid~d betweend om~erc1 i~ectives of each stu Arts courses according to the interests an voca 10na First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr . ~n~ral ~organic Chem ... . .. Chern 101 4 Eng!neer~ng Problems ....... . Engi 100 1 Co~nee:11;1g Drawing ..... . .. Engi 105 3 1 .\lgebr! Eng 101 3 Phys Ed rig. · · · · ·· .. . .. Math 105 5 · · and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. Alternates :1 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. .. Chem 102} -6 General Inorganic Chem .... Chern 104 4 Drawing & Des. Geometry . . . Engi 106 3 Advanced Exposition .. . . .. .. Eng 105 3 Analytic Geometry . ...... . . . Math 122 4 American Government . . .. ... P.S. 100 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. ... . P.E . 102 1 :J\: :······•••-... ---1 17 18-20 Chemical e . . . students witgme~rs will register for Chemistry 102 ( 6 hours) . All other Engineering register for Chemistry 104 ( 4 hours) . �DEGREE COURSES 59 WILKES COLLEGE 58 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING MAJOR IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Biological Science .. • • · · · · · · · Bio lOO 3 Nar. and Des. Writing .. •••· .Eng 102 3 Alternates: . } Hist. of W. Civilization .... H~st 102 3 Amer . Hist. since 1865 .... •Hist Fundamentals of Math .... ... Math 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ... ··· .P.E. 102 1 Title Number Cr. Survey of Business .... ••·•·· .B.A. 100 3 · · ... • • • · · · · · · · · · · Eng 101 3 Composmon Alternates: . } Hist. or W. Civilization .... H!st 101 3 Amer. Hise. to 1865 . · · · · · · .Hi sch 3 Fundamentals of Math . .. • •· .Mat Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . · ···· .P.E. lOl 1 ig~ ~gi 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Title Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Advanced Exposition • • • ····.Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech• · · · · ·Eng 131 2 Intro. to Music .. •••········· Mus 100 34 Advanced Stenography• ····· .S.S. 109 Physical Education .. •• ···· · .P.E. 103 1 Number Cr. Principles of Accounting . • • • · Acct 102 American Government .. ••·· .P.S. 100 Physical Science . . • • • • · · · · · · · Phys 100 Advanced Stenography •···· · .S.S. 110 3 3 3 Elective .. . .. • •: · · · · · · · · · · · · E 104 Physical Education .. • • · · · · · · p · · 1 4 3 17 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Number Cr. Title 101 3 Principles of Economics .. • • • •Ee World Literature .. ••• ··· ··· .Eng 151 4 Alternates: Medical Stenography•• ··· · · S.S. 210} 3 Speech Reporting.• ••• ·· ·· .S.S. 203 . Number Cr. Tetk . 102 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 152 4 World Literature . . . • • • • · · · · · Eng 9 Electives .. .. • • • · · · · · · · · ·, · · · · 16 16 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. ~ Offic~ Proc. & Office Mach .. •• •S.S. 2 5 _ 8 9 Electives ... ••••··· ··· ······· 2g9 FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) 6 Electives ..... •••·· ·· · ·· ····· Wilkes College offers the first two years of the Engineering curriculwn. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the Junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed, their work at such representative colleges as: Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interestea in Mathematics, the Natural Sciences and their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: Research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may _be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same V:ith the exception that Chemical Engineering students must take two additional hours more Chemistry in the second term. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between Chemical Engineering and one of the other branches of Engineering. The curricula change further at the middle of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue Civil, Industrial, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering. Title Office Management .. • • • · · · · · Electives . ... . •••············ c Number '· S.S. 206 4 12 16 lS-16 d Liberal and Finance an dent, Electives should be divid~d betweend om~erc1 objectives of each stu Arts courses according to the interests an voca wna c First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. ~en~ral Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 E~g!neer\og Probl:ms ........ Engi 100 l Co~oee~ 1?g Drawmg ........ Engi 105 3 Algebrs1t10J- . : ............. Eng 101 3 PhYs rEdan Trig .•: ......... Math 105 S - · · and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. Alternates :1 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. .. Chem 102} -6 General Inorganic Chem .... Chem 104 4 Drawing & Des . Geometry ... Engi 106 3 Advanced Exposition .... . ... Eng 105 3 Analytic Geometry ......... . Math 122 4 American Government ...... . P .S. 100 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ..... P.E . 102 1 --1 Chemical 17 18-20 . . . students w~flme~rs will register for Chemistry 102 ( 6 hours). All other Engineering 1 register for Chemistry 104 ( 4 hours). �WILK.ES COLLEGE DEGREE COU RSES AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING . . . . . . for the study of Aeronautical Engineering. Mechanical Engmeenng is b_a si~ ch ical Engineering prepare the student Therefore the first two years m e an . .. for the ad~anced work offered by several umvers1t1es. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 60 Today nearly every activity of civilized life depends upon electricity. The electrical engineer is trained to design, construct, and operate all electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. The communications field, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING . . . d with the broad field of chemical industry Che_mical En~meermg is conce~n~cal or a chemical change. Such materials in whteh materials _undergo a_P ys ther etroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, include paper, textiles, gas~lme, o plastics ceramics drugs, heavy chemelectrochemical products, pa~nts, ru;::r~!emical,engineer 'is one skill~d in ~he icals, solvents, a~d many o~ ers. d agement of industrial plants m which design, construction, ope~atto: a~ {11a:ange The chemical engineer may be materials .are produced . Y ~ee~~~loc ment · of a process, for he is. expert in engaged m research or m t l;'t manufacturing processes which underthe application of the fundamenThtal um_-. of the chemical engineer includes . · 1 E · ring e trammg . d lie all Chemica ngmee · . Pl · s and Mathematics and a soun a thorough knowledge of Chem1strly, f 1Cysh1cmi·cal Mechanical 'and Electrical . f h fundamenta s o e , ' • understan d mg o sue . t t development or sales engmeer. Engineering as will make him a compe en SOPH OMORE Y EAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Th ird Setneste;- Fourth Semester Title N11mber Cr. Plane Surveying .. .... .. ... .. C.E . 103 3 Intro . to Economics . .. ... .... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . ... . Eng 134 3 Differential Calculus . .. .. . ... Math 125 4 General Physics .... . ... .... . Phys 201 5 Physical Education . . . ....... P .E. 103 l Title Number Cr. Integral Calculus . . .... . ... . . Math 126 4 Kinematics .... ... ... . . .. . ... M .E . 206 4 Mechanics I, Statics ... .... . . M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics . .. . . . M .E . 212 3 General Physics ... ... .. . . . . . Phys 202 5 Physical Education . ... . . .... P .E. 104 1 19 20 Fourth Semester Third Semester Title N11mber Cr. 4 !nor. Quant. Anal_Ysis . . . • • •• .Chem 3 Intro . ro Economics .. .. •• •· .Ee Fundamentals of Speech ... . .. Eng 134 3 Differential Calculus . . • • · • · · · Math 125 4 · : ... . ... . .. . . Phys General p hLys1cs p E 201 103 51 Physical Educauon . • • · · · · · · · · · _ i&; Title N umber Cr. . h. Ch E 206 3 St01c 1ometry • • • · ··· · · · · · · · · · Math 126 4 Integral Calculus ·.. .. . . .. . .. . M E 211 3 Mechanics I, Statics .:. ... . . . .E . 212 3 Mechanics II,_Dynamtes . · · · -~ ; 202 5 Gene~al Physics : . • • · · · · · · · · p l04 1 Physical Education ... . • · · · · · _ 19 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING .J. 20 CIVIL ENGINEERING . d . ctural highway, railroa ' The civil engineer deal~ wit? problems m i:~r~urve i~ and geodesy. Be h draulic, and sanitary engmeermg,. and also w intenanc~ o1 bridges, tunnels, stedalizes in the design, con~truct}°b n:Sa His services are indispensabl~ dams and the structural mem ers o u . ~ovements. in the developmen in th~ design of river, canal, an~ harbor imp d di; osal of sewage ~nd and control of water resources; m _the tre;tmen~~~tion Ef all transportation industrial waste; and in the location an cons facilities. ~df The field of Industrial or Management Engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and of design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in science, engineering, economics, business administration, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must not only possess technical skill and ability; it is of equal importance that he ~ve economic and humanistic interests, and character and personality as well. e must work with others and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a co?Imon goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with macb~nes and materials. This curriculm offers the first two years work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SO PHOMORE Y EAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Sem ester Titl, Number Cr. · . : . . . . . . . . . . C.E. 103 33 Plane Surveymg Ee 100 Intro. to Econom1cs . • • • · · · · · 1 4 Fundamentals of Speech · · · · · -~ g h Differential C~lculus .. . . .... . Pha\ 201 5 General Physics : . • • · · · · · · · · · p 1 103 Physical Education . . • • • · · · · · · · _ lis ! J 19 Number Title . c.E. 104 Route Survey10g . · · · · · · · ·· ·· ·Math 126 Integral Calculus·.. • · · · · · · · · · M .E . Mechanics I , Statics . : ..... .. M.E . Mechanics II,_Dynamics . ..... Phvs General P hysics : . • • • · · · · · · · · p Jt Physical Educauon • • · · · · · · · · 61 T hird Semerter Fourth Semester N 11111ber Cr. Elernent A Intro arEy ccountin g . . .... Acee 101 3 F · to conomics E 100 3 of Spe. . h....... Ee 134 D~ndarnentals tfferent' l C ec . . . . . . ng 3 General _alculus ...... .. Math 125 4 Physical Edts1cs: . . . . ....... Phr s 201 5 ucauon .... . ..... P. E. 103 1 Titls Nmnber Cr. Principles of :\.ccounting ..... Acct 102 3 Integr al Calculus ....... . .... Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics . .. . .. M .E. 212 3 Gener al Physics .... . . . ...... Phys 202 5 Physical Education .... . ... . . P .E. 104 1 19 19 r. v • : 211 ~ 2ll 202 5 l 104 _ zo Tut, th �DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 62 A PRELIMINARY PROGRAM IN MUSIC EDUCATION MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field . His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools -are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence and result of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. Wilkes College offers, individual courses re uired . h . . school teachers. It is possible, therefore b q th . 1~. t_ e prepar~t1on of publ1e to complete two years of college work in 'thfs .ti select10n of courses wish to take two years of work in Music Ed: ·. o.ass1st. students who may tran~ferring to a college which offers the de r;:t!o1t :W-1lkes-B_arre, before lowmg sequence of courses is suggested. g m USlC Education, the fol- !Ju ;cwus. Students interested in such a progr d . d of the Music Department before regist::;~e a. vise to consult with the head FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Ttt!e Tit/, Fourth Semester Number Plane Surveying . . . . . . ... C.E. 103 Intro. to Economics . ......... Ee 100 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 Differential Calculus . ........ Math 125 General Physics ............. Phys 201 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 Cr. 3 3 3 4 5 1 19 Second Semester Number Cr. ~~:!:~~~~~ ·~i s~~h::::J~~ ~~! ~ SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester 63 Titls Number Cr . Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 4 Kinematics ... . ............. M .E. 206 4 Mechanics I, Statics . ........ M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics . ..... M.E. 212 3 General Physics ............. Phys 202 5 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 Mus: Apfu. (piano, voice, inst.) ~us~c T eory ........ . .. . ... Mus us!c, Band ... . ............ Mus Music, Chorus .. ... . ........ . Mus Phys . Ed . and Hygiene ...... . P.E. 2 101 5 121 ½2 125 101 ~ T itle Number Intro . to Education ......... . Ed Nar. and Des: Writing .. . .... Eng Mus. App. (ptano, voice, inst.) Intro. to Music . . M Music, M · Theory . . ~: :········ ..... . ...·Muuss us~c, Band .. . ........ ..... Mus Music, Chorus .... . . . .... .. . Mus Phys. Ed . and Hygiene ...... . P.E . 101 102 Cr. 3 3 2 3 5 100 102 122 ½ 126 1 102 ~ 15 18 20 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester ff T,tt, NumhBr Cr. M~~ ~ivilization . . . ... Hist 101 3 Music pp_. (piano, voice, inst.) 2 Music,, History Histo · · · · · · · · · · · · • •M us 109} Music, Theo ry · · · · · · · · · · • • .. Mus 209 3 Music, Bandry · · · · · · · · · · · • • •Mus 103 S Music, Cho~; · · · · · · · · · · • • .. Mus 123 ½ ~htro: to Psycho·l~g-y.......... PMus 127 ½ ysical Ed . · · · · · · • • • sy 100 3 ucatton .......... p .E. 103 1 tW. 18 Title Number E~ucational Psychology .... . . Ed Hist. of W. qvilization ..... . Hist Mus: App_. (piano, voice, inst.) Mus~c, H~story ......... ..... Mus Mus~c, History . ....... . .. . .. Mus ~us~c, Theory .... . . . . . ..... Mus us!c, Band . ... .......... . . Mus Musi~, Chorus . ......... . ... Mus Physical Education .... .. .... p .E. 210 102 c,. 3 3 2 110} 3 210 104 S 124 ½ 128 ½ 104 1 18 �Terminal Courses �67 TERMINAL COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 66 MUSIC LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY A. two-y~a~ cou~se in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical trau~mg without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such ~ restn~ed co~rse should be followed by more advanced study and instruct~on. It 1s pcssible, however, during two years of concentrated study to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of Music. ' The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. REQUIREMENTS FRESHMAN YEAR Biology: Second Semester First Semester 12 semester hours, of which 10 hours must be in Zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are Histology, Embryology, Comparative Anatomy, Physiology, Bacteriology, and Hygiene . Elective .................... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. .. .. . P.E. 101 1 Cr. Title ~ umber Nar . and Des. Writing ....... Eng 102 3 Foreign Language 1 • . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 I Music, Applied Intro. to Music .............. Mus 100 3 Music, Theory .............. Mus 102 s Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E . 102 1 16 16 Tit!, Number Composition ........... .. . .. Eng 101 Foreign Language 1 ••••. . . . . .. 101 or 103 Music, .Applied. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Music, Theory ....... . ... .. . Mus 101 Chemistry : 10 hours of General Inorganic Chemistry, including laboratory work. 4 hours of Quantitative Analysis, including laboratory work. Cr. 3 3 1 s Electives: Sufficient to give a total of 60 semester hours of college credit. The following courses are recommended, but not required: Physics, Organic Chemistry, Bacteriology, Histology, Embryology, Physiology, and Comparative Anatomy. SOPHOMORE YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Titu Number Cr. General Zoology . . .......... Bio 101 S General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition ............. . .. Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............. Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. General Zoology ... .. ..... . . Bio 102 s 6 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. ... Chem 102 3 Nar. and Des . Writing .. ... .. Eng 102 3 Plane Trigonometry .......... Math 109 l Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 18 Third Semester Fourth Semester Titl, Number Cr. FH~reign Language 1 • . • . . . • . • . . 103 or 200 3 tst: of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 1 Title Number Cr. F~reign Language 1 • • • • • • • • • • • 104 or 200 3 Hm. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Music, Applied..... ........ . 1 Music Theory . .............. Mus 104 5 Al tern ates: Music, History ............ Mus 110} 3 Music, History ............ Mus 210 Physical Education .. ........ P .E. 104 1 16 16 ~US!C , us1c, -~Jtied. ............. heory .............. Mus n 1ternates: 103 ~us~c, H~story ............ Mus 109 } Ph ~sic, History . ........... Mus 209 ysical Education ... . ...... p .E. 10 3 l 5 3 16 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Tifu Alternates : Histology & Organology ... Bio 202} 5 Bacteriology .............. Bio 211 [nor . Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 4 Electives.... ........ . ...... . 6 Physical Education ..... . .... P .E. 103 1 16 Tit!, Number Cr. Alternates: . 212} Bacteriology . ....... • • · · · · B~o 262 Embryology ..... , . • • • · · · · Bio 230 4 Organic Chemistry . ... . ... . . Chem 6 Electives . . .. .. .. . .. • • · · · · · · 104 l Physical Education .......... P.E16 The level of th e course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �69 TERMINAL COURSES WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - -------- 68 PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Three years) (Two years) The following Pre-Dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of Dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in FRESHMAN YEAR Chemistry and Biology. FRESHMA T YEAR First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Title General _Ii:i,organic Chem . .. .. . Chern 101 4 Composmon .. . ..... .... ... . Eng 101 3 College ~lgebra . . .... . ...... Math 107 3 Title Nttmber Cr. Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. . . . Chem 102 6 Nar. a~d Des. Writing . . .... . Eng 102 ~~~~-~~~?.· _·: ::·.... 1 Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Ingoranic Chem ... .. . Chem 101 4 Compasition .. . . . . . ........ .Eng 101 3 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist 101} 3 U. S. History to 1865 ...... Hist 107 College Algebra . ... ... . ..... Math 107 3 Plane Trigonometry . . . . ..... . Math 109 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... ... . P.E. 101 1 Title Nttmber Cr. !nor. Chem. and Qualitative . . Chern 102 6 Nar. and Des. Writing .. . . ... Eng 102 3 Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization . .. . Hist 102} U. S. History since 1865 . . .. Hist 108 Analytic Geometry ... . .. . . . .Math 122 4 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . .. ... .P .E. 102 1 [\:;i;;_ Math 109 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. :::: :P.E. 101 3 i 17 Third Semester Number Cr. General Zoology ... ... ... ... Bio 101 5 !nor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 4 Advanced Ext'osition ...... . . Eng 105 3 General Physics . .. ... .. . . . . . Phys 201 5 Physical Education ...... ... . P.E. 103 1 18 Title Number General Zoology . ..... . . . ... Bio 102 Organic Chemistry . . . .... .. .. Chem 230 Fundamentals of Speech . . ... . Eng 134 General Physics ....... . . .... Phys 202 Physical Education . . ..... . . . P.E. 104 Cr. 5 4 3 s 1 18 ~ 17 Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. feneral Zo~logy .. . . . , .. .... Bio 101 S Jor. Quant1tat1ve Analysis ... Chern 121 4 ene:al Physics . . .. . . . . . .. . . Phys 201 Physical Education .. . ....... p .E. 103 Title Number Cr. General Zoology ...... . .... . Bio 102 Organic Chemistry . .... . ..... Chem 230 Gene:al Physics ... . ....... .. Phys 202 S Physical Education ..... . .... p .E. 104 1 15 15 ? Title ~ SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Phys. Ed. and Hygiene.:::: : : P.E. 102 17 Title 17 ~:t!~c. ?~~~-e~?:-. -. : : ... . . . Math 122 ~ JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Seme1ter Sixth Semester ComTitle A Number Cr. Org;nit~~mJ: of the Vert . . .. Bio 201 5 World Lit em1stry ........... Chem 231 5 Alternates~rature ......... . .. Eng 151 4 Hist of ·w c .1• Am . H. . iv1 ization ... . Hist 101} 3 er. ist. to 1865 ...... .. Hist 107 . Title Number Cr. Histology and Organology ... Bio 202 5 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist 102} Amer. Hist. since 186"' Hi"st 108 3 Elective. . . . . .. ...... .J. ·. .... • · • • 3-5 17 15-17 �71 TERMINAL COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 70 SECRET ARIAL COURSE RADIO PRODUCTION ~e two-year intensi~e secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities · and to give specialized training for secretarial work. ' The required courses in this curriculum may be counted toward the Bachelor of Science Degree in Commerce and Finance when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. The flexibility of t~e pr~gram leading to this degree ~ermits students to elect a 24-hour sequence either m commerce and finance or m another field of study, according to the interests and objectives of each student. As the influence of radio increases, so will an. in_evitable d~mand_ for me~ and women possessed of broad training and speci~ltzed tech_nical skills. This course does not pretend to develop experts in radio produ<;tion: and pr?gr~mming, but it does help to cre~te familiarity with broadcasting m combination with courses in general education. The course in general education will be given in the college an_d the t~chnical courses will be given in the workshop of a local broadcasting station. FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Cr. Number Biological Science . . ...... . .. Bio Composition .......... . ..... Eng Fundamentals of Speech ... . .. Eng Alternates: H ist. of W. Civilization . .. . Hist Amer . Historv to 1865 .. . .. Hist Intro . to Music·. . .... . . . .... . Mus Intro . to Radio . ... . . . . . ..... Rad Phys. Ed . and H ygiene . . ... . . P.E . Title 100 101 131 Nar . and Des. Writing ... . ... Eng Oral Interpretation ... ... .. . . En g Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist Amer . Hist. since 1865 .... . Hist Physical Science ..... . ..... . . Phys Intro. to Sociology .... . ... . . Soc Radio Announcing .. .. .... . . . Rad Phys. Ed. and H ygiene . . . . .. . P .E. 3 3 2 101} 3 107 100 100 101 Number 3 3 1 Cr. 102 133 Second Semester First Semester 3 2 Title Number Alternates : Survey of Business ... . ... .. B.A. Intro. to Economics . ... .. . Econ Composition .. . .... .. ... . . .. Eng Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization. .. Hist Amer. Hist. to 1865 ... . . . . Hist Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .... . P.E. 102} 108 3 100 3 100 3 102 1 102 18 Title Cr. 100} 3 100 101 3 101} 107 3 101 101 4 1 Number Economic Geography . .. ..... Econ Nar. and Des. Writing . . ..... Eng Fundamentals of Speech . . ... . Eng Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization . .. . Hist Amer. Hist. since 1865 . . . .. Hist Shorthand and T ypewriting . .. S.S. Phys. Ed. and H ygiene ... . . .. P.E. Cr. 226 102 3 131 2 102} 3 102 102 4 1 108 18 3 16 14 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title N umber 100 151 100 201 Intro, to Economics . .. ....... Ee W odd Literature . . .......... Eng General Psychology ... .. ..... Psy Radio Writin g ...... .. .. . ... Rad Con. Rm. Tech. & Prod. Prob .. Rad 203 103 Physical Education .......... P .E. Cr. 3 4 3 3 3 1 Title Number World Literature ......... •• .Eng Amer. Federal Govt . ... • • • • • · P .S. Alternates: d Radio News Ed . & Broad ... Ra Radio Advertising . . . • • • · · · Rad Radio Acting & Directing • • · · Rad Elective ... .. ..... - • • • · · · · · · p E Physical Education .... . .. • • • · · Cr. 1 1&i j Fourth Semester Third Semester Title N umber ~usiness Law . ....... . ...... B.A . Adndamentals of Math .. ..... Math Offianced Stenography .. . . . . S.S. ce_ Pro. and Machines .. . .. S.S. Elec tive Physical· Ed~~~~i~~ : p .E. 202} 204 206 : ::::: ::: 104 li 231 101 109 205 103 Cr. 3 3 4 4 3 1 18 Title Cr. 3 4 3 4 3 l 104 Number Business Law .. . .. . ......... B.A. Advanced StenograJ?hY ..... . . S.S. Secretarial Accounting ....... S.S. Office Managament . .. . . .... . S.S. Elective ..... . . . .......... . . Physical Education .......... P .E. 232 110 120 206 18 17 sti~~dets :"'ho have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may subvidede t~ ectives for one or more of _the courses in the stenographic skills, prohe fi t ey demonstrate adequate skill. Placements examinations will be given rs week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. �WILKES COLLEGE 72 MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY Medical secretaries require special training so that they may have an intelligent understanding of their part in the work of a medical office. To provide the essential backgrou~d, the s~cretarial cour~es are supplemente~ by Biology and laboratory courses m Chemistry and Physiology. The courses m Secretarial Accounting and Office Procedures are adapted to the needs of the students preparing for work in the offices of physicians. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Seme ster First Semester T itle N umber Biological Science . .... .. .... Bio 100 Composition . ... ... . ... . .. . . Eng 101 Fundamentals of Math .. . . ... Math 101 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. .. .. P.E . 101 Title Cr. 3 3 3 4 1 N umber Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 Nar. and Des . Writing ... . ... Eng 102 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 Secretarial Accounting ... . ... S.S. 120 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ..... P.E. 102 4 3 4 4 1 16 14 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fottrth Semester Third Semester Title N umber Physiology. . ' ... . .. . .... . .. Bio Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist Amer. Hist. to 1865 ...... . . Hist Advanced Stenography . . ..... S.S. Office Pro. and Machines . .... S.S. Elective . . .. .. ..... · · · · · . . . . Physical Education . ......... P .E. 251 Cr. 4 101} 3 107 109 4 205 3 3 103 1 c,. 11mber Title Physiology ... . . . .. . .. . ..... Bio 252 Al tern ates: Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist 102} Amer. Hist. since 186S ..... Hist 108 Medical Stenography ... . .. . .S.S. 201 Office Management .... . ..... S.S. 206 Elective . . . . ... .. ..... . ... . . Physical Education ... .. .... . P .E. 104 3 4 3 1 IS 18 A candidate for a degree with a major in Medical Stenography should con· sult with his adviser before planning his program of study. A student who completes the two-year program and then decides to continue work towaf<l a degree, should carefully plan the last two years with his adviser. �WILKES COLLEGE 72 MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY Medical secretaries require special training so that they may have an intelligent understanding of their part in the work of a medical office. To provide the essential background, the secretarial courses are supplemented by Biology and laboratory courses in Chemistry and Physiology. The courses in Secretarial Accounting and Office Procedures are adapted to the needs of the students preparing for work in the offices of physicians. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Seme ster First Sem ester N umber Cr. Title Biological Science ...... . .... Bio 100 3 Composition .... ... . . . .. . ... Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of Math . ..... . Math 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S . 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ..... P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ... . .. Chem 101 4 Nar . andDes.Writing . .... . . Eng 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. .S.S. 102 4 Secretarial Accounting ..... . . S.S. 120 4 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . .. . ... P.E. 102 1 14 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fomth Semester T bird Semester N umber Cr . Title Physiology ... . ....... . ..... Bio 251 4 Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization . ... Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist. to 1865 .. . .... . Hist 107 Advanced Stenography . ...... S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ..... S.S. 205 3 3 Elective .. . ... . ..... ... ... .. Physical Education . .. . ... . .. P .E. 103 1 -18 Number Cr. Title Physiology ... . .. . .......... Bio 252 4 Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist 102} Amer . Hist . since 1865 ..... Hist 108 Medical Stenography .. . .... .S.S. 201 43 Office Management ... . ... . .. S.S. 206 3 Elective .. .... ..... . .. . ... . . 1 Physical Education ... . .. . ... P.E. 104 18 A candidate for a degree with a major in Medical Stenography should con· sult with his adviser before planning his program of study. A student who completes the two-year program and then decides to continue work toward a degree, should carefully plan the last two years with his adviser. ��Description of Courses �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 74 ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg; Instructors Cooney, Laggan, Manley, Werner, Whitby. THE STAFF AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three hours Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. THE STAFF AccT. 102. PRINCIPALS OF AccouNTING--Three hours A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 10 l. THE STAFF AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three hours Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of Balance Sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous stale· ments. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 102. THE STAFF AccT. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three hours An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 111. AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods nd of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost a process-cost methods. Class, two~hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112. AccT. 202. ADVANCED CosT AccouNTING--Three hours THE ST.t.fF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analyticaln an! comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; sta cla~ costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory t"'o hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 201. 75 ACCT. 220. ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS- Th ree h ours A d MR. MANLEY MR WERNER stu Y of the accounting methods of b nk ... ' : . loan associations and other s ec. 1. d . a s, utilities, building and given to internal 'control ease ~f :ea ized. busmedsfses, with special attention . . , cor mg, an arms. Prerequmtes: Accounting 112, 201. ACCT. 221. TAX ACCOUNTING-Th ree hours MR. LAGGAN MR MANLEY MR w A study of Federal taxes includin i~ . ' . . ERNER and miscellaneous· correct us f f$ cfome, estate, gift, corporate .. ' e o various orms; application of rates Prerequmtes: Accounting 112,202. . ACCT. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES--Th ree h out·s M h d . . MR. MANLEY, MR. WERNER et o s used m verifying anal . d . and Balance Sheet and ' yzmg, an mterpreting the records 1ncome accounts· study of th . d P1icable under various circumstances. Cl , e proce ures aptwo hours a week. ass, two hours a week; laboratory, Prerequisite: Accounting 202. ACCT. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE- Th ree h ours Ad MR. MANLEY MR WERNE vanced application of auditin · · ' · R lems of classification and . t g prmciples to actual practice; probof internal control; prepara~7o:t;etatio~ of ~~counts; study of methods week; laboratory, two hours a we:f.or s to c ients. Class, two hours a Prerequisite: Accounting 231. Accr. 242. C. P.A. PROBLEMS-Three hours Review of all phas f . MR. MANLEY, MR. WERNER . . es o accounting through t d f countmg problems as t k f . a s u y o advanced acPrere . . a en rom various C. P. A. examinations qu1S1tes: Accounting 202,211,231. · BIOLOGY Professor Re1'f ; Instructors Dague, and Namisniak. :f Two ch OICes · are O t th d achelor of Sciencrir ~ Ba~t~ en~~ Biology. He may take either .e e~ted is lar el d . e or o rts course. The course that is indwidual. g y etermmed by the professional objective of the · · n1e CU rriculum Iea d mg · to the degree Bachelor of Arts in B'ol intended for . specialization 1:r~:~owho desire a b~oad libe~al backgrounJ gy. The prescribed cumculum permits a wide :fth i: �77 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 76 choice of cultural subjects and is designed for those who wish to write in the field of Natural History, those who wish to enter museum work, those whose aim is teaching at the college level, and those who plan graduate work in the Natural Sciences. The requirements for a major in Biology are listed on page 45. SCIENCE-Three hours Miss DAG U E Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who cake no other courses in Biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man . Class, three Bro. 100. BIOLOGICAL hours a week. BIO. 101-102. GENERAL ZOOLOGY-Five hours each semester MR. REIF BIO. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Five hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Bacteri_ology 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of b~ctena. Laboratory_ ~or~ includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of stenltzahon, and the culturing of bacteria. . Bac~eriology 212 e:11phasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class two hours a week'. laboratory, six hours a week. ' ' 223. ENTOMOLOGY MR. REIF Entomology is the study of insects through the collection and identification of specimens. Life histories of insects are studied as well as their economic relationships, and their significance in industry and medicine. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field work, six hours a week. BIO. General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of Biology, explains the organization of living mat_ter, te~ches the structure of representative animals, the methods of their classification, and the basic principles of Genetics, Embryology, Evolution, and Ecology. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Bro. 251-252. PHYSIOLOGY-Four hottrs each semester Miss DAGUE Physiology is a study of the functioning of the various cells tissues and organs of the animal body. Laboratory work includes exp~riment; involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. BOTANY-Five hours MRS. NAMISNlAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of Biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Bio. 261. GENETICS-Five hours Miss DAGUE Genetics presents the principles of inheritance of normal characters and v~riations of t~ose characters in plants and animals. Laboratory work mcludes expenments and problems on the kinds, causes, and measurements of genetic variations. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Bio. 112. GENERAL 113. BOTANICAL TAXONOMY- Five hours MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. BIO. BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES-Five /; Oltr.i MR. RnF Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the gene ral morphologicaj characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural an0 f embryological relationships of vertebrates generally. T he taxonom}' _ the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week: Iaborator} ' six hours a week. 202. HISTOLOGY AND ORGANOLOGY-Five hours . mal tissues, Histology presents a study of the cells which compose nor · · t organs an d and Organology considers the arrangement o f tissues in o eorgan systems. The preparations studie~ in the laboratory dominantly mammalian and human matenal. Class, two hours, a Bio. 262. EMBRYOLOGY- Five hours Miss DAGUE . Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth 15 traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Bro. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY-One credit each semester Se . . . . . MR. REIF Biolommar m Bi_ology is designed as a correlating study of the field of . gy for_senior students. Each student prepares a paper on a bio1ogical topic for presentation to and discussion by the group. Class one hour a week. ' BIO. ~rt b~~a- tory, six hours. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Ro sen berg; A ssociate • Professors Agranat Morris · Assistant Prof w·u · ; Instructors Bachman, Boyce Cooney ' ' an essor M i tams Farrar Lagg ' cLa hl' M ' ug m, anley, Munts, Riley, Rokosz,' Werner,' Whitby. �79 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - - - - - - -- - - WILKES COLLEGE 78 B.A. 225. CORPORATION THE STAFF BusINEss--Three hours A basic course in the essentials of modern business. Studies are made of problems pertaining to administrating and financing the organization of enterprise; manufacturing and distribution of goods; personnel problems; governmental policies toward business. B.A. 100. SURVEY OF MR. AGRANAT, MR. LAGGAN, MR. ROSENBERG A study of t_he economic. principles underlying the capital structure of mo~ern busme_ss ~nterpnse. Consideration given to alternate types of busi~ess organ~zatlo~, cor_p?rate securities, and financial policies involved m promot~on, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short te_rm _financmg, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 114. SALESMANSHIP-Three hours MR. RILEY The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of cus- hours MR. AGRANAT, MR. LAGGAN Consideration of leading types of investments tests and investment programs; _financial reports of leading companie~, for~casting methods and age~oes, st~c~ exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and sellmg securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. 226. INv~STMENTs--Three tomers. Prerequisite: Economics 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTs--Three hours MR. WILLIAMS Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. hours MR. BACHMAN A survey of the different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a B.A. 216. ADVERTISING--Three B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-CONTRACTS-Three hours MR. BOYCE . The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. Examinat1~~ of the. essential ele~ents of a valid contract and the application to t} p1cal busme~s transactions. These essential elements are: the agreement; the subJe~t ~att~r (what the contract is about); the consideration (that value which is given by each party for his interest in the subject matter); _the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genm~e~ess of assent (legal or illegal inducement to agree). Prereqmsite: Economics 102. social force. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Problems and policies of railroads, busses, inland waterways, and ~ir and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Economics 102. hours MR. RosENBERG The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collectio? plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit B.A. 218. CREDITS AND CoLLECTIONs--Three and collection offices. Prerequisites: Economics 102, Accounting 102. ESTATE-Three hours MR. BoYCE The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, B.A. 220. REAL and management of real property. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 1 B.A. 222. MARKETING--Three hours MR. CooNEY, MRS. MuNTS, MR. AGRAN~ ~ Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketin~, t_r\ structure and organization and the nature of competition. Prinop e t of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and_S orar; 0 Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing selected commodity. FINANCE-Three hours B.A. 232. Bus1NESS LAW-SALES, AGENCY, BAILMENT-Three hout's MR. BOYCE, MR. MANLEY of A ~eneral study of the Law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and the Law Bailment. Legal problems arising out of the sale of merchandise by ::nufacturers, distributors and dealers; out of the financing processing 5 ipme?t, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of 'governmen~ regulations thereof. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231. B.A. 2 33. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS . . Three hotJt'S MR. BOYCE, MR. MANLEY of 1aw governmg · · and corporations in their fo Principles . partnerships rmatt0n • operation, . . . . ' ticul internal relationships, and dissolution with parar referen t th · d d ' aspects of c~ 0 eir epen en~ upon the law of agency. Legal and b t?e insurance contract with respect to the insured insurer · ' tract. enefioary• an d th e mterest necessary to create an insurance con-' Prerequ1S1tes: · · . Business Administration 231 , 232, Accounting 102. �WILKES COLLEGE 80 B.A. 234. DESC~IPTION OF COURSES BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three hours MR. BOYCE, CHEMISTRY MR. MANLEY Law of property; the mortgagor-mortgage~ relation.ships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes (crimes against t~e person, property, business transactions); bankrup~cy; and pact~ (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions) . Prerequisites: Business Administration 2·31, 232, Accounting 102. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three hours Instructor to be announced A study of the organization and management of _industry,. with_ emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the mterrelat1onsh1p_ of the functions operating in the fields of management, su~ as prod~~hon control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of busmess conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR, RILEY Principles and modern practices of pe_rsonnel manageme~t; ins~ruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Economics 223. B.A. 81 Professor Bastress; Assistant Professor Bone; Instructor Ditoro, Gottlieb, Markowitz, and Kuzmak. Students wishing to study Chemistry shall select the Bachelor of Science in Chemistry since a major in Chemistry is difficult to arrange in the Liberal Arts program. (HEM. 101. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours Miss BONE, MR. DITORO, MR. MARKOWITZ An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of Inorganic Chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. CHEM. 102. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS Six hours Miss BONE, MR. DIToRo The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary Qualitative Analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours Miss BONE, MR. MARKOWITZ B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. RILEY A study of the production problems that confront executiv~s; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Economics 223. A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some Qualitative Analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further Chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. RILEY The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types · · · of sales organizations· se1ection, trammg, compensati'on, and manage. ment of the sales fore;; sales research and market analysis; determinatiOI; of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs 0 distribution. Prerequisite: Business Administration 114 or equivalent. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Four hours B.A. MR. BoYc E 240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three hours The fundamentals of fire and marine insurance. . . . . 23 4 or approval of Instructor. Prerequisite: Business Admm1strahon B.A. BA 241 . . . LIFE INSURANCE-Three hours MR· BovcEd ft JO The fundamentals of life and casualty insurance, and fide 1 Y surety bonds. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. MR. GOTTLIEB Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 102. CHEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSI£--Five hott1'S MR. GOTTLIEB . A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week· laboratory nme hours a week. Breakage deposit required. ' ' Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Fo11r hours MR. BASTRESS t' An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The prepara- 1on and pro t' f h 1· h . . 0 lab per ies o t e a tp atJC series. ass, three hours a week; oratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CHEMISTRY-Five hours MR. BASTRESS A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 230. hour MR. BASTRESS The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty Chemistry credits. 82 CHEM. 231. ORGANIC CHEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS-Three hours MR. BASTRESS CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY-One hour MR. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty Chemistry credits. (HEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures .. Class,_ one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. CHEM. 234. ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Two hours MR. BASTRESS Special topics in Organic Chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. CHEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four hours each semester MR. MARKOWITZ An introduction to the principles of Physical Chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisites: Chemistry 121, Mathematics 126, Physics 202. 243. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Two hours MR. MARKOWITZ A study of chemical equilibrium, using the methods of modern thermodynamics. Class, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. CHEM. 244. ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Two hortrs MR. GOTTLIEB . d h d rn theories A course designed to introduce the stu ent to t e mo e of Inorganic Chemistry. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg; Associate Professor Agranat; Instructors Cooney, Farrar, Laggan, Munts, Riley, Whitby. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. CHEM. 83 CHEMISTRY-Three hoursM R. BASTRESS . h . 1 inciples and The application of chemical and phys10c em1ca pr. . tter. · · reaction, · an d pro duc ts of livingk mae de· methods to chemical constitution, eek Brea ag Class, two hours a week; la6oratory, t1iree hours a w · posit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 and 231. Students who major in Economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete 24 hours of work in Economics beyond Economics 101 and 102. The 24 hours in Economics which the major must carry should include Economics 202, 232, and 241. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO EcoNOMics-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to tak ONLY ONE semester of work in this .field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of Economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF EcoNOMICs-Three hours THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Economics 101. Ee · 20 1. MONEY AND BANKING--Three hours MR. ROSENBERG _study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation infl~ence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial asn savmgs banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve ystem. t nd Prerequisite: Economics 102. �84 WILKES COLLEGE Ee. 202. THEORY OF MONEY-Three hours DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MR. ROSENBERG An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Economics 201. Ee. 212. GovERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three hours MR. FARRAR A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisites: Political &ience 103, Economics 102. Ee. 223. LABOR PROBLEMS-Three hours MR. RILEY An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Economics 102. MR. AGRA.NAT, MR. COONEY, MR. LAGGAN Theory and pract-ice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. .A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and develop· ments in the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 226. EcoNOMIC GEOGRAPHY-Three hottrs Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEM-Three hours MR. FARRAR The institutions ~f plan:°ed economy of the U.S.S.R. and that of the cont~mporary experun:nt _m evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are stu~ied. Constant _o~Ject1ve comparisons are made with institutions which are characrensac of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. Ee. 230. BUSINESS CYCLES-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and analyzes the world distribution of resourc~s, industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course 10 world resources and related fields. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY-NORTH AMERICA-Three hours MR. COONEY, MR. WERNER A study of the economic regions of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the We5tern hemisphere. Prerequisite: Economics 205 . MR. AGRANAT, MR. FARRAR A hist_o~ical anal~sis _of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a rnti~~I exammahon of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequ1S1te: Approval of Instructor. Ee. 231. APPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Three hours THE STAFF A c?urse in ~tatistical 1:1ethods and their application to business. A collect10n and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and measures_ of_ central tendency, fitting the normal curve, Chi-square test; test of s1gn1ficance for small samples, analysis of variance. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. Ee. 232. Ee. 225. 1NTERNATIONAL TRADE-Three hours 85 ECONOMIC STATISTICS-Three hours THE STAFF ~ contin~ation of Economics 231. This course will include time::r;s _analysis'. construction_ of index numbers, methods of correlation rsis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samp1es. Prerequisite: Economics 2 31. Ee · 236 · p UBLIC FINANCE-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Fundame t 1 · · 1 revenue· fi n a . prmc1r ~s of public. fi~anc:; government expenditures hiftin ' na~c1~l pohoes and admm1strahon; taxation; principles of proble!tnd me1dence of taxation; public debts and the budget; .fiscal ernm t fiof federal, state, and local government; the relation of goven nance to the economy. Pre requisite: · · Business Administration 209. Ee. 238 . ECONOMIC HISTORY-Three hours A MR. A GRANAT, MR. FARRAR . the origin growth and signi.ficancen advanced of c~urse wh'1cl1 d eals with economic institut · · h · 1 emphasis ' ' Europe a d h . ions, wit specia upon those of p n t e Urnted States. rerequisite: Economics 102. �86 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE Ee. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-Three hours MR. AGRANAT, MR. FARRAR This course is intended to coordinate the work of the special courses pursued in the general field of Economics and business. -!41- more penetrating analysis of economic forces that can be undertaken m the elementary Economics courses. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 244. HISTORY OF ECONOMICS THOUGHT-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the historical development of economic doctrines. The writings of the leading thinkers in the field of Economics, beginning with the Greeks and Romans and continuing to the present. The leading economic movements and schools of thought. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. Ee. 245 . CONSUMER EcoNOMics-Three hours MR. AGRANAT, MR. COONEY, MR. ROSENBERG The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of con· sumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 246. ECONOMIC INVESTIGATION-Three hours MR. AGRANAT, MR. FARRAR Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: _(l ~ the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. 87 ENGi. 102. BASIC DRAWING--Three hours MR. HELTZEL A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing and descriptive geometry necessary for students of Chemistry and Physics. It includes lettering, use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing, dimensioning, and the analysis and solution of space problems involving the projection and revolution of points, lines and planes. Intersections and developments. Practicum, seven hours a week. ENGi. 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING--Three hours MR. HELTZEL This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Technical sketching and vertical freehand lettering. Use and care of instruments, orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections; isometric drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practiettm, seven hours a week. 106. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY Tht'ee hours MR. HELTZEL Augments Engineering 105. Application of standard conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawings. Application of the principles of Descriptive Geometry to the solution of engineering spacepr~blems by the_ projection and revolution of points, lines, planes and solids. Intersections and developments. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105. ENGL CHEMICAL ENGINEERING C.E. 206. STOICHIOMETRY-Three hours ENGINEERING MR. DITORO A. problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as ~hey are_ encounter~d in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels nd theu combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 203; Physics 201. Co-requisite: Physics 202. Associate Professor Hall; Assistant Professor Heltzel; Instructors Ditoro, Thomas, and Williams. CIVIL ENGINEERING ENGi. 100. ENGINEERING PROBLEMS-One hour MR. HELTZEL, iS MR. WILLIAt< . · pur· Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, r poses and methods of the engineer. An introduction to t~e pr~p~ 0 method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutto?s, le mathematical and graphical. Instruction in the use of the slide ruk • l h urs a wee . necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Practtcum, tmee 0 C.E. 103. PLANE SURVEYING-Three hours MR. WILLIAMS, MR. THOMAS lectures · · d b .i.nJ , rec'.tations an pro lems on the theory and practice of plane topographic surveying. Field exercises., including the adjustment nd use . . . Iu ding transit, levels, compass and tape f of surveymg eqmpment me the or _surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and 1 ocation of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 88 with attendant computations and the balan~ing of s~rveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work m general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105, Mathematics 105; or 107 and 109. C.E. 104. RouTE SURVEYING--Four hours MR. WILLIAMS, MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic pro~le1:1s affecting the location of routes of communication. lectures, _rec1tat10ns, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, rever~e, spiral and vertical alignment c~rves; grades, cr~ss se~1ons, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade cross1?g, nght-of-~ay, and drainage problems. Solar observation ~o det~rmme true bearmg and azimuth. Class two hours a week: Practtcum s1x hours a week. Prerequisite: C.E. 103. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING M.E. 206. KINEMATICS-Four hours MR. THOMAS Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, ve~ocity ~nd ~cceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of ~mematte pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears a°;d cams: 1?stant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trams. Class two hours a week: Practicum six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 106, Mathematics 122, Physics 201. M.E. 211. MECHANICS I. STATICS-Three hours MR. HALL Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first ao<l second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours The twenty-four hours which the major must carry in English should be so distributed as to include an advanced course in Composition or Journalism, three hours of work in Linguistics (English 201, 203, or 205) and a minimum of fifteen hours in Literature, three of which must be reserved for English 215. It is strongly recommended that all majors in English take six hours in a foreign language beyond the minimum requirement of twelve hours. All students who wish to take graduate work in the field of English should take at least twenty-four hours in two foreign languages. Majors who wish to teach in secondary schools are advised to elect English 275. The credit for this course may be counted toward either the major or the satisfaction of requirements for certification in Education. In planning his program with his faculty adviser, the student should make an early decision regarding the field in which credit for this course is desired. All entering Freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. COMPOSITION credit THE STAFF A remedial course for students whose rating in the English placement test is unsatisfactory. Three hours. ENG. 99. REMEDIAL ENGLISH-No COMPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. ENG. 101. ENG. 102. NARRATIVE AND DESCRIPTIVE WRJ.TING--Three hours THE STAFF a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201, Mathematics 125. Co-requisite: Mathematics 126. themes. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS- Three hours MR. H~~dL ME . . 212. l d ng1 Laws of motion rectilinear and curvilinear, for a partic e an a k ' body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Cl ass, tlnree hours a wee . ENG. 105. ADVANCED EXPOSITION-Three hours Prerequisite: M.E. 211. ENGLISH . A . t t Professors Professor Craig; Associate Professor ~a~1es; ss1s an C way. Donnelly, Kruger, E. Williams, and G. Williams; Instructors on Evans, Groh, Grun, and Tyburski. . . . . d t lete twenty-four Students who maJor rn English are reqwre o comp d Soph· hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the Freshman an omore years. 89 Elementary narration and description; collateral reading; writing of Prerequisite : English 1 0 1. MRS. WILLIAMS, MR. DONNELLY S~dy of the principles of exposition; types of exposition. Collateral reading; themes. Special sections for students interested in Science. Prerequisite: English 101 or exceptionally high rating in the English P1acement test. E G. l06. SHORT STORY-Three ho11rs MRS. WILLIAMS th Ahwriting course. Training in the selection and use of materials for e s ort story. Prerequisite: · · English 101 or 105. �_ _ _ __ WILKES COLLEGE 90 _ ___:D~E=S::C~R~I~PTION OF COURSES 91 LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE JOURNALISM MRS. WILLIAMS ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: English 102. w ORLD LITERATURE - Four hours MISS CRAIG MR D . . ' . AVIES Survey of western world literature to th century; lectures, term papers . e ~egmnmg of the eighteenth Prerequisite: English 101 a~dq;~:zes, cobn ~renc~s, collateral reading. ' or su Strtute m composition. ENG. 151. ENG. 15•2. WORLD LITERATURE- F our h ou1's MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY M E Continuation of surve b . . , R. • WILLIAMS th stu present time. y, nngmg e dy of literature down to the Prerequisite: English ENG. 15 1, 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE - Th ree h ours MRs. WILLIAMS ENG. 122. JOURNALISTIC WRITING This course supplements English 121. Instruction in handling important assignments: accidents, disasters, elections, conventions, meetings, crime; covering the major beats: city hall, court house, poli:ce headquarters, federal building, labor, business, sports, society; editing copy, newspaper style, writing heads; measuring readability, semantics. Visit to local and neighboring newspaper offices and printing plants. Term paper: series of articles suitable for newspaper on timely subject affecting the College or ccmmunity. MRs. WILLIAMS 123. PUBLIC RELATIONS Recent development in fields of: public opinion, propaganda, public relations. Use of public opinion polls by editorial and advertising offices of newspapers; the Continuing Study of Newspaper Reading by the Advertising Research Foundation. Recognizing propaganda, use of rumor, pictures, well known devices. Study of pressure groups and lobbies, government publicity, national publicity campaigns, press releases. Special attention is given to the 2,300 trade journals and 6,000 house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional ENG. 203. ANGLO-SAXON- Th ree hottrs ?.. Stu?y of the language and literature of . ..1. fa. DAVIES sentattve selections. Old English; readmg of repreENG. Prerequisite: English 152 and consent of instructor. Study of the linguistic features f l . . Miss CRAIG Canterbury Tales · written report o atell Middle E°:gltsh ; reading of the p . . ' s on co ateral readmg rerequ1s1te: English 152. · 211. EARLY ENGLISH DRAMA Th . Study of the drama as a literar ree _hom_·s MR. DAVIES times to 1642· read· f y type and its history from the earliest dramatists excl~sivem ofgSho kplays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan Pr .. a espeare. erequmte: English 15 2. ENG. EN GLISH D RAMA- Three hot1t'S MR D Yo the drama in E 1 d f • AVIES period; reading of represe:!t~~e {°m 1660 to the end of the Victorian Prer . . Pays. equtSite: English 152 . ENG. Stud212.f LATER fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. MR.s. WILLIAMS Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the thf~ture field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and ~ir treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographie and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. Prerequisite: English 152 . ENG · 205 · C HAUCER-Three hours Prerequisite: English 121. ENG. 124. FEATURE WRITING Study of the origins of the En I' h I MR. DONNELLY phenomena of later development.g ts anguage and of the principal SHAK ESPEARE-Three hours . 1ntens1ve stud of 1 . Miss CRAIG in class. y se ected plays; written reports on others not studied ENG, 215.' PrereqU!Slte: · · English 152. �DESCR lPTlON OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 92 ENG. 216. MILTON AND His CoNTEMPOR.ARIEs--Three Miss CRAIG MR. E. WILLIAMS A study of the poetry and non-fictional pros: o~ this period, inclu?ing the work of leading essayists, biographers, d1ansts, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON MR. LITERATURE-Three hours MRs. G. WILLIAMS, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 269. CONTEMPORARY hours Study of the poetical works of John Milton and his contemporaries; lectures, discussions, written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 221. AGE OF POPE 93 E. WILLIAMS A study of poetry and the non-fictional pros: o~ 1740-1798, indu?ing the work of leading essayists, biographers, d1ansts, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 152. NovEL-Three hours Miss CRAIG English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. ENG. 237. EARLY ENGLISH Prerequisite: English 152. NOVEL-Three hours Miss CRAIG The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH Prerequisite: English 152. hours MR. DONNELLY The study of the works of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 275. TEACHING OF ENGLISH-Three hottrs Miss CONWAY Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English Literature and Composi~ion. Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for seniors majoring in English. ENG. 283. AM ERICAN LITERATURE-Three hours MR. E. WILLIAMS Survey of American Literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 284. AMERICAN LITERATURE--Three hours MR. E. WILLIAMS Survey of American Literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 287. AMERICAN DRAMA-Three hours MR. GROH The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: English 15 2 . ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DoNNE.LLY The study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose vmters ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. MR DAVllS hOtJrS • . · g and 1ts Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Ro bert Browrun ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: English 152. MR D~VIES PROSE-Three hours . ·h Art, Study of the influence of movements in Science, Philoso~1 Bux· Religion, and Society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arn ' ley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 2 60. VICTORIAN J' SPEECH ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH- Two hours MR. KRUGER, MR. EVANS Th~ physical, mental, and social equipment requisite for effective speaking. Class room projects, which include oral reading, gesture exerose · · . , pan tom1me, an d vanous extemporaneous speeches, are designed to improve the student's physical behavior on the platform, to train his ~o~c~, to develop vocal variety, and to build habits of clear thinking. ntical analysis of speech technique and content, the purpose being to produce not only better speakers but also better critics of speech. E. ·c · 13 2 . EXT , EMPORANEOUS SP EAKING-Two hours MR. KRUGER Co~tinu.1.tion of English 13 1. Projects include speeches for various occasions ' . •· . , g roup d 1scuss1ons, and symposiums, with emphasis on the P of p ersuas10n, · Co.inc1ples t· types of ev1.d ence, and methods of reasoning. n inued . of speech teeh mque . practice . crit.ic~1 ana 1ys1s and content; constant m speaking and thinking to a definite end. Pr"' requisite: English 131. �94 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENG. 133. ORAL INTERPRETATION-Two hours MR. KRUGER The principles and methods of oral interpretati_on ~f common pro~e and poetic forms are studied, with frequent_ practice m cla!s;_ emphasis throughout is upon the sensitive understandmg and appree1at1on of the selections read. Prerequisite: English 131 and 132. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRsKI Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. Prerequisite: French 102 or the equivalent. ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three hours MR. KRUGER Similar to English 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRsKI Introduction to French dvilizatiot1; practice in oral and written French. Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. ENG. Z.33. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE-Two hours MR. KRUGER The commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are discussed. Required of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: English 131. FR. 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI .Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who w1sh t~ be able to read material in French in their particular field of interest 10 the Humanities, the Social Sciences, or the Natural Sciences. Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque; Assistant Professors Dworski, Mitana, Vujica; Instructors Davidoff, McAniff, Strmen, Zekan. F.1. 99. FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPARATIVE GRAMMAR- No credit THE STAFF A course designed to explain as briefly and as simp~y as pos~ible the principles of grammar which cause di~culty for Enghsh-spe~kmg persons studying a foreign lantuage. Th1s course may be required of all students who demonstrate their inadequacy in grammar. One hour. FRENCH FR. 106. FRENCH CONVERSATION-Three ho1,rs Miss DwoRsKI Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic ~sage and the commonest expre~sions dealing with activities of everyday life. Use of records and the m1rrophone to acquire .fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 107. FRENCH COMPOSITION-Three hours Miss DwoRsKI Stud~ ?f gra~ar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to compos1tton exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. A major in French consists of twenty-four hours, exclusive of Fremh 101 and 102. FR. FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Th,-ee ho11rs . MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRsKI, Miss McAN 1i r Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, .1 nd speaking the language. t0 FR. 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRSKI, Miss McA n F Continuation of French 101. Prerequisite: French 101. 95 201-202 . sURVEY OF F RENCH LITERATURE-Three ho11rs each semester Miss DwoRSKI ~ survey of the evolution of French Literature from the Middle Ages e ~resent, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstandh R d' . ea mg of a number of representative select1ons f deac 'ff century. rom 1 erent periods of French literature. Prerequ· ·t . F h . 1si e. renc I 04 or the equivalent. . mg Wnters of C CH LASSIC DRAMA-Three hours Mrss DWORSKI tudy of selected works of Corneille, Moliere, and Racine. Prere · · quisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. · FR. 203 S · PREN �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 96 GER. 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN- FR. 204. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three ho11rs Miss DwoRSKI 97 Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. Vu JICA Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century, other than the dramatists. Three hours. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. GERMAN-Three hours FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRSKl GER. 103 . INTERMEDIATE Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. Emphasis o~ d~fficult grammatical construction and idioms . Reading of prose; pract1ee m speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three hours MISS DWORSKI GER. MR. Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 207. THE NINETEENTH CENTURY FRENCH NovEL- Three hours 104. INTERMEDIATE DISQUE, MR . VUJICA GERMAN-Three hours Vu JICA Continu~tion of German 103. Rapid reading of German works '.epresentative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite : German 103 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE, MR. Miss DWORSKI The development of the French novel in the nineteenth century, with special emphasis on Hugo, Stendhal, Balzac, Flaubert, and Zola. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH Miss OwoRSKl hours MR. DISQUE Emphas~s -laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. _107. G ERMAN Miss owoRsKl Study of selected works from representative contemporary writers. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. MR. DISQUE ree compos1t1ons. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. 2 0l -2 02. SURVEY OF G ERMAN LITERATURE Three hours each semester MR. DISQUE to ~;~~vey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning GERMAN A major in German consists of twenty-four hours, exclusive of Ger· man 101 and 102. PrerequiSite: · · G erman 104 or equivalent. GOETHE-Three ho11rs MR. DISQUE a ::ading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures 0 individual reports. Prere quiSite: · · German 201-202 or equivalent. GER · 203 · hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VVJl CJ-. . . • and Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, speaking the language. COMPOSITION-Three hours f Idiomatic_ ~sage in modern German. To develop the ability to write PROSE-Three hours GER. 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three MR. DISQUE GER. 106. GERMAN CONVERSATION-Three DRAMA- Three hours The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 209. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH GERMAN-Three hours Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. GER. 105. SCIENTIFIC �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 98 MR. SCHILLER-Three hours Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 204. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN DRAMA-Three hours DISQUE STORY-Three hours MR. DISQUE The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. LATIN Assistant Professor Vujica. LATIN-Three homs A course in beginning Latin, designed to give the student a fundamental knowledge of grammar, forms and syntax. Emphasis is placed on etymological influences of Latin on English in an attempt to in· still the habit of associating Latin words and their English derivatives. LAT. 101. ELEM ENTARY LATIN-Three hours PoL. 102. ELEMENTARY POLISH-Three hours MR. MlTANA Continuation of Polish 101. Prerequisite: Polish 101. PoL. 103. INTERMEDIATE POLISH-Three hours MR. MITANA Exercises in se?~ence structure, colloquial language, and idioms. Attempts at composition and more extensive conversation. Prerequisite: Polish 102 or equivalent. PoL. 104. INTERMEDIATE POLISH-Three hours MR. MlTANA Continuation of Polish 103. Introduction to the study of Polish civilizat_i~n as reflected in simple literary works. Exercises in written composition. Prerequisite: Polish 103 or equivalent. CONVERSATION-Three hours MR. MITANA Intensive practice in the spoken language with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Prerequisite: Polish 104 or equivalent. POL. 106. POLISH MR. VUJICA MR. VUJICA A continuation of 1 O1. LATIN-Three hours MR. VUJICA A rapid review of grammatical forms and principles and reading of easy prose selections, including Caesar's Gallic War. The reading selections are intended to extend and deepen the knowledge of langu~ge as well as to acquaint the student with the various aspects of ancient life. Prerequisite: Latin 102 or two years of high school Latin. LAT. 103. INTERMEDIATE LATIN-Three hours MR. VUJIC' Reading of the masterpieces of Latin literature, such as the works of Pliny, Cicero, Vergil, and Ovid. A general survey of Latin literatu~e and culture stressing the important contributions of the Romans to t e modern world. Prerequisite: Latin 103 or three or more years of high school Latin. LAT. 104. INTERMEDIATE POLISH-Three hours MR. MITANA Elements. of ~ho~etics and grammar. Gradual building up of vocabulary. Exercises m simple conversation and writing. PoL. 101. ELEMENTARY MR. LAT. 102. ELEMENTARY POLISH DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT 99 COMPOSITION-Three hours MR. MlTANA An_alysis of form and style. Emphasis on original composition and techniques of translation. Prerequisite: Polish 104 or equivalent. PoL. 107. POLISH POL. 201-202. MAIN CURR~NTS IN POLISH LITERATURE Three hours each semester MR. MITANA outl'n · 1·1terary trends and movements against the 1 es Of main b Broad k ;c l:o~nd of the general cultural situation in a given period. Study 0 co t . ~velopment of Polish culture from the earliest times. Polish n n 6utions to Western civilization. Prerequi·5ite: · p olish • 104 or equivalent. Pot. 203 · T HE GOLDEN AGE OF POLISH LITERATURE-Three hours Stud f p . MR. MJTAN J\ poets Y 0 .. olish Literature of the sixteenth century as represented by ' po11tical and re11·g1ous · · newsk· writers, such as Rey, Kochanowski Mod1, and Skarga. ' Prerequisite·• p o1·is h 201-202 or equivalent. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 100 SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE MR. M!TANA Introduction to the study of Spanish civilization. Readings from selected Spanish authors. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. Novn-Three hours MR. MITANA SLOVAK SLOVAK-Three hours MR. ZEKAN Drill in reading, speaking, and hearing the language, with emphasis on pronunciation and the elements of grammar. SLO. 101. ELEMENTARY SP. DAVIDOFF, MR. M!TANA 106. SPANISH CONVERSATION-Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITA.NA Intensive practice in the spoken language. Emphasis on idiomatic usage. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. MR. ZEKAN Continuation of Slovak 101. MR.. The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on business letter writing. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. Zeromski. Prerequisite: Polish 201-202 or equivalent. SLOVAK-Three hours 105. COMMERCIAL SPANISH-Three hours SP. The development of the Polish novel in the nineteenth century with special attention given to the works of Sienkiewicz, Prus, Reymont, and SLO. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA POETRY-Three hours Study of Poland's great poets of the Romantic Period, particularly Mickiewicz, Slowacki, Krasinski, and Norwid. POL. 204. POLISH ROMANTIC POL. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY POLISH 101 - - - - -- - - - - - WILKES COLLEGE \. SLO. 207. HISTORY OF SLOVAK CULTURE-Three hours MR. STRMEN SP. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Three History of Slovak culture from the earliest times. SLO. 208. HISTORY OF SLOVAK CULTURE- Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA hours ~tress will be laid on original composition and techniques of translation. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. MR. STRMEN Continuation of Slovak 207. SPANISH SP. 201-202. A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours, exclusive of Spanish 101 and 102. SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH- Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MrTANli A study of basic elements of grammar, with extensive oral exercises. Introduction to the reading of simple Spanish prose. SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, CURRENTS OF SPANISH LITERATURE Three hours each semester MR. MITANA -:'1- survey of the development of Spanish literary thought from the Middle Ages to the present time. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. P. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH LITERATURE-Three hours MR. MITANA MR. M1r1iNA Continuation of 101 with special emphasis on conversational approach and the natural idiom. Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three MAIN : ..tudy of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries with emphas1s . on t h e works o f Cervantes, and Lope de Vega. Prere qu1S1te: · · spanish · 201-202 or equivalent. DRAMA-Three hours R MR.MITANA epresentative wark s m . the fi eld of drama; lectures and individual rtports. P. 204 - NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH ho11rs MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MlTAN ,. ·· Intensive revie"' Exercises in simple oral an d written compos1hon . of Spanish grammar. Prerequisite: Spanish 102· or equivalent. Prerequ1S1te. · · . Spanish . 201-202 or equivalent. �102 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH HIST. 107. AMERICAN HISTORY TO NOVEL-Three hours 103 1865-Three hours M!TANA MR. THATCHER The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. SP. 206. CONTEMPORARY SPANISH LITERATURE-Three MR. HisT. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE hours MR. MITANA Reading and discussion of representative works in prose and poetry of modern Spanish writers. The significance of the generation of 1898. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. HISTORY Professor Thatcher; Assistant Professor Mui; Instructor Partridge. A major in History shall consist of twenty-four hours, of which twelve shall be in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in History are required to take both History 101 and 102 and History 107 and 108; History 101 and 102, however, may not be counted toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. Majors who wish to teach n:ust elect History 120, but this course may not be counted toward a maior. HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION Three hours each semester THE STAFF A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from Egypt and Mesopotamia to the present time. The development o.f government, social life, religion, scientific thought, literature and ~hilosophy, and commerce and industry will be traced in general outline. HIST. 105. ENGLISH HISTORY TO THE ELIZABETHAN PERIOD Three hours MR. MUI A general course on the development of the English nation. The principal topics are: Britain before the Anglo-Saxons, the ~nglo-Sax~: period, the Norman Conq~est, the development _of ~~ghsh c~mmtal law, the beginnings of parliaments, towns and umvers1t1es, contmen wars, the Tudor dynasty, and the Revival of Learning. HIST. 106. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Mt,;l Three ho11rs 1R. · I state Traces the growth and expansion of England from a nationa Th deve1· to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwea~ths. e f the opment of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the mfl~ences ~-t' 1 ;1! American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolut10n, po ic and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. 1865---Three hours MR. THATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. HisT. 120. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY-Three hours MR. PARTRIDGE A course of study based upon the documents of American and Pennsylvania History. Emphasis will be placed upon the foundations of A~erican civilization ~cl the rise of significant institutions during the national and s_t~te pe~1ods. Social, economic, and cultural aspects as well as the political will be treated. This course meets the requirements for permanent certification of teachers by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Prerequisite: Two courses in History or the consent of the instructor. HIST. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three hours MR. THATCHER An i?t_ensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphas1zmg the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three hours each semester MR. THATCHER A study o~ the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to Juniors and Seniors. History 223 is a prerequisite for History 224. Hisr. 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER-Three hours MR. THATCHER A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: History 107-108. HIST, 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Four hours MR. THATCHER th A of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to ere ations of the United States with other nations. · · History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to Prer J .eqwsite: uniors and Seniors. st~y �WILKES COLLEGE 104 HIST. 231. HISPANIC AMERICAN · DESCRIPTION OF COURSES HISTORY-Three hours MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three hout"s MR. PARTRIDGE A study of the transit of civilization from Spai~ and_ Portug~l to the New World and of the rise and growth of the H1span1C American Republics. . Prerequisite: Two courses in History or the consent of the mstructor. 234. EAST ASIA IN MODERN TIMES-Three hours MR. Mm This course deals with the impact of western civilization on the d~fferent traditions and institutions of China, Japan, and Southeast Asia, with emphasis on the persistent problems arising out of the contact of civilizations and their possible solutions. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 235. SOVIET RussIA-Three hours MR. Mm A study of the culture of the peoples of the U.S.S.R. against the pre-Revolution background. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 105 THE STAFF The origin and growth of the basic mathematical ideas; nature of postulational thinking. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Mathematics 101. MATH. 105·. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY-Five hours THE STAFF A combination of Mathematics 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three hoNrs THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY-Three hours THE STAFF Trogonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three hours MR. PARTRIDGE · A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 256. RECENT EUROPEAN HISTORY-Three hottt's MR. PARTRIDGE Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: History 101 1nd 102. I-Three hours THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, nominal and effective rates, equations of value, force of interest, amount and present value of simple annuity, deferred annuities, annuities due, perpetuities, general annuities certain, bonds, price of bond bought between interest dates, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. MATHEMATICS Assistant Professors Richards, Hull, and Wasilewski; Instructor Creasy. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 46. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three hours Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. hours THE STAFF t th S udy of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including e01_general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, : ~ sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, paraG etric equations, families of curves, introduction to Solid Analytic eometry. Prere · · quisite: Mathematics 1o5. MATH. 122. ANALYTIC GEOMETRY-Four 98. SOLID GEOMETRY-Two homs Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. MATH. THE STAFF THE STAFF 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-Three ho11rs . _ · l dratic equa Secondary Algebra, extending through sunu taneous qua tions. MATH. THE STAFF �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 106 107 WILKES COLLEGE MA.TH, 125. DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS-Four hours THE STAFF Limits, derivatives, differentials, applications, theorem of mean value. Prerequisite: Mathematics 122. hours THE STAFF Integration, fundamental theorem, applications, series, partial dif- MA.TH. 126. INTEGRAL CALCULUs---Four ferentiation, multiple integrals. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI The notable lines, points, and circles associated with the triangle; circles and systems of circles. Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. MATH. 222. SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESK.l An introduction to projective methods and their application to the MA.TH. 127. THE TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours MR. WASILESKl Building of a program in secondary Mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching Arithmetic, Algebra, Plane and Solid Geometry, Trigonometry, and Logarithms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. MATH. 208. HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Beginnings. in Babylon and Egypt, Greek Geometry, Arithmetic, and Algebra, contributions of the Romans, Maya, Chinese and Japanese, the Hindus and the "Arabic" notation, the Arabs as custodians of Mathematics in the Middle Ages, awakenings in Europe, Vieta and the Renaissance, Fermat and Descartes, Newton's importance in the seventeenth century, French mathematicians of the eighteenth century, the great expansion and the strengthening of the foundations in the nineteenth century, the trend to abstraction in this century. point, line, and plane. Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. MR. CREASY METHODS-Three hours Frequency distributions of one variable, moments as statistical constants, discrete frequency distributions, theoretical distributions for testing hypotheses, frequency distributions of more than one variable, random sampling, linear regression and correlation, introduction to multiple and partial correlation. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 228. STATISTICAL EQUATIONS-Three hours THE STAFF Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. I-Three hours MR. RICHARDS An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 213. THEORY OF EQUATIONS---Three hours Miss HULL Roots and graphs of equations, determinants and matrices, miscel- laneous topics. Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 S. MATH, 216. SOLID ANALYTIC GEOMETRY-Three hours Miss HULL Study of space Geometry by means of coordinate systems, including lines and planes and the relations between them, systems of pla~es, parametric equations of a surface, cylinders, surfaces of revoluti~ni spheres, quadric surfaces, reduction of quadric surfaces to canon!Ca forms. Prerequisite: Mathematics MATH. 221. ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN MATH. 252. ADVANCED CALCULUS II-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Continuation of Mathematics 251. Prerequisite: Mathematics 2 51. NuMBERs---Three hours MR. RICHARDS . Divisibility, continued fractions, congruences, quadratic residues, diophantine equations. Prerequisites: Twelve hours in Mathematics courses numbered above MATH. 256. THEORY OF 200. MUSIC 125. M CRE;.sY R, . ·es II-Three hours A priori probability, empirical probability, mortality tables, annuitlre'. certain, pure endowment, life annuities, whole life inSuran~;i!ns. miums, premium formulas , reserves, reserve systems, gross pr MATH. 218. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE Prerequisite: Mathematics 115. . Assistant Professor Cobleigh; Instructors Balshaw, Henderson Isaacs L1va ' McH enry, and Moran. ' ' g Liberal Arts students wishing to major in Music will follow the proram outlined on page 47. �108 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES A special program for students wishing to transfer at the end of the second year to colleges training public school teachers of Music is suggested on page 63, and a two-year terminal program is outlined on page 67. 109 Mus. 109. Music HISTORY-Three horm MR. COBLEIGH The composer and his music related to the social, economic political, and religious background of the period. A survey of musical activity from 1500 to 1800. Offered in alternate years . Given in 1949-50. APPLIED MUSIC Individual instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in Piano, Pipe Organ, Voice, Violin, and several Band-Orchestra Instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demon• stration (examination) before the Music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Mus. 110. Musrc HISTORY-Three credits MR. COBLEIGH Music in the nineteenth century. The rise of Nationalistic Schools. Italian, German, and French opera. Offered in alternate years. Offered in 1949-50. Students who are not Music majors may receive one credit each semester for Voice or Instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. Mus. Ul-122-123-124. BAND-One-half hour a semester MR. MORAN Membership in the Band is required of all students who are talcing the curriculum described on page 63. These students will receive onehalf credit a semester with a total of two credits for four semesters. All students desiring credit for participation in the Band should consult with the Band director. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in Music will be evaluated at the end of the Sophomore year by the Music faculty. The student will be advised before the opening of the follow ing semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the Music major. Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORUS- One-half ho1,r a semester Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION To Music-Three hours MR. COBLEIGH, MR. COBLEIGH MR. MORAN Membership in the Chorus is required of all students who are taking the curriculum described on page 63. These students will receive onehalf credit a semester with a total of two credits for four semesters. All students desiring credit for participation in the Chorus should consult with the Chorus director. An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to Music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of Music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Mus. 101-102-103-104. Music THEORY-Five ho11r1 each co1trJ·e MR. CoBLEIGH, MR . Mo1uN The study of Music Theory is centered upon three main principles: (1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. ( 2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The concentration of all Theory into these four courses is in acl.or~ance with the method now employed in many of our leading MmK schools. . . . d The subject matter of the first two semesters of Theory 1s dmde between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, _one hour. The third and fourth semesters of Theory are divided into ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. There is no prerequisite for Theory 101. Students may be admitted to the other courses by examination. Mus. 209. MusIC HISTORY-Three hours MR. CoBLEIGH A detailed study of one of the following topics: (a) (b) ( c) ( d) ( e) ( f) (g) (h) ( i) The Symphony Wagnerian Opera Music since 1900 The Concerto Vocal Music Beethoven Bach Brahms The Symphonic Tone Poem h T?e choice of subject material will be determined as far as possible by ~1interests of those electing the course. Announcement of the topic Wt be made on or about May 15, for the first semester of the next ~;d.ernic year. All students interested are asked to consult with the 1. airman of the Music Department. Offered in alternate years. Offered n 1950-51. t Prerequisite: Music 100. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 110 111 WILKES COLLEGE PHIL. 102. LOGIC-Three hours Mus. 210. Music HISTORY-Three hours MR. COBLEIGH A detailed study of one of the topics listed under Music 209. Announcement of topics will be made on or about December 15, for t_he second semester of the academic year. All interested should consult w1:h the Chairman of the Music Department before that date. Offered m alternate years. Offered in 1950-51. Prerequisite: Music 100. Mus. 215·. INSTRUMENTATION-Three hours MR. MORAN The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Music 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Mus. 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND ARRANGING-Three hours MR. MORAN Scoring for the large orchestra of the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Music 215. Mus. 217. ANALYS1s---Two hours MR. CoBLEIGH The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, ~armonic,_ and structural analysis of Music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an exam· ination. PHILOSOPHY Assistant Professors Mitana and Vujica; Instructor Schindler. A major in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consi st~ of twenty-four hours in Philosophy and Religion. Philosophy lOl an . towar d a maJ·or• The courses Religion 101 are not accepte d f or ere d it may be selected from these two fields as is desired by the student. MR.MITANA The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of dear thinking. The use and validity of reasoning, hypothesis, induction, deduction, and other approaches to knowledge in the field of the Natural and Social Sciences will be presented. PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL ETHICS-Three hours MR. SCHINDLER A study of the great ethical systems such as Hedonism, Formalism, Utilitarianism and Self-Realizationism. The application of moral principles to the life of the state, the family and the economic order. The nature of virtue, conscience, moral character and the relationship of ethics to other fields of knowledge are discussed in this course. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION-Three hours MR. ScHINDLER The treatment of religious problems in Philosophy; the nature, scope and validity of religious knowledge; forms and expressions of religious behavior. The aim of the course is to give the student an understanding of the basic principles of Religion and the contribution of religious thought to current interpretations of life. PHIL. 205. AESTHETIC-Three hours MR. MITANA Theories of the essential character of beauty, its purpose and standards; the application of general aesthetic principles to poetry and the fine arts; the comparison of the aesthetic with other types of experience. PHIL. 211. HISTORY OF ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY Three hours MR. VuJICA The development of philosophical thought from its appearance in Ionia to the Renaissance. The permanent contributions of the Greek thinkers, particularly Plato and Aristotle, to Western culture. Patristic and scholastic philosophy. The culmination of scholasticism in the systems of Thomas Acquinas and Duns Scotus. Jewish and Mohammedan medieval thought. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY-Three hours PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY-Three hours THE STAFF MR. VUJlCA An introduction to the main problems of Philosophy. ~ 00 1 topics to be considered are the nature of the universe; the ongm ~ . us' 1 10 the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; moral, re g 05 ; and aesthetic values; the sources and validity of knowledge. Thelpt~orpn of . d" al sou i of the course is to acquaint the student with the tra ition . th ght, • h' · · d ou these problems in order to mterest 1m m serious an. reflective . . t lligent 'd h' . ng an in e to coordinate his knowledge, an d to at 1m m gami understanding of the world and life. The most important systems of Philosophy from the Renaissance ~rough the end of the Nineteenth Century. Seventeenth Century Ra~1~nalism (Descartes, Spinoza, leibnitz) . Eighteenth Century Empiricism. (Locke, Berkeley, Hume) Kant's Criticism and Hegel's Idealism. P~st-Kantian and Post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern science in philosophical speculation. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. f/t~ �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 112 PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY-Three hours MR. VUJICA The principal trends in Twentieth Century philosoph~es. The c~ntributions of Bergson, James, Dewey, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, ~eidegger, Maritain and other living philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. 113 119. METEOROLOGY-Th ree ho11rs MR. TAYLOR A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, vocabulary, and applications of some of the more outstanding principles of Physics to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. METEROLOGY-Three hours MR. TAYLOR A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions accompanying weather changes. Weather predictions, air-mass analysis and the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agriculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS. 119. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a re~ar part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of s~ort or exer~1se for each student are included in the program of Phys1Cal Ed1:1cahon. Physical Education is required of both men and women dunng the Freshman and Sophomore years. . The College men at the beginning o~ each y_ear are giv_en a medJCal and a physical examination. The work m Physical Education, so fa~ as possible, is done out of doors and incl~des socce:, foo~ball, wrestling, tennis, and golf. The indoor work durmg the winter includes a large number of competitive games. . . The College women also are given a thorough medic~l and phys_JCal examination before entering upon the program of Phys_ical Education. During the spring and fall, the work for women _consists of outdoor athletics; during the winter, activ ities such as dancmg, basketball, and natural gymnastics are carried on. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE One hour each semester THE STAFF This course includes three hours of physical instruction and one hour · · designe · d to of class instruction in personal Hygiene each week. I t is promote physical coordination, good health habits, and to encoura?e participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Three hours each week. p E 103-104 ' . . PHYSICAL EDUCATIO~- One F i ve hottrs MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Physics 201. Electricity, Light and Modern Physics. Class four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201. PHYS. 202. GENERAL PHYSICS- hours MR. HALL Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of Chemistry: includes thermal electromotive force resistance th ermometers, pho~o electromotive force, elementary electro~ic circuits nd their application. Class tv.·o hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. PHYS. 2 51. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three ho11r each semester 'fHE STAFF th This course is a continuation of Physical Education 101 and 102, wi out the instruction in personal Hygiene. PHYSICS Associate Professor Hall ; Assistant Professor Heltzel; lnS trudors Ditoro and Taylor. PHYSICS-Five hours MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of Nature, meeting requirements for later work in technical courses. Required of all Science students and elective for other students. Mechanics, Heat, and Sound. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation and experimental work in the laboratory. Class four hours a week and laboratory th ree hours a week. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105 ; or 107 and 109. PHYS. 201. GENERAL POLITI CAL SCIENCE Assistant Professor Mailey; Instructors Hibbard, an<l Kazlauskas. c A major in Political Science shall consist of twenty-four hours. All :~rses except Political Science 100 and 101 are acceptable toward the ,:Jor. In addition, History 223, 224, and 228, and Economics 212· are 0 acceptable. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MR. MAILEY P.S. 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT-Three hours This course includes a treatment of government in the United States at all levels; national, state, and local. The course is offered to the natural science students only. Bachelor of Arts and Commerce and Finance students may take the course only with the permission of the instructor. MR. HIBBARD P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. 114 P.S. 101. AMERICAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the National Government and the Institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into law, and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact of the citizen on the government and of the government on the citizen is repeatedly emphasized. P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAw-Three hours each semester MR. HIBBARD P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: Three courses in Political Science. MR. MAILEY P.S. 208. LABOR LAw A course dealing with the role of government in labor relations and with the laws affecting conditions of employment and employer-employee relations. History and philosophy underlying labor legislation are stressed. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. (Only Juniors and Seniors are eligible.) P.S. 210. COMPARATIVE P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three hours MR. MAILEY A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 212. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three hours MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the fact?r.s whi~ determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opm1on, an propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: Political Science 101 and Sociology 100. P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. HIBB~ A broad general course covering the structure, powers, and fun ctiond , h. ·p~ 1 of state governments in the United States. Special emp aSlS is on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. 115 GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. KAZLAUSKAS A study of the government of the world. Since political institutions in the American system are traceable to the English, the English Government is stressed. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 0 1. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS-Three hours MR. KAzLAUSKAS A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisites: Political Science 101 and 210. Desideratum. History 107, 108, 255, 256, Economics 225. P.S. 213. INTERNATIONAL LAw-Three hours MR. MAILEY A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which s~ates have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: Three courses in Political Science. Desideratum: History 107, 108, 255, 256. P.S. 214. POLITICAL THEORY-Three hours MR. KAZLAUSKAS course dealing with the concepts of justice, law, government, sovereignty, and the state. Prerequisite: Three courses in political science. f:. �116 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 117 PSYCHOLOGY PSY. Assistant Professor Dominguez; Instructors Boyle, Guttman, Harker, Kanner, and Riley. A major in Psychology consists of a minimum of twenty-four hours in this field. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is acceptable. The department requires that Psychology majors substitute one year of a laboratory science in Biology, Chemistry, or Physics in place of Biological Science. Students planning to take graduate work in Psychology must take either French or German to meet future graduate school requirements. The major in Psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of Psychology on a graduate level, or whose interest lies in the teaching of Psychology in college, or in the application of Psychology to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, or educational or industrial personnel. The student is cautioned that an undergraduate major in Psychology does not qualify him for professional psychological work. Advanced graduate study is always required before the individual can qualify as a psychologist. In a great many fields today, the Ph.D. degree is being required for qualification. Students who wish to become certified by the Pennsylvania Depart· ment of Public Instruction as psychological examiners or as public school psychologists should plan their program carefully under the direction of their faculty adviser so that necessary courses may be taken. Courses numbered above 250 are open to Seniors only. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and ~o his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical Yocabulary. Not open to Freshmen. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three homs THE STAFF . Uy A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superfi oa in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects_ as . . . learnmg, perception, emotions, etc. Recommen d ed for prospective majors. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. 203. INTRODUCTION TO EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Three hours MR. KANNER A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of Psychology. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 204. ADVANCED EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three ho11rs MR. KANNER A more advanced lecture and laboratory course, including practice with the older as well as with the more recent methods employed in psychological research. Prerequisite: Psychology 203. PsY. 206. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY-Three h01m MR. KANNER A survey of significant contributions to individual differences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 207. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss HARKER The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and ?ative equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment 1 s modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three hours MR. RILEY Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. Psy. 212. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS Three hours MR. RILEY 1 _A study of the theory of psychological testing. The principles underYing test selection, standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This ~oudrse is a prerequisite for the following courses: Psychology 251, 252, n 255. Pree ·· equis1te: Psychology 100. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 119 WILKES COLLEGE 118 RADIO PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss HARKER An introduction to the industrial application of Psyc?ology in the selection, classification, and training of employe~s; reduction ~f ~onotony and fatigue; the maladjus~me~t worker; accident prevention, work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psychology 212·. Instructor Morgan and Staff: Hal Berg and Thomas Bigler. RA. 100. INTRODUCTION TO RADIO-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF PsY. An orientation course covering the history, development, organization, and control of broadcasting. Including the international system, social and economic influences, as well as the administration, programming, and operation of the individual station. ployee. Prerequisite: Psychology 251 or permission of instructor. RA. 102. RADIO ANNOUNCING---Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A laboratory-studio course in basic microphone techniques, stressing practical experience in the procedures and routines of announcing. Also developing an understanding of the announcer's qualifications, skills, and work. Prerequisite: Radio 100. 252. PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss HARKER An introduction to the study of psychological factors und~rlyin~ personnel procedures in business, industry, and education._ D1scussio~ of case studies in the settlement of personnel problems. m the business world. The administration of the personnel program is analyzed from the point of view of the psychological effects it may have on the em- 254. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours PsY. MR. RILEY A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in ~ecent Psychology followed by a study of the theories of such leaders m the field as W~tson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. Prerequisite: Psychology 100, 201, and one additional course. PsY. 255-256. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each semester Miss DOMINGUEZ A detailed study of the administration and interpretatio_n of some ~ the individual tests. The student is given the ?pportunity for ~c:rexperience in testing in the Wilkes-Barre Public Schools. The _m of pretation by the clinical method, of normal and abnormal be?av10 children 'and adults. Historical sketch; outline o~ method, mdu mg examinations, classification, prognosis, and remedial measures. J. 257 . ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three MR. MORGAN AND STAFF An intensive study of the basic principles of good radio continuity writing, providing class instruction in the writing of all kinds of copy: commercial announcements, program continuity, dramatic scripts, etc. Individual exercises and assignments. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 202. RADIO NEWS EDITING AND BROADCASTING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A course in the editing, building, writing, and presentation of the news program. Information about news sources and the history and development of news broadcasting. Students will be given ample opportunities for actual preparation and presentation of newscasts. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 203. CONTROL ROOM TECHNIQUES AND PRODUCTION PROBLEMS Prerequisite: Psychology 207 and 212. h THE STAFF ours .. ith A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, w emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. s · only· Prerequisite: Psychology 201 and 208. Open to emors PsY. RA. 201. RADIO WRITING---Three hours THE STAFF 301-302 RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours _ · · · nder super An opportunity to conduct individual research proJects u PsY vision. to Psychol· Prerequisite: Permission of head of department and open ogy majors only. Three ho1trs MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A course designed to acquaint the student with the technical aspects of control room operation, such as handling of console and turntables, proper care and cueing of records and transcriptions. Also a study of ~ario~s production problems, embracing a knowledge of studio producon signals, handling of remote broadcasts, et cetera. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 2 04. RAnio ADVERTISING---Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF ~ study of Radio Advertising and its relation to other media. Organization of the sales staff, and the selling and servicing of commer- �121 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 120 cial accounts. Problems of time buying, audience measurement, marketing statistics as they relate to local, regional, and national accounts. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 206. RADIO ACTING AND DIRECTING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A workshop course affording opportunity for s~dent par~icipat~on in radio broadcasts and all types of radio dramatKs. Also mcludmg experience in the techniques of radio production, trac~ng the dev~l?pment of a program from the idea stage to the presentat~on, emphasizing script reading, rehearsal techniques, sound effects, mus1C, et cetera. Prerequisite: Radio 102. Assistant Professor Vujica; Instructors Friedman and Schindler. A major in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consists of twenty-four hours in Philosophy an~ Religion. Phi~osophy 101 and Religion 101 are not accepted for credit toward a maior. The courses may be selected from these two fields as is desired by the student. homs MR. Vu JICA, MR. FRIEDMAN Nature and origin of Religion. Significant founders and leaders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals. A comparison of the most important features of the great religions. The contributions of Religion to the development and preserva· tion of cultural values. REL. 201. THE LIT ERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT- Three hours MR. FRIEDMAN A study of the religious thought and practices of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the earlier writings of the Old Testame~t. Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. Prerequisite: Religion 101. REL. 202. THE TEACHIN GS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS • Three ho11rs MR. FRIEDMA A study of the Prophetic and ~-isdom_ literature. Empha~is is pl~~! upon the Prophetic and Post-Exihc periods of Hebrew histo~y. . n gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course is a continuatio of Religion 201. Prerequisite: Religion 101. hours MR. SCHINDLER A study of the types of literature found in the New Testament. Problems of language and authorship are discussed. The religious teachings of ~esus an~ the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. Prerequisite: Religion 101. RETAIL MER CHA JDISING Professor Rosenberg; Associate Professor Agranat; Instructors Bachman, Cooney, McLaughlin, Riley. R.M. RELIGION REL. 101. HISTORY OF RELIGIONS-Three REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT-Three 101. PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING-Three hours MR. COONEY . P~li~ies and practices of the various retail institutions; types of retail mstitutions a1:d type~ ?f merchandise handled; store location and layout; sales and serv1Ce policies; employment, training, and welfare. R.M. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three hours MR. COONEY Bas!c ~rinciples of successful retail store organization; study of the orgamzatlonal structur~ of department stores; organization and functions of ~p~rating divisions; planned observation in employment, training, recemng, marking, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. R.M. 201. COLOR AND DESIGN-Two hours THE STAFF Ages of civilization and development of industrial age. Periods, style symbols, classi~ism, moder°: design. Components of composition; prob~ms of function: pr~port10n, ~alance, rhythm, color, light, texture. undamentals of mtenor decoration. Color and design in apparel. R.M. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION-Two hours THE STAFF Stu~y of basic principles of Retail Advertising and Sales Promotion. Organization and procedure of advertising department in retail stores; type~ of_ retail advertising; copy, headline, layout, type, advertising media, d1splay; research. R.M. 207. RETAIL SELLING-Three hours MR. RILEY Fundamentals of retail selling; constructive attitude· knowledge of ~erchandise and the store; knowledge of the custom;r- selling techniques· . ' . ' but·1d·mg permanent busmess. Laboratory observation· actual Sem~ ll ' �WILKES COLLEGE 122 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES RM 210 ELEMENTS OF M ERCH ANDISE-Three hours . THE STAFF . . . . . . . . fibers and fabrics; history, me, production, Merchan?1se rnform~t10;;; fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, manufacturmg proc_ess ~o . f fibers· care of fabrics; new develtrade names. Identification, testing o ' 1;~~:,~:~•1:::::~"!::: 123 R.M. 222. RETAIL CREDITS AND COLLECTIONS-Two hours THE STAFF Organization of credit department; charge accounts; passing on application for credit; retail credit bureau; mercantile agencies; salescheck procedure; collection procedure and correspondence; personal .financing; contracts; installment credit; legal aspects of retail credit. op~:::~l. industrial, and synt~etic 7at:~";,s; imitations; plastics, woods, woo cons ru glass, pottery, china. , hours R.M. 212. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISE CONTROL-Three THE STAFF . rinci les and methods; forms of proc:Importance of purchases, P h P . methods· inventories and their h dl · toring and ware ousmg , . . f dure, mg,and s lim1tahon . '. . control;antypes o f st ock control systems; application o systems. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. THE STAFF 4 R TAIL BUYING-Two hours R. . ~l . E . f or anizations; functional bureaus as aids Buymg as a car:er, _types o tgto bu . analysis of customer demand; in buying; determrnat10n of wha b . b~ands and labeling; trade relawhere to buy; when and h?w to uy, tions. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. M THE STAFF . R M 215 DISPLAY-Two hours ..rTechniques . . d. I f merchandise and servICeS of store arra_ngement; isp ay o within the store; window display. THE STAFF F SHION-Three hours R.M. 217. FUNDAMENTALS OF A h f h' world works. Fashions •1f How t e as 10n . Fashion as a soCia orce. 1 ·trnery shoes accessories; . p an, ·s England , United States. Appare , m1 i , , 1n fashion shows. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R.M. 224. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING Three hours THE STAFF Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg; Associate Professor Bedillion; Instructors Davies, Jenkins, Whitby. S.S. 99. PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING--No Credit Mrss BEDILLION Development of skill in Typewriting; development of an understanding of good style and form in typewritten material; application of typing skill to the writing of business letters and term papers. laboratory fee required. Four hours a week. S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Four hours each semester Miss BEDILLION Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand; development of skill in Typewriting, and ability to apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from Shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. MR. RILEY RM 219. RETAIL PERSONNEL RELATIONS-Three hours dure· wage · · . . . b I · . mployment proce , Retail personnel poliCies; JO a~a- ys1~, : lo ee evaluation; employee plans and incentives; empl~y~e t~a1~1~g,_ ~at1on\ffecting labor problems stabilization; employee partmpat1on, eg1s in retailing. Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on mastering fundamental principles, during the .first semester; dictation and transcription, including principles of English during the second semester. Four hours each week. All laboratory. R.M. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE THE ST.AFF S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING--Two hours each semester Two hours . . ·usti.fication Im ortance of small business; fa~tors in _b~s1~::~~c~::~t; employee of ne~ businesses; financing; locab~n; P~:K~:~ords; s~all business and relations; sales promotion; turnover, pro the future. ' S.S. 105-106. SHORTHAND-Two hotJrs each semester MR. JENKINS MR. DAVIES ~-evelopment of skill in Typewriting; application of skill to letter Wnttng, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from Shorthand notes during second semes~er. laboratory fee required. Four hours each week. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 125 WILKES COLLEGE 124 S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY-Faur hours each semester Miss BEDILLION Review of Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in Shorthand, Typewriting, ~nd transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation o~ telegr_a~s, 1:1anuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; trammg m punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; stu~y of correct f ?rm and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. La~oratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecrure, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 102. S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND-Two hours each semester MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the ap~lication of Sho~thand, Typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 106. Development of greater speed and accuracy. in _Typewriti~g; re~iew of form and style in typewritten material; application of typmg skill_ to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercia_l forms; ~reparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto 11;1aster copies; transcription from Shorthand notes; de~elopment of desirable work habits and attitudes. Laboratory fee reqmred. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 108. S.S. 206. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Fottr hours Miss BEDILLION T~e. org~nization and m~n_agement of the office with emphasis on the adm1rustrat1on_ and sup~rv1s1on of office routines; problems of office records an? filmg; select10n o~ stationery and other office supplies; design and _effec~1ve use forms; Job analysis, specification, evaluation, and class1ficatton; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arra~gement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Six hours each week. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Assistant Professor Symonolewicz, Instructors Chwalek, and Holbrook. A maj~r in Sociolo?~ consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociol- S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF th Fundamental principles of Accounting and their application to e keeping of books and records in business and professional offices. S.S. 201. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three hours Miss BEDILLIOStudy of accepted procedures in typical medical offices, cli_nics, an~ . . d. 1 d. t ton· tran 1 hospitals· application of stenographic skills to me 1ca Ka d, d1cta. scription of case histories taken from hospital records; spec1a ,ze f tion in several branches of medicine; practice in filling out forms ~r insurance companies ' for Veterans Administration, and for. Workrnelnbs hursa0 Compensation. Six hours each week. Two hours leccure, six oratory. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four hours Miss BEDILLION 1:'pplicat_ion of skills to .integrated office problems; procedures in typic~l busmess and professional offices; study of personal and technical requuements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commercial forms'. operati~n and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational gmdance. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of ins tructor. o! S.S. 115-116. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING--Twa ho11rs each semester MR. DAVIES ' S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING--T wo hours Miss BEDILLION Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. . Prerequisite: satisf~ctory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. . ·r cf lOO is a prere_qm~1te f~r all the courses in Sociology, it is not ac• 0 p~ed t~wa~d a m~Jor m Soc10l?gy nor is Sociology 200. maJor m Sociology must mclude the three following courses: Soci1 255, ?~5, ~nd 280. Political Science 204 may also be accepted ~/gy ward the maJor m Sociology. · bY the Department of Sociology and Anthropology areThe d. .co ur~es gi~en lVlded mto six groups: I Sociological Theory Soc. 100 . I NTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF · o f socio · 1ogy, provi·d·mg essentials . for an intelligent appA systemati h c view . soC1ety . soc· roac . to quest"1ons a bout man m an d for specialized study of 101ogical problems. �WILKES COLLEGE 126 Soc 280 . HISTORY oF SocIOLOGICAL . DESCRIPTION OF COURSES THEORIES-Three hours MR. CHANGE-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Concepts, theories and methods _in the study of social change. Trends and processes producing new situations. Prerequisite: Two courses in Sociology. Soc. 285. SOCIAL II Pop11lation and Human Ecology Soc 215 URBAN · · SOCIOLOGY-Three hours Miss HOLBROOK, MR. CHWALEK cities. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 230. SOCIAL PROBLEMS-Three hours Mrss HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY-Three hours Mrss HOLBROOK Analysis of crime as a form of social behavior. A study of the individual and social factors in juvenile delinquency and criminal careers. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 245 . INTRODUCTION TO THE FIELD OF SOCIAL WORK Three hours MR. CHWALEK A pre-professional exploratory course, dealing with the nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. V Social Psychology 255. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ An analysis of the main forms of social behavior. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. Soc. 225. POPULATION PROBLEMS-Th ree Miss HOLBROOK l IJOUrS . .h A study of qualitative and quantitative aspects of P?pulat1?n ":7 1~ special reference to modern trends in g_rowth, compos1t1on, m1graho ' and differential rates in relation to the social structure. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 260. CULTURE AND PERSONALITY- Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A comparative study of the development and functioning of human personality in various cultures from the point of view of Social Psychology and Social Anthropology. Prerequisite: Sociology 255. III Social Organization OC. Soc. Soc. The development of modern cities; effec~s of u~ban life upon social organization and personality patterns, ma1or sooal problems of the S IV Social Change and Social Disorganization SYMONOLEWICZ A historical study of the development of Sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. Prerequisite: Two courses in Sociology. 127 200 MARRIAGEANDTHEFAMILY-Threeho11rs .. z MR. CHWALEK, MR. SYMONOLE\'\ IC . ·1 · th logical and hisThe development of marriage and the f am1 y m e no d 't'oos. f d· t t to modern con 1 1 torical perspective. Problems o a. JUS m~n tic relations. Family disorganization and changes m mant~l and dome_s success or Practical aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital failure. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc 210 · · SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS-Three hours Mrss H OLBROOK, MR. SYMONO L.EWICZ · . f . . f major sool1 A study of the nature, development, and un ct1onmg o institutions. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. VI Anthropology Soc. 265. GENERAL A NTHROPOLOGY-Three homs MR. S YMONOLEWICZ A general. survey of the field of Anthropology stressing its cultural aspe<:ts; fossil man and prehistoric cultures; modern races and their classifications; problems of race, mental differences, race mixture; nature, characteristics, and elements of culture. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 270. PEOPLES OF THE WORLD--Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ t ".' rapid survey of the peoples and cultures of the world in their his- orical relations. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. �128 WILKES COLLEGE Education NORITY GROUPs--Three hours Soc. 275. M1 Miss HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ . . · 1 · ·ty groups in AmerA study of the ethnic, rehg1o~s, and ra_oat. mmoarn1d contributions to . th . · · social organiza 10n, . ican sooety; eir ongm, f P conflict and acculturation. American culture; the processes o grou Prerequisite: Sociology 100. SAFETY SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATIONS AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY EDUCATION . A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques mvolved in the organization, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. SAFETY S. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and ~ethods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest is alway~ active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion maladj~stment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual cause he 1s of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. :d �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Ams IN SAFETY EDUCATION Discussion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other sensory aids; standards for appraising and their relationship to the curriculum; guiding principles and techniques; minimum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. ~va~u~tion ot results are emphasized. Large group, sma:11 grou and md1V1dual conferences provide opportunity for discussion of pri~~iples and problems. 130 SAFETY BUCKNELL UNIVERSITY COURSES Professor Sauvain; Associate Professor Farley; Assistant Professor Millward; Instructors Dominguez, Hall, Miller and Morris. The Department of Education is responsible for the professional training of teachers. In order that only persons who are capable of rendering adequate service may be sent into the profession, the privilege of taking the course in practice teaching (Education 207) is restricted to students whose scholastic average for the Freshman and Sophomore years is C or better. Additional requirements are good health, character, personality, and acceptable spoken and written English. Students planning to teach should arrange their programs so that they may take the practice teaching, Education 207, in either semester of the Senior year. Students will be accepted for practice teaching on the basis of the recommendation of the Education Committee and will be required to do their practice teaching one-half of each day throughout the semester, meeting with the Supervisor of Teacher Training three afternoon periods per week for regular class work. 101. INTRODU CTION TO EDUCATION-Three hours 201. 214. :rn· the learning process. A consideration of such problems as the. portance of the interaction of the child's and the teacher's pe_rso~altties, the educational importance of individual differences, motivation 1n eduf 0 cation, transfer of training, and a psychological evaluation of methods teaching. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. STUDENT TEACHING-Eight h ours d 'th an Students observe several teachers and teach in co-operation wt d under the supervision of experts. Co-operative planning, teaching, an GUIDANCE-Three hours . A gen:ral surve~ ~~ the principles and problems of guidance, and an mtrod~ct10n to act1v1b~s and techniques used in a guidance program in a publIC s~hool: Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors cert1ficates. Juniors, Seniors, and graduate students. Prerequisite: Education 201. 216. OCCUPATIONS AND OCCUPATIONAL RESEARCH-Three hours A survey of fields of work in America with consideration of requirements for_ entrance: incom~, likely future development, etc.; methods 0 ~ pres:ntmg s~ch mfo~mat1on to pupils; job analysis and research techmques · d f or p 1m vocational • . guidance' placement, and follow -up . Requ1re en?sy vanta gu1dance teachers' and counselors' certificates. Juniors Sen1ors, and graduate students. ' Prerequisite: Education 201. 250. EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES-Two hottrs . Consideratio~ of the place of extra-curricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extra-curricular activities· the te~dency to bring them into the school curriculum; their place i~ the guidance program. THE MODERN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two hours A This co~rse is concerned with trends in the modern elementary school. ti: effort is m~d.e to ~valuate the aims, objectives, curriculum, organiza.' and admm1strahon of the better elementary schools of today w'th 1 a v1ew to. 1·!11provmg · • th e effect1veness of our schools in attaining the democratic ideal. 258 · EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours. A psychological study of the nature of the learner and the nature_ of 207. Prerequisite: Two courses in Education, including Education 201. 251. A broad, general introduction to the field of Education, the various branches of the service, preparation demanded by each branch, the outstanding problems in the field at the present time, teaching as a profession , place of teaching as a profession in the social order, the preparation and personal qualifications required of the successful teacher. 131 VISUAL EDUCATION-Tw o hot1rs ant sl~udy of the materia~s and _techniques of visual education; principles in thp ns for the use of visual aids; the incorporation of visual instruction e work of the classroom. Prerequisite: Education 201. 303. Enu CATIONAL M EASVREMENT- Three hours A consideration of · · intelli e . th e ch aract enstICs, uses, and interpretations of of th g nee and subJect-matter tests available for school use. A study scar· e usua~ methods of treating scores. Supervised administration tice ~~~hand mterp~etation o_f st_andardized tests in public schools. Prac~ e construction of ob1ect1ve tests. �132 WILKES COLLEGE 304. PUBLIC SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION-Two hours The principles of educational organization and administration in their application to state, city and county schools. ~or students who plan _to enter administrative or supervisory work. Reqmred course for all administrative certificates. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES To the teacher's certificate may be added Guidance Certification for the teaching o~ Occupational Information which requires six semester ~ours (Education 214, Education 216, and Economics 223), in addition _to twelve semester hours in Social Sciences. This certificate is required for teachers of Occupational Information. 356. SECONDARY SCHOOL SUPERVISION-Two hours A discussion of whether supervision can be carried on in the secondary school. If so, what philosophy must be accepted, an~ ~hat techniques of supervision will succeed among a group of specialists. Basic Requirements: 363. Teaching subjects: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF GUIDANCE PROGRAMS Two hours The place of guidance in the school program; consideration of ty~es of guidance programs that appear in a variety of school systems; prmciples that should underlie the organizatio~ o: such a progr_am. Each student attempts to plan a guidance organization for a specific school system. Certification Requirements for Secondary School Teachers Pennsylvania Teaching Subjects: (a) Academic subjects: 18 semester hours in each subj~ct. ~xceptions in Science and Social Studies will be explained m the Education office. (b) Commercial subjects: A total of 30 hours in commercial subjects with specific requirements as follows: Semester hours Bookkeeping and Accounting ................. 12 Commercial and Economics Geography . . . . . . . . . . 6 Commercial Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Commercial Mathematics .................. , . . 3 Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Shorthand .............................. • • 9 Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Salesmanship ........................... . . • 3 Junior Business Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Economics . . ......... . ... . .. .. .......... • • 6 Retail Selling .......... • • • • · · · · · · · · · · · ·.· · · · 1 ~ (b) Business English: (a) Twelve semester hours m En_gltsh. Not less than two semester hours in Business English or Cor respondence. Education Courses: I d 1· f e ecEducation 101, 201, 207, and six hours from an approve 1st 0 tives. History 220 is required for all certificates. 133 New Jersey English, 12 hours; Social Studies, 12 hours; Science, 6 hours. A maj?r of 30 semester hours, and a minor of 18 semester hours or tw~ mmors of 12 semester hours each in prescribed fields. For prescribed fields, consult the department of Education. Education Courses: Studen~s planning to teach in New Jersey, should take at least one twohour Biology course in addition to Biology 100. Such students should also include _Education 201, 301, and 360, a three-hour methods course, and eight semester hours of practice teaching, which must include 150 hours of actual teaching. New York Teaching Subjects: Mathematics, 15 hours; English, foreign language History Biological or Physical Sci~nce, 1~ hours; Romance languages '(any two'), Classical languages, Social Studies, Sciences, 30 hours.* Ed uc_af10n Ccurses ( 18 semester hours required) : J:I1story, Philosophy, problems or principles of Education · · · · • • • • • . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 to 6 hours Secondary school methods and materials · · · · · · · · · 3 to 6 hours Adolescent development and/or P~y~~~i~~;. -f~~ teachers Ob : · · · · · · · · · · ·: · · · · · · ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · • • • . . 3 to 6 hours servation and supervised pract1Ce teaching . . . . . . . . 2 to 6 hours T 0 teach a moder f · 1 · • . . the n ore1gn anguage a written exammat10n m 1 ~nguage n:ust be satisfactorily passed, in addition to satisfying the a ove requirements. Other States Students who • states other than Pennsylvania should conf . expect to teach rn er early in th . 11 . the Education Department as to specifi _eu co ege course with c state requuernents. �134 WILKES COLLEGE The Evening Division GRADUATE WORK IN EDUCATION d h M t of Arts and the Master Two graduate degr~es are offere '~aseed :~ e;he requirements for the of Science _in Education. Theyd areees the Bachelor of Arts and the corresponding undergraduate egr , Bachelor of Science in Education, as given at Bucknel1. . . d . · ts for begmnmg gra uThe candidate, after sati~fy;g :~~ rri~~r:r~;:nt of Education relative ate work, will consult th~ ea od -~ be assigned an adviser, who will to his field of concentration, an wt . . t him throughout the remainder of his course. ass1s . d Th student who elects not A thesis is optional with the stu ent. h seemi'nar in Education. The . • · · d to take a researc to wnte a thesis 1s reqmre . . ed of two kinds of quescandidate must pass an exam1?ation c~mpos ertainin to the total field tions- ( 1) general or integ~attve qu~st1onsh~ h e chosen in three . d (Z) peofic questions w 1c may of Educat10n, an s t' . Administration Educational . f ll · fi lds of concentra 100. ' of the six o owmg e S d Education Elementary Educa1 d Measurement, econ ary , . b Psych o ogy an d . . An additional oral examinat10n may e tion, Guidance, an Supervision. required. f To meet the needs of ambitious men and women, who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to .fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new .field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields. 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon completion of thirty semester hours, the student's high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at the request of the student, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. However, no student may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. �INDEX 139 WILKES COLLEGE 138 ························· .. :~:!:a;~:~~c~::dent .............. .... . ...... ............... .•... ......... .. .... .... .......... .. R f d ........ · · 17 Faculty Committees ··········································::::::::::::·.:::::::: .... :·:::::::::·::·~·::·:~........... ··-·········· ... 26 F'ees ···········-·············-········ ···-··············· ····· ···················· . ...................... 94 French ······················································································ · ··················· ·····-·······-····· 21 General Information · ···-······· ······ ··· ·- ·· ·· ··· ·· ···· ······· 37 R=g~;tr:ti~·· ·:..·.-::..·.-::.:..-::.··············. ······ ....... ·-··· .. ... ·• .. ·· ··· · · .... · •· 39 .......... 70, 119 ·· ··················· ........ 28 25 ......................................... .. 31 ·- ·········••·••·········· ··························· 38 2 3 38 ....... ························································ GGeenremraanl O··p·· portunities •···················:::·.~:::::................. ······ ·····················································.......... 9 6 23 ········-················--············.......... ~::~:~~--w;;;k-i";; Ed;;~;;;;~;;--: :: : -~------------------------- ------- - - - - •- -·--•-• :! 1 ·········-------······-··- · Graduation Requirements ·················································· ··· ········ · ······ · ·· ··.·:.·.·.·_-..-_-.-:..-.-.:.-....... 29 Guidance Center ·····-·······........................ -••··-•······················ ········-··········-· .............42, 102 ······································ History ·····-·········································································· ............... 19 History of the College ·····--······-··················· ·· ······················· ................... ........... 61 ······ ············-----· E1~~f{I-;i;:;;:~:;::·: : · · ':'.:· :~ - :-t· 1~ u en overnment _ _ _ Student Welfare ·······---- Surveying ( See Civil Engineering) .........······················::::·::::::::·:::::::::~::::::::::::::::::::::60, Teacher Certification Requirements Law ·······················-··························· ········ ··················· 42 Liberal Arts Req_uirements •················ ··•············· ···························· ············ ·····•················· 35 .. . ················· ··············· Library Work •······ ·····-················ ······· · ···· · ········ · ···· ··················· ·· -·······-·········· ...............43, 53 Majors ·····-················································ ·· ·· · · ·········· · ······· ·· · 3 Marks of An Educated Man 46 104 i:J§~~~~~:=: :; : ~~ :·• : :::~=~tE;;;\;;~;;i;;; : ~···••:••················ : : :••·· •·: ··••: :-· •~~66 Medical Stenography •······························· · ···· ······· · · ····· · · ······· ······ · ...................... 62 Terminal Curricula Tuition ____ Withdrawals ......... Medical Technology .......................... ···· · · ···· · ····· ······ ··· ·· · · ·· ···::::.:·:·::.-:.-:: ·:... .. . . 35 Medicine ·····-······························ ·· ·· · ·· ····· · ·· ·· ·· ·· · ···· ···· ·· ·· · . .. ..... .. .... ...... 113 Meteorology .............................. ························ ··················· · ·······-·············· 36 ::::ct~~·· · :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~:::: : : ......:::::::::::::::::::: ·:::::::::.............. 35·: . 47' 63' 67' 1 48 Physics ········································································ ·················•······· · ·· ······················ 51 Conspectus of Course ····················································· · . ........ ............ 32 Placement Service ••· •·······-· ·· · ·-···· · ·· · ···· · · · ···-········ ... ·· · · · · · 99 Polish .................. •··· ......................... ·· · ·· · · ·············· ·· · ········ ····· · 113 Political Science 24 Probation ......••············-······ •························ ··························· ············· ............. 68 Pre-Dental Course 69 Two-Year ....................................................................................................................................... ·· · i... :-. 33 .... 36, 11G !~ -f!! 65 ·································· ··•··························· · ·············· · · ......... · · ···· -·· ···· ·· ·· ······ ···· ··· · ·· ·• ·· · · · ·· ·· · · 22 ························ ······················· 26 ···•················- ························· ·················-·········· ········••··•············· ~~ Musical Organizations 136 Non-Credit Program ······························· ···············.··· . ················· ······. ······ ······ 36 ······················· Nursing ········-·······-·······-··· ····························· · ···························· 10 Officers of Administration •···················· · · ······················ ························ · 38 Orchestra .......................... ···· ········· ······· ········· ··· ····· ············ ····· ·· ···········•······ .... 30 Orientation Program •············ · · ····· · ··· ··· ····· · ························ 27 . ·················· Pa,yments ..................... ··· ············ ········· ···· ··.··. ·_-_-·_-_-_-_-_-·.·.·.· _-.· :· · ···· ··············..··. .. .... ........ . .. . . . .... .... .. 110 Philosophy ·····-·········· · ···· ·············· ······· 30 112 Physical Education ·································· ·························································· ················· ...... 36,· · , 112 Three-Year .................................. ··············· ········· ·· ··-···· ·· Preparation for Professions and Vocations Psychology .. .......... ············································· -------- - ··········-·········· 24 �CHASE HALL � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin 1949-1950 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1949-1950 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/26b228e987cef96442923cc50df95ed3.pdf 7719b681f21c5ed9024203694b54e849 PDF Text Text _J The Beacon - October 27, 2021 Est. 1936 Pa. Newspaper Association Member Volume 74, Issue 06 1 HEBEACON Wilkes Universit - Wilkes-Barre, Penns lvania Entrepreneur Terr Jones visits campus Earthshot Prize advocates for environment By Sean Schmoyer Managing Editor On Oct. 21, Terry Jones, founder of Travelocity and founding chairman of Kayak. com, spent the day speaking with students and touring campus. Jones' visit was organized by the Allan P. Kirby Center for Free Enterprise and Entrepreneurship. With a full day of activities, Jones spoke with students at an Honors Q&A panel which was open to honors program students, Kirby scholars and students in certain business classes. After the panel, Jones attended a dinner and then closed out his night with his lecture, "On Innovation: Powerful Ideas to Create a More Innovative Organization: Executive Director of the Allan P. Kirby Center, Chuck Pierce commented on the visit. "It was really engaging, especially from the student aspect. It was a long time coming. It was something we had to reschedule over and over through COVID. A lot of hours went into it but it was very rewarding. This is something we try to do twice a year. Finding someone like Terry Jones who has name recognition, maybe not his name but the companies that he started, is really relevant:' At the Q&A Jones took questions from students, covering topics ranging from his books, "On Innovation' and "Disruption Off: partnerships between companies, how to adapt and move past failure, how to raise capital and the challenges of it and his creative process for generating ideas. By Morgan Rich Staff Writer In response to a question about failure, Jones said, "You have to look at failure as an open door. Look at Silicon Valley. We look for people who have failed, because they may have a better attitude, they may not be so passionate about things and not waste money, tltere could be a lot of things that they learn. long as you learn from failure, map.y of you are on the cross country team or on a sports team, why is it that after a race that you dont win that you go back and t to figure out everything you did wrong? It is not to assess blame, it is to ensure victory, to ensure the next time you do not do if' Jones went on to explain that in sports you The Beacon/ Sean Schmoyer get lots of chances to fail and that it should be the same in business, and that now there are tools to experiment with at low costs between artificial intelligence, 3D printing and websites. He also talked about his creative process expressing how modern education has flaws in that students will learn about technology that will be obsolete by the time they reach the field His solution is to spend your time in school learning how to learn. Jones talked about how he grew up in an advertising family with the ability to read a large number of magazines and would go to the libr~ !O read fre9..uently. TERRY JONE~, page 4 The first international Earthshot Prize was held on Oct. 17 in London and awarded five different nominees for their contributions to environmentalism. The Earthshot Prize is the most distinguished global environmental prize in history and aims to help repair and bring change to the planet. The prize was started by the Royal Foundation of The Duke and Duchess of Cambridge in 2020. The Royal Foundation will run the Earthshot Prize until the end of 2021. According to the Earthshot Prize website, inspiration for the prize was taken from President John F. Kennedy's Moonshot, which was when he challenged the nation to land a man on the moon and claim a leadership role in space exploration by the end of the 1960s. The Earthshot Prize is centered around five different "Earthshots:' which is supported by UN Sustainable Development Goals and other internationally recognized measures. Together they form a unique set of challenges that are rooted in science and aimed to produce new and different ways of thinking, technologies, solutions, systems, as well as policies. EARTHSHOT, page 11 a> <I.) ~ C <I.) (/) 0 a: ~ 0 N su :ca. ro cj 'Halloween Kills>: A murderously good, nostalgic horror film, page 15 r �_J News The Beacon - October 27, 2021 2 News Have a breaking story or a press release to send? Contact the news editor: Genevieve.Frederick@wilkes.edu Student Government notes: Oct.·20 weekly meeting By Zach Paraway Staff Writer The Student Government held its sixth meeting of the semester. It started in traditional fashion with a call to order and roll being taken. Next was the approval of minutes and the treasurer,s report. The treasurer's report stated that there is a total of $42,713 across all SG accounts. The first order of business was a request from the Air Force ROTC about a club trip. It was given by Shawn Cottee. The request was for $1,800 to go toward a trip to Paintball Asylum to gain field training that they believe will be beneficial to the cadets. Many of the cadets have no experience in field combat and the trip would relieve financial burdens on the families and give a chance for cadets to gain valuable experience. The decision is to be made at next week's meeting. The second order of business was a presentation of the Table Tennis Chili, for a review of their constitution and asking to be activated as a club on campus. As presented by the president, first year chemistry student Saurabh Patel, the club would present the opportunity for a new intramural on campus for students. The club has asked for $300 in order to afford table tennis racquets and balls. Without much promotion, the club already has heard back with interest from at least 11 students. The club is to be supervised by Megan Boone Valkenburg. The third order of business was a presentation from Zach Niemiec, a P3 pharmacy student, about the review of the constitution and reactivation of the Ski and Snowboard Club. It was last active in 2019. The club hopes to visit ski resorts in the greater Northeastern Pennsylvania region for students who have a desire to ski and snowboard. The club, with limited promotion, has seen interest from at least 58 students. With a full e-board, the club looks to add ,.members that want to have fun while skiing d snowboarding together. The club and constitution will be voted on next week The fourth order of business was a presentation from Olivia Schanbacher, a junior musical theater major, about the review of the constitution and activation of the Tap Club. This is to be different from the dance and Beacon Briefs: Upcoming campus·events Compiled by Beacon News Staff Know more with "The More You Know» film series The Civic Engagement, Global Education and Diversity, Department of Political Science and Department of Psychology are co-sponsoring The More You Know Film series. The first film, "Food Inc:: will be shown on Oct. 28 at 11 a.m. in the Ballroom. Megan Valkenburg will provide a talkback after the movie. "Basketball or Nothing;, "The innocence Project» and "Through the Night» will be shown in the following weeks. For more information email megan.boone@wilkes.edu. Registration and further details can be found on today.wilkes.edu Let go of semester stress with the College Democrats The College Democrats will hold a meditation event in the Henry Student Center Ballroom on Nov. 1 from 6 to 7:30 p.m. The event will be presented by Dr. Christine E. Kiesinger who will share three simple practices to destress. The event will promote stress release and deep relaxation. Attendees are encouraged to wear comfortable clothes and bring a blanket. The first 10 people will receive a free Wilkes blanket. "Taste of Wilkes: To-Go,, scheduled "A Taste of Wilkes: To-Go,, is scheduled for Nov. 2. All proceeds this year will be to benefit the United Way Campaign. This year the event will feature the to-go atmosphere which will allow attendants to choose what they want and take their meals to go; raffle baskets from local businesses, Wilkes departments, and employees; a plaque to memorize the winning dish and chef; and prized for first, second and third place winners. Any questions can be directed to Jeanne Rabel at jeanne.rabel@wilkes.edu or usac@wilkes.edu. Design the President's holiday card Are you feeling creative and ready for the holiday season? Put both to good use by designing the holiday card which will be sent out from the President's Office. The campus will vote on the submissions and the winning submission will be printed on thousands of card. Winners will receive gift cards and Wilkes swag totaling a value of more than $250. Submissions will be open till Nov. 12. @wilkesbeacon Thewilkesbeacon@wilkes.edu cheer clubs at Wilkes as they want to focus on strictly tap dancing. The club already has 22 members and is looking to be recognized by the university. While the club is mainly for those with a tap background, Schanbacher made it a point to mention that those with no experience will be accepted and the club is willing to help teach. The club will be voted on next week The last order of business was about the upcoming Monopoly week and the budget proposal. Monopoly week will be replacing Casino Week and run the week of Nov. 8 to 12. Many of the events are still being planned, but they gave an estimation of a needed $16,493 from SG. The budget will be finalized and voted on next week SG will have a meeting next week, Oct. 27. @wilkesbeacon Zachary.Paraway@wilkes.edu Table of Contents News .................. 2 Life, A&E ............ 7 Opinion ............ 14 Sports ................ 19 =URc9ming Events: 2021 Fall Semester October 28- AFROTC open house 31- Halloween November 2 - Taste of Wilkes 6 - Stem Discovery Day 7- Virtual Open House 11- Veterans Day 13 - In-Person Open House 24 - Thanksgiving Recess Begins 29 - Classes resume 29- Spring Parking Application Deadline December 13- Final Examinations begin 20 - Final Examinations end 22- Residence Halls Close 25- Christmas Want your event featured in the calendar? Email: The WilkesBeacon@wilkes.edu �The Beacon - October 27, 2021 News 3 Nobel Prize winner. Dr. William D. Phillips speaks on science By Jake Maskulyak Staff Writer f Dr. William D. Phillips, a co-recipient of the 1997 Nobel Prize in physics, was welcomed to Wilkes on Oct. 20 for a presentation on modern science. The chemistry department hosts the Catherine H. Bone lecture in chemistry series on a regular basis, hosting notable guests. This series of lectures has been made possible by the previous work of Catherine H. Bone, a former professor of chemistry at Wilkes. The most recent speaker was a Nobel Prize winner who has garnered and earned several other achievements in his field. Phillips was born in Wilkes-Barre and spent his early childhood in Kingston before his family moved out of the area. He attended Juniata College where he earned his bachelor's degree, followed by a doctorate of philosophy in physics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He has since worked for the National Institute of Standards and Technology as well as serving as a professor of physics at the University of Maryland. Phillips started the lecture by introducing himself, as well as some colleagues that he worked closely with in the past. This introduction was brief, and he explained the many entertaining concepts that he could cover in the field relating to his topic, "Time, Einstein and the Coolest Stuff in the Universe:' Phillips emphasized that he wanted the audience to have fun, and that rather than covering several topics that would take up an hour each, he would instead explain the theory of special relativity and the discovery that time and space were not constant. The lecture that was given kept the audience engaged, with several pieces of humor and interesting stories. In the lecture, Phillips explained the concept of time and the speed of light to explain GPS, and how GPS worked, including how the distance from satellites allows us to know where we are on the face of the earth. "People use GPS for everything, such as to figure out how far they are from home;' said Phillips. "When we drove here, to this lovely bed and breakfast last night, the GPS guided us right to the front door. So everybody uses this all the time. I think that sometimes, people wouldn't know how to find their local grocery store if they didn't have GPS. But, the point is, that time is important for your daily lives:' Later in the presentation, Phillips talked about his team's work in using a laser and a magnetic field to decelerate and cool an atomic beam. "The coldest thing you've ever seen is liquid nitrogen;' Phillips said. "It boils when it hits the ground. It turns rubber bands into dry twigs. It's 77 degrees above absolute zero. We're supposed to get within 240 millionths of a degree above absolute zero:' To prove his point, Phillips walked around with a bottle of liquid nitrogen and poured experiments that Phillips was able to use to show discoveries his team had made within their experiments. The audience was treated to many demonstrations, which kept them engaged and interested in the material. One demonstration showed how cold liquid nitrogen was in comparison to the room. Phillips put a container of liquid nitrogen under a small plastic trash can, then telling the audience they would get back to the experiment later. The audience did get The Beacon/ Genny Frederick Dr. Wllllam D. Phllllps brings the experiment to the audience as he poures llquld nitrogen around Stark 101. it all around the Stark to 1 lecture hall, to show how it was so cold that it boiled when it touched the ground. He went on to explain the experiment that led his team to the discovery that would earn them the Nobel Prize. "The temperatures we could get were really tremendously lower than we had predicted;' said Phillips. "We got the temperature down to seven-tenths of a millionth of a degree of absolute zero:' The presentation highlighted several back to it later, when the pressure created an explosion that made the trash can fly in the air, while Phillips was in the middle of explaining something else. After the lecture, Phillips fielded questions from the audience for more than 30 minutes. Students who came to see the lecture were interested in the topics, no matter the discipline or age they were. Phillips mentioned in his presentation that it was the first time he spoke to a live audience since the pandemic. Student reception was positive. "The presentation had stuff that kids could understand, but not enough to bore a physics minor;' said Ashlynn Allison, senior mechanical engineering major with a minor in physics. Allison noted Matthew Schwarztrauber, a Pl pharmacy student and chemistry minor, who also attended the lecture with her felt that the mix of chemistry and physics was beneficial. "It was really entertaining to sit here because Matthew does chemistry, I do physics, so he understood one thing, then I understood the next thing, and it went back and forth, and back and forth;' said Allison. Michael Nowak, a sophomore electrical engineer, explained how the surprises and demonstrations made the presentation interactive and engaging. "You can pay attention better. You can understand what he's talking about;' said Nowak. "Sometimes professors talk and they just like to go through notes. When he does interactive stuff, you can see it happening as he's talking about it." Schwarztrauber also noted the new learning opportunities featured in the lecture. "You can see that there's a lot of intersection between a lot of science disciplines;' said Schwartztrauber. Dr. Donald Mencer, professor in the chemistry department, was glad to have Philips at Wilkes. He felt it was an honor to have an internationally recognized scientist accept the invitation to deliver the lecture. "Dr. Phillips is well known for his contributions to laser cooling, a technique to slow the movement of gaseous atoms in order to better study them;' said Mencer. "His work, along with that of Steven Chu and Claude Cohen-Tannoudji, has been important in the advancement in the area of low temperature physics:' Mencer was also satisfied with how, aside from giving the lecture, Phillips sat down to have lunch with students and staff during his visit to campus. ''.All of the students I spoke to about the lunch meeting spoke highly of the event and mentioned how comfortable Dr. Phillips was able to make them feel;' said Mencer. "He is very approachable:' For more information on Wilkes's various lecture series, visit www.wilkes.edu/ signature-events. @wilkesbeacon Jakobe.Maskulyak@wilkes.edu �_J The Beacon - October 27, 2021 - TERRY JONES, from front He encouraged students to be curious and expose themselves to ideas from different creatives and fields and to take those ideas from others and apply them to the areas of study students are working in. Pierce commented on the impact of Jones's responses during the Q&A. "Mr. Jones was very gracious to sit with honors students, Kirby scholars and some students from our classes and brought a lot of their questions down to the student level to show them that everyone can be an entrepreneur. He said it does not matter what curriculum you're in, what area of study it is, it is about persistence and bringing that idea forward and into reality;' said Pierce. For his lecture, Jones spoke to an audience in the Darte Center as well as to an online audience via Zoom. As his lecture began, Jones told the story of a limousine ride where the driver of the limo was the owner of the limousine business. The owner asked Jones to review his website and Jones told him that he should create a new one that experiments with elements he was lacking, like pricing and booking. "I said, 'how old are you?' he said, Tm 55' I said, 'that's too bad because if you don't change I don't think you'll make it to retirement;' Jones continued, "This was just at the beginning of Uber. He didn't want to change and unfortunately, a few years later I 4 News got a notice that he went bankrupt. He went bankrupt because he couldn't change:' Jones used this anecdote to talk about innovation and its importance. During his lecture, he again talked about culture and team serving as the two biggest components of innovation and change. He talked about the need to build a culture that promotes failure as a learning experience. In addition to that, he talked about his recruiter who, when recruiting, would ask new hires who the smartest person they knew was and then go and try to recruit that person. He also expanded on his earlier comments on the generation of ideas and innovation. "Today I think innovation can come from anywhere in the organizational chart, because everyone has access to information. The best ideas I've seen over and over again come from the bottom of the organization, the customer service rep, the salesperson, the person on the line making the product:' He went on to explain that innovation that comes from the top-down is orderly but The Beacon/ Sean Schmoyer Kirby Scholars from the center attended Jones's lecture at the Darte Center. dumb, and innovation that comes from the bottom-up is chaotic but smart. The biggest obstacle he explained is something called the Bozone layer. The Bozone layer, as Jones describes it, is middle management stopping good ideas from moving up. Jones explains that when employees are not rewarded for change, the Bozone layer starts to kick in and kills innovation from the bottom up. Jones concluded his lecture with another round of Q&A, this time from a larger audience. He gave more advice to both students and community members, some of who were in the process of starting their own businesses. John Pezzolanti, a senior engineering management major and Kirby scholar of project management, client outreach and engineering said, "It was a great opportunity to help plan the Kirby lecture along with the rest of the Kirby scholars and Wilkes administration. It was also a great honor to be chosen to give the introductory remarks. I learned how to deal with failure with projects and what investors look for when choosing investments. It was a great experience talking with Mr. Jones. It was inspiring to hear about how to move past failures and hearing all his experiences:' ' @wilkesbeacon Sean.Schmoyer@wilkes.edu Creative Writing Office offers ((Writing our" every Thursday By Maddy Kinard Staff Writer Every Thursday from 11 a.m. to 1 p.m., the creative writing graduate office, located in Cox Hall, is offering a "Writing Hour" in which any student, faculty or staff can utilize this quiet space in order to accomplish work. When writing, many find that they need a change of scenery or a change of company. Cox Hall is seeking to be this space to respark motivation and inspiration for writers on campus by offering that change of pace that may be necessary for accomplishing tasks. David Hicks, director of creative writing, finds this sentiment to be true as he has noticed it in his own life. "The common perception of writers is that we're all a bunch of loners, but while there's some truth to that (we tend to be introverts), in reality we thrive in community;' said Hicks. Inspiration for the writing hour also stems from the writing community on campus, which is a bit of a secret as Hicks alludes to. "Over a dozen of our staff and faculty members have graduated from our Creative Writing graduate program, and judging from our literary magazine, Manuscript, we have some excellent writers in our undergraduate student populations as well;' said Hicks. "What they all have in common is that they wish they were writing more often. So, we have this beautiful mansion as our office space, with several quiet roomswhy not turn them into writing spaces?" Students present on the first "Writing Hour" this past Thursday anticipate returning to the space as they found they were able to get work done while present. "It's nice to have a captive audience. So if you can get other people to come with e eacon m1 y Farnell! and Martinez get creative during the "Writing Hours". you, it's fun:' said Darren Martinez, senior English major. Senior English major Fenn Farnelli also agrees with the positive response for a space to do work outside of the usual dorm. "It's pretty neat;' said Farnelli. "This hits the vibe for places I like to be to do work: empty, quiet:' The creative writing office would also like to expand time spent in the lounge and two other available conference rooms to Tuesdays club hours as well. Outside of Thursday's "Writing Hour;' Cox Hall also offers other spaces so long as students honor it as a quiet space for writing. One of the aforementioned conference rooms, located right inside the front door, is available every day of the week from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. No appointment is required and is free for use so long as the space is not being used as a classroom. While working, Cox Hall also offers free coffee, tea and snacks for anyone who is visiting. "Just step into our kitchen and help yourself;' said Hicks. In a and athle has d Aft �The Beacon - October 27, 2021 News 5 Diversity and Inclusion Conference continues annual tradition By Zach Paraway Staff Writer For the first time in two years, Wilkes was able to host the annual Diversity and Inclusion Student Conference on Oct. 24. It was the fourth time this event was held and six speakers, along with the keynote speaker, spent the day presenting topics ranging from the experience of Black men to the biases oflanguage and privilege. The first session was held by the keynote speaker of the day given by Dr. Cassandra St. Vill. Vill works out of her home in Maryland and is currently a high school teacher and professor of social sciences. Her work has led her across the world and with her five degrees has been at the forefront of seeking progression for black people. Vill gave her speech over Zoom and started with a tour of her home. She showed the room she was in, and what everything in that room said about her. She had stuffed animals that represent her emotions and the importance of having all of them. One stuffed animal included Sadness from the animated movie «Inside Out:' As Vill moved the camera, the upper part of her wall showed pictures and quotes from famous activists in history. One she highlighted was from Malcom X, the quote from him being, «The future belongs to those who prepare for it today." Vtll used this to seque into the main idea of her speech, something she repeated throughout much of her presentation. «Don't put flowers on my tombstone, help me plant the garden today;' was the theme of the session. Vill explained the quote in reference to world leaders. She said they don't need anymore people to admire them, and instead they need people to fight with them and support them. Vill continued and integrated this explanation into the Q&A portion. Instead of answering the questions given to her, she had students answer their own questions to show that they have just as many answers to problems as she does. Vill would give her ideas in response to the questions, but the point of her method was to highlight the power students have. The method of question answering was seen as eye-opening for those who attended, as people from all different backgrounds were giving answers to the problems of today. Students were then given the choice of two different sessions. One session was «The Black Male Experience" given by Wilkes alumnus Woodly M. Augustin. The presentation gave Black students a chance to share their experiences together, some of which were hard to speak about, and explain how those experiences that they go through are different than counterparts of different races. The presentation opened with a vi eo that students felt was powerful. In th Video, a man was jogging 2.3 miles and decided to wear a ~ Dr. Mia Briceno gave a presentation on bias and prlvledge during the Diversity and lncluslon Conference. mask for the whole trip instead of the first mile like he normally would. He said it was still running, but running at a disadvantage, or running while knowing one would have to work twice as hard. The man told the story of Ahmaud Arbery. Arbery was a 25-year old Georgian man who was shot and killed by three white men who pursued him while he was jogging. The comparison was made that being a black man in America is like jogging with a mask, which makes everything much harder. Augustin then talked about what colorism has done to Black society, explaining that the arguments that colorism creates inhibits Black people from fighting for their justice when they are fighting within their own communities. Augistin ended the presentation with the importance of mental health and having a hold on it. It is a stigma in the Black community to not get therapy and instead deal with problems independently. Black men also have the secondary stigma as many men have a stigma against therapy and mental health. To anyone dealing with issues such as these or any on campus at all, students can visit the Health and Wellness Center to talk to therapists that are on campus. The last session was a~out privilege and was given by Dr. Mia Briceno, an associate professor of communication studies at Wilkes. The presentation began with an activity, where each member of the audience took a bag and walked around the room to the papers on the wall that had different phrases about privilege in the country. Each paper had seven phrases and for every phrase that applied students would put a candy in their bag. Once the activity was over, everyone had pieces of candy. While some students had more pieces, all had the same general number. Briceno used this as a metaphor to highlight that everyone has privilege in some way. After this activity, many people in the audience shared their experiences of biases. This activity and the following discussion showed that everyone has different privileges compared to others, but understanding what that difference in privilege is, is necessary. Learning and understanding privilege is a tool for growth. Erica Acosta, director of Diversity Initiatives, said, "The Fourth Annual Diversity & Inclusion Student conference is an opportunity for students to engage in conversation about diversity and social justice topics.The conference is also an opportunity for our students to network with other students from other universities/colleges:' She continued, "The theme was 'Education is Key' because I feel education is important. It's important because education can open doors for our students in marginalized communities. @wilkesbeacon Zachary.Paraway@wilkes.edu The Beacon/ Emily Cherkaukas Woodly M. Augustin presented a segment on the Black Male Experience. �The Beacon - October 27, 2021 News 6 TheB · Celebrating the service and memory of Colin Powell By Genny Frederick News Editor General Colin L. Powell, former United States secretary of state, died on Oct 18. His family reported on Facebook that his death was the result of complications from COVID-19. Powell also had multiple myeloma and Parkinson's disease and his immunocompromised health put him at greater risk once contracting COVID. He was 84 when he died. Powell was born in 1937 and was raised in the South Bronx. He attended college at the City College of New York. During his time in college, he was also a member of ROTC and, upon graduation, received both a bachelor's degree in geology as well as a commission as an Army second lieutenant. He served two tours in Vietnam and, during the second tour, earned the Soldier's Medal for bravery after surviving and then rescuing three others from a helicopter crash. Powell returned to the United States and had his first position working with a president when President Richard Nixon appointed him a White House Fellowship. Powell then traveled to Germany to command the V Corps in Frankfurt, Germany. It was here that Lt. Col. Mark Kaster, professor of earth and environmental science and veteran's counselor, met Powell during a briefing. When asked about his experience serving under Powell, Kaster said, "He was a soldier's soldier. Powell looked out for his troops. They're the priority. When you're a commander, you want to make sure your people are taken care 0£ And when they're taken care of, they'll go the extra distance, the extra mile. They'll do those things that by themselves, they would think are impossible, but with good leadership, you can take the hill:' During Ronald Reagan's presidency, Powell was the National Security Advisor. Notably, he took part in negotiations with Mikhail Gorbachev over arms treaties. During the presidency of George H. W Bush, Powell was appointed a four-star general, serving as commander in chief of Forces Command He served in this position only briefly as he was appointed as Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff by Bush. Powell was the youngest officer and first African American to have this position. f During Powell's time as chairman that the U.S. was involved in conflicts such as the invasion of Panama and Operation Desert Storm. Dr. Andrew Miller, associate professor of political science, remarked on Powell's work in foreign and military policy. "The most important contribution of Colin Powell was his formulation of the Powell Doctrine, which argued that before any military action is taken, there should be clear foreign policy goals, o helming strike capability and public support;' said Miller. After spending much time in politics, many thoughthew9uldputinabidforthepresidency. However; Powell explained his distaste for politics pfevented him from running. Instead, he was appointed as Secretary of State under George W. Bush and held the position as the first Black secretary of state. The biggest stain on his record came during his time as Secretary of State when he claimed that there was proof that Iraq was holding weapons of mass destruction. In a United Nations meeting in 2003, Powell cited Iraqi defectors as proof that weapons of mass destruction were being created and stored by Saddam Hussein. Senate reports and other investigations found that this speech was composed of false information created to gain international support for an invasion of Iraq. In 2004 he testified before the Senate Governmental Affairs Committee reporting that these weapons were not likely to be found. While Colin Powell's life included much military and political work, his legacy lives on outside these areas. One of which is the Colin Powell School for Civic and Global Leadership at the City College of New York. The school houses the social science departments, leadership development and public service programs. The school mourns the loss of Powell, and in an online statement, told how he would never miss a graduation and would "show up early to meetings on campus so that he could stand in front of Shepard Hall and meet students as they walked by. Heu hear their stories and tell them his own:' Powell's long career can be seen as one of service to the country and its people. "We lost a national treasure:' said Kaster. @wilkesbeacon Graphic by Jack Malatesta CCDI holds virtual career, grad school and internship fair By AJ S ff W,Rubino . ta nter Wilkes University Center for Career Development and Internships hosted its annual Career, Grad School and Internship Fair on Oct. 21. The fair ran from 10 a.m. to 2 p.m. virtually. Students registered for the event on Handshake. After registration, students signed up for one-on-one events or group sessions that were available during the event. The virtual aspect created more flexibility for students. The virtual event was created in hopes to keep the students and community partners safe during COVID-19. This virtual medium also allowed students and employers to speak to each other without their masks on. "I was able to express a part ofmy personality during the meetings instead of submitting a paper resume;' said sophomore political science and history major Kaelin Hughes. "rn · a tim'e wh ere if these events were m · vve are m person, we would have to mask up. It is nice to see full faces for once:' In total, 319 students registered for the event, and 132 employers were also in attendance. Employers came to Wilkes from as nearby ass a few blocks away and asfar as California. Grad schools included Wilkes, West Chester, Widener and DeSales. Hughes spoke to Widener and Wake Forest in regards to their graduate law programs. "It benefited me a lot especially in what I want to do after my undergraduate career;' said Hughes. Some employers included the Times Leader, the US Navy and Deluxe Digital. Digital Deluxe, located in California hosted a hiring session during the event. Bryan Stevens explained that two of his teams had hiring positions. "We do a lot of work for Disney Plus and HBOMax," sai'd Stevens m · the group session. · The virtual medium can be difficult. Some employers and students encountered problems such as miscommunication of links for the event The event was live via Handshake, an app that allows students and employers to network remotely. However, a Zoom link was also sent out in case of troubleshooting. Some students and employers experienced confusion between the two links. "Next time we will make sure to send links out a few days prior to the event and explain thoroughly on what the link is for;' said Sharon Castano, director of internships and parent programs. "Of course, it is much more pleasant to talk with someone face to face, but we just have to do our best for now. I am hoping for a hybrid style fair next semester;' said Castano. Castano and the rest of the CCDI office are · on hostmg . another 1air '- in the spring. p1annmg The fair will have two parts: one in person and one online. Offering both options will allow interested students and employers who cannot travel or attend these events in person to still be able to communicate with each other remotely. Regardless of the issues, the event had a big turnout. In 2019 Castano explained that the in-person fair almost hit 500. During the pandemic, numbers went down, but for 319 this year, it is a bigger turnout than expected. "Were hoping to have over 500 students attend the spring," said Castano. With the numbers of attendants rising, the spring turnout looks promising. The Center for Career Development and Internships is hosting an open house on Nov. 5 from 1 p.m. to 3 p.m. More information about this open house can be found through wilkes.edu or to visit the Center itself for more information. FJ By~ Ass lot st le g g fi P. 1 �The Beacon - October 27, 2021 7 Life, Arts & Entertainment Life, Arts & Entertainment _____ Have any events or artists to be shared? Contact life. arts & entertainment editor: Jordan.Daniel@wilkes.edu Programming board hosts its annual Fall Fest event By Jordan Danlel Life, Arts & Entertainment Editor On Oct. 21, Programming Board held its annual Fall Fest event on the greenway for students to attend and enjoy some fallrelated activities. Many came out to take a break from their busy schedule, play games and eat some delicious free food. "I hope that this event would be a nice break from routine for students:' said junior pharmacy major and president of Programming Board Maddy Yeager. "I also hoped that the event would promote a sense of community on campus:' Fall Fest is a combination of many fall festivities, such as cornhole, a pie-eating contest and a donut on a string contest. A s'mores station, a caramel apple station and a dinner that included macaroni and cheese and pulled pork were provided. There was also a photo booth, a Plinko board, a mini pumpkin patch and pumpkin painting. "My favorite activity of Fall Fest is probably ' the mini pumpkin patch and the pumpkin painting;' said Yeager. "It's something different to do and I end up leaving the event with a cool keepsake that I made:' Past Fall Pests have garnered 100 to 1SO students; therefore, programming board was prepared to host the same amount of people for this year's Fall Fest. Almost every student who showed up was excited and they seemed to have participated in all the events. "Based on talking with friends, one of the activities I think students were the most excited for was the pie-eating contest;' said Ellie Preiss, a sophomore mechanical engineering and physics double major and small events chair on Programming Board. Since the event started at 7 p.m. it was getting dark outside on the greenway. However, that did not stop people from enjoying their time with their friends, eating food, dancing to music and doing some fall activities. "I went to Fall Fest because I thought it would be a fun way to spend time with Students are standing around an open grill, which was the s'mores station at Fall Fest. Marshmallows, chocolate, graham crackers and skewers were provided by programming board so students could make their own yummy s'mores. friends;' said junior biology major Hera Mukhtar. "I think the most fun activity was watching the different competitions:' Additionally, the events that Programming Board hosts are great for students because they are usually always free and it is a way for the whole campus to feel a sense of community. Those who missed out on Fall Fest and are still looking to get in on the fall fun should consider going to events that are associated with Freak Week. Programming board's Freak Week is an annual event and usually occurs during the last week of October. This year it began on Oct. 25, with a Mocktail Monday and a zombie mocktail vendor in the Henry Student Center. On Tuesday, there was a Murder Mystery event at 7 p.m. on Zoom. Students were able to work together to figure out who the murderer was. A door prize was also available to those students who attended. Wednesday is a Paint and Sip in the ballroom of the· Heiiry Student Center at 7 p.m. This event has a maximum of 50 people who can attend, so sign up at the welcome desk in the Henry Student Center as soon as possible if interested. The next day, Thursday, is Trick or Treat Bingo, and students are encouraged to wear their costumes to be entered in and win a bonus bingo board. Trick or Treat Bingo will be at 7 p.m. in the ballroom of the Henry Student Center. The last day of Freak Week, Friday, is a giveaway happening at 11 a.m. in the Henry Student Center. In order to receive the giveaway, students must have three out of four places hole punched on a punch card given out at the other events happening at the beginning of the week. For more information on Freak Week and other Programming Board events, follow their Instagram @wilkesupb. @wilkesbeacon Jordan.Daniel@wilkes.edu The Beacon/Nate Whitaker There were pumpkins at almost at every table at Fall Fest and of course there were some In the mini pumpkin patch. Students were allowed to pick out any one they wanted to paint with the paints and brushes that were provided. r �.J The Beacon - October 27, 2021 Life, Arts & Entertainment 8 Halloween Treat: Doggy Delicacies' mini PB apple bite snacks By Emlly Cherkauskas Editor-in-Chief An important part of the Halloween season is trying all the delicious treats and snacks that fit the spooky theme of the holiday. If your dog is uncooperative with costumes, this simple treat recipe will allow your pup to enjoy the Halloween season regardless. Ingredients: 2 apples 1/2 cup of peanut butter 2 tbsp coconut oil Pretzel sticks Mini dog treats Directions: First, clean your apples. In order to make the mini apple bites, you can use a cookie dough scooper, melon baller or spoon. Use your tool to carefully cut out the bite-sized pieces. Be careful to not cut too deep into the apple and gently cut to avoid too much apple juice leaking out. Rinse the apple bites to wash away the juice. As they are drying, you can move on to the next step. Combine the peanut butter and coconut oil in a small cup, deep enough to dip the apples in. Heat them in the microwave for up to 30 seconds to let the coconut oil melt. Mix together until homogenous. Take the pretzel sticks and stick them into the apples. Let the skin of the apple act as the bottom of the bite so stick the pretzel into the apple's flesh. Holding on the pretzel stick, dip the apples into the peanut butter and let the excess drip off. You might have to give the apples a gentle shake to get some of the excess away. Due to the number of apple bites and their sizes you can simply place them on a plate to let them harden. Once nothing is dripping, place them. You can also stick small dog treats onto the apples. You might have to use some of the peanut butter to act as an adhesive. Refrigerate the apple bites until they are fully cooled and hardened. Notes: I recommend using gala apples for their sweetness but it can depend on what your dog prefers. Original recipe adapted from GQpe to the Snow Dogs Do I the endzo of six yard quarter. As Rod double-ch never be fi "I've o Rodgers s Rodgers 6,208 yar the Bears. the Bears i Rodgers t Bowl. The Be rivalry in for Packe the Pack the Rodg~ Packers M @wilkesbeacon Emily. Cherkauskas@wilkes.edu Dogs wlll love these dellclous mini apple peanut butter bites for Halloween. Arlel C 0 B �9 Life, Arts & Entertainment The Beacon - October 27, 2021 Students share unique ways to get in the Halloween.spirit Many are excited to celebrate their favorite holiday By Lauren Gardner Staff Writer Halloween is here again. People of all ages enjoy Halloween as there is so much to do this time of the year. Haunted houses, pumpkin patches, apple picking, hayrides and corn mazes are just a few common favorites. Northeastern Pennsylvania is surrounded by beautiful mountains, which makes this time of the year always scenic as the leaves change colors. Plus, children always look forward to the time of year when they can choose to dress up as their favorite character and go trick-or-treating. After all, who doesn't like free candy? Although COVID-19 has made it challenging to keep the tradition of trickor-treating alive, it is always something to look forward to. While children enjoy these activities, adults look forward to annual pumpkin spice lattes and hard apple cider. During this time of year people also enjoy football games, especially the community here on campus. There are several local farms that offer a variety of activities. So m e of these activities include picking apples and picking pumpkins. "Carving pumpkins and sitting around a campfire with family and friends on a chilly night is always fun;' said their favorite creators' TikToks on Halloween outfits and click the Amazon link, which will lead them to the exact outfit or accessory that they would like to replicate. "I love seeing the creativity of other costumes and I enjoy dressing up and having a good time with my friends;' said junior computer science major, Tori Duffy. "Fall is definitely my favorite season." Whether it is enjoying a pumpkin spice latte or dressing up with your friends, the fall season and Halloween is a great way to come together and make memories. "My favorite thing about this time of year is being able to drink lots of apple cider and wear comfy clothes;' said junior nursing major Lizzy Antes. "I also celebrate Halloween by dressing up and hanging out with my friends. I look forward to sitting by the fireplace and watching movies:' Other fun things people enjoy are the Halloween pop-up stores. communication studies alum, Maria DiBou. DiBou also enjoys all of the fall foliage that Northeastern Pennsylvania has to offer. Moreover, some more indoor Halloween activities that people enjoy are watching Halloween movies. "I love watching bad vampire and sci-fl movies from the 1970s and 1980s during this time of year:' said communication studies alum, Toni Pennello. Carving pumpkins on the morning of Halloween is a tradition of Pennello. Halloween parties and costume contests are always a fun way to celebrate Halloween with friends. Halloween is a holiday people enjoy because it allows them to get creative and express themselves. People get to collaborate with their friends by wearing matching costumes, dressing as their favorite characters and of course, taking pictures for Instagram. While most people purchase their costumes at the Halloween stores that pop up during this time of the year, thrifting different pieces for your costume has been increasingly popular throughout th last several years. To find inspiration for a costlflne, some scroll through Pint ere st or Instagram for some ideas and create different boards to pinpoint the exact look they may be going for. Also, in the past couple of years, people havt!' begun to · urn to TikTok for ideas O O . Many c a n s e e Lauren.Gardner@wilkes.edu Graphic by Zoey Rosensweet Premium Student Housing II t "I love Spirit Halloween and Halloween City;' said musical theater and creative writing alum Madison Black. "Just seeing a variety of other stores designate an area to costumes, candy and other scary decor is my absolute favorite:' Black usually celebrates this time of the year by getting together multiple Halloween costumes for a variety of parties or attending "The Rocky Horror Picture Show:' "This year, I am unfortunately working every single weekend in October for a Halloween event at my work;' said Black. However, this does not stop her festive Halloween spirit. As Black is employed by Great Wolf Lodge, each night she tries to do an elaborate or eccentric face painting for the children at her job. This goes to show that, despite restrictions or other obligations, it is still possible to enjoy Halloween, even in the simplest of ways. i FURNISHED ALL INCLUSIVE 1-4+ BR Apartment and Mansion style living LEASE NOW FOR MAY 20 Move in! www.znproperties.com 57 -5 2-31 3 Close to classes... closer to home! �The Life, Arts & Entertainment The Beacon - October 27, 2021 · Liz's Craft Corner: Halloween pumpkin yarn garland By Liz Cherlnka Social Media Manager Step 1= Wrap the yarn around four fingers about 100 times untll a large spool forms. Wrap the yarn around the center of the spool, pull It off the hand, and double knot It around the middle. Readjust to form a pumpkin shape. Step 2: Thread the pipe cleaner through the mlddle loop under the knot and wrap It around Itself. Bend It to form a stem shape. Cut the excess yarn from the knot and the end of the spool. Step 3: Continue making the pumpkins repeating the previous steps untll there are enough to fill the garland. Step 4: Thread the twine through the middle knot underneath the pipe cleaner. Continue this for each of the pumpkins. , Halloween is almost here, and that means it is a perfect time for one more spooky DIY decoration. This pumpkin yarn garland is easy to do and is perfect for a last-minute party decoration that is sure to amaze your Halloween party guests. · The required supplie r the pumpkin yarn garland are orange yarn, green pipe cleaners, twine an~ scissors. There are not many supplies or any expensiv · ones, which makes this craft affordable, costing less t4an $10. These supplies can be found at any craft store, such as Joann Fabrics, Michaels or Amazon. The first step is making the pumpkins out of yarn. Grab the orange yarn and begin to wrap that around four fingers on your hand. Keep your fingers flat and do not wrap the yarn too tight that it moves your fingers. Continue to wrc!1p the yarn about 100 times or until there is a large amount around your fi g rs. Cut the yarn to finish the body of the pumpkin but keep the spool to tie it together. Thread the yarn through the middle and ring fingers from the back of the hand, wrap it around the middle in front and back through the middle and ring fingers to meet the other end in the back. Tie a knot with the two ends of the yarn wrapped around the spool. Once there is a knot at least holding it loosely together, pull the yarn off of the hand and tie this knot tighter. Double knot it as tight as it can be. Cut any excess yarn left from making the knot or any stray pieces. Next, adjust the yarn ball to spread it out so that the two halves meet. This should create a somewhat flattened ball with the yarn that resembles the general oblong shape of a pumpkin. Adjust any stray pieces of yarn to get the desired shape. Now, it is time to make the stem. Grab the green pipe cleaner and cut it into thirds. Thread the pipe cleaner through the middle string, holding the pumpkin together on top by the knot that was made. Fold the pipe cleaner in half around the string and wrap it around itself so that it becomes one stick. Then, bend the pipe cleaner over to create a stem shape. Each stem can be different and unique on each pumpkin. Some can be short, long, have multiple twists, etc. The pumpkin should definitely be apparent at this step. Do any final adjustments to get the desired pumpkin shape. Repeat these steps for the amount of desired pumpkins for the garland. This can be time-consuming and tedious, but it is relaxing, which makes it a nice spooky stress reliever. Once there are enough pumpkins, it is time to make the garland. Grab the twine and thread this through the middle string on each pumpkin underneath where the pipe cleaner is placed. Thread each pumpkin onto the twine and adjust the spacing of the pumpkins as desired. The garland can be short and have the pumpkins close together, or they can be longer with them being more spaced out. Once the pumpkins are all on the garland, cut the excess twine and feel free to display that final spooky touch for Halloween. @wilkesbeacon Elizabeth.Cherinka@wilkes.edu Share your spooky Halloween crafts with us! J Tag us on our Instagram account @wilkesbeacon with your craft! # LizsCraftColumn Step 5: Hang the finished garland for a final spooky touch! �The Beacon - October 27, 2021 EARTHSHOT, from front By 2030, the Earthshot Prize hopes to protect and restore nature, clean the air, revive the oceans, build a waste-free world and fix the climate. The council, which selects the finalists and winners of the prizes, is composed of 15 influential individuals who are committed to campaigning positive actions in the environment. The Earthshot Prize ceremony completed a 10-month global search with more than 750 nominations around the world. The winners each receive £ 1 million ($1.4 million) in prize money, a medal and a network of support to produce their environmental solutions. The finalists will receive tailored support to help scale their solutions and create a huge impact with their groundbreaking work despite not winning the award. The Republic of Costa Rica won the Protect and Restore Nature award, Takachar won the Clean our Air award, Cora Vita won the Revive our Oceans award, The City of Milan Food Waste Hubs won the Build a Waste-Free World award and Aem Electrolyser won the Fix our Climate award. Celebrities joined Prince William and Catherine, Duchess of Cambridge, on the red carpet including Emma Watson, Emma Thompson, David Oyelowo, Jessica Oyelowo, Mo Salah, Dani Alves, Joana Sanz, Yemi Alade, KSI, Sadiq Khan and Saadiya Khan. At the event, Emma Watson was the biggest celebrity to turn heads. 11 Life, Arts & Entertainment Until this event, Watson had not been on the red carpet since the premiere of the movie "Little Womer{ in 2019. Watson is an English actress and activist who has gained recognition for her roles in blockbuster and independent films. She is known for her acwve participation in womens rights but is best known for her acting in the films "Perks of Being a Wallflower;' "Beauty and the Beast,, and the "Harry Potter,, frapchise. Watson's outfft made a large statement in regard to the goal of the Earthshot Prize, which is to save the planet and care for the environment. Watson wore an outfit by London designer Harris Reed, who is known for designs that do not conform to a specific gender. According to Harper's BAZAAR, Watson wore a white gown with black flared trousers. The dress had an open back, floral detailing and a tulle skirt made of 10 upcycled wedding dresses from Oxfam. "I really like the white lace cut at the shoulders along with the open back;' said Jaden Greco, a sophomore pharmacy major. "I think the front may contain too much material at the chest which draws away from hair and makeup but overall a beautiful cut and color for her complexion and haircut:' However, Watson was not the only one serving up looks on the red carpet. The Duchess of Cambridge wore a memorable red carpet look that was previously worn in 2011. The Duchess wore a lilac Alexander McQueen dress that features a wide boat neck collar and is cinched around the waist with an elaborate belt. This dress was created by one of the royal family's favorite designers, Sarah Burton. Meanwhile, Prince William contrasted with an emerald green blazer that was layered over a black turtleneck and black trousers. The Earthshot Prize will be making its way to the United States for its second annual awards ceremony in 2022. To find out more about The Earthshot Prize, please visit earthshotprize.org. Morgan.Rich@wilkes.edu Graphic by Jack Malatesta Viral TikTok dog determines people's days, mental health Learning how to make the most of a "bones day" or "no bones day" By Cassidy Taylor Staff Writer If you have not already heard of Noodle the Pug, you are going to want to get familiar with what a "bones day,, or "no bones day,, is. Head to Jonathan Graziano's account (@jongraz) on the TikTok app and you will see that, every morning, Noodle's owner checks to see if his 13-year-old pug woke up with bones or not and shares the video on TikTok. Graziano picks up Noodle's body and sits him up, and if the pug falls right back over, that means it is a "no bones day;' and if he stays sitting up, that means it is a "bones day:' This silly idea has taken over TikTok, and people are making decisions about their day based on what Noodle does in these videos. A ~'no bones day,, ~enerally consists_ of relaxmg, self-care, kindness and bemg comfortable. A "bones day,, is about productivity, going out and t~ating yourself. Here are some ideas 9f what to do on each type of day. Since a "no bones day,, is meant for relaxing d self-care, they are the best for staying tn comfortable clothes, being at home and filling your own cup. "No bones days,, are suitable to make your state of well-being the top priority. You can do simple things like light your favorite candle, drink lots of water, catch up on your favorite TV show or take a nap. If you would like to take your "no bones day,, one step further, you can do some true meditation and self-reflection. Find a comfortable place to sit where you can have your feet on the floor and your back straight. Having your feet placed firmly on the floor helps to keep you grounded and your back straight helps you to feel powerful and more confident. Then, close your eyes, inhale through your nose for five seconds, hold your breath for three seconds and then exhale through your mouth for seven seconds. Exhaling longer than you inhale can actually help to lower your heart rate, which lowers stress. Spend some time doing this breathing exercise, and once you feel ready, grab a notebook and write down three things you are grateful for, three things you are proud of and three short-term goals you have. You can save those goals and stash them away to go after on the next bones day. Some other great journaling prompts to help you reflect on dur~ng your "no bones,, relaxation are writing a letter to your IO-year-old self, writing a letter to your future self or answering the question: "what does your life look like when you are at your best?" Many people feel that Noodle the Pug and his "bones or no bones day,, predictions have brought a lot of joy to their lives. "I just think it's a fun, cute way to determine the kind of day you'll have, kind of like a daily horoscope, except it's an elderly pug;' said senior psychology major, Alison Gardner. "The world is so divided, but it's nice to see an elderly pug that no one has ever met before bring everyone together:' @wilkesbeacon Cassidy.Taylor.@wilkes.edu �_J The Beacon - October 27, 2021 Sports 12 �12 The Beacon - October 27, 2021 Sports 13 oca , 1. Trick or treaters entered in through the gates. 2. Siblings Brenna and Colton Babcock both represented their respective teams at the SAAC event. 3. en's Lacrosse w~nt as Mario Bros. 4. WIH debuted Shrek at the event. 5. Mary Simmons, PPD 101 teacher enjoyed her time with her kids at the event 6. MBB, allegedly, were pirates at the trick or treat event. 7. MBB Coach Izzi Metz posed with his kids and their friends. 8. Tess Edwards and Erin Shober (WBB) were estatic to be volunteering. 9. Children from all over the area came to the event to get candy for Halloween. 10. MSOC Christopher Weed was found lounging poolside with the beach theme. 11. WBB dressed as "tacky tourists". Photos: Ariel.Reed@Wilkes.edu Page Design/Layout: Mia.Walker@wilkes.edu r �.J The Beacon - October 27, 2021 Opinion 14 Opinion Have an opinion or want to write a guest column? Contact the opinion editor: Breanna.Ebisch@wilkes.edu Editorial Staff 2021-22 MANAGERIAL STAFF Editor..in-Chief - Emily Cherkauskas Managing Editor - Sean Schmoyer Social Media Man~r - Liz Cherinka Adviser ... Dr. Kalen Churcher SECTION EDITORS News - Genevieve Frederick LA&E • Jordan Daniel Opinion - Breanna Ebisch Sports -Ariel Reed Lead Designers Mia Walker & Zoey Rosensweet Associate Editor Sports - Christopher Gowarty Maiafaflt Editor News .. Maddy Kinard Sports"' Saylee Guedes Section Staff Wrltens Opinion - Lindsey Scorey Sports - Jason Eberhart Interested In joining The Beacon? To learn more about what you can do, contact: EmHy.Cherkauskas@wilkes.edu or Kalen.Churcher@wllkes.edu 141 S. Main Street Clayton and Theresa Karambelas Media & Communication Center Wilkes Univel'$ity Wilkes-Barre, PA 18766 Phone - (570) 408-5903 www.thewilkesbeacon.com Want to advertise in The Beacon? Contact: Sean Schmoyer at Sean.Schmoyer@wilkes.edu The Beacon Est.1936 Pa. Newspaper Assodation Member Ihe Beacon editorial will not run this week; it will return in our next issue 'Halloween Kills' Murderously good and nostalgic By Hannah Simerson Staff Writer A week ago, the highly anticipated "Halloween Kills" movie hit theaters across the country. With Halloween right around the corner, what better time for the boogeyman to terrorize the big screen again? "Halloween Kills" picks up right where "Halloween" (2018) left off. We follow the three Strode women as they let their guard down, believing they killed Michael Meyers in an elaborate trap, only to put their guard right back up again when they realize that Meyers survived. Once the town learns of his return to Haddonfield, they fopn a mob of protestors to ensure " that "evil dies tonight:' What ensues is pure chaos until the very last moment. The film throws a bone to its fans by bringing back some of the characters from the 1978 film. Tommy Doyle, the young boy whom Laurie is babysitting in the original "Halloween" film makes another appearance in the new adaptation. Lindsey Wallace, another young child whose babysitter was killed by Meyers, makes her return to Haddonfield. Lonnie Elam, Nurse Chambers and Sheriff Brackett also join in this film. "Halloween Kills" is laden with the nostalgia that makes fans adore the original films. The film incorporates many flashbacks to the original night of Halloween in 1978. Audiences get an unfamiliar perspective of some of the events from that night and learn more about what makes Meyers tick. There is something to be said about the fact that this series transcends the boundaries of time. We entered the world of Haddonfield, Ill., back in 1978, and we are just as invested in 2021. This is every filmmaker's dream: to have your so evil that his wickedness made the story eternalized across generations residents turn into moral monsters too, mar)s true creative success. but it felt very artificial. Once again, if this I !;lave very conflicting feelings about were a standalone film, this plot would this film. As a horror movie buff, I tend have really worked for me. Knowing to be extremely critical of films that pay how the "Halloween" movies operate and homage to classic horror characters. I will the formula that audiences have grown say this: as a standalone film, "Halloween accustomed to, changing it in this way felt Kills" was great. It did everything that unnatural. I needed it to do for me. I was scared; I The one aspect that I feel completely was invested in the plot; I shared in the redeemed the sub-par plot for me was characters' sadness; and I laughed with how brutal Michael Meyers was in this them. If this were the only "Halloween" film. We saw him use weapons and movie ever made, it would be a knockout methods he never had before and, more for me. .than ever, he seemed completely detached However, it was not a standalone film. from any mercy. At this poi , viewers are used to the I especially appreciated this since dynamic between Laurie and Meyers; you Meyers often gets a bad rep for not being cannot have a "Halloween" film without scary enough. They really tapped into his the two of them battling it out. But, fear potential and showed a new side to that's just what they did with "Halloween the man behind the mask. Kills:' There are no scenes with Laurie I will not share spoilers, but the ending and Meyers in this film. In fact, Laurie is sequence was one of my favorite moments hardly in it at all. in any "Halloween" film. Nobody is safe Everyone loves a good final girl, and to and this part showed us just how true it is. practically render her useless in this film It certainly sets up a great storyline for the put me off from the very start. Sure, it next film and I am excited to see it play shows that she is human, but final girls out. I love when horror films throw in a are never supposed to sit back and let massive curveball, so while the rest of my others do their bidding. Portraying her in group was disappointed in the ending, I this way made me detached from the plot, thought it was screenwriting genius. as her performance is what I look forward Overall, I rate "Halloween Kills" four to the most when I watch out of five stars. I think if you are a lifelong these films. fan of horror films, you might have the The mob same gripes as I do, but if you just want subplot really to see a movie to get in the Halloween rubbed me spirit, you will love every bit of it. From the wrong the humor to the strong female leads, to way as well. the returning characters and, of course, I get that the kills, "Halloween Kills" is a solid film. the writers You can watch "Halloween Kills" on wanted to the big screen or at home on the Peacock show how streaming service. @wilkesbeacon Hannah.Simerson@wilkes.edu �The Beacon - October 27, 2021 Opinion i's 1ewhat !mbles npkin. ;et the 1d cut leaner ~g the i knot ner in round < ver to an be 1pkin. 1ltiple ly be final npkin nt of This iious, a. nice s, it is twine tring e the twine pkins rt and ► r, or more the I feel :hfor .. �_J Opinion The Beacon - October 27, 2021 16 Dean's Deep DiVes: Yung Lean, the bard of a sad generation By Dean Bowen Staff Writer The internet has provided a route to fame for innumerable artists, especially in music. Streaming services are more accessible to independent musicians than ever and social media provides a ready-made platform to grow your esteem. The prototype for this system looked far different, however. Out of this early web of internet subculture and innovation came Yung Lean, Swedish cloud rap pioneer and pillar of internet music subculture. Lean's discography is vast, encompassing ten albums, eight years and countless genre shifts. This prolificity has not come without a cost, for behind the music lies a story of tragedy, drug abuse and finding meaning. Through the following ten songs I will tell this story, giving a chronological introduction to the life and music of one of the most lasting and talented names in alternative hip-hop. acclaimed blend of cloud rap and Houston drill, "Rodeo:' in the year after working with SBE in Sweden. Sound thievery aside, "Ghosttown'' is a demonstration of Lean's ability to shift his sound at will, ignoring the binds of genre and effortlessly providing hits. 4. "Hoover" - "Warlord" Following the success of "Unknown Death 2002:' Lean moved from Stockholm to Miami, Florida. It was in Miami that Lean's lifestyle rather quickly caught up to him. While working on "Warlord;' Lean's numerous drug addictions ended up nearly killing him via an overdose. Immediately following his subsequent hospitalization, Lean's longtime friend and manager Barron them that even during his hospitalization they were all he thought about. The track also features fellow SBE member Bladee, a poprap innovator in his own right. Underneath the cheerful enamourment of "Hennessy & Sailor Moon'' and other tracks off "Frost God;' however, it was becoming more and more evident that Lean had not yet recovered fully from the tragedy of Miami. 6. "Hotel in Mill&'' - "Psychopath Ballads" Briefly escaping 'the Yung Lean title and releasini ':Psychopath Ballads" in summer 2017 under an alteration of his real name (jonatail leandoer96 being the chosen pseudonym), Lean took this EP as a chance to 1. "Lemonade" - "Unknown Death 2002" 2. "Kyoto" - "Kyoto" 3. "Ghosttown" - "Unknown Memory" "Unknown Memory'' is possibly the closest thing to a proper rap album that Lean has ever put out. Seeking a more mainstream sound with his own twist on it, "Ghosttown'' was yet another evolution in form, with Lean dropping his signature aloof delivery in favor of a more pointed flow. "Ghosttown'' - also features a pre-superstardom Travis , S~ott, who would go on to drop a critically 8. ~gony" - "Stranger" Along with honesty comes pain, and ''.Agony" is the perfect embodiment. Quite simply, this song hurts. Lean sings truthfully over a stripped-down instrumental composed mainly of an intentionally out-of-tune piano, with a revitalized lyrical performance unavoidable in its scale and ability. Lean even finds time amongst his nuanced descriptions of mania to fit in a poignant quotable, with "Can't write a song, only do hooks:' Both referencing a common criticism he received in his earlier career and emphasizing his inability to see anything through due to his mental state. This displays a brutal candor that Lean picked up on his journey to stability. 9. "Bender++Girlfriend" - "Poison Ivy" Lean's time in the spotlight began early, first gaining popularity on the internet in 2013 at the age of 17. "Unknown Death 2002" was his first proper introduction as an artist, and it delivered on that front. Produced by fellow Sad Boys Entertainment (SBE) member Sherman and featuring fellow Swede Baba Stiltz, "Lemonade" is a demonstration of Lean's ability to captivate the ear. Recorded in a rudimentary home studio, what it lacks in serious content it makes up for in unreplicable creativity. Released as a single in the months following "Unknown Death 2002:• "Kyoto" was a clear sign that Lean was refining his sound. Enlisting another phenomenally talented SBE producer in Gud, "Kyoto" is to this day Lean's most popular track Finding his confidence in success, Lean buzzes over a synthheavy beat, proclaiming his hatred towards criticism, his love of recreational drugs and his indifference towards fame. "Kyoto's" brief stay as a mainstream hit further popularized Lean, beginning a gradual accumulation of stress and addiction that would plague his career for years to come. Philadelphia while touring "Warlord:' "Red Bottom Sky" was a rejuvenation of Lean's sound, proving he finally was taking himself (and his art) seriously. Machat was killed in a car accident. Upon this tragic chain of events, Lean disappeared into isolation in Sweden, leaving Gud and Sherman to finish "Warlord:' It is haunting to hear this startlingly manic, chaotic record knowing the circumstances that it was created in. Despite this, "Hoover" and "Warlord" as a whole was a driving, invigorating change in direction for Lean, proving that he could develop his sound beyond cloud rap. 5. "Hennessy & Sailor Moon" - "Frost God" Following the events surrounding "Warlord;' Lean remained surprisingly upbeat. Released in late 2016 about 10 months after "Warlord;' "Hennessy & Sailor Moon'' was the lead single for "Frost God:' Delivering a potent ballad over an ethereal beat, Lean reminisces over a lover, reminding be more open and honest. "Hotel in Minsk" is a stellar example of this shift, as Lean waxes poetic about love, loss, and the pain that his mental illness and addiction have caused him over a simplistic piano beat. He seemed to finally be opening up, a trend he would continue to great esteem despite the inherent somber nature of the resulting music. 7. "Red Bottom Sky'' - "Stranger" With his reinventive tendencies in mind, it was clear that "Stranger" was to be Lean's biggest shift in sound yet, beginning with its lead single. "Red Bottom Sky" caused a stir upon its release, with a refreshing sound and a refined focus. Over a gorgeous Gud instrumental, Lean serenades the listener with lamentations of loss, self-introspection, and a reference to an attempted shooting perpetrated on him and his friends in Coming off the cathartic experience that was "Stranger:' Lean sought yet another sound to experiment with. He found his answer in SBE member and producer Whitearmor, who executively produced every song on "Poison Ivy:' This focus allowed for a more detailed delve into a gothic sound that he had touched on before, with the second half of this splittrack especially showing both Whitearmor's ridiculous ability at production and Lean's ability to sound good on any instrumental he chooses. I 0. "Sunset Sunrise" - "Stan" "Starz" gives the listener Lean at his happiest, finally sober and relatively in control of his demons. With the album art being a simple lightly edited picture of himself (borrowing a concept from his jonatan leandoer96 run), the project is authentic to its core. "Sunset Sunrise" is a standout, with a hauntingly beautiful Whitearmor instrumental supporting Lean's use of religious metaphor to signify his departure from his previous chosen subject of worship, recreational drugs. Rapping it up Perhaps the most impressive aspect of Lean's career is that although it spans over eight years and counting, he is still only twenty-five years old. He has the experience and ability of a veteran with the energy and drive of an unproven rookie and is sure to continue to provide some of the most sonically interesting music available. No matter how much the industry shifts around him, Lean will undoubtedly continue to be a trailblazer for years to come. Photos courtesy of the artist Dean.Bowen@wilkes.edu �L 8 The Beacon - October 27, 2021 17 Opinion Does Aaron Rodgers own the Chicago Bears? A clear answer By Zara Lantzman Staff Writer On Oct. 17, Aaron Rodgers trotted into the endzone for a rushing touchdown of six yards at the bottom of the fourth quarter. As Rodgers did his iconic discount double-check celebration, in the stands, Bears fans flipped Rodgers off. Rodgers then retaliated with a quote that will never be forgotten. 'Tve owned you all my f-ing life:' Rodgers said. "I own you. I still own you:' Rodgers has a career record of 22-5, 6,208 yards and 57 touchdowns against the Bears. One of those wins was against the Bears in the 2010 NFC Championship. Rodgers then went on to win the Super Bowl. The Bears and Packers have the oldest rivalry in the NFL. The current record for Packers versus Bears is 102-95-6 with the Packers leading the series. Before the Rodgers era, the all-time record for Packers versus Bears was 80-90-6 with the Bears leading the series. Rodgers completely turned this entire series around with the Bears. Every game for Rodgers against the Bears is special. One of the greatest games he has ever played was on Nov. 9, 2014. The game was known as the "Sunday Night Massacre:' The Packers led the Bears 42-0 at halftime. Halftime. Rodgers threw for 315 yards and 6 touchdowns in one half. That is unheard of. The Packers ended up winning that game with a final score of 55-14. One of my all-time favorite Rodgers versus the Bears moments was a week one opener on Sunday night football on Sept. 10, 2018. A game that can never be forgotten. Rodgers was coming off a season where he was out due to a broken collarbone. With nine minutes left in the second quarter, the Packers were down to the Bears 10-0. Rodgers got sacked by defensive tackle Roy Robertson-Harris and injured his knee he play. Packers backup quarterback Deshone Kizer came in for the injured R~gers and fumbled on his first drive. Kizer's next possession ended in an interception for a touchdown. The Packers were down 17 -0 at halftime. After being carted to the locker room before the half, Rodgers then comes back onto the field, walking on one leg and gets the biggest standing ovation he has ever had. You can see the fear in Bears fan's eyes when he walked in. The Bears' first drive of the half ended in a field goal, and the game looked over after the Bears had a lead of 20-0. That, however, was far from the truth. Rodgers on one leg single-handedly brought the Packers back from the deficit. The Packers only scored a field goal on their first drive but that one score started to give them momentum. At the start of the fourth quarter, Rodgers threw an absolute laser to the back right corner of the end zone to wide receiver Jieronimo Allison for a touchdowrr: " Following the touchdown, on the next Packers drive, they scored again with a touchdown pass for 12 yards to wide receiver Davante Adams. The score was 20-17 with nine minutes left in the game. The Bears got a field goal on their next drive to bring the score to 23-17 with two minutes left in the game. Rodgers and the Packers started their two-minute drill. The first play started off with a dropped interception by Bears cornerback Kyle Fuller. In the very next play, wide receiver Randall Cobb runs across the middle of the field for a slant and takes it 75 yards for a touchdown. That touchdown brought the final score to 24-23 Packers. Aaron Rodgers, on one leg, brought the Packers back from a 20-3 deficit going into the fourth quarter. If that is not owning the Bears, then I do not know what is. Aaron Rodgers owning the Bears is a yearly occurrence as they play twice a year. Rodgers will continue to own the Bears until he retires. A record of 22-5 just says it all. - @wilkesbeacon Zara.Lantzman@wilkes.edu We want to hear your vpice! Join the Opinion sec " · 'n! Let your thoughts be known within the community. · .. CONTACT: Opinion Editor: Breanna.Eblsch@wllke , du r �The Beacon - October 27, 2021 18 Opinion Why Wilkes should offer American sign lcinguage classes By Lindsey Scorey Opinion Staff Writer American Sign Language, the predominant gestural language used by the deaf community in the United States, has become a dynamic part of creating an inclusive society. Yet, many education systems still lack sufficient classes in ASL even though it is arguably just as much a necessity as any other language. I wish I could say I have always been an outspoken advocate of ASL as a language requirement or elective in schools, but it began in high school when it was finally offered as an extra-curricular and was not sufficiently taught. Once an individual passes puberty it is statistically harder to develop fluent language skills. However, ASL incorporates a variety of expressional and spatial techniques that can be beneficial at any age. If other languages are learned at different points in life, ASL seems to be no different, if not better to take on now. It is never too late to learn, as my family and I are finally planning on taking classes this coming year. I have a baby cousin who will likely learn and use ASL in the future. While I have always wanted to have a background in ASL, this circumstance feels like the perfect opportunity to become more inclusive and fluent. I was thinking, however, that I wish I could capitalize on the education I am already paying for to fulfill this need. This newfound realization made me ponder, why do more universities and colleges not offer classes in ASL? I remember in my high school years of competing in speech and debate, a competitor and friend of mine had told me she was going to university and majoring in ASL. I can still remember the fascination I had when she told me this and I had yet to ever even take a class or at the least self-learn through YouTube and/or the internet in general. Since then, my subtle research began. The benefits of learning ASL are numerous, whether it were to be offered as a language requirement or elective option at colleges and universities. Inclusivity is typically first and foremost on the minds of those learning it. Wilkes does pride itself in being an inclusive and diverse campus, so expanding disability services to the deaf community and those who wish to support through ASL acquisition seems more than appropriate. To disclaim this notion, I am not aware of the full package of disability services offered to individual students in the deaf community here on campus, but for this article's purposes, I am simply discussing the broader education of ASL to the campus as a whole. In talking about inclusion, ASL also enriches interpersonal relationships. Whether it is through expanding learning to new relationships or practicing better communication with those in the deaf community, it is an all-around win. ASL has also been proven to create longterm cognitive skills, making it a mindstrengthening tool. If you wish to see all the positive outcomes of ASL acquisition just open the internet and watch your similar to how other departments and language courses run. Perhaps a basic course, such as an ASL 101, could lay down all the groundwork, fundamentals and give a solid foundation for greater learning just as with any other language. Then it could expand to higher-level courses. ASL could even become a minor and so on, the educational domino effect continues. I would imagit?{, if this were brought to fruition, m.ost students would choose to take the 101 course only. Usually, when a s dent takes a language class they do not;come out a fluent speaker, but can at least communicate and understand basic phrases such as greetings and common questions. ASL foundational classes would be similar in that a student could likely remember the alphabet or be able time fly by, as there are many. In communication studies, we always discuss how to expand our audiences and develop better skills in expression and personal relations. ASL utilizes this beautifully and allows all majors and students to learn these techniques if it were to be offered. Now, I recognize this would require the university to likely have to hire a new professor and/or maneuver services and language requirements, but this does not seem too unreasonable a request. It has been done in the past for other departments, so why not continue the enrichment? If Wilkes were to offer ASL courses, it feels only appropriate that it be done to properly greet someone in the deaf community after taking the class. This is a win in my book, no matter how small. But would the courses be popular? I imagine making it an optional degree requirement would give it just as much popularity as Spanish, French or philosophy, which are three of the options as of now for those required to take a language course. As I began crafting the idea for this article, many students had reached out to me or said in passing how wonderful it would be to have the option to take an ASL class here at the university level. Adding it to the normal semester course load would take away that financial barrier if it did exist. Many excuses, such as ones I have even made for myself like time or money, would become minute. Danielle Morris, junior digital design and media art major, believes that bringing ASL classes to campus is a great idea. Morris explained that the only program she had offered for ASL was in high school, lasting roughly an hour a week and was not as thorough as she would have liked it to be. "If I had the option, I totally would have taken it as my language requirement. I didn't mind taking a language I was somewhat familiar with from high school, but college is all about trying new things and broadening your horizons;' she stated. "Even if it weren't offered as a requirement option, I think having it as an elective option gives students the opportunity to learn something that is not only out of their comfort zones but also something that they may find themselves using in the future:' A fascinating and important point that Morris brought up was the impact of COVID-19 and mask-wearing on the deaf community. "I would assume it's even more important now that people are able to communicate with ASL because of mask mandates - if someone who relies on ASL can't read lips with masks on, I would imagine it's frustrating to communicate with someone who does not know ASL;' said Morris. Having students who know the basics of communicating ASL and even some hopefully who become fluent would be a win-win for the university. Wilkes provides a broader education curriculum and also becomes more inclusive to current and incoming students. It can even become a great marketing tool for bringing in students who have hearing impairments and practice ASL or even for those who have had similar experiences to those mentioned and want an educational experience in ASL. Considering all the benefits and possible solutions ASL could bring to not just our campus, but all social relationships and communities alike, it feels like it should not be an if, but rather a when we decide to implement ASL instruction. Graphic by Jack Malatesta Lindsey.Scorey@wilkes.edu �The Beacon - October 27, 2021 19 Sports Sports Want your sport covered? Deserve to be Athlete of the Week? Contact the Sports Editor Ariel.Reed@wilkes.edu FH: Wilkes goes 2-0 on week against MAC Freedom opponents By Baylee Guedes Asst. Sports Editor ' The field hockey team went 2-0 this week in the MAC Freedom after beating King's College on Oct. 20 and DeSales University on Oct. 23. "I knew this was going to be a big one (game) and I expected to see King's have one of their best games;' said head coach Charlotte MacDonald. ''Any conference win always feels good but beating a dose rival just added to it. The game was a really strong team effort and a lot of runs and work from all lines:' The Wilkes and King's battle of the Barre started off with multiple fouls for both teams, leading to scoring positions on both sides of the field. The Monarchs took eight shots on goal but the Colonel's defense and sophomore goalie Carly Eidle blocked all of the attempts. The Blue and Gold attacked King's defense with three strategic shot attempts, senior forward Morghan Murphy drilled one in right past sophomore Monarch goalie Ellie Glatz. This was Murphy's ninth goal of the season with an assist by first year midfielder Bridget Rosenfeld. "I knew early on we had to come out strong and put one on the board;' said Murphy. "I was able to do so by having a strong shot from the top of the circle in our first penalty corner:' The second and third quarters were scoreless for both Wilkes and Kings. The Colonels had three shot attempts to King's 11, but both defenses fought back to keep the ball out of the goal. Penalties were called consistently on both sides of the field as both teams were aggressive on the ball in an attempt to claim the "Barre" title. The fourth quarter's intensity brought Wilkes to the winners circle as they held the Monarchs to a scoreless match. The final score read 1-0 and the Colonels took the title of"Wilkes Barre:' The hometown rivalry is always strong between Wilkes and King's, but this win was especially important for Murphy as her family consists of all King's alumni. 'i\s the 'rebel' of my family, nothing feels better than beating King's as the little familyfun rivalry,' said Murphy. "Every year, King's brings their A game against us and tonight we were able to fight back with a win:' On Saturday, Wilkes hosted the DeSales The Beacon/Baylee Guedes The team posed for a picture prior to their contest against King's, bringing attention Breast Cancer Awareness Match by wearing pink ribbon shirts. The Beacon/Ariel Reed Bridget Rosenfield (left) and Kellie Scott (middle) jumped In sync to celebrate the goal that Rosenfield slipped past the goalle on a rebounded shot. Bulldogs in a MAC Freedom conference game. The Blue and Gold honored their five seniors, Laura Bayzick, Ali Dunn, Laurel Hopfer, Morghan Murphy, and Lauren Shiplett, prior to the contest. Eight minutes into the first, Wilkes' sophomore midfielder Emily Latoski collected a rebound on a Colonels shot attempt and made it into the goal, making the score 1-0. With 30 seconds left in the first, DeSales' Taylor DeMasi followed Latoski's goal with a shot ofher own, scoring on Wilkes' goalkeeper Eidle. "It felt like we were finally finding a rhythm and playing our game;' said Latoski. "Everyone contributed to my goal: the passing, the defense, the mids, and then the forwards made it possible. The communication from Morghan and Ali helped tremendously. It was definitely a team goal:' The second quarter was big for Wilkes as they scored two goals and held the Bulldogs to none. First-year midfielder Kellie Scott assisted Rosenfeld for a goal at the 19 minl\te mark. "We were very excited after beating King's;' said Rosenfeld. "It was a huge conference win for us and we wanted to use that momentum to go into another huge conference game against DeSales. Our team really clicked today, everyone truly worked together and played with heart:' Moments after Rosenfeld's goal, senior forward Ali Dunn assisted first-year defender Olivia Gayoski on a crowded on-goal shot, making the score 3-1 for the Colonels. In the third quarter, the Blue and Gold held the Bulldogs to their one point from the first quarter. The defense put up a solid fight as DeSales put up eight shots right at the start, all of which were unsuccessful. Wilkes made the gap in score larger as Scott drove one in for the Colonels, leading the score to read 4-1. "I really try to emphasize a passing game and today was our best execution of that;' said MacDonald. "We created many goal scoring opportunities and that was evident with goals coming from all different scorers. It was so rewarding to see the hard work and investment from everyone come together with a strong result like thaf' Eight minutes remained in the fourth quarter and DeSales' DeMasi scored off of a pass from the 20 yard line for the Bulldogs. Wilkes kept the ball out of the net on offense and defense to end the fourth. The final score read 4-2 as Wilkes came out on top. Eidle ended the game with nine saves for the Blue and Gold on DeSales' 21 shot attempts. "It felt amazing to beat DeSales;' said Rosenfeld. "We have not been able to (beat them) in years and having a 4-2 win against them on senior night really made it special. It was an amazing team win and we especially played hard for the seniors who deserved this win:' The field hockey team has one final in-season game left, which will be played at home against Misericordia University on Oct. 27 at 7 p.m. r �.J The Beacon - October 27, 2021 20 Sports SWIM: Colonels look forward to in-person meets this season By Arlel Reed Sports Editor The Beacon/Ariel Reed Trey Harloff grins In between the sets of his 100 IM repeats on Oct. 7, 2020, during one of their practices. Wilkes swimming returns to the water this year to compete against "real" teams for the first time since the 2019-2020 season. Last year, the teams competed virtually due to the regulations outlined by the Middle Atlantic Conference because of the pandemic. 'Tm really looking forward to in-person meets this year;' said he coach Thomas Limouze. "I am really proud of how the team handled virtual meets- last year, and I know they're looking forward to getting back to normal. Jast night I heard a sophomore say, Tm e:rtited to see a new pool: So it's all of those other parts of.competing in person that I and I think the team are looking forward to: the bus ride, highway scenery, new places, other campuses and other pools:' The restrictions last year made the team compete only at their home pool (the CYC) and upload their times to the MAC where they were then compared to the team they were competing against. "I think the impi!l:t of having in person meets again is that now you are swimming next to another ·mmer head to head which drives you a lot more to go faster;' said junior freestyle/IM Liam White. "With virtual meets, it was just swimming and timing yourself.' Limouze also felt the importance of having opponents to compete against to be crucial to the results of the meet. However, he does not believe that the in-person competition will automatically make the team faster. Senior Fly/IM Trey Harloff will be leading this team as he is the returning record holder for the 200 IM and a part of four relay records (400 and 800 free, 200 and 400 medley). "I am most looking forward to being able to swim under a more normal setting and perform at high-level competitions including MACs and to challenge myself and my teammates the best I can, while enjoying and excelling in my senior year in mechanical engineering;' said Harloff. The men's team is looking to use this season to improve upon their 11th place performance in the virtual MAC championship last season. The women's team is small but mighty this season as they are returning five swimmers. Senior distance/IM Abby Keating is a 5th year pharmacy student who holds seven individual records, junior sprint/ distance Alexa Crossgrove who holds five individual records and senior captain Emilie Detweiler look to lead this team to improve upon their 13th place performance in the virtual MAC Championships last season. The teams will travel for most of their meets this year, but will be hosting Lycoming on Jan. 22 at the CYC and competing against the local colleges. @wilkesbeacon Ariel.Reed@wilkes.edu �4 he est d is :as en ~e, s ter ter 1th ne eir mg of nd ·ty "th es 1or r>ry ure for 1 eat ,vas ,ast ior ilso ace The Beacon - October 27, 2021 Sports 21 XC: Cross country making strides to finish the season strong By Chris Gowarty Associate Sports Editor Similar to all other athletics at Wilkes, the COVID-19 pandemic interfered with the fluidity of the cross country team. However, the team was able to compete once again in the 2021 season, and has adapted to the training and longer miles of collegiate running. Before 2021, both cross country teams last ran competitive meets throughout Nov. 2019.Nov.2 was the MAC Championship, followed by the ECAC Championship on Nov. 9 and the NCAA Mid East Regional Championship on Nov. 16th. From that point from nearly two years ago, the running Colonels did not see a competitive meet until Sept. 3 of this year, when they participated in the Misericordia Invitational 4K. "It was difficult to get back in the swing of things;' said head coach Nick Wadas. "We had a long layoff from competition. In addition, with the absence of a track and field program, our cross country athletes had very limited competition. It has definitely impacted our team:' After their first meet, the Colonels next ran on Sept. 18 ,once again at Misericordia ,with the 6k Cougar Classic, followed by the Dickinson Long-Short Invitational on Sept. 25. This meet was the DeSales Invitational on Oct. 9, where Wadas saw his team adjust to the longer distances of collegiate cross country. "My favorite meet so far was the DeSales Invitational for various reasons;' said Barlow. "I ran my goal for the 6k, and it was my first 6k of the season. The highs of this meet include getting top 30 overall1 obtaining my goal time of getting a 24-minute 6k and making school history as the 14th fastest women's 6k time:' Not only is this season an adjustment for first-year students, but it is also a new challenge for sophomore runners. Because of cancelled competition last year, 2021 is the first time that both first-years and sophomores have represented Wilkes and raced longer distances, compared to their meets during their high school athletic careers. "Having a real season was challenging, especially when the mileage was tough from starting out;' said Dustin Edsall, sophomore electrical engineering student. "This was my first college athletic season for cross country. It was very different from running in high school due to the increased mileage:' After the DeSales Invitational, the Colonels competed at the Inter-Regional Border Battle on Oct. 16, followed by the LVC Last Chance Run Invitati nal on Oct. 22. "The DeSales invite was a good meet;' said Wadas. "I saw a 15t of good racing. We had a slow start in the race, but it is a learning curve. Most of our team never ran a 6k or 8k and they need to learn that balance between going out hard enough and running smart:' They next compete at the Middle Atlantic Conference Championships at DeSales University on Oct. 30. The runners are looking to train to be able to get a shot at running at the NCAA Regionals. "For the MAC Championship meet, I'm putting in my miles for training and trying to run my best during our workouts;' said Edsall. 'Tm also staying hydrated and mentally preparing to race at DeSales; I'm ready to have another PR:' Wadas hopes to see his runners compete with confidence at MACs in order to potentially put them in a spot to run at the NCAA Mid-Atlantic Regional Championship on Nov. 13 at Dickinson College. This will be the Colonels last meet of the season, finishing a challenging yet successful year after not competing for 657 days. "In terms of MAC: believe in the training and"'have a positive mindset;' said Wadas. "They need to control what they can control. Eat well, hydrate properly, sleep well enough, bring a positive mindset and be persistent:' Graphic by Mia Walker Christopher.Gowarty@wilkes.edu hits rk: also nge )ffiS e of also nor the ated ery No use as a free is help i -J �The Beacon - October 27, 2021 22 Spo~ I The Beac~n: Athlete of the I Favorite building on campus? My favorite building on campus is the SUB. Week Oct. 13 to Oct. 20 Why Gabriel Nieves was I. selected: Nieves chipped in a goal during the contest against I Misericordia in overtime &romemeal toeatoa~t Double avocado sandwich from Which Which. to maintain the Colonel's unblemished conference record. I What color/flavor of Gatorade is your favorite? My favorite flavor of Gatorade is the Cool Name: Gabriel Nieves Year: Senior Major: History Minor: Communicationn Studies and Business Administration Blue. If your life was a movie, who would you want to play you and why! I would have Matt LebJanc play me; I think his character on "Friends» depicts me well. Hometown: Yorktown Height, N.Y. High School: Lakeland Senior Position: Center Mid Favorite professor? My favorite professor is Dr. Kuiken. Driving force for your decision to come to Wilkes? I decided to come to Wilkes be<:ause of Coach Piranian and the challenge of rebuilding the program. If you coold have dinner with a famous person from the past, who would it be? If 1 could have dinner with one person Post-graduation plans in terms of a from the ~t it would have to be Roberto Clemente. career? I plan on going into the NYPD police Most influential person in your life? My parents for sure. academy after graduation. Favorite Memory as a Colonel? · Scoring the game winning goal in A quoteyouliveJOU,f life byf Doesn't matter howyou getth.«e, as~ • yoµ get there. overtime against Misericordia. Hopes for this season as a Colonel? To win the Mac Freedom conference. What does ~Coloner mean to you? "Be CoJoner to me means that when I step on the fielct representing Wilkes U ~ and weha,ve to hold ourselves to ahigb$fandard. rm Wben/Whydidyoufintbegiap I started playing WMn I was tWO in love with the gaq-right away. Anyone to give a shout-out to? My teammates throughout the years Pal'Olite thing to d o ~ p ~ 3~s ~ always fun, it brings a lot of competition and intensity to practice. ~~~~~ Other inte.rats or hobbies off of the field? I like to go1f with my teammates. for sti.ddng through the highs and lows together. -Compiled by Julia Mazur, Staff Writer �L 2 23 The Beacon - October 27, 2021 IS a .. -._. "· . r . •· · •···of.the ~- ........ "~ f\; ,• :-:, ❖ " ,• :, ... ,•,• t~Ef1~~i~Yf~ ,,~r~i1'.~:. -: .·. e ,, ,:.•· ' ·;:; ,, ,:., .... .; ; ,~~~,~ al~ttt' , ••❖~ taffiPJlS( ;:. ' It g .. t,'Sou~w~stducken salad ftotn the POD. , · ... :-: :~ \:, .... ~~- ··: / ... ~:::..: '~:: ·:. N~e:;B~ Bidelspach_, . ''.:\ .-:•, :-:- ···· ·,:··· .'' ., -~- -~- ... -~ ":Year: Senior · Major: Nursing -❖ ·-Hoi.nttowru Myet"Stownf ~a. . , ·Uigh S~b<J9h ELCO . ,, · · Position: -Forward ~- :,;, Dl'i\ting force for '. your .... X de'1sion.· tc> ; . ❖, • ; .I hav~ ,- \\~ell,. playing ,soccet::~n(E:, _.:I call ., ~¢mbeI' ax>.d J probably stllrte<l kplaying~ecause my moni isabig soccet , . fa:n, twijichJedto me heccmu:ng~ ~ccer " -~ ,, ❖ ' < •'• ~-' ..... X ' .:1:rit~fl,i';,g ~ ~-~ ~ ,,, , :.f , · ~ X '•~ ' :1, ~ ,· • ~• •:ii ; -· .: ;;:<' ' ' ❖-· ·" ❖ ·l-~;~,:~t~ . ,. l..½ot4 ofmy parents. ,. , ·• .... t · ,, ;~ether yot1 believe or you , _can't YQU aredght: Mightas·well'focus ~n >thepositiye, and believ-eyou <:anf- Henry -, For~!. -· · · - ~ t.does·,f.~~ ~lop~:~eantoyou! '.fo be colonel .means always give to X t :10?% ' tfo!t:·~a to.oe·_ a-hdpuig llan<I ;·wli~ri~ver you·: can.'J:.ead hy example;and l,Jve_~e-prog~~ ~tter..tha:t1.when:y<>u _:: wien/Why did ,yo~-': first begil1 ,: . ", " .- win EiQpe to the conference and make ' ; ltto ~eNCAAtoW'ftament. · ;; • Mrs~»uqyr- " . . . ,: llop¢$_for,tbis ka$()Ita$ a Colonelt <· >i ,, , '.· ·~:q,+~~.~tt'~ef~~r. ijfe.byf •· . . , you cm, year or ,beating D¢Sales in the playoffs · ll:.l,y.freshman year. -. . _ piare.r. ')! f · ~~tial~~inyourlffe! My favorite memory is probably ~eating Eastem bl ~T rriy sophomore _._. ,:::; I 1 Favorite )femory ti -.·<&\cinel? . ·•· . :·: .·-u ·,:. ' Fav(tliteptot~? , " J , ,. ... , ·-~. ~f · ,. · ,., · tlaiiP,!; ,;. ❖. -:~:: rec,tsq,~~l+.• ❖ >.i'~\ •·-••· -,, •• ❖ · • , W.9rkb:1g a.s an RN an<;{ hopqig to· specialiZe in. pediatrks. ·- , .. ' -: -~- yopwanttoplayyouand·why?\ " · :. Post--graduation plans bt tetmliof a , •• ❖ , ·~qll~!f ~,H"fbt\Wa}\no partiCQ!ar ❖- ~- rueed,·•· -❖ ·, .. -~. . ,. lf:youtJife was a movie> who would ~ come to Wilkes! , , , ' ·, " · , ,. l was .able to continue to,play soccer ~ . w:hil~.al$0 being intheNursingRtograrn. -· •· ,; : , ~•twto.-tflav()to.f.Gato:rad~.is your t.v~tittt; . ' , . · · Glader.¢herfY::oryelloW.. '. ," ·• _started. .,. ·• · . ,·• · .;. :_· .;. ,' ,., . :: V ,; ~ : ~f~¥'!0;!sii!~-~'!11i-o.ntt~t , 404, Jiekson and :m.yfamili · ·" ~. . . :: -.: ·. -·· . ,:. ·: ,-iJo~piltd.byJulia.·Mazur, St.aff,Wt~t#' » ... .. ~~- ::6 i .., .... �The Beacon - October 27, 2021 Sports 24 FB: Defenses' second half shut-out leads Wilkes to victory "We knew that coming into this game, we were going to have to be strong up front;' Sports Staff Writer said sophomore running back Elijah Jules. EDWARDSVILLE, Pa. - The Wilkes "We told the offensive line that we needed football team was able to defeat visiting to get a big push. Our offense goes as far as Lebanon Valley College 30-20 in a MAC our run game takes us, and it took us a long Freedom Showdown on Saturday afternoon way today:' at Schmidt Stadium. Lebanon Valley once again went three"There is always a sense of urgency to · and-out, and the punt was blocked by the kind of get back into the win column, and Colonels, and returned for a touchdown do what you need to do coming off a loss;' by first-year defensive back Ryan Travis. said head coach Jonathon Drach. "From our Wilkes was now leading 13-0. standpoint, we are always trying to improve. With Wilkes pressuring to pull away early, This was a good opportunity for us to do the Dutchman used back to back impressive that today, and we took care of what we drives to get themselves right back into the needed to take care of' game. LVC quarterback Braden Bohannon Wilkes got off to a quick start in the first was attacking the Colonel defense through quarter. The defense was able to force a the air, and was racking up the yards. With three-and-out on the Flying Dutchman's back to back touchdowns by LVC, they were first possession of the game. now leading 14-13. The Wilkes offense stormed down the Wilkes was able to regain the lead late field and sophomore running back Kamal in the second quarter. Following some Reed caught a pass from senior quarterback impressive runs by Reed and Jules, Tabora Jose Tabora for the first touchdown of threw his second touchdown pass of the day the game. On this drive, Tabora broke to first-year tight end Jason Dean. Tabora another school record, this time for most ended up finishing the day with 139 yards completions all-time. along with his two touchdown passes. The Colonels used a nice balance of LVC responded quickly as Bohannon running and passing calls to march down connected with one of his wide receivers the field. for a 31-yard bomb, down the sideline By Jason Eberhart with less than a minute remaining before halftime. The extra point was blocked by the Colonels, and the two teams went into the locker room tied at 20 a piece. It seemed the two teams would go back and forth trading blows all afternoon long in an offensive shootout, but the story was much different in the second half. After Wilkes got a field goal on their opening drive of the half, fhe defense really turned it on and ut down the Flying Dutchman offense. "Going into. halftime, we knew we didn't put everything we had onto the table;' said jun· r linebacker Billy Doron. "We talked to oor coaches, we reflected on ourselves, and we came out in the second half much stronger:' The teams traded punts for much of the second half. It felt like the next team that scored would win. Thankfully for the Colonels, they were able to deliver a final blow to their opposition. With just under four minutes left on the clock, and Wilkes with the ball around midfield, Jules broke for a run down the left sideline after he broke a few tackles, and scored a 49-yard touchdown to put the game out ach. Jules was a tough man to bring down Intersted in Sports? Join the Sports section! Help tell the stories o_ f the Wilkes sports teams CONTACT: Sports Editor: Ariel.Reed@wilkes.edu all afternoon as he finished with 124 yards on16 carries and three catches for 33 yards. He was a force to be reckoned with, and was able to deliver the knockout punch to LVC. "I mainly just followed my blocks, and had trust in the play;' said Jules. "I believed the plays we were running were good calls, and I knew we had leverage on the outside, so I just followed the blocks and got to the endzone:' The Wilkes defense was able to keep the Dutchman from putting a comeback effort together. Their secondary was lockdown, while the defensive line pressured Bohannon into making difficult passes. The defense was stout the entire second half, never letting LVC get into a rhythm and score in the second half 'Tm happy to come out with a win, ready to move on to next weekend, and continue to improve on a day to day basis;' said Drach. Wilkes will look to build off this momentum as they fight for a conference championship as they travel to Williamsport on Saturday to face Lycoming in another MAC Freedom contest. The game will start at 1 p.m. as the Colonels look for their seventh win of the season. � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Beacon Newspaper Collection, 1947-present Description An account of the resource <p>This is Wilkes University's <em>Beacon</em> Newspaper collection, 1947-present. We also have digitized copies of the <em>Beacon's</em> predecessors, <em>The Bucknell Bison Stampede</em>, 1934-1935 and <em>The Bucknell Beacon</em>, 1936-1947 June. It should be noted that Wilkes University does not have a complete set of issues for the Bucknell Bison Stampede and Bucknell Beacon. For researchers who are interested in seeing the complete issues for these publications, please contact <a href="https://researchbysubject.bucknell.edu/scua">Bucknell University's Special Collections Department</a>.</p> <p></p> <p>Missing Issues:</p> <p>1947 August 8th<br />1947 September 5th<br />1947 October 3rd<br />1947 October 17th<br />1947 October 31st<br />1947 November 21st<br />1947 December 19th<br />1948 September 9th<br />1950 April 28th<br />1953 April 10th<br />1962 February 2nd</p> Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource The Beacon staff is comprised of Wilkes University students who are advised by a full-time faculty member of the Communication Studies Department. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1934-present Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource Copyright of the Wilkes Beacons is retained by Wilkes University. Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource PDF Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource Newspaper Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Professor Emeritus Harold Cox digitized the collection from 1934-1970 and created a <a href="https://beaconarchives2.wilkes.edu/">legacy website</a>. Digital Archives student John Jenkins digitized the collection from 1970-present. Special thanks goes to Communication Studies Professor Dr. Kalen Churcher, Editor-in-Chief Kirsten Peters, Beacon staff member, Emily Cherkauskas, and other Beacon staff for their help in acquiring digitized copies of the Beacons from 2006 onward. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Beacon, 2021 October 27 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Communications Department Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2021 October 27 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/3429c2b9369fb8f8d37588371ca4ff69.pdf 1de1290df8422e594f1d9b296ac4dd45 PDF Text Text ���(!Jfass ef2 0 l 2) you and I have something in common: We both graduated this year and are entering the next phase of our lives. If you're like me, it's difficult to leave Wilkes because it is such a special place. And yet it is time to move on to new things. When I graduated from college, I wondered, "How will this work out for me?" It was a scary time, venturing off into the unknown. The life I'd known at college - the life that I thought was so wonderful -- was suddenly over. I found that it was important to think about that time as a beginning instead of an ending. Though times are tough economically, I urge all of you to see this as a time of great opportunity to think about what your passions are and pursue them. I am doing that myself as I retire. While you were at Wilkes, you might have found a new direction and succeeded at things you never thought possible before you came to the University. Now it's time to celebrate your accomplishments , .,, such as earning a degree, an acceptance to graduate school or landing #first job in your chosen field. It's also important to spend some time appreciating the relationships you've formed with faculty and with your fellow students. _,- · I'm doing much the same thing as I begin the next phase of my life. The accomplishments I'm celebrating are ones I've helped to make happen while leading this University. The most visible one is the new science building that will offer great new facilities for students and faculty. During my time at Wilkes, we've also earned honors, such as the grant from the Howard Hughes Medical Institute and grants to our facuity from prestigious organizations like the National Science Foundation and the National Institutes of Health. There have been additions to our academic programs - such as the Sidhu School of Business and Leadership, four master's degree programs and , two doctoral degrees. We even showed that we could muster an Army of Colonels when the community needed it after the September 2011 floods. For me, there is so much to celebrate and be thankful for - just as there is for all of you. -,-.:·"' As I retire as president, it's time for me to decide what I'll be doing in the next phase of my life. I want to continue my professional involvement as a consultant and perhaps write a book. But I also remind myself of something that I want to share with you: be comfortable with uncertainty. Even as you contemplate the future and make plans for the next chapter in your life, it's important to keep your heart open to possibilities that haven't yet presented themselves. Experience has taught me that those unforeseen challenges can offer some of the greatest opportunities of our lives. Good luck to each and every one of you. Tim Gilmour President 4 �.uated this year and rVilkes because it is It was a scary time, hought was so tat time as a beginning J see this as a time of n doing that myself as ~d at things you never your accomplishments J in your chosen field. ,rmed with faculty and rrplishments I'm The most visible one :aculty. During my Hughes Medical onal Science to our academic 's degree programs and Jnels when the tch to celebrate and be phase of my life. I rite a book. But I also th uncertainty. Even as t's important to keep lence has taught me that .r lives. J 1 �b The year that Tim~ Gilmour became Wilkes University's fifth President a( ~ Amount in millions Gilmour allocated to save downtown Wilkes-Barre; including the opening of the University Center as well as the purchase of 2(0) The percentage increase in overall enrollment-undergraduate & graduate since Gilmour became President 69~ Jl Jl The number< consecutive y1 Tim Gilmour as President �'b (0) (0) The year that Tim~ Gilmour became Wilkes University's fifth President Jl Amount in millions Gilmour allocated to save downtown Wilkes-Barre; including the opening of the University Center as well as the purchase of The percentage increase in overall enrollment-undergraduate & graduate since Gilmour became President 69)(())/(()) Jl ]l The number of consecutive years that Tim Gilmour served as President The large array of food provided for those who �10-15% of the roof will be a greenery. A place for vegetation to grow and p . vide students with hands on experience. To hadle the run-off""water a swale rain garden will be created and used as a teaching tool Creating of the foundation for the 75,000 square foot building that will wrap around Stark Learning Center onto the greenway between Annette Evans Alumni House and Conyngham Hall The building plans to stand 4 stories tall with 15 feet between the floor and ceiling. The design of the building came from SaylorGregg and will cost the University approximately $35 million Courtyard, gardens, solar panels, informal meeting areas, departmental meeting rooms, wider hallways, advanced laboratories, and research areas are only some of the new features we expect to see �onstruction of the Science Building :::nery. A place for vegetation to hands on experience. To hadle ;arden will be created and used h.ing tool nels, informal meeting areas, 1s, wider hallways, advanced :eas are only some of the new expect to see The Lawrence and Sally Cohen Science Center broke ground on March 1, 2012. The building is projected to be ready for classes starting in the Fall of 13'. It is designed to provide advanced laboratories, meeting and office spaces, as well as classes for Biology and Health Sciences, Chemistry and Biochemistry, Environmental Engineering, and Earth Sciences. The campaign "Achieving our Destiny" was launched by President Gilmour to raise $20 million to fund the project. 9 �Justine Adams Devin Albrecht Hometown: Saudi Arabia Major: Business Hometown: Shavertown, PA Major: Mechanical Master's of Occupational Therapy Quote: "Whatever you are- be a good one" Administration Plans: Work on my own business Memory: First time when I applied to Wilkes University Engineering Plans: Aerospace Engineer for GE Katelyn Aldinger Ali Alsheheri Naif Alzahrani Hometown: Bethlehem, PA Major: Psychology Plans: Graduate school for Hometown: York, PA Major: Nursing Plans: Work as an RN for a few years then continue my education to be a nurse practitioner 10 Abdullah AI-Sulaiman Hometown: Wilkes Barre, PA Major: Pharm D Plans: Clinical Pharmacist Shout-Out: Continuous study - Leamarie Arch -- Hometown: Henryville Major: Nursing Plans: Working as a m the Pediatric Oncolog) Quote: "The future bel those who believe in tl beauty of their dreams -Eleanor Roosevelt Ryan Baicher Hometown: Saudi Arabia Major: Mechanical Hometown: Franklin, N~ Major: Business Engineering Plans: Master's Degree Administration Plans: Work for a sports and be successful �Devin Albrecht 1etown: Shavertown, PA u: Mechanical neenng s: Aerospace Engineer for Naif ~ahrani netown: Saudi Arabia or: Mechanical meenng 1s: Master's Degree - -~~amarie Archery Aubree Armezzani Florence Aryee Hometown: Henryville, PA Major: Nursing Plans: Working as a nurse in the Pediatric Oncology Unit Quote: "The future belongs to those who believe in the beauty of their dreams" -Eleanor Roosevelt Hometown: Peckville, PA Major: Communication Studies Plans: Make money! Quote: "Happiness is the meaning and the purpose of life, the whole aim and end of human existence" Hometown: Newark, NJ Major: Integrative Media Plans: Find a job, move to New York, and travel to Italy Quote: "Never say you can't because you always can" Ryan Baicher Omar Baradah Christopher Barna Hometown: Franklin, NJ Major: Business Administration Plans: Wark for a sports team and be successful Hometown: Saudi Arabia Major: Business Administration and Accounting Plans: Get an MBA Degree Hometown: Dallas, PA Major: Business Administration Plans: To own my own business Quote: "Down for whatever" 11 �William Beechko Hometown: Mayfield, PA Major: Political Science Plans: Public Policy Masters Jason Benjamin Hometown: Tobyhanna, P It. · Major: Computer Informatfon Hometown: Matamoras, PA Major: History, Secondary Systems Education, Special Education Plans: Teach at a high school and coach football Plans: Work as an IT Specialist Jillian Blair Hometown: Wantage, NJ Major: Elementary Education Miranda Bonetsky Hometown: Tamaqua, PA Major: Business Administration Plans: Get a good job Shout-Out: 31 7 ! 12 Anthony Bergmann Lisa Bova Jonathan Bowr Hometown: Jersey Cit: Major: Communicatic Quote: "Don't count e· hour in the day. Make hour in the day count. : Ebrahim Brnav, Hometown: Mays Landing, NJ Major: Psychology Plans: Masters in Biomedical Hometown: Medina Major: Electrical Engim Plans: Creating my own Science, then Medical School hopefully Quote: "Live life to the fullest" company, inventing a m improving my communi Quote: "Live to create ai a happy life by believing God" �thony Bergmann ,wn: Matamoras, PA History, Secondary on, Special Education reach at a high school .ch football Jonathan Bowman Joshua Brito Hometown: Cedar Grove, NJ Major: Business Administration Plans: Marketing field Ebrahim Brnawi Jordan Brown Heather Bryski Hometown: Medina Major: Electrical Engineer Plans: Creating my own company, inventing a new car, improving my community Quote: "Live to create and live a happy life by believing in Hometown: Harpswell, ME Major: Spanish Plans: Work for a study abroad company and do lots of traveling and being a life time member of (LKG) Quote: "Never say the sky is the limit, when there are footprints on the moon" Lisa Bova :own: Mays Landing, NJ : Psychology Masters in Biomedical e, then Medical School tlly "Live life to the fullest" Paul Boylan Hometown: Wyomissing, PA Major: Pharmacy Hometown: Jersey City, NJ Major: Communications Quote: "Don't count every hour in the day. Make every hour in the day count." God" Hometown: Allentown, PA Major: Nursing Plans: Become a Certified Registered Nurse Anesthetist 13 �I Benjamin Caiola Hometown: Yardley, PA Major: Mechanical Engineering Plans: Career in the field of Mechanical Engineering Carissa Clark Hometown: Petersburg, NJ Major: History Plans: Rowan University Grad School Quote: ''I can do everything through him who gives me strength" Shout-Out: Thanks Mom and 14Dad Kaitlyn Caro Hometown: Feasterville Trevose, PA Major: Entrepreneurship /' Plans: Opening a dance studio in the greater Philadelphia area Memory: Living in Slocum Hall Megan Clementson Hometown: Fredrick, MD Major: Elementary Education Plans: Move back to MD and become a teacher Shout-Out: WWS <3 Quote: "Those who bring sunshine into the lives of others cannot keep it from themselves" # Gregory Castelli · 'Hometown: Archbald, PA Major: Pharmacy Plans: Pharmacist Dakota Cole Hometown: Troy, PA Major: Computer Science Plans: Work and play Moira Collier Hometown: Paulsboro, 1\ Major: Dr. of Pharmacy Plans: CVS Pharmacist Memory: Good times, gr memories with the Pharr Class of 2012 Cory Conrad Hometown: Dallas, PA Major: Entrepreneurship Plans: Miami Ad School Art Direction and Graph Design Shout-Out: Welcome to Shabooms! �egory Castelli n: Archbald, PA harmacy Larmacist 1 Moira Collier Hometown: Paulsboro, NJ Major: Dr. of Pharmacy Plans: CVS Pharmacist Memory: Good times, great memories with the Pharmacy Class of 2012 Whitney Connolly Hometown: Liberty, PA Major: Accounting Plans: Associate at PricewaterhouseCoopers in Harrisburg, PA Raina Connor Hometown: Swoyersville, PA Major: Business Administration Plans: Work as an Executive Team Leader for Target Corporation Quote: "Never settle for average, because average is just as close to the top as it is to the bottom" ,,....;..,,.. )akotaCole n: Troy, PA omputer Science ork and play Cory Conrad Hometown: Dallas, PA Major: Entrepreneurship Plans: Miami Ad School for Art Direction and Graphic Design Shout-Out: Welcome to Shabooms! Michael Conville Hometown: Pottsville, PA Major: Mechanical Engineering Plans: Work in design and product development for an automotive company Memory: Winter Weekend and good friends Susan Carletta Hometown: Westtown, NY Major: Pharmacy Plans: To work as a Pharmacist for Rite Aid Pharmacy 15 �Sara Cosgrove Hometown: Saylorsburg, PA Major: Communication Studies Plans: Obtaining a career within the public relations field Michelle Davis 16 Anthony Dattolo Hometown: Succasunna, NJ Major: Business Administration Plans: Starting my own busin s and livin /' Quote: Twooooo!!! Memory: Becoming an All-American Shout-Out: To all my teammates Erica Derr # , JI Lindsey Davenport Alana Donnel Hometown: Dallas, PA Major: Elementary and Hometown: Laflin, PA Major: Middle School : Special Education, Reading Plans: Become an elementary teacher Plans: To become a sci teacher Barbara Dicaprio Brianna Edgar Hometown: Wilkes Barre, PA Major: Pharmacy Hometown: Lehighton, PA Major: Pharmacy Hometown: Lehighton, F Major: Psychology Plans: Undecided Hometown: Mahopac, NY Major: Biology Plans: Rite Aid Pharmacist Plans: Physician Assistant Master's Program Plans: Graduate School : Misericordia Quote: "Today you are y1 this is truer than true the no one alive who is youe: you" -Dr. Seuss �1dsey Davenport ,wn: Dallas, PA Elementary and Education, Reading 3ecome an elementary Barbara icaprio town: Mahopac, NY ·: Biology : Physician Assistant r's Program Alana Donnelly Hometown: Laflin, PA Major: Middle School Science Plans: To become a science teacher Brianna Edgar Hometown: Lehighton, PA Major: Psychology Plans: Graduate School at Misericordia Quote: "Today you are you this is truer than true there is no one alive who is youer than you" -Dr. Seuss Adrienne Dorcent Hometown: Roselle, NJ Major: Nursing Plans: See the world Quote: "Everything happens for a reason" Alison Drake Hometown: Macungie, PA Major: Entrepreneurship Plans: Work in business and open an e-commerce business Quote: "Be the change you want to see in the world" -Gandhi Brittany Ely Matthew Ellery Hometown: Middlesex, NJ Major: Business Administration Plans: Get a job in the sales field Hometown: Montrose, PA Major: Chemistry Plans: Attend Medical School at PCOM Shout-Out: Thanks to my soccer and basketball teammates for the many memories and most of all thanks to my family for their support 17 �Johnny Espinoza Shane Everett Hometown: Lawrenceville, NJ Major: Business Hometown: Saylorsburg, PA Major: Mathematics, Mino~ in ' Administration Plans: Do everything like a BOSS! Shout-Out: Thank you to all my family and friends for being there for me during my journey! Love you all! Secondary Education Plans: Pursue a career in secondary education as a mathematical teacher or pursue an Engineering Degree Lindsey Fernald 18 Kathryn Fissel Hometown: Allentown, PA Major: Business Hometown: Morristown, NJ Major: Integrative Media and Administration Plans: Executive Team Leader for Target Quote: 317! Art Plans: Work in sports advertising Quote: "Always be prepared" #-· Marrissa Fedor Hometown: Wilkes Barre, PA Major: English Plans: Travel and teach Jeffrey Fore Hometown: N anticok~ Major: English students with special needs Quote: "That which doesn't kill you makes you stronger" Justin Flam Hometown: Lawrenceville, NJ Major: Mechanical Engineer Plans: Graduate School Memory: Slocum was better Charles Gaml Hometown: Mascow, Major: Business Administration ~ �Marrissa Fedor own: Wilkes Barre, PA English Travel and teach :s with special needs "That which doesn't l makes you stronger" Justin Flam own: Lawrtnceville, NJ Mechanical Engineer Graduate School ry: Slocum was better Jeffrey Ford Hometown: Nanticoke, PA Major: English Sarah Frable Hometown: Levittown, PA Major: Mathematics Plans: Teach secondary education in math Major: Nursing Quote: "If you can dream it then you can do it" Charles Gamba Hometown: Mascow, PA Major: Business Administration Jessica Freeman Hometown: Weatherly, PA Courtney Gans Shadae Gates Hometown: Hazle Township, Hometown: Baltimore, MD PA Major: Political Science and Criminology Plans: Law School and MBA , I want to do Corporate Law Major: Psychology Plans: I plan to get my Master's Degree 19 �Sarah-Jane Gerstman Hometown: Kingston, PA Major: Environmental Science, Minor in Biology Quote: "No elbows on the table, no knees on the floor ... " -Dan Batzel Cara Goughenour Hometown: Sugarloaf, PA Major: Middle School Education Plans: Receive Masters in 20 education and become Special Education Certified Quote: "Be who you are and say what you feel because those who mind don't matter and those who matter don't mind" -Dr. Seuss Thomas Goldberg Hometown: Freehold, NJ Major: History ,,. Anthony Griseta Hometown: Forty-Fort, PA Major: Entrepreneurship .,, Laura Gonzales Hometown: Mount Bethel, PA Major: Spanish Plans: Teach English in Spain Sam Ground Hometown: Kansas City, MD Major: Entrepreneurship BethanyGua Hometown: Forty-Fo Major: Biology Plans: To teach high biology Quote: "You must be change you wish to se world" -Ghandi Charlotte Hack Hometown: Elkton, MD Major: Biology Plans: Graduate School Africa Shout-Out: Polo �Laura Gonzales lmetown: Mount Bethel, PA ajor: Spanish ans: Teach English in Spain Sam~round netown: Kansas City, MD ior: Entrepreneurship Bethany Guarilia Hometown: Forty-Fort, PA Major: Biology Plans: To teach high school biology Quote: "You must be the change you wish to see in the world" -Ghandi Charlotte Hacker Hometown: Elkton, MD Major: Biology Plans: Graduate School, Africa Shout-Out: Polo Genelle Gundersen Robert Hackenberg Hometown: Toms River, NJ Major: Biology Plans: Occupational Graduate School Shout-Out: Marco Hometown: Pocono Pines, PA Major: Mechanical Engineering Plans: Work for automotive company or department of defense AymanHamoh Gousfin Hanna Hometown: Saudi Arabia Major: M.S. Engineering Hometown: Lancaster, PA Major: Biology Management Plans: Ph. D in Computer Sciences and being an instructor in CS field, serving academia Quote: "Actions speak louder than words" 21 �Stephanie Harkins Kayla Hawbaker Hometown: Larksville, PA Major: Psychology Plans: Attending chiropractor Hometown: Carisle, PA Major: Pharmacy Plans: Work at an school independent pharmacy near my hometown Memory: All the nights _; ,. Cody Hildebrand , Hometown: Walnutport, PA Major: Mechanical Engineer Memory: Winning Kelly Hummel Hometown: Scranton, PA Major: Pharmacy Plans: Clinical Pharmacis hanging out with my amazing friends Tyler Hippeli 22 Jeffrey Hughes Jeromy Hrabovecky Hometown: Blakeslee, PA Major: Chemistry Plans: Work for a while then Hometown: Hazleton, PA Major: Psychology Plans: Ph. D in Cognitive PA go back to school Neuroscience; Move to Europe Quote: "Anything is in your grasp, you just have to know what your hands are doing" Engineering Plans: Will be working as a design engineer for Cheetah Chassis Hometown: Mountain Top, Major: Mechanical Yelena Karpesho, Hometown: Milton Major: Nursing Quote: "A single rose can 1 my garden ... a single frienc world" - Leo Buscaglia �Cody Hildebrand etown: Walnutport, PA r: Mechanical Engineer ory: Winning Jeffrey Hughes town: Mou;itain Top, : Mechanical !enng Will be working as a engineer for Cheetah s Kelly Hummel Hometown: Scranton, PA Major: Pharmacy Plans: Clinical Pharmacist Yelena Karpeshov Hometown: Milton Major: Nursing Quote: "A single rose can be my garden ... a single friend my world" -Leo Buscaglia Timothy Husty Hometown: Wilkes Barre, PA Major: Business Administration Caitlin Jordan Plans: Hometown: Whitehall, PA Major: Criminology Plans: Juvenile probation and Communications/Marketing Rep, Musician, Music Producer, Music Engineer Quote: "You miss 100% of the shots you don't take" -Wayne Gretzky & Michael Scott get my Master's in Social Work Memory: Playing field hockey and lacrosse for 4 years. Also the amazing friends I made Julia Keefer Bernard Kasteleba Hometown: Plain, PA Major: Business Administration Pl?ns: Work, Graduate/Law School Hometown: Hershey, PA Major: Elementary Education Plans: Teach elementary school Quote: "Upon the education of the people of the country the fate of this country depends" -Benjamin Disraeli 23 �Michael Kegerise Melanie Koslosky Hometown: Hummelstown, Plans: U.S. Army Officer, Environmental Consulting eventually teach H.S. Earth Science Major: Psychology; Minor 1n PA 1 ·. Neuroscience Plans: To go on to receive my Ph. D in Clinical Psychology Richard Lashocl Hometown; Swayersville, PA Major: Nursing Hometown: Hazleton, P J Major: Computer Scien Plans: Wark as a critical care nurse Plans: Become a Softwa1 Engineer and start my o company Bridget Krukovitz Bradley Kuzawinski Philip Loscomb4 Hometown: Wilkes Barre, PA Major: Elementary Education Hometown: Olyphant, PA Major: Nursing Hometown: Maine, NY Major: Mechanical Engineering, Hometown: Plains, PA Major: Doctorate of Pha Plans: Educator, continue education Plans: To become a NICU nurse Quote: "All our dreams can come true if we have the power to pursue them" -Walt Disney Jamie Kramer 24 Maura Kelly Hometown: Mohrsville, PA Major: Environmental Science Electrical Engineering, Applied and Engineering Sciences Plans: CEO of Engineering firm Shout-Out: I'd like to say thank you to my friends and family for all their support, especially Mom, Dad , Grandma, Grandpa, and Dr. Gilmer! Plans: Pursue a career iTI pharmaceutical research �alanie Koslosky wn; Swayersville, PA ursmg Vork as a critical care Felicia Leclair Richard Lashock Hometown: Denville, NJ Major: History, Secondary Hometown: Hazleton, PA Major: Computer Science Plans: Become a Software Engineer and start my own company Education Plans: Traveling the world before I settle down Memory: I am broke because of Mulligans Kayla Leibensperger Hometown: Schuylkill Haven, PA Major: Nursing Plans: 2nd Lt. in United States Army Nurse Corp. . tdley Kuzawinski n: Maine, NY [echanical Engineering, Engineering, Applied and .ng Sciences :0 of Engineering firm tt: I'd like to say thank you !nds and family for all their ~specially Mom, Dad, L, Grandpa, and Dr. Philip Loscombe Hometown: Plains, PA Major: Doctorate of Pharmacy Plan : Pursue a career in pharmaceutical research Sean Lucey Hometown: Garden City, NY Major: Electrical Engineer Plans: Electrical contracting Jordan Lynch Hometown: Nanticoke, PA Major: Nursing Plans: Become a successful nurse, move near a beach and take long walks on it Quote: "Ya know what I mean?" 25 �Courtney Malast Hometown: Whiting. NJ Major: Elementary Education Plans: Become an awesome Christopher Manzi Gabriel McAu Hometown: Exeter, PA Major: Business Hometown: Toms River, NJ Major: Psychology and amazing four years! I will miss Wilkes! Administration Plans: Law School Quote: "The future belongs to those who believe in the beauty of their dreams" Criminology Plans: Work for the FBI Quote: "Giving anything less than your best is to sacrifice the gift" Benjamin Marich Kayla Mattioli Courtney Matus Hometown: West Pittston, PA Major: Communication Hometown: Harveys Lake, PA Major: Business Hometown: Midland • Major: Business Studies Administration Plans: Move to NYC and obtain a Master's Degree in Health Administration Administration Plans: A career in sali focusing in marketing teacher Shout-Out: Here is to an Hometown: Kempton, PA Major: Integrative Media Plans: Get a job Shout-Out: W.B.Y.C. 26 Gina Manganiello Hometown: Jersey Cit Major: Entrepreneurs] Plans: Working for a marketing agency Shout-Out: Brah Daniel McLOUf �hristopher Manzi )wn: Toms River, NJ Psychology and ology Work for the FBI "Giving anything less ur best is to sacrifice lurtney atus vn: Harveys Lake, PA :usiness tration ove to NYC and Master's Degree in dministration Gabriel McAuley Hometown: Jersey City, NJ Major: Entrepreneurship Plans: Working for a marketing agency Shout-Out: Brah Daniel Mcloughlin Hometown: Midland Park, NJ Major: Business Administration Plans: A career in sales, focusing in marketing Weston Mccollum Hometown: Harrisburg, PA Major: Accounting and Business Administration Plans: Masters in Accounting at Villanova University Memory: I love Genelle Gundersen Anna Mitchell Kaitlyn McGurk Hometown: Swarthmore, PA Major: Elementary Education Plans: Coaching, teaching James Moore Hometown: Montclair, NJ Major: Spanish and Hometown: Orwingsburg, PA Major: Mechanical International Studies Plans: Graduate School Shout-Out: Tennis Spring Break 2012 <3 Engineering Plans: Start an Engineering Firm 27 �Yaisa Mosquera Erica Naperkowski Jana Nieve~ Hometown: Wilkes Barre, PA Major: Pharmacy Hometown: Wilkes Barre, PA Major: Biology Hometown: Allentown Major: Entrepreneursl Plans: CPA Quote: "El que percevera alcenza" Plans: Work as a Pharmacist and travel the world Plans: Grad School for Nursing Plans: Own a music V( Quote: "Live Life Hare Thao Nguyen Steven Olshefs Casey Naumann Hometown: Bloomsburg, PA Major: Elementary and Special Education Plans: Become a teacher in a local community Quote: "Don't cry because it's over, smile because it happened" 28 Paran Mukhija Hometown: Allentown, PA Major: Accounting Jared Nesi Hometown: Ocean City, NJ Major: Integrative Media Plans: Go to Grad School at NYU for film Quote: "We came, we saw, we kicked its ass!" Hometown: Garden Grove Major: Pharmacy Hometown: Wilkes Bar: Major: Business Administration Plans: Use my degree a how I can make a diffe1 society Quote: "They don't ask they just ask how many �:1 Naperkowski n: Wilkes Barre, PA .ology ·ad School for Janelle Nye Jana Nieves Hometown: Allentown, PA Major: Entrepreneurship Plans: Own a music venue Quote: "Live Life Hard!" Michael Olerta Hometown: Springfield, PA Hometown: Coal Township, PA Major: Business Administration Plans: Work as a healthcare administrator or fundraiser planner Quote: "I can do things through Christ who strengthens me", ~--Philippians 4: 13 _.. Major: History Plans: High school history teacher or college history teacher Shout-Out: Wilkes University Baseball Class of 2012 Caitlin Olvany Bhadresh Patel ~ .. 'haoNguyen rn: Garden Grove harmacy Steven Olshefski Hometown: Wilkes Barre, PA Major: Business Administration Plans: Use my degree and see how I can make a difference in society Quote: "They don't ask how, they just ask how many" Hometown: Munay, PA Hometown: Scranton, PA Major: Nursing Plans: To work as a RN on an Inpatient Oncology Unit and eventually become certified as an Oncology Nurse Quote: "What's meant to be will be, it all happens for a reason" Major: Accounting Plans: Going for MBA Quote: "Enjoy your game, chase your dreams, dreams do come true" 29 �Robert Paxson Hometown: Cedar Grove, NJ Major: Criminology and Sociology Plans: Law Enforcement Quote: "Life's a stepping stone and I tripped" Justine Pevec Hometown: Clifford Township, PA Major: Psychology Plans: Attend Marywood University for my M.A. in Mental Health Counseling Memory: All the times with my friends I made at Wilkes! 30 Joshua Pellew Hometown: Tobyhanna, PA , Major: Communication /' Plans: Hopefully working at a television or radio station doing production Shout-Out: Thank you to my family, Mom and Granny I couldn't have done it without you. Alexandra thanks for staying by my side. I love you Andrew Picatagi Laura Perkins Nicole Pollock Hometown: Aberdeen, NJ Major: Nursing Hometown: Scranton, P. Major: Psychology Plans: Critical Care Nurse Plans: MA in Mental H Counseling at Marrywoc University Quote: "Be the change y wish to see in the world' -Mahatma Gandhi Thomas Plessl Jacob Reicher Hometown: Brick, NJ Major: Business Hometown: Schnecksville, PA Major: Business Hometown: Gilbertsveil Major: Pharmacy and Administration Plans: Graduate school Shout-Out: Thanks to my parents and sister for giving me the love and support that they did. Administration Philosophy Plans: Pharmacy reside �:1ura Perkins n: Aberdeen, NJ ursmg ttical Care Nurse Nicole Pollock Hometown: Scranton, PA Major: Psychology Plans: MA in Mental Health Sarah Pupo Hometown: Kulpmont, PA Major: Pharmacy Harry Reese Hometown: Plymouth, PA Major: Criminology Plans: Pharmacy residency Counseling at Marrywood University Quote: "Be the change you wish to see in the world" -Mahatma Gandhi omasPllssl 1: Schnecksville, PA tsmess ation Jacob Reichert Chad Reviello Cynthia Riccio Hometown: Gilbertsveille, PA Major: Pharmacy and Hometown: Moosic, PA Major: Business Hometown: Tannersville, PA Major: Nursing Philosophy Plans: Pharmacy residency Administration Plans: Create my own company, investments, diversified Quote: "There has been worse situations, everything is going to be fine" Plans: Obtain a Master's in Nursing Memory: T-shirt idea: good byes stink 31 �Maria Rinaldo ,; Charles Robinson Jessica Sanders Hometown: Pottsville, PA Major: Doctor of Pharmacy Hometown: Hazleton, PA Major: Nursing Hometown: Hawley, PA Major: Elementary and Plans: Work as a Pharmacist in the clinical/community setting Quote: "Live, Laugh, Love" Plans: Get a job at Geisinger I Wyoming Valley then Grad /' School Shout-Out: To Wilkes Nursing Class of 2012 Special Education Plans: Working with children Quote: "Creativity takes courage" Allison Romanski Hometown: Pittston, PA Major: Psychology Plans: Traveling, then go back to school Shout-Out: To Coreah-Ray! 32 Gerbeys Roa Kyle Rountree Hometown: Central Islip, NY Major: Accounting Plans: Return to Wilkes to pursue my MBA and then work for a Big 4 Accounting Firm Quote: "Without a struggle, there is no progress" -Fredrick Douglas Matthew Ruch Samantha Schields Hometown: Dallas, PA Major: Accounting Hometown: Matamoras, PA Major: Psychology Plans: Obtain my MBA and get a job with a professional sports franchise Shout-Out: To the Colonel Baseball Teams, Great Times Guys! Plans: Graduate school �Charles Robinson Jessica Sanders Hometown: Hawley, PA Major: Elementary and Special Education Plans: Working with children Quote: "Creativity takes courage" Matthew Ruch 1etown: Dallas, PA or: Accounting ts: Obtain my MBA and t job with a professional ts franchise ut-Out: To the Colonel ~ball Teams, Great Times s! Samantha Schields Hometown: Matamoras, PA Major: Psychology Plans: Graduate school Cortny Sasserson Hometown: Westfield, PA Major: Business Administration with a Minor in Accounting Plans: Executive Team Leader with Target in the Boston area Quote: "I'll learn to get by _o n little victories" -Matt•"',. ,. . ... Nathanson Ian Schreffler Hometown: Belvidere, NJ Major: Business Administration Plans: Go on to Grad School Maria Scavo Hometown: W antagh, NY Major: Psychology Plans: Grauduate school at NYU Alyssa Seiden Hometown: Manchester, NY Major: Nursing Plans: Continue my education and travel Quote: "Do more of what makes you happy" 33 �Sarah Seman ! Rebekah Shanaman Hometown: Richland, PA Major: Political Science Plans: Attending Elon University School of Law in the fall Quote: "The greatest glory we have is not never falling, but in rising every time we do" Kathleen Shedden Hometown: Conton, PA Major: Elementary Education Plans: Teach in an elementary classroom Victoria Sheldon Hometown: Peckville, PA Major: Nursing Plans: Get a job in Pediatric Nursing Shout-Out: Wilkes nursing class of 2012 34 ~ Jessica Shaw Hometown: Wilkes Barre, PA Major: Nursing Plans: To attend Grad School Mary Siejak Hometown: Ashley, PA Major: Elementary Education Plans: To become an elementary teacher or special education teacher Shout-Out: Thank you Wilkes University Dance Department for the best memories of my college career! Mark Siebel Hometown: Rumson, NJ Major: Business Administration Kristina Spaulding Hometown: Massapequa Park, NY Major: English Plans: To work as an editor Quote: "Go confidently in the direction of your dreams. Live the life you have imagined" -Henry David Thoreau �Jessica Shaw Hometown: Wilkes Barre, PA Major: Nursing Plans: To attend Grad School Mark Siebel Hometown: Rumson, NJ Major: Bbsiness Administration Mary Siejak Hometown: Ashley, PA Major: Elementary Education Plans: To become an elementary teacher or special education teacher hout-Out: Thank you Wilkes University Dance Department for the best memories of my college career! Kristina Spaulding · Hometown: Massapequa Park, y Major: English Plans: To work as an editor Quote: "Go confidently in the direction of your dreams. Live the 1ife you have imagined" -Henry David Thoreau William Sisca Hometown: Katonah, NY Major: Environmental Engineering Amanda Steckler Hometown: Jackson, NJ Major: Pharmacy Plans: Pharmacist Quote: "Work hard, play hard" Yasmine Solomon Hometown: Dunmore, PA Major: Criminology Michael Steever Hometown: Telford, PA Major: Mechanical Engineering 35 �Noah Svoboda Hometown: Suffern, NY Major: Mechanical Engineering Plans: To go to Grad School for Ocean Engineering Zachary Tivald Hometown: Edison, NJ Major: Psychology with a Minor in Neuroscience Plans: Become a Physical Therapist 36 Rachael Talpash Hometown: Larksville, P ;, Major: Psychology Plans: To attend Northeastern University in Boston to study School Psychology Alex Tonkin Hometown: Carbondale, PA Major: Mechanical Engineering Ashley Thorpe Hometown: Cornwall, NY Major: Business Administration Plans: Live and work in NYC Victor Trentacost Hometown: Wayne, NJ Major: Business Administration Plans: CEO Memory: The night after the Wilkes Football Virginie trip and 376 John Verrant Hometown: Solbbory, PA Major: Mechanical Engineering Plans: Travel the world Michelle Wakeley Hometown: Endicott, NY Major: Biology Plans: Medical School �Ashley Thorpe tetown: Cornwall, NY or: Business 1inistration ts: Live and work in NYC Victor Trentacost etown: Wayne, NJ >r: Business .inistration s: CEO 10ry: The night after the es Football Virginie trip John Verrant Hometown: Solbbory, PA Major: Mechanical Engineering Plans: Travel the world Michelle Wakeley Hometown: Endicott, NY Major: Biology Plan : Medical School Elizabeth Vada Jaclyn Volpe Hometown: Tuckhannock, PA Major: English Hometown: Tobyhanna, PA Major: Nursing Plans: Write and have an editing position Shout-Out: WIMU! Plans: Become a Nurse Anesthetist and enjoy my life by a beach Melanie Ward Hometown: Pittston, PA Major: Accounting Shout-Out: To all those who Amy Wascavage Hometown: Old Forge, PA Major: Biology put up with me through the good, bad, and ugly! Love you! 376 37 �Benjamin Webb Lacey Willis Kyle Wylezik Hometown: Jessup, Pf\ Major: Biochemistry Administration Plans: Become a successful person in the marketing field Quote: "Don't sweat the small stuff' Shout-Out: Wilkes Football and Boss Hogs Hometown: Plains, PA Major: Theatre Arts and Hometown: Bernville, P. Major: Earth and Plans: To travel, live life to the fullest and make a difference Quote: "Shoot for the moon. Even if you miss, you'll land among stars" - Les Brown Communication Studies Plans: Professional theatre work Shout-Out: Wilkes Theatre Environmental Science Plans: Water quality Ryan Wilson John Wojceichowski Hometown: Manasquan, NJ Major: Business Administration Shout-Out: Wilkes-Barre Yacht Club 38 Amanda Westg;3t~ · Hometown: Shohla, PA Major: Business Erin Wolfe Hometown: New Ringgold, PA Major: Biochemistry Adam Zambotti Hometown: Drums, PA Major: Criminology Plans: Law Enforcement Quote: "Better sorry thar �Lacey Willis ~town: Plains, PA r: Theatre Arts and nunication Studies : Professional theatre Kyle Wylezik Hometown: Bernville, PA Major: Earth and Environmental Science Plans: Water quality Danielle Varos John Yavorski Hometown: Wilkes Barre, PA Major: Biology Hometown: Wilkes Barre, PA Major: Computer Information Plans: Attend medical school in NYC and become an Orthopedic Surgeon Systems :-Out: Wilkes Theatre Erin Wolfe !town: New Ringgold, PA r: Biochemistry Adam Zambotti Hometown: Drums, PA Major: Criminology Plans: Law Enforcement Quote: "Better sorry than safe" Edward Zulkoski Harry Zinskie Hometown: Clyphant, PA Major: Psychology Hometown: Mountain Top, Plans: Be successful in whatever I do and see the world! Quote: "I live for the nights I won't remember with the people I won't forget" Major: Mathematics and PA Computer Science Plans: Grad School at University of Waterloo 39 �o-673'c~f~ cJ;i;1·01J Heather Abrams Sary Abu Nijem Steven Adames Charmaine Aguilar Marwa Al-Daraweish Krysten Alba Joshua Alberola Moataz Aldaraweish Suliman Alhojairi Abdullah Alotaibi Bader Alqahtani Wadha Alqahtani Anthony Alu Heather Anderline Shauna Anderson Kristin Andres Linzey Astleford Stephanie Bacchus Anne Baerwald Justin Balint Ruslan Barabolkin James Barcheski Andrew Bartlow Jenny Battenberg Nicole Beavers April Bechtel Crista Behr Timothy Benesky Daniel Benson Caela Bernecker Robert Besancon Joseph Bideganeta Eric Bidwell N avya Bikkasani Kathryn Blakeslee Kristin Bohnenberger Steven Bonanni George Brady Jonathan Brady Kylene Brady Alex Brittain Heather Brown Joseph Brown 40 Martya Brown Jared Brownmiller Gary Buczynski Erin Bush Samantha Byrnes Chad Casterline Alyssa Ceklosky Gema Charvet Stanley Chickey Joseph Chrismer Nicole Clarke Albert Clocker Mattew Cohen Corissa Colletta Heather Compton Robert Condella David Cook Richard Cosgrove Cassandra Cronin Kersten Crowl Wyatt Culler Kelli Cummings Rachel Curtis Michael Cusuman~ ,, Jordan D'Emilio Eric Danko Alyssa Davis Cliff Davis Emily Decker Kerry Denicola Theodore Dennis Meribeth Derkach Christopher Derojas Justin Desanto James De Stefano Rich Dimarco Kristen Diorio Michael Dobbs Lauren Donmoyer Mark Dorzinsky Erik Duda Donna Duva Emily Dymond ~,. ... Todd Eagles Carrie Early Laura Eckman Bethany Eiche Joshua Elmore Matthew Endress Amanda English Stephen Exeter Christopher F adule Amanda F asciana 1' Tyler Ferry .,.y Ryan Fetterman . Seth Fetterolf · F rederick'F ielding I' Christa Filipkowski Christine Fleming Jocelyn Forte Kerri Frail Bethany Freed Justin Gabel Elefteria Gasliatsatos ..,, Megan Gallagher Revecca Gallaher Jacquelyn Gallo James Gambucci Latoya Gardner Todd Garey Elizabeth Garner Christine Gavlick Jason Gebauer Marjorie Felso Justin Gentile Stephanie Gerhat Ashley Gerringer Troy Gibson Rob Glycenfer Donald Fossart William Gouger Casey Gow Heather Grabowski Courtney Graham Amanda Greer Leonard Gryskewicz Kimerly Gumaer Adam Guzik Osama Hameed Erin Hanley James Harcher Nicole Hayes Brandon Hector Jessica Helfrich Cristen Hemstead Tiera Hickman Bridget Hine Kaley Hippensteal James Histed Janice Hoffert Ann Hofmann Carolyn Holecek Erica Hoot Kevin Hopper Paul Huch Miles Humenansky Ryan Huttman Arthur Jankowski Matthew Jones Ryan Kane Angelia Karsko Corey Katsak Jeffery Kaufman Caitlin Kelley Tara Kelly Zachary Keoppel Jessica Khalil Steven Kheloussi Ayla Kile Bernard Klemchak Michael Klimek Brianna Koch Nicholas Koch Julia Kolaski Stacey Koneski Frank Kopyta Andrew Kosco Rachel Kretz Molly Kurlandski Jon athan Kushner Cody Kustrin Phillip Labelle Jared Lacefield Michael Lanczak Faith Lane Kali Leach Alicia Lewis Alison Lin Benjamin Lockwood Lisa Lombardo Jessica Lopatto Alysha Lopez Peter Lopez June Lor Sean Guy Madden John Malachowski Allison Malloy Brittany Maloney Mattew Manganiello Justin Marino Jonathan Martin Stephen Martin Marissa May Daniel McColgan Amy McDaniels Molly McDonough Katie McFarland William McGovern Colby McMullen Christian Medek Jennifer Menzies Walter Mieczkowski Kevin Miers Ariel Miller Conrad Miller Chelsea Minix Gerald Monahan Maximilian Morales George Morgan Erin Morrissey Matthew Mullins Kenneth Muto Jonathan N agar Marcella N aguib lndramattie N arainasami p ( M ~ I Ch B A I Gi j Ka1 Whi M Tl F n E Jose Jes Li M M, Ki A Bra Katl Bri ] Bre Hol And Tra Je1 Wil Bi Pa Zac �uf~ z Kimerly Gumaer Adam Guzik Osama Hameed Erin Hanley James Harcher Nicole Hayes Brandon Hector Jessica Helfrich Cristen Hemstead Tiera Hickman Bridget Hine Kaley Hippensteal James Histed Janice Hoffert Ann Hofmann Carolyn Holecek Erica Hoot Kevin Hopper Paul Huch Miles Humenansky Ryan Huttman Arthur Jankowski Matthew Jones Ryan Kane Angelia Karsko Corey Katsak Jeffery Kaufman Caitlin Kelley Tara Kelly Zachary Keoppel Jessica Khalil Steven Kheloussi Ayla Kile Bernard Klemchak Michael Klimek Brianna Koch Nicholas Koch Julia Kolaski Stacey Koneski Frank Kopyta Andrew Kosco Rachel Kretz Molly Kurlandski Jonathan Kushner Cody Kustrin Phillip Labelle Jared Lacefield Michael Lanczak Faith Lane Kali Leach Alicia Lewis Alison Lin Benjamin Lockwood Lisa Lombardo Jessica Lopatto Alysha Lopez Peter Lopez June Lor Sean Guy Madden John Malachowski Allison Malloy Brittany Maloney Mattew Manganiello Justin Marino Jonathan Martin Stephen Martin Marissa May Daniel McColgan Amy McDaniels Molly McDonough Katie McFarland William McGovern Colby McMullen Christian Medek Jennifer Menzies Walter Mieczkowski Kevin Miers Ariel Miller Conrad Miller Chelsea Minix Gerald Monahan Maximilian Morales George Morgan Erin Morrissey Matthew Mullins Kenneth Muto Jonathan Nagar Marcella Naguib lndramattie N arainasami Patricia Naumann Jason Neare Phat Nguyen Thao Nguyen Gregory Nielsen Aaron N ikles Briana Nissen Walter Nitterauer Cody Null Meagan O'Connell Michael O'Day Kevin O'Hara Robert Gravitz Christopher Orengo Brandon Owens Ashley Palkovic Brian Palmiter Griffin Panicucci Adria Parsons Kathleen Patchoski Arpita Patel Whitney Patrusevich Matthew Patzek Thomas Pavlick Ryan Pearson Marc Persing Ethan Pidcock Joseph Polashenski Jessika Popowitz Lindsey Porter Marleny Portes Matthew Powers Kireesa Pramik Alicia ~r~ish Bral)don Prentice Kathryn Prislupski -!Brittany Puckett Daniel Rae Breanne Ralston Holland Ramaley Andrew Razawich Travis Reinaker Jennifer Renta William Riccetti Briana Rider Patrick Ritter Zachary Roberts . Erin Robinson Mitchell Robinson Kimberly Rogers Jonathan Rohrbach Theresa Romaldini Shawn Romanoski Nicholas Rosati Sterling Rospendowski Rachael Rovinski Lindsay Rowland Stephen Rozanski Sara Rupp Michael Ryan Jared Sabol Gabrielle Saitto Jeffery Samselski Jenna Sargent Kayla Saxon Michael Scalese Anthony Scarnato Gia Scavo Taylor Schadel Nicole Schiffner :(Janiel Sekera Mark Senchak Barbara Shaver Brittany Sheluga Joseph Shipula Katherine Shoemaker Charles Siarkowski Eric Sidman Trisha Sikora Sarah Simon Karan Sluhocki Jacob Snell Andrew Sobiesiak Caitlin Sobota Craig Solomon Jessica Solt Jessica Sowinski Nina Sparachino Lindsey Speck Marissa Spigelmyer Kyle Stair Benjamin Stanton Brielle Stanton Rebecca Stanton ,..tl!J~ Zachary Stash Gina Stefanelli Alison Stetzler Jeffrey Stone Matthew Sullivan Suzanne Szewczyk William Thomas Daniel Tiene AmyUmerich Chelsea U selding Justina Van Allen Angela Van Strander Kevin Vanderhoof Nels on Villalta Jacqueline Virgilio Sean Vona Joseph Waichulis Natalie Walter Megan Watkins Nicholas Watkins Gregory W eisenfuch Shaina Welikonich Kathryn Welsh Clayton Wicks Carl Wilcox Gloria Wilkins Megan Williams David Wodyka Florena Wolfe Kayla Wolfe Aaron Wolman Danielle Wysokinski Bethany Y amrick Clinton Yoder Krista Zawistowski Steven Zebrine Kaitlin Zenz Rhonda Zikowski 41 �Leamar We; were spi "To be yourself in a world that is constantly trying to make you something else is the greatest accomplishment" -Ralph Waldo Emerson "To bring together the top leaders of today and tomorrow to create a better, more sustainable world through the positive of business" -SIFE going tc Congratulations and the best to you always. Dad, M<?i1n & Tanja Jared- Congratulations. We wish you continued luck and success. We are very proud of yol long way, working hard tc We all love ye Mr. and Mrs. Edward Connor,, Raina and Mrs. Sally Connor Ian, "Today is your day! Your mountain is waiting ... So ..... Get on your way!" -Dr. Seuss Dear Robert, Words could never explain how proud we are of you. You have accomplished so much in the last four years. Remember to always follow your heart, it will never fail you. As you know character is more important than personality, never waiver, always be true to you. We know you will always achieve your goals, we are so proud to call you our son and brother. We love you bigger and bigger. Love, Mommy, Daddy, Amanda, & Taylor 42 Katie, I am so proud of) dreaming or believing and suport will always Jimmy - Thanks for thew play football these past fc familites. It went by so q Congratulations on a gre; Jillian we of you. : wish you �Leamarie, We are so proud of you, we knew from the day you were bron that you were special. We love you with all our hearts and know that your future is going to being you all the happiness you deserve. Our Love Always, Mommy & Daddy and the ys. Katie, I am so proud of you and what you have accomplished thus far. Never stop dreaming or believing in yourself, continue to strive for success. My constant love and suport will always be with you. Congratulations! Love Mom We arc veiy proud of you for achieving your accomplishments, you came a long way, working hard to be where you are now. We all love you very much! From: Dad, Mom, · explain how tou have in the last ~ to always ll never fail racter is more tality, never nyou. We chieve your to call you We love you Love, 1da, & Taylor Sister and Brothers Jimmy - Thanks for the wonderful memories at Wilkes, we had so much fun watching you play football these past four years and especially meeting the other players and their familites. It went by so quickly but I'm sure we'll all be back for more tailgating! Congratulations on a great college career, we are so proud of you! " Love, Dad, Mom, and Mallory . i Jillian words cannot express how much we love you and how proud we are of you. You are an amazing person and will be a fantastic teacher. We wish you all the best in a career that is perfect for you. Love, Mommy, Daddy and Shannon 43 �LizWe've never been more proud, Congrats! We all know you'll do well. Love, Dad, Mom andjoe Congratulations Bekah! Good Luck in Law School! With Lots of LOVE, Mom &Dad Congratulations, Philip! We are so proud of you. May God continue to bless you. We know you will do great things with your degreee. "To laugh and often muc intelligent people and the the appreciation of hone5 of false friends; to apprec others; to leave the world healthy child, a garden pi condition; to know even because you have lived. -Ralph Waldo Emerson "To bring tog her the to1 tomorrow to create a bet1 through the positive pow1 Raina, WAY TO GO! YOU DII of you and your accompl: your dreams, even when less traveled ... or 1200 mi Love, Mom, Dad, Kyra, Gramt Bubbie, and Amo Love, .. Mom, Dad, Kristina, Kim, Chris, Samuel, & Abigail He who is brave is free ...... We are so happy for you. Congratulations on Graduating. Love, Mom and Dad Aubree, May all your paths lead to Love, Happiness & Success! You make us proud every day! Love & Congratulations from your family 44 Congratulations, Matt We are so proud of al May you achieve all yi and success in your li those around you in ) Love, Mom, Dad, Stephen, i "Pop" is smiling down �'To laugh and often much; to win the respect of intelligent people and the affection of children; to earn the appreciation of honest critics and endure the betrayl of false friends; to appreciate beauty, to find the best in others; to leave the world a little better; whether by a healthy child, a garden patch or a redeemed social condition; to know even one life has breathed easier because you have lived. This is the meaning of success" -Ralph Waldo Emerson "To bring together the top leaders of today and tomorrow to create a better, more sustainable world through the positive power of business." -SIFE Raina, WAY TO GO! YOU DID IT! We are incredibly proud of you and your accomplishments. Continue to follow your dreams , even when they lead you down the road less traveled ... or 1200 miles away! God continue to degreee. Anthony Dattolo 2X "All-American" Congratulations on all that you have accomplished these past 4 years. We are so proud of you. We are so excited for you and your future! We wish you all the Love, Mom, Dad, Kyra, Grammy, Bubbie, and Amo luck, love and happiness you deseIVe always. Love Always, Dad, Mom and Deanna Congratulations, Matthew! We are so proud of all your accomplishments! May you achieve all your goals, find good health and success in your life, and keep the ove of those around you in your heart forever Love, .# , Mom, Dad, Stephen, and your Grandparents "Pop" is smiling down on you always ./ '.lily Congratulations to the Seniors! You've offically done it It is now time to move onto bigger and better things and make Wilkes University proud! The Yearbook Staff would like to wish you the best of luck in the rest of what is to come! 2011-2012 45 �"Success is determined not by whether or not you face obstacles, but by your reaction to them. And if you look at these obstacles as a containing fence , they become your excuse for failture. If you look at them as a hurdle, each one strengthens you for the next." --Dr. Ben Carson My pride and love are with you always. Stay strong and sweet. You will make this happen. My love, Gramma Your persev~ rance, ambition, hard work, and dedication are qualities that make you so special. We are so proud of you for all you have accomplished, all you have overcome, and all that lies ahead of you. All our Love and Pride, Mom, Dad, Autumn, Dallas and Troy Britt.. .I am so proud of you and the goals you have set. Don't get out of school too soon though ... we have many more spring breaks to celebrate. Love you, Uncle "Courage is the discovery that you may not win, and trying when you know you can lose." As always, so proud of you Brit! Stay courageous. My love, Aunt Vic "The secret to success is to start from scratch and keep on scratching" --Dennis Green We love you and are so proud!!! Congratulations! Uncle Ronnie, Aunt Cyndi, Kassie and Kyle �ambition, hard n are qualities that We are so proud ve accomplished, rre, and all that de, ., Dallas and Troy t. ..I am so proud of you the goals you have set. l't get out of school too 1 though ... we have many e spring breaks to )rate. ~ you, le ���Cross Country The Colonels men's and women's cross country teams opened up this year in Kirby Park where they hosted Misericordia. The women triumphed with a close win while the men suffered a defeat. They then continued on to compete together at the Cougar Classic. Dan Lykens lead for the men's team where he finished in 54th place, while Michelle Wakeley led for the women's team and finished in an impressive 6th place overall. 7th place was secured by both the men and women at the Messiah Invitational where Wakeley achieved the fifth best time in school history in the 6k with 24:51. At the MAC championships the men finished eighth out of 14 teams and the women finished tenth out of 13. This allowed them to compete at the NCAA Division III Mideast Regionals where the Colonels finished 38th of 4 7 and the Lady Colonels finished 41 st of 4 7. From all of her hard work this year Wakeley was named MAC Scholar Athlete of the Year. Above: It's becoming a dead s: finish Right: Matthew Buot race Above: Wilkes runner tracking time Below: Michelle Wakeley leads the pack of runners Above: Kirsten Cook runs sid Christine Klingel Right: The men's team lined 1 tarting gun 50 �1ntry Above: It's becoming a dead sprint to the finish Right: Matthew Buono running his race Jack of runners Above: Kirsten Cook runs side by side Christine Klingel Right: The men's team lined up to wait the tarting gun �Field Hockey Bevans dribbling down the sideline Above: Kaitlyn Bevans getting ready to attack the ball Brittany Beavers lunging towards the offense 52 Alisha Bowers dribbling around a defender The Lady Colonels wt Wilkes picked up thei against Delaware Vall another win against :C senior Lindsey Daven another win against 1\1 first team as a midfiel �Beavers ready to drive Bevans dribbling down the sideline )bling around a Ashley Ream winding up to striek the ball The Lady Colonels were selected to finish seventh in the conference voted on from the coaches. Wilkes picked up their first win against Arcadia who they shut out 1-0. Their next win, 2-0, against Delaware Valley College, wouldn't come until after a couple of tough losses. With another win against Desales it put the Colonels 2-2 in the Freedom play. Field hockey's only senior Lindsey Davenport, our goalie, was recognized during senior night, while also chalking up another win against Misericordia. Lauren Pawling was named to the 2011 Freedom Conference first team as a midfielder, while Davenport made the second team selection. �Football Wilkes was expected to finish third overall this season within the MAC. They started off on a positive note by having sophomore, Tate Moore-Jacobs, named a Preseason All-American. Todd Eagles, wide receiver, was named to the MAC Honor Roll after his performance in a tough loss against Susquehanna University. Throughout the rest of the season to follow fellow players; Moore-Jacobs (2), Zach Tivald (2), Rob Houseknecht, Andrew Regan were also named to the Honor Roll. The new football stadium was named in honor of our legendary football coach Rollie Schmidt, who had the third-longest winning streak in collegiate football history with a record of 32 straight games. In the same day as the renaming, the Colonels defeated Widener 35-27 and Alex George was named MAC Offensive Player of the Week. They finished out the season strong on senior day with a strong win over Stevenson. Wilkes was proud to name six to the All-MAC football teams. Tivald , Ben Webb , Moore-Jacobs, received first team All-Middle Atlantic Conference. Eagles, Houseknecht, and Regan were named to the second team. ~.,.. ..,,.,~ -; Above: Linemen Anthony Swain and Brendon Myer blocking quarterback Alex George. Below: Left- Running back Auxence Wogou taking a route; Middle- A Wilkes single take down of the offense Right- Senior, Shawn Gregson avoiding the defenders Above: Todd Eagles holding fc Geoffrey Arentz Top Right: Billy Connor, Nid Chris Demuro supporting tear Bottom Right: A full stand for homecoming game all in 1suppi Colonels 54 �Left: Star senior, running back, Zach Tivald running into the end zone according to teammate Calvin Garvin (background) Below: Dylan Mohring getting taped up ready to get back into the game Jrendon Myer blocking rogou taking a route; the offense g the defenders bove: Todd Eagles holding for kicker Geoffrey Arentz Top Right: Billy Connor, Nick Gray, and Chris Demuro supporting teammates Bottom Right: A full stand for the homecoming game all in,support of our Colonels �Golf Matt Kachurak watching his putt toward the hole Mark Wallis completing his drive Matt Kachurak lining up his finishing putt 56 Jon Rohrbach watching his ball land after the distant drive The men's golf team kicl Wilkes's top shooter tiec Elizabethtown Fall Class against Kings and Scran falling short to Scranton Conference. The top fiv Michael Daubert, and J< where they would ultim, 24th overall, shooting a �Jeremy Nolt watching his putt Matt Kachurak watching his putt toward the hole ng his ball land nt drive Michael Turano finishing the hole The men's golf team kicked off their fall season with a tri-match at Misericordia. Matt Kachurak Wilkes's top shooter tied for second with shooting 75. They finished the fall season at the Elizabethtown Fall Classic where they finished 16th place overall. For the opening home match against Kings and Scranton at the Huntsville Golf Club, they succeed in defeating rival Kings before falling short to Scranton. To finish out the season they prepared to compete at the Mid-Atlantic Conference. The top five competitors consisted of Anthony Gagliostro, Jeremy Nolt, Darren Mensch, Michael Daubert, and Jon Rohrbach after one day of shooting they were in seventh place. Which was where they would ultimately finish after the second day. Anthony Gagliostro led Wilkes finishing 24th overall, shooting a 176. 57 �Men's Soccer With the start of a new season the Wilkes Men's Soccer was picked to finish sixth in the preseason poll. After a rough start against Rosemont they sprung back to clinch a win against Gwynedd-Mercy. After tough competition the Colonels accepted a tough defeat agasint # 17 Muhlenberg. Eric McAnena shot the game winner against Penn College and Michael Turner did the same against Baptist Bible. With a mixture of wins and losses throughout the rest of the season they concluded with an over-all record of 6-11, 2-5 in Freedom Conference play. TJ Brandt, playing midfielder, was named to the All-Freedom Second Team. Above: Men's team lined Alligence Right: T J Brandt dribblini Above: Stephen Ruch dribbling down the sideline Below: Coach Wingert, head coach, strategizing with his players Above: Michael Turner sp the ball Right: Andrew Asare blobl 58 �er Above: Men's team lined up for the Pledge of Alligence Right: T J Brandt dribbling the ball the sideline rategizing with his players Above: Michael Turner sprinting the retreive the ball Right: Andrew Asare blotking the defender �Women's Soccer Celebration aj wmnmggo, The women's team watches on cheering on their teammates on the field Katy Fissel ready to strike the ball 60 Danielle Brewer quickly weaving around the defender The Lady Colonels wer Widener she was name Week. The women's sc who struggled after the Society where $1492 w was named Player of th Week. Ashley Graham named to the All-Freed Fissel also was named t team. Ellis also was na �Jana Martin anticipating the next pass Celebration after a winning goal! dy weaving ~nder Lyndsay Ellis carrying the ball up the field The Lady Colonels were chosen to finish third in the Preseason Poll. After Katy Fissel's game winning goal against Widener she was named Conference Player of the Week. The same well goalie Sam Lindo earned Defender of the Week. The women's soccer team isn't just about playing a sport. They could be found lending a hand to help those who struggled after the flood. They also held a pink jersey auction to raise money to benefit the American Cancer Society where $1492 was raised. After a 0-0, 2 overtime tie against FDU, they rose against DeSales 4-1. Jana Martin was named Player of the Week for scoring 4 goals and 1 assist in one week, while Lindo was named Goalie of the Week. Ashley Graham had her first hat trick this season to beat Delaware Valley 4-1. Fissel and Lyndsay Ellis were named to the All-Freedom Conference First Team and Erin Donnelly earned Second Team All-Conference honors. Fissel also was named to the second team honors of the NSCAA All-Mid-Atlantic team while Ellis made the third team. Ellis also was named to the ECAC All-Star team and Fissel to the second team. 61 �Volleyball Wilkes introduced Meredith Alexis as the new Women's Volleyball Head Coach. They were voted to finish sixth overall in the Preseason Conference poll. The season started at a Moravian Invitational where after two days finished up 1 and 3. The season started off rough for the Colonels losing in tournaments and dual matches. They almost took out rival King's after taking the first 2 sets before losing 2-3. Wilkes took down Hilbert College in a straight 3 sets. It was a close match against Delaware Valley College. Wilkes took the loss at 2-3 but Senior Kate McGurk led with 34 assists and 21 digs. To end the season Wilkes Colonel's took a win against Manhattanville College. Above: Paige Trusty am to retun serve Right: Ca Above: Emily DeBuck bumping the ball Below: Paige Trusty and Kate McGurk celebrating together Above and Right: Emil) over 62 �Above: Paige Trusty and Emily DeBuck in position to retun serve Right: Casey Bohan spiking the ball celebrating together Above and Right: Emily DeBuck bumping the ball over the net 63 �Men's Basketball Top: Mullins fortl Below: Jourdon , taking the ba Cameron Hinkel looking to get ar~~nd Misericrodia defense The Preseason Polls J posted huge wins aga: later on. Paul Huch, in school history for ~ impressive 26 points Marywood in a cross Players of the week a Freedom Champions: named to Casida Aca year. 64 Senior, Paul Huch jumping for a rebound Senior, Matt Mullins dribbling past the defender �Captain Mullins with the fade away Jumper Top: Mullins forthe tip Below: Jourdan Wilson taking the ball Hinkle taking the ball up the line The Preseason Polls predicted that Wilkes Basketball would finish up fourth in the conference. The team posted huge wins against PSU dere!ting Hazleton and Harrisburg to start the season and Wilkes-Barre later on. Paul Huch was name·d Freedom Player of the Week after posting 24 rebounds the second most in school history for a single game. Freshmen, Jordan Wilson was name Player of the Week after an impressive 26 points in 26 minutes against Misericordia. Huch hit a career high of 29 points against Marywood in a cross country challenge finale. Kendall Hinze and Matt Mullins were named Freedom Players of the week after outstanding performances. The Colonels overcame Eastern to advance to Freedom Championship Finale before falling to Misericordia. Huch Scholar Athlete of the year and named to Casida Academic All District 4 First Team, Wilson ECAC South Rookie and Freshman of the year. :: ~• J\, '\\\ past the 't~\1)\\\1\~~\ l,\{~X,t~~~w~,~'~ff'r$tj'ltfj.~\~~,,'ll,'!~•1~ ~ ~ \ ~ - - / ~}\ 65 �Women's Basketball Wilkes picked up new head coach Chris Heery to start the 11-12 season. The Lady Colonels were picked to finish eighth this season. They started off the season strong taking wins against PSU Hazleton and Wilkes-Barre, and Keystone. In the Blue Jay Classic, the ladies dropped a close 2 overtime lost to PSU Harrisburg. Megan Kazmerski dropped a career high 27 points in a loss against Manhattanville. Finally they took a win against Cedar Crest ending a 9 game losing streak. It was a tough end of the season as they couldn't pull out another win. Whitney Connolly was the sole senior on the team. In March Allison Walsh was featured in a sports documentary about the Above: Larisa Farese dribbling around Misericordia Dunmore-Mid Valley girls' Below: Allison Walsh boxing out Above: Wilkes offenl the lane Right: Amanda Pawl between two defende basket Above: Kate Thomas 11 pass or the basket Right: Allison Walsh g( defense 66 �~ketball Above: Wilkes offense taking it down the lane Right: Amanda Pawlowski sneaks between two defenders to take it to the basket iisericordia Above: Kate Thomas looking for an open pass or the basket Right: Allison Walsh getting around the defense 67 �Wrestling Dave Oberrender takes the win! Tony Peterson looking for a flip "~ ·" Wilkes getting ready to dive for the legs in an attempt to take down their opponent 68 Ray Dungee getting in the mood as he prepares for his bout Before the season began Ryan Wilson and Anthrn lead the team to first. W Petrofes Dattolo and My fifth in school history, de Open with six champion: Matt Transue. Fleck fini second straight Metropol All-American Honors as · named to the Division II �Griffin Panicucci taking on his opponet Dave Oberrender takes the win! getting in the mood as he )ares for his bout Wilkes scrapping on the mat Before the season began Coacl1 Jon Laudenslager was named to the 2011 Cardinal Athletic Hall of Fame. Ryan Wilson and Anthony Dattolo took Individual Titles leading off at the King's Invitational helping to lead the team to first. W~es moved from being ranked Nationally from 12 to 11. In the Messiah Petrofes Dattolo and Myzar Mendoza were crowned first. Dattolo collected his 100th win, to become the fifth in school history, defeating Messiah's Ty Kanouff. Wilkes experienced high success in the Messiah Open with six champions: Michael Fleck, Jeff Peterson, Matt Ellery, Nathan White, Dustin Stough, and Matt Transue. Fleck finished the season earning Metropolitan Rookie of the Year. Dattolo earned his second straight Metropolitan Title; and finished runner-up at the NCAA Championships earning him All-American Honors as well as Wilkes Male Athlete of the Year. Shane Everett and Tyler Lauchaire were named to the Division III Scholar and All-American teams. 69 �Baseball The coaches in the Freedom conference ranked the Wilkes Colonels to finish sixth this season. Wilkes took big wins against PSU Wilkes-Barre, Marywood, and Eastern. After two ninth inning rallies the men fell to Penn College and POU-Florham. The biggest comeback though came against Manhattanville, where Wilkes was trailing by ten runs in the seventh inning. Scott Skammer led off in a rally that gave them the win at 13-11. OnApril4, 2012Matt Ruch clinched the all-time hitting record at 186 against Misericordia. The season ended in the Freedom Finale against Delaware Valley. M. Ruch was named MAC Spring Scholar Athlete. Stephen Ruch was selected to First Team All-Freedom; Carmen Lopresto and Dan Pisanchyn were named to the Second Team. Above/Right/Bottom Rig Carmen Lopresto showca and defensive skills Above: Freshman, Stephen Ruch fielding the ball Below: Freshman, Cory Dickson throwing heat from the mound Above: Senior, Matt Ruch at school's all-time hits leader a; 200 hits in his career. Heals three for doubles, home runs! 70 �Above/Right/Bottom Right: Junior, Carmen Lopresto showcasing his offensive and defensive skills ing the ball ving heat from the mound Above: Senior, Matt Ruch at bat. Became the school's all-time hits leader and secured over 200 hits in his career. He also ranks in the top three for doubles, home runs, and runs scored. 71 �Women's Lacrosse Carley Smith wit strong ca1 Freshmen, Carley Smith carrying down the field towards the goal Carley Smith maneuvering around the defenders 72 Sophomore, Gabby Ford leading Wilkes in points, goals, assists, groundballs, and caused turnovers To start the seaso as the Women's 1 posting a tight wi1 with 12 Colonel's play to Eastern. ( improving them t completion of thi! two more years to �Sophomore, Keri Meerholz our leading scorer Carley Smith with another strong carry y Ford leading goals, assists, used turnovers Samantha Pavalko clearing the ball from defense To start the season Wilkes was given the spot to finish seventh. The Middle Atlantic Conference split as the Women's Lacrosse team joined the Freedom Conference. They started off the season strong posting a tight win in overtime against Sweet Briar 15-14 and a win against Trinity Washington 17-0 with 12 Colonel's scoring. The women were 6 and 0 before they suffered their first loss in conference play to Eastern. Gabby Ford and Keri Meerholz lead Wilkes in a win against Lancaster Bible College improving them to 7-4 overall. Ford was named to the All-Freedom Conference second team. With the completion of this season she reached her 100th goal, 3rd in alltime points, assists, and groundballs with two more years to go. 73 �After completing two opening tournaments at Scranton and Muhlenberg Wilkes defeated Lycoming 8-1 in preparation for the MAC Individual Tournament. Zach Telijohann, Steven Wilson, Brendon Blachowski, and Evan Katz took gold for doubles play in brackets 2 and 3. At spring break the Colonel's captured wins against John Carroll, Susquehanna and PSU-Behrend before falling to Bridgewater. They took strong wins against Eastern, Misericordia, Moravian, rival Manhattanville and Kings; there was a close win against Scranton 5-4. Alex Makos was named Freedom Player of the Week after dominating wins against FDU-Florham. With second wins over FDU and they captured their fifth straight Conference Title under coach Chris Leicht. In the first round of NCAA Regionals they faced Stevens Institute of Technoogy. Makos was named to the All-Freedom Conference first team with Steven Wilson who also earned Rookie of the Year. Telijohann and Freeman were named to the second team. Chris Leicht was named Coach of the Year. Men's Tennis Above: Lined up opponents Right: Alex Maki Above: Freshmen, Trey Fidler getting set to hit a forehand Below: Team unity showed by the men's team Above: Freshmen Za1 hands after the match Right: Junior Clarke l 74 �• ~nn1s Above: Lined up in order to meet their opponents Right: Alex Makos serving ta forehand Above: Freshmen Zach Telijohann waiting to shake hands after the match Right: Junior Clarke Freeman striking a backhand �Women's Tennis Amanda Rossi ser the ad side Sole senior Anna Mitchell ready..to Junior, Alexis Donner hitting a powerful forehand cross court 76 Iih a forehand Sophomore, Amanda Rossi hitting a forehand on the run There were only twc Individual Tournarr their flights while Ai spring break the Col were ranked 18th h, FDU-Florham and l Title. In the first ro years prior. Throug Donner, and Katie l to Lynn, Kristofco, : the Year. Donner a �Sophomore, Ally Kristofco serving the deuce side Freshman, Ana English warming up Amanda Rossi serving the ad side If l hitting a n There were only two opening matches in the fall against ESU and Lycoming each won 9-0 before the MAC Individual Tournament. Ally Kristofco, Alexis Donner, Amanda Halyk, and Ana English took first place in their flights while Anna Mitchell, Rebekah Shanaman, Donner, and Kristofco took doubles titles. On spring break the Colonels took wins over John Carroll, Moravian, Bridgewater, and Susquehanna. They were ranked 18th having an undefeated season at 16-0 overall, 4-0 in conference play. With defeating FDU-Florham and Misericordia in the finals, the Colonels claimed their sixth straight Freedom Conference Title. In the first round of NCAA Regionals they suffered a loss to Suny Geneseo, a rematch from two years prior. Throughout the season Player of the Week Honors went out to Melanie Nolt, Kristofco, Donner, and Katie Lynn. Mitchell was named MAC Spring Scholar. First team All-Conference went out to Lynn, Kristofco, and Nolt who also claimed Freedom Player of the Year and Wilkes Female Athlete of the Year. Donner and Mitchell earned second team. Chris Leight was named Coach of the Year. 77 �Softball The Lady Colonels were chosen to finish seventh in the Freedom Conference this year. Over Spring Break they posted strong wins over York College and John Jay College. With the season underway the Colonels split games in their first Conference matchup against Eastern. With a rain date scheduled, Wilkes took another split in Freedom play against FDU-Florham. They weren't done the Colonels also had close splits against Lycoming and PSU Hazleton before taking both games from Baptist Bible. Alysha Bixler was our strong pitcher who helped pull out another split against Scranton. In their final game of the season the Colonels took a game from Marywood. Laykin Hughes was named to the All-Freedom Conference first team as a pitcher, and Bixler was named to the second team as an outfielder. Above and Right: prepared to make Above: Sophomore Kait Brown rounding the bases Below: Freshmen, Laykin Hughes striking out Above: Kait Brown Right: Freshman, M out tag 78 �Above and Right: Freshman, Mandy Seccia prepared to make the necessary play iing the bases king out Above: Kait Brown throwing to make the out Right: Freshman, Maura Santarelli making the out tag 79 ���Cheerle Leann Baer It was another great year of support shown Lifted up by from the Wilkes Cheerleaders for o r football team. We appreciate all the work ou have done and consiste Cheering on the field Meribeth Derkach Leading the Wilkes squad Teamwork Chanting to get the crowd Left: Junior, Alex Chando all smiles Middle: Go! Fight! Win! Right: Junior, Jessica Short; Touchdown! �Leann Baer Lifted up by �GlolbaR Dllv<eir§lltty att WnRlk Global diversity has become a major part of the Wil University mission. ough the Global i rsity program, run by Georgia Costalas, Felixa Wingen, Kimberly Niezgoda, Erica Acosta, and Dr. Godlove Fonjweng, Wilkes has become hom e to students from all over the world. Wilkes has students from Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, China, Colomb , Wales and so many more places. In an effort to explore this amazing diversity on cam , the Cenfor for Global Diversity hosts many programs such as International night a Global Coffee Hour. The mainstay of the Global Diversity department, Global coffee ho is a weekly event that gives International and American students the opportunity to s d time together and learn about each other's cultures in a safe and open environment t global coffee hour, students enjoy snacks and coffee while playing games and discussin eir cultures with one another. It is programs like the Global Diversity program that m Wilkes University the well rounded institution that it is. The teachers a expenences an good. Being at Wilke events to assist �An Name:Yujia Jiang Country: China s. In an effort to The teachers are really nice. Some of my experiences are good and some are not good. v hosts many ,tay of the Global rnational and t each other's It is programs unded Name: Y aisa Mosquera ✓ Country: Colombia i Major: Accounting ft .,. Being at Wilkes is nice; they have a lot of events to assist us and I met nice people. Our �Advisor Jamie Miller quizzing students in order to win a free t-shirt aption copy goes here. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisi ing clit, sect do ciusmodsed. caption copy go s here. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisi cinj el.it, sed do eiusmodsed. ~~ - It as another rainy day for the annual Club Day at Wilkes University. With a last minute change, the booths were set up in Martz and the marketing began. There was a wide array of clubs represented once again this year. Students an ious for the free-shirt give away by Student Government. Give-aways consisted of pamphlets, food, clothing, bracelets, bottle openers, mugs, pens/pencils, and footballs! Clubs, Food, Friends, Give-Aways, Corn Soft Hot Sausi Can Can Cho 86 Photo by An overview of Club Day 2011 What every club hopes for...SIGN-UPS! �or Jamie Miller quizzing 1ts in order to win a free t-shirt Photo by Photo by Com-Dogs, Soft Pretzels, Hot Dogs, Sausage Sandwhichs, Cans of Soda, Candy, Chocolate Joey Marx leaving the buffet with a full plate of MNIC YEtlR800IC �HA WC was created to students to live a healt personal wellrfess goals available 7 days a wee] is interested. We provi nutrition guidelines, ar weekly email. This club gives Wilkes opportunity to engage i positive and supportin~ something that has not available to students. T benefits students who a in participating in the c but are interested in he, nutrition. Health a ( �HAWC HA WC was created to help encourage students to live a healthy lifestyle and set personal wellness goals. Workouts are available 7 days a week for anyone who is interested. We provide eating tips, nutrition guidelines, and more via a weekly email. This club gives Wilkes students the opportunity to engage in exercise in a positive and supporting environment, something that has not been previously available to students. This club also benefits students who are not interested in participating in the club's workouts, but are interested in healthy eating and nutrition. Coordinator: Trey Tietz Co-Coordinator: Alexandria Givens Secretary/Treasure: Samantha Bickert Health and Wellness Club Representatives: Anthony Cooper Kevin Taylor James DaRe Kevin Anderson Jordyn Miller Stacy Kandrac Publicity Chair: Janelle Holloman 89 ��At Wilkes University, the third week in October is dedicated to spreading the word about the dangers of alcohol abuse. Each year the Wyoming Valley Alcohol and Drug Services pairs up with the college to help inform students that drugs and alcohol can do serious harm to the body and mind. On Tuesday, students, faculty, an s gathered in the Greenway or the ann al walk over the Ma et Street Brid . Students wh participated recieved a free t shirt and a BBQ picnic afterwards. �hold up junior Leann Baer during the "Blue and Gold" cheer. �Left: The homecoming court poses on field after winners Dan McLaughlin and Christa Filipkowski were announced. �Students Cele Last spring, you may have walked across the Greenway and noticed a group of people running around and throwing colors at each other. You may have thought this was peculiar, right? Well, this is completely normal in parts of India during this time of year, because they were celebrating Holi. Every year, Hindus celebrate the festival of Holi, best known in the West as The Festival of Colors. Like most events in the Hindu calendar, this festival has many purposes, both religious and social. It is by far the least religious holiday, but still one of the most exhilarating celebrations. Holi celebrates the arrival of spring, originally to commemorate the abundant harvests from the fertile land. 1n modern times, Holi has become a tradition to just celebrate during the onset of spring. Although its social significance has been altered over time, its religious purpose remains intact-it honors events present in Hindu mythology. The days looming to Holi are buzzing with excitement and joy. The event takes place over a period of two days; on the first day, which is Holi, participants hold a bonfire (Holi means fire) to honor the death of a demon in Hindu mythology, and on the following day, known as Dhuletti {dhoo-let-tea), colored powder is thrown at each other to celebrate spring. ��on the Greenway . St tton candy . Stu take home a o . , Brenton Schafer and Melissa Caprio 96 The bouncy house was a huge hit this year. Junior Melanie Nolt (top left)a~ Jamie Miller (top right) race to the finish line, while Sophmore Cassidy Com takes a tumble (bottom right). �REENWAY . . . . . . L INT0 brings the carnival right to }tour doors ep. This year there was he Greenway. Students relived their younge years with sand art vases, facepain iAg, tton candy. Students raced each other to the top of the bouncy house a d got to take home a one of a kind balloon animal. What was your favorite par Junior Melanie Nolt (top left) and !, while Sophmore Cassidy Conroy om right). ��ON 'PRESENTS Right Top: Brian Palmiter warms up before the show. Right Ce ter: The top three are announced. Right Bottom: Charles Fuller and Allen Heggs set up for the show. Below: Ariel Miller wins over the crowd with Adele's "Someone Like �Favorite Shows Wilkes Un "."1y favorite how that I was a part of la t year was Lillie Women. It had such a small ca t o it "a" easy to connect with c,1ch other in the show. \I o, my character Jo larch was a challenging mil: for me, but it was so n:ward111g in o many wa;s." - icrra ellerari, Junior heat 2011-2012Season " I ommr. The mu Photos courtesy of Wilkes University Theater Wilkes University Theater department had , yet another successful season. They continued their tradition of preseiti~g four ,,. show in an academic year. This season kicked off with Almost, Maine a two act play about a small New England town that gets hit with the lovebug. It tells the tales of various couples falling in and out of love and all the trials and tribulations that follow. In November, W.U.T. performed a spectacular rendition of The Who s To11};.._my,/4 rock musical based off the famous 1969 album. The spring season included Little Women The Musical, a heartwarming take on the classic story, and Amadaus, a fictional account of Wolfgang Amadaus Mozart. The Theater department's hard work paid "It's difficult being in a production and keeping up with classwork. If you don't set appropriate amounts of time for each, it is easy to fall behind and become overwhelmed." -Nicole Weaver, Sophmore I 00 Top Left: Cierra Cellerari, Casey Gow. Center: Cassidy Conroy, Jimmy Basquill Bottom Left: Luke Brady "Definitely time management. Being a freshman and being a production, you have to learn really quick how to make your time matter." -Mandy Thomas, Freshman ic, the lights, the script and the Center: Cast of Amadaus Bottom Right: Cierra Cellerari, Kelly Pleva. Caitlin Mckee & Kearasten Jordan �Favorite Shows 11 My favorite show that I was a part of last year was Little Women. It had such a small cast so it was easy to connect with each other in the show. Also, my character Jo March was a challenging role for me, but it was so rewarding in so many ways." -Cierra Cellerari, Junior 11 Tommy. The music, the lights, the script and the entire cast and crew put on a great show. I loved each of the eras the show was set in and it was the perfect mix of Broadway meets Classic Rock." -Lacey Willis, Senior "This season was incredibly challenging for all of us due to the versatility of the four shows. Eve,;.yoffe had their own challenges from postmodern romatic comedy to tackling the immensity of Peter Shaffer. I believe this year was a wonderful season with great performances all around." -Jamie Alderiso, Sophmore 1ter: Cast of Amadaus tom Right: Cierra Cellerari, Kelly Pleva, tlin Mckee & Kearasten Jordan Do the traditions with W.U.T. change or remain the same over the years? "They evolve as the company changes. The traditions we had in my freshmen year were dramatically changed and long gone by the time I was a senior. It's kind of unfortunate because some of them were really fun." -Casey Gow, Senior 101 �the scoop on the ins an "The theme last year wa and had general dark underto piece revolved around the wo intcn e instrumental piece. U ne of the pieces that will ha How many hours a week do "Each class I was taking n cla and I was in Jazz and ime. I also learned a dance c he taught to a few select dan n top of that I was in four d tudent choreograph. Those o on average I was in the st - hat is the most rewarding "Being on stage in front ou have to hit every note pe r i ion. But perfection is h light up the stage. I love to the audience whether it is nything in between. No mat hat moment, from that time ff my mind goes to another motional journey I've ever �sp e w1 Jor er the scoop on the ins and outs of the life of a d -What was the theme of this year's recital? "The theme last year was focused on the end of the world ' and had general dark undertones to it. Lynne Mariani's modern piece rev9lved around the world ending 'in 201 f and used a very intense instrumental piece. Usually the theme is based around one of the pieces that will have the most impact on the audience emotionally. -How many hours a week do you dedicate to dancing? "Each class I was taking involved three hours of rehearsal in class and I was in Jazz and Modern so that is 6 hours of class ' time. I also learned a dance choreographed by Kris Cross, that<- 1 . . , she taught to a few select dancers that met for an hour a week. On top of that I was in four dance CO\llposition pieces that students choreograph. Those required one hour a week as well. So on average I was in the studio for 11 hours a week. -What is the most rewarding part of being a dancer? "Being on stage in front of an audience. Just like singing you have to hit every note perfectly, in dance every move with precision. But perfection is hard to achieve so my main goal is to light up the stage. I love to perform and pl})ject my emotions · to the audience whether it is happiness., sadness, hist, anger or , anything in between. No matter what is going on in my life at that moment, from that time I step on stage to the tirhe I step , off my mind goes to another piace and takes me on the best emotional Journey I've ever had. ��Winter Weekend was icelodeon Many students articipated including groups ·ke Wilkes Ultimate Frisbee team, History Club, Wilkes Cheerleaders, and the :hemistry club. The students were challeneged to participate in varous games md activities throughout the weekend. Some of the cartoons we saw included ugrats, Doug, Hey Arnold, AHH Real Monsters, Inspector Gadget, and Catdog. 11 • �A Minersville, PA native, Drebitko picked up skiing when he was five years old. It originally started out as a family sport. But racing was found within his blood passed down from his father. Skiing only became serious when he left baseball at Wilkes in 2011, to pursue competition. For years Jon would only ski four to six times a year as a hobby. In the last two years though this increased substantially to four to six times per week! A benefit of this was the opportunity to travel. Some of the farthest slopes were Salt Lake • City, Utah; Copper, Colorado; Killington, VT; and Okemo, VT. Jon's favorite slope is Solitude in Salt Lake City. No wonder, it's one of his favorites, it's ranked #3 for Best Powder and has an annual snowfall .of 500 inches. With over 2,500 acres to j}{i on and 64+ runs it has ample opportuniti~s for long days on the slopes. Skiing is not,a .sport that is easy to fund. He easily spends thousands of dollars to cover equipment. gas, entry and organizational fees, and travel per year. That's why Drebitko applied at Sno Mountain to become one of their ski instructors and pace setters. According to Professional Ski ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Instructors of America (PSIA) he is ranked level I out of 3. With more training and experience he will move qHickly through the ranks. Working at Sno Mountain has its advantages, it allows him to ski for free and receive pro forum discounts from certain retailers. In his free time Jon loves to still play baseball and swing a bat. He also ..,... enjoys taking his dog for walks on the mountain and of course watching skiing whenever it's on TV. John Teller is Jon's favorite ski cross racer but his all-time favorites are Bode Miller (pictured) and Lindsey Vonn all of who compete on the US team. Drebitko knows the true definition when it comes to speed. He's been clocked between 6 5 to 7 5 mph during a ski cross race on some of the international courses. Normally the speed reached depends on the type and/ or discipline of the race. Jon had the chance to qualify for the USASA Nationals Competition; which was hosted in April 2012 at slopes in Copper Colorado. At Nationals he met competitors and coaches who shared the same skiing passion and were willing to exchange ideas on techniques. For most of the year Jon found himself ranked at #1 for the From: http://lazyspleen.blogspot.com. USASA for most of year and therefore entered Nationals at 3rd. He 012/ 11/randomville-10-peoplcended the season crossing the finish at 6th after crashing in his second 1-bet-you-didnt.html heat. Drebitko is following him dreams of being a competition skier, who knows maybe he'll be the next Shaun White. r----------------------------------iiiiiil There are reaffy on[y three thi119s to [eam in skii119: Ftow to put on your skis, Ftow to s[ufe downfii[C ancf fww wa[k, aCo119 the Ftospita[ coni.clor. ~ Lord Mancroft, A Chinaman in the Bath, 1974 �irs old. It originally ~d down from his father. rsue competition. For ;vo years though this s the opportunity to hest slopes were Salt Lake orado; Killington, VT; favorite slope is Solitude ·onder, it's one of his for Best Powder and has )0 inches. With over j 64+ runs it has ample 1ys on the slopes. Skiing r to fund. He easily lars to cover equipment, .onal fees, and travel per ko applied at Sno e of their ski instructors ling to Professional Ski PSIA) he is ranked level 1 ~ the ranks. Working at ~ pro forum discounts . swing a bat. He also ;kiing whenever it's on are Bode Miller From: http://lazyspleen.blogspot.com/2 012/ l l /r31domville-l 0-people-il 1-bet-you-didnt.html ) , to s[icfe cfownfii[[, and Fww to ~ �Wilkes hip hop Right: Mcmebers of Wilke niver ity Programing Board meet with Mac Miller after the how. �Wilkes Programming Board welcomes the year's hottest hip hop artist to the F.M. Kirby Center for their spring concert. Right: Memebers of Wilkes University Programing Board meet with Mac Miller after the show. �es vs. Kings Ea History was made on the eve of January 21st. The Wilkes Colonels and the Kings Monarchs came head to head in a challenge that neither side has seen before. The teams traveled to the Mohegan Sun Area to participate in the first annual Wilkes vs. Kings hot dog eating contest. The stakes were high as Justin "The Maniak" Franiak, Bryan "Wizzer" Wislosky, "Amish" Phil Leid, Devin "Devo" Kane, and Mark "So..l!_g Menace" Fowler entered the packed arena during a Penguin's Hockey game. When asked how he prepared for the event, Phil said he fasted for 24 hours. According to Bryan, Kings didn't even stand a chance. In the end, Wilkes conquered 25 hot dogs in under 5 minutes and were crowned the champions. Maniak Franiak's technique was to "dip and shove". When asked if he would have done anything differently, Franiak said he would have worn a tighter shirt. Wilkes Progr Ballroom. Some Grotto's Pizza victorious. Progra �ontest Wilkes Programming Board hosted their annual Pizza Wars in the SUB Ballroom. Some pizza vendors included Pronto's, Januzzi's, Rodano's and Grotto's Pizza The ballots were counted and Pronto's Pizza came out Victorious. Programming Board also announced the perfonning artist for the spring~oncert via Twitter live feed. # ���RELAY FDR lfFE 2012 What Is Reay / According to their website, Relay for Life is a worldwide organization that raises awareness about cancer. There are over 4 million people in over 20 countries that take part in raising money for this phenomenal group. During a Relay, participants celebrate survivors of cancer, remember the ones we've lost, and fight back to prevent future losses from the disease. Each year Wilkes students create teams to raise money for the event and stay up for 24 hours participating in activities revolving around a certain theme. Students relived their childhood memories with a board game theme. I 114 I �012 �Every year Developm~ a week's games. Th Building is tr Casino that like Bing 0, Black Jo S:udents coll into raffle ti year incl Macbook shoppings p~ �Every year, Wilkes Student Development puts together a week's worth of fun and games. The Student Union Building is transformed into a Casino that features games like Bingo, Horse Racing, Black Jack, and Poker. Students collect chips to turn into raffle tickets. Prizes this year included lpads.,. a Macbook Pro and $1000 shopping spree at King of Prussia. CASINO WEEK �����Below: Rebekah Shanaman, Steph Harkins, Jordan Brown, Rache] Greenlaw Right: Matt Ruch, Breanne Ralston, Cara Goughenour Below: James Harcher, Sean Cox, Ashley Thorpe, Chm Manzi, Lindsay Above: Laura Gonzales, Erin Hamley, Michelle Wakeley, Katie Shedden, Mike Steever, Andrew Trout Right: Brian Switay, Jayb La roc, Michael 1 �e Left: Willie Eggleston, Cortny Sasserson, Jefferson Bohan, Sarah Maheady Below: Courtney Malast, Yasmine ��u �������boow To~ dotuvt, s~s-te Top Ten Movies: qJ~ ~Ci 1. Harry Potter and the http://womenshair.about.com/od/celebritystylel ty-Perrys-Hair_ 7 .htm Deathly Hallows Part II 2. Transformers: Dark of the Moon 3. The Twilight Saga: Breaking Dawn Part I 4. The Hangover Part II 5. Pirates of the Caribbean: Do you have On Stranger Tides these 6. Fast Five Obsessions? 7. Mission: Impossible Ghost Protocol •••--~~• 1. Charlie Sheen 8. Cars 2 2. The Rapture 9. Sherlock Holmes: A 3. "Friday" by Rebecca of Shadows 10. Thor Black http://3.bp.blogspot.com/-DeGo3ewhPSc/TikHgCqdKu I/AAAAAAAAAUc/eJZee-No81/s1600/plankingl.jpg Planking 4. Mortgage Rates 5. Extreme Couponing 6. Angry Birds 7. Planking 8. "Game of Thrones 9. Government Shutdown 10. Tiger Mom be b~ Go-t s-toct?.s oVL c Alyssa Campanella from California won Miss USA 20 11 htlp://upload. wikimedia.org/wikipedia/ common /c/cf/ Alyssa_Campanella_201 0.Jpg 1. iI 11 2. C 3. K 4. K 5. J �_......,......._.._..cb!oo-e, ~ou Us-tel1ed -to Tfus9 ~.+---+--~----+-----4Y-~ TVJs OL-te is tJDIL -tRe bo~s wi-tR -tRe 1. Rolling in the Deep- Adele 2. Party Rock AnthemJ boowti~· S~Ste.wt LMFAO Y cl 3. Firework- Katy Perry Top doW¾, J4C ~itR tRe eo~~· 4. E.T. Katy Perry S~Ste.wt 5. Give Me Everything- Pitbull qJ~ Re_ COwtes up i~ tRe_ efub, Re_ 6. Gernade- Bruno Mars 7. F**k You (Forget You)- Cee /The-Evolution-Of-Ka be b~i~· I lh v'r' Lo Green Got stocies o~ decie ik2e Re soOi~· up 8. Super Bass- Nicki Minaj 9. Moves Like Jagger- Maroon 5 10. Just Can't Get EnoughAlyssa . .~ Black Eyed Peas Campanella iJ omenshair.about.com/od/celebritystyle/ s-Hair_7.htm Do you have these Obsessions? Charlie Sheen The Rapture "Friday" by Rebecca Black Mortgage Rates Extreme Couponing !\ngry ~ irds Planking 'Game of Thrones" 3-overnment ;hutdown Tiger Mom from Califomia won Miss USA 2011 ttp:/ /cdn.crushable.com/filcs/2012/0 5/radioukapura-fm-adele-someone-like-you .jpg WoRrn·s Ri,cttE$r 'MAN: $68 'BILLION (ARLOS c)LIM 'flELU G' :fAMILY Mexican Tycoon; Chairman & Chief Executive of Telecommunications companies Telmex and America Movil http:/ /upload. wikimedia.org/wiki pedia/ commons/clef/Alyssa_Campanella_20 l O.jpg Top 1OSearches 1. iPhone 6. Lindsay Lohan 2. Casey Anthony 7. American Idol 3. Kim Kardashian 8. Jennifer Aniston 4. Katy Perry 9. Japan Earthquake 5. Jennifer Lopez 10. Osama bin 133 �http://i2.cdn.turner.com/ 20605062338-djokovic-f rizon tat-large-gallery .j pg Novak Djokovic n best men's seasons generated a 4 3 ma1 streak, won three c Slam titles (Austra Wimbleclon, U.S. the # 1 ranking, arn year 76-1. World Cup Finals: After a tied score of 2-2 against Japan the US team lost in penalty kicks. The Cardinals fought for the World Series against the Texas Rangers till GaIDe 7. Twice in Game 6 they were down to their final strike which would have put an end to it all. The University of Connecticut Huskies may have been the biggest underdogs in the NCAA. With a regular season record of .500 they entered the Big East Tournament. There they won five straight games to win the title and advance to the NCAA tournament. They won six more straight games defeating Butler in the finals of the NCAA Men's Division I - http://espn.go.com/photo/2012/ l 1 09/ncb_a_uconn_wins_b 1_600.jpg ' �http:/ /i2.cdn.turner.com/cnn/dam/assets/ 1 20605062338-djokovic-french-quarters-ho rizontal-large-gallery .jpg Novak Djokovic recorded one of the best men's seasons in history. He generated a 43 match winning streak, won three of four Grand Slam titles (Australian Open, Wimbledon, U.S. Open), clinched the # 1 ranking, and finished the year 76-1. The Green Bay Packers secured Super Bowl XLV by defeating the Steelers after a remarkable 15-1 regular season http://assets.gearlive.com/endscore/blogimages/ greenbay-packers-su per-bowl-champions.jpg Joe Paterno took a win defeating Illinois in his home stadium, making it his 409th victory. This placed him as the all-time leading Division I College Football Coach with the most wins, only to have many games stripped with the Jerry Sandusky http://1.bp .blogspot.com/-05e0QjPA ly0/TyW WNSHouzI/ AAAAAAAABo Y /cziRhaSNYA http:/ /media.lehighvalleylive.com/sp.0 rts_impact/photo/joe-paterno-tvalking jpg-0 5 518646604a3b6b.jpg . Series against the Joe Frazier, former Olymic tgers till Game 7. Twice and Heavyweight champion t they were down to their passed away at the age of e which would have put an 67. JI. Mike Krzyzewski, Duke University's head coach, won his 903rd game against Michigan State. It placed him at #1 in all-time wins as a college coach in basketball http://www.collectorsquest.com/uploa ds/blog/2012/0 3/Dan-Wheldon.jpg ���Pro~essional Wrestler Macho Man" R d Savage a. k .a Randall an YM · May 20 , 2011 ano Poff< em In Loving Sources: http://www.theindust · rymole com/ u ic-retrospective/attachme n.t/ amy-w: mu http:/ /famous-wall Pa pers.com/elizabe allpapcr/ http://www .digitaltrcnd d-another-steve-jobs/ s.com/apple/d http://mankindun PIugged.com/2011/1 mach a-man-randy-savage-vin tage-vid http://manorauctions b tion-of-original . logspot.com/21 -peter-falk.html http:/ /uvatoday.org/blog/?p=27 70 1~tp://nicknorthstar. itsaglamthing.con �Prof,essional Wrestler Macho Man" R ct Savage a. k .a Randall an YM . May 20, 2011 ano Poffo ITl~: Superstar Actress and L "fc Elizabeth March ' 03 · 2011 emory ...- • - ~;,, Sources: http-//www . · . .themdustrvm I usic-retrospective/att . h o e.com/music/.2011-a-m ac ment/amy-winehouse/ http:/ !famous-wallPapers.com/elizabeth-taylor-2-w allpaper/ http://www.digitaltrends c d-another-steve-jobs/ . om/apple/does-tech-nee http :/ /mankindunpl ugged.com/2011/0 macho-man-rand _ . 5/20/r-i-py savage-vintage-video-100 !'. tage/ http://manorauctions blo tion-of-original-peter.f; lkghspot.com/20 I l/09/collcc - a . tml http:/ /uvatoday.org/blog/?p=2770 http://nickno r th star.1tsaglamthing · 46 ·com/arc h"ives/9 Radio Writer -,'A Few Minutes with Andy Rooney" Andy Rooney November 04, 2011 �ETTHE TAF~ .,, MELNOLT ,... ..... - JESSE VILLELA JASON BENJAMIN -Hometown: Tobyhanna, PA -Job with Amnicola: Editor-in-Chief -Favorite places you've been: Egypt, Adiorndacks -Favorite quote: Where are the football photos? 140 -Hometown: Manheim , PA -Job with Amnicola: Writing Editor. -Favortie places you've · been: Bermuda New Orleans, Sea World. -Favorite quote: "What are you doing Mel?" "I'm walking it off!!!" CORA GIBSON -Hometown: Montrose, PA -Job with Amnicola: Layout Editor. -Favortie places you've been: New Orleans, Florida, Montreal Canada. -Favorite memory: "Ya'll ain't gonna have no Beignets?! Aw I don't believe dis." -Hometown: Port Crane, NY -Job with Amnicola: Photography Editor. -Favortie places you've be New Orleans. -Favorite quote: "Unless someone like you cares a whole awful lot, nothing is going to get better it's not" Dr. Suess �TAFft NIPA PARKH JESSE VILLELA SON mory: "Ya'll ave no ~ I don't -Hometown: Port Crane, NY -Job with Amnicola: Photography Editor. -Favortie places you've been: New Orleans. -Favorite quote: "Unless someone like you: cares a whole awful lot, nothing is going to get better it's ot"Dr. Suess -Hometown: North Brunswick, NJ -Job with Amnicola: Yearbook Staff -Favorite places you've been: Carribbean, Mexico, Bermuda, Western Europe, India, an~ Canad. -Favprite quote: "It's a funny thing about c_omin' home. Looks the same, smells the same, feels the same. You'll realize what's changed is you." -Benjamin Button KAYLA CARNEY -Hometown: Marlboro, NJ -Job with Amnicola: Yearbook Staff. -Favorite places you've been: North Carolina, Florida, Aruba, Bahamas, Vegas, Chicago, Atlanta, Cleveland, NashviJie. -Favorite quote: "We are all a little weird and life's a little weird, and when we find someone whose weirdnes is compatible with ours, we join up with them and fall in mutual weirdness and call it love."-Dr. Seuss �As Editor -in-Chief of the Amnicola yearbook, I am proud to say that the 2011-2012 school year has been one of our most successful. It is with that sentiment that I would like to give my sincerest thanks to all of the members of the Amnicola staff that helped to make this year's yearbook another great success in the Wilkes University legacy. First, I would like to thank our faculty advisor Jamie Miller. Jamie, it is fair to say that without you this yearbook would not exist. You took on the arduous tasks of balancing the budget and basically dealing with the administrative tasks that no one else wanted to do. Most of all, anytime one of us had an idea, you did anything within your power to facilitate us. To Ou A # To Jesse Villella: Jesse, to say that you exceeded my exp~~tations of you this year would be a huge understatement. I will admit that J,was unsure of how you would perform this year as an editor. However, you ended up becoming the right-hand-man and friend that I really needed. You always supported me one hundred percent and for that I cannot thank you enough. /' To Melanie Nolt: Mel, you took on so many roles this year. You put yourself in charge of not only all of the copy in this book, but also tl1e budget, as well as personally contacting anybody that CO}lld possibly help·us make this book better. On top of all of this, you came up witfi p~rsonally engineered special projects that had never been done the yearbook before. It is this creativity, passion, and drive that you not only displayed yourself but inspired in myself and the rest of the staff that made this book possible. To everybody else that helped with this book: Cora, Jasmine, Nipa, and Bobby you all brought so many ideas and talents to the table this year. It is all of your creativity and hard work that made this book possible. Thank you all so much for sticking with me and the yearbook this entire year. I hope that you all bring the same passion and ambition to the yearbook staff next year. Thank you and good luck everybody! cJason !Benjamin 142 Al Years you have dt Wilkes Amnicola ~ that we would lik( From Jessie: Hope th, places ar From Cora: Jason th: and fort From Mel: 1. r still • Finally v seen so r Plenty o you fort �Found these shoes in our picture file ... since they sat so long in our office they could only be yours! Nice selfie picture · that the with that sentiment s of the Amnicola ss in the Wilkes Looking a little stressed over there ... could it be because we're behind on our deadline?? ie, it is fair to say uduous tasks of ~ tasks that no one L did anything of you this year ~ how you would the orted me one To Our Editor: Jason Benje Al ~ Years you have dedicated to serving the Wilkes Amnicola Yearbook staff and for that we would like to thank you ... From Jessie: >ut yourself in , as well as tis book better. On )rojects that had and drive that : of the staff that from Taste of Wilkes Hope that your life leads your great places and congra!M' champs! From Cora: Jason thanks for all your hard work you did and for the giggles you gave me From Mel: 1. I still despise you for that cowboy hat 2. Finally we have a clean of:tice 3. I've never seen so many pictures of £ od in my life 4. Plenty of arguments over the book 5. Thank you for the wo you did 6. You will be missed and Bobby you . of yourf creativity lCh for sticking g the same 1, ·on !Benjamin memories from New Orleans! �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Yearbooks (Amnicola), 1947-2019 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1947-2019 Description An account of the resource This collection is the complete digitized series of the Wilkes College and Wilkes University yearbooks (Amnicola). The following years did not produce a yearbook: 2012 2018 2020 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Amnicola 2012 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2012 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/66c8f2fb17368ffa17e7ce8c99f426ef.pdf f30ab2d9b3bf6f191b742d56f4726c4d PDF Text Text �' n1co a One who lives and dwells by the river Table of Contents Introduction ................................................ 2 Class of 2001 .............................................. 6 Campus Organizations............................ 20 Faculty ........................................................ 3 2 Class of 2002 ............................................. 42 Sports .......................................................... 52 Theater....................................................... 90 Advertisments ........................................... 9 2 Student Life ............................................... 96 Closing ...................................................... 111 Below: Chase Hall welcomes perspective students to the beginning of their college career. .. it all starts here. Above: The Burns Alumni Tower is a familiar site to those walking across campus. Amnicola Volume 54 Copyright 2002 The Wilkes University Yearbook �hen you decided in high school that college was the right choice, did you ever imagine it would be like what it is today? We see in the movies the sororities, the constant frat parties, the completely disorganized and chaotic life of a college student. If this was really true, colleges would have died out a long time ago. By no means is college life a walk in the park. Attendance, quizzes, tests, final exams, labs, papers, research... and those are just for the fifteen credits you take on each semester. Add on the extra curricular activities you get yourself into: writing for the Beacon, hopping on air with your very own radio show on WCLH, joining the Psych Club, the Pharmacy Club, or any club related to your major, going into politics with the student government, or perhaps forming an underground organization to fight for some student rights. Then there are sports. Football in the fall, baseball and softball in the spring. Training year round, making it to practices, revving up for the big game. And if that wasn't enough, then we have to worry about paying for this whole experience. Some of us are lucky enough to get a scholarship or a grant to make up some of the difference, but even so, that only provides for room, board, and class. So we go out and find a part-time job, either to help pay for our education , or just so we have some cash on the weekends to pay the cover charge at the clubs. Class, work, activities, and your personal life all get crammed into a few years where you are studying to become whatever it is you wish to accomplish. Sometimes it seems like an endless maze that you just won't make it through, and other times you twiddle your thumbs looking and hoping for something to do. Sleep for a few hours, never getting enough, going to class, spending an evening at work, practice or on occasion out with some friends, and studying into the night, and then crashing for those few precious moments, before repeating the whole process again. fWilkes was leading to a be in comin1 - we make f attend partic and lose, a about to embark into the real wo Our first taste of Wilkes is F1 days you spend in the summer that it isn't a total shock when ye Exploring campus, registering ) and starting to make new frien with down the road . And of course we can all ren lowly freshman in a world unlik changes when we realize we are out to get us. Living on campus, the first bat roommate, and of course the pe< with. Some step up to make a sc: life that even classes don't alwa~ Those first few weeks we sue all has begun to wear off, and cc know it sets in. Above: Winter in Wilkes-Barre is full of surprises , including the coldest of days. Below: A view along South River Street shows the Stark Learning Center. I Above: The Henry Student Cen1 Spring of 2002. Below: Deans Allen, King, and , Winter Weekend festivitie s. Above: Home of the Learning Center, Administration , and the Amnicola is Conyngham Hall. 2 Introduction �Loice, did you ever imagine it e sororities, the constant frat lege student. If this was really ~e, quizzes, tests, final exams, its you take on each semester. f Wilkes was only about classes and majors leading to a degree, what point would there be in coming here? Wilkes is so much more - we make friendships with our classmates, attend parties, watch our sport teams win and lose, and find ourselves as we are about to embark into the real world. Our first taste of Wilkes is Freshman Orientation, those few days you spend in the summer learning about the campus so that it isn't a total shock when you arrive for your first semester. Exploring campus, registering your first 15 (or more) credits, and starting to make new friends you will hopefully graduate with down the road. And of course we can all remember our first day of class, a lowly freshman in a world unlike any other. But all of that soon changes when we realize we aren't alone, and not everybody is out to get us. Living on campus, the first battle you come upon is your new roommate, and of course the people you share your bathroom with. Some step up to make a schedule, only to realize in college life that even classes don't always run perfectly on schedule. Those first few weeks we suddenly realize the newness of it all has begun to wear off, and college life as we have come to know it sets in. . \ I ~~:-~ ."'~- · ~.... ~ _· Above: Rifkin Hall, acquired by Wilkes in 1989, completed the row of residence halls along River Street. Below: In college, time is always of the essence. s-Barre is full of surprises, ~ days. uth River Street shows the Above: The Henry Student Center was dedicated in the Spring of 2002. Below: Deans Allen, King, and Adams pose for a shot at the Winter Weekend festivities. Introduction 3 �Whens life sc appropr of chanc' can arounc Ii f same. person be at great b one da, 1 gn ~mor1 of Sean Cafti[[ ~! 26, 4 In Memory of 1978- EJanuar1 1, 2002 �When someone comes into your life so unexpectedly, yet so appropriately, it has the possibility of changing your life forever. They can impact you and those around you so greatly that your life can never be the same.However, it is when that person must leave, that you must be at your strongest, for it is a great blessing that you had even one day to be in the persence of an angel. 1, 2002 In Memory of 5 �[ass o 2001 Picture Not Available Tara]. Bame Eclwan:C T. Bednarz Adrienne E. Coni9an Cafanclria L. H Picture Not Available Emma H. DeMarco Jeffrey Doran Megan Frey J oef A. Gonzalo Jennifer A. Fefa Susan LaCo Shanna L. Hennit19er Michael S. Mi 6 Class of 2001 �ture ot ilable E. Corrigan TA. Fefa Cafandria L. Hi[er Daniel T. Hoffock Justin Ho[mes Susan LaCoe Diana M. Mars fi N atfumiel D. Martin Micfiaef S. Mi[er De6orafi Panna Stepfianie A. Pastewait --'• Henning er Class of 2001 7 �Eclwarcl J. Pietras ki Katrina M. Protfteroe Lara L. Pryor Danie([e F. Syrru Picture Not Available 8 Class of 2001 Jason J. Sdiu[tz Lisa K. Shafer Maria J. Sliafula Jennifer R. Shoemaker Kevin S. Siege[ Sonya A. Smereczynsk-y AnnL. Wotri �,ara L. Pryor Danie& F. Symanski Ke[y M. West Ji[ M. Wifson Picture Not Available :aria J. sFtafufa Ann L. W otrin_g @~<m , A. Smereczyns k-y 2CC1 Class of 2001 9 �ass t 2001~ ictured Amancla T. A6ramosfie E[i.zabetfi R. A6rams Richard R. A[i Ghazi F. A(kazemi Gary A[egrucci Tammy Asfi Brian Augustine Frank A. Azaravidi Brian D. Bader Keitfi R. Bader Tfiomas Balay Tara A. Bafdmeff Shannon M. Bafclrica Ro6ert S. Banas AnnMarie M. Baneflis Susan G. Bartfiofomew Ronald S. Be6[a Danie[ C. Befdi Betfi A. Berlin Kenneth Bennan Raymond]. Bernardi ACieen A. Beny Nicofe Biago Deidre M. Brake Derek B. BCeifer Bernard]. Bfoslty Vanessa N. Bogdan Stacey Bohn Janet W. Boyer 10 Class of 2001 �Jennifer M. Bracffey Joshua L. Bradley Karen M. Bradley KarenBrista Heather A. Brown Mark A. Brozos ki John D. Bruett Joshua M. Burgess Jonathan W. Burke Zina M. Capute A119efina M. Cardoso Tinwtfiy P. Caron Liam P. Casey Ammula M. Catlin Kara Chappfe Do [[y R. CfuuufFtari Kimberly A. Checko Sharon Cfiupas Jennifer L. Cianni[i NicfwCas A. Cipriani Jan J. Cfoutier NicfwCas F. Co66 CCaire E. Co [e Grf9ory J. Co[ins James M. Conneff KarenA. CooC6a119fi Ro6ert Cooney She[[ey A. Coyfe Jessica Crowfey Denisse A. Cruz AHce T. Danso LisaM. Day Patricia A. Deitos Hefen M. Dempsey Lisa A. Dente Coffeen A. Dever Class of 2001 11 �Edward M. Diefif Tony W. D½J9an David DiMartino Loan T. Do Linda R. Dofph Jason P. Donahue Lisa B. Donafcfson Cathy A. Donfin Danyel D. Donovan Ke[y Doy[e Ke[[y A. Drews Margaret E. Duriffa Stephanie L. Eddy Jason M. Edwards Lois A. Efick Scott Ericson Micfiael Evanick Afieu M. Faaf Sandra]. Fassett Melanie J. F enis M icfiael J. F½Jueirecfo Amy M. Fitch Danieffe M. Ffock Megan R. Fogfe Brandon]. Fo;t: Dennis M. Fo;t: Ro6erta A. Fratzofa Susan N. Fronczkiewicz C hristop lier M. Fur6us h Christa A. Garcyufis Christine N. Garey Joanna M. Gaydos Kim6erfy A. Gayford 12 Class of 200 I �Mefissa A. Gedrkh Stacy L. Geiger Amy M. George S11San M. George Ro6ertJ. Gershey Bracl J. Gerstein Arthur K. Gotzmer Dante M. Grassi Re6ea:a A. Grecco Ryan R. Grymlw Nico[e M. Gry6oski Laura S. Grzywacz Pamefa A. Guarino Re6ea:a A. Gu6anich Ryan Gurian Stephanie L. Haines Joseph B. Har6eson R11Ss Hargrove James Heft Lance R. Hennir19er Scott E. Her6 Micfwci C. H etzcl Jennie L. Hifde6rand David M. Hinkfe Mo[y B. Hiser Maura L. Ho6an Lori Ho frfrecfg e Mary Beth Hopkins Brian Howard Jamie B. How& De6orah L. Hoyes Ricliarcf R. Huffman George D. Hughes Class of 2001 13 �Kristy M. Hufts Heather A. Hurfey Jufie L. Hutton Malverne Inniss DoU9fas M. Iradii Bar6ara Jaro6s J enia A. Jacques Ryan M. James James J. J ankk Christina M. Jedie(( Chery[M. Johns Jeanette J. Johnston Theodore Kerpovich Sharon A. Kestfer Brett A. Kife Jillian M. Klkka Timothy J. Knabe[ MicliaeC W. Kodi Nina L. Kocyfowslii Donna A. Kohfer Edward A. Koffar MicliaeC Konwrefi Wesfey M. Konsave19e Danidfe M. Dorinisliie Joanna R. Kowalski Gretchen E. Krackenfefs Kristy L. Kramer Katie Lynn B. Kufesa Grace Y. Lau Brian Lee Mar.9aret H. Lewis Mary M. Lewis Ryan E. Long 14 Class of 200 I �Midiaef S. Lucsky Sanclra S. Lucfwi£1 Eclwarcl]. Lukowski Stephanie M. Maison Joan Mannik Martha C. MardiancC Paul Marciano Janine A. Masi Amy E. Mazikewidi Mary McCa6e Lisa McCfintock Moille McGinCey Karen A. McHafe Midiae[ S. McMynne Erika L. McQuown Nico[e E. Mefito Robyn L. Mendy9ral Bo66iJo Mer90 M~an L. Merrick Jeffrey J. Mesaros Erica M. Michafiga A119efa M. Mikulski Brian Miller Ro6ert M. Moore J ocefyn Joyce M. Morafes Christina L. Muffw[an Amy E. Musto Trisha M. Myers Brian J. N affon Danief T. Natitus Jason T. Nemec Ufunma C. N9umezi Tliuc-Doan T. N9uyen Class of 2001 15 �MarkA. Nied Matthew A. Nied Rarufy E. Nurek Coffeen O'Donneff Tina M. O'Neil-Lane Toni Oden Jiffian K. Ornfrej ko Raymond S. Ortwein N atafia A. Os acfdiuk Victor C. Pacdiioni Moonkyu Paik Geremia]. Pa&naioa Brittany L. Payne Katie L. Pearson Patrick P. Perugino Mefissa L. Petras Nicofe P. Peutf Eric W. Pfiifilps Cfiariss a L. Pierotti Naomi Pikaitis Affison A. Pikufski Josepfi L. Pfutino Kevin M. Poafko Eric F. Pruyne Ricfiarcl C. Qu1:9fey Timotfiy J. Reilly Matthew C. Reitnour Jessica A. Reuss Amy L. Ricretti Lisa Rink Amanda Rods ki Skyfer L. RofiweMer Cfiristoplier Rok.osky 16 Class of 2001 �Leonard A. Romanski Brenden J. Rufi Mefincfa A. Rusfilwwski Jucly Sawka Matthew A. Scarceffa Erin L. Scatton Victor E. Scef6a Mary C. Scliei6 Roselyn Scfimiecl Scott R. Scfio_ffner Gary R. Scfirei6er Michad Scfirei6er Samuel R. Se6astianeffi Ricfiarcf W. Seipp Davie£ M. Sekeffick Benjamin R. Sfiovfin Maureen M. Simpkins Jessica L. Sinlwvicfi Paul Sisko Rupal Skafariya Sfieffey A. Skeras Mefece A. Sfiwinslii AmmufaJ. Smitfi C. William Smitfi Kristen J. Smofenak James E. Smouse Shannon A. Smur[ Sarafi L. Snilt Andrea J. Sommers Joyce A. Sorrentino Tracey L. Spittfer-Hassfer Christina M. Sre6ro Kari Stecle Class of 2001 17 �Bethany S. Stefanec Heather M. Steveru M~an C. Steveru Erin L. Stewart Micliaef J. Sto41 Nancy Stover Marc Strackbein Micliaef D. Stuka Jerafcfine M. Sufkns ki Cassandra B. Sutton Samantha M. Swang[er Todd A. SwanFuut Mereclitfi A. Swierczyruki Joecle R. Ta6it C liristop lier J. T afecki Jennifer S. Tliomas Jeanette T liras Ii Jennifer L. Ting[ey Ricfiarcf H. Titus Kristy I. T kacli Marisa L. Todd Lisa F. Tomcylwski Brian Tros lw Mei Walw Mary C. Wafcloif Aaron M. Wancliisen Raynwnd Wascavage Peter P. Waskiewicz Jason Water6ury Brian P. Watkiru Nico fina W eili6recfit Jolin J. Wezner Donna M. Wliipp[e 18 Class of 2001 �Jesse J. Wiendwski William C. Wifcox James A. Wifkemeyer Dmy[ B. Williams P~9y A. Wru6e[ Corey N. Yanoshak Ro6ert Ziem6a Wesfey A. ZientekKeffi ZiomekRo 6ert J. Zo&ewicz Jo fin N. Z119arekWilliam Zupfw -~ ), · Congratulations .; ~to the Class of ,:( 2001 .' f Class of 2001 19 �To the left: Here are Brandon Clark, Peter Ngyuen, and Jason Leach enjoying themselves at Spring Fling 2002. [u&s With 60 Clubs and Organizatio Wilkes University have no prot something to do. There is a clu meet every student's interest. Below: Having fun at Spring Fling 2002, Jillian Hocking, Deb Brandt, George Waschko, Allisa Bowen, Crystal Reib, and Steve Manierre. The followittg picn from Wittter W eel◄ 2002! !! Above: Newly weds Casey and Greg Collins! To the right: Roomates and friends at Spring Fling 2002, (front) Elise Hiley and Lindsay Fries, and (back) Kristin Hake and Deana Sabol. Above: Representing Shots anc Daddies/Sugar Babbies, Phong : Brittain, Deana Sabol, Jason Lt Sidhom To the left: Fritz Delva, Thelma Cancam, Kofi Gbomita, and Marvelyn Brentum enjoying their time at Homecoming 2001. 20 Clubs and Organizations From team Sugar Daddies/Sugar girls pose for picture on the over Front: Kim Naranjo, Kristin Ha· Back: Liz Miller, Rajitha Devadc and Lindsay Fries �Here are Brandon Clark, n, and Jason Leach enjoying t Spring Fling 2002. [u&s and f'fJan iEations With 60 Clubs and Organizations, students at Wilkes University have no problem finding something to do. There is a club on campus to meet every student's interest. The f01lowitt5 picrurcs arc from Witttcr W ccltcttt, 2002! ! ! Brian Sheakowski, Todd Glenn, and Jeff Brittain enjoying their balloons at the NACA Conference in Indianapolis, IN in February 2002 . . ewly weds Casey ; Collins! Above: Representing Shots and Sugar Daddies/Sugar Babbies, Phong Pham, Jeff Brittain, Deana Sabol, Jason Leach, and Al Sidhom Fritz Delva, Thelma )fi Gbomita, and rentum enjoying their 1ecoming 2001. From team Sugar Daddies/Sugar Babbies, the girls pose for picture on the over sized chair: Front: Kim Naranjo, Kristin Hake Back: Liz Miller, Rajitha Devados, Deana Sabol, and Lindsay Fries Team Whatchamacallher! Early Saturday morning for the team races, team My Mr. Goodbar will make your Starburst. Clubs and Organizations 21 �ove Front Row: Nicole Rip Sheakoski (Vice Preside Second Row: Addie G1 Brittain (WUPB Presidi Vincent Hartzell (Parli1 e I Ht First Row: Casey Willia ms, Debbie Brandt Second Row: Mick Jenkins, Madhan Srinivasan, Abhishek Nemani, Michelle Auker Third Row: Sarah Becker, Beth Danner, Kristin Hake, Lindsay Fries, Amanda Henry , Jessica Bush, Jess Pezolano , Jess Hinckle, Kristina Mullay, Am and a Richards Fourth Row: Melissa Tracey , Jeff Brittain, Selena Benarz, Julia Buss, Holly Hicks, Albert Sidhom , Seth reed, Vanessa Velikis, Phong Pham , Jason Leach , Ian Spalding Fifth Row: Suraj Puttanniah, John Bosha , Jason Kishbaugh, Brian Sheakoski, Hassan Shah Sixth Row: Adeline Groblewski, Jessica Alferio , Kyla Campbell, Nicole Ripper, Liz Roveda , Vincent Hartzell Not Pictured: Wichitah Leng, Jeanna Miller, Dave Watkins, Bethany Yenner Student Government is the main student governing organization on campus. The membership of Student Government consists of six elected representatives from each class, the Commuter Council, the Inter-Residence Hall Council, Off-Campus Council presidents, the sixteen class officers, and the Student Government President. Meetings are open to all interested students and held every Wednesday night. 22 Student Government Here are some pictures form ' �Executive Board nen Front Row: Nicole Ripper (Corresponding Secretary), Beth Danner (President), Brian Sheakoski (Vice President), Selena Bednarz (Treasurer), Second Row: Addie Groblewski (Recording Secretary), Kyla Campbell (OCC President), Jeff Brittain (WUPB President), Jessica Alferio (CC President), Casey Williams (IRHC President), Vincent Hartzell (Parlimentarian) The Student Government serves as a coordinating agency. It formulates the student activities budget and supervises expenditures within that budget. Student Government is responsible for planning Homecoming Weekend, Winter Weekend, Spring Fling, and Casino Night. lush, Jess Pezolano , Jess Hinckle, Kristina Mulla y, )m , Seth reed, Vanessa Velikis, Phong Pham , Jason Here are some pictures form Winter Weekend 2002! ncent Hartzell on campus. The membership of from each class, the Commuter ncil presidents, the sixteen class pen to all interested students and Student Government 23 �ommu er • ounc1 Off-Campus Cou with off-campus : working with no1 This year has be( OCC helped rais This semester, 0 participating in t: program. The 0 local Neighborhc Council was the : 2002 Commuter Council Front Row: Krystal Ferguson and Lindsey Wotanis Back Row: Martha Zabretsky and Jessica Alferio Not Pictured - Lorelei Getz 2002 Officers The Commuter Council of Wilkes University strives to make commuters feel included in the Wilkes family. This year the group held two trips to New York City, one in the fall and another in the spring. CC also hosted activities for students to participate in on campus, instituted a free movie rental system, donated money as well to local charities. President: Jessica Alferio Vice President: Lorelei Ge! Treasurer: Krystal Fergusor Secretary: Lindsey W otani( Front Row (Left to B Second Row (Left tc (President), V I'- 24 Commuter Council �• ounc1 Off-Campus Council is a branch of Student Government that works directly with off-campus students. The council's goals include obtaining safe housing, working with non-student neighbors, and staying friendly with the city. This year has been eventful for the Off-Campus Council. In the fall semester, OCC helped raise money for nine fire victims displaced from their apartments. This semester, OCC had a very successful hoagie sale fundraiser. OCC is also participating in the Bowl for Kid's Sake to support the Big Brother/Big Sisters program. The Off-Campus Council has club representatives attend each of the local Neighborhood Crime Watch meetings. The big event for Off-Campus Council was the Block Party which took place on Saturday, April 27th. nis lo 2002 Officers jent: Jessica Alferio resident: Lorelei Getz rer: Krystal Ferguson 1ry: Lindsey W otanis Front Row (Left to Right): Jim Harrington (Advisor), Oliver (Mascot) , Jeanna Miller (Vice-President) , Second Row (Left to Right): Ian Spaulding, John Bosha (Secretary) , Kyla Campbell (President) , Vincent Harzell (Treasurer) , Jason Kishbaugh, Beth Danner Not Pictured: Suraj Puttanniah and Lori Pugh Off Campus Council 25 �Wilkes University's Programming Board is responsible for campus entertainment. The WUPB supports a variety of events including sideshows, comedians, local bands, novelty events, and inflatables. The WUPB partially sponsors events such as the Pep Rally, Block Party, and Winter Weekend, among others. The board's biggest task each year is to organize a concert. Wilkes' nationally recognized shows such as The Goo Goo Dolls, Fuel, and this year's concert, Lifehouse eith The Calling and Michelle Branch are coordinated by Wilkes University's Programming Board. The MSC is a di backgrounds wh< and in the comrr community servi other activities t] Front Row: (sitting) Liz Carp , Brandis Mooney, Holly Sulouff, Melissa Maybe, Lori Pugh , Brittnie Harvey , Jillian Snyder, and Nichole Neuls Transition: (kneeling) Jake Malinowski and James Mason Left Side: (front) Jason Ruggiero and Steven Maniere (back) Sam Lawrence, Selena Bednarz, Mike Brown Second Row: Brian Keating, Erika Knorr, Elena Archer, Autumn Kishbaugh, Megan Riley , Kelly Marion, Katie Morton, Steph Dickert, Erica Hardiman , Phong Pham , and Witchitah Leng Third Row: Brenda Tabor, John Basha , Sarah Bogusko, Mike Abbadessa , Crystal Reib , Allisa Bowen, Jeff Brittain , Todd Glynn , Nate Cook, Mike Schoen, Larissa Dobransky , and Liz Bleacher 26 Clubs Front Row: (si Selena Bedn: Second I Third Row: Da: Missing from pi Suraj Puttanniat �• 11n foshows, partially :end, ncert. !l, and re • lCU Uf'a • • oa 110n The MSC is a diverse group of students from many racial and ethnic backgrounds who are dedicated to the celebration of diversity on the campus and in the community at large. To that end, the MSC participates in community service projects, ethnic celebrations, scholarly presentations, and other activities that help to increase intercultural understanding on campus. Front Row: (sitting) Thelma Cancam, (1st Vice President), Melody Hsiao (Secretary), Selena Bednarz (Vice President of Membership), and Jermaine Hinkle (President) Second Row: Marvelyn Brentum, Francesca Montelione, and Del Lucent Third Row: Dara Coslett (Admissions), Gina A. Morrison (Advisor), Stephanie Hartley, Kofi Gbomita, and Amanda Leigh Brozana Missing from picture: Rajitha Devadoss, Sean Gorman, Elizabeth Miller, Versh Versha, Suraj Puttanniah, Piyush Sabharwall, Ankur Sharma, Thao Huynh, Sambhu Jaiswal , and Fritz Delva Clubs 27 �. Row: Seda Ibraham Sara Rh o ch·· Francesca 1 • Front RowAphA: First . · . . ' M li G pinsk1 Dwong Jessica, Nokom1e Welsh e ssa a , ' Peter Second Row: Marina Tovbina, Colleen Second Row: Adam van Wert, ~ Kristen Graver, James Hollands: Rock, Sanita, Stacy, Brian Humpf, Michelle McCumber, and Dr. Aurther Fereuce *Rho Chi is a national pharmac: Kibbe society. The Nesbitt School of I Missing from picture: Liz Carp Wilkes university represents the Lambda chapter of the society. Bio Oub: Front: Del Lucent (Vice President), l Luther (President), Melody Hsiao Back: Rajitha Devadoss, Eric eutsler, James Hunsinger, Michael Brown (Secretary), Tiffany SIFE: Front Row: Brandon Cla Leptuck, and Jason McDermott (Treasurer) Missing from picture: Dr. Terzaghi (Advisor), Patterson, Tara Smith, Emily Ga Nichole Newls, J.J. Caprio, Selena Bednarz, Ri Dave Spath Klemish, Roman Hukim, Jessica Bush, Amand. Second Row: Jim K.razinski, _Ma Henry , Marea Kasten , Megan Williams, Steve Tara Murphy, and Diana Stemei Manierre, Jason Tedesco, Elizabeth Miller, Kell DelGuercio, Autumn Kishbaugh, Casey Connell Kristin romanko , Lauren Solslci , Melissa Trace\ Bill Chase, Sarah Becker, and Larissa Dobransk 28 Clubs Education Club: Ms. Joan Dillon advisi the Wilkes University Education Club. It is an organization which focuses on the common interest of professional teachers. This year's officers included: Katie Cammerota (President), Courtne) Stolarski (Vice President), Brooke Quin: (Secretary), Kelly Boganski (Treasurer), and Jennielle Lagana (Public Relations) Student Ambassadors: 1st Row: Morton, Pranachu Gupta, and c Danniel . 2nd Row: Melissa Maybe, Lon Megan Riley' Kelly Marion, an Renee Pribish 3rd Row: Drew Moyer, Danny Willians, Tara Smith, Vince ~a Julia Krout, and Lindsay Felice Pre-Professional Society: Front Row: Larissa Dobransky (Treasurer), Yueh-Ju hsiao, Rajitha Devadoss, Elizabeth Mille· Sandra Hughes (Vice President), Shahari, Hakim, Madhan Srinivasan, and Michell i Skumanick (President) Back Row: Brain Roslund, Mick Jenkim Paul Dorang, Jr (Secretary), Kristopher Fayock Wilkes Today: Front Row: Ke~ Walsh Bethany Yenner, Tim ' . . Millard, and Jess N1em1ec Second Row: Ken Zenkert, Anc Calhoun, John Murphy, BJ. Kosich, Rob Bierbower, Keith Witowski �Row: Seda Ibraham Sara ' ' )mie Welsh Marina Tovbina, Colleen , Stacy, Brian Humpf, =umber, and Dr. Aurther picture: Liz Carp Rho Chi: Front Row: Francesca Roberto, Melissa Gapinski, Dwong, Peter Phan Second Row: Adam van Wert, Marcy Fritz, Kristen Graver, James Hollands, Jonathan Fereuce *Rho Chi is a national pharmacy honor society. The Nesbitt School of Pharmacy at Wilkes University represents the Gamma Lambda chapter of the society. : Del Lucent (Vice President), En t), Melody Hsiao >evadoss, Eric eutsler, James 1ael Brown (Secretary), Tiffany ;on McDermott (Treasurer) JFE: Front Row: Brandon Clark, Thomas ·ture: Dr. Terzaghi (Advisor), Patterson, Tara Smith, Emily Gabardi, and U. Caprio, Selena Bednarz, Ryar Dave Spath 1 Hukim, Jessica Bush, Amanda Second Row: Jim Krazinski, Matt Olsen, asten, Megan Williams, Steve Tedesco, Elizabeth Miller, Kelly Tara Murphy, and Diana Steinert 1mn Kishbaugh, Casey Connell, , Lauren Solski, Melissa Tracey, Becker, and Larissa Dobransky b: Ms. Joan Dillon advises tive rsity Education Club. ?:ation which focuses on 1terest of professional year's officers included: ~ota (President), Courtney President), Brooke Quinn lly Boganski (Treasurer), .,agana (Public Relations) tudent Ambassadors: J st Row: Katie Morton, Pranachu Gupta, and Gerald Danniel 2nd Row: Melissa Maybe, Lori Pugh, Megan Riley, Kelly Marion, and Renee Pribish 3rd Row: Drew Moyer, Danny Willians, Tara Smith, Vince Harzell, Julia Krout, and Lindsay Felicetti I Society: Front Row: ;ky (Treasurer), Yueh-Ju >evadoss, Elizabeth Miller (Vice President), Shahariar 1 Srinivasan, and Michelle sident) tn Roslund, Mick Jenkins. (Secretary), Kristopher Wilkes Today: Front Row: Kevin Walsh, Bethany Yenner, Tim Millard, and Jess Niemiec Second Row: Ken Zenkert, Andy Calhoun, John Murphy, BJ Kosich, Rob Bierbower, Keith Witowski Clubs 29 �• erna 1ve • 1n Building on their momentun with a run ending in Upland, C. hampionship Tournament, wh University in the Elite Eight, 5-'. Eric Bonacci left some big shoef of Captain Dave Peer and Rob greater accolades and ~cc~mp~s their #7 national ranking m Drv Wilkes remained competitiv howing in the regional playoffs to rebound in the 2002-2003 se On site at Habitat for Humanity: Kelly Bogansky, Chrissy Rubillo, Kara Chapple (Volunteer Services), Marcie Herman (Student Activities), Piyush Sabh Arwall, Kathy Kemper, Jennifer Lastovica, Versha Versha, and Kris Fayock. On Saturday, March 2, 2002 a group of 7 students and 2 staff advisors left Wilkes Barre for Alexandria, LA. The Alternative Spring Break crew members spent a week there working with Habitat for Humanity's College Challenge. They volunteered at two work sites. At the first site, they painted walls of a brand new, made from scratch home. While in Alexandria, they were hosted by the First United Methodist Church; Billie and Wayne Malone (members of the church) "adopted" the group, arranging dinner each night and making them feel welcome in the south. At the end of their work week, the crew drove to nearby New Orleans for a day of sight-seeing and fun. The 24-hour drive brought them home to Wilkes Barre Sunday, March 10th. 30 Clubs PLAYER GP 7 Ken Huntington 10 Russ Silcox 13 Ryan Maisano 17 Eric Wolfe 19 BJ Kosich 23 Nick Romanowski 27 Rob Hersker 29 Steve Hulme 30 Mike Burke 4 7 Nick Meadow 83 Nathan Cook 97 Dave Peer 15 15 9 3 15 3 15 8 15 15 10 15 PLAYER GP 30 Mike Burke 15 �er oc Building on their momentum from 1999-2000, Wilkes Roller Hockey made national waves last year with a run ending in Upland, California at the Collegiate Roller Hockey League National Championship Tournament, where Wilkes was ousted by eventual champion Eastern Michigan Cniversity in the Elite Eight, 5-2. The graduation of Chris Jarzyk and Jason Waterbury and loss of Eric Bonacci left some big shoes to fill, but Wilkes still retains most of their nucleus. The veteran talent of Captain Dave Peer and Rob Hersker around an incredible pool of underclass talent promised even greater accolades and accomplishments for the team in 2001-2002, as the Colonels looked to build on lheir #7 national ranking in Division II. Wilkes remained competitive throughout the 2001-2002 season, but unfortunately had a poor howing in the regional playoffs and ended its season in 6th place in their conference. They will look to rebound in the 2002-2003 season and regain their national ranking. Chapple \.rwall, Kathy 2 !re :d Jf Q PLAYER GP G 7Ken Huntington IO Russ Silcox 13 Ryan Maisano 17 Eric Wolfe 19 BJ Kosich 23 ick Romanowski 27 Rob Hersker 29 Steve Hulme 30 Mike Burke 47 Nick Meadow 83 Nathan Cook 97 Dave Peer 15 15 9 3 15 3 15 8 15 15 10 15 0 26 3 0 4 0 3 0 0 2 5 6 PLAYER STATISTICS A Pts PPG 1 9 0 0 11 0 4 0 0 1 4 8 1 35 3 0 15 0 7 0 0 3 9 14 0 4 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 SHG PIM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 10 0 0 10 0 8 0 0 10 2 4 v GOALIE STATISTICS 1 PLAYER GP Record 30 Mike Burke 15 6-9-0 Min Shots Saves GA GAA Sv% So 480 475 417 58 3.867 0.878 0 Clubs 31 �ssa To the Classes of 2001 and 2002: My heartiest congratulations! Graduation is a significant achievement. I hope in the intervening years you have taken time to reflect on how much you accomplished in your years at Wilkes University. I hope you also took time to thank those who helped you achieve this significant goal. Like any major achievement, college graduation cannot be attained without help. Your parents, siblings, extended family, friends and the faulty and staff here al Wilkes helped in some way. Thank them and give them something in return. I also hope you know much we appreciated your contributions to Wilkes University. As an institution, our job is to create communities of students who learn together wiht their faulty. Without you, we could not have achieved this core purpose. You added so much to the Wilkes learning experience that was important and worthy of our thanks. Picture Picture Not Not Available Available Picture Picture Not Not Available Available Picture Picture Not Not Available Available You are now on to new and exciting endeavors. We hope you are successfuly in whatever you have undertaken. I truly believe we have equipped you well for this next step in your life. Work hard, work smart and care about those around you. Take a chance, make a difference, do the right thing, and laugh a lot. And don't forget that Wilkes cares about you and what lies ahead of you. Keep in close touch through the alumni association. Come back from time to time to add knowledge on to great foundation you laid in your undergraduate career. And if you have the means, give back to the University so that future students can have the same opportunities at Wilkes you had. Pie Ne Avai Picture Not Available Picture Not Let Patty and me add our personal congratulations and best wishes to you. We know you will make Wilkes proud. Sincerely, Available Pict No Availal Joseph E. (Tim) Gilmour President 32 President's Message �s rement. I hope in the rou accomplished in acu Viera Adameck Jean Adams Paul S. Adams Mark R. Allen Jeffrey R. Alves Alissa Antosh Picture Picture Not Not Available Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Not Not Available Available .re this significant ~ attained without mlty and staff here at Ling in return. to Wilkes University. ;vho learn together core purpose. You Jrtant and worthy of re successfuly in d you well for this .ose around you. Take ad of you. Keep in me to time to add te career. And if you ~nts can have the ~hes to you. We know ,?',..,....,.. Vijay K. Arora Dawn Atwater-Haight Mary Babcock Frank G. Bailkey Thom as J. Baldino Anne Heineman Batory ·~ r~ Lynn F. Baynum Bonnie C. Bedford Barbara N. Bellucci Joseph T. Bellucci Louise McNertney Berard James P. Berg Picture Picture Not Not Available Available Picture Picture Not Not Available Available Joel Bedatsky Kristen C. Bewick Paola Bianco-Sobejano Tom Bigler Robert W . Bohlander James J. Bohning Sally Bormann Carol A. Bosack Sharon Bowar Barbara Bracken Christopher Breiseth Carl N . Brigido Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Kenneth A. Broadt Dale A. Bruns Donna Bytheway Mary Campomizzi Robert S. Capin Janell R. Carter Faculty and Staff 33 �James Michael Case Leona Castor Donna Marie Chajko Richard B. Chapline Debra Chapman Carl J. Charnetski Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available -I Cynthia J. Chisarick John Conroy Jan Conway Gerald J. Cookus Dara Coslett Harold E. Cox James M. Culhane Nicole Sparano Culhane Loma C. Darte Joseph C. Dawson James G. DeCosmo Kristen Degnan Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available Concetta DeMarco Joseph DeMelfi Marcus P. Dey Robert DeYoung Joan Dillon Kristen DiMarzo Francis Donahoe Nick Driscoll Suzanne M. Druffner Thomas Dunsmuir Deborah K. Dusek Boyd L. Earl Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Jane M. Elmes-Crahall Melissa Elwell Theodore J. Engel Mahmoud H. Fahmy Teresa Fallon Welton G . Farrar Picture Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Available Available Available OwenD. Faut Darin E. Fields Benjamin F. Fiester Ellen Flint Edward F. Foote Andrea Frantz Michael Frantz Richard A. Fuller Steven Gapinski Herber Garber Michael S. Garr Christine M . Gaydos 34 Faculty and Staff A p A A Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available Available Av �Paula Gentilman George M. Gera Jamal Ghorieshi Cheryl Gibson Brian Gill John Gilmer Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available Joseph E. Gilmour Bernard W. Graham Michael A. Grandcham p Alfred S. Groh Terese Guman-Wignot Michael Gundersdorf ·Stanley S. Gutin Sid P. Halsor James Harrington John Harrison Sean Harris C. Russel Havey Wilbur F. Hayes Patricia M. Heaman Robert J. Heaman John Hepp Adam Hill Ronald W. Hillman Leigh Ann Hostetler Levere C. Hostler Shelli Holt-Macey Susan A. Hritzak Ruth C. Hughes Dennis P. Hupchick Ghassan T. Ibrahim Phil Ioanna Harvey A. Jacobs John J. Janecek Thomas Jarmiolowski Edwin L. Johnson Renee Johnson S. M . Perwez Kalim Valerie G. Kalter Joseph H. Kanner Anthony Kapolka Walter Karpinich Thomas N. Kaska Stanley B. Kay Cindy Kern Arthur H . Kibbe Anthony Kiessling Barbara E. King Faculty and Staff 35 �Bradford L Kinney Kennneth M. Klemow John A. Koch David Koschak Carlene Kratz Frederick Krohle Jerry Kucirka Lawrence T . Kuhar Jane Lampe-Groh Wendy Lawson Michael Lennon Vee Ming Lew Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Available Available Available Picture Not Available ,: Anne Y .F. Lin Alicia Lindgren Jon T. Lindgren Anthony Liuzza Barbara Samuel Loftus Rachael L. Lohman Mary C . Lorusso Douglas Lynch Carol Maculloch Lorraine Maillet David F . Maize Addy Malatesta Jennifer Malinowski Eugene L. Manganello Hilda A. Marban Frank J. Matthews James R. Maxwell Roger L. Maxwell Joan McDonald Bryan McGraw Paul J. McHenry Nancy McKinley Mary McManus Donald E. Mencer Jr. Mary Ann T. Merrigan Samuel Merrill James L Merryman Gay F. Meyers John F . Meyers Melanie Michelson Corina Mihai Michele Millington Susan Minsavage Gina Z. Morrison Beverly Moseman Karen Moss 36 Faculty and Staff al .. , Picture Picture Not Not Available Available Picture Not Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Not Not Available Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not ,Not Not Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Not Not Available Available Picture Picture Not Not Available Available Picture Not Available �Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Available Available Edward Moyer Lisa Mulvey Prahlad Murphy Major Gregory Myers John A. Natzke Umid R. Nejib Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Jennifer Nesbitt Jane L. O 'Borski Diane E. O'Brien Paul A. O'Hop Robert Orgen Brian F. Oram John F. Orehotsky Kristen Osipower Betsy Pack Jerry J. Palmaioli David A. Palmer Jason Parise Linda M . Paul Scott Paveletz Shelley Pearce Katie Pearson David E. Peer Anne Pelak John Pesta Bruce E. Phair Y ouyu Phillips Kenneth Pidcock Walter A. Placek Diane M. Polachek Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Available Available Available Kristine Erhard Pruett Ronald L. Pryor George F. Ralston Richard G. Raspen Ali Razavi Brian T. Redmond John G. Reese Charles B. Reif Judith Reishtein Sandra Rendina MAriamme Rexter Jerry Rickrode ·,.~ Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available Available James P. Rocechko Gisele R. Romanace Ralph B. Rozelle Jacqueline Ruane Phillip Ruthkosky Brian R. Sacolic Faculty and Staff 37 �David Sapadin Francis J. Salley Doris B. Saracino Cheryl A. Scalese Edward Shicatano Roland C. Schmidt Jr. Judith K. Schreiber Robert D . Seely John W. Seitzinger Jr. Heidi M . Selecky Eileen M. Sharp Jamie Shea Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available Frank J. Sheptock Vaughn A. Shinkus Herbert B. Simon Elaine Slabinski Margaret Slusser Cynthia Smith LtCol. Donna Lynn Smith Robert Smith Melissa Somma Mark K. Sowcik Thyagarajan Srinivasan Janet Starner Margaret Steele Michael A. Steele Robert D. Stetten Henry P. Steuben Mark Stine William R. Stine Faculty and Staff Picture Not Not Not Available Available Available Picture Picture Not Not Not Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available Available Sharon G . Telban William Terzaghi William Teubner Steven Thomas Thom a s J. Thomas Donna Thornton 38 Picture Picture Frederick J. Sullivan Margaret Sullivan Howard A. Swain Jr. Corby Swain Robert C . Tattersall Wagiha A. Taylor Rhonda B. Tillman Stephen J. Tillman Deborah R. Tindell John Tindell Bill Toothill Dominick P. Trombetta Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available �Erica Trowbridge Marleen Troy Donald Trybulski Philip R. Tuhy Charles R. Turner Lester J. Turoczi Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Available Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Available Available Available Picture Picture Picture Picture Picture Not Not Not Not Not ~vailable Available Available Available Availabie Robert C. Tuttle Scott Vanvalkenburg Curtis R. Waycaster Phillis W eliver Brian W. Whitman Terese M. Wignot Philip L. Wingert Zbigniew J. Witczak Bing Wong Eric Wright Sherry L. Wright Shelby Yeager Gretchen Y eninas James Yoho Deborah Zbegner Alan E. Zellner Margaret Zellner Bridgette W. Zielinski John P. Zikoski Terry L. Zipay Matthew Zukoski The Yearbook staff would like to send out our sincerest apologies to those faculty and staff members who were left out of this yearbook's edition, because of the limited resources we have. Every measure will be taken in the upcoming years to ensure that all members of the Wilkes Community are included. 0 icture Not \.tailable Picture Not Available ture bt fable Picture Not Available Faculty and Staff 39 �or[d vents -----January 26, 2001- Colin Powell was sworn in as Secretary of State. February 12, 2001- Human Genome Sequence Revealed The mapping of the Human Genome to be finished by year 200 3 February 2001- Nascar driver Dale Earnhardt passes away September 11, 2001- Terror Attacks on the United States 3,200 people killed or missing when two planes struck the World Trade Center in New York. Also, one plane hit the Pentagon in Washington D.C. September 2001- New York City Mayor Rudy Giuliani becomes a hero in New York after the terror attacks. On January 28, 200 1 the Baltimore Ravens took on the New York Giants in the XXXV Superbowl. The Baltimore Ravens won the Superbow1 34-7. 40 The Arizona Diamondba 3-2 in game seven of the and they beat our the Ya: �s veil was sworn in }enome Sequence n Genome to be r Dale Earnhardt \ttacks on the ssing when two ie Center in New Pentagon in : ity Mayor Rudy kw York after The Arizona Diamondbacks won the 2001 World Series. They beat the New York Yankees 3-2 in game seven of the World Series. The Diamondbacks are only a four-year old team and they beat our the Yankees who won the World Series three years in a row. :::!~' -.... ~ - ·.·.·.·.·.·.· .. ·:•:-:-:-:-:-. ..... . ' 11?:-:-:-:-:-: L. ' .. •. . X The Winter Olympics took place in 2002. They were held in Salt Lake City, Utah . Sarah Hughes from the United States won the Gold Medal in Figure Skating. The USA team won 34 medals total at the Winter Olympics. 41 �~ entors ictures Nifhi Agarwal [ass o 2002 Frank A[e~ander Matth.ew S. Bie6er Brian T. Bryk 42 Class of 2002 �[ass Nijfii A_garwai Ravikant A9arwai Frank ACe;t:ancfer Jessim Alferio Erika ]. Baitrusaitis Matthew S. Bie6er R. Andrew De6orah £. Brandt Bom9rrufner Asfiisfi Bassi Andrea L. Bryant Brian T. Justin R. Amanda L. ApriC Bryft Car[ Carfe.ton Carlson Class of 2002 43 �Sruvadaman Kumar Cfunu:ffuui Ro6ert S. Cltapman Ryan S, BethN. GerafaJ. Costello Danner Kim6erfy L. Pree-thy DiCeep k.umar Heather A. Ernest 44 Class of 2002 Kristi T. Clune C liristie L. MonicaM. DeAngefo Ro6ert E. Dannie[ Matthew A. Diltz Jennifer A. Dunsavage Jac.quefine A. F1mo Aficeia Y. Jason T. De6ra T. Terrance M. Fink. Fo[c,k, Gi6son Hora Clark Giffiert Hansen Je[Pamela Henry �Kristi T. Clune MonimM. DeAngefo Jacquefine A. Efmo De6ra T. Gi6son Acfefine S. Gro6fewsfii Dara L. GT11Sdiow Pranshu Ro6ert E. Vifaana Har6a Gregory A. Hardier Stefanie Jean Hansen Ro6ert]. Hersker Jason W. Brian L. Sandra L. Je[ Pamefa Scott V. Henry Henshaw Terrance M. Hara Tracey Harrock.5 Hosfer Gupta Henninger HiITs Hughes Class of 2002 45 �Kriann Isftra Jennifer KCaips Class of 2002 Justin M. Brian P. Gary T. Jaiswal Kafina Ke[y LaTorre, Jr. Michael Danie[ KCein Danie[[e M. Matthew]. Koch Kfoss Justin D. Lewis Renee M. Kim6erCy Lori A. Kosierowsk.y Cassancfra Kostak Ke[y M. Kofosinsk.y KozersH Maclwwslti JimM. John Anthony Kushmeri& Aaron W. Kuzmick. Ji[K. Rancid Micfiad Lacy Metdio III Krysinski 46 S fiam6fiu N. �Brian P. Ke[y Gary T. LaTarre, Jr. Jennifer E. La.wrack. Lewis Ke[y M. Kozerski Ronaia Micfiae[ Matthew]. Koch Ji[K. Lacy Garo A. Jennifer M. Lehmejian Lewis Aaron W. LinviCfe Matthew N. Anthony Litz Luizza Lori A. Sufdfuutfi Mau£ Ky[e R. MasteCfer JosFuuiG. MackowsH Donafi:f E. MiCfer II FranHinM. MiCfer Sn½Jcfha_ Metcfw III Mendoza. Mittaf Class of 2002 47 �DavuiM. Saru.fra J. Moltfak Biffie-Jo M. Moore Mufaoon MuITen John A. Jaya R. Amy L. Anne T. Murphy Nemani Nesevich Ngu,yen Setfi W. Nye Jane L. Karyn A. O Borski pa[ Shawn£. Peni.ne Jennifer L. Adrian R. Pheiff Pianefil Suraj V. Puttanniah MariaN. Raffo Jennifer L. 48 Class of 2002 1 Jennifer Aus on Raych Wiffiam C. Schneider Susan Ma:r.9a:ret Lesnefslty Shiposh Chery[A. Snyde.r �Sandra]. Muffen Jennifer Au.son Raych Joseph A. Ro6a& Beth Rosen6er9 Piyu.sh SabFumvaff Anne T. William C. Ank.ur Nguyen Schneider Sfiarma Emi~ A. Sheston TomoR-O Sfii6ayama Susan Margaret Lesnefsfty Shiposfi Sarah M. Shatto Efijali D. Shutt Hem.ant Chery( A. Snydir Joyce E. A~seM. Sre6ro Ca:rfa. C. Stoe_ff[e.r Sfiawn E. Penine MariaN. Ra[[o Sosfta · Si119h Class of 2002 49 �Meghan L. Stras 6u_g er 50 Class of 2002 Gerafd Superko Jr. Amy L. Mary Grace Swiatek. Tam6asco Sumit Tevatltia Lisa A. Mdissa Step fianie M. Tomaine Tracey Troutman Demetri TzovoCos Versfia Versfia Jennifer Vocizak Apri[ V. Vrabe[ Kevin R. Jeffery P. Jason G. Jessica Rose Walsh Wan{ Warre[mann We66 Betit A. Weir Bethany J. Yenner �:ruy Grace ~am6asco ianie M. 1utman Betfi A. Weir Keitfi Witkowsfii Gre.9ory A. Wojnar Bethany]. Ky[e R. Leonardo R. A. Yenner Zimmennan Zoppa Co[eenM. Yacove[i Sara Zudwwk.si ,rif V. ra6e[ ~ Rose ~66 Class of 2002 51 �' est ence urna ent The Residence Assistants, along with Resident Director Dave Peer, prepare for fun day of laugh and golf. 52 Residence Life �~esidence ants, along tesident :or Dave ,repare for y of laugh ,If. Top Left: "Where did it go?" The downside about golf is that you have to chase after your own golf balls! Top Right: Nice swing, but you're not out of the woods yet. Middle: They all look nice standing there, but where's all the golf playing? Bottom: Talking strategy before they hit the green. Residence Life 53 �Exercising their mind~ excellence, determina tior Left Page (Clockwise): Tl Madham Srinivasan afte basketball in a game aga Below (Clockwise): Jason spikes the ball after a set soccer field. 54 Sports and Athletics �Exercising their minds as well as their bodies, Wilkes Athletes showed excellence, determination, character, and sportsmanship on and off the field. Left Page (Clockwise): This aerial shot captures the Wilkes tennis team in action. Madham Srinivasan after a powerful backhand shot; Whitney Bull steals the basketball in a game against Dickinson University. Below (Clockwise): Jason McDermott winds up to bring in the heat; Peter Nguyen spikes the ball after a set by Dan Dugan; Kyle Rush fights off a defender on the soccer field. Sports and Athletics 55 �oc The Wilkes Field Hockey team ended their season with an 10-8 record. Jill Henry broke the school record for most goals in a season. She ended the season with 21 goals. On September 9 Jill Henry scored 5 goals to tie a Wilkes single game record. The Lady Colonels started with season with a game against Lebanon Valley. The Lady Colonels won this game 2-1 and sophomore goalie Desiree Podrasky had 13 saves for the team. The field hockey team won their first four games and then fell to Montclair State in overtime. On September 19 Wilkes beat Drew University, who was unbeaten until then in the Freedom Conference play. This win improves the Lady Colonels record to 6-2 overall and 2-0 in the conference. Kristin Y arrish was an all-tournament team selection in the Wesley College Classic that Wilkes competed in. She scored a pair of goals to help Wilkes to a 5-0 victory over Albright College. October 1 3, Jill Henry tied the school record for the single season goal scoring record. In 19 9 9, Sara Clause scored 19 goals in one season, now in 2001 Henry also scored 19 goals. But Henry's season is not over. By the end of the season she goes on to break the school record set by Clause. First Row (Left to Right): Kathy Kemper, Lorey Molick, Maria Currier, Kim Whipple, Kortney Loss, Kristin Yarrish, Ann Marie Roselli Second Row: Jorbina Mecel, Sara Ciotoli, Erin Henry, Jill Henry, Ruth Hough, Desiree Podrasky Third Row: Assistant Coach Mary Jo Hromchak, Marie Patterson, Venessa Tomaino, Robyn Shillingsford, Candice Adams, Nicole Audino, Head Coach Addy Malatesta 56 Sports and Athletics �-8 record. Jill Henry season with 21 .ingle game record. ·banon Valley. The Podrasky had 13 1es and then fell to :aten until then in .els record to 6-2 Left Picture: Jill Henry scored five goals to tie a Wilkes single game record during a game against Arcadia at home. Bottom Left Picture: Kim Whipple fights off defenders to keep control of the ball. Bottom Right Picture: Kristin Yarrish receives a pass from a fellow team mate. esley College p Wilkes to a 5-0 on goal scoring n 2001 Henry also season she goes on n Whipple, Kortney tgh, Desiree Tomaino, Robyn Sports and Athletics 57 �oot a First Row: Mike Verton, Rob Rabe, Frank Miller, Keith Witkowski, Seamus Geddis, Thomas Patterson, Anthony Melchiorre, Mark Hendry, Brian Hostler, Matt Berger, Mike DaRe, Demetri Tzovolos, Joe Ziegler, Jerry Superko, Jason Folck, Justin Carl, Anthony Stavenski Second Row: Steve Rogers, Chris Banyas, Maleek Mills, Chris Caccavale, Kevin Carroll, Bobby Thompson, Adam Mihalko, Brian O'Leary, Matt Kaskie, Ed Buck, Jeff Marshman, Damon Verton, Kyle Gallagher, Matt Schiefen, Mike Lorady, David Flynn, Ryan Jones Third Row: William McLaughlin, J.J. Hanson, Philip Torres, Brian Marr, Kris Fayock, Ian Silverman, Troy Wilson, Brett Trichilo, Bill Watkins, Adam Navarro-Justino, Scott Mertz, Bobby Thomas, Tom Homa, Erik Stahlnecker, Scott Veith, Mike Freund Fourth Row: Zach Snyder, Steve Donlin, Chad Altieri, Mark Angelo, Nick Rollman, Matt Best, Tom Wighard, Jason Parrish, John Palischak, Matt Begansky, Jason Holloway, Matt Bucher, Jim Glendon, Matt Gilbride, Julian Morales, Mike Liberski Fifth Row: Steve Lee, Steve Eynon, Will Midgett, Darron Fadden, Tim Letcher, John Guarnieri, Dustin Bernatovich, John Lubrano, Matt Padavan, Ken Hassenbein, Brian Fritts, David Breuder, Paul Bilous Sixth Row: John Zelena, Doug Hunger, Ryan Levy, Mike Walk, Fran Quinn, Ryan Amos, Scott Ferguson, Frank Giovinco, Mike Bergeski, Derek Seruda, Gary Steich, Jason Pike Seventh Row: Trainer Jamie Shea, Damian Michaels, Bob Barbieri, Rob Tattershall, Dave DiMartino, Head Coach Frank Sheptock, Steve Duda, Jason Majiros, Mike Spagnuolo, Mike Mccree 58 Sports and Athletics Facing a daunting Wilkes University fo campaign. The Colonels openi nationally-ranked op opener, dropping a 2 13, in week two. But, then came w time at MAC foe Jur: freshman running 1 Dunmore High Scho injury. Against Juniata, school-re cord 254 Yf The game marked t1 would surpass the Trichilo earned f 1,222 yards on 255 Freshman quartE taking over the sta including three as Junior wide receiv two scores., and SOI yards, also came or The Wilkes offe1 team Freedom Coll' Liberski, Jason Ho Matt Berger, to for season. Junior LinebacJ and sophomore lir: unit. DaRe had a 1 and four sacks. Re Senior Demetri along the def ensi, star after tallyine team all-star afte1 The secondary chipped in 69 tac tackles and a teaJ Junior Will Mc successfully con-~ �,. ki, Seamus ~rian Hostler, perko, Jason cavale, Kevin ,skie, Ed Buck, Hke Lorady, n Marr, Kris Adam thlnecker, ilo, Nick , Matt ride, Julian Tim Letcher, ~n, Ken >an Quinn, k Seruda, Facing a daunting schedule, and lacking a great deal of experience, the W ilkes University football team found the going tough during a 4-6 2001 campaign. The Colonels opened their season with back-to-back road games against nationally-ranked opponents. The squad played at Montclair State in their opener, dropping a 28-0 decision, before falling to MAC champion Widener, 5213, in week two. But, then came week three. The Colonels were once again on the road, this time at MAC foe Juniata. The contest marked the much anticipated debut of freshman running back Brett Trichilo. Trichilo, a highly-touted rookie out of Dunmore High School, missed most of the early part of the season due to an injury. Against Juniata, Trichilo showed that the wait was worth it, rushing for a school-record 254 yards on 30 carries to propel the Colonels to a 34-20 win. The game marked the first of seven consecutive games in which Trichilo would surpass the 100-yard mark. Trichilo earned first team Freedom Conference honors after amassing 1,222 yards on 255 carries, while also scoring ten times. Freshman quarterback Matt Kaskie enjoyed some late-season success after taking over the starting role in week eight. Kaskie played in six games, including three as the starter, and threw for 651 yards and three scores. Junior wide receiver Chris Banyas, who had 23 catches for 464 yards and two scores, and sophomore Mike Walk, who hauled in 14 receptions for 144 yards, also came on strong late in the season. The Wilkes offensive line featured four underclassmen, including first team Freedom Conference all-star Tim Letcher. Letcher, along with Mike Liberski, Jason Holloway, and Tom Wighard, joined forces with lone senior Matt Berger, to form a unit that improved consistently throughout the season. Junior Linebacker Mike DaRe, a first team Freedom Conference all-star, and sophomore linebacker Steve Rogers, anchored the Colonels defensive unit. DaRe had a team-leading 88 tackles, including 12 for a loss of 54 yards, and four sacks. Rogers had 79 stops and two interceptions. Senior Demetri Tzovolos and junior Dustin Bernatovich were outstanding along the defensive front. Tzovolos was a first team Freedom Conference allstar after tallying 62 tackles and 3.5 sacks. Bernatovich was named a second team all-star after recording 43 tackles, six of which were for a loss. The secondary was paced by senior free safety Mark Hendry. Hendry chipped in 69 tackles and two sacks. Fellow senior Brian Hostler had 41 tackles and a team-leading five interceptions. Junior Will McLaughlin connected on 5-of-10 field attempts, while successfully converting l 9-of-24 extra point attempts. ., Rob uda, Jason Sports and Athletics 59 �' ns occer The men's soccer team started their season with the Kean University Tournament in New Jersey. The Colonels lost their first game in this tournament to Kean University. Now the Colonels will play on Sunday at 12:00 PM. The Colonels also lost this 12:00 game against Suny-Fredonia. Seth Nye had seven saves for the Colonels. Wilkes won their first home game of the season against College Misericordia, 1-0. Matt Diltz scored the only goal for the Colonels. Losing their next four games, Wilkes comes up with a win against Columbia Union at home. Seth Nye stopped eight goals to lead to the shutout. The Colonels won 2-0. In overtime, the Colonels win against Scranton University 2-1. Matt Bieber scored the game winning goal off a pass from fellow teammate, Ty Bowan. Bieber also made a goal to tie the game at 1-1. This was the only game of the season that went into overtime for the men's soccer team. The Colonels last home game and also last game of the season was on October 27. Wilkes fell to FDU-Madison 2-1. The Colonels end the season 611 overall and 2-5 in the Freedom Conference. Front Row: Karl Myers, Matt Kulp, Matt Bieber, Ty Bowman, Bill Schneider, Kyle Mastellar, Scott Carr, Carlos Proano Middle Row: Rob Gebhard, Mike Fanek, Greg Haladay, Justin Bagley, Seth Nye, Peter Schmidt, Jon Ritter, Courtney Eastman, Jordan Des Autels Back Row: Kyle Rush, Matt Diltz, Rich Billings, Ryan Strange, Ken Huelbig, Will Roy, Phil Coffey, Joe Roback, Drew Moyer, Head Coach Phil Wingert 60 Sports and Athletics �aiversity 1 this Sunday at -Fredonia. :ge els. Losing tmbia Union 1e Colonels 1. Matt nmate, Ty s the only · team. m was on . the season 6- Above Picture: An incredible save by Seth Nye. Left Picture : Matt Diltz fires the ball away after receiving a pass. Below Picture: Billy Schneider holds off the opposition . , Bill n Bogley, Seth s Autels e, Ken .d Coach Phil Sports and Athletics 61 �' omens occer rl'~. ~· -- ~ .t... . '~: ~~tv ,~ .. , ~ .. ~ ' Wilkes opened the Tournament. Wilkes , them to the champior tournament against R Holly Shiber won the The Lady Colonel5 Muhlenberg. They lrn overall. Wilkes won agaim winning goal off an a stopped five goals frn The women's socc Lady Colonels won 2 l over King's. This , overall and 3-2 in th On October 15, V previous record was record again against 8-2. With a win over spot in the Freedorr. overall and 4-3 in tl The women's so< double-overtime. A: an assist from Holl penalty box, Drew the Lady Colonels. Wilkes ended th Front Row: Carley Clement, Jaclyn Wojciechowicz, Holly Shiber, Danielle McDonald, Jonelle Oram, Jennifer Dawleshyn, Keri Loeffelman, Katie Green, Karyn Pall, Amanda Leicht Back Row: Carlene Kratz, Katie Pearson, Jill Lacy, Nicole Ference, Jennifer Marks, Sarah Polacheck, Lyndsey McWilliams, Ellen Twomey, Jillian Chiucchi, Brooke Shreaves, Reach Coach Melissa Elwell Holly Shibe1 62 Sports and Athletics �Wilkes opened the 2001 season in the Rachel Miller Memorial Tournament. Wilkes won their first game against St. Joes's, which advanced them to the championship game against the host team. Wilkes won this tournament against Rochester Institute of Technology, 3-1. During this game Holly Shiber won the MVP award. The Lady Colonels suffered their first loss against Muhlenberg at Muhlenberg. They lost 3-1 and this moves the Lady Colonels record to 2-1 overall. Wilkes won against DeSales in overtime. Danielle McDonald scored the winning goal off an assist from teammate Holly Shriber. Goalie Jen Pawleshyn stopped five goals for the Lady Colonels. The women's soccer team lost their next five games, but on October 9, the Lady Colonels won against our cross-town rival, King's College. Wilkes won 31 over King's. This win helps to improve the Lady Colonels record to 5-9 overall and 3-2 in the Freedom Conference. On October 15, Wilkes tied a school record for goals scored in a game. The previous record was set in 1998 against Marywood. In 2001, Wilkes tied the record again against Marywood with eight goals. Wilkes won this home game 8-2. With a win over Lycoming College, the Lady Colonels won themselves a spot in the Freedom Conference playoffs. Their record improves to 8-11 overall and 4-3 in the conference. The women's soccer team lost to Drew University in the semi-finals in double-overtime. Amanda Leicht scored the only goal for the Lady Colonies off an assist from Holly Shiber. Because Wilkes was called for a hand ball in the penalty box, Drew was awarded a penaly kick which gave them the win over the Lady Colonels. Jennifer Pawleshyn stopped 12 shots for Wilkes. Wilkes ended their season 8-12 overall and 4-3 in the conference . .her, Danielle 1n, Katie :rence, Twomey, !ll Holly Shiber goes to kick the ball away from a defender during a game. Sports and Athletics 63 �rest[in tJHIUt: u1::, HI: Sitting: Robert Reeney, George Tryon, Kevin Shannon, Elijah Shutt, John Muscarella, Brian Kapral, Josh Mendoza Middle Row: Scott Henshaw, Jed Starner, Jason Hills, Keith Jones, Cory Walker, Joe Y enchak, Brian Fischer, Fritz Delva Back Row: Assistant Coach Jon Laudenslager, Greg Wojnar, Rex Harris, Corey Fleisher, Chris Fleisher, Chris Hunter, Andrew Helms, Diego Alvarado, Bryan Wech, Head Coach Alan Zellner Scott Henshaw pins the opposition during a match. 64 Sports and Athletics The Wilkes U win against Bap1 for one because 1 Wilkes won al Colonels finishec Colonels with a t 165 pounds. Their next in, nine teams in th1 Shannon was thE against James M 17 4 pounds. Jon finished second , pounds. Wilkes lost th1 Bible. The Colon against Oneonta On February : College. After thE College and Lycc into Saturday's s awarded a bye fc Corey Fleisher h: Championships, Championships. Tim Simansky. :E Helms ( 19 7 pour At the NCAA He concludes his �l Steve Tornambe tries to defeat his opponent during a match. 1h Shutt, John 1 Jones , Cory ·, Rex Harris, s, Diego Alvarado, kott Henshaw pins he opposition luring a match. The Wilkes University wrestling team opened their season on November 1 7 with a win against Baptist Bible. Wilkes defeated Baptist Bible in all weight classes except for one because of a technical fall. Wilkes won all four games going into the Kutztown University Invitational. The Colonels finished second out of nine teams in this invitational. Jon Neyerlin led the Colonels with a first-place finish at 184 pounds. Andrew Holms took second place at 165 pounds. Their next invitational was held on December 1. The Colonels finished fifth out of nine teams in the Spartan Invitational Tournament held by York College. Kevin Shannon was the first Wilkes wrestler to the reach the finals. He won the title match against James Marrero from the College of New Jersey. Rex Harris finished second at 17 4 pounds. Jon Neyerlin also finished second at 184 pounds. Corey Fleisher finished second at 28 5 pounds. Jason Hills finished third for the Colonels at 141 pounds. Wilkes lost their last three matches but then bounced back to win over Baptist Bible. The Colonels again lost their next three games but won their fourth game against Oneonta State. On February 15 , the Colonels entered the MAC Championships held at Messiah College. After the opening round, Wilkes holds a two-point lead over Delaware Valley College and Lycoming College. Three Wilkes wrestlers have a number one seeds going into Saturday's semi-final round. Rex Harris has the top seed at 174 pounds and was awarded a bye for the first round. Andrew Helms is the top seed at 197 pounds. Corey Fleisher has the top seed at heavyweight. On day two of the MAC Championships , Corey Fleisher earned a spot in the NCAA Division III Wrestling Championships. Jason Hills finished third at 141 pounds over Scranton University's Tim Simansky. Rex Harris (17 4 pounds), Jon Neyerlin (184 pounds), and Andrew Helms (197 pounds) all finished fourth in their weight classes. At the NCAA Division III Championships, Corey Fleisher lost both of his matches. He concludes his season with a 2 7 -9 record. Sports and Athletics 65 �~ ns ' enn1s The men's tennis team opened their season on March 15 with a win against FDU-Madison. Madhan Srinivasan, Hassan Shah, Peter Nguyen, and Jason Leach all won their matches. As for the doubles, Shah and Nguyen provided a win against FDU-Madison. Wilkes lost their next five matches but came back to win one against Marywood, 6-1. The Colonels next game was against cross-town rival, King's College. Wilkes lost this match, 4-3. Hassan Shah and Madhan Srinivasan won their matches. In doubles, Shah and Jason Leach won their match along with teammates Srinivasan and Peter Nguyen. The Colonels won their last two matches of the season. The second to last match was against Scranton University. Their last match was against Susquehanna which they won 4-3. The men's tennis team finished 4-8 overall. The roster for the men's tennis team included Madhan Srinivasan, Hassan Shah, Peter Nguyen, Jason Leach, Brandon Clark, Abhishek Nemani, Matthew Ralph, and Garo Lehmejian. Left Picture: Peter Nguyen sets up before the start of a match. Right Picture: Jason Leach prepares to take a swing during practice. Right Pii takes as 66 Sports and Athletics �' .1S Left Picture: Madhan Srinivasan prepares to take a swing during a match . Middle Picture: The tennis team watches while fellow teammates compete. a win against , and Jason Leach rided a win against against Marywood, , College. Wilkes their matches. In 1mates Srinivasan !Cond to last match usquehanna which asan, Hassan Shah, Matthew Ralph, and Right Picture: Matthew Ralph takes a swing during practice. Sports and Athletics 67 �' omens enn1s ~ The Wilkes University women's tennis team had a tough season this year. They lost every match they played. Their first match was against Marywood on September 14. Wilkes did have a few wins this match. Whitney Bull defeated Marisa Moore in singles. Emily Olivetti/Rajitha Devadoss and Amee Mehta/Sharon Granahan provided wins in their doubles matches. Their next game was against cross-town rivals King's College, which the Lady Colonels lost 6-3. In the singles matches, Whitney Bull and Emily Olivetti provided wins over their opponents. Also, Bull and Selena Bednarz won over their opponents in their doubles match. Their last game of their season was against Moravian. The Lady Colonels lost this match 8-1. Whitney Bull and Selena Bednarz provided the only win in their doubles match. The women's tennis team roster included: Selena Bednarz, Whitney Bull, Rajitha Devadoss, Emily Olivetti, Amee Mehta, Nicole Ripper, Sharon Granahan, Elizabeth Roveda, and Kyla Campbell. A few members of the women's tennis team pose for a picture. 68 Sports and Athletics Right Picture: I members of the talk after a mat 1 �s s Left Picture: Whitney Bull takes a back handed swing, while teammate Selena Bednarz watches. n this year. They Nood on ull defeated nee Mehta/Sharon vhich the Lady Olivetti provided ~r their opponents .y Colonels lost ly win in their itney Bull, Rajitha anahan, Elizabeth Right Picture: Four members of the tennis team talk after a match. Left Picture: Selena Bednarz and Whitney Bull talk about strategies during practice. 1 picture. Sports and Athletics 69 �~ ens asket&a[[ The Wilkes University men's basketball team had its share of ups and downs during the 20012002 campaign. The Colonels finished the season with an overall record of 15-11 and posted a 77 mark in the Freedom Conference. The Blue and Gold qualified for the Freedom Conference playoffs, where they dropped an 89-84 decision to cross-town rival King's College in the semifinal round. The Colonels got off to a tough start, splitting their first eight games of the season. But, a fourgame winning skein with victories over St. Mary's (MD), Baptist Bible, Susquehanna and DeSales improved the team's record to 8-4 overall, and 2-1 in the conference play. Following the winning streak, Wilkes fell on hard times, dropping four of their next five contests to see their overall record move to 9-8 and their conference record move to 3-5. But, the Colonels responded by winning six of their final eight regular season games, including four of six contests in the conference, to qualify for the playoffs. Sophomore guard Dave Plisko led the Colonels averaging 12.3 points, 3. 7 rebounds and 2.8 assists per game. Senior Ron McIntyre, who earned a first team Freedom Conference all-star berth, contributed 11.4 points, and 6.2 rebounds, while shooting an impressive 69.9 percent from the field. Senior Tom Stambaugh rounded out the Colonels three doublefigure scorers. Stambaugh ended the season averaging 10.5 points and 3.4 rebounds per game. Several newcomers also made key contributions, including sophomore transfers Mike Morgan and Phil Bonczewski. Morgan, who transferred from Division I Lafayette prior to the start of the second semester, played in 14 games and averaged 9.3 points and 1.9 rebounds. Bonczewski transferred from Division I Marist at mid-semester and played in 16 games. He averaged 8.4 points and 4.6 rebounds. Freshman John Yanniello also saw plenty of playing time a season ago. Yanniello played in all 25 games and averaged 4 points and 1.4 rebounds per game. First Row: Alex Hairston, Jim Pfromm, Mike Snyder, John Boylan, Bobby Calarco, John Yanniello, Dave Pliska, Joe Dorzinsky Second Row: Assistant Coach Jim Atherton, Head Coach Jerry Rickrode, Assistant Coach Corby Swan, Tom Stambaugh, Ron McIntyre, Kevin Walsh, Joe Stein, Maclean Moore, Wes Kovach, Brad Sechler, Ryan Milford, Assistant Coach Bryan McGraw 70 Sports and Athletics Ryan Milford, number 42, sho a foul shot durii the game. �Number 20, Ron McIntyre tips-off to start the game. Mcintrye earned a first team Freedom Conference all-star seat. vns during the 20015-11 and posted a 7!dom Conference ,Hege in the semi~ season. But, a fouruehanna and ! play. their next five nove to 3-5. But, the including four of six 7 rebounds and 2.8 mference all-star ~ive 69 .9 percent ,lefigure scorers. 1me. ansfers Mike Morgan rior to the start of the 1nds. Bonczewski . He averaged 8 .4 ing time a season ago. Jer game. Calarco, John ~ssistant Coach clean Moore , Wes Ryan Milford, number 42, shoots a foul shot during the game. Kevin Walsh hangs onto the ball after a call was made. Sports and Athletics 71 �' omens asket&a[[ The Wilkes University women's basketball team made outstanding strides during the 2001-200 2 season. The squad finisheq the campaign with an overall record of 816 and won the Holiday Inn Colonel Invitational Tournament. Leading the squad throughout the season was junior center Whitney Bull. Bull averaged 15.3 points per game, while ranking among the national leaders in rebounding after grabbing 12. 7 caroms per contest. Bull was named a Freedom Conference second team all-star after leading the conference in rebounding and ranking in the top five in scoring. She also earned a berth on the Northeastern Pennsylvania Basketball Media first team. Bull, who transferred from Elizabethtown College, was also named the MVP of the Colonel Invitational Tournament. Freshman guard/forward Janna Ward also enjoyed a stellar rookie campaign. She chipped in 7 .1 points and 4.1 rebounds per game. Fellow freshman Danielle Kresock assumed the starting point guard job late in the season and responded well. Kresock, who started the season at the off-guard position, moved to point guard due to a rash of injuries and tossed in seven points, and 3 .6 rebounds, and 2.6 assists per game. Junior center Caitlin Lee gave Wilkes another needed inside presence. Lee averaged 5 .5 points and 4.1 rebounds per game. Sophomore center Corinne Stewart, who joined the team late at the conclusion of volleyball season, contributed three points and 2.9 rebounds. Left Picture: Janna Ward dribbles the ball, trying to get past a Dickinson College defender. Right Picture: Whitney Bull shots a foul shot during the game against Dickinson College. 72 Sports and Athletics Lyndsay Be~ shoot over , College defe: �Danielle Kresock shoots a foul shot during the game against Dickinson College at home. lg strides during erall record of 8Ley Bull. Bull 1ders in leading the also earned a . Bull, who : the Colonel ~ campaign. She Danielle Kresock ed well. Kresock, rd due to a rash of ts per game. ence. Lee Corinne Stewart, ributed three Lyndsay Bey attempts to shoot over a Dickinson College defender. Corinne Stewart drives to the basket past a defender during a home game. Sports and Athletics 73 �ase&a[[ The Wilkes University baseball team enjoyed an outstanding 2002 season. The Colonels fashioned an overall record of 24-1 7-1, the second highest win total in school history. In addition, Wilkes earned both Freedom Conference and ECAC playoff berths for the first time since 1994. Leading the Colonels was senior center fielder Matt Diltz. Diltz was named the Freedom Conference's Player of the Year after hitting .434 with eleven doubles, twelve triples, and four home runs. Diltz, who led Division III in triples this season, tied or set six school records during the season. He established new marks for games played in a season (42), at-bats in a season (152), hits in a season (66), triples in a season (12), total bases in a season (113), and triples in a career (14). Sophomore first baseman Dave Morgan was second team Freedom Conference All-Star. Morgan hit .3 5 7 with eleven doubles, four triples, seven home runs and thirty runs batted in. Morgan also had a stellar .989 fielding percentage last spring. Freshman Charles Hampton had an outstanding rookie season with the Colonels. He batted .367 with seven doubles, three triples, two home runs, and a team-leading 33 runs batted in. Freshman catcher Josh Turel hit .338 with five doubles, one triple, and two home runs. The Wilkes pitching staff was led by senior closer Jason McDermott. McDermott ranked second in Division III with a league-leading thirteen saves. He had a 3-3 record on the hill and an earned run average of 3.29. McDermott was a second team Freedom Conference selection. Seniors Jim Casey and Joe Casey, along with junior Ryan Palos, formed the nucleus of the Wilkes starting rotation. Jim Casey had a 5-3 record on the mound and an earned run average of 4.69. Joe Casey went 4-2 in eleven starts with an earned run average of 5.50. Palos had a 5-4 record on the mound and an ERA of 3.90. The 2002 team had 28 players on it. The roster included Steve Leskiw, Adam Kowalczyk, Derek Sheruda, Corey Yanoshak, Charles Hampton, Mike Spotts, Matt Diltz, Matt Kaskie, Jason McDermott, Scott Garger, Chris Caccavale, Josh Oswald, Ryan Palos, Tyler Trutt, Dave Morgan, Ryan Lobb, Jim Casey, Mike Zapatoski, Joe Casey, Josh Turel, Andrew Rivera, Doug Hunter, John Boylan, Brad Sechler, Neal Nowakowski, Steve Imdorf, Jon Prutzman, and Dale Rapson. The team was coached by head coach Joe Polek, and assistant coaches Jerry Bavitz and Bob Klinetob. 74 Sports and Athletics Above Pictl Below Pictu �2002 season. The Lest win total in ence and ECAC ltz was named the eleven doubles, 1 triples this >lished new marks ► in a season (66), , in a career (14 ). !edom Conference L home runs and centage last spring. n with the .ome runs, and a t .338 with five Above Picture: The Wilkes University baseball team poses for a picture. Below Picture: Adam Kowalczyk takes a swing during a game. ermott. thirteen saves. He McDermott was a 1 los, formed the _average of 4.69. )f 5.50. Palos had re Leskiw, Adam , Mike Spotts, Caccavale, Josh 1 Casey, Mike John Boylan, 1d Dale Rapson. aaches Jerry Sports and Athletics 75 �~ mens acrosse We are considered a club team this year, but in the fall of 2002 we will be considered a varsity team. We practiced weekly with nine games on the schedule this year. In the spring of 200 3, we will have a schedule with conference and nonconference games with a high level of competitiveness. I have built this program from the ground up, with players who have no experience at all, expect for one. Above Pict thrown to b Below Pich First Row: Danielle McDonald, Sara Ciotoli, Alicia Conner, Vasoula Plakas, Jeanette Bell, Missy Quinn Second Row: Kyla Campbell, Lorey Malick, Candice Adams, Kathy Kemper, Melissa Lavelle, Maria Currier, Emily Olivetti Third Row: Assistant Coach MJ Hromchak, Amanda Andreas, Valerie White, Jessica Hinkel, Robin Shillingsford, Jessica Pezolano, Katie Fisher, Stephanie Dluge, Head Coach Kristin DiMarzo 76 Sports and Athletics �we will be in the with iveness. I e no Above Picture: Danielle McDonald watches the ball come down after being thrown to her from a teammate. Below Picture: Maria Currier runs down field to help out her teammates. ula Plakas, hy Kemper, alerie White, r, Stephanie Sports and Athletics 77 �The men's golf team played seven games in their season. They also played in the MAC Championships on April 27 and 28 of 2002. The first game that they played was against Albright and Widener. Wilkes played second with a score of 332. The Wilkes Colonels played with a four person team which included Dom Castrignano, Chris Banyas, Jason Pantzar, and Dave Paden. Dom Castrignano scored the lowest score for the Colonels and that was a 79. Their second game was against Neumann and College Misericordia. Wilkes placed last in this game. The golf team participated in this event with six team members. The golf team played at their next game at the Wilkes-Barre Golf Club. This game was against Lycoming. Jim Bedford scored the lowest score for the Wilkes team, scoring an 82. Wilkes won this game on April 8. On April 12 Wilkes went against Scranton at the Wilkes-Barre Golf Club, but unforunatly they lost this game. Dorn Castrignano did medal with a score of 75. This was also the lowest score for the Wilkes team. Dom Castrignano also medaled at their next game against Lycoming. He beat his last score by one point by scoring a 7 4 on this course. Wilkes also won this game. Their next game was held at Glenrnaura National Golf Club against Scranton. Wilkes played against Scranton with a four member team and fell to a loss with a score of 333. April 27 and 28 was a big weekend for the golf team. This was the weekend of the MAC Championships held at Shawnee Country Club. On day one, the Wilkes University golf team placed ninth out of 14 teams. During the first day, Dom Castrignano led the way for the Colonels. He was currently tied for 14th position after carding a 2 7-hold total of 12 l. Jon Else and Jason Pan tzar both scored a 12 9, Chris Banyas scored a 131, and Jim Bedford scored a 141 for the Colonels. The second day of the MAC Championships was rained out, but Wilkes still came in ninth out of 14 teams. The Wilkes golf team played their last game against King's. Chris Banyas medaled with a score of 76, he also had the lowest score for the Colonels. Wilkes unfortunatly lost to King's. Row 1: M1 Ann Kaus: Row 2: M : Mullay, M Konopats~ Jason Pantzer takes a swing during one of the games. Sahima I during 78 Sports and Athlectics �Fteer[eadin o played in the tat they played e of 332. The n Castrignano, ored the lowest tinst Neumann earn ved at their next g. Jim Bedford on this game on Te Golf Club, :h a score of 7 5. J also medaled 1oint by scoring s held at inst Scranton l 27 and 28 was Championships ;olf team placed e way for the old total of 1 21 . a 131, and Jim Championships Wilkes golf team score of 76, he J King's. Row 1: Melissa Mecca, Michelle Auker, Adrian Pianelli, Tricia Higgins, Sue Ann Kausmeyer, Adrienne DeFuria, Lisa Samala Row 2: Michelle Ent, Erin Schultz, Kristy Hulings, Bernadette Peters, Kristina Mullay, Megan McAndrew, Amber Derr, Megan Smith, Sahima Rasul, Anita Konopatski, Marie Patterson, Jill Yisowski : during Sahima Rasul performs a lift during a football game. The cheerleading squad performs during a football game at home. Sports and Athletics 79 �0 &a[[ The 2001 season began in Atlanta, Georgia in the NFCA Leadoff Classic. With numerous nationally ranked teams present, Wilkes went 2-3. Wilkes defeated nationally reanked Corland State and N.C. Methodist while losing to College of New Jersey, N.C. Wesleyan, and national runners-up Wisconsin-Eau Claire. That tournament was followed up with another tournament in Salisbury, Maryland. Wilkes went 2-2, defeating Bates College and nationally ranked Salisbury State, while losing to Cabrini and Moravian, who both were also ranked at the time. Returning to the MAC Freedom conference playoffs as the second seed. On the first day of the playoffs Wilkes defeated Scranton and King's to enter the second day of the tournament undeafted. However, the Colonels lost two close one run games to King's to finish the Freedoms Conference runners-up. Individually the Colonels had several noteworthy achievements. Robyn Mendygral, Sandy Mullen, and Lisa Hartman were named the first team all conference, with Mendygral taking home the MVP award. Second team honors went to Brooke Sheaves and Erin Priestman. Robyn Mendygral left Wilkes with every career offensive school record and Alice Frank left with numerous pitching records. In addition Mendygral and Hartman were both named to the Regional All American teams during their Wilkes careers. On March 30, 2000 Hartman pitched a no hitter against King's and on April 1, 2000 she bettered that with a perfect game against FDU. The team ended the year with a 21-16 record. First Row: Nancy Stover, Robyn Mendygral, Kim Chapman, Desiree Podrasky, Brooke Shreaves Second Row: Lisa Hartman, Sandy Mullen, Erin Priestman, Melissa Babcock, Leora Kleist Third Row: Head Coach Frank Matthews, Andrea Chabala, Selena Bednarz, Melissa Mendygral, Alice Frank, Assistant Coach Tom Dunsmuir 80 Sports and Athletics �2000~2001 ff Classic. With s defeated :o College of New eason .lfe. tlisbury, ranked Salis bury 1ked at the time. d seed. On the ~r the second day ,ne run games to tobyn team all :am honors went ecord and Alice 1d Hartman Vilkes careers. on April 1, Left Picture: Lisa Hartman pitches a ball during a game. Hartman was named to the firstteam all conference. Below Picture: Brooke Shreaves takes a swing during a game. Shreaves was named to the secondteam all conference. irasky, Brooke cock, Leora arz, Melissa Sports and Athletics 81 �0 &a[[ 2001-2002 Season First Row: Maureen Davis, Nicole Norton, Maryellen Karty, Kim Graver, Kelly Daley Second Row: Nicole Pugh, Sandy Mullen, Andrea Dominick, Melissa Babcock, Lisa Hartman, Jodi Viscomi, Carly Streznetcky, Leora Kleist Third Row: Brooke Shreaves, Melissa Mendygral, Alexis Petite, Erin Priestman, Maria Ciechoski, Lindy Lutz Left Picture: Nicole Pugh sets up in the batters box awaiting the pitch during a game 1n Virginia Beach. 82 Sports and Athletics The 200 2 sofi in the very tougr easily defeated I defeated three N nationally ranke, The next wee] Wilkes opened " winning streak e. before beating V tough toumamer MAC play op1 Moving on to Dr dropping the seci lost starting pitcl. injuries. A few g, as well. The Colonels : out losing 11 one Lisa Hartman w, Some outstandin Mendygral, and ] DIP, along with ~ Lisa Hartman individual seasor and complete ga1 with 2. Her caree Right Pictu gets into a 1 game starts took place i The softba Virginia Be Spring Brea �tson ·aver, The 2002 softball team started off very well for the Colonels. The season opened in the very tough Virginia Wesleyan Tournament in Virginia Beach. The Colonels easily defeated Eastern Mennonite University to open the tournament. They then defeated three NCAA tournament teams consecutively, including a win over nationally ranked North Carolina Methodist. They finished the tournament 4-0. The next week Wilkes moved on to the Sea Gull Tournament in Salisbury, MD. Wilkes opened with a convincing win over Mary Washington College. The five game winning streak ended with a loss over nationally ranked Moravian in extra innings, before beating Virginia Wesleyan. Wilkes returned home with a 7-1 record after two tough tournaments. MAC play opened with a split at DeSales, before getting a sweep over Ursinus. Moving on to Drew, Wilkes lost a tough nine inning game in the opener before dropping the second game of the doubleheader as well. In the second game, Wilkes lost starting pitcher Maryellen Korty and shortstop Lindy Lutz to season ending injuries. A few games later they lost leading hitter Carly Streznetcky for the season as well. The Colonels played tough the rest of the way minus the three starters but came out losing 11 one run games and four in extra innings to finish the season 21-19. Lisa Hartman was outstanding in having to pitch every game the rest of the way. Some outstanding individual performances were turned by Sandy Mullen, Melissa Mendygral, and Leora Kleist. Hartman was named to the to the second team as the DIP, along with Streznetcky who made it despite of missing several games. Lisa Hartman left Wilkes with numerous pitching records. Among them were individual season records for inning pitched (223), games (36), games started (33), and complete games (29). She also set career records for wins with 54 and no hitters with 2. Her career ERA is also among the best ever at Wilkes. l ,t t Picture: :ole Pugh up in the :ers box .iting the h during a e Ill ·i nia Beach. Right Picture: The infield gets into a huddle before the game starts. This game also took place in Virginia Beach. The softball team went to Virginia Beach during Spring Break. Sports and Athletics 83 �~ omens o[[e &a[[ The women's volle Tournament. Wilkes • College, 3-0, and to E finished with a teamtoumament, the Lad) against Marywood, "' Misericordia. Wilkes On September 4, : 0. This is the third st kills, five digs, and si The Lady Colonel: They lost this match team to 3-5 overall a: and 16 digs for the L On October 26 an Colonels lost their op kills and nine digs, "' Colonels. In their sec University volleyball match of the weeken1 Wilkes made it to against cross-town ri' seeded fourth comini Wilkes finished the s Riley had 3 3 assists contributed six kills : Sitting: Amber Brennan Middle Row: Megan Riley, Kelly Svecz, Kristin Disani, Kim Peters, Carlee Fitzsimmons, Larissa Dobransky Back Row: Assistant Coach Scott Van Valkenburgh, Jeanine Barber, Stefanie Henninger, Corinne Stewart, Mandy Kehler, Lisa Ognosky, Head Coach Mike Grandchamp The team congratulates each other after a great game. Jeanin 84 Sports and Athletics �The women's volleyball team opened their season with the King's College Tournament. Wilkes lost both matches in this tournament. They lost to King's College, 3-0, and to Baptist Bible, 3-2. In their loss to Baptist Bible, Jeanine Barber finished with a team-leading 34 assists. On the second day of the King's College tournament, the Lady Colonels won both their matches. Their first match was against Marywood, which they won 3-1. Their second match was against College Misericordia. Wilkes won this one 3-0. On September 4, 2002, the Lady Colonels won their match against Marywood, 30. This is the third straight win for the Lady Colonels. Mandy Kehler led with 11 kills, five digs, and six service aces. Jeanine Barber also led with 19 assists. The Lady Colonels first Freedom Conference match was on September 19, 2002. They lost this match against FDU-Madison, 3-1. This drops the women's volleyball team to 3-5 overall and 0-1 in the conference. Kelly Svecz finished with nine kills and 16 digs for the Lady Colonels. On October 26 and 27, Wilkes entered the Elizabethtown Tournament. The Lady Colonels lost their opening match to Moravian College. Larissa Dobransky had 8 kills and nine digs, while teammate Megan Riley contributed 18 assists for the Lady Colonels. In their second match, Wilkes fell to Haverford College. The Wilkes University volleyball team also lost their third match to Kean University. Their final match of the weekend was also a loss for the Lady Colonels against Buffalo State. Wilkes made it to the Freedom Conference Semi-Finals, where they were up against cross-town rivals, King's College. They lost this match, 3-1. Wilkes was seeded fourth coming into this game and had to play top seed, King's College. Wilkes finished the season 9-15. Larissa Dobransky had 12 kills and 10 digs. Megan Riley had 3 3 assists and six kills for the Lady Colonels. Stefanie Henninger also contributed six kills and 14 digs. rs, Carlee er, Stefanie Coach Mike ~am atulates Jther after a game. Jeanine Barber (Left) and Mandy Kehler (Right) jump to try to block a shot during a game. Sports and Athletics 85 �' ens o[[e &a[[ - 86 Sports and Athletics ~ . ,p ; : '\ .;.; ·-· - " - - - - --..-. �Sports and Athletics 87 �orts [osin Th. Athl, £xcitil1 Aspi Scitzi11 recaps. 88 Sports and Athletics �Thattlts to all ofWilltcs Atl11ctic T cams for Attotl1cr £xdtittg V car of Colm1cl Sports A special tl1attks socs o~t to Jol1tt Scitzfflscr for l1is pictures attt, same recaps. W c appreciate ~o~r t,ct,icatiott to Willtcs Atl11ctics. Sports and Athletics 89 �' rtn usica( 2002 onder u[ c)own'' The cast included from left to right (picture on opposite page): First Row: Corey Pajka, Edward Burdulis, Lori Pugh, Emelia Rae, Benjamin S. Ptashinsky, Nicholas Pierce, Lauren Trovillion, Jen Zubernick, Avra Myers, Rasid Bosnjakvic Second Row: Meghann Babo, Dale R. Heller, Brian Burke Toll, Nancy Fattorini, Netta Clemens, Robert Kole Shreiber, Tiffany Smith, Alexander W.P. Kashatus, Christie Lee Gilbert, Kyle Masteller, Phoenix Blue, Rob Stowe Missing: Jason McDermott, Jessica Maguire, Paul E. Mitchell, Jermaine Hinkle Adam Hill was the director/choreographer of this show. The set design was designed by Teresa Fallon. Steven Thomas was the music director of this show. The lighting desgin was provided by David Shock. The costumes were designed by Joseph Dawson. The stage managers of this show were Corey Pajka and Edward Burdulis. Also, Jessica Maguire was the assistant stage manager. Lastly, the mangaing director of the Darte Center is Brue Phair. Cast of Characters Guide/Editor...................... Dale R. Heller Appopolus ............................ Phoenix Blue Helen................................ Netta Clemens Wreck ....................... Robert Kole Shreiber Violet.. .......................... Lauren Trovillion Valenti ........................... Brian Burke Toll Eileen ......................... Christie Lee Gilbert Ruth ................................... Tiffany Smith Robert Baker.. ...Alexander W.P. Kashatus Editor/Chef. ......... Benj amin S. Ptashinsky Editor.. ............................. Meghann Babo Mrs. Wade ...................... Nancy Fattorini Frank Lippencott. .............. Kyle Masteller Chick Clark. ............................ Rob Stowe Lanigan........................... Nicholas Pierce 90 Spring Musical Chorus Avra Myers, Lori Pugh, Corey Pajka, Jen Zubernick, Edward Burdulis, Emelia Rae, Rasid Bosnjakvic, Jason McDermott The theater department performs four shows a year. The fir t performance that they put on was '1The Good Doctor. 11 "Erne t in Love11 was their second performance. Both of this shows took place in the fall semester. In the spring semester, they performed 11 Wonderful Town 11 and 11 The Comedy of Error ." �y, Nicholas emens, Robert lier, Phoenix ~resa Fallon. )avid Shock. rey Pajka and ng director of 1 ?:ubemick, akvic, year. The first Doctor." "Ernest t of this shows took ter, they edy of Errors." t Spring Musical 91 �Serving tlu· dining H<"eds of the studt>nts, faculty, staff and gu~sts of Wilke~ University. -11111 7 V (! E V Let us cater your next event. Our team of Certified Chefs is eager to prepare an event to remember. We specialize in ... ·cabaret style serving ·dinner parties banquets of any size ·ice sculptures ... and personalized service. Give us a call today. Web site: wwu• 11irr·11i1 ct1111 IRDDRRRDRRDRRRRIJRRRRRRRRRRDI R 11 I I11j j Oood 11,,.. Jtoe4 £ Rollf 11 11 * Zippo a Maria in tile Moraiag * Jill Req,ae■t Lmlcll. with Joe Antlt.ony * Dri'.-e at nve with Tony PaceW I PLUS GREAT OLDIES &LL THE TIME! I 1• II · I j * Solid Gold Satuday Night witlt. BW Bell I j * L.A. Tarone'■ Suaday Night Ball of Fame j I l11DDDRRl1DlaDDDDDDDDDDDRRRRRRi 92 Advertisements �• I BEST WESTERN GENETTI Hotel & Convention Ceuter 77 East Market Street Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18701 (570) 823-6152 Fax (570) 820-8502 E-mail: genettils@aol .com Website: www.gene1ti .com vent. eroing ,arties 11y size fptures ,eroice. today. 141 South Main Street Wilkll-Barre Plentyof frN ll0reSlde paoo-,g Sat l'IOln: Mon. · Sat. 10 AM · 5:15 PM Thurlday~lll8:45PM A Cenluryof Excellence and Elegance. A Nl!fl ntADfflON IN llAN1UNG ~II~'IT nHERITAGE -----~~........_....,._.. MN..tlll'nalilllll&IIINt MemberF.0.1.C . 821-8555 Advertisements 93 �Rodano's Congratulates the Classes of 2001 and 2002 ECKERD THE SIGN OF GOOD HEALTH ~- ~edicine What A Pharmacy 'Wcls Meant lo Be® BUTCH FREEMAN, A.Ph . OWNER 395 SOUTH MAIN STREET WILKES BARRE , PA 18702 PHONE { 717) 823 ·051 I 94 Advertisements Arnn cong1 of: �~TH Amnicola would like to congratulate the classes of 2001 and 2002. Advertisements 95 �orms Life On Campus Here at Wilkes there are three different types of housing a student can choose from. Besides the typical dorm , Wilkes also offers on-campus apartments and mansion style dorming. The only typical dorm on-campus is a co-ed dorm style building, Evans Hall, which is co-ed by suites. The next type of housing on campus is the mansion style housing. The mansions that are on our campus were donated to Wilkes University by the wealthy families that lived around our university. Instead of tearing them down and building a more Above: The main entrance to Evans Hall on the corner of modem and typical dorm styled No rth ampton and South River Streets. This dorm ho uses the buildings, Wilkes kept these beautiful m ajo rity of fres hmen students every year in its four floors. buildings and converted them i:htons for the students to live. There are currently twelve mansions on campus which are single sex dorms. There is one co-ed mansion on campus , Barre Hall which is co-ed by floor. Ross Hall is our multicultural dorm on campus and most of the residents are members of the Multicultural Society. The last style of housing a student can get is an on-campus apartment. There are ten on-campus apartments. Two of which are co-ed by apartment, Fortinsky Hall and Rifkin Hall. All the rest of the apartments are on South River Street. Left: Sterling Hall, one of the numero us mansions converted to a dorm, sits on South River Street. O n the north end of cam pus, Sterling faces the Susquehanna River. 96 Dorms Ab Th Dorm life en variety of pt friendships . activities allc the dorms , fi and just ki Besides fun , dorming. R dorm, espe, seeing a grm lounge togetl students to g study togetht in the dorms with a groui life allows s· "family" unit �Lpus Above: The North side of Waller Hall was acquired in 1964, and the South side in 1983. The two adjoining dorms are on West River Street at the south end of campus. corner of ~m houses the four floors. campus which which is co-ed .e residents are .t can get is an rhich are co-ed iments are on of the nverted to a tver Street. mpus, Sterling River. Dorm life enables students to meet a wide variety of people and create a wealth of friendships. Hall socials and group activities allow these students to get out of the dorms, forget their studies for a while, and just kick back with their friends. Besides fun, their is the academic side of dorming. Rarely can you walk through a dorm, especially Evans Hall, without seeing a group of students studying in the lounge together. Dorm life has allowed students to get help with their work and to study together. Whether it's hanging out in the dorms and eating pizza or studying with a group of kids in your class, dorm life allows students to live together as a "family" unit. Below: Ross Hall, located on South River Street, was designated the Multicultural Dorm beginning in the Fall of 2001. Left: Slocum Hall, on South River Street, is not only a dorm , but also the home for the university's ROTC unit. Dorms 97 �Right: The Market Street Bridge is a familiar sight to those who dorm along River Street. The impressive structure was built ·in the early 1930's, and has withstood two major floods. 234 South River First Row: Nick Meadows , Damian Michaels, Mark Falanga, Mike Brown. Second Ro w: Eric Eustler, Brian Sheakowski, Alex McKinnon. M i ssin g : Mark Anglea, Greg Spector, Jesse Bolognini, Jonathon DelBalko, Frank Maresca. 327 South River 98 Dorms �Barre Hall Catlin Hall- - - - - - - Chesapeake Hall First Row: Karl Meyers, Seth Reed, Devin Rushanan, Neal Nowakowski. Second Row: David Willingham, Aaron Burns, Eric Luther, Brett Daniels, Josh Liebner. Third Row: Michael Morgan, Albert Sidhom, Michael Sherrick, Pattrick Kane, Jason Tedesco, Drew Zimmerman, Kendall Watts. Missing: Thomas Rebuck, Michael Barcelona, Scott Foley, Steven Lee, Kirk Frey, Steve Imdorf, Casey O'Brien. Dorms 99 �Delaware Hall First Row: Ariston Djuaher, Mike Knothe, Justin Disilvestro, Mark Miltenberger, Phil DeFranco, Neil Bavitz. Second Row: Andy Howard, Matt Rzucidlo, Courtney Eastman, Jamie Markovchick, Wichi tah Leng, Warren Wendel, Matthew Gilbride, Drew Swigart. Missing: John Strouse, Jeremy Chmiel, Bradley Honnage, Joe Ziegler, Jesse Kirk, Michael Crawford, Julian Morales, Richard Albrecht, Mark Semkew, Christopher Schmidt. Doane Hall ------....;..-First Row: Maria Kon, Maya Tatum, Cheryl Snyder. Second Row: Katie Coy, Beth Hill. Missing: Christie Gilbert, Mary Gowat, Sandy Schweigert, Laura Osborn. Evans Hall --------- Northampton 1st First Row: Holly Sulouff, Katie Morton, Jared Seiders, Leann Benkowski, Steve Tasevoli, Christopher Finan. Second Row: Mary Somers, Katie Gianfagna, Melissa Maybe, Kelly Marion, Brad Bachle. Missing: Kenneth Zenkert, Megan Riley, Steven Levy, Ryan Laubach, Doug Fredick. 100 Dorms �vans Hall~-~~---Northampton 2nd First Row: Richard Williams, Natalie Wilson, Nick Rollman. Second Row: Deerek Sheruda, Jeanine Barber, Maureen Davis, Lindsay Felicetti, Allisa Bowen, Kelly Lassen. Third Row: Will Midgett, Paul Bilous, Zack Snyder, Kevin Carol, Ben Stanis, Steve Madea. Missing: Melody Hsiao, Nancy Mark, Patty Duggy, Justin Johnson, Ryan Jones, Toni Wynat, Gena Haas, Sonnie Weller, Jodi Viscomi, James Marsh, Bill Euker, Jason Schleicher, Justin Cowder. vans Hall ---------,I Danielle Dallazia, Elena Archer, Dave Breuder, Dave Flynn, Alexis Petite, Brooke Zuercher, Lindsey Schlott. Second Row: Brian Roslund, Elixzbeth Miller, Diego Alverado, Mavea Kasten, Dale Heller, James Lemoncelli, Brandon Clark. Missing: Greg Peruso, Amanda Watson, Greg Halladay, Ryan Strange, Derek Gilpin, Megan Williams, John Cosgrove, Lauren Jackson, Melissa Nicolette, Keith Heim, Kevin Shannon, Jeanine Skae, Rajitha Devadoss. First Row: Evans Hall- - - - - - - Northampton 3rd First Row: Jessica Bush, Lori Anne Pugh, Nicole Norton, Kyle Gallagher. Second Row: Robert Vanderveken, Edward Youssof, Joseph Janusziewicz, Charles Cahill, Jedidian Landis, Danielle Kresock, Elizabeth Ann Roveda, Kelly Daley, Brigitte Malloy. Missing: Patrick VanFleet, Kyle Gallagher, Andrew Minarik, Bryan O'Leary, David Paden, Joshua Turel, Joe Stein, John Yanniello, Maclean Moore, Meghan Quinn, Megan Gillott, Mauri Grimm, Juan Jimenez, Shawn Smith, Andrew Rivera, Tara Collins, Melissa Mecca. Dorms 101 �_______Evans Hall ,___ First Row: Brian Fischer, Jen Marchese, Bridget Guinta, Alicia Conner, Justin Lewis. Second Row: James Pfrom, Andrew Helmes, Maleek Mills, Adam Navarro-Jusino, James Glendon, Rashid Bosnjakvic, John-Paul (J.P.) Piego, Josh Hall, Jake McSurdy. Missing: Jordan DesAutels, Chad Reinhard, Kim Maranjo, Kortney Loss, Daniela Radu, Kevin Davis, Adrianna Solozano, Nicole Pugh, Sarah Williams, James Glendon, Matt Bucher, Matthew Kaskie, Scott Mertz. Evans Hall Northampton 4th First Row: Curtis Haley. Second Row: Kristy Saccone, Brittany Kramer, Sharon Granahan, Bernadette Rabel, Bill Watkins, Becky Kriner. Third Row: Bill Vacchino, Tim Wagman, Julia Tarquinio, Kerri Pinder, Ausgina Desai, Tyler Trutt, Jen Hopkins. Missing: Ermond Santanna, Phil Coffey, Cassie Van Luvender, Jon Prutzman, Amanda Henry, Ian Silverman, Mike Ruggerio, Mike Breslosky, Jon Jamison, Anita Konopatski, Megan Smith, Tina Baigis. ------- Evans Hall Front Row: Lisa Klein, Joe Meloni, Jason Andidera, Alex Gall, Josh De Richie. Second Row: Erika Knorr, Seth Kudrik, Thomas Reynolds, John Lan gs h aw . Mi s s i n g : Andrian a Polednak, Amanda Felegi, Sarah Rodstrom, Steven Opitz, Kristen Shicora, Matthew Began sky, Francis Quinn, Rex Harris, Adam Mihalko, Jason Parrish, Bobby Thompson, Micheal Dyshuk, Joe Meloni, Lori Mackowski, Autumn Kishbaugh, Pete Hlavinka, Aaron Hollenbeck, Michael Kroguiski, Kevin Taylor. 102 Dorms �Fortinsky· Hall First Row: Derick Hall, F ritz Oelva, Brian Riccardelli, Jon Akanowicz. Second Row: Brad Moore , Darron Fadden, Michael Lukasik, Corey Pajka. Missing: Garo Lehmejian, Justin Novajosky , Ouke Williams, Jeremy Gordon , Thomas Patterson , Josh Maurer. 339 South River - - First Row: Kermit the Frog. Second Row: Maggie Murphy , Kara Chapple, Melissa Hales. Third Row: Sarah Becker, Jaclyn Kent, Melissa Tracy. Missing: Cindy Stavisky. McClintock Hall Roman Hakim, Mick Jenkins, Brian Balasia, Troy Wilson , Carlos Procno, Jason Pike, James Guenther. Missing: Paul Olson , Kyle Zimmerman, James Hower, Joe Ruggerio, Ian Spaulding, Corey Walker, Jeff Olson , Eric Zuber, Mike Freund, John Palischak. Dorms 103 �_ Rifkin Hall First Row: Debbie Brandt, Jill Hocking, Crystal Reib, Hana Kopolovic. Second Row: Ann Marie Roselli, Christy Williams, Stephanie Dluge, Sara Ciotoli, Ross Mccorkle, Michael Spotts. Missing: Christine Donaldson, Monica Cardenas, Nicole Mitacek, Lisa Bonin, Lori Ann Phillips, Anthony Stavenski, Matt Berger, Jaya Nemani, Tara Derosiers, Danny Williams, Nicole Oakley, Kandice Avery, Dana Fernsler, Siddharth Malik, Ashish Bassi, Bethany Yenner. Ross Hall First row: Amanda Brozana, Thelma Cancam. Second Row: Jermaine Hinkle, Versha Versha, Erick Bourassa Lavoie, Paul Mitchell. Missing: Benjamin Ptashinsky, Kofi Gbomita, Hassan Shah, Ashish Purani, Abhishek Nemani, Marvelyn Bren tum, Lindsey Dymond. Schiowitz Hall First Row: Lauren Smith. Second Row: Debra Gibson, Danielle McDonald, Sarah Bogusko, Beth Alles. Third Row: Susan Matvay, Emily Olivetti, Courtney Cesanek, Mary Ellen Korty. Missing: Rachel Miller, Stephanie Miller, Amanda Andreas, Maura Gill, Melinda Bauer, Jacque Hock, Marilyn Hill, Holly Shiber, Lacey Repman , Carly Streznetcky. 104 Dorms �Slocum Hall- - - ~ - - - - " First Row: Kevin Hosler, Jason McDermott, John Baylon. Second Row: George Waschko, Andrew Moyer, Pete Schmidt. Missing: Douglas Hunter, Adam Davies, Talon Torressen, Scott Hall, Tim Millard , Jason Opalka. Sterling Hall First Row: John Thomas, Don Leavey, Kyle Cook. Second Row: Josh Kloss, Brian Sutherland, Kevin Helmbold, Mike Abbadessa , Tom Homa, Brett Trichillo, Chris Tedesco, Matt Rosato, Mike Looby, Nathan Cook, Jeremy Hill, Alex Wishne. Missing: Rob Falls, Richard Albanese-DeMair, Roger Raby , James Long, John Warnek, Thomas Luthy, Will Bezts. Sullivan Hall First Row: Kimberly Cronorniz, Alicia Burnham, Francesca Montelione, Mallery Stone. Second Row: Bridget McHale, Julie Keller, Stephanie Hartley, Colleen Cole. Missing: Amanda Hitz, Amy Steele, Bethany Goltz, Holly Hicks, Lauren Solski, Emelia Duffy, Kathy Kemper, Amanda Carleton, Robin Volpe, Kristen Owen, Brooke Quinn, Angela Lange, Amanda Leicht, Jessica Lambert, Katie Vavrina, Jacqlyn Ryan , Julianne Kaub, Lisa Leyo, Vildana Harba, Jessica Bean, April Klitsch, Lisa Ognosky, Shannon Eiber, Casey Williams, Jennielle Lagana, Krystal Testa, Krysten Michael. Dorms 105 �Waller Hall First Row: Tara Smith , Kim Herbaugh, Corrine Stewart. Second Row: Jen LaTorre, Meghann Babo. Third Row: April Kaczmarczyk, Stephanie Dickert, Julia Krout, Kelly Bogansky. Missing: Larissa Dobransky, Tara Clark, Jen Lazorack, Elizabeth Bleacher, Christina Rubillo , Desirae Triplett. Waller Hall First Row: Brittnie Harvey , Lorey Malick, Jennifer Yuhas, Laurie Snavely, Carley Clement. Second Row: Lindy Lutz, Clarissa Dudek, Bria Demming, Helen Dwane, Kim Peters, Tina Mooney. Missing: Kristin Pisani, Lyndsay Bey, Amy Westgate, Carlee Fitzsimmons, Jillian Snyder. _ Weiss Hall First Row: Tracey Powell, Julia Ellenberger. Second Row: Casey Connel, Sarah Leskosky , Kariann Chapman. Third Row: Jonelle Oram. Missing: Selena Bednarz, Melissa Merak, Lauren Haberern, Kimberly Graver, Alicia Manley, Jami Flinchbaugh , Francine Johanson , Sonia Ebert, Megan Lutsey , Jillian Lisowski. 106 Dorms �25 8 South River Dan Kohler, Matt Hoover, Jeremy Mayer, Mike Scatton, Steve Cho. Missing: Ben Kushner, Sam Lawrence, Rich Wood, Jason Ruggiero, Chris Carleton. 321 South River First Row: Jason Falck, Andy Bomgardner, Stephanie Smith, Nick Pierce, Robert Stowe. Second R o w : Frank Alexander, Christopher O'Neal, Aaron Linville, Ben Bulishak, Eric Wolf, Dave Roberts. Missing: Pranshu Gupta, Nidhi Agarual, Snigdha Mittal. YMCA First Row: Lisa Pierce, Kristin Hake, Elise Hiley. Second Row: Terry Holdren, Ryan Klemish, Bob Eroh, Dustin Smith, Angela Sat a r . Third Row: Jake Malinowski, Kevin Walsh, Mark Patrick, Kelly Suezz, Andy Calhoun, Deanna Sabol, Lindsay Fries, Jenn Vuclzak. Dorms 107 �108 Pictures �Pictures 109 �Amnicola, the Wilkes University yearbook, Volume 56, was printed by Taylor Publishing Company, Dallas Texas using offset lithography. The staff was assisted by customer service advisor Martha Depper and local representative Tim Lynott. The following specifications describe this publication: Cover: Blue Lexitone material with a Florentine grain is wrapped around a 160-point binder's board the material is decorated with a gold foil. Binding: The binding is double Smyth sewn. Each book is rounded and backed and bound in sixteen page signatures. Endsheets: are Rainbow Birch and produced using recycled paper. Ink: The book was printed using 100% black ink made from biodegradable soy. In addition color pages were printed using a Kemori 8 color offset perfector press. Production: Pages were produced at the school using Elite Vision software, a proprietary page description software package developed by Taylor Publishing Company. Photography: Senior portraits, Organizations, resident hall photos. Faculty, and class portraits were taken be Davor Photography Inc. of Bensalem, PA. The staff was assisted by Davor Sales Representative Mark Huff. Athletic team photos were supplied by the Wilkes University relations Sports information office. Other photography was provided by the student staff and other nonuniversity sources. Color film and sizing were done by Davor Photography. Amnicola 2002 received funding from the Wilkes University Student Government and a portion of student activity fees. The press run was a limited edition of 1000 copies of 112 pages each. Amnicola is copyrighted by Wilkes University and the Amnicola staff. No part of this book may be reproduced without prior written consent of the editor. The opinions expressed here are not necessarily those of the University, the faculty or the administration. The Amnicola was advised by Dr. Jim Harringtron of the University faculty. This is his second year as faculty advisor. Inquiries concerning the publication can be forwarded to the Amnicola Office, care of the editor, Box 111- Wilkes University, 187 South Franklin Street, Wilkes-Barre Pennsylvania 18766-0001, phone 570408-2955. Reach the office by e-mail at amnicola@wilkes.edu. Our office is located in the ground floor of Conyngham Hall. Amnicola is a member of the Associated Collegiate Press and the American Scholastic Press Association. The Advisor and staff of the Amnicola would like to thank all those who made this project a success and kept this great tradition alive. 110 Closing I �l nico[a 1r Publishing Company, lCe advisor Martha Depper 60-point binder's board ::d and bound in sixteen oy. In addition color pages )roprietary page 1d class portraits were Davor Sales ; University relations 1ff and other non- 1ment and a portion of l 2 pages each. rt of this book may be ed here are not necessarily This is his second year as Advisor Jim Harrington Editors Lori Pugh '05 Kristin Kile '06 Layout Editor Greg Peruso '04 Staff Selena Bednarz '04 Jason Leach '03 Chuck Cahill '05 Melissa Merak '0 5 ::, care of the editor, Box ia 18766-0001, phone 570ocated in the ground floor kholastic Press ie this project a success Closing 111 ��� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Yearbooks (Amnicola), 1947-2019 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1947-2019 Description An account of the resource This collection is the complete digitized series of the Wilkes College and Wilkes University yearbooks (Amnicola). The following years did not produce a yearbook: 2012 2018 2020 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Amnicola 2001 and Amnicola 2002 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2001 Description An account of the resource This yearbook contains the senior classes for 2001 and 2002. https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/5906ddd12bc6b02478d4e36054f83c0c.pdf e9b0d3a6bf4784ea6ca48896f7232b99 PDF Text Text �0 K E 5 Amnicola • Volume 53 The Wilkes University Yearbook Box 111 - 187 South Franklin Street Wilkes-Barre, PA 18766 570-408-2955 http:/ /wilkesl.wilkes.edu/ ~amnicola amnicola@wilkesl.wilkes.edu Ska-oes- o-f fAj-t-+ A ,::7 Ska-oes- o-f oev-elo-p~erA-tSka-oes- o-f t-ko-(A,~ktSka-oes- o-f cka-PA-ce Ska-oes- o-f ~e~o-r~ Ska-oes- o-f e~o-t-i,o-PASka-oes- o-f a-ct-i,o-PASka-oe ~er~ .,, s 1 ��an,11 to 3 �Right: A magician visiting the Wilkes campus gets all tied up in the process of amusing students. Below: Nick Cobb volunteers for one of Jason Cloutier's illusions. ;p C Q) 6 a. Left: Younger children also enjoy in the excitement of Casino Night while trying their luck at lhe Black Jack table. tom nalveto ex1 4 �the Wilkes process of .g students. s for one of 's illusions. ! Right:Kristen Yarrish and Lorey Mollick enjoy the antics of the OneMan Band. Below: An allstudent band performs at the Block Party, held on the yard between Conyngham Hall and the Alumni House. Left: Younger cruldren also enjoy in the excitement of Casino Night while trying their luck at the Black Jack table. lttlve to expetzlenced �Right: Mollie McGinley and Erin Stewart work diligently to complete their laboratory project. +-' ...c C) Above: During a Biology laboratory, Lance Henninger and Melissa Petras load their samples into a centrifuge. Right: The cover of the annual Wilkes art and literary magazine, the Manuscript, features artwork by Michael Loverdi. :::J 0 ...c ~ uslott to unt: 6 �Right: Mollie McGinley and Erin Stewart work diligently to complete their laboratory project. ,oratory, Lance i their samples to a centrifuge. Wilkes art and iscript, features ichael Loverdi. Above: Dean Bernard Graham and incoming Pharmacy students take a break from their studies to enjoy some ice cream and casual conversation. uslon to undetzsta.ndln~ 7 �Right: Jason for the bes1 attempts to block on his , he rests or Below: ABI gets flashy a Below Right: try their luck table or Above: Liz Burchill and Jill Ronkowski enjoy an innocent gamble on Casino Night. Left: Steve Toth watches his serve at the volleyball game during Winter Weekend festivities. (]J u C cc ..c u 'I 0 tzom tlhXl( �Right: Jason Cloutier hopes for the best as a volunteer attempts to crush a cinder block on his abdomen while he rests on a bed of nails. Below: A Black Jack dealer gets flashy at Casino Night. Below Right: Three students try their luck at the Roulette table on Casino Night. L innocent on Casino ve Toth , his serve at ~yball game Winter d festivities. zom .anxious to luck1t �Right: The team known as "Operation Intoxication" show their enthusiasm for the spirit contest during Winter Weekend. Below: Kristen Yarrish enjoys a game of PingPong in Rumours. >. ~ 0 E Above: Rick Seipp tops off his sundae at an ice cream social held for pharmacy students. Events such as this are held to give students a chance to relax and meet people outside of their class. (]) E 'I 0 tom va.ca.ntto u �Right: The team known as "Operation Intoxication" show their enthusiasm for the spirit contest during Winter Weekend. Below: Kristen Yarrish enjoys a game of PingPong in Rumours. Left: Two students pose on the stairs of the Pickering "pit" before an ROTC event. cant to 11 �Right: Fans of the Wilkes Mens' Basketball team go crazy for the Colonels. Below: Jill Henry, Lottie Olson, and Abby Sherburne pose for the camera during Casino Night. C 0 ■- +-' 0 E (]) tzom empt1f to co1 'I 0 12 �vilkes Mens' he Colonels. n, and Abby nera during asino Night. Below: Kathleen Dennis and Tara Barrie display their friendship in Rumours on Casino Night. Below Center: The Colonels prepare themselves for the second half of play. npt1f to complete 13 �Right: Two students compete on one of the inflatable games at the Block Party. Below: Lisa Dente serves a volleyball during the tournament of Winter Weekend. C 0 ■- 'I 14 0 tzom spectatotz �s compete on ible games at 2 Block Party. iente serves a 111 during the ter Weekend. Below: An aerial view of the Henry Gymnasium during the volleyball tournament of Winter Weekend. Below Center: Students get involved in a 3-on-3 basketball tournament held at the Block Party. spectatot to pla11et 15 �-- ' ; l ! \J lo i. 11... - - ' I I ,. . f .... \ :. ' Top: A graduate celebrates following graduation surrounded by proud family and friends. Above: The Wilkes spring commencement ceremony was held on May 15, 1999. Right: Christine Pavalkis congratulates an excited Marisa Laibinis. ) ~ ,........ ........ r �d ee Top right: Two enthusiastic parents will not allow their child's graduation day to escape the family photo album. Above: A new Wilkes graduate raises his diploma to announce his accomplishment Parents and friends turn to watch the procession of graduates. 17 �\.....- (i1{J\1)1 �Wilkes Requires Extra SECURITY For Graduation Events When Attorney General Janet Reno came to Wilkes as the guest speaker for commencement, Wilkes security personnel went into overdrive trying to coordinate their activities with the FBI and the Wilkes-Barre police department. The FBI officers assigned to Reno came to survey the area the day before the event in order to set their parameters. These parameters including choosing the route she would take to get to the stage, clearing people out of the way, and keeping offensive people away from her. A meeting was held with Reno the day before commencement to discuss these parameters and designate which officer would be responsible for which tasks. These jobs were divided among seventeen officers-six FBI men, four policemen, and seven Wilkes security personnel. Jerry Cookus, chief of Wilkes security, said that, "it was a cooperative effort that required planning the day before, but everything went very well and according to plan." 01l7\1>1J7\l1S Above: Janet Reno speaks to the graduates during the commencement ceremony. 19 ��1999 Wilkes Senior Week Festivities For Graduating Students The Senior Week festivities at Wilkes University are a time for all graduating seniors to gather one final time before graduation day. The festivities included meetings at local bars and restaurants as well as a dinner/ dance to bring this exciting week to a close.This is a very important week for seniors because it provides students an opportunity to be careless one last time before entering the "real world.". A well known student,"Comfortable Cad" Jason Cadwallader strikes a pose while sporting two refreshments from the bar at the senior dance. be~iree Ct\ff Kel~ Co~+ello D1Ji\Tt fi1l1'1>1Ji\ltS 21 �(i1{'i\1)1J 22 �1999 Wilkes University GRADUATION 1999 Wilkes Graduates anxiously await for their opportunity to recieve their degrees in the sweltering heat of this historic summer day. The 1999 commencement at Wilkes University was a woderful time for the students as well as their parents, relatives, and friends. 01li\1>1JJ\l1S 23 �(i1{j\1)1J1 24- �Wilkes University Graduation Events The President Christopher N . Breiseth was present at graduation as well as other professors and faculty to congradulate students and distribute the degress to the graduating class of 1999. 01l1'1)1JJ\T'fS �(i1{1\1)1 �Below: Two Wilkes students havimg the time of their life at what would be the final gettogether of their graduating class. Oti\1>1JJ\l'fS �(j1{j\1)1J~ 28 �R. ¼o.f-t~ew lft\it;liel~ Olli\1>1JJ\l1S Graduates waiting after the cerrmony to greet their parents and relatives. �I (i1{J\1)1f 30 �President Breiseth encourages graduates to look foreward to their bright new futures. 61tJ\1>1JJ\llS 31 �(i1{i\1)1J1 32 �Students try to keep cool during the graduation ceremony by ~rinking water that was furnished by the university. 33 �l l1)0.be+~ -ALttLtt ~1+kow~k1 (j1{j\1)1 34 �Julie V 11-tofl Eltw.bd~-Av1v1 /JJifkow~ki The Library...Something the graduates will not miss! �(i1{J\1)1 �Honorary degree recipiant James Doluisio speaks at graduation. 37 �(i1{j\1)1 �Dr. John Natzke, Associate Professor of Sociology, greets the class of 2000. 01l1\1J1J1\ltS 39 �Kc\(e,\ C~c\f rle se,\,(e,\ Clc\1M,e l li vielc\ C~ovt5 ' Je# Covi\r+ovt I (i1{J\1)1 �Dean Bernie Grahm hoods one of Wilkes University's first Pharmacy Garduates. 61l1'1>1JJ\TtS 41 ��C~,rl~tiv\e _skko, ct~~~ o+2000 , ffuieve~ t~e ~~v\elell Aw~,rJ. ~1uole belfdo,re . ij1{j\1)1Jj\JlS 4-3 ��~+eve s~ue Dr. J. Michael Lennon, Vice President for Academic Affairs, presents Joseph Scordino with the Wandell Award. 01l7\1J1J7\ltS 4-) �(i1{J\1)1J �bLAvt10ltl 1fellu Richard Pearsall, a Trustee, brings greetings to the class of 2000. ij1{j\1)1JJ\llS 47 �(i1{j\1)~ �Dr. Umid R. Nezib, Professor of Electrical Engineering speaks with degree recipients. 4-9 ��John Roch and Richard Fuller pictured leaving the graduation ceremony for the Class of 2000. ij1{j\1)1Jj\J'f ~ �(i1{J\1) �Dr. Warren D. Evans, Doctor of Humaine Letters, recieves an award at the Graduation Ceremony fpr the class of 2000. Co1e~ lu0e �(i1{j\1)( �Dean of Student Affairs, Jean LampeGroh speaks to the class of 2000 at Wilkes University's graduation ceremony. 01tJ\1>1JJ\TlS 5-S- �(i1\J\1 ���Je-# RekJl G1l1'1>1Ji\l1S ��I r ,,,,. C~r1~+1L-1e ~+ucker ��rA. v1+to1i ij1{j\1)1Jj\JlS ���manuscript manuscrip' 66 �Violations my heart and mind aren't always linked neither are my vocal chords sometimes, perhaps often, i try to say the things that sound romantic, sexy, secuctive, true? well, as true as they can be at the moment, if ever. by ralph w. middaugh, jr. C. Dickinson 2000 cover The following section is dedicated to the 1999 and 2000 Manuscript Societies. Articles and Art are reproduced with permissior:i of the publisher - Wilkes Univ rsity manuscript ,overdi - 1999 cover 67 �Little babe (now) Little babe (then) Little babe in unlearned state Reason keep you from mistake wasteful words of nursery rhyme and laughing long in nonsense time. Logic shall protect you well from superstitious preacher's hell, machines will fight the world's wars and Science find diseases' cures. Grow you up emotionless with drugs designed to lower stress and if flesh fails to play its part replace your weakened human heart. Little babe so meek and mild God protect thee from the wild elfish arrow's poison flight, and hungry Ogre's fearsome might. May the Lord thee safely keep from Winter's cold and Ocean's deep, wasteful wars of willful kings, pestilence, plagues, and unseen things. Grow you up both strong and bold and lie you down when you are old to sacred rest from ceaseless toil 'neath shaded shroud of somber soil. This account I faithfully instate trusting in The Interest Rate. This I faithfully pray Oh Lord trusting in Thy Holy Word. In My Slt I had a c King's. J brother , moment enjoyed : contentrr school v. for a life by M. Himlin The Show Califomia baby, passing out jaded dreams at the door To mopey dope heads scootin' to the beat down below. Pretty girls, and nowhere to go-The notes wane in the air, breaching the hallway, And slowly drift through lips and souls As time taps, your feet taking over. Toy-like silhouettes spin and jig In illuminated halls that billow yellow smoke. Purple circle skylights reflect in the tears the fog had drawn. Miles of smiles and patches and heads Sporadically flash in thousands like Blind fireflies in summertime. And it ends as oddly as ends could ever begin, With the crinkled stub and exhausted smile Lasting to the car and a good concrete mile. by john schoen. S. Morrissey 68 �1e (then) Little babe so meek and mild God protect thee from the wild elfish arrow's poison flight, and hungry Ogre's fearsome might. May the Lord thee safely keep ·om Winter's cold and Ocean's ceep, wasteful wars of willful kings, stilence, plagues, and unseen things. Grow you up both strong and bold ~nd lie you down when you are old to sacred rest from ceaseless toil eath shaded shroud of somber soil. In My Sleep I had a dream. Mine wasn't quite so elegant or profound as Dr. King's. I saw my parents once again united and happy. My older brother was married and responsible, no longer existing for the moment with women and friends. Two of my younger sisters enjoyed sharing one another's company. My youngest sister found contentment in being, playing with Barbies and applying herself to school work. As for myself, I had long since left college heading for a life that was both exciting and fulfilling. Maybe I had a wish. This I faithfully pray Oh Lord trusting in Thy Holy Word. by julie salko. by M. Himlin door elow. y, jrawn. by john schoen. S. Morrissey 69 �people not We untitled a minute. Here. Bu anymore. by craig b. morris Duel sided Yes, I understand. (No you don't, why is he such a creep?) I didn't mean to upset you. (Who cares? What about your own sorrow?) No, I didn't mean for you to be hurt. (Hurt? As if he has not made you suffer?) I don't know what to say. (Yes you do, yell at him, tell him how you hate him so.) Of course I don't hate you. (No, you despise him.) It's just that. .. (I'm not apossession to be had. I don't ever want to see you again.) No, never mind. (Crumble again in his act of heartache.) I can't help the way I feel. (That's not what he thinks.) I'm so confused ... (No you're not.) I don't know what I want. (Yes you do, you know you don't want him.) I'm sorry. (For what?) I can't help it. (You know it's not your fault.) What do you want me to do?! (You can't do anything.) I didn't do this! What do you want from me? (He wants your tears, your life, your soul.) Why are you doing this to me? (Because he is a creep.) I can't take this anymore! (Tell him how he hurts you!) Get the hell out of my life!!! (What have you done?) K. Startzel 70 The smile and its Cl Oh! What do chemicals h A smile, the physical is a resultant of chen and reaction in the b1 The process of stimL I need not explain nc All I need to tell you you have a beautiful �people not Neighbors The Man in the Moon once danced with the Spoon that the Cat ran away with you see, and the birds in the sky sang sweet notes high in the songs that they sang for me. A tree and a rope or some snow and a slope kept long summers and winters fun. Spring and fall were spent with a ball and somewhere wide open to run. Cool quiet nights were lit with no lights but the Moon and the stars in the sky. With a big soft bed, pillow under head, eyes closed, and I could fly. If there was ever nothing wrong that was Then but Then's now gone. by craig b. morris We have men on the moon; not in it. I can fly 'round the world in a minute. Places that were Far are Near. Places that were There are Here. But we live next to people not Neighbors, and poems don't rhyme anymore. by matthew himlin. ich a creep?) t about your own sorrow?) if he has not made you suffer?) 1im, tell him how you hate him so.) 1im.) . I don't ever want to see you eartache.) thinks.) The smile and its Chemical effect wyou don't want him.) {thing.) s wants your tears, your life, your acreep.) , you!) 1e?) K. Startzel I Oh! What do chemicals have to do with a smile? A smile, the physical expression of an emotion, is a resultant of chemical stimulation and reaction in the body. The process of stimulation and reaction I need not explain nor do you need to know. All I need to tell you is, you have a beautiful smile. O.Addo 71 �Iced Tea I came into town during a mid-afternoon iced-tea break between friends, the heat was oppressive, and extremely unusual for early May. The labor pains came on quickly, and they were intense. Her labor was long; I am told that twenty-six hours had passed before I finally budged. Oh, but then my legs clumsily came out, my toes showing before any other part! They told my mom, "She's breached, she's coming out backwards!" Though I don't remember anything, I can listen to this story as my mother repeats it, and wonder why my mom never took any notice of the omens that plagued my birth. K. Ochreiter Recipe for Ever) guy ( You Will Need-- Li E) Er A< G< 01 Begin by gathering al bow1 ... ) sift togethe they all seem to blenc available ... it may b lies, excuses, and em1 these. (They tend to 1 add good looks. (Tht more go )d looks you hours. (The active he any give time.) This present.) Toss brain < Sing a Song of Tyrants J. Kauwell 72 �I :ed-tea break and extremely r were inter.se. ,ix hours had ny toes showing Recipe for Every guy (St ·e also Male in index) You Will Need-- Lies (these work well in pairs) s coming out backwards!" Excuses (as many as needed) listen to this story my mom never took any Empty Promises (see above) K. Ochreiter Page 67 Active Hormones (testosterone mainly) Good Looks (to complicate things) One Brain (for decoration purposes only) Begin by gathering all ingredient,. In large bowl (and you'll need rather large bowl ... ) sift together lies, excuses, and empty promises. Do this several times until they all seem to blend together. Next, obtain an even larger bowl. (If a larger one is available ... it may be necessary to gather several medium sized bowls.) Mix the lies, excuses, and empty promises with active hormones. It will not take long to blend these. (They tend to cling very well together.) After this mixture is made, generously add good looks. (The more lies , excuses, empty promises and active hormones, the more go )d looks you will need to .1dcl.) Place concoction in freezer and chill for hours. (The active hormones tend to chemically heat mixture rather spontaneously at. any give time.) This dish is usually served cold. (Especially wh<~n many people are present.) Toss brain on the side. (It's only there for decoration anyway.) Enjoy! by nina kocylowski. J. Kauwell 73 �K. Protheroe Sipping on a Forty and Wishing for Something Better Otis Redding serenades me before a secondfloor window above the dark street. Sipping on aforty and wishing for something better. I've been wearing sunglasses at night. You should've seen my baby's face, her eyes would knock you out. I am having a hard time determining what I want. Jobs are insignificant, and work is for suckers. I met a woman and she's so purdy. She likes to dance and so do I. The way my grandparents dance. She thinks I'm quiet and brings it up. I play coy, and just nod my head. Sometimes I like to imagine what It would be like to take her to one of those early Appalachian dances. The ones that were held around the harvest. I'd imagine that the temperature would be nice enough that we wouldn't sweat, as we gallivant around the gazebo. We would feel the heat coming from the fire on our face if we got too close. I would definitely be smelling pies made from the fall crops. And the whole town would be watching us because we are the youngest couple. That would be great. But, now my forty is empty, and the truth at the bottom is... I am just a poor man, and the son of an Appalachian monster. I am not built for this kind of beauty. She could surely do better than this. J. Kauwell 74 �K. Protheroe I mething Better bw above the dar1< street. knock you out. e her to one of those early 1h that we wouldn't sweat, :ace if we got too close. I crops. eare the youngest couple. )m is... n monster. Bucket by todd vinovrski. J. Kauwell 75 �I The Key Failure There is no real importance for my existence. I have failed even before I h&ve started Mediocre dreams .. . Shattered desires .. . Fear keeps me from starting Failure in the shadows I won't start the race because I'll come in last, Or lose somewhere in the middle. Never even trying, just to say I did Excuses aplenty to avoid the inevitable. Frozen here on a plateau Nothing will get better. Hope, a faint glimmer, dies out. To stand by myself, Is to cower behind you. Doubt envelops me, Embracing my soul and thoughts. A great figure chastising my faults Berating my child-like mentality. A decision is the hardest to make. Fate my only stronghold, Praying it will guide me. I wi II not be remembered for great things, For there will be nothing I have accomplished. And thus I shall die a nobody, That someboy once knew. by debbie brandt. 76 So many questions arise I want to know where ym often heard it said that a1 but t"1ase pictures that I h You look about five years Who are you pretending t I can imagine, although I Christmas for you. The tree is shining and its mischievously, gun in han 1 Now you are older, probal It's funny how eighth-grad You, though, had avery y And even though your lip~ waiting for the photograph so that you c0uld break 01 You always looked so seri know that you were almm Who ironed your shirt, I w1 It looks so crisp and clean circumstances in which yo Nor do you look deprived i smiling broadly beside the I Impromptu Things I hear this as I stE near the food court BEST day of ... my L Admittedly I'm pie statement was defir come out of a stall i funny when I was y1 the kid to be arounc TH EN ... wecometotl MERRY-GO-RO UN really think." Now I'm really ha was the epitome of was the last time I s innocently, what a g guy. It made me glo go-round, and the b so simple? I had to about any of it! I, I, < going, and ... a;;d thi: I was in awe; whc and see my little frie basking in his innoo bright red button-do· underneath that ma1 of the restroom. I w, me smiling, one tool bottom, and went fo �The Key So many questions arise when I dig out these"f>ld black and white photos. I want to know where you are, who you are with, and what you are doing. I've often heard it said that a picture is worth a thousand words, but thase pictures that I have of you are worth a thousand questions. You look about five years old, in your holster and guns. Who are you pretending to be? Buffalo Bill Cody? I can imagine, although I will never really know, that this was a most memorable Christmas for you. The tree is shining and its brightness is reflected in your face as you smile mischievously, gun in hand. Now you are older, probably in eighth grade. It's funny how eighth-graders look so much older nowadays. You, though, had a very young face. And even though your lips are not parted in a smile, I can tell that you are waijing for the photographer to signal that you are done, so that you c0uld break out into your laughter. You always looked so serious, yet those that know you, know that you were almost always smiling on the inside. Who ironed your shirt, I wonder. It looks so crisp and clean, definitely not an indicator of the poor circumstances in which you grew up. Nor do you look deprived as Buffalo Bill Cody, smiling broadly beside the shimmering Christmas tree. Did you like to pretend a lot? Did you play make-believe in your holster set? I can hear you say, "Aw, c'moli Bill," when your older brother wouldn't indulge your Buffalo Bill fantasy. He never had fun like you because he was too serious. He could laugh out loud, but not like you did. . . You, you laughed inside and out, and your laughter spread hke seeds caught 1n a wind. Now you are grown. You have graduated. Did they tell you at your graduation that you are called to be a leader, and you must help mankind in his quest for the greater good? Did they tell you that you are the key to the future? Did you believe them? You should have, because you were the key to my future. You are the key to my future. I could say that these black and white photographs bring back memories, but they don't. I know nothing of them, as they are your memories and you are not here to explain them. I could tell you the truth, and that would be that these old phot09raphs upset me, despite the happiness I see in them. I could also say that looking at these pictures makes me angry, and that would be true too. I am angry because I cannot ask you to explain them because you are gone. There will be no more photographs. They are all I have, and yet, they are really nothing. K. 0chreiter Impromptu Things I hear this as I step cautiously into the men's room near the food court of the local mall: "Man! This ... is ... the BEST day of .. .my LIFE!" Admittedly I'm pleased-that whiny and throaty statement was definitely the funniest thing I've ever heard come out of a stall in a men's room. Well, farts were real funny when I was younger, but this is different. I guessed the kid to be around five. "First we go ...to ...JOEY'S, and THEN ... wecometotheMALL ... and, and, and there's a MERRY-GO-ROUND! This's the best day of my life. I really think." Now I'm really happy, I'm dumbfounded! This voice was the epitome of happiness, of simplicity, of joy. When was the last time I saw anything so clearly, or so innocently, what a gift! I could not wait to meet this little guy. It made me glow to just think about Joey's, a merrygo-round, and the best day of my life. Why cc3:n't it stay so simple? I had to see this kid! "And , and I didn't know about any of it! I, I, didn't know. I didn't know where we going, and .. .and this is, I LOVE this." I was in awe; what a show! As the door opens, I turn and see my little friend, the boy who made my day by basking in his innocent and ignorant gloiy. He had on a_ bright red button-down sweater with a w~1te collared s~,rt underneath that made him stand out against the pale tile of the restroom. I was not disappointed. He looked up at me smiling, one tooth short of a row on both top an? bottom and went for the sink. He was awesome. His ' huge brown eyes were opened wide as if still surprised, and his freckled cheeks jiggled back and forth as he spread the soap between his hands. He was perfection. He was fat, and that made it even better. He dried his hands and met his father. "Dad," he said, as he looked three feet straight up, "I didn't even know." I was so pleased with the timing of my bladder. I looked at the father, expecting to get a smile back, an acknowledgement of how damn cute and innocent his fat son is, how great it is that he is so happy, and that it took so little. Just a small recognition of my inspiration! No such luck. "l know son," began his father. "Impromptu things usually are quite fun." The boy's smile faded slightly. His head suddenly leapt off the scruff of his upper back, to its thinking position, which was not unlike that of a confused puppy trying to figure out his master's command. His head cocked back into place. "Huh?" "You know son, impromptu. Spur-of-the-moment, all-ofa-sudden. Com'mon, let's go." M. Schreiber .- 77 �Untitled A Crooked Hall I feel grossly inadequate, Like a wooden rowboat in a sea of gilded galleons. I don't Jong for golden timbers, And I am not envious of the advantages that a gilded galleon provides, ;However I am in a constant hunt for the blessed majesty, That the adorned ships thrust upon you. I am constantly spinning clockwise with my arms extended And without an axis, hoping to bump into someone, That I can only pray would look at me twice. Once for curiosity. Twice for sincerity. But if they only look once, With me standing, patiently anticipating a second glance, I am reminded that I am nothing but a wooden rowboat, In a sea of gilded galleons. by jason kauwell. I'm misguided 2 I'm earthbound I was Heaven S< Now I'm Heave to the salvation of lost songs-the strings of m warped under tl The wind kicks I harness my wj I walk between knowing there's souls to : souls loveless, C lonely and tatte upon whose din tired hands and twisted arrr. And I can only try to fly when the winds when the sky OJ and lets me go. And once they 1 they soar witho for I am built tc without wings and without sor "You Look Familiar" J . Kauwell 78 I'm a low and le with broken wi1 and a broken he I'm one of the g the first to fall i the last to know �A Crooked Halo In Daylight I'm a low and lonesome angel-with broken wings and a broken heart. I'm one of the grounded, the first to fall in love-the last to know it's not mine. son kauwell. I'm misguided and blinded by the day-I'm earthbound and foolish-I was Heaven sent, Now I'm Heaven-sentenced to the salvation of lost songs-the strings of my harp warped under the weight of lover's lies. The wind kicks up under my overcoat, I harness my wings. I walk between the shadows knowing there's souls to save, souls loveless, Godless, lonely and tattered, upon whose dim lights I stretch out tired hands and twisted arms. And I can only help, hope or try to fly when the winds blow around me when the sky opens up around me and lets me go. And once they take to flight, they soar without me for I am built to break, without wings and without someone to sing to ... by chris bell. J. Kauwell 79 �The Dignified Man He was like that ever since he could remember. Even in grade school he carried himself with an air of sophistication. Sure the other kids didn't like him very much, but he didn't value their opinions about anything so it didn't matter. There was the time whe he was dared to eat paste, and almost considerd it to earn the respect of his peers. But he didn't and the teacher had been watching him and congratulated him on being a very grown up boy for the first grade. Compliments from teachers, dignity was always good for that. Dignity was all he ever wanted. He could dress more carefully than anyone else in his school. Jeans and a T-shirt didn't cut it for him. He needed effort. Shirts that you had to button proved that he took his time getting dressed in the morning. The more buttons, the better. Ties added more effort to the process. A nice tie (under a button down collar of course) and he was ready to face the world. He spoke with proper grammar at all times: may I go to the lavatory, to whom did you wish to speak. Hell, he never even cursed. He didn't like the music his peers did, effort again; Mozart put effort into his music, three guys with guitars and a drummer wouldn't know the definition of effort. He didn't act the way his peers did, mainly because it consisted of listening to effortless music and getting drunk; apparently the high school equivalent of eating paste. So consequently, he was not very popular with those peers. But he didn't need them. Why go to a party to listen to noise surrounded by people he considered undignified when they were sober let alone trashed off their asses? There was a short time when he did consider going to his senior prom. The thought of all those tuxedos and prom dresses made him almost forget whom he was really thinking about. In the end though, he decided it didn't matter how nice they were dressed; they would never act dignifed enough to suit him. The music would be wrong, and the whole point of prom night was afterwards you'd get drunk, eat paste, smoke something, get laid, anything but act the way intelligent human beings were supposed to act. So dignity didn't win him many friends, but it didn't make him any enemies either, and it had gotten him his job, and then his promotion. Yes, dignity had done it all. He loved his job. They were so impressed at the interview that they hired him immediately. He was the youngest employee ever to be promoted to management. Now almost everyone who worked there had to call him sir, and he thought (correctly) that he made more money than all of his classmates combined. 80 Which is why h and could no lo dignified in the Twenties had a · dignity didn't le, as he feared he , he was walking and his big, fat c who had appare1 decided that neit (his legs now qu could think was, suited him well a dignifed corpse t �grade school he ls didn't like him very in't matter. There was to earn the respect of and congratulated 1ents from teachers, :ed. He could dress Lirt didn't cut it for at he took his time ~ies added more effort :) and he was ready to .y I go to the lavatory, Which is why he found it odd that dignity left him when it did. Not when he was old and could no longer take care of himself, as he had seen happen to so many who were dignified in the past. The past was where he wished he lived. A good suit from the Twenties had a vest to button, a jacket to button, and even a hat to straighten. But no, dignity didn't leave him when he was forced to buy a meager meal with food stamps, as he feared he would before he got his job. No, instead his old friend left him while he was walking to the bank in his favorite suit with his best power tie around his neck and his big, fat dignified check in hand. That is when he met some drunken, fat slob who had apparently long ago decided that dignity didn't mean anything and recently decided that neither did red lights. And as the dignifed man laid there on the street (his legs now quite an undignified mass of bone, blood, urine, and Italian silk) all he could think was, "this will not do, this will not do at all." But he was wrong, death suited him well and everyone who attended his wake agreed that he was the most dignifed corpse they had ever seen. rt put effort into his he definition of effort. of listening to ~quivalent of eating ~rs. But he didn't need e he considered .es? There was a short ;ht of all those tuxedos thinking about. In the sed; they would never 1d the whole point of 1mething, get laid, ~d to act. e him any enemies es, dignity had done it that they hired him :ed to management. i he thought combined. by matthew himlin. ,..... K. Protheroe 81 �My Favorite Thi, Lonely skies, Lo. Lonely eyes, and All I see is all m: No person, no pl But-I know that you : that we know there's But-I know I could c and slink into a shell--that where solitude i and "I" is the solution tc Or-I could tear this weatherbeaten t from my thread! hang it out on p and ready it to t and ready it to t and ready it to l and alone no 1111 But-such are boome belonging to be th.a t in the end it all comes bac untitled by colleen mckinnon. 82 It all comes bac �My Favorite Thing That Never Happened Lonely skies, Lonely songs, Lonely eyes, and Lonely arms, All I see is all myself-No person, no place, no thing. But-I know that you know that we know there's more. But-I know l coul<l era w 1, and slink into a shell--that old comfortable place. where solitude is misguided, and "I" is the solution to grandeur. Or-I could tear this weatherbeaten heart from my threadbare sleeve, hang it out on paralJel lines, and ready it to be picked up by another and ready it to be adored and ready it to be happy and alone no more. But-such are boomerang hearts, belonging to boomerang lovers, that in the end it all comes back to being lonely-- colleen mckinnon. So-- yrnt can be m) favorite thing that never happened, and I can be your favorite thing that almost Jid and we both can go home happy (?) and alone(!) and unhurt ( ... almost) There's a boomerang with your name on it and there's a sleeve to mend. We both have things to do, We both have things to say, Like goodbye or hello or nothing at all. So-here I sit and there you stand and what happens next is whatever we are, nothing more nothing less. I by chris bell. It all comes back to being me. 83 �Crystal Dreams Crystal tears and crystal rains kaleidoscope dreams prism rainbows impossible to catch chasing the sun beams that move hourly across the floor. Tears and rain blend together in a waterfall of harmony. Sobbing stifled by a thunderous heart beyond broken or shattered pieces lost or washed away. A shadow without a form breaks the kaleidoscope dreams shatters prism rainbows stomps the sunbeams and the sun sets. Boardwalk Blitz I feel so dizzy, b Some of l I GUESS Krista . .. no, it's too b Darkness envelops your world: embrace the darkness and fear starry night and placid moon shimmer their light calms but the glow is so far away. As a distant clock strikes an early hour. Wishful thinking is this reality? Certainty is lost as the realization sets in this is a dream from which no one wakes ... Jessica gives a ' They smi of lights . D. Brandt A SLIVER GE' NO, I don't wa1 w Our fortunes ai under these cir "WATCH THE I think we nee1 It Hey, Jenny, di e e e e •••• e e e e K. Protheroe 84 I l �I Boardwalk Blitz I feel so dizzy, but not dizzy enough to miss everyone's stares .. . What's the matter? Are we walking the wrong way? Some of us seem to have forgotten our shoes. I GUESS Krista's water bottle is cute ... . . . though I don't feel it was meant to cleverly disguise rum and coke. Maybe a ride on the Ferris Wheel ... . . . no, it's too breezy, I wish I changed into pants. The SALT WATER AIR tickles my NOSE. Jessica gives a "Heeeyyyy" to the group of guys walking by. They smile at our sneaky dispositions concealed well by sunglasses. Colors and colors, billions and billions of lights. in .es ... D. Brandt We laugh and laugh while screaming the lyrics to a song I don't remember knowing. A SLIVER GETS STUCK IN MY FOOT, BUT I'M CONFIDENT I WON'T FEEL IT until the morning. Success is achieved in the House of Mirrors-only Molly needs to be rescued with giggles. NO, I don't want to buy another slice of pizza. That fat man is staring at us ... . . . like we're really going to steal an ankle bracelet or hemp necklace. WHY DOES EVERYONE KEEP WALKING INTO US? Our fortunes are mysteriously read, only we take them seriously under these circumstances. The music beats out of the psychedelic t-shirt shop, of course we stop to dance. "WATCH THE TRAM CAR, PLEASE" echos mechanically in our heads as we watch it repeatedly roll by. I think we need new shot glasses. We get our photos taken in a tiny booth to remind us: It IS fun to have a little too much to drink and then brave the boardwalk. Hey, Jenny, did you grab that ankle bracelet? ••••••••••••••••••• by nicole del priore . 85 �"';, ,t . ~---~~~F-r-.,...----=;~~~~ ....,,,.. J Y2K-A Love Saga . . ' , \ rr " J- . J ~. ) ·""' _ _ _-Jf~,~~+a~~~:::t!J ',.,I , . ,__,,. Ci\; . --..._ ·~ . ~ -. / . ~ Oh yeah, that's right! Caress 1 buttons, baby. You know how to words around my screen, no ne All day long I sit here, being by the people who "need" me. consideration for my feelings. me if they are typing too hard respond. They get fed up becc type properly. Of course, it's fT1 blame me ... WHATEVER. You, yes you. The ones whc over me, spreading germs tot say victim. It's like transmitting condoms for keyboards. **Not1 condom for protection. File tha memory.** I could tell you so much, but r remember everything that is typ papers to ludicrous emails, to th you visiting those porn sites. W'II The internet is a crazy place, I tE played all the games, solitaire a1 come no one wants to play chei discouraging. Click, click, click ... it's all I he voice my own opinion. Sometir I make one of my keys stick. C screen. Ha, ha, ha ... - Worm hole by todd vinovrski. 86 �Y2K-A Love Saga Oh yeah, that's right! Caress me, touch me. Push my buttons, baby. You know how to make me happy. Wrap those words around my screen, no need for you to type enter. All day long I sit here, being violated every few minutes by the people who "need" me. People have no consideration for my feelings. No one ever stops to ask me if they are typing too hard or too fast for me to respond. They get fed up because they never learned to type properly. Of course, it's my fault for the typos. Sure, blame me ... WHATEVER. You, yes you. The ones who sneeze and then type all over me, spreading germs to the next user, or should I say victim. It's like transmitting STD's. Only there are no condoms for keyboards. **Note to self- idea, a computer condom for protection. File that somewhere in my memory.** I could tell you so much, but no one ever asks. I remember everything that is typed on me. From research papers to ludicrous emails, to those crazy chat rooms. I see you visiting those porn sites. www.YouAreAPervert.com. The internet is a crazy place, I tell ya. I have seen it all, played all the games, solitaire and the like. Really, how come no one wants to play chess against me? It's so discouraging. Click, click, click ... it's all I hear. I wish somehow I could voice my own opinion. Sometimes when I am really mad, I make one of my keys stick. Or worse yet, I'll freeze the screen. Ha, ha, ha .. . Ahh the screen ... why won't she notice me? All day long, I sit right beneath her. It's like she can't even see me. That's impossible though, every thought typed on lne, she knows. She sees me, right underneath her. I think I love her ... My monitor. My one, my all, my reason for typing. I try to send her messages, yet she ignores me. Only sometimes, she collaborates with me to frustrate a student trying to type a term paper an hour before it's due. She'll freeze her screen, they really hate that. SHE, she may freeze the computer, but she freezes my heart too. I think maybe she is having an affair. Maybe she's sleeping with the mouse? Or that damned tower. He has such a high and mighty "I am better than you" attitude. Just because he has the disk drives, and all the memory. Screw you, tower! I hope a disk gets stuck in your drive buddy! AHH, to be the keyboard. Good night monitor, I love you ................. . D. Brandt dd vinovrski. 87 �Your Words They float throui For I am their lo: Sometimes they Sometimes they Sometimes, the l are when they ca and nestle into tt It is pointless to 1 Silent stalkers re Moaning ghosts Old friends that , If I welcome the1 will I final Iy be r untitled by dora lam. 88 �Your Words They float through the air at me, For I am their lonely target. Sometimes they flow past like gusts of wind. Sometimes they stab with the sharpness of daggers. Sometimes, the best times, are when they caress my ears and nestle into the crevices of my heart. It is pointless to run, they always find me. Silent stalkers ready to pounce when I am weakest. Moaning ghosts whose restless souls cannot be settled. Old friends that comfort me when I am at my lowest point. If I welcome them forever, will I finally be rid of you? by deidre blake. by dora lam. K. Protheroe 89 �I A Refuge for Geor! A tainte1 held up by 1 This box-hi now knov as muffled complair And the earth that fills the g speaks as Anc the p1 simply to threac which holds my 1 Now that hung stands which carries hi decorated my box wi1 and all from all itam lieE Hombolovi by michael loverdi. 90 �A Refuge for George A tainted spot of earth stands at my feet, held up by the four corners of a mahogany box. This box-held in geometric perfection by nailsnow knows the scent of a broken structure, a breath after death, as muffled complaints issued from the bowels of its only friend. And the earth that fills the gap between the living and the stillness of the un-still speaks as it's awakened by my falling tears. And he complains of his toiling, the pressure under which he folds, simply to thread more room for this noisy, wooden box, which holds my crying friend in its angular, wooden belly. Now that hungry stomach-that catalyst of his decay stands as a home for my boy's bones which carries his moans as they roam the four corners of his tiny wooden box. "Yes-and my friends, to show my worth, decorated my box with Southern Comfort, packed bowls a' plenty, and all sorts of other treasures I held from my death back to my birth." And as I kneel to the ground, crumbling in hurt, I realize that all it amounts to- all this man's worth lies cradled in wooden arms, decaying in dirt. R. Wales nichael loverdi. K. Protheroe 91 �Shore Leave Shore leave doesn't end in garbage bags for bright-eyed U.S. Marines. Engines don't stall on take-off, ruining postcard scenes. Joyrides offered for five dollars don't end up costing lives. Letters sent home to families don't make widowed wives. Bomb loaders don't scour beaches for pieces of fallen crew. Waves roll in from the ocean a bloodless shade of blue, and Danny Thomas will stumble along unscathed through his teens 'cause shore leave doesn't end in garbage bags for bright-eyed U.S. Marines. M. Himlin K. Protheroe 92 �tge bags ?S. off, ars :. es s. tches :in .,' ~ along 1S trbage bags !S. M. Himlin -7':'~-.. ,....,,_,_ ~ ; : /,' I \ untitled sketch by bella shvartsman. K. Protheroe �The New Student Center Wilkes University saw many changes in the 1999 school year. One of the most significant changes was the transition from Pickering Hall to the new student center. Included in the transitions was the fare well to Pickering party and the begining of construction starting with demolition of the "old cafe," Pickering Hall. The ground breaking ceremony fallowed with several students, faculty, and community member picking up shovels Chris Thompson and Mike Rosh celebrate Homecoming by to dig in to the dirt. After months saying farewell to the decorated Pickering Hall. of construction, the dedication ceremony was the most exciting aspect of the transition for the students. Plaques were placed around the building honoring those who donated to the new student center. Headlines around the campus, and community read, "Swallowing Up the Old Cafe," as Pickering was demolished. 94- ■""'" " A,l(!llltt• Ir .... ,. <••· ·. ,.,. .... " ,. • "' . . . . ~ • J • • The first (above) , , �~S""'--tf"\;, .,,.._.,,V" ) ~...,,,,,,,,-;r· ""·-~ ....... T'•n~1·A· ,.., , ..... l~t . r\+~ .t \., ~'.···. ',. ~~ PROPOSED STUDENT CENTER & DINING COMMONS Homecoming by Hall. , ,;, t, i.,,., II 1 • ( fl• i I ( a~" I ll< \,.,..•tt P' .. ~ I>• l ) , l 1' 11 I I 1 .dents. onated to the ,lished. • I "WfWILKES ~ WILKES - UNIVERS _I _TY BARRE , PENNSYLVANIA The first step to achieving the proposed goal of the new student center (above), was the ground breaking ceremony (below). �The New Construction Commences Wilkes students watched as our campus was transformed. Construction on the new building caused students to wonder if the new Student Center would ever be complete. As it turned out the Student Center was well worth the wait. �The New Student Center is Complete Associate Dean of Students Mark Allen addresses the assembly at the opening of the new student center. Dean of Students Paul Adams with Deans Emeritii George Ralston and Jane Lampe-Groh in front of the new student center. 97 �The Dedication Tuesday, January 4, 2000, started a new era at Wilkes. The new Student Union Building finally opened. Faculty, staff, students, and members of the community came out to join the celebration. The new building houses the Vre~ lelel!\t l:,rei!,etk!,re"'k!, totke &rowel "'++ke eleJl(;"'flOL'\ bookstore, a cafe, the cerevt-\o~ . cafeteria, the mailroom, and student government offices. .. .., I beAt;t ~ ul AJAvi1 0 Addf'e00e0 At;t exulted uf'owJ At t~e uuevi1 0~. 6tuJet;tt Sovu t,,tvt1et;tt fi-e01Jet;tt ¼ At~ew6 o~uik Addf'e;; t~e u(OWJ At t~e JedluAtlot, t uuevi1 0~. �f/t\~~01 'Tuovt1i\~ f/t\cS1oi\A~ of /JJ1lke~-ti\ffe flvt~ lvt +~e celeb1i\+lovt of +~e vtew ~+uJei-t+ cevtfu (i\bove). f/t\evi1bu~ of +~e covi1vi1uvt1+~ look oi-t i\~ +~e Jeellci\+lovt cuevi10~ I~ covtJudeJ (below). ,J~ew 6ow0i k~JJ(e~~ Ol!l l-UelMO~. 99 �The Ribbon Ceremony The Ribbon cutting ceremony began the festivities for the new Student Center. Dr. Christopher N. Breiseth (right) seen with students and f acuity cutting the gold ribbon was one of the first to see the new finished product. As the festivities continued Dr. Breiseth could be seen talking to the people who were honored on the wall for their generous contributions to the new student center. Dr. Breiseth and Silvia Savitz standing next to the plaque outside the Savitz lounge Silvia Savitz was the oldest gaduate in Wilkes history. She was 83 and earned her bachelor's degree in Sociology in 1998. Her family consisting of three children, 11 grandchildren, and 12 great-grandchildren were proud of her accomplishment. 100 Dr. Breiseth Constancee Roth and Eugene Roth were honord in the new student center. Both Mr and Mrs Roth have been honored for their dedicatio to sercive for the comunity. Eugene Roth is a past chariman of the Wilkes Universuty Board of Trustees, and a 1957 Wilkes grad .. �Theresa Karambelas, Clayron J. Karambles and Dr..Breiseth are shown posing by the plaque naming the indoor central courtyard, the Karambelas Atrium. Clayton Karambe]as earned his bachelor's degree in Commerce and finance in 1949. He received the "Eugene S. Farley Memorial Alumni Award" years later. He is the founder of C. K. Coffee Service. Dr. Breiseth and the Honrable Max Rosenn, the Wilkes Trustee Emeritus .. The tower serves as the main stairwell in the new student center. The tower honors Alberta A. Ostrnader, whose trust provides resources to support Wilkes Students. Judge Rosenn and his law firm were an integral part of creating the trust. nter. William H. Tremayne, Lora Tremayne and Dr. Breiseth unvieled the plaque naming the fireplace the Tremayne Hearth. William and his son Carter both attended Wilkes, graduating in 1957and 1986, respectively. wmiam is a Wilkes Trustee and retired litigator. \ "1 i -e e Roth were honord in ; Roth have been the comunity. Eugene iversuty Board of -e �Final Plaques TheVisui Hany R. Hiscox, Beverly Hiscox, and Dr. Breiseth are seen next to the plaque dedicating the Hiscox Meeting Room. Beverly is a 1958 Wilkes graduate and husband Harry is a 1951 graduate. Beverly has been a Wiles Trustee since 1985 and is currently chairwoman for the University's "Endow the Future" program. She has also held several positions in the Wlkes Alumnia association including President. Harry Hiscox is a well known local attorney and is strong supporter of Wilkes Athletics. Susan Cuscela, Dr. Breiseth, Kristin Cuscela, Frank and wife Mary Lee Cuscella are seen unveiling the plaque for the Cuscela Memorial Dining Room. The room is dedicated to Gilda and Frank Cuscela Senior. Frank Cuscella, Jr. is a current Wilkes Trustee. He graduated from Wilkes with a Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance in 1957. He used this degree to move Jewelcor Incorporated to the New York Stock Exchange, a company he founded. 10 2 �The Visual and Performing Arts are a big pa1·t of the Wlkes community. ��98 �"' ~ 106 ~ • ,,. :w~~: w>'. ' tW i ~ • r;, \= �~l1999 ���0'0/JJ YO ~1JCCllb J"1 ~1J~J"1l~~ /JJJY0'J01JYIR~J"1S-~fRJ"1S 2000 110 ��Shades ofAction Right hop ...hop .. .like a bunny. Above Amuddy end to tug of war. 112 �Left You are going down! Left Are you kidding ... you want me todo what next? Above Maybe they would like to be alone . �Shades of Emotion Right Wilkes Ladies out supporting the basketball team. Above Warning high levels of carbonation can lead to this look. 114 �Left If I stand like this maybe nobody will notice that my fly is down. Left A very happy Megan affectiontly kisses Sarah's bone. Above Wilkes is a very "tight knit" community. 11) �Shades of Chance Right Are you sure you want another card?? Above Watch very carefully I am about to make myself disappear. �Left See what organic chemistry can do to a person. Left Justin Lewis argues that this is in fact more comfortable than the mattresses on campus. Above I am putting it all on Red .. .I think. 117 �Shades of Thought Right Romeo, Romeo, where fore art...wait, that's not Romeo, it's Ben Shorlen. Below Job Fair 1999 ... A time to think about our future ... Diedre Blake and Erin Stewart showcase their micro pi petting skills. 118 �Left Chris Thompson, Britney Wood, and Donna Thorton hard at work planting trees Above The Wilkes ladies try their hand at Battle of the Sexes- Wilkes style. 119 �Shades of Memory Left Three cadets pose for a photo at an Air Force information table. Above A Winter Weekend participant eats dirt during one of the outdoor events. Right Pharmacy students enjoying some time off and Domino's pizza at one of their gatherings. 120 �Right Operation Intoxication celebrates a win during Winter Weekend festivities. i Above A dealer poses for the camera during casino night. 121 �Closing: Along with the close of the 19981999 Academic year came the close of an era at Wilkes. The end of the 1998-1999 academic year brought with it the 1999 was Pickering Hall's end to the use of Pickering Hall and last year of service to the Wilkes community. From the University Shoppe. The start of the day Pickering opened, to the day it's doors were the 1999-2000 academic year intro- closed, it provieded great memories. duced us to the new Student Union Building. The SUB brought with it new dining commons, a new BS and MR along with meeting rooms and offices. With the new additions to the Wilkes campus; a bright future is on the way. Since opening its doors , Farley Library has provided Wilkes students with, "A Gateway to Knowledge." 122 Sh<J �Shades of Development Passon Hall is a building that many Wilkes students visit frequently. Passon Hall is home to the Rgistrar, Financial Aid , and the Cashier. ~ering Hall's rvice to the unity. From ~ing opened, doors were ieded great 1 g with ; and :he new e s· a ' ; on the ·arley Library :nts with , "A Above Chase Hall is probably the first building introduced to most Wilkes students. Left The COB is the education center for business and the social sciences. �S. Thomas Abraham, Ph, Elizabeth Adams, V.P.A..1 Jean Adams, Art Paul S. Adams, Student .1 Mark R. Allen, Student/Jeffrey Alves, Business M. Addison Amos, Engl: Alissa Antosh, Universi1 Karen Atiyeh, Admissio Robert Bachman, Securi Thomas J. Baldino, Polit Rita Balestrini, School o Martin Bangert, Aerosp Nadine Banul, Compub Milica Barjaktarovic, El Sue Basham, Metz and Leonard Basura, Comp Anne Heineman Bator) Bonnie Bedford, Arts, ! Jeanette Beierle, Reside Hilma Belenski, Metz a Barbara Belucci, R.C.R Joseph Belucci, R.C.R.< Louise Berard, Mathen James Berg, Library Joel Berlatsky, History John Bernesky, Securit Sandra Beynon-Nicho: Paola Bianco-Sobejanc Tom Bigler, Communi Thomas Bird, Housek Nicole Blaso, Businesi Barbara Bloss, Mechai Scott Bodfish, Institut Robert W. Bohlander, 12 4 �S. Thomas Abraham, Pharmacy Elizabeth Adams, VP.A.A. Office Jean Adams, Art Paul S. Adams, Student Affairs . Mark R Allen, Student Affairs Jeffrey Alves, Business M. Addison Amos, English Alissa Antosh, University Relations Karen Atiyeh, Admissions Robert Bachman, Security Thomas J. Baldino, Political Science Rita Balestrini, School of Pharmacy Martin Bangert, Aerospace Studies Nadine Banul, Computer Support 1 Milica Barjaktarovic, Electrical Engineering Sue Basham, Metz and Associates Leonard Basura, Computer Support Anne Heineman Batory, Business Bonnie Bedford, Arts, Sciences & Professional Studies Jeanette Beierle, Residence Life Office Hilma Belenski, Metz and Associates Barbara Belucci, RC.RC. /Education Joseph Belucci, RC.RC/Psychology Louise Berard, Mathematics/ Computer Science James Berg, Library Joel Bedatsky, History John Bernesky, Security Sandra Beynon-Nicholas, Alumni Paola Bianco-Sobejano, Foreign Languages Tom Bigler, Communications Thomas Bird, Housekeeping Nicole Blaso, Business Barbara Bloss, Mechanical and Materials Engineering Scott Bodfish, Institutional Research Robert W. Bohlander, Psychology �Rebecca Sutherland Borah, English/Writing Center Carol Bosack, Career Services Sharon Bower, Art Kenneth Broadt, Accounting Janice Broyan, Development Christopher N. Breiseth, President/ History Francis X. Brennan, Psychology Harold Cox, History Lorna Darte, Library Nina Davidowitz, Musk Tl C. Mark Davis, University :G Nancy I. Davis, Education Joseph Dawson, Theatre James DeCosmo, Mathemat Carl Brigida, Communications Maureen Bronson, Pharmaceutical Sciences Jamie Broyass, Development Services Dale Bruns, Geo/Environmental Science Edwin Brush, Facilities Management Jennifer Bullock, Alumni Bruce Bunnick, Admissions Joseph Demelfi, Admission: Kellie DeMers, S.B.D.C. Kathleen Diekhaus, Histoq Carol Dippre, Campus Sup Elsie Dock, Financial Mana Eugene Domzalski, Career Judith Donlin, Continuing · Anita Burns, Health Services Jerome Campbell, Music, Theatre and Dance Robert Ca pin, President Emeritus/ Accounting Eleanor Cark Housekeeping Marie Carver, Admissions Renee Casterline, Physical Education Leona Castor, Nursing Brian Donnelly, Metz and 1 Victoria Douglas, Geo / Em Sciences Donald Draba, University Suzanne Druffner, Nursin! Edith "Gerry" DuBoice, C] Physics Deborah Dunn, Admissior Thomas Dunsmir, Physica Ruford R. Chabala, Campus Support Debbie Chakan, Registrar Samira Chamoun, Library Richard B. Chapline, Music, Theatre and Dance Carl Charnetski, Psychology John Chwalek, Alumni/ Admissions Caryn Cheyfitz-Bodfish, Development Michael A. Dziak, Earth C Ed Elgonitis, Facilities Ma Lynn Marie Elko, Commu Sharon Ellenburger, Libra Jane M. Elmes-Crahalt Cc Theodore Enget Business Deborah, Erdner, Admiss: Fran Chicchetti, Metz and Associates Cynthia J. Chisarick, Accounting Shirley Chmielewskt Metz and Associates Vashundhra Chaudhry, Electrical/ Comp.Engineering Kelly Ann Clisham, Part-Time Programs Gerald Cookus, Security Betsy Bell Condron, Cultural Affairs Adriana Espinheira, S.B.I Eileen Evanina, Nursing Joanne Fasciana, Financi, Sara Farrant, English Michael Fasulka, FacilitiE Owen Faut, Chemistry / I Barbara "Bobbie" Fiascki �Harold Cox, History Lorna Darte, Library Nina Davidowitz, Music, Theatre and Dance C. Mark Davis, University Relations INancy I. Davis, Education Joseph Dawson, Theatre James DeCosmo, Mathematics/ Computer Science Joseph Demelfi, Admissions Kellie DeMers, S.B.D.C. Kathleen Diekhaus, History/ Communications Carol Dippre, Campus Support Elsie Dock, Financial Management Eugene Domzalski, Career Services Judith Donlin, Continuing Education I Brian Donnelly, Metz and Associates Victoria Douglas, Geo/ Environmental Sciences Donald Draba, University Shoppe Suzanne Druffner, Nursing Edith "Gerry" Du Boice, Chemistry/ Physics Deborah Dunn, Admissions 1 Thomas Dunsmir, Physical Education 1 Michael A. Dziak, Earth Conservancy Ed Elgonitis, Facilities Management Lynn Marie Elko, Communications Sharon Ellenburger, Library Jane M. Elmes-Crahall, Communications Theodore Engel, Business Deborah, Erdner, Admissions Adriana Espinheira, S.B.D.C. Eileen Evanina, Nursing Joanne Fasciana, Financial Management Sara Farrant, English Michael Fasulka, Facilities Management Owen Faut, Chemistry /Physics Barbara "Bobbie" Fiascki, Upward Bound I �Carol Fells, University Relations Darin E. Fields, English Benjamin Fiester, English Ellen Flint, Music Joseph Folek, Physical Education Joan Ford, Library Claire Fox, Development Susan Frank, Nursing Randy Freas, Science and Engineering Judith Freemont, Learning Center Ann Pretty, Library Richard Fuller, Art Glen Gambini, Metz and Associates Steven Gapinski, Mathematics/Learning Center Susan Jones, School of Science a Johnny Joseph, Business Syed Kalim, Mechanical/Mate1 Valerie Kalter, Biology Anthony Kapolka, MathematicE Walter Karpinich, Foreign Lang Camille Kaschak, Career Servio Thomas Kaska, English* John Kasson, Security Stanley Kay, Philosophy * Michael Garr, Sociology Lois Gelatko, Library Cheryl Gibson, Financial Aid John Gilmer, Electrical Engineering Betty Ginley, Metz and Associates Victoria Glod, R. C.R. C. William Goldsworthy, Alumni Arthur Kibbe, Pharmacy Brian Kijowski, Mechanical Eng Barbara King-Nejib, Student Af: Bradford L. Kinney, Communic Kenneth Klemow, Biology Shelly Golightly-Carey, Mail Center Bernard Graham, Pharmacy Stanley Grand, Sordoni Art Gallery Christopher Greco, Aerospace Studies Alan Greene, Development Edward Gregorek, Chemistry /Physics John Koch, Mathematics/ Comi A..nn Kolanowski, Nursing 3eatrice Kopel, Metz and Assoc Anne Marie Kopetchny, Finand John Kosko, Business Barbara Jamelli-Sefchik, Sch. of Science & Engineering John J. Janecek, Mechanical/Materials Engineering Jane Jeffery, Development William Johnston, School of Pharmacy Karen Jones, Alumni Linda Kovalchik, Development Edward Kowalczyk, Small Busi Frederick J. Krohle, Library* Jean Krohle, Library Diane Krokas, Library 128 �Susan Jones, School of Science and Engineering 1Johnny Joseph, Business Syed Kalim, Mechanical/ Materials Engineering Valerie Kalter, Biology Anthony Ka polka, Mathematics/ Computer Science Walter Karpinich, Foreign Languages and Lit. Camille Kaschak, Career Services Thomas Kaska, English* John Kasson, Security Stanley Kay, Phi]osophy * Arthur Kibbe, Pharmacy Brian Kijowski, Mechanical Engineering Barbara King-Nejib, Student Affairs Bradford L. Kinney, Communications Kenneth Klemow, Biology John Koch, Mathematics/ Computer Science L\nn Kolanowski, Nursing 3eatrice Kopel, Metz and Associates Anne Marie Kopetchny, Financial Aid John Kosko, Business Linda Kovalchik, Development Edward Kowalczyk, Small Business Development Frederick J. Krohle, Library* Jean Krohle, Library Diane Krokas, Library 129 �Mary Kropiewnicki, Education Nancy Krueger, Sordoni Art Gallery Lawrence Kuhar, English Jamie Kurtz, Music, Theatre and Dance Angela Kwiatkowski, Metz and Associates Karen Lambert, Academic Computing Dorothy Lane, Career Services Douglas Lane, Residence Life Office Jason Langdon, Admissions Mary Laruso, Human Relations Vanessa LostrickValerie Love, Sm, Glenn Lupole, Fa Douglas Lynch, E Mary Lynch, Can Eleanor Lynn, Ad Laura Macaravag David Macedo, P Mary Mack, Coni Carol Maculloch, Eugene Maganell Addy Malatesta, : Jo eph Mangan, I , Patricia Mangold Craig Latshaw, Accounting David Latzka, Economics Eric Lekstrom, Metz and Associates J. Michael Lennon, V. Pres. Academic Aff. / English Vee Ming Lew, Math/ Computer Science Susan Martin, Fol Maria Mattioli, H Roger Maxwell, C Amy Mazur-Hes~ Thomas McGuire Matthew McCaffE Kevin McHale, Fi Quincy Lewis, Metz and Associates Anne Y.F. Lin, Pharmacy Alicia Lingren, English Jon Lindgren, Library Nancy McKinley, Wendi McKinzie, Aaron Menapace, Theresa Menhem Mary Ann Merrig Samuel Merrill, :tv James Merryman) Cindee Linker, Education Janet Liparula, Metz and Associates Patricia Lipa, Learning Center Anthony Liuzza, Business Barbara Loftus, Business Rachael L. Lohman, Financial Aid Gina Longo, Student Affairs/ Communications 130 Prahlad Murthy, < Barbara N anstiel, Sandra Natt, Schc John Natzke, Soci Umid Nejib, Scho Erika Neubert, M Mizele "Jacky" Ruth Noss, Metz, Diane O'Brien, H �Vanessa Lostrick-DeWolfe, Development Valerie Love, Small Business Development Center Glenn Lupole, Facilities Management Douglas Lynch, Education ( Mary Lynch, Campus Support Services Eleanor Lynn, Admissions Laura Macaravage, Cheerleading David Macedo, Physical Education Mary Mack, Continuing Education Carol Maculloch, Development Eugene Maganello, Human Resources Addy Malatesta, Physical Education Joseph Mangan, Facilities Management , Patricia Mangold, Financial Management Susan Martin, Follett University Shoppe Maria Mattioli, Human Resources Roger Maxwell, Chemistry/ Physics Amy Mazur-Hession, Volunteer Services Thomas McGuire, Sports Information Matthew McCaffery, Admissions Kevin McHale, Finincial Management 1 Nancy McKinley, English/ Womyn's Studies Wendi McKinzie, Pharmacy Practice Aaron Menapace, Admissions Theresa Menhennett, Financial Aid Mary Ann Merrigan, Nursing Samuel Merrill, Mathematics/ Computer Science James Merryman, Sociology Prahlad Murthy, Geo/ Environmental Sciences Barbara N anstiel, Pharmacy Sandra Natt, School of Science and Engineering John Natzke, Sociology Umid Nejib, School of Science and Engineering Erika Neubert, Music, Theatre and Dance Mizele "Jacky" Nkoba, Residence Life Office Ruth Noss, Metz and Associates Diane O'Brien, Health Services 131 �Prahlad Murthy, Geo/ Environmental Sciences Barbara Nanstiel, Pharmacy Sandra Natt, School of Science and Engineering John Natzke, Sociology Umid Nejib, School of Science and Engineering Erika Neubert, Music, Theatre and Dance Mizele "Jacky" Nkoba, Residence Life Office Diane Polachek, Education Kathleen Poplaski, Recorder Lenny Potoski, Security Barbara Q.-Killian, Upward Be Theresa Rallo, Registrar George F. Ralston, Alumni* Richard Raspen, Business Ruth Noss, Metz and AssociatesDiane O'Brien, Health Services Melanie O' Donnell, Admissions Paul O'Hop, Vice President Business Ent./ Business Dorothy Oley, Metz and Associates Risa Padden, Metz and Associates Dave Pahl, Metz and Associates Jean Pall, University Relations Darren Ravert, Library Sandra Redina, Learning Cenh Brian Redmond, Geo. Enviroru David Reindeers, Metz and As: Bruce Reiprich, Music, Theatre Judith Reishtein, Nursing Catherine Reese, Metz and Ass David Palmer, Air Force R.O.T.C. Sue Paoletti, Financial Management Scott Papp, Air Force R.O.T.C. Andita Parker-Lloyd, Admissions Chris Patrice, Metz and Associates Gayle Patterson, Campus Support Services Linda Paul, Philosophy Jocelyn Reese, Purchasing Cont Marianne Rexer, Accounting Kathy Rice, Metz and Associate Jerry Rickrode, Physical Educat Gail S. Rikoskie, Recorder / Regi Cathy Riley, Metz and Associab Joy Rinehimer, R.C.R.C. Bryce Payne, GeoEnvironemental Sciences Anne Pelak, Communications Michael Peregrim Sr., Foreign Languages and Literatures Patrice Persico, Small Business Development Center John Pesta, Contracting Purchasing Office Bruce Phair, Cultural Affairs Youyu Phillips, Chemistry/ Physics James P. Rodechko, History / Ac April Lynn Rohwedder, Purcha~ Patty Rose, Metz and AssociateE Walt Rosencrace, Commenweal1 Eugene Roth - Esq., Board of Tn Debbie Rutkoski, Library Sandra Lee Rybak, Business Sandra Piccone, Development Kenneth Pidcock, Biology Lisa Pilch, Metz and Associates Daniel Pindzola, GeoEnvironmental Sciences Walter A. Placek, Physics Regina Plesko, Financial Management Robert Saffian, Architechural Co Mark Saint Pierre, Metz and Ass Brian Salcolik, Library Susan Salko, Pharmacy Joe Salusky, Facilities ManagemE Nancy Sanderson, Music, Thea tr Doris Saracino, Physical Educati 132 �Diane Polachek, Education Kathleen Poplaski, Recorder Lenny Potoski, Security Barbara Q.-Killian, Upward Bound Theresa Rallo, Registrar George F. Ralston, Alumni* Richard Raspen, Business Darren Ravert, Library Sandra Redina, Learning Center Brian Redmond, Geo. Environmental Science David Reindeers, Metz and Associates Bruce Reiprich, Music, Theatre and Dance Judith Reishtein, Nursing Catherine Reese, Metz and Associates Jocelyn Reese, Purchasing Contracting Office Marianne Rexer, Accounting Kathy Rice, Metz and Associates Jerry Rickrode, Physical Education Gail S. Rikoskie, Recorder/ Registrar's Office Cathy Riley, Metz and Associates Joy Rinehimer, RC.RC. James P. Rodechko, History/ Acting Vice President April Lynn Rohwedder, Purchasing and Contracting Patty Rose, Metz and Associates Walt Rosencrace, Commenwealth Telephone Eugene Roth - Esq., Board of Trustees Debbie Rutkoski, Library Sandra Lee Rybak, Business Robert Saffian, Architechural Consultant Mark Saint Pierre, Metz and Associates Brian Salcolik, Library Susan Salko, Pharmacy Joe Salusky, Facilities Management Nancy Sanderson, Music, Theatre and Dance Doris Saracino, Physical Education* 133 �David Sawyers, Mechanical and Materials Engineering Robert Schell, Metz and Associates Terri Schlingman, Metz and Associates Helen Scott, English Donna Sedor, Communications Robert Seeley, Business & Economics John Seitzinger, Sports Information William H. Sterling, Art Henry Steuben, Part-Tim James Stewart, Aerospao Paul J. Strunk, Vice Presic Frederick J. Sullivan, Mai Judith Sullivan, Continui Tammy Sutton, Air Force Heidi Selecky, Library Sandra Serafin, Metz and Associates Patricia Serine, History Eric Sirianni, Xerox Corporation Joyce Shaffer, English Roberta Shaffer, Mail Center Frank Sheptock, Physical Education Patricia Swartz, Financia: Lawrence Tabbit, Registr, Waghia Taylor, Business Sharon Telban, Nursing Eddie Templeton, Securi1 Vivien Terzaghi, Matherr Bruce Thens, Metz and A Harry Sherman, Metz and Associates Vaughn Shinkus, University Relations Doreen Sims, Education Julia Sinnot, School of Liberal Arts Patricia Siplon, Political Science Elaine Slabinski, Nursing Todd A. Sloan, Development Ann Thomas, Upward B1 Michael Thomas, Art Thomas Thomas, Upwar Stephen Tillman, Mather Jennifer Trepane-Broyan Ronald Turner, Security Lester Turoczi, Biology Margaret Slusser, Nursing William Smith, Aerospace Studies Kyle Snow, Psychology Joe Snyder, Metz and Associates Mark Sowcik, Campus Counseling Nicole Sparano, Pharmacy Thyagarajan Srinivasan, Electrical Engineering Robert Tuttle, Sociology H ej di VanEssendelft, Co Constance Vecerkauskas Bernard Vinovrski, Adm Kevin Vrabel, Physical E Marian Watkins, Aerosp Mary Watkins, Library Gustav Stangline, Academic Computing Patricia Staskiel, Learning Center Michael Steele, Biology Matthew Stein, Mechanical and Materials Engineering Robert Stelanko, Follett University Shoppe Pamela Stepanovich, Business/ Pharmacy Carol Weale, Nursing Margaret Webster, Foun Judith Wienckoski, Stud James Williamson, Histc Philip Wingert, Physical Jessica Wisser, Penns. Er Bing K. Wong, Math/ C 134 1 1 �William H. Sterling, Art Henry Steuben, Part-Time Programs James Stewart, Aerospace Studies Paul J. Strunk, Vice President Development Frederick J. Sullivan, Mathematics/ Computer Science Judith Sullivan, Continuing Education Tammy Sutton, Air Force R.O.T.C. Patricia Swartz, Financial Management Lawrence Tabbit, Registrar Waghia Taylor, Business & Economics Sharon Telban, Nursing Eddie Templeton, Security Vivien Terzaghi, Mathematics/ Computer Science Bruce Thens, Metz and Associates Ann Thomas, Upward Bound Michael Thomas, Art Thomas Thomas, Upward Bound Stephen Tillman, Mathematics/ Computer Science Jennifer Trepane-Broyan, Computer Support Ronald Turner, Security Lester Turoczi, Biology Robert Tuttle, Sociology Heidi VanEssendelft, Communications Constance Vecerkauskas, Library Bernard Vinovrski, Admissions Kevin Vrabel, Physical Education Marian Watkins, Aerospace Studies Mary Watkins, Library Carol Weale, Nursing Margaret Webster, Foundations and Grants Judith Wienckoski, Student Affairs James Williamson, History Philip Wingert, Physical Education Jessica Wisser, Penns. Environmental Council Bing K. Wong, Math/ Computer Science 13) �Joyce Wong, Learning Center Edward Wood, Financial Management Maureen Wright, Student Affairs Gretchen Yeager, Residence Life Shelby Yeager, Physical Education Deborah Yedinak, Computer Support Services Albert Yefko, Printing Center James Yoho, Political Science Leah Yurcho, Sch. Business Society & Public Policy Jean M. Zampetti, School of Science & Engineering Jeffrey Zapotoczny, Residence Life Debra Zehner, Biology/ Learning Center Alan Zellner, Physical Education Margaret Zellner, Admissions Anne Zendian, Nursing John P. Zikoski, Facilities Management Rita Zula, Human Resources 136 ��••• The 1999 mens soccer team " The 1999 womens soccer team 138 �.,r These players really use their heads! Jill steals the ball from Lycoming 139 �Late in the game Wilkes tries to put more points on the board. - Did we score on this play? 140 �Bill Smith eyes up a shot . ,\ James Lacey gives it all hes got! 14-1 �- Top: Lining up for a bunt. Right: The pitcher winds up for a fast delivery 14-2 �Left: I wonder if this was a strike? Bottom: Waiting for the perfect pitch. 143 �G The 1999 Wilkes University Wrestling Team ta �topa t Top: Dwayne Ritter grinds his opponent to the mat. Top: Wilkes University is on top! �Number 21 gets the rebound 14-6 �Number 22 looks for some playing room. A try for two from the paint. 147 �Number 24 dribbles downcourt. 148 �Tries the jumpshot! A Wilkes player tries for three. 14 �Nur The 1999 Wilkes Football Team 150 �V V .. , . _,) \:::} so • I ~ ,:h,J• e~--- Number 16 looks to get rid of the ball in a hurry. ~ The running back looks for a hole. �Go Erika! From your Friends and Family at SMG! II BEST WESTERN GENETTI Hotel & Convention Center SMG 255 Highland Park Blvd Wilkes-Barre Twp (570)-970-7600 77 East Market Street Wilkes-Barre. Pennsylvania 18701 (570) 823-6152 Fax (570) 820-8502 E-mail : genettils@aol.com Website: www.genetti .com To Our Little Girl Mary Constance "There was a little girl, Who had a little curl Right in the middle of her forehead; And when she was good She was very, very good, But when she was bad, Well, that never happened!" Congratulations and Best Wishes We love you! Your Family Mary you are wonderful. Please believe in yourself, we do! You came through the rainstorms and even the floods to enjoy the rainbow. Take time to really enjoy it. You will always be OUR LITTLE GCRL !!!! Congratulations! !! We love you. Daddy and Mommy. Timothy Michael Albert Bill, "We' re Proud" Love You, Mom, Dad, Nina, and Cindel William A. Allen Kelly Costello Cor Congratulations to our favorite grad. We're so proud of you, Neil. All our love, Morn and Dad Goe ors. true Neil Andress Janet Lynn Faux �Congratulations Andy! We are proud of you and wish you all the best in the future. Love, Mom and Dad -- ::RN rTI 1 Ceoter ·eel 1sylvania 18701 ax (570) 820-8502 lol.com 1etti.com Andy Coolidge We're so proud of you! You've overcome many obsticles to be where you are today. We believe you have a destiny here on this planet to make the world a better place. We're confident you'll make good choices with God's guidance. Remember we will always be here for you. Love, Mom and Dad tions and Best Wishes 1/e love you! Your Family Kelly, My wish four years ago was that you make the most of college life. You did that and more! Every challenge was met with enthusiasm, every goal accomplished. And yet with an overwhelming workload you always found time for family and friends. Today my pride is unmeasurable. Love, Mom Kelly Costello ' Ryan, You truely are the best son and friend a father could ever have. I see great success in your future plans. Congradulations on all your hard work. Love, Your Dad Ryan Doran Congradulations Janet! Good luck with future endeavors. May all your dreams come true. Love, Mom Janet Lynn Faux Kelly Casterline Deirdre M. Gurry Congradulations Deirdre! We know all your future dreams will come true. You've made a dream come true for us. Our hearts are filled with pride. Thank you! Love , Mom and Dad �Dear Arny, Dear Marcie, Dearest Kimberly, Congratulations! We are so very proud of you. You are our sunshine. We wish you the best of luck now and all ways. We love you. Congratulations on Graduation from Wilkes! May your future be bright 1 and promising! You have made us so proud of all your accomplishments. Love, Marcie Herman Dad and Mom You are truly a specia to us. May God bless this special day and c1 tinue to guide you in 1 future Love, Mom, Dad , and Kristen Amy Gutowski You are special and make us very proud. Always remember what we taught you. Follow your dreams. Remember we are all here to support you. May you find love luck and success in all you do. Congratulations on your wonderful achievement. We wish the best of luck to you and hope you have a very successful future! Love, Mom , Dad, Danny and April Tammy Kaczmarczyk All our love, Mom and Dad Love, Mom, Dad, Philip anc Christina Dear Jeffrey, Jessica M. Azarewicz You have always made the Gr Moisey family proud. We con you~ Student Gonemment Pre Students in Free Enterprise Tr Who's Who among Students i can Universities and Colleges a BBA graduate of Wilkes Un We Love You-Monkey Moom Mom, Dad, and Jenn Dear Anthony, We are very proud of you f1 you are and what you have complished. May your life · filled with good health, swc success and much love.Sta) All our love, Mom ,Dad, Kathy, Alan, and Debbie Scott, Congratulations! Rememberr that we love you and are always here for you. May you find love,luck and success in all you do. Love Mom, Dad, Chris , and Bandit P.S. Welcome to the working class 15A- To G.I. Jane Congratulations! We are very proud of you . Aim high! Scott Kinane Love, Mom , Dad, and David Jane Kroouze Andy, Our pride and Joy! Your Mom and Dad ju you to know you are le more and more each p; day. You have grown ii a wonderful young ma luck in your coaching ~ lookin for that teachin! Love, Mom and Dad �Dearest Kimberly, You are truly a special gift to us. May God bless you on this special day and continue to guide you in the future e Herman Love, Mom, Dad, Philip and Christina Kimberly Kutch Dear Jeffrey, ·. Azarewicz You have always made the GransMoisey family proud. We congratulate you; Student Gonernment President, Students in Free Enterprise Treasurer, Who's Who among Students in American Universities and Colleges, and now a BBA graduate of Wilkes University! We Love You-Monkey Moonshine, Mom, Dad, and Jenn Jeffrey Robert Gans- Moisey Dear Anthony, Dear Neil, We are very proud of you for who you are and what you have accomplished. May your life be filled with good health, sweet success and much love.Stay safe. Unless you try to do something beyond what you have already mastered you will never grow. Never let defeat have the last word. Never" ring the Bell." Congratulations on your achievements. All our love, Mom ,Dad, Kathy, Alan, and Debbie Anthony J .J. Petrolonis Neil Rine Mom and George roouze Sophia, Andy, Our pride and Joy! Your Mom and Dad just want you to know you are loved more and more each passing day. You have grown into such a wonderful young man. Much luck in your coaching job and lookin for that teaching job. All your hard work and determination have paid off! "I can do all things through Christ who strengthened me."(Philippians 4: 13) The best is yet to come for everyone who may have the opportunity to be touched by you in some way as a loving and caring nurse Andrew Snyder Love, Mom and Dad Sophia Rush Love, Mother 155 �Dear E.J., Congratulations Missy! We are so proud of you, not only because of your accomplishments, but because of who you are.If only you could realize how many special memories you have made for us. Always follow you dreams and believe in yourself. You set a goal and accomplished it. I knew you would do it. You have made me so proud, my beautiful first born. I want to wish you the very best of luck and success in the future. Melissa Lee Rossi Loving You Forever, Mom --.....--.....__._............_._= iL Love, Eugene Tomassoni Dad, Mom,Andrew, and Gina Congratulations Carl! On a job well done. Every dream has a beginning ... Lov Always, Mom, Dad, and Eric Carl Witkowski Fellow Stude As this, tt to a close, it are thrilled tt disappointed publication. \ takes more t together. Wi had to work, We would for all of his I us when nob~ To the fa< apologize, WE To our fel luck in all of ,. have enjoyec have. To future Remember, i1 book togethE �Fellow Students, Faculty, and Staff, As this, the 53rd volume of the Amnicola comes ne Tomassoni to a close, it brings with it a variety of emotions. We - - - - - are thrilled that the book is finally finished, but also disappointed in the events that led to this publication. We have learned the hard way that it takes more than just 2 people to pull a yearbook together. We feel that we did the best with what we had to work with. rl Witkowski We would like to thank our advisor, Jim Harrington _ _ _ _ for all of his help and understanding. He had faith in us when nobody else did. To the faculty and staff not represented, we apologize, we used the photos we had to work with. To our fellow classmates, we wish you the best of luck in all of your future endeavors. We hope you have enjoyed your days at Wilkes as much as we have. To future yearbook staff members, GOOD LUCK. Remember, it takes more than two people to pull a book together (without going crazy that is). I 1 Sincerely, Amnicola Staff 157 �G g~L. fv1 9rlS9{A ~f9Sl9J<;I ·N J:;>~Jot SIJ~J '~l 9J:;>?v119 'S:;>(\l9SJno~ JOf Fvl¾i1~alv1:;i f\?9)~ rviv s»~fO Of 9?!c\»S 'fv19¾i1ll1flnt ~f!M rgw+ S9c\!l nv no~~vl!~S!M vl! 9¾i1 sv11ol ~FS!9J<;I "SJVJ(,; l]JMS .YrJ(\9 9?!(\J:;>S f\11\? 9(\01 fo Sf99f Jno~ ~~YLOJ~f ll!M . (J:;>fVVJf,; V¾i1lY g~t ta 9Sv19S \? ta SfJOM vl!) 9¾i1\?+ pviv 9¾i1\?vl ,S9~wv YLO~ 'V1 9¾i10M f\11\7 \119\111 f 9fYl?Ylr9 sy "v1O!fYl?Ylf9 S9~l!f'V \? t° JS!WIOJJ g~t fo 9?\119rlc\9 9c\!SVYLSJ:;>J fSO¾i1 9~f :;,q \11\7? S9?\1191J:;>Jx:;, Jno~ 'stvi:;,rnts 901p:;,JsoJJ 9JYltn+ Of S9~l!f'V F~J\?\1,1 9M sy 'Sfv19¾i1~s11JW10??\? Jno~ fnoqv M0\11~ 9M t \?~-t OS ~?not vl! ~VtS Of no~ fvl\?M 9M 'v101t1rrv vi e ·s:;,~jlf'V ta S! fl SV rJ\?'(\J\?,}U ta 9YlJf SV S! S!\jl 'VIO!fYlf!t S\11! f'6'~t fo »fVJ\7~? f\11\7 ~fMOJ~ g~t Of lV?!f!J? S! fV~t vlO!fYlt 't Svl! 9fVYlr\?J~»f\!lYl s, 9\,10 Of J,~sv1 0 1tVl:;>J ~ 9JYlfYl+ Jof- ~f!SJ9(\!\!1 rl l!M sv101f\?'!?OSS\?' 9s9iµ_ .~Yl!\!19ll!~ M9\!1 9~f 9?\?'+ SI f\?'~f \!lO!f\?'~J'of-S\!1\?'J'f ;9~11rv fo 9?\!19)'\?966\7 !of-S\!1\?'Jf S!~f \!1! f19J'\?'~S •\!1!f]!Yl'4 \!101\!lrl fv19f1Ylf9 \ YW~ -~\!l!f]!YlS! 9?!#0 9~f 9J9M YlO~ 'S9~]!f'V ~ SJ\?'9~ '19~f9~0f SJ'\?'9~ I 9f\?'lYlf\?'J~\!lO? C ?,J\110 ta \11O!S¾i19\1~!r \?' 'S9~l!f'V ~f!M vlO!fV?tf'!fv19r! fvl\? SS9??YLS \llMO Jno~ Of f 9~vl!l :;,q ll!M 9JYlfYlt 9~f \11! SS9?'7YlS s, ~f!SJ:;>01\ll)l 9itl ·»t'6'\1,1 \7\1,11\7 Jno~ +o ~vl!v19~f~v19JfS g~t vl! ~tl\nM Jno~ f\11\? ¾i1~S!M JYLO~ fS9c\vl! OJ:_ S~\?M rv11f lJ!M YlO~ :;,Jo~ C 'sr1of-vm SS9??YLS \llMOJno~ sy -~roJ~ 9JY4YL+ +v'1t ta pvJ :;,q Of noh f 99vl 9f't1 -~roJ~ f 9Ylv1!fv1O? Sf! ~f!M ~?YLOf \11! :;,q pv1v snJ\1,1\?? g~t ~~\119 Of ~lf\119Ylb9J+ ~?vq 9\1110? Of no~ 9~\?JYlO?v19 ~9~t :;,Jo~ 9M rv1v S9~l!f'V fY104\? s»~fO '1.f!M ~lVt YLO~ S\? Sfv19\1!19(\0JJ¾i1! 9S9~t vl! :;,rpJ :;>~Vt no~ :;,Jo~ 9fV ~t "Sfv19fYLfS S9~11rv 9JYLtYL+ nv JOf Jflj fV1JfY4S t_o !lVYLb g~t 9?v1\?~v19 Of S9S!½~OJJ tV~t 9JY1f?WtS \? '~v1!fl1YL<;I v101vl)L fv19rYLt9 f 9FlJ¾i1o? :;,q-ot-tnoqv g'lt fo vl~!S9f 9~t vl! ~lf9Jf f 9fV6! ?!pVJ no[1 ·snv~ 9')v19!fS9J ~v11rnrv11 SYL6W1v? 9~t +o ~vl!J!M ?1+Jo » 41+ 9~t fvl\? gl~M\?Jrvn29 J:;>\,1\119~ 9~t '~v11SJYLN JOf llV,}U llVSJV9J '~M,!fl!Yl<;I 9?1#0 ¾i1 00JSSVlJ g~t I O!fYltj Sv10!f\??!\11Yl¾i1¾i1OJ 1 Jv1Jnql:;,~9 S\?'~0'1,l 9~f 9fY1]?\!l! 9S9'1,l ·9sn JYLOh Jof- S9~!]P\?'f f9c\oJJ~, sv~ '\!l~1vJ~v? "9JYLfYL!> J~t MOf\11],, ooo'ooo'o($ 9~f f\!l\?' 9nss1 f\!104 ooo'ooo'St$ \?'~v11pnrV11 '~\?')'~oJJ ~?v~J\?'~d fo Jopoq M9v1 9~t Ot tv19lvlf!lvllv10? ;;,~t ~1 ;;,iq,ssoJ ;JfV\vl svu:l1v1V? ;;,~t fo tv19\v1Jo1;;>(\9r IV?IS~~J ;;,w.- .S9~v1Vlf f\!1V?rf"!Vl~!S fo fl\?'J \!l9J4 J(\\?'~ YlO~ '~f!SJ9c\l\!lrl S9~l!f'V f\?' SJ\?9~ 9c\l+ J'O JYLof- JYlO~~\!l!JYl(l :66Gi fo 1 666 i 8 9\!lYl[; ssvlJ f\?'9JS' 9'1,l ~ . �, J co~ri\JulAte .~au, our 1tt.1llevtluvlr\ ClAGG o+ t~e jeAr J.000. /J-Ie ~i\ve ~i\J 10Ur wovtJer+ul ~eArG to5et~er, jeArG lA+ ~Ave beevt exfrAordivtAri~ evevtt+ul vtot ovt~~ 'fOr jou AG A dAGG, but 'fOr $30,000,000 "lvtefow t~e 1~1lkeG. ~au were +~e evtterivt5 clAGG +~At ~elJ courGeG 'fOr t~e {irGt fi~e ivt our vtew ClAGGroo~ ·D#f ce !Su1ldrvt5. ~OU were t~e clAGG t~At ~elreJ rlAvt Avte! GAW t~e co~rletiovt o+ OU( ~A5vt1+1cievtt 'Tuol!litAG 6~elbu1l!\e ~tue!evtt 1!vtlovt tu1lJ1vt5. bur1vt5 t~IG ti~e t~e <.tevtvter ~JrAvt5le AlGo becA~e A reAli~~- /J-Ie ~ <:Fel!\l!\U ~Ut\ekAl!\~le Al!\J ~~AreJ ivt t~iG frAvtG'fOrl!litAtiovt of t~e CA~fUG- JuGt AG t~eGe 1our jeArG frAvtG'fOrl!litee! +he f~~GlcAl t~~ ill\ t~e Je6i~l!\ o+ t~e ~MA[i~~ Of 6tuJel!\t Iiie "'ffeA(evtce ~1lkeG, J kvtow, ~ore i~portAvtt~, t~At eAC~ .~au exrerlevtcee! Av\ ivttellectUAl m t,Jk wil ot~u6 About tfAvtG'fOr~Atiovt t~At iG jOUr reAl /JJilkeG le5Acj- ¼Aj t~At ivttelfedUAl le5Acj Gerve jOU AG jOU ; .c?.l!\J be Ill\ toucJ wit~ itf; fAce t~e vtew ~illevtiu~. ~tAj lvt touc~ wit~ jolur Al~A ~Ater, .~our clAGG~AteG Avtd jour +Acultji6 ul!\-folJf;, J ~ope jOU will TheGe AGGOCIAtlOv\G will covttivtue to evtric~ jOU( liveG Avtd will ~elr jOU to Gtrevt5t~ev\ /JJ1lkeG tu. 'The 'Zll!\iVU6 ltj 6 ,LivtiverGitj 'fOr +uture 5evterAtiovtG. fA(t o+ Gi5vtif-'CAv\t ~l!lititl!litevtt to t~e vtew +~e o+ o+ 1 ,, "'JiVl-levi-tfiol!\ o+ ol!\e 6 :'.-( o+ t~At il!\6titiltiOl!\. 1 Tui6 \Vl-\evtt6. A6 we Vl-\A1ket o+ JiJevtce o+ t~e p1ovi-ti6e ~ "'vtJ 6Uvi(,e evu 6well 6il!\(,Ue~, C~1i6top~u rJ. !),rei6et~ .ivt5~ou All live611lleJ wit~ t?e6iJel!\t !I ��.&. School violence continued to be a major concern. Since February of 1997, school shooting sprees left 36 dead and 77 wounded. • Six firefighters were killed in a December 3, Worchester, Massachusetts blaze started by squatters in a warehouse. More than l 5,000 firefighters from all over the world athered for a memorial service . .&. Russia came under international scrutiny for waging a civil war to try to hold on to the break-away republic of Chechnya. After months of fierce fighting neither side gained much ground, and a settlement seemed nowhere in sight. Cover photo credits, strip of photos left to 1ight: Washington Monument-Marshall, Millennium particrs-Chris Hondros, Cairo celebrates-John Sc1mples, all from Newsmakers • Raisa Gorbachev, former first lady of the Soviet Union, died after a battle with leukemia. .&. Over 17,000 people were killed a injured when a magnitude 7.4 earth on August 17. �ed to be a major concern. ool shooting sprees left 36 A Ninety-year old Doris Haddock, also known as "Granny D," walked 3,000 miles across the U.S. to draw attention to cam ai n finance reform. • The San Diego Zoo was home to Hua Mei, the first surviving giant panda to be born in a North American zoo. Corbis Sy8mt1 mer first lady of the Soviet Union, leukemia. A Over 17,000 people were killed and thousands more eight murders along injured when a magnitude 7.4 earthquake hit lzmit, Turkey railroad tracks in Illinois, on August 17. Kentucky, and Texas. A The rain from Hurricane Floyd caused the worst flooding in North Carolina in recent memory. Water from the Tar and Neuse rivers covered 66 counties, destroying over 4,000 homes and killing 51 people. �.& George W. Bush took the essential states he needed on "Super Tuesday'' to win the Republican nomination for president, beating out John McCain. T .& People around the world celebrated the turn of the century. These partiers ushered in the year 2000 in New York's Times Square. .& Despite fears of the predicted Y2K bug, mass computer shutdowns and chaos in the streets, January 1, 2000 came and went with virtually no problems at all. �e Eastern U.S. claimed 95 lives and Kansas to the Atlantic Ocean. Y2K bug, mass computer ets, January 1, 2000 came and at all. ��• David E. Kelley's law firm drama, The Practice, won an Emmy for Outstanding Drama Series. with industry-shaking power. st five day opening ever at 105.7 �'3 • .. . • r,. ' 1 . . • • •• ~-~----r--- ·:~:.., ----~ .A. Peanuts creator, Charles Schulz, died in his sleep the night before his final comic strip ran in newspapers. He was 77. ��• Britney Spears won an A Favorite New Artist. The 18-y four Billboard Music Awards Year and Female Artist of the • 'N Sync's Music Of My He instant hit. Bye, Bye, Bye, the did well on the charts. �• 'N Sync's Music Of My Heart, recorded with Gloria Estefan, was an instant hit. Bye, Bye, Bye, the first single off No Strings Attached, also did well on the charts. �A Faux animal print accessories like tiger, leopard, and zebra were all the craze among the wild at heart. ncbNB . • Windows 2000, Microsoft's newest operating system, was released Just as the Department of Justice anti-trust case against Microsoft was concluded. • Beaded necklaces of all colors as well. �• Faux animal print accessories like tiger, leopard, and zebra were all the craze among the wild at heart. • You may have thought raiding your grandpa's closet would never get you • Beaded necklaces of all colors were very popular anything cool. Well, all of that changed when everyone went for the "bucket haf' as well. 1111111 �Matth .a. Margaret McGregor made it into sports history by defeating Loi Chow in the first male-female boxin match. .a. Tiger Woods ended '99 at .a. New Zealand won its second consecutive America's Cup, returning the 149ear-old tro h to the Ro al New Zealand Yacht S uadron. his game, ranked number on olfin world. �AIBdo/Allspo,t cutive America's Cup, returning the 149nd Yacht S uadron. • Tiger Woods ended '99 at the top of his game, ranked number one in the olfm world. • Allen Iverson showed his stuff this year. Iverson, whose height is six feet even, was the shortest NBA scoring champion ever. He also finished third in the League and was named to the All-NBA first team. �• Andre Agassi had an awesome year, winning the U.S. Open and the French Open, and taking over the number one ranking from Pete Sampras for the first time since 1996. Agassi and Steffi Graf plan to marry in June. �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Yearbooks (Amnicola), 1947-2019 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1947-2019 Description An account of the resource This collection is the complete digitized series of the Wilkes College and Wilkes University yearbooks (Amnicola). The following years did not produce a yearbook: 2012 2018 2020 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Amnicola 1999 and Amnicola 2000 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1999 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/64ffb1abe35f447f01c35e28e66d9dac.pdf f81de29e6719d726697fa47e45c93b1b Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes Yearbooks (Amnicola), 1947-2019 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1947-2019 Description An account of the resource This collection is the complete digitized series of the Wilkes College and Wilkes University yearbooks (Amnicola). The following years did not produce a yearbook: 2012 2018 2020 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Amnicola 1998 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1998